"Peay.

en Seeltroges,
:
a .
225

a

ae
wie , a

+

*

ANNUAL REPORT

BOARD OF REGENTS
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

THE OPERATIONS, EXPENDITURES, AND CONDITION
OF THE INSTITUTION

FOR THE

YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890.

nan FP OUR LT

OF THI

U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

WASHINGTON :
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
LS9d,

FIFTY-FIRST CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION.

Concurrent resolution adopted by the House of Representatives May 27, 1890, and by the
Senate June 17, 1890.

Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That there be printed
of the reports of the Smithsonian Institution and of the National Museum, for the
year ending 30th June, 1890, in two octavo volumes, 19,000 extra copies, of which
3,900 copies shall be for the use of the Senate, 6,000 copies for the use of the House
of Representatives, 7,000 copies for the use of the Smithsonian Institution, and 3,000
copies for the use of the National Museum.

TY

BE OORT

OF THE

im NATIONAL MUSEHUM

UNDER THE DIRECTION OF

THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

FOR THE

Ne bya Eos EE) NIDIENG SS UNE SO, 1si30:

Tit

REPORT OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM FOR THE YEAR
ENDING JUNE 30, 890.

SUBJECTS.

I. Report of the Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
in charge of the National Museum, upon the condition and
progress of the Museum. :

II. Reports of the Curators.
Ill. Papers illustrative of the collections in the U.S. National Museum.
IV. Bibliography.

V. List of accessions.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM,
4 UNDER DIRECTION OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
Washington, October 1, 1890.
Str: I have the honor to submit herewith a report upon the present
condition of the U.S. National Museum and upon the work accom-
plished in its various departments during the fiscal year ending June
30, 1890. ‘
Very respectfully,
G. BROWN GOODE,
Assistant Secretary, in charge U. S. National Museum.
Prof. S. P. LANGLEY,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.
Vil

CONTENTS.

Page
NUBUR CUStaececciaiesesueeccca eos. e Pep ene ie rccatu re ENTS Race EY alan PAS ag Vv
NTE ReOMMERANSMEETAT: atic sae Bo Sele oes ccc ccc decease aces VII
UAE CHRON EC ON DION TSE See cea eee ore some een ie ccleic es ssebe med ee ce tcecee messaacees 1x

LISTHORDULTEUSTRADIONS ance ee cersicc me esc scne eee ec coe cesecce cates escecs

SECTION I.—REport OF THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY, IN CHARGE OF THE NATIONAL

MUSEUM.

AVE (GonoramcOnslderatvOls ess ace neces. ate eS cloe ss tec caae cbiwecie,sscciee soem ele 3
Havlyhistony ot they Muselme- sa seca esse ceee son eco saeece aso csee 4
Rrocressin thework of tlie Museums. as-2-6 46+ -osse ese eee. s+] ae oe 5
Necessity tora National’Mauseuim <2. 22-522 -2255--2e+--o-e5 onset +e ee 5)
ossibilities\ofathe) futures]. -2-p sce c= oes Se eee ante 2 ecco se 6
Possibilities of increase and improvement ..---.-.-..-----.-----.---- 7
Whemecessinyatoma news Muscum~ebuildin oss. o7sesse sere ase eeeees es 9
ANOPRECHAUTCO HN LOK? HOMEMOIN MANMONS) = oocuce casecs coceos aoamce dusgeee eoaace 10
The relations of the Museum to the Smithsonian Institution -...----- 11
heyeducational work of the Museumys2 52-505 sss.ee sss 2s eee cee = 15

B:—Oreanization and scepe of the Museum .--..----- ..--....--:-.------.---- 17
Prineipalesourcesioiulercollecitons esses seers ee lee ae ae eeleee 17

Cr Speclalhtopics, ofuihe jy ears) saaem sapere one cise cemeee e cciclccesnees cece 18
The proposed statue in memory of Professor Baird -...--......--..--- 18
Additional fire-proof building ...-....---...---- eae sg te asses tee 18
heyAmenicaneeicronica WA SsOulailOnpes co ser sees eee cee aoe = eee 18
Opening of the National Museum and Smithsonian buildings during

OXGhAMNOULS teal eoaine Meese eiee cee Cee be Sack fee a eeeae sea 19
A collection to illustrate the comparative history of religion -......-. 19
inner apronrcollectionie sss 4e0 setae ences besce Cees coe oo ebe bos sta. 19
Growthiote the collectionsimeass smecceeccus scl cee eee se lem ee metia Selle 20
Wasitorstostlie Miser sess seeeene Screen o Seaaeo es eee ee oe secs 20
SAUDE Canvaale cUUREE Spheres ects eto en ui la a ee ON eI ico a to 20
MUsCuMuappPropriatlons tor SI 0= Oe ase meee eee eee eee 20
hewhistonvmotengineeninoy seaecceinessoce ce te sco else ee ee toss 20

De hemonditionior the collectionss: 32-2 /25222..2222 s2-s-2 s+ -sec caeece tne ee 21
Wensisiotauhercollectionsresse-meeess see eae nceiee seca ocean ese see Il
Catalogue entries during the year ending June 30, 1890......_.....--- 24
Development and arrangement of the exhibition series...--.-.-.----- 24

Bre NC mIMUSe MIMS tates Pease seen Sate clone Sesic be ck So ae deste celeeet oak sae 26
Mieisclenbiticistath mek sser sce e sess Ce kee a be Sere Dera os eee 26
List of curators, assistant curators, and aids.........--...------------ ol
PCR AMIENS (Atl Velsvallewm see emesis e hoch sect Mesa Seheu seeds wvletiels 28

F.—Review of work in the scientific departments...-.....-..--..-------.---- 29
Division of anthropology...--. bie ict POR cree ay oH ie, Sie iV get 29
DIN ISIOMO le ZOO lO Oyarmee tee eee een Cees Se Scie ce celoets 35
IDPS CO OUND oso hele creel a CRA eater Oy de Pa ae ae 40
IDRIS) OLE OA eehec Scie oie acon eee Mion aren eA esis es 42

x CONTENTS,

Page.

Gi—Reviewof the administrative Work. .2_.. ..252.c22+ cescseecase a oe eee 43
Pregsressiof general and imeidental work. -.---°.-2- /-2 222 --ee = =e 43
TROON TNO GHG GUO) S355 5550 655500 ceons Sobane ese sacse7 ssoc5- 43
Distribution of dupltcatese-- 2 esse alae e eae (ix tnd ecinwe eens 43
Distributionvof specimens) 22. eee. ss ee eatese ci sleeiseeae ee ee 44
gs sé tomereionicountnies!=-ssseee eee eee eee 44

oe au ine thesWmitedtStavesis--=--i-— ee eee eee 45

AGT ary 2.222 essa seeresisemsisie ine Be eere Bele erm ances See ae 48
Horeronvexchan@es-pe 4- ae eeee ease eee =n ee eee eee eee 50
Publications jn20. 202.052 25 oossees SI se eee sa ee hes Sa eee 52
WASitOTS 2.) Toe. skein Uae ne oie sesame Woeieeinioe seers Seen See eee 58
Mecturesandimectinos Ut Societies =s=s— ren ese a= ase eee sig eee 59
Students sc... 220... seje une dae eee tetas ae ote oe eeinels seers Pee ee eee 61
Hinanic espLropeLbyessup pues yan Cealc COUMGS sae ae 62
Preservation of collections --..---.....-.-.---- eal is Sae ee ee 62
urniture ana x: bUnes) eases aise eee eerie ee 63
Heating, lighting, electric and telephonic service...........--.-- 66
Correspondencefand reponse eae ee eee eee cee eee ee eeeee 68
Preparation of lahels 2252.03 22s sss sees eee eee ee 71
Buildings and ]abor—police and public comfort.-....---....--.....-- 71
Thesworkof the Museum oreparatorse sass os seee eee eee ee eee 73
Waxidermistsangdumodelersi ass se) ee oe ee ee 08:
Osteologist ....-.. deigeis eines Reps ieee eeee eee ee ae Se eee 73
Colorist: 1002 seeds eos) os See ee eee eee 75
Photocraphers eee ee sore. Sos Wass ease 75
Draftemen i... 3.2.) sas, Se eee ee ee Bers
H.—Accessions.----. sissies ta ones AR ele wa debe Seagate Seley eee ee Cece a= hae eee 76
Geographical review of the more important accessions -..-.-...--.--- 77
INPRICD). <2 2.55 eae eee sone bee eynciee a eee) See eee eee 77
AMOTICAl so siccs wisicscineens joe - bea a-nie erotica eee eee 78
NIG A oe ae Ss Shia ocicte are seis ciety, tele fale eps Soars (elepa ayey=isyanete dalaee ete 387
EUTO PC: sckic-senecn be acice sec Sree eect cee Eee REE CCE eee 89
QMeeamica 2. ek Hee a ied it nee 92
I.—Co6peration of the Departments anid Bureaus of the Government... . .---. 93
Department of State..ccssess eet ese eee SECC AE Ee ee eee 94
Treasury Department2). 226 oe eee neler eee eeee 95
WarDepartmentiand threrAmmiya see ss ests eter es ee ee eee 96
Navy DeparimentandythosNaviyeseees ere cee eee see anaes 97
Departmentiof: the Interior. 3-28 aoa. se gee ae eee eee ee Ce eeeeee 98
Weparimentiot Asricultunesssse pease ee eer ee eee eee e-Lee eeeeeee 99

United) States Eishi€ ommissionese oe pene eee eee eee ene 100
Bureau of Mthnology.. 2.0. 3 so. aces ee cee ee ee eee
J;—Explorations) 2) 265 sae d Sa cnces ae eee oe eee 101
Collector's; Oubits..2222,. 5 ee ee On ee eee ee 114

SECTION IJ.—REPORTS OF THE CUNATORS.

BU PUNOLO LY cis oo, ssine’sbieie/ =i sts shoe oie! b efejore/ Sioa cwaiisiem ceases lar See Seat eee 119
American prenistorie pottery =2.2.5 sce ek ek tees Sere oe Ee ee eee 135
MIMentAl ANbIQUIbIES eee 2) eileee ee sig:s Sisienvidid’s, Moyesie'steiy amie sya eee ieee eee 137
EListorical Collections) sce mci oes «foes enis ae Sat eae eee CeCe OPE 141
GTAP BIC ALUB Esc. selec cciss, 02 clelocisie Naveen ores va kis etise sass ee oe ee ee |
Mransportation/and enpineerin gs... 22.2 cis en= c= cece = cee meer eee ere 159
HOLOSULY Sis nn orton be een enone be tae Gs Bei ae eee ee CoE Eee Coane ere 163

KMoods'and textiles. 3. ssciticien oocis nl bei sie culel Scene Rae. Sone ee eee 165

CONTENTS. XI

Page
MeGeni apa UG terete este ee oes beine = Se wna oY oreo elain) nie wisioislw sin els wie) sere rien 175
BTeMishoniceanGhHrOpOlOoyie- sen. sce seals jeiceelese cs sae = Secicisisele dewcascee ss 179
VEER a Speier eaters fe inte ol sinis be iclela cl.e'cisieou,aiewisio cis eicue sioje nia epsice shoe siclaiersive'sle 2 189
ind Sere erie seettee ee a eace es cecccclosecos Wise socees dee cecetsedtinvadeses- 195
Heel sme COS peace ois eae loisiae asicletsee cnet cise a's 22 Seiaee Siciaebe slows ceases. = 199
RE pulesram db atrachian geen sss etes ss mele. cee cnejecles oes soees Hee eea cceees 201
ISHS ee eee eee eens Sain aaae aie oecee canlocis Soaisee viewee cotece cetods cones. 205
Molla smemeemurn cee maa ace Maas es ete ciciainacd se ccc nasece ms eaeneeeee ees 211
MSEC USPC R ee cee cnn oe oe ee einer Gees oe wet aci ts de cisegeae oe se eeeeee. < 219
Marineinvertebrates)..--..----.--+-- --..-.-- Eee ge aera EE eran i-layer a 223
CompaLativjeyan aOMy; ss ei oos oe eects alessio a ¢ oe Sacks OS Semis a wtlese ete eee 231
Invertebrate fossils:
PULGUAING s2 36 Boones Goose a codes yeculbe cocun ao aed ene see eCee obec ees Pec sae = 233
MICS OZOUC rem (eloa) co ciniaisy cies ota iaiete isos Sele eae eetink “Seale emanate at 235
QUAM) Sea Gagor Sb BSA eO OP Se aOR ID EHO DOC e Nees cher aE ete See aia ee een 237
NTR poacher Soees SoS Ge SOO EC OCE SCTE BOSC ae Baar eM A aie er seine oe 241
Gemlooygernra ne eee as see eae sole Oe omeeaebeces Chesed te See beck oe 243
SECTION II].—PaPERS DESCRIBING AND ILLUSTRATING THE COLLECYIONS IN
THE U. 8. NaTIonaL MUSEUM.
Iehhestiuimmingy birds) Byehobert hid way 22s ces 62 see= Sea ese ease ese 953
2. White-line Engraving for Relief-Printing in the Fifteenth and Sixteenth
Centuries. (Dotted prints, gravures en maniere erib!ée, Schrotbliitter. )
Bg Ore et COC INLET: a Sars cee eae eee Saree Stash ale ae eheciseaseitin ase nis Sareea 385
3. the Methods of Pire-making. By Walter Hough -----..------...-------- 395
4. The Ulu, or Woiman’s Knife, of the Eskimo. By Otis T. Mason-......---- 411
5. The Ancient Pit-dwellers of Yezo, Japan. By Romyn Hitchcock ......... 417
6. The Ainos of Yezo, Japan. By Romyn Hitchcock ..---.......--...--..--- 429
7. Hand-book for the Department of Geology in the U.S. National Museum.
Part I.—Geognosy.—The Materials of the Earth’s Crust. By George P.
Mer rill Bereta atstcicpete act anials sink bel a ksls we cie/se ueeieiangs welt eemee 503
8. The Catlin Collection of Indian paintings. By Dr. Washington Matthews,
WAS RAG me peti tee cena se Seas sic ee cee eiae Sera asae 593
9. The Log of the Savannah. By J. Elfreth Watkins ..-.................-.. 611

10. Anthropology at the Paris Exposition in 1889. By Thomas Wilson....... 641

SECTION IV.—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM DURING TIIE FIS-
CAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890.

I. Publications of the Museum...-.-...---....--..- Set oe oe ie alee ie pe RO 6833
II. Papers by officers of the National Museum and other investigators whose
writings are based directly or indirectly on museum material

SECTION V.—LIST OF ACCESSIONS TO THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM DURING THE
YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890.

isto lMmaAcCCesslONS ects aie ack ee sere ae oate © Woes hadi ae cach os ees welche sis 719
Nynex losvael OC a itiygrenra rs ees eee rere ee ene da se aa a a ee ek 769
Index by departments in the National Museum .........................----- 779

General index .......-....... ESC SCISSOR ee GO A ae ye POR et oee BIA 2 ME a, 789

Ra he

pees: ort

tae a te

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATES.

THE HuMMING Birps. By ROBERT RipGway.
Page.
Pl. I. Four nests of Calliope Humming Bird, Stellula calliope ...-.- .----.-----+-=-- 282
Il. Nest of Calliope Humming Bird, Stellula calliope ..----.--.---.-.------------- 282
Ill. Nest of Calliope Humming Bird, Stellula calliope ..--.......------------------ 282
IV. Nests of Gray-throated Hermit, Phacthornisgriseigularis. (After Gould)-..---. 284
V. Nest of Pygmy Hermit, Phacéthornis pygmeus. (After Gould).-....----...-.-- 284

XIV.
KV.
XVI.

XVII.
XVITI-XXIV.

XXV.
KXVI.
XXVII.
XXVIII.
XXIX.

KXX.

XXeXT.

XXXII.

XXXII.

XXXIV.

XXXYV,

XXXVI.
XXXVII.

XXXVIII.

XKXIX.

XL.
XLI.

. Fig. 1. Nest of Frilled Coquette, Lophornis magnijicus.

. Nest of Allicd Emerald, Agyrtria afinis.
. Nest of Brazilian Emerald, Chl. rostilbon prasinus.
. Nest of Red-throated Sapphire, Hylocharis sapphirina.
. Nest of Brazilian Wood-nymph, Vhalurania glaucopis.
. Nest of Short-billed Emerald, Agyriria brevirostris.
. Nest of the Sparkling-tail, Tilmatura duponti.
. Nest of Wiery Topaz, Topaza pyra.

(After Gould.)
2. Nest of Pichinchian Hill-star, Orcotrochilus pichincha. (From Proc.
GO: SOO, Ivoiaclora, Wess, jynecy XY) = seees5 cases ca sSaceessoncanpooosooc[]
¢AiteriGould)is- 2 cusceecoccsenceaere
(After Gould)
(After Gould) .......
(After Gould)
(After Gould)
(After Gould) i2c-2--ee..cacce
(After Gould)
Nest of De Laland’s Plover-crest, Cephallepis delalandi.
SHRGISHOM Ole FRA LOUIS CONN RUS) os aacdssosecsasonc oeaene ~ scene ueekenaracecooceonns
Giant Humming Bird, Patagona gigas. (After Gould)
Vervain Humming Bird, Mellisuga minima (male, nest, and eggs)
Outlines of Humming Lirds’ tails. --.. te Pcey = iceyte den ae cists aeicrseietee mieieistets aise
White-booted Racket-tail, Steganura underwoodi. (After Gould).......-....-
Guerin’s Helmet-crest, Oxypogon guerini. (After Gould)
Herran’s Thorn-bill, Ramphomicron herrani. (After Gould).............--.-
De Laland’s Plover-crest, Cephallepis delalandi. (After Gould)...........-..
Fig. 1. Popelaire’s Thorn-tail, Popelairia popelairia. (After Gould).
2. Convers’ Thorn-tail, Popelairia conversi. (After Gould)...............
Fig. J. Princess Helena’s Coquette, Lophornis helene. (After Gould).
2. Adorable Coquette, Lophornis adorabilis. (After Mulsant and Ver-
reaux)

Fig. 1. Spangled Coquette, Lophornis reginw. (After Gould).

2. Great-crested Coquette, Lophornis reguius. (After Gould).--.......-
Vig. 1. De Lattre’s Coquette, Lophornis delatrii. (After Gould).

2. Tutted Coquette, Lophornis ornatus. (After Gould) ..-...-......-----
Fig. 1. Frilled Coquette, Lophornis magnificus. (After Gould).

2. Heliodore’s Wood-star, Acestrura heliodori. (After Gould) .......--.-.
Fig. 1. Aline’s Puff-leg, Hriocnemis aline. (After Gould).

2. Snow-cap, Mierochera albocoronala. (After Gould) .................--

Rivoli Humming Bird, Hugenes fulgens. (Male and female)

Blue-throated Humming Bird, Celigena clemencie. (Male and female)

Ruby-throated Humming Bird, Trochilus colubris. (Male ,female, and nest) ..

Fig.1. Floresi’s Humming Bird, Selasphorus floresii Gould. (From a speci-

men (No. 2620), in the collection of Walter E. Bryant, San Francisco,

Califor lal mescme nas «acces saccwesnk cen yiheece es oseae cameos as

2. Violet-throated Humming Bird, Trochilus violijugulwm Jettries. (From

the type, in the collection of Dr. J. Amory Jeffries, Boston, Massa-

chusetts)

Costa’s Humming Bird, Calypte coste.

Rufous Humming Bird, Selasphorus rufus.
Calliope Humming Bird, Stellula calliope.

(Male, female, and nest)...-..--...--
(Male, female, and nest)..-.--.--.
(Male, female, and nest)

330
338
344
354

XIV

PL. XLII.
XLIT!.
XLIV.

XLV.
XLVI.

WHITE-LINE ENGRAVING FOR RELIEF-PRINTING IN THE FIFTEENTH AND SIXTEENTH CENTURIES.

XLVII.

XLVIITI.

XLIX.
L.

LI.

THE ULU, OR WOMAN'S

LIL.
LUI.
LIV.

ENV;
LVI.

LVII.

LVIII.
LIX.

LX.
EXT.
LXIt.
LXIIt.
LXV.
EEXSVEe
LXVI.

LXVII.

LXVIII.

LIX.
LKX.

LXXtI.

LXXII.

THE

LX XIII.
LXXIV.
LXXYV.
LXXVI.
LXX VII.
LXXVILII.
LXXIX.
LXXX,

LXXXI.
LXXXII.
LXX XIII.
LXXXIV.
LXXXV
LXXXVI.

. Aino, Urap

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
Page.
Lucifer Humming Bird, Calothorax lucifer. (Male and female)............_.. 560
Rieffer’s Humming Bird, Amazilia fuscicaudata. (Male).................--.- 366
Xantus’s Humming Bird, Basilinna cantusi. (Male, female, and nest) ......- 370
Circe Humming Bird, Jachelatirostris. (Male, female, andnest) ..-.........-. 374
Heloisa’s Humming Bird, Atthis heloisa. (Maleand female).--........-...-.-. 380

By S. Rk. KOEHLER.

The Coronation of the Virgin, reproduced from the original in the U. S.
National, Museum’ 233 eke smite seen ee ticle mass 3 5ey5 Se eee

The Trinity between St. Crispinus and St. Crispinianus, reproduced from the
Oy OLRSNOIN FoR HVENY LWhi/ ISN VINAUNS 565655. skonaeoosonGoscassseeoancsss cossosas

The Crucifixion, reproduced from the origina: in the U.S. National Museum. -

St. Francis (St. Benedict ?), reproduced from the original in the U.S. National
Museum

THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING,. By WALTER HOUGH.

oh)

The first friction-match. Lucifer, ‘‘ loco tocos. (Pbotograph of an original
box in the Essex Institute, Salem, Massachusetts. Kindness of the
InstituberhnouciimD mawWiheatland) peseseeereereeeeeereee renee eee eee

KXNIFE, OF THE EskIMO. By OvIs T. Mason.
Figs. 1 to 4.
Vigs. 1 to 3.
Figs. 1 to 3.
Vigs. 1 to 3.
Vigs. 1 to 3.
Higs. 1 to 3.
Figs. 1 to 3.
Figs. 1 to 4.
Figs. 1 to 3.
Figs. 1 to 3.
Figs. 1 to 3.
Figs. 1 to 5.
Figs. 1 to 4.
Figs. 1 to 6.
Fiys. 1 to 5.

Figs. 1 to 3.

Figs. 1 to 4.
Figs. 1 to 4.
Figs. 1 to +.
Figs. 1 to 3.
Figs. 1 and 2.

Egyptian leather worker and East Greenland ulus........-. --.
Greenland ulus

Wilws)fromeNortherneAlas kam sseeee se ese ere eee erase eee
Ulus from Northern Alaska
Ung) Tire INO neon AVMs). —oofss5 bess sccossososssen cose cannes
Ulus from Kotzebue Sound
Ulus from Hotham Inlet and Cape Nome
Ulus from Plover Bay, St. Lawrence Island, and Norton Sound --
OMNIS) ore) WOON Sth NGlS - 2 soe bass oe esc nsses coesesde aa zsososo:
Ulus from Norton Sound and Lower Yukon
Ulus from Norton Sound and vicinity
Ulus from Norton Sound to Kuskokvyim River
Ulus from Kuskokyim district
Ulus from Bristol Bay
UilustiromiBris tol ayes oes sin sce een eee
Ulus from Bristol Bay, Alaskan Peninsula, and Kadiak..-......-
Ulus from Kadiak and southward
LONhWS) Theor Wave) TELE VO) IOANCMBINE) = 2s cece ss Gonaseesasao case. cecose

ANCIENT PIT-DWELLERS OF YEZO, JAPAN. By ROMYN HITCHCOCK.

Ancient pottery from M.1’Abbe Puret collection......... --......5..-...---.
View, otyNemurojand :Bentenjimansereea-eeneeeeecce eeeeee ee caer cee eee eeeeeeee
Village of Shikotan—generall view -.-----------2-200ceses=oe=s Selneatee eee
Vallacers)(<unilewslanders)|Shilkobanten-eeeee eee eeeee rece Ee eee ee eeeeE eres
Streetiacene, Shikotan :; Sschys chs. isead cae skate eaeeis wie arslotain ciation cts ee eee nneeetes
Thatched house and passage- way, Shikotan Beda HAOHACO o aan OScHUasG a7 necoSeRe

Earth houses, Shikotan

THE ATNOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. By Romyn Hrirciicock.
Ancient pottery from M. lV Abbe Furet collection
EQnis hi Karl ANNOG, .cieyz aria cyeserms o aiess ape a syele oss MARTA Se PERE ER one Eee rEe
Tsuishikari Aino
Groupjot Ainos, Abashiti) --- 52-0 .caewe aces Shacioe Dosa cooNoscoboFSGoncoaoanaTs

ANTI OPA DASHITE: cc tractauclerslerstw aie ariaiaeree a die sini 9:3 «aa Bie See eis eee One e ieee ee

PL. LXXXVILI.
LXXXVIII.

LXXXIX.

XC.
XCI.
XCII.
XCIII.

XCIV.

XCV.

XCVI.
XCVII.
XCVIII.
XCIX,

C.
CI.

CII.

CIII.
CIV.

CV.
CVI.
CVil.
CVIII.
CIX.
CX.
CXI.
CXII.
CXIII.
CXIV.
CXV.
CXVI.
CXVII.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

AUN O PANDASHIPL ese ec cewieisisceeiseeccses eels Agadosens certo steoeaciecsoe ecete
PAU NOW inal Dmteseisietale fe esas a cteeiareal = SORE Ore ope Cee meee
OldeAing; -Tokoroe2<.72ssc0 sce EPP Bieta s aoe s/o cia anne Sa Soa enere eee m am eeaeaae se
Aino girl, Urap
PACITORW {OM CMPACD AS MM Ig] serste tere icrercine ese = siale reeset aie ett wi alee eine rms oon slereie © elem eae ise
Aino girls, Tokoro......-..--- Staace bsseeunectocedcn sent a5 sogeauceoconeesonadc
PANO MW OMI AU MOMMA De lalaefete ctettaloiie siete a) slice alone injec sje dre tiniabiciercishastaaetes eeeimieree
PAID OF OE Wren De tate = atare\anin sia (etaciar= wioieta\= a2 cra inie ni sisiete eve w aiaiciela dele meeineie inter sicte eer
Oldie oman eh Ok: ONO Hsiao epey eve vne eisss oie ay s.re Sicjmin cls wise iesiers Acie S/S Se Ses os ale onwraarels
Aino clothing
Aino sandals, snow-shoes, and fish-skin shoes
Aino house and storehouse, Shari
Aino house, Shari

Aino house and store-house, Bitskai
Aino house and store-house, Shari
IM teLLoMoiP@hOUuse Divs KAI cme ere eels nse ercleriomniiessiec eeicie se asetee aa aicieinaateae
Aino woman making a mat
Win CHASE) Tn ns cambd! Genii Gy abyeer Seo Soe gasssobene se cssson nee eeanecders
Aino chiefs saluting
Ainos greeting
Hunting scene—set-bow
Spearing seal
Aino river boats, Tokoro
Aino river boat, Urap
Sacrecihed CewNiusm aya es asters one ereciet cima eiaiots ele wish efulate a latasicrare aiele ate leraielsiscs
FAN ORDCRTAGAL Oyo MATL tye terse errs teterele tate erate ata aot ate mie oie i ai apasstons euntatsreyarclaieatiopnaele ce mre
Dance around the bear cage.......---.- ope SiatS auete wis/E aie be ciate ins Sl eihalceie Bie lee Sa eISte
Shooting the bear
Crushinertherh ear xc escecmsamncaty sec ea sess cee ers awrsieyerataia wien ca cinve aleie’= al cle isiainsieteiats
Offerings to the dead bear

~ HAND-BOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY IN THE U.S. NATIONAL Musrzum.

PART I.—GEOGNOSY, THE MATERIALS OF THE KARTH'S CRUST.

CXVIIl.

CXIX.

CXxX.

CxXXI.
CXXII.
CXXIII.
CXXIV.

CXXV.

CXXVI.
CXXVII.

CXXVIII.

CXXIX.

By GEORGE P. MERRILL.

Fic. 1. Basalt showing slaggy structure.
2. Basalt showing vesicular structure.-.................-.----..--- eee
Fic. 1. Chert breccia cemented by zinc blende.
2. Felsite breccia formed of felsitic fragments imbedded in a matrix of
UheysameyconIpositlonieses esac ete er meses eee cece eee ciaeeeeeeeies
. Microstructure of granite.
. Microstructure of micropegmatite.
. Microstructure of quartz porphyry.
. Microstructure of porphyritic obsidian.
. Microstructure of trachyte.
> UEC RORTDICHINGS Ort SNA NEINHING). 984 ocenen ceence sooo paocesueseseeecaes
. Pisolitic limestone.
. Odlitic limestone
. Botryoidal hematite.
2. Clay-iron stone septarian nodule
1 and 2. Shell limestones.
3. Coral limestone
1. Banded gneisses.
Oth Oliabede ON SISSesrmersecis acle aie e oaaisclecele + (isan eee aalsac anemia Netects
1 and 2. Concretionary pebbles of siliceous sinter.
3. Concretionary aragonite.
7 LEGA so k.ce baseHbetane So neCas) clacbe Saas HoCnoe Ber oSeroanaScecca
. Orbicular diorite.
F GRANILEISNNEROMMe she eices We septa sre ce ciyeinssie cle siete = visas Aaleerate meee
. Quartz porphyry showing eomatne ritic structure.
. Quartz porphyry showing flow structure.......-......-.....-.-- ----
. Liparite, pumiceous form.
. Liparite, obsidian form.
. Liparite, rhyolite form.
4, Liparite, nevadite form
Obsidian with ithophiy See ate e- 2. ol arlgee eis cielee nce cielsia eee

Fic.

Fic.

ht pd Fo) Ot > co BD

Fic.

Figs

Fie.

FIGs.

Fic.
Fig.

Fig.

wnrenrene >

meet ew ees eae a see

XVI

THE CATLIY

CXXxX.

CXXXI.

CXXXIT.
CXXXIII.
CXXXIV.
CXXXY.
CXXXVIL
CXXXVII.
CXXXVIII.
CXXXIX.

CXL.
CXLI.

CXLII.

CXLIII.
CXLIV.

CXLV.
CXLVI.

CXLVII.

CXLVIII.

CXLIX.

CL.

CLI.
CLII.
CLILII.
CLIV.

CLV.

CLVI.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

COLLECTION OF INDIAN PatintTines. By Dr. WASHINGTON MaTTHEWs, U.S. A.

- Page,

Catlin dining with Mah-to-toh-pa (Four Bears), Mandan chief, July, 1832, at
the Mandan village, Upper Missouri. (From Donaldson’s ‘‘ Catlin Indian

Gallery,” Plate 123)......-.. Sacto oossee sacs pose sosesosscotesestecsssseo 2:
Fic. 1. Scene on the Upper Missouri.
2. Bad lands on the Upper Missouri..-.... Deno IUBOD SAA daOKeAAe ISemosaese
Fic. 1. Bluffs on the Upper Missouri.
2. Scene on banks of the Upper Missouri .................. ..2-.-.------
Fic. 1. Hills of the Loéss, Upper Missouri.
Qc BOY OS CLAV.O eh etic S nse ae eee avles ce sieeean Maree seieeie cies eae see eee
Fic. 1. Blackbird’s grave.
Poy AD M|KG WV) 2a VG) So oo scols sero oddaane ncosbd eobondobaapceeasosccos Hemoce
Fic.1. Falls of St. Anthony in 1835.
2 Modexznpball sio tS te Anthonye eee saeee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eer ee
Fic.1. Buffalo-hunt on horseback.
2. Mandan gameof ‘‘tchung-kee.”’ (From Donaldson’s ‘‘ Catlin Indian

Gallery,’’ Plate 74)..-..- Sis Seis iel acta = oreye eels Sora cen a ee

Choctaw ball-play. (From Donaldson’s ‘‘Catlin Indian Gallery,” plate 72)...
Buffalo surround. (Krom Donaldson’s ‘‘ Catlin Indian ee plate 69)...-..
Hunting buffalo on snow-shoes: (From a painting in the U. S. National Mu-
seum by George Catlin)
Wour bears, 1832 cc cis we cis wee eeis 2s eiesies) | else ayant a ae loy rete oa Oe eee
Rushing eagle, 1872
Black moccasin: Chief of the Minnetarees.
dian Gallery,” Plate 46)
Red jacket. (From Donaldson’s ‘‘Catlin Indian Gallery,” Plate 55).--.......
Portraitsiof Osceolavees . 42 nse cesias aie ies serena tee esie S aeii= a Se eee
Keokuk. (From Donaldson’s ‘Catlin Indian Ganerns! Plate l0) epee eee eee
Black Hawk. (From painting in the National Museum by George Catlin).- -
Interior of Mandan Medicine Lodge during first three days of the Okeepa.
(From Donaldson’s ‘‘Catlin Indian Gallery,” Plate 92).-.... .-.....---.--
Bull-dance. Mandan ceremony of the Okeepa. (From Donaldson’s ‘‘ Catlin
Indian: Gallery,’ iPlatesg3) 2s ost eee ae a eee one eee
Cutting scene. Mandan ceremony of the Okeepa. (From Donaldson’s ‘“ Cat-
lindndian)Gallery.* Blatei94)). 25-22. ee neces ase eee eee eee eee
The last dance. Mandan ceremony of the Okeepa. (From Donaldson's “ Cat-
lin} Indian’ Gallery.) Plate}95)/ sc se. se ee eec aoe echoes seanie ee eeee ners

(From Donaldson’s ‘‘ Catlin In-

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. By J. ELFRETH WATKINS.
Lhevsteamship Savanna vis-eaeseaa se eee eee eee ee a eee eee Eee ee Eee
Moses Rogers; captainiofi they Savannah) -s4 se) 4-5 ee eee eee eee see eee
Solid silver coffee urn, presented to Capt. Moses Rogers........-..-...-------
Marble tombstone in the cemetery at New London, Connecticut, to ‘hen memory
of Stevens Rogers, sailing master of the Savannah
Log book of the Savannah
Facsimile of two pages of the log book of the Savannah, in the handwriting of
Stevens Rogers, sailing master

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION 1889. By ‘THOMAS WILSON.

CLVII.
CLVIII.
CLIX,

CLX.

CLXI.
CLXII.

CL&ILL. Pictograph.

Representation of the Neanderthal or Canstadt race of men.......---.-...-..
Lepresentation of the Cro-Magnon race of men
representation of a group of prehistoric men of the Neolithic or Polished

Stone Aigere os eiscicisiecveselatsis cee emierese see ee POR R eee oe eee ee eee eee

Represeutation of a group of prehistoric men of the Bronze Age
tepresentation of Aztecs working the Agave plant
Fic. 1. Engraving on stone of dolmen.

2. Engraving on support of dolmen.
3. Specimens of engravings on supports of dolmen..-.......-..-...-----

Polished stone hatchet. Dolmen of Gavr’ Inis, Morbihan,

France

600

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XVII

TEXT FIGURES.

THE HumMING Birvs. Ly Roperr RipGway.

Page.
Fic. 1. Pterylosis of Floriswga mellivora...--..--..------.---- BE EONS ORE Oo EEE REECE ae 291
PRO MOUer-OindlelOty SCs PLOT Sip Aly CET CLUS = a= ia nianiyaie sie = een sie ee a eee einle ae 292
Be GACOLPHALLOMUDUSIILOLOSCTUCEUIS| aa ea) oe == ee aay a eae wie BSG siisss) oa cee eos 294
APO M LOOM AE ULLANTUDISNILOLOSETUCEUS a= ae fo = minis ho wea te ae a nine mein eee i= a= esteem olan 294
5. Head of Docimastes ensiferus ...-..----.---..-- ates Bee nett aoe eS SSE 296
CHE adoneneamphOMACnOM TUCO NA TUCILILI Ue ene ne) .e = 2 -)oia\emlle)sjminlale elem 2 ieee a eles iene i 296
Ty JUAN GE TOROS GING) SS ae hin baterpecee SA de Sa sOGe OL UOODSC EEE Sta acs ha ae Mean eoaeooscao 297
Sh, LES GR ASIGOUIRU TA UGK COORD sas 56 Spore IEE Bere COR eee emer ae Ere ese oen peiciarmrarh Cae ac 297
OREO teAVOCCULE CMEC UNUUNOSLTUS = amine 4 anatase is == seems os ere wie eneleisiSOR sees sere eee 297
TO; LW OR Je OOW Ure Ce gebae mo cb Geieoeos cea bep Se OUaeHOretnas Sec crore st ete CAC Sr En oecoar 297
lees Ot SchisiesrgeGipnOu ts cate wana a viel sie sicisien Aa sina sata tos areisis cto a einiewenioinn cle mice Sobre mele ele 297
am OfeA TOC ONTO UULOTUGLES slain ice waiyelojatelsyeieinisteis alse. sso Saja micinejess atbinsa clea eieis elem ae eee 297
ome cadiotelyLOChOTUsrs MD ILUntTO ame ane setae sae ae aware aiaet eta ee eee ae ee cece ania 298
14. Head of Hugenia imperatrixn .....--.---..--.-------.--- paaysiaiepats io Sie sire wt cine Sie sin See ST 298
Ne, Visine Oo NGC OPUS THOMA HU ona cicl de eseSacsen Hea oan oHEt ene he sce oe sGeeeeaeae sac 298
TIGL \WW nine Ot JE OOR OND U8 CKD 0) 1 oa eee Se adele cas. oso hb een bere peeesusaocse ctepeidcasrate 298
I PRAVV ER ROLSAT CIS CLULOLY Sa maharin raisin a sistoe as Steistaiefeician. calves emn ode sine maeeewe sas srisegae 298
1, LARTER OF NAMIE MOT WIG IANO TKOUID = 6 oan aceos sagoond apo © sence aasendaneenconee ss soccoC 298
1G), Wainy OLE TOO ARAB CIOL, OMG), aoe sene secocdene oe enes- 2 5ehes] oo ese soceeesor tae 298
20. Wing of Agleactis cupreipennis.......-..--.-.--.--- 5 Fi QUskaees sncleeee, seme seared 298
Bile \iViliees OE ae PLANS Go MOD Sens emoee be scee neers qeeno seme cnr nce Jor cbuPcoaecorbeccr sacode 299
BPA, \ MAINES CON ASV a) DCO) MRO IY OCHO Uvacie donaaueuce Obbe esbnoec Soeur erenonbooarsectcecronc io gies 299
BBs WY Te OE JOD AON NGO CNC RON Tansseeee Soo. esses scsede cuccees sore rte scmcocdceeade ofoncc 299
BL VTE OL AYR AGUDTOE TOG COUT HOO HITS 26 oo asda soso nbdogeose ca neessacedsscgsb Aagcoooe 299
25. Outer primary of a species of Campylopterus. (From Jardine’s Naturalists’ Library,
Hit no Birds) Peeeeeessee-ceeeeeee BESHE Doone abode ante AOA CR Te Sree roscoe 299
ARs SUMO AOAC CKD ocecadcasasocce cedrossee eee Se maicecte aot tent teiatans Ccinciae dete te Se ereene 300
imme ako he HLOmUSILG MINUELUUD ON Che atleast eta aol etal ted tele tereietietetel erm oie etsin sistent aiatele ier ae eer 300
2G. MUSIC JOT OTT TAC OTF 6bn os Sonor or SOC cDaseCCOEEEUCSanEBBOOOne BCesberemsEreecaccac 6 301
29. Mail of Ohalybura buffont...--..-.------.---- Ife Ss 2 Spa ae otetoret Wyela ie nig jerste Glee oer ites 301
SX0, Jetepial @it Olio oM@ied IWGURAR Gono enous soacodcdesmaeceecoosesosoreenbeseeesae Sag syste Seeeieeee 302
SPEC AMO EKOCHEltSICOLUD TUR ts aac ate atstelaarseleretloj=l- saya teinie =i seiaseicielsisim tee sie ois ee Se eae otereyese eters 302
Some adeo te Mey neusnf Marry aoe ean ciscieis etree oe cso cletecie eee cele satis Snece tian See ieeeeceen, mole!
SomeleadoleSteulular caution es acs ete cee eierae a cieeratei= ess sis = oyeyareyaieiele@ Schore «a mrs misrejeimaseyoforeynoree ele wie 302
eA mEL Ce CUO ane CULO DLE TCL IL TLC ers axe (ei~ a ayatererc tore evcrcrarelcta\ erect aiessic ara nie atelaiere i weve)aice ctoiwierNeleteiaia ateaetertelerere 302
OMe AULOMORLOTY MDA MOUS =2 2 o-ermsecc nisi tee sone escca Sater case. sescee cece eet wees ae 303
SO MELe AARON) OF OMILUNVUEIUT rcs ae eaerets seein eines ae eine eee cini aan sei Seen GQavekaccaries Paeco, til8
CMe a KOLeAdyG a SLESILILIITA CT ELLUS ay: Sy fee misiore A erateictetoa Sys sfavntera ita Tola wo atte racine Ria eee eee wee oer 303
Bem CAMUOt MOS LUCLENOCTUT CL IIUUTIE erent ae ciate ece aire aes erate ato isle Sib cies ee nies arelaciicye slcterataeiste elotes 303
39. Head of Aithurws polytmus ..--.---- Secbeuos As b6 desseb bes omeaueedoecbeaecseueyopesecooSe 304
QY;.. LSlenval OP LEO ITD COPTIC DS sae ne Sere Eee eo oe hee Bea ee pan CoS Sea eee Sone ge Sar nCe ne cEaaa as 304
Ail, ical OF ON BCHTNO DID TORO EUS pocose sec 2oaces> dedunecocseausen ce obeserecenceoocoanEear 304
CPs. -JEICHIG! CHE TEQNO MG CROAT Racine aa Rocce ane Race aoe SneC CHES e ROR SeC Oc eCeEe pactint ec a Menn ore ae 304
Som rleadiota@enallentslel alana tio naman sissies s/c cyceee sae eisteleie sein elec s Dem eineeeiec ancient =eseer 304
ALLE LOLO fe OD ROTIUS ONTUOUUS: Serene aac rae ae eisai | y= ae ciate coves owie =, Seislsis ers iste aaa Sars 304
A OMPOO UO tel iLOMUELeaMLAVES CETUS sect teisteia ee yeracie setae ei eieta(e rate Sam lor ele seratone = /a(niete tate atch eee 305
A GOMEHOOUO TEL CLLO LO CON CCLILG wer niNe stoic ieee eens aisie wists yates timeiiel, wia-fe icy sjscerso as melee atone 305
47. Outer tail feathers of Calypte anna, Trochilus colubris, 7. violajugulum, and T. alexandri. 331

WHITE-LINE ENGRAVING FOR RELIEF-PRINTING IN THE FIFLEENTH AND SIXTEENTH CENTURIES. By S.

Fie. 48.

49,
50.

Fig. 51.
52.
53.
54,

R. KOEHLER.

Fragment from a ‘‘dotted print” of the fifteenth century .-.-...-...----.-------------- 389
Fragment from a wood-engraving by Thomas Bewick .......-...------.---------------- 389
Enlargement of part of a wood-engraving by 'l. Cole. (By permission of the Century

Gara REY) epee ey etapa ers eae te alert ne sepa ts ate es eee Ith a larslete ia ic) cecjaialdaidtine myaiclale water d Seteberamic rele 392

THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING. BY WALTER HouGH.

Making fire with simple two-stick apparatus of the Hupas.-.....-..-..---.--------..--- 396
isis ting Delkin Con Ghotl Ss Sh50 seers ccoetes aes Seon cere aacke pe ReeeE Ac erStamrcmacioe aS 397
Wie Tie EEO Tain Chall ee scnase eee SSSdots CoE eo aoe oeos Meee eeeon eee ore sqonbecd 397
roquoinppuMpracilletorsm akin oom essemee aieeeecee acetic sacle aseieiee 2 -cle alsin esto esta lsieals/oi= 398

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2-——11

Fic. 64.
» Blaniot dwelling: shikotantes----e eam cMen= shee alias pe srieaee aeeee e eee eee eee
UMM SicAlinstrument, SHikoLan see seeeeeerees sss eee aise ener 2 diate Oe ee ee
5 (Obra pine ayn, Slab ROUEN cocoon cenads Cocos Ss cooses osbaas Soe aosesao seo sorresoteseeccssccee

Fic. 68.
! Rice:-bowl and tish-plate; isurishikanipAwnOs'-2> == 22s cebitess ence ase eee eee ae eeeeae
. Outlines of cross sections of Aino hairs. (From photographs) ...-.-.....-..-----------
. Frame-work of front part of an Aino house. (From a photograph).--.....--....--..-..
.- Bark-dish used asia) fish-plate “so222. eaes Jo pcan sien ele Sein cone seine = ee eee eee
. Bark water bucket and dipper ---..------ versie eeusenceat -ensensce sea aiees eee eee eee
"Carved wooden pilates: -e--=- eee aer ena heer e ee ees cee eee eer ae eee eee
. Wooden spoons and carved spatulas ngeil J LNW OA DIN 8 ees laccins eioeaiam loca alte ee eee
p Cree SNE CR CER) Sab osese see Soceedaaes doadasaes PosSbS 2UOboSoSonoS doDaoreODsHSsoscces+
. Saké cup and stan. and TSIEN MIG Sea sonore. Lede Sarina pasaS cca AScpcocios coapae rss
S-AGno tobacco plpesie = - a=] ese ee S Scooss ses osatsses sage nb cose posses noousessecoosese-
ER ODACCOMDORESieLTLOUS tL C Hes oyster tet ele ate teaches eae a eater ete
AX WORT BNVE! s.5-aacsdcopegoosenosoncosedes Soasossan sSc0scoseod ssendestenersorescse
AL ONKAT) eee ee sep ene seni oeneteiee ee See Geena ie aia a aaa ee see ee eee eee ate

aI 4 +14
Co sm ow

oo 00 6
a)

83.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

. Fire-making by sawing, after the Burmese and Malay method. (From photograph in

the Wes: National Museu) cee see eae eae eee ee ae eee eee

. Fire-making by plowing. (Drawn from specimen in the U.S. National Museum)...--..
. Dyak fire syringe, or Besiapi. (From plate in Jour. Anthrop. Inst., Great Britain, KIX,

TBOO) sick sacle gee Ahe ca legion boats eee Se aa Eee

PSU phue-WACKS) ste asco ee lee ee eee ee Pee eames eee eee eee
Psalphur “spunks.2 (Presented byiGeorselG. MEy el) seeeee eos eee =e) eee eee
5 Simone SOM 5 4. seach oss essSsseseteseessecsseres Susse Ss occdsessecessseccestst =e
. Shaving-matches. (eiseonted by GeorgeiG.Pry.er) asses occas scents =Ce eee eee Eee
weBlock-matCHesmerce-oa-e eee ee ea ee ener ree eae ere eer eet niiei isis =\n\-/s)-te ee eis Se eae

THE ANCIENT PIT-DWELLERS OF YEZO, JAPAN. By ROMYN HITCHCOCK.

SUGiGamehy Ob MYA) easaone sane. So5hcoso caceococoDEpoobecsacon dees saSecsyetcsccoscsense

Tuer ATNos OF Y&Z0, JAPAN. By RomMyn HITCHCOCK.

SHO tenehsy Ole VeWeebl So5-boocss5 235555 sSenocuscmoe ssc annonUgESNaseSsesscnoSHossoo tes

MANO; PLANES ieee cesar Bas ea eeaee ence coer Miniesis/daisiare'» aisieie ain peer isepee eee nee es

81. Bows, arrows, and quiver .----- metals nie Siolela aleianic= =o ale salae iste = lalatota ioe eis aie ae ere ee ete eee tees

Spears; meedle fomimakinestish-Nets ease seach ease ie seae ee ee see. eee eee
» Inao—willow sticks with shavings\attachedy sees. 2s eaes eee nae ee eee see ee eeee
; Ceremonial bark head.dressy 2 2522-8 2. hcens coe ote sevice eta Haciemion eee Oe CoE eee

HAND-BOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PART J, GEOGNOSY.—THE MATERIALS OF THE EARTH'S CRUST. By GEORGE P. MERRILL.

Fig. 89.

90.
. Microstructure of oolitic limestone trom Princeton, Kentucky --..-.-...---.---.---..--.
. Microstructure of sandstone from Portland, Connecticut .......--.-..-.--- nitteeeeceteee
. Microstructure of crystalline limestone from West Rutland, Vermont.......----.--.---
. Microstructure of gneiss from West Andover, Massachusetts..-..-.-...--.------- ap seos¢
. Microstructure of quartzite from Potsdam, New York...-.-..---..---- .---------------
. Microstructure of diabase from Weehawken, New Jersey ..---------- .-----------++e--e
> Microstructure of porphyritic lherzolite: +22. --seee se ceesiese see eee eee bese ee eee oe
. Microstructure of pyroxenite .-.-..---...----s.-ca0ceee a isdlnie, aes elem slelcinictate ‘spatseisiereelereeeetets

Fig. 99.

Mounted thin section of rock as prepared for the microscope ..-...-.-.-----.-------------
AUN PFibe-albering imbo hornblende. (Atther Elaiwies) petri era ee eerie ela

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIs Exposivion. By THOMAS WILSON.

Possible alphabetic characters from K.ahun, twelfth dynasty, Egypt.--..-.---..--..--.

SEC Pion,

ee Oh
CONDITION AND PROGRESS OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890.

G. BROWN GOODE,

ASSISTANT SECRETARY SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, IN CHARGE OF
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2 1

ERRATA.

Page 75, line 22, for ‘‘Sebright” read ‘‘Seabright.”

Page 75, line 32, for ‘‘Madaagascar” read ‘‘ Madagascar.”
Page 82, line 14, for “‘daguerrotypes ” read “daguerreotypes.”
Page 156, line 3, for ‘‘Golzius” read “‘Goltzius.”

Page 229, line 21, for ‘‘John Hopkins” read ‘‘Johns Hopkins.”
Page 689, line 3 from below, for ‘‘Nation” read ‘‘ National.”
Page 720, line 11 from below, for ‘‘specimnens” read ‘‘species.”
Page 759, lines 32 and 33, for ‘‘mocasins” read “moccasins.”

Nis, Dee a aval b

UPON

THE CONDITION AND PROGRESS OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM
DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890,

BY
G. BROWN GOODE,
Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution, in charge of the National Museum.

A.—GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.

In January, 1847, the first Board of Regents of the Smithsonian
Institution, after many weeks of consultation and deliberation over the
plans for its organization, unanimously voted the following resolution:

Resolved, That it ts the intention of the act of Congress, and in accord-
ance with the design of Mr. Smithson, as expressed in his will, that one of
the principal modes of executing the act and the trust, is the accumulation
of collections of specimens and objects of natural history and of elegant art,
and the gradual formation of a library of valuable. works pertaining to all
departments of human knowledge, to the end that a copious store-house of
materials of science, literature, and art may be provided, which shall ex-
cite and diffuse the love of learning among men, and shall assist the original
investigations and efforts of those who may devote themselves to the pursuit
of any branch of knowledge.*

This was a high ideal for the future National Museum, but it is one
which it has been year after year more closely approaching, and it is
hoped that the present report will show that the work accomplished
during the fiscal year of 1889-90 has brought us still nearer to its
realization.

After the death of Professor Baird, in 1887, the Museum passed
from under the direction of the mind by which its policy had been
planned for many years. If his biography could be properly written,
it would include a full history of the Museum as well as of the Fish
Commission, and in minor degree of the Smithsonian Institution itself,
for as Secretary and Assistant Secretary he was associated with nearly
every phase of its activity during thirty-seven of its forty-one years of

* Report of Committee on Organization, p. 20.
3

4. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

corporate existence. His relation to it was very similar to that held
by Sir Henry Cole to the great national establishment at South Ken-
sington in England, so well described in the volumes entitled ‘Fifty
Years of Public Work,” and recently published by his son, Mr. Alan
Cole.

Upon the firm foundation which he laid, his successors are endeay-
oring to build a superstructure, harmonious in plan, but, it may be,
different in proportions and even in material. Their policy is not to
work as he did, under circumstances different from those which now
exist, but to work as he would have done under these changed circum-
stances.

EARLY HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM.

The idea of a national museum in the city of Washington was first
suggested by the Hon. Joel Roberts Poinsett, of South Carolina, See-
retary of War under President Van Buren, who in 1840 organized, for
the purpose of establishing such a museum, a society called “The Na-
tional Institution,” afterwards ‘*The National Institute,” which was
exceedingly prosperous and active for four years. By this Society the
nucleus for a national museum was gathered in the Patent Office build-
ing in Washington, and public opinion was educated to consider the
establishment of such an institution worthy of the attention of the Gov-
ernment of the United States. In 1846, having failed in securing the
public recognition at which it aimed, and the Smithsonian Institution
being by its charter entitled to take possession of the extensive Goy-
ernment collections already assembled in its charge, the society became
torpid, and eventually, in 1861, passed out of existence.

From 1844 to 1858, when the so-called ‘“‘ National Cabinet of Curiosi-
ties” passed into the charge of the Smithsonian Institution, the term
“National Museum” was in disuse. rom that time onward, however,
it was used, unofficially, to designate the collections in the Smith-
sonian building.

After the “National Cabinet” was delivered to the Regents, appro-
priations were made by Congress for its maintenance. During the
twenty-three years which followed, the collections were greatly increased
and were made the subjects of numerous important memoirs upon the
natural history and ethnology of America. The public halls, with their
arrangements for the exhibition of a portion of the collection, also re-
ceived a due share of attention, and a certain amount of instruction and
pleasure was afforded to visitors. The appropriations, however, were
meagre, the space limited, and the staff was so inadequate that little
could be done except to keep the collections in good preservation.

The exhibition of 1876 in Philadelpbia was an event of great educa-
tional importance to the people of the United States; and not the least
of its benefits were the lessons it taught as to the possibilities for good
in public museums. The objects which at the close of the Centennial

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 5

were given to the United States for its National Museum, were of much
intrinsic value, but were still more important in that they led to the
erection of a large building for the expansion of the Museum itself.
From 1876 to 1881 was a period of quiet preparation for future effort.
From 1881 to 1890 its growth has been rapid, though the organism is
still in its infancy. These have been years of experiment, but it is
hoped that it is now evident to the people and to Congress that the
Museum has now begun a promising progress toward maturity.

PROGRESS IN THE WORK OF THE MUSEUM.

Among the more important features of the work, up to the present
time, certain definite steps of progress have been taken, among the
most important of which may be mentioned :

(1) An organization of the Museum staff has been effected—efficient
for present purposes and capable of expansion and extension as occa-
sion may require.

(2) Through the agency of this staff, the materials in the Museum,
the accumulations of nearly half a century, have been examined, classi-
fied, and brought under control.

(3) The collections have been fully quadrupled in extent.

(4) A considerable beginning has been made toward the development
of a thoroughly labeled exhibition series, available for the instruction
of the public. .

(5) A thorough study of the organizations and systems of classifica-
tion in other museums throughout the world has been made, the results
of which are beginning to appear in the work of the Museum staff. A
report upon the great museums of the world is in preparation.

(6) Many new methods of installation have been developed by ex-
periments in the Museum, and in the expositions in which the Museum
has participated. These are finding favor, and are being adopted in
many similar establishments at home and abroad, and will certainly add
to the economy and success of our own administration.

(7) Science has been forwarded by the publication of many hundreds
of papers describing the materials in the Museum, while the work of
specialists in the production of these papers has greatly improved the
significance and value of the collections.

NECESSITY FOR A NATIONAL MUSEUM.

That the United States must have a National Museum is so evident
that the proposition needs no argument for its support.

Every considerable nation has a museum or group of museums in its
capital city—centers of scientific and educational activity—the treas-
ure-houses of the nation, filled with memorials of national triumphs in
the fields of science, art, and industrial progress.

They are legitimate objects of national pride, for upon the character
of its museum and libraries, intelligent persons visiting a country very

6 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

properly base their judgment as to the nature and degree of the civil-
ization of the people.

Itshould be borne in mind that here in Washington under the roofs
of the Smithsonian and new Museum buildings are grouped together
coliections which in London, Paris, or any other of the European
capitals are provided for in a group of museums, for accommodating
which a much larger number of equally commodious buildings is found
needful.

POSSIBILITIES OF THE FUTURE.

It is possible, as I have pointed out in previous reports, to show that
Washington may readily be made the seat of one of the greatest
museums in the world. It will perhaps be neither practicable nor
desirable to gather together in Washington collections of ancient medi-
geval art, such as those which adorn the capitals of Europe; but a
representative series of such objects will undoubtedly grow up, which
shall tend to educate the public taste, and to promote, so far as possi-
ble, the study of the elements of art and the history of civilization, as
well as to forward the growth of the arts of design. This having been
accomplished, the attention of the Museum should be directed mainly
toward the exhibition of the geology and natural history of America,
and its naturai resources, to the preservation of memorials of its
aboriginal inhabitants, and’the exposition of the arts and industries of
America.

It is evident that the National Museum of the United States will of
necessity have features peculiar to itself, developed in response to the
peculiar needs of the people of this continent. It should be remem-
bered that the national collections of every principal European nation
are divided into several groups, each under separate administration,
though often within the general control of some central authority. In
France, for instance, most of the museums are under the Ministry of
Public Instruction, and in England, to a less extent, under the Depart-
ment of Science and Art.

In the great European capitals the public collections are scattered
through various parts of the cities, in museums with distinctive names
and independent in their organizations. Much of the work which
should properly be done by such museums is omitted, because no one
of them has seen fit to undertake it; while, on the other hand, much
labor is duplicated, which is perhaps equally unfortunate, collections of
similar scope and purpose being maintained in different parts of the
same city. One of the chief objections to such division of effort is that
much of the value of large collections in any department is lost by
failure to concentrate them where they may be studied and compared
side by side. In Washington the national collections are all, without
exception, concentrated in one group of buildings. The Army Medical
Museum now oceupies a building side by side with those under the

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. rf

control of the Smithsonian Institution, and this proximity, in connec-
tion with the long-established policy of codperation between the two
organizations, will cause them to be, for all practical purposes, united
-in interest. ‘

POSSIBILITIES OF INCREASE AND IMPROVEMENT.

Although the appropriations from the public treasury for the main-
tenance of a national museum are small, compared with those in sev-
eral European countries, the value of objects given by private individ-
uals is proportionately larger. The actual value of such contributions
for ten years past, has not, it is estimated, fallen short of $20,000 a
year, and in some years has been greater.

Among the more important gifts may be mentioned the George Catlin
Indian gallery, of inestimable value to the American historian and eth-
nologist; the Riley collection of North American insects, the finest in
existence, containing 150,000 specimens, and easily worth $50,000; the
collection bequeathed in 1887 by the late Isaac Lea, of Philadelphia,
containing besides minerals aud other objects, about 20,000 concholog-

ical specimens, and appraised by the State at $10,000; and the collec-
tion of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, for the transfer of
whizh from Philadelphia to Washington, a special appropriation was
made by Congress.

Some exceedingly valuable collections in this country and in Europe
have been bequeathed to the Smithsonian Institution which have not
yet come into its possession. Within the past ten years itis estimated
that individuals to the number of at least a thousand have made gifts
to the museum to the value of $100 or more.

Nota day passes during which some stranger, pleased with the work
of the Museum, does not voluntarily send in some contribution more
or less important.

The National Museum now contains nearly 3,000,000 specimens, dis-
tributed among the various departments, as is shown in the table on
page 22,

The late Professor Baird was once asked whether the value of the
collections in the National Museum was equal to the amount which had
been expended in its maintenance. He replied, unhesitatingly, that
although it would be by no means a fair criterion of their value, he did
not doubt that by a judicious and careful system of sale the entire sum
could be recovered.

One of the most striking features in the affairs of the Museum is the
manner in which its collections are increasing.

In 1887 the number of specimens was more than ten times as great
as five years before.

In the last fiscal year more than twenty eight thousand new lots or
groups of specimens were entered upon the Museum catalogue.

8 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

This increase, as has been shown, is in large degree spontaneous,
only a small amount of money being available for the purchase of new
material.

As might be supposed, a considerable proportion of the objects given
duplicate material already on hand, and although these contributions
can with the utmost advantage be used for distribution to other
museums and schools, they do not increase as much as is desired the
value of the collections for study by specialists, and for general educa-
tional purposes. The need of a larger fund for the purchase of speci-
mens is yearly more manifest. Exceedingly important material is
constantly offered to us at prices very much below what it would cost
to obtain it by collecting, and in many instances, when refused, it is
eagerly taken by the museums and institutions of Hurope.

The most enlightened nations of Hurope do not hesitate to spend
money liberally to promote the interests of their national museums.

For the purchase of specimens for the South Kensington Museum
from 1853 to 1887 $1,586,634 was expended; or a yearly average of
nearly $47,000.

Toward her other museums England is equally liberal. Exact sta-
tistics are not at hand, but it is quite within bounds to assert that her
average expenditure for the purchase of new objects for museums in

London is not less than $500,000 a year.
~ The museums of England are rich with the accumulatiens of centuries.
The National Museum of the United States is young and has enormous
deficiencies in every department. It needs, more than any museum in
Europe, the opportunity to increase its resources through purchase.
The total amount expended for the purchase of specimens for the
National Museum since its foundation has not exceeded $20,000, and
never in one year more than $8,500.

More has been expended for the improvement of two museums in
the city of New York in the past four years than has ever been expended
by the general government upon the Museum in Washington.

Within the past year three mortifying instances have occurred of the
inability of the National Museum to buy specimens needed to complete
its collections.

A very valuable coliection of minerals, absolutely essential to the
national collections and for some years on deposit in the National
Museum, was withdrawn by its owner and placed in a school museum
in aneighboring city, because $4,000 could not be had for its purchase—
a sum far below its value. ;

A collection of implements and weapons illustrating the history of
the natives of Alaska, gathered by an officer in the U. S. Navy, and
almost indispensable for the completion of the national ethnological
collection, was sold to a museum in a neighboring city for $12,000, while
the National Museum had no money to expend for such objects.

One of the most important collections of birds in America, the loss of

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 9

which was a national misfortune, was taken from the city of Washing-
ton and sold to the British Museum for $10,000, no American institu-
tion having money available for its purchase.

Instances of this kind occur nearly every month in every year.

The National Museum has had the option for several years of the
purchase at cost of $80,000 of a collection of minerals, which once
acquired would enable its mineralogical department to rank among the
first in the world. Congress has never been asked to make an appro-
priation for its purchase, simply because of unwillingness to ask for that
which might not be granted. Minerals, having a money value, can
readily be sold, and are not very often given to the Museum, and the
poverty of its mineralogical collection is by no means creditable to the
nation.

The Museum receives many valuable gifts from Government officials
abroad, especially from those in the consular and diplomatic service,
and in the Navy.

If the actual cost of gathering specimens could be paid, the time and
experience of these men would gladly be given gratuitously. In this
way, by the expenditure of a few thousands each year, extensive and
important additions might be made to the national collections.

THE NECESSITY FOR A NEW MUSEUM BUILDING.

The National Museum is now approaching an important crisis in its
history. Its future will depend upon the action of Congress in grant-
ing it an additional building, for without more room its growth can not
but be in large degree arrested.

The necessity for additional room is constantly increasing, and sev-
eral of the collections, to wit, transporation and engineering, fishes, rep-
tiles, birds’ eggs, mollusks, insects, marine invertebrates, vertebrate
and invertebrate fossils, fossil and recent plants, are in some instances
wholly unprovided for, and in others only in a very inadequate degree.

In the main hall of the Smithsonian building is still exhibited the
collection of birds. A few cases containing birds’ eggs and shells have
recently been arranged along the center of this hall.

Eleven of the departments in the National Museum have no space
assigned to them in the Museum building, solely on account of its
crowded condition. The collection of prehistoric anthropological ob-
jects remains installed on the second floor of the Smithsonian building.
The collections of the remaining ten departments can not be exhibited
or even properly arranged and classified without more room. These
collections are at present stored in the attics and basements of the
Smithsonian and Armory buildings, and are inaccessible for study and
for the other purposes for which they were obtained. The specimens
comprising these collections are not simply objects of natural history,
possessing an abstract interest to the student, but represent the appli-
cation of natural objects to the industries, and, as such, are of great

10 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

importance. There are several collections of ores, minerals, building-
stones, and of objects representing various arts and industries, which
are of very great value, since they furnish to the American manufac-
turer and designer information of inestimable importance.

The increase in the national collections during the last eight years may
perhaps be best described by the statement that in 1882 the total num-
ber of specimens recorded in the Museum was about 183,000; while in
1890 the records indicated the possession of nearly 3,000,000 speci-
mens. It is proper to say in this connection that the actual increase
was not so great as shown by the records, since during this period a
large amount of material previously received had been brought under
control and placed on the books of the Museum. It should also be
borne in mind that the present Museum building was planned with
reference to the reception of the material in its custody at the time of
its construction.

In the Armory building there are at the present time several hun-
dreds of boxes containing valuable material which has never been
unpacked, since there is no space available for the display of the speci-
mens. Many of the boxes contain collections which were brought to
the Museum through the medium of special acts of Congress.

Independently of the collections obtained at expositions, a very large
amount of material has been received from foreign Governments, among
which may be mentioned those of Mexico, Central America, several of
the South American states, and Japan, which have made extensive con-
tributions to the zodlogical, geological, ethnological, and technological

collections.
APPRECIATION BY FOREIGN NATIONS.

The new methods of work and of museum arrangement, which have
grown up here, have attracted much attention abroad. Mexico, in

1887, sent the entire collections of the National Natural History Mu-
seums, then just being founded, to Washington, in charge of two of her
principal naturalists, who passed six months at the National Museum
identifying their material and studying the methods of administration.
Costa Rica, forming a national museum, sent its director here for a six
months’ course of study.

Japan has sent the entire national collection of birds to the Museum
- to be studied and reported upon by one of the naturalists of the Museum
staff.

Germany has been supplied with a complete set of plans and illustra-
tions of methods of administration at the request of the Director of the
National Zodlogical Museum.

In 1883, at the Fisheries Exhibition in London, the methods of the
National Museum were strictly adhered to in the arrangement of the
display made by the United States.

In 1888, in his address as president of the Anthropological Society
of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, General

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. BE

Pitt-Rivers said that the American display at the Fishery Exhibition
was the only thing done in the true spirit of modern science in the
whole series of professedly scientific exhibitions held in London within
the past six years.*

-Such expressions of opinion, coupled with the. constant praise with
which European journals speak of the scientific work of our Govern-
ment departments, can not but be gratifying, and it should be a matter
of national pride to merit it.

THE RELATIONS OF THE MUSEUM TO THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

The Smithsonian Institution, though it bears the name of a private
citizen and a foreigner, has been for nearly half a century one of the
principal rallying points of the scientific workers of America. It has
also been intimately connected with very many of the most important
scientific undertakings of the Government.

Many wise and enlightened scholars have given to its service the best
years of their lives, and some of the most eminent scientific men, to
whom our country has given birth, have passed their entire lifetime in
work forits success. Jts publications, six hundred and seventy in num-
ber, which when combined make up over one hundred dignified volumes,
are to be found in every important library in the world, and some of
them, it is safe to say, on the working-table of every scientific investi-
gator in the world who can read English.

Through these books, through the reputation of the men who have
worked for it and through it, and through the good accomplished by its
system of international exchange, by means of which within the past
thirty-eight years more than 1,300,000 packages of books and other sei-
entific and literary materials have been distributed to every region of
the earth, it has acquired a reputation at least as far-reaching as that
of any other institution of learning in the world.

*The words of General Pitt-Rivers in 1888 are simply a repetition of what he said
in 1883, made stronger by the observations of five more years of exhibitions in
Europe.

In 1883 he wrote to the London Times:

Str: In confirmation of the praise you justly bestow on the arrangement of the
United States department in the Fisheries Exbibition I bey to draw attention to the
fact that in the whole exhibition it is the only one which is arranged historically.
In the Chinese, Japanese, Scandinavian, and Dutch courts there are objects which
the scientific student of the arts of life may pick out and arrange in the proper order
in his own mind; but in that of the United States, following the method adopted in
the National Museum in Washington, there has been attempted something more—to
bring the department into harmony with modern ideas. This gives to the exhibition
an interest which is apart from commerce, and an interest which is beyond the mere
requirements of fish culture, and it may be regarded as one out of many indications
of the way in which the enlightened Government of the United States mark their
appreciation of the demands of science.

I have the honor to be, sir, yours obediently,
; A. PITT-RIVERS.

12 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

It is therefore representative of what is deemed in other lands the
chief glory of this nation, for whatever may be thought in other coun-
tries of American art, of American literature, American institutions
generally, the science of America is accepted without question as equal
to the best.

Tn the scientific journals of Great Britain and other European coun-
tries, the reader finds most appreciative reviews of the scientific pub-
lications of the Smithsonian, the Museum, the Bureau of Ethnology,
the Geological Survey, the Department of Agriculture, and the Fish
Commission, and they are constantly holding up the Government of
the United States, as an example to their own, of what governments
should do for the support of their scientific institutions.

It is surely a legitimate source of pride to Americans that their work
in science should be so thoroughly appreciated by eastern nations, and
it is important that the reputation should be maintained. Nothing can
be more in consonance with the spiritof our Government, nor morein
accord with the injunction of Washington in his ‘ Farewell Address,”
lately admiringly quoted by Sir Lyon Playfair in his address as presi-
dent of the British Association for the Advancement of Science :

Promote, then, as an object of primary importance, institutions for the
general diffusion of knowledge.

In proportion as the structure of a government gives force to public opin-
ton it should be enlightened.

No one has been able to show hy Smithson selected the United
States as the seat of his foundation. He had no acquaintances in Amer-
ica, nor dees he appear to have had any books relating to America ex-
cept two. Ihees quotes from one of these [* Travels through North
America,” by Isaac Weld, secretary of the Royal Society] a paragraph
concerning Washington, then a small town of 5,000 inhabitants, in
which it is predicted that “the Federal city, as soon as navigation is
perfected, will increase most rapidly, and that at a future day, if the
affairs of the United States go on as rapidly as they have done, it will
become the grand emporium of the West, and rival in magnitude and
splendor the cities of the whole world.”

Inspired by a belief in the future greatness of the new nation, real-
izing that while the needs of England were well met by existing organ-
izations such as would not be likely to spring up for many years in @
new, poor, aud growing country, he founded in the new England an in-
stitution of learning, the civilizing power of which has been of inealeu-
lable value. Who can attempt to say what the condition of the United
States would have been to-day without this bequest?

In the words of John Quincey Adams:

Of all the foundations of establishments for pious or charitable uses
which ever signalized the spirit of the age or the comprehensive bene ficence
of the founder, none can be named more deserving the approbation of man-
kind.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 13

The most important service by far which the Smithsonian Institu-
tion has rendered to the nation has been that from year to year, since
1846— intangible but none the less appreciable—by its constant codp-
eration with the Government, public institutions and individuals in
every enterprise, scientific or educational, which needed its advice,
support or aid from its resources.

There have been, however, material results of its activities, the ex-
tent of which can not fail to impress anyone who will look at them;
the most important of these are the Library and the Musewm, which
have grown up under its fostering care.

The library has been accumulated without aid from the treasury of
the United States ; it has, in fact, been the result of an extensive sys-
tem of exchanges, the publications of the Institution having been
used to obtain similar publications from institutions of learning in all
parts of the world.

In return for its own publications the Institution has received the
books which form its library.

This library, consisting of more than a quarter of a million volumes
and parts of volumes, has for over twenty years been deposited at the
Capitol as a portion of the Congressional Library, and is constantly
being increased. In the last fiscal year more than twenty thousand
titles were thus added to the national collection of books.

Chiefly through its exchange system the Smithsonian Institution had,
in 1865, accumulated about forty thousand volumes, largely publications
of learned societies, containing the record of the actual progress of the
world in all that pertains to the mental and physical development of
the human family, and affording tie means of tracing the history of at
least every branch of positive science since the days of revival of let-
ters until the present time.

These books, in many instances presents from old European libra-
ries, and not to be obtained by purchase, formed even then one of the
best collections of the kind in the world.

The danger incurred from the fire of that year, and the fact that the
greater portion of these volumes, being unbound and crowded into
insufficient space, could not be readily consulted, while the expense to
be incurred for binding, increase of shelf-room, and other purposes con-
nected with their use threatened to grow beyond the means of the In-
stitution, appear to have been the moving causes which determined
the Regents to accept an arrangement by which Congress was to place
the Smithsonian library with its own in the Capitol, subject to the right
ot the Regents to withdraw the books on paying the charges of bind-
ing, etc. Owing to the same causes (which have affected the Library of
Congress itself) these principal conditions, except as regards their cus-
tody in a fire-proof building, have never been fulfilled.

The books are still deposited chiefly in the Capitol, but though they
have now increased from 40,000 to fully 250,000 volumes and parts of

14 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

volumes, and form one of the most valuable collections of the kind in
existence, they not only remain unbound, but are in a far more crowded
and inaccessible condition than they were before the transfer. It is
hardly necessary to add that these facts are deplored by no one
more than by the present efficient Librarian of Congress.

The purchasing power of the publications of the Institution, when
offered in exchange, is far greater than that of money, and its benefit
is exerted chiefly in behalf of the National Library, and also to a con-
siderable extent in behalf of the National Museum.

The amount expended during the past forty years from the private
fund of the institution in the publication of books for gratuitous dis-
tribution has been $365,000, a sum more than half as great as the orig-
inal Smithson bequest.

These publications have had their influence for good in many ways,
but in addition to this, a library much more than equal in value to the
outlay has through their buying power come into the possession of the
nation. :

In addition to all this, a large amount of material has been acquired
for the Museum by direct expenditure from the private fund of the
Smithsonian Institution. The value of the collections thus acquired is
estimated to be more than equal to the whole amount of the Smithson
bequest.

The early history of the Museum was much like that of the library.
it was not until 1858 that it became the authorize: depository of the
scientific collections of the Government, and it was not until alter 1876
that it was officially recognized as the National Museum of the United
States.

But for the provident forethought of the Smithsonian Institution, the
United States would probably still be without even a reputable nucleus
for a National Museum.

The relations of the Museum to the system of popular lectures, for
many years established in Washington, and the assistance which it
affords each year to students of science, is referred to elsewhere in this
report.

The Institution publishes many circulars, giving information on scien-
tific subjects, which are distributed gratuitously to those who write to
make inquiries, and this system is being continually extended. In ad-
dition to this, a large correspondence is carried on with people in search
of information on scientific topics. Probably three thousand letters a
year go out to people who write seeking to know the name of some
object, or other scientific fact. Inquiries of this kind are always an-
swered promptly and fully, and frequently, to intelligent inquirers,
books are sent, which will enable them to find out such names for them-
selvesin future. This work has not only an educational value but often
a great economic importance as well; as, for instance, when some com-
non mineral has been mistaken for one of value; some useless’ plant

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 15

has been wrongly identified and supposed to be of service in medicine,
or some harmless animal feared as noxious.

The publications of the Institution and its dependencies reach every
State and almost every county in the United States. <A careful study
of the subject made two or three years ago by the president of one of
the scientific societies in Washington seems to indicate that there are
several States which are reached by no scientific publications whatever
except those distributed gratuitously by the Government.

Speaking of the Smithsonian Institution proper, and not of the Mu-
seum or any other trust that it administers, if may be stated that noth-
ing could be so desirable for the Institution as that Congress should
examine for itself whether, on the whole, in the execution of the trust
of Smithson, more has been given to the Government than has been
received ; for if,in attempting to increase and diffuse knowledge among
mankind, the machinery of the Institution’s action has been such that
it has incidentally paid over tothe Government the equivalent of muck
more than the whole original fund, these facts should surely be known
to those who have to ask themselves in what spirit as well as for wnat
purpose the Institution expends money placed in its charge.

Professor Langley has pointed out that “although by the judicious
administration of the Smithson fund nearly a million and a half dollars—
the fruits of its investment—have been applied during the past forty
years to the advancement of science and education in America (in ad-
dition to the principal, $703,000, larger now than ever before) it should
be remembered that the income of the Institution is only $42,000 a year,
a sum much smaller in its power to effect results than ever in previous
years.”

Can tle United States fail to recognize its obligation to supplement
liberally this private contribution for public good, especially if it be
borne in mind that, as Professor Langley has recently shown, the Insti-
tution has left in perpetual charge of the nation, in the Museum alone,
property acquired out of its private fund (and to which it has appar-
ently the same title) which is probably now more than equal in value
to the whole amount of the Smithsonian bequest ?

THE EDUCATIONAL WORK OF THE MUSEUM.

The work of the Museum, if it only performed the functions of an
institution for scientific investigation, would be of sufficient value to
justify its maintenance and extension.

As a matter of fact, it not only performs these functions but also does
a very great deal to render the resources of science available to the
public at large.

Professor Huxley’s definition of a museum was that it is ‘‘a consulta-
tive library of objects.”

The National Museum is a consultative library for the scientific man,
and it is something more. It aims to be an agency for the instruction

16 2EPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1892.

of the people of the whole country, and to keep especially in mind the
needs of those whose time is not devoted to the study of science.

The spirit in which the work of the Museum is being carried on was
voiced in the address of one of its officers before the American Histori-
eal Association at its recent meeting in this city, in which it was said:

(1) That public institutions of this kind are not intended for the few, but
for the enlightenment and education of the masses.

(2) That the public has a right to full participation in the results of the
work of the scientific establishments which they are helping to maintain.

(3) That one of the chief duties of the officers of these institutions is to
provide means by which such results may be presented in an attractive as
well as an intelligible form.

No scientific institution is more thoroughly committed to the work of
the diffusion of knowledge than is the Smithsonian Institution, and no
department of its activity is more capable of usefulness in this diree-
tion than is the National Museum.

The benefits of the Museum are extended not only to the specialists
in its laboratories and to the hundreds of thousands of visitors from
all parts of the United States who pass its doors each year, but to local
institutions and their visitors throughout the country.

In accordance with long-sanctioned usage, the duplicate specimens
in the Museum are made up into sets and distributed to schools and
museums, accurately named, and of great service, both for museum and
class-room use.

The reports of the Smithsonian Institution will show how many hun-
dred thousands of objects have been thus distributed during the past
twenty-two years. very museum in the United States has profited in
this way, and by its system of exchange the Museum has, while enrich-
ing itself, contributed largely to the stores of every important scientific
museum in the world.

Not only are specimens thus sent out, but aid is rendered in other
ways, Within the last few years a large number of local museums in
the United States have been supplied with working plans of cases in
use in the Museum, and similar sets of plans have been supplied within
the past few years to national museums in other countries.

Not only do the people of the country at large profit by the work of
the Smithsonian, as made ayailable to local institutions, but they profit
directly, and personally to a very considerable extent.

The curator of each department in the Museum is expected to be an
authority in his own line of work, and the knowledge of the whole staff
of experts is thus placed without cost at the service of every citizen.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 17

B.—_ORGANIZATION AND SCOPE OF THE MUSEUM.

The National Museum is under the direction of the Smithsonian In-
stitution, which is governed by an establishment consisting of the
President of the United States and his Cabinet, the Commissioner of
Patents, and the Board ot Regents, which latter is composed of the
Vice President of the United States, Chief Justice of the United States,
three members of the Senate, three members of the House of Repre-
sentatives, and six other citizens not members of Congress, two of
whom are residents of the city of Washington.

The Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution is by law the “ keeper
of the collections.” The staff at the present time is composed of the
Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution in charge of the
National Museum and thirty-two curators and acting curators, twenty-
two of whom receive no salary from the Museum appropriation. There
are also eleven administrative departments.

PRINCIPAL SOURCES OF THE COLLECTIONS.

The collections of the Museum are made up, in large part, of the fol-
lowing materials :

(1) The natural bistory and anthropological collections, accumulated
since 1850 by the efforts of the officers and correspondents of the Smith-
sonian Institution.

(2) The collections of the Wilkes exploring expedition, the Perry
expedition to Japan, and other naval expeditions.

(3) The collections of the scientific officers of the Pacific Railroad
survey, the Mexican boundary survey, and of the surveys carried on
by the Engineer Corps of the Army.

(4) The collections of the United States geological surveys under the
direction of United States geologists Hayden, King, and Powell.

(5) The collections of the U.S. Fish Commission.

(6) The gifts by foreign governments to the Museum or to the Presi-
dent or other public officers of the Unitel States, who are forbidden
by law to retain such gifts in their private possessions.

(7) The collections made by the United States to illustrate the ani-
mal and mineral resources, the fisheries, and the ethnology of the
native races of the country on the occasion of the International Exhi-
bition at Philadelphia in 1876, the fishery collections displayed by the
United States at the International Fisheries Exhibition at Berlin in
1880 and at London in 1883, and the collections obtained from various
local expositions, as for instance the New Orleans Cotton Centennial
Exposition in 1884 and 1885 and the Cincinnati Exposition in 1887.

(8) The collections given by the governments of the several foreign
nations, thirty in number, which participated in the exhibition at Phil-
adelphia in 1876.

H, Mis. 129, pt. 2 2

18 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

(9) The industrial collections given by numerous manufacturing and
commercial houses of Europe and America, at the time of the Phila-
delphia Exhibition and subsequently.

(10) The material received, in exchange for duplicate specimens,
from the museums in Europe and America, at the time of the Philadel-
phia Exhibition and subsequently.

(11) Collections received as gifts, deposits, or in exchange, from in-
dividuals, numbering usually from a thousand to fifteen hundred each
year.

C.—SPECIAL TOPICS OF THE YEAR.

THE PROPOSED STATUE IN MEMORY OF PROFESSOR BAIRD.

On February 10, 1888, a bill passed the Senate making an appropri-
ation for the erection of a bronze statue in memory of Professor Baird.
This bill was referred, in the House of Representatives, to the Commit-
tee on the Library, but was not reported. On February 11, 1889, an
amendment was proposed by Hon. Justin 8. Morrill to the sundry civil
bill for 1889-’90, in the following words:

That the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution be, and are hereby, authorized to
contract for a statue in bronze of Spencer F. Baird, late Secretary of the Smithso-
nian Institution, to be erected upon the grounds in front of the National Museum;
and for this purpose, and for the entire expense of the foundation and pedestal of the
monument, the sum of fifteen thousand dollars, or so much of said sum as may be
needed, is hereby appropriated, out of any moneys in the Treasury not otherwise
appropriated.

On January 13, 1890, Hon. Justin 8. Morrill introduced a bill (S. 1940)
having the same object in view. This was read twice and referred to
the Committee on Public Buildings and Grounds. On the following
day the bill was reported by Mr. Morrill without amendment.

ADDITIONAL FIRE-PROOF BUILDING.

On February 19, 1890, Hon. Justin S. Morrill reported from the Com-
mittee on Public Buildings and Grounds a bill (S. 2740) to provide for
the erection of an additional fire-proof building for the use of the
National Museum. This was read the first and second times by unani-
mous consent.

THE AMERICAN HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION.

The American Historical Association was founded in 1884, for the
promotion of historical studies; for the collection and preservation of
historical manuscripts, and for kindred purposes in American history..
By act of Congress, approved January 4, 1889, the Regents of the
Smithsonian Institution were authorized to permit the Association to.
deposit its collections in the Smithsonian Institution or im the National
Museum, Under this act the Association reports to the Smithsonian

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 19

Institution concerning its proceedings and the condition of historical
study in America. The first report of the Association, for 1889, was
transmitted to Congress June 16, 1890, and will be published as Senate
Miscellaneous Document No. 170.

OPENING OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM AND SMITHSONIAN BUILDINGS
DURING EXTRA HOURS.

On December 20, 1889, Hon. W. H. Crain, M.C., introduced a bill (H.
R. 3341), requiring the National Museum and Smithsonian buildings to
be kept open to the public from 10 a. m. to 5 p, m. during the months of
November to March inclusive; and from 11 a, m. to 6 p. m. during the
remaining months of the year. This was read twice, referred to the
Committee on Public Buildings and Grounds, and ordered to be printed.
No further action has yet been taken by Congress. A new bill (H. KE.
7671), having in view practically the same object, and also providing for
an electric plant for lighting the Museum, was introduced later in the
session by Hon. W. H. Crain, and referred to the Committee on the
Library.

COLLECTLION TO ILLUSTRATE THE COMPARATIVE HISTORY OF
RELIGION.

A collection of objects used in connection with the public and _ pri-
vate ceremonies of the Jews is being formed under the supervision of
Dr. Cyrus Adler. One case of objects relating to this subject is already
on exhibition. Many of them were obtained for the Museum by Dr. H.
Friedenwald. Among the specimens exhibited are, a manuscript copy
of the Pentateuch; a silk taleth; phylacteries of various sizes; a silver
spice-box; a manuscript copy of a tablet on which is kept a reckoning
of time between Passover and Pentecost: a shofar, or ram’s horn; a
manuscript roll of Esther; a lamp of brass, and many objects pertain-
‘ing to domestic worship.

THE CAPRON COLLECTION.

In the report for 1888 (p. 19) reference is made to the introduction of
a bill into the Senate by Hon. Daniel W. Voorhees, providing for the
purchase of the collection of lacquers, bronzes, carved ivories, coins, and
other works of art obtained in Japan by the late Gen. Horace Capron.
The bill was favorably acted upon in the Senate, but did not come to a
vote in the House of Representatives. A new bill (No. 321) was intro-
duced into the Senate on December 4, 1889, by Hon. Daniel W. Voorhees,
for the same purpose. It was referred to the Committee on the Library,
whence it was reported favorably, and passed the Senate March 29,
1890. The amount appropriated was $14,675. This bill was favorably
reported by the House committee aiso on May 19, but has failed to
pass the House during the first session of the Fifty-first Congress.

20 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890
GROWTH OF THE COLLECTIONS.

The accession records on June 30, 1890, showed 23,340 entries, rep-
resenting an estimated total of nearly 3,000,000 specimens. Of this
number, 13,451 accessions have been received since 1881. The average
number of entries of accessions received annually between 1881 and
1890 has been 1,495.

VISITORS TO THE MUSEUM.

The total number of visitors to the National Museum up to June 30,
1890, since the opening of the Museum building in 1881, is 2,111,949.

e+ +
.

SATURDAY LECTURES.

The first lecture of the first series of these lectures was given on
March 11, 1882. Inall, 103 lectures have been delivered in nine courses,
the date of the last being April 3, 1890.

MUSEUM APPROPRIATIONS FOR 1890-1891.

Hor presenvavionotcollection eee estes er eee acre een tear ea eae $140, 000
Horturniturevandfixturesicecios otc :2c.4 pels aereseee seae eee Aoee eee 25, 000
Homheatinevanddlioh tino esses asset eete= seas eee ee eee ee 12, 000
IOP [OA NS Soe) NCW So oes sodann cascoc oagees vodacoenoeos Ss5ocese 5=5¢ 10, 000
For postage stamps, etc...-...----..--. boos G00 3900 DOCeNS soseud sooo aSsousS 500

Wo pallee eee! te ene ere ee SSE eRe ee Eas Star AOE a eae 187,500

THE HISTORY OF ENGINEERING.

At the Annual Convention of the American Society of Civil Engi-
neers, held at Seabright, New Jersey, June 20-26, the following pream-
ble and resolution were unanimously adopted:

Whereas the authorities of the Smithsonian Institution have established in the
National Museum at Washington a department devoted to the preservation of the
history of American engineering science— i

Resolved, That the American Society of Civil Engineers hereby expresses its grati-
fication at the establishment by the Smithsonian Institution, with the authority of
the General Government, of a department in the National Museum for the preserva-
tion of objects of interest bearing upon the history of American engineering, and
recommends that American engineers codperate with the Smithsonian Institution in
furthering the objects for which the Department of Engineering has been established.

vesolved, That copies of this resolution be sent to the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution and to the Curator of the Eugineering Department of the National Mu-
seul.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT

SECRETARY. rat

D.—THE CONDITION OF THE COLLECTIONS.

CENSUS OF

THE

COLLECTIONS.

The additions to the collections during the year are indicated in the

following table:

No. of specimens.
Arts and industries:

Materia medica....-...--.---- *200
OOUS He Bea eeioet. le seek aes 200
PRO xcilEseo ewes Se bo eee le 2 66
ISHETIeS Aeron Lies wee eke 2
AMAT POGUES! we aae- 6s sees 1
Domestic animals (for mount-

TSR) es cA Se ea A pe ee 66

Historical collections, coins,

medals, paper-money, ete... 15, 900
Musical instruments.-....----- 20
Transportation and engineer-

DIN pre eaie hae Sere Servic ane, ele cic 1, 250
Modern pottery, porcelain, and

MIRON ZES was eey oso Sich ce be bse 121
aimbsvamadivies seen ess o eae 68
Physical apparatus..-....---. 12
Chemical products -.....----. Ziti
CREDA RNR Sas ebos docsee Cecs 600 |

chm OlOmysesas sabes Sc toe 2 2,506
American aboriginal pottery... --- 1, 047
Oriental antiquities ....-.....-..-. 2, 635
Prehistoric anthropology ..-...--- 7, 205
Mammals (skinsand alecoholies)---. 561
JSROS) Ge Ses ea ene vee ne ae 2, 245

No. of specimens.

BINCSOCES: cca wtelarel eee ecttae eS 1, 065
Reptiles and batrachians ..------- 645
IGTSHOS eee Se setete oe ee ee eee 15, 225
Vertebrate moss ieee =o. sas ee 512
MGS geo a ot RE ee 3, 500
UNSC CTS seen ee Oe ee ee 15, 000
Marine invertebrates .....---.-.--- 4, 700
Comparative anatomy :
Mammals (skulls and skele-
tONng)2 ets oes aeeeeeee eee 308
Birdstesassiecke sete see ,236
Reptiles and batrachians.. 29
: ——-573
WERaleozolemtossil Siac mance eee. 1, 229
MesozovenossilSecce cen ne reece 69

Cenozoic fossils (ineluded with
mullusks), fossil plants
Recent plauts 1,195
Mineralejoc 228s 2 cee sane eee 9, 411
Lithology and physical geology.
Metallurgy and economic geol- » {3,600

* Although about 200 specimens have been received during the year, the total num-
ber of specimens now in the collection is less than that estimated in 1838-’89, owing

to the rejection of worthless material.
t Including the Catlin Gallery.

t Estimated on basis of receipts in previous years, the curator being unable to as-
certain the growth of the collections under his care during the fiscal year 1389-90.
These two departments are now combined under the Department of Geology.

22 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The following table shows the total number of specimens estimated
in the various departments of the Museum at the end of June, 1890, .
and in previous years since 1882:

\

Name of department. ise2, | 1883. | 188s. | 188°° 86 ieeers7. 188728. 1e88_’s9, | 88790
Arts and industries: | | |
Materia medica............|.------- | 4,000, 4,442 led S50; eusA516 | 5,762 | 5,942| (c) 5,915
HOOMS teeters «cate eel | sees 1, 244 1, 580 822 877 | 877 | 911 | 1,131
Rox tiles ee? eee el eee |peeeaeee 2,000} 3,063| 3,144) 3,144) 3,999) 3, 988
ISHETICS oh 47-5. Sasha eee alee 5,000} 9,870} 10,078 10,078 10,078 10, 080
Animal products.......... |.--.---- [ese seth 1,000) 2,792] 2,922 | 2,822 |. 2,948| 2,939
Graphicrar.(seess ese er eee eee ee Nat ie aS ie meenre | es a aI aE LC acs | (da) 600
Transportation and engi- |
MIOELIN Mase nher ce eeu Ar sy Ie sue). epee elena Neue eI nice | pate ore lee oaesee een ecces [se=mee == | 1,250
Nayaliarchitectmme ss --peea|easee see lease G00 2S Saas eal ae Bae ee ee | 600 | —(e) 600
iEistorical reli cseeeeeeeeae al eeeeeee [sc teastesel lee. eas | 1, 002 } |
Coins, medals, paper-money, | p13, 634 14,640 | 14,990 20, 890
Se eran ae ne seer eee ene waraceel ae nent ped OOD) | |
Musical instruments. .-.. a ae meee Hetdseseal he ass SSE 400 417 | 427 | 427 | 447
Paints and dyes...-...--.--|--.2-2-c/--2 Nee See OD - 2,278! 2,238) 3,011! 3,011; 3,132
The Catlin Gallery .....- serge So sl eae ate alae Sars UE A) 100; 109} 197
Physical apparatus .....--.|.------.|-------- Sic see 500 500 500 | 500} (f)
@ilsindteamis\ciee: fy-.6 17 |eee ee. | eee Lonaesee: | 250 | L251 251 | 263
: | 197 198 198 | 213 |
Chemical products...-..--. |eselpeyer cate DaeeaSievcree eceeones es | 661 Ae 688 (2 1, 112
Memestic animals -cs..2-4-5-\-22-020 «|teee eee |S 2a Calves peal eh eae eee Rea ie 66
BSthinGlopsy epee ates teenth ate a ee 200,000 | 500,000 503,764 | 505,464 | 506,324 | 508, 830
American aboriginal pottery .|....-.--|-------- 12,000 | 25, 000 | 26,022] 27,122 | 28,222 |, 29, 269
Mxientalantiquitics sere pal peal soe Eee irs eee er eemeey a ane | $50] 3,485
Prehistoric anthropology ... | 35,512 | 40,491 | 45,252 | 65,314 101,659 | 108,631 | 116,472 | 123, 677
Mammals (skins and alco- | | | \ |
HGlics) eae ea ee 4,660 | 4,920| 5,694) 7,451) 7,811| 8,058| 8,275) 8,836
BILOS ese eee eee 44, 354 | 47,246 | 50,350 | 55,945 | 54,987 | 56,484 | 57, 974 60, 219
Birds eggs andimestsS eceeacel eee eae seats: 40,072 | 44,163 | 48,173 | 50,055 | 50,173 51, 241
Reptiles and batrachians --../--...-..|-------- 23,495 | 25,344 | 27,542 | 27, G64 28,405 | 29,050
TOPS Tee aie rs aed aa 50, 000 | 65,000 | 68,000 | 75,000 | 100,020 | 101,350 | 107,350 | 122, 575
Wertebratetossils ise] sass ese ce sa denise oy eens soe | ase ea ee ae | oe ere Wiseeas ase (g) 512
Moluskscssaces-tlessoccecn: Beye leesoace 400, 000 | 460,000 | 425, 000 | 455, 000 | 468,000 | 471, 560
IMs Cbs eee se eee eee TOON ee eee 151, 000 | 500,000 | 585,000 | 595,000 | 603,000 | 618, G00
Marine invertebrates ..----. 11, 781 | 14, 825 | 200, 000 | 350,000 | 450, 000 | 515, 000 515, 300 520, 000
Comparative anatomy : | |
Osteology.........-..------| 3,585 | 3,640} 4,214 |2 10,910 | 44,092} 11,558) 11,753) 12, 396
AT Rtomiy Leone eRe 70| 103| 3,000 |> |
EAICOZOIC 2088S eee e ees he Leese 20, 000 73, 000 80, 482 | 84,491 | 84, 649 | 91,126 | 92,355

a Nocensus of collection taken.

b The actual increase in the collections during the year 1889-90 is much greater than appears from
a comparison of the totals for 1889 and for 1890. This is explained by the apparent absence of any
increase in the Department of Lithology and Metallurgy, the total for 1890 in both of these departments
combined showing a decrease of 46,314 specimens, owing to the rejection of worthless material.

¢ Although about 200 specimens have been received during the year, the total number of speci-
mens in the collection is now less than that estimated for 1889, owing to the rejection of worthless
material.

d The collection now contains between 3,000 and 4,000 specimens.

e No estimate of increase made in 1890.

JF Included in the historical collection.
g Only a small portion of the collection represented by this number was received during the year
1889-'90.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 23

Name of department. 1882. | 1883. | 1884, Poe 1986~'87. | 1887-"88. | 188889. | ogee
= | | = Al Bes |e ee
Mesozoic fossils.......- Beeston ne: | Sue let 100,000 | 69,742 | 70,775 | 70,925 71,236 | 71, 305
Cenozoic fossils. ...---------- (Included with mollusks.) .......-|.---.---- |eesosdens fedcecse¥: leeee Sears
TRaswill olinig Otte eee ens eae ies 4,624 | 7,291 | (c)7,492| 8,462 10,000] 10,178| 10,507
SRE CeTM pts Messute- cae silence a= S| eee Oa aaa oe ee 30,000 | 32,000] 388,000 | 38, 459 |(d) 39, 654
Miniveial See ects ssa os eens [Eno aac 14, 550 16, 610 18, 401 18, COL 21, 896 27, 690 37, 101
Lithology and physical geol- |
OEY socod copecsookdcneneeras 9,075 | 12, 500 18, 000 20,617 | 21, 500 22, 500 27, 000 |
Metallurgy and economic \(e)32,762
Pb aay ne ey teehee I ie 30,000 | 40,000 | 48,000 | 49,000] 51,412 | 52,076 |)
TOTES? BTM SE SAO a ae eS ee |e | ee | ee Esseco sei a 220 | (f) 491
TNO real ee eee ea tre 193, 362 263, 143 2,472,600 2,420,944 2,686,335 |2,803,459 |2, 864,244 | 2,895,104
|

a No census of collection taken. \

b The actual increase in the collections during the year 1889-90 is much greater than appears from
a comparison of the totals for 1889 and for 1890. Thisis explained by the apparent absence of any
increase in the Department of Lithology and Metallurgy, the total for 1890 in both of these departments
combined showing a decrease of 46,314 specimens, owing to the rejection of worthless material.

e Only a small portion of the collection represented by this number was received during the year
1889-"90.

d This relates only to specimens received through the Museum, and does not include material added
to the National Herbarium, through the Department of Agriculture.

e Collections combined in October, 1889, under the Department of Geology. The apparent decrease
of more than 50 per cent. of the estimated total for 1889is accounted for (1) by the rejection of several
thousanils of specimens from the collection, and (2) by the fact that no estimate of the ones in the
reserve and duplicate series is included. Of the total number for 1890 about 16,000 specimens consist
chiefly of petrographical material, stored away for study and comparison in the drawers of table cases.

Jf Transferred to National Zodlogical Park.

24 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

CATALOGUE ENTRIES DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890.

The catalogue entries made in the books of the several departments
during the year amounted to 28,293 in number. The following table
shows the number of entries made in each department. It must be re-
membered that a catalogue entry seldom refers to only one specimen.
Thus if fifty specimens of birds are contributed by one person, from one
locality, they are entered under a single catalogue number. In the case
of the Department of Marine Invertebrates, one entry often includes
several hundred specimens.

No. of | No. of
Number and name of department. | autne | Number and name of department. anuae
| 1889-90. 1859-90.
I. Arts and industries: | VI. Reptiles and batrachians..-.-... 705
iMatenianmedicaserseerseeesee 179 VET ONBishes) sae asinine decease 1, 016
Mestilesycemsee serict-eh ects soe 38 VIII. Vertebrate fossils..-..--..--.-- 124
Hoods ee hee ee eee eee eee 68 IX. Mollusks (including Cenozoic
Animal products. --------.-.-- 1} fossils) qos sceie knee eee eee 6, 569
lewis BING GHYES) coonde seoe=ce 11 ME NMMSecte ees. c secs ce cere aa 89
Fisheries ....---.-. ee was y XI. Marine invertebrates.......-.-- 1, 502
Transportation aud engincer- XII. Comparative anatomy :

FLT Oeics stay oes aaenitota ata eiera Unie ieee 750 WMiamm all s)eeemereeeeeeeeeeee 346
Chemical products.-.---..--.-- 42 Birds \sses2iesodeness soe see 235
Modern pottery, porcelain, and | teptiles and batrachians. ---- 29

DROnZes\ese esse cee oes ee 5 || XIIL Invertebrate fossils:

Musical instruments. .-...--.-- 20 WAlCOZOIG Es <1 seen meeeise 5, 412
Coins, medals, paper-money, MeS0Z01C 2s sec cee seneceeeeee * 500

GliGtecasbadeeaabedsosGeeneues 620 | XdEVia Hossiliplantssessse eee seer 200
Graphiciantseeesceeeoemeeseeee 517 | Xx@VERecentsplanits eee nese eee 24
Domestic animals (for mount- OV Ev (Mine ralisecose he sicleteeen eee 588

LING) epee aie ae cteverestalotre Neel 61 || XVII. Lithology and physical ge-

iE (hnolomyeeasses eee eee ee ee 1, 469 | lO gyi Melee cee ar eee 2, 268
Ili. Oriental antiquities ...-.......-- 1,471 || XVIII. Metallurgy and economic ge-
VAeMam malar ree cose erence 573 || OLOGY noes oobi eee ee eee 504
Wo dig icnenootoeesaesodenapEaecsons 1, 739 | GUI, aoe cn fh ara 98, 293
(O)EBirdsvessseeecet mca. aos cieeye| 239

* Not actually recorded, although the material to be catalogued will fill up five hundred numbers.

DEVELOPMENT AND ARRANGEMENT OF THE EXHIBITION SERIES.

Owing to the already crowded condition of the exhibition halls,
there has been no opportunity of increasing very materially the exhi-
bition series in the several departments.

A large number of specimens of foods and textiles have been mounted
in bottles and boxes, ready to be placed on exhibition when space and
cases are available. The collection of Paleozoic invertebrate fossils has
been labeled. The fossils from the Cincinnati formation of Ohio have
been rearranged by Prof. Joseph F. James. The crustaceans from the
Water-lime formation of New York, and from the Chazy horizon of New
York and Vermont, have been relabeled, and, with much additional ma-

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 25

terial, placed on exhibition. A beautiful series of trilcbites has been
placed temporarily in the exhibition cases, awaiting permanent transfer
from the U. S. Geological Survey to the Museum. The Mesozoic fossils
have been classified and arranged for exhibition. Three groups of mam-
mals have been installed during the year, and aconsiderable number of
single specimens added to the exhibition series. Although the number of
specimens added to the collection of birdsis considerably less than in the
previous year, the appearance of the exhibition series has been greatly
improved by the substitution of new cases for the old ones, and by the
rearrangement and relabeling of the collection. A large collection of
illustrations of North American insects, prepared for the Paris Exposi-
tion, has been placed on exhibition. Lay figures representing a Pap-
uan, a Dyak and a Samoan, in native dress, have been placed in the
ethnological hall.

Technical and historical series of specimens have been placed on ex-
hibition in the section of graphic arts. The details of this arrangement
have been set forth in a circular intended for the guidance of visitors,
and printed in the report of the curator. A commencement has been
made of an exhibit of forestry objects. A large number of labels have
been added to the exhibition series of fishes, and the groups have
been brought more closely together. The material in the collection of
tertiary fossils has been segregated according to its biologic relations,
and its incorporation with the general collections. The collection of
minerals has been rearranged, and a new installation of the gem series
is under way. The collection of North American lizards has been in-
stalled in new quarters. Much time has been devoted by Dr. James
M. Flint to the arrangement of specimens of materia medica already
on hand. The Aino material collected by Mr. Romyn Hitchcock has
been fully labeled and installed. The economic collection of insects,
which was somewhat damaged during the return shipment from the
Paris Exposition, has been overhauled and put in place again. The
Hemiptera Heteroptera have been rearranged according to Uhler’s
check-list. The ores and general economic material in the exhibition
hall have been arranged into two principal series; the one, comprising
a systematic exhibit of all the principal ores of the metals arranged ;
the other, arranged geographically by States. Mr. Lucas has devoted
a portion of his time to the identification and arrangement of skeletons
of birds and tortoises. The classification of the star-fishes, collected by
the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross in the North Pacific Ocean,
has been continued.

26 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

K.—THE MUSEUM STAFF.
THE SCIENTIFIC STAFF.

During the year, the departments of “ Lithology and Physical Geol-
ogy” and *‘ Metallurgy and Economic Geology ” have been united under
the designation of the Department of Geology. Since the organization
of the departments in the National Museum in 1881, these departments
have until now been kept entirely distinct, and each department has
been under the control of a curator. It has been thought for some time,
however, that it would be advantageous to the administration of the
Museum to combine the work of these closely allied departments, and
this was finally carried into effect on October 1, 1889, upon the resigna-
tion of Mr. F. P. Dewey. Mr. George P. Merrill is now in charge of the
Department of Geology.

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock, who on July 31, 1886, was furloughed to
enable him to visit Japan as an instructor in the University of Tokio,
returned January 20, 1889, and has again resumed his duties as curator
of the collection of Foods and Textiles.

The Smithsonian collection of scientific instruments, which some years
ago was transferred to the custody of the National Museum, has re-
ceived some additions during the year, and has been placed under the
chargeof Mr. W. C. Winlock, curator of the Bureau of International
Exchanges of the Smithsonian Institution.

In June, 1890, Dr. Frank Baker, Assistant Superintendent of the U.S.

Life Saving Service, resigned his position to accept an appointment
as curator of Comparative Anatomy in the National Museum. This
department has for many years been administered upon by Mr. F. W.
True as acting curator. Dr. Baker will not, however, at present assume
the duties of this position, having received from the Secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution a temporary appointment as acting manager
of the National Zodlogical Park.
_ Mr. William T. Hornaday, for several years chief taxidermist, was on
May 9, 1888, appointed curator of the Department of Living Animals.
On May 6, 1889, he was placed in charge of the National Zoological
Park; and on June 15, 1889, resigned this position. ‘The collection of
living animals hitherto under the care of the Museum has now been
transferred to the custody of Dr. Frank Baker, as acting manager of
the Zoological Park.

At the request of Prof. C. V. Riley, Mr. John B. Smith, formerly
assistant curator of Insects in the National Museum, was engaged
from January 3 to February 3, 1890, to work upon the collection of
Noctuide.

Mr. William Harvey Brown, of the National Museum, accompanied
the Government “ Eclipse Expedition” to Africa for the purpose of
collecting natural history specimens for the Museum. The expedition

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. ra

sailed in October, 1889, on the U.S. S. Pensacola. A reference to Mr.
Brown’s explorations will be found in the chapter devoted to that
subject.

On account of the increasing administrative duties which have been
placed upon Mr. Richard Rathbun, ot the U.S. Fish Commission, it has
been found impossible to keep up the current work in the Department
of Marine Invertebrates. It therefore seemed desirable to appoint an
assistant, paid by the Museum, who could devote his entire time, under
the supervision of Mr. Rathbun, to the work of the department. Mr.
James E. Benedict, formerly naturalist of the Fish Commission, who
had severed his connection with the Commission in 1886, accepted an
appointment on January 13, 1890, as assistant curator of the Depart-
ment of Marine Invertebrates.

At the request of Dr. C. A. White, the director of the U. 8S. Geolog-
ical Survey appointed Mr. T. W. Stanton to assist Dr. White in the
work of the Department of Mesozoic Invertebrate Fossils in the Museum.

There are now thirty-one organized departments and sections in the
Museum under the care of curators, including honorary and acting
curators, and assistant curators.

LIST OF CURATORS, ASSISTANT CURATORS, AND AIDS.

ARTS AND INDUSTRIES: Dr. G. Brown Goode, Honorary Curator.
MatTeERIA Mrpica: Dr. James M. Flint, U. S. Navy, Honorary Curator.
TexTILes: Mr. Romyn Hitcheock, Acting Curator.
ANIMAL PrRopucTs: Mr. R. Edward Earll, Acting Curator.
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE: Capt. J. W. Collins, U.S. Fish Commission, Honorary
Curator.
Foops: Prof. W. O. Atwater, Department of Agriculture, Honorary Curator.
HISTORICAL COLLECTIONS, COINS AND Mepats: Mr. A. Howard Clark, Curator.
- TRANSPORTATION AND ENGINEERING: Mr. J. E. Watkins, Curator.
ORIENTAL ANTIQUITIES: Prof. Paul Haupt, Johns Hopkins University, Honorary
Curator; Dr. Cyrus Adler, Johns Hopkins University, Assistant Curator.
GrapHic Arts: Mr. §. R. Koehler, Boston Museum of Fine Arts, Acting Curator.
Forestry: Dr. Bb. BE. Fernow, Department of Agriculture, Honorary Curator.
PHYSICAL APPARATUS: Prof. W. C. Winlock, Honorary Curator.
ETHNOLOGY: Prof. Otis T. Mason, Curator; Mr. Walter Hough, Assistant.
AMERICAN PREHISTORIC POTTERY: Mr. William H. Holmes, Bureau of Ethnology,
Honorary Curator.
PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY: Dr. Thomas Wilson, Curator; Mr. E. P. Upham,
Assistant.
MammMats: Mr. Frederick W. True, Curator.
Birps: Mr. Robert Ridgway, Curator.
BirDs’ EaGs: Capt. C. KE. Bendire, U.S, Army, Honorary Curator.
REPTILES AN} BaTRACHIANS: Dr. Leonard Stejneger, Curator.
FIsHES: Dr. Tarleton H. Bean, U. S. Fish Commission, Honorary Curator; Mr. Bar-
ton A. Bean, Assistant.
VERTEBRATE Fossits: Prof. O. C. Marsh, Yale College, Honorary Curator.
MOLLuusks: Mr. William H. Dall, U. S. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator; Dr.
R. E. C. Stearns, Adjunct Curator.
Insects: Prof. C. V. Riley, Department of Agriculture, Honorary Curator; Mr. Mar-
tin L. Linel], Aid.

28 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

MARINE INVERTEBRATES: Mr. Richard Rathbun, U. 8. Fish Commission, Honorary
Curator; Mr. James E. Benedict, Assistant Curator.
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY: Dr. Frank Baker, Curator; Mr. Frederick A. Lucas, Assist-
ant Curator.
INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS:
PaLrEozoic: Mr. C.D. Walcott, U. 8. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator.
Mesozoic: Dr. C. A. White, U. S. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator.
Cenozoic: Prof. William H. Dall, U.S. Geological Survey, Honerary Curator.
Fossin PLANTS: Prof. Lester F. Ward, U. 8S. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator ;
Mr. F. H. Knowlton, Honorary Assistant Curator.
Botany: Dr. George Vasey, Department of Agriculture, Honorary Curator.
MINERALS: Prof. F. W. Clarke, U. 8. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator; Mr.
William 8. Yeates, Assistant Curator.
GEOLOGY: Mr. George P. Merrill, Curator.

THE ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF.

No changes of importance have been made during the year. Mr. R.
HK. Karll has been engaged, since March, 1889, on special duty in the
office of the Assistant Secretary.

The Department of Furniture, Supplies, and Accounts continues
under the charge of Mr. W. V. Cox, chief clerk of the National Mu-
seum. A statement of the work accomplished will be found on page 62.

The Department of Correspondence and Reports is under the charge
of Mr. h. i. Geare. A statement of the work accomplished during the
year will be found on page 68.

The Department of Registration and Storage is under the charge of
Mr. 8. C. Brown, and a report of his work will be found on page 43.

Mr. A. Howard Clark has continued his work as editor of Proceed-
ings and Bulletins of the National Museum. The preparation and
printing of labels for Museum specimens has, as in past years, BSE
been under his supervision.

The Museum library, which is made up, for the most part, of that
portion of the library of the Smithsonian Institution which is required
for reference by the curators of the scientific departments in the Mu-
seum, is under the care of Mr. John Murdoch, librarian of the Smith-
sonian Institution. A statement relating to the operations of the library
during the year will be found on page 48.

Mr. Henry Horan, superintendent of buildings, with Mr. Charles A.
Steuart as assistant superintendent, has continued in charge of the
work of the mechanics and laborers of the Museum. On page 71 will
be found a statement of the work accomplished by the force of mechan-
ics and laborers.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 29

F.—REVIEW OF WORK IN THE SCIENTIFIC DEPARTMENTS.

DIVISION OF ANTHROPOLOGY.

Department of Ethnology.—The first three months of the year covered
by this report were spent by Prof. Otis T. Mason, curator, in studying
the anthropological collections in Europe, especially those at the Paris
Exposition, during the session of the Tenth International Congress of
Anthropology and Prehistoric Archeology, an account.of which is
submitted in his annual report.

The curator is giving much attention to three special lines of research
and collection in connection with the work of his department; first,
among the Indian tribes of our own country; second, among the South
American tribes; third, among the African tribes of the west coast,
especially those whose descendants made up the former slave popula-
tion of the United States, for the purpose of comparison with the effects
which civilization has had upon the race in this country.

Following up the work of former years, much time has been devoted
to the study of the bow, the arrow, the quiver and armor.

Mr. Walter Hough is making a thorough study of the production of
fire by primitive peoples, and has published in the Museum report
for 1888 an exhaustive paper on fire-making apparatus, as represented
in the collections of the U. S. National Museum.

Among the most important accessions is the collection of Japanese
and Aino material gathered by Mr. Romyn Hitchcock. This material
has been labeled and installed in the Museum. The collection of Afri-
can material has been enriched by the addition of objects from the
Inhambane Zulus, collected by the missionary, Rev. EK. H. Richards,
and presented by Oberlin College. Mr. W. H. Brown, naturalist of the
United States Eclipse Expedition, secured material from Angola, and
Mr. J. H. Camp contributed objects from the Congo.

Several valuable collections of Samoan material have been received
through Admiral Kimberly, U.S. Navy, and from Ensign W. E. Safford.
Mrs. H. A. P. Carter has given photographs and specimens from the
Sandwich Islands. Dr. H. N. Allen, court physician to the King of
Corea, has deposited in the Museum his rich collection from that king-
dom. Dr. Washington Matthews’s collection of Navajo silver-work has
been acquired ; also specimens of old Indian work of great value from
Rev. i. C. Chirouse through the Department of the Interior; speci-
mens from Idaho and Washington from Dr. George M. Kober, U. 8S.
Army, and collections from the Hupa Valley, California, made by N. J.
Pureell and Jeremiah Curtin.

Department of American Prehistoric Pottery.—The installation of the
exhibition series of pottery isnow almost completed, and very little re-
mains to be done excepting in connection with the labeling of specimens.
Mr. William H. Holmes has continued to act as honorary curator of

a
q

30 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

this department. The principal additions to the collections have been
secured through the codperation of the Bureau of Ethnology, with which
Mr. Holmes is officially associated. One of the most interesting is a
group of vases from a mound on the Savannah River, obtained by Mr.
H. L. Reynolds. In connection with the monograph which Dr. Cyrus
Thomas, of the Bureau of Ethnology, has undertaken upon the Mound-
builders, the curator has conducted researches upon the collections
from the mounds of the Mississippi Valley and adjacent regions. The
number of specimens added to the collection during the year is estimated
at 1,047, and 232 entries have been made in the catalogue.

Section of Oriental Antiquities.—The collection is under the curator-
ship of Prof. Paul Haupt, of the Johns Hopkins University, with Dr.
Cyrus Adler acting as assistant curator.

Many valuable accessions have been received during the year.
Among these is a cast of the famous temple inscription discovered by
Clermout-Ganneau in 1871, which was obtained through the courtesy
of the United States minister to Turkey. Mr. Theodore Graf, of Vienna,
and Dr. Zehnpfund, of Leipsic, have also made important contributions,
A collection of copies of the Assyrian seals has been commenced, and
much assistance has been rendered by Dr. William Hayes Ward, of
New York, Prof. D. G. Lyon, of Harvard University, and Prof. H.
Hyvernat, of the Catholic University in Washington. <A collection of
oriental manuscripts, formed by Mr. William B. Hodgson, and uutil
recently in the care of the Telfair Academy of Arts and Sciences of
Savannah (Georgia), has been placed in the custody of the Smithsonian
Institution.

The curator attended the Kighth International Congress of Orient-
alists, which met at Stockholm in September, as the representative of
the Sinithsonian Institution.

There has been added a case of objects illustrating the public and
private religious ceremonies of the Jews, collected and arranged by Dr.
Adler. These objects were obtained partiy through purchase, but
chiefly through gitt and deposit. Some of the more interesting were
collected by Dr. H. Friedenwald.

Dr. Adler thus explains the character of the collection :

The collection may be divided into two sections comprising the ob-
jects employed respectively in public and private ceremonial.

The Pentateuch or Law (Hebrew Torah) is considered by Jews the
most important part of the Bible, and a section of it is read every week
in the synagogue. For this purpose a manuscript-copy is employed,
printed copies not being used. When not in use the roll is covered
with a cloak and placed upright in an ark or chest; to prevent the
reader from losing his place, a pointer in the shape of a hand (called
in Hebrew Yad or ‘‘hand”) is employed. The collection contains a
manuscript pentateuch unrolled with the pointer, and above it the
cloak and winding-scarf which envelop it when placed in the ark.

At the morning service in the synagogue the male members of the
congregation wear a special garment, a sort of scarf, kuown as the

M
3
..
%

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 31

Taleth. This garment is a survival of the outer robe of the ancient
Hebrews. They wear on the corners a fringe or tassel in which is a
thread of blue. A garment of the form now used is referred to in the
New Testament (Matthew Ix, 20; xtv, 36; Luke vit, 44). They are
made of silk, weolen, and even of cotton goods. The grave- clothes of
a male Israelite consist of a shroud and the taleth. The specimen in
the collection is made of silk.

These objects are used at the Saturday morning service, and the
taleth at the daily morning service where this survives. It is also worn
at the afternoon service on Sabbath and fasts, and at the evening serv-
ice of Sabbaths and festivals by the officiating minister only.

In addition to the taleth, the male members of the congregation wear
at the morning service of week days, pbylacteries, and where daily
synagogue service is not held, they are employed in private devotion.
Certain Besse of the Pentateuch (Exodus x1u, 9, 10, 16; 1 Deuter-
onomy VI, 4, 9, 13, 22) enjoin that the law should. be a sion upon the
hand and for frontlets between the eyes. These passages, inscribed
upon several pieces of parchment and inclosed in a leather case prepared
for the purpose, are bound on the forehead between the eyes. The
same passages written on one slip of parchinent and inuclosed in a sim-
ilar case are bound on the left arm above the elbow. They are called
by the Jews tefillin (from tefilla, ‘‘ prayer”), a word found in the Tal-
mud, but not in the Bible. They are referred to inthe New Testament
(Matthew xxii, 5). The collection contains several sets of phylacte-
ries of various sizes.

Special services call for the use of particular objects of ceremony.

At the conclusion of the Sabbath there are added some special
prayers, and the service known as Habdalah, or separaticn. The objects
used in this service are a cup of wine, a spice-box, and a candle. First,
blessing is said over the wine, next over the spices, and last over the
light. The candle is then extinguished by having wine poured upon
it. The collections contain a specimen of a silver spice-box, supposed
to have been manufactured in Laupheim (Wiirtemberg), Germany,
about i740. There is a tradition that at the beginning of the Sabbath
a special angel accompanies the worshiper from the synagogue; this
angel remains with him until the conclusion of the Sabbath. The de-
parture of the angel leaves the man faint, and the spices are intended
to restore him.

The second great Jewish feast is the feast of weeks, also called “ feast
of harvest” and day of first fruits. The harvest referred to is the grain
harvest. Deuteronomy XvI, 9, commands: ‘Seven weeks shalt thou
number unto thee,” beginning the day after Passover, when the first
Omer was presented. The fiftieth day (Pentecost) was observed as a
sacred feast. Since medieval times the Jews also celebrate it as the
anniversary of the delivery of the law on Mount Sinai. Following
Leviticus xxii, 2, the Samaritans observed Pentecost on Sunday. The
Hebrew word meaning a handful of grain, a sheaf, is Omer, and the
period between Passover and Pentecost is known as the Omer season.
The days of this season are reckoned and the number announced each
day. For the purpose of keeping the reckoning, a tablet is hung up in
the synagogue. The collection contains a manuscript copy of such a
tablet which was employed by a Spanish-Jewish congregation. The
tablet is in Hebrew. It contains the words ‘“ Blessed art thou Lord,
our God, King of the Universe, who has sanctified us with His com-
mandments and commanded us to count the Omer.” Then follows the
count (in Hebrew) and below it the words ‘‘ May the Lord restore the

32 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

worship of the temple speedily in our days” (Psaim Lxvi1). On the left
are the letters H.S. and D., which indicate respectively Omer (written
Homer by the Spanish Jews) week (Sabbat) and day.

In the Jewish ceremonial on solemn occasions, and especially on New
Year’s day (September), a blast is sounded from a trumpet called Shofar.
It is made of a ram’s horn whose shape is modified by heat. Accord-
ing to authorities on musical instruments, it is the oldest form of wind-
instrument known to be retained in use. It is mentioned in the Bible
as being used to announce the new moon and solemn feasts and to pro-
claim the year of release. Occasionally it was employed as a masical
instrument, but its most frequent use was for military purposes. It
was the signal for going out to battle, for the announcement of a vic-
tory, and for the recall of the troops. The specimen in the collection is
an example of the seventeenth century, from Italy.

The feast of Purim was established to commemorate the deliverence
of the Jews, recorded in the book of Esther. On this occasion the book
is read in the synagogue, a manuscript copy being employed. ‘The coi-
lection contains a manuscript roll of the Hebrew original, with hand-
painted views. The book is usually called Megilla (roll), or more accu-
rately Megillat Esther (rollof Esther). The Song of Solomon, Ruth, EKe-
clesiastes, and Lamentations are written in a similar form, and they
together with Esther are called ‘the five rolls.”

The feast of dedication, or Hanuka, is held in remembrance of the re-
dedication of the Temple of Jerusalem after its defilement by Antiochus
Epiphanes (169 B.C.). Josephus records that it was a festival of lights.
The feast is celebrated 8 days, one light being lit on the first night
of the feast, and an additional light on each succeeding night. The col-
lection contains a lamp of brass, hand made, with eight compartments
for oil. The lamp is of Dutch make, and its form exhibits an interest-
ing survival of the ancient Roman lamp.

The specimens described are employed at public worship, though
some of them may be used at private devotion. Any place in which
ten male Israelites congregate is considered a place of public worship.

The following objects pertain exclusively to private worship:

The Mosaic legislation enjoined that the law should be written on the
posts of the door and on the gates. This injunction is performed by
inclosing a slip of parchment in a reed, or metallic or wooden cylinder,
on which has been written Deuteronomy V1, 4-9, 13-21, and attaching
it to the doorpost of the house, and sometimes of each room in the
house. At present the Jews of the East often nail to the door-casing
the entire decalogue inclosed in a tin case called Mezuzza. This custom
has been widely adopted by other peoples of the East, particularly by
Mussulmans, who select for this purpose passages from the Koran.

Whether at public or private devotion, the Jews invariably turn the
face toward Jerusalem. For the large majority of Jews this direction
is east. Synagogues are always built with the ark containing the man-
uscript copies of the Pentateuch at the eastern end of the building, and
worshippers face this direction. As a reminder of the direction a card
or scroll is hung up in the dwelling called Mizrach (the east). The
specimen in the collection contains the Ten Commandments and vati-
ous quotations from scripture in Hebrew. Ancient nations that wor-
shipped the sun, turned when in prayer to the east, the place of the
rising sun. This fact is alluded to by Ezekiel (v111, 16). In the temple
itself the worshippers faced towards the west, the entrance being from
the east.

Before the principal meals of the Sabbath day the Jews have a, special

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 33

service, including prayers over the bread and wine, which is known as
Kiddush or “sanctification.” The head of the family has in front of him
a plate containing two loaves of bread, covered by a cloth, of which
there is a specimen in the collection. This cloth, called Kiddush cloth,
contains the prayers to be recited, and representations of the Temple,
etc., evidently after old wood cuts. The practice of saying a blessing
before eating is referred to, I Samuel 1x, 13. It nodoubt had its origin
in the fact that a public meal of any sort was usually preceded by a
sacrifice. ‘Asking the blessing” was common in New Testament times.
The later Jews enjoined also that thanks should be returned after the
repast.

a the meal of the Passover eve (probably the same as the “ Lord’s
Supper”) special plates were used on which to place cakes of unleavened
bread. The collection contains two such, one made of brass containing
fantastic figures and « Hebrew inscription, from Constantinople; the
other of pewter, manufactured at Tetenhausen (near Gusburg) in Ger-
many.

Twas customary among the Jews to reserve a special lamp for use
on the eve of the Sabbath only. Oil was burned in these from either
six or eight prongs. Seven prongs were never used, because this lamp
was not to be of the same shape as the seven-pronged candlestick of
the sanctuary. The collection contains two specimens of the form used
by the Jews of Germany, one having been manufactured in the eigh-
teenth century at Fellheim, Germany.

The collection also contains a map of Palestine and surrounding
countries, with the names of places marked in Hebrew characters, a
chromo-lithographie restoration of the Tabernacle, a series of pnoto-
graphs of the ruins of ancient synagogues, of the Arch of Titus, and
of the exteriors and interiors of the celebrated synagogues of Europe.

Section of Foods and Textiles.—Upon the return of Mr. Romyn Hitch-
cock, from Japan, he reassumed the custody of the collections of Food
and Textiles. A greater portion of the year has been consumed in the
examination and classification of the material which had accumulated
during his absence. He has prepared an index to the collection, show-
ing the series to which each specimen has been assigned, and also a
list of the specimens in the exhibition series. The labeling of the col-
lection of foods of the North American Indians has been completed.
The labeling of the collection of textiles has also for the most part been
furnished. Mr. Hitchcock, in addition to his regular work, has pre-
pared two papers embodying the results of his observations in Japan
during 1887 and 1888. These are entitled “The Ancient Pit-dwellers
of Yezo,” and “The Ainos of Yezo.” Both of these papers are pub-
lished in this report.

The number of specimens of textiles in the exhibition, reserve, and
duplicate series is 2,211; 38 catalogue entries have been made. The
number of specimens in the food collection on exhibition, and also in
the reserve and duplicate series is 1,111; 68 entries have been made
in the catalogue. In this totalthe specimens collected by Mr. Hitchcock,
from the Ainos of Japan, are not included.

In the chemical collection, also under Mr. Hitchcock’s eare, there are
now 457 specimens on exhibition, and 852 specimens in the reserve and.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——3

34 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

duplicate series. There have been made 42 entries in the catalogue
devoted to chemicals, including oils, gums, and resins.

Department of Prehistoric Anthropology.—The curator, Mr. Thomas
Wilson, visited the Paris Exposition, as the representative of the
Smithsonian Institution, for the special purpose of attending the Inter-
national Congresses of Hygiene, Criminal Anthropology, Anthropology,
and Prehistoric Archeology, and the French Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science. An account of his visit is given in his annual
report in section II.

The most important accession during the year is the collection of
archeological specimens, principally from the District of Columbia,
presented by Mrs. J. C. Bruff, of Washington, District of Columbia.
Contributions were also received from Mr. Thomas Wilson, the curator,
Mr. H. de Morgan, New York City; Mr. J. P. Monroe, Ringgold, Ten-
nessee; Messrs. Bangs & Company, New York City; Mr. 8. V. Proud-
fit, Falls Church, Virginia; The Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Mas-
sachusetts (through Prof. F. W. Putnam); Dr. Hilborn T. Cresson,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; and Mr. L. H. Jammes, Realmont, France.

The collections have been divided into an exhibition and a study
series. A classification of the stone arrow, or spear-heads, and of the
knives has been commenced.

In the catalogue 1,483 entries have been made during the year. The
entire collection contains 122,679 specimens.

Section of Transportation and Engineering.—Other duties of the cura-
tor, Mr. J. HK. Watkins, as engineer of property, have prevented him
from devoting much time to the development of this collection. Con-
siderable progress has, however, been made both in the arrangement
and labeling of the specimens. The system of classification has been
set forth in a previous report of the curator.

The accessions during the year though less numerous than in the
previous year are equal in importance.

To the series illustrating the history of the stationary steam engine,
a portion of the cylinder of the first steam engine erected on the western
continent has been added.

Interesting specimens relating to the early history of the telegraph
have been received.

Two drawings made by Fulton, one of the Chancellor Livingston,
and the other of the machinery of the Catherine of Clermont, have been
added to the steamboat series.

The original boiler of the locomotive Stourbridge Lion, has been added
to the series illustrating the history of the development of the locomo-
tive. It is the intention of Mr. Watkins to mount the boiler on the
original driving- wheels, and to replace many of the original parts which
are still in existence, and thus as far as possible complete the restora-
tion of this locomotive.

The nucleus of a collection illustrative of the history of the develop-
ment of the bicycle, has been secured. A model of the English “Dandy

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 35

Horse” has been made in the Museum workshops, and two old-fashioned
velocipedes with wooden wheels have been acquired. A number of
drawings of parts of bicycles have also been secured.

The study series has been increased by a number of photographs
and prints.

The preparation of a card catalogue of the collection has been com-
menced. The collection now contains approximately 1,250 specimens.
Seven hundred and fifty entries have been made during the year in the
- catalogue.

Section of Materia Medica.—The collection of materia medica speci-
mens is still under the charge of Dr. James M. Flint, U.S. Navy, by
whom the collection was first organized in 1881. Hereports that much
time has been devoted to the identification and arrangement of speci-
mens already on hand, and to the classification and installation of new
material. The most important contribution to the collection are a col-
lection of Kast India drugs, from the Royal Botanical Gardens, at Kew,
England, and the collection of medicinal substances contributed by
Messrs. W. H. Schieffelin & Co,of New York. The preparation of de-
scriptive labels has been pushed rapidly forward, and the labeling of the
collection is now almost completed, as well as the completion of a card
catalogue of the collection, by means of which the present. position of
every specimen may be readily ascertained. The present state of the
collection is highiy satisfactory. There are now 3,213 specimens of drugs
on exhibition. The reserve series contains 1,203 specimens. The total
number of specimens in the collection, including the illustrations, is
5,915. The number of catalogue entries during the year is 179.

Section of Graphic. Arts.—The arrangement of the collection in this
Department has been for the time completed. The manuscript for the
labels, which has been prepared for some time, is stiil in the printer’s
hands. A circular has been printed explaining the arrangement of the
collection.

The most important accession during the year is the collection of
materials, prints, and tools illustrative of the process of chromoxy-
lography in Japan, given to the Museum by Mr. T. Tokuno, chief of
the Japanese Government Printing Office at Tokio.

A series of drawings made by pupils of the Art Academy of Cincin-
nati, and presented by the Cincinnati Museum Association has been
placed on exhibition.

During the year accessions were received from forty-seven sources,
and nine additions were made by purchase to the sectional library.
The number of entries made in the catalogue during the year was 577.

DIVISION OF ZOOLOGY.

Department of Mammals.—The accessions to this Department during
the year are regarded by Mr. F. W. True, curator, as being of more
than ordinary interest. The collections received from Dr, W, L. Ab:

36 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

bott, and those obtained by the naturalists who accompanied the United
States Eclipse Expedition to South Africa, are of special interest.

Three new groups of mounted animals have been placed on exhibi-
tion during the year, and thirty-three single specimens have been
mounted and placed on exhibition.

Five hundred and sixty-one specimens have been added to the collee-
tion during the year, in addition to a large amount of material de-
posited by the Department of Agriculture.

Department of Birds.—The exhibition series in this Department has
been very greatly improved during the year. The extensive collections
made by the U. S. Fish Commission on the Galapagos Islands, and in
other parts of tropical America, have been worked up by the curator,
and the results have been published in Vol. x11 of the Proceedings of
the National Museum. A collection of birds from Costa Rica has been
described in Vol. xt of the Proceedings of the National Museum. A
careful revision has been made of the genera Xiphocolaptes and Sclerw-
rus, and published in Vol. xir of the Proceedings of the National
Museum. Dr. Leonhard Stejneger has continued his studies on the
birds of Japan and the Hawaiian Islands, and has prepared a paper on
the extinct Pallas’ Cormorant of Bering Island.

The number of specimens in the reserve, duplicate, and exhibition
series is now estimated by Mr. Ridgway to be 60,219, giving an increase
of 2,245 specimens during the year. The number of catalogue entries
made during the year is 1,739.

Department of Birds’ Eggs.—The collection of birds’ eggs remains in
the custody of Capt. Charles E. Bendire, U. 8S. Army.

Among the accessions received during the year, fifteen are mentioned
by Captain Bendire in his annual report as being of special importance.
Among the most valuable is a collection of nests and eggs made near
Fort St. James and presented by Mr. Robert MacFarlane, of the Hud-
son’s Bay Company, also a collection of nests and eggs from Colorado,
presented by Mr. Denis Gale. Several species, new to the collections,
have been received during the year, including some nests of rare birds.
The uumber of eggs of North American birds is now 44,326, and of for-
eign birds 4,424. The number of nests in the reserve and exhibition
series is 2,491, making a grand total of 51,241 specimens of eggs and
nests in the collection. This gives an increase of 1,068 over the total of
last year.

Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.—Dr. Leonhard Stejneger,
recently appointed curator of this Department, has commenced a
rearrangement of the collections. The collection of North American
lizards has been reclassified and catalogued. The most important
accession of the year is a large series of reptiles and batrachians col-
lected by Dr. C. Hart Merriam in the San Francisco mountain plateau
in Arizona, Collections made by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer
Albatross, and by Prof. Dayid 8, Jordan, president of the Indiana State

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. ot

University, contain much new material. The curator made a valuable
collection of reptiles, birds, and mammals in Arizona, New Mexico, and
Texas, during the months of September, October, and November.

The curator has made a special study of the geographical distribu-
tion of the reptiles and batrachians of the southwestern Territories of
the United States. He has also published in the Proceedings of the
National Museum a number of papers describing new species.

The total estimated number of specimens in the Department is now
29,050. During the year 705 catalogue entries have been made.

Department of Fishes—In the early part of the year the honorary
curator, Dr. Tarleton H. Bean, was in Alaska for the purpose of investi-
gating the condition of the fisheries, in connection with his official duties
as ichthyologist of the U.S. Fish Commission. During his absence the
routine work of the Department was carried on by Mr. Barton A. Bean,
assistant.

The number of accessions received during the year is 38. Prominent
among them are a collection of fishes from Switzerland; a large collec-
tion of fishes from Galapagos Islands, Panama, British Columbia,
Alaska, and other regions in the Pacific Ocean, gathered by the natur-
alists of the U. 8. Fish Commission steamer Albatross ; a collection of
American Siluroids, from the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts ; a series of fishes collected in the Yellowstone
Park, by Dr. David 5S. Jordan and his assistants, transmitted by the
U.S. Fish Commission. The Fish Commission has also deposited in the
Museum an extensive collection of fishes made by Dr. Jordan in several
of the southern and western States and Territories, during the summer

of 1889.
In the catalogue of the Department 1,016 entries have been made.

The estimated number of specimens in the exhibition, reserve and du-
plicate series, is now about 122,000.

Department of Mollusks (including tertiary fossils)—Mr. William H.
Dall, of the U. 8. Geological Survey, has continued to take charge of
this department. He has been assisted in the scientific work of the
Department by Dr. Rh. KE. C. Stearns, as adjunct curator, and by Mr.
Frank Burns and Mr. Gilbert Harris, of the Geological Survey, by whom
several important results have been accomplished. Considerable prog-
ress has been made in the determination, assorting, and labeling of
material. Special reports upon collections received from the Fish Com-
mission, the Navy Department, the Department of Agricuiture, the
Revenue Marine Service, and other sources have been made. A pre-
liminary report upon the collections of the Albatross has been com-
pleted, and a report upon the collections made by the Eclipse Expedi-
tion to Africa is in course of preparation.

Mr. Dall has partially completed a report upon the Plio-Miocene mol-
lusk fauna of Florida, the first part of which is now being printed by
_ the Wagner Free Institute of Science, in Philadelphia.

38 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The total number of accessions received during the year is given in
Mr. Dall’s report as 87. The total number of specimens received is
estimated at 3,500, representing about 1,200 species. Valuable collec-
tions have been contributed by Mr. Henry Hemphill, from Lower Cali-
fornia. Important additions to the fauna of Florida have been received
from Messrs. G. W. Webster, J. J. White, and I. Greegor; and collec-
tions of West Florida shells have been presented by Mr. W. F. De-
Golier. The Geological Survey has transferred to the Museum a vyal-
uable collection of Post-Pliocene types, illustrating the paper of Mr.
R. KE. Callin regard to the fresh-water fossils of Bonneville Lake Basin,
Utah. A series of the sinaller species of land shells has been presented
by Dr. Sterki. Mr. W. G. Binney has contributed several additions
to the Binney collection of American land-shells. A series of slides
of sections of typical mollusks has been received from Dr. P. H. Car-
penter, of Eton College, England.

Mr. Dall reports that about 75,000 specimens are now ready for sys-
tematic arrangement in the new cases which have been proviled for
this Department.

Department of Insects.—Prof. C. V. Riley, entomologist of the De-
partment of Agriculture, continues in charge of the Department of
Insects. The laboratory space of this department has been enlarged.
The educational series in the exhibition hall has been improved. A
large number of illustrations of. North American insects, prepared by
Professor Riley for exhibition at the Paris Exposition, have been added
to the exhibition series

Several important accessions have been received during the year.
Lord Walsingham has presented 125 species of rare Micro-Lepidoptera.
Mr. A. Koebele has placed in the collection a well-mounted series of
Australian and New Zealand insects, and has also presented to the
Museum 4,600 specimens of insects, chiefly Coleoptera, collected by
him in California. A collection representing 120 species of Lepidoptera
from East Africa has been received from Dr. W. L. Abbott, the col-
lector. An interesting collection of West and South African insects
collected by Mr. William Harvey Brown, has been received. The col-
lection of insects belonging to the late Dr. Asa Fitch, and purchased
by the Department of Agriculture, has been placed in the Museum.

The arrangement of the collection of North American Coleoptera has
been completed. Several special researches on entomological subjects,
and relating more or less to Museum material, have been made during
the year by the curator, and by Messrs. L. O. Howard, of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture; John B. Smith, formerly assistant curator; W.
H. Ashmead, and Lawrence Bruner.

About 15,000 specimens have been added to the collection during the
year, and 89 entries have been made in the catalogue.

Department of Marine Invertebrates.—Mr. Richard Rathbun, honor-
ary curator, reports increased activity in the work of his department,

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 39

owing chiefly to the appointment of an assistant curator, Mr. James E.
Benedict. All of the material, including the general alcoholic collec-
tions in the main storage-rooms, has been kept in excellent condition.

The accessions have been greater in number and of more importance
than during the preceding year. A very valuable series of European
marine invertebrates was received from Rev. A. M. Norman, of Burn-

- moor Rectory, Durham, England. The U.S. Commission has trans-

ferred to the Museum two very large collections from the Pacific Ocean,

-gathered by the Fish Commission steamer Albatross.

Other accessions deserving special mention were received from Wes-
leyan College, Middletown, Connecticut; W. H. Brown, naturalist,
with the United States Eclipse Expedition to South Africa; the Bureau
of Navigation, Navy Department; the U.S. 8S. Dolphin, Commander
George F. F. Wilde, commanding; Prof. O. B. Johuson, University of
Washington, Seattle, Washington ; and Mr. Romyn Hitchcock.

The arrangement of type series of alcholic specimens has been contin-
ued. The alcoholic collection of aleyonarians and actinians, and the
entire collections of brachyurans and anomourans, have been over-
hauled, and the card catalogues revised and completed. The assorting
of Mr. Dall’s Alaskan collection, which has been in progress for several
years, has been completed. Much time has been spent in making up
sets of duplicates for distribution.

The shore and shallow-water Echini, collected by the U.S. Fish Com-
mission steamer Albatross on the west coast of North America in 1888
and 1889, have been identified and a type series deposited in the Mu-
seum.

The assistant curator has identified the crustaceans collected by the
United States Eclipse Expedition to West Africa, and has begun the
study of the Alaskan annelids obtained by Mr. Dall and by the Fish
Commission. Prof. Walter Faxon, of the Museum of Comparative
Anatomy, Cambridge, Massachusetts, has finished his investigation of
the cray-fishes lent to him, and has returned them, together with a re-
port, which has been published in the Proceedings of the Museum.*

Vertebrate Fossils —This department is under the honorary curator-
ship of Prof. O. C. Marsh, of Yale College, New Haven. Mr. F. A.
Lueas, assistant curator of the Department of Comparative Anatomy,
has classified and arranged in drawers a portion of a large number of
types of the species described by Dr. Leidy.

The most important addition to the collection is a skull of Thoraco-
saurus neocesaurus, presented by Mr. Nelson C. Page.

Department of Paleozoic Invertebrate Fossils—Among the most im-
portant accessions to the collection of paleozoic fossils during the year,
three are mentioned in the report of the curator. The first is from
the British Museum, and includes a large number of trilobites. The
second consists of 592 specimens from the Lower Cambrian and the

* Vol. x11, No. 785, pp. 619-634.

40 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Lorraine formation of Ordovician, transferred by the U. S. Geological
Survey. The third, also transferred by the U. S. Geological Survey,
is a collection of 178 specimens from the Hudson Terrane of the Ordo-
vician, and 109 specimens from the Upper Silurian.

The curator has been specially interested in the collection of material
for the illustration of the middle Cambrian fauna, and in studying the
literature of the Cambrian rocks of America. The fossils from the Cin-
cinnati formation of Ohio have been rearranged by Prof. Joseph F.
James, and attention has been paid to the exhibition series of erusta-
ceans from the Waterlime formation of New York, and to the collec-
tion from the Chazy horizon of New York and Vermont, which has
been relabeled and placed upon exhibition. Dr. R. R. Gurley has been
employed in labeling and in makiig a special study upon American
graptolites. Twenty-nine accessions have been received during the year.
These represent 1,229 individual specimens, including 180 genera, 239
species, and 5 varieties. Five thousand four hundred and tweive en-
tries have been made in the catalogue.

Department of Mesozoic Invertebrate Fossils.—Dr. C. A. White, of the
U.S. Geological Survey, continues to act as curator of the collection of
mesozoic fossils. The pressure of work connected with his duties as an
officer of the Geological Survey has rendered it impossible for him to
devote more than a small portion of time to Museum matters. Con-
siderable progress hasbeen made in identifying collections transferred
to the Museum by the Geological Survey.

The arrangement of the exhibition series has been for the present
completed.

DIVISION OF BOTANY.

Department of Botany.—The report of Dr. George Vasey, honorary
curator, shows that several collections of considerable value have been
added to the National Herbarium during the year.

Among the more important accessions are: A set of 550 species of
Japanese plants from 8. Tegima, Director of the Educational Museum,
Tokio, Japan; 335 specimens collected in Mexico by C. G. Pringle;
1,800 specimens of Southern Californian plants from C. R. Orcutt, San
Diego, California; 80 species of Canadian grasses from John Macoun,
Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada; 2,817 specimens of
Texan plants collected by G. C. Nealley, of Houston, Texas; 900 speci-
mens of East Florida plants from J. H. Simpson, Manatee, Florida;
400 specimens, collected in Lower California and Western Mexico by
Edward Palmer; 327 specimens of Californian and Mexican plants,
from the California Academy of Science; the first 135 species of a set
of Bolivian plants collected by Miguel Bang; about 100 Pacific Slope
species from EH. L. Greene, Berkeley, California; 142 species of the
Hepatice Cubensis Wrightiane, from the Harvard University herbarium;
500 specimens from the United States Eclipse Expedition to Africa;

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. Al

320 species of European mosses from Dr. I. Hagen, Trondhjem, Nor-
way; 800 specimens collected by Frederick V. Coville, of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, in Virginia and North Carolina.

The total number of specimens in the National Herbarium is esti-
mated as follows: Mounted, 155,000; duplicates, 18,000.

This portion of the National Herbarium is in great danger owing to
the lack of fire-proof rooms in which it can be kept. Dr. Vasey in his
report emphasizes the risk of allowing it to continue in inappropriate
quarters. He says: “If it were destroyed by fire it could never be en-
tirely replaced, and a large number of type specimens would be lost.
The collection of American grasses is the largest in existence, and con-
tains the type specimens of nearly all the species of American grasses
described during the last fifteen years.”

A new museum building should soon be provided, in which this and
several other collections, at present without proper shelter, may be ap-
propriately installed.

Department of Fossil Plants.—A series of fossil plants consisting of
about 600 specimens, representing as far as practicable the evolution-
ary development of plant life has been placed on exhibition. A series
of labels has been prepared for these specimens and printed.

The duplicate specimens of fossil plants belonging to the Museum are
stored in the Armory building, for lack of other space.

The remaining type specimens belonging to the Museum collections,
representing the earlier geological formations, have been entirely re-
arranged during the year.

Professor Ward has been engaged during the year in the preparation
of a monograph of the flora of the Laramie group.

The fine Kansas collection of Dakota group plants, purchased from
Mr. Charles Sternberg by the Geological Survey, was incorporated with
the Museum collections in 1889. This contains 400 types of the plants
of the Dakota group, which were studied by Professor Lesquereux.

Mr. Charles 8S. Prosser, of the Geological Survey, one of Professor
Ward’s assistants, has recently studied the flora of the Silurian and
Devonian formations, and has made extensive collections in various
parts of New York.

Mr. David White, of the Survey, has been engaged in the identifica-
- tion of a series of cretaceous plants collected by himself on Martha’s
Vineyard, and has also commenced the study of a collection of Car-
boniferous plants from Missouri.

Mr. F. H. Knowlton has studied a collection of fossil wood from
Arkansas; and has prepared a report, which will soon be published by
the Arkansas Geological Survey. He has also published a paper upon
the fossil wood of the Potomac formation, in which several new species
are described ; this publication also contains an elaborate review of the
literature relating to the study of internal structure, from its earliest
mention down to the close of the year 1886.

42 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

During the summer of 1889 Mr. Knowlton made collections of fossil
plants in New Mexico and Arizona, discovering eight or ter localities
from which fossil plants had not been before reported. His collec-
tions include a valuable and exceedingly interesting series of Triassic
plants from the copper mines near Abiquiu. He also visited the cele-
brated fossil forest in the vicinity of Holbrook, Arizona, where several
hundreds of acres are covered by immense trunks of fossil trees. A
large collection of fossil wood was obtained in this locality. He also
made a collection of fossil wood from the fossil forest at Calistoga,
California. On his return in the fall, he commenced the selection of a
series of type specimens from collections made in previous years in the
Yellowstone National Park.

Section of Forestry.—Dr. B. B. Fernow, chief of the Division of For-
estry in the Department of Agriculture, has, as stated in the report for
1889, taken charge of the forestry collection in the Museum.

It had been expected that the material used in the exhibit prepared
by the Department of Agriculture for the World’s Exposition at Paris
in 1889 would be returned, and form a nucleus for a systematic Museum
exhibit. The bulk of the material was, however, at the request of the
director of the Jardin des Plantes, in Paris, turned over to that estab-
lishment by the representative of the Department of Agriculture.

During the year five exhibits received through the Department of
Agriculture have been installed. To the panel exhibiting the forestry
interests of the United States, and referred to in Dr. Fernow’s report
for 1889, two maps from the Census Bureau have been added. These
show the distribution of forest, prairie and plain, and of the different
forest types as described by Prof. C. 8. Sargent.

The collection of the woods of the United States, which was prepared
by the Department of Agriculture for the Cincinnati Exposition, has
been arranged in four cases.

It is the wish of the curator to make a complete representation of
the arborescent flora of the United States, and also a comprehensive
exhibit of the more important timber trees, as soon as opportunity
shall be afforded.

DIVISION OF GEOLOGY.

Department of Minerals.—The appearance of the exhibition hall de.
voted to the display of minerals has been greatly improved during the
year. Prof. F. W. Clarke, honorary curator, reports that the collec-
tion has in a great measure been rearranged, and that a new installa-
tion of the gem collection has been commenced. A special feature of
the year’s work has been the preparation of a large number of dupli-
cate collections of minerals for distribution to schools and colleges.
The distributions, which have already been made, are referred to in
the statement concerning the work of the Department of Registration
and Storage. Among the most important accessions are a large series

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 43

of minerals from Missouri and Arkansas, collected by Mr. W. P. Jenney,
and a collection of Arizona minerals, collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand
and transmitted by the U.S. Geological Survey. Specimens of ten me-
teorites have been received during the year, six of which were acquired
by exchange with the British Museum and the Museum of Natural His-
tory in Paris.

Department of Geology.—Mr. Merrill, curator of this department,
states that a very large portion of his time since October, 1889, has
been devoted to the assorting of collections, the preparation of labels,
and the identification of material sent to the Museum for examination
andreport. Sixty-nine lots of material have thus been named and re-
ported upon during the year. Mr. Merrill has prepared in his report
a careful synopsis of the plan which he has devised for the rearrange-
ment of the exhibition series. The number of specimens now in the
exhibition series is estimated at 16,762. The entries in the catalogue
of the Department of Metallurgy during the year were 504 in number.
In the catalogue heretofore devoted to the Department of Lithology
and Physical Geology 2,268 entries have been made.

G.—REVIEW OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE WORK.
PROGRESS OF GENERAL AND INCIDENTAL WORK.
REGISTRATION AND STORAGE.

Mr. 8S. C. Brown, registrar, has prepared the tabulated statement
here printed, showing the number of packages received at the Smith-
sonian Institution during the year:

Booksenumberiorevolumesi secs cone y= Gs 4 eek con alae sus cuaion she noe 41, 300
Miscellaneous packages for Smithsonian Institution ....-...---..----..----- 7,716
iLaandls GF Goeciineing anal Muy MIG 64 bS6 cedeka Sona escaae aoceer seers Gece gad. 42
PACKAGES COMMEND WIRE SECIS oe Sas Seoeagnasecs eaeaes S56 soocoee 827
PACKAGES COMUENNINET Wine Ch O OMNES) =Soacenaneaeassceauseesu cesoss Seseaac 1, 688
ROU SO MA le A CMOS erates) aha apees wale ava rodctee Si) Se al Tae ole a oti nla volepelnletoys 506

oralenumiberotepacicaimes receliveds ses. nesses cease cee eee eee 52, 079

The number of packages sent out both from the Smithsonian Institu-
tion and the National Museum was 2,154.

DISTRIBUTION OF DUPLICATES.

The distribution of duplicate specimens has been continued, and 308
packages of specimens, as shown in the accompanying table, have been
sent out during the year. The larger part of these contained specimens
presented to schools and colleges for use in connection with their scien-
tific work.

44 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIMENS.

Arranged by departments in the Museum.

No. of No. of
Department. pee Department. Bee
out. out.
Matenanmedicans- es -e-n= = eee = eee ere 4 ! Marine invertebrates .....-...-..-.---- | 50
SNESK (HG) MINMMSUTNAS 46565 -Ssgoo5 concan sce 2 || Comparative anatomy ..--.--. Suceh ceptee | 2
Oriental antiquities............ Soocbeueos 5 || Invertebrate fossils..-.--.--.---.-...2-.
IBWNMOIOGSY soosescoscce0 sesesocsessas5cos2 20) SP ants oee2 cense seca aclse eee eer eeae ee ree | 5
IRDHIGAy ic esosscacoasopsacdoososasesbdoecds Dull Minerals oi. Useteescmecencnaee teen sae | 74
Prehistoric anthropology .--...-.---.---. 8 || Lithology and physical geology. --.-.-- | 13
WENT Ke 56 Sho ose soooceosecoduabes se: 22) ||| cMletallun oy 22 ye2t 22 sees mee eee 7
IBVEUS soecoc ceodge casone oeseuccoseoonsaect 208) > Directexchanvesi=ase eee = se aereeeeee | 7
IBURIGY GOS oo scsssesssessescoosascasonscs 1 || Photographs and plans of eases, etc-.- - 5
Reptiles and batrachians ........-....--. 9 || Returned to owner <-------...-2.------- 107
IMISHIES scoson sce sseoascsescanss soars sere: 8 GTN bes are narra cH Se cen 8 1! 308
IMGMUSKS eee estan ee ae oe ects seiiacisice 5
INSOC tS tessa cSt eb iseae oe ee seems ae 3 || |

The transmission of specimens to museums and colleges, at home and
abroad, has been actively carried on, especially in connection with the
department of minerals, a large quantity of duplicate material having
been obtained last summer by Prof. F. W. Clarke, Curator of Minerals,
especially for this purpose.

Numerous exchanges of specimens have also been completed. The
following statement, arranged geographically, contains the names of the
recipients of the material sent out, the character of the specimens, and
the conditions under which transmitted, 7. e.} whether as a gift or in
exchange.

Geographical statement of the distribution of specimens during the year ending June 30,
1890.

FOREIGN COUNTRIES.

Ar¥rrica. Department of Public Instruction, Cape Town: Dried insects (295 speci-
mens) in exchange. (D.* 6359.)

Australia. Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales: Two boxes of alcoholic
fishes, and skeleton of Great Auk in exchange. (D. 5965.)

School of Arts, Neweastle, New South Wales: Minerals (set 43). Gift. (D. 6290.)

Austria. Dr. A. Brezina, Vienna: Rocks (41 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6067.)

3AVARIA. University of Munich, Munich: Minerals (136 specimens) in exchange.
(DP 62715)

BeLGiuM. Prof. Ernest van den Broeck, Brussels: Rocks (16 specimens) in exchange.
(D. 62384.)

British GUIANA. The Colonial Museum, Demerara: Birds’ skins (37 specimens) in
exchange. (D. 6056.)*

*D. refers to the distribution record kept by the registrar.

ah Al

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 45

|

ENGLAND. Henry Balfour, Oxford: Zuni pottery (8 specimens) and flaked imple-
ments (24 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6360.)

Edward Bartlett, Kent: Birds’ skins (48 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6(43.)

British Museum, London: Minerals (15 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6275.)

Edward Lovett, Croydon, Surrey: Ethnological specimens (135) in exchange.
(D. 6071.)

Oxford University Museum, Oxford: Stone implements (7 specimens) and 1 Ka-
diak lamp in exchange. (D. 6178.)

Rev. A. M. Norman, Fence Houses, Durham: Specimens of Echini (14) and two
boxes of duplicate marine invertebrates in exchange. (D. 6253.) (D. 6342.)

FRANCE. Mineral Laboratory, College of France, Paris: Minerals (33 specimens) in
exchange. (D. 6257.)

GERMANY. Dr. August Miller, Berlin: Birds’ skins (29 specimens) inexchange. (D.
6049. )

Royal University of Berlin, Berlin: Collection of batrachians inexchange. (D.
6243.)

Royal Ethnological Museum, Dresden: Twenty casts of Indian heads in ex-
change. (D. 6220.)

Hans Graf von Berlepsch, Miinden: Birds’ skins (108 specimens) in exchange.
(D. 6096.)

Dr. Adolph Nehrkorn, Braunschweig: Birds’ skins (20 specimens) in exchange.
(D. 6045.)

HunGary. National Museum, Buda-Pesth: Birds’ skins (36 specimens) in exchange.
(D. 6095. )

JCELAND. Icelandic Natural History Society, Reykjavik: Two boxes of duplicate
marine invertebrates in exchange. (D. 6336.)

InpIA. Government Central Museum, Madras: Birds’ skins (55 specimens) in ex-
change. (D. 6102.)

Iraty. Dr. Paulo Mantegazza, Florence: Archeological specimens (55) in exchange,
(D. 6237.)

Zoological Museum, Royal University, Florence: Ethnological specimens (24)
in exchange, and archxological and ethnological specimens (35) in exchange.
(D. 5982.) (D. 6236.)

JAPAN. Tokio Educational Museum, Tokio: Botanical specimens (400) in exchange.
(D. 6108. )

Syria. Syrian Protestant College, Beirut: Four boxes alcoholic reptiles, batrachians,
rocks, birds’ skins, marine invertebrates, and 1 box of minerals (set 1.) (D.
6006.) (D. 6177.)

UNITED STATES

ALABAMA. State Agricultural and Mechanical College, Auburn: Minerals (set 20).
Gift. (D 620.) ;

State Normal School, Jacksonville: Minerals (set 26). Gift. (D. 6215.)

CoLorADO. Museum of the Denver Chamber of Commerce, Denver: Two models
of cliff-dwellings. Gift. (D. 6004.)

District oF CoLuMBIA. George H. Boehmer, Washington: Zuni pottery (14 speci-
mens) in exchange. (D.6109.)

Catholic University, Brookland: Minerals (18 specimens) and rocks (30 speci-
mens). Gift. (D.6119.)

GrorGiA. N.P. Pratt, esq., Atlanta: Minerals (11 specimens) in exchange. (D.
6047.)

Inuinois. Lake High School; Lake: Minerals (set 30). Gift. (D. 6219.)

Peoria Scientific Association, Peoria: Minerals (set 46). Gift. (D. 6318.)

Central Illinois Scientific Association, Virginia: Two boxes duplicate marine in-
vertebrates, Gift. (D. 6289.)

Charles K. Worthen, Warsaw: Birds’ skins (27 BparIMIenG) in exchange. (D.
6093.) (D. 6135.)

46 REPORT OF NATIONAL: MUSEUM, 1890.

INDIANA. De Pauw University, Greencastle: West coast fishes (set 7). Gift. (D.
6279.)
Hanover College, Hanover: Minerals (set 32). Gift. (D. 6225.)
John W. Spencer, Paxton: Corals (32 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6220.)
State Normal School, Terre Haute: West coast fishes (set 42). Gift. (D.6278.)
towa. Coe College, Cedar Rapids: West coast fishes (set 66). Gift. (D. 6288.)
The Clinton High School, Clinton: Minerals (set 14). Gift. (D. 6198).
High School, Council Bluffs: Marine invertebrates (series ty, set 161). Gift. (D.
6144.)
Simpson College, Indianola: Minerals (set 23). Gift. (D. 6212.)
State University of Iowa, Iowa City: Specimen of Pentacrinus. Gift. (D.
5967.)
Western Normal School, Shenandoah: Two boxes of marine invertebrates. Gift.
(D. 6281.)
Kansas. College of Emporia, Emporia: Minerals (set 49). Gift. (D.6344.)
State Normal School, Emporia: Minerals (set 29). Gift. (D.6218.)
Ottawa University, Ottawa: Marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 158.) Gift. (D.
6123.) Minerals (set 15). Gift. (D.6199.)
KENTUCKY. Berea College, Berea: Minerals (set 24). Gift. (D.6213.)
Central University, Richmond: Minerals (set 47). Gift. (D. 6339.)
Louisrana. New Orleans University, New Orleans: Marine invertebrates (series rv,
set 162). Gift. (D. 6151.)
Gilbert Seminary, Winsted: Minerals (set 36). Gift. (D. 6230.)
MaIneE. George L. Brigham, Bolton: Minerais (50 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6264.)
Lorin B. Merrill, Paris: Minerals (49 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6263.)
Celby University, Waterville: Rocks (13 specimens) in exchauge, and minerals
(set 39). Gift. (D.6201.) (D. 6260.)
MARYLAND. St. John’ College, Annapolis: Marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 170).
Gift. (D. 6361.)
Woman’s College of Baltimore, Baltimore: Minerals (set 18). Gift. Marine in-
vertebrates (series IV, set 163). Gift. (D.6205.)
MassacCHusETTs. Massachusetts Agricultural College, Amherst: Marine invertebrates
(series IV, set 168). Gift. (D. 6347.)
George H. Barton, Boston: Geological specimens (41) in exchange. (D. 6039.)
Boston Society of Natural History, Boston: Alcoholic fishes of east coast (54 spe-
cimens) in exchange. (D.6157.)
Barnum’s Museum, Tuft’s College, College Hill: Twelve casts of fishes, 6 casts of
cetaceans, 10 antiquities, marine invertebrates (118 specimens) in exchange.
(D. 6265.)
Peabody Museum, Cambridge: Twelve boxes Indian pottery, 4 boxes of Indian
costumes in exchange. (D.6013.) (D. 6074.) (D.6158.)
Clark University, Worcester: Marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 155). Gift. (D.

5960.)

Micwuican. Michigan Agricultural College, Lansing: Collection of fibers. Gift. (D.
6267.)

MINNESOTA. Minnesota Academy of Sciences, Minneapolis: Minerals (set 57). Gift.
(D. 6242.)

Missouri. Missouri School of Mines, Rolla: Minerals (set 54). Gift. (D. 6354.)
Montana. College of Montana, Deer Lodge: Minerals (set 31). Gift. (D. 6224.)
NeEpraska. Doane College, Crete: Minerals (sct 51). Gift. (D.6348.)

University of Nebraska, Lincoln: Minerals (set 50). Gift. (D. 6345.)

Gates College, Neligh: Minerals (set 53). Gift. (D. 6350.)

Creighton College, Omaha; Minerals (set 52). Gift. (D. 6349.)

Nebraska Institute for the Deaf and Dumb, Omaha: Minerals (set 55). Marine

invertebrates (set 169). Gift. (D. 6355.)
Nebraska State Normal School, Peru; Minerals (set 45). Gift. (D, 6317, )

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 47

NEw Hampsuire. High School, North Charlestown: Minerals (set 9). Gift. (D. 6193.)

High School, Franklin: Minerals (set 8). Gift. (D. 6192.)

New Jersrty. High School, Bloomfield: Minerals (set 34). Gift. (D. 6228.)

South Jersey Institute, Bridgeton: Marine invertebrates (set 166.) Gift. (D.
6256. )

New York. Cornell University, Ithaca: Four boxes of textiles, Indian foods, etc.,
in exchange. (D. 6017.)

American Museum of Natural History, New York: Skin, skull, and bones of bi
son in exchange. (D. 5949.) Birds’ skins (10 specimens) in exchange. (D.
6065. )

College of the City of New York, New York: Minerals (set 38). Gift. (D. 6249.)

Columbia School of Mines, New York: Minerals (19 specimens) in exchange. (D.
5333. )

Prof. J. J. Stevenson, New York: Rocks and ores (15 specimens) in exchange.
(D. 6316.)

University of the City of New York, New York: Ores (125 specimens) in exchange.
(D. 5939.) Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils (48 specimens) in exchange. (D.
6029.) Cambrian fossils (12 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6334.)

High School, Olean: Marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 164). Gift. (D. 6227.)

Norte CaroLina. United States Assay Office, Charlotte: Minerals (set 4). Gift.
(D. 6188.)
C. W. Kessler, Charlotte: Minerals (83 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6287.)
Onto. Cincinnati Society of Natural History, Cincinnati: Specimen of Pentacrinus.
Gift. (D. 6165.) Two boxes of duplicate marine invertebrates in exchange.
(D. 6325.)

Ohio Wesleyan University, Delaware: Minerals (set 25). Gift. (D. 6214.)

Oberlin College, Oberlin: Ethnological material (73 specimens) in exchange.
(D. 5981.) Specimen of Pentacrinus. Gift. (D. 6014.) Two boxes of marine
invertebrates in exchange. (1). 6088.) Birds’ skins (42 specimens) in exchanve,
(D. 6170.) Minerals (set 42). Gift. (D. 6283.)

OREGON. State Agricultural College, Corvallis: Minerals (set 33). Gift. (D. 6226.)
Marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 165). Gift. (D. 6226.)

PENNSYLVANIA. Muhlenberg College, Allentown: Marine invertebrates (set 159).
Minerals (set 22). Gift. (D. 6133.) (D. 6211.)

Ceutral State Normal School, Lock Haven: Minerals (set 16). Gift. (D. 6200.)

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia: Two boxes duplicate marine inverte-
brates in exchange. (D. 6299.)

Convent of the Sacred Heart, Philadelphia: Shells (85 specimens). Gift. (D.
6338.)

Dr. Heilbron Cresson, Philadelphia: One box of stone implements in exchange.
(D. 6118.)

Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia: Specimen of Pentacrinus.
Gift. (D.5954.) Minerals (63 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6207.) Two boxes
duplicate marine invertebrates in exchange. (D. 6292.)

George Vaux, jr., Philadelphia: Minerals (41 specimens) inexckange. (D. 6305.)

Pittsburgh Female College, Pittsburgh: Minerals (set 2). Gift. (D. 6183.)

RHODE IsLAND. Brown University, Providence: Dried plants (71 specimens) in ex-

. change. (D. 6131.)
SourH Carouina. Charleston Museum, Charleston: Birds’skins(3specimens). Gift.
(D. 6050.)
Arthur T. Wayne, Charleston: Birds’ skins (2 specimens) in exchange. (D.
6086. )

University of South Carolina, Columbia: Marine invertebrates (series Iv, set 157),
Gift. (D, 6112.)

48 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Soutn DaKxotTa. Dakota Agricultural College, Brookings: Minerals (set 5). Gift.
(D. 6189.)
South Dakota Normal School, Madison: Minerals (set6). Gift. (D. 6190.)
Dakota University, Mitchell: Minerals (set 35). Gift. (D. 6229.) Marine in-
vertebrates (series IV, set 167). Gift. (D. 6300.)
Pierre University, Pierre: Minerals (set 27). Gift. (D. 6216.)
Redfield College, Redfield: Minerals (set 7). Gift. (D. 6191.)
University of South Dakota, Vermillion: Minerals (set 48). Gift. (D. 6340.)
TENNESSEE. University of Tennessee, Knoxville: Minerals (set 11). Gift. (D. 6195.)
Sweetwater Feiuale Institute, Sweetwater: Minerals (set 12). Gift. (D. 6196.)
Texas. University of Texas, Austin: Minerals (set 28). Gift. (D. 6217.)
State Agricultural and Mechanical College, College Station: Minerals (set 13).
Gift. (D. 6197.)
VERMONT. Brattleboro Society of Natural History, Brattleboro: Minerals (set 40).
Gift. (D. 6261.)
Ira R. Allen, Fair Haven: Minerals (145 specimens) in exchange. (D. 6286.)
VirGIniaA. Emory and Henry College, Emory: Minerals (set 17). Gift. (D. 6202.)
Virginia Normal and Collegiate Institute, Petersburgh: Minerals (set19). Gift.
(D. 6204.) ;
WISCONSIN. Lawrence University, Appleton: Marine invertebrates (series LV, set 156).
Gift. (D. 5986.)
Elkhorn High School, Elk Horn: Minerals (set 21). Gift. (D. 6210.)
University of Wisconsin, Madison: One box of Cambrian fossils. Gift. (D. 5998.)
Marine invertebrates (series Ly, set 160). Gift. (D. 6193.) Minerals (set 3).
Gift. (D. 6184.)
State Normal School, Milwaukee: Minerals (set 41). Gift. (D. 6232.)
Public School, Palmyra: Minerals (set 10). Gift. (D. 6194.)
WyomrnG. Public School of Cheyenne, Cheyenne: Minerals (set 44). Gift. (D.
6291.)

STORAGE.

During the year there were entered upon the temporary storage-
records of the Museum 361 boxes.

There were removed from storage and turned over to the officers of
the Museum 119 boxes, to be opened and worked into the collections of
the Museum.

LIBRARY.

Mr. John Murdoch, librarian, has furnished the following statement
concerning the operations of the library.

The total number of publications added to the library during the
year was 12,457 (1,479 volumes of more than 100 pages, 2,250 pamph-
lets, 8,672 parts of regular serials, and 36 charts). Of these, 785 vol-
umes, 1,010 pamphlets, and 6,900 parts of serials were retained for the
use of the Museum from the accessions of the Smithsonian Institution.
The remainder were obtained, as usual, by gift, exchange, and purchase. -

The only notable gift to the library during the year was from the
Wagner Free Institute of Science, in Philadelphia, consisting of a
nearly complete set of Kiener’s “ Igonographie des Coquilles vivantes,”
with magnificent colored plates. The Lea collection, referred to in the
last report, has been duly entered and catalogued.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY 49

During the year 7,596 books were borrowed from the library and
4,268 returned. Ninety-two persons are now authorized under the reg-
ulations to draw books from the Museum library. Two hundred and
forty eight requests were sent to the Library of Congress during the
year. Three thousand two hundred and seventy titles have been added
to the card catalogue.

Since the last report the sectional ‘libraries of Lithology and Metal-
lurgy have been combined, forming the section of Geology, under the
charge of Mr. G. P. Merrill, and the sectional library of Transporta-
tion and Engineering, in charge of Mr. J. E. Watkins, has been organ-
ized.

The usual inspection of the sectional libraries was made between May
1 and June 10, and the books were found to be in good condition.

The number of books assigned to these libraries is as follows:

Birds. —540 volumes, 31 pamphlets, and 177 parts of serials.

Editor, Smithscnian Institution.—601 volumes and pamphlets, 546 parts.

Ethnology.—143 volumes, 20 pamphlets, 143 parts.

Fishes.—82 volumes, 8 pamphlets, 58 parts.

Geology.—536 volumes, 308 pamphlets, 412 parts, 32 charts.

Insects.—466 volumes, 267 pamphlets, 621 parts.

Mammats.—187 vclumes, 313 pamphlets.

Marine Invertebrates.—35 volumes, 3 pamphlets, 118 charts.

Materia Medica.—235 volumes, 4 pamphlets, 269 parts.

Mesozoic Fossils.—35 volumes, 10 pamphlets, 13 parts.

Mineralogy.—A. 177 volumes, 6 pamphlets, 281 parts; B. 72 volumes. 48 pamph-
lets, 8 parts.

Mollusca and Cenozoic Fossils.—76 volumes, 13 pamphlets, 270 parts.

Oriental Archewology.—225 volumes, 94 pamphlets, 283 parts.

Plants, Recent and Fossil. —380 volumes, 204 pamphlets, 886 parts.

Prehistoric Anthropology.—é6 volumes, 17 pamphlets, 49 parts (in addition to the
Rau Memorial Library, which is not yet wholly catalogued).

Textiles and Foods.—27 volumes, 43 pamphlets, 30 parts.

Transportation and engineering.—46 volumes, 292 parts.

The books referred to in the last report as having been sent to the
Government bindery were all bound and returned to the library by
August 15, 1889.

The assignment of additional clerical assistance to the library has
enabled the librarian to dispose of a considerable portion of the ac-
cumulated arrears of cataloguing and other similar work, and it witt
soon be possible to begin the much-needed subject-catalogue.

Hight new book-cases have been built in the passage-way adjoining
the library. By filling these with classes of books less often referred
‘to, relief was obtained for the crowded cases in the library, but the lat-
ter are rapidly filling up again.

The library grows so fast that any temporarv measures like those
mentioned are of little real moment. The library needs a room large

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2-4

50 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

enough to allow for the expansion, and at the same time to permit a
rational classification of the books upon the shelves.

FOREIGN EXCHANGES.

Exchanges of duplicate specimens, in continuation of the custom of
previous years, have ‘been carried on. The domestic exchanges are
indicated in the accession list (section V,, and the following statement
relates only to exchanges made with individuals and scientific estab-
lishments outside of the United States.

Arts and industries—The Sapporo Agricultural College, Sapporo,
Japan, through Shosuke Sato, acting director, sent in exchange a col-
lection of Aino articles, consisting of a dried fish, wooden dipper and
spoon, fish-bowl, rice-bowl, tray, an “ikoro,” man’s coat, woman’s coat,
belt, apron, pair of leggings, bow and quiver with arrows, loom and
two harpoons of different forms, for which an equivalent is to be sent.

The Insetsu Kioku (finance department), Tokio, Japan, through Mr.
YT. Tokuno, chief, sent samples of Japanese woodcuts, printing and en-
graving tools and a few samples of Japanese printing. This collection
illustrates Japanese methods of engraving. An exchange was sent in
return for these, consisting of a set of apparatus, tools, books, cata-
logues and other materials relating to the photomechanical processes
in use in the United States. }

Hihnology—The Museum of Natural History, Paris, France, sent
d2 samples of hair of various races, representing fourteen different
types of mankind.

A saucer-shaped lamp made of pottery from Cyprus was received
from Mr. Henry Balfour, of the Museum, Oxford, England, for which
a Kadiak stone lamp, and some rude stone implements from the Dis-
trict of Columbia, were sent in exchange. Through Mr. Henry Balfour,
in behalf of the Museum, was received a model of a Hindoo fire-drill,
for which 3 models of fire-drills were sent in exchange.

From the Kthnological Museum, Berlin, Germany, were received
ethnological objects collected from Morocco, Wasaguan Indians, Africa,
Paola, South Pacific Ocean, New Caledonia, and Adansonia, for which
- a collection of 240 stone implements was sent in exchange.

Numerous exchanges of ethnological specimens have been made with
Mr. Edward Lovett, of Croydon, England.

Prehistoric anthropology.—Six specimens of Carib stone celts from
the West Indies were received from Mr. Henry Balfour, Oxford, Eng-
land, for which 8 pieces of Zuni pottery aud 25 flaked stones from
Piney Branch, near Washington, D. C., were sent in exchange.

Mammatls.—A coliection of mammal skins was received from Louis
Molnar, Molna Szeesod, Hungary. For these skins an exchange con-
sisting of birds’ skins was sent. ‘This is referred to under the heading
of Birds,

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. ot

The British Museum, London, England, sent a skull of Lutra Selina.

From the Museum of. Natural History, Genoa, Italy, through Marquis
Giacoma Doria, director, were received a skin and skull of Lophiomys
inhausit ; 100 bats in alcohol, 2 shrews, and 1 Meadow-mouse. An
equivalent for this valuable collection will be prepared at as early an
opportunity as possible.

Birds.—Louis Molnar, Molna Szeeséd, Epyhazos Hollos, Hungary,
sent in exchange 86 specimens of birds’ skins, representing 71 species,
from Hungary, tor which 92 specimens of birds’ skins were sent in ex-
change. This was also sent in exchange for the mammal skins men-
tioned above.

From the museum at Demerara, British Guiana, through Mr. J. J.
Quelch, were received 4 skins of adult Hoatzins (Opisthocomus cristatus),
and 7 young specimens of the same species in alcohol; also 2 skeletons.
For these, 37 specimens of birds’ skins were sent in exchange.

A. Nehrkorn, Riddagshausen, Braunschweig, Germany, sent 5 birds’
skins, representing 5 species, from Palawan, for which similar material
was sent in exchange. ;

Mr. T. Mcliwraith, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada, sent 4 specimens rep-
resenting 4 species of birds from British Columbia. Birds’ skins were
sent in exchange for this collection.

Fishes.—F rom the Australian Museum, through Prof. Hdward P. Ram-
say, curator, was received a collection of Percoid fishes, in exchange
for a collection of fishes and a skull of the Great Auk. <A collection of
fishes, together with a skin of Antilocopra americana and a skull of
American bison, will also be sent in exchange.

Insects —From Prof. Targioni Tozzetti, were received 31 specimens
of European Microlepidoptera, representing 5 species. In exchange for
this collection, 29 specimens of Huropean Orthuptera, representing 8
species, were sent.

Vicomte Rk. Du Brysson, France, sent 77 specimens, representing 26
species of Chrysidide, well mounted and named. An equivalent in
material desired has been sent.

Prof. R. Gestro, Genoa, Italy, sent 14 species of blind Coleoptera,
from the Mediterranean couutries, in return for which entomological
material has been transmitted. :

From J. H. Brady, Department of Public Education, Cape Town,
Africa, through Mr. William Harvey Brown, a collection of Coleoptera
from South Africa was received, for which 295 specimens, representing
87 species, of dried insects, were sent in exchange.

Marine wnvertebrates.—Duplicate specimens of 8 rare species of Kehini
were sent to the Rev. A. M. Norman, England, as a partial equivalent
for the valuabie collections which have been received from him at
various times.

Invertebrate fossils (Paleozoic).—From the British Museum, London,
England, have been received in exchange for Lower Oambrian fossils,

52 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

57 specimens of Cambrian, Lower Silurian, and Upper Silurian fossils.
These specimens represent 25 genera and 35 species.

Botany.—Dr. I. Hagen, of Trondhjem, Norway, sent in exchange a
fine collection of Norwegian mosses, representing 320 species. A
partial equivalent for this collection has been already transmitted, and
a further sending will be made before long.

Minerals.—From the Royal Museum, Stockholm, Sweden, were re-
ceived specimens of minerals from Sweden, Norway, Finland, and
Greenland. This collection was sent in exchange for a collection of
minerals which had been previously transmitted.

The Museum of Natural History, Paris, France, has sent in exchange
for minerals received, a meteoric stone from Aumale, Algeria, and two
meteorites. ;

From the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, through
the U.S. Geological Survey, were sent in exchange 32 specimens of
Australian minerals and rocks.

The British Museum, London, England, sent 3 casts of meteors and
a specimen of orpiment, also 86 specimens of minerals. Three boxes
of minerals were sent in exchange for this collection.

PUBLICATIONS.

In the report for 1889 (pp. 54-65) the history and condition of the
publications of the National Museum are fully discussed. The increase
in the publication fund, which would have made possible a more generous
distribution of the volumes of ** Proceedings” and the * Bulletin,” has
not been allowed by Congress.

To meet the numerous applications for the volumes of these publica-
tions, the following circular was printed :

CIRCULAR RELATING TO THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL
MUSEUM.

The Smithsonian Institution will probably find it necessary to discontinue the repub-
lication of the Proceedings and Bulletins of the National Museum for distribution to
libraries, the cost being found too heavy a burden upon its limited publication fund.

Congress has been asked to increase the annual appropriation for the Museum pub-
lications, in order that every important library and institution of learning may be
supplied with a full seriesof those hereafter to be issued. Should Congressional ac-
tion be fayorable,a request will be made for the republication of the back volumes for
the use of the same libraries and institutions.

In the meantime the publications of the years 1883 and 1889 will be sent to a lim-
ited list of libraries, chiefly scientific, in the United States and abroad.

Bulletins No. 17 to No. 32, and Proceedings, Vols. V to x1, inelusive,can not be sup-
plied at present. Bulletins No. 1 to No. 16, and Proceedings, Vols. I to1v, are included
in the Smithsonian series of Miscellaneous Collections.

The number of copies of the earlier publications, printed under the authority of
the Interior Department, was very small, and a few copies placed at the disposal of
the National Museum were used for distribution to scientific societies and museums,
and to individual specialists and in exchange for collections,

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 53

The applications for the Museum publications are now so numerous as to render it
impossible to continue the sending outof full volumes of ube Proceedings or complete
series of the Bulletins to individuals.

So far as possible, each scientific correspondent of the Smithsonian Institution and
National Museum will be supplied with publications essential for his use in the field
of investigation in which heis individually engaged.

S. P. LANGLEY,
Secretary.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, Washington, D. C.

The custom of printing the Proceedings signature by signature, which
was maintained during the publication of the first eleven volumes,
has now been discontinued, for reasons given on page 58 of the last
report. Commencing with Vol. xt, a limited number of copies of
each paper is printed in advance of the bound volume, for distribution
to specialists. These are distributed as soon as received from the Gov-
ernment Printing Office. The bound volumes are now reserved for
publie libraries and other educational establishments, whose publica-
tions the Museum receives in exchange.

Reports of the National Museum.—During the year the reports of the
Museum (constituting Part 11 of the Smithsonian Report) for 1886 and
1887 have been published. The report for 1888 has been put in type,
and the manuscript prepared for the report for 1889.

The report for 1886 was issued in October, 1889, and contains xi+
842 pages. The volume contains the following special papers relating
to and illustrative of collections in the Museum:

The Meteorite Collection in the National Museum: A Catalogue of Meteorites rep-
resented November 1, 1886. By F. W. Clarke.

The Gem Collection. By George I. Kunz.

The Collection of Building and Ornamental Stones: A Handbook and Catalogue.
By George P. Merrill.

The Collection of Textiles: list of Fibers and Fabrics. By Romyn Hitchcock.

Instructions for Preparing Microscopical Mounts of Vegetable Textile Fibers. By
Romyn Hitchcock. '

Instructions for Collecting Skins of Mammals, for Study or Mounting. By William
T. Hornaday.

The report for 1887 was issued in December, 1889, and contains
Xvili+771 pages. The special papers based upon collections in the
Museum and published in the report are:

Cradles of the American Aborigines. By Otis T. Mason.

Notes on the Artificial Deformation of Children among Savage and Civilized Peo-
ples. (Witha biography.) ByDr. J. H. Porter.

The Human Beast of Burden. By Otis T. Mason.

Ethno-Conchology : A Study of Primitive Money. By Robert E.C. Stearns.

A Preliminary Catalogue of the Eskimo Collection in the U. S. National Museum,
arranged geographically and by uses. By Lieut. T. Dix Bolles, U. 8. Navy.

The Extermination of the American Bison. With aSketch of its Discovery and Life
History. By William T. Hornaday.

The Preservation of Museum Specimens from Insects and the effects of Dampness.
By Walter Hough.

54 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum.—The extension of the scope
of the National Museum during the past few years, and the activity of
the collectors employed in its interest, have caused a great increase in
the amount of material in its possession. Many of the objects gathered
are of a novel and important character, and serve to throw a new light
upon the study of nature and of man. The importance to science of
prompt publication of descriptions of this material led to the estab-
lishment of the present series of publication, in 1878, entitled “ Proceed-
ings of the United States National Museum.” Thepapers inthe Proceed-
ings consist chiefly of papers prepared by the scientific corps of the
National Museum, and of papers by other investigators, founded
upon the collections in the National Museum.

Volume x1, for 1888, was issued in October, 1889. It contains 714
pages, 60 plates, and 122 text figures. The volume contains 85 papers
by 43 authors, 19 of whom are connected with the National Museum.
The papers relate to the following subjects :

: No. of | : No. of
Subject. papers. Subject. papers.
Did ken cenoaecsedhasossooUEcoapoosenosasen 145 | Mammal snese-erescieceeeeeaenne eee sere 9
(Clnerarisineys soasdo soedauoncsoasaedsesassas OW eMineralo tyes cee ee ae eee eae 1
ID TAOWOEAP scasokenosesaed noanabeceace ca V1} SMolluisksi fas -550-eeenc ce eon eee 4
MISH ES Eee ae tastes seni elccissitic sees ase 20) ||| ‘Osteology sce aei ese el eee Sees 3
OSS anim aS Weer ee reece eee _ i |i) Wecouns leis) 252 coapotoveasssanesseces| 3
BHIOSS Tgp) anGS ieee teeter ten seers Bll} IRepNOUES acoonsnvosssasonbnooseeorasssec- 4
SIRUIORY sees cn eesees ses scessc2eseaeteso: 3 Po balcci ieee Aha ae ne mae 85
INYEGKOUS) oc SnoGSb ao SadcsarSunsyebosBokoonoed 4

Nineteen signatures (304 pages) of volume xt had been published
before the beginning of the fiscal year covered by this report. The
remainder were published on the following dates:
Nos. 20-27, on July 5, 1889.
Nos. 28-33, on September 3, 1889.
Nos. 34-35, on September 20, 1889.
Nos. 36-41, on September 25, 1889.
No. 42, on September 27, 18689.

Commencing with volume xi1, the method of publishing the separate
papers was changed, for reasons already explained. The bound volume
has not yet been received from the Public Printer. <A list of the titles
of the separate papers with the names of the authors, is here given:
No.

761. A Review of the Genus Xiphocolaptes of Lesson. By Robert Ridgway. Pp.

1-20.

No. 762. A Review of the Genus Sclerurus of Swainson. By Robert Ridgway. Pp.
21-31.

No. 763. Descriptive Notes of New Genera and species from the Lower Cambrian or
Oleneilus Zone of North America. By Charles D. Walcott. Pp. 33-46.

No. 764. New North American Acrididae found North of the Mexican Boundary. By

Lawrence Bruner. Pp. 47-82.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

768.

769.

771.

dios

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 55

. Contribution to the History of Pallas’ Cormorant. By Leenhard Stejneger.

Pp. 43-94.

. Description of Two New Species of Snakes from California. By Leonhard

Stejneger. Pp. 95-99.

. Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Al-

batross. No.1. Birds collected on the Galapagos Islands in 1888. By
Robert Ridgway. Pp. 101-128.

Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer
Albatross. No.1. Birds collected on the Island of Santa Lucia, West In-
dies, Abrolhos Islands, Brazil, and at the Straits of Magellan in 1887-88.
By Robert Ridgway. Pp. 129-139.

Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer
Albatross. No. 11. Report on the Batrachians and Reptiles collected in
1887-88. By E.D.Cope. Pp. 141-147.

. Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer

Albatross. No.1v. Description of New Species of Fishes collected at the
Galapagos Islands and along the Coast of the United States of Colombia,
1887~88. By David Starr Jordan and Charles Harvey Bollman. Pp.
149-183.

Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. 8. Fish Commission Steamer

Albatross. No. v. Annotated Catalogue of the Insects collected in 1887—88.
3y L.O. Howard. Pp. 185-216.

2. Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer

Albatross. No. vi. List of the Plants collected in Alaska in 1888. By Dr.
George Vasey. Pp. 217-218.

Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. 8. Fish Commission Steamer
Albatross. No. vit. Preliminary Report on the Collection of Mollasea and
Brachiopoda obtained in 1887~88. By William Healey Dall. Pp. 219-362.

. Notes on the Occurrence of Gillichthys Y-Cauda at San Diego, California.

By Charles H. Gilbert. P. 263.

. Description of a New Genus and Species of Inarticulate Brachiopod from the

Trenton Limestone. By Charles D. Walcott. Pp. 365-366.

Nos. 776, 777. I. The Archeology of the Potomac Tide-water Region. By Otis T.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

786.

Mason. IJ. The Paleolithic Period in the District of Columbia. By
Thomas Wilson. Pp. 367-376.

. Notes ona Third Collection of Birds made in Kanai, Hawaiian Islands, by

Valdemar Knudsen. By Leonhard Stejneger. Pp. 377-386.

9. Descriptions of New Ichneumonide in the Collection of the U. S. National

Museum. By William H. Ashmead. Pp. 357-451.

. Description of the Yellow-Finned Trout of Twin Lakes, Colorado. By

David Starr Jordan and Barton Warren Evermann. P. 453.

. Contribution toward a Monograph of the Noctnidie of Temperate North

America. Revision of some Tzniocampid Genera. By John B. Smith.
Pp. 455-496.

. Catalogue of the Described Aranez of Temperate North America. By Dr.

George Marx. Pp, 497-594,

3. Notes on the Serpentinous Rocks of Essex County, New York; from Aque-

duct Shaft 26, New York City; and from near Easton, Pennsylvania. By
George P. Merril]. Pp. 595-600.

. A Revision of the Genus Araucarioxylon of Kraus, with Compiled Deserip-

tions and Partial Synonomy of the Species. By F. H. Knowlton. Pp.
601-617.

. Notes on North American Crayfishes, Family Astacide. By Walter Faxon.

Pp. 619-634,
Descriptions of Two New Species of Bats, Nyetinomus europs and N.
orthotis. By Harrison Allen. Pp. 635-640.

56 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

No. 787. Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer
Albatross. No. vill. Description of a New Cottoid Fish from British Co-
lumbia. By Tarleton H. Bean. Pp. 641-642.

No. 788. Description of a New Lizard from Lower California. By Leonhard Stejne-
ger. Pp. 643-644.

No. 789. Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. 8. Fish Commission Steamer
Albatross. No.1x. Catalogue of Fishes ccllected at Port Castries, St.
Lucia, by the Steamer Albatross, November, 1888. By David Starr Jordan.
Pp. 645-652.

These papers were published on the following dates:
Nos. 761-772 on February 5, 1890.
No. 773 on March 7, 1890.

No. 774 on March 4, 190.

No. 775* on March 4, 1890.
Nos. 776-777 on March 7, 1890.
No. 778 on March 8, 1890.

No. 779 on April 21, 1890.

No. 780t ou April 21, 1890.
No. 781 on April 19, 1890.
Nos. 782-786 on May 22, 1890.
Nos. 787{-788 on July 3, 1890.
No. 789 on July 17, 1890.

Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum.—The Bulletin of the National
Museum, the publication of which was commenced in 1875, consists of
elaborate papers, frequently monographs of groups of animals, which
for special reasons it is considered more desirable to publish separately
than as papers in the ‘‘ Proceedings.”

Five bulletins have been published during the year, aggregating
1,321 octavo pages of text, with 120 figures in the text and 240 plates of
illustrations.

Bulletin 34; The Batrachia of North America, by E. D. Cope, was issued
July 6, 1889. It contains 525 pages of text, with 120 text-figures and
81 plates. This work is the result of an exhaustive study of the char-
acters of the species of Batrachians of North America, with their vari-
ations, and has been rendered effective by the very full collections in
the National Museum. A thorough discussion of the osteology of the
class is presented, based on material contained in various museums in
the United States and Europe. These results are expressed largely in
systematic form, in the belief, as the author says, that descriptive zo6l-
ogy wili never be complete until the structure is exhausted in furnish-
ing definitions. Wherever practicable, reference is made to the rejations
between the extinct and living forms. Many of the manuscript descrip-
tions used by Professor Cope in the preparation of this bulletin were
written by Professor Baird and Dr. Girard many years ago, with such
a publication as the present one in view. Some of the illustrations
were drawn by Professor Baird. .

* Advance sheets issued December 10, 1889.
t Advance sheets issued January 20, 1890.
t Advance sheets of No. 787 issued March 4, 1890

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 57

Bulletin 35; Bibliographical Catalogue of the Described Transforma-
tions of North American Lepidoptera, by Henry Edwards, was issued
August 15, 1889, and contains 147 pages. This is an important work
of reference for entomologists. The author’s intention is to issue a
yearly supplement to this list, keeping pace with the progress of cur-
rent work. The references are in chronological order under each
species.

Bulletin 36; Contributions to the Natural History of the Cetaceans, a
Review of the Family Delphinide, by Frederick W. True, was issued
August 8, 1889, and contains 191 pages and 47 plates. It was prepared
after careful research in the principal museums of Europe where the
types of Gray, Cuvier, Gervais, Schlegel, and other English, French,
and Dutch naturalists were examined and measured. Some of the
greatest hindrances to the study of the dolphins are the scarcity of ma-
terial, the ignorance of the limits of specific variation, and the incom-
pleteness of the descriptions of the species of Cetaceans.

Bulletin 37; A Preliminary Catalogue of the Shell bearing Marine Mol-
lusks and Brachiopods of the Southeastern Coast of the United States,
with illustrations of many of the species, by William Healey Dall, a.m,
was issued September 12, 1889, and contains 221 pages, with 64 plates.
This bulletin is intended to assist students of the Mollusea of the United
States, by bringing together for their use a large number of illustra-
tions of species belunging to the fauna of the southern and southeast-
ern coasts of the United States, and the adjacent waters. Hitherto
there has been no catalogue which covered the ground. The author has
attempted to steer a middle course between overdivision of large nat-
ural groups and the conservatism which confounds unlike things to-
gether. In including or omitting groups of mollusks from this cata-
logue, he has been guided by convenience, rather than by systematic
completeness.

Bulletin 38; Contribution toward a Monograph of the Insects of the
Lepidopterous Family Noctuide of Temperate North America.— Revis-
ion of the Genus Agrotis, by John B. Smith, contains 257 pages. This
was put in type during the year covered by this report, although it was
not published until after the close of the fiscal year. This bulletin is
the result of a study of the principal collections in the United States.
Efforts have hitherto been made to divide this genus, and their exists
an abundance of generic names and types, but the true characters have
apparently not been recognized, and species have been erroneously as-
sociated, so that the result has been that sooner or later the proposed
terms have gone into the synonomy, thus increasing the present con-
fusion. The author has endeavored to use, as far as possible, existing
generic terms in his division of the genus. eae

The manuscript and drawings of a bulletin relating to deep-sea fishes
of the western Atlantic Ocean were transmitted to the Public Printer
during the year, and the engraving of the illustrations was completed,

58 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

but the text has not yet been printed. This Bulletin is by Dr. G.
Brown Goode and Dr. T. H. Bean.

In a subsequent section of this report will be found a statement of
the publications of the Museum during the year, and a bibliography of
papers by officers of the Museum, and other investigators whose writ-
ings are based upon Museum material. The authors of these papers
number 103, of whom 31 are counected with the Museum, 8 being hon-
orary officers. The papers number 448, and are distributed under the
following subjects:

By Mu- | By other
Subjects. seum of- | investi- | fotal.
ficers. gators.

Biblioorapiyeandub10lo civaraeeriescer cer seetereeee ee ee Son sae aeeee eee a 6 | 2 8
ISHS BING! WnRIlE? COSI. dosesssecoecedsus cobade sacece sedingtebinis i cee eszceces 27 29 56
COONS HT Re tc, st ae gS Se i hit ice PS oy ae 18 | 1 19
Ethno lO Oy sedate: cists 2 Sere ae ange ara aces see Dae rote ee ee Ee ee ene 32 8 40
MISM ES sree eee a stein bie whales a see eiarslotate Sim bale Wm oa tee be Bare emere ees 37 | 30 67
Moodsjand textiles sso sacs eek ese senses cans seleeine woeme ae eceeern eer 2 eee aren 2
GOMOEAy sacsncosas pons oscosbos ode sHsu So nddsnoas SdoonansOoHOSSSoSas20008E: 30 4 34
MNS COS cai ce ca Se yeaa Oa Jaen D- Scisem cic ecm oes aemniasel ewes teres ee menerae 48 | 23 71
Malmimals meee emeecise ener Bye) He SEIS Male oes ee Seca ee ISe ee eee atee pee: 8 16 24
Marin evihverte bratesics52 jus desde ao Saas esse cee Seite see eee mens Onses 5 | 2 7
IMONUS KS essere cece Gece scen cs scissinse a ecie Steen sine cic ies neitee seis eee ae 19) 4 23
MoT phology Aessnen secisae nee eee ee eee soae oe Danas abe ee seca Sate eee EaS. | mee se eeeer 4 4
Ehotoonaphyresseseeeece cee eee Spee meals Joo seggbo soaaSoeSDesasecsse= 3 [eeeree ress 3
Recentunad-fossils plants sik asso. Sssacie aks aoe eee aati na eselateasesee 29 | 8 37
Reptilessandibacrachian greenspace see ae eee eer 5 | 4 9
IMASCellanN GOUS ee roeetcisis cysts cissie sleiicteracisie iiceloe nce eine cicisine amie tree eer 42 2 44

Mo talissccccoce ne facie xine srecmismajcioc sees Sai aa Solstice eaa OS SEES 311 137 4423

VISITORS.

During the year the total number of visitors to the Museum building
has been 274,324, and to the Smithsonian building 120,894. The great-
est number of visitors in the buildings in any one day was on October
9, 1889, during the Knights’ Templar Conclave, when 10,203 were reg-
istered in the Museum and 7,229 in the Smithsonian building.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 59

The monthly register as kept by the doorkeepers is here recorded :

: |
Year anu month. acorn | Sea SaaS
| building | tag
Soils ECs 2 ao aes
18.:. |
CULE sc oeciite le Stettler 13, 933 | 5, 485
PEN TLS Cee oe afer ele oain lof icia sei nic aiicicis icra aeicleiniewininlciscnceelweimecacieaicia. | 18, 573 8, 733
GHRCE TNL Cloner aera eacte ican slewloe nie mialaisetatseeie cen sickjsientesictsio tine oe ations 23, 701 11, 274
CODER EME eee re an ae elas nie ticw ae secs bunt cbisecciewsubaverccmcltsstease,¢ | 46, 648 25, 172
INGE nae Tumby Re este coo vicis\ccisicts omic niselec cme cicoas dawajew'<clo@essaiseisie = 19, 750 6, 999
December. ..-..--- ei pre e ie eee SARE O oa PEI eh Sone EE et a ACI Ie rae nee 22, 052 8, 775
1890.

Tercammerey Sh cee ae RU ornaennepata nate Peru EE kc ES 18, 382 | 7, 541
LOBIOBIAY, cc cee Baan ee GER CODEEEOOrs SES See noe HSE Pe ae tegen maar wie 23, $13 9, 105
Miamehire soc f.icccr-iciniese BOORAH BOCES BER AN OOD Ee Tees Dosa taec Ree Ee eer Ee erer 23, 718 | 9, 699
PAGS HUG n et yan pa ee tein eolalelcrahiuiaheialeiairas cide seb ticiade se aeacecdd onkemosecatakl: 27, 161 11, 612
NIC y aeRO etn UMN a iene wa aa ee eae ed 21, 832 9, 283
STEEN] Cee Te ses alors aaa cra race etal ela eiblorelacian ainialale'welainie so same dclewis eters 14, 761 7, 216
Motalessae seco «oe cies sete Sydloiaje lee ei evaSaseald Selaisiom Salnises io site eeceseiens 274, 324 120, 894
Approximate daily average on a basis of 313 days in the year. ...--..-----. 876 322

Table snowing the number of visitors to the Museum and Smithsonian buildings since the
opening of the former in 1881.

| |Total number

Fane. | Museum | Smithsonian | of visitors

| building. building. | to both

| | buildings.
GS emermntsrerate raise tera cra teonniaic clcrasialcie aeisisicc ce einecre eee cule eran elciaee pe SON OCO8 event icrtetscterat- | 150, 000
NS Beet t ett llercta sada erates ais cine ianinie b meis aanie icra disc ae 167. 455 152, 744 320, 199
HED oo ce OO RO DOCCC DC OREO Gk SaU SOAS SoS e ee Ee eae ee eee 202, 188 104, 823 307, O11
BS RA eee eee eee clic aw Bec meme came ee sera cine asia 195, 322 | 91, 130 | 286, 452
< SES (Tat GEST Yo aa Gr 107, 365 60, 428 | 167, 793
BSN OG manasa te ae oe cs es BS SRC GUS EE OO OOM BO BEEP ee acs 174, 225 88, 960 263, 185
ISSO" Seis ha Sob R EOD ROSES OES DE CESS EES Sb Se ae tie tae tenant 216, 562 98, 552 315, 114
SSeS eer ects nieics rasioa hn iaralapacraaice cicaice maenviniesisisietelsi sare 249, 665 102, 863 | 302, 528
UGSS GD e nici Geiger © See ree ene ee oO eae ae 374, 843 149, 618 | 524, 461
ES SAO Oem a cr sleete cintara(sisia sia Sisia a cine = ie avs ie ekaua nia, oinid is levaleraks 274, 324 120, 894 395, 218
BLU tea eee ree eras era eens cele cain ie isis enaem oke cektaee 2, 111, 949 970, 012 3, 081, 961

The Burean of Information seems to be regarded more and more as a
convenience to strangers, who are constantly applying for information
and advice, not only in regard to the Museum, but as to other public
buildings and the Government departments in general. This bureau
has made over 30,000 connections by telephone during the year.

LECTURES AND MEETINGS OF SOCIETIES.

In accordance with the custom of previous years, the use of the lee-
ture hall of the National Museum has been granted for lectures and for
the meetings of scientitic societies.

60 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

A statement of the meetings held is here given:

The Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations: No-
vember 12 to 15 inclusive. Night sessions were also held on November 13 and 14,

The American Historical Association : December 28 to 31, inclusive.

The American Institute of Mining Engineers: Evening of February 18.

Memorial Meeting of the Academy of Sciences: March 27.

The Geological Society of America: April 17.

The National Academy of Sciences: April 15, 16, 17, and 18.

The National Geographic Society: Evening of May 2. The Museum lantern was
used on this occasion.

Permission was granted verbally to Prof. J. J. Newberry, of the
School of Mines, Columbia College, New York, for the meeting of the
Committee on Arrangements of the Geological Congress, on April 18.

Permission was granted to the National Geographic Society, through
its vice president, Everett Hayden, to use the lecture hall of the Mu-
seum for an illustrated lecture by Ensign J. B. Bernadou, U.S. Navy,
on the evening of April 11. ;

The course of Saturday lectures for 1890 consisted of two series, the
programme of each being as follows :

FIRST SERIES.

February 1.—Prof. JOHN M. COULTER: The Physical Basis of Life.

February 8.—Prof. W. O. ATwaTER: Food and Health.

February 15.—Prof. HENry C. ApAMs: An Interpretation of the Social Movement
of Our Times. ba

February 22.—Capt. C. E. Dutton: The Future of the Far West.

february 27,—Prof. H. CARRINGTON BOLTON: Four Weeks in the Wilderness of
Sinai.
SECOND SERIES.

March 8.—Prof. C. R. VAN Hise: Deposits of Iron Ore in Northwestern States.

March 13.—Hon. W. T. Harris: A Study of Two Pictures of Raphael and One of
Holbein.

March 20.—Dr. TARLETON H. BEAN: The Salmon of Alaska.

March 29.--Prof. T. C. MENDENHALL: Chance and the Long Run.

April 3.—Mr. EDwARD BuRGEss: Yachts and Yachting.

This course was delivered under the direction of the Joint Committee
of the scientific societies of Washington.

Table showing the number and dates of Saturday lectures since 1882.

Year. | Date of first and last lecture. | woot
[S82 Fe cecee acacia caisisesciansescesecs wan elaislsieeice March 11; -Aprili29) occa. sisacic semen eee aia
1 ER go BSE On ON ODOC USOECOPCED OS pECOCOue danse. January 13 Marchidl see eelee eee eeeee 12
Tepe mmc senddiond ssoctvooagesbenono coneads0s90n darren ay &, A irall AD ooo soncsaade scons sos": 17
Locos cccnacocosusconsnsdgscnccccpeatoonogn Hoe Mebruarvip May, ctease ese eee eee Eee 12
Mee concen snotorcceesscoudansbocodcccnsanocenes IWIBW TO NG}, WEN Bon ae enosne sossooosenconosso¢ 10
WM cecosh sonenoodouse sesacisonoopadnasoodonsb0dase WEA NIPL WIEN? Tf coéenaasoosS Saeboaesesoe 32 12
INE ecogscossdocseotueceseced fa oe ee ate ee eee MebruanyelS savior each ae ae cee rite 12
UC aio Cae Beac POBeCOCEn SoC Obeonoteeemtbsocoho Marehi9i May Wles.seececc eee see eeee ees 19
Ue ecco cecaone Tenens oes Cc AUdoII ES ODOC Inecacon aricc Hebruaryel pA priligasaceeiee eee seeeeaaee 10

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 61

A course of four lectures on the anthropological exhibits at the Paris
Exposition of 1889, was given by Mr. Thomas Wilson. The subjects of
his lectures were:

Tuesday, May 13.—Prehistoric Anthropology.

Friday, May 16.—Ancient Industries, Charms and Amulets.

Wednesday, May 21.—History of Human Habitations.

Friday, May 23.—Anthropological Congresses and Prehistoric Museums.

The meetings of the Biological Society of Washington have been
held during the past year at the assembly hall of the Cosmos Club,
this location being found more convenient than the National Museum.

The use of the Museum lantern has been granted on several occasions
for the purpose of illustrating lectures, both in the Museum building
and elsewhere. This was done without charge, excepting for the ac-
tual cost of the gas. The services of an assistant were also given by
the Museum free of charge.

STUDENTS.

Previous to the organization of the staff of curators in the National
Museum, it was customary to send collections to all parts of the United
States, and, in some instances, to foreign countries, to be worked up by
specialists. This system was then necessary, owing to the fact that
there were few specialists in Washington. During the last ten years
the policy of the Museum in this respect has been modified, owing to
the presence in the Museum of a trained staff among whom the collec-
tions are now usually assigned for study.

Requests are occasionally made by students for material to be used
for comparison in connection with their special studies, and such re-
quests are always granted when it can be done without detriment to the
Museum.

During the year several lots of birds’ skins have been lent to Dr. J.
A. Allen, of the American Museum of Natural History. The Museum ~
collection of bats has been placed at the disposal of Dr. Harrison Allen,
of Philadelphia, who is engaged in the preparation of a new edition of
his monograph of the bats of North America. At the request of Mr.
Ernest EH. Thompson, of Toronto, Canada, skins of birds and skins and
skulls of rodents have been sent to him for study. Dr. C. Hart Merriam,
of the Department of Agriculture, has made extensive use of the re-
serve series of North American mammals. Dr. HK. A. Mearns, of Fort
Snelling, Minnesota, has examined the collection of prairie dogs. Dr.
D. W. Prentiss, of Washington, has had occasion to make a study of
the ermine skins in the collection. Specimens of Doras dentatus and
Clarias nieuhofii were lent for study to Mr. Bashford Dean, of the Col-
lege of the City of New York. A number of Coleoptera were sent to
Capt. T. L. Casey for study. The Museum collection of Crustacea from
the Bahamas was sent to Prof. C. S. Dolley, of the University of Penn-
sylvania, for study. Twelve specimens of the ocean-bottom, collected

62 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross and the U.S. 8. Dol-
phin, were sent to Rev. Albert Mann, jr., of Newark, New Jersey, for
study.

Dr. G. Baur, of Clarke University, studied the collection of North
American Cheloniaus in the Museum. Mr. James E. Benedice has
begun the study of the collection of Braviyura from the North Pacific
Ocean. Dr. R. W. Shufeldt was granted permission to study birds’
skeletons. The Department of Birds has granted free access to its
collections to many authors, whose works are referred to in the Bibli-
ography (section Iv).

Mr. A. B. Farnham, of Benning’s, District of Columbia, is acting as
a volunteer assistant in the department of taxidermy, and Mr. Leigh
W. Reed has been doing similar work in the Department of Geology.

Mr. John Bb. Daish has received instruction in photography and taxi-
derimy.

FINANCE, PROPERTY, SUPPLIES, AND ACCOUNTS.

The statements relating to these branches of the administrative work
have been prepared by Mr. W. V. Cox, chief clerk.

The appropriations received by the Museum for the fiscal year end-
ing June 30, 1890, are as follows: For preservation of collections,
$140,000; for furniture and fixtures, $30,009; for heating and lighting,
$12,000.

PRESERVATION OF COLLECTIONS.

Appropriation by Congress for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1890,
for the preservation, exhibition, and increase of the collections from
the surveying and exploring expeditions of the Government, and from
other sources, including salaries or compensation of all necessary em-
_ployés, $140,000 (sundry civil act, March 2, 1839, public No. 154, page 16).

Out of this appropriation $118,378.99 has been expended for salaries
or compensation; $4,952.67 for supplies; $2,307.60 for stationery;
$5,141.48 for specimens; $1,307.61 for books and periodicals; $1,645.97
for travel; and $2,416.92 for freight and cartage, making a total ex-
penditure of $136,151.24 and leaving a balance of $3,848.76 on hand
July 1 to meet outstanding liabilities.

Following is a detailed statement of the salaries or compensation
paid from the appropriation for preservation of collections during the
present year.

The scientific staff consists of the Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian,
in charge U.S. National Museum, at a monthly salary of $333.33 ; three
curators at $200 each, three at $175, two at $150, one at $125, and one
at $100; one acting curator at $150, two assistant curators at $133.33
each, one at $125, and two at $100; one agent at $100, one collector
and two aids at $80 each, two aids at $75 each, one at $65, one at $60,

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 63

two at $55, and one at $50, making a total paid to the scientific staff
of $31,512.93.

The clerical staff is as follows: the chief clerk at a monthly salary
of $175, chief of Correspondence and Reports at $158.33, the registrar
at $158.33, disbursing clerk at $100, one draftsman at $83.33, one as-
sistant draftsman at $40, one clerk at $125, two at $115, two at $100,
two at $90, one at $83.33, two at $75, two at $70, four at $60, three at
$55, and four at $50; there are also one stenographer at $100, one
typewriter at $50, one copyist at $55, four at $50, one at $45, seven at
$40, three at $35, and two at $30, making a total paid to the clerical
staff of $34,514.29.

The foliowing preparators were employed this year: One colorist at
$110, one photographer at $158.33, one taxidermist at $125, one at $115,
one at $80, four assistant taxidermists at $60 each, one preparator at
$100, two at $80, one at $75, one at $60, and one at $4 per day, making
the total paid to this branch of the service $14,367.96.

In the Department of Buildings and Labor one superintendent was
employed at a salary of $137.50; one assistant superintendent at $90;
one watchman at $65, two at $60, twelve at $50, and three at $45 each ;
one skilled laborer at $70, two at $50 each, and one at $2 per day;
three laborers at $45, four at $40, and thirteen at $1.50 per day; two
attendants at $40, and five cleaners at $30 each; two messengers at
$45, four at $25, two at $20, and one at $1.25 per day, making a total
of $29,690.71.

All of these persons were employed by the month or day, and several
for part of the year only.

The following amounts have been expended from this appropriation for
temporary help during the year: On the scientific staff, $225.81; on
the clerical staff, $658.96 ; for preparators, $354.45: and for bore
$1,717 24—a total of $2, 056. 46.

In addition to the foregoing amounts, $1,356.68 has been expended
for special contract work, making a total of $118,578.99 paid out during
the year for salaries and compensation on account of preservation of
collectiors.

FURNITURE AND FIXTURES.

Appropriation by Congress for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1890,
for cases, furniture, fixtures, and appliances required for the exhibition
and safe keeping of the collections of the National Museum, including
Salaries or compensation of all necessary employés, $30,000. (Sundry
civil act, March 2,1889. Public, No. 154, p. 16).

Out of this Bncouniation $15,926.21 has been expended for services.
Following is a detailed statement of the salaries or compensation paid
during the year:

One engineer of property was employed at a salary of $150 per month;
ove clerk at $75, and one copyist at $55; one foreman of carpenters at

64 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

$91 per month; one cabinet-maker and six carpenters at $3 per day
each; one painter at $65 per month, and one at $2 per day; three
laborers at $50, and two at $45 per month; two at $2 per day, and two
at $1.50; making an expenditure of $14,125.14 for salaries and wages.

Tne following extra temporary help has been employed during the
year: One clerk at $50 per month; four carpenters at $3 per day; one
laborer at $2, and six at $1.50 per day; one laborer and two cleaners
at $30 per mouth each, making an expenditure of $1,803.07 for extra

employés, and a total of $15,926.21 for services.

$4,423.77 has been expended from this appropriation for exhibition
cases, with designs and drawings for the same, as given in detailed list

below :
1 mahogany case for moose group, special form .---.....:....-.-......--. $662.
1 mahogany case for musk-ox group, special form.------..---....-..-._-- 490.
1 mahogany case for antelope group, special form.......-..---.----.._.-- 316.
imahorany case for Vilkaneiship, special forms. .2-2-ses245552-5 2 ssee eee 103. 0
1 ebonized pedestal and glass case for Bryant vase, special form._---- Sri 395.
1 walnut case for humming bird's, special form------.----..-2.-.../____.- 16.
5 double-width, upright, mahogany table cases ........---.-.--.---....--- 478.
5 double-width, upright, mahogany table cases .-.--...---..--...---- Bete 451.
Sipairsrmahoganiys bases: 2.2 se nate ise ee ere es ernie eee ee 720.
SF} MTRIODOBRAVMYy WOO) CHHOS - ssc6 conc concne cose csese5005 on daodad babeesso5uS* 286.
| jr MMA OOSaNy DAES tho JbhyaROOO! CAT) -o55 525505 556060 osas0n =255 22555- 170.
1 mahogany top and set of carved panels for Liverpool case......--.----- 54,
IL HAY e-1HO)o) WOAINO CMI, TRIOS CBN) cacscssccs cesnes ooescesese s9a5 2000 aaad GSoC AT.
7 SUCS-GOWON Coes, WWE esos bebo 6465s sa65Ke 55850 oaeees coon bacnieeee 182.
Desionsjandydraywinies fomcasesieesaoeee eee eae aaa ee ee eee ee eee 57.
Drawers; trays; boxes; €t@ ah. c. cee cece ce-5 secein ase pee ec cement ans emer 931.
Frames, stands, miscellaneous wood work......---....-.-.---.-------- shove 158.
Office furniture, chairs for exhibition halls, ete .-2-....2.-..--. -22 22k. ee 656.
I GUNG Ee Re es coe Soe oe OOM Clonoe Hed Goose oc Gsoora Sues Graemmel eee. 1, 276.
Apparatus, containers for alcoholic specimens, supplies, etc., have been
bought as follows:
ANDRAS cosco 555000 0009 900600 2950 008565 saT6 SowSDE aes SESS DODO SEES 605.
Glass jars, containers for specimens, ete ..-.-...--........--..--.--.-- 395.
Hardwvarerandmnbenoriiiiiiny SHOUCASCS iE Eee tee eee e ere Eee eee 1, 291.
Olophyeotton etch (imines foricases) see eeeee eee sia eee 85.
Tronsbracketsiand: racks: 22).s2 230s. Joo oes see owes ee eee ee eee 130.
MOOS: Yee be ea tees cates be, Sines cise Sieh ooo oars Se minrsie nisl aisle ee eee nee 107.
NEM ipope pepGus, GesOreEeas se nSdalnboso foo omonc0b asaeno Ssonmbesae bSopbe= 1, 875.
LEAH HAE, CHS, IOUS Coon oambe S554 dao oes oa oO sOON os0n04 eis als o/s ter 681.
Pin: dead etGseccenes Moh ease ee een see heleioe eb dd cle seide Se eevee 90.
Brickand plaster work !2ccpeseee es oe ohiee Fee ero neee tect eee aee 98.
Rub ber-wubine whose lOtC ae see eiee eee see eee eee een nee 40.

rave linolexpenses mone essisme reece enna eis niece eeiee ieee 31,

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 65

List of cases built or remodeled during the year by carpenters employed on the Museum
force.

CASES CONSTRUCTED. CASES RECONSTRUCTED OR REMODELED.

3 bookcases, % sections each, for library. | 23 special cases in bird hall, remodeled

2 bookeases, 1 section each, for library. and extended.

8 pine unit storage cases, south tower. 17 cases rendered insect-proof by lining

1 special mahogany case, for foramini- them with metal and fitting doors with
fera. rubber tubing.

1 sliding table case. 1 large cherry case reconstructed, made

1 pine sample case for unit boxes. into 5 cases.

3 card catalogue cases. 2 .n.ahogany floor cases remodeled.

1 special case around stone slab. 1 mahogany one-half unit case remodeled.

1 mahogany pier case reconstructed.

18 Liverpool cases, remodeled and com-
pleted.

3 sloping cases furnished with panels.

Although the work and purchases on account of furniture and fix-
tures have been somewhat restricted this year by the lessened appro-
priation, the plans and methods heretofore adopted have been carried
out as far as possible.

Considerable exterior work has been done. Frequent repairs have
been required in the roofs of both buildings; the north front of the
natural-history laboratory has been reconstructed ; flagging has been
laid from the main pavement to the door of the animal house, and the
window ledges of nearly the entire museum have been tinned.

In the interior many repairs and changes have been found necessary
to the building itself, as well as to the cases and other furniture.

The hall, northwest pavilion, has been wainscoted in oak, and a sec-
ond much-needed staircase has been built; self-closing, sound-deaden-
ing doors, which divide this hall from the lecture room, have been made
and putin place; raised floors have been constructed in the office of
the engineer of property, and in the stationery room, and the wooden
flooring throughout the building has been frequently patched.

Several standard, special and sample cases have been built and many
more remodeled and extended. ‘The floor of the large special case for
the Moose group has been reconstructed; many cases have been re-
paired, fitted with panels, shelving, racks, brackets, ete., relined, ebon-
ized, polished, glazed, furnished with doors and locks, and otherwise
completed.

More than 130 mahogany, oak, and pine frames have been made,
some of them of great size, like the frame for the allegorical tile-panel
of ‘‘ Progress ” now placed over the north entrance.

Several bases and pedestals, and nearly 5,000 blocks for the display

of specimens have been made and completed; screens have been con-

structed, and more than 900 trays, and many shelves and diaphragms

have been made and fitted; several tables have been built, and over 70

wing-frames have been repaired, rehinged, and rehung..

66 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Several pairs of mahogany doors kave been made for cases, and the
time of the carpenters has been taken up to a considerable extent in
refitting the doors of other cases; they havealso been required to make
a large number of boxes for the storage of specimens, and for the ship-
ment of those designed for exchanges. In fact the general miscellane-
ous work demanded of them throughout the year has been so extensive
as to consume much time, and required a great deal of labor.

Considerable metal work of various kinds has been done; cases have
been made insect proof by being lined with metal, and metal partitions
have been made for file-holders; about 40 copper and tin tanks for
alcoholic specimens have been made, and more than that number com-
pleted, besides many caus for collecting purposes; nearly 1,500 brass
and tin label-holders have been made.

In addition to the locksmith’s work required on new and reconstructed
cases, the combination locks, suited to the symbol of each department,
have been changed on many of the unit tables in the Museum. This
work has been done in great part by a fireman skilled in such matters,
at periods wheu he could be spared from his regular duties in the engine
and boiler-rooms.

HEATING, LIGHTING, ELECTRIC AND TELEPHONIC SERVICE.

Appropriation by Congress for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1890,
for expenses of heating and lighting and electrical and telephonic serv-
ice for the National Museum, $12,000. (Sundry civil act, March 2, 1889,
Public No. 154, p. 16.)

Out of this appropriation $5,114.87 has been expended for salaries or
compensation ; $2,058.26 for fuel; $1,113.82 for gas; $601.05 for teie-
phones; $264.49 for electrical work and supplies; $100 for rental of
call-boxes ; $269.25 for heating repairs ; $147.86 for heating and light-
ing supplies; and $3.25 for travel, making a total of expenditures to
July 1, 1890, of $9,672.85, and leaving a balance of $2,327.15 to meet
outstanding liabilities.

Following is an analysis of salaries or compensation paid from the
appropriation for heating and lighting during this year:

One engineer was employed, for part of the year only, at a salary of
$120 a month ;* five firemen at $50 each, and one at $40 a month ; one tel-
ephone clerk at $60, and one at $35 a month; $137.74 has been expended
for extra labor, making the total expenditure for services in this depart-
ment $5,114.87.

During the winter the engineer reported some of the boilers as being
in a very bad condition, the tubes which have been in use many years
being so warped, burnt, and corroded as to be liable to give out at any
time; he also named 6 pounds as the limit of steam pressure safe under
the circumstances, and suggested that the fires be kept up night and

*The death of Mr. A. A. Duly, for ten years engineer, occurred in March,

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 67

day, as the only method by which the necessary temperature could be
maintained. This suggestion was accordingly carried out. It will,
however, undoubtedly be necessary to take some action in regard to
heating repairs and changes in the near future.

In several instances it has been found advisable to change the posi-
tions of the radiators, and to make new connections. This work, and
all repairs to machinery, gas-fitting, plumbing, and the needed black-
smith’s work, have been accomplished by men employed on the regular
Museum force.

In prosecuting the general routine of Museum work, bids have been
advertised for and proposals invited, as in past years, but the list of
articles to be purchased has been shortened considerably, it having been
found that the requirements of the Museum are so varied that, except-
ing for articles of general use, it is impossible to anticipate the wants
for the entire year.

As a result of the growth and needs of the Museum, it has been found
advisable, from time to time, to reconstruct many cases of the types
purchased in earlier years, and to make an inventory of cases and fur-
niture in the Museum, based upon new standards and nomenclature.
This work, as mentioned in a former report, was begun two years since,
under the direction of Mr. J. E. Watkins, the engineer of property.

In making this inventory, every piece of furniture in the Museum has
been inspected ; the old numbers have been noted, and small brass
plates with the new numbers stamped on them have been attached to
more than 4,500 cases, bases, pedestals, stands, etc., and to the numer-
ous articles of office furniture.

Whenan articleis condemned, or, by being incorporated with another,
loses its identity, the original number is noted in the office of the engi-
neer of property, and such record made that the history of each article
can be traced at any time without difficulty.

With a view to simplifying the method of keeping account of services,
in January of this year a system of time-books was adopted, in which
the record of attendance is kept by the head of each department for
himself, and for all employés under his direction.

These books give the name and designation of each person, the rate
of compensation, furnish an accurate record of attendance in each case,
and state the cause of any absence, so far as necessary to decide
whether such is to be counted against annual leave, excused on account
of illness, or charged against the individual and deducted from the
monthly compensation.

These time- books, after being certified to by the head of each depart-
ment, are examined by the chief clerk of the Museum, and if found cor-
rect are signed by him and forwarded to the disbursing clerk, who uses
them as a basis in preparing the pay-rolls.

This method not only simplifies the work in taking careful note of the

attendance, but is found advantageous from the facility with which
_ ach individual record can be referred to.

68 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ROUTINE.

In the office of the chief clerk 1,451 orders for supplies have been sent
out during the year, over 1,000 letters have been written, 550 circular
letters and 265 proposals for supplies have been sent out, and 1,051
vouchers have been passed upon and paid.

This work, which can be set down in numbers, is but a small part of
the labor which devolves upon this office, and upon the prompt and ac-
curate accomplishment of which the efficiency of the scientific branches
of Museum work largely depends. The force, which consists of two
clerks and one copyist, are so hard pressed that it has been this year,
as usual, a question if all would be able to take more than a fraction of
the annual leave which is accorded to employés in the Museum.

CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS.

In the report for 1889 the work of this department was referred to
at some length in order to indicate, to those who might be interested,
the methods of administration which had been adopted in it, and the
scope of the work assigned to it. There has been no material change
in either during the year.

Mr. Rk. I. Geare, chief of the division of correspondence and re-
ports, has rendered important aid in this work. The clerical force of
the office has been increased, and now consists of three stenographers,
two typewriters, an index clerk, and a messenger.

During the year about 7,000 official papers have been prepared for
the signature of the Secretary and the Assistant Secretary.

The following geographical statement of letters written in reply to
requests for information upon various subjects, may be of interest as
showing the amount of correspondence of this kind carried on in differ-
ent parts of the United States and in other countries.

| No.of - No. of

Locality. | letters |] Locality. letters

| written. | written.

Mlabamalecer tree ciaisecacel oo tec moses A |) IUACKE A 555 sssocnssos acouse sane sososase= 72
UATIZOD Wasa e eels ele setae etaisialere ote aie etotei-interaere | HET? |e yee ep Be A tac I ete 68
VATICAN SAS! aataterniara'os/s sueeieraielereeniele ower ae 26 || Kansas ------------ 22.0002) wwe nnn nn 51
(alifonniamenas: ce aece eee ae nace ree 64: lRentuckyieres saecee cece eeeeer en seca 34
Gploradorseee sa! ii. eee eee 31 || Moulsianase: ses. petaey ewe nseeeeneees 25
Connectteuti pec sate secieiteer ess. se see eee 501i |sMaine: cence tga a eee ate arene eee 63
IOAL EIB) conned seopatassnnegooncaDODS sNadeD JOU ji) Ma bhanbinG lacs scones occence PobeODasOnS ae 133
Melawareerecemeseccsicc- eee ecco stacecee 5 || Massachusetts......-.........--........ 209
DistmichoteCOlMmMDIate a selessem laser 1), 478.4\l MIC icane a oon een e neater ee cee eete 02
Florida ...... Bearers alee patois a/ateis sacle fate 79 | Mili 680bai sass a1 eciens eis stoisigsienss eee seseiee 29
CAR tong cacoodontasccDs0S0 soRendaSCe 12 || Mississippi ..-......-.-.. SSogreisoneqoss 16
MANO). 2.22 Sab oars niccieteeatee = Biaciec naneeel OT WORE OWN aaccomoecos mon bento aaacoor sco Oc 45
MTINOWS ies = ves aes Meeieeet amie onesoee 125) Monta wesc. ccecisepteesaciontacette cee 24
Pia VSrritowyitesssseentere cco. eveue ene Dra S)carersereyenisteisteotte eisisiciciemis civic mess 24

REPORT OF

ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

69

No. of No. of
Locality. letters Locality. letters

written. written.
INBVEGR -s6550 dsden0 soocebsboeUo TEOOUSCre DF ||MO ana d aiseacteeserse sa eeoee eeisiseia cierto ae 25
ING wae pPSWITE! <= sels aa eee ces wenea 18) |i) Cement AVMs OTs oc saccgoncobecosdoose 3
Nu IGG sabes daeode SeCeEcooae ee cerSpe 89: IW Costa Ricaecacoscetecemscee = ccs se omece 2
WIGTy RUCK Mo Acencecon nese bOreESoCusesae as} 1] MOM eoeaesos so scapoaouepdacereboeoomcc 3
INGRY WOR kseteebsdedaceccupUoSHpEabosoeds A5G6ul| ne amdiie. <a eleelesiciaci-inis )atelele sleietetarertesie 23
WOuld CANOE Seememose comeespoon cose COMP Beetle cremecoeceereecioconpeocans 28
INO cosececooedeacas sobcas OocomEeabonaoODE I) Nl (eerily Sopoceseanseccoseusepeoncoodes 20
CO} erin) Seo bere de doseeeeEeneSnenaocdors ON WEE CCE ea ale tolerate inete a cieicaaate ctettictelsteleraiesietate 1
Ore cone erence esa Selassie ccisteimae cs ciae ifs} lI Whoa TN so aaaocdmeedbooocmeacasopreacs 1
lessees AG Cede teeocosesnerecorEDeE Pa Hl Ween Sees ose oco nen Ge Gabheoacecncdes 4
RAO ile Sebo eeeesoc0 osesad senbEEoNoS 2301 lelihalver ss ais yess eck ee eciem ace ree 2
South Carolina.......... soogooonoODEa sh0% 29 || UA Ae ys peter sree ier eeyesteisister eerste eis 6
SoupheWakObar en <a. rcj¢c-snccla--<<--cnme- UO) |PMiewich: .cuseer tess. cs aedsrseesessn news 12
EMBO - ooogosescenbosopedneonoobacdos 76 || New Brunswick ....-.-..-...--...-..-.- 1
BIN NCL See steiele leita tesiatainveinie @ sisjereisieye siareiec inva c TO WONICHS PiGibhioncceereeccoceeoSeceerenoencoe 2
WHI conse sdesbosesso seosesseceosoussouer Gale wo umd lated erect etter telat teteae 1
VET ON teeyete cele Sain ee cicise oxlesos es LOE |KiNiew Zealand! 2 sjrcsccicceetseie sce siecetincle 1
VOWED, soocposhaodeonooa soqcserbascusess ASH | IN Oa) SC OL aieereeinescitemiel <isi== a7) tae = alte 1
WYRM moGecodecoacgoodsonunpoBoeGne HQ IEC ne beac cocdancesooDTooggccobassode 2
\N’GE) WISIN Eos Son Socoocdesnoueesosese DO SRM SSI ap einctatct selena ole aciec eta ictstcimelee 9
BVAISG OU SIM ew amtaysicieisinie?s iaiminicisjaiciciniate wiesieieie AON eSCOGI AN Disjeyere ea teccsis erm alaisratce erste mierelat=ieteats 9
AVWay OMAN Deneratey-(eictere eras stems sicis ejsteiaiel= = icitereicios Fill SOmUulN AUTO GAGE a= bora suoseosaecoudiccce 2
ANIEIOD 666565 nde obese occoseH soe Cee eSoecees At Ie SLA Sia cee kee a sapere recs ys Oe eee ete sates 1
ANASIR. duoc > oo soon sececeegenpacnosobOeOE Bet Avrrls oye aie eatecfeeic wtass sy nensle eters iefere tlm ciaters 1
ATSIDNB Soe s UsddabosSater oesebaeenoobone 5 | AGS bnGb CSTR ae goceter en Beer car peboca aor 11
LIGTTG ) Basa eos da eeC SMa Case eae ee 2 | CARS eae tae or a a e Wa, 475
sniHis hy Columbia sacs cc2.a-\-20 <= sciss soe 4

A special feature of the work of this department consists of the
preparation of reports upon material submitted for examination, based
upon the official reports of the curators acknowledgments of specimens
received as gifts, loans, and deposits are prepared in this office.

During the year 314 lots of specimens (483-796 inclusive) for exam-

ination and report have been received.

the geographical sources of this material:

The following statement shows

Total.

ay ee ee eS
a ?

Source. Number of lot.
North Ametica:
British America .....--.-. DOO sD aeseeieis aes cinaieveiea pia aaisias Saisie sta ste eee si sleie sicineisie ciamibwe aries
Central America....-.-.. GRD Re RC aS a LY eR RLY SN
BB RIC Olsesecie onceinsecceine AO TAO Sho NOL ONGSIE GUGM a-oers lel ciaesinis Seis cme o sierra eters oleae
United States:
PART UD AMA teorniniareinicisecie cies DW DOM OAS MOO Moss elcicte eee Saves Sic Seine Seal A Sa eer RISC p eee eee
PNtrii7 one ee een os BSA AO SIM TD ONL ONT Site ements eine eA oe aL Ae Eee Ma
PANT ISAMISAS eos wleretoukis ces cient 4G ORGOL IGG 4 iGO mies a lsis ete ctete rans = </iateoe tee eB a act acetate een cree ers
Ghliformiatee eo 491, 514, 559, 588, G03, 638, 655, 706, 746, 756, 786, 793, 796.....-...---.
Molonad ones sseen se) insce es Ota HOUoNO4.O8 OD OO2G OOo paliGlemars sericea ath sic ms wusicia aisisieis wictereimcla eres
District of Columbia... .- EDD OlomCA NTO Osn Ori fOdicissiesepr= He cisiscs cease binsice oc see eaweee
Orica eee ee ae 525, 565, 572, 580, 585, 595, 605, 609, 650, 654, 668, 670, 687, 719, 729, 738,

741, 785, 791.

70

REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Source. Number of lot. Total.
United States—Continued.
Georoiaeeecericeesmeisers Gi, TD coc patscnns ososcnec ses ssaneo ns ecmoecessonstere seeoscone 2 2
MLin ois Fees. ec escees 521531620 686; 702i el Sl wp ee Eee Eee See eee eer eee Ee eEoeee 8
indian aessece cree e teem e 512) 683) 208" solos erect citi wc nicieiciese waists fee tree eee see nee ee eetee 3
Indian Territory......... Gilt. ceesososcacssosanrenses sooo mes HobhonacooSucensasesosocoedss 1
awareness: hoch 568) TOL 70n i b4ET74) 190" sec as ake core nace enn ae 6
IWANSAS 7 2o55s2-csaeeeeees 506, 583, 641, 700, 710, 732, 748, 770...... iieeech sc cceeeeehee eee eee 8
TGGIMHMOS? posnonatesodecs 538;/5417 049) 560 3.220 -avceecteciccsweemeescoee seen uasece pee eeeeere 4
WOWISIAND se eee eaeeeee se GEIS GS6 sae bee ose cSt iol dlaialscseeecee ges aeelesicie ae See Ree eeee 2
Maine ons smc cttestaineces| 010002 0425685 “Wiles seem acsceue sac aloes see Se eenccr nese eee eee eee 5
Massachusetts........... 494-500; (6066609661 (695 tei 22 acai be cwececee tines Sete eee eeee 6
Momylandesreeessereceeeece 54655615 GI2ZS680 TAD 15a HO eaemictce ne eoeseacion te see ee eee eee eee 7
Minnesotavacesse-eeee ene D038 G24e Se Sacer eae eran a ee eee eee eer se pecans cee eee 2
MAISSISSIPDIpe ee eee eee ee TO TBD ocsobess0escns0con ossonn tocEnO oes hoeccanendencnssasadoste 2
IM sSOuTI Meenas erect ee 513, 526, 533, 539, 540, 562, 582, 607, 684, 690, 691, 742.................. 12
Miontanarseeeeereeeee rere ANY), CUD ae Ao (ie, PH, TAD, Vee 1e i) Fi) (ea ecces eo ocnscscdsaaec il
INGVAG al cus paeeee ee aa ABE: 7500s caress sates ec cieisjcveinisle sje sisereicia\as a cincis ee sis Naa enna Se ee EEE Ee 2
New Hampshire ......--. BBY soo cosccdoss coped. csaneg onsen sonaco sedosnocsSodoeaseoeecssoce 1
INCU 7U GUN oseenuascadece BY) csscoosonoac nodeddcdosse nodes conesososson stosen ceansessnsccs: 1
INGweMexicOnses-csue eee GOBi THB oe sree merce ccininiste see ee eo eae sae RE SCE CEE Se cere 2
INeWwaWOrke sei mas access 486, 493, 502, 520, 522, 536, 550, 590, 597, 601, 628, 666, 674, 757, 794... .. 15
iNoitheC@arolinay ss. 22 ee 4885564,5705639) 703,709.36; (00) 1Ole cia: -eeneeiees ec oeee ee aeeee eee 9
North Dakota Jo2--+.-2e. Teena ho sestars cfejsrajale stele atest olelejstolela ola\sin)a ala eisie nolo ieee teers ete 1
Ohiowssseeeasrerenstec ee: 5085647, 6515 718.0728 sc wacthsaceme conse nce necee een bec cesses eeeeeeee 5
Oregons ss 2222 ease cee: RO: Spans cnuo0 Shea paqeeSnodccsoocanmES soncebaceenenaacceneoccaoas 1
Pennsylvaniaeeeseeeces by OE Sits) orp aiksh Stolle ey Oe, WKN) W[fslosecoaasassasasosbasseSssonesc 9
South Carolina .........-. CMS) a isin, GOs (rie (W0as V8 Wss6cocoeacancs aoeccascooooudesodsscces 7
SOMA IDR Riessona cascode SLOPSIGS TOT 122i a0 P (40 ie ace ncacins/cicae ee ees ee ceeeeee eee eee 7f
Mennesseel: s\-sacce screen 489, 527, 563, 577, 613, 615, 617, 622, 623, 625, 630, 644, 652, 659, 665,
667;:669, 726,784; 7685s sia 2 sec Sioecece soeme eet tere hee ee eee 20
MBOKAS). aise syse erties oe 483, 492, 501, 518, 524, 530, 556, 653, 658, 694, 697....-..........-.-..- il
inal oe wae Mees Feira te 5OT S28 1634679 sce: eo cee Rea. Sele ce sia se eS aan ee eee eee 4
Wiermontitisssstekiec ose: 505; 509 sees aise cicinwcwecanc a laas ame eee s eitocieeicn eee eee See eee 2,
Warginia joss ssscecemeene: 495, 523, 534, 535, 544, 571, 573, 574, 575, 592, 618, 619, 635, 677, 678,
679, 693, 712, 714, 716, 736, 737, 751, 754, 767, 769, 788 ......-...--.-- 27
Washing tonteseepeeseeees BPA RED ie) He) ATE ACY oe emop BoD nba aoe ooooDD CSOnEoSSOnaGac SobooS 6
West Virginia-.-........ ASTRON onoS 71 DOb) O20 0401083, 088.100 sere erie ee a aeisee eee 9
WAScOnSING-ee ey eee eee 5b 5562956324640, OGdeemsice eisisle see sere ceee sees sie niee aeeee 6
SWay Omni or eeeeee ee eee AIL (As). coos sas0nc c00nds seoses onnOOD sosooD ono dassncGorosssooec Z
Europe:
Hnclanicscestccwassebe|| OlTsiscces cea wececesacs cen toteeeenceoas iveesecihsuseterwectewssee 1
SpalWesensasschacenees see S04 eacsceeusen pocices aeeccaeecees sacseelemeeee stench eee serene 1
Sweden essccceccseacsee BQ evew a jateywisia’s ele tiers iweraisiorsinin wielaleistelou eas Gre sites kiaraieriesibie eetereteee eee 1
Asia
DAPANeeassee cscs ere sete 616e2c cee some cuscboen bere e enema Teese oclsdipina sews aeetemawemes i
Oceanica (Polynesia) :
Sandwich Islands........ 600; 128). a cece cee swaseccoealsweuae ascceecassncsaccete ss screener 2
Pacific Ocean :
Easter Island............ G1 i n-c0 coc -seaaciantesemae omncie=en eel eeee picid abicisidls stertareinlnee ee ees 1
Locality notidetermined)<,---).| 5917649! 22-0 -oeene ce nace ee eee erence aeanes Sones aes 2

In March, 1890, the office was furnished with a graphophone, which
has been found exceedingly. useful.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 71

PREPARATION OF LABELS.

Three thousand nine hundred and twenty forms of labels have been
printed during the year, as shown in the following table:

al
No. of | terete No. of
Department. pol Department. Por.
Pete | ——----—- .
Minera me diGace = cscs als) <class 1, 309 || Comparative anatomy ...--..-.-..------ | 104
(GAO ORY ceécqgasebeserae teeeccn eeeEe eee 1, 328 || Graphic arts:.---..------.---------------) 79
Hoods and textiles............--.-=------ BAS |p Mig anel Ss Scoonéepacodecseencoacoeseces: 76
Ethnology ........---------- reccecrccese: 246 | io halk et Sos ace a eae 3, 920
Oniental/antiquities .......----...-.------ 156
Porcelain collection....-..-...-.--------- 120 ||

BUILDINGS AND LABOR—POLICE AND PUBLIC COMFORT.

The staff employed for police and protection has remained under the
charge of Henry Horan, superintendent of buildings. It consists of
watchmen, painters, carpenters, skilled laborers, laborers, cleaners, and
attendants.

The number of watchmen is usually sixteen. They are divided into
watches, by whom the Smithsonian and Museum buildings, and the
collections stored and exhibited therein, are guarded day and night.

Hight or nine carpenters are generally employed, and are kept busy
continually in constructing cases and shelves, making frames for labels,
remodeling old forms of cases, putting locks on cases, making repairs
in the buildings, ete.

The force of skilled laborers is, as a rule, nine or ten innumber. Their
time is occupied in painting blocks for the exhibition of specimens,
painting trays, easing trays, fitting shelves, adjusting panes of glass in
cases and windows, and assisting the carpenters and painters in many
ways.

There are only two painters constantiy on the Museum roll. These,
with the assistance of some of the skilled laborers, perform all the work
of this kind required in the Museum, including the repainting of walls
and ceilings of rooms, staining pedestals for groups of specimens and
cases, painting book-cases, shelving, blocks for exhibition purposes,
ete.

The force of laborers consists of about twenty-four men. They are
kept continually busy moving specimens, arranging cases, attending to
the cleaning of offices, and washing the floors in the exhibition halls.

The number of cleaners and attendants averages about eight. They
are constantly occupied in cleaning glass, dusting cases, of which there
are now more than 1,700, and sweeping. They are also expected to
answer, as far as practicable, the questions of visitors.

The telephonic and telegraphic service of the Museum is under the
supervision of the superintendent of buildings.

12 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

From the reports of the superintendent are quoted the following
statements, which will serve to show in part the character of the work
accomplished by the laboring force during the year:

1889.

July.—The steam pipes under the south hall were covered with magnesia covering.
A raised platform was put in the office of the engineer of property. One extra radi-
ator was placed in the stationery room and also in the property clerk’s office. A
raised floor was added to the stationery room. The mechanics were engaged during
the month in painting 572 blocks, easing 106 trays, painting 299 trays, making and
fitiing 34 shelves, and putting in 82 lights of glass. Besides this work, a great deal
of miscellaneous jobs, covering 49 orders, was executed.

August.—Deuble-acting base doors were hung at the entrance to the northwest
pavilion. A sewer pipe was put in the animal house. ‘The north side of the natu-
ral-history laboratory building was hricked up, and anew roof puton. The hollow
brick partition was removed from the second floor of the northwest pavilion. A
private stairway was built, leading from the first to the second floor of the Assistant
Secretary’s apartments. The mechanics were kept busy fitting 13 siiclves, painting
675 blocks, easing 221 trays, altering 95 locks, and putting in 1 lights of glass. In
addition to this, is miscellaneous orders were filled.

September.—New frames, jams, etc., were made for the large doors at the west en-
trance. Two wire screens were made and put up in arches on the west balcony.
New storm doors were made and placed at the north entrance of the Smithsonian
building. The mechanics were employed in fitting 231 trays, painting and ebonizing
64 blocks, repairing and altering 117 locks, putting in 173 lights of glass. In addi-
tion to this work, 69 miscellaneous orders were filled.

October.—The mechanics were kept busy altering locks, making 259 biocks, paint-
ing 723 blocks, putting in 179 lights of glass, and glazing cases. Numerous matters
of smaller importance were attended to.

Novenber.—Radiators were put in and steam heat substituted for the stove in the
label department on the north balcony. During this month the mechanics were em-
ployed in ebonizing 146 blocks, altering and repairing 89 locks, putting in 130 lights
of glass, naking keys, and easing trays. In addition to this, 33 miscellaneous matter:
were completed.

December.—Steam pipes were attached from the basement to the third floor of the
northwest pavilion, and an extra radiator putin. The mechanics were employed in
easing 235 trays, ebonizing 374 blocks, making 25 blocks, tinning 102 sills and ledges,
putting in 159 lights of glass, making keys, and repairing locks. Besides this work,

-46 miscellaneous requisitions for work were attended to.

1890.

Januery.—The laborers were employed in removing cases, and cleaning and scour-
ing the lecture hallfor the course of “Saturday lectures” given under the auspices
of the scientific societies of Washington. Gas pipes were run along the ceiling in
the northwest and southwest ranges, “and fixtures attached. The north, south, east,
and west halls, aud the east-north and east-south ranges and northwest court were
lighted by electricity.

February.—A heavy sarcophagus was removed from the west hall to the rotunda.
Water and gas connections were introduced into the paint shop. The casesin the
east and west halls were rearranged, necessitating the services of the greater part of
the laboring force.

March.—The floor was painted in the gentlemen’s lavatory. Nine double Liver-
pool cases were set up in the main hall of the Smithsonian building for the use of the
Department of Mollusks. The front of a Haida house was removed from the Smith-
sonian building to the Museum, and hung on apier on the south side of the west hall.

April.—A new window was construeted on the third floor of the northwest pavilion.
All locks not working by the regular master key were removed and replaced by the
standard lock. A break in one of the water-pipes of the Smithsonian building was
repaired.

May.—The trenches and basements in both buildings were whitewashed. The
windows were fitted, where necessary, with new awnings. Numerous miscellaneous
jobs were completed by the mechanics.

June.—The office room on the east side of the north gallery was cleaned and painted.
The room on the south side of the east balcony was prepared for occupation. The
water and gas-pipes, roofs and gutters were examined and repaired. Tbe heating
apparatus, electric clocks, watch signal station, telephone batteries, etce., were
inspected. A duplex water filter was placed in the gentlemen’s public comfort room.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 73

THE WORK OF THE MUSEUM PREPARATORS.
TAXIDERMISTS AND MODELERS.

Taxidermy.—The construction of additional groups of important spe-
cies of North American mammals has been the chief work of the year.
The largest group finished was that of the Moose, which comprises six
individuals of both sexes and of different ages. This group is some-
what larger than that of the Bison, which was completed last year, and
is, indeed, the largest group thus far exhibited. It is in most respects
quite as satisfactory as the Bison group, and perhaps more striking.
The work was planned by Mr. Hornaday, and executed by Mr. Joseph
Palmer and Mr. A. H. Forney. Three specimens of the Musk-ox were
removed from the wall-case and brought together to form a group.
They were considered sufficiently valuable to merit « more prominent
place than they had previously occupied. One of the specimens was
partially remounted.

A number of additional groups of mammals were nearly or quite
completed during the year, but have not yet been placed on exhibition.
The taxidermists mounted in all 32 mammals during the year, including
the large forms previously mentioned. In addition, 24 mammals were
skinned and 50 dry skins made up. Casts were made of certain of
the specimens received in a fresh condition, to be used as aids in mount-
ing the skins. As in former years, a large amount of miscellaneous
work, such as cleaning greasy specimens, overhauling duplicate wet
skins, repairing mounted specimens, preparing preservatives, ete., was
performed. This necessary work consumes a great deal of time, but
produces no direct effect in increasing the exhibition series.

The modeler performed various tasks for the Anthropological Depart-
ment of the Museum, such as making casts of stone implements, in-
seriptions, bas-reliefs, ete. He also made casts of a number of fishes
and of some porpoise-heads, the molds of which had been in the Museum
for some time.

At the close of the year the Museum lost the valuable services of
Mr. W. T. Hornaday, who resigned his position as Chief Taxidermist.

In April Mr. William Palmer was instructed to proceed to the Pri-
bylov Islands, Alaska, to hunt walrus for the Museum. He was still
absent at the end of the vear covered by this report.

OSTEOLOGIST.

Mr. F. A. Lucas, Osteologist, states that, as in preceding years, the
care of material already in the collections has demanded much time and
attention. Owing to insufficient room, frequent changes have been
made necessary in the arrangement of the study series.

The placing of casters on the storage bases in the osteological hall
necessitated moving the greater portion of the study series, as well as
all the smaller mounted specimens in the exhibition series.

4 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The preparation of much needed card-catalogucs of ligamentary skele-
tons, of alcoholic birds, and embryos has been continued, and this impor-
tant work is now nearly completed, as is also the changing of jars and
renewing the alcohol in which the specimens are contained.

In addition to the osteological work summarized in the subjoined

table a series of vertebra of Rhytina has been modeled to complete a
specimen for the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, some work done on
the synoptic series of invertebrates, and 76 specimens of vertebrate
fossils cleaned, repaired, and mounted. In addition, the skeleton of
Trish elk and cast of Phenacodus have been repaired and the cast of
Dinoceras skeleton remounted.
' The skill of Mr. Scollick has been shown equally in the preparation
of vertebrate fossils and of osteological material, and during a great
portion of the year he has been the only assistant in this department of
preparatory work, although the preparation of osteological specimens,
vertebrate fossils, and invertebrates now devolves upon this depart-
ment.

The number of skulls of small mammals cleaned is omitted from the
following table, although included in the report of work for 1888~89.

Summary of osteological work for 1889-90.

aut Birds: er ees phibia. Fishes.| Total,

Received in the flesh:

Entire skeletons) eacacic cose se aeeice ceeeielseisieeiet 12 50 Le ele 1 64

Incompleteiskeleton masses oe aes cena eee eleiore stateless 1 keel useeeisaale Soeeeee 1
Cleaned: :

Entire skeletons) ceases snicin cca eee scot amciestscc 10 31 1 Dal Sateen 44

Slculllsvaaearcoca sete sence caseiee see esac cme casets 22 4 Qeieee Sos 2 30

Incomplete skeletons ........-...-.------ hooose 17 3 Oi leone se clndesoeme 22
Mounted :

Hntirerskeletona ssc eees ses ee na esea eee 3 15 1 co eae 25

STK) Bacsaccaas sosoo5sodooUcanocoseaqagodeoudes WON aaa aall eo aed ee | eee te as |e 4

LTMNMIDE| CWO cc accdseccscon0n tosmaonossoonaosaoaoes 33 1 Loe kee 2 37

SO NObAly ee otee astm ioe sae ae eecins sacle weiss esis peels 101 105 8 8 5 227

Collection of domestic animals.—The work of mounting typical speci-
mens of domestic animals was begun in September, 1889. At the close
of the year covered by this report 54 specimens had been secured.

Mr. Nelson R. Wood was directed to attend the American poultry
show of January, 1890, held in New York City, for the purpose of obtaining
specimens for the Museum. Asa result of this visit many fine speci.
mens have since been contributed from various sources, including some
winners of first prizes.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

15

The following is a list of the different varieties which have been
mounted for exhibition in the National Museum:

DOMESTIC FOWLS.

Light Brahma cock and hen.

Partridge Cochin hen.*

Langshan chick.

Barred Plymouth Rock hen.*

Silver Wyandotte hen.*

Jersey Blue chick.

Indian Game hen.*

Indian Game hen.

Eureka Game cock.

Sumatra Game cock.

Sumatra Game chick.

Pit Game cock.

Muffed, Pit Game, two chicks.

White-crested, Black Polish hen.

White-crested, White Polish hen.

Single-comb, White Leghorn.

Blue Andalusian.

Silver-spangled Hamburgh hen and chick.

Silver Sebright Bantam, three specimens.

Black-breasted, Red Game Bantam, cock
and hen.

Rose-comb, Black African Bantam, hen
and two chicks.

PIGEONS.

Blue Carrier.

Dun Carrier.

Short faced, Bald-head, Black Tumbler.

Red-checkered Homer.

Blue-checkered Homer.

3lue-rock Homer.

English Fantail.

Scotch Fantail.

Black Trumpeter.

Full-head, Black-barred,
Swallow.

Plain-head,
Swallow.

White-barred, Blue-winged Fairy.

Full-head, Blue-winged Swallow.

Plain-head, White-barred, Blue-winged
Swallow. :

Black Magpie.

Archangel (three ¢, 9).

Spangled Ice Pigeon, two specimens.

Isabel, Pigmy Pouter.

Common Dove-house Pigeon, five speci-
mens.

Blue-winged

White-barred, Red-winged

COLORIST.

Mr. A. Zeno Shindler has, during the year, devoted the principal
portion of his time in preparing for the Department of Hthnology a col-
lection of paintings illustrating the races of men. Among them are the
following: Apache Indians, Eskimo, Chinese, Japanese, Aino, Thibetan,
Hindoo, Akka, Zulu, Fiji Islander, Dyak of Borneo, Native of Mada-
agascar. A number of Indian photographs, and a life-size model and
painting of natives of Samoa have been made.

PHOTOGRAPHER.

During the year Mr. T. W. Smillie has made 357 negatives. Of these
98 were for the Department of Ethnology, 28 for the Department of
Mammals, 9 for the Department of Comparative Anatomy, 41 for the
Department of Geology, 5 for the Section of Graphic Arts, 176 miscel-
laneous prints, and 110 transparencies.

The number of prints made during the year is 3,972, distributed as
follows :

meine Wepattment of Ethnology ...-...-.-.. 2.226 2-20. 202 cence e ween pocsen 1
ortie Department of Mammals... --.-.----. 2-2. - 5225-6 ween soe nce mene 22
For the Department of Comparative Anatomy..--.---.------ eas eh oeianiaeieers 15
PEED Meariment Of) Geology .- ce ss- oscsc 2c eens wan ese eb en's abs med 42

* This bird received the first prize at the New York Poultry Exhibition, January, 1890.

76 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Hor the; Sectioniof Graphic Artst2-2 222 se5osscae- soe eee ean 5
For the Section of Transportation and Engineering ..---..----...---.----.--- 32
Homthe smibhsonianelnsbibublonera= sees e ae ee eee eee eee roe See 3, 000
Miscellaneous priits?sciese va oe eee ee one tee Cosette ete ee eee 660
Rnlarzements of photooraphs---- 22 -t2ecs=-eose~- 2 -eaaseaee oes ee eee 8
Cyanotypes (blue prints of plans and drawings) ...-.-. ....--.----- --2- venene 153

In pursuance of the agreement with the U.S. Fish Commission, Mr.
Smillie has continued the photographic work of the Commission. This
has consisted during the year of the following items:

IN@EAUIWESs 15 5550 sse5s0 05s spobS0 ca5085 oo p908. S560 a85050 655050 n6S0e5 bees suesSsSs 6
Silyerzallbumengpminits eerie wemice cae emia a sae aise els ate eee 586
(CHPAMONOES= soscn. cao5e5 cn0500 dona 90Ne Saud0s so5aes s05650 noSho0 HoOSet Essa toss 243
IPNOKOO AOS, WNOWNIEGL. 655556 560050 coouao baa566 555005 550 5N0 AS50050 C45506 Soest one= 70

The usual routine work has continued, including the numbering and
filing of negatives, making up photographie outfits of expeditions, ete.

By order of the Assistant Secretary tests of inks have been made for
the U. S. Geological Survey.

DRAFTSMEN.

Mr. W. H. Chandlee and Mr. W. H. Burger have continued the prepa-
ration of illustrations for the Museum reports. Among them the more
important are illustrations for papers by Prof. O.'T. Mason, on “Ar-
rows,” ‘“Skin-dressing,” ““Woman’s Knives,” “ Hafting,” “Toys and
Games.” A large number of drawings were made to accompany the
paper by Mr. Romyn Hitchcock on “The Ainos of Yezo,” and addi-
tional drawings have been made for Paymaster Thomson’s paper on
Easter Island. Jn addition a large amount of miscellaneous work has
been accomplished, including the tracing and coloring of maps, charts,
and diagrams, sketches of and for the arrangement of exhibits, topo-
eraphical drawings, redrawings, engraving and lettering of labels, and
humerous Small paintings in water-color, oil, pastel, ete.

H.—ACCESSIONS.

The total number of accessions to the Museum during the year is
1,162 (22179-23340, inclusive). This gives a decrease of 185 accessions
as compared with those of 1889. It may be expected that each year
will show a smaller number than the last until an additional building
is provided by Congress. All special effort to obtain contributions has
ceased. since there is no room where the specimens can be either exhib-
ited or stored.

A. tabulated statement showing the number of accessions to the
Museum each year, beginning with 1881 (the first year of occupancy of
the Museum building) is here given.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. > 17

elie Number of
oes | umbens | gevesions

| year.

|
SE» s-scnSSUueRE eee eee aereee Pee perte te Ne ee nA eet ATS th ate Bee 9890-11000 1111
i ee tem dey eee nie nis Sen. aN Se SN i lod cece da seacesec|!.? RMLOOI=12500 1, 500
ree RN Ue) eb Uo jolt us wee em ones | 12501-13900 1, 400
GEL ¢ -ohobe ood CoG tela tte ee Gee aE ee Ce Peep tore tale el tes ee S| 13901-15550 1, 650
IScs (ROMY 1K) dN) >t sebks S55466 coe conobeoboneoc6coUucceLe Seboopnonase 15551-16208 658
HMBELIEB oscedodebiano eB eae esse ee tee Bae Soe cue ee Aen Sere eae ee 16209-17704. | 1, 496
a eR as Fr sense ee cc ctieleneedndece hoes accnebvescs 17705-19350 | 1, 646
SRT OER 26. con sdeade condo DE se RBE Bese Hee =e eee Aare eee tae eee ie aes 19351-2083 1,481
Seed SOBRE ore a eiera ie Siaraityo Sie sisicietersin wisicy= <izrein ss cinles Siete emis ana aE meee 20832-22178 | 1, 347
DERN DD .cobe ckewSSBe Seas aeRO eae EIS Meee pies el Oe at ee 22179-23340 1, 162

|

A geographical statement, Showing the source of the more important
accessions, is here presented :

GEOGRAPHICAL REVIEW OF THE MORE IMPORTANT ACCESSIONS.

During the year, material has been received from almost every region
in the world, a large proportion, however, coming from various parts of
the United States.

This statement refers to the more important accessions. They are
arranged, as far as possible, to indicate the localities from whence they
are received, rather than the residence of the sender.

AFRICA.

Canary Islands.—From Dr. E. Rey, of Leipsic, Germany, were pur-
chased a number of birds’ skins.

Cape Town.—Specimens of materia medica were received from the
Botanic Garden, Mr.P. MacOwan, Director, through Mr. William Harvey
Brown.

Congo District.—A collection of insects, crystals, minerals, and metals,
specimens of Musa and Pancratiwm (plants), palm-fiber from which
ropes, tops, mats, and many other things are made; gum copal, African
rubber, cocoon of Congo silkworm, hippopotamus tusks, piece of skin
from the Congo seal, and elephant hair, have been presented by Mr. J.
H. Camp, of Herring, Ohio.

Hgypt.—A pottery lamp, from Alexandria, was sent by Mr. M. F. Sav-
age, of New York City.

LIiberia.—Lieut. Frederic Singer, U. 8S. Navy, presented a termite
queen from Sinou County.

Morocco, New Caledonia, and neighboring islands.—From the Ethno-
logical Museum, Berlin, Germany, were received ethnological objects
from these and other regions, and also specimens illustrating the ethnol-
ogy of the Wasaguan negroes.

Zanzibar.—Dr, W. L. Abbott, of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, who is
making extensive journeyings in Africa and in other regions, has gen-

78 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

erously presented to the Museum some very interesting and valuabie
collections, among which are skins and skulls of large and small animals,
including rhinoceros and buffalo heads, wart-hogs and antelopes, from
the vicinity of Mount Kilima-Njaro; ethnological objects, including
swords, daggers, knives, shields, arrows, clubs, wooden dishes, bowls,
spoons, clothing, war-cap, basket-work, beaded belts, neck-rings, arm-
lets and anklets, ear-ornaments, snuff-horns, medicine-girdle, a collec-
tion of insects, birds’ skins, fishes, shells, head of snake, alcoholic rep-
tiles, and skin of crocodile.

Specimens of South African tortoises, and alcoholic specimens of tor-
toises and chameleons, were placed in the hands of Mr. William Harvey
Brown, for the National Museum, by Rey. George H. KR. Fisk.

A collection of Coleoptera from South Africa was received from Mr.
John H. Brady, of Cape Town, through Mr. William Harvey Brown.

From Mr. P. L. Jouy, U. S. National Museum, was received a speci-
men of garnet gravel, from the Kimberly diamond mines.

From the Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio, was received in exchange
a collection of ethnological objects from South Africa.

A collection of marine and land shells from the Gaboon River was
received from Mr. J. M. Griggs, of Brooklyn, New York.

A large and varied collection, gathered from various parts of Africa
and the islands of the Pacific Ocean, was received from Mr. William
Harvey Brown. ‘This collection consists of minerals, alcoholic and dry
shells, alcoholic and dry birds, alcoholic birds for skeletons, alcoholic
crustacea, echinoderms, worms, snakes, lizards, fishes, mammal skins,
and alcoholic mammals, alcoholic sea-weed, alcoholic and dry insects,
plants, ethnological objects, fish-trap and spear, rocks, birds’ eggs,
etc. In making this collection Mr. Brown was materially assisted by
the officers and seamen of the U.S.S. Pensacola. A carefully prepared
report upon the collection will be published in the Proceedings of the
National Museum, and a preliminary list will be found further on under
the head of Explorations. The papers forming this report are the
results of the work of the curators among whom the different speci-
mens were distributed,

AMBHRICA.

NORTH AMERICA.
BRITISH AMERICA.

British Columbia.—A large and valuable collection of ethnological
and natural-history objects, from the vicinity of Stewart’s Lake and
Fort St. James, was presented by Mr. R. MacFarlane, who for many
years has been one of the most valued contributors to the Museum.

Four skins of Mountain-goat were presented by Mr. George Bird
Grinnell, of New York City. These were collected by the donor in
British Columbia.

.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 19

Vancouver Island.—Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, of West Cliff, Custer
County, Colorado, transmitted, through Mr. W. G. Binney, of Burling-
ton, New Jersey, a specimen (type) of Prophysaon pacificum Cockerell,
from Victoria.

New Brunswick.—Mr. 8. F. Cheney, of Grand Manan, sent a collec-
tion of nudibranchs, worms, crustaceans, and sponges.

Labrador.—-From Miss Anna L. Ward, of Connecticut, were received
a modei of seal-skin Jgloo, of the Eskimo; seal-skin coat; seal-skin to-
bacco pouch; a pair of seal-skin kumings (infant’s shoes) ; bag of feath-
ers, and two mounted seals.

Manitoba.—Mr. H. A. Perley, of Carberry, sent for examination and
report a coin found near that place.

Ottawa.—F rom the Geological Survey of Canada (through Dr. A. R.
C. Selwyn, director) were received paleozoic invertebrate fossils, among
which was a fine specimen of Clonograptus flexilis Hall.

Prof. James Fletcher, of Ottawa, presented specimens of rare Coleop-
tera and Lepidoptera, characteristic of the Arctic regions.

Quebec.—Mr. William H. Dall, of the U. 8S. National Museum, con-
tributed six very fine specimens of Dictyonema sociale Salter, from the
Upper Cambrian, of Matanne.

The Reverend Abbe J. ©. K. Laflamme, of Laval University, Quebec,
contributed to the Department of Paleozoic Invertebrate Fossils a slab
containing Triarthrus becki Green, Leptobolus insignis Hall, and Clima-
cograptus sp., from the Utica Slate, of Beaufort.

Selkirk.—Dr. R. fH. C. Stearns, of the U.S. National Museum, col-
lected and presented a specimen of limestone from near Selkirk, on
the line of the Canadian Pacific Railroad.

CENTRAL AMERICA.

Nicaragua.—The Government of Nicaragua, at the instance of Mr.
John Crawford, transmitted through Hon. José F. Medina a collection
of engraved cocoa and chocolate cups, birds, reptiles, lava figures, and
ahammock. These objects formed a part of the Nicaraguan exhibit at
the Paris Exposition of 1889.

MEXICO.

Chihuahua.—T wenty-five specimens of land-shells were presented by
Mr. T. W. Stanton, of Washington, District of Columbia.

Guanajuato.—From Dr. Alfred Dugeés was received a large collection
of alcoholic fishes and alcoholic insects, dry insects, shells, marine in-
vertebrates, dried plants, birds’ skins, fragments of Indian skull, mam-

mals, and reptiles.
— Guaymas and neighboring tslands.—From the U. S. Fish Gommission
were received specimens of insects, botanical specimens from Socorro
and Clarion Islands, and specimens of reptiles from Rerdo. -A collection
of Echini was made in the North Pacific Ocean.

80 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Lower California.—The Fish Commission sent specimens of insects
from La Paz, collected by the steamer Albatross; a reptile, sample of
guano, and a booby’s nest from Angel de la Guardis Island and George’s
Island.

From Mr. Henry Hemphill, of San Diego, California, were received
100 species of marine shells and a series of Chitans. Mr. Hemphill also
sent fresh-water shells from Oregon, representing about 200 species,
Tertiary fossils, and 3 specimens of Sea-urchin, Lovenia cordiformis, from
California.

From Lieut. Charles IF’. Pond, U. 8. Navy, were received specimens
of rocks, shells, sponges, nullipore coral, photographs of elephant tree,
photograph of Port Jackson shark, specimen of hawk’s egg, specimens
of minerals, and lower jaw-bone of porpoise, from Cerros Island, San
Benito Island, and Port San Bartolme.

Monterey.—Mr. B. M. Hayward, of Weybridge, Vermont, sent 12
specimens, representing 10 species, of birds’ skins.

From Mr. Henry Ulke, of Hill City, South Dakota, was received an
interesting collection of Mexican Coleoptera.

A large and valuable collection of Mexican plants was collected and
presented by Mr. C. G. Pringle, of Charlotte, Vermont.

An interesting historical collection, consisting of a Mexican saddle
anil harness, chapeau, military cap, epaulets, revolver, and two rifles,
personal relics of the late Gen. W. 5S. Harney, were deposited by Mrs.
Mary E. Harney.

Messrs. Schuttler & Hotz, wagon-makers, of Chicago, Illinois, con-
tributed to the Section of Transportation a characteristic Mexican cart.

UNITED STATES.

Alabama.—The Fort Payne Coal and Iron Company sent specimens
of limonite, hematite, and impure pyrolusite, taken from a mine at Fort
Payne.

Alaska.—From Mr. W. H. Dall, U.S. Geological Survey, was received
a collection of spiders and myriapods, collected by him on Gibson Is-
land, Chichagoft Harbor.

A skin of the Pacific Kittawake (Rissa tridactyla pollicaris), from
Kadiak, was presented by Dr. T. H. Bean, of the U.S. Fish Commission.

Several bidarkas with their appurtenances, collected in various parts
of Alaska by agents of the Alaska Commercial Company, were received
from the company.

The U. 8S. Fish Commission transferred to the Museum botanical
specimens from Old Harbor, Kadiak, collected by the steamer Albatross.

Arizona.—From Dr. L. Stejneger, of the U.S. National Museum, were
received specimens of mammal skulls, reptiles, birds’ skins, and a roost-
ing-nest of Auriparus flaviceps, Dvr. Stejueger also presented a collec-
tion of mammal skins.

a os ae

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 81

From the U.S. Geological Survey were received 260 specimens of
minerals, collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand.

Through Maj. J. W. Powell, Director of the Bureau of Ethnology,
was deposited a duplicate of a model of Wolpi, one of the Tusayan vil-
lages, and models of Sechimovi and Tewa, Tusayan pueblos.

The U.S. Fish Commission presented specimens of reptiles from Yuma
and Tempe, and specimens of insects from Chino. These were collected
by the steamer Albatross.

A specimen of green quartz containing gold was presented by Dr. R.
H. Lamborn, of New York City.

California.—Maj. J. W. Powell, Director of the Geological Survey,
deposited collections of quicksilver illustrating the results of investiga-
tions made on the California section of the Pacific coast under the
direction of Mr. G. I’. Becker.

From Mr. W. Otto Emerson, of Haywards, were received nests and
eggs of Melospiza fasciata samuelis, Melospiza fasciata heermanni, and
Empidonax difficilis.

Mrs. J. H. Tourtelette, of Minersville, Trinity County, sent 2 speci-
mens of native gold from a mine on Digger Creek.

A limbless lizard (Aniella pulchra), peculiar to California, was sent
by Dr. Thompson, of San Bernardino.

Mr. Edward Palmer presented a lizard from San Francisco.

Mr. A. W. Anthony, of San Diego, presented 3 eggs (1 set) of Pele-
canus californicus, new to the collection.

From Mr. L. Belding, of Stockton, were received 7 specimens, repre-
seuting 4 species, of birds’ skins, among them a specimen of the recently
described Turdus sequoiensis Belding.

A fire-drill and fish-hook of the Nokum Indians, and 185 implements
of obsidian, jasper, etc., were received from Mr. L. L. Frost, of Susan-
ville. Mr. Frost also contributed ethnological objects and fossil plants.

Mr. Frank L. Belding, of Stockton, presented nests and eggs of Cya-
nocitta stelleri frontalis, Ammodramus beldingi, Contopus borealis, and
Turdus aonalaschke.

From the U.S. Fish Commission were received specimens of reptiles,
insects, and bats from Horse Shoe Bend; nest of Water-ouzel from
McCloud River; stone implements and shells, four human skulls, one
human skeleton, and one coyote skull from Santa Rosa Islands; also,
one human skull from St. Nicholas Island. They were collected by the
steamer Albatross.

Mrs. Burton M. Williamson, of University, Los Angeles County, sent
Shells from the coast of California.

Colorado.—The Colorado Biological Association, through Mr. T. D.
A. Cockerell, secretary, sent a specimen of fungus, Uromyces aconiti-
ycoctont (D. C.), 3 specimens of Pupa concinnula nu. sp., and an imma-
ture specimen of Physa cupreonitens n. sp.

H. Ex. 129, pt. 2. 6

82 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Connecticut.—A collection of musical instruments, comprising square
and upright pianos of the Mozart and Beethoven period, harpsichords,
violins, violoncellos, violas, clavichord, and zither, has been deposited
by M. Steinert, of New Haven.

District of Columbia.—Mrs. H. J. Stone, of Washington, sent a lace
pillow with mahogany stand, with specimen of lace made 50 years ago
by herself; lace pillow without stand, and specimen of bobinet lace;
specimens of bead-work ; moccasins made by the Dakota and Oneida
Indians; highly polished steel paper-cutter from Mexico; rule of iron-
wood taken from the old Government House at St. Augustine, Florida ;
tusks with ornamental etchings of classical figures; brass warming-
pan and bread-toaster (each 120 years old); also maps of Washington
from surveys made between 1800 and 1833; stereoscope containing
daguerrotypes and transparencies by the albumen process, giving views
of Niagara; shell basket of Cuban work; and marine invertebrates
collected and prepared by Commodore Lenthall, U.S. Navy.

Florida.—Mr. J. M. Wilson, of Kissimmee, sent a Katydid (Phyllop-
tera oblongifolia), remarkable for its red color.

Illinois. —A specimen of Ancistrodon contortrix was received from
Dr. W.S. Strode, of Bernadotte.

From Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U.S. Army, and Mr. G. F. Marcom, of
Chicago, were received a fine series of water-fowls, ducks, geese, and
mergansers, in the flesh.

Indian Territory.—Assistant Surgeon J C. Merrill, U. 8S. Army, Fort
Reno, sent eggs of Tympanuchus pallidicinectus ; Progne subis ; Spiza
americana ; Quiscalus quiscula eneus; Cardinalis cardinalis ; Molothrus
ater; Ammodramus savannarum passerinus; Vireo bellii. Dr. Merrill
also contributed a collection of birds’ skins.

Kentucky.—From the Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Massachusetts,
were received, in exchange, two torches from the Mammoth Cave,
collected by Prof. F. W. Putnam and Dr.C. F. Metz.

Maine.—Concretions from Princess Point, Casco Bay, were received
in exchange from Colby University.

Mr. W. H. Abbott, of the U.S. Fish Commission, presented 24 models
of ships. These were collected by Mr. Abbott from several prominent
shipbuilders, at the instance of Capt. J. W. Collins, of the U.S. Fish
Commission.

Maryland.—Mr. Robert Ridgway, of the U.S. National Museum, pre-
sented 45 specimens, representing 37 species of birds’ skins, from the
vicinity of Laurel.

A series of rocks, showing inclosures of gneiss, limestone, ete., in
eruptive granite, from quarries at Sykesville, were presented by Mr.
G. P. Merrill, of the U. S. National Museum.

Massachusetts.— A collection of 7 daguerreotypes of Sioux Indians,
taken from life 40 years ago, was received from as W. D. Sanborn, of
Winchester.

i ea N

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 83

Mr, William Brewster, of Cambridge, sent eggs of Tympanuchus cupido
and Columba fasciata viosce, both rare and new to the collection.

Minnesota,—From Mr. J. T. Benedict, of St. Paul, was received a
skin of Bronzed Grackle (Quwiscalus quiscula eneus), showing remarka-
ble malformation of the lower mandible,

A gold medal, presented to Mr. Joseph Francis, of Minneapolis, by
the President of the United States, April 12, 1890, by act of Congress,
as a testimonial to his services in connection with life-saving appliances,
was deposited by Mr. Francis,

Through Mr. C. D. Walcott, of the U. S. Geological Survey, were re-
ceived specimens of Lingulepis morsensis and Planolites from the Tren-
ton Group, Fountain.

Missouri.—A collection of prehistoric stone implements, from various
localities in Greene County, were sent by Mr. J. W. Blankinship.

From Drury College, Springfield, was received a collection of 160
plants.

From the U. 8. Geological Survey were received specimens of min-
erals collected by Mr. W. P. Jenney.

Nebraska.—From Mr. Glover P. Wilcox, Fort Niobrara, were received
vertebree of mastodon, alcoholic specimens of mammals, pieces of petri-
fied wood, alcoholic snake, and pieces of bone and quartz.

Nevada.—From Mr. Charles A. Keeler, of Carson City, were received
birds’ eggs and birds’ nests.

New Jersey.—A portion of the Hornblower engine, the first engine
erected on the western continent, imported from England in 1753, was
deposited by the New Jersey Historical Society, through Mr. S. F.
Meeker, of Newark.

From Dr. W. G. Binney, of Burlington, was received a collection of
American land-shells—types described by the donor. This completes
the Binney collection in the National Museum.

A specimen of mussel pearl, from Absecon, was sent by Dr. Robert
H. Lamborn, of New York City.

New Mexico.—Three alcoholic specimens of reptiles collected at Fort
Wingate, were sent by Dr. Rk. W. Shufeldt, U. 5. Army, of Takoma
Park, District of Columbia.

From Maj. J. W. Powell, Director of the U. S. Geological Survey,
were received 38 offerings from shrines.

Dr. L. Stejneger, of the U.S. National Museum, collected and pre-
sented specimens of birds’ skins from Silver City and Fort Huachuca,
Arizona. He also contributed the skull of a mammal.

New York.—Messrs. Tiffany & Co. sent a silvered copper electrotype
copy of the vase presented to William Cullen Bryant in 1875 by the
citizens of New York.

Prof. J. J. Stevenson, of the University of the City of New York,
sent in exchange specimeus of petroleum.

84 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The first straight knife or sickle belonging to the Ogle-Brown reap-
ing machine, invented by Mr. Henry Ogle and built by Mr. Thomas
Brown and his son at Alnwick, England, about the year 1820, was
received from Mr. Thomas 8. Brown, of Poughkeepsie.

The Scientific Publishing Company, through L. Prang & Co., sent
two sets of the plates accompanying Mr. G. F. Kunz’s work on gems.

From Capt. F. L. Casey, Army building, New York City, were received
types of new species of North American Coleoptera.

Through the U.S. Geological Survey was received a type specimen
of Conocoryphe reticulata Walcott, from the Lower Cambrian of Salem,
Washington. The Survey also deposited specimens of calcite and
biotite from Port Henry, and magnetite crystals from Mineville.

North Carolina.—Mr. James Mooney, of the Bureau of Ethnology,
contributed a Cherokee mortar and pestle, alcoholic specimens of rep-
tiles, alcoholic specimens of insects, associated with the mythology of
the Cherokee Indians, and also sent a large stump of a tree with bowl-
ders imbedded in it.

Mr. W. C. Hodgkins, Assistant Superintendent of the U.S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey, presented specimens of Indian bones, pottery, etc.,
from Peru Landing (formerly Hatche’s Point), New River.

Ohio.—From Mr. John T. Gaddis, of New Washington, was received
a perforated, boat-shaped object, of banded slate from Seneca County.

The Cincinnati Museum Association contributed 50 drawings executed
by students in the Art Academy.

Three hundred and twenty-four archeological objects obtained from
graves in an ancient cemetery and ash-pit near Madisonville, Ohio,
were received in exchange, from the Peabody Museum, Cambridge,
Massachusetts. These objects were collected by Prof. F. W. Putnam
and Dr. CU. F. Metz.

Three specimens of distilled zine and magnesium, used in connection
with a recent determination of the atomic weights of these metals, were
received from Mr. W. M. Burton, of the Standard Oil Company, Cleve-
land.

Oregon.—From Mr. Henry Hemphill, of San Diego, California, were
received about 200 specimens of marine shells, tertiary fossils, and
‘fresh-water shells. A portion of these were collected in Lower Cali-
fornia.

Pennsylvania.—Specimens of work executed by the pupils of Penn’s
Museum and School of Industrial Art were presented through Prof.
L. W. Miller.

From Mr. F. Gutekunst, of Philadelphia, were received two books of
specimens of phototypes, with a separate plate and duplicate.

Specimens of articles manufactured from aluminum were presented
by the Pittsburgh Reduction Company, through Mr. A. EK. Hunt, pres-
ident.

Dr. Robert H. Lamborn, of New York City, seut specimens of will-

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 85

iamsite from Wood’s Chrome Mine, Lancaster County, and specimens
of amazonstone and sandstone from Delaware County.

Mr. W. W. Walker, of Liverpool, sent in exchange a collection of
archeological objects.

South Dakota.—Dr. V. T. McGillicuddy, of Rapid City, deposited 4
living specimens of American bison.

Mr. Henry Ulke, of Hill City, presented a valuable and well-mounted
collection of North American Coleoptera.

Texas.—F rom Messrs. Ward & Howell, of Rochester, New York, was
received a specimen of meteoric iron.

Utah.—From Capt. P. H. Ray, U.S. Army, Omaha, Nebraska, were
received three paleolithic implements from the Bridger Basin, on the
north slope of the Uintah Mountains.

Virginia.—The U.S. Geological Survey transmitted 22 photographs
of the scenery in the region of the Great Dismal Swamp, collected by
Mr. I. C. Russell, and minerals from Herndon, collected by EH. L. How-
ard.

From the U.S. Fish Commission were received 115 specimens of cray-
fishes from Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Michigan, and Indiana,
obtained by Dr. D.S. Jordan, assisted by Dr. C. H. Bollman, during 1888.

Specimens of Ordovician (Trenton) fossils, and two crystals of limon-
ite pseudomorph after pyrite, from near Lexington, were sent by Prof.
James H. Morrison, of the Virginia Military Institute.

Specimens of reptiles, batrachians, and insects, collected by Dr. D.
S. Jordan and his assistants, during the summer of 1888, in Virginia
and elsewhere, were received through the U.S. Fish Commission.

From Dr. William C. Rives, of Newport, Rhode Island, were received
two specimens of the Mountain Vireo (Vireo solitarius alticola), from
White Top Mountain. These are new to the collection.

A specimen of quartz with inclusion, from Fairfax Court House, and
a specimen of banded quartz, were presented by Dr. R. H. Lamborn, of
New York City.

Mr. William T. Hornaday, of the National Museum, sent a living
Specimen of Woodchuck (Arctomys monax) captured near Rosslyn
Heights.

Washington.—The Department of the Interior, through Hon. John
W. Noble, Secretary, deposited a collection of ethnological objects from
the Snohomish, Swinomish, Lummi, Muckleshoot, and Etakmur In-
dians, on the Tulalip Reservation. These were collected by Mr. E. C.
Chirouse, agent in charge of the reservation.

Wisconsin.—Through Mr. C. D. Walcott, of the U.S. Geological Sur-
vey, was received a specimen of Keceptaculites owent, from the Tren-
ton group, Ripon.

Wyoming.—From the Department of Agriculture, through Dr. C.
Hart Merriam, was received a Horned Toad (Phyrnosoma brevirostre),
from Bridger’s Pass.

86 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

From the U. 8. Fish Commission, through Col. Marshall MeDonaia,
Commissioner, were received type series of fishes, alcoholic shells, spec-
imen of Mus musculus, and alcoholic specimen of reptile, collected by
Dr. D. S. Jordan in the Yellowstone National Park.

Dr. R. H. Lamborn, of New York City, sent a specimen of obsidian
from the Yellowstone National Park.

From Mr. William T. Hornaday, of the U.S. National Museum, were
received four skins of mountain sheep, in several stages of maturity.

ISLANDS IN THE ATLANTIC OCEAN.

Bermuda.—Mr. Thomas Cunningham, of Chicago, Illinois, sent a
sheet-lead impression from a historic inscription on Spanish Rock.
This rock is located on the south shore of the island. The inscription
is believed to have been cut in the face of the rock by Ferdinand Cam-
elo, a Spanish navigator. A stunted red-cedar tree, which grows at
the south end of the rock, has protected it from the elements, and from
the overhanging branches were cut the tools with which the cast was
made, and which accompany the impression sheet.

From the Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut, were re-
ceived the collection of annelids, from Bermuda, gathered by Dr. G.
Brown Goode in 1877 (?), and identified by Prof. H. E. Webster, for-
merly of the University of Rochester, and now President of Union
College at Schenectady. The following is a list of the annelids collected:

Hermodice carunculata Kinberg; Hurythoé macrotricha Baird; Bha-
wania Goode nu. sp.; Halosydna leucohyba (Schmarda); Fallacia proe-
tochona (Schmarda) Qtrfg.; Podarke obscura Verrill; Nereis Bairdwi n.
sp.; Nereis gracilis n. sp.; Hunice mutilata n. sp.; Hunice denticulata n.
sp.; Hunice longisetis n. sp.; Hunice longicirrata nu. sp; Hunice violacea
Grube; Marphysa acicularum n. sp.; Nicidion Kinbergi nu. sp.; Arabella
opalina Verrill; Gnone diphyllidia Schmarda; Anthostoma Schmarda 5
Ophelina maculata n.sp.; Arenicola cristata Stimpson; Cirratulus tenuis
n. sp.; Terebella magnifica u. sp.; Hnoplobranchus sanguineus Verrill;
Protulides elegans n. g., 0. sp.; Sabella melanostigma Schmarda; Hy-
droides dianthus Verrill.

Bahama Islands.—From Mr. J. C. Maynard, of Newtonville, Massa-
chusetts, were received 18 specimens of Strophia, types of new species
described by the donor.

WEST INDIES.

GREATER ANTILLES.

Santo Domingo.—From G. L. Gillespie, lieutenant-colonel of Engi-
neers, U.S. Army, was received a gun-carriage from the citadel of San
Domingo City. This carriage is of mahogany, probably made by the
Spaniards during the early days of their possession of the island. It
was presented in February, 1890, by Gen. I'rederic Lithgow, minister
of war and of the navy of the Dominican Republic, to Capt. Nathan
Appleton, of Boston, Massachusetts, and was presented by him te the
National Museum.

ar

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 87

Little Cayman.—From Mr. J. C. Maynard, of Newtonville, Massa-
chusetts, were purchased 5 specimens of the recently described Sula
coryt Mayn.

LESSER ANTILLES.

Barbadoes.—F rom Rev. F. Gardiner, jr., of Pomfret, Connecticut, was
received a basket, one game (Wa-wee), tambourine, violin and case.

Trinidad.—My. J. C. Hart, of Trinidad, sent 2 alcoholic specimens of

_EHupemphix trinitatis.

From Mr. Henry Ralfour, of Oxford, England, were received in ex-
change 6 specimens of Cay stone celts.

SOUTH AMERICA.
BRITISH GUIANA.

The Demarara Museum, through Mr. J. J. Quelch, sent in exchange
4 skins of adult Hoatzins, Opisthocomus cristatus, several alcoholic speci-
mens of the same, and 2 skeletons.

CHILI.

Messrs. Ward and Howell, of Rochester, New York, presented a
specimen of meteoric ore from Puquois.

From the Peabody Museum was received in exchange a basket, found
by Prof. F. W. Putnam and Dr. C. F. Metz.

GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

From the U. 8. Fish Commission were received alcoholic specimens of
fishes collected by the steamer Albatross on the islands and northward.

UNITED STATES OF COLOMBIA.

Aspinwall.—Dr. Joseph L. Hancock, of Chicago, Illinois, presented a
living snake which was found coiled around a bunch of bananas. This
has been transferred to the Zoological Park.

Boyacd.—From Mr. Carlos Martinez Silva, delegate from the United
States of Colombia to the International American Conference, was re-
ceived a case of buttertlies from the famous emerald mines of Muso,
State of Boyaca.

From the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachu-
setts, were received in exchange alcoholic specimens of South Ameri.
can Siluroids.

ASIA.

CHINA.

Mr. W. W. Rockhill (formerly of the American legation at Pekin)
presented Chinese paper currency, and a collection of ethnological
objects.

Mongolia.—Mr. Rockhill presented a collection of ethnological objects
from western Mongolia.

Thibet.—Mr. Rockhill presented a collection of ethnological objects
from Thibet. He also deposited several ethnological objects from east-

88 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ern Thibet, consisting of a pair of silver earrings, finger-ring, shirt-
buckle worn by women, a shirt-button; two kinds of Joss-sticks (in-
cense) used in Thibet. He also deposited a chased iron seal, scroll-
picture of the Lama convent of Tra shi thunpo in Thibet, strike-a-light
set with jewels with jade toggle, brass-teapot, sword, knife and chop-
stick in case, bow, arrow, and quiver, bow-case, and gold shirt-buckle.

COREA.

Doctor H. N. Allen, secretary of the Corean legation at Washington,
District of Columbia, deposited a large and valuable collection of
Corean ethnological objects, and presented a specimen of gold ore from
the Wen San mines, in the province of Pyong an do.

Mr. P. L. Jouy, of the U.S. National Museum, presented 10 speci-
mens, representing 4 species, of land and fresh-water shells from Corea.

From Mr. W. W. Rockhill were received 18 Corean paintings, repre-

senting costumes.
INDIA.

Mr. Edward Lovett, of Croydon, England, sent in exchange ethno-
logical specimens from India. A series of ethnographical and archzo-
logical objects were also obtained from Mr. Lovett by purchase.

From the National Museum, Oxford, England, through Mr. Henry
Balfour, was received in exchange a model of a Hindoo fire-drill.

Dr. Joseph L. Hancock, of Chicago, Illinois, presented 14 specimens
representing 14 species of birds’ skins from India.

INDO-CHINA.

Cambodia.—From Mr. lL. H. Jammes, of Realmont Tarn, southwest
France, was purchased a collection of stone implements. The Mekong
tiver, the principal river in Cambodia, each year, by reason of the melt-
ing of the snows in the mountains of the central plateau of Thibet,
overflows its banks and inundates the lower country, which it traverses.
Not far distant from the borders of an immense lake into which this
river empties, have been found vast shell-heaps, and from this locality
the specimens purchased from Mr. Jammes were obtained. The strata
of the heaps of shells show different stages of civilization.

Tonquin.—Rey. A. Vathelet contributed 88 specimens of shells, com-
prising 30 species, from Tonquin and various localities.

JAPAN.

Osaka.—From Mr. Romyn Hitchcock, of the U. S. National Museum,
was obtained by purchase a diva or balloon-guitar.

Sapporo.-—From the Sapporo Agricultural College, through Shosuke
Sato, acting director, was received, in exchange, a collection of Aino
articles.

Tokio.—The Insetsu Kioku (finance department), Tokio, through T.
Tokuno, chief of Insetsu-Kioku, sent in exchange a collection illustrat-
ing Japanese methods of engraving and printing, and also presented

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 89

13 specimens of pigments used by the Japanese printers of chromoxylo-
graphs.

Hiramatz Rei, the chief Buddhist priest of Japan, presented a section
of rope made of human hair, which had been used as an ordinary cable
in lifting building-material in the construction of a Buddhist temple at
Kyoto; a table of the names of the provinces of the donors, showing the
size and length of each of the ropes used in the construction of the east-
ern Hon-gwan-ji temple at Kyoto, and a lithograph of the famous

Buddhist temple. The above objects were transmitted through the
Department of State, by the Hon. John T. Swift, U. S. consul at Tokio,
Japan.

Yokohama.—Messrs. Fraser, Farley, and Varnum, of Yokohama, sent
specimens of various grades of teas.

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock, of the U.S. National Museum, presented a col-
lection of insects, mollusks, marine invertebrates, and a bat, Vesperugo
abramus, collected in Japan, and in addition to these objects a collec-
tion of Aino articles, specimens of sulphur collected from the active
voleano Iwo-san, botanical specimens from the islands of Yezo, Shiko-
tan, and Yeterof (Iterup). A number of objects illustrating Japanese
life were obtained from Mr. Hitchcock by purchase.

ASIATIC RUSSIA.

Syr-Darya.—From Dr. E. Rey, of Leipsic, Germany, were obtained,
by purchase, a collection of birds’ skins. Hight birds’ skins, gathered
in different localities in Asia, were also obtained from him by purchase.

ASIA MINOR.

Armenia.—Mr. H. de Morgan, of New York City, presented bones from
Armenian graves at or near Allah- Verdi, collected by him. From him
were obtained by purchase 78 specimens of prehistoric antiquities col-
lected in America.

Bagdad.—From Dr, John P. Peters, of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
was received a shepherd’s pipe, used by the Arabs of Irak.

Jerusalem.—From Mrs. Bb. F. Ulman, of Baltimore, Maryland, was
received a set of fringes for Jewish ceremonial garment.

: Tyre.—Mr. M. F. Savage, of New York City, presented a lamp made

of pottery.
TURKEY IN ASIA.

Island of Cyprus.—Mr. Henry Balfour, of Oxford, England, sent in
exchange a saucer-shaped lamp of pottery.
EUROPE.
AUSTRO-HUNGARY.

Hungary.—From Mr. Louis Molnar, of Molna Szecséd, Empyhazos
_ Hollos, was received in exchange 86 specimens, representing 71 species
_ of birds’ skins, and 6 mammal skins.

90 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
BELGIUM.

Spiennes.—Through Mr. Edward Lovett, of Croydon, England, was
obtained by purchase a flint implement.

DENMARK.

Greenland (belonging to Denmark).—From the Royal Museum, Stock-
holm, Sweden, was received a collection of minerais.

The Pennsylvania Salt Manufacturing Company, of Philadelphia,
presented specimens of cryolite from Evigtok, Arksut-fiord.

Iceland (belonging to Denmark).—-From Mr. George H. Boehmer, of
the Smithsonian Institution, were received minerals from Iceland, con-
sisting of stilbite, heulandite, Iceland spar, mesolite, native sulphur,
and chaleedony.. A collection of ores, rock, and fossil plants were pre-
sented by Mr. Boehmer.

Island of Falster.—-From Mr. John B. Koch, of Bozeman, Montana,
were received two flint hatchets.

Island of Laaland.—Mr. John B. Koch, of Bozeman, Montana, pre-
sented a flint hatchet from a dolmen on the island.

ENGLAND.

Bedford.—From Mr. Edward Lovett, of Croydon, England, were ob-
tained by purchase fragments of Roman pottery (Samian ware) from
Bedfordshire, Dorset, Kent, and Suffolk, iron implements found in
making excavations in the city of London, clay pipes, iron knives, keys,
a shoe-buckle, of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, and a collec-
tion of ethnographical and archeological specimens.

Cornwall. Mr. Samuel Lanyon, of Bradford, presented tin ore from
the Dolcoath mine.

Croydon.-—Mr. Edward Lovett presented a porter’s knot, carrying-
yoke and human harness. These objects were sent in exchange. Mr.
Lovett also sent in exchange a collection of ethnological and archeo-
logical specimens, and obsolete specimens illustrating English lighting
and cooking.

Durham.—Reverend A. M. Norman presented a collection of crusta-
cea and ecninodermata, chiefly Mediterranean.

London.—The British Museum presented a valuable series of bats
from its reserve collection, and sent in exchange three meteoric casts
and a specimen of orpiment.

From the Guildhall Library Committee, through Mr. Charles Welch,
librarian, was received an interesting collection of medals, struck by
order of the corporation of London.

Oxford.—From Mr. Henry Balfour was received a model of a Hindoo
fire-drill, used to make sacred fire in temples.

Windsor.—From Prof. P. H. Carpenter, of Eton College, were re-
ceived microscopic slides of shells, slides of foraminifera, one slide of

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. i.

annelid tubes, and a crab shell, collected by H. M. 8. Porcupine, Valor-
ous, Lightning and Challenger and mounted by Prof. W. B. Carpen-
ter.

FRANCE.

Paris.—The Museum of Natural History, Paris, France, sent in ex-
change 52 specimens of the hair of various races, representing fourteen
types of mankind.

From Mr. A. Boucard, 7 skins of Birdsof Paradise were purchased.

A gold box, diamond-mounted, presented to Mr. Joseph Francis, of
Minneapolis, Minnesota, by the Emperor Napoleon III. in recognition
of his inventions in connection with his life-saving appliances, was pre-
sented by Mr. Francis to the National Museum.

ITALY.

Florence.—From Prof. T. Tozzetti were received in exchange 31
specimens, representing 8 species, of Huropean Microlepidoptera, and
29 specimens, representing 8 species, of Huropean Orthoptera.

Genoa.—From the Museum of Natural History, through Marquis
Giacoma Doria, director, were received, in exchange, skin and skull
of Lophiomys imhausvi, 100 bats in alcohol, 2 shrews, and 1 Meadow-
mouse.

Prof. R. Gestro sent in exchange 14 species of blind Coleoptera from
the Mediterranean countries.

Isle of EHlba.—F rom Mr. Clarence E. Bement, of Philadelphia, Penn-
sylvania, was received a specimen of pollucite.

NORWAY.

Trondhjem.—From Dr. 1. Hagen were received 320 species of Nor-
wegian mosses.

From Mrs. Zelia Nuttall, of Dresden, Saxony, was received a set of
antique carved Norwegian cart harness.

Specimens of minerals were received from the Royal Museum, in
Stockholm, Sweden.

RUSSIA.

Finland.—From the Royal Museum, Stockholm, Sweden, were re-
ceived minerals.

St. Petersburg.—From Dr. F. Schmidt, of the Royal Society, was re-
ceived a specimen of Obolus apollinis, Kichwald, from the Upper Cam-
brian of Esthonia.

SWEDEN.

Stockholm.—From the Royal Museum were received specimens of
minerals.

From Mr. John B. Koch, of Bozeman, Montana, was received a pol-
ished ax from Sweden.

°

92 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
SWITZERLAND.

-The Federal Department of Industry and Agriculture presented a
collection of alcoholic specimens of fishes, comprising 89 specimens,
representing 45 species.

TURKEY.

Constantinople-—A. Hebrew sacrificial platter, made in Constantinople
and used in the celebration of the Passover, was purchased from Dr.
Friedenwald, of Baltimore, Maryland.

OCHANICA.
AUSTRALASIA.
AUSTRALIA.

The Department of Agriculture, through Dr. C. V. Riley, entomolo-
gist, sent a collection of insects, gathered in Australia and New Zea-
land by Mr. A. Koebele, agent of the Department. This collection
comprises 1,158 specimens, representing 342 species of Coleoptera,
Hemiptera, and Orthoptera.

New South Wales.—From the Australian Museum, through Mr. Ed-
ward Ramsay, director, were received, in exchange, 44 specimens of per-
coid fishes, representing 34 species.

NEW CALEDONIA.

From the Ethnological Museum, Berlin, were received ethnological
specimens from this and other regions.

NEW GUINEA.

M. A. Bouecard, of Paris, France, presented to the Department of
Birds a specimen of Manucodia atra.

MALAYSIA.

Macassar (Celebes).—A living Macaque monkey, brought to the United
States by the U. 8S. S. Brooklyn, was presented by Mr. S. Briggs, of
of Washington, District of Columbia.

POLYNESIA.
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.

From King Kalakaua, through Hon. D. A. McKinley, His Majesty’s
consul-general at San Francisco, was received a supposed fossil tooth
for examination and report.

Irom Mrs. Sybil Carter, of Washington, District of Columbia, was
received a collection of ethnological objects, consisting of a feather-
plume, hat, wallet, fan, bowl, anklet, Tapa club, carrying-club, photo-
graphs, etc., and a specimen of Peles’ hair from the Hawaiian volcanoes.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. oa

Mr. C. A. Brown, of Honolulu, seut three specimens of Awa (Kava),
representing the varieties of Puna, Makea, and Papa.

Makawelti Kauat.—Mr. Francis Gay, through Prof. H. Carrington
Bolton, of New York City, presented a collection of fiber-yielding
plants and fabrics.

Waiawa.— Mr. Valdemar Knudsen sent 48 specimens, representing
20 species, of birds’ skins.

SAMOAN ISLANDS.

Apia.—Dr. C. H. White, U.S. Navy, sent a collection of butterflies.

Samoa.—Dr. White, in addition to the collection from Apia, presented
a large and valuable contribution of reptiles, fishes, insects, marine in-
vertebrates, birds’ skins, and a mammal skin.

Ensign W. E. Safford, U. S. Navy, presented a collection of 33 eth-
nological objects obtained by him.

Mr. J. D. Milligan, of Boston, Massachusetts, presented 2 specimens
of Cyprea arabica L.

Mr. Harold M. Sewall, of Bath, Maine, presented a Samoan fire-stick.

Malietoa, Mataafa, and other chiefs ,of high rank in the Samoan Is-
lands, presented the United States Government, through Rear-Admiral
L. A. Kimberly, a collection of ethnological objects, among which were
several objects of great value to them. These were sent as a token of
their esteem for the friendly interest shown by the United States during
the troubles which occurred in the islands.

EASTER ISLAND.

Mr. M. F. Savage, of New York City, sent a feather head-dress from
this island.

I.—COOPERATION OF THE DEPARTMENTS AND BUREAUS
OF THH GOVERNMENT.

The National Museum has continued to receive from the Departments
and Bureaus of the Government many valuable and interesting collec-
tions. The U.S. Geological Survey, whose interests are closely allied
with those of the Museum, has, as in past years, been instrumental in
obtaining large and valuable collections of geological material, which,
after being worked over by the geologists connected with the Survey,
have been incorporated with the Museum collections.

The valuable services rendered by several officers of the Army and
Navy are highly appreciated. The Department of State has, through

its ministers and consuls, rendered important assistance in enlarging

the collections of natural history and ethnological objects from foreign

countries.

94 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
DEPARTMENT OF STATE.

The Government of Switzerland has presented, through Maj. Karl
Kloss, chargé affaires for Switzerland, a collection of 89 alcoholic
specimens, including 45 species, of fishes from Switzerland. *

The Hon. John T. Swift, United States consul at Tokio, Japan, trans-
mitted a section of rope made of human hair, which had been used as
an ordinary cable in lifting building-material in the construction of a
Buddhist temple at Kyoto, Japan; a photograph of the entire rolls of
cables, similarly constructed, still remaining at the new Buddhist tem-
ple at Kyoto. A list of the names of the provinces of the donors, show-
ing the size and length of each of the ropes used in the construction of
the eastern Hon-gwan-ji temple at Kyoto, and a lithograph of the
famous Buddhist temple, were also received. These objects were pre-
sented by Hiramatz Rei, chief Buddhist priest of Japan.

Through Hon. Thomas J. McLain, United States consul at Nassau,
West Indies, were received specimens of sisal.

*List of species. \

7]

Species. From— | Species. From—
I Ashes =
Perea fluviatilis L......-.- Ponte Tresa. | Telestes Agassizii Heckel.| Aar.
1D aaapHeSee Senos aooeers Aar. | Telestes Savignyi Bonap--.| Pointe Tresa.

Acerina cernua Iu.----- --- Khine (Basel). Proxinus levus L.......- Aar.
Gasterosteus gymnurus Do. | Chondrostoma nasus L - -- Do.

Cuv. | | Chondrostoma soetta Bo- | Ponte Tresa.
Cottus gobio L........-.--- Tessin. | map.

WMS ssosoosceacodeasceos|| Ake Or 4 N nome, Coregonus Wartmanni, | Lake of Constance.

Lota vulgaris Cuv...--..... Lake of Morat. acutirostris Tatio.
Tinca vulgaris Cuy....-...| Aar. | Coregonus crassirostris | Lake of Tkoune.
Barbus fluviatilis Ag ...-.-. Do. | nobilis Haak.
Barbus plebejus Bon ...-.. Porte Tresa. | Coregonus restrictus, Bon-| Lake of Neuchatel.
Barbus cannius Val.....-- Do. | della Tatio.
Gobio fluviatilis L -.-...--. Lake of Morat. Coregonus Schnizii alpi- | Lake of Thoune.
Rhodeus amarus L.......-.- Basel. | nus Tatio.
Abramis brama L ......... Lake of Moosseedorf. | Thymallus vulgaris Nilss _| Aar.
Blicca bjoerkna L ....-..-- Lake of Morat. | Salmo salvelinus L...... --| Lake of Zug.
Spirlinus bipunctatus Bl ..| Aar. | Trutta lacustris L...... --| Lake of Thoune.
Alburnus lucidus Heckel ..| Lake of Thoune. | GUHA) HDA) Wr ee doaeencas Lake of Berne.
Alburnaus alborella de Fil..| Ponte Tresa, | Esox lucius L............- Do.
Seardinius erythrophthal- Do. | Des saecmis ceases oeemeer Ponte Tresa.

mus L. | Alosa vulgaris Cuv...-.-- Raine.
Scardinius erythrophthal]- | Aar. | Silurus glamisplieee res see Lake of Bienne.

mus L. | Cobitis fossilis L........-.- Basel.
Leuciscus rutilus L.....-.. Do. I Cobitis barbatula L.......| Berne.
Leuciscus rutilus var..--.. Lake of Bienne. | Cobitis tenia L.......--- Tessin.
Leuciscus pigus de Fil.-.... | Ponte Tresa. || Anguilla vulgaris Fl.... .| Berne.
Leuciscus aula Bonap .... | Do. | Petromyzon Planeri Fl. | Aar.
Squalius cephalus L..-..-... Aar. i lavo.

Squalius cavedanus Bonap | Ponte Tresa. | Petromyzon fluviatilis L..| Rhine (Basel).

oe Eee eee ae) L

Squalius leuciscus L....... Do. | Petromyzon Planeri ad...! Do.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 95

Mr. J. Crawford, of Nicaragua, has expressed his intention of obtaining
the cousent of the Nicaraguan Government to permit the representative
of Nicaragua at the Paris Exposition to transfer to the Smithsonian
Institution such portions of the exhibit at Nicaragua as may be desired.
The Department of State has kindly oftered to render assistance through
its minister in Central America.

TREASURY DEPARTMENT.

The National Museum is much indebted to this Department for its
continued assistance in connection with the free entry of imported ob-
jects and for the interest displayed by several of its bureaus in the
work of the Museum.

In connection with the intended visit of Mr. Henry W. Elliott, for-
merly in the service of the Alaska Commercial Company, to the seal
islands of Alaska, on business of the United States Government, the
Secretary of the Treasury kindly permitted a taxidermist, selected by
the Smithsonian Institution, to accompany Mr. Elliott, for the purpose
of collecting specimens for the Museum, and extended special assistance
with a view to facilitating their preservation.

At the request of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution spe-
cial facilities were afforded by the Department to Mr. W. KE. D. Scott,
who had expressed his intention of visiting Florida keys in February,
1890, for the purpose of studying the birds of that region and of mak-
ing a collection of birds’ eggs for the National Museum. Capt. I. M.
Munger, of the revenue steamer McLane, stationed at Key West, was
instructed by the Secretary of the Treasury to aid Mr. Scott in every
way in his power.

Life-Saving Service.—Capt. A. H. Meyers, of the life-saving station at
Quoddy Head, Maine, sent photographs of a whale (Balenoptera ros-
trata).

Revenue Marine Division.—From Hon. Peter Bonnett, chief of the di-
vision, were received 35 photographs of Eskimo and Alaskan scenery.

An interesting collection of 89 photographs of Alaska was obtained
by Capt. M. A. Healy, of the revenue steamer Bear, and sent to the
Museum through the Alaska Commercial Company.

Coast and Geodetic Survey.—Dr. T. C. Mendenhall, Superintendent,
kindly supplied charts of the Florida coast to aid Mr. W. HE. D. Scott

in his investigations of the ornithology of the region.
Acollection of indian bones and pottery was obtained and trans-
mitted by Mr. W. H. Hodgkins, assistant superintendent. These were
procured from Peru Landing, formerly Hatche’s Point, New River,
North Carolina.

Light-House Board.—The naval secretary, at the request of the Secre-
tary of the Smithsonian Institution, instructed the light-house keepers
on the Florida coast to assist Mr. W. E. D. Scott in his investigations
_ of the ornithology of the region.

96 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

WAR DEPARTMENT AND THE ARMY.

The Hon. Redfield Proctor, Secretary of War, has transmitted to the
Museum two swords presented to the late Gen. James Shields by the
States of South Carolina and Illinois for gallant services in the Mexi-
can War.

From Gen. M. C. Meigs, U.S. Army (retired), was received a whistle,
supposed to have been found in an Indian mound near Columbus,
Georgia.

A living Chachalacca pheasant, was presented by Maj. George W.
McKee, U. 8S. Army, Allegheny Arsenal, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Capt. W. L. Carpenter, Ninth Infantry, U.S. Army, presented a skin of
the Rocky Mountain Lined-tailed Spermophile (Spermophilus grammurus)
from Fort Whipple, Arizona. Captain Carpenter also presented alco-
holic specimens of reptiles, fishes, and insects from the same locality.

Capt. Henry Romeyn, U.S. Army, presented 13 living White-winged
Doves (Melopelia leucoptera) from Fort Ringgold, Texas. He also pre-
sented specimens of clay tunnels constructed by ants, and two living
Pecearies (Dicotyles tajueca).

Capt. P. H. Ray, U. S. Army, Omaha, Nebraska, sent paleolithic
implements from the Bridger Basin, on the north slope of the Uintah
Mountains, Utah.

From Lieut. H. C, Benson, U.S. Army, were received 3 eggs (1 set
of the long-crested Jay (Cyanocitta stellert macrolopha Baird).

Lieut. Malvern Hill Barnum,.U.S. Army, Fort Pena, Colorado, Texas,
presented a set of 12 eggs and a skin of the Scaled Partridge (Calli
peplu squamata Vig.).

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U. S. Army, sent 8 specimens, representing 3
species of Juncos, from Fort Wingate, New Mexico. Also a mounted
skeleton of Tr ruen eer Swan (Olor buccinator).

An exceedingly interesting series of 12 ethnological specimens from
the Navajo Indians was received from Dr. Washington Matthews, U.S.
Army, Army Medical Museum.

Assistant Surgeon J.C. Merrill, U. 8. Army, Fort Reno, Indian Terri-
tory, presented 14 eggs (1 set) of Tympanuchus pallidicinctus ; 19 eggs (4
sets) of Progne subis ; 18 eggs (4 sets) of Spiza americana, and 2 nests ;
4 eggs (1 set) of Quiscalus quiscula aneus ; 3 eggs (1 set) of Cardinalis
cardinalis ; 1 egg of Molothrus ater; 5 eggs (1 set) of Ammodramus
sapunnarum passerinus ; and 3 eggs (1 set) of Vireo belli.

Through G. L. Gillespie, lieutenant-colonel of Engineers, U. S.
Army, was transmitted a gun-carriage, brought from the citadel of
Santo Domingo City. This carriage is of mahogany, and was probably
made by the Spaniards during the earlier days of their possession of
the island. It was presented in February, 1890, by Gen. Frederic
Lithgow, minister of war and the navy of the Dominican Republic, to
Capt. Nathan Appleton, of Boston, Massachusetts, by whom it was
presented to the National Museum,

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 97

The Quartermaster-General has rendered important assistance in con-
nection with the transportation of four living buffaloes from Rapid City,
South Dakota, to Washington. The thanks of the Museum are also
due to Lieut. Col. William B. Hughes, chief quartermaster of the
Department of the Platte, at Omaha, Nebraska, for facilitating the
work of transportation in many ways. Through the courtesy of the
Quartermaster’s Department several bidarkas, collected for the Na-
tional Museum in Alaska, were forwarded to Washington.

Capt. C. E. Bendire has continued his work as curator of the col-
lection of Birds’ Eggs, and the thanks of the Museum are due to him
for the excellent condition of the collection.

NAVY DEPARTMENT AND THE NAVY.

The Museum is under obligation to several officers of the U.S. Navy
for the addition of valuable contributions to the collections.

Commodore J. G. Walker, Chief of the Bureau of Navigation, sent
specimens of ocean bottom, taken in the North Atlantic Ocean during
the passage of the U.S. S. Dolphin, under the command of Commander
F. F. Wilde, U. 8. Navy, from the Straits of Gibraltar to New York.

From Commander C. H. Rockwell was received a specimen of Ostra-
cion quadricorne, from Santiago de Cuba.

Lieut. George T. Emmons presented a Haida whistle, the sound of
which was an imitation of the young deer, from the southern part of
Prince of Wales Island, Alaska; four photographs illustrating witch-
craft in Alaska, and among the Hydahs and Tlingits; and a plaited
wallet from Washington.

From Lieut. Charles F. Pond were received rocks, minerals, and
shells, from Lower California and adjacent islands; two photographs
and the lower jawbone of a porpoise found on the beach at San
Bartolme, Lower California.

Lieut. Frederic Singer presented to the Department of Insects a
termite queen, from Sinou County, Liberia.

From Ensign W. E. Safford was received a collection of 33 ethno-
logical objects obtained by him in the Samoan Islands.

Dr. C. H. White, U. 8S. Navy, sent a large and valuable collec-
tion of alcoholic specimens of reptiles, fishes, insects, marine inver-
tebrates from Samoa, and a collection of butterflies.

Malietoa, Mataafa, and other chiefs of high rank at Samoa, presented
to Rear-Admiral Kimberly, for the United States Government, a num-
ber of ethnological objects. Some of the mats sent are very handsome
and of great value, in many cases being heir-looms.

Paymaster William J. Thomson has finished the preparation of an
elaborate paper on the ethnology of Easter Island. This is published
in the Report for 1889.

Dr. J. M. Flint is still in charge of the Section of Materia Medica,
and the collection is, as usual, in excellent condition.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——7

98 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR,

The Hon. John W. Noble, Secretary, has deposited in the Museum a
collection of ethnological specimens, collected among the Indians of
the Tulalip Reservation, Washington, by Mr. E. C. Chirouse, agent in
charge of the reservation.

Indian Office—From General T. J. Morgan, Commissioner of Indian
Affairs, was received a wooden hoe, used by the Indians of the Chip-
pewa Reserve, Wisconsin.

U.S. Geological Survey.—The following statement will show the ex-
tent of the contributions received from the Survey during the year:

The U.S. Geological Survey presented a type specimen of Conocoryphe reticulata
Walcott, from the Lower Cambrian of Salem, Washington County, New York; mis-
cellaneous collection of geological material from Madison County, Montana; 30 speci-
mens of minerals; 21 transparencies for windows in the exhibition hall of the De-
partment of Lithology; sandstone with mud and ripple-marks from Grand Cation
group, 7,000 feet below the base of Cambrian, Grand Canon of Colorado, Arizona;
fossils from the Lorraine formation of the Ordovician from several localities in New
York, and 36 specimens, comprising 11 genera and 18 species of Lower Cambrian fos-
sils from several localities; specimens of fresh-water Gasteropoda from the Bonne-
ville and Lahontan beds, Utah, and fossils from Nevada; 38 objects, offerings from
shrines in New Mexico; specimens of kyanite and anthophyllite from Virginia;
and a specimen of iridescent limonite from Cuba, collected by Mr. W. J. McGee;
two specimens of urao and one of potassium platinie chloride, prepared by Dr.
T. M. Chatard; a specimen of selenite from Fort Washington, Maryland, col-
lected by Mr. George W. Cook; specimens of thinolite from Lake Lahontan, and of
wulfenite and cerussite from the Richmond mine, Kureka District, Nevada, collected
by C. D. Walcott; specimen of wulfenite from Eureka, Nevada; 287 specimens, re-
presenting 24 genera and 32 species of fossils from the Lower Cambrian, Ordovician,
and Silurian; 9 specimens of Lingulepis morsensis, and 2 specimens of Planolites sp.,
from the Trenton group, Fountain, Minnesota; one specimen of Receptaculites oweni
from the Trenton group, Ripon, Wisconsin, collected by Mr. C. D. Walcott; living
serpents collected by Col. George W. Shutt; 22 photographs of scenery of the Great
Dismal Swamp, collected by Mr. I. C. Russell; collections showing the results of the
quicksilver ipvestigations of the Pacific Slope, made under the authority of Mr. G. F.
Becker; 41 specimens, representing 11 species of Devonian Brachiopoda, from Inde-
pendence, Iowa; 7 specimens of graphite and specimens of pyrite crystals, calcite and
magnetite, from Port Henry, Minnesota, collected by Prof. F. W. Clarke; casts of
supposed human foot-prints discovered in the limestone formation near Forest
City, South Dakota, sent by Mr. J. C. Collister; specimens of native gold asso-
ciated with calcite from a mine on Digger Creek, near Minersville, Trinity County,
California, sent by Mrs. J. H. Tourtelette, through Mr. J. 8. Diller; 13 specimens of
minerals, collected by Mr. W. P. Jenney, from Southwest Missouri and neighboring
localities, and 3 specimens of marbles from Sugar Orchard Creek, Boone County,
Arkansas; a specimen of alunite from Brooklyn Tunnel, Red Mountain District, San
Juan, Colorado, collected by Prof. 8. Ff. Emmons; 105 specimens of vanadinite and
1 specimen of wulfenite, from the old Yuma mine, near Tucson, Arizona, collected by
Dr. W. F. Hillebrand; a specimen of wulfenite from the Red Cloud mine, Yuma
County ; 70 specimens of vanadinite from Aqua Fria mine, Yavapai County; a speci-
men of iodorite from the Old Man mine, near Silver City, New Mexico; 260 speci-
mens of minerals from the Copper Queen mine, Bisbee, Arizona; 64 specimens of
vanadinite from the Hamburg mine, Silver District, Arizona, and from the Clara
mine, in same locality, and 26 specimens, representing seven genera and 8 species of
Cambrian and Ordovician fossils, collected by Mr. C. D. Walcott.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 99

The Survey also deposited specimens of biotite and calcite, from Port Henry, and
specimens of calcite on dolomite and magnetite ; also copies of two models of Mount
Shasta, California. Sixslabs of stone exhibiting glacial striw were received. Two
of these were collected by Mr. G. K. Gilbert, in Canada; the remainder by Prof. T. C.
Chamberlin.

Several officers of the Geological Survey are officially connected with
the Museum in the capacity of honorary curators. These are: Dr. C.
A. White, in charge of Mesozoic Fossils; Mr. C. D. Walcott, in charge
of Paleozoic Fossils; Mr. William H. Dall, in charge of Mollusks and
Tertiary Fossils, with Dr. R. E. C. Stearns as adjunct curator; Prof.
O. C. Marsh, in charge of Vertebrate Fossils; Prof. Lester F. Ward, in
charge of Fossil Plants; Prof. F. W. Clarke, in charge of Minerals.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.

Hon. Edwin Wiilits, Assistant Secretary, transmitted a living Otter,
obtained by Dr. Allen Stuart, of Beaufort, South Carolina.

The extensive collections of small mammals made by the Division of
Economic Ornithology and Mammalogy, have been deposited in the
Museum building. A considerable number of cases especially con-
structed for their reception, and of trays, have been provided by the
Museum. The specimens have been entered promptly by clerks em-
ployed by the Museum exclusively for that purpose, and the skulls have
been cleaned as fast as received, so far as this was found to be possible.
This latter work has made it necessary to employ from time to time a
number of additional preparators. More than three thousand speci-
mens, comprising skins and skulls, were deposited during the year, and
entered upon our catalogues and numbered. ‘The cleaning of the skulls,
with a view to putting them into condition for preservation and exhi-
bition, was a task of considerable magnitude. The Museum has also
provided glass vials and preservatives, and has printed a certain number
of special labels for these specimens.

Dr. C. Hart Merriam has presented an interesting collection of rep-
tiles from Arizona; two living Canada Porcupines (Hrethrizon dorsatus)
from northern Minnesota; a Horned Toad (Phrynosoma brevirostre) with
a sample of the earth upon which it was living, from Bridger’s Pass,
Wyoming; nests and eggs of Spizella breweri, Sturnella magna neglecta,
and Falco richardsoni.

Prof, C. V. Riley, entomologist of the Department, has added to the
collection of insects a large series, comprising 1,158 specimens, repre-
senting 342 species of Coleoptera, Hemiptera, and Orthoptera, gathered
in Australia and New Zealand by Mr. A. Koebele, agent of the Depart-
ment. Professor Riley has also deposited the collection of insects of
the late Dr. Asa Fitch.

Mr. L. O. Howard, assistant entomologist of the Department, sent
a tussa silk-moth reared by him from a cocoon sent to the National

100 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Museum from India. The thanks of the Museum are due to Mr. How-
ard for his services as acting curator of the Department of Insects in
the Museum during the absence of the honorary curator.

Through Dr. B. E. Fernow, chief of the Division of Forestry, has
been received a large map which was exhibited at the Paris Exposi-
tion, showing the percentage of forest-areas.

The valuable services of Professor Riley, as honorary curator of the
Department of Insects; of Dr. B. E. Fernow as honorary curator of the
forestry collection, and of Dr. George Vasey, as honorary curator of
the Department of Botany, have been continued.

UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION.

The cruise of the steamer Albatross in the West Indies and in the
Pacific Ocean has resulted in some very important additions to the
collections of the National Museum.

The following statement gives the general character of these collec-
tions, which have been transmitted to the Museum by Col. Marshall
McDonald, Commissioner of Fisheries.

A series of Echini from the North Pacific Ocean; 226 specimens of
birds collected by the naturalists of the steamer Albatross on the west
coast of America during 1858~’89. (‘The collection was made mainly
through the efforts of Mr. Charles H. Townsend.) A collection of
alcoholic fishes from Galapagos Islands; specimens of bats, coyote
skull, botanical specimens, dried plants, guano, birds’ nests, stone im-
plements and shells, human skulls and skeleton, specimens of natural
history, reptiles and batrachians, and insects from the western coast of
North America, were also received. Samples of dried hake sounds,
and sheet isinglass manufactured from the same, two Gulls (Larus glau-
cescens), fresh specimens of Pickerel and of Weak-fish from the aquaria
of the Commission, two skeletons of Cormorants (Phalacrocorax dilophus
and Phalacrocorax penicillatus) and a stuffed skin of Saw-fish (Pristis
pectinatus), have also been received.

Through Dr. D. 8. Jordan, president of the Indiana State University,
have been received type series of fishes collected in Colorado, Utah, and
Kansas; 115 specimens of cray-fishes from Virginia, North Carolina,
Tennessee, Michigan and Indiana. Specimens of reptiles, batrachians,
and insects, collected in Virginia and elsewhere, also type series of
fishes, alcoholic shells, mammais, and reptiles from the Yellowstone
Park have been received. Dr. Jordan has made several important
collections of fishes during the summer, and, with the assistance of Dr.
Bollman, has described them. These descriptions have been published
by the Fish Commission. The fishes have been transferred to the col-
lection in the National Museum.

Mr. William F. Page, superintendent of the U. 8. Fish Commission
station at Neosho, Missouri, presented the wing of a bird which was

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 101

shot on the grounds of the station, and a specimen of Black Tern (Hy-
drochelidon lariformis surinamensis).

Through Mr. Vinal N. Edwards fresh specimens of eels collected at
Wood’s Holl, Massachusetts, were received.

From Messrs. Leslie A. Lee and Thomas Lee was obtained a collec-
tion of spears, spear-points, baskets, and other ethnological objects,
from the Fuegian Islands, South America.

Mr. William P. Seal, superintendent of the aquaria at Wood’s Holl,
Massachusetts, sent a fresh specimen of Sheepshead (Diplodus probato-
cephalus) from Chesapeake Bay.

At the instance of Capt. J. W. Collins, a valuable collection of build-
ers’ models of vessels was obtained from Mr. W. H. Abbott, of the U.
S. Fish Commission. A list of the models is given in the accession
list.

The valuable services of Mr. Richard Rathbun, as honorary curator
of Marine Invertebrates; Dr. Tarleton H. Bean, as honorary curator
of Fishes; and Capt. J. W. Collins, as honorary curator of Naval
Architecture, have been continued through the courtesy of the Com-
missioner.

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.

Through the codperation of Maj. J. W. Powell, Director, the following
collections have been received from the officers of the Bureau:

From Rev. J. Owen Dorsey were received two models of fish-hawks
and one model of retrieving-harpoon, from the Nal-tiin-né tin-né Indi-
ans of Oregon.

A model of Wolpi, one of the Tusayan villages, Arizona, and models
of Tewa and Sechomovi, Tusayan pueblos, have been deposited in the
Museum.

From Mr. James Mooney were received a collection of baskets, moc-
casins, polishing-stones, conjuring-stones, ball-pants, scratchers, bullet-
mold, lancet, cupping-horn, etc., obtained from the Kast Cherokee Res-
ervation, North Carolina.

Through the courtesy of the Director, the Department of American
Prehistoric Pottery in the National Museum, which was established
. several years ago, has continued under the curatorship of Mr. W. H.
Holmes.

J.—EXPLORATIONS.

By an act of Congress,* provision was made to defray the expense of
sending a scientific expedition to the west coast of Africa for the pur-
pose of cbserving the total eclipse of the sun, occurring on December
22, 1889. In accordance with the recommendations of a board ap-
pointed by the Chief of the Bureau of Navigation to devise plans, etc.,
the detaiis of the expedition were arranged.

" Passed March 2, 1889.

102 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.’

Through the courtesy of Prof. David P. Todd, of Amherst College,
Massachusetts, in charge of the expedition, arrangements were made
whereby Mr. William Harvey Brown, of the National Museum, was
detailed to accompany the expedition in the interest of the Museum,
for the purpose of making collections of natural history objects, espe-
cially fishes and mammals.

The expedition party sailed on October 16, 1889, on the United States
steamer Pensacola. The steamer served as headquarters for Mr. Brown
and his party, and in making the collections he has been very gener-
ously assisted by the officers and seamen.

At the Azores, Mr. Brown made a small collection of fishes and shells.
Writing from Cape Town on February 3, 1890, he says:

We have succeeded in filling 15 tanks and a number of jars and bottles with alco-
holies, besides collecting a large number of plants and insects, some skeletons, and
some excellent anthropological material. The ungulates of South Africa are rapidly

disappearing before the advance of civilization ; some are already searce. If we want
a good representation of these in our Museum, now is the time to get them.

Several important collections were received in June, 1890.

From preliminary reports prepared by some of the curators in the
Museum the following preliminary statement has been compiled :

ETHNOLOGY.—The Department of Ethnology received a collection of
objects, consisting of an idol used in fetish-dance, with grass-fringe dress;
gaming-stool, with seeds used in playing; carrying or fishing-basket
of twined open work; long carrying-basket or frame, showing work of
weaving; finer specimen of carrying-basket; complete outfit of pro-
fessional carrier, head-band and staff; fruit-wallet; throwing-elub ;
hoe (of native manufacture); bottle of fetish-paint, made of rawhide;
pad worn on the arm; musical instrument with gourd resonator; mus-
ical instrument (stringed); drum used in fetish ceremonies; weaving
outfit, distaff, spindle, cotton-ginning sticks, loom complete with speci-
mens half done; pipe of clay; three pottery dishes; fish-fyke, and fish-
spear. All of these objects are new and very acceptable.

MAMMALS.—The mammals collected by the Eclipse Expediticn are 33
in number and represent 16 species. With the exception of 7 speci-
mens all were collected at Cunga, on the Coanza River, in Angola.
Only two of the species, the Black Rat (Mus rattus) and the Bonte-bok
(Alcelaphus pygargus), were previously represented in the National
Museum, and the collection, though small, is of considerable interest.

The following is a list of the mammals received :

Carnivores.
Genetta pardina Geoff. Pardine Genet. Male, adult. Cunga.
Antelopes.

Tragelaphus gratus Sclater. Bush Buck.
Male, Cunga, December 28, 1889. (18793.)
Female, Cunga, December 27, 1889. (18794.)

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 103

Two excellent skins of this fine antelope were collected by the expedi-
tion. The white preocular band is not strongly marked in the male and
itis absent inthe female. The typeof the species was from the Gaboon.

Tragelaphus sylvaticus (Sparrm.) Bush Buck.

Horns of a male. From South Africa. Presented by Mr. Frye. (18823.)
Gazella ewchore (Lichtenstein). Spring-bok.

Two pairs of horns. From South Africa. Presented by Mr. Frye. (18820-21.)
Alcelaphus pygargus(Pallas). Bonte-bok,

A pair of horns. From South Africa. Presented by Mr. Frye. (18822.)
Cephalophus grimmia (Linné). Duyker Antelope.

A pair of horns trom South Africa. Presented by Mr. Frye. (18824.)

Bats.

Phyllorhina commersoni (Geoff. ).
Male, aduit, Cunga, Dee., 1889. (18795.)
Female, adult, Cunga, Dec., 1889. (18796.)
Nycteris macrotis Dobson.
Male, adult, Cunga, Dec. 25, 1889. (18797.)

The type of this species is from Sierra Leone. It is not included by
M. Barboza du Bocage among the mammals of Angola, and its discovery
in this region is therefore of interest.

Scolophilus borbonicus (Geoft.).
Female, adult, Cunga, Dec. 25, 1889. (18798.)

Nyctinomus limbatus (Peters).
Three adult females from Cunga, Dec. 25, 1889. (18799-18801. )
Five adult males from Cunga, Dec., 1889. (18802-18806. )

Rodents.

Mus ratius Linne. Black rat.
Females, adult, Cunga, Dec., 1836. (18608, 9, 15.)
Females, young, Cunga, Dec., 1889. (18811, 12.)
Males, adult, Cunga, Dec. 25, 1889. (18813, 14,)
Males, young, Cunga, Dec.,1889. (18810, 16.)
Mus sp.
Female, adult, Cunga, Dec., 1889. (18817.)

This is a small rat with white belly, apparently resembling M. maurus

of Gray.

Lepus capensis F. Cuv. Cape Hare.
Near Cape Town, South Africa, Feb. 4, 1890. (18818. )
Atherura africana Gray. African Brush-tailed Porcupine.
Almina, Ashantee, Nov. 27, 1889. (18819.)

REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS.—The Department of Reptiles and
Batrachians has received a number of specimens from the naturalists
attached to the expedition. Some of them were not in a satisfactory
state of preservation, and from the fact that the collection was made
under unfavorable circumstances, in localities already more or less ex-
plored, it could hardly be expected to contain many new species.

FisHEes.—The Department of Fishes received a large collection, a list
of the genera of which, together with the locality, is given below.

104 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

FISHES (MARINE SPECIES).

4 Horta, Island of Fayal, November 2, 1839.
Tetrodon. Pomacentrus.
Sconvber. Diplodus.
Lichia. Tylosurus (long and short jawed).
Bor. Balistes vetula.
Mugil, juv. Trachurus (many).
Ostracion. Pagellus.
Platyglossus. Serranus.

Porto Grande, St. Vincent, November 11 and 12, 1889.

Balistes. Gerres.
Scorpena. Teuthis.
Polynemus. Hypeneus (29 specimens).
Trachurops (26 specimens). Lutjanus.
Vomer. Hearengula.
Pagellus. Diplodus.
Epinephelus. Diagramma.
Chetodon. Murena.
Salarias atlanticus. Tylosurus.

St. Paul de Loanda, December 10-12, 1889.

Tetrodon.

Trichiurus (6 specimens).
Caranx (6 specimens).
Pagellus.

Pristipoma (9 specimens).
Aprion (3 specimens).
Sphyrena.

Poralichthys juv. (8 specimens).

Periophthalmus (several specimens).

Chromis (several specimens).
Gerres (9 specimens).
Teuthis.

Caranx (5 specimens).
Lutjanus (5 specimens).

Mugil (2 or more species, 21 specimens).

Hemirhamphus (6 specimens).
Fodiator.

Brevoortia (5 specimens).
Harengula (8 specimens).
Lagocephalus (4 specimens).
Diplodus.

Mugil (6 specimens).

Elmina, Ashantee.

Elops (several specimens).
Torpedo.

Gobius (2 species, 5 specimens).
Polynemus.

Chetodon (2 specimens).
Pristipoma (several specimens).
Serranus (3 specimens).
Carcharias, juv.

Freetown, Sierra Leone.

Polynemus.
Cynoscion.
Brevoortia.
Caranz.

Larimus.
Chrysichthys.
Selene.
Albula.

Cape Town, January 18, 1890.

Pomatomus.
Scomber colias.
Pagellus.

Trachurus.
Mugil.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 105
From an old canoe at sea, N. Lat. 6° 38’, W. Long. 13° 40’.
Seriola (13 specimens).
St. Helena and Ascension, March 1, 1890,

Glyphidodon. Julis.
Salarias.

Ascension Island, March, 1890.

Alutera, Echeneis.
Balistes. Pomacanthus.
Glyphidodon. Tylosurus (2 specimens).

S. Lat. 2° 33! 22", W. Long. 23° 57! 15", April 14, 1890.—From stomach of bonito.
Cephalacanthus juv. (7 specimens). Tetrodon (2 specimens).
FISHES (FRESH-WATER SPECIES).

Quanza River, Cunga, Angola, Africa.

Gobius. Bola.
LEleoiris. Barbus (several species).
Chromis. Mormyrops.
Hemichromis. Mormyrops.
Cyprinoids (juv.). Ailia (juv.).
Brachyalestes (Characinids). Clarias.
Pellonula. Hutropius.
Cyprinoids (young specimens, from pond Chrysichthys.

Cunga.

MoLuusks.—The Department of Mollusks received a contribution of
alcoholic and dry shells, of which the following is a list:

Zonites cellarius Mill, Fayal, Azores Islands.

Patula rotundata, Miill, Fayal, Azores Islands.

Succinea? St. Helenw Lesson, Diana’s Peak, St. Helena,
Achatina balteata Rve, Freetown, Sierra Leone.

Achatina variegata Roissy.

Achatina perdix Lam., Freetown, Sierra Leone.

Achatina (Limicolaria) flammea Brug, Freetown, Sierra Leone.
Achatina (Limicolaria) numidica Rve, Freetown, Sierra Leone.
Bulimus (Pithoheliz) ventricosus Drap, Fayal, Azores Islands.
Felix aspersa Miill, Fayal, Azores Islands.

Helix (Theba) pisana Miill, Fayal, Azores Islands; Cape Town, Good Hope.
Helix similaris Fer., Green Mountain, Ascension Island.

Helix Caldeirarum M. and D., Fayal, Azores Island.

Helix barbula Charp, Fayal, Azores Islands.

Siphonaria lineolata Orb., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island, Ashantee, West Africa.
Siphonaria sp., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Aplysia sp., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Bulla striata Brug, Porto Grande, Island St. Vincent.

Terebra strigillata Linn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Terebra Senegalensis Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Terebra chlorata Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Conus guinieacus Hwass., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Cancellaria similis Sow., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

106 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Oliva flammulata Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Olivancillaria nana Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Agaronia acuminata Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island,

Mitra plumbea Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Mitra fusca Swains, Fayal, Azores Islands.

Mitra barbadensis Gmel., Ascension Island.

Létcozonia triserialis Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Cominella limbosa Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island ; Cape Town, Cape of Good
Hope.

Tritonidea variegata Gray, Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Columbella rustica Linn., Fayal, Azores Islands; Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Columbella (Mitrella) cribraria Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Murex (Phyllonotus) rosarium Chemn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Murex (Ocinebra) angularis Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Purpura hemastoma Linn., Fayal, Azores Islands; Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island;
Elmina, Ashantee, West Africa.

Purpura hemastoma Linn., var., Island of St. Helena.

Purpura cingulata Lam., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.

Purpura neritoidea Linn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Sistrum nodulosum C. B. Ad., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Sistrum nodulosum C. B. Ad., variety or new species, Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Lanella argus Gmel., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.

Cyprea spurca Linn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Strombus bubonius Lam.

Strombus fasciatus Gmel.

Strombus coronatus Defrance, Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Cerithium alratum Brug., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Cerithium vulgatum Brug., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Planaxis lineatus Da Costa, Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Vermetus Adansonti Daudin., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Vermetus interliratus Stearns nom. prov. (perhaps should be separated and placed in a
new genus), Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Tittorina striata King, Fayal, Azores Islands; Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Tittorina pulchella Dkr., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island; Ashantee.

Tittorina cingulifera Dkr., no locality, probably Cape of Good Hope.

Littorina scabra Linn, Ashantee, West Africa.

Tectarius miliaris Q. and G., Ascension Island.

Fossarus ambiguus Linn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Lanistes sp., Cunga, West Africa.

Hipponysx barbata Sow., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Trochita radians Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Natica forata Rve., Fayal, Azores Islands.

Tanthina communis Lam., Fayal, Azores Islands; Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Pyramidella dolabrata Linn., a variety of this, possibly 4 new species; Porto Grande,
St. Vincent Island.

Nerita neritinoides Rve., Ashantee, West Africa.

Nerita Ascensionis Chem., Ascension Island.

Phasianella Capensis Dkr., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Phasianella pulla Linn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Phasianella neritina Dkr., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.

Pachypoma tuber Linn., ?, habitat probably Barbadoes.

Osilinis Tamsi Dkr., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Gibbula Nassaviensis Chemn.

Gibbula umbilicaris Linn., var., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Oxystele sagitifera Lam., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 107

Haliotis striata Lam., Fayal, Azores Islands.
Fissurella alabastrites Rve., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Fissurella mutabilis Sow., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Patella Moreleti Drouet.
Patella rustica Linn., var. and junior, Fayal, Azores Islands.
Patella Gomesti Drouet.
Patella rustica Linn., Fayal, Azores Islands.
Patella Argenvillii Krauss, Island St. Helena; Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Patella plumbea Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Patella plicata Born., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Patella Baudonii Drouet, Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Patella oculus Born., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Patella cochlear Gmel., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Patella pruinosa Krauss, Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Patella granularis Linn.
Patella denticulata Mart., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Chiton (Stenoplax) purpurascens C. B. Ad., Barbadoes.
Chiton cyaneopunctatus Krauss.
? Chiton capensis Gray, var., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Spirula fragilis Lam., Fayal, Azores Islands.
Octopus sp., Ascension Island.
Sepia officinalis Linn., St. Paul de Loanda, West Africa.
Ostrea mordax Gould, Ascension Island.
Ostrea frons Lamwn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Spondylus gaederopus Linn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Spondylus imbutus Rve., Ascension Island.
Pecten miniaceus Rve., Fayal, Azores Islands.
Isognomen perna Linn.
? Isognomen dentiferus Krauss, Ascension Island; Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Mytilus atropurpureus Dkr., Fayal, Azores Islands.
Mytilus ovalis Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Mytilus edulis Linn. ?, Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Mytilus Magellanicus Chemn., Cape Town, Cape Good Hope.
Lithophagus aristatus Sol.
Lithophagus caudigerus Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Dreissensia Africana Van Ben., Ashantee.
Arca Noae Linn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Arca tetragona Poli.
_? Area navicularis Brug., Ascension Island; Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Arca holoserica Rve, Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Arca rhombica Born., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Arca senilis Gmel., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island; Freetown, Sierra Leone; Ash-
antee.
Pectunculus violescens.
Pectunculus stellatus Lam., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Unio Gaboonensis Kuster, Cunga.
Cardita ajar Brug., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Cardium ringens Chemn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island; Ashantee,
Venus rugosa Desh., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Venus striata Gray., Ashantee.
Callista chione Linn., Fayal, Azores Islands.
Dosinia Orbignyi Dkr., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Dosinia isocardia Dkr., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.
Dosinia torrida Rve.
? Dosinia orbignyt Dkr., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

108 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Dosinia fibula Rve., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Diplodonta rotundata Miill., Payal, Azores Islands.

Donax rugosus Linn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island; St. Paul de Loanda.
Mactra Adansoni Phil., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Loripes lacteus Linn., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Tellina Madagascariensis Gmel., Porto Grande, St. Vincent Island.

Tellina incarnata Linn., Fayal, Azores Islands.

INSECTS.—The Department of Insects received a collection from
southern and western Africa. It arrived in very good condition, the
lepidoptera packed in papers, and the remainder of the material in
alcohol. The collection comprised some 250 species, most of them
represented in fair series and representing the different orders in the
following proportions:

Lepidoptera (40 species). Hymenoptera (25 species).
Coleoptera (74 species). Diptera (7 species).
Orthoptera (46 species). Myriapoda (10 species).
Pseudoneuroptera (10 species). Arachnida (12 species).

Hemiptera (19 species).

The Museum collections are poor in the fauna of this region, and
nearly all the species were heretofore unrepresented. The Hymenop-
tera have been sent to Mr. W. F. Kirby, of the British Museum; the
Orthoptera to M. Henri de Saussure, of Geneva, Switzerland; the He-
miptera to M. A. Montandon, of Bucharest, Roumania, and most of the
Coleoptera to Dr. David Sharp, of Dartford, England. The majority of
the Lepidoptera were determined in Washington, thanks to Mr. Roland
Trimen’s recent monographs of South African Lepidoptera. The re-
mainder of the Lepideptera have been sent to Rev. W. J. Holland, of
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The Myriapoda are in the hands of Prof.
L. M. Underwood, of Syracuse, New York; the Arachnida have been
referred to Dr. George Marx, of Washington, and the few Diptera have
not yet been disposed of.

The following statement has reference to the Lepidoptera and Cole-
optera, and three species of Hemiptera, which have been determined
in Washington:

LEPIDOPTERA.
Suborder RHOPALOCERA.
Family Nymphalidae.

Danais chrysippus L., var. dorippus Klug.
Roland Trimen, South African Butterflies, vol. 1, London, 1887; 9 specimens
from Congo, and 2 from St. Helena.
Danais chrysippus L., var. alcippus Cram.

Trimen, loc. cit., 1 specimen, Freetown.
Danais plexippus Fab., 2 specimens, Fayal, Azores.
Acrea horta L.

Trimen, loc. cil., 9 specimens, Cape Town.
Acrea eucedon L.

Trimen, loc. cit., 11 specimens, Congo.

Acrwa serena Fal)., var., 1 specimen, Congo.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 109

Pyrameis cardui L., 4 specimens, St. Helena.
Precis amestris Dru., 2 specimens, Freetown.
Nephis marpessa Hopffer.
Trimen, loc. cit., 1 specimen, Freetown.
Diadema misippus L.
Trimen, loc. cit., 3 specimens, St. Paul de Loanda; 1 specimen, Congo,
Hamanumida dedalus Fab.
Trimen, loc. cit., 1 specimen, Freetown,
Harma cenis Dru., 1 specimen, Freetown, Sierra Leone.

Family Papilionide.

Terias wthiopica Trimen.
Trimen, South African Butterflies, vol. 111, London, 1889; 1 specimen, Sierra
Leone ; 4 specimens, Congo; 3 specimens, l'reetown.
Mylothris chloris Fab.
Mylothris ruppellii Kock.
Trimen, loc. cit.,2 specimens ¢ and 9, Freetown.
Mylothris poppea Cram., 1 specimen 9, Freetown,
Pieris gidica Godart.
Trimen, loc. cit., 8 specimens f and 1 specimen Q , Congo.
Pieris severina Cram.
Trimen, loc. cit.,2 specimens f and¢?, PortoGrande; 2 specimens f and?, Congo.
Colias electra. L.
Trimen, loc. cit., 1 specimen 9, Cape Town.
Herpenia eriphis Godart.
Trimen, loc, cit., 1 specimen 2, Congo,
Teracolus evippe L.
Trimen, loc. cit.,2specimens ¢, St. Paul de Loanda; 1lspecimen ¢, Porto Grande,
Cape Verde Islands.
Teracolus omphale Godart.
Trimep, loc. cit., 2 specimens, St. Paul de Loanda.
Teracolus vesta Reiche.
Trimen, loc. cit., 1 specimen, St. Paul de Loanda,
Papilio demoleus L.
Trimen, loc. cit., 2 specimens, Congo; 1 specimen, Elmina, Gold Coast,

‘

Family Hesperide.

Pierygospidea flesus Fab.
Trimen, loc. cit., 1 specimen, Freetown ; 1 specimen, Elinina, Gold Coast.

Suborder HETEROCERA.

Family Zygenidae.

Euchromia fulvida Butler.

Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1888, p. 112; 2 specimens, Freetown.
Euchromia splendens Butler.

Loe. cit., p. 113; 1 specimen, Freetown.
Euchromia sperchius Cram.

Three specimens, Freetown.

UNDETERMINED.

Eleven specimens of Diurnals and nine specimens of Heterocera.

110 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

COLEOPTERA.

Calosoma rugosum De Geer.

One specimen, Porto Grande, Cape Verde Islands.
Anthia 10-guttata L.

One specimen, Cape Town.
Cybister senegalensis Aube.

Sharp’s Monograph No. 1145, 1 specimen, Congo.
Cybister tripunctatus Ol.

Sharp’s Monog. No. 1140, 31 specimens, St. Paul de Loanda.
Cybister filicornis.

Sharp’s Monog. No. 1129, 6 specimens, Congo.
Hretes sticticus L.

Sharp’s Monog. No. 1095, 5 specimens, St, Paul de Loanda.
Dineutes subspinosus Klug.

One specimen, St. Paul de Loanda.
Dineutes aereus Klug.

One specimen, Freetown, Sierra Leone.
Berosus cuspidatus Hrichs.

Wiegm. Arch., 1843, 1 specimen, Congo.
Goerius olens Miill.

Two specimens, Fayal, Azores.
Gymnopleurus virens Er.

Fifteen specimens, St. Paul de Loanda,
Oryctes boas Fab.

One specimen ¢, Elmina, Gold Coast. One specimen 2, St. Paul de Loanda.
Temnorhynchus diana Beauv.

One specimen, Congo.
Pachnoda marginata Dru.

Fifteen specimens, Elmina, Gold Coast.
Heterorrhina monoceros Gory et Perch.

Two specimens, St. Paul de Loanda.
Phryneta spinator Fab.

One specimen, Congo, 58 species unnamed.

HETEROPTERA.
Sphaerocoris argus Dru.
Two specimens, Congo.
Sphaerocoris ocellatus Klug.
Forty-nine specimens, and three specimens larva, Congo.
Hotea gambie Fab.
Two specimens, Congo.

GEOLOGY.—The Department of Geology received a specimen of chal-
copyrite from Ascension Island; one specimen of shell limestone from
the Barbadoes, and several pieces of lava from Porto Grande and
Horta, Fayal Island, Azores. So far as can be determined by simple
microscopic examination, these rocks are ordinary basalts. A study of
thin sections with a microscope might lead to different conclusions, but
these can not be well prepared at present, owing to the unusual press-
ure in other directions. This work will. however, be undertaken at
some future time.

The Department of Marine Invertebrates received a collection of
crustaceans, echinoderms, worms, bryozoans, sponges, actinians, and
nullipore corals, from Azores and Cape Verde Islands.

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. PEL

The Department of Comparative Anatomy received a few specimens
of alcoholic birds for skeletons.

The Department of Birds received a collection of dry and alcoholic
birds, a report upon which will be furnished hereafter.

A collection was received by the Department of Botany, a report
upon which will be furnished by the curator as soon as practicable.

On April 10, 1890, Mr. Brown accompanied an exploring expedition
sent by the British South African Exploration Company, with a view to
opening up the country for settlement, to Matabela and Mashona lands,
about 2,000 miles from Cape Town, and near the Zambesi River. The
expedition consisted of two hundred white men and four hundred
negroes. Excellent facilities for collecting were furnished by Mr. John-
son, the director of the expedition, who also kindly offered to send
specimens of natural history intended for the National Museum free of
charge to Kimberly, by the company’s ox teams. The Government
railway has also offered to carry collections free from Kimberly to Cape
Town. Mr. Linley, ofthe South African branch of the New York Equitable
Assurance Association in Cape Town, kindly volunteered to attend to
the interests of the National Museum in Cape Town, and arrangements
have been made with the taxidermist of the South African Museum in
Cape Town to repack the specimens for shipment to the United States.

Incidentally the Museum has received, through Mr. Brown, several
collections of African material from private individuals. Rev. G. H.R.
Fisk presented an excellent series of living tortoises and some chame-
leons. Mr. J. H. Brady contributed a series of South African coleop-
tera. Mr. P. McOwan, director of the Botanical Garden at Cape Town,
sent to the Museum bulbs of Arctopus echinatus, capsules of Unaria pro-
cumbens, Unarit Burchellii, and Rogena longiflora. Mr. Frye, of Cape
Town, presented, through Prof. Cleveland Abbe, a collection of natural
history specimens, including a series of antelope horns. ‘The superin-
tendent of the Kimberly Diamond Mines presented to the Smithsonian

_ Institution some specimens of the rocks in the gold mines, Dr. C. H.

White, of the United States steamer Pensacola, collected insects for the
Museum at Cape Ledo. Offers to exchange birds and mammals were
also proposed.

Reference was made in the report for 1889* to the valuable collections
obtained in Morocco for the National Museum by Mr. Talcott Williams,
and a preliminary report upon the work which he accomplished was
published in the same place. It was hoped that it would be possible to
publish in this report a full statement of what has been accomplished.
This can not be done until the specimens have been unpacked and dis-
tributed in the Museum and a list made of them. Unfortunately Mr.
Williams has not yet been able to attend to this.

The following information relating to his work has been gathered from

*pp. 144-146,

112 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

letters received from Mr. Williams since the report for 1889 went to
press:

Five sheets of a Berber manuscript were purchased. These manu-
scripts are very rare. Neither the Madrid Royal Library nor the Brit-
ish Museum owns one, and the Bibliotheque Nationale at Paris has only
two. These sheets are portions of one of a number of translations of
Moslem law into the Berber, made probably in the thirteenth century.
During the Arab. renaissance, which attended the founding of the
Sherifian dynasties, these Berber books were destroyed, on the ground
that the law could be written only in Arabic.

The botanical collection consists of about 300 plants, all of which, ex-
cept 4 or 5, are phenagamous. Mr. Williams made no effort to identify
the species, but has expressed his willingness, after this has been done
and the results published, to contribute a paper indicating their distri-
bution and the changes observed in the fauna of the region while pass-
ing from one elevation or one formation to another. Fossils were ob-
tained at Azigen, near Wazan, a place whose geological horizon has not
before been determined; concretions from Fez from the only formation
near the place; fossils from encrinal limestone at Volubilis, confirming
previous conclusions; and a number of recent fossil shells from Wady
Ghifra, near Azila, extending the area of the quaternary formation
already observed near Tangier. These fossils add nothing particularly
new to the observations already made by Mourlon, Maw, and Velain, but,
since so few fossils have been found in Morocco, these will be valuable.

A valuable collection of ethnographical material was gathered in
Morocco. Mr. Williams states that for $100 he can have delivered in.
Washington the complete household equipment of a city and village
family.

The costume of a city woman of Fez, a villagers costume, and also the
costume of a man and woman of the mountain, representing both the
Berber and mountain villagers, were obtained. The city male and
female costumes of Tangier are already in the Museum. The male cos-
tume in Fez and Tangier is similar, but the female costume differs in
many ways. The Jewish costume of northern Morocco is one of the
most elaborate in the world. It is a most interesting survival and rap-
idly growing rare. The complete costume, with its heavy embroidery,
costs $250. This estimate allows for paste jewelry in the costume.

Northern Morocco is inhabited by four, if not five, races—the Moor
proper, often of primitive Arab, Berber, or Spanish descent; the Arab,
either wandering or sedentary in villages and cities; the Berber, or
Riff, in villages, in colonies in the cities, and in some cases, as at Tan-
gier and Tetuan, intermingled with the urban population; and the Jew,
for the most part Spanish, inhabiting a separate quarter in each city.

The pottery collection was made with the special design to include
all the wares in ordinary use between Tetuan and Fez. The pottery of
Spain and Morocco are closely related, and Spanish patterns are still

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. LS

in use at Fez. Between Spain and Persia are located about a score of
pottery centers, which show the steps of development from the old
Spanish and Moorish patterns.

Mr. Williams suggests the wisdom of beginning at once a collection
of local folk pottery, the varieties of which are fast becoming extinct,
owing to the introduction of machinery-made wares. It would proba-
bly cost from $1,000 to $1,200 to obtain a complete representation of
local pottery all over the Mediterranean region. The country lying
between Persia and Burmah represents another pottery basin. No
European museum has endeavored to make a collection of local folk
pottery now in use in these countries save one or two in Germany, and,
while such a collection would cost but a small sum now, it will soon
become impossible to acquire one at any price. Mr. Williams suggests
the following places from which to purchase: Granada, Valencia, Bar-
celona, Catalonia, two points in Sicily, Rhodes, Dardanelles, Damietta,
Upper Nile, Brusa, Damascus, Aleppo or Oorfa, Diarbekir, Bagdad,
Erzeroum, Tabreez, Ispahan, Shiraz, and some inland points in Algeria,
Sfax, Tunis, Tripoli, and Benghazi. The collection should be made
under careful direction, so as to procure pieces of like use, but of differ-
ent pattern.

Twenty-four musical instruments were secured, among them six vari-
eties of the gimbrede, two oods, a rabab, a canoon, three varieties of
the shebab, two ghitas, a zemmar, a lira, four varieties of drum, two
varieties of castanets, and some whistles. Photographs illustrating
the manner of playing these instruments were also obtained. Mr,
Williams has kindly offered to prepare a short paper, giving the name
and parts of each instrument, its habitat and manner of playing, its
compass, and a comparison between it and other oriental instruments.

Articles illustrating light, fire, and the industry of comb-making and
numerous household utensils were secured.

It may be safely asserted that this collection, taken as a whole, is one
_ of the most interesting of its kind that the Museum has ever received,
and the sincere thanks of the Smithsonian Institution are due to Mr.
Williams for the energetic and intelligent manner in which he has ae-
complished his mission.

Dr. W. H. Rush, of the nautical Scheol ship Saratoga, has consented
to collect mollusks and other marine invertebrates during his expedition
to the Azores, Madeira, and the English Channel. Two dredges, courte-
ously lent by Col. Marshall McDonald, U. 8. Commissioner of Fish-
eries, have been placed in his hands to aid him in his work of collecting
for the National Museum. The attention of Dr. Rush has been espe-
cially called to the desirability of obtaining sea-urchins, star-fishes, coral,
and crustaceans.

Mr. J. B. Iddings, of the U. 8S. Geological Survey, has expressed his
willingness to bear in mind the interests of the National Museum, as

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2 8

114 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

far as geological material is concerned, during his visit to Vesuvius,
Lipari, Stromboli, Etna, and other interesting localities.

Mr. E. M. Aaron, Secretary of the Executive Committee of the Ameri-
ican Entomological Society, has, through Prof. C. V. Riley, announced
his intention to visit Jamaica, and perhaps Vera Cruz, for the purpose
of making collections of insects. In a letter to Professor Riley in ref-
erence to his plans, he expresses the general hope that he may be able
to present to the National Museum a part of his collections. It was
not possible to offer Mr. Aaron a commission to collect for the Museum.
He has, however, been informed that biologic material in any orders
where the life history of each species is represented, will be acceptable,
as well as any good specimens of species of the families Coccide, Psyl-
lide, and Aleurodide, and of all families of parasitic Hymenoptera.

Mr. C. BR. Orcutt, of San Diego, California, who since 1880 has
presented to the National Museum about thirty collections, including
specimens of reptiles, mammals, insects, mollusks, birds, fossils, and
ethnological objects, has been furnished with copper-tanks, jars, and
alcohol to be used in preserving specimens which he may collect during
his expedition to the Colorado desert and the Gulf of California, for
which regions he started on January 1, 1890, with the expectation of
spending four months in collecting specimens.

Mr. A. J. Miller, of Evansville, Indiana, who in a letter dated July
8, 1889 states that he has discovered a buried city in Honduras, has
invited the Smithsonian Institution to join with him in carrying on the
work of exploration and excavation. It was not possible to furnish
the desired sum of money. Mr. Miller was informed, however, that
the National Museum would be glad to purchase from the antiquities
obtained from the ruins such objects as might be deemed desirable for
addition to the collections.

Mr. Henry W. Elliott, for many years connected with the Alaska
Commercial Company, has offered to collect specimens of fur-seal, fishes,
and marine invertebrates during his visit this summer to the Seal-
Islands of Alaska upon business connected with the United States Gov-
ernment. His offer has been accepted. Mr. Elliott left for Alaska on
April 24. Through the courtesy of the Secretary of the Treasury,
arrangements have been made for shipping a supply of alcohol to the
Seal Islands for Mr. Elliott’s use in preserving specimens. Mr. William
Palmer, of the National Museum, has been detailed to accompany Mr.
Elliott. In the next report will be published a list of specimens ob-
tained by Messrs. Elliott and Palmer.

COLLECTOR’S OUTFITS.

With a view to facilitating the work of those who have expressed
their willingness to collect specimens for the Museum, as well as those
who have been sent out as collectors by the Museum, outfits of appara-

REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 115

tus, tanks, alcohol, etc., have been furnished. During the year 1889-90
the following collectors have been supplied :

1389.

October 1.—Mr. William Harvey Brown, of the National Museum,
who was appointed naturalist on the United States Eclipse Expedition
to South Africa, was supplied with a large outfit, including tanks, al-
cohol, jars, oil, linen, tools, guns and ammunition, to be used in collect-
ing natural history specimens. Several collections of fishes, shells, and
marine invertebrates from the Azores have been received.

November 12.—Mr. Frank Burns, of the U. 8. Geological Survey,
kindly offered to collect shells and birds in Florida. An outfit has
been sent to him, including tanks, alcohol, and shellac. One wood-
pecker, 8 specimens of shells from Chattahoochee Station, and 21 shells
from the Kitchen midden at Alum Bluffs have been received.

December 17.—Mr. John C. Tolman, collector of customs at Kadiak,
Alaska, has expressed his willingness to collect birds, shells, and plants
in that vicinity for the National Museum. He has been supplied with
cotton, dissecting-tools, ete. Unfortunately, however, owing to ill-
_ health, he has been compelled to defer his work. He has, therefore,
placed the outfit in the hands of Mr. W. J. Fisher, who has been for
many years a generous collector for the Smithsonian Institution. Mr.
Fisher has been requested to collect ethnological specimens, and to
endeavor to complete, as far as possible, our collections of the fauna
and flora of Alaska. Mr. Tolman intends, however, to send a collec-
tion of bird’s skins.

December 27.—Dr. John I. Northrop, of Columbia College, New York,
who sailed in January for the Bahama Islands, has kindly offered to
present a duplicate series of specimens of marine invertebrates and
fishes from the Bahamas to the Smithsonian Institution. An outfit,
including tanks and tags, has been sent to him. He expects to collect
star-fishes, sea-cucumbers, small corals, and shore species of fishes.

1890.

January 6.—Mr. C. R. Orcutt, of San Diego, California, having
arranged for an expedition to the Colorado River and the Gulf of Cali-
fornia, kindly offered to collect shells, fishes, reptiles, and plants from
that region. An outfit, consisting of tanks, tank-boxes, alcohol, butter-
jars, padlocks, and a small seine, was sent to him at Yuma, Arizona.
On September 23, 3 cans, containing 31 specimens of reptiles, snakes,
and lizards, were received from him. Mr. Orcutt has already donated
26 collections to the National Museum.

January 7.—Rev. F. Gardiner, jr., who sailed from Newport News,
Virginia, for the West Indies, in February, was supplied with tanks,
tank-boxes, alcohol, tin-tags, etc., for the purpose of collecting natural-
history specimens. Two tank-boxes, containing alcoholic specimens of
fishes, have already been received.

116 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

January 25.—An outfit, including tanks, tank-boxes, alcohol, etc.,
has been forwarded to Mr. J. Francis Le Baron, Superintendent of the
Nicaragua Canal Construction Company, at San Juan del Norte, Nica-
ragua, for the collection of reptiles and insects. Several bottles of
alcoholic specimens, principally snakes and insects collected in Nicara-
gua and Costa Rica, have been received. Mr. Le Baron has for more
than twenty years taken a great interest in the welfare of the National
Museum, having since 1867 been a contributor to the collections from
the New England States and Florida. Since the transmission of the
outfit, the Museum has been informed that Mr. Le Baron has severed
his connection with the company. His outfit has been turned ever to
Mr. Menocal, who has kindly consented to carry on the work of collect-
ing specimens.

February 14.—Mr. C. H. Eigenmann, of San Diego, California, con-
templating a journey to Wood’s Holl, offered to spend two or three
weeks in collecting natural history specimens between Yuma and St.
Louis, along the Texas Pacific and Iron Mountain routes, and on his re-
turn between New Orleans, Houston, San Antonio, and Northeastern
Mexico. A collecting outfit was forwarded to him. A tank has been
received from him containing alcoholic specimens of fishes, mollusks,
crabs, and shrimps.

March 13.—Mr. Henry D. Woolfe, who went to Point Barrow, Alaska,
in the employment of the Pacific Steam Whaling Company, has kindly
offered to continue to collect birds’ skins, insects, fossils, mammals,
minerals, fishes, and ethnological specimens. An outfit has been for-
warded to him, in care of the Pacific Steam Whaling Company, in San
Francisco. He has already made large collections for the National
Museum.

April 24.—Dr. William H. Rush, of the United States Naval Hospi-
tal, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, who accompanied the school ship Sar-
atoga on its recent trip to the Azores and the English coast, has offered
to make a collection of fishes for the National Museum. For this pur-
pose dredging-nets have been sent to him. ‘

April 25.—The collecting outfit which had been placed at the disposal
of Ensigu W. L. Howard, has been transferred to Mr. Henry W. Elliott,
to be used for the preservation of the smaller specimens obtained dur- ©
ing his visit to Alaska. . Mr. Elliott was also supplied with a large
outfit, including cotton-batting, alum, arsenic, etc. Twenty-two pack-
ages of specimens have been received, but have not yet been examined.

SHC PION. EE:

REPORTS OF THE CURATORS OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM
UPON THE PROGRESS OF WORK DURING THE FISCAL
YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890.

117

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By Otis T. Mason, Curator.

The first three months of the fiscal year were spent in studying
anthropological collections in Europe, and especially at the Paris
Exposition, during the sessions of the Tenth International Congress of
Anthropology and Prehistoric Archeology.

In the British Museum a large amount of new space has been added
to the Department of Ethnology by the removal of the Natural His-
tory Department to South Kensington. The method of installation
is ethnographic, or, more properly, topographic. It is not possible
here to enlarge upon the richness of this material. The method of
cataloguing is worthy of imitation. Each specimen is accompanied
by a large-sized catalogue card, which bears, in addition to ample de-
scription and identification, a good drawing. Mr. C. H. Reede, the
assistant keeper, is preparing a new edition of ‘‘ Notes and Queries for
Anthropological Observers,” to be published by the British Association
for the Advancement of Science. This little manual is put into the
hands of travelers, missionaries, and government officials who journey
in foreign parts. The first edition elicited much material and informa-
tion for the British museums. My stay at the College of Surgeons
was brief. The removal of Professor Flower to South Kensington
and the absence of Dr. Garson from the city deprived me_ here
of that intelligent guidance which reveals the genius of a museum.
At South Kensington, as is well known, the arrangement of material
is topical in its primary concept, the whole being officially connected
with the English system of technical instruction. As soon as an idea,
a series of objects belonging to a class or to a country, or to both, is
sufficiently worked out, the material is placed on exhibition in excellent
shape, and a hand-book catalogue is prepared. This system is worthy
of imitation, and many of its features already appear in the U.S.
National Museum.

The unit system of interchangeable tablets, trays, boxes, sliding
drawers, and screens is the perfection of installation. In carrying out
its plan the Kensingston Museum does not scruple to use copies and pic-
tures of type forms which are not procurable, and large series of elec-

119

120 REPORT UF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

trotype and other reproductions are furnished to other establishments.
I had the great pleasure of examining the art work of prize scholars in
the public schools of Great Britain, set up in a large gallery at Ken-
sington. I must not neglect to mention the India Museum, which is
very near to the South Kensington, containing the spoils of the Orient.
My visit to this charming place was made very instructive and delight-
ful by the courtesy of the keeper, Mr. C. Purdon Clarke. Ina collection
devoted to a single region, the national as well as the ethnic idea is
sufficiently prominent, prima facie. The keeper, therefore, has only
the notion of effect to study. In the India Museum it is found most
convenient to arrange by material and style of treatment; and the
visitor, therefore, especially the expert and the specialist, may study
jade or metal or textile without embarrassment or distraction. ‘The
plan of the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York is somewhat sim-
ilar to that of this great collection.

The Tower of London is now a great museum devoted to the custody
of the crown jewels and of an unparalleled collection of armor and small
arms. In this place, as in many other European galleries, the history
of the building adds dignity and interest to the material. But in the
construction and furnishing of new establishments little will be found
here to imitate. The illumination, stairways, convenience of floor
space, cases, and fixtures are allas bad as they could well be for pur-
poses of exhibition.

The Anthropological Institute holds its sessions in the building of
the Zodlogical Society, but the month of August found the members all
scattered, so that the curator had small opportunity for studying the
practical methods of the society.

During my stay in London I paid several visits to Prof. A. H. Keane,
for the purpose of inspecting his summary of ethnology. Such a syn-
opsis is most desirable, and I am extremely anxious to see Professor
Keane’s work in print.

It was my pleasure to spend a day in the anthropological portion of
the Oxford Museum. A galleried annex to the natural history build-
ing has been fitted up for the reception of the Lane-Fox collection. In
this museum can be seen the best example of a topical arrangement, the
purpose being in each alcove or range to show how the inventive genius
of man may have passed from one stepping-stone to another in every
type of tool, or weapon, or art-production.

Three motives impelled the curator to visit Paris in the month of
August; namely, the Exposition, the Congresses, and the resources of
anthropological study of permanent value there. The science of an-
thropology is well organized in Paris, both as regards resources, such as
museums, laboratories, libraries, journals, instrument factories, and pub-
lishing-houses, and as regards men and organizations. The museums
represent the whole science of man’s natural history, to wit:

DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. 121

Musée St. Germain, devoted to the palvolithic, neolithic, bronze, and
early Christian period of France down to the tenth century.

Musée Cluny, devoted to Medieval France.

Musée du Trocadéro, devoted to the races of men and their arts. It
is the ethnographic museum of Paris, corresponding to the British
Museum, and that of Copenhagen.

Musée Carnavalet, devoted to the history of Paris.

Musée Guimet, devoted to the history of religion.

Musée du Louvre, devoted to classic art and archeology, painting,
ceramics, metallurgy, and art decorations in precious materials.

Musée d'Artillerie, arms and armor.

Conservatoire des Arts et Métiers, repository of all that relates to
machinery and human industry.

Conservatoire de Musique, in which the musical apparatus of the
world is displayed.

The Jardin des Plantes, presided over by M. de Quatrefages, the
Nestor of French scientists, affords the best opportunity of studying the
comparative anatomy of man and his relations to geological history.
Here are to be seen celebrated crania, the Naulette jaw, and skeletons
of the extinct mammals found associated with human remains, and all
that concerns human technique in vegetal substances. The result of
the work of M. Gaudry among the Tertiary mammals is here displayed.

In a separate building in the Latin quarter are the Musée Broca, the
Laboratoire d’ Anthropologie, the Ecole d’Anthropologie, and the Société
d@ Anthropologie. The first three constitute the Institut d’Anthropo-
logie. (La Société, ’Kcole et le Laboratoire d’Anthropologie de Paris
a ’ Exposition Universelle de 1889, Paris—Imprim. Réunies.)

The vast collections of literature amassed by Broca, by the Société
d@ Anthropologie and in connection with the Institut d@ Anthropologie, are
united in a single library of great value in the hall of the Société @An-
thropologie. In all the museums above enumerated are excellent libra-
ries of books and portfolios, and guide-books germane to their respect-
ive collections.* There is no better place to study the entire body of
literature relating to the natural history of man than in the Bibliotheque
Nationale. The publishing-houses of Masson pour forth a constant
stream of new books upon the same subject, and even upon the bridges
of Paris one may provide himself, at moderate cost, with an excellent
collection of rare and useful books relating to man.

The Exposition and the Congresses may be mentioned in conjunction.
A detailed statement in regard to them will be deferred until after the
account of the perpetual resources of Paris, because to the eye of the

* The publications are: Bulletins de la Société d’Anthropologie de Paris; L’An-
thropologie, founded in 1889 by the union of Matériaux, Revue d’Anthropologie, and
Revue d’Ethnographie; Annales du Musée Guimet; Revue de l’Histoire des Relig-
ions. Mélusine; Revue des Traditions Populaires; Criminologie; Revue de Lin-
guistique.

122 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

anthropologist the whole Exposition seemed to have been arranged for
his special pleasure and profit.

There is no doubt that the institutions of Paris above described, and
the men most concerned in them, had a commanding influence in shap-
ing and arranging much of the great Exposition. Owing to this living
connection between men and things, the glory of the French Exposition,
which elevated it above its predecessors, consisted largely in its Con-
eresses, one hundred and twenty of which were held between May and
October. Every one of them was, to the writer’s mind, intensely anthro-
pological, relating to the history and the natural history of invention.
But, omitting all of those that were especially practical, there was a
series which covered the whole ground of the science of man, his embry-
ology, anatomy, anthropometry, physiology, psycho-physies, psychol-
ogy, language, race, primitive art, institutions, customs, laws, philos-
ophy, conduct, religion, and distribution in time and place, as the fol-
lowing titles will show:

June 24-29.—Protection of Works of Art and of Monumenis.

August 4-11.—Hygiene and Demography.

August 5-11.—Physiological Psychology.

August 8-15.—French Association for the Advancement of Science.

August 10-17.—Crimina} Anthropology

August 19-26.—Anthropology and Prehistoric Archeology, Ethnography, Popular
Traditions.

At least one year before the 1st of September, 1889, the executive com-
mittee of the Congrés International d’Anthropologie et d’Archéologie
Préhistorique sent circulars to anthropologists inviting them to attend
the session in Paris and begging their codperation. In the spring of
1889 the committee of the Exposition on Congresses assigned the days
and places of meeting for each, chiefly in the rooms of the university and
colleges in the Latin quarter, heeenes the regular lectures would be in-
termitting during the vacation.

The committee of the Congress of Anthropology was then able to
send out a definite programme. The plan of procedure, after the usual
routine of organization, was to hold sessions in the University, and then
adjourn each day to one of the celebrated collections of the city or to
one of the anthropological sections of the great Exposition under the
guidance of some one perfectly familiar with the material.

The questions discussed in the Congress were the following:

(1) Erosion and filling of valleys and filling of caverns, both in their
relation to the antiquity of man.

(2) Periodicity of glacial phenomena.

(3) Arts and industries in the caverns and in the alluvium. Value
of paleontological and archeological classifications applied to the qua-
ternary epoch.

(4) Chronological relations between the ages of stone, bronze, and
iron.

DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. 123

(5) Relations between the civilizations of Hallstadt and other stations
in Daubes and those of Mycene, Tirhyns, Issarlik, and the Caucasus.

(6) Critical examination of crania and other human bones alleged
to have been found in the quaternary during the-last fifteen years.
Ethnic elements peculiar to the different ages of stone, bronze, and
iron in central and western Europe.

(7) Ethnographic survivals which throw light upon the social con-
dition of primitive populations in central and western Europe.

(8) How far do archzeologic or ethnographic analogies authorize the
hypothesis of prehistoric consanguinity or of migrations?

The thoroughness of this work may be imagined from the following
list of guides and lecturers : ;

Jardin des Plantes, MM. Quatrefages, Gaudry, and Hamy; Palais
de Justice, M. Alphonse Bertillon; Laboratoire d’Anthropologie, MM.
Manouvrier and Chudzinski; Musée St. Germain, MM. Bertrand Mor-
tillet, Reinach; Chellian Collection, M. @’Acy: Collections in the Ex-
position, MM. Topirard, Cartailhac, Piette, Valdemar Schmidt, Marquis
de Nadaillac.

Besides the anthropological exhibits in the Palais de l’ Industrie, much
material relating toour special subject was to be seen in the colonial and
foreign pavilions, such as those of Finland, Mexico, Ecuador, Nicaragua,
Venezuela, Colombia, Hawaii, Portugal, New Guinea, Transvaal, Al-
geria, Tunis, Anam and Tonkin, French India, Tahiti and French
Oceanica, New Caledonia, Guiana, Senegal, Gabon, Congo, Guadeloupe
(Guesde), Cambodia, Cochin China, and Java.

A portion of the space near the Invalides was set apart for the exhi-
bition of African and Franco-Indian natives at their characteristic oc-
cupations, chief among the popular attractions of which were the Jav-
anese theater and the Annamite Buddhist temple. The members of

_ the Congress, guided by the local committee, spent many hours in these

savage inclosures and houses, studying the people and their arts, and
listening to their rude music.

Under such favorable auspices met the Ninth Congress of Anthro-
pology and Prehistoric Archeology. It will be long before such won.
derful advantages are again brought together for studying the natural
history of man.

The previous congresses have been as follows:

1. Neufchatel, 1866. 6. Brussels, 1872.
2. Paris, 1867. 7. Stockholm, 1874.
3. Norwich, 1868. 8. Buda Pesth, 1876.
4. Copenhagen, 1869. 9. Lisbon, 1880.

5. Bologna, 1871.

From Paris my journey was to Cologne, where T visited the museum.
I was greatly impressed in all German and French cities and towns

, with the care taken of the local museums. This spirit should be fostered

in every way in our own country.

124 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

' At Leipzig I experienced the greatest disappointment in not being
able to inspect the Museum fiir Vélkerkunde, which contains the cel-
ebrated Klemm collection. More than 20 years ago the writer became
acquainted with Dr. Klemm’s methods and motives, and presented a
résumé of his work in the Smithsonian Annual Report for 1869. Shortly,
the Leipzig collection will be installed in the new building. The dis-
appointment of not seeing the Klemm collection was quite compen-
sated for in the profitable study of the K6nigliches Zoologisches and
Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museum in Dresden. This is not
the largest, but it is one of the best administered museums in the world.
The steel case has been adopted, the arrangement of material is topical,
and the labelling is excellent. Worthy of the highest praise is the
series of little maps which accompany the specimens. The continental
areas are denoted by colors, and the location of each species is indicated
by a colored spot or line on the map. The monographs published
by the Museum, under the title ‘“‘Publicationen aus dem KG6niglichen
ethnographischen Museum zu Dresden,” are of the greatest value. Dr.
Meyer greatly prefers the photolithograph to the old-fashioned colored
plates, because the latter are not truthful. The size of these mono-
graphs is too large, however, because it is inconvenient to file them
with other works of the same class. In Dresden the curator saw the
“human beast of burden” illustrated to perfection by woman. She
occurs in two roles, as the pack-animal and as the draft-animal. In
the former she wears a hamper holding about a bushel, which is flat
on the side next to her back. Two shoulder-straps pass from the upper
margin down in front of her shoulders and backward under two of the
frame-sticks of the basket, projecting an inch or two below the bottom.
The basket is carried like a knapsack. In the latter role she is hitched
to a little wagon in company with dogs. I counted five hundred of
these composite teams in a single morning in Dresden. The woman
seems to have the harder share of the work, for she has to pull, to hold
back, to steer the wagon, to dispose of the merchandise, and to attend
to household cares, while the dog sleeps.

In Dresden I had a profitable interview with Mrs. Zelia Nuttall, a
lady deeply learned in ancient Mexico. Her present work is an exten-
sion of the “ Throwing-Sticks ” into the Mexican arena, where she has
been able to trace the apparatus in many various forms.

From Dresden my journey was to Berlin, where, although missing the
great lights of anthropology, I had the pleasure of studying the collec-
tions. I need not speak cf the Old Museum, and the National Gallery,
of the University, the Zoélogical Garden, and the great library. They
excite my admiration, but they were not especially anthropological. I
was extremely delighted with the evolutionary series of fire-arms and
artillery in the Zeug-haus. This is one of the best worked out historico-
technic series I have seen. Two museums in Berlin are most attractive
to the anthropologist and to the historian, the Kunstgewerbe Museum

DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. 125

and the K. Museum fiir Vélkerkunde. In the former, the substances,
arts, evolution, and history predominate. Itis the German South Ken-
sington. In the latter, topographical, ethnical concepts predominate.
Those two great museums are installed in beautiful new buildings
erected for the purpose, far away from the site of the National Gallery.
The Anthropological Museum is built on the corner of Zimmer-strasse
and Koéniggratzer-strasse, in form of an irregular quadrangle, with an
entrance tower at the intersection of the streets. The building is four
stories in height besides the basement. In the first exhibition story is
installed with great effect the Schliemann collections and the archeo-
logical treasures. On the second story are to be seen the spoils of
Africa, Oceanica, and America. In the third story are the treasures
of Hastern Asia and in the fourth story the anthropological material.
Toe much can not be said in praise of the richness of this museum.
The arrangement being simply by regions, by nationalities, or by tribes,
little attempt has been made to work out any of the finer problems of
ethnology.

From Berlin the curator journeyed to Stockholm, where with un-
speakable pleasure he had the opportunity of examining the work of
Hildebrand and Montelius in the National Museum. The lower story
of this vast building is given up to the history of Sweden during 4,000
years. A very small case near the entrance contains specimens repre-
senting paleolithic Sweden. The neolithic period widens out into an
immense exposition of the most beautiful and finely wrought objects of
flint. The bronze age is carefully studied out and illustrated by mate-
rial that has excited the admiration of the world. There is an enor-
mous quantity of gold objects mixed with the bronze. In order to secure
all the precious metal found by men in excavating, the Government
takes the object at its bullion value, with an honorarium. This saves all

precious objects from the melting-pot. Next comes the Iron age, then
the Middle age, then modern Swedish history, closing with the coins,
medals, decorations, and monuments of the reigning family. There
does not seem to be a break in the 4,000 years. The ethnographic col-
lections are not separately installed, having formed a part of the nat-
ural history museum.

My next journey was to Copenhagen: the city of Thorwaldsen,
Nyerup, Thomsen, Worsaae; and later of Sophus Muller, Herbst, Holm
and Bahnson. Especially interesting are two ancient log coffins, show-
ing the mortuary customs of the ancient Danes. As soon as you enter
the old Nordisk Museum you are at once brought into relation with
the shell-heaps or Kjékkenméddings. In some of the vitrines the
long, graceful flint flakes are piled ten deep. _ The stone age of Den-
mark, as of Sweden, assumes the neolithic type. There is as yet no
paleolithic age. As soon as you pass within, you are in the presence
of leaf-shaped blades, daggers, celts—the largest in the world: some
measuring over 16 inches in length—crescent-shaped blades, sharpen-

126 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ing stones, arrow-heads (as delicate as those of California Indian speci-
mens), and innumerable forms in bone and antlers. For its size Copen-
hagen is the best equipped city in the world for the ethnologist. Com-
mencing with archeology, the stone age repeats the story of Stockholm,
with enough variety to make one glad to visit both. From the earliest
appearance of man in Danish territory you are able to trace him down
to the historic period. The objects are classified by material, form, and
period. The bronze age rooms are even more instructive and thought-
inspiring. Gold and amber are here in luxurious abundance. ven in
those early times seafaring Danes must have learned to scour the earth.
Certainly there is neither copper nor tin nor amber around these islands
and peninsulas. The molds in which celts, razors, reaping-hooks, dag-
gers and other tools were cast are made of steatite. These molds and
other apparatus have raised the critical question whether the Scandi-
navian bronze age originated on its own soil.

Here, the iron age antedates the Christian era, but so easily does
iron yield itself to decay that we shall have to call it the golden age,
so far as good specimens are concerned. The iron age continues here
to the age of gunpowder, or to speak more by the Museum ecard, in
Denmark to the coup @état of 1606. The armor is shown in the Royal
Artillery Museum, but you can follow the stream of Danish history
through church relics and furniture. To complete the whole story of
Denmark, you have only to spend a day in the old Rosenberg palace to
follow the present dynasty to the reigning sovereign. Of the Ethno-
graphic Museum, celebrated during the whole century, it is only neces-
sary to say that it was the first attempt in the world to arrange museum
material by peoples. This collection is uniquely rich in East Green-
land specimens, the spoils of Captain Holm. Fifty rooms cover as many
natural or ethnic subjects, and hundreds of specimens are here that can
not be duplicated, because of the early day at which the collection began
to be formed. The objects of interest to the ethnologist in Hamburg
are to be seen in two buildings, the Kunsthalle and the Gewerbe-schule
Museum. The former is the art collection of the city and is really an
imposing building in the midst of a great forest park. The Gewerbe-
schule is on the order of South Kensington and-is worth visiting. The
gaps in European art become truly painful when the hiatus of a millen-
ium is pointed out by the majolica pottery following immediately the
later Roman. The ethnographic collection is as poor in its installation
as itis rich in material. The museums of Brussels are superb in ma-
terial and treatment and are worthy of the distinguished men whose
monuments they are. The one series which makes them preeminent is
in the National Gallery. It was gathered from the bone-caves, which
have yielded such wonderful paleontological results. The specimens
are mounted with the greatest of care, and in the arrangement of one
series of cases above another the economy of space is remarkable. In
the Place de Hal are to be seen excellent collections of armor, antiquities

DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. 127

of Belgium, and, in the upper story, the Raveustein collection of gems
and antiquities. In Amsterdam, Leyden, and the Hague are world-
famed collections. In the first-named city the museum building is quite
imposing and the representations of Dutch life are worth studying. The
curator was extremely unfortunate in missing Dr. Schmeltz and other
ethnologists. The historical and ethnological collections here rank with
those of London, Paris, Berlin, and Copenhagen. In Antwerp is the
Plantinian collection, perhaps the most complete technical unit exhibit
in the world. In the National Museum at Washington a perfect speci-
men includes three requisites: a genuine object, pictures of the object
in process of manufacture and in use, and finally, full description of its
origin, structure, and function. These lay the foundation for the cab-
inet, the portfolio, and the archives. The Plantinian museum shows
the history of the art of printing, in machinery and appliances, in pic-
tures and in histories of printing and apparatus.

Time would not-allow the curator to extend his visit further than to
the museums mentioned. The prevailing impression left upon his mind
is that, varying as they do in their stock of material and genius of their
directors, thereis no one classific concep t in which all should be arranged
The best results are reached in those collections where the material is
servant to a master mind.

PRINCIPAL ACCESSIONS.

The accessions to the ethnological collections of the National Museum
during the year to which special attention should be called are the fol-
lowing :

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock, returning from Japan, after a two-years’ so-
journ, has enriched the ethnographic series with many most desirable
specimens, gathered on the spot with the view of illustrating the life of
the people. Costumes were secured which truly represent Japanese
common life. The full contents of a kitchen, the apparatus of character-
istic crafts, weights and measures, furniture, and a large series connected
with Japanese religion, help to illustrate the true Japanese life. Mr.
Hitchcock spent much time among the Ainos, utilizing his talent as an
artist to add value to his material secured by means of many pictures.
This Aino material, fully labeled, is installed together in the Museum.
A life-sized figure of a man in costume, wodels of the house, granary,
bear-cage, and sacred hedge in miniature, specimens of Aino handicraft,
and a series of photographs enable the visitor to gain a slight concep-
tion of the Aino manners and customs.

The Museum African material has been enriched by accessions from
the Inhambane Zulus, collected by the missionary, Rev. E. H. Richards,
and presented by the Oberlin College,

The United States Eclipse Expedition was able, through its natural-
ist, Mr. W. H. Brown, to secure for the Museum its first material from
Angola. To this must be added the generous gift of Mr. J. H. Camp
from the Congo. Fortunately, while these three collections were being

128 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

registered, the services and unique collection of Mr. Heli Chatelain, for
a long time missionary on the west coast of Africa, were secured.

Growing out of the public interest in Samoan affairs the Museum ac-
quired collections made by Admiral Kimberly, U.S. Navy, and Ensign
W. HE. Safford. The former was sent by Mataafa and Malietoa, chiefs
of Samoa, to the U. 8S. Navy Department.

Following up the plan pursued by Lieutenant Bolles with the Eskimo
collection and by Ensign Niblack with the northwest collection, the for-
mer, aided by Mr. William Churchill, has brought together into a single
court the specimens from the region commonly called Oceanica, includ-
ing several well-marked types of the Papuan, the Negrite, the J Malay,
the Polynesian and the Australian.

The recent collections brought to the Museum by expeditions to Sa-
moa, added to the treasures secured fifty years ago by Captain Wilkes,
enable the curator to make a fair showing of this part of the world.
Lay figures representing the Papuan, the Dyak, and the Samoan, in
native dress, have very much added to the attractiveness of the hall.

From the Sandwich Islands the Museum acquired photographs and
specimens, the gift of Mrs. Sybil Carter, wife of the Hawaiian minister.
These are of great value, because of the familiarity of Mrs. Carter with
the aboriginal customs of the islands.

Dr. H. N. Allen, court physician to the King of Corea, deposited in
the Museum his rich collection from that kingdom. Many of these
objects were presented by the King and show the best art-skill of the
country. This royal gift and Ensign Bernadou’s collection give an ex-
cellent picture of Corean life.

The Hupa Valley, California, is represented by two collections, one
made by Mr. N. J. Purcell, and the other by Mr. Jeremiah Curtin.
They admirably supplement the great collection made by Capt. P. H.
Ray, U.S. Army.

Dr. George M. Kober, U. S. Army, gave a number of specimens from
Idaho and Washington, regions not so fully illustrated in the Museum
as the States farther south.

The collection of Navajo silver work, on which Dr. Washington Mat-
thews, U. S. Army, based his paper in the Third Annual Report of the
Bureau of Ethnology, has been acquired and will be set up to illustrate
his monographs.

Through the Interior Department a large series from Washington,
collected by Kev. E. C. Chirouse, was received. The specimens are old
and genuine Indian work of the greatest value.

Mr. W. W. Rockhill deposited in the Museum the ethnological re-
sults of his second Thibetan exploration. The collection consists of
many unique specimens illustrating the customs of the Chinese, Mon-
gols Si Fan, and Thibetans. Mr. Rockhill also deposited a collection of
foreign weapons and Chinese art-enamel work in the Museum, and

DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. 129

has rendered gratuitously invaluable aid in Jabeling and cataloguing
these materials.

In the technic series a separate court has been set aside for the exhi-
bition of mortuary customs to illustrate the study in this subject made
by Dr. H. C. Yarrow.

The crowded condition of the halls rendering it impossible to exhibit
many new series, the curator in the spring of 1890 commenced to nake
a systematic card catalogue of the entire ethnologic exhibit.

ADDITIONS TO THE DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY, ARRANGED BY LOCALITIES.

Greenland.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22508), seal-cut caps (2).

Labrador.—Miss Anna L. Ward (accession 23204), child’s shoes (1 pair) ; tobacco-bags
(2); model of summer tent (1); seal-skin coat (1).

Cumberland Inlet.—Mrs. J. G. Brutf (accession 22308), whalebone and sinew.

Jones Sound.—Mrs., J. G. Bruft (accession 22308), seal-lance (1) ; bird-lance with throw-
ing-sticlk.

Canada.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), birch-bark canoe (1). Rev. Father Wal-
ter (accession 22209), birch-bark boxes (2); beaded stole (1); flower-holder (1).

Yarmouth, Nova Scotia.—R. T. Van Norden (accession 22629), photograph of inscribed
rock.

Alaska.—Capt. M. A. Healy (accession 23141), photographs of Alaskan natives (89).
Lieut. George T. Emmons, U.S. Navy (accessions 22912, 22459), photographs of
Haida Indians performing witchcraft (1): wallet in process (1) ; decoy for young
deer (1). Dr. T. H. Bean (accession 22762), Kadiak stone lamp (1). Dr. George
M. Kober (accession 22761), spoon of musk-ox horn (1).

Fort St. James, British Columbia.—Capt. C. BE. Bendire, U. S. Army (accession 22503),
marmot skin blanket (1); bear’s feet moccasins (1 pair) ; trade skins of beaver and
ermine (6).

Skidigate, British Columbia.—Dr. T. EH. Bean (accession 22762), cedar bark-beater (1).

Tulalip Reserve, Washington.—E. C. Chirouse (accession 22496), skull of a Dowamish In-
dian (1); hat (1); rush mat (1); basket-kettle (1); games (2); wooden dish (1);
float (1); spoons (3) ; tobacco-bag (1) ; paint (1); cymbals of pecten shell (1); cedar
bark tow (1); paddle and bailer (2); adzes (1); earring (1); wedge(1); tweezers
(1) ; chisels (3); comb (1) ; harpoon handle (1); fancy work done by pupils (4); roe
(food) (1); netting-needle (1); mortar and basket (1); fish-hooks (2); bark-peeler
(1); wedge for bark (1) ; card for bark (1); hammer (1) ; cedar root mat (1) ; basket
(1); child’s skull (1); pictures of Indians (7); carrying strap (1); mat-needle (1) ;
mat-creaser (1); hunter’s cap (1).

Spokane Indians, Idaho.—Dr. George M. Kober (accession 22761), bead necklaces (2) ;
basket jar (1); box (i); bead wristlet (1); stone pipe.

Nez Percé Indians, Tdaho.—Dr. George M. Kober (accession 22761), moccasins (1 pair) ;
beaded coat (1); head-dress (1); trousers (1 pair).

Ceur Wd Aléne Indians, Idaho.—Dr. George M. Kober (accession 22761), stone pipe (1).

Colville Indians, Idaho.—Dr. George M. Kober (accession 22761); embroidered gloves
(1 pair).

Nal-tin-né-tin-né Indians, Oregon.—Dr. J. Owen Dorsey (accession 22892), fish-hooks
(2); retrieving-harpoon (model) (1).

Concow Indians, California.—N. J. Purcell (accession 23553), milk weed flax and cord (2) ;
dance-whistles (2) ; baskets (2); cradle (1); dance-belt (1); carryiny-sacks (2).

Digger Indians, California.—N. J. Purcell (accession 23553), feathered basket (1).

Wylakie Indians, California.—N. J. Purcell (accession 23553), bead necklaces (2).

Ukie Indians, California.—N. J. Purcell (accession 23553), sun-basket (1); dance-

whistle (1); sieve (1). . .

:

‘

130 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Pitt River Indians, California.—N. J. Purcell (accession 23553), bow and a1rows (17);
tanned buckskin (1). 3

Round Valley, California.—Nn. J. Purcell (accession 23553), watch-guard (1); reins (2)>
comb (1); partof harness (1); basket material (4) ; stirring-bone (1) ; bridle (1);
hitching-rope (1); feather head-dress (1); reata (1); whips (2).

Modoc Indians, California.—N. J. Purcell (accession 23553) ; cornmeal basket (i).

Little Lake Indians, California,—N. J. Parceil (accession 23553), dance head-dregs (1) ;
feathered and beaded basket (1); dance-whistle (1); child’s basket (1); acorn
soup-basket (1).

California.—N. J. Purcell (accession 23553), shell wampum (1).

Klamath Indians, California.—Dr. George M. Kober (accession 22761), stone pipe (1).

Hupa Indians, California.—Jeremiah Curtin (accession 22591), baskets (20); dance-
robe (1); stone wedge (1); meat-bowl (1); acorn flour-scoops (2); sifter (1;)
woman’s spoon (1); pipes (3); purse and shell-money (1); eel and salmon dam
(model) (1); bow and arrows (6); louse-crusher (1); salmon trays (3); eradle (1);
scrubbing-brush (1); eel net (1) net-shuttle (1) ; man’s spoon (1); wooden bowl
(1); stone mortar (1).

San Fernando, California.—Miss Belle Roy Negus (accession 22979), reeds used in roofing.

Mission Indians, California.—Stephen Janus (accession 22610), hammock (1).

Nokum Indians, California.—L. L. Frost (accession 22672), fire-drill (1); fish-hook (1).

Chippewa Indians, Wisconsin.—Gen. T. J. Morgan (accession 23171), wooden hoe (1).
Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), beaded cape (1); pipe (1).

Bannock Indians, Idaho.—Dr. George M. Kober (accession 22761), leggings (1 pair).

Shoshone Indians, Idaho.—Dr. G. Brown Goode, arrow (1).

Omaha Indians, Nebraska.—Dr. G. Brown Goode, arrow (1).

Sioux Indians, Neue aska.—Mrs. A. C. Jackson (accession 22913), quill-work (5); moc-
casins (3 pairs); plumes (3); war-clubs (2); pipe and stems (4); pipe-bags (4);
spoons (8); bow and arrows (31); necklaces (4); mats (5); game (1); beaded wal-
let (1); dolls (2); mmedium-charms (3); arm-rings (2). Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession
22308), bow, bow-case, and quiver; arrows (10); head ornaments (2); moccasins
(1 pair); knife and case (1).

Winnebago Indians, Wisconsin.—Dr. Albert 8. Gatshet (accession 22675), charms (2).

Pawnee Indians, Indian Territory.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), arrows (4).

Cheyenne Indians, Indian Territory.—Mrs. J. G. Gruff (accession 22308), moccasins @!
pair).

Cherokee Indians, North Carolina.—Bureau of Ethnology (accession 22419), mortar and
pestle (1).

Navajo Indians, Arizona.—Dr. Washington Matthews, U. 8. Army. (accession 23123),
necklaces (3); bracelets (4 pairs); earrings (2 pairs); finger-rings (2); buttons
(15); crucifix(1); hair-combs (2); belt-buckle (1); wrist-guard (1); gorget (1);
basket (1); miniature canteen (1).

Zuni Indians, New Mexico.—Mrs. T. E. Stevenson (accession 23123), fetiches (9). F.
W. Hodges (accession 23236), ‘‘ kicking-block” (game) (1).

Comanche Indians, New Mexico.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), moccasins (1

pair).
Dantes 8 Peak, New Mexico.—Maj. J. W. Powell (accession 23046), offerings from rain-

shrine (13).

Palada Peak, New Mexico.—Maj. J. W. Powell (accession 23046), offerings from rain-
shrine (12).

Pueblo of Zia, New Mexico.—Maj. J. W. Powell (accession 23046), offerings to war
gods (9).

Pueblo of Jamez, New Mexico.—Maj. J. W. Powell (accession 23046), shrine offerings
(4).

Apache Indians, New Mexico.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), arrows (6). Dr. Geo.
M. Kober (accession 22761), pouch (i); pottery (2).

sate DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. 131

New Mexico.—Rev. Father Walter (accession 22210), old Spanish cross (1).

Boston, Massachusetts.—Denison Manufacturing Company, game-counters, (1 lot).

Maryland. J. Le Due (accession 23260), binding-peg (1).

District of Columbia.—Peter Burger (accession 22567), cooper’s tools (3); bullet-molds
(1 pair); match-box (1).

United States.—Dr. John S. Billings, U.S. Army (accession 21388), gaffs for cock-
fighting (2 pairs).

Virginia.—Dr. J. B. Hodgkin (accession 23185), slung-shot (1). Mrs. J. G. Bruff (ac-
cession 22308), horn-dipper (1). Julian Hargrove (accession 22890), flint-lock
musket (1).

Honduras.—Mr. EK. W. Perry (accession 22254), photographs of stone image (2); small
image of armadillo (1).

Nicaragua.—Government of Nicaragua (accession 23200), carved bowls and cups (7) ;
hammock (1).

Paraguay River, South America.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), necklace of pan-
ther claws (1).

Peru.—Peabody Museum (accession 23111), coiled basket (1).

Fuegians, Straits of Magellan.—Prof. Leslie A., and Thomas Lee (accession 22760) ;
harpoons and points (41); knife (1); fishing-lines and hooks (3); awls (2); club
(1); paddle (1); baskets (2); necklaces (7); skin-cloak (1); sling (1); bows,
quiver and arrows (17); otter skin in stretching frame (1).

England.—Mrts. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), shoe-buckles (2). Edward Lovett (ac-
cession 22452), calender for smoothing linen (1); building-flint (1); snuffers (3
pairs); drinking-horns (2); candle-holder (1); carrying-yoke (1) ; human harness
(1); porter’s knot (1); deer-horn pick (1); photographs illustrating flint knap-
ping industry (3) ; rush clips (4); watch-case (horn); watchman’s staff (1);
toaster (1); tinder-boxes (2).

Treland.—Edward Lovett (accession 22452), fir-candles (1 lot).

Scotland.—Edward Lovett (accession 22452), rush clip ‘‘Peer man” (1),

Norway. —Mrs. Zelia Nutall (accession 22568), carved parts of Norwegian cart harness
(2).

Turkey.—Edward Lovett (accession 22452), pottery figure (1). Mrs. J. G. Bruff (ac-
cession 22308), Pasha’s standard (1).

Egypt.—M. F. Savage (accession 22428), pottery lamp (1).

Morocco.—Royal Ethnographic Museum, Berlin (accession 23146), carrying-baskets
(2).

Tripoli.—Mts. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), yatagamns (2).

South Africa.—EKdward Lovett (accession 22452), bored stone for digging stick (1).

Inhambane Zulus, South Africa.—Rev. E. H. Richards (accession 22262), assagais (6);
arrows (10); bows (4); club (1); dirks (2); grass-cloth (2); mats (2); brace-
lets (5); necklaces (3); bark-blankets (28); horn (1); crude rubber (3); snuff-
boxes (1 pair); rattle (1); whip (1); xylophone (1); knives and forks (9); comb
(1); ax (1); spoons (5); basket (1); ceremonial stick (1); sticks for beating cir-
cumcised boys (12).

West Africa.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), shield (1); palaver stick (1).

Angola, West Africa.—United States Eelipse Expedition, through William H. Brown
(accession 23272), fishing-basket (1); fetish idol (1); pipe (1); hoe(1); carry-
ing-barrow (1); carrying-baskets (3); gaming-stool (1); pottery dishes (3);
drum (1); arm-pad (1) ; fetish paint (1 bottle) ; weaving outfit (1); marimba (1);
hungu (musical instrument) (1).

Wasegua Negroes, Africa.—Royal Ethnographic Museum, Berlin (accession 23146);
tobacco pipe (1); tobaceo-pouch (1); assagais (2); woman’s dress (1); basket (1).

Congo River, West Africa.—J. H. Camp (accession 22376), war knives( 6); spear-heads

, (4); game-sack (1); loin-cloth (1); cap (1); witch-bell (1); native rope (1);

132 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

leather girdle (1); war-horn (1); head-rest (1); arrows (3) ; musical instrument
(sansa) (1); currency, copper and brass wire, beads, copper cross, brass-tacks
and handkerchief (6); cloth (1 piece); dress (1); iron necklace (1); spoon (1);
head of fish-spear (1); porcupine quills (1 lot); hippopotamus spikes (2); hip-
popotamus tusks (2).

Arabia.—Edward Lovett (accession 22452), carnelian arrow-tip necklace (1). Mrs.
J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), Arab gun (barrel made in Venice) (1).

Afghanistan.—Barnett Phillips (accession 22384), sandals (1 pair).

Hindoostan.—Edward Lovett (accession 22422), agate chips (1 lot); Malabar tinder
box (1).

India. —Kdward Lovett (accession 22462), decorated tiles (2); jar (1); painting on
mica (1); ‘‘chillum” pipes (1); wovuden pipe (1); leg-bangles(1 pair). Henry
Balfour (accession 23212), model of a Hindoo sacred fire-drill (1).

Corea.—Dr. H. N. Allen (accession 22405), embroidered beds and pillows (4); fans
(ladies’) (6); men’s fans (5); pillow end (1); round pillow (1) ; ink-stones (2);
King’s medal (1); rolls of fine paper (4) ; uncut seals (9); pencil-jar (1) ; tobacco-
boxes (2); carved seals (2); pipes (3); box for seals and ink (1); pencils (2);
books (3); belt-clasp (1) ; knife and chopsticks (1); paper-holder (carved) (1);
scent-bags (2); string of cash (1); samples of cloth (5); bow (1); quiverand ar-
rows (9); lady’s hat (1); hair-pin (1); embroidered screen (1); lantern-covers
(2); carving in soapstone (1); scent-bottle (1); beads for hat (1); comb (1);
child’s knife (1); jade fan pendant (1); brass dinner-seryice (37 pieces); marble
pagoda (model) (1); bamboo blinds (25; zither yang gum (1); bowl (common
ware) (1); saucer (fine green pottery) (1); rice-pot (stone) (1); bowl (1). W.
W. Rockhill (accession 22822), Corean paintings (costumes) (18).

China.—W. Woodville Rockhill (accessions 22458, 22699), paintings of Buddhist saints
(2); brick tea (7 samples); money-scales (1); oiled cotton (1); felt-hat (1);
socks (1 pair); sandals (3 pairs); portrait of Hoshang, or high priest (1); spec-
tacles in case (1 pair): stamp for visiting-cards (1); pipe and tobacco-pouch (1) ;
vermicelli Kua-mien (1 sample) ; bow, bow-case, arrow-case and belt (1); cotton
goods (1 sample) ; cotton trousers(1 pair); silk-belt (1); leaves for prayer-wheel
(1 lot). Stewart Culin (accession 23292); funeral money used by Chinese in the
United States (5 kinds). Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), images of terra cotta
(3); images of agalmatolite (2), bow and arrows (9) ; shield (1); hat (1); queue
(1); image of household god. Dr. H.N. Allen (accession 22405), cash swords.
Romyn Hitchcock (accession 21476), pottery bowl (1). Mrs. J. King Van Rens-
selaer (accession 23006), dominoes (1 set).

Mongolia.—W. Woodville Rockhill (accessions 22699, 22700, 22455, 22822), teakettle
(1); barley meal tsamba (1 lot); thimble (1); winter hat (1); rope (1); powder-
chargers on belt (1); boots and garters (2 pairs); charm-box (1); fire-box (1) ;
powder-horn (1); woolen garters (2 pairs); mold for images of tsamba meal
(1); eating-bowl (1); strike-a-light (1); knife and chop-sticks (1).

Koko-nor Province, China.—W. Woodville Rockhill (accession 22699, 22455, 22709), knife
of the Sifan (1); hat worn by Si fan (1); shell ornaments for woman’s head
dresses (1 lot); gown (1); bellows (1); felt (1 piece) ; riding-whip (1); match-
lock gun and equipments (1); bullet bag and ammunition-pouch (2) ; powder-
horn (1); boots (1 pair); trousers (1 pair).

Thibet.—W. Woodville Rockhill (accessions, 22700, 22455, 22976, 22699, 22822), Lama
priest’s hat (1); garters for boots (3 pairs); woman’s belts (4) ; prayer-beads (1
string ;) edible root choma (1 lot); charm of tsamba meal (1); tobacco-pouch (1);
scarfs of felicitation (1 lot); bell used in Lamaist ceremonies (1); silver spoon (1);
eating-bowl (1); ground barley in bag (1); shirt-buckles (3) ; strike-a-lights (2) ;
native woolen cloth (1 lot) ; money-bags (2); sealing- wax (2); bamboo pens (2) ;
women’s boots (1 pair); teapot (1); strainer for tea (1); tea-churn (1); swords
(2); saddle (1); butter-box (1); saddle-baga (2); eye-screen ‘1) ; needle-case

DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. 133

(1); pouch for tea-bow] (1); photograph of Thibetan jewelry (1) ; felt rain-coat
(1); woolen gown (1); shirt (1): turban (1); finger-ring (1) ; earrings (2); shirt-
button (L); pipe (1); copper kettle (1) ; scroll-picture of Lama convent (1);
brass sceptre of Indra (1); barley-ineal bag (L); robe (1); joss-sticks (1 lot );
seal (1).

Japan.—Romyn Hitchcock (accession 21640, 16311, 21965, 21675), tobacco-boxes (2);
teapots (20) ; coolie’s hats (2); trays (5); cake-bowl(1); lunch-boxes (3) ;wooden
ladles (10); candlestick (1); tea-sets (8); rice-box (1); ash-bowl (1); tobacco
pipes (5); writing outfits (3); table (1); rice cups (4); bowls (10); tinder-boxes
(2); tea-tray (1); vases (5); cup and saucer (1); straw sandals (2 pairs); car-
penter’s line (1); fire-boxes (5); hair ornaments(1 lot); flags (2); dried fish (10);
seaweed starch (1); bamboo flutes (2) writing utensils (15); smoker’s outfit (2);
counting-boards (abacus) (2); rule (1); lining for hibachi (1 lot); work-box (1);
Hindoo dish (1); stoves (2); writing material (8 samples) ; ink-holder (1); serub-
brush (1); tea-cups (6); letter-file (1); towel-rack (Ll); incense (1 lot); slippers
(1 pair): saki bottles (3); tea-stirrers (3); chopsticks (3 packs); chopstick
holder (1); bamboo boxes (3); gardener’s tools (4); chain weapon (1); sets for
tea ceremony (2); splint-matches (4 bundles); musical instrument (1); sacred
paper-flags (1 lot); temple-beads (3); healing-water bottles (6) ; prayer-book (1) ;
paint-brushes (9); basket (1); saki drinking sets (4 pairs); painted bowl and
saki bottle (2); mortuary jars (5); tea-caddies (2); saki warmers (3); tea-jug (1) ;
vessels for cooking meats (6); burial-pottery, fragments, etc. (1 lot); shrine of
Kolohira (1); shrine, image of Bishamon (1) ; bed fufons (1 set) ; rincing-bowl (1);
saki stands and cups (21); iron saki pots (2); refreshment table (1); soup-plates
(10); fish-bowl (1); chest of drawers (2); dress of a laboring man (4 pieces);
winter clothing of a merchant (7 pieces); clothing of a Jinrikisha man (2 pieces);
soup-bowl and spoon (2); confection-bowl (1); toilet-case (1); tin in basket
holder (1); night-light (1); paper fish (1); doll(L); cloth (6 samples); rain-coats
(2); household shrine (1); bronze hibachi (1); utensils used in blacking the
teeth (1 set); hand-basket (1); suit for child (1); cotton rolls (2); samples of
tea (6); tobacco-pouches (2); wooden awls (3); straw-hoops (2); fan (1); beads
for praying (4 strings); healing water bottles (4); incense (5 kinds) ; toy bag of
rice (2); tables (7); lacquer cups (6); lacquer soup-bowls (4); porcelain plates
(6); water-kettle (1); Mrs. J. King Van Rensselaer (accession 23174), playing-
cards (1 pack). Hiramatz Rei and Y. Marshall Law (accession 23113), section
of human hair rope used in building temple (1); photograph of hair ropes (1);
table of measurements of ropes (1); planoftemple(1). Japanese department of
education, Tokio (accession 16311), dress fans (3); fans (25); scissors (3 pairs) ;
vegetable knives (4) ; cooking-pan (1) ; saws (2); hammers (4); awls (2); chisels
(2); planes(3); pincers (1 pair); tweezers (1 pair); whetstones (2); gimlets (6);
razor (1); smoothing iron (1); sickle (1); paper-cutter (1); tongs (1 pair);
cleaver (1); radish-grater (1); tongs (5 pairs).

Ainos, Yezo, Japan.—Romyn Hitchcock (accessions 22393, 22633, 21640), mats (5) ;
bows (4); quivers with arrows (3); shoes (1 pair); leggings (6 pairs); snow-
shoes (1 pair); sandals (1 pair); baskets (4); bark cord (9); bark cloth (1 roll) ;
coats of bark (3); belts (4); looms (2); fish-spear (1); dippers (2); basket of
bark (1); ladle (1); salmon-spear (1); carrying-case (1); dried fish (1 lot); car-
rying-bands (3) ; pipes (7) ; carrying-bag (1); dish (1) ; bowl (1) ; head-dress (1) ;
hoe (1); gloves (1 pair); aprons (2); god-sticks (3); broiling-sticks (2) ; tobacco-
boxes and sticks (3); mustache sticks (9); large knife in case (1); lacquer cup-
(1); shell plate (1); tea-cup rests (2) ; thread- winders (4); wooden carved plates
(4); bark dishes (4); net-needle (1); earrings (2 pairs); jew’s harp (1); neck-
laces (2); chopsticks (1 lot); tattooine-knives (2); knife in carved case (1);
silver ornament (1); spoons (16); fish-skin (2 pieces); belt-loom (1); wooden
hammers (2); knife-cases (4); belt reed (1); foods (13 samples) ; towel-rack (1) ;

i
I

134 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1990.

carrying-bands with stick (1); arrows ard stone arrow-heads (1 lot); materials for
mats (2 lots); arrow-poison (2 lots); rake (1); rat-trap (1); traps (2); pot-hook
(1); baby-carrier (1); aconite plant used to make arrow poison (1); bowls (2);
wooden tray (1); sword (1); male costume (1); female costume (1); photographs
of Ainos, house lite, etc. (26); wooden spatula (1); women’s spoons (2).

Samoan Islands.—U. 8. Navy Department (accession 23197), fine mats (4); rugs (6);
Kava bowl (1); tapa blankets (108); fans (42); baskets (22); Kava cup (1);
cinctures (2); necklaces (2); comb (1); clubs (2); spears (2); sashes of tapa
cloth (13); spread (1). Ensign W. E. Safford, U. S. Navy (accession 22259), fly-
flapper (1); pillow (1); sennit (2 samples); tapa blankets (5); sashes (2); bas-
ket wallet (1); children’s dresses (2); fine mat (1); meats (3); floor-mat (1);
varieties of tapa (4); fan (1); adze blade (1); combs (2); head-dress (1) ; fish-
ing tackle (1); clubs (3); fish-hook (1). Harold M. Sewell (accession 22187),
fire-sticks (1 pair).

Sandwich Islands.—Mrs. Sibyl Carter (accession 23273), braid of squash fiber (1);
photographs of natives (11); fans (3); anklet of shells (1): cocoanut shell dish
(1); necklace of Kukui nuts (1); wallet (1); tapa mallet (1); feather wand
hanga-hanga (1); hats (2); carrying-pole (1). Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308),
fish hooks (2); ornamented skin (1); fetish necklace of whale tooth and human
hair (1). Miss Una Clarke, hat band of shells (1). W. F. Hillebrand (accession
22638), plaited rope (1); tapa cloth (1).

Fiji Islands.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), sharks’ teeth spear (1), stone image
Gy);

New Caledonia.—Royal Ethnographic Museum, Berlin (accession 28146), woman’s
dress (1).

Mangaia Group.—R. L. Garner (accession 22295), adze (1).

Malay Archipelago.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22303), cocoanut cup with tortoise
shell cover (1).

Sarawak, N. Borneo.—F. T. Redwood (accession 22973), blow-gun (1).

Palao Islands.—Royal Ethnographic Museum, Berlin (accession 23146), comb (1);
tortoise shell dish (1) ; woman’s dress (1).

Solomon Islands.—Edward Lovett (accession 22452), polished celt (basalt) (1).

Kingsmill Islands.—Mrs. J. G. Brutf (accession 22308), shark teeth spear (1).

South Sea Islands.—Mrs. J. G. Brutf (accession 22308), tattooing instruments (2).

Sooloo Islands.—Mrs. J. G. Bruff (accession 22308), eruse (1).

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF AMERICAN PREHISTORIC POTTERY
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By Witiiam H. Houmes, Honorary Curator.

During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1890, little work has been done
in the Department of Aboriginal Pottery. The installation of the ex-
hibition series is practically completed and all that remains to be done
is in the direction of more thorough labeling of individual specimens,

Accessions have not been as numerous as in preceding years, yet
much of value has been acquired.

The more important accessions of the year include a series of frag-
mentary ware from Bear Point, Perdido Bay, Alabama, contributed by
Mrs. A. T. Mosman and A. B. Simons, and supplementary to the col-
lections of F. H. Parsons acquired last year; and a remarkable group
of vases obtained from a mound on the Savannah River, Richmond
County, Georgia, by H. lL. Reynolds. These, and some other contribu-
tions mentioned in the accompanying list, were acquired through the
agency of the Bureau of Ethnology.

The routine work of the department has consisted chiefly in labeling
and entering upon the books such new material as has been acquired.
A number of sets of specimens have been selected for exchange.

Such researches as have been conducted by the curator, relate
mainly to collections from the mounds of the Mississippi Valley and
adjacent regions. The work undertaken is to form a part of the mon-
ographie work of Dr. Cyrus Thomas upon the Mound Builders.

The last catalogue number in June 1889, is 135151; in June 1890,
135363.

The curator has published three papers during the year. These are
noticed in the Bibliography.

ACCESSIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890.

Oshkosh, Wisconsin.—Joseph F. James (No. 135133), pottery fragments.

Clark County, Illinois.—H. G. Hodge (No. 135142), pottery fragments from mound
near York.

Upshur County, West Virginia.—L. V. McWhorter (No. 135143), pottery fragmeuts.

Potomac Creek, Virginia.—W. H. Phillips (No. 135144), pottery fragments.

Two Lick Creek, Harrison County, West Virginia.—W. H. Holmes (No. 135152), pottery

fragments.
135

136 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

San Juan, Toetihuacan, Mexico —F. W. Hodge (Nos. 135158, 135168), pottery fragments.

Cherokee Reservation, North Carolina.—James Mooney (No. 135186), pottery frazments.

Savannah River, Richmond County, Georgia.—H. L. Reynolds (Nos. 135192, 135215), vases
and fragments; (135217, 135225) clay pipes; (135253) clay fragments; (135278,
135279) pottery fragments from mound.

Bear Point, Perdido Bay, Baldwin County, Alabama.—Mrs. A. T. Mosman (Nos. 135285,
135289), vases and fragments.

Bear Point, Perdido Bay, Baldwin County, Alabama.—A. B. Simons (Nos, 135292, 135312),
vases and fragments.

Espanola, New Mexico.—Arthur Davis (No. 135314), pottery fragments.

Yuma, Arizona.— Dr. George M. Kober (Nos. 135315, 135317), eartben vessels.

Elgin County, Canada.—Charles B. Tweedale (No. 135318), earthen pipe-bow]; (135329)
pottery fragments.

Sila, New Mexico.—Mrs. James Stevenson (Nos. 135345, 135346), pottery vases. °

Casa Grande, Arizona.—V. Mindeleft (Nos. 135349, 135350), pottery fragments.

Ancient Pueblo, Salt River Valley, Arizona.—V. Mindeleff (No. 135352), pottery frag-
ments.

Hughes County, South Dakota.—H. lL. Reynolds (No. 135359), pottery fragments.

Barton County, Georgia. —H. L. Reynolds (No. 135362), pottery fragments.

Souris River, southwest Manitoba.—H. L. Reynolds (No. 135363), pottery fragments.

REPORT ON THE SECTION OF ORIENTAL ANTIQUITIES
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By Cyrus ADLER, Asstslant Curator

In the absence in Europe of Prof. Paul Haupt, honorary curator of
the section, I beg to submit the following report for the past fiscal
year.

The collections exhibited are still confined to Babylonian, Assyrian,
and Egyptian objects, and the considerable amount of material now in
the Museum which would naturally come under the heading of Biblical
Archeology is exhibited in other departments. Possibly the most
gratifying results of the year’s work, the character of which did not
differ from the preceding one, is the increased codperation of other
institutions and of individuals, and the aid which the Smithsonian In-
stitution has been enabled to extend to the recently established museums
and to scientific investigators.

The authorities of the Catholic University of America (Washington,
D. C.), recently inaugurated, have established an ‘oriental museum.
They have adopted the Museum standards and a healthy codperation
has been established.

The growing interest in oriental studies has resulted in the formation
of a private class in Washington, whose investigations have been aided
by photographs and objects belonging to the collections.

The fact of the participation of the Smithsonian Institution in the
Kighth International Congress of Orientalists, which met at Stockholm
in September, 1889, was briefly alluded to in the last report.

At the request of Count Carlo Landberg, the secretary of the con-
gress, the Smithsonian Institution published a special circular for
American scholars, containing information as to the meetings. The
Institution presented on behalf of the Museum to the King of Sweden,
president of the congress, a set of reproductions of Assyrian seals,
illustrating the methods employed. These objects were highly com-
mended by his majesty on their presentation; General Thomas, United
States minister to Sweden, transmitting a communication to that
effect. The Smithsonian Institution was represented at the congress

137

138 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

by Professor Haupt, whose report to the Secretary will be found else-
where.

The American Oriental Society has appointed a committee to pre-
pare a catalogue of the oriental manuscripts in the United States. A
member of the committee learned of a collection, numbering, it is said,
160 Persian and Arabic MSS., formed by the late William B. Hodgson.
They were traced to the Telfair Academy of Arts and Sciences in Sa-
vannah, Georgia, and, after some correspondence, the trustees of that
institution passed a resolution authorizing the director to forward the
MSS. to the Smithsonian Institution, on deposit, for study.

Mr. Talcott Williams, of Philadelphia, while on a tour through Mo-
rocco, undertook to make a collection for the Museum. Amoug the
objects thus acquired are many illustrating the manners and customs
of the inhabitants of that country.

The preparation of the Smithsonian Report on the Progress of Ori-
ental Science in America during 1888 necessitated correspondence with
many of the orientalists of the United States, resulting in useful addi-
tions to the sectional library.

ACCESSIONS.

Through the good offices of the Hon. Oscar 8S. Straus, formerly
U. 8. minister to Turkey, and the courtesy of Prof. Howard Osgood,
of Rochester, New York, the Museum has come into possession of
cast of the famous Temple inscription discovered by the French arch-
eologist, Clermont-Ganneau, May 26, 1871, and now in the Imperial
Museum at Constantinople. The inscription reads: ‘No stranger is to
enter within the balustrade round the Temple and inclosures. Who--
ever is caught will be responsible to himself for his death.” In the
account of Herod’s Temple by Josephus (Antiq., xv, 11, 5) an inserip-
tion is mentioned which forbade “ any foreigner to enter the inclosure
on pain of death.” And in a second description (Wars, V, 5, 2) he
states that the warnings were written ‘“‘some in Greek and some in
Roman letters.” Through this discovery light is also thrown on the
episode in Acts XxI, 285-31, where Paul was accused of bringing
Trophimus, an Ephesian, within the balustrade, and ‘all the city was
moved and the people ran together, and they laid hold on Paul and
dragged him out of the Temple, and they were seeking to kill him.”
According to Clermont-Ganneaun, this is the most ancient as well as
the most interesting Greek inscription which archeological investiga-
tion in Jerusalem has produced.

Mr. Theodore Graf, of Vienna, presented to the Museum a set of
photographs and aselection of heliogravures of his collection of Grzeco-
Egyptian portraits. The originals were discovered near Fayum at a
place called Rubaiyet, in July, 1887. In producing these portraits the
brush was not used, the encaustic or distemper processes being resorted

SECTION OF ORIENTAL ANTIQUITIES. 139

to. The artist who practiced the encaustic process first spread a mixture
of pure beeswax and liquid balsam over a smooth surface, on which the
colors were laid in the form of a mosaic. The different colors were then
blended together by means of the cestrum, a spoon-shaped instrument,
the bowl of which had serrated edges, while the handle was rounded.
The portraits, painted in distemper, were executed in a composition con-
sisting of the yolk of an egg, a little oil, and the required powdered
colors. Still another process was to mix oil and coior powder together
and put it on in a molten condition. Some of the pictures show that
all three processes were employed. It is difficult to determine the date
at which these paintings were executed, but it must have been some
time between 100 and 350 A. D. The portraits were probably painted
from life. The collection exhibits notably the different types of counte-
nance and the methods of dressing the hair. The originals are still for
sale and would be a great addition to any antiquarian collection.

Dr. R. Zehnpfund, of Leipzig, presented an imitation of an Assyrian
clay tablet, written by himself, containing a hymn in praise of wine, in
the style of the Nimrod epic composed by Professor Haupt, of Johns
Hopkins University, Baltimore. The tablet was made out of a lump of
clay which, after being carefully sifted, washed, and cleaned, was moist-
ened, rolled up in the form of a cylinder, and then flattened on a board.
When the clay became sufliciently dry so that it would not adhere
to the stylus, the tablet received the necessary polish by being rubbed
against a smooth, flat board. The stylus used for writing consisted of
a four-cornered piece of hard-oiled wood, the front end of which was
cut off slanting. Writing with this instrument was easy and did not
occupy much time. It took litthe more than an hour to write this

tablet.*
Rev. Dr. William Hayes Ward, of New York, permitted copies to be

made of twelve Babylonian and Assyrian seals in his collection. Ten
similar objects were received from Prof. D. G. Lyon, of Harvard Uni-
versity, and eighteen Assyrian, Babylonian, Persian, and Egyptian
gems from Prof. H. Hyvernat, of the Catholic University.

A series of photographs was purchased from the Palestine explora-
tion fund.

DISTRIBUTIONS.

Casts of forty Assyrian seals were presented to the University of
Pennsylvania; a similar collection was sent to Prof. Howard Osgood, of
the University of Rochester, New York. Ten casts of Assyrian seals
were sent to Prof. D. G. Lyon, Harvard University, and two to Dr.
Ward. Copies of the Canopus Inscription were forwarded to Lehigh
University and to the Chinese minister.

*The text with translation was published in the ‘‘ Menu du diner offert au VIII¢
Congrés International des Orientalistes,” Stockholm le 7 sept. 1889.

E

140 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ROUTINE WORK.

During the year the collections were rearranged, with the object of
securing more space. The seals, copied from the originals owned by
the Misses Bruce and Prof. O. C. Marsh, of New Haven, referred to in
the last report, were labeled and placed in the exhibition cases. The
photogravures of the Greco-Egyptian portraits and the copies of the
seals of Dr. Ward, referred to above, have been placed on exhibition.

A complete series of the casts of seals is preserved in the study series.

In addition to the persons mentioned above, the Museum is indebted
for codperation and assistance to Mr. Henry Gillman, United States
consul at Jerusalem, Mr, W. Max Miiller, and Dr. F.C. H. Wendel, of
New York.

REPORT ON THE HISTORICAL COLLECTIONS
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By A. HowarpD Ciark, Curator.

The transfer of a large collection of relics of General Washington
from the Patent Office to the National Museum in 1883 was the begin-
ning of a separate section devoted to historical collections. With the
Washington relics were grouped many objects heretofore exhibited in
other departments of the Museum, but which are of more interest as
perronal relics of representative men or memorials of events or places
of historic importance. Here were brought together various gifts from
foreign governments to Presidents Jefferson, Adams, Van Buren, Com-
modore Perry aud other high officials of the United States, besides
relics of Benjamin Franklin, Andrew Jackson, Abraham Lincoln, Gen-
eral Ripley, Commodore Elliott, Commodore Biddle, and many other
eminent American statesmen and soldiers, as well as numerous manu-
scripts and relics pertaining to the colonial and revolutionary war
period of our country, and mementoes of Sir John Franklin, Kane,
Hayes, Hall, De Long and other Arctic explorers. In November, 1836,
the large collection of relics of General Grant were received and added
very greatly to the popular interest in this section of the Museum.*
The growth of the historical collections in the past three years has
been very rapid, and the space devoted to this class of exhibits is found
far too limited for their display to visitors. The collections exhibited
in the north hall have been partially rearranged and many new objects
have been installed during the year. Labels have been written for all
objects shown. There are now in reserve many hundreds of objects that
might be exhibited if space permitted.

A beginning has been made on a collection of postage stamps of all

nations, about 1,600 specimens gathered by Professor Baird forming
the nucleus of this collection.

The collection of portraits of representative men of the world has in-
creased considerably in number during the year, but is yet very incom-
plete. There have been put on exhibition engraved and photographic
portraits of some of the most eminent scientists, and an interesting col-

*A list of these objects is given in the Annual Report for 1887.

142 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

lection of portraits of the medical men of the world deposited by Dr. J.

M. Toner.

The collection illustrating the moneys of the world in all ages and
countries has been an addition of popular interest, as is evidenced by
the many valuable loan collections of ancient and modern pieces. This
collection is not limited to metallic currency, but includes paper cur-
rency and various substitutes for money.

The entries in the catalogue during the year aggregate 645, repre-
senting about 1,000 specimens. Upwards of 3,000 additions have been
made to the card catalogue, which now numbers about 10,000 cards.
There are yet many objects not catalogued in detail, though accession
cards and lists are preserved.

The accessions during the year were as follows:

From Charles Abert, Homewood, Maryland, a marble bust of Benjamin Franklin,
sculptured by Ceracchi, in Italian marble.

From Nathan Appleton, Boston, Massachusetts, a gun-carriage from the citadel
of Santo Domingo City, made of mahogany, probably by the Spaniards during
the early days of their possession of the island. Also photograph of Sitting
Bull and other Indians at Standing Rock, and photograph of the General Custer
Monument on the battlefield at Little Big Horn River, Montana. Only one offi-
cer’s remains were buried on the battlefield—young Lieutenant Crittenden. His
father, General Crittenden, said, ‘‘ Bury him where he fell on the field of battle.”

From Fred J. Adams, Grand Rapids, Michigan, badge of the Michigan Press Associa-
tion at their session in Grand Rapids, in July, 1889.

From W. 8. Baker, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, four volumes on engraved, medallie,
and character portraits of Washington, ‘‘ Bibliotheca Washingtoniana,” and
“ History of a rare Washington Print.”

From F. N. Barrett, New York City, portrait of M. Appert, inventor of the art of pre-
serving food by hermetic sealing.

From Miss H. H. Berger, Brooklyn, New York, copper and silver coins of Finland.

From Paul Beckwith, Washington, District of Columbia, badge of Union Veterans’
Union, Good Templars, Knights of Pythias, and Knights of Golden Eagle; also
one book, ‘‘ The Spellbinders’ Souvenir,” and medals commemorating the unyeil-
ing of General Meade statue, 1887, and the organization of First Regiment
National Guard of Pennsylvania, 1861.

From Dr. HK. G. Betty, Cincinnati, Ohio, medals of Ohio Valley Centennial Exposi-
tion, and rare silver, copper, aud nickel coins of the United States.

From J. 8. Billop, Glenn Dale, Maryland, half-penuy of Virginia, George III, 1773.

From H. P. Branham, glass flute, silver-mounted, made by Laurent, of Paris, and
used for many years by Judge A. B. Longstreet, of Georgia, author of History of
Georgia, etc.

From the British Museum, London, a large series of electrotypes of Greek coins, the
types of coins used prior to 100 A. D.

From F. E. Brownell, Washington, District of Columbia, shotgun and rifle, relics of
Col. E. E. Ellsworth.

From Mrs. J. G. Bruff, Washington, District of Columbia, collection of 1,129 silver -
and copper coins of the United States and foreign countries, 171 examples of
paper currency, 29 medals, and some numismatic books.

From Harriet W. Cary, Napoleon, Ohio, a looking-glass, relic of James Mason, of the

Plymouth Colony.
From Mrs. 8. 8. Cox, New York City, decorations of the Turkish Order of the Mjidieh

and the Shefaket.

HISTORICAL COLLECTIONS. 143

From William Ellory Curtis, Washington, District of Columbia, album of portraits
of the officers and members of the International American Conference held at
Washington in 1889-90.

From Joseph A. Donahoe, San Francisco, California, comet medal of the Astronomi-
cal Society of the Pacific, given to discoverers of comets.

From Leon C. Duchesne, Natchez, Mississippi, paper-money of the city of Natchez,
November, 1862.

From R. Edward Earll, Washington, District of Columbia, six-kreutzer coin of the
Rhenish Palatinate, dated 1808.

Krom George L. Eckert, Washington, District of Columbia, copper coin of State of
Chibuahua, Mexico.

Froan St. Julian Fillette, Washington, District of Columbia, photographs of United
States war ships Trenton, Vandalia, and Nipsic, and the war ship Ogla, showing
view of the harbor of Apia, Samoan Islands, takeu after the hurricane of Satur-
day, March 16, 1889.

From Charles F. Fish, Fall River, Massach usetts, photographs of the old stone mill
at Newport and of an old windmill at Portsmouth, Rhode Island.

From Joseph Francis, Minneapolis, Minnesota, large gold medal presented to Mr.
Francis by President Harrison, April, 1889, in accordance with act of Congress
of the United States for his invention of lifeboats, etc. Gold snuff-box, diamond
mounted, presented to Mr. Francis by Napoleon III.

From James M. Gleason, Boston, Massachusetts, bronze medals commemorative of
the visit of the Boston Commandery to the Twenty-fourth Triennial Couclave
of Knights Templar, Washington City, October 8, 1889.

From Rev. A. K. Glover, Grand Haven, Michigan, copper coins of the United States
from 1783 to 1826.

From: Guildhall Library Committee of London, England, bronze medals struck by
order of the Corporation of London, from 149 to 1887, to commemorate various
historic events.

From William M. Haley, San Francisco, German Bible printed in Halle in 1765, and
German passport issued to K. Land in May, 1837.

From William Hali, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, Knights Templar badge and card.

From Mrs. W. S. Hancock, Washington, District of Columbia, cane presented to
General Hancock by citizens of Brooklyn, in 1884; sword voted to him at the
Sanitary Fair in St. Louis in 1864, and regulation sword carried by him through-
ont the war of the rebellion.

From Mrs. Mary Harney, Washington, District of Columbia, Mexican saddle and
harness, military cap and chapeau, epaulettes, revolver, and two rifles, personal
relics of Gen. W. 8. Harney.

From W. T. Hornaday, Buffalo, New York, plaster bust of Professor Huxley.

From C. P. Jacobs, Indianapolis, Indiana, programmes, invitation cards, badges, and
other relics of the funeral of President Abraham Lincoln.

From Philip Jaisohn, Washington, District of Columbia, Japanese 20 sen silver coin.

From Lewis Johnson & Co., Washington, District of Columbia, Hungarian paper
money, issued at Buda-Pest, September 1, 1848.

From J. P. Klinges, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, postage stamps of the Confederate
States.

From Oliver S, League, Annapolis, Maryland, cross-bow found under the floor of Colo-
nel Wilmot’s house in Annapolis, built in the seventeenth century.

From Thomas Marron, Washington, District of Columbia, autograph letter of Post-
master-General Amos Kendall, October 26, 1838.

From Col. Marshall McDonald, Washington, District of Columbia, military publica-
tions and inanuseript records pertaining to the Confederate States.

From Mrs. N. Y. D. Miller, reprints of wall paper edition of Vicksburg Daily Citizen,
July 2-4, 1863, and reprint of Ulster County Gazette, January 4, 1800.

144 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

From Theodore A. Mills, Washington, District of Columbia, commission of Clark
Mills as lieutenant of cavalry in 1853, signed by President Franklin Pierce and
Jefferson Davis, Secretary of War. Cast of face of Abraham Lincoln, from orig-
inal mold made by Clark Mills in February, 1805, about sixty days before the
President’s death.

From W.C. Mason, Washington, District of Columbia, Chinese copper coins.

From John M. Noah, Washington, District of Columbia, original printed copy of Car-
riers’ address to the patrons of the National Advocate, New York City, January
1,1817. Badge of Knights Templar.

From William S. Overton, Stony Creek, Virginia, pardon for rebel soldier signed by
W. H. Seward, Secretary of State, July 5, 1866.

From Gen. Walter A. Payne, Fostoria, Ohio, badge of the Sons of Veterans.

From Thomas G. Reames, Jacksonville, Oregon, twenty-dollar gold coin of the United
States found in a cow’s stomach. Badge of Knights Templar.

From J. T. Nichards, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, brick from foundation of Fort Du-
quesne, at Pittsburgh, built prior to 1753.

From W. W. Rockhill, Washington, District of Columbia, Chinese paper-money, in-
eluding a national-bank note, the only issue by the present dynasty, and New
Year’s Day and ordinary 100-cash paper currency of the city of Pekin.

From Arthur E. Scarff, Kalamazoo, Michigan, Siamese copper coin, and copper coin,
dos centavos, of Argentine Republic, 1834.

From Henry L. Sheldon, Middlebury, Vermont, paper-money of Vermont Glass Com-
pany, 1814, and fractional currency of H. A. Sheldon, 1362.

from Felix Speyer, Franklin, Pennsylvania, copper coin of Portugal, 20 reis, 1866.

From Dr. H. R. Storer, Newport, Rhode Island, molds of medals of historic interest.

From Tiffany & Co., New York City, silvered copper elec'rotype of the large yase
presented to William Cullen Bryant by the citizens of New York in 1875.

From James Todd, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, silver watch and seal and pendant,
captured from a British soldier at battle of Lexington, 1775, by Lieut. James
Todd, of Boston.

From War Department, two swords presented to Gen. James Shields by State of
Illinois and State of South Carolina, for gallant services during the Mexican
War.

From W. J. Winter, Denver, Colorado, ribbon badge of the Cowboy Club of Denver,
Colorado.

From A. F. Wooster, Norfolk, Connecticut, copper coin of Republic of Spain, 1870.

The morning sessions of the annual meeting of the American His-
torical Association were held in the lecture hall of the National Museum
December 28 to 31, 1889. There was a large attendance of members of
the association and much interest was manifested in the Museum collec-
tions. This Association was incorporated by act of Congress approved
January 4, 1889, and by this act is directed to report annually to the
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution concerning its proceedings
aud the condition of historical study in America. The Regents of the
Smithsonian Institution are authorized 1o permit the Association to
deposit its collections, manuscripts, books, pamphlets, and other mate-
rial for history in the Smithsonian Institution or in the National Mu-
seum. Under this act some books and pamplets have been deposited
in the Museum and placed in charge of the curator of the historical
collections, who has been elected assistant secretary and curator of the
Association, .

HISTORICAL COLLECTIONS. 145

Among the papers read at the annual meeting were the following:

Literature of Witchcraft. By Prof. George L. Burr, of Cornell University.
A Catechism of Political Reaction. By Ex-President Andrew D. White.
The French Revolution in San Domingo. By Herbert Elmer Mills, of Cornell Uni-

versity.
On a Newly Discovered Manuscript called Reminiscences of the American War of
Independence, by Ludwig Baron von Closen, aid to the Count de Rochambeau. By

' Clarence W. Bowen, of New York City.

Recent Historical Work in the Colleges and Universities of Europe and America.
By President Charles Kendall Adams.

The Origin and Early History of our National Scientific Institutions. By Dr. G.
Brown Goode.

The Development of International law as to Newly Discovered Territory. By Dr.
Walter B. Scaife, of Johns Hopkins University.

The {mpeachment and Trial of President Johnson. By Dr. William A. Dunning,
of Columbia University, New York City. ~

The Trial and Execution of John Brown. By Geu. Marcus J. Wright.

A Defense of Congressional Government. By Dr. Freeman Snow, of Howard Uni-
versity.

The Economic and Social History of New England, 1620-1789. By William B,
Weeden, of Providence.

The Correspondence of the Pelham Family and the Loss of Oswego to the British.
By William Henry Smith, president of the Associated Press.

The early History of the Ballot in Connecticut. By Prof. Simeon KE. Baldwin of
Yale University.

Certain Phases of the Western Monument during the Revolutionary War. By
Theodore Roosevelt.

The Concentration of the Flathead Indians upon the Jocko Reservation. By Gen.
Henry B. Carrington.

The Constitutional Aspect of Kentucky’s Struggle for Autonomy, 1784-92. By
Ethelbert D. Warfield, president of Miami University.

Some Iistorical Facts from the Records of William and Mary College. By Presi-
dent Lyon G. Tyler.

Materials for the Study of the Government of the Confederate States, By Jobn

Osborne Sumner.

Notes on the Outlook for Historical Studies in the Southern States. By Prof. Wil-
liam P. Trent, of the University of the South.

The Relations of History to Ethnology. By Prof. O. T. Mason, of the National
Museum.

The Present Condition of Historical Studies in Canada. By George Stewart, jr.,
D. C. L., LL. D., of Quebec.

The Spirit of Historical Research. By James Schowler, of Boston.

The Perils of Historical Study. By Justin Windsor.

The Government as a Guardian of American History. By Worthington C. Ford.

A full report of the proceedings of the meeting will be printed in the
annual report of the Association, which will be published as a Con-
gressional document.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2

10

AA on a F % Me Aya
eng bogndner bebe ie aim
hE OLDE RA EL TO

REPORT ON THE SECTION OF GRAPHIC ARTS
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By S. R. Korner, Curator.

The re-arrangement of the collections of the Section of Graphic Arts,
which was alluded to as impending in my iast report, has been carried
out. The details of this arrangement are set forth on the leaflet printed
for the information of visitors to the Museum, and here reprinted.

CLASSIFICATION OF EXHIBITS IN THE SECTION OF GRAPHIC ARTS.

The collections exhibited in the Hall of Graphic Arts illustrate the various meth-
ods of producing pictures on flat surfaces, by hand, as well as by mechanical means.
They form two main groups, the one technical, the other historical.

On the eastern side of the hall, opposite the windows, are arranged the specimens
illustrating the technical methods of the reproductive or multiplying arts; that is to
say, those arts that produce blocks, plates, etc., from which impressions can be ob-
tained in the press, such as wood-engraving, engraving on metal with the grayer or
burin, etching, mezzotinting, lithography, the modern photomechanical processes, etc.

On the western or window side are illustrated the various methods of drawing and
painting, the history of painting (by means of carbon prints, etc.), and the history of
engraving in relief (wood-engraving, etc.), intaglio (engraving with the burin, ete.),
and of drawing on stone, etc. (lithography). On the same side of the hall will also
be found illustrations of the history of color-printing, and supplementary exhibitions
illustrating aids to drawing used by lithographers and draftsmen for process-work,
methods of enlarging and reducing, etc., and industrial applications of printing.

The collections are arranged in alcoves in the following order:

HASTERN SIDE OF THE HALL.
BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHERN END.

Alcove 1.—Typical illustrations of the methods used in the production of printable
blocks and plates.—Relief-engraving (the wood-cut, wood-engraying, relief-engray-
ing on metal): Tools, materials, and appliances. Proving and printing. Electro-
typing. Original drawings, etce., with the engravings made from them.

Alcove 2 (southern side and wall).—Relief-engraving continued: Color-printing from
relief blocks. Japanese wood-cutting and wood-cut printing (including the case
placed in the alcove).

Alcove 2 (northern side).—Intaglio-engraving: Tools, materials, and appliances.
The various methods of intaglio-engraving (burin or graver work, etching, dry-point-
ing, etc.).

Alcove 3.—Intaglio-engra ving continued: The various methods continued (soft-
ground etching, aquatint, mezzotint, roulette work, stipple, mixed manner, color-
printing, intaglio on wood, etc.). Proving and printing. Electrotyping and steel-

147

148 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

facing, etc. (The case placed in this alcove contains the Saxton engraving machine.
For specimeus of work done on it, see the wing-frames on the standard between al-
coves 4 and 5.)

Alcove 4.—Lithography: Tools, materials, and appliances. The various methods
of lithography (crayon, pen-and-ink, engraying, brush-work, color-printing, etc.).
Transferring. Printing.—Zincography.—On the wall above the alcove: A chromo-
lithograph in its various stages.

Standard between alcoves 4 and 5.—Miscellaneous processes, partly chemical, partly
mechanical, devised as substitutes for the older hand processes, but not involving
photography: Chalcotype, Comte process, Gillot process, etching in relief (typo-
graphic etching, properly so-called), chemitype, the graphotype, the kaolatype, the
wax process and allied processes (glyphography, kerography, stylography, typo-
graphic etching improperly so called, etc.), machine relief-engraving, machine intag-
lio-engraving (medai-ruling), galvanography, stenochromy, mineralography, nature
printing, the anastatic process, etc.—Appendix: Etching on glass (improperly so
called), nan involves photography, but not the use of the press.

Alcove 5.—Photo-mechanical processes, involving the production of gelatine or
other glutinous films, to be used as printing surfaces in the lithographic press,
i. e., collographic or photo-gelatine printing processes (albertype, heliotype, artoty pe,
etc.).

Alcove 6.—Photo-mechanical processes producing relief blocks for printing in the
type-press (etching, swell gelatine, and washout processes): line processes. Half-
tone processes, i. e., gelatine grain processes (Paul Pretsch’s and later); screen pro-
cesses (Meisenbach, ete.); the Ives process.

Alcove 7.—Photo-mechanical processes involving the production of printable designs
on stone or zine, i. e., photolithography and photozincography : Haif-tone processes
(the bitumen process, Poitevin’s process, Asser’s process, etc.; recent grain processes ;
screen processes). Line processes (Osberne’s process).

Alcove 8.—Photo-mechanical processes producing intaglio-plates for Seni in the
copper-plate press, 7. e., photogravure: Etching processes, deposit processes, etc.
(Fox Talbot’s, Paul Pretsch’s and later processes).—The Woodbury type: films,
molds, and impressions.

WESTERN SIDE OF THE HALL.

BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHERN END.

Alcove 1.—Drawing and painting: Metal-point, lead-pencil, crayon, pastel, char-
coal, pen-and-ink, India ink, sepia, miniature painting on ivory, water-color paint-
ing, oil-painting. Appendix: Blot pictures, silhouettes, scissors pictures, stenciling,
etc.—The monotype.—Illustrations of the history of painting (by means of carbon
prints, etc.).

Alcove 2.—Relief-engraving (the wood-cut, wood-engraving, relief-engraving on
metal): Historical illustrations from the fifteenth century to the present time.

Alcove 3.—Intaglio-engraying (burin or graver work, dry-pointing, imitation of
crayon, stipple, mezzotint, etc.): Historical illustrations from the fifteenth century
to the present time.

Alcove 4.—Intaglio-engraying continued (etching, soft-ground etching, aquatint) :
Historical illustrations from the sixteenth century to the present time.

Alcove 5.—Lithography : Historical illustrations from the beginning of the nine-
teenth century to the present time.

Alcove 6.—Color-printing : Historical illustrations from the sixteenth century to
the present time. (Relief-engraving: the old chiaroscuros; modern wood-engraying.
The Baxter process. Intaglio-engraving: Printed at one impression, %. e., from the
piate rubbed in in different colors; printed from several plates. Stenochromy.
Chromolithography. Wax process, etc. The modern photo-mechauical processes
applied to color-printing. )

SECTION OF GRAPHIC ARTS. 149

Alcove 7.—Aids to drawing used by lithographers and draftsmen for process work:

- Grained and embossed papers; pasting tints; the air-brash ; Day’s shading mediums,

ete.—Methods of reducing and enlarging: The pantagraph; rubber machines;
photo-mechanical processes.—Industrial applications of printing: Printing on wood,
celluloid, metal, glass, ete.

NoTE.—Some of the items named in above list have not yet been placed en exhibi-
tion, but space has been reserved for all, and they will be added as soon as possible.

A beginning has also been made with the labeling of the collections,
but the greater part of the mauuscript for labels sent in thus far is still
in the hands of the printers. The collection of patents relating to the
graphic arts is in the same condition in which it was a year ago, both
time and money having been wanting to carry it on towards completion
and classification.

The most important accession of the year has been the collection of
tools, materials, prints, ete., illustrating the practice of chromoxy!-
ography in Japan, generously donated to the Museum by the Japanese
Government printing office (Insetsu Kioku) in Tokio, through its chief,
Mr. T. Tokuno. The very interesting descriptive matter which accom-
panied this collection will be published as soon as certain further infov-
nmiation asked for has been received trom Japan and the necessary illus-
trations prepared. A large collection of drawings by pupils of the Art
Academy of Cincinnati, presented by the Cincinnati Museum Associit-
tion, also deserves special mention here. In the technical division, tie
exhibits illustrating dry-pointing, soft-ground etching, engraving in
intaglio on wood, and the wax process have been satisfactorily com-
pleted. Much, however, remains to be done, more especially in the
divisions of drawing and painting and in the technical illustration of
the various photomechanical processes. The list of donations, here-
with submitted, shows, indeed, that a considerable number of speci-

mens exemplifying the results of these processes have again been ac.

quired, but it is very difficult, under present circumstances, to secure
the means of explaining the processes themselves.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS DURING THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890.
ACQUIRED BY GIFT.

Andrews, John & Son, Boston, Massachusetts. Two wood-engravings, executed in
the establishment of the donors. (Cat. Nos. 3240, 3241.)

Avery, S. P., New York, New York. Collection of etchings, lithographs, and Procédé
Comte prints. (Cat. Nos. 3007-3022, 3234.) Catalogue, ‘‘Atelier Jules Dupié,”
Paris, 1890.

Bencke, H., Lithograph Company, New York. Half-tone photolithographs, etc.,
executed in the establishment of the donors. (Cat. Nos. 2945, 2954.)

Berger & Wirth, New York. Specimen of prepared zinc for zincography. (Cat. No.
3109.)

Buehring, Fred., New York. Lithographers and Photographers’ Directory for 1889.
(Cat. No. 2895.)

Chandler, Prof. C. F., New York, New York. Collection of prints by various photo-
mechanical processes. (Cat. Nos. 2900-2929.)

150 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Chapman, J. Linton, Brooklyn, New York. Specimens of wood-engraving, glypho-
graphy, and medal-ruling. (Cat. Nos. 3235-3239. )

Cincinnati Museum Association, Cincinnati, Ohio. Drawings by pupils of the Art
Academy of Cincinnati, in charcoal, crayon, pencil, pen-and-ink, sepia and
water-colors. (Cat. Nos. 3026-3075. )

Day, Benjamin, New York, New York. Specimens of pasting-tints manufactured by
the donor. (Cat. No. 3244.)

Devoe, F. W., & Co., New York, New York. Priced catalogue of artists’ materials.
(Cat. No. 3107.)

Fuchs & Lang, New York, New York. One lot of catalogues, circulars, ete., of lith-
ographic materials, etc. (Cat. No. 3108.)

Gutekunst, F., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Specimens of collographic printing, ex-
ecuted in the establishment of the donor. (Cat. Nos. 3431-3433.)

Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. A bibliography of Hogarth. By
Frank Weitenkampf. (Cat. No. 3413.)

Heliotype Printing Company, Boston, Massachusetts. Heliotypes and half tone photo-
lithographs, executed in the establishment of the donors. (Cat. Nos. 2955-
2959, 3131-3138, 3242-3243. )

Johnson, Charles Eneu, & Co., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Collection of varnishes,
oils, pigments, etc., illustrating the composition and making of printing inks.
(Cat. Nos. 3079-3104.)

Juengling, F., New York, New York. Engraved block, with electrotype, and im-
pressions from it, illustrating the method of engraving on wood in intaglio.
(Cat. Nos. 2959-2961, 3023-3624.)

Kimmel & Voigt, New York, New York. Four impressions from a dry-ground aqua-
tint plate. (Cat. Nos. 3453-3456. )

Koehler, Miss Hedwig J., Roxbury, Massachusetts. Two psaligraphie pictures. (Cat.
Nos. 2938-2939. )

Koehler, S. R., Roxbury, Massachusetts. Etchings, wood-engravings, ete. (Cat.
Nos. 2969-3006. )

Kunz, Geo. F., New York, New York. Specimens of mineralography. (Cat. Nos.
3226-3228. )

Kurtz, William, New York, New York. Specimens of half-tone process work in re-
lief, executed in the establishment of the donor. (Cat. Nos. 3465-3470.)

Macdonough, James, President American Bank-Note Company, New York, New York.
Specimen of bank-note engraving. (Cat. No. 3464.)

Mayforth, Max, and Mrs. Chas. A. Krause, Washington, District of Columbia. Col-
lection of etchings, engravings, and lithographs. (Cat. Nos. 3149-3207.)

McConnell, Dr. J.C., Washington, District of Columbia. Pen-and-ink drawing by
the donor. (Cat. No. 3457.)

Miller, William, New York, New York. Specimens of India paper, etec., used in taking
knife-proofs from wood-engravings. (Cat. Nos. 2964-2966. )

Osborne, J. W., Washington, District of Columbia. Collection of specimens of process
work, engravings, lithographs, ete. (Cat. Nos. 3274-3412.) N. B.—This com-
prises only that part of the Osborne collection placed on exhibition. The larger
part still remains to be classified and registered. Specimens of process work.
(Cat. Nos. 3447-3449.) Photography in printing ink.—Pouncy’s Patent Process.—
By Thomas Sutton, B. A. London: 1863. (Cat. No. 3450.)

Pennsylvania Museum and School of Industrial Art, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
Six designs by pupils, in pen-and-ink and in water-colors. (Cat. Nos. 2930-2935.)

Photo-Gravure Company, New York, New York. Specimens of half-tone photo-
lithography executed in the establishment of the donors. (Cat. Nos. 3414-3425.)

Scientific Publishing Company, New York. One set of chromolithographic plates
from Kunz’s work on gems, published by the donors. (Cat. No. 3471.)

Shanks, P. M., & Co., London, England. Description and specimens of work done on
Shanks’ engraving machine. (Cat. No, 3105.)

SECTION OF GRAPHIC AR«S. 151

Snillie, James D., N. A.. New York, New York. Etchings, mezzotints, bank-note
engravings, etc., mostly executed by the donor. (Cat. Nos. 3110-3117, 3230-3233,
3273, 3458-3463. )

Tokuno, T., Chief of Insetsu Kioku (Government Printing Office), Tokio, Japan. Coi-
lection of tools, blocks, pigments, prints, etc., illustrating the art of chromoxyl-
ography as practiced in Japan. (Cat. Nos. 3209-3219, 3434-3446. )

Trumble, Alfred, New York, New York. Specimens of intaglio-engraving on wood.
(Cat. No. 3025.)

Tuchfarber, F., Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. Specimens of transferring lithographic im-
pressions to metal, executed in the establishment of the donors. (Cat. Nos. 3076-
3078. )

Weber, F., & Co., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Illustrated cataloeue and price-list
of artists’ materials. (Cat. No. 3106.)

White, Dr. C. A., Washington, District of Columbia. Engraved portrait of Prof. Dr.
G. vom Rath. (Cat. No. 3208.)

Wolfe, M., Dayton, Ohio. Specimens of half-tone relief-process work, mace with the
fine-line plates manufactured by the donor. (Cat. Nos. 3245-3251.) :

ACQUIRED BY PURCHASE.

Wunderlich, H., & Co., New York, New York. Engravings by Goltzius and Demar-
tean. (Cat. Nos. 2896, 3451.)

Keppel, F.,& Co..New York. Mezzotints; Poker picture. (Cat. Nos. 2397—2899,-
3452.)

Dejonge, L., & Co., New York, New York. Heliotypes in colors. (Cat. Nos. 2936-
2OR iM)

Miller, William, New York, New York. Inkball and folder, used in taking knife-
proofs of wood-engravings. (Cat. Nos. 2962-2963. )

Smillie, James D., N.A., New York, New York. A dry-point plate with a series of
progressive proofs, and the tools used. (Cat. Nos. 3115-3122.)

Farrer, Henry, Brooklyn, New York. <A soft-ground plate, with drawings, progres-
sive proofs, and the pencil, etc., used. (Cat. Nos. 3220-3225.)

Braff, Goldsborough, estate of, Washington, District of Columbia. One lithograph,
one mezzotint, one plumbeotype. (Cat. Nos. 3252-3254. )

Cunningham, Roger, Kansas City, Missouri. Plates, tools, impressions, etc., illustrat-
ing the wax process. (Cat. Nos. 3255-3267.)

Dougal, William H., Washington, District of Columbia. A dry-ground aquatint
plate, with proofs. (Cat. No. 3426.)

Greey, Mrs. E. M., New York, New York. Four sets of Japanese stencils. (Cat.
Nos. 3269-3272. )

BOOKS PURCHASED FOR LIBRARY AND BOOK-TABLE.

Hudson. Guide to Art Illustration. London,1884. (Cat. No. 3123.)

Patents for Inventions. Abridgments of the specifications relating to printing.
London, 1859. (Cat. No. 3130.)

Shaw. Manualof Hlectro-Metallurgy. 2dedition, London, 1844. (Containing illus-
trations of Palmer’s glyphography.) (Cat. No. 3229.)

Wood. Modern Methods of Illustrating Books. New York, 1887. (Cat. No. 3124.)

Richmond. Grammar of Lithography. London (new edition). (Cat. No. 3125.)

Delaborde. Engraving. London, 1886. (Cat. No. 3126.)

Linton. Wood-engraving. London, 1884. (Cat. No. 3127.)

Wilkinson. Photo-engraving. New York, 1888. (Cat. No. 3128.)

Lalanne. <A Treatise on Etching. Boston,1880. (Cat. No. 3129.)

The number of the last catalogue entry for the year ending June 30,
1889, was 2894; that for the year ending June 30, 1890, is 3471; show-

152 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ing an increase during the year of 577 numbers, There still remains
to be catalogued, however, by far the larger part of the Osborne Collee-
tion, the classifivation of which will also place at the disposal of the
Museum quite a number of duplicates which may be used for ex-
changes.

A list of papers published by me during the year will be found in the
Bibliography (section Tv).

RECOMMENDATION IN REGARD TO THE SEWALL COLLECTION.

I beg permission to urge again the recommendations made last year:
notably, the desirability of definitely turning over to the Section of
Graphic Arts the remains of the Marsh Collection, and of an appeal to
Congress for a special appropriation for the purchase of the Sewall Col-
lection of engravings, ete., in regard to which I have already addressed
a letter to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, which is here
reprinted :

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,
UNDER DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
Washington, April 17, 1890.
Prof. 8. P. LANGLEY, ;
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution :

DEAR SiR: In accordance with your request, I beg to submit herewith some details
concerning the Sewall Collection of Prints now offered for sale in New York, and to
state the reasons which induced me to recominend in my annual report that an appeal
be made to Congress for a special appropriation for its purchase.

It appears from the figures given on the accompanying sheets that the collection
consists of 16,300 prints (exclusive of 4,100 portraits and landscapes which the owner
does not hold to be of sufficient importance to enumerate with the rest, although
they are to be included in the sale) by over 1,400 artists of all schools and periods,
from the beginning of the reproductive arts in the fifteenth century down to our own
time. In addition to these prints there are 400 drawings.

In considering the question of the acquisition of such a collection, three things must
be taken into account: (1) Its quality; (2) its character as a whole in relation to
the history of the art of engraving, that is to say, its relative completeness or incom-
pleteness ; and (3) its price.

As to the quality of the Sewall collection, I can say from personal observation
that it contains many very fine prints, together with others that are not so fine.
The partial lists herewith submitted show that it ig extraordinarily rich in the works
of some of the most celebrated artists who have worked as etchers or engravers 10
past centuries. Thus, there are 294 pieces by Marcantonio and his school; 359 by
Albert Diirer; 127 by Lucas van Leyden; 490 by the Little Masters; 359 by Rem-
brandt; 391 by Hollar; 227 by Goltzius and his school; 53 by Claude Lorrain; 433
by Jacques Callot; 82 by Nanteuil; 222 by J. G. Wille, etc. Nevertheless, I wish to
have it distinctly understood that Ihave been able thus far to examine only a rela-
tively small portion of the collection, and that, if a purchase should be contemplated,
a more careful examination will be in order. Concerning the second point, it is evi-
dent, from the statements herewith, that the historical completeness of the collec-
tion, considering its size, is one of its most valuable qualities, since it presents to the
student not only examples of ali the processes of engraving practised by artists up
to about the middle of the present century, but also specimens of all artists of suffi-
cient note to make a knowledge of their work indispensable, with others by many
men of Jess importance. This admirable, well-proportioned development of the col-
lection is due to the fact that the present owner has been a systematic collector,
having a well-defined aim in view, for the last forty years, and that especially within

SECTION OF GRAPHIC ARTS. 153

the earlier part of this period he has found it possible to secure specimens which are
becoming rarer from year to year. In a connected series, such as the Sewall collec-
tion represents, even specimens not of the first quality assume great importance,
since they supply links in a chain which would be broken without them. It would
be inexcusable, therefore, to allow this collection to be dispersed, a fate which is in-
evitably in store for it if it is not acquired by some public institution.

Of the price asked it may be said without hesitation that it is extraordinarily low.
The sum total demanded is $55,760, of which $560 is for the drawings. Ignoring the
4,100 pieces set aside by the owner as of no value, we have the price of $55,200 for
16,300 prints, or an average of $3.39 for each print. As many of these prints would
to-day bring from one hundred to several hundred dollars each in open market, the
smallness of the sum named is apparent from these figures alone. A better way,
however, to arrive at some idea of the market value of the collection, will be to com-
pare the prices set down in Mr. Sewall’s inventory for a number of specified prints
with the prices lately realized for the same prints at auction sales in Europe. I
have tried to do this, by going over the inventory and selecting from it such prints
as had appeared also in the Coppenrath sale, which took place in Europe last year,
being careful to compare state with state, so far as that point could be settled. The
result is that, if the whole collection were invoiced at prices equivalent throughout
to those obtained for the prints involved at the sale named, the Sewall collection
would be worth to-day about $145,000. It would not be safe, however, to accept this
figure without further questioning. A comparison of the prints as to quality with
those sold in Europe, and an extension of the calculation to the whole collection
would, quite likely, tend towards a greater equalization of the figures in question.
Nevertheless, it will probably be permissible to assume that the price asked does
not represent more than about one-half of present market value. Looked at, there-
fore, from a mere money point of view, it is evident that the purchase of the collec-
tion would be a good investment. For it must be kept in mind that the prices of
old prints are going up with alarming rapidity ; and furthermore, that from the price
actually named must be deducted the labor and expense of collecting, which, if a
collection such as the Sewall were to be made up by purchases in the market, would
be an item of very considerable magnitude.

_ As, however, the Smithsonian Institution is not a money-making concern, the ques-
tion of price, although of great importance, is not the only one, or even the most
important, to be considered; and it may therefore be worth while to devote a few mo-
ments to the question, whether the purchase of such a collection is in itself desirable ?
- If we are to be led by the example of others, that question must unhesitatingly be
answered in the affirmative. All the nations of Europe have considered it necessary
to establish national print collections, and to give careful attention to their keeping
anil continual enlargement. The British Print Room, the ‘‘ Département des Estam-
pes” at Paris, the Cabinets at Amsterdam and Brussels, the ‘‘ Kupferstich-Sammlung
der koniglichen Museen” (Print collection of the Royal Museums) at Berlin, the Royal
Print Cabinet at Dresden, are all institutions of world-wide celebrity, and the posses-
sors of treasures of inestimable value, and of a magnitude that it is difficult to realize.
The most extensive among them are the British Print Room, the possessions of which,
so far as I know, have never been counted, the French ‘‘ Département des Estampes,”
with something like two and a half millions of specimens, and the collection of the
Royal Museums at Berlin, with overone million. Most, if not all, of these public col-
jections began by the purchase of private collections such as that made by Mr. Sewall.
The practical beginning of the Paris collection dates from the year 1667, when Colbert
bought for the state the collection of Michel de Marrolles, Abbé de Villeloin, consist-
ing of 123,400 pieces for 30,400 livres. The value of this collection was estimated by
Henri Delaborde (in his book on the Département des Estampes), in 1875, at over one
million, and as within the fifteen years which have elapsed since then, the prices of
prints have risen enormously, the actual value to-day is much larger. In a similar

154 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

way the Berlin collections, of much more recent origin, date from the purchase for
the state in 1835, by order of the King of Prussia, of the von Nagler collection for the
sum of 92,333 thalers, which included, however, a number of ceramic and other ob-
jects. But Wessely is quite right when he says, likewise in 1875 (in his book “ Die
Kupferstich-Sammlung,” etc.), that the prints alone of the von Nagler collection were
then worth at least ten times the sum paid for the collection as a whole; and again,
in view of the further appreciation in prices since this statement was made, the pres-
ent value is much greater than that assumed by Wessely. Compared with the Ma-
rolles and the von Nagler collections the Sewall collection naturally appears quite in-
significant and the price asked comparatively high. But it must be recollected that
the times have changed, and the chances for acquiring collections approaching any-
thing like comparative completeness are growing less and less. Quite likely, indeed,
if the present occasion should be allowed to pass by unused, asimilar one will never
offeragain. But asit is absolutely certain that atsome time or other the United States
will feel the necessity of organizing a national print collection, it may be accepted as
equally certain that the prices which will then have to be paid will be much greater
for much iess material. It is the experience of the Sibylline books over again.

It may be said, however, that what others have done is not necessarily a standard
of action for the United States, and that we must follow paths laid out by ourselves.
If the question involved were merely one of fashion or of taste, the objection would
be well taken. It is a question, however, of educational facilities, from which will
flow permanent advantages to the material and intellectual welfare of the nation,
and seen in this light it will appear that the matter is peculiarly well fitted to be
taken in hand by an institution for the dissemination of knowledge, like the Smith-
sonian. The uses of a print collection seem still to be misunderstood by the majority
of people. Although such a collection may be made to minister exclusively, and
always will minister to a certain extent, to the esthetic delight of connoisseurs, this
aspect of it is yet very far from being its only or even its most important one. Nat-
urally enough the student of the history of art will derive great benefit from such a
collection, more especially in a country like ours,- which can not possibly hope ever
to possess in sufficient quantity the originals interpreted in prints. But, aside from
the history of art, there is hardly a branch of human knowledge or human activity
that is not represented in a print collection, for whatever man has aspired to, either
intellectually or in the practical pursuits of life, he has sought to shape visibly in
pictures, and ever since the invention of the reproductive arts it has been the endea-
vor of the engravers to multiply these pictures and to disseminate them broadeast.
For the general historian, therefore, as well as for the students of the exacter sciences,
a print collection, provided that it is well classified and catalogued, and liberally
administered, is a perfect storehouse of information, supplementing and sometimes
even excelling the library, since it presents immediately to the eye, that which words
upon the printed page call up only dimly to the mind. Even the classes last named,
however, do not exhaust the ranks of those benefited by a print collection. There
is still to be considered the vast army of artisans, designers, and others engaged in
the various industrial pursuits, to whom a print collection offers sources of informa-
tion and inspiration which can not possibly be found elsewhere. The value of this
aid to producers has been so thoroughly recognized in Europe, that in some of the
leading capitals—in Vienna and in Berlin, for instance—special print collections
have been organized, alongside of the general collections, the sole aim of which is
to assist practical workers in the industrial arts.

These are the reasons which induced me to recommend that an appeal be made to
Cougress for a special appropriation for the purchase of the Sewall Collection, and I
beg leave to reiterate this recommendation herewith.

I have the honor to be, very respectfully, yours,
S. R. KoOEIrLer,

Curator of the Section of Graphic Arts.

SECTION OF GRAPHIC ARTS. 155

The Sewall Collection of Prints consists of 20,400 pieces, 4,100 of
which, however, mostly portraits, landscapes, ete., the owner does not
consider of sufficient importance to be named as an integral part of
the collection, although they will eventually go with it. Of the re-
maining 16,300 about 15,000 are engravings and etchings; 990, wood-
cuts; 210, mezzotints; and 170, lithographs (these latter mostly early
French, including specimens by Guerin, Gérard, Girodet, Delacroix, De
la Roche, ete.). The collection (exclusive of the 4,100 prints above
alluded to) is arranged in 55 portfolios and 10 volumes. The number
of engravers, etchers, etc., represented in it is 1,400, exclusive of the
works of absolutely anonyinous artists (7. é., artists not even known by
a monogram).

The schools represented in it are the following:

The Italian, from the invention of the art, and the German until
about 1850.

The Dutch and Flemish, the French, and the English, from about
1500 to the nineteenth century.

The Spanish, eighteenth and nineteenth century (Goya).

The American.

As soine of the more important constituents the following may be
named :

Italian:
Harve masters qonuvomtlo0O lees cmr cease sleecs vice helcin= sles: seeeae eee 179
NIA TRCAMIOMN® BHAA Re OO Goons cusscccuds saeuoedess s4ocbeandosd sonceasc 294
Italian painter-etchers (the Caracci, Guido Reni, Spagnoletto, Schidoni,
Salvator Rosa, Carlo Maratti, Giordano, Della Bella, Tiepolo, ete.)....-- 544
BaTROLOZZ Ir CMICHIY: POOLS irc 5.) fata asaher arbor ronte Chats rater alate letetctne ws eee ae Beha 291
Rayo nal! Wioralien, memehy Ail ROOM. -o560 oe scons nebucn couosn eecEes pace noe 197
Longhi, Garavaglia, Toschi, Anderloni, all proofs .---...............----. 90
German:
ERAT HOTSL GB asses, sh oe Vals wally) spepove ter a coretattavavare Watetarai ora slated ay -bovele St nee 4
Marbints chompaue teat 3. 0 esti Se Se es eit es co Uae ey 23
Teac Me cen emis yoru siete cy sleiee nse mice teks tia)! oe OARS Saale eae 34
Lucas Cranach, the elder and the vounger, chiefly wood-cuts........-...-. 72
Albert Diirer—
Works on metal (including 18 portraits of him by varions en-
MUST) eatararaver Rete pava tre rat— aritan staratncaeinsetere een ala pa ats oe ANA TAY 15
IVVOO CCU Says etre ocrey screen Slee SUN US SAN GN ERE ok 229
-— 359
(COMES iia IDE yy yATRIOMS MIRSWOUE)s coc ccna s2o5o00seoed sseece cocece 152
ILMGOS VELMA ILO cooos coro ents Game Cie Dea CoS kine eck Mere einen agri ates 127
The little masters (Aldegrever, the Behams, Altdorfer, Penez, Bink, Vir-
GL SOM Sesos CG SC eae eRe ERS ee ea tan ey eet ee mney tee 490
TUS) JHIO ORES Ss SS Se BSCS OS Ie Ge IS AIST IRE Certs aN aay ne eas 24
Wyencesla is Float ean feadee eee ated Chas Sieisu cl adi lyaieie's We oe aN a 391
(Gig Be SGV GATGTG Ges oe See acs ses Cae ra Re eS ee eae eae ae 26
Amsler welsinio the Millers Mandell e222 82S. 2 oseines otis cis eeeierte 15
Dutch and Flemish:
TDI WEI SHAE SSE SoS S ose eS een es eee een ener REE Ear 8 een Ser 3
hoa Menmxes) (in cludine 40 mont raiitis)sesascist ee) 6-2, 4 S22 Sees eee 236

siiewanideveassestand Sadelersi ss ee ees ee coke pale Se 115

156 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896.

Dutch and Flemish—Continued.
Goltzius and his school (8: Sure Jan Miiller, Matham, cic., including

PO POLbTAIS! Dyas GOUZRIS HANTS Bp) erase ar ee 227
SUYMETRNOCR Oi si < SS. Careless eee? Sean ye oe ays ee 17
Original etchings by Van Dyck, in Various states .-2.2--22--22252e525 eee 35
The School of Rubens (Pontius, the Bolsw ae Vorstermans, De Jode, etc.). 149
Cormelins‘aud: Jan de Visselietenstee.* (ones sae oe toe ee 50
Original etchings and dry-points by Rembrandt, including states. ..-..... 359
School of Rembrandt (Bol, Lievens, Van Vliet, etc.)......-.......-.--..- 169
Adrian van Ostade, including states.-.....-.. sae duis sists ccutice ais Gea ee 193

Other Dutch and Flemish painter-etchersof the per octecnain and eighteenth
centuries, including Paul Potter, Karel du Jardin, Van de Velde, Ruysdael,

Nicholassseno hems dnb Obl mebee sss] n ere eee eee ee eee 598
Jacob Houbraken, mostly portraits, many of them proofs ............-.-. 48
French:
Jean; Duvets.22 22 ase ves eieteeeid 2 Selastces cache eae eee anee eee eee eee 4
IDEM Dales 5 e545 oo Sc50 dansonae bobdde S4onOnASsOese aaa dasade as65.od0% 25
PhesDosieus mostly portraits... sac saeco asec nee eee 18
Cloudewvorrainsincludineistatesm-s=s-ie eee eee eee eee ee ee 53
AntoiMem Masson, mostly portraliSeee- alee eee eee a eee eee eee eee 12
Robert Nanteail; portravts. osj55. oss cows eee se eee ci eee oe ee Eee 82
Jaecwes Cawlotocasss se55 csasosh5cq Gene Bar My ere 433
Gerardehdelinck chiciys pontnalisee=seeee sees ane eee eee eee 35
hiemMrevets. sportraltsy soe. eases Sec Bes eee een eo 27
Vat Gre WLIO erate tie aierevoreie’ wistalcin ois ois © Seta sie afore aise See eis os oe nes eh ieee 222
Jn Ide BoIssiOU ses. shee sacs semiemotee 6 Se. tesla eee sos eee eee 23
Cue eBervicr7 proofs te 25 ot ee we ses ieee ee ee ee ee 15
Lignon, Richomme, Forster, Laugier, ali proofs...........-..-.-.-..52--: 30
Modern Etchers: Delacroix, Flameng, Jacque, Jacquemart, Corot, Millet,
Ray OW; ChGysee cies cone icine | = Semele eee Hee eee eee 542
@larlesiMeryone <i iseiccisclswies cocci Hecieeeclcincic cceicicisesce eee ee Eee eee 24
Spanish :
COWS) as50c0g559 o5 965029 ec000 node SeSo5s cS00 SeNOSS C5006 5095005 Seeces SE2¢ 12
English :
SIO BONG. cocncees soscs scence secccu ps9eus Soosae sneSSse00009 SaztEz sess 1
Heltaram~y Layne, Marshall) Viele any) pOLGA IGS) ee a= ete eee eee 24
Wailliameblatthornespontralisieecr essere ecr ae ee aece eee ee eee eee 72
Roberti Wihiteyspontraitspee-qeac ase ee or eee Genie e -eGr eee nee eee 27
GG COLCE MVIEL DIMES s OT UGA TUS ee een ere oe ree le ele eae terol ee 39
William Woollett, nearly all proofs and first states... .--- sss cee e Brees 70
Vivnilbiann 1ei@eryin, CAIN, RIES. coneco panacs so0bnn ssesa0 Coumas seen seeacsss 182
Hover SoLAU ey PLOOLS AE Meare byss Uae CS passe yet a elat lara tae ate 2a
tichard Harlom,proots... 22 5 7skea-asseee sess eieiecian cereals OS 15
Wiiahinieyrn ISA. TRIN PIRNOMS Ss Sao ssc5 boo vonece coos HOGaZs boos SobaTS 25d
NWalliami Sharpes pLOOtsese semen eee ae ee ear ara eee 69
S) Ww, Reynoldss@, turner Cousins, alll prootsesseceee-s sects! ee eee eee 27
IMA Ey BENTO Vln sauscecesaasddedelodoos \oddd Sona Hoag daos soca so aocoCs 6
Georce (E00, POOLS aero y apa ar a eee hele ree oe eee 15
J.M. W. Turner, plates from the ‘‘ Liber Studiorum ” ............---.---- A
(Crsiwer) Ofa Rape 2555 (ho565 545s enSoonosco conga oope bsSosSaseanoon osSoCS 400
PeISeVyIMOULT LLACeNee er emer eacte Sa CPUS DGS = Sat 8 ee TE rer ae 24.
American:
ee Darran: 2 cic Secc- sas eee ee Se SSE eee ee eee ena 55
Janes Smilli@wes . ceeds sc Sse kL De ee ee RSE Siete see ee eee gener 10

Je MeN: W histlerssicc coe eee ee Ces Se noe eae eee 26

SECTION OF GRAPHIC ARTS. 157

It is my duty also to call attention to the fact that a logical and
systematic development of this section must remain an impossibility
until the appropriation for purchases can be measurably increased.
During the period embraced by this report there were expended for
purchases for the Section of Graphic Arts about $175. The number
of accessions and the condition of the collections in general demon-
strate, indeed, that artists and publishers and other friends of the
Museum are ever ready toaid it. But such aid can hardly be regulated,
and can but rarely be turned into the most desirable channels. There
are many things needed which can only be bought, and others which
must be ordered with a definite view to the relation which they are to
bear to other things, if they arethoroughly to filltheir places. These
limitations, as a matter of course, can not be enforced so long as de-
pendence must be placed almost wholly upon gifts.

|

Chee ee eR aT A

Ca

ay

a PES ee

yeh persia uo Ber ise

REPORT ON THE SECTION OF TRANSPORTATION AND ENGINEERING
IN THE U. 8 NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By J. ELrRETH WATKINS, Curator.

.

The routine work in the Section of Transportation and Engineering
has been prosecuted during the fiscal year 1859-90 at such times as my
duties in the Department of Property and Supplies would permit. A
number of labels have been attached to specimens aud groups in the
exhibition series, which are arranged according to the classification
published in the report of 1889.

While the accessions are less numerous than in previous years, they
are no less important.

The collection of primitive vehicles, in the construction of which no
jron or other metal has been used, was materially strengthened by the
deposit of a Mexican cart, by Messrs. Schuttler & Hotz (through Mr.
Martin Conrad), Chicago, Illinois. The specimen was obtained trom
Paso del Norte, where it had long been in use.

The method of constructing the sides of the body of the vehicle of
eactus saplings held in place by a network of rawhide strips, is of the
greatest interest to the archeologist as well as to the student of the
history of transportation; while the rough wheels, without spokes or
tires, hewn from the solid Jog, show the crude methods of the ancient
wheelwright and the beginnings of the wheel vehicle.

The nucleus of a collection to illustrate the history of the develop-
ment of the bicycle has been secured, through the construction in the
Museum workshops of a model of the English ‘dandy horse”; and
the acquisition of two of the old-fashioned ‘ velocipedes” with two
wheels of wood, made between 1860 and 1865. A number of drawings
of bicycles constructed during the next ten years have also been.ob-
tained.

To the series illustrating the history of the stationary steam-engine
a most valuable relic has been added. I refer to the portion of the cy]-
inder of the first steam-engine erected on the Western Continent, which
was deposited by the New Jersey Historical Society, who obtained it
from Mr. David M. Meeker, of Newark, New Jersey. In a communica-
tion to Mr. Meeker from the Hon. Joseph P. Bradley,* one of the jus-

* Justice Bradley married Mary, daughter of Joseph Coerten Hornblower, son of

Josiah Hornblower, who brought the steam-engine to America ia 1753.
159

160 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

tices of the Supreme Court of the United States, the following state-
ments are made, under date of September 20, 1875:

The steam-engine of which you possess a relic was, as you suppose, the first ever
erected on this continent. It was imported from England, in the year 1753, by Col.
John Schuyler, for the purpose of pumping water from his copper mine opposite
Belleville, near Newark, New Jersey. The mine wasrich in ore, but had been worked
as deep as hand and horse- power could clear it of water. Colonel Schuyler having
heard of the success with which steam-engines (then called fire-engines) were used
in the mines of Cornwall, determined to have one in his mine. He accordingly re-
quested his London correspondents to procure an engine, and to send out with it an
engineer capable of putting it up andin operation. This was done in the year named,
and Josiah Hornblower, a young mau then in his twenty-fifth year, was sent to
superintend it. The voyage was a long and perilous one. Mr. Hornblower expected
to return as soon as the engine was in successful operation. But the proprietor in-
duced him to remain, and in the course of a couple of years he married Miss Kings-
land, whose father owned a large plantation adjoining that of Colonel Schuyler.
The late Chief Justice Hornblower was the youngest of a large family of children
which resulted from this marriage. Mr. Hornblower’s father, whose name was
Joseph, had been engaged in the business of constructing engines in Cornwall from
their first introduction in the mines there, about 1740, and had been an engineer and
engine builder from the first use of steam-engines in the arts, about 1720. The en-
gines constructed by him and his sons were the kind known as Newcomen’s engines
or Cornish engines. That brought to America by Josiah was of this description.
Watt had not then invented his separate condenser, nor the use of high pressure.
But it is generally conceded that for pumping purposes the Cornish engine has still
no superior.

After 1760 the Schuyler mine was worked for several years by Mr. Hornblower him-
self. The approach of the-war, in 1775, caused the operations to vease. Work was
resumed, however, in 1792, and was carried on for several years by successive parties.
It finally ceased altogether early in this century, and the old engine was broken up
and the materials disposed of, The boiler, a large copper cylinder, standing upright,
sor 10 feet high and as mnch in diameter, with a flat bottom and a dome-shaped
top, was carried to Philadelphia. The relic in your possession was a portion of the
eylinder, and was purchased by some person in Newark.

In 1864 I met an old man named John Van Emburgh, then a hundred years old, who
had worked on the engine when it was in operation in 1792. He described it very
minutely and, I doubt not, accurately. It is from his description that I happened to
know the kind of engine it was; although, from the date of its construction and the
use to which it was put, there could have been but little doubt on the subject.

What changes have been wrought in 125 years. What mighty power has been
created on this continent in that time by the multiplication and improvement of the
steam-engine. We may well look upon this relic with a sort of superstitious venera-
tion, and looking forward as well as backward, wonder what another century will
bring forth.

An important addition has also been made to the steamboat series
by the authorities of Stevens Institute, Hoboken, New Jersey, who de-
posited two drawings, made by Fulton’s hand, about 1807. Oneisa
draft of the machinery of the historic steamboat, which he at first called
the Catherine of Clermont. The other is a drawing of the Chancellor
Livingston, another steamboat constructed by Fulton shortly after the
Clermont was put in service.

A most interesting relic has been added to the series illustrating the
history of the locomotive, namely, the original boiler of the locomotive

SECTION OF TRANSPORTATION AND ENGINEERING. 161

“Stourbridge Lion.” This has been deposited by Messrs. Lindsay &
Early, Carbondale, Pennsylvania. Upon the full-size model of this, the
first locomotive to turn a driving-wheel upon a railroad built for traffic
on the Western Continent, which was deposited in the National Museum
several years ago by the Delaware and Hudson Canal Company, is a
framed letter from Horatio Allen, who for sixty years was a conspicuous
figureamong American civil engineers. The letter reads:

HOMEWOOD, SOUTH ORANGE, NEW JERSEY,
January 138, 1888.

DEAR Sir: In reply to your inquiries, I write to say that the locomotive known as
the ‘‘Stourbridge Lion” was the first locomotive run on this continent.

That the occurrence took place at Hornsdale, Pennsylvania, August 9, 1829, on the
mnine railroad of the Delaware and Hudson Canal Company.

That the locomotive was one of three built for that company in England, in 1828,
under my direction as to plans, which were received in the city of New York early in
the year 1829.

That, through circumstances not necessary to state, I ran the locomotive myself, a
responsibility I had never undertaken before and have never repeated since.

Thus, on this first movement by steam on railroads on this continent, I was en-
gineer, brakeman, conductor, and passenger.

HORATIO ALLEN.

Mr. J. E. WATKINS,

Curator, National Museum, Smithsonian Institution.

It is the intention to mount the boiler on the original driving- wheels,
collected in 1888, and to replace many of the original parts, which are
still in existence, and thus make as complete a restoration of this old
locomotive as possible. The death of Horatio Allen, on the 31st of De-
cember, 1889, is greatly to be regretted. He had hoped to live to see
the work of restoring the “ Stourbridge Lion” accomplished, a matter
in which he took the deepest interest.

Several valuable relics of the early days of the electric telegraph
have been obtained; among them a piece of the original wire used by
Alfred Vail* in his experiments at the Speedwell Iron Works, near
Morristown, New Jersey, 1837—43.

_ It was over this wire that the message “ A patient waiter is no
loser,” was sent on January 6,1838. The ability to send and decipher
this message was the test by which Judge Stephen Vail (father of
Alfred Vail) was induced to furnish funds to Morse and Vail, which
enabled them to prosecute their researches and to construct the tele-
graphic machines which were used in experiments before the Congres-
sional committee at Washington, which finally culminated in the appro-
priation of $30,000 by the general government for the construction of
a telegraph line from Washington to Baltimore, in 1844.

A piece of the wire which formed a part of that original telegraph
line, which ran from Mount Clare depot, Baltimore, to the Capitol at
Washington, and over which the message, “What hath God wrought,”

* See ‘‘ The American Inventors of the Telegraph.”-—The Century, 1883.
H. Mis, 129, pt. 2—11

162 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

was sent by Professor Morse, May 24, 1844, has been presented by Mrs.
Amanda Vail, widow of Alfred Vail, the associate of Professor Morse,
who received and deciphered that historic message at the Baltimore
end of the line. The original telegraphic instrument by which the
message was sent, has been in the collection for some time.

One of the first dividing engines, designed and constructed by Jesse
Ramsden, of Piccadilly, London, England, in 1774~75, together with
the apparatus, with which the screws and gear-cutters of the machine
were made, was deposited by Dr. Henry Morton, president of Stevens
Institute of Technology, Hoboken, New Jersey.

A sextant, which was graduated by this dividing engine in 1775, was
so accurate that the English Board of Longitude, ‘ever ready to
remunerate any successful endeavor and to promote the lunar method
of determining longitude by sea,” conferred a reward of £615 to Rams-
den on condition that the engine should be at the service of the English
instrument makers, and that he should publish an explanation of his
method of making and using it. A quarto pamphletcontaining this in-
formation was published in 1777, with a preface prepared by Nevil
Maskeline, astronomer royai, dated Greenwich, November 28, 1776.
It is interesting to note in this connection that the circles of the great
theodolite, with a 36-inch telescope (still preserved at Greenwich),
which was specially constructed in 1785 for the Trigonometrical Sur-
vey of Great Britain, was graduated by this engine.

The machine by which the endless screw for the dividing engine was
cut, is of the greatest importance, for it is one of the earliest applica-
tions of the principle of changing the lateral speed of the tool by differ-
ential wheels in screw-cutting—the method now used in the slide-rest
of the machinist’s lathe. This machine, which has been developed and
improved, has proved of incalculable advantage to the mechanical engi-
neer and machinist.

CONDITION OF THE COLLECTION.

The study series, composed mainly of graphic illustrations, has been
increased by a number of photographs, prints, ete.

The card-catalogue of the collection, commenced during the year, has
been finished far enough to indicate that the approximate number of
specimens in the collection is 1,250, occupying 880 entries in the cata-
logue.

It is hoped that this catalogue will be completed during the next
fiscal year.

REPORT ON THE SECTION OF FORESTRY IN THE
U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By B. E. FErnow, Honorary Curator.

Progress in the development of the collections during the year has
been slow for various reasons. It had been expected that the material
used in the exhibit for the World’s Exposition at Paris would be re-
turned and form a desirable basis and an acceptable beginning for
asystematic Museum exhibit. The bulk of the material, however, was,
at the request of the Director of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris,
turned over to that institution, and in this way not only the labor
bestowed upon its collection was lost to the Museum, but also the time
in waiting for its return.

The accessions to the forestry collections during the year have come
from the Department of Agriculture. The material from the same
source used in the exhibit described in my last year’s report, did not
receive any accession numbers, and is therefore included with the
accessions of this year.*

Ace. 23584: Twenty-seven photo-lithographs, selections from the atlas
of illustrations accompanying the French Government report on * Re-
boisement et Gazonnement des Montagnes” and the Austrian report on
the same subject, exhibiting etfects of forest destruction and methods
of reforestation, etc.

Acc, 23585: One section of Liriodendron Tulipifera (Tulip Poplar), 5
feet in diameter, with historical chart of growth.

Acc. 23586: Two half-sections of Picea Menziesii (Sitka Spruce), 2.311
metres in diameter, gift of the Northern Pacific Railroad.

Ace. 23587: Two maps from the atlas accompanying the Tenth Census
reports, volume Ix, on the Forests of North America, showing distri-
bution of forest areas and forest types.

Ace. 23796: Large map of the United States (12 by 17 feet), showing,
in five shades of color, proportion of forest area in each state, and
localities of greatest density of forest-growth, by markings.

Ace. 23588: Two hundred and forty colored plates, being illustrations
of the forest flora of the United States, from André F. Michaux’s “Sylva”;
forming, together with an inscription, one of the exhibits at Paris; do-

fore the accession numbers allotted to them are not comprised in the series of numbers
for 1889-90.
; 163

164 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Ace, 23589: One hundred small label maps (6 by 6 inches) showing
geographical distribution of the more important trees.

During the year five exhibits were installed. To the panel exhibit-
ing the forestry interests of the United States, two maps from the Census
work were added, showing the distribution of forest, prairie, and plain,
and of the different forest types as described by Prof. C. 8S. Sargent.
The large map (No. 23796) which is displayed, gives, at one glance, an
idea of the forest conditions over the United States. -

A collection of Japanese woods, 838 species, a catalogue of which, as
determined by Prof. L. F. Ward, will be found in the Proceedings of
the National Museum for 1381, is displayed in a new shape, being
mounted in glass cases attached to the new type of large movable
panels, which were originally designed by the writer. This collection
is mainly interesting on account of the ingenious and artistic manner
in which the botanical features are connected, by paintings, with an
exhibit of the woods.

The collection of woods of the United States from the Centennial
Exposition, transferred from the collections of the Department of
Agriculture, is arranged in four cases, with label-maps, showing dis-
tribution of more important species. This collection is quite incom-
plete, and the display only a temporary one, until the material for a
fuller exhibit can be gathered and mounted.

The colored plates of Michaux’s Sylva (No. 23588), were mounted
in twenty swinging frames.

It will appear from this report that the forestry collections are still
in an embryonic condition, as is the whole subject of forestry in the
United States. Whatever material was found on hand—although if
space and assistance were plentiful, interesting exhibits might be made
of it—lacks in completeness or instructive value for one reason or
another, and needs considerable additions and work before being fit
for installation. To overhaul and complete this material, it has so far
not been possible, for want of sufficient time from other duties on the
part of the curator.

It will be desirable to devote, as soon as possible, some time and
space to secure a full botanical exhibit of the arborescent flora of the
United States, similar to the one exhibited at the Paris Exposition, and
a more comprehensive exhibit of the most important timber trees which
constitute the resource from which the lumber market is supplied. To
do this properly, an assistant, conversant with botany and skillful in
mounting specimens for the purpose, will be necessary.

Perhaps one of the most valuable collections on hand is that of the
test pieces which served in the determination of the properties of our
timbers for the Tenth Census. These should be suitably mounted in
such a manner as to facilitate the study of these timbers, and I suggest
that an expenditure of money for this purpose will be well directed in
preserving a historical collection of valuable test pieces.

REPORT ON THE SECTIONS OF FOODS AND TEXTILES
IN THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By Romyn Hircucock, Curator.

At the beginning of the year a large collection of material of the most
varied character was piled up in the utmost confusion on the east bal-
cony, just as it had come from storage in the Armory building. The
entire month of July was occupied in examining these specimens.
Much of the material was condemned by a committee appointed for
the purpose. Some of it was prepared for exhibition, but the greater
part was placed in table cases. Four boxes, containing more than 250
specimens, were packed and sent to Sibley College, Cornell University.
Oiher duplicate specimens were also packed and held for future ex-
changes. The material in the tab’e cases has since been carefully
examined, nearly every specimen having passed through my hands, and
classified. By far the greater part of it has been mounted in bottles or
boxes, so that it can be immediately placed on exhibition when space
and cases are available. In addition to this there have been index-
slips prepared, which show at a glance the location of each specimen,
whether in the reserve, study, or duplicate series. There has also been
prepared a list of all specimens on exhibition.

The collection of foods of the North American Indians is now perma-
nently labeled. The textiles collection is fairly well labeled, and it is
expected that in a short time all the specimens will have printed labels.
The plan has been followed for some time back, of preparing labels for
the printer for each new specimen mounted and exhibited. The entire
exhibit of gums and resins recently installed will soon be labeled.

Many labels have been written for specimens which are not in my
custody. The entire collection from the Ainos has thus been labeled,
as well as some of the Japanese articles collected by me.

Mr. Luscombe has made for the Museum, from my own photographs
and measurements, a model of one of the pit-dwellings or earth-houses,
occupied by the Kurile Islanders now settled on theisland of Shikotan,
Japan. He has also made a model of an Aino house and its surround-
ings, including a bear-cage, sacred-hedge, and store-house. This is an
excellent and faithful representation of a Yezo house.

Mr. Mills has made a most admirable lay figure of an Aino, from one

of my photographs.
165

166 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1390.

J have completed two reports for publication by the Museum, embody-
ing the results of my observations in Japan during the years 1887 and
1888. These are entitled respectively, “The Ancient Pit-Dwellers of
Yezo,” and ‘* The Ainos of Yezo,” and are published in this volume.

A list of vegetable productions indigenous to America has been
hastily prepared. It is probably incomplete, owing to the limited time
at my command for its preparation, but it may possess sufficient interest
to deserve notice.

In a letter written to the Assistant Secretary in charge of the Mu-
seum upon the subject I wrote as follows:

Of products indigenous to America, perhaps the potato has been of the greatest
economical importance. When Amcrica was discovered, the Solanum tuberosum was
under cultivation in South America, from Chili to New Granada. It was carried to
Treland by Thomas Herriott, a companion of Sir W. Raleigh in his voyages, from Vir-
ginia in 1585-86. It was introduced first into Europe by the Spaniards in 1585, The
Virginia potato came from Peru or Chili. The sweet potato is also probably of
American origin.

The haricot bean, now cultivated in so many parts of the world, is unquestionably
of American origin, as is also the Lima bean. ‘The former has been found in ancient
Peruvian graves, and more recently in prehistoric tombs in Alaska. The sugar bean
also originated here.

Indian corn is another valuable product for which the old world is indebted to the
new. The oidest specimen of corn known was discovered by Darwin in the soil of
the coast of Peru, now 85 feet above the level of the ocean.

The tomato is also a Peruvian plant. Tapioca is obtained from the manioe, a
shrub indigenous to Brazil and the West Indies. The flour known as cassava was
in use long before the coming of the Spanish and Portuguese navigators. West
India arrowroot also originated in the West Indies and tropical America, where it
has long been under cultivation. The cacao tree was under cultivation when A:nerica
was discovered. It was probably introduced in Central America and Yucatan from
New Granada, but it was already naturalized when the Spaniards came and the
custom of drinking chocolate was general. When the seeds were sent to the high-
lands of Mexico, they were so highly valued as to serve for money. Cocoa and
chocolate are now of great commercial value. The sweet cocoa butter is highly
prized in pharmacy.

The common squash and pumpkin appear to be American productions. It is per-
haps not desirable to extend this list of strictly American vegetable productions to
include many less commonly known. There are numerous tropical fruits which are
not only very delicious in the fresh condition, but also when preserved. Among
these the guava is well known in the form of jelly. Two-thirds of the coffee pro-
duced in the world comes from South America, Central America, and the West Indies.

Caoutchouc, or India rubber, was introduced in Europe about the beginning of
the eighteenth century, but for a long time its source was unknown. Finally it was
learned that it came from South America, and at present nearly half the world’s
supply comes from there, the other half principally from Java.

Among the medicinal agents, it is only necessary to mention two—the cocoa or cuca
of Pern, and the cinchona bark. The former isan important and valualie tonie which
has grown into great favor. The benefit which the world has derived from the alka-
loids of cinchona or Peruvian bark can searcely be overestimated. The name “ cin-
chona” is said to be derived from the name of the wife of the Viceroy of Peru, who
brought the drug from South America in 1639.

In considering the contribntions of this continent to the commerce of the world,
it would not be fair to neglect many articles which are not peculiar to this country,

SECTIONS OF FOODS AND TEXTILES. 167

such as valuable timber, cochineal, vanilla beans, and the commoner fruits, as ban-
anas, pineapples, oranges, etc. Among the important productions, the beautiful
sea-island cotton need only be mentioned. The first bale of long staple cotton was
shipped from St. Simons Island, Georgia, in 1788. Of other textiles, tropical and sub-
tropical, America has furnished an abundance. The streets of London are daily
swept with brooms made of the fiber of the piassava palm of Brazil. The pita and
jeniquen, and many other fibers come from Mexico and Central America. The
trade in fresh meat and hides from South America is already very large, and constantly
on the increase. i

The discovery of. America has not only improved, increased, and cheapened the
food supply of the world, but it has also, by opening new territory for settlement,
relieved the countries of Enrope of an increasing burden of overpopulation and
thereby prevented social changes, wars and revolutions, which the increased struggle
for existence would otherwise have brought about.

ACCESSIONS.

The following are among the more important accessions received dur-
ing the year:

A specimen of Germanium, a new metal discovered in 1886 by Dr. Clemens Winkler.
Gift of Dr. C. Winkler, through Prof. F. W. Clarke. (Cat. No. 78072.)

Cerium. Gift of Dr. W. F. Hillebrand. (Cat. No. 78073).

Lanthanum. Gift of Dr. W. F. Hillebrand. (Cat. No. 78074.)

Didymium. Gift of Dr. W. F. Hillebrand. (Cat. No. 78075.)

These three metals. from Dr. Hillebrand are of especial interest, not
only because of their purity and compact form, but because they have
been the subject of original researches conducted by Hillebrand and
Norton in 1875. Specimens of the oxides of the same metals, interest-
ing in the same connection, are also credited to Dr. Hillebrand.
Magnesium, purified by distillation in vacuo. Gift of W.M. Burton. (Cat. No. 78080.)
Zine, purified by distillation in vacuo, in fine crystals. Gift of W.M. Burton. (Cat.

No. 73081.)
Zine, purified by distillation in vacuo incompactform. Giftof W.M. Burton. (Cat.
No. 78082. )

The specimens of magnesium and zine from Mr. Burton are such as
were used by him in recent re-determinations of the atomic weights of
these metals. They are all excellent specimens.

A most valuable collection of fibers from the Hawaiian Islands was
received from Mr. Francis Gay, of Kauai, through the kind courtesy
and assistance of Prof. H. ©. Bolton, when he visited those islands. A
list of these fibers, with the native names, is given below.

Akia, Wickstremia fetida, var. Oahuensis Gr. Used for twine and rope.

Awapuhi, Zingiber Zerumbet Roscoe. Roots, stems, and leaves. Used only for scent-

ing the native bark cloth, ‘‘ Kapa.”

Hau, Paritium tiliaceum St. Hil. Used for ropes.

Hona, one of the Urticaces, not determined. Used for ropes.

Mamaki, Pipterus albidus. One of the principal kapa plants.

Mao, Gossypium tomentosum Nutt. The cotton is not used for weaving. The flowers
are used for dyeing kapa, and the fiber of the stem for twine.

Niu, Cocoanut, The fiber is named ‘ Aha-nin.”

Olona, Touchardia latifolia Gaud. The strongest Hawaiian fiber. Used for fish-
lines, nets, etc.

168 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Olena, Curcuma longa. Roots used for dyeing kapa.

Uki, Gahnia Beecheyi Mann. A grass, used to make cords for binding grass-thatched
roofs.

Wauke, Broussonetia papyrifera Vent. Used for ropes, but particularly for making
Kapa.

PRESENT STATE OF THE COLLECTIONS.

In reporting upon the present state of the collections, itmust be pre-
mised that the figures given do not represent in all cases the whole
number of specimens available for display, for the reason that a con-
siderable number are stored in the Armory building. Among these
should be particularly mentioned a very valuable collection of wools,
the gift of Mr. George W. Bond, of Boston, which could be placed im-
mediately on exhibition, if the necessary space could be provided. The
figures given, therefore, represent only specimens which are now in the
Museum, and which can be seen and examined at any time.

Textile fibers and fabrics on exhibition in northeast court....-..--..--..----- 1, 020
Looms, spinning-wheels, and spinning and weaving machinery .-.---.--.-.---- 67
Reservesjand:-duplicatess.-Sisgeso.282 ce. 52 lle enemectieesec ae eee Sees 563
AMSG NEN By! WO? AeHlernGl WOOK cccocs cosdes 655050 s5e550 vSaeoocoscoas=sese 136
Studyseries <i) cs... HeG Saas oli ee nic cee e Saeed See ieeoe -eeete ee eee 425
Masticatalocuerentryy Une wl SSOe seem eeene ee eae eee eee eee eee 8, 217
Masticatalocueentry, June loo 0 esse masee see sees eee eee eee eee eee oes 8, 255

PRESENT STATE OF THE COLLECTION OF FOODS.

Food products on exhibition :
HoodsioteNorshvAmericans indians saeeee Ee Eee ee eee e eee eee eee eer ee eee 310

JAPANESE OOS Eley e saree aes Ne Sees CLLR Ie eel a Tne ie Suenos ea aes ee Bara 74
Japan teas scevacssoo es Meds Soe ssinie s se een Se sees ee ee eee 49
Hoods tromiother Sounrceszs. 4 22sec es | a eee eee a eis aoe ee eee eee 223
Beverages—beer, wine, etc.—including specimens showing the constituents
inuvoallonvotsbeer: wil exebCsmanacee ace ee eee eoe ee EERE een eee 71
Composition of the human body, daily income and expenditure, composi-
tion of foods, etc., illustrated by specimens.......---.----------------- 61
FRESCEVeE SPECIMENS) oe ese sinh ace eee eae wea nee peeks a eco Ri 276
Huplicatewpecimens oss jonsos Sete ee wise Se see See eee Eee 47
it, i
Lasticataloxneentryainy une eco r-ee epee eter eeeere ee etree cee oe ee eeeeee 911
asticatalocueenitnyaini une! S90 mee aeee: cena eee eee seers See ee eee eae ene 979

This collection does not include a number of specimens collected by
me from the Ainos of Japan, which are exhibited in the Aino ease,
and do not appear in the food catalogue.

The specimens are distributed in different parts of the Museum,
although most of them are in cases in the northeast court.

It should be stated that the collection illustrating the composition of
the human body and of foods is in two cases which are too small to
permit of a proper display of their contents, and the collection, which

"

SECTIONS OF FOODS AND TEXTILES. 169

is of great public interest even as it is shown, is less attractive than it
should be. There is no space in the hall for an additional case, how-
ever, and therefore no encouraging prospect for a better display in the
near future. In these cases are shown the constituents of the human
body and of foods, in such amanner as to illustrate the subject of nutri-
tion and the value of food. There are several series of specimens, ar-
ranged in the following order:

(1) Chemical elements shown in the proportions by weight in which
they exist in the human body. The plan and design of this exhibit
will be clearly understood from one of the labels which reads as
follows:

. CHEMICAL ELEMENTS OF THE HUMAN BODY.

CARBON.

The body of a man weighing 154 pounds would con-
tain about 31 pounds of Carbon, which amount is shown
in the form of anthracite coal.

The diamond is nearly pure carbon. Graphite (the so-called “ black
lead” of lead pencils), Anthracite Coal, Coke, Lamp-black, and Charcoal
are impure forms of carbon.

Carbon exists in combination with other elements in the body, of which
it makes about one-fifth the whole weight, and in food.

Carbon burns, #4. é., combines, with oxygen. In this combustion, heat
and force are generated and carbonic acid gas formed. The carbon taken
into the body in food is burned in this way by the oxygen of the inhaled
air, yielding heat to keep the body warm, and force, muscular strength,
for work. The carbonic acid is given out by the lungs and skin. Car-
bon thus serves as fuel for the body and is the most important fuel
element.

(2) Chemical compounds in the human body, shown in their proper
proportions. A specimen label reads:

CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OF THE HUMAN BODY.

NEUTRAL FATS.

The body of a man weighing 154 pounds contains
about 22% pounds of fat, the quantity shown.
Human fat consists of Stearin, Palmitin, and Olein,

170 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

the so-called neutral fats, in varying proportions in dif-
ferent parts.
The fats are formed in the body partly from the fatty matter of the

food, and partly from the carbohydrates (sugar and starch) and the
protein of the food.

The fats are composed of glycerine combined with a fat-acid from
which the fat takes its name, as stearic acid, palmitic acid, oleic acid.

COMPOSITION OF NEUTRAL FATS.

CARBON, 76.5 per cent.
OXYGEN, WA 8 &
HYDROGEN, OIE oy incon ence

(3) Daily income and expenditure of the body.

OXYGEN OF DAILY INCOME.
30.2 OUNCES.

The total quantity of this gas, 30.2 ounces, is 159 gal-
lons. The quantity shown is only one-hundredth of
that amount, or 0.3 of an ounce. This oxygen is ob-
tained from the air, one-fifth of which is oxygen.

The oxygen is taken into the lungs and brought in contact with the blood,
by which a portion is dissolved and distributed through the body. It is thus
brought in contact with the digested food and with the tissues in various parts
of the body, and combines with the carbon and hydrogen, forming carbonic
acid and water, thus generating heat and muscular energy.

CARBONIC ACID OF DAILY EXPENDITURE.

38.8 OUNCES.

Nearly all the carbon consumed by the body, except
the small quantity that passes into urea, combines with
oxygen and forms carbonic acid, which 1s thrown off.
The total quantity of this gas, 39 ounces, is about 150
gallons. The quantity shown is only one-hundredth of
that amount, 0.39 of an ounce.

COMPOSITION OF CARBONIC ACID GAS.

In 100 parts. In 38.8 ounces.
CARBON, 27.3 10.6
OXYGEN, 12.7 28.2

SECTIONS OF FOODS AND TEXTILES. 171

Carbonic acid is 4 colorless gas, heavier than air. The protein, fats,
and carbohydrates of the daily income contain 10.8 ounces of carbon.
Of this 0.2 of an ounce goes to form urea, and the rest combines with
the oxygen of the air inhaled and forms 38.8 ounces of carbonic acid,
which is given off through the lungs.

(4) A day’s ration.
BEEFSTHAK OF A DAY’S RATION

8 OUNCES.

The principal nutrients of meat are protein and fat.
The composition of a round steak of beet, free from
bone, is as follows:

In 100 parts In 8 ounces

Protein, chiefly myosin and syntonin 23.0 1.9 ounces
NUTRIENTS Fats 9.0 Oca

Mineral matters 1.3 LOPS) Bingen
WATER 66.7 Byal enes

(5) Composition of a loaf of bread.

PROTEIN OF A POUND OF BREAD
1.4 OUNCES.

The protein of bread is chiefly gluten, the proportion of
which is variable. An average of several analyses showed 8.9
per cent., the proportion shown.

The protein of wheat consists of several albuminoids, the principal of which are gluten
casein, gluten fibrin, gliadin, and mucedin. ‘These together are known as gluten or vege-
table albumen. ‘They are similar to the albuminoids of meat. Gluten imparts tenacity to
the dough and enables it to retain the gaseous products of fermentation with some force, thus
producing a porous and light bread.

(6) Constituents of a mackerel weighing 1 pound.

PROTEIN OF A POUND MACKEREL
1.6 OUNCES.

The flesh of a mackerel of average composition, weighing
one pound, would contain about 1.6 ounces of protein, the
quantity shown.

The protein of the flesh of fish is very similar to that of the flesh of domestic animals used
for food. It is found mostly in the muscles and consists of several compounds. ‘The prin-
cipal of these compounds is called myosin, the basis of muscle of man and animals. The
protein compounds, sometiines called “flesh formers ’’ or “‘ muscle substance,’’ are physiolog-
ically the most important and pecuniarily the most expensive ingredients of food.

12 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

(7) Composition of milk.

A QUART OF MILK.

ALBUMINOIDS OR PROTEIN COMPOUNDS. ALBU-
MEN, 0.2 OUNCES.

The albumen, which is of one of the albuminoid or protein
compounds of milk, is nearly or quite identical in chemical
composition with the albumen (white) of egg and the albumen
of blood, muscle, etc.

The proportions of albumen and other albuminoids in milk
are stated under casein. A quart of cow’s milk, of average
composition, would contain not far from 0.2 of an ounce of al-
bumen, the quantity shown.

Four colored charts showing the composition and nutritive value of
vegetable and animal foods have been carefully prepared. These are
now in the eases.

PRESENT STATE OF THE CHEMICAL COLLECTIONS.

Specimens on exhibition:

Chemical elements =0sa-2 26 cine ee eee eae ene ae ieee Seno er Eee eer 97
Specimens illustrating chemical manufactures ....--.-....----.------------ 69
Oise teeta eae a Pe ee en ses ee dea oleh ene ae ee 201
Gumisvand: resingase.cacciscie see ees oaveee wesesciateseieie seca eines 90

RESERVES AND DUPLICATES.

Chemicalicompounds| (inorganic) ees eee eee eee eerie taseisicieeeee ee eae 307
Chemica licompoundsi(orsani@) essere eee ee ee area eee eee ee eee 73
Specimens illustrating chemical manufactures. ..-..-----..--- .----------------- 149
Dyes; paints, Cte; 552255 caine os, Naked seeeeneeciemosiccacee sen ce See eee eee 197
CONN ee ee ee era ee pene ee eee ee ea SOA GaSe Daca Ono uboaade Ssonse 67
GinmisvaNd ‘TESS 5.22 aioe isin c Sa ea ecie ie ers ese tans Saat a oekaeein ee ee eee 59

An interesting exhibit of the chemical elements has been prepared,
showing the elements arranged in accordance with their atomic
weights and valency, as first carried out by Lothar Mayer and V.
Mindelejeff. The plan of arrangement is as follows:

173

FOODS AND TEXTILES.

SECTIONS OF

TUNA)
683 0

“CANTON, |
6&6 UL

“TY NAUSIg
806 TE

“‘peoT
406 “4d

TIO TeU DL
$06 LL

LINI.1OTT
008 “SH

PIOD
261 UW

‘UNU el
961 9d

“UINLUISCO
GI6L° ‘sO

‘uejssuny,
PST MM

“TUN ey Ue,
“68T U.L
“mInIq19 7,
G8Pl LL

"can Tq.10}) A
ZT WA

“UINIPUT
€61 “IT

MANIA
99 IG

“UINLIBOIRS
"mug

‘tnt {pid
Stl a

“TANL.L8CQ,
IfL 90

‘munueyUey]

eel CT

“TUNE,
LET PEL

“TUNIsSe)
tee] ©)

“TANIpR Te
90L Del

‘9UIpoT
LET

WUMLINTAL,
Col OL

“AcowmnMuy

0éL 438

ULL
SIL Us

‘TUM pay
@'e1L UT

“‘TUnIMIpeD
cll PO

“IOATIS
80L SV

“cant pogry,
FOL Ta

merdangucelea nabs |
Pl Uy

‘undepq {Lor
96 OK

tUNIGMUN{oD
¥6 FO

“UUNTUOD UZ
06 “IZ

TUN) A
68 3A

Tunaahicnatsl
G18 4S

“CANIpIqnay
G°68 "a

“QUITO
08 4

Merbeh dec) el
6L°9S

IMS IW
GLB;

‘TUnTUeIe+)
GL OX)

“mane
69 VD

“Om1Z,
G9 07

*19ddo;)
9 UO

‘OHPIN
89 IN

‘osouvouRyL
cg Uy

movhandrecondt ce)
6g 10)

‘TUNIpPeUE A
IgA

TUNITY,
8h TL

‘canIpaeag
P98

“UINTO[RO
OF ¥D

“UINISSB}Og
66

‘squawapy )powwayp ay? fo ,uaWabUDLLy

“4TBqoD,
i@)

*aUT1O[YO
atl)

‘rinyd[ng
GE'S

‘snioqdsoyg
Ted

MOOITES
Ba IS

‘Tuna, y
16 1V

‘mInIseuse yy
icon Ne

“manIpog
8% "EN

*mOIT
9¢ "OT

“auLIONn
61a

suas Axe
91°O

*MaSOIINT
+I N

“moqaeg
fe)

“mo10g
Il 0@

“wNUIONT sy)
619

TANI WT,
fi, IE

‘uasoip iy
TH

5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

~---g-2 Aomele A

*---y-7 AOUOTR A,

~---9-¢ Avtaye A

*---¢-¢ ADUITU A.

secsesy KOUOTE A

s--=°@ KOUCTU A

reece LOMOTVA

-orros 7 LOUOTBA

soores = KOMOTB A

174 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The object of this arrangement is to indicate gaps in the series of
known elements which are likely to be filled in future by the discovery
of new elements, the properties of which may be foretold with more or
less certainty from their position in the series.

The existence of the three metals, scandium, gallium, and germanium,
was thus predicted before they were discovered.

The position of some of the elements in the table is not yet well estab-
lished. The metals in the last row are provisionaily placed in groups
by themselves.

The specimens here brought together under the head of chemical
collections are catalogued in different registers. The last entries under
the respective heads are—

Chemicals.

Tunew SSO ets ae re be eee ae tea peeetnaaee ceeeeeare eee eae 78067
MINS SSO Om ie Se See ys te al rlah pa ae al ene aa 78082
Paints and Dyes.

PUTS VES sess 5 oye ae ea SI GL Riga a ade 9041
IWUN@, WMO o45556 cece Fi ye aie ra Pale ealeia eae Rape LS Ole TE 9041
Oils, Gums, Resins, etc.
rife cys} CioS eee tae y Senna a ite ene ee eee Cet et aaa’ 2713
NUNES PSO ON. eis ia Fans Coli eee Se ay rs, Sale eee ree 2740

A specimen label will indicate the general character of all. Such
labels are usually attached to bottles, and as these are never large, it is
necessary to condense the text of the labels as much as possible.

ERMANIUM, Ge.—Valency 4; atomic weight 72; specific
gravity 5.469 at 209.4 C.

A grayish-white, lustrous, crystalline, brittle metal, easily pul-
verized, discovered by C. Winkler in 1886, in argyrodite, a
mineral found near Freiberg, of which it constitutes about
7 per cent. Unchanged in air, soluble in aqua regia. Fuses
readily. 78,072.

Gift of Dr. C. WinKLER through Prof. F. W. Ciarke.

Specimen prepared by C. WINKLER.

The existence of this element was predicted from the atomic rela-
tions of the elements as shown by Mendelejeft’s table.

A system of classification for organic and inorganic compounds will
soon be necessary, and will be prepared as soon as time and opportunity
may permit.

A preliminary plan for an exhibit at the World’s Columbian Exposi-
tion at Chicago, illustrating chemistry and the chemical industries, has
been prepared.

All the collections are now in excellent order. A large and valuable
industrial exhibit could be very quickly made if floor-space and cases
could be provided. Many of the specimens are already mounted and
stored in drawers, ready to be placed in cases and labeled.

REPORT ON THE SECTION OF MATERIA MEDICA
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By JAMES M. Fuint, U. 8S. Navy, Honorary Curator.

During the past year the labors of the curator, with such clerical
assistance as may have been available or necessary, have been devoted
to the identification, arrangement, distribution, illustration, and de-
scription of the individual specimens which make up the large mass of
material already in hand; to the classification and installation of new
material; to the care and convenient arrangement of duplicate and
reserve series; and to the consideration of such questions of identity
or uses of drugs, as have been referred, irom time to time, to this
Section.

The principal accessions have been: A collection (about 30 specimens)
of Kast India drugs, received m exchange from the Royal Botanical
Gardens, Kew, England, and about 80 specimens of miscellaneous me-
dicinal substances contributed by Messrs. W. H. Schieftelin & Co., of
New York, to fill vacancies in existing series. Both accessions have
been installed and labeled.

The most important routine work has been the preparation of de-
scriptive labels, which work has been systematically and persistently
carried on during the year. Each label, in its preparation, involves
the study of the specimen, the comparison of its physical characters
with those laid down by the authorities, the determination of its sources,
(geographical, botanical, etc.),and of its supposed medicinal properties
and uses. The effort is made to select the most important and inter-
esting facts that can be presented in the few lines appropriate to a
museum label, avoiding on the one hand that meagerness which
gives the inquiring visitor nothing but a name, and, on the other, that
fullness of detail which discourages by its length, or confuses by its
technical precision.

Of these labels there have been prepared, printed, and attached to
the specimens 2,312, distributed as follows:

Goeneralelaeligyen mrs sserree ee anise casinos cia Ss de es a 4
Classiandtorderlabels sous. ste este ee ee hie kets 103

(CGINGINS IIDC 35 6 Seas eboe CoB S eee Ege aase om aie are 3l
Smeciticnlabelss eee. eons 25 Be tin Se ot ere Se ese Ce 1, 902

e HOO DANICA OULes seen se tees weit ace, Hesse eile aoaleriee Sees 218
o iucbeecaiaumneleticines eta Soe oe oN ls Liobibens 17
re Hommrcrooraphic iigures Sse s2o2c esis sce ose. = s- seme = 37

4 ~ Manuscript for 284 additional labels is nearly ready.
s 175

ie
we 4.
+

176 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The present state of the collection is quite satisfactory to the cura-
ator. Most of the specimens are in good conJition, and liable only to
unavoidable deterioration from age, exposure to light, and changes of
temperature. It is to be hoped that a substitute for the present eylin-
drical bottle may be devised for exhibition purposes, whereby the speci-
mens may be shown behind plane instead of curved surfaces of glass.
There are now on exhibition 3,213 specimens of drugs, classified as
tollows:

Medicinalitorins acer. ce tsiscmn ne ate eee ee eee ee ae 116
Animal Products ess secs Meese esse se loc eis Cee eee ae 1i2
Orvemalevesetableyprodic theses ese se eae 1, 237
Chemical and inorganie products. --2-- 2222-222. 22-2 ---- 196
Mineral waters and their constituents. ..--...-..--..--..- 95
Ind.genous vegetable products .--- Boise tear a aioe ee 162
Medicines of North American Indians.--..----......----. 116
Mexdicamncdinulgs gers ens co aoe eee = ener ae ae meee 43
Wrestilndian drugs. eis oe sat seas aoe oes nee 77
South vAmericankdiucss see reel ee eee eae eae 45
Druesotpln iar tssecwse ea yee eee ee aetna ne eee 320
(QmMmINVER Ts) THKXCIOMNES S555 6a45 cane So0hc6 boosod Sacene osae esos 469
Japancsennedicines 20-0. c nse setae een oe see ae ree eee 115
COREA MNGUNOIMNGD - 4 ccades sso9ee cages sacces sSa555 955¢ 100
Miscellaneous sio3.2225 Us ease te eee ese soe ne eee 7

Seles

These specimens are illustrated by 235 colored plates and 37 micro-
graphs, displayed in the cases, and also 426 by colored plates and 1 micro-
graph, mounted in swinging frames, supported upon pillars standing at
the entrances to the alcoves.

In the reserve series there are:

Cinchonaibarks <5-:100 5) pe eee ee ee 99
Crushed and powdered drugs-22- ---: ..--2----+-- 22-2 s2-< 204
Filnidiextracts: sacisc. jee sae seine aleve scievsisne sie cacig ee eae 200
Pillsvandforanulestetee Vets ke ose acca C aeiscalsseeee sens 70
Oils ree ee eeE OS Nase SS aoeleae Succes Seeetsee ee 36
Chemical products i.cey cee see ee cee Pesce eine eee 33
SouvhpAmenicanidni esas eert eee Eeeeee eee eee eee 108
Coreanmedicinesiss cscs was ssc Cesc ccuece ceete es Some oee 107
WINKED TGOM = 5555560 6550 0565 nNdob0 SG0000 HaoSSe oS50 Sé5- 346

Total oe ce os .cue seed ie hee eon ea eae nea eee eee 1, 203

The miscellaneous drugs include the rare articles, many of them un-
identified or bearing only a vernacular name, which are withheld from
exhibition until further information can be obtained about them.

In the duplicate series are 800 specimens, mostly inclosed in paste-
board boxes, and arranged in drawers conveniently accessible.

Exhibition series:

SPCCIMCNG ss. cence seo sssiedssaeed sess tecsao nse eecers 3, 213
Mlustrations 2: 2252252222. hoes sas ssssos paee eee 699
Reserve Series 25.2. .¢22c4eses cose s Soba shane ssae semen eee US
Duplicateiseriess ss. s= sea seers see ncicieeins eleeerienem ar 500

SECTIONS OF FOODS AND TEXTILES. 177

A card-catalogue of the collection, showing the present location of
every Specimen, has been prepared. This catalogue needs revision
and extension by cross references.

_ The number of the last catalogue entry in June, 1889, was 141,877;
in June, 1890, 142,056.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2 12

yet
mat “th

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY
IN THE U.S, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By THOMAS WILSON, Curator.

On July 8, 1889, I was directed to proceed to Europe, especially to
Paris, in company with Prof. Otis T. Mason, to visit and report upon
the anthropological display at the French Exposition, to represent the
Smithsonian Institution at the International Congresses of Hygiene, of
Criminal Anthropology, and of Anthropology and Prehistoric Arche-
ology, and the French Association for the Advancement of Science,
to be held there during the month of August. I was also directed
to visit and report on certain archeological museums.

INTERNATIONAL CONGRESSES, PARIS, 1889.

The number and scope of congresses, held in Paris during the sea-
son of the Exposition, the amount of time consumed, and the work ac-
complished, may be made manifest by the following list:

List of International Congresses held at Paris during the Exposition of 1889.

Of Life-saving, June 12-15.

Physical Exercise in Kducation, June
15-22.

Of Architects, June 17-22.

The Society of Literateurs, July 17-27.

Of Peace, June 23-30.

Protection of Monuments and Works of
Art, June 24-29.

Habitations, June 26-28.

Of Bakers, June 28-July 2.

Intervention of Government with con-
tracts of Workingmen, July 1-4,

Of Agriculture, July 4-11.

Technical Education in Commerce and
Industry, July 8-12.

_ Workingmen’s Clubs, July 11-13.
_ Charitable Works and _ Institutions of

*

Females, July 12-18.

_ For the Participation in certain Benefits,

July 16-19,

Bibliography of Mathematical Science,
July 16-26.

Works of Assistancein Time of War, (Red
Cross?), July 17-20.

Utilization of Fluvial Waters, July 22-27.

Of the Rights of Property in Artistic
Work, July 25-31.

Public Assistance (charity), July 28-Aug.
4.

Alcoholism (to study its questions), July
29-31.

Popular Traditions, July 29-Aug. 1.

Chemistry, July 29-Aug. 3.

To Study Colonial Questions, July 30-
Aug. 3.

Of AGronauts, July 31—Aug. 3.

Of Pigeon Fanciers, July 31-Aug. 3.

Of Therapeutics, Aug. 1-5.

Of Industrial Property, Aug. 3-12.

Hygiene and Demography, Aug. 4-11.

179

180 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Of Zodlogy, Aug. 5-10. Astronomical Photography, Aug. 22-23
Of Physiologic Psychology, Aug. 5-10. Of Electricians, Aug. 24-31.
Dermatology and Syphiliography, Aug.5- | Of Firemen, Aug. 27-28.

10. Dental, Sept. 1-7.
Superior and Secondary Education, Aug. | Of Statistics, Sept. 2-6.

5-10. Institutions of Prevoyance, Sept. 2-7.
Mental Maladies and their Cure, Aug. 5- | Of Mines and Metallurgy, Sept. 2-11.

10. Of Chronometry, Sept. 7-14.
Forthe Amelioration of the Blind, Aug. | CoOperative Societies for the Purchase of

RS Food and Drink, Sept. 8-12.
The Sciences of Geography, Aug. 6-12. Of Veterinary Medicine, Sept. 19-24.
Of Photography, Aug. 6-17. To Study the Processes of Construction,
For the Transmission of Landed Proper- Sept. 9-14.

ty, Aug. 8-14. To Study the Accidents~ to Workmen,
Of Criminal Anthropology, Aug. 10-17. Sept. 9-14.
Of Stenography, Aug. 11-18. Monetary, Sept. i1-14.
Of Primary Instruction, Aug. 11-19. Of Otology and Laryngology, Sept. 16-21.
Of Societies par actions, Aug. 12-19. Applied Mechanics, Sept. 16-21.
Intervention of Government in Emigra- | Meteorology, Sept. 19-25.

tion and Immigration, Aug. 12-15. Maritime Works, Sept. 20-25.
Of Horticulture, Aug. 19-21. Commerce and Industry, Sept. 22-28.
Of Anthropology and Prehistoric Arch- | Sabbath-day Rest, Sept. 26-27.

eology, Aug. 19-26. Ethnographical Sciences, Sept. 30-Oct. 10.
Of Medical Jurisprudence, Aug. 19-24. Hydrology and Climatology, Oct. 3-10.
Of Flour and Grain, Aug. 20-22. Total number, 69.
Homeopathy, Aug. 21-23.

Such was the list of organized International Congresses as published
before the opening of the Exposition. There were others organized
after this list was printed ; and during the. continuance of the Exposi-
tion no less than one hundred and twenty congresses, principally
international, though similar to the foregoing, were held at Paris.

The congresses to which I was accredited, and in most of which
Prof. Otis T. Mason joined, held their sessions as follows:

Hygiene and Demography, opening session on Sunday, August 4, at
3 o’clock, to continue until the 11th of the same month.

Criminal Anthropology, opening session on Saturday, August 10, at 2
o'clock, at the Palace of Trocadéro, to continue until the 17th, at the
School of Medicine.

Anthropology and Prehistoric Archeology, opening session on Mon-
day, August 19, to continue until August 26, at the College of France.

The French Association for the Advancement of Science held its ses-
sion from the 8th to the 16th of August at the School of Bridges and
Roads, No. 28, rue St. Péres. Two sessions per day were held, com-
mencing at 9 a.m. and 2 p. m.

I presented papers, prepared by myself, to the various congresses, as
follows:

Criminal Anthropology, 8 pages: (1) The statistics of crime in the
United States.

Anthropology and Prehistoric archeology: (1) The gravels of the

DEPARTMENT OF PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY. 181

Delaware River at Trenton, New Jersey, wherein Dr. Abbott had found
paleolithic implements, 20 pages; (2) The stone age in North America
divided into the paleolithic and neolithic periods, as manifested by
specimens in the U. 8. National Museum (130 pages, 100 figures).

Association Frangaise: (1) The value of Niagara Falls as a chro-
nometer of antiquity (12 pages, 5 figures); (2) Instruments of hard
stone in America (14 pages).

Since my return I have completed a report upon Prehistoric Anthro-
pology at the Paris Exposition, 1889, and upon the International Con-
gresses of Anthropology and Prehistoric Archeology ; Criminal An-
thropology ; Hygiene and Demography.

IMPORTANT ACCESSIONS.

From Mr. H. de Morgan, New York, New York, was purchased a collec-
tion of objects from prehistoric graves at or near Allah- Verdi, Armenia,
including bronze necklaces, bracelets, buttons, pins (plain and orna-
mented), pendant with chain attached, iron spear-heads and knives,
Sharpening-stones, shell beads, pottery vessels (bottles, urns, and
plates), a human skull and fragments of human bones; 105 specimens.
These objects were discovered and excavated by Mr. de Morgan in the
summer of 1888, and belong to the iron age in Armenia. (Aces, 22244
and 22264.)

J. P. Monroe, Ringgold, Montgomery County, Tennessee, sent a
brass chain of peculiar manufacture from a mound in Montgomery
County, Tennessee. The chain was made of pieces of brass wire and
tubes alternating in the following manner: First, the wire, cut to the
required length, was enlarged at each end; second, a section of the
tube was then, by hammering or pressure, closed around the enlarge-
ment of the wire at one end—not enough to prevent motion inside the
tube, but sufficient to stop its removal. Another wire, being inserted
in the opposite open end of the tube, was made secure in the same way.
This process was continued until the chain was of the required length.
(Ace. 22697.)

From Mr. Monroe’s letter of transmittal I quote the following:

The mound in which the chain was found is situated in the northern part of Mont-
gomery County, 16 miles from Clarksville. It isin a large body of timber and would
be seldom noticed. Its shape is oval and of the following dimensions: 60 by 46 feet
at the base, 16 feet diameter at the top, and 10 feet high.

When first built the mound was higher and not so broad at the base, the rains and
snows of centuries having washed the dirt from the top. Of course this proceeded
very slowly, as the sides are covered with trees and undergrowth, the oak trees
being from | foot to 2 feet 6 inches in diameter. The graves were arranged in the
regulation way, i. e., flat rocks set upon edge, forming a box, in which the body was
laid, and other rocks (slabs) placed across the top. These were near the surface
and disarranged, showing evidently that the mound had been dug into before, and
also accounts for the fact that no other specimens were found associated with the

chain, except some broken pieces of pottery. The chain being very small, was over-
looked by the hunters.

182 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Mrs. J. G. Bruff, Washington, District of Columbia, sent a largé
collection, principally from the District of Columbia and vicinity,
embracing paleolithic implements, rude notched axes, hammer-stones,
pestles, arrow and spear-points, scrapers, polished stone hatchets,
drilled ceremonial objects, discoidal stones, potstone vessels, ete.; 1,487
specimens. (Acc. 22308.)

This collection, which represents the archeology of the District fairly
well, is the result of many years’ work on the part of Mr. Bruff, and the
specimens are labeled with great accuracy as to locailty, date of find,
and other facts which might be of interest to the student.

The curator deposited a collection of archeological specimens ob-
tained by him during his visit to the International Exposition at Paris
in 1889. The greater portion consists of palzolithic implements of the
Chelleén type, although a number of flint-points and flakes, and a mass
of drift-deposit containing flint implements, etc., were obtained; also
four jars in which are exhibited the sand or gravel forming the differ-
ent layers of the river drift at Chelles, these last showing a difference in
color and fineness according to depth. In addition, a number of palzo-
lithic implements, surface-finds, from St. Acheul, Poitou, and Coussay,
France, and one each from Highfield, Ightham, Buley, and the ‘‘ Stone
Pits,” Kent, England (B. Harrison). The neolithic objects received in-
clude flint cores and flakes—some very large—from the workshops at:
Grand Pressigny and Posay, France, and from the Grotte de Chaleur,
Belgium. Also obsidian cores from the Ile de Milo, Greece, and frag-
ments of pottery from Russia. A bronze hatchet and a piece of copper
(part of an implement) from Peru, complete the list; 99 specimens.
(Ace, 22523.) »

W. Hi. Meyer, Carthage, Tennessee, gave a collection containing frag-
ments of human bones, shell beads, fragments of shell, bones and teeth
of small animals, pieces of stalagmitic formation (?), and flint chips from
caves in the vicinity of Carthage. (Ace. 22771.) In his letter of trans-
mittal he says:

The human bones were found in a small cave ona river bluff, the entrance to whicle
has been nearly closed by rock falling from above. They were scattered all through
the dirt floor of the cavern and had no regular arrangement, neither were they found
in such positions as to indicate burial (at least soitappeared tome). At the farthest
extremity of the cave there is an opening —closed now—which communicated with
the top of the bluff. I do not think all of the bones were washed in, for we found a
few in such positions that it would seem impossible. The animal bones came from

another cavern, also on the face of a river bluff,and in the dirt floor at the depth
indicated.

From Messrs. Bangs & Co. (739 and 741 Broadway, New York, New
York) the following objects were purchased for the Museum:* Arrow
and spear-points, scrapers, knives, perforators, large spade-like imple-
ments (chipped), flint hatchets—some with ground cutting edge—pol-
ished hatchets, grooved axes of hematite, pierced tablets, and boat-

* This accession is part of a collection placed on sale by Mr. Norman Spang.

DEPARTMENT OF PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY. 183

shaped articles, pendants, drilled ceremonial objects, stone tubes and
pipes, hematite mullers, and discoidal stones; 171 specimens in all.
The localities where found are indicated in all cases. (Acc. 22813.)

S. V. Proudfit, Falls Church, Virginia, deposited a large collection
(2,345 specimens) from the District of Columvia and its environs, consist-
ing of arrow and spear-points, knives, rude implements (paleolithic
type), scrapers, perforators, hammer-stones, pitted stones, polished
hatechets, grooved axes, rude notched implements, mortars, pestles,
pierced tablets, ceremonial objects, fragments of potstone vessels, and
fragments of pottery. This collection is the result of years of work in
the field, and is a valuable addition to the Museum, for it represents
the archeology of the District of Columbia in acomplete manner. (Ace.
22631).

Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Massachusetts, through Prof. F. W.
Putnam, sent in exchange a collection from the ancient cemetery and
ashpits at Madisonville, Ohio, embracing stone hatchets, hammer and
sharpening-stones, small rude implements, scrapers, perforators, and
arrow-points of flint and jasper, clay vessels, and fragments of pottery.
Also halves of the bone-scrapers peculiar to this cemetery, worked pieces
of antler (chisels and points of weapons), cylindrical pieces of antler,
burnt bones, piece of bone ornamented with incised lines, bird bone show-
ing method of cutting off a bead, bone beads and points, bone splinters—
long, thin, and worked to a point at each end—fish spines probably used
as awls, bones and teeth of animals, burnt corn, and a sample of ashes
from one of the pits; 324 specimens. (Ace. 25111).

Dr. Hilborn T. Cresson, No. 224 South Broad street, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, deposited palzolithic implements found below the sur-
face in undisturbed gravel at the depths indicated: quartzite, Up-

- land, Chester County, Pennsylvania, 8 feet; quartzite, Upland, Ches-

ter County, Pennsylvania, 11 feet; quartzite, Gray’s Ferry, Baltimore
and Ohio Railroad cut, 4 feet; quartzite, Gray’s Ferry, Baltimore and
Ohio Railroad cut, 6 feet; quartzite, Gray’s Ferry, Baltimore and Ohio
Railroad cut, 7$ feet; quartzite, Naaman’s Creek cut, 52 feet; quartz-
ite, near Darley’s Bridge cut, 34 feet; quartzite, Peat Layer, near Dar-
ley’s Bridge, dredged, 10 feet; quartzite, Naaman’s Creek, near Rich-
mond Brickyard, 14 feet; quartzite, near Wilmington, Delaware, 8
feet; quartzite, near Wilmington, Delaware, 12 feet; white quartz,
talus, at base of cut, Upland, Chester County, Pennsylvania; argillite,
talus, at base of cut, Uarpenter’s Station, near Darley’s Bridge, Balti-
more and Ohio Railroad; quartzite, surface, Piney Branch, District of
Columbia, 14 specimens in all. (Acc. 23198.) These implements are
only deposited as a loan by Dr. Cresson, though I have no doubt he
will permit them to remain indefinitely. Although few in number and
their money-value not great, I can scarcely overestimate their scientific
value. They are the first implements found in undisturbed clay and
gravel, independent of any glacial action, and I see no reason why they
are not preglacial. They correspond in appearance and industry with

184 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

those which I have been already gathering on the surface throughout
the United States, and f{ can only conclude that they belong to the
same epoch.

L. H. Jammes, Realmont, Tarn, southwestern France, sent a collec-
tion of prehistoric implements, ornaments, etc., from Cambodia, Indo-
China. This accession includes stone hatchets (five of which are a talon,
a type peculiar to Indo-China), gouges, sling-stones, pierced disks, and
bracelets cf stone, beads of bone and shell, a bone fish-hook, a bone
arrow-point, a harpoon, ear ornaments of pottery, a clay vessel, frag-
ments of pottery, lower jaw and part of human skull, pieces of a large
shell—worked—and a mass of shell formation containing fragments of
worked bone; 176 specimens. (Acc. 23024.)

Duplicate specimens have been sent in exchange as follows:

To Edward Lovett, West Burton House, Outram Road, Croydon,
England (97 specimens).

To Prof. Henry Giglioli, director of the Zodlogical Museum, Royal
University, Florence, Italy (12 specimens).

To Frederic Shonnard, Yonkers, New York (6 specimens).

To Mr. Henry Balfour, Anthropological Department, Oxford a
sity, England (7 specimens).

To Dr. Paulo Mantegazza, professor of anthropology, Florence, Italy
(55 specimens).

The routine work and the preparation of the exhibition and study-
series has been carried on during the past fiscal year upon the same
basis and with the same organization as in past years, and as I found
it when I came into the Museum. All specimens received are entered
in the catalogue, giving all known information concerning them, their
discovery, locality, association, etc. A catalogue number is given to
every Specimen and is painted upon the specimen itself. If there are
a number of specimens of not great importance, which correspond in
all general characteristics, they may be all given the same number. In
former years nothing but the number was required; now the State is
added, and if the object is a gift, the name of the donor.

The record taken from the monthly reports of this office shows that
there have been 431 letters written to correspondents. The letters and
reports written to officers in the Museum is not included in this num-
ber. Since February, when a record of such matters was first kept,
2,430 pages of type writing have been written.

The general character of the work in this department must necessarily -
be much the same one year with another. There is the same reception
of specimens, their entering, numbering, marking, and display. This
year has, however, seen much work done in addition to this. Al-
though not perfected, we have partially carried out the new scheme
of organization which was advised by Dr. Rau in his last report, and
which has been mentioned in all my reports since: 7%. e., the arrange-
ment of specimens according to their geographical location. The sys-

s

DEPARTMENT OF PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY. 185

tem adopted in the early history of the Museum was to note only the
State from which the specimen came. The locality within the State
was not usually given. Therefore we find ourselves hampered in mak-
ing the geographical distribution more minute than by States, however
desirable this may be. We may be able to make the distribution more
in detail which, while it will entail much work and require considerable
time, will be correspondingly valuable when completed. It is my pres-
ent intention to pursue this scheme of localized distribution as far as
possible, so as to include what we may suppose to have been the territo-
ries occupied by one prehistoric tribe or people and to make the bound-
aries such as were established by nature and what we may suppose
divided the tribes. The intended units of display will therefore include
the valleys of rivers, both sides of the river being equally represented.
For example, the Susquehanna River should be represented as a unit
independently of the boundary line of Maryland and Pennsylvania
which cross it; the same with the Delaware River independent of the
boundary line between Pennsylvania and Delaware.

The dividing line between these units might be such natural obstacles
as the Allegheny Mountains, the Chesapeake Bay, ete., which may be
supposed to have served as frontiers of greater or less obstruction, and
so to have divided the prehistoric tribes or peoples. But this is a
scheme in the indefinite future, and is liable to modification.

EXHIBITION AND STUDY SERIES.

The exhibition series is arranged in eases with a view to showing the
industries of prehistoric man, divided according to epochs and geo-
graphic location. The subject of the division of museums according to
the object desired and the people to be benefited, has been presented and
argued many times. An exhibition series should be provided for the
average visitor who has but a few minutes to devote to the display; while
a Study series should be for the student who desires better instruction in
the scientific aspect of the case. This division has never been made in
my department until the present fiscal year. Ihave always recognized
its benefit, even its necessity, and therefore determined that, laying
aside all other work, I would arrange a series of specimens as a
museum for exhibition and public instruction. This I have called a
Synoptical case or series of cases. I have made use of four double
Sloping-top cases, which placed end to end make a continuous
Series across the hall. On the side nearest the door and first of ap-
proach, are arranged specimens from other countries than America,
upon the farther side specimens from America. The European speci-
mens are divided according to their respective ages ; paleolithic, neo-
lithic, and bronze. Each of these ages is again divided into epochs,
and the epochs are divided into countries and according to localities.
I do not burden this report with detailed descriptions cf these sub-
divisions. Suffice it to say that nearly every country in Europe is rep-

-

186 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

resented, as is every epoch of prehistoric man in that country; and that
specimens of nearly every standard implement or object tending to
show the civilization of the prehistoric man of that country and epoch,
are here displayed. Thesame thing is true with regard to the other side,
which represents the United States. I have not trenched upon any of
the disputed questions concerning our prehistoric races, and have only
sought to divide the implements and objects according to funetion and
treating the United States asa whole. I have attempted in this case a
classification of the stone arrow or spear-heads, or knives. I have
sought to make but few classes with the lines deeply drawn, so as to be
easily recognized and the divisions well understood.

CLASSIFICATION OF ARROW-HEADS, OR SPEAR-HEADS, OR KNIVES.
LEAF-SHAPED.

Sub-class A.--Thin and finely chipped implements of the form of a
laurel leaf, elliptical and pointed at both ends. They correspond sub-
stantially with the French Solutreen type of the Paleolithic period of
the Stone A ge.

Sub-class B.—These may be thicker and ruder than Sub-class A.
Some are more oval, and the bases are not pointed, but are either
straight or convex. This class includes the leaf-shaped argillite imple-
ments found by Dr. Abbott in the Delaware gravels at Trenton, New
Jersey.

Sub-class C.—Long, thin blades, with nearly straight edges, more like
a dagger or poniard. The base may be either convex, straight, or con-
cave. Many of them show traces of attachment to a handle by means
of bitumen or gum. They are peculiar to the Pacific Slope.

TRIANGULAR.

This class includes all forms approaching a triangle, whether the
bases or edges be convex, straight, or concave. They are without
-stems, and, consequently, without shoulders, but in some specimens the
concavity of the base produces barbs.

STEMMED.

This class includes all varieties of stems, whether straight, pointed,
or expanding, and all varieties of bases and edges, whether convex,
straight, or concave.

Sub-class A, lozenge-shaped.

Sub-class B, shouldered, but not barbed.

Sub class C, shouldered and barbed.*

* Nearly all of these convex bases are smooth, as though they had been worn. The
purpose or cause of this is unknown.

DEPARTMENT OF PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY. 187
PEOULIAR FORMS.

These have such peculiarities as distinguish them from all other
classes, but by reason of their restricted number or locality can scarcely
form a class by themselves.

Sub-class A, beveled edges. The bevel is almost always in one di-
rection.

Sub-class B, serrated edges.

Sub-class C, bifurcated stems. (Other sub-classes will be added.)

The present state of the collection is shown in the following detailed
statement:

Number of specimens in this Department.

Prone himorward trom last year |. 2256 s.-\cselam= awcle once awe ene eee nse 115, 651
Received during the year ending June 30, 1890 ............---..--. 7, 205
SHDOCTINGING SING THN CSACIEINGS) —o56 s505 sno cose soneed sSsSog beedoS hoe 177

7, 025

PRO tral ere eee ee mae Nay nohe mec e mee S ome clei, a etme [oj aimiee susieisia meets 122, 679

:
;

skins of a black variety of the Gray Squirrel. Dr. Stejneger collected a

REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MAMMALS
IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By Frreprrick W. TRUE, Curator.

The accessions of the year have been of more than ordinary interest.
Among exotic mammals, the accession which should be mentioned first
is a collection of about ninety skins from Mt. Kilima-Njaro, East Africa,
made and presented by Dr. W. L. Abbott. The series comprises numer-
ous antelopes, including an undescribed species, (Cephalophus spadix
True), wart-hogs, rhinoceros heads, buffalo heads, and skins of various
smaller forms, such as squirrels, coneys, and ground rats. The natural-
ists attached to the United States Eclipse Expedition to Angola, Africa,
procured two fine skins of the Bush-buck, Tragelaphus gratus (?), and
some smaller mammals. The Marquis Doria forwarded to the Museum
a specimen of the exceedingly rare African rodent, Lophiomys imhauswi,
and a hundred bats, in alcohol, for which an equivalent in North
American bats is to be returned. The trustees of the British Museum
presented 13 bats in alcohol. A small collection of beautifully prepared

- skins of the small mammals of Hungary was presented by M. Louis

Molnar. A skin of an adult male lion, and a young moose, were
received from the American Museum of Natural History, New York,
in exchange for other specimens. A skin of the Yaguarundi cat was
purchased from KE. Gerrard, London.

The group of Proboscis Monkeys, Nasalis larvatus, ordered from Mr.
C. F. Adams, of Champaign, Illinois, was received during the year.

Further reference to this group will be found on the next page. A

number of mounted mammals were purchased from EB. Deyrolle, Paris.

The American Museum of Natural History, New York, presented a
bust of the chimpanzee “‘ Crowley,” which formerly lived in the Central
Park menagerie.

The most notable North American mammals received during the year
were: four Bighorn Sheep, Ovis canadensis, from Wyoming, presented
by Mr. W. T. Hornaday; and four Mountain Goats, Mazama montana,
obtained by Mr. G. B. Grinnell in British Columbia, These skins will
be made the basis of two groups. Mr. E. E. Thompson presented a
collection of small mammals of Ontario, Canada, including a series of

189

190 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

considerable number of small mammals in Arizona, and Mr. C. H.
Townsend in the San Pedro Mountains, Lower California. Mr. L. Beld-
ing presented a number of small mammals from the vicinity of Lake
Tahoe, Nevada. Similar material from California, Texas, and Colorado
was purchased from Mr. C. K. Worthen. A semi-albino Skunk, Mephitis
putorius, was purchased from Mr. J. C. Strong, of Morantown, Kansas.

A Harbor Seal, Phoca vitulina, was presented by Capt. RK. C. Joynes,
keeper of the Hog Island life-saving station, Virginia. At the request
of the Museum, Capt. A. H. Myers, keeper of the Quoddy Head Life-
Saving Station, Maine, procured excellent photographs of a little Piked
Whale, Balwnoptera rostrata, which had been stranded in the vicinity.

The appearance of the exhibition hall was considerably altered by the
introduction of three large cases, intended for the reception of groups.
Three groups were installed during the year, namely, those of the
moose, musk-oxen, and proboscis monkeys. The latter, however, was
placed temporarily in the ease intended for the reception of the Prong-
horn Antelope group, this group having been withdrawn for alterations.
The group of moose is the largest, and, everything considered, the most
striking group that has yet been constructed, and the case containing
it is the largest floor case in the Museum. The dimensions of the case
are as follows: Length, 1635 feet; breadth, 125 feet; height, 11 feet.
Each side has two sheets of glass only. The group comprises two adult
males, an adult female, and a young calf. The scene represented is a
Canadian forest in autumn. The Musk-ox group comprises three indi-
viduals, an aduJt male, an adult female, anda young male. These speci-
mens have been in the Museum for many years, but, on account of their
rarity, were considered deserving of a more prominent place than they
have hitherto occupied. The group of proboscis monkeys comprises
individuals of different ages and both sexes. The specimens were ob-
tained from and mounted by Mr. C. I’. Adams, who visited Borneo a few
years ago. The group of Prong-horn Antelopes, which was exhibited
last year, has been, as already stated, withdrawn temporarily, for alter-
ations and additions, but will eventually be placed in the special case
now occupied by the proboscis monkeys. Besides the groups, a consid-
erable number of single specimens were added to the exhibition series
during the year. These are as follows:

White-handed Gibbon, Hylobates lar. White-nosed monkey, Cercopithecus petau-
Himalayan Langur, Semnopithecus schis- rista.

taceus. Ashy-black macaque, Macacus ocreatus.
Crested monkey, Semnopithecus cristatus. | Capuchin monkey, Cebus capucinus.
Black-crested monkey, Semnopithecus me- | Spider monkey, Ateles bariletti.

lalophus. Spider monkey, Ateles belzebuth.
Dusky monkey, Semnonithecus obscurus. Couxio monkey, Pithecia chiropotes.
Moor monkey, Sennopithecus maurus. Monk monkey, Pithecia monachus (2).
Ursine colobus, Colobus ursinus. Red-faced Uuakari monkey, Brachyurus
Rusty colobus, Colobus ferrugineus. rubicundus.
Kirk’s colobus, Colobus kirkii. Mantled howler monkey, Mycetes palliatus,

Black monkey, Cynopithecus niger, Black howler monkey, Mycetes niger,

DEPARTMENT OF MAMMALS. LOE

Musk deer, Moschus moschiferus.

Wart hog, Phacochoerus wthiopicus.

Capybara, Hydrochoerus capybara.

Yellow-footed pouched mouse, Phascogale
Jlavipes.

Spotted cuscus, Phalanger maculatus.

Black-tailed wallaby, Macropus ualabatus.

Copper-colored monkey, Callithrix cuprea.
Illiger’s marmoset, Midas illigeri (2).
White-footed marmoset, Hapale leucopus.
Common marmoset, Hapale jacchus.
Least marmoset, Hapale pygmea.
Ocelot, Felis pardalis.

Malay bear, Ursus malayanus.

Considerable confusion existed in the exhibition hall during the in-
staliation of the moose group, but a temporary re-arrangement of cases
Was made as soon as practicable. The east wall-case was painted dur-
ing the winter, and all the specimens therein have been re-arranged.
Some annoyance from insect-pests was encountered, but they were de-
stroyed before any considerable damage was done.

The hall is now almost too full to admit of a satisfactory arrangement
of the material, and the need of additional floor-space is very apparent.
How to find space for the new groups now in contemplation is a prob-
lem not easily solved.

The card-catalogue of the exhibition series was revised in February,
and copy for a considerable number of new labels was prepared for
the printer.

At the beginning of the year covered by this report, the experiment
of converting one of the bases of the three-quarter unit exhibition cases
into an insect-proof storage case was tried, and an order for recon-
structing ten of these cases was approved. ‘The cases were finished
early in the year, but the trays needed for them were delayed, and only
a small portion could be brought into use. Before the close of the year,
however, it became apparent that even this space would not be suffi-
cient, owing to the large amount of material deposited by the Depart-
- ment of Agriculture, and a plan for building fifty additional one-quarter
unit storage compartments in the south entrance was approved. The
work on these cases was begun at the close of the year. For large
cases, four single-unit and one doubie-unit storage cases were con-
structed in the osteological hall. In the plan referred to, provision was
also made for an additional storage-case for the alcoholic specimens.

All the small skulls—those of mice, squirrels, bats, shrews and
moles—were put into corked vials for security. Labels on specially
prepared red paper were brought into use for type specimens, of which
there is a considerable number in the collection.

The experiments upon large storage-jars, mentioned in the last re-
- port, resulted in the adoption of spherical glass-jars, with wooden tops
and iron clamps, for the storage of large alcoholic specimens. Six of

these jars were brought into use and others have been ordered.
_ The ordinary routine work was greatly increased by the deposit of a
_ large amount of material by the Department of Agriculture. More than

_ 3,100 pieces belonging to this deposit, comprising both skins and skulls,
_ Were entered and numbered during the year. In June it was made ap-

192 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

parent that the clerical force was insufficient to carry on this extra
work promptly, and a clerk was therefore added. One osteological
preparator was engaged during the year exclusively in cleaning the
skulls belonging to this series, but in spite of his best efforts, they ac-
cumulated to such an extent that it was necessary at length to greatly
increase the force. During June, five men worked upon this material,
either as regular preparators of the Museum or by piece-work.

The lack of regular and continuous clerical assistance during the year
has delayed many important operations. Dr. William G. Stimpson, who
rendered efficient service for many years as an aid, resigned and was
replaced by Mr. P. L. Jouy. Mr. Jouy was unfortunately absent on
account of sickness on two occasions for long periods. His place was
‘ supplied on the last occasion by a temporary assistant. The copyist
also resigned and was replaced at the end of the year by a clerk, who,
as already explained, works exclusively upon the material deposited by
the Department of Agriculture.

Orders were sent to Franz Sikora to procure certain mammals of
Madagasear, at present wanting in the collection; to Mr. Charles Hal-
lock to procure a “ Brush-deer” from Minnesota, and to Mr. N. Comeau
to procure a series of Gray Seals in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. None of
this material was received during the year. _Messrs. W. H. and A. H.
Brown were attached to the United States Eclipse Expedition to Angola,
Africa, to collect mammals and other animals. The specimens received
from this source have been referred to on pp. 102, 103.

Special instructions for collecting, and faunal lists, were made out for
Mr. Perry, who contemplated aking certain explorations in Honduras;
for Mr. R. M. Erving, of Boston, Massachusetts, and for Mr. W. H.
Brown.

A considerable number of specimens were sent out to different insti-
tutions and individuals, as follows:

To be studied :
To Dr. J. A. Allen, American Museum of Natural History, New York; 128 skins
and 58 skulls of chipmunks, genus Tamias.
To Dr. Harrison Allen, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; 86 skins and alcoholic speci-
mens of bats, and 8 skulls of the same.
To W. H. Morrow, Wilmington, Delaware; 1 Field-mouse skin.
To Mr. E. E. Thompson, Toronto, Canada; 2 skins and 2 skulls of rodents.
In exchange for other specimens:
To Prof. Robert Collett, Christiania, Norway; 1 skin and 1 skull of the fur-seal.

Dr. C. H. Merriam has repeatedly examined the series of North
American animals, and has withdrawn specimens, from time to time,
forstudy. Dr. KE. A. Mearns, U.S. Army, examined the series of prairie-
dogs. The curator examined into the characters of certain North
American shrews and made notes upon them for Dr. G. E. Dobson, of
England. Dr. D. W. Prentiss on two occasions had the use of some
skins of ermines to illustrate his remarks upon changes in the color
of hair,

DEPARTMENT OF MAMMALS. 193

The curator prepared, and submitted for publication, an epitome of
the natural history of the puma, and brought together a considerable
amount of material for an account of the natural history of other North

American cats. He also prepared a description of the skeleton of the
rare dolphin, Prodelphinus longirostris, and an account of the life history
of the bottle-nose porpoise. He submitted an annotated list of the
mammals collected by the United States Eclipse Expedition to Angola.
Papers, based more or less largely on the Museum collection of mam-
mals, were published during the year by Drs. Merriam, J. A. Allen,
Harrison Allen, and Dobson.

In addition to his regular duties the curator has served as chairman
of a committee appointed by the Assistant Secretary to consider the
subject of the construction of a series of base-maps to be used in illus-
tration of the animals, plants, ethnological objects, etc., exhibited in
the Museum. The committee is constituted as follows: Mr. Frederick
W. True, chairman; Dr. O. T. Mason, Dr. Leonhard Stejneger. Several
meetings were held during the year, and the practical conclusions arrived
at, having been approved by the Assistant Secretary, the committee
has proceeded to supervise the construction of proper maps for the pur-
pose indicated.

The condition of the collection as a whole has not changed materially
since the last report. The number of specimens in the different series
on June 30, 1890, was as follows :

Number of mounted skins in the exhibition series .-.-....---..----------.---- 795
Number of skins in the study and duplicate series..........---...--..---.---- 4, 934
MUMerotepecinens)an) alcohol; <c.c2-<sccisn: sec ineiseciscciees neces ceen cee: 3, 268
Received during the year—
IRIS) cote rue beeen Shee eee ness bos winidiewlesieisioieye siseise ec eeeeme eee 377
SWECHMONSM MIA COWOW eceieaeiemeiet eis sete leiafins se tpawic/s eae we ae ci neen seieieters 184
SIMOLGUOMS Meee else es ete means ah tea ume bike. a suis, aie Davee abe e einai eis 25

Sells, <SoZkS SIS aS Ske Seats ear Ae ot Re NR a le oe aR a a Re *I83

*Of these, 218 belong to skins.
H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——13

ROI cc cust

evi’ hs Mi AEG Dae
iwi erage _

‘Ane m Beis Pore

: aa Tey

Sok: tee Ze Wi snotty pate +
ma eA has F

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF BIRDS
IN THE U. 8S, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By Roperr Rinaway, Curator.

Speaking in general terms, the routine work has consisted of the
usual duties of receiving, unpacking, cataloguing, identifying, labeling
and storing specimens ; correspondence; supervision of the taxidermist
and his assistant, and of the carpenter engaged in remodeling the exhi-
bition cases; re-arranging the mounted collection as the cases became
ready for their reception; fastening label-clasps to the stands of the
mounted collection and attaching printed labels thereto, and numerous
other matters, the mention of which would render this report tedious.

The number of specimens added to the collection during 1889~-’90 is
considerably less than in 188889; but this is rather a cause for con-
gratulation, the cabinets being already overcrowded. A list of the
principal accessions of this department will be given in full further on.

The character of routine work in the arrangement and classification
of the collection, and in the preparation of the exhibition and study
series, may be briefly summarized. as follows:

Nothing has been done with the study series, this work being neces-
sarily deferred till new cases are received. The exhibition series has
been very greatly improved, only five cases and four wall-cases remain-
ing to be arranged, two of the latter not having yet been remodeled,
while the former were completed by the carpenter and painter during
the curator’s absence from Washington. These cases will be taken in
hand at the earliest date practicable, and it is hoped that, excepting the
wall-cases, two of which are to hold a special exhibit not yet perfected,
while the other two are yet to be remodeled by the carpenter, these
cases will be put in order within the next four weeks.

Among special researches prosecuted upon material belonging to the

department may be mentioned the working up of the extensive col-

lection made on the Galapagos Islands and in other parts of Tropical
America by the naturalists of the Albatross, the results of which were
_ published in the Proceedings of the Museum, Vol. xf, pp. 101-139; an
_ extensive collection of Costa Rican birds, submitted for the ee by
the director of the Costa Rica National Museum; *a careful revision of
x the very difficult Dendrocolaptiue genera, er acoltsics and Sclerurus.t

a TT ==
bd * Proceedings, XI, pp. 537-546. t Proceedings, x11, pp. 1-31.

‘. 195

196 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Dr. Stejneger has continued his important investigations on birds of
Japan and the Hawaiian Islands, and has also contributed a valuabie
paper on the extinct Pallas Cormorant of Bering Island. Other per-
sons, both in the United States and in Europe, have used extensively
material belonging to the department in their special work or researches,
particular reference to these authors and their subjects being made in
the Bibliography.

In addition to researches the results of which have been published,
the curator has, as time could be spared, been engaged in the prepara-
tion of manuscript for two Museum publications, designed as hand-
books of reference to the exhibition collection, which are designed to,
and it is hoped will, meet a popular want. These hand-books pertain
to the humming-birds and the game-birds, respectively. The former is
published in this volume as a special paper in section 11. Much work
has been done on the latter, about 270 pages of copy having been writ-
ten, and it will be finished as soon as it is practicable to do so, the very
numerous duties of the curator prohibiting continuous work on them
for any considerable time.

The present state of the collection is satisfactory, except as regards
arrangement, which, however, can not be remedied until new cabinets
are provided. The skin collection, both study-series and duplicate
series, urgently requires re-arrangement, which will be commenced as
soon as the necessary cabinets are received.

The mounted collection, so far as arranged, is in excellent condition
as regards the preservation of the specimens, and is fairly satisfactory
in arrangement. The present arrangement, however, is only temporary,
and will be revised after the provisional re-arrangement has been com-
pleted. Nine and one-half cases altogether, including wall-cases, are
yet to be arranged, and the curator hopes that he will be able to resume
that important part of his work very soon.

The number of specimens in the skin collection can be only approxi-
mately given, it being impracticable at the present time to make an
actual count. ‘aking the estimated number of last year as a basis,
and applying the same method to estimating the increase of this year,
the total number of specimens in the collection of the Department of
Birds at the end of June, 1890, is about as follows:

l l
1888-89. | 1889-.'90. | Increase.| Decrease.
ae

MESCLYVO/SKINISCTICS 2: Seo nee cena ees stdene me mncisice pemeer eerie 45, 450 46, 543 0826) See eee

Duplicaterskin‘series! Sep .2 se. shasi cee we else deret cereale ere 6, 756 695433) 2-eeeeeee 213
Whi Ditioniseries |: terse 25422 ee te oe eee ee sree oeeeeees 6,714 re aia TALS psec eae

t Part of specimens mounted during latter part of 1888-'89, but not in cases when count for the year
was made.

The last entry in the catalogue in June, 1889, is 116,630; the last one in
June, 1890, is 118,369; the total additions during the year numbering

DEPARTMENT OF BIRDS. 197

1,730, though after deducting the 559 specimens exchanged, the net in-
crease is only 1,171 specimens.
A tabulated statement of the taxidermic work accomplisbed for this
- department is here presented :

oo lh asl anes el Seen l| See pe S) alli
| |
TEATS CT Ch eae 32 | 30} 25 | 26 | 10 | 14 | 19 | 20 | 40 | 35 | 30 | 29 | 310
Birds skimmed and made into skins .--.-.--- pe lfperte Solel ie 4a SSH 2 10) ees yee | eee hee 83
Mounted birds repaired.-....----- seamed bee tora bes iS ay id! | 13
Mounted birds mace over into skins. ...... 3/1 5 Wleccell coll WW Tae {eset acarsll erie ll
Mounted birds put on new stands.--.-..-. NGO S22 Gal ON tress OO Me hOn te Ou Nil one a |enera ood
Skins cleaned and made over ..-...- SRoneaet seelescel| MO 2 MMe) eecellcaccl! cadisasc| eo |geaql| oh!
Skins poisoned ..--.-...-.. S SSeR HERE BaOaeES Small pone] 182) bane] eaeslibese|) ON l2 SooleesallSccaltseasleae 89
New stands made up........----..----.---- 19 |'122 Hi Neeall, colt ee PL Gy |) Eile eatibccall! ok
Wests mounted’.--..--.-.-.-.-.. sseboebedee ween tesa seea|Pesolbpadllecos|lecea| ee! Won cllaeacliore. || Ce
Nests wired and hung in cases.........-..- Heal keel eee betel leer lttererall LM) Werstanel| eesall actos lh at

The following is a list of the principal or more important accessions during the

fiscal year 1889-90:

From L. Belding, Stockton, California, 7 specimens, 4 species, from California, in-
cluding an example of the recently described Turdus sequoiensis, Belding. (Gift.)

From R. W. Shufeldt, Tacoma Park, District of Columbia, L specimen of Junco
hyemalis shufeldti, from Fort Wingate, New Mexico. (Exchange.)

From T. Mellwraith, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada, 4 specimens, 4 species, from British
Columbia. (Exchange.)

From B. M. Hayward, Middlebury, Vermont, 12 specimens, 10 species, from Monterey;
Mexico. (Exchange for naming collection.)

From Louis Molnar, Molna Szecséd, Hungary, 86 specimens, 71 species, from Hun-
gary. (Exchange.)

From Valdemar Knudsen, Kauai, Sandwich Islands, 48 specimens, 19 species, from

Kauai. (Gift.)

From R. Ridgway, U. S. National Museum, 45 specimens, 37 species, chiefly from
Laurel, Maryland. (Gift.)

From C. J. Maynard, Newtonville, Massachusetts, 5 specimens of Sula coryi, from
Little Cayman, West Indies. (Purchased. )

From Dr. E. Rey, Leipsic, Germany, 4 specimens, 3 species, from Syria and Canary
Islands. (Purchased. )

From Colonial Museum, Demerara, British Guiana (through J. J. Quelch, Curator),
4 skins and 6 aieedolie specimens of the young of aoe Hoatzin (Opisthocomus cris-
tatus).

From Dr. E. Rey, Leipsic, Germany, 8 specimens, same number of species, from
Siberia, etc., all except two new to the collection. (Purchased.)

From A. Boucard, Paris, France, 7 specimens, same number of species, Birds of Para-
dise, all new to the collection. (Purchased.)

From L. Stejneger, Flagstaff, Arizona, 10 specimens, 9 species, from Arizona. (Col-
lected for the Museum.)

From L. Stejneger, 19 specimens, 17 species, from Arizona; 17 specimens, 17 species,
from New Mexico. (Collected for the Museum. )

From Valdemar Knudsen, Kekaha, Waiawa, Hawaiian Islands, 2 specimens of Bulwer’s
Petrel (Bulweria bulweri), from the Sandwich Islands. (New to the Hawaiian
fauna.) (Gift.)

From Dr. C. H. White, U. S. Navy, 9 specimens, 6 species, from Samoa. (Gift.)

From R. M. McFarlane, Hudsons Bay Company, 102specimens from British Columbia.

; A valuable collection, as extending the range of many species. (Gift.)

.

aR
ears ’

198 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

From Leverett M. Loomis, Chester, South Carolina, 7 specimens, 5 species, from South
Carolina. (Gift.)

From American Museum of Natural History, New York City, 212 specimens, 68 spe-
cies, from Arizona. (Exchange.)

From Leonhard Stejneger, Smithsonian Institution, 8 specimens, 7 species, from Ari-
zona and New Mexico. (Collected for the Museum.)

From Leverett M. Loomis, Chester, South Carolina, 33 specimens, 11 species, from
South Carolina, Five accessions. (Gift.)

From Frank Burns, Bristol, Florida (U. S. Geological Survey), 1 Ivory-billed Wood-
pecker, and 1 Pileated Woodpecker, in the flesh, from Florida. (Purchased for
the Museum.)

From A. Boucard, Paris, France, 1 specimen of the Magnificent Rifle Bird (Craspedo-
phora magnifica), from New Guinea. (Purchased.)

From R. Ridgway, Smithsonian Institution, 1 specimen of Greater Snow Goose (Chen-
hyperboreus nivalis), in the flesh. (Purchased for Museum in Washington market.)

From R. Ridgway, Smithsonian Institution, 26 specimens, 9 species, chiefly from
Maryland. (Gift.)

From R. Ridgway, Smithsonian Institution, 2 wild turkeys (Meleagris gallapavo),
purchased in the Washington market. (T'wo accessions. )

From Dr. S. J. Call, Paso Robles, California, 55 specimens, 27 species, from Alaska.
(Gift.) (Through Mr. H. W. Elliott.)

From Dr. Wm. C. Avery, Greensborough, Alabama, 12 skins of Quiscalus, from Ala-
bama. (Gift.)

From George B. Sennett, Erie, Pennsylvania, 1 specimen of Thryolhorus ludovicianus
lomitensis, new subspecies, from Texas. (Exchange.)

From A. Nehrkorn, Riddagshausen, Braunschweig, Germany, 5 specimens, 5 species,
from Palawan. (Exchange. )

From U.S. Fish Commission (through Col. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner), 226
specimens from islands off western Mexico, California, etc.

From James T. Jones, Washington, District of Columbia, 1 Double-breasted Cormorant
(Phalacrocorax dilophus), from Potomac River. (Gift.)

From Dr. James Rodman, Lexington, Kentucky, 1 Superb Bird of Paradise (Lophorina
superba), from New Guinea. (Purchased.)

From George Marshall, Laurel, Maryland, 1 female Mallard Duck (Anas boschas), from
Laurel, Maryland. (Gift.)

From Dr. Joseph L, Hancock, Chicago, Illinois, 14 specimens, 14 species, from India.
(Gift.)

From Rey. George B. Winton, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 4 specimens, 3 species, from
San Luis Potosi. (Gift.)

From Ernest E. Thompson, Toronto, Canada, 15 specimens, 8 species, from Ontario.
(Exchange for courtesies. )

From Dr. Juan Gundlach, Havana, Cuba, 18 specimens, 9 species, from Cuba. (Gift.)

From Z. D. Gilman, Washington, District of Columbia, 1 Bald Eagle, in the flesh, from
Prince George’s County, Maryland. (Gift.)

From H.K. Coale, Chicago, Illinois, 1 Broad-winged Hawk with well-developed toe
and claw growing from the thigh. (Gift.)

From George Marshall, Laurel, Maryland, 1 male Mallard and 1 male Hooded Mer-
ganser, in the flesh, from Laurel, Maryland. (Gift.)

From Dr. W. C. Rives, Newport, Rhode Island, 2 skins of Vireo solitarius alticola,
from Whitetop Mountain, Virginia; new to the collection. (Gift.)

From Dr. W. L. Abbott, Zanzibar, Africa, 577 specimeus (number of species not yet
determined) from the region about Kilima-Njaro, East Africa. (Gift.)

From Government of Nicaragua, 9 specimens, 9 species, from Nicaragua. (Gift.)

From Dr. Alfred Dugés, Guanajuato, Mexico, 4 specimens, 4 species, from Mexico. (Gift. )

From Dr. James C. Merrill, U.S. Army, Fort Reno Indian Territory, 4 specimens, 3
species, from Indian Territory. (Gift. )

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF BIRDS’ EGGS
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By Cuas. E. Benpire, U.S. A., Honorary Curator.

The routine work has been as follows: Taking the measurements of,
numbering, and arranging 739 specimens; relabeling and arranging
part of the reserve series of eggs, after the check-list of the American
Ornithologists Union; revising and arranging in numerical order a
large number of register sheets; and determining the average meas-
urements of each genus thereon recorded.

In addition to the routine work, I have been, and am at present, en-
gaged in writing a work on the ‘Life Histories of North American
Birds,” with especial reference to their breeding-habits and eggs. Some
80 species have already been written up, and the manuscript for vol-
ume I will be ready by January 1, 1891.

The following important accessions were received during the year:

From Lieut. H. C. Benson, U.S. Army, Fort Stanton, New Mexico, 3 eggs of Cyanocitta
stelleri macrolopha (Baird). (Gift.)

-From Lieut. M. H. Barnum, U. 8S. Army, Marathon, Texas, 12 eggs of Callipepla
squamata. (Gift.)

From Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Washington, District of Columbia, 4 eggs of Picoides
americanus. (Gift.)

From Mr. Herbert Brown, Tucson, Arizona, a handsome sevies of selected eggs from
Arizona, containing 21 sets of Harporhynchus curvirostris palmeri, and others
equally interesting. (Gift.)

From Mr. R. MacFarlane, chief factor of the Hudsons Bay Company, an exceedingly
valuable collection of nests and eggs, made near Fort St. James, New Caledonia
District, including, among many others, such rare eggs as those of Dendragapus
franklini, Totanus melanoleucus, Junco oregonus shufeldti, Empidonax hammondi,
and others equally rare. (Gift.)

From Mr. Denis Gale, Gold Hill, Boulder County, Colorado, a beautifully prepared
lot. of nests and eggs from Colorado, all important acquisitions; among them
1 set, 4 eggs of Megascops asio maxwellie ; 1 set, 3 eggs of Nyctale acadia; 1 set, 4
eggs of Falco peregrinus anatum ; 1 set, 3 eggs and nest of Contopus borealis ; 1 set,
4 eggs and nest of Empidonax difficilis ; 1 set,4 eggs and nest of Cyanocitta stelleri
macrolopha, and others. (Gift. )

From Mr. A. M. Ingersoll, San Diego, California, 3 eggs and nest of Ammodramus
beldingi. New tothe collection. (Gift.)

_ From Mr. A. W. Anthony, San Diego, California, 1 set, 3 eggs of Pelecanus califcrnicus

New to the collection. (Gift.)

4

199

200 REPORT OF NATIONAL, MUSEUM, 1890.

From Mr. Willian Brewster, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1 egg each of Tympanuchus
cupido, ant Columba fasciata viosce, both very rare and new to the collection.
(Gift. )

From Mr. L. Belding, Stockton, California, nest and 3 eggs of Contopus borealis; nest
and 2 eggs of Ammodramus beldingi; both rare and desirable additions. (Gift.)

From Mr. J. F. Menge, near Fort Thompson, Florida, 1 nest of Rostrahamus sociabilis.
New to the collection. (Gift.)

From Assistant Surgeon J.C. Merrill, U. S. Army, Fort Reno, Indian Territory, 14
egos of Tympanuchus americanus, and a number of others. (Gift.)

From Mr. R. B. McLaughlin, Statesville, North Carolina, 2 nests and 8 eggs of Vireo
solitarius alticola (Brewst.). New to the collection. (Purchased.)

From Mr. J. W. Southwick, Providence, Rhode Island, 1 nest and 3 eggs of Piranga
hepatica. New tothe collection. (Purchased.)

From Mr. J. F. Menge, near Fort Thompson, Florida, 6 eggs of Speotyto cunicularia
floridana. (Purchased. )

During the year ninety-nine nests have been received, many of which
are rare.

The following statement shows the condition of the collection at the
present time:

Number of specimens in North American reserve series.-..-..----.---- ----- 31, 287
Number of specimens in North American duplicate series.......--.---.------ 11,548
Number of specimens in North American series on exhibition......--....---- 1,491

MO balliroe see ee ae Sele toes ae SAE ae ey tlanne ae CyeNn yh aye 2 eas ot ee ene 44,326
Numberiofspecies in North Americantseriess- 252-2202 e> 2425 esse see eee a7
Number of specimens in foreign) reserve. .2— 5-2 =e 92 eee ee eee eee 7 4,193
Number of specimens in duplicate series........:.-....-.-..-.-----. ---.-=-- 231

No talltssccr sess a Buia oe Sere oe See See ee ee aio eee Ree oe 4,424
INTIME OEY OSGIOS Tn WORE EWI = cn 6465 5a58 sacs anbooe aoe ed onscss assosocee ieeit
Number, of nestsain réserve:seriess s5025..2)5a8). con ces cee eben eet eee 2, 256
Numberiofmestsioniexhibitioness-s—-e. 4 eee eee ese See eee Eee eee 235
Camrenis Mure ber leery GMA Ay, Awe) BW), WE) se 5 boss oseeso coceas senso Sobans cose 23, 765
Current mumberlastentry.uners 0s 69 Oars een an esse taneen eee 24, 004

Total numberiofientriese a eG eee weeny ac eeee ee eae eiWiiee. cerbine 239

Two papers were published during the year in “ The Auk.” These are
noticed in the Bibliography (section Iv).

P

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By LEONHARD STEJNEGER, Curator.

The reorganization of the department and overhauling of the reptile
collection, begun during the year 1888—89, has been continued, except
during an interval of three months, in which the curator was absent on a
collecting trip in the West, and the daily routine work of the department
was consequently suspended. As the curator was without an assist-
ant most of the time, the work has, of necessity, been of slow progress,
the more so since the collection had to be moved into new quarters.
As these are, however, commodious and healthy, the future work of the
the department may be expected to progress more rapidly.

The removal of the North American lizards into the new quarters, and
their installation on the shelves, was completed during the year, and
this part of the collection catalogued and counted. The total number
of the identified specimens of the reserve series of North American
lizards was 2,752. Several genera had to be worked up monograph-
ically, in order to settle many intricate points of identification and
nomenclature; while in others, the arrangement is only provisional until
the whole subject can be investigated.

Quite a number of interesting collections were received during the
year, the total number of specimens entered being 705.*

Foremost in importance among these is the collection of reptiles and
batrachians made by Dr. C. Hart Merriam and his assistants during
the summer of 1889, while engaged in an exploration of the fauna and
flora of the San Francisco mountain plateau, Arizona, a part of the
general biologic survey of the country undertaken by the U.S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture. The curator has already reported in detail upon
this collection, and the report is now going through the press.

The U. S. Fish Commission has, as usual, added materially to the
collections of this department, the contribution this year being 128
specimens, collected partly by the naturalists attached to the steamer
Albatross, and partly by Dr. D. S. Jordan and his assistants. The
Albatross collections were made chiefly in the islands off the coast of

*The number entered in 1883-39 was 731; in 13887-’83, 19; in 1886~87, 138.
201

ee

202 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Lower California. They contain many rare species, and Mr. Charles H.
Townsend, resident naturalist of the Albatross, has made a special report
upon them, which will soon be published.

Quite a number of specimens were received from the naturalists
attached to the United States Eclipse Expedition to West Africa in 1889.
This collection was not in a very satisfactory state of preservation, and,
since tbe collections were made under apparently unfavorable cireuam-
stances in localities already more or less explored, they could hardly be
expected to contain many novelties.

Among the many other contributors, the following deserve special
mention: Herbert Brown, Tucson, Arizona; G. H. Ragsdale, Cook
_ County, Texas; J. F. Le Baron, San Juan, Nicaragua; Capt. W. L. Car-
penter, U.S. Army, Fort Whipple, Arizona; Julius Hurter, St. Louis,
Missouri; Dr. W. L. Abbott, Zanzibar, Kast Africa; Prof. O. B. John-
son, Seattle, Washington.

During a three months’ trip to Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas, the
curator collected a number of reptiles, chiefly lizards, and also a number
of birds and mammals. In spite of the lateness of the season—from
September to November—interesting material was brought home,which,
when fully worked up, will add considerably to our knowledge of the
geographical distribution of the western species.

In addition to the ordinary routine work, consisting in caring for,
registering, identifying and labeling the new accessions, much time
has been spent in correcting and verifying the records of the collections
already at hand. Moving the collection from the old quarters in the
basement to the new ones in the top rooms of the south tower, Smith-
sonian building, has also consumed considerable time, as the opportunity
was improved to re-catalogue the collection as the jars were placed in
the new cases. This work is not yet completed.

A great improvement in the storing of the specimens has been effected
during the year. The new quarters have been fitted with unit cases
which take the standard museum drawers.

The new accessions have not been distributed between the “reserve
series” and the “ general series,” for the reason that such a division of
the material can only be made when the whole collection has been
worked up. The status of North American herpetology at the pres-
sent date is so unsettled that in most cases it is impossible to tell
whether a specimen is a duplicate, or whether it may not be of extreme
importance when the matter is thoroughly investigated. It seems prob-
able that in the near future, new views and new methods in the treat-
ment of the geographic distribution and the systematic technicalities
will be tested, and a separation as alluded to must therefore now be
regarded as premature and unwise. It has, consequently, been deemed
inexpedient also to make too great inroads on the so-called duplicates
of the “ general series” for distribution, as it is extremely probable that

DEPARTMENT OF REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS. 203

it contains some very valuable material which should not be disposed
of until utilized.

Dr. G. Baur, late of Yale College, was given an opportunity to work
up the collection of Chelonians, with special reference to the North
American species. He left Washington, however, before the task was
completed.

The curator has made special researches during the year into the geo-
graphic distribution of the reptiles and batrachians of the south-
western territories of the United States. A few of the results of these
studies are embodied in the report he made upon the collections brought
home by Dr. C. Hart Merriam, from the San Francisco mountain
plateau, Arizona. He has also submitted, for publication in the Pro-.
ceedings of the National Museum several minor papers describing a
number of new species, as well as a new genus, of North American
snakes (Phyllorhynchus browni n. g. and sp.) besides a more extensive
memoir treating of the individual variation in the genus Charina.

The assistant, formerly connected with the department, resigned his
position in the early part of the year, and the curator has since per-
formed all the various duties without any aid, save that of some laborers
in carrying the jars from the basement to the present office. As a re-
sult, it has been impossible to institute a detailed count of the collec-
tion. The following estimate of the number of specimens is based upon
that of last year by adding the number of entries catalogued during
the present year and deducting those which have been disposed of in
exchange or transferred to the Department of Comparative Anatomy.
According to this estimate the status of the collection on June 30, 1890,
is as follows :

Specimens.

IRENE TEVCISGIIOS saree spare nays Se eine iseecte som ore af nce a Seni Wes Scere ee oe 13, 970
DIP UAE SELES a eas valseiesierss sia [skies Sls athe in aie cejen oS ee bein ee eects lems 8, 758
WimASSOnLbe dean dex Ges ce cre cieisie syste esis pelsiawie o.cisie c miele oicleiwie cle cates sOleeeise 6, 313
BRO ile pete ey are aetna cae cyte ohne ce Sees al Sit eleva alt Ts os Rian ee 29, 041

The last catalogue entry in June, 1889, was 15,523; and in June, 1890,
16,228.

oa

a) Le Gacesatiss aN MSE

PGA bis Golhe OHF
CENTRES Buri
faribkaiy 1 shed
Lean WigheAs pote.
a REE A Se 2b nae ae .
ain a ft ake tf besa

anne Nat iia ies fee tinge ce! Sai iy ae

Hei ARICEPT AH i Bika yti te oes auaes
is . fi yigetty

pied We ae ra haie

aaa sat is

ah
PF Tabet pear Saal oes tor Saal pine 3 A

Pits Son a crkie 3 bit

Sin) ve ag a

ici Fagot eit 3s bal Staite “4; ite ut
shea ia seiarsin eae

_REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF FISHES
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By TaRLeton H. Bean, M. D., Honorary Curator.

Under instructions from the U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fish-
eries, I left Washington on the 19th of June, 1889, for Alaska, to ex-
amine and report upon the condition of the salmon rivers and fisheries
of that territory. This investigation covered a period of several months,
and I did not return to Washington until October 15. After my return
I prepared a report covering 170 manuscript pages, which will be
printed by order of Congress, asa House document. The general rou-
tine work of the department was carried on by my assistant, B. A.
Bean, alone, until January 1, 1890, when the force of the office was
increased by the appointment of A. S. Herr, as skilled laborer. On
February 1, the work of picking out duplicates and disposing of worth-
less material was begun. A series of east coast fishes was sent to the
Boston Society of Natural History. Hundreds of specimens have been
selected for distribution to other museums, and much bad matter has
been cleared out, thus relieving the overcrowded shelves. As this
work progresses, the collections are receiving attention generally. Tin-
tags, labels, and alcohol are supplied where needed. <A_ fuli series of
each species from a locality is kept, and great care is being taken to
reserve enough for the needs of the Museum.

ACCESSIONS.

The total number of accessions during the year is 38, several of which
are large; notably, a box from Switzerland containing 45 species, rep-
resented by 89 specimens. A very large collection of Pacific fishes
from Galapagos Islands, Panama, ete., collected by the U.S. Fish Com-
mission steamer Albatross in 1888, has been received. This collection
contains numerous types of new species, papers upon which have been
published in the Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum. A collec-

. tion of South American Siluroids was received from the Museum of Com-

parative Zodlogy, of Cambridge, Massachusetts. Many of these were

_ desiderata. A series of the fishes collected in the Yellowstone Park dur-

A}

ing September and October, 1889, was received from the U.S. Fish Com-
205

206 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

mission. A large collection of British Columbian and Alaskan species,
collected by the steamer Albatross, was also received from the U. 8.
Fish Commission, as well as a type series of fishes collected in Colo-
rado, Utah, and Kansas, in the summer of 1889, by Dr. D. S. Jordan and
party. A small collection of Mexican fishes, containing a new species
of Algansea, was received from Prof A. Duges. Collections from San
Diego Bay, ete., containing 17 new forms, were received from Dr. and
Mrs. ©. H. Kigeumann. A very large collection was received from the
United States Eclipse Expedition of 1889 to West Africa, collected by
Mr. W. H. Brown. A box of Percoid fishes from the Australian Mu-
seum of Sydney, in exchange for American fishes, was also received.
A complete list of accessions for the year ending June 30, 1890, is as
follows:

July 10, 1889.—Accession 22195; Cat. No. 41045: One large stuffed skin of sawfish,
Pristis pectinatus, from the U.S. Fish Commission.

July 15.—Accession 22211; Cat. No. 41046: One fresh-water seculpin, Uranidea rich-
ardsoni, from Virginia. By Dr. H.C. Yarrow.

July 20.—Accession 22231; Cat. No. 41047: One specimen of Nomeus gronovii, taken at
Menemshe Bight, near Wood’s Holl, Massachusetts. By V. N. Edwards.

July 23.—Accession 22242; Cat. No. 41049: One specimen of bat fish, Malthe cubifrons,
from Florida. By Y.O. Spencer.

July 26.—Accession 22246; Cat. No. 41048: One specimen of Elacate canada (head),
from Center Market, Washington, District of Columbia. By R. A. Golden.

July 31.—Accession 22255; Cat. Nos. 41050, 41051: Two fresh trigger fish, Balistes cap-
riscus, from Wickford, Rhode Island. By George A. Lewis.

August 26.—Accession 22298; Cat. Nos. 41058-41126: Box of alcoholic specimens of
fishes, 45 species, represented by 89 specimens, from Switzerland. By the fed-
eral department of industry and agriculture, Berne, Switzerland.

August 26.—Accession 22301; Cat. No. 31987: A small collection of fishes, made in the
vicinity of Washington. By Mr. H. W. Henshaw.

September 6.—Accession 22329; Cat. Nos. 41056, 41057: Three fresh scabbard fish,
Trichiurus lepturus, and one specimen of Selene vomer, taken at Piney Point,
Maryland, in seine of Edgar Poe. Received from Gwynn Harris.

September 26.—Accession 22383; Cat. No. 41128: One fresh Trichiurus lepturus, taken
in Narragansett Bay. Received from George A. Lewis.

October 4.—Accession 22404 ; Cat. No. 41127: One fresh specimen of sheepshead, Dip-
lodus probatocephalus, from Chesapeake Bay. By Wm. P. Seal, U. 8. Fish Com-
mission.

October 10.—Accession 22423; Cat. Nos. 41129-41131: Two fresh specimens of chain
pickerel, Hsox reticulatus, and one specimen of Cynoscion regale, from the U.S.
Fish Commission, Washington, District of Columbia.

October 15.—Accession 22447; Cat. Nos. 41132-41171 and 41174-41494; Three tank
boxes and one 8-gallon tank, containing a large collection of fishes from the Gal-
apagos Islands, Panama, etc.; in which were many types of new species. Col-
lected by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross during the spring and
summer of 1888. Paper, based upon these, published in Proceedings, U. 8. Na-
tional Museum.

October 18.—Accession 22456; Cat. No. 41593: One specimen of anchovy, Stolephorus
delicatissimus, from San Diego, California. By C. R. Orcutt.

October 30.—Accession 22499; Cat. Nos. 41551-41567: A small collection of fishes
from the Samoan Islands, made by Dr, C. H. White, Medical Inspector, U 8.
Navy.

<

DEPARTMENT OF FISHES. 207

November 4.—Accession 22517; Cat. Nos. 41568-41575: One specimen of California
trout, Salmo irideus : four specimens of Gila; two specimens of Squalius, and one
of Catostomus, from Fort Verde. By W. L. Carpenter, Captain Ninth Infantry,
U.S. Army, Fort Whipple, Arizona (through Dr. L. Stejneger).

November 6.— Accession 22524; Cat. No. 41780: Eight specimens of Heterandria occi-
dentalis, from Calabasas, Arizona. By Dr. L. Stejneger.

November 7.—Accession 22526 ; Cat. Nos. 41495-41550: One can alcoholic specimens
of South American Siluroids, from Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

November 8.—Accession 22533 ; Cat. Nos. 41577-41586: One box fresh specimens of eels,
large and small-eyed Anguilla, from Wood’s Holl, Massachusetts. U. S. Fish
Commission (through V. N. Edwards).

November 15.—Accession 22562; Cat. No. 41592: One can, containing one large, fresh
specimen of menhaden, Brevoortia tyrannus, 17 inches in length, captured off
Long Branch, New Jersey, November 6, 1889, by steamer Geo. WV. Humphrey. From
Joseph Church & Co., Tiverton, Rhode Island.

November 19.—Accession 22571; Cat. Nos. 41590-41591: Two fresh specimens of Salve-
linus aureolus, from Dan Hole Pond, New Hampshire. By Col. E. B. Hodge.
November 25.—Accession 617; Pharyngeal bone of Haploidonotus grunniens. From

I. R. S. Nye, Pocahontas, Tennessee. (Specimen returned.)

November 25.—Accession 22592; Cat. Nos. 41587-41589: One small bottle containing
Semotilus corporalis, one specimen; Phoxinus neog@us; one specimen; Rhinich-
thys atronasus, one specimen. From Philip Cox, Newcastle, New Brunswick.

December 26.—Accession 22722; Cat. No. 43079. Full set of pharyngeals of Pogonias
chromis. From R. L. Garner, Mathews Court House, Virginia.

January 23, 1890.—Accession 22807; Photograph of fish taken by hook and line in
Smith Bay, Cerros Island, Lower California. (Photograph, 5 by 8 inches) Hetero-
dontus franciscit. Irom Charles F. Pond, lieutenant, U. 8. Navy, U.S. S. Ranger,
Navy Yard, Mare Island, Caiifornia.

January 27.—Accession 22828. Cat. Nos. 41605-41622; Type series of fishes collected
by Dr. D. S. Jordan in the Yellowstone Park,.during September and October,
1889. In good condition. U.S. Fish Commission, Washington, District of Co-
lumbia.

February 3.—Accession 22851; A collection of fishes from British Columbia and
Alaska, contained in 45 jars, 50 bottles, and 21 vials. Collected by the steamer
Albatross, U. 8. Fish Commission, Washington, District of Columbia.

February 3.—Accession 22852; Cat. Nos. 41624-41727: Type series of fishes collected
in Colorado, Utah, and Kansas, in the summer of 189, by Dr. D. S. Jordan and
party. In good condition. U. 8. Fish Commission, Washington, District of
Columbia.

February 20.—Accession 23254; Cat. Nos. 41813-41819: A small collection of fishes,
containing one new species—Algansea dugesiifrom Mexico. Sent by Dr. Alfred
Duges, of Guanajuato, Mexico.

March 3.—Accession 22916; Cat. No. 41834: Two salt mackerel, Scomber pneuma-
tophorus, caught by the schooner Alice, Capt. Jonas A. Chase, at Cape Town,
Africa (Table Bay).

March 10.—Accession 22956; Cat. Nos. 41858-41926: Collection of fishes, in alcohol,
from San Diego Bay, Cortez Banks, and Temecula River. Seventeen new forms.
Carl H. and Mrs. Rosa Smith Eigenmann, Sau Diego, California.

March 11.—Accession 22959; Cat. No. 41856: One specimen, Ostracion quadricorne,
caught in the harbor of El Portillo, south side of Cuba. It is called by the
natives ‘‘ Chappin,” pronounced ‘‘Chappeen.” (Toro or Chapin: see Poey, Re-—
port Fisico Nat. de la Isla de Cuba, p. 439.) From C. H. Rockwell, Commander,
U.S. Navy, commanding U. S. steamer Yantic, Santiago de Cuba.

208 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

May 5.—Accession 23158; Cat. No. 41979: One dried skin of Chromis niloticus, from
Lake Chala, Kilima-Njaro, Zanzibar, Afriva. Collected July 3, 1888. From Dr.
W.L. Abbott, care of E. D. Ropes, jr., Zanzibar, East Africa.

May 8.—Accession 23169, Cat. No. 41978: One fresh specimen of white fish, Coregonus
labradoricus, 11 inches in length; packed insalt; condition very good. Received
from E. Phinney, Cooperstown, N. Y.

June 5.—Accession 23272, Cat. Nos. 12116-42372 aud 42386-42388 : A very large collec-
tion of niarine and fresh-water fishes obtained by the U.S. Eclipse Expedition to
the western coast of Africa, per U.S. steamer Pensacola. By W. H. Brown, col-
lector.

June 17.—Accession 23308, Cat. Nos. 41996-42039 : One box of fishes, chiefly Percoids;
30 species; 44 specimens. From the Australian Museum, Sydney.

June 19.—Accession 23321, Cat. Nos. 42040-42058: From O. B. Johnson, University of
Washington, Seattle, Washington, the following specimens in alcohol : Oncor-
hynchus nerka, ovaries developed, numerous examples from 9 to 104 inches long;
Salvelinus malma, Stromateus, Blepsias, Oxylebius, Zaniolepis, Gobiesox, Xiphister,
Artedius (apparently three species), Murenoides, Anoplarchus, Nautichthys, Hemi-
lepidotus, and Hexagrammus.

June 20.—Accession 23522: Herring in salt; Clupea vernalis. Found dead in a brook.
From E. P. Cook, Wellfleet, Massachusetts.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES.

During the year (1889) in August and September, the curator, accom-
panied by Messrs. L. Stone, Franklin Booth and Robert Lewis, made
an investigation of the salmon and salmon rivers of Alaska, especially
on Kadiak Island, where many photographs illustrating the methods
of taking and canning the salmon, the camneries, fishing fleets, and the
spawning-grounds of the salmon were obtained. This investigation
was ordered by Congress, and the report was published as House Doc-
ument No. 211 (51st Congress, 2nd session), and will be republished in
the Bulletin of the U. S. Fish Commission.

The principal results of the expedition were announced by me in a
lecture before the scientific societies of Washington, delivered in the
U.S. National Museum in March, 1890. I found that the red salmon
was the most abundant and most important commercially, and that as
many as seventeen thousand were taken at a single seine haul at Kar-
luk. The verification of the statements as to the excessive mortality
in the genus Oncorhynchus during the spawning season was one of the
important results of this exploration. In the case of the red salmon
the destruction was found to be almost total, and in the dog salmon it
was found that all of the fish died after spawning. Collections of the
river fishes associated with the salmon, and of the fish, mainly sculpins,
which devour the eggs and young of the Oncorhynchi, as well as of
the fish-destroying birds and of the plants of the Karluk River and
Valley, were brought down by the party.

During September and October (1889), Dr. D. S. Jordan and party,
of the Indiana State University, under the direction of the U.S. Fish
Commission, explored, and collected natural history specimens in the

DEPARTMENT OF FISHES. 209

Yellowstone National Park. A type series of the fishes obtained is
now in this Museum. Dr. Jordan and party also collected in Georgia,
Alabama, Missouri, Arkansas, Colorado, Utah, and Kansas, during the
summer of 1889, and as a result of this work the Museum has received
from the Fish Commission a large series of fishes. The U.S. Fish
Commission steamer Albatross carried on explorations in Alaska and
British Columbia, collecting many new and interesting fishes, mainly
in deep water. Dr. and Mrs. C. H. Kigenmann collected in San Diego
Bay, Cortez Banks and Temecula River, California, obtaining 17 new
forms of fishes. The United States Eclipse Expedition to West Africa
brought a large collection of fishes from the Azores, St. Vincent, Free
Town, Elmina, St. Paul de Loanda, Angola, Ascension Island, St.
Helena, and Cape Town. ‘The collections were made by*’Messrs. W. H.
Brown and A. H. Brown, who accompanied the expedition in the inter-
ests of the Museum.

Dr. Gill has drawn largely upon the collection for such subjects as he
has required in his work upon the different orders of fishes. His
papers upon these are referred to in the Bibliography (section 1v of
this volume).

THE PRESENT STATE OF THE COLLECTION.

In the work of picking out duplicates, the condition of the collection
is being much improved. The jars throughout the west basement have
been cleaned; the alcohol changed, where needed; and many speci-
mens have been identified and labeled. Groups of fishes are brought
more closely together as room is made and opportunity offers. If it
were not for the overcrowded condition of the basement, a very good
arrangement of the collections could be made.

The first entry number in the catalogue in July, 1889, was 41045, and
the last entry in June, 1890, was 42060; making the number of entries
for the year, 1,016.

Approximate Number of Specimens in the Collection.

YaST TSANG EAS a Ma TE ee eh a a ee 30, 000
TRC SCTA Cae yee te eet ich Ec IO jcwciece Wie ore U NOR ANNE | cla 62, 000
Duplicate ..-... Efe eleva nies ti=cieiiactcm ee cece eeeeceme 30, 000

Ot alpes eee ee Sekt crate tee enema Ns 122, 000

The estimated number in the exhibition series is the same as given
last year. There have been numerous additions to this series, but
almost an equal number of duplicates have been selected from it,

EH. Mis, 129, pt. 2——14

Cie Leena
Bes vii

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSKS
IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By Wn. H. Datu, Honorary Curator.

As in previous years, by permission of the director of the U. 8. Geo-
logical Survey, the curator has devoted a portion of his time to the
duties of the curatorship, as Dr. Rh. E. C. Stearns has done in the ca-
pacity of adjunct curator, while Mr. Frank Burns and Mr. Gilbert D.
Harris, of the U. 8S. Geological Survey, have lent their aid in the work
from time to time with important results.

Since obtaining Mr. Simpson’s assistance we have been able to dele-
gate to him a Jarge amount of work which hitherto has been delayed on
account of the lack of competent assistance in the scientific work of the
department. Mr. Bond has carefully and faithfully performed all that
has been required of him. Miss Beard, whose work while detailed to the
department has been chiefly confined to sorting over the fine gravel and
bottom material obtained from deep-sea dredgings, has made satisfac-
tory progress. The department has never before been so well equipped,
and the result is highly satisfactory. It gives me pleasure also to record
the fact that for the first time in its history, this department has been
well supplied with cases for the specimens, to protect them from dust
and for the display of a portion of the collection. These cases, which
occupy the middle aisle of the lower Smithsonian hall, are partly of the
double Liverpool pattern and partly flat storage-cases with table tops.
They now await only the locks to the upright center pieces of the Liver-
pool tables, and the assistance of a carpenter. They will then be ready
for use. Whether immediate use will be made of the facilities for ex-
hibition which the giazed tops afford, will depend upon the decision of
Congress in regard to the appropriation for altering and repairing the
Smithsonian building. If this is made, and the ceiling of the lower hall
cut through, as has been planned, it will be undesirable to attempt any
arrangement for exhibition purposes which would be allowed to remain
undisturbed for only a few weeks. The arrangement of this part of the

collection will therefore be deferred until the question of the proposed

_ changes in the hall has been decided. On the other hand, if no changes

_ are made at present, the installation of the exhibit will be commenced
ei

..

22 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

as soon as practicable. Few of the exhibits of the biological depart-
ments of the Museum seem tu have the attractiveness for the general
public possessed by shells, and the small exhibit hitherto made and
lately necessarily disturbed, has attracted considerable attention.

GENERAL OPERATIONS.

The general operations of the Department during the past year, as in
previous years, have consisted (1) in the determination, labeling, proper
assorting and registration of material, old and new; and (2) in the
preparation of special reports on Government collections made by other
branches of the Executive Departments, as the U.S. Fish Commission,
the Navy, the Revenue Marine, the Department of Agriculture, and
special expeditions.

As will be seen in the special table showing the number of registra-
tions, they have amounted to about the same as in the year preceding,
but it is proper to observe that a much greater amount of systematiz-
ing of the registered material has gone on than for many years, now
that Mr. Simpson, with his knowledge of the subject, has been availa-
ble. Another six months will see a vast clearance of material which
has been almost but not quite ready for incorporation im the general
series, but such steps in our progress make no changes on the registers.

In the second class of work, a preliminary report on the collections
made during the voyage of the Albatross to California has been made
and printed. A report on the collections made on the Eclipse Expedition
of 1890 is nearly ready, and a large number of reports on collections
submitted for examination have been attended to during the year.

The unregistered collections of tertiary fossils have been cleaned and
arranged by Mr. Burns, so that they are ready for study at any time
and also for reference. A report has been in progress by the curator
on the Plio-Miocene Mollusk fauna of Florida, of which the first part
is now being printed by the Wagner Free Institute of Science in Phil-
adelphia, which has cooperated in the work.

ACCESSIONS DURING THE YEAR.

The number of accessions for the year is 87. In the preceding year
the number was 46. The amount of material received in toto during
the year is, however, considerably less than during last year, since in
1889 were included the collections made by the Albatross on her voyage
from Norfolk, Virginia, to San Francisco, which, under one accession
number, included a multitude of specimens. It is fortunate for the
curator that the Department of Moilusks does not receive such an ac-
cession every year, since, if it did, there would be no hope of overcom-
ing the arrears of the last 15 years.

None of the collections represented by the accessions of the year
were particularly valuable, while on the other hand none, or very few,
were without interest, The total number of specimens received will

DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSKS. 213

not amount to less than 3,500, representing about 1,200 species. En-
tries of all the accessions will be found in section Vv of the Report.
Our faithful and generous correspondent in California, Mr. Henry

- Hemphill, has presented a series of more than 600 specimens from the

Pacific shore of the peninsula of Lower California, including both re-
cent and Pliocene or Post-Pliocene species. Our Floridian correspond-
ents, Messrs. G. W. Webster, J. J. White, and I. Greegor have gener-
ously remembered us with specimens representing species not pre-
viously received from them. They have thus added materially to the
series representing the Floridian fauna. Mr. W. I. De Golier, of this
city, also remembered us with a large case of West Florida shells, sev-
eral of which were very acceptable additions, including a very fair
specimen of Voluta junonia from near Tarpon Springs.

A valuable collection of Post-Pliocene types, illustrating the paper
of Mr. R. E. Call on the fresh-water fossils of the Bonneville Lake
Basin, Utah, was received from the U. S. Geological Survey. Dr.
Sterki, who has been studying the smaller land-shells, also presented a
series of types of these difficult little forms, while several additions
were made by Mr. W. G. Binney to the Binney type collection of
American land-shells. The last-named gentleman also presented 92
electrotypes of figures used by him in his supplements to previous pub-
lications on American land-shells. We also received from Dr. P. H.
Carpenter, of the Biological Laboratory of Eton College, England, a
series of 34 slides of sections of shells illustrating the classical memoir
of the late Dr. William B. Carpenter on the Structure of the Shell in
Mollusks and Brachiopods, the first series of which is in the british

Museum.
ROUTINE WORK.

The routine work of the year has been largely devoted to the general
collection as distinguished from the faunal series upon which work has
previously been concentrated. Last year ended with the arrangement
of the east coast fauna of the United States, south from Cape Hatteras,
and the West Indies, and the preparation of a preliminary catalogue of
the fauna of the southeast coast of the United States, which was duly
printed.

The old general collection has passed through many vicissitudes.
The worst event in its history was its being mounted with a prep-
aration of shellac, on glass plates or tablets. As there is no known
cement which will remain hard and unite permanently two such sur-
faces as those of polished glass and shell in a climate subject to such
extremes of temperature as ours, in the course of time all of these
specimens had to be removed from the glass tablets, each and every
shell defaced by a dark-colored patch of shellac. This was so serious
an injury that when the general collection was taken up for reivsion,
it was attempted, fortunately with success, to remove the shellac by the
use of alcohol. This work was begun by Mr. Jouy and continued to its

214 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

termination by Mr. Bond, and the worst result of the shellac now
visible is a slight discoloration of some of the more porous specimens.
The alcohol in which the shellac was soaked off was put to a good pur-
pose and used for hardening sundry tertiary fossils which needed such
an application for their proper preservation, and the general result of
this work was very satisfactory.

A large part of the work of the past season has consisted in the se-
gregation of previously labeled and registered material according to its
biologic relations and its incorporation with the general collection.
Over 1,200 trays containing about 75,000 specimens have been handled
in this manner and are now in shape for arrangement in systematic
order in the new cases just provided for them. Concurrently with
this, a large number of old, dirty, or defective labels have been re-
written, specimens put in new or more suitable tubes or trays, or oth-
erwise cleaned, revised and re-arranged.

This work has been conducted under the supervision and direction
of Dr. Stearns, and at the same time many of the fine land-shells of
the series presented by the late Dr. Isaac Lea have been arranged and
administered upon. A large quantity of fine gravel and bottom stuff,
the siftings from deep-water dredgings by the Albatross and other Fish
Commission vessels, which is very rich in minute, rare, and singular
forms, has been picked over. In this work Miss Beard has rendered
excellent assistance. When it is understood that in a gallon of this
material more than 1,000 specimens of 250 species have been found, of
which fully half were unknown to science, it will be better understood
how much of value is comprised in the result of this tedious picking
over. This material is perfectly unique, and when studied is certain to
add largely to our knowledge.

By no means an insignificant part of the work of the Department of
Mollusks is comprised in the assistance given, through correspondence,
to students all over the country. The writer has always regarded the
work as one of the most imperative duties. However elementary the
question asked, or tedious the furnishing of an answer has been, letters
received are, so far as the ability of the force permits, promptly and
courteously answered and the writers assisted, whether qualified natur-
alists or not, in any matter germane to the work of this department.
From a purely selfish standpoint, also, the plan is to be recommended.
It not only assists students to become men of science, but it increases
the general interest in natural history and the favorable disposition of
the public in its relations to science. If the Museum gives out valuable
information and expends valuable time in the task, so, also, it frequently
receives data of interest and importance, as well as specimens which
enrich its collections. Lines of sympathy are established, focusing -in
the Museum, which extend all over the country, and which, we may be
confident, materially aid in the “increase and diffusion of knowledge
among men.”

DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSKS. 915

Having noticed in the newspapers that an excitement relative to fresh-
water pearl-mussels prevailed in many parts of Wisconsin, lowa, IIli-
nois, and the Upper Mississippi drainage area, Dr. Stearns prepared a

typewritten circular which was sent to various parties in the region,

requesting specimens of mussels from which pearls had been obtained.
In response to this, several parcels of shells were forwarded to the Mu-
seum and are now awaiting identification, after which Dr. Stearns will
prepare a review of the subject with such comments as it may seem to
require.

The collectors of the Department of Agriculture, under the direction
of Dr. C. Hart Merriam, have forwarded several interesting packages of
Shells which have been studied by Dr. Stearns with the result of finding
several new things. The manuscript relating to the latter is now in the
hands of the printer. An allotment for making drawings of interesting
or new forms of shells was granted at the beginning of the year, at the
suggestion of the Assistant Secretary. Excellent use has been made
of it, admirable drawings of many critical, little known, or unfigured
species being now inour hands. These may be regarded as a beginning
toward an iconography, which, it is to be hoped, may eventually include
all our species.

The elimination of duplicates has proceeded pari passu with the
revision of the general collection and the incorporation of new mate-
rial. These duplicates have been in large part boxed, numbered,
labeled, and stamped, so as to be in a state for storage until they can
be distributed or put in sets for educational purposes, our force being
entirely inadequate at present to any such undertaking. With the
assistance of Mr. Greegor, a beginning has been made in sectioning
and preparing for exhibition a certain number of large forms, so as to
exhibit their internal formation or subsurface coloration.

A pathologic series has also been started by Dr. Stearns to exhibit
the anomalies of structure occasionally presented by these animals.

LIBRARY.

The donation of valuable books, germane to the study of mollusks,
by the heirs of the late Dr. Isaac Lea, though doubtless referred to in
the report of the Librarian, deserves special mention here, as also the
donation by the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, of a
nearly complete copy of Kiener’s *‘ Ilconographie,” a work totally absent
from all libraries accessible in Washington, and containing some of the
finest illustrations of shells ever pupvlished.

SPECIAL RESEARCHES.

In section Iv of the Report will be found the bibliographical notices
of papers published by the curator, adjunct curator, and others inteér-

_ ested in the conchological wurk of the Museum.

th Js

216 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Work which has been carried on during the year and has not yet
been printed may be summarized as follows: The curator has devoted
a large proportion of his leisure to the examination and illustration of
the tertiary fauna of Florida, especially that above the Eocene. The
first half of the resulting monograph is now passing through the
press.

The second part is fairly well advanced, but will require the writer’s
attention for some time to come.

In connection with this investigation the writer has studied, and
offers an explanation of, the dynamic process by which the spiral par-
allel ridges of the interior of gastropod shells are produced and become
amenable to the influence of natural selection. As one of the first
demonstrations of dynamical evolutionary processes among mollusks,
this paper, it is believed, will be of interest.

Dr. Stearns has been at work on the West American collections of
the Albatross and on sundry interesting southern forms of land-shells,
and has prepared for the ethnological department of the Museum a
series of shells to illustrate his paper on “ Primitive Money” (pub-
lished in the Report, U. S. National Museum for 1886~’87), and also a
series to illustrate the Indian game of ‘‘ Ha” and the game of “‘ Props,”
as described in the paper on that subject referred to in the Bibliography
(section Iv) of this Report.

Mr. Simpson has in view a revision of the Floridan Unionide.

STATE OF THE COLLECTION.

In previous reports I have explained why it is impossible to give the
exact number of species, specimens, duplicates, etc., contained in the
collections under my charge. In my last report it was estimated that
the collection contained about 468,000 specimens of all sorts, since
which about 3,500 specimens have been received, which would make a
total of about 471,500 specimens in the collection, of which perhaps one-
quarter are preserved in alcohol.

The total number of entries in the Museum register or catalogue for
1888~89 was 6,323; for the present year it was 6,569. The registra-
tion, with certain gaps, as exhibited in the following table, terminates
with No. 116,920. The total number of registrations to date, omitting
duplicate entries and vacant numbers assigned tu Professor Verrill, but
not yet reported as used by him, is 94,903, representing about 284,700
specimens. The number of workers requires the simultaneous use of
several volumes of the register, which explains why the following table
is necessary to show the registrations for the entire year.

DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSKS. 217

Entries in the registers, 1889-90.

Volume. From— | : To — Total. Remarks.

SO" 00 ees Serco ts eciayerecia aye 87, 512 87, 760 248
DRONGe Meats ae scicbs te cbocee eee 97, 300 97, 462 162
DOS 236 Se OCB SO CD gE eee ee are 102, 074 102, 200 126 | Volume now filled.
oh ROO SS eee ee Te Ne ate ie 102, 201 106, 825 4, 624 Do.
RONG ISSR ey oe nee a te istee ne ns Se necisdacaeclsatees Reserved for Professor Verrill.
XOXO VO eae ale Saleics ais sine ce. cascieesis 111, 426 112, 041 615 | Reserved for fossils.
BXONGN Ae eee eats assis cieeiee as 116,126 | 116, 920 794.

MO tales teeaspysse ses aici decine || tiaiscice tial = seisvetevaie 6, 569

PERSONNEL.

The force of the Department of Mollusks has comprised, in addition
to the honorary curator, the following-named assistants: Dr, R. E. C.
Stearns, U. S. Geological Survey, adjunct curator; Mr. P. L. Jouy,
aid, transferred in January, 1890, to another department; Mr. Charles
Torrey Simpson, aid, in place of Mr. P. L. Jouy; Mr. 8. Hazen Bond,
skilled laborer; Miss M. A. Yeatman and Miss N. C. Beard.

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF INSECTS
IN THE U.S, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By C. V. RitEy, Honorary Curator.

During the past fiscal year the increased space in the laboratory has
afforded facilities for a proper display of the collections and for much
work on the arrangement of the different orders and families into the
systematic, biologic, and duplicate series.

The educational exhibit collection, which was reported on as com-
pleted in my last annual report, has been somewhat improved, and the
economic collection, which was somewhat damaged during the return
Shipment from the Paris Exposition, has been overhauled and put in
place again.

A large collection of illustrations of North American insects, pre-
pared for the Paris Exposition, adds value to the exhibit collection.
The illustrations represent wood-cuts and plates, mostly from the orig-
inal drawings of the curator. These were carefully hand-proofed from
the original blocks and present a unique series of cuts, many of which
in rougher impression have become familiar to the American public
through repetition in entomological and agricultural publications.

Many important accessions have been received during the year, of
which the following may be mentioned :

A large collection of Myriapoda, containing about 2,200 specimens and numerous
types, was purchased from the mother of the late C. H. Bollman, Bloomington,
Indiana.

A collection of 125 rare Micro-Lepidoptera, containing types of a number of his
species, was received from Lord Walsingham, England, through the curator.

Fourteen Old World species of blind Coleoptera, obtained by exchange from Prof.
R. Gestro, Genoa, Italy. (22224.)

A collection of 2,500 species of Coleoptera, many of which were new to the Museum,
was purchased from M. L. Linell, Aid to the Department. (22705.)

A well mounted series of Australian and New Zealand insects, collected by Mr. A.
Koebele, containing about 400 species of Coleoptera, Hemiptera, Orthoptera and
Lepidoptera, were received through the curator. Also through the same source, five
boxes of Australian and New Zealand insects, collected by Mr. Koebele, including 29
different galls, and, in many cases, the insects bred from them; 42 Coccids, 415

; Psyllids, and various other interesting specimens, especially Micro-Hymenoptera, all
most carefully mounted. (22474.)

__ Types of many new species of North American Coleoptera have been received by
exchange from Capt. T. L. Casey, New York.

-,

219

220 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

One hundred and twenty species of Lepidoptera, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott,
between Zanzibar and Kilima-Njaro, East Africa. (23158.)

A collection of West and South African insects of various orders, made by Mr.
W. H. Brown, naturalist to the United States Eclipse Expedition of 1889, was
received. This contains 75 species of Coleoptera, 45 of Lepidoptera, 19 of Hemiptera,
25 of Hymenoptera, 7 of Diptera, 10 of Neuroptera, 46 of Orthoptera, 12 of Arachnida,
and 10 of Myriapoda. (23272.)

A collection of 87 species of South African Coleoptera, some of them named, were
received in exchange, from Mr. J. H. Brady, Cape Town. (23288.)

Four thousand six hundred specimens of well-mounted insects, largely Coleoptera,
collected by Mr. A. Koebele, in California, were received through the curator.
(23340. )

Types of several new species of North American Noctuide have been obtained by
exchange, from Prof. J. B. Smith, New Brunswick, New Jersey.

The insect collection of the late Dr. Asa Fitch, purchased by the Agriculturai De-
partment, has been added to the general collection. Although considerably damaged,
and, in part, ruined by neglect, this collection of New York’s late eminent State en-
tomologist still contains many important types and has a special value.

The routine work during the year has been:

(1) The making up of collections for exchange, among which are the
following:

A small lot of blind American Coleoptera for Prof. R. Gestro, Genoa,
Italy.

A small lot of Chrysididz from Vicomte kh. du Buysson, Bron-Vernet,
France.

A collection of 87 species of North American Coleoptera for Mr. J. H.
Brady, Cape Town.

(2) The naming of specimens for collectors.

As examples of work of this kind, may be mentioned the naming of a
miscellaneous lot of insects for Mrs. R. W. Summers, San Luis Obispo,
California ; several lots of Coleoptera for Mr. W. D. Richardson, Fred-
ericksburg, Virginia; a collection of Coleoptera and Lepidoptera for
Prof. L. Bruner, Lincoln, Nebraska; a collection of Mexican insects of
different orders for Prof. A. Dugés, Guanajuato, Mexico ; Coleoptera for
Mr. O. Dietz, New York; for Prof. H. Osborn, Ames, lowa, and for Mr.
J. D. Sherman, Peekskill, New York. In addition a full duplicate and
named series of Hemiptera has been prepared and sent to Prof. A. J.
Cook for the Michigan Agricultural College.

(3) The selection of material to be sent to specialists for study and
determination.

The Coleoptera of the tribe Blapstini, and the genera Eurymetopon
and Emmenatus, were sent to Capt. T. L. Casey, New York, who is
working upon these groups.

(4) The work of arranging in permanent shape all the collections.

The arrangement of the North American Coleoptera, mentioned in
the last annual report as having been commenced, hag been completed.
The systematic series occupies 323 boxes, and contains 5,900 properly
identified species and 440 undetermined and undescribed species. The

DEPARTMENT OF INSECTS. 221

biologic series occupies 30 boxes and illustrates the life-history of 630
species. The duplicate series of 1,850 species has been arranyed in 116
double boxes, and this material is now available for exchange or distri-
- bution, and is very rich in specimens.

The Hemiptera-Heteroptera have been rearranged according to
Uhler’s check list. The collection contains 455 named species from the
United States, and occupies 53 boxes. Of duplicates, there are 138
Species in 14 double boxes. In addition, there are 160 named exotic
species in 5 boxes.

(5) The actual care of the collection.

The entire collection was gone over twice during the past year and
the naphthaline cones renewed where necessary.

In the annual report for 1888—’89 a full list of the special researches
then in progress and based upon museum material was given. Of the
work there mentioned, that of Mr. W. H. Ashmead upon the Ichneu-
monide of the National Museum Collection has since been published as
No. 779 of the extras from the Proceedings of the National Museum.
Mr. L. O. Howard’s “ Annotated Catalogue of the Insects Collected in
1887-88” has been published as extra No. 771. Mr. John B. Smith’s
“ Contributions towards a Monograph of the Noctuids of Temperate
North America—Revision of some Teniocampid Genera” has been pub-
lished as No. 781.

Mr. Lawrence Bruner’s “ New North American Acridide found
North of the Mexican Boundary,” is now published as No. 764.

During the past year, by a rough estimate, some 15,000 specimens
have been added to the collection. Until the work of re-arrangement
has been completed it will be very difficult to draw up a tabulated
statement of the exact condition of the collection as a whole. It is
safe to say that more than 30,000 specimens of the different orders
have been added since the publication of the rough tabulated state-
ment in the annual report of the curator for 1886-87.

The last catalogue entry for June, 1889, is 483; and for June, 1890,
572.

‘= ie yee) en BE

Sse rats
Sites AERTS ra

15 Ds.

Me 9) ten us ne wii ao

4
$y

.

>
:

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES
IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By RICHARD RATHBUN, Honorary Curator.

The curator is able to report increased activity in his Department
during the past year, resulting chiefly from the appointment of an
assistant curator, whose time belongs exclusively tothe Museum. Mr.
James EK. Benedict, who was assigned to this position in January last,
is especially well qualified for the duties of the office, having served for
several years as chief naturalist on the Fish Commission steamer Alba-
tross. He is best known as an authority on marine annelids, but since
he entered the service of the Museum he has turned his attention to the
higher groups of crustaceans, on which he has already accomplished
much original work. The exhibition hall remains as it was a year ago,
except for the addition of several storage-cases, which will serve as the
bases for display cases as soon as the alterations to the west hall have
been completed. The gallery in the main hall belonging to this depart-
ment has been transformed, so far as possible, into a convenient labora-
tory, where the overhauling of collections is principally carried on.
The department is, however, still cramped for storage-room for both
dried and alcoholic specimens, and consequently the working space is
altogether too small. The west basement room has been set apart for
the arrangement of alcoholic type collections for convenience in mak-
ing identifications, and several of the larger groups are now represented
there. The general alcoholic collections in the main storage-room have
been maintained in good condition, and the same can be said of all the
material in the charge of this department. The accessions have been
greater in number and of more importance than during 188889, but the
amount of material received has been much less than when the Fish
Commission collections were transferred directly to the Museum from
the steamers and other field parties.

There has been the customary amount of cleaning, replenishing of
alcohol, sorting of collections, labeling, and cataloguing, as described
further on. The assistant curator has several reports in progress
based upon his studies of the crustacea, and some of the recent addi-
tions among the echinoderms have been examined by the curator.
There are several collaborators, outside of the Museum staff, at work

223

224 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

upon our collections, and to them a small amount of material has been
furnished during the year. The distribution of duplicate series No. 1v
has been continued, and a number of special duplicate sets have been
supplied to institutions and individuals. The principal explorations to
be noted from which collections have been received or may be expected
at an early date are those of the Fish Commission steamer Albatross
in the North Pacific Ocean, and the Eclipse Expedition to West Africa.

As the curator has been prevented from giving much personal atten-
tion to the department outside of the necessary correspondence, the
burden of the work has devolved upon his two assistants, Mr. James
E. Beredict and Miss M. J. Rathbun, to whom is due the entire credit
for the excellent condition of its affairs.

The total number of accessions received by this department during
the year was 27, in addition to which three small lots of specimens
were referred to it for examination and report. Two collections have
been transferred by the U.S. Fish Commission: a series of echini from
the Pacific coast, and one of crayfishes from several sources. The
former consists of the shore and shallow-water echini obtained by the
steamer Albatross during her investigations in the North Pacific Ocean
between July 1, 1888, and January 1, 1890, and contains 15 species and
232 specimens, representing many localities between Bering Sea and
Mexico. The deep-water forms from the same region are being studied
by Mr. Alexander Agassiz, and a type series will eventually be pre-
sented to the Museum. The second accession comprises 10 species and
115 specimens of crayfishes, obtained during the inland investigations
of the Fish Commission 1n 1888, chiefly under the direction of Dr. David
S. Jordan, in the States of Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Mich-
igan, and Indiana. They have been identified by Prof. Walter Faxon,
of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

To the Rev. A. M. Norman, of Burnmoor Rectory, Fence Houses,
Darham, England, we are indebted for a very valuable series of Euro-
pean marine invertebrates, chiefly from the Mediterranean Sea, com-
prising 42 species of echinoderms and 57 of crustaceans, many of
which are new to ourcollection. Another important contribution from
Europe has been received from Dr. P. Herbert Carpenter, of Eton Col-
lege, Windsor, England. It consists of 29 microscopical mountings
of foraminifera, obtained during the exploration of the British ships
Porcupine, Valorous, Lightning, and Challenger, and prepared and de-
termined by the late Dr. William Bb. Carpenter, whose published re-
searches upon this low group of animals are widely known.

Other accessions (deserving of special notice are the following: From
Wesleyan College, Middletown, Connecticut, 23 species of Bermuda
annelids, collected in 1876 and 1877 by Dr. G. Brown Goode, and de-
scribed by Dr. H. E. Webster, president of Union College. From the
United States Eclipse Expedition of 1889-90 to West Africa, William
Harvey Brown, naturalist, a miscellaneous collection consisting chiefly

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES. 225

of crustaceans, annelids, echinoderms, actinians, and sponges, from the
Azores, Cape Verde Islands, Ascension Island, St. Helena, Barbados,
and the west coast of Africa. From the Bureau of Navigation, Navy
Department, 25 specimens of deep-sea soundings taken in the North
Atlantic Ocean by the U. 8S. 8. Dolphin, Commander George F. F.
Wilde, U.S. Navy, commanding, during the passage from the Straits
of Gibraltar to New York. From Prof. O. B. Johnson, University of
Washington, Seattle, Washington, a miscellaneous assortment of crus-
taceans, tunicates, echinoderms, and pennatule, from Puget Sound.
From Mr. Romyn Hitchcock and Mr. H. Loomis, collections of crusta-
ceans, echinoderms, corals, and sponges, obtained in Japan.
In view of the proposed repairs to the west hall of the Smithsonian
institution, it has been considered inexpedient to make any extensive
changes in the exhibition collection of marine invertebrates which is
there displayed. Plans have been partly perfected, however, for the
formation of a synoptical collection, and the enlargement and rearrange-
ment of the present general one. In anticipation of these additions,
Mr. Benedict has begun the preparation of a series of dried crusta-
ceans. He has also made many microscopical mountings of crustacean
appendages for study purposes.
Hight additional mahogany unit cases have been placed in the west
hall, affording much desired space for the storage of dried echinoderms
and corals. Four of the old style table cases have also been transferred
to the gallery in the main hall, where they are used for holding the dried
collection of crabs and many of the duplicate specimens. The unit trays
stacked in the same gallery have all been furnished with metal label-
holders, which have proved a great convenience. The arrangement of
a type series of alcoholic specimens in the small west basement room,
for convenience in identifying collections as they are received, has been
continued, the groups now represented there being the brachyurans,
echini, and ophiurans. The card-catalogues of those groups have also
been brought down to date. This readjustment of the collections was
rendered expedient on account of the imperfect lighting of the general
alcoholic store-room.
The alcoholic collection of aleyonarians and actinians, and the entire
collection of brachyurans and anomourans have been carefully gone
over, the jars cleaned, the alcohol and labels replaced where necessary,
and the card-catalogue of the same revised and completed. In the
overhauling it was found that the dried crustaceans had suffered some-
_ what from the attacks of insects. This collection was, therefore, thor-

oughly renovated and newly poisoned, but as none of our storage-cases
_ are provided with the proper safeguards against these pests, it is im-
_ possible to prevent injury of this character from time to time. The
i assorting of Mr. William H. Dall’s Alaskan collection, some parts of
_ which received attention in previous years, has been entirely finished,
and all of the brachyuran crustaceans in the Department have also been
H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——15

226 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

separate. as to species in the course of Mr. Benedict’s studies of that
group. The large collection of samples from the ocean-bottom, com-
prising those obtained by the Fish Commission and by other govern-
ment surveys, has been overhauled and catalogued, aud the packages
containing them have been labeled on the outside for convenience of
reference.

Mr. Benedict has returned to the Museum several hundred vials of
annelids which were referred to him several years ago for study, and
also a large series of microscopic preparations of the appendages of the
same species. Much time has been spent in making up the several
special sets of duplicates for distribution which are described below.

The amount of cataloguing done during the year is explained in the
following table:

. . No. of en-
Entries to | Entries to :

Group. Tune 30, 1889. Tune 30, 1890.| ties made

uring year.
@mustaceanssesceet seer aeeh Sacer ns re ae alos e tee 14, 385 | 14, 934 549
Vi CHIN ncco a0 season adacotmanbososSadsoosboscesasoouesnassa4 4,728 | 4, 810 82
IB yO70anN sand PASCICIANS eee er eee a eee aaa alee 2,778 | 2, 844 66
Echinoderms and Ceelenterates .-......-.---.----.--------- 16, 885 | 17, 459 | 574
Sponges and Protozoans .....--------- Bee eraser ejenie care 6, 056 6, 287 | 231
ALCAN con2ce sacasescse season secs beoses soanes Gest scracallsccbsedsesc=e= |ssocessse-se25 | 1, 502

During the past year the curator has identified the shore and shallow-
water echini collected by the steamer. Albatross on the west coast of
North America in 1888 and 1889, and a type series of the same has been
deposited in the Museum. ‘The deep-water echini from the same
source have been referred to Mr. Alexander Agassiz, of Cambridge,
Massachusetts. The curator has also begun the classification of the
star-fishes from the North Pacific Ocean, making use of the large col-
lection that has gradually accumulated in the Museum, together with
that recently obtained by the steamer Albatross.

The assistant curator, Mr. Benedict, has paid most attention to
the brachyuran and anomouran crustaceans, with which this depart-
ment is well supplied, having completed the determinations in several
groups belonging to the Atlantic coast, and made considerable progress
with those from the North Pacific Ocean. The collection from the latter
region is especially rich in the number of specimens and species which
it contains, the field being a comparatively new one, brought into prom-
inence by the recent investigations of the steamer Albatross. Reports
upon these studies are in course of preparation. Mr. Benedict has also
reported upon the crustaceans collected by the United States Eclipse
Expedition to West Africa, comprising 18 species of brachyurans, 4 of
anomourans, 4 of macrurans, 3 of isopods, and 1 of branchiopods, and
has done some work upon the Alaskan annelids obtained by Mr. Dall
and the Fish Commission.

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES. 227

Prof. Walter Faxon, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts, has finished his studies upon the cray-fishes
sent him by this department in April, 1889, and upon those supplied
by the Fish Commission, chiefly from the collections made by Dr. David
S. Jordan and Mr. C. H. Bollman, in Virginia, North Carolina, and
Michigan, during 1888. The specimens from both sources have been
returned, and Professor Faxon’s report has recently been printed in the
Proceedings of the Museum. Prof. Edwin Linton, of Washington and
Jefferson College, Pennsylvania, has continued his investigations upon
the entozoan parasites of fishes, and additional material was sent to
him in June, including a collection referred to Dr. A.S. Packard sev-
eral years ago, but not studied by him. The reports of Professor Lin-
ton, having a direct bearing upon the work of the Fish Commission
have appeared in its publications.
Mr. W. C. Kendall, of the Fish Commission, was given the facilities
of the department during last spring to enable him to identify the
brachyuran crustaceans collected on the west coast of Florida in 1889
by the schooner Grampus. Miss Southworth, of the Department of
Agriculture, was also afforded accommodations in the laboratory, dur-
ing about three months of the winter, for carrying on special researches
in zodlogy, and we are indebted to mer for assistance Hen Mr. Ben-
edict in his examination of the crustacea.
The following additional material has been supplied to specialists out-
side of the Museum, for study and report: To Prof. F. H. Herrick,
Adelbert College, Cleveland, Ohio, the entire collection of Alphei,
comprising 49 lots of specimens. ‘To Prof. C. 8. Dolley, University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, the entire collection of crus-
taceans from the Bahama Islands. To the Rev. Albert Mann, jr.,
Newark, New Jersey, a number of samples of ocean bottom, to be
examined for diatoms.
Series No. 1v, of duplicate marine invertebrates, the composition of
which has been described in previous reports, has been distributed to
seventeen institutions. Hach set contains about 110 species, collected
during the investigations of the U. S. Fish Commission on the Atlantic
coast of the United States. They have been prepared with the special
view of aiding teachers in their class-work in natural history, and
as most of the groups which they represent are difficult to obtain, par-
ticularly for the inland schoois and colleges, they have been in great
demand for educational purposes.
he institutions supplied during the past year are as follows, namely:

Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts; Lawrence University,
_ Appleton, Wisconsin; University of South Carolina, Columbia, South
_ Carolina; Ottawa University, Ottawa, Kansas ; riigaileraicees College,
: Allentown, Pennsylvania; University of SCR Madison, Wiscon-

sin; High School, Council Bluffs, lowa; New Orleans University, New
Sripans, Louisiana; Womawn’s College, Baltimore, Maryland; Public

Ee
.

228 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Schools, Olean, New York; Museum of the State Agricultural College,
Corvallis, Oregon; South Jersey Institute, Bridgeton, New Jersey;
Dakota University, Mitchell, South Dakota; Massachusetts Agricul-
tural College, Amherst, Massachusetts ; Nebraska Institution for the
Deaf and Dumb, Omaha, Nebraska; St. John’s College, Annapolis,
Maryland; Syrian College, Beirut, Syria.

In 1883, ten special sets of duplicate marine invertebrates, also se-
lected from the collections of the U. 8. Fish Commission, were prepared
in connection with the American exhibit for the Great London Fisheries
Exhibition of that year. They contained about 200 species each, and
were intended for distribution to foreign institutions, in illustration of
the natural history investigations of the Fish Commission. Six of those
sets were disposed of at that time. Two of the remaining sets have
been sent this year to the British Museum, London, and the K. K.
Naturhistorisches Hofmuseum, Vienna.

Other special sets of marine invertebrates have been supplied as fol-
lows: The Rev. A. M. Norman, England, in exchange, 62 species,
chiefly brachyuran crustaceans and echinoderms from the deep-sea
dredgings of the steamer Albatross. Tuft’s College, Medford, Massa-
chusetts, 105 species, and 12 lots of unassorted foraminifera. The Ice-
landic Society of Natural History, Reykjavik, Iceland, 133 species from
the North Atlantic and North Pacific oceans. Oberlin College, Oberlin,
Ohio, 75 species. Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Penn-
sylvania, 120 species. Wagner Free Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsyl-
vania, 88 species. Cincinnati Society of Natural History, Cincinnati,
Ohio, 92 species. Central Illinois Scientific Society, Virginia, Illinois,
96 species. Western Normal College, Shenandoah, Lowa, 76 species.
John W. Spencer, Paxton, Indiana, in exchange, 14 species of West
Indian corals.

Nine smaller collections, containing only a few species each, or con-
sisting of several lots of unassorted foraminifera for microscopical

“study, have been sent to as many individuals and institutions.

Important investigations have been carried on by the Fish Commis-
sion during the past year, from which this and other departments of
the Museum may expect to derive substantial benefits before long.
The steamer Albatross left San Francisco, May 21, 1889, on her second
northern cruise, which was confined mainly to the coasts of Oregon

~and Washington. One trip extended as far north, however, as Sitka
and Juneau, Alaska, and a start was also made for Bering Sea, but,
through an accident to the machinery, this longer cruise had to be
abandoned. Soundings, dredgings, and fishing trials were carried down
the coast from the Straits of Fuca to Cape Mendocino, California, this
work terminating in the fall of 1889. During March and April, 1890,
the region between Point Conception, south of San Francisco, and
Punta Arena, north of San Francisco, was subjected to the same care-
ful examination, and on May 4 the Albatross left for Bering Sea where

DEPARTMENT OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES. 229

she is expected to remain during the entire summer. During the fiscal
year up to May 4, 1890, 133 dredge-hauls were made, in depths of 7 to
552 fathoms (station numbers 3077-3209). The zodlogical collections
obtained are now at the Fish Commission laboratory in Washington.

The steamer Fish Hawk was engaged in scientific inquiries only from
July to October, 1889, during which time she was at work upon the
oyster grounds of Long Island Sound, between South Norwalk and
New Haven. This survey was conducted chiefly for the purpose of
ascertaining the characteristics and condition of the grounds, and of
determining means of lessening the ravages of the natural enemies of
the oyster. The natural history of the region being comparatively
well known, only a few specimens were saved from the dredgings. The
schooner Grampus was occupied during the summer of 1889 in making
a survey of the mackerel region south of New England, under the
direction of Prof. William Libbey, jr., of the College of New Jersey.
The area examined had a width of about 70 miles, and extended sea-
ward a distance of about 130 miles from the coast, or well into the Gulf
Stream. The work was principally of a physical character, having
reference to temperature, densities, currents, etc., but important collec-
tions of surface-animals were made, and a part of these are now being
studied by Prof. W. K. Brooks, of John Hopkins University.

Another branch of inquiry that has grown up within the past two
years has been the systematic investigation of the interior lakes and
rivers. This work has been carried on mainly under the direction of
Dr. David S. Jordan, and in the interest of fish-culture and the
fisheries. Large collections of fishes have been made, and attention
has also been paid to the aquatic invertebrates, especially the cray-
fishes. During the year just ended the investigations have extended
to the following States and Territories: Georgia, Alabama, Louisiana,
Ohio, West Virginia, Indiana, Iowa, Missouri, Arkansas, Colorado,
_ Utah, the Yellowstone Park, and Kadiak, Alaska.

4

ie

far,

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
IN THE U. 8, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By FREDERICK W. TRUE, Acting Curator.

The fiscal year to be covered by this report was not a very favorable
one for the department. The acting curator was too much engrossed
by his duties as the head of another department to do more than to
oversee in a general way the operations carried on; while the assistant
curator, who serves also as a preparator, was called upon to do consid-
erable work in connection with the installation of vertebrate fossils and
domestic animals, and also to prepare certain scientific articles for the
report of the Museum.

The work done during the year was chiefly in the direction of per-
fecting the exhibition series and the study series of osteological speci-
mens, and caring for material received in a fresh condition. In this
connection the birds received the greatest share of attention. No at-
tempt was made to obtain or exhibit any preparations of soft parts,
owing to the lack of the necessary facilities and assistance.

Aside from the skulls belonging to skins in the Department of Mam-
mals, there were few important accessions of osteological specimens of
mammals. <A skull of the South American Otter, Lutra felina, was
received from the British Museum. A skeleton of acommon Armadillo
was purchased. The skeleton of a Black Bear which died in the Na-
tional Zodlogical Park was added to the collection. Reference to the
skulls belonging to skins in the Department of Mammals will be found
in the report of that department.

An important series of birds in alcohol was collected by the United
States Astronomical Expedition to Angola, Africa. This material has
not yet been identified or entered. Skeletons of two adult Hoatzins,
Opisthocomus cristatus, and those of five young individuals were re-
ceived from the Demerara Museum. Skeletons of the King Penguin,
_ Aptenodytes forsteri, and of the Little Penguin, Hudyptila minor, were
purchased. An extensive series of North American water-fowl in alco-
_ hol was presented by Mr. G. Frean Morcom throagh Dr. R. W. Shu-
feldt. Dr. Shufeldt also presented a large number of birds in alcohol,
_ principally of species inhabiting western North America.

An important reptilian skeleton was that of the Abingdon Island
231

232 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

tortoise, Testudo abingdoni. It is believed to be the only one preserved
in any museum. A skull of Schlegel’s Crocodile, Tomistoma schlegeli,
was purchased.

No fishes were entered during the year.

The changes in the exhibition hall during the year were not such as
to affect materially its general appearance. A marked improvement
was the addition of order and family labels throughout the entire exhi-
bition series.

It was found expedient to place casters under all the smaller cases,
which action, however, made it necessary to twice move all the smaller
specimens in the hall.

Sixty-five entire or partial skeletons of vertebrates were added to
the exhibition series during the year. Of these, 40 were mammals,
16 birds, 8 reptiles and batrachians, and 2 fishes. In addition, the pre-
parators cleaned 96 osteological pieces. The work done for the Depart-
ment of Agriculture is mentioned in the report of the Department of
Mammals.

The entries of osteological material in the several classes were as
follows:

INN ARTY ETE WIC, ers nee en os a ee hn ote *1,961
Bind ssa iaes oe eeeicecr ae ee cin geee tars nee oe ae eee 236
Repulessandsbabrachiansiee= == ees ese = eee eae 29

The first and last numbers for the year in the several catalogues are
as follows:

Class ae ee:

23782 to 25651

Mam malsscris2 sesso scar voce cneuseee secs se) sence nce senescent sees J 25751 to 25811
(| 30026 to ....... 30055
ISTE comocodas adeasasedodcseqgoden. dspSonopnconsassodonodsEsSoocesue | 18508 18743
Lenin las) Pinal ORY ee KY WETS) 65 peso onasodeasseocossosans csossssosesnsse 29262 29290
IDTS) NES so todsca eden osonbg dobage sodoonosos saa cdooDs OnSCOD DSSS bdSodgol|ooancc COGS co Sdensins *26084

* September 11, 1888.

>All but a small number of these entries were those of skulls belonging to skins in
the Department of Mammals, or in the U. S. Department of Agriculture deposit.

>

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF PALEOZOIC FOSSILS
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By CHarues D. Wa.cott, Honorary Curator.

During the first seven months of the year Dr. R. R. Gurley was em-
ployed in labeling the collections for the exhibition and students’ series
in the southeast court; in making a spevial study upon American grapto-
lites; and in looking after the painting of the catalogue numbers, by an
assistant, on the specimens being transferred from the laboratory to the
court. Dr. Gurley’s study of the graptolites has resulted in the identi-
fication and labeling of the species in the collection of the Museum,
and he has made a valuable contribution to the study of the graptoti-
tide. He resigned his position on the Museum force in March to join
the Fish Commission. Since his resignation, however, he has given all
his spare time to the completion of a bibliography of the literature re-
ferring to the graptolites, and has also continued his general investi-
gations upon the group.

In May Prof. Joseph F. James rearranged and put into shape the
fossils from the Cincinnati formation of Ohio, contained in one of the
exhibition cases. Attention was also given to the exhibition series of
crustaceans from the Water-lime formation of New York; and the col-
lection from the Chazy horizon of New York and Vermont was relabeled
and, with much additional material, put on exhibition.

After returning, in October, from field-work in connection with the
Geological Survey, my attention was given to the selection of material
for the illustration of the Middle Cambrian fauna and to the study of
the literature of the Cambrian rocks of America. These, in connection
with the routine work demanding my attention as a member of the Geo-
logical Survey and as an honorary curator of the National Museum, so
occupied my time as to prevent personal work on the exhibition series.

The work accomplished will, however, in the future, enable me to
add to the value of the collections of the Museum. Several thousand
beautiful fossils from the Lower Paleozoic rocks of New York and
Vermont were collected under my direction for the Geological Survey.
A beautiful series of trilobites from this collection has been placed tem-
porarily in the exhibition cases, awaiting their transfer from the Geo-
logical Survey to the National Museum, when the study upon them
shall have been completed.

The small amount allotted for the purchase of material for the ex-

_ hibition series was of great assistance, and I respectfully repeat the
_ recommendation urged in my last annual report, that a sum be reserved

a

233

234 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

annually for increasing the Museum collections by the purchase of small
collections of typical specimens that can not be obtained in any other
way.

A detailed list of the accessions for the year will be found in section
v. Notices of the papers published by those connected with this de-
partment will be found in the bibliography, section Iv of the repors.

The amount of material representing the collections was increased by
the addition of 1,229 specimens, embracing 150 genera, 239 species, and

5 varieties.
The catalogue numbers taken up during the year were from 18431 to

23842, both inclusive.
The more important accessions received during the year are:

No. 22580: This accession, from the British Museum, ineludes a number of very
beautiful specimens of trilobites, represented by 57 specimens, carrying 27 genera, 33
species, and 1 variety. It will be of service to students in comparing American
with European species and genera.

No. 22730: This accession contains 66 specimens, giving 11 genera, 12 species, and
1 variety, from the Lower Cambrian; but the principal interest is centered in the 45
genera, 72 species, and 2 varieties, as furnished by the 526 specimens from the Hudson
terrane of central New York, which have been placed on exhibition in the southeast
court. This collection is one of the most complete of any that is known to me from
this terrane in the State of New York.

No. 22847: A valuable addition from the Hudson terrane (Maquoketa shale) of
Iowa. It includes 178 specimens, holding 19 genera, 25 species, and 1 variety, and
affords the means of comparison between the fauna of the Hudson terrane in New
York, Ohio, and Iowa.

There are two other accessions that properly should be credited to
this year, but owing to the papers not having yet been completed in
relation to them, they will be included with those of the next fiscal year.
The material contained in them is from the Utica shale of central New
York, and from the Eurypterus beds of the Water-lime formation of west-
ern New York.

Recapitulation of accessions received during the year.

Accession No. of | No. of | No. of aie Accession No.of | No.of | No. of No.of
number. genera. |species.| varieties.) ons, number. genera. |species.| varieties. pee
DODBD Pees s siasics 6 alae marcia CO) BAT lsesocc se 1 iL Sesoceene 1
DOAN esata see 5 2 7 eee Ber ce ea done 1 Soo neisacs 1
QAALO Bete cesind: 1 Ue sccrpeec 22730 see eee eee 56 91 3 592
OMA a witgacae 1 1p ae eee eee 7B NW PPA) in cance 3 3 loeseeaae 3
QIAAB coun 1 i Boeanaedec Pon 2277 Gheee eee 9 1 nl ees Se 36
PRPC Mie are Ste 4 A were Some IS | 2278 8aeseeeee (*) (2) At See ees 41
Q244sn seas esd 3 ay | Dret es3 T2283 9 eee ee ae eee, 3 Bilaae eee 8
DPAAG 5 50 desserts 1 1 (Slab) Li |\s22847)o25. caeee 24 31 1 287
DIAB2. ewes 1 I Ne seacacane 1G p23 OF eee eee 2 PR paseo one 2
PPL oe mene 3 Bi Seateine Soe Se |e2o120)mseieere 3 34 eee sees 3
PPA VE See 1 1 moe Ue Oooh beeen se 1 PA dekee see 1
BO5R0) ev aowias 27 33 1 57 || 23137-2--ce-0 8 2 Eee eee 8
220005 eo eeicer 9 14 cas came SOU ols Sere eiets rete 3 pl eee 12
PAOD Cccten eens | Sues aeeere 201)||| 2olOO se ssise cee 1 | Peete oes: 1
DOGG oa oa caterer Galisoeeenee | 12 = Gieon 939 i. pee 7, 229

* Miscellaneous Brachiopoda,

>

ae
4

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF MESOZOIC FOSSILS
IN THE U.S, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By C. A. WuiITE, Honorary Curator.

The honorary curator, and both of his assistants, Mr. T. W. Stanton
and Mr. C. B. Boyle, being officially connected with the U.S. Geological
Survey, it has not been practicable to devote more than a small part of
the past year to work directly pertaining to the Museum. The usual
routine work, however, such as the identification of accessions and re-
porting upon the same, has been done as occasion required. Much
work has also been done upon collections of fossils brought to the
Museum by members of the U. 8. Geological Survey, which will place
that material in an almost immediately available condition when it is
officially turned over to the Museum.

Besides the material collected by the U.S. Geological Survey which
has not yet been officially transferred to the Museum, only eight acces-
sions were received during the year. These accessions were of compar-
atively little value as Museum specimens, but reports upon them were
made to the Director of the Museum, and the usual disposition made
of the material.

The work on the arrangement of the collections has been limited
mostly to the exhibition series, which has been properly classified and
systematically arranged. The exhibition series has frequently been
consulted by students and investigators, and every proper facility has
been granted such persons to aid them in their work.

The official work done by the honorary curator of this department
for the U. S. Geological Survey, has been based largely upon the mate-
rial in the Museum collections, but no special publications of its results
have been made during the past year. Several papers relating to the
work of the curator as an officer of the Geological Survey are now
nearly ready for the printer.

No accurate statement can at present be given as to the total number
of specimens in the collection, nor of the number in the reserve, exhi-
bition, or duplicate series. No entries were made in the catalogue dur-
ing the year, owing to pressure of other work.

A considerable amount of material, mostly fossils collected by mem-

235

Be:

236 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

bers of the U.S. Geological Survey, is now in my charge at the Museum,
and ready to be recorded in the Museum registers and officially turned
over to its keeping. On account of the lack of any Museum assistant
this work has been impracticable, and can not be undertaken until some
one is detailed by the Museum for this work.

I have, during the past year, published two papers, both of which
have a direct bearing upon my official work. These are mentioned in
the Bibliography.

ee! ot eee ae
es
a

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By Dr. GEORGE VASEY, Honorary Curator.

The report now presented constitutes my second annual report con-
cerning the National Herbarium.

For want of time a precise statement of the number of species and
specimens contained must be deferred for a future report, as the mere
counting of the specimens would require the services of one person for
about a month; only an estimate, therefore, will be given.

The National Herbarium consists of two parts, the larger of which
has been in the custody of the U. 8S. Department of Agriculture since
1869; the other, established in 1885, now in the custody of the Depart-
ment of Fossil Plants of the U. S. National Museum. The Museum
employs no assistant curator or laborers in the Herbarium, all the force
being provided by the establishments who use the collections.

A historical account of the collection at the Department of Agriculture
was published in 1886,* and of the collection in the National Museum
in the previous reports of the Department of Recent Plants in the
Museum.

SAFETY OF THE HERBARIUM.

The need of fireproof and commodious quarters is becoming year by
year more pressing. The portion ac the Department of Agriculture is
especially in a condition to cause the greatest apprehension. If it were
destroyed by fire, it could never be entirely replaced and a large num-
ber of type specimens would be lost. The collection of American
grasses is the largest in existence and contains the type specimens of
nearly all the species of American grasses described during the last
fifteen years. It is unnecessary to go into detail concerning the value
of the Herbarium, but a resolution passed in general assembly by the
American Association for the Advancementof Science atits last meeting,
calling the attention of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution
and of the Secretary of Agriculture to the present insecurity of the Her-
barium, and expressing an earnest desire that means be taken to prop-
erly care for it, shows the feeling of the scientific world in general in
regard to the matter.

* The Botanical Gazette, x1, pp. 153-156.
237

238 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
ACCESSIONS.

The accessions to the Herbarium are received in part through the
National Museum, but mostly through the Department of Agriculture.
The total number for the year is 370. Of these, 24 came through the
National Museum. Following aresome of the moreimportant accessions:

A set of 550 species of Japanese plants from 8S. Tegima, Director of the Educational
Museum, Tokio, Japan.

A set of 335 species collected in Mexico by C. G. Pringle.

About 1,800 specimens of south Californian plants, many of them duplicates, from
C. R. Orcutt, San Diego, California.

A set of 80 species of Canadian grasses from John Macoun, Geological and Natural
History Survey of Canada.

Texan plants (2,817 specimens) collected by G. C. Nealley, of Houston, Texas.

A collection of about 900 specimens of east Floridan plants from J. H. Simpson,
Manatee, Florida.

A collection of about 4,000 specimens made by Edward Palmer in Lower California
and western Mexico.

Californian and Mexican plants from the California Academy of Science (327 spec-
imens), :

The first 135 species of a set of Bolivian plants collected by Miguel Bang.

About 100 Pacific slopespecies, many of them new, from H. L. Greene, Berkeley,
California.

A set of 142 species of the Hepatice Cubenses Wrightianze from the Harvard Uni-
versity Herbarium.

About 500 specimens from the U. 8. Eclipse Expedition to Africa.

European mosses from Dr. I. Hagen, Trondhjem, Norway (320 species).

About 800 specimens collected by Frederick V. Coville in Virginia and North Car-
olina.

Many of the accessions were single specimens, or a few specimens
sent for identification merely, and not prepared for the Herbarium.
While the number of such accessions is considerable, the proportion of
the specimens contained in them to all those received is small. The
total number of specimens received in accession is 21,346.*

HERBARIUM AT THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.

The Herbarium specimens received are disposed in two places, the
herbarium proper and the duplicate herbarium. The latter is used as
an exchange stock, which is very valuable in transactions with foreign
botauists.

The force employed in mounting and labeling specimens is able to
perform the amount of work at present required, while the number
engaged in identifying plants has been increased during the last few
months, so that there appears to be no immediate pressing need for
additional assistants.

The number of specimens mounted is estimated to be about 125,000;
in the duplicate herbarium, about 15,000; and of those not yet ex-
amined, about 10,000. About 6,000 specimens have been mounted
during the year.

* Single packages or single accessions were in some cases estimated, not counted.

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY. 239
HERBARIUM AT THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The number of mounted specimens is estimated at 30,000; of dupli-
cates, 3,000.

ESTIMATE OF SPECIMENS.
The total number of specimens in the National Herbarium is there-
fore estimated as follows: mounted, 155,000; duplicates, 18,000.

A list of botanical papers published by the curator and by other
collaborators will be found in the Bibliography (section Iv).

ete ey » is
net:
ays os

eet

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF MINERALS
IN THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By F. W. Ciarke, Honorary Curator.

During the year gratifying progress has been made in the Depart-
ment of Minerals. The main collection has been carefully culled and,
in great measure, re-arranged, and a new installation of the gem series
is well under way. The Lea collection of micas is now exhibited in
three table-cases, making a fine appearance; and the large wall-case
which it formerly occupied is now filled with large mineral specimens
which could not previously be displayed. Two hundred duplicate sets,
of fifty-seven specimens each, have been prepared for distribution to
schools and colleges; and eleven special series of duplicates have been
sent out in exchange for material received.

The more important accessions have been: by gift, from W. G.
Clark and G. M. Wilson, of Mullan, Idaho, a remarkable series of platt-
nerite and pyromorphite from the Coeur @’Aléne district; from J. A.
Lueas, Silver City, New Mexico, 337 pseudomorphs of copper after
azurite; from G. D. Hamill, Georgetown, New Mexico, 51 specimens
of descloizite and vanadinite; Mr. Alex. McGregor, of the same place,
also gave 110 specimens of the same mineral, forming a unique series
as regards beauty and completeness; from W. P. Jenney, U.S. Geolog-
ical Survey, one specimen of native lead from Idaho; from Dr. R. H.
Lamborn, of New York, eight cut stones for the gem collection; from
Ira R. Allen, Fairhaven, Vermont, two barrels of amazonstone from
Amelia Court-House, Virginia; from the Pennsylvania Salt Company,
one barrel of cryolite from Greenland ; from Dr. H.S. Lucas, Cullasaja,
North Carolina, 316 specimens of minerals from Corundum Hill; from
Mrs. Hulda Burdick, Pine Mountain, Georgia, 204 specimens of min-
erals from the Laurel Creek corundum mines. From the U.S. Geolog-
ical Survey, a large series of minerals from the lead and zine mines of
southwestern Missouri and northwestern Arkansas, collected by W. P.
_ Jenney; also a superb series of vanadinite, dumortierite, and other
, Arizona minerals, collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand. Large field col-
lections were also made by Mr. W. S. Yeates, assistant curator, in
Virginia and North Carolina, and some material was collected by my-
_ self in the iron region near Lake Champlain.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——16

241

242 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

By purchase, many fine specimens have been added to the collection.
From J. W. Beath, 36 cut stones were obtained for the gem-series;
from W. B. Smith, nearly 100 specimens of choice Colorado minerals ;
and 51 miscellaneous specimens were bought from G. L. English and
Company. Through Dr. Hillebrand, a series of scarlet vanadinite from
the Silver District, Arizona, was purchased of a local miner, forming the
most superb series of that species in existence. Satisfactory exchanges
have also been effected with the British Museum, the Museum at Stock-
holm, Mr. Ira B. Allen, Mr. C. W. Kesler of Statesville, North Cavro-
lina, Mr. George Vaux, jr. of Philadelphia, and others.

The collection of meteorites has been increased by ten falls. Prof. R.
T. Hill, of Austin, Texas, gave a large piece of a new stone from Travis
County, Texas. Mr. 8S. W. Cramer, of Charlotte, North Carolina, gave
a specimen of a new iron from Ellenborough, North Carolina; and from
Ward & Howell were received good specimens of irons from Hamilton
County, Texas, and Puquios, Chili. Six falls were acquired by ex-
change with the British Museum and the Museum of Natural History
in Paris. :

Several papers relating to the work of the department have been pub-
lished during the year. Notices of them will be found in the Bibliogra-
phy.

In all, during the year 1213 specimens were added to the reserve col-
lection, and 8198 to the duplicate series; 3215 duplicates were distrib-
uted. Last catalogue number in June, 1839, 48468; last catalogue
number in June, 1890, 49056.

REPORT ON THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY
IN THE U. 8, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

By GEORGE P. MERRILL, Curator.

On July 1, the curator left Washington, in company with Dr. A. C.
Peale, of the U. S. Geological Survey, for three months’ field work in
Montana and the Yellowstone National Park. The season’s work, up to
September 1, was mainly in Madison County, though side trips were
made to various points in Gallatin and Jefferson Counties. On Sep-
tember 3 I left the surveying party at a point some 20 miles from the
State line, in Madison County, and proceeded by team up the Madison
River and over Reynolds Pass to Henry’s Lake in Idaho, and thence by
stage across Tahgee Pass into the Yellowstone Park, remaining there
until September 27. The time thus passed was devoted to the collec-
tion of materials for the Museum, which will be noticed more fully under
the head of accessions. Our thanks are due to both Dr. A. C. Peale
and Dr. A. Hague, of the U. 8. Geological Survey, without whose as-
sistance and direction but a small proportion of the work accomplished
would have been possible.

On returning to Washington (October 1) I was placed in charge of the
Department of Metallurgy, the former curator, Mr. F. P. Dewey, having
resigned. It having been deemed advisable to combine the Depart-
ments of Metallurgy, and Lithology and Physical Geology, this was
done, the new Department being the Department of Geology, of which
I was appointed curator.

On taking charge I found the metallurgical portion of the new

department in the following condition:

The material in the exhibition hall (the southwest court) was arranged
mainly in the form of two exhibits; first, a systematic series, compris-
ing varieties of all the principal ores of the metals, arranged and
labeled to show methods of extraction in accordance with a hand-book
prepared by Mr. Dewey and published in this volume. This collection

comprises the metallic ores of gold, silver, lead, copper, iron, zine, tin,
antimony, mercury, aluminum, chromium, bismuth, the alloys, and the
‘non-metallic ores, including Eigen the natural abrading materials,
asbestos, the phosphates, fictile substances, graphite, and the hydro-
‘earbon series, such as coals, petroleum, etc. The graphite and hydro-
carbon compounds had not at this time been fully arranged or labeled,
2 243

244 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

nor had the other non-metallic substances mentioned. This collection
occupied two flat-top table cases and fourteen floor-upright cases on
the western side of the hall.

The second exhibition-series was comprised under the head of the
geographical series, and was arranged, by States, in the cases extend-
ing entirely around the court, and also in twelve floor-upright cases
occupying the east side of the hall. The center of the court was oceu-
pied by eight table-cases filled with duplicate and unassorted matter,
and carrying flat-top exhibition cases, filled with materials illustrating
the Krupp metallurgical works, the mineral resources of Austria, and
portions of the Washoe collections of ores. This geographical series
comprised some 5,000 specimens, and was but partially arranged. The
samples, although mostly identified, were of all shapes, sizes, and
quality, nearly all in need of washing and judicious trimming, and
many of them suitable only for rejection as soon as better material can
be obtained to replace them. It is on this collection, and the material
stored in the work-rooms and table-cases, that a very large share of our
energies have been expended since November 1. During this time,
copy for 3,350 labels has been prepared and sent to the Government
Printer.

It was scarcely to be expected that office and laboratory arrange-
ments satisfactory to one curator should be equally so to another, even
were it proposed to carry out the same line of work; hence, one of the
firsttasks undertaken on my assuming charge was that of remodeling
the chemical laboratory and offices of the department this beiug the
more necessary from the fact that Mr. Dewey’s work was largely of a
metallurgical character. The changes in the laboratory arrangements
have been made with a view to restoring it to its original condition at
the time it was in charge of Mr. F. W. Taylor. It should be stated
here that at the time of assuming charge there was but a meager sup-
ply of chemicals and apparatus, and such of the latter as there was,
had suffered from long use. Up to date something over $200 has been
expended for chemicals and apparatus, the more important additions
being a “domestic still” for distilling water, and a small air-pump.
The department has also been enriched by the receipt of a Grand Model
Petrographic Microscope, made by Nachet of Paris.

NOTES UPON THE MORE IMPORTANT ACCESSIONS.

The accessions of the year which are of especial interest, are enu-
merated below :

(1) A series of twenty-one transparencies, large size, for windows on south side of
west-south range. Gift of the U.S. Geological Survey.

(2) A small series of rocks and ores from the Australian Museum at Sydney, Aus-
tralia.

(3) A large slab of Potsdam quartzite with tracks of Protichmites loganus (Marsh).
Gift of C.D. Walcott.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 245

_ (4) Peridotite from Murfreesborough, Arkansas. Obtained through Prof. J. C.
- Branner.
(5) Asmall series of eruptive rocks (basalts, liparites, and siliceous sinters) from

Iceland. Gift of Mr. George H. Boehmer.

(6) A small series of Camptonites and porphyrites from New York. In exchange
from Prof. J. F. Kemp. ;

(7) Limonite iron ores from the Katahdin Iron Works, Piscataquis County, Maine.
Received in exchange from Prof. F. L. Harvey, Orono, Maine.

(8) Four large pieces of limestone, showing glacial strix, from St. David’s, Ontario,
Canada. U.S. Geological Survey.

(9) Specimens of contorted schist and of shell-marl from Dutch Islands, Narragan-
sett Bay, and Acquia Creek, Virginia. Gift of F. W. Crosby, Washington, District
of Columbia.

(10) A large stalactite from Howe’s Cave, New York. Gift of Dr. Daniel Breed,
- Washington, District of Columbia.

(11) A fine exhibition series of whetstones, both mounted andunmounted. Gift of
the Pike Manufacturing Company, Pike’s Station, New Hampshire.
(12) Infusorial earth, Graham Station, Arizona. Gift of J. H. Huntington, Silver
City, New Mexico.
(18) Dressed 12-inch cube of diabase (“ Gettysburgh Granite”) from Gettysburgh,
Pennsylvania. Gift of Perry Tawney & Co.
- (14) Two models of Mount Shasta, California. From the U. S. Geological Sur-
' yey. Modeled after surveys of J. S. Diller.
_ (15) Highteen boxes of rocks from the quicksilver district of the Pacific slope, as
collected and described by geologist G. F. Becker and assistants.
. (16) Twenty-two photographs of views in and about the Great Dismal Swamp,
Virginia. Presented by I. C. Russell.
(17) A series of specimens of eruptive granites with inclosures, from near Sykes-
ville, Maryland. Collected by the curator.
_ (18) A small series of eruptive rocks from the Azores Islands, collected by Mr. W.
H. Brown as naturalist of the United States Eclipse Expedition to Africa, 1890.
(19) Dressed specimen of coarse gray biotite granite from head of Silver Lake, in
Piscataquis County, Maine. Gift of 8. and J. Adams, Bangor, Maine.
(20) A large series of rocks and general geological material from Montana and the

Yellowstone National Park, collected by the curator during July, August, and Sep-
: tember. This includes some one hundred specimens each of rhyolite, obsidian, horn-
_ blende andesite, basait and cale tufa for the duplicate series, as well as large masses
_ of obsidian and tufa, a basaltic column 7 feet high, banded and faulted gneisses, and
quite a quantity of eruptive rocks for the exhibition and study-series.

_ (21) Two samples of dumortierite quartzite from Clip, Yuma County, Arizona. Col-
_ lected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand.
(22) Five boxes of rocks representing the Pigeon Point contacts and the Menomi-
nee River and Marquette greenstones. Received from Dr. G. H. Williams.
(23) One large slab of sandstone, showing mud-cracks, from Knowlesville, New
York. Received in exchange from H. H. Thomas.
_ (24) A fine sample of tin ore from Cornwall, England. Gift of Mr. Samuel Lanyon.
(25) Specimens of copper ore (chalcocite and malachite) from Allenville, Person
County, North Carolina. Gift of W. P. Yancey.
_ (26) A series of iron ores from Virginia and Tennessee. Gift of Prof. J. H. Morri-

eee ee

246 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

(29) A small series of aluminum and its alloys. Gift of Mr. A. E. Hunt, president
of the Pittsburgh Reduction Company.

CHARACTER OF ROUTINE WORK.

The character of the routine work has not varied materially from that
of previous years.

A very large portion of the curator’s time has been expended in the
dull routine of assorting collections, preparing copy for labels, and re-
plying, or furnishing material for replies, to correspondents in all parts
of the country.

The work of identifying material sent to the Museum by persons not
officially connected therewith consumes a very considerable amount of
time. The following list will give some idea of the character of material
sent to the department, not as Museum accessions, but for the purpose of
ascertaining its nature and economic value. While the department can
not make assays and analyses in such cases, it is assumed that the
sender is entitled to a fair answer. In case the work can not be done
or the exact information given, it is customary to refer him to other
sources.

On Acc. 529: Coneretions of clay-iron stone; received from F. A. Degeler, Cheha-
lis, Washington. é

On Ace. 562: Vivianite; received from Dr. A.B. Thomas, Lucerne, Putnam County,
Missouri.

On Acc. 516: Coneretions; received from Miss R. D. Carlock, Worsham, Prince
Edward County, Virginia.

On Acc. 577: Nodule of pyrite; received from Henry Berry, Phebe, Union County,
Tennessee.

On Ace. 496: Graphite; received from J. L. Obendorf, Downeyville, Nye County,
Nevada.

On Ace. 567: Sandstone; received from EK. Welvirt, Sunbury, Pennsylvania.

On Ace. 571: Impure magnetic iron ore; received from W. F. Melone, Standards-
ville, Virginia.

On Ace. 585: Phosphatic sandstone; received from Wood Brothers, Louisville,
Kentucky.

On Ace. 588: Sulphide of iron; received from H. G. Rising, San Bernardino, Cali-
fornia.

On Acc. 590: Garnet, etc.; received from EK. Brooks, Crown Point Center, New
York.

On Ace. 595: Material for analysis; received from Ray & Brian, Kissimee, Florida.

On Ace. 596: Ore from I. B. Gray, Trout Creek, Missouri County, Montana.

On Ace, 603: Soap rock; received from C. H. Briggs, Kankakee, Illinois.

On Ace. 602: Ores received from B. F. White, Addison, Maine.

On Acc. 605: Phosphatie material received from George A. Niles, Mannfield, Florida.

On Acc. 608: Black tourmaline; received from George Bishop, Miner’s Delight,
Wyoming.

On Ace. 606: Mica schist; received from Carrie W. Smith, North Grafton, Massachu-
setts.

On Acc. 623: Material for testing; received from W. H. Symonds, Utica, New
York.

On Ace. 627: Ore; received from L. J. Schultz, Argyle, Wisconsin.

On Ace. 630: Clay; received from S. Heyman, Fayetteville, Tennessee.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 247

On Acc. 637: Gneiss; received from J. L. Estes, Blackshear, Georgia.

On Ace. 638: Ore; received from Frazier Brothers, San Bernardino, California.

On Ace. 640: Granite for analysis and test; received from Virginia Brownstone
Company, Covington, Kentucky.

On Acc. 641: Pumice dust; received from G. W. Neckman, Buffalo Park, Kansas.

On Ace, 643: Limestone; received from J. R. Adams, through H. Herbert, Mont-
gomery, Alabama.

On Ace. 650: Rock for analysis; received from W.R. Bush, Lake City, Columbia
County, Florida.

On Acc. 649: Sandstone; received from W. H. Clarke, Navy Pay Ofiice, city.

On Ace. 654: Material for analysis; received from E. S. Shuey, Macclenny, Florida.

On Acc. 656: Sand; received from Mrs. A. D. Linnett, New Orleans, Louisiana.

On Acc. 662: Material for analysis ; received from 8.8. King, Atchison, Kansas.

On Ace. 668: Sandstone; received from F. A. Nelson, Lake City, Florida.

On Acc. 670: Natural concretions; received from T. J. Blalock, Madison, Florida.

On Ace. 672: Indurated clay; received from Dr.G. B. Lartique, Blackville, South
Carolina.

On Ace. 692: Rhyolite; received from J. H. Pisor, Horr Post office, Park County,
Montana.

On Ace. 691: Calcite; received from Sarah Hollingsworth, Beaver, Douglass County,
Missouri.

On Ace. 690: Clay ; recsived from A. B. Prock, Osceola, Missouri.

On Ace. 22,961: Limonite ; received from D. W. M. Wright, Holly Brook, Bland
County, Virginia.

On Acc. 703: Kaolin; received from Bridgers & Rankin, Wilmington, North Caro-
lina.

On Acc. 713: Material for analysis; received from I. Goldsmith, Carlisle, Grant
County, New Mexico.

On Ace. 721: Siliceous sand ; received from William B. Farrell, Lake Forest, Illinois.

On Ace. 729: Supposed gold quartz ; received from State Senator W. R. Carter, Bron-
son, Florida.

On Acc. 734: Material for analysis; received from P. T. Cox, Tazewell, Tennessee.

On Ace. 739: Iron ore ; from Senator W. B. Allison.

On Acc. 740: Indurated clays; received from J. Olmstead, Pierre, South Dakota.

On Ace. 741: Phosphate rock; received from J. B. Crichton, Ocala, Florida.

On Acc. 742: Supposed petrifaction; received from G. E. Harris, Cassville, Barry
County, Missouri.

On Ace. 744: Dolomitic sand ; received from J. P. Hamilton, Spokane Falls, Wash-
ington.

On Acc. 747: Dolomitic sand ; received from W.O.Matzger, Spokane Falls, Wash-
ington.

On Acc. 745: Sandstone ; received from H. Shriver, Cumberland, Maryland.

On Acc. 746: Oxide of manganese; received from Henry Wozencraft, San Bernar-
dino, California.

On Ace. 755: Supposed cobalt and nickel ore; received from C. 'T. Washeim, White
Plains, Nevada.

On Ace. 757: Marcasite ; received from H. Shriver, Cumberland, Maryland.

On Ace. 750: Galena; received from Julius Sherr, Eglon, West Virginia.

On Acc. 758: Nickel; received from H. B. Griffith, Nashville, Tennessee.

On Acc. 763: Cerrusite, etc.; received from Hon. J. H. Ketcham, House of Repre-
sentatives, Washington.

On Acc. 762: Siliceous sand; received from Hon. H. Clay Evans, House of Repre-
sentatives, Washington.

On Ace. 765: Clay ; received from G. 8. Lee, Lyerly, Chattooga County, Georgia.

On Ace. 767: Siliceous limestone; received from H.C. Whiting, 1919 G street, city.

248 _ REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

On Acc. 768: Material for assay; received from C. E. Stewart, Rockwood, Tennes-
see.

On Ace. 770: Concretions; received from M. J. Becker, Fort Scott, Kansas.

On Ace. 773: Material for analysis; received from J. McDonald, Big Bug, Arizona.

On Ace. 775: Supposed tin ore; received from Sloan & Ferguson, Bozeman, Mon-
tana.

On Acc. 777: Biotite granite; received from S. & J. Adams, Bangor, Maine.

On Acc. 780: Supposed iron ore; received from Dr. A. M. Bourland, Van Buren,
Arkansas. ;

On Ace. 23,272: Chaleopyrite, shell limestone and lava; received from U. S.
Eclipse Expedition to Africa; collected by H. Brown.

On Ace. 786: Material for assay; received from James Gillespie, San Bernardino,
California.

On Acc. 787: Concretion; received from J. L. Carter, Kingston, Alabama.

On Acc. 789: Material for assay; received from John Park, Red Bluff, Montana.

On Acc. 791: Calcareous sandstone; received from R. A. Mills, Chulusta, Orange
County, Florida.

The general character of the strictly Museum work, so far as it re-
lates to the preparation and arrangement of materials for the exhibition
and study series, may be best understood by reference to the prelimi-
nary handbook of the department, as it appeared in appendix of the
Museum report for the year ending June 30, 1889.

It may, however, be said here that the present force of the depart-
ment is far too small for systematic work. The time is passed in the con-
tinual struggle to keep up with the routine, and the amount of actual
progress, as displayed by permanent results, is discouragingly small.
Up to March 15, 1890, I was assisted by Messrs. W. H. Newhall and
W.B. Merrimon. The latter having on March 15 resigned to go into
the Census Office, the entire work of the department has since been
carried on by Mr. Newhall and myself, assisted from time to time by
a Museum laborer.

Comparatively little has been done in the way of sending out mate-
rial for exchange during the year. The following listineludes all the
items of importance coming under this head :

October 26, 1889.—To George H. Barton, Boston Society of Natural History, Boston,

Massachusetts, 41 specimens miscellaneous rocks.

November 8, 1889.—To Dr. A. Brezina, Vienna, Austria, 41 specimens miscellaneous
rocks,

December 17, 1889.—To Father Orbon, of the New Catholic University, Washington,
District of Columbia, 30 specimens, type series of rocks.

February 19,1890.—To U.S. Geological Survey, city, 9 specimens odlitic rocks.

March 22,1890.—To Hon. G. G. Vest, 5 specimens of ores.

March 5,1890.—To Prot. W. 8. Bayley, Colby University, Waterville, Maine, 13
specimens of eruptive rocks.

April 4,1890.—To Prof. Ernest van der Broeck, Brussels, Belgium, 16 specimens
oolitic rocks.

May 16,1890.—To Prof. J. J. Stevenson, University of the City of New York, 15
specimens of ores.

June 2, 1890.—To Dr. Moor, Sioux Falls, Dakota, 6 samples infusorial earth.

June 20, 1890.—To Prof. C.R. Van Hise, Madison, Wisconsin, 121 specimens rocks
collected by the Fortieth Parallel Survey. (Lent for study.)

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 249
REVIEW OF SPECIAL RESEARCHES.

Owing to the increase of routine work involved in the combination
of two departments, no time could be spared for investigation or
original research other than that necessary for the satisfactory deter-
mination of the materials handled.

The titles of such papers as have been published are given in the
Bibliography. Various officers of the U. 8S. Geological Survey have,
from time to time, had access to the collections, and if necessary,
have been supplied, so far as the collections would adwit, with ma-
terial for investigation. Mr. Waldemar Lindgren has thus been fur-
nished with samples from the Bear Paw Mountains in Montana, and
some 121 specimens of rocks collected by the geologists of the Fortieth
Parallel Survey have been lent to Mr. C. R. Van Hise, of Madison, Wis-
consin.

PRESENT STATE OF THE COLLECTION.

Ignoring for the time the material still in storage (some three hun-
dred boxes) or as yet unpacked and assorted, and concerning which the
curator has at present little definite knowledge, and bearing in mind
the remarks made under this head in my last, annual report, the follow-
ing general summary may be given. No estimate is made of the num-
ber of specimens of ores in the reserve and duplicate series.

A.—Systematic Geology.

I. Rocks and rock-forming minerals. -.--- Sea NS A ee Bonnie stateia See pee 2, 500
MimEGoneralyceOlO ry css sccsmcens acces abies Sa vecemeeeies es ca ales) sees Selace- 1, 800

B.—Economic Geology.

I. Building and ornamental stones, and stones used in sharpening edge tools. 3, 270

II. Systematic series of ores...--.---...---..----. SE ae ee Eee pce sere 3, 676
NM Geooraphic: S6rieSiOL-OLES) ~s.co5 ccsce= soc soe =o Sse sen ae a ccc vec ceececsee 3, 516
MocalkexhibitiOniSebiesm ene iee ce see oe ie ay Mee SM Sues se 16, 762

In addition to the above are some 16,000 specimens, mostly petro-
graphical material, stored for study and comparison in the drawers of
table cases.

In connection with the system of cataloguing in the Department of
Metallurgy I find four catalogues upon which entries have been made
as below:

First entry in July ’89—51663, 59602, 66585, 68472.

Last entry in June ’90—51675, 59980, 66675, 68492.

In the catalogue devoted heretofore to the Department of Lithology
and Physical Geology the entries during the year run from 70,692 to
72,959.

‘eas

SHCzALON LE.

PAPERS DESCRIBING AND ILLUSTRATING THE COLLECTIONS
IN THE U. S. NaTIONAL MUSEUM.

Pages

ie thesinmmine Birds) By Robert Ridoway----5. 225-2402 4-22-26" ---5 -25- 200-000
(Plates IT-XLVI. Figs 1-47.)

2. White-line engraving for relief-printing in the 15th and 16th centuries.

IS VaOmbver Oe Meroe ayyem sees pee sie ee eres nhs tne da die at 2 ie Siale ere eer 385-394

(Plates XLVII-L. Figs. 48-50.)

3. The Methods of Fire-making. By Walter Hough...........---..----.-- 395-409
(Plate LI. Figs. 51-63.)

4. The Ulu, or Woman’s Knife, of the Eskimo. By Otis T. Mason-.....---. 411-416
(Plates LII-LXXII.)

5. The Ancient Pit-dwellers of Yezo. By Romyn Hitchcock...--.....-..-.-- 417-427
(Plates LXXIIJ-LXXX. Figs. 64-67.)

6. The Ainos of Yezo, Japan. By Romyn Hitchcock...........--.......-- 429-502

(Plates LXXXI-CXVII. Figs. 68-88.)

7. Hand-book for the Department of Geo’ogy in the U.S. Naticnal Museum.
Part I, Geognosy: The materials of the earth’s crust. By George P.
Vee Tere eee ere ete ncaie eee ie eae wie Cea ee | OM Go. aid cucu a hoeelaeee eeee 503-591
(Plates CXVIII-CXXIX. Figs. 89-98.)
8. The Catlin Collection of Indian Paintings. By Washington Matthews,

Wit, ID. Supeeoul Wy to AUOTY Boece caeouo Gans eaoEee Sees te ee cable ae fee 593-610
(Plates CXXX-CL.)

9. The Log of the Savannah. By J. Elfreth Watkins.......-.--...---.---- 611-639
Plates CLI-CLVI.)

10. Anthropology at the Paris Exposition in 1889. By Thomas Wilson -.--. 641-680

(Plates CLVII-CLXIII. Fig. 99.)

201

is aaa
SI

THE HUMMING BIRDS.

By Ropert RipGway.

INTRODUCTION,

Minutest of the feathered kind,
- Possessing every charm combin’d,
Nature, in forming thee, design’d
That thou shouldst be

A proof within how little space
She can comprise such perfect grace,
Rendering thy lovely fairy race

Beauty’s epitome.

Thou burnished colors to bestow,

Her pencil in the heavenly bow

She dipp’d, and made thy plumes to glow
With every hue.

—CHARLOTIE SMITH.

Of all the numerous groups .nto which the birds are divided there is
none other so numerous in species, so varied in form, so brilliant in
plumage, and so different from all others in their mode of life. Inhab-
itants exclusively of the tropical and temperate portions of America,
they constitute the most charming element in the wonderfully varied
bird-life of the New World. Buffon considers the Humming Bird “of all
animated beings . . . the mostelegant in form and brilliant in color.
The stones and metals polished by art are not comparable to this gem
of nature. She has placed it in the order of birds, but among the tiniest
of the race—maxime miranda in minimus ; she has loaded it with all the
gifts of which she has only given other birds ashare. Agility, rapidity,
nimbleness, grace, and rich attire all belong to this little favorite. The
emerald, the ruby, and the topaz glitter in its garb, which is never
soiled with the dust of earth, for, leading an aérial life, it rarely touches
the turf even for an instant. Always in the air, flying from flower to
flower, it shares their freshuess and their splendor, lives on their nectar,
and only inhabits those climates in which they are unceasingly re-
newed.” Audubon calls the Humming Bird a ‘“ glittering fragment of

the rainbow,” and asks: ‘Who, on seeing this lovely little creature mov-
253

254 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ing on humming winglets through the air, suspended as if by magic in
it, flitting from one flower to another, with motions as graceful as they
are light and airy, pursuing its course and yielding new delights wher-
ever it is seen . . . would not pause, admire, and turn his mind
with reverence toward the Almighty Creator, the wonders of whose hand
we at every step discover, and of whose sublime conception we every-
where observe the manifestations in his admirable system of creation ?”

Buffon’s characterization, however, is somewhat inaccurate and
slightly overdrawn, since nature has nofendowed Humming Birds *‘ with
all the gifts of which she has only given other birds a share,” the ab-
sence of melodious voice being, as a rule, a conspicuous deficiency of
the tribe, while the statement that they are ‘‘ always in the air” is very
inaccurate, Humming Birds requiring the same repose which other
kinds find necessary.

The author of that magnificent work, ‘A Monograph of the Trochi-
lide”—Mr. John Gould—in recounting his own experience with Hum-
ming Birds, if less extravagant in his praise of them is no less en-
thusiastic in his admiration. “That early impressions of the mind,”
says he, “are vividly retained, while events of the day flit from our
memory, must have been experienced by everyone. How vivid, then,
is my recollection of the first Humming Bird which met my admiring
gaze! With what delight did I examine its tiny body and feast my
eyes on its glittering plumage! This early impression, I well remem-
ber, gradually increased into an earnest desire to attain a more inti-
mate acquaintance with the lovely group of birds to which it pertained,
and was still further strengthened when an opportunity was afforded
me of inspecting the, at that time, unique collection of the Trochilide
formed by the late Mr. George Loddiges, of Hackney. This gentleman
and myself were imbued with a kindred spirit in the love we both en-
tertained for this family of living gems. ‘To describe the feeling which
animated us with regard to them is impossible. It can, in fact, only
be realized by those who have made natural history a study, and who
pursue the investigation of its charming mysteries with ardor and
delight. That our enthusiasm and excitement with regard to most
things become lessened, if not deadened, by time, particularly when
we have acquired what we vainly consider a complete knowledge of
the subject, is, I fear, too often the case with most of us; not so, how-
ever, I believe, with those who take up the study of the family of
Humming Birds. Certainly I can affirm that such is not the case with
myself; for the pleasure which I experience on seeing a Humming
Bird is as great at the present moment as when I first saw one. Dur-
ing the first 20 years of my acquaintance with these wonderful works
of creation my thoughts were often directed to them in the day, and
my night dreams have not unfrequently carried me to their native
forests in the distant country of America.

‘In passing through this world I have remarked that when inquirers

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 255

of a strong will really set themselves to attain a definite object they
generally accomplish it; and in my own case the time at length arrived
when I was permitted to revel in the delight of seeing the Humming
Birds in a state of nature, and to observe their habits in the woods and
among the great flowering trees of the United States of America and
in Canada.”

It is not the naturalist alone, however, who has been attracted by
the wonderful beauty of Humming Birds. The demand for them is
great for purely ornamental purposes, and though this has vastly
added to their destruction it has, as a fortunate recompense, enabled
naturalists to become better acquainted with them, the immense num-
ber of specimens often contained in milliners’ and taxidermists’ stocks
frequently yielding species which otherwise would scarcely have become
known to science. ‘‘ Both Frenchmen and Belgians,” says Mr. Gould,
“have proceeded to South America to procure supplies of these birds,
and dealers from those countries have established themselves in some
of the cities of that part of the world for the like purpose. From Sta.
Fé de Bogota alone many thousands of skins are annually sent to Lon-
don and Paris, and sold as ornaments for the drawing-room and for
scientific purposes. The Indians readily learn the art of skinning and
preserving, and, as a certain amount of emolument attends the collect-
ing of these objects, they often traverse great distances to p ocure
them; districts more than a hundred miles on either side of Bogota
are strictly searched ; and hence it is that from these places alone we
receive not less than seventy species of these birds. In like manner
the residents of many parts of Brazil employ their slaves in collecting,
skinning, and preserving them for European markets, and many thou-
sands are annually sent from Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, and Pernambuco.
They also supply the inmates of the convents with many of the more
richly volored species for the manufacture of artificial feather-flowers.”
Vast numbers are also used by the natives of Mexico in producing the
wonderful feather pictures for which the descendants of the Aztecs are
famous.

Regarding the method by which specimens of these dimunitive birds
are obtained by the collector, there exists much popular misunder-
standing. ‘Many really absurd statements,” says Mr. Gould, ‘have
been made as to the means by which these birds are obtained for our
cabinets. Itis most frequently asserted that they are shot with water or
with sand. Now,so far as I am aware, these devices are never resorted
to, but they are usually procured in the usual way, with Nos. 10 and
11 shot, those being the sizes best suited for the purpose. If smaller
shot be used the plumage is very frequently so cut and damaged that
the specimen is rendered of little or no value. By far the greater num-
ber fall to the clay ball of the blowpipe, which the Indians, and in
some instances even Europeans, use with perfect certainty of aim.

- » In Brazil very fine nets are employed for this purpose, but how

256 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

this engine is employed I am unable to state. Unfortunately for me
many specimens of the fine species Cometes sparganurus* in my posses-
sion have been obtained by means of birdlime, and this is evidently
the way in which these birds are captured in the neighborhood of
Chuquisaca.”

On account of the immense destruction of Humming Birds for the
various ornamental purposes mentioned above, certain species are said
to be on the verge of extinction. The wonder is that they are not long
ago extinct, for the number of individuals which have been destroyed
is simply beyond computation. Three thousand skins of the Ruby-and-
topaz Humming Bird (Chrysolampis moschitus) alone are said to have
been shipped from a Brazilian port in a single consignment, while at a
public sale of bird skins, held in London, March 21, 1888, more than
12,000 Humming Bird skins were disposed of! Andin one week during
the same year, there were sold at auction in London 400,000 Hum-
ming Birds, and other birds from North and South America, the former
doubtless comprising a very considerable percentage of the whole num-
ber.t Surely this stupendous slaughter foreshadows the speedy exter-
mination of many species. If it does not, what a commentary on the
amazing wealth of bird-life in the tropics of America !

EARLY HISTORY.

Humming Birds being one of the special products of the New World,
and consequently unknown to the ancients,i it of course follows that
their literature is confined to the period following the discovery of
America by Columbus. According to Lesson, “The first mention
which is made of Humming Birds in the narratives of adventurers
who proceeded to America, not with the design of studying its nat-
ural productions, but for the discovery of gold, dates from 1558, and
is to be found in Les Singularités de la France Antarctique (Brazil)
of André Thevet and Jean de Léry, companions ot La Villegaignon,
who attempted in 1555 to found a French colony there; but these su-
perficial accounts would not have unfolded their natural history had
not the old naturalists who published their observations at the com-
mencement of the seventeenth century taken care to make them better
known; and we find some good accounts of them in the voluminous
compilation of Nieremberg, in the collection of fragments from the great
works of Hernandez or Fernandez, and in those of Piso. Ximenez,
Acosta, Gomara, Maregrave, Garcilasso, and Dutertre often mention

* Yor a description of this exquisitely beautiful bird see pages 308, 309.

t This information is taken from The Auk, July, 1888, pp. 334, 335.

t It is true that the name of the typical genus (Trochilus), from which the name of
the family (Trochilid@) is taken, is a classical Greek name, TpéycAoc, trochilus or tro-
chilos; but the bird so called by Herodotus was the Crocodile bird (Pluvianus egyp-
tius), a small, ploverlike bird, which is said to feed upon the leeches which fasten,
themselves to the crocodile, even entering the monster’s open mouth to desea,

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 257

these birds, but their remarks are so superficial that it would be of
little use to quote them now. ‘Towards the end of the same century
Sir Hans Sloane, Catesby, Edwards, Brown, Father Labat, Plumier,
Louis Feuillée, and Rochefort gave tolerably complete figures and de-
scriptions of some of the species, but it was not until the commence-
ment of the eighteenth century that we became better acquainted with
their natural history.” The naturalist-traveler Marcgrave minutely
described several species of Humming Birds in his Natural History
of Brazil,* published in Amsterdam in 1648, an entire chapter (Iv,
pp. 196-198) being devoted to these birds under the heading of * Vari-
ous species of Guainumbi” (Guainumbi varie species), Guainumbi or
Guinambi being the Brazilian name for a Humming Bird, as are also,
in the language of separate tribes, the terms Aratica and Arataratagu-
acu. Humming Birds were also well described by César de Rochefort
in his Histoire Naturelle et Morale des fles Antilles de ? Amérique
(published in 1658), in which also they were allotted a special chapter
(Article XVII, pp. 176-181).

The earliest notice of the common Ruby-throated Humming Bird
(Trochilus colubris) of eastern North America that I have been able to
find is an extract from “a letter written from Boston in New England,
October 26, 1670,” by John Winthrop, Esq., governor of Connecticut,
to Francis Willughby, Esq., and published in the Philosophical Trans-
actions, vol. VI (1671), p. 2223. It refers to a nest and two eggs, evi-
dently a great curiosity at that time, as the article which follows will
show:

I send you withal a little Box, with a Curiosity init, which perhaps will be counted
a trifle, yet tis rarely to be met with even here. It is the curiously contrived Nest
of a Humming Bird,t so called from the humming noise it maketh whilst it flies.
’Tis an exceeding litle Bird, and only seen in Summer, and mostly in Gardens, flying
from flower to flower, sucking Honey out of the flowers as a Bee doth; as it flieth not
lighting on tho flower, but hovering over it, sucking with its long Bill a sweet sub-
stance. ‘There are in the same Nest two of that Birds Eggs. Whether they use to
have more at once, I know not. I never saw but one of these Nests before; and that
was sent over formerly, with some other Rarities, but the Vessel miscarrying you
received them not.

Twenty-two years later, there appeared in the same journal (Philo-
sophical Transactions, vol. xvi, 1693, pp. 760-761), what seems to be
the first special description of the bird itself, entitled ‘The description
of the American Tomineus or Humming Bird, conmunicated by Nehe-
iniah Grew, M. D. and Fellow of the Royal Society,” which also is worth
quoting in full, the description having been written “ by Mr. Hamersly,
of Coventry :”

* Historia Natvralis Braziliw#, Auspicio et Beneficio Illustriss. I. Mavritii Com.
Nassay. [ete.]. By Guilelmi Pisonis, M. D., and Georgi Marcgravi de Liebstad.

t Of which see a notable Description in the History of the Antiles 1. 1.6. 15. art. 17,
where it hath the name of Colibry.

{ These Eggs were so small, that being weighed by the Publisher, the one weighed
but about 5 grains, the other3}: And the whcle Nest weighed no more than 24 grains.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2—17

258 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

There is in most parts of America a Bird called by the Hnglish the Hum Bird, by
the Spaniard Tomineus. Heis of the most shining green Color [sic], and very resplend-
ent; the Colour [sic] doth something resemble some of our Hnglish Drake-heads. It
doth inhabit some of the colder parts of America, as well asin the hotter. It is the
least of all Birds that I have seen there or in Hngland; her Leg and Foot together
is but half an Inch, the other parts answerable, and the Trunk of her Body not an
inch. I did weigh one (in those parts) as soon as ever it was kill’d, whose Weight
was the tenth part of an Ounce Avoirdupoize, which I take to be about the weight of a
Coined Six-pence. And I have weighed here in England a Tit-mouse (which I take to
be the least Bird here), and it weighed above Two Shillings, and some Half a Crown.
I saw one of these Nests made of Cotton-Wool, in form and bigness of the Thumb of
a Man’s Glove, with the Taper end set downwards, wherin were two Kggs of the big-
ness of a Pea, of oval Form. Who can but admire to see the whole Body, and a!] the
parts of a Bird folded up in an Egg, little bigger than a Pepper-Corn? They feed
by thrusting their Bill and Tongue into the blossoms of Trees, and so suck the sweet
Juice of Honey from them; and when he sucks he sits not, but bears up his Body
with a hovering Motion of his Wings: But for the relation that he is a curious sing-
ing Bird, I think it untrue. God in many of his Creatures is bountiful, yet not lav-
ish; for I did observe them several years, but never heard them sing; and the Pea-
cock and Jay, though they be of a fine Plume, yet no Singers; and so I think this
Bird is so beautiful to the Eye, as not to please the Kar. An Indian Saggamore is not
in his full Pomp and Bravery without one of these Birds in his Ear for a Pendant.
He is called the Hum-Bird or Humming-Bird, because some say he makes a noise like
a Spinning Wheel when he flies, which I think rather an Imagination than real ; for
fT have been many times very near them, both when they hover’d and when they did
fly, and I never heard any Noise; besides, their Body and Wings are too small to
strike Air enough to make any Noise.* But of this I shall not be positive, because
some Authorsareopposite tome. It is a Solitary Bird: I never saw but two at a time
together, viz. the Male and the Female, they being easily known when together, the
Male being somewhat bigger than the Female.t

If one takes a small Bird’s Wing, and stand 4 or 5 yards from a Candle (when dark)
and open the Wing, and look thro’ it at the Candle, he may see a most elegant Colour
of red and green, which green doth something resemble the Colour of this Bird.

The technical literature pertaining to Humming Birds is very exten-
sive, perhaps exceeding in the number of separate titles that of any
other group. ‘Most of it,” says Dr. Coues, ‘is ‘special,’ that is, rep-
resented by books and papers exclusively devoted to this group of
birds.” ‘ Hummers,” says the learned bibliographer just quoted, * are
very peculiar birds, and their study may almost be said to form a par-
ticular department of ornithology; in fact, the word ‘ trochilidist’ has
been coined to designate those who pay special attention to this branch
of science; and there are few ornithologists who, however great their
general acquirements, can be considered experts in this study.?”

* Perhaps the writer's hearing was defective.

t Another error; the reverse being the case when there is any difference in size
between the sexes. It is singular he did not notice the difference of color between
the sexes, the brilliant ruby throat of the male being so conspicuous an ornament.

t Third Installment of American Ornithological Bibliography. By Dr. Elliott Coues,
U.S. A. Bulletin of the U. 8. Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories,
vol. v, No. 4, 1879, p. 690.

In this exceedingly useful work, there are given under the heading of Trochilida
(pp. 659-690) nearly three hundred separate titles, which shows how favorite a fam-

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 259

The extent to which our knowledge of Humming birds has grown
may be realized when it is considered that in 1758, when the tenth
edition of Linnzus’s Systema Nature was published, only eighteen
species were known, while at the present time the total number of ree-
ognizable species and subspecies is not far from five hundred. The
gradual evolution of our knowledge on the subject is thus outlined by
Dr. Coues in the bibliography from which we have previously quoted:

In 1758, when Linnzeus applied his system consistently to birds, in the tenth edi-
tion of the Systema Nature, he used the classic word Trochilus for a genus coexten-
sive with the modern family Trochilidw, and catalogued 18 species, mostly based upon
descriptions or figures furnished by Seba, Brown, Sloane, Catesby, Edwards, Clusius,
and Albin, with references also to the Mus. Ad. Fr. In the twelfth edition, 1766,
this number was increased to 22, with many additional references, as to Maregrave,
Willughby, Ray, aud especially Brisson,

In 1760, the last-named famous ornithologist gave us what may be deemed the
first extended or in any sense ‘‘ monographic” account of Trochilide, Studiously
collating the already numerous notices scattered through works of the character I
have mentioned, as well as through the illustrated and other natural history treatises
of his predecessors in ornithology, he was enabled to describe with his customary
elaboration no fewer than 36 species and to present a copious bibliography. He
also made the first tenable genera of Hummers after Trochilus, dividing the whole
family into two groups, Polytmus and Mellisuga, one containing large species with
curved bills, the other small species with straight bills, In this action of Brisson’s
we see the origin of the curious fashion which so long endured among French writers,
that of distinguishing “ Colibris” from ‘‘ Oiseaux-mouches” among Trochilidw. It is
also notable as the starting-point of a generic subdivision of the group which was
destined at length to reach the farcical and scandalous extreme of some 390 yenera
for few more than 400 known species.

In 1779, Buffon adopted the same two divisions of ‘‘Colibris” and ‘‘ Oiseaux-
mouches,” presenting 19 species of the former and 24 of the latter group, a total of
43 Trochilidw. If we except the mere naming and describing of some additional
species by Gmelin and Latham, nearly all that had been learned of the birds up to
the close of the last century was reflected in the works of these two famous French
authors.

In 1788, the industrious but indiscriminate and incompetent compiler of the Thir-
teenth edition of the Syst. Nat. produced a total of 65 species of Trochilus. None
were described except at second-hand, but to many of them binomial names were
first affixed. ‘Two years afterward 63 species of Trochilus were recorded in the
Ind. Orn. of Latham.*

We are thus brought, by the stepping-stones of but few works requiring special
mention here, to the opening of the nineteenth century, which saw Audebert and
Vieillot’s luxurious work, Ois. Dorés, perhaps the first ornithological work which

iy this has been with writers. An ‘‘Addendum to the Trochilide (pp. 690-692),
which embodies a systematic review of Trochilidine literature, and an ‘‘ Index Gen-
erum Trochilidarum ” (pp. 692-696), consisting of an alphabetical list, with refer-
ences, of no less than four hundred and six different generic names (including some-
times two or more different spellings of the same name), render this bibliography
very complete up to date, and quite indispensable to any one doing special work upon
this group of birds.
"The eighth volume, 1812, of Shaw’s Gen. Zool. gave 70 species of Trochilus,

260 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

undertook to reproduce metallic reflections of plumage. The feathery Iris of these
exquisite creatures is always fascinating, and there are no more favorable subjects
for glittering plates. The work, indeed, was not exclusively a monograph of the
Hummers, but the Histoire Naturelle des Colibris et des Oiseaux-mouches formed
a large part of the undertaking. Scientific names were not used in the Ois. Dor.,
but a technical nomenclature of the subjects of the work was furnished by Vieillot
in 1817.

The first great illustrated work on Hummers exclusively was Lesson’s, published
in parts, from 1829 to 1832, the parts being afterward grouped in three separately
titled volumes. This author described and figured in colors upward of 100 (about 110)
species, many of which were actually new, and to many more of which new names
were given. A very few genera, additional to or in place of Brisson’s, had mean-
while been proposed ; but Lesson was the first to introduce any considerable number
of new generic names. Many of those, however, which Gray and others have since
cited as generic, were certainly not used or intended as such by Lesson, being simply
vernacular designations of certain ‘‘ tribes” and “‘races” among which he distributed
the Trochilidew, such words as *‘ Bleuets” and ‘‘Queues étroites,” forexample. French
authors were (and I think many of them still are) such sinners in spelling that it is
not always easy to say what words of theirs they would have us take as technical.
Possessing a copious and voluble vocabulary, largely supplemented by gesture-
speech or shrug-language, and violating in their articulation the usual powers of
written characters, they not only acquired a trick of gallicizing technical words, but
they also cultivated a characteristic habit of rising superior to orthography. If
Vieillot could write Cripsirina for Cryptorhina without flinching, we need not wonder
that Lesson invented Ornismya, which he defended as against Ornithomyia, or that
some of his successors reached the height of Ornysmia!

The Hummers have always been objects of study peculiarly agreeable to French
ornithologists. Their daintiness, so to speak, seems to suit the national genius.
French literature, therefore, figures in the written history of these birds to an ex:ent
greater than that observable in any other family of birds. About the time we
have reached, however, several English names became prominent in the present con-
nection, as those of Swainson, Vigors, Loddiges, and especially Jardine, for Gould
had not then begun the work which was afterward to identify his name with Tro-
chilidine literature. Swainson had already classified the Hummers as a part of his
general scheme, describing some new species and establishing certain genera. In
1833, and thus upon the heels of Lesson’s memoirs, Sir William Jardine prepared his
monography, to the valuable and agreeable text of which Lizars contributed beauti-
ful illustrations. The home of the Hummers was heard from the same year in La
Llave’s Memoria, and Schreibers’s Collectanea of same date consisted only of these
birds. From this time until the beginning of Gould’s great work in 1849 appeared
no nonographic treatise on Trochilide. But the period was one of great activity,
among both English and French writers ; the accumulation of material was rapid
and incessant, and many papers of these years described new genera and species,
though too often hastily and inadequately. In England, Gould and Fraser were
busy with their materials. In France, the writings of Lesson continued; Bourcier
became prominent in thonumber of his papers; while Boissoneau, De Lattre, Gervais,
Longuemare, and others made their respective contributions. This was the period of
accumulation rather than of elaboration; numberless new names were introduced,
but among them were many synonyms, both generic and specific, little or no sys-
tematic revision of the subject being effected, unless Gould’s Draft Arrangement,
the precursor of his Monograph, be considered of such character.

The thirteen years, 1849-1861, during which Gould’s work was pending, marked the
next period in the history of the subject. The preparation of this great work held
its author, already recognized as the leading Trochilidist, to his subject; and the
appearance of successive parts served as a continual stimulus to others to move in

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 261

the same direction. The author published many papers describing cursorily new ob-
jects about to be depicted in his magnificent folios, and several French ornitholo-
gists, notably Bourcier and Mulsant, were little behind him in this respect. The
period was also marked by the appearance in England of HSfartin’s General History,
in some sense a continuation of Jardine’s work. It was iurthermore characterized
by the malignant epidemic which we may call the genus-itch, which broke out simul-
taneously in 1849, from two foci of contagion, in France and in Germany, and proved
disastrous in the extreme. The infection reappeared in an aggravated form in 1854,
and Trochilidine literature has never entirely recovered from ils effect.

Many genera of Hummers, notably Swainson’s, Lesson’s, and Gould’s, had been
found acceptable and, indeed, necessary; but the most embarrassing results attended
the steps of some authors who coined names on the glancing of a feather in this beau-
tiful group of birds. As just stated, serious difficulty began in 1849, in those parts of
Bonaparte’s Conspectus and of Reichenbach’s Systema which treat of Trochilide; and
in 1854 each of these authors increased it immeasurably, the one in his Tableau, the
other in his Aufzdhlung. But I have on previous pages sufficiently commented upon
this matter.

The completion of Gould’s splendid monument closed this period of accumulation.
The subiect had grown rapidly and had become unmanageable. Some authors had
simply amused themselves in ‘playing chess” with the names of Hummers, and
many had pressed forward with new species upon insufficient examination of known
material or inadequate regard for what others had published. The fog of synonymy
had completely enveloped the subject. It was hazardous to enter it, and it seemed
almost hopeless to attempt to lift it. The Monograph represented, therefore,
rather a broad and secure basis for future investigation than any final accomplish-
ment. It gave a series of 360 colored plates of about as many species, real or nomi-
nal, with accompanying descriptive letter-press, other species added in the Jntro-
dnetion raising the total to 416, referred to 123 genera. But many new names,
generic and specific, were still to see the light; many others were to sink into syn-
onymy; the nomenclature was still shifting; in short, studious and judicious syste-
matic revision of the whole subject was imperatively demanded. If Gould’s work
made this necessity apparent, it also immeasurably contributed to the desired result.

Previous to this Gouldian period American writers did next to nothing for the
special literature of the family; but during this time and subsequently many new
species were described by Lawrence. In 1860, and therefore just before the period
closed, Germany brought a fascicle of the Museum Heineanum to bear upon the
subject, many new genera and some new species being described by Cabanis and
Heine. In 1863 the Trochilidica of the last-named author appeared in the J. f. O.,
with a similar result. In 1866 MM. Mulsant and Verreaux’s Lssai dune Classification
Meéthodique appeared as the precursor of a more elaborate work then contem-
plated, containing fresh accessions to the number of genera with which the family
was destined to be burdened and a rearrangement of the whole group. This decade,
1261-1870, saw also a fair number of minor papers, calling, however, for no special
remark here. It represented flood-tide in the mere describing of species, and their
rearrangement in futile genera; the ebb necessarily followed.

The state of the case at that moment was faithfully reflected in Gray’s Handlist.
This catalogued 469 species, real or nominal, distributed in 163 genera or subgenera
and carrying a load of synonymy amounting in the aggregate to perhaps 800 specific

_and 300 generic names. This, it will be remembered, is irrespective of the endless
combinations of generic and specific names which, were they counted, might represent
a total of several thousand binomial names which have been imposed upon a family
of birds consisting of few more than 400 known species, conveniently referable to
about one-fourth as many modern genera!

Such a state of things as this inevitably tended toward a healthy reaction; and
during the last decade the accessions of new names have been fairly offset by the re-

Wat Fy
SY ae Pa

262 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

duction of others to synonyms. It is true that the Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux-
mouches of MM. Mulsant and Verreaux and M. Mulsant’s Catalogue—these being
among the most notable publications of this period—can scarcely be regarded as tend-
ing in this direction, viewing the many additional new names which they present.
Having seen neither of these treatises, I can not judge of their claims to be considered
as advancing or improving the science. But it can not be doubted that the patient
and faithful study which Messrs. D. G. Elliot and O. Salvin have of late applied to
the amelioration of Trochilidine atfairs has done much toward the needed reform.
These skillful ornithologists have published numerous papers reviewing different
groups of Hummers, under the most advantageous circumstances as regards handling
material and examining literature, and their criticisms have been of the greatest
service, not only in defining genera and species, but in sifting synonymy and settling
nomenclature. Mr. Elliot’s labors have borne their final fruit in his Classification
and Synopsis of the Trochilide. However qualified a success the experts may con-
clude this performance to be, it is certainly a great boon to the working ornitholo-
gist, and a faithful reflection of the present state of our knowledge respecting the
exquisite creatures to the elucidation of whose history it is devoted.

NAMES AND THEIR ORIGIN.

The origin and meaning of the term “ Humming Bird” and of other
names by which these birds are known in various languages are very
tersely explained by Mr. Gould in his magnificent Monograph of the
Trochilidz, as follows:

The questions have often been asked, Whence is the term Humming Bird derived ?
and Why is the bird so called?

I may state in reply that owing to the rapid move ment of the wings of most of the
members of this group, but especially of the smaller species, a vibratory or humming
sound is produced while the bird is in the air, which may be heard at the distance
of several yards, and that it is from this circumstance that the trivial name by
which these birds are known in England has arisen. In France they are recognized
by the terms Oiseau-Mouche [fly-bird] and Colibri; in Germany their commen appel-
lation is Kolibri; by the Dutch they are called Kolibrielje; by the Spaniards, Pica-
flores [flower peckers] and Tomino; by the Portuguese, Tomeneco and Beija flor; in
the neighborhood of Xalapa they are known by the names of Chupa-rosa and Chupa-
myrta, Rose-sucker and Myrtle-sucker; by the Creoles of the Antilles and Guiana
they are known by the names of Murmures [murmurers], Bourdons, and Frou-frous.
From the Mexicans, Peruvians, and other nations of South America they have
received various appelations, such as Ourissa, Huitzitzil, Tzitztototl, Guanumbia,
Quinti or Quintiut, Quindé, Visiclin, Pigada, and Courbiri, all terms of a metaphorical
character, signifying ‘‘rays of the sun,” ‘tresses of the day-star,” ‘“‘murmuring
birds,” ete.

In addition to the foregoing, Marcgrave mentions Guainumbi or
Guinambi, Aratica, and Aratarataguaca as names by which they were
known among the Brazilian Indians of his day. The English name, Hum-
ming Bird, is sometimes shortened intc Hummer, but this term is not so
satisfactory as the other, notwithstanding the advantage of brevity.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

The Humming Birds, more than any other family, constitute the
most remarkable feature of the New World bird-life. They have abso-
lutely no representatives in any other part of the world, the Swifts being

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 263

the nearest relatives they have in other countries. When, in the classi-
fication of birds, superficial or general resemblance was more considered
than structural affinity, the Humming Birds were supposed to have
representatives in the tropical regions of the eastern hemisphere in the
Sun Birds (Nectariniide); but the latter belong to a different order,
Passeres, and are not very unlike, in their general structure, the Ameri-
can family of Honey Creepers (Cerebide), of which they may be con-
sidered the more brilliantly colored Old World analogues.

Of all the many families of birds which are entirely peculiar to the
rich bird-fauna of America, the Humming Birds probably constitute
the most numerous assemblage, about 500 distinct kinds being now
known, while others are being brought to light with almost every fresh
collection made in Mexico, Central America, or the higher lands of
South America.

They abound most in mountainous countries, where the configuration
of the surface and productions of the soil are most diversified within
small areas. Their center of abundance is among the northern Andes,
between the parallels of 10 degrees north and south of the equator, from
which region they gradually diminish in numbers both to the northward
and southward, but much more rapidly toward the extensive lowlands
of the eastern portion of the continent. The northern limit of their
abundance may be approximately given as the Tropic of Cancer, be-
yond which but few of the fifty Mexican species extend,-while only
eighteen of them have been detected across the boundary line in the
equally mountainous portions of the southwestern United States, in-
cluding the semitropical Rio Grande Valley. Small as this number
may appear, the southwestern portion of the Union may be considered
richly endowed compared with the vast valley of the Mississippi and
the Atlantic water-shed, a region of unsurpassed fertility and luxuriant
vegetation, yet which throughout its whole extent, even including the
peninsula of Florida, possesses only a single species of Humming Bird!
In this scarcity, compared with the western mountainous regions, of
representatives of a numerous family of birds, we see a certain paral-
lelism with the lowlands of eastern South America as compared with
the Andean highlands, only, on account of climatic differences, the con-
trast is by far more marked. A peculiar group of Humming Birds,
the Hermit Hummers (genera Phaéthornis, Glaucis, Androdon, and
Rkhamphodon), is more numerously represented in Brazil than elsewhere.
These are all very plainly colored birds, with little metallic coloring,
sometimes none, and instead of living in the sunshine and feeding
among flowers they inhabit the gloomy forests and subsist wholly on
insects gleaned from the branches and leaves of trees. Apart from these,
however, Humming Birds are poorly represented in Brazil, compared
with the Andean highlands. Mr. Gould comments on this as follows :

Other beautiful kinds do here and there exist in Brazil, such as the Chrysolampis

moschitus [Ruby and Topaz], the Topaza pella [Topaz-throat], and the Lophornithes
[Coquette Humming Birds]; but the greater number are comparatively small and

264 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

inconspicuous. Of the members of the genus Phaéthornis, a group of Humming Birds
popularly known by the name of Hermits, from their frequenting the darkest and
most retired parts of the forest, three-fourths are natives of Brazil. The great forest-
covered delta of the Amazon, where palms are numerous, seems to be particularly
unfavorable to the Trochilidz, since from Para to Ega there are scarcely ten species
of the family to be met with.

Taking the different countries of America, without strict reference to
either political or geographical boundaries, they stand in relation to the
number of species of Humming Birds which they possess about as
follows: First, Ecuador, with considerably more than 100, closely fol-
lowed by Colombia, with about 100 species; next, Peru and Bolivia
together, with about 96; third, Central America (from Veragua to
Guatemala, inclusive), with about 70; fourth, Brazil, with a little over
60, though many of these belong to the region of the Amazon basin,
and therefore are not properly Brazilian; fifth, Venezuela (including
the islands of Trinidad and Tobago), with between 50 and 60 species;
sixth, Mexico, with about 50; seventh, Guiana, with about 50; eighth
the West Indies, with less than 20; ninth, the United States, with 17,
of which all but 8 barely come across the boundary from Mexico, and
therefore should hardly be counted; tenth, the southern extiemity of
South America (including Chili and the greater part of the Argentine
Republic), where only about 7 occur, and 2 of these merely as intruders
from the warmer regions to the nerthward. In North America no
Humming Bird is known to occur beyond the parallel of 61 degrees, the
Rufous Humming Bird (Selasphorus rufus) reaching that latitude on
the Pacific coast, while on the eastern side the Ruby-throat (Trochilus
colubris) has been traced to 57 degrees north latitude.

The geographical distribution of Humming Birds is a matter of great
interest, some of them being of widely extended range, while others are
confined to single mountain peaks or valleys. But owing to the caré-
less manner in which many authors state the range of species, it is at
present impossible to express with more than approximate correctness
the comparative richness of different countries or faunal provinces in
their representation of these birds. Even some of our standard author-
ities are content to say “ Brazil,” ‘‘Central America,” or ‘‘ Mexico”
when giving the habitat of a species, apparently ignorant of the fact,
or at least quite ignoring it, that it makes all the difference in the
world what particular part of those extensive countries the species in
question may inhabit. Thus, the political boundaries of Brazil include
not only the Brazilian faunal province, but a considerable portion of
the Amazouian province, each with several more or less distinct sub-
divisiovs, while Central America includes two quite distinct subprov-
inces, composed of the republics of Costa Rica and Nicaragua on the
one band, and the greater part of Guatemala, Salvador, and Honduras
on the other, though just where the two subprovinces merge together
we do not yet know. That political areas do not by any means corre-
spond with faunal areas is an important fact which should be constantly

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 265

borne in mind by the collector as well as by the compiler; for, until our
knowledge of the range of each species within a given country is far
more complete than it is at the present time, we cannot sketch the
geographical distribution of these birds, as a group, with any degree of
accuracy. In order to fully appreciate this difficulty, it is only neces-
sary for one to understand that when the range of a species is said to
be “Brazil” (as in even the best of books on the subject), no one
ean tell whether it belongs to the true Brazilian or the Amazonian
province, since both are chiefly included within the area of the country
known politically as Brazil, though zodlogically they are far more distant
from one another than is North America from Europe or the latter from
temperate Asia! The true Brazilian Province, moreover, includes, be-
sides a large portion of Brazil itself, the politically distinct countries
of Paraguay and Uruguay, together with adjoining portions of the
Argentine Republic and Bolivia.

Authorities on the subject of geographical distribution of animals
differ as to the relative value or importance of these faunal divisions ;
but there is little difference of opinion as to their number and approx-
imate boundaries. Beginning at the south and proceeding, irregu-
larly, northward, they are as follows:

I. The Patagonian or Chilian Province, embracing Tierra del Frego,
Falkland Islands, Chili, Patagonia, the greater part of the Argentine
Republic, and the southeast portion of Bolivia.

Il. The South-Brazilian Province, comprising all of Brazil south of
the Amazon basin, the whole of Uruguay and Paraguay, and the north-
east portion of the Argentine Republic.

Ill. The Amazonian Province, including, besides the entire Amazon
basin (below a certain altitude upon the head streams), all of Guiana,
that portion of Venezuela south of the Orinoco, the Amazon water-
shed of Bolivia, the northeast corner of Peru, and the eastern part of
Ecuador and Colombia.

IV. The Colombian Province, comprising the central and littoral
districts of Colombia, Venezuela north of the Orinoco (including the
Islands of Trinidad and Tobago), central and western HKcuador, the
whole of Peru except the northeast corner and the higher Andean
Summits, and a part of western and southwestern Bolivia.

V. The Central American Province, embracing that portion of the
continent from the Isthmus of Panama northward to southern Mexico,
where the so-called Neotropical Region merges into the so-called Nearc-
tic Region.

VI. The West Indian Province, which embraces the whole of the
Antillean archipelago, from the Bahamas southwards, but not includ-
ing either Tobago or Trinidad.

For the present purpose, however, it will be more practicable to com-
bine III and LV into one “ province,” which for convenience may be
termed the Colombo-Amazonian, and extend its limits to the northward

Baad

266 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

to include the entire isthmus as far as the coast region of Mexico, thus
restricting the Mexican Province to the plateau region and higher
lands for an undetermined distance southward, probably not farther
than the highlands of Guatemala, Honduras, and northern Nicaragua,
but possibly including the higher summits of Costa Rica, where a con-
siderable number of northern types occur.*

Of all these “ provinces” the composite one, which I have termed
the Colombo-Amazonian, is incomparably the richest in bird life of any
region of the earth; and it is therefore not strange that nearly one-
half of all the known species of Humming Birds should be peculiar to
its territory. The next in comparative richness in birds of this family
is probably the Mexican, in its comprehensive sense, for owing to the
carelessness of authors in designating localities it is at present imprac-
ticable to separate the species which properly belong to this province
from those belonging to the northern extension of the preceding one.
Of the 93 species and 23 genera peculiar to the country north of the
Isthmus of Panama, about 55 species and 14 genera do not occur south
of Gautemala or Honduras. The Brazilian Province probably comes
next in number of peculiar species, but it is at present impossible to tell
just how many should be credited to it, a very considerable proportion of
the 38 species whose range is given as ‘‘ Brazil” undoubtedly belonging
to Colombo-Amazonian Province. From the comparatively small num-
ber of Humming Birds peculiar to the Brazilian Province there is a
decided falling off in those of the West Indian Province, where we are
able to count only 18 peculiar species; but this number seems large
compared with the showing made by the two most widely separated
and coldest provinces, the North American and the Chilian, which have
only 8 and 5 species, respectively, of Humming Birds peculiar to them.

The grand centre or focus of the family of Humming Birds is that
portion of the Colombo-Amazonian Province comprised within the limits
of the State of Ecuador, where considerably more than 100 species occur
(more than one-fifth of all that are known), more than half of them
occurring nowhere else. Colombia is nearly as rich, having about 100
species, nearly 50 of which are peculiar. Peru and Bolivia together
(included within the southwestern portion of the same province) pos-
sess about 90 species, of which more than half are peculiar. North-
ward and northeastward from the “ focal center” the number of species
diminishes gradually, Central America (including Guatemala) having
about 70 species (40 peculiar), Mexico, alone, about 50 (28 peculiar),
Venezuela, (including Trinidad and Tobago) between 50 and 60 (15 peen-
liar), Guiana about 36 (12 peculiar), and the West Indies with only
18 (all of them peculiar).

*For example, among Humming Birds four species of the genus Selasphorus and
oneeach of Hugenes, Doricha, Hupherusa, and Caligena, and others related to or identical
with more northern forms. It is true a much larger number of southern types occur
in the same country, but they are mainly restricted to lower and therefore more
tropical clevations.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 267

On the other hand, tlhe decrease to the southeastward from the “ focal
center” in the true Brazilian Province is very great; it is impossible,
at present, to properly estimate the total number of species found there,
but it is probably considerably less than 50, with, however, perhaps more
than half of them peculiar.

MIGRATIONS.

While in tropical regions the Humming Birds are, like other kinds,
permanent residents, or at most make comparatively slight migrations
when the food supply of a given locality fails them, or when, on high
mountains, the increasing cold forces them to descend to the warmer
slopes and valleys, those of temperate regions make extensive and
regular migrations like other birds of the same regions, coming from
the south in spring and returning inautumn. Thus, the common Ruby-
throated Humming Bird (Trochilus colubris) has its summer home in
eastern North America, where it occupies the extensive region stretch-
ing from the Gulf of Mexico to half way across the British Provinces
(at least to latitude 57 degrees north), and from the Atlantic coast to
beyond the Mississippi. It breeds throughout this area, but is not
known to do so south of the United States. In winter, however, its
range is shifted far to the southward, the northern recorded limit at
that season being southern Florida (Punta Rassa, latitude about 29
degrees), and the southern limit in Veragua, the western portion of the
Isthmus of Panama, only about 8 degrees north of the equator. It is
thus evident that, notwithstanding their diminutive size, some individ-
uals of this species perform an annual migration of at least 28 degrees
of latitude, equivalent to nearly 2,000 statute miles! On the opposite
side of the continent the highest latitude attained is about that of 61
degrees, on the coast of Alaska, where the Rufous-backed Humming Bird
was found by Kotzebue. The same species winters in Mexico, so that in
their migrations those individuals which pass the sammer farthest north
traverse considerably more than 2,000 miles of territory! It is only
in the warm valleys of California and in southern Florida that any
species of Humming Bird regularly passes the winter within the borders
of the United States ; in the former the Anna Humming Bird (Calypte
anna), and in the latter the Ruby-throat (Trochilus colubris). All the
species of western North America (including many individuals of C.
anna) winter in Mexico, only one of the truly northern species (Selas-
phorus platycercus) extending its winter range as far as Guatemala.

The vertical range of some species in mountain districts is quite
remarkable. In July, 1868, the writerobserved examples of Selasphorus
platycercus in the dooryard of a ranch in Ruby Valley, Nevada, the
altitude being between 6,000 and 7,000 feet, and later during the same
day saw a single individual of the same species at the extreme sum-
mit of the immediately adjacent Kast Humboldt Mountains, nearly 6,000
feet higher.

268 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
HABITS.

The general habits of Humming Birds are in most respects similar to
those of other birds. They are both arboreal and aériai, but are unable
to progress upon the ground, or any flat surface, by means of their legs
and feet alone. They perch frequently upon trees or bushes, or even
in rare instances cling to rocks; and their mode of nidification presents
nothing that may be deemed peculiar or even specially characteristic.
In their flight and manner of procuring their food, however, they differ
strikingly from other birds, in these respects much more closely resem-
bling certain insects than any of the “ feathered tribe.”

Says Prof. Alfred Newton:

Wilson, Audubon, Mr. Gosse, and several others, gifted with the ‘‘ pen of a ready
writer,” have sofully described, as far as words will admit, the habits of different mem-
bers of the family Trochilide that it is unnecessary tosay much upon this score. Their
appearance is soentirely unlike that of any other birds that itis hopeless to attempt in
any way to bring a just conception of it to the ideas of those who have not crossed
the Atlantic ; and even the comparison so often made between them and the Sphingi-
de, though doubtless in the main true, is much to the advantage of the latter. One
is admiring the clustering stars of a scarlet Cordia, the snowy cornucopias of a Port-
landia, or some other brilliant and beautiful flower, when between the blossom and
one’s eye suddenly appears a small dark object, suspended, as it were, between four
short black threads meeting each other in a cross. For an instant it shows in front of
the flower; an instant more itsteadiesitself, and one perceives the space between cach
pair of threads occupied by a gray film; again, another instant, and, emitting a mo-
mentary flash of emerald and sapphirelight, it is vanishing, lessening in the distance as
it shoots away to a speck that the eye can not take note of, and all this so rapidly that
the word on one’s lips is still unspoken, scarcely the thought in one’s mind changed.
It was a bold man or an ignorant one who first ventured to depict Humming Birds
flying; butit can not be denied that representations of them in that attitude are often
of special use to the ornithologist. The peculiar action of one, and probably of many
or all other species of the family, is such that at times, in fying,it makes the wings
almost meet, both in frontand behind, at each vibration. Thus,when a bird chances to
enter a room it will generally go buzzing along the cornice; standing beneath where
it is, one will find that the axis of the body is vertical, and each wing is describing
a nearly perfect semicircle. As might be expected, the pectoral muscles are very
large; indeed, the sternum of this bird is a good deal bigger than that of the common
Chimney-Swallow (Hirundo rustica, L.) But the extraordinary rapidity with which
the vibrations are effected seeins to be chiefly caused by these powerful muscles acting
ou the very short wing-bones, which are not half the length of the same parts in the
Swallow; and accordingly, great as this alar action is, and in spite of the contrary
opinion entertained by Mr. Gosse (Nat. Sojourn in Jamaica, p. 240), it is yet some-
times wanting in power, owing doubtless to the disadvantageous leverage thus ob-
tained; and the old authors must be credited who speak of cobwebs catching Hum-
ming Birds.

Among the multitude of forms which compose this extensive family
of birds there must necessarily be some which depart, more or less, in
certain particulars as regards their habits, from the more typical kinds;
but so far as their habits have been recorded, I have been able to find
only one example of unusual or extraordinary peculiarity in this respect,
namely, the curious habit of the Pichincha Hill-star (Oreotrochilus

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 269

pichincha) of clinging to the vertical or overhanging surface of bare
rocks, thus described by Mr. L. Fraser :*

I observed three specimens of this bird, all of a row, hanging to the bare rock (this
now explains the use of those large feet and claws which the species of this group
have, and which has hitherto puzzled me) like Sand-martins; it was under a ledge,
well protected from the weather, consequently well adapted by nature for nest-build-
ing. (They would fly away and then return; this was done in my sight three or
four times in succession.) On examining the spot, which was almost inaccessible, I
found much excrement, proving to my mind that they breed in societies. My country-
man, Colonel Stacey, on a visit to this mountain, happened to have on a new bright
yellow oil-skin cover to his wide-awake hat, and one of these birds flew round and
round it for a considerable time, as he supposes, mistaking it for a flower.

ABUNDANCE OF INDIVIDUALS.

In regions where several species occur, Humming Birds are often as
numerous as bees about the flowers; but in the eastern portion of North
America, where, even in Florida, only one kind is found, they are
seldom seen in any considerable numbers, though during the period
of flowering of some bush or tree the blossoms of which they are spe-
cially fond of (as for example the Black Locust, Robinia pseudacacia),
one may, under the most favorable circumstances, see scores of them
in different parts of the same tree. In the more southern portion of the
western United States, however, where several species often occur to-
gether, they are far more numerous, on occasions fairly swarming in
their favorite localities. Referring to Humming Birds observed at one
of his camps in the mountains of New Mexico, near the headwaters of
the Pecos River, Mr. Henshaw writes as follows: t

The number of representatives of this [the Rufous Hummer, Selasphorus rufus] and
the preceding species [ the Broad-tailed Hummer, 8. platycercus | that make their sum-
mer homes in these mountains is simply beyond calculation. No one whose experi-
ence is limited to the eastern United States can form any adequate idea of their abun-
dance. They occur from an altitude of about 7,500 feet far up on the mountain sides,
as high up, in fact, as suitable flowers afford them the means of subsistence.
They are most numerous at an altitude of from 8,000 to 9,000 feet. During the entire
summer they frequent almost exclusively a species of Scrophularia which grows in
clumps in the sunnier spots of the valleys. From early dawn till dusk the Humming
Birds throng around these plants intent in surfeiting themselves on honey and the
minute insects that the honey attracts. Thescene presented in one of these flowering
areas is a most attractive one. * * *

Some idea of the number of Humming Birds in this locality—and in this respect
this whole mountain area is alike—may be gained from the statement that in a single
clump of the Scrophularia I have counted eighteen Hummers, all within reach of an
ordinary fishing rod. There was scarcely a moment in the day when upwards of fifty
could not be counted within the area of a few yards in any of the patches of this
common plant.

At Apache, Arizona, in the month of August, Mr. Henshaw found the
same species, ‘literally by hundreds, hovering over the beds of brightly-
tinted flowers, which in the mountains especially grow in the greatest

* In Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1860, p. 80.
+The Auk, vol. 111, 1886, pp. 76-78.

270 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

profusion on the borders of the mountain streams.”* In the Catalina
Mountains of Arizona, in August and September, Mr. W. E. D. Scott
found it ‘‘ very abundant, feeding on thistles and a kind of scarlet
flower very similar to the Salvia or Scarlet Sage, ” it being “no uncom
mon sight to see from twenty to fifty of the birds at once;” and in the
valley of the Truckee River, near Pyramid Lake, Nevada, I found them
equally numerous among the sunflowers which grew in patches in the
river bottoms.

In the tropical regions, where, instead of one or at most three or four
species, dozens of kinds inhabit the same district the abundance of
individuals is frequently amazing to one unused to such sights.

Says Mr. Waterton :

Cayenne and Demerara produce the same Humming Birds. Perhaps you would
wish to know something of their haunts. Chiefly in the months of July and August
the tree called Bois Immortel, very common in Demerara, bears abund ance of blossoms
which stay on the tree for some weeks; then it is that most of the species of Hum-
ming Birds are very plentiful. The wild Red Sage (Salvia splendens) is also their
favorite shrub ; and they buzz like bees round the blossoms of the Wallaba tree; in-
deed, there is scarcely a flower in the interior or on the seacoast but what receives
frequent visits from one or other of the species.

On entering the forests of the rising land in the interior, the blue and green, the
smallest brown, no bigger than the humblebee, with two long feathers in the tail,
and the little forked-tail purple-throated Humming Birds glitter before you in ever-
changing attitudes.

As you advance towards the mountains of Demerara other species of Humming
Birds present themselves before you.

The Humming Birds of Jamaica are not as numerous in species as
those of Califcrnia (there are only three species). but they appear to
make up for this deficiency by abundance of individuals.

I can not quit the subject [says the Rev. Lansdown Guilding] without speaking of
the delight that was afforded me in Jamaica by seeing Humming Birds feeding on honey
in the florets of the great Aloe (Agave americana, Linn.). Onthe side of a hill upon
Sutton’s estate (the property of Henry Dawkins, esq.) were a considerable number
of aloe plants, of which about a dozen were in full blossom. They were spread
over aspace of about 20 yards square. The spikes, bearing bunches of flowers in a
thyrsus, were from 12 to 15 feet high; on each spike were many hundred flowers of
a bright yellow color, each floret of a tubular shape and containing a good-sized
drop of honey. Such an assemblage of floral splendor was in itself most magnificent
and striking; but it may be imagined how much the interest caused by this beautiful
exhibition was increased by vast numbers of Humming Birds, of various species,
fluttering at the opening of the flowers, and dipping their bills first into one floret
and then into another, the sun, as usual, shining bright upon their varied and
beautiful plumage. The long-tailed or Bird-of-Paradise Humming Bird was particu-
larly striking, its long feathers waving as it darted from one flower to another. I
was so much delighted with this sight that I visited the spot again in the afternoon,
after a very long and fatiguing day’s ride, accompanied by my wife, on horseback,
when we enjoyed the scene before us for more than half an hour.

* Report of Ornithological Collections, Wheeler’s Expedition, p. 131.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 271
ACTIONS AND ATTITUDES.

Humming Birds are so distinct from other birds in their externat
structure and manner of flight that they present in every respect, ex-
cept when at rest, an appearance entirely peculiar to themselves. They
spend perhaps the greater part of their time upon the wing, usually
hovering or balancing themselves before a flower from which they are
procuring their sustenance of honey or minute insects. At such time the
body is nearly vertical or inclined at a slight angle, the head bent nearly
at right angles with the axis of the body, the wings spread nearly at
right angles with the same axis, but vibrated so rapidly that they are
visible only as an indistinct haze on each side of the body of the bird.
While in this position the tail is spread, and with it the bird largely
regulates its distance from the flower by flirting the tail forward, or
the reverse, when it wishes to recede or advance, respectively.

While resting they usually select a slender dead twig, in a prominent
or exposed portion of a bush or tree, where they sit in a nearly vertical
position, with head drawn down and feathers of the throat puffed out-
ward, something in the manner of swallows. The wings usually if not
invariably drop beneath the generally unspread tail. They are fond of
preening their plumage, and thus afford a variety of graceful attitudes
for showing off particular parts of the plumage to advantage. Mr.
Audubon observes that they are particularly fond of spreading one
wing at a time and passing each of the quill feathers through their bill
in its whole length, when, if the sun is shining, the wing thus plumed is
rendered extremely transparent and light. Mr. Audubon also observes
that when perching “they move sidewise in prettily measured steps,
frequently opening and closing their wings, pluming, stroking, and ar-
ranging the whole of their apparel with neatness and activity.”

Comparatively few persons have had the opportunity to observe the
actions of the female Humming Bird when setting on her nest or when
maneuvering in its immediate vicinity. The following account of the
actions of a female Kuby-throat (Zrochilus colubris) will therefore prob-
ably be of special interest :

Although I spent several hours watching this nest, on different occasions, no food
was brought at such times, but the actions of the female, as seen through a strong
field glass at short range, were decidedly interesting. ‘The approach to the nest was
as usually described in about one-third of the records—i. e., directly to a point over
and close to the nest, then dropping lightly into it. The general method, however,
was by a dashing flight to within 12 or 15 feet, a sudden pause while poised in the
air, anxiously looking about her, then 1 or 2 feet further, another pause with the
same maneuvers, to be repeated until at last she dropped into the nest as ordinarily.
This entire procedure occupied less than 10 seconds. A few times she seemed to fly
directly into the nest without any preliminaries.

Just after settling in the nest she had a habit of occasionally completely turning
around in it one or more times. This was a hitching motion, as if by the use of her
feet, meanwhile appearing to rearrange the material on the outside and asif shaping
_theinterior to her better satisfaction by thistreading motion. At other times, spread-

272 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ing her wings over the nest in a seeming ecstacy of delight, she rather flutteringly
turned around in it, apparently without regard for its precious contents.

There seemed to be one never varying position when at rest, that facing the more
open part of the grove, the usual direction of approach being from behind, whereas
the flight from the nest was toward the clearer space in front. The sitting posture
was not one of absolute rest at any time, as the head was constantly in motion, so
that no approach could be made without her knowledge. The flight from the nest
seemed to be directly out of it, without any preliminaries. The weather was warm,
yet she would remain on the nest from 15 to 20 minutes, and in no instance was away
more than 2 minutes while I had her under observation. The male frequently ap-
peared in the vicinity, but neither offered food nor even deigned to alight on thesame
tree, yet birds which had a good claim in the neighborhood dared not approach very
close, as the combined at tack of these active birds always proved so distasteful that
they invariably beat a hasty retreat.*

MANNER OF FLIGHT.

The extraordinary development of the pectoral muscles in the Hum-
ming Birds and its purpose is made a special topic on pages 292, 293; but
a preliminary description of the motion imparted to the wings by these
powerful engines, if such they may be styled, and other particulars relat-
ing to the flight of Humming Birds, may be given here. As birds differ
from all other animals in the possession of feathers, so do Humming
Birds differ from all other birds in their manner of flight, which, as
Mr. Gosse truly says, is entirely that of an insect, especially a large
beetle or a bee. ‘To me,” says Mr. Gould, “their actions appeared
unlike anything of the kind I had ever seen before, and strongly re-
minded me of a piece of machinery acted upon by a powerful spring.
I was particularly struck by this peculiarity in the flight, as it was
exactly the opposite of what I expected. The bird does not usually
glide through the air with the quick, darting flight of a Swallow or
Swift, but continues tremulously moving its wings while passing from
flower to flower, or when taking a more distant flight over a high tree
or across a river. When poised before any object this action is so
rapidly performed that it is impossible for the eye to follow each stroke,
and a hazy semicircle of indistinctness on each side of the bird is all that
is perceptible. t

The wind produced by this rapid vibration of the wings is very con-
siderable, Mr. Salvin having noticed that while a Humming Bird which
had flown into a room was hovering over a large piece of wool, the
eutire surface of the wool was violently agitated.

Probably no one has ever observed the actions of Humming Birds
with greater care than Mr. Gould, whose enthusiastic interest in them

*Edwin H. Eames, in ‘‘The Ank,” July, 1890, pp. 287, 288.

+t According to Mr. Gosse (‘‘ Birds of Jamaica,” p. 133), the vibration of each wing
in the Mellisuga minima reaches nearly or quite 180 degrees. In several of the plates
of the present work the artists have attempted to depict the appearance of the wings
during flight—the birds being represented in the attitude of poising over the nest.
(See plates xL~I and xLtu. The appearance of the extended wings in plates XLII
and XLV is, of course, incorrect, the object being to show the form of the wing and
arrangement of its feathers. )

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 273

must naturally have reached its culminating point when he first beheld
living specimens in the full freedom of their native haunts. He thus
tersely describes their flight:

Although many short intermissions of rest are taken during the day, the bird may
be said to live in air—an element in which it performs every kind of evolution with
the utmost ease, frequently rising perpendicularly, flying backward, pirouetting or
dancing off, as it were.

Regarding the ability of the Humming Bird to fly backward, we
quote the following, by Bradford Terrey, from Science, vol. 1, Nee oA,
p. 436:

The Duke of Argyle, in his Reign of Law (p. 145), lays it down in italics, that ‘no
bird can ever fly backwards.” He mentions the Humming Bird as appearing to do so,
but maintains that in reality it falls rather than flies, when, for instance, he comes
out of a tubular flower. But this morning while watching the motions of a Hum-
ming Bird (Trochilus colubris), it occurred to me to test the diclum of the duke, and
unless my eyes were altogether at fault, the bird did actually fly backwards. He was
probing, one after another, the blossoms of a petunia bed, and more than once, when
the flower happened to be low down, he plainly rose rather than fell as he backed
away from it.

The present writer has observed the same thing, but has noticed that
the backward motion is greatly assisted by a forward flirt of the ex-
panded tail as the bird shifts from place to place, or from one part of
a tree to another, sometimes descending, at others ascending. It often
towers up above the trees, and then shoots off like a little meteor at a
right angle; at other times it quietly buzzes away among the flowers
near the ground; at one moment it is poised over a diminutive weed,
at the next it is seen at a distance of 40 yards, whither it has vanished
with the quickness of thought. During the heat of the day the shady
retreats beneath the trees are very frequently visited; in the morning
and evening the sunny banks, the verandas, and other exposed situa-
tions are more frequently resorted to.

** All the Humming Birds,” says Mr. Gosse, “have more or less the
habit when in flight of pausing in the air, and throwing the body and
tail into rapid and odd cortortions; this seems to be mostly the case
with the Mango (Lampornis mango), but perhaps is more observable in
Polytmus from the effect that such motions have on the beautiful long
feathers of the tail. That the object of these quick turns is the capture
of insects I am sure, having watched one thus engaged pretty close to
me. I drew up and observed it carefully and distinctly saw the minute
flies in the air, which it pursued and caught, and heard repeatedly the
Snapping of the beak. My presence scarcely disturbed it, if at all.”

That there are exceptions to the manner of flight which we have de-
Seribed, is true, but they probably are not numerous. One of the most
notable is that of the Giant Humming Bird (Patagona gigas) of the
Andes, which, Darwin says, whilst hovering over a flower flans its wings
with a very slow and powerful movement, totally different from that
vibratory one common to most of the species, which produces the hum-

H, Mis. 129, pt. 2——18

274 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ming noise. He ‘never saw any other bird where the force of its wings
appeared (as in a butterfly) so powerful in proportion to the weight of
its body. When hovering by a flower, its tail is constantly expanded
and shut like a fan, the body being kept in a nearly vertical position.”
Mr. Darwin does not say whether any sound is produced by the wings
of this species; but I am informed by Mr. W. E. Safford, U.S. Navy,
who has frequently observed them, that the flight of the Giant Hum-
ming Bird is as noiseless as that of a butterfly.

Those Humming Birds, with elongated spatule-tipped tail feathers
are to a degree peculiar in their flight, although the motion of the
wings themselves is essentially the same as in ordinary kinds. The late
Mr. Dyson informed Mr. Gould that the flight of these Racquet-tailed
Hummers is very peculiar, and that their appearance in the air is most
singular; the tail being not only constantly opened and shut, but the
spatules always in motion, particularly when the bird is poising over a
flower.

Although the muffled buzzing or humming uoise, which has given this
family of birds its distinctive name is the sound usually accompany-
ing the flight of Humming Birds, the males of some species accompany
their Hight with a most remarkable noise, of an entirely different char-
acter. While among the mountains of Utah, in 1869, the writer was
for along time mystified by a shrill screeching noise, something like that
produced by a rapidly revolving circular saw when rubbed by a splin-
ter. This noise was evidently in the air, but I could not discover its
origin, until I discovered a Humming Bird passing through the air over-
head in a curious undulating line of flight. I afterwards heard the
same sound produced by males of the same species (the Broad-tailed
Humming Bird, Selasphorus platycercus), when they were driving other
birds away from the vicinity of their nests. At such times they would
ascend almost perpendicularly to a considerable height, and then de-
scend with the quickness of a flash at the object of their animosity,
which was perhaps more frightened or annoyed by the accompanying
noise than by the attack itself.

Mr. I’. Stephens,* calls this the *‘ courtship song,” but from the cir.
cumstance that, in the Broad-tailed Humming Bird at least, it is often
produced by solitary individuals while wending their way between dis-
tant points, [hardly think it can properly be so considered. Writing
of Costa’s Humming Bird (Calypte cost), he says:

The female is sitting on a twig in a low bush, not on an exposed twig as is often
the case when she is merely resting, but when the male begins she goes further in,
_as it she feared that he really intended mischief, while he rises high in the air, and,

with a headlong swoop, comes down, passing her, and turning with a sharp curve
as near her as is possible mounts on high to repeat the maneuver again and again.
A shrill whistle is heard as he begins to descend, starting low and becoming louder

and louder, until as he passes her it becomes ashrick which is plainly audible for a
distance of 100 yards or more. As he mounts again it dies away only to be repeated

* Bulletin of the Ridgway Ornithological Club of Chicago, No. 2, 1887, pp. 44, 45.

THE HUMMING BIRDS, 275

at the next descent. Thisis a common maneuver with the species. The whistle
made during the descent was quite low and the buzzing sound made as he passed the
other bird, a young T. costw, was coarser than I had heretofore thought. It also lacked
all whistling character. I also noticed another swooping back and forth, but heard
no whistle or other vocal sound.

Mr. Henshaw* also is inclined to think that this sound, in the Broad-
tailed Hummer (Selasphorus platycercus), at least, is “ analogous to the
love-notes of other birds.” Says he:

During the mating, and perhaps also through the entire breeding season, the flight
of the male is always accompanied by a curious, loud, metallic, rattling noise, which
he is enabled to produce in some way by means of the attenuation of the outer prima-
ries. This is, I think, intentionally made, and is analogous to the love notes of other
birds. Though I saw many of these birds in the fall, it was only very rarely that this
whistling noise was heard, and then with greatly diminished force.

DISPOSITION.

In their disposition Humming Birds are not only very tame but
highly curious or inquisitive, and exhibit a special propensity to closely
inspect a human intruder to their domains. One of these little feath-
ered fairies will at such times approach like a flash and poise directly
before one’s face, its wings vibrating so rapidly as to appear as a mere
haze on each side of its body, which itself remains so stationary that
the inquiring expression of its bright black eyes and the outline of
nearly every feather of its compact little figure can be seen; then it
shifts rapidly to one side, then to the other, and approaches so near as
to be easily within reach of the hand; but the slightest demonstration
causes it to vanish so swiftly that the eye can scarcely trace the line
of its flight.

The charming confidence in the human species shown by Humming
Birds when they are treated considerately is well illustrated by an
anecdote related by Lady Emeline Stuart Wortley in her ‘“ Travels,”
A pair of the minute Vervain Hummer (Mellisuga minima) had built
their nest close to one of the walks of the garden of the place where she
was staying.

The branch, indeed, of the beautiful shrub in which this fairy nest was suspeuded
almost intruded into the walk; and every time we sauntered by there was much
danger of sweeping against this projecting branch with its precious charge and doing
it some injury, as very little would have demolished the exquisite fabric. In process
of time two lovely pea-like eggs had appeared; and while we were there we had
the great pleasure of seeing the minute living gems themselves appear, looking like

_two very small bees. The mother bird allowed us to look closely at her in the nest
and inspect her little nurslings, when she was flying about near, without appearing
in the least degree disconcerted or alarmed. I never saw so tame or so bold a pet.
But she did not allow the same liberties to be taken by everybody unchecked. One
day, as Sir C—— was walking in the pretty path beside which the fragile nest was
delicately suspended amid sheltering leaves, he paused in order to look at the lillipu-
tian inhabitants. While thus engaged he felt suddenly asharp light rapping on the
crown of his hat, which considerably surprised him. He looked round to ascertain

* Report on Ornithological Specimens, Wheeler’s Expedition, p. 88.

276 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

from whence the singular and unexpected attack proceeded; but nothing was to be
seen. Almost thinking he must have been mistaken, he continued his survey, when
a much sharper and louder tat-tat-tat-tat-tat seemed to demand his immediate atten-
tion, and a little to jeopardize the perfect integrity and preservation of the fabric in
question. Again he looked round, far from pleased at such extraordinary imperti-
nence, when what should he see but the beautiful, delicate Humming Bird, with
ruffled feathers and fiery eyes, who seemed by no means inclined to let him off with-
out a further infliction of sharp taps and admonitory raps from her fairy beak. She
looked like a little fary in miniature—a winged Xantippe. Those pointed attentions
apprised him that his company was not desired or acceptable; and, much amused at
the excessive boldness of the dauntless little owner of the exquisite nest he had
been contemplating, Sir C—— moved off, anxious not to disturb or irritate further
this valiant minute mother, who displayed such intrepidity and cool determination.
As to V—— and me, the darling little pet did not mind us in the least; she allowed
us to watch her to our heart's content during the uninterrupted progress of all her
little houschold and domestic arrangements, and rather appeared to like our society
than not, and to have the air of saying, ‘‘Do you think I manage it well, eh?”

The following account* of the taming of wild Humming Birds also
shows how easily, with a little pains, these lovely creatures can be
tamed :

A lady residing at San Rafael, one of the many pleasant health resorts of Cali-
fornia, has sent to friends in London an account of the taming of two wild Humming
Birds by her daughter, who, under medical direction, has for some months passed
several hours daily reclining on rugs spread on the garden lawn. ‘ E. has a new
source of interest,” her mother writes. ‘‘The humming birds have claimed her com-
panionship and manifested their curiosity by inspecting her, with their little wise
heads turned to one side, at a safe distance, watching her movements, evidently
wishing to become acquainted. To entice them to a nearer approach, E. plucked a
fuchsia, attached it to a branch of a tree over her head, and filled it with sweetened
water. The intelligent little creatures soon had their slender bills thrust into the
flower, from which they took long draughts. Then E. took honey, thinking they
might prefer it, and filled a fresh flower each day. They would sometimes become
so impatient as scarcely to wait for her to leave before they were into the sweets,
and, finally, while she held a flower in one hand and filled it with drops from a spoon,
the now tame little pets would catch the drops as they fell, and dart intc the honey
cup their silvery, thread-like tongues. E. is delighted, und so fascinated with them
that she passes hours each day of her resting time talking to them and watching
their qnick, lively movements. Although these tiny birds are humming all day
among the flowers, two only have monopolized the honey-filled flower, and these are
both males, consequently there are constant squabbles as to which shall take pos-
session. They willnot permit a wasp or a bee to come near their honey flower, and
not only drive them away, but chase them some distance, uttering a shrill note of
protest against all intruders.” Referring to them again, at the close of the rainless
California summer, in a letter dated October 26, this lady writes: ‘‘We have had
threatening clouds for two days and a heavy rainfall to-day. E. has continued her
devotion to her little Humming Birds. Since the change of weather she has tried to
coax them to the parlor windows. They appeared to think there must be some mis-
take, and would hum about the window where she stood with the honey flower and
spoonful of honey, or they would sit on a branch and watch every movement, yet
not daring to take a sip until to-day, when at her peculiar call, which they always
recognize, one ventured repeatedly to take the honey from her hand.

Though so readily accustomed to the society of human beings, Hum-
ming Birds do not, unfortunately, long survive confinement. Whether

* Taken from the ‘‘ Scientific American.”

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 2Ti

it is the want of sufficient exercise, or some other unknown cause, they
invariably die within a few weeks, or mouths at the longest, of their
capture. The first attempt to transport them alive across the Atlantic
seems to be the one related by Latham, as follows:

“A young gentleman, a few days before he sailed from Jamaica for England, met
_ with a female Humming Bird sitting on the nest and eggs, and cutting off the twig,
he brought altogether on board. The bird became sufficiently tame to suffer herself
to be fed on honey and water during the passage, and hatched two young ones. The
mother, however, did not long survive, but the young were brought to England, and
continued for some time in the possession of Lady Hammond. The little creatures
readily took honey from the lips of Lady Hammond, and though the one did not live
long, the other survived for at least two months from the time of their arrival.”

Mr. Gould was partially successful in his attempt to carry living speci-
mens of the Ruby-throat (Trochilus colubris) to England, his experience
being related as follows:

“A Trochilus colubris captured for me by some friends in Washington . . . im-
mediately afterwards partook of some saccharine food that was presented to it, and
in 2 hours it pumped the fluid out of a little bottle whenever I offered it; and in
this way it lived with me a constant companion for several days, traveling in a little
thin, gauzy bag distended by a slender piece of whale bone and suspended to a but-
ton of my coat. It was only necessary for me to take the little bottle from my pocket
- to induce it to thrust its spiny bill through the gauze, protrude its lengthened tongue
down the neck of the bottle, and pump up the fluid until it was satiated; it would
then retire to the bottom of its little home, preen its wings and tail-feathers, and
seem quite content.

The specimens I brought alive to this country were as docile and fearless as a great
moth or any other insect would be undersimilar treatment. The little cage in which
they lived was 12 inches long by 7 inches wide and 8 inches high. In this was
placed a diminutive twig of a tree, and, suspended to the side, a glass vial which I
daily supplied with saccharine matter in the form of sugar or honey and water, with
the addition of the yolk of anunboiled egg. Uponthis food they appeared to thrive
and be happy during the voyage along the seaboard of America and across the
Atlantic, unti] they arrived within the influence of the climate of Europe. Off the
western part of Ireland symptoms of drooping unmistakably exhibited themselves ;
but, although they never fully rallied, I, as before stated, succeeded in bringing one
of them alive to London, where it died on the second day after its arrival at my
house. The vessel in which I made the passage took a northerly course, whieh car-
ried us over the banks of Newfoundland, and, although the cold was rather severe
during part of the time, the only effect it appeared to have upon my little pets was
to induce a kind of torpidity from which, however, they were readily aroused by
placing them in the sunshine or in some warm situation, such as before a fire, in the
hosom, ete. Ido assure my readers that I have seen these birds cold and stiff, and
to all appearances dead, and from this state they were readily restored by a little
- attention and removed into light and heat, when they would ‘‘ perk up,” flutter their
little wings, and feast away upon their usual food asif 1n the best state of health.

The experience of Mr. Gosse in his attempt to domesticate the beau-
tiful Long-tailed Humming Bird of Jamaica (Aithurus polytmus) was
equally discouraging.

Soine [says he] were taken with the net, others with birdlime, but though trans-

_ ferred to a basket or to a cage immediately on capture, not a few were found dead on
arrival at home. This sudden death I could not at all account for; they did not

278 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

beat themselves against the sides, though they frequently clung to them. From the
wild look of several that were alive when arrived, sitting on the bottom of the cage
looking upward, I suspect terror at their capture and novel position had no small
influence. Many of those which were found alive were in a dying state, and of those
which were turned out into the room several more died in the first 24 hours, gener-
ally because, not observing the lines which the domesticated ones used as perches,
they would fly against the perpendicular walls, where, after fluttering awhile sus-
pended, they would at length sink exhausted perpendicularly downwards, the wings
still vibrating, and alight on the object that intercepted their downward course. If
this was the floor they would presently rise on the wing, only again to flutter against
the wali as before ; but often it would happen that they would sink behind some of
the many boxes with which the shelves were lumbered, in which ease, the space
being too narrow for the use of their wings, they soon died unobserved, and were
found dead only upon searching. This was the fate of many, so that out of the 25
only 7 were domesticated. These, however, became quite at home; and I may here
observe that there was much difference in the tempers of individuals, some being
moody and sulky, others very timid, and others gentle and confiding from the first.
I have noticed this in other birds also.

Those which survived the longest, however, finally died, and the
cause of their death he conjectured to have been the want of insect
food, and that, notwithstanding their frequent sipping at the syrup
they were really starved to death. He was led to this conclusion by
having found, on dissecting those which died, that they were exces-
sively meagre in flesh, and that the stomach, which ordinarily is as
large as a pea, and distended with insects, was in these shrunken to a
minute collapsed membrane.

Notwithstanding their diminutive size, pugnacity is one of the most
conspicuous traits of Humming Birds. Particularly is this true of the
male during the breeding season, when not only are others of the same
species which imprudently approach the vicinity of his nest promptly
attacked and driven away, but other and much larger birds also; even
King Birds and the boldest hawks beat a precipitate retreat before
the impetuous assaults of the tiny warrior, whose boldness is only
equalled by the lightning-like rapidity of his movements, thus baffling
any attempt at resistance on the part of the more powerful adversary.
Intruders of the human species are not, under such circumstances,
always exempt from his vehement attacks, but oftener, perhaps, the
little champion is content with mere “ skirmishing” demonstrations.

It is not only when defending their nest or young that Humming
Birds display this combative spirit, nor is it confined to the male
alone; for, when two or more individuals, of either sex, happen near
the same spot, spirited and often violent conflicts are almost certain to
ensue. Such a contest is very accurately and graphically described by
a writer in “‘ Forest and Stream” * as follows:

I was walking along one of the streets of this village, and passed by a flower gar-
den where a large bed or bush of salvia grew against the front palings. The plant or
plants was filled with a great profusion of bright red flowers, some of which reached

*“ Coaboma,” in the issue of October 24, 1889. The species is the common Ruby-
throat, and the locality Cambridge, Mississippi.

av

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 279

above the fence. Hovering over these were two Humming Birds whose coats of me-
tallic sheen glistened in the sun like burnished gold and silver. The little creatures
darted hither and thither, inserting their long bills into the tube-like flowers withab- -
solute precision and lightning-like rapidity, but all the while engaged in a fierce com-
bat with each other. They constantly maintained a position facing one another, and
only 6 or 8 inches apart, suddenly rising a dozen feet into the air, where they would
have a little battle, and as suddenly dropping like two bullets on one string back to
the flowers, over and among which they would flit about like animated sun-beams.

Occasionally they would “hitch” and flutter all the way to the ground through the
leaves and branches, where they would lie and pummel each other like two school-
boys, one on top and the other beneath, the top fellow pausing to take breath and then
pummeling some more.

The under bird would appear to give up and look very dilapidated, with outstretched
wings and disordered feathers, but the moment the top fellow let go and rose up to
the top of the bush the bottom one would be there facing him again.

The most interesting feature of the performance was their utter obliviousness to my
presence. As I stood near the palings watching them, which I did fora quarter of an
hour, they would flutter around my head and about my face, occasionally striking me
with their fluttering wings on face and hands, and one of them lighted for a moment
on my thumb.

One now and again lighted on a picket within a foot of me and gave a quick side
glance toward me, which was the only notice I appeared to excite from them. At
last one of them retired, vanquished, and the other exultantly took possession of the
flowers.

More graphically perhaps than by any other writer is this combat-
ive spirit of the Humming Bird described by Mr. H. W. Henshaw, in
an interesting article on the birds of the Upper Pecos River, New
Mexico, in ‘The Auk” for January, 1886 (pp. 76, 77), the species de-
scribed being the Rufous-backed Hummer (Selasphorus rufus) :

Males and females all flock to the common feeding ground, and as the Hummers,

especially of the Rufous-backed species, are pugnacious and hot tempered in the
extreme, the field becomes a constant battle ground whereon favorite flowers and

. favorite perching grounds are contested for with all the ardor that attaches to more

important conquests. The fiery red throat of the Rufous-backed Hummer is an index
of impetuous, aggressive disposition, and when brought into conflict with the other
species it invariably asserts its supremacy and drives its rival in utter rout from the
field. Nor do the males of this species confine their warfare to their own sex. Gal-
lantry has no place apparently in their breasts, and when conquest has put them in
possession of a perch near a clump of flowers they wage war on all comers, females
as well as males.

Nor is the pugnacity of this Humming Bird limited to attacks on other species.
The presence of a male of its own kind is sufficient to arouse it to the highest pitch
of fury, and should the contestants be equally matched they will seize each other by
the bill and, using their wings as offensive weapons, fall to the ground, roll over and
over in fierce strife until exhausted, or until one is worsted, when he is off like a
bullet for less dangerous hunting grounds followed by the exulting victor, who,
however, soon gives over pursuit and returns to the perch he has so well won to
preen his disordered plumage and make ready for a fresh contest.

When the attack is urged against the males of the Broad-tailed species the contest
is less fierce, the latter species usually abandoning the ground in hot haste. The
latter result always follows the assault of a male upon the females who, if less val-
iant in battle, are scarcely backward when it comes to the assertion of their rights
against intruders of their own sex. The rivalry the females display is not less
marked if the battles it prompts are less fierce than when the males are engaged;

280 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

occasionally the females will fight with all the ardor displayed by the males. The
mimic contests thus hinted at rather than described—for the fury and spirit dis-
played in their battles must be seen to be appreciated—are continued all day long,
and were the strength of the combatants at all proportionate to their fury the prob-
lem of Humming-Bird life would simply resolve itself down to a question of the sur-
vival of the strongest. But the tiny strength of these pigmies, though backed by
never so much warlike spirit, is scarcely sufficient to detach a feather from each
other’s gleaming bodies, and even at the close of the season the male birds show
little wear and tear and are in prime condition as regards their plumage.

If they have occasion to fear each other—and sometimes I have thought they fight
merely for the pure fun of it—they fear nothing else. About our camp, where were
a few clumps of the Serophularia, they were especially fearless, and provided one
remained reasonably quiet they would approach within 2 or 3 feet. When in such
proximity their sharp eyes were constantly on the watch, and a hostile movement
sent them away like streaks of flame. By gradual approach, however, I was able
on several occasions to strike one down with my hat and secure it uninjured before
it recovered either presence of mind or strength to get on wing.

On another occasion, Mr. Henshaw observed that * they manifested
an especial animosity against the Broad-tailed Hummer (Selasphorus
platycereus), and, on the appearance of one would instantly dart forth
with shrill, angry notes, and attack and drive away the intruder, while
the female, sitting on some neighboring tree, would watch the oft-
repeated contest with evident interest and solicitude.”

Dr. Edgar A. Mearns once saw a Ruby-throat (Trochilus colubris)
attack a pair of Downy Woodpeckers upon the tree which it had
chosen for its nest, and drive them off, while he also saw one dart furi-
ously at a small red toy balloon which a boy was flying in a field.

That their contests with one another are not always of a sportive
character, as suggested by Mr. Henshaw, is shown by Mr. Gosse’s
observations on the Jamaican species, which are recorded as follows:

The pugnacity of the Hamming Bird has been often spoken of; two of one species _
can rarely suck flowers from the same bush without a rencontre. Ionce witnessed a
combat between two, which was prosecuted with much pertinacity and protracted to
anunusual length. In the garden were two trees of the kind called Malay Apple
(Lugenia malaccensis), one of which was but a yard or two from my window. The
genial influence of the spring rains had covered them with a profusion of beautiful
blossoms, each consisting of a multitude of crimson stamens, with very minute
petals, like bunches of crimson tassels; but the leaf buds were only beginning to
open. A Humming Bird had every day and all day long been paying his devoirs to
these charming blossoms. On the morning to which I allude, anothcr came, and
the maneuvers of these two tiny creatures became very interesting. They chased
each other through the labyrinths of twigs and flowers, till, an opportunity occur-
ring, the one would dart with seeming fury upon the other, and then, with a loud
rustling of their wings, they would twirl together round and round, till they nearly
came to the earth. It was some time before I could see, with any distinctness, what
took place in these tussles; their twirlings were so rapid as to baffle all attempts at
discrimination. At length an encounter took place pretty close to me, and I per-
ceived that the beak of the one grasped the beak of the other, and thus fastened both
whirled round and round in their perpendicular descent, the point of contact being
the center of the gyrations, till, when another second would have broight them both
on the ground, they separated, and the one chased the other for about 100 yards, and
then returned in triumph to the tree, where, perched on a lofty twig, he chirped
monotonously and pertinaciously for some time -I could not help thinking, in

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 281

defiance. In a few minutes, however, the banished one returned and began chirping
no less provokingly, which soon brought on another chase and another tussle. I am
persuaded that these were hostile encounters, for one seemed evidently afraid of the
other, fleeing when the other pursued, though his indomitable spirit would prompt
the chirp of defiance; and when resting after a battle, I noticed that this one held
his beak open as if panting. Sometimes they would suspend hostilities to suck a
few blossoms; but mutual proximity was sure to bring them on again, with the
same result. In their tortuous and rapid evolutions, the light from their rnby necks
would occasionally flash in the sun with gem-like radiance, and as they now
and then hovered motionless, the broadly-expanded tail, the outer feathers of
which are crimson-purple, but when intercepting the sun’s rays transmit orange-
colored light, added much to their beauty. A little Banana Quit (Certhiola jflaveola),
that was peeping among the blossoms in his own quiet way, seemed now and then to
look with surprise on the combatants; but when the one had driven his rival to a
longer distance than usual, the victor set upon the unoffending Quit, who soon
yielded the point, and retired humbly enough to a neighboring tree. The war (for
it was a thorough campaign, a regular succession of battles) lasted fully an hour,
and then I was called away from the post of observation.

While invincible against other birds of whatsoever kind, Humming
Birds are, according to Mr. Gould, sometimes chased by the larger
kinds of bumblebees, of which they seldom take the least notice, as
their superiority of flight is sufficient to enable them to leave those
slow-moving insects far behind in the short space of a minute.

INTELLIGENCE.

Mr. Gould refers to the high order of intelligence ‘so nearly ap-
proaching to that of reason” possessed by Humming Birds, and others
add their testimony to that presented by him. This great intelligence
is most obvious in connection with their nesting, when some kinds, in
certain exigencies, seem really to possess a distinct knowledge of the
laws of equilibrium and gravitation, as the following will show:

Some of the Humming Birds [says Mr. Gould] are said to suspend their great
nests by the middle from the fine hanging roots of a tree, or a tendril; and should
the nest, which is of a curved form and built of any coarse materials at hand, prove
to be heavier on one side than the other, the higher side is weighted with a small
stone or square piece of earth until an equilibrium is established and the eggs pre-
vented from rolling out. If such powers, so nearly approaching to that of reason,
should be doubted by some of my readers, I can assure them one or more of these
loaded nests are contained in the Loddigesian Collection, and one is at this moment
before me, an examination of which will satisfy the most skeptical of the trath of
this statement. Occasionally the old nests are repaired or [new ones are] built over
the old one, two, three, or more years in succession.

The Humming Birds which thus display so much intelligence belong
to the genus Oreotrochilus, the species of which inhabit the higher
regions of the Andes immediately below the line of perpetual snow.
One of them, the Pichincha Humming Bird (Oreotrochilus pichincha),
builds a nest similar to that described above, but usually secures the
equilibrium of the nest by simply adding to the ordinary materials on
one side, thus by increasing the bulk on that side also adding to the
weight. *

*A nest of this species is shown on plate vi, Fig. 2.

282 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

A nest of Doricha enicura tound by Mr. Salvin in Guatemala further
illustrates the remarkable reasoning faculties of Humming Birds. It
‘“was most curiously placed in the cup-shaped top of a fruit of the
Nopal (Cactus cochinellifera), the fastenings being dexterously wound
round the clustering prickles and thus retaining the whole structure
firmly in its place.” It was remarkably shallow, so much s0, in fact,
that had it not contained two eggs Mr. Salvin “ would have pronounced
it far from complete ;” and he adds that “it may be that, being based on
a firm foundation (one not nearly so liable to oscillation by the wind),
the bird had found that a greater depth was not necessary to keep the
eggs from falling out. Had she placed her nest on a slender twig, as
usual, the case might have been different.” (The Ibis, vol. 1, p. 264.)

An extraordinary and most sonvincing exhibition of a Humming
Bird’s intelligence once came under the personal observation of the
writer. A nest of the Broad-tailed Humming Bird (Selasphorus platy-
cercus) had been built upon a dead twig of an aspen bush, some 3
feet from the ground; the dry atmosphere had caused the bark of the
twig to crack, making a transverse fissure on each side of the nest, the
wood at the same time shrinking so that the cylinder-like section of
bark inclosed it loosely. After the eggs were laid something had
caused the section of bark to turn, so that the nest hung inverted on
the under side of the branch, of course spilling out the eggs. When
found by the writer tue nest was in this position, with the fragments
of the eggs lying on the ground beneath it; but immediately above the
original nest was a new one, very much smaller than the first, contain-
ing two fresh eggs. Hvidently the owners knew that by building a
much smaller nest above the old one (which was rather a bulky one for
the species) the greater weight of the latter would keep the former in
position and thus prevent a recurrence of the accident.

Mr. C. H. Holden was “struck with the wisdom” of this same species
in the matter of nest-building, a nest which he found in the Black Hills
of Wyoming having been built upon one of the lower branches of a tree
that had fallen across a brook, in such a way that the trunk of the tree
effectually shielded it from the rain and sun.

Other Humming Birds, again, build their nests of materials corre-
sponding exactly in color with the branches to which they are attached,
this being frequently the case with the Calliope Humming Bird (Stel-
lula calliope) of the western United States, which often builds its nest
upon a dead pine branch, upon or near a cone of similar size and color,
as shown on piates II and 111, while some of the tropical species, of the
genus Phaethornis, attach theirs to the tip of a long pendant leaf of a
palm, as shown on plates Iv and V.

NESTS AND EGGS.

Humming Birds’ nests are among the most beautiful examples of bird
architecture. They are usually compactly felted structures, of various
forms, the cup-shaped or turban-shaped, however, prevailing, the ma-

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE I.

wo

OUR NESTS OF CALLIOPE HumMineG Birp (Stellula calliope) on one branch, probably built during succes-
Sive seasons. (Cat. No. 18915,U.S.N.M. Baird, California. Collected by Charles H. Townsend.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.— Ridgway. PLATE Il.

Nesr of CALLIOPE HumMinG Birp (Stellula calliope) on dead pine branch with cones. (Cat. No. 21758,
U.S.N.M. Fort Klamath, Oregon. Collected and presented by Capt. Charles E. Bendire, U.S. A.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE Ill.

NEST OF CALLIOPE HumminG Birp (Stellula calliope) on dead branch of pine, canopied by and mimic-
ing cone. (Cat. No. 21759, U.S. N. M. Fort Klamath, Oregon. Collectedand presented by Captain
Charles E. Bendire, U. S. A.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 283

terials of which they are composed consisting chiefly of plant down,
interwoven and strengthened by spiders’ webs, and often ornamented
by an external mosaic of small lichens, small soft feathers being more
rarely employed. Their method of attachment to their support varies
greatly according to the species. Ordinarily the nest is saddled upon
a horizontal or slanting twig, to which it is very firmly bound by the
spiders’ webs of which it is largely composed. The Hermit Humming
Birds (genus Phaéthornis), however, fasten their elongated nests to one
side of the extremity of long pointed leaves, for protection, it is sup-
posed, against monkeys and other predaceous animals. Others, accord-
ing to Mr. Gould, are hammock-shaped, and are most ingeniously at-
tached to the face of cliffs or rocks by means of spiders’ webs. Those
made by the “ Hill-stars ” (genus Oreotrochilus), of the snowy regions
of the Andes, are described by Mr. Gould as being “ very iarge, and
composed of wool, llama hair, moss, and feathers; at the top of this
great mass, of nearly the size of a man’s head, is a little cup-shaped
depression in which the eggs are deposited.” A nest of the Pichincha
Hill-star (O. pichincha) was found by Professor Jameson at a farm-house
on the snowy mountain of Antisana, in Ecuador, at an altitude of 15,500
feet. It was attached to a straw rope suspended from the roof, in one
of the lower apartments to the house, the entrance to which was un-
provided with a door. (See pl. VI, fig. 2.) In the series of illustra-
tions comprising plates II-xIvV we have selected examples of the ex-
treme variations of form and other characters in Humming Bird
nest architecture, and to these the reader is referred for further informa-
tion.

The high degree of intelligence displayed by Humming Birds in con-
cealing their nests by making them of such form or material as will
serve to imitate natural excrescences of a branch, such as a knot or a
pine cone, and in repairing accidents, has been referred to on the preced-
ing page. Sometimes the location of a nest pleases the owners so well
that they are unwilling to abandon the site, a new nest being added to
the one of the preceding year for several consecutive seasons. <A beau-
tiful example of this is shown on plate I. The specimen from which
the illustration is taken is a nest of the Calliope Humming Bird (Stellula
calliope) in the National Museum collection, collected by Mr. Charles
H. Townsend on the St. Cloud River, northern California, June 9, 1883,
and shows distinctly four nests thus united. The writer once found a
double nest of the Broad-tailed Humming Bird (Selasphorus platycercus),
the older one having, by the loosening and cracking of the bark to which
it was fastened, fallen around on the under side of the twig, the new
one being built immediately above it (see page 282). A double nest of
the Ruby-throat (Trochilus colubris) is described by Mr. Bdwin H.
Eames in “‘ The Hub” for July, 1890 (pp. 286, 287), as follows :

On June 5, 1888, I secured a nest, containing one young bird and an egg on the

point of hatching, of the Ruby-throated Humming Bird. The nest isa very peculiar
one, being constructed upon one of the preceding year, and in a very conspicuous sit-

284 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

uation upon a branch of a sycamore, which inclined at an angle of 45 degrees. It was
about 12 feet from the ground, on the lowest branch (a dead one), with no foliage
whatever to afford concealment, and could be readily seen from a distance of 60 to 75
feet in any direction.

The old nest is much the worse for wear, having passed through at least one winter ;
the new oue was built partly on one edge of this and partly on the adjoining branch,
leaving fully one-half of the distorted cavity at the base exposed. The entire ex-
ternal surface of both is covered in the usual way with lichens, although not in any
way resembling the smooth, mottled surfaces adjoining. It would seem that the
scenes of bygone associations have some permanent attractions, even though com-
paratively barren to our eyes.

While, as arule, but little attempt is made at concealment by hiding it
behind foliage in the usual manner of most birds, so much does the nest
of the average Humming Bird resemble some natural excrescence or bit
of rubbish that it might easily pass undetected. In fact, most Humming
Birds’ nests which are discovered are found by accident or by carefully
watching the movements of the birds when they are suspected to have
anestin the vicinity; and all that the writer has found, with perhaps two
or three exceptions, were discovered by accidentally brushing against
the bush or branch on which it was located, causing the parent to hastily
fly out and thus betraying its proximity.

The eggs of Humming Birds are universally only two in number
and immaculate white in color, though, according to Mr. Gould, there
is ‘one supposed exception, namely, that of a species inhabiting the
upper Amazon, which, according to Mr. Edwards, lays a spotted egg.”
But there can be little doubt that this supposed exception does not in
reality exist, the egg of some small Passerine bird having been wrongly
identified as that of a Humming Bird. .

The eggs of Humming Birds are large in comparison to the bird which
lays them; in form they are usually oblong, or nearly alike at both
ends, though sometimes one end isa little smaller than the other; the
color, even when freshly laid, is a nearly dead pure white, the compar-
ative thickness of the shell preventing that pinkish glow so trequently
seen in eggs of small Passerine birds. :

According to Mr. Gould two broods are produced in a season, the
period of incubation occupying 12 to 14, or according to Captain Lyon,
18 days.

VOICE.

The voice of Humming Birds. as a rule, is of a twittering character,
not conspicuous for loudness or any other quality, and may be compared
with the vocal utterances of the Swifts better perhaps than those of any
other group of birds. ‘The notes are of course varied to a degree, accord-
ing to the mood of the bird which utters them, anger, pleasure, and
alarm each calling forth its peculiar expression. Some species are said
to possess a song, but it is doubtful if any approach more nearly to a
song than a sort of warbling twitter, which the males of many kinds
produce during the pairing season. Mr. Gosse says that the Vervain

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Ridgway. PLATE IV.

NESTS OF GRAY-THROATED HERMIT (Phaéthornis griseigularis). (After Gould.)

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Ridgway. PLATE V.

Nest oF Pvemy Hermit (Phaéthornis pygmeeus). (After Gould.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE VI,

Fig. 1. Nest of FRILLED Coquette (Lophornis magnificus). (After Gould.)
Fig. 2. Nest of PICHINCHIAN HiIuL-STAR (Oreotrochilus pichincha). (From Proe. Zool. Soc. London,
1860, p. 80. Half natural size.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE VII.

Nest oF ALLIED EMERALD (Agyrtria affinis). . (After Gould.)

Report of Natioral Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE VIII.

Nest or BRaziLian EMERALD (Chlorostilbon prasinus). (After Gould.)

e

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway.

Nist oF RED-THROATED SAPPHIRE (Hylocharis sapphirina). (After Gould.)

PLATE

IX.

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Ridgway. PLATE X.

Nest oF BRAZILIAN Woop Nympu (Thalurania glaucopis). (After Gould.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE Xl.

NEST OF SHORT-BILLED EMERALD (Agyrtria brevirostris). (After Gould.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XII.

NEST OF THE SPARELING-TAIL (Tilmatura duponti). (After Gould.)

|
.
9
‘ (
1 Z ’ -
Ad S si
” fhe y , pew
oar
j a
( 1
t oo ay Lett
a
BS a,
=
. =
’

Report o7 National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XIII.

Nest or Fiery Topaz (Topaza pyra). (After Gould.)

ares.”
‘ SiN

i

eit

a

PLATE XIV.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway.

ere Sanaa is ee ae

cen Se Se adaien

(After Gould.)

Nest oF DE LALAND’s PLOVER-CREST (Cephallepis delalandi).

Sch

7
i i wah)”
h i ne ee eed
; ;

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 285

Humming Bird (Mellisuga minima) of Jamaica is the only one known
to him which has areal song. Soon after sunrise, says he, in the spring
months, it is fond of sitting on the topmost branch of a mango or orange
tree, where it warbles in a very weak but very sweet tone a continuous
melody for 10 minutes at a time, but the so-called song has little
variety. A Mexican Humming Bird (the Wedge-tailed Sabre-wing,
Sphenoproctus curvipennis), according to Mr. R. Montes d’Oca, is called
by the people of Coantepec, near Jalapa, Chupamirto fandanguero,
which means “ Fandango Myrtle-sucker,” on account of its somewhat
musical voice. It is theonly Humming Bird of his acquaintance whose
notes are sufficiently distinctive to recognize it by in the woods, and
though monotonous they are very pleasing.

Speaking of the notes of several of the Humming Birds of Arizona,
Mr. IF. Stephens * says that of Calypte cost, the female, while feeding,
keeps up a pretty constant vocal noise which somewhat resembles the
buzz of the wings, and that the feeding note of the male is finer and
not sofrequent. Of Trochilus alexandri he says that its notes, both of
the male and the female, are similar to those of C. costa.

I have heard the song of each [says he], but it was some time since, and, as I re-
member it, there was little difference between the two species. I think that the
males are the only ones whosing. The song is sweet and very low, but if it is perfectly
quiet around it can be distinctly heard for a distance of 10 yards, As might be expected
from the size of the bird, it is ona very high key, something like the sound produced
by whistling between the tecth, very low yet at a high pitch. It might be called a
warble, and I have heard it kept up for several minutes at a time. At such times I
have never been able to find a female in the vicinity, and have come to the conclusion
that it was sung for the individual’s own amusement.

There is still another Hummer note—that of the chase. They are very fond of
chasing one another, sometimes for sport, often for spite. This note also resembles
the feeding note, but is louder and possesses a chippering character, sometimes almost
like the sound produced by lightly and rapidly smacking the lips together. I can
detect but little difference between the sexes and it appears much the same whether
the chase isin sport orin anger. Furthermore, itis often made by the pursued as well
as the pursuer. At such times I am always reminded of a lot of schoolboys playing
tag.

if a Hummer is perched and a person passes near they start off, uttering a note
similar to that made while feeding, but, should it be a female which you have fright-
ened from her nest, she will go off silently.

FOOD.

In feeding from flower to flower Humming Birds, besides obtaining —
nourishment for themselves, perform in the economy of nature the
same Office as insects, by transferring pollen from one bloom to another,
and thus assisting in their fertilization.

Humming Birds that peer like bees
In stamen and in pistil.— Mackay.

* Bulletin of the Ridgway Ornithological Club of Chicago, No, 2, April, 1887, pp.

286 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

It is popularly supposed that Humming Birds feed entirely on nectar
obtained from flowers, but it has long been known that insects form a
portion of their food. This fact was established as long ago as 1804,
by Dr. B.S. Barton, in an article in Barton’s Medical and Physical
Journal, part i, vol. I, pp. 88,89. The evidence is somewhat conflicting
as to whether insects or honey preponderate in the Humming Bird’s
bill of fare, but very probably the relative proportions of the two kinds
of food vary under different circumstances. One observer (Mr. Manly
Hardy, in The Auk, July, 1887, p. 255) asserts that they ‘ sometimes
feed the young on insects within 24 hours from the time they are
hatched.”

A young bird, about 2 days old, of the Ruby-throat ( Trochilus colubris),
taken by Mr. Edwin H. Hames, of Bridgeport, Connecticut, appears to
have been fed exclusively on young spiders. He says:

Its throat being much distended, I sought the cause by lightly pressing with a dull
instrument from the thorax toward the bill, and succeeded in bringing to ight 16
young spiders of uniformsize. These measured about 0.1i of an inchin length, and
with outspread legs covered a circle of 0.26 of an inch in diameter. Dissection
revealed a pultaceous mass of the same in the stomach, but no more liquid than
would result during digestion of insects of this gelatinous character. They were all
of the same species, and may have been young found about certain plants in the im-
mediate vicinity. It is surprising that young Humming Birds of this age could
thrive, as it would seem, entirely upon insects, although the quality be of the finest.
(The Auk, July, 1890, p. 287.)

Mr. A. R. Wallace even goes so far as to state his belief that insects
form the principal food of Humming Birds. He says:*

The great number of species that frequent flowers, do so, Iam convinced, for the
small insects found there, and not for the nectar. In dozens, and perhaps hundreds,
of common flower-frequenting species which I have examined, the crop, stomach,
and intestines have been entirely filled with minute beetles, bees, ants, and spiders,
which abound in most flowers in South America. Very rarely, indeed, have I found
a trace of honey or of any liquid in the crop or stomach. The flowers they most fre-
quent are the various species of Inga, and the papilionaceous flowers of many large
forest trees. I have never seen them at the Bignonias or any flowers but those which
grow in large masses, covering a whole tree or shrub, as they visit perhaps a hun-
dred flowers in a minute, and never stop at asingle one. The little Emerald HWum-
mer I have seen in gardens and at the common orange Asclepias, which often covers
large spaces of waste ground in the tropics. But there are many, such as Phaéthornis
eremita, and some larger allied species, which I have never seen at flowers. These
inhabit the gloomy forest shades, where they dart about among the foliage, and I
- have distinctly observed them visit, in rapid succession, every leaf on a branch,
balancing themselves vertically in the air, passing their beak closely over the under
surface of each leaf, and thus capturing, no doubt, any small insects that may be
upon them. While doing this the two long feathers of their tail have a vibrating
motion, serving apparently as a rudder to assist them in performing the delicate
operation. I have seen others searching up and down stems and dead sticks in the
same manner, every now and then picking off something, exactly asa Bush-Shrike or
a Tree-creeper does, with the exception, that the Humming Bird is constantly on the
wing. They also capture insects in the true Fissirostral manner. How often may
they be seen perched on the dead twig of a lofty tree, the same station that is chosen
by the Tyrant Flycatchers and the Jacamars, and from which, like those birds, they

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 287

dart off a short distance and, after a few whirls and balancings, return to the identi-
cal twig they have left. In the evening, too, just, after sunset, when the Goat-
suckers are beginning their search after insects over the rivers, I have seen Hum-
ming Birds come out of the forest and remain a long time on the wing, now station-
ary, now darting about with the greatest rapidity, imitating in a limited space the
varied evolutions of their companions the Goat-suckers, and evidently for the same
end and purpose.

Many naturalists have noticed this habit of feeding on insects, but have generally
considered it as the exception, whereas, Iam inclined to think it is the rule. The
frequenting of flowers seems to me to be only one of the many ways by which they
are enabled to procure their insect food.

Mr. Wallace is probably correct in his belief that insects constitute
their principal food so far as the Hermit Humming Birds (Phaéthornis
and allied genera) are concerned, for these birds are quite different in
many respects from the typical Humming Birds; but there can not be
the slightest question that, as a rule, the typical hummers feed to a very
large extent at least, on the honey or the nectar of flowers. His obser-
vation respecting their alleged avoidance of flowers of the Bignoniacee
is also unimportant, since the common Ruby-throat (Trochilus colubris)
of eastern North America may often be seen extracting its food from
the large trumpet-shaped, brilliant orange-red flowers of the native
Trumpet Creeper (Tecoma radicans), a typical member of that order of
plants.

In fact, evidence is abundant and conclusive that Humming Birds
will often reject insects when honey is accessible, or even an artificial
sirup made of sugar and water is presented to them. Mr. W. H. Bal-
lou has recorded, in the “American Naturalist,” the result of some exper-
iments, suggested by Mr. Wallace’s statements, which he made, as fol-
lows:

Two Hummers were attracted to the house by a saucer of sirup placed on a win-
dow sill. Each day they would come and satisfy their hunger. In each instance
they would alight on the edge of the saucer, and lap up the sirup as a dog would lap
water. ‘he question as to whether insects ‘‘ pass down the tubes or are entangled in
the fibrous tips, and are thus drawn back into the gullet,” was also solved. Insects
too large to pass through these tubes being placed in their way, the birds were observed

to take them as readily as the smaller ones. The insects were evidently secured by
adhesion to the saliva of the tongue-tips, and thence drawn into the gullet.

The following, communicated to ‘*The Auk,” for April, 1885 (pp. 218,
219), by Mr. S. W. Willard, is also quite to the point:

Somewhere it has been stated, that the Humming Bird derives the most of its nour-
ishment from the minute insects which adhere to the nectar of flowers, and which
are imbibed with the honey. Undoubtedly many insects are thus secured and fur-
nish their share of nutriment to the species, but in the following account of a Hum-
mer in confinement, kindly furnished to me by Miss Hattie Brubaker, it will beseen
that insects are not wholly essential to the maintenance of life, in Trochilus colubris at
least.

The bird, she writes, was taken September 1, near De Pere, Wisconsin, and throve
nicely until October 28, when it met an untimely death. After it had struggled in
vain for nearly 2 days to escape from a room into which it had accidentally flown,
_ it was picked up in an exhausted condition and carefully placed out of doors in an
arbor, in hopes of its recovering sufficiently to fly away. A severe cold rain that night

288 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

_completely numbed it, so that it was again taken to the house a mere bunch of
rumpled feathers—no life then being apparent. A slight warming quite unexpect-
edly revived it, and it was but a short time before it opened its eyes and flew to a
nail, and then immediately began to rearrange itsplumage. As flowers and sweet-
ened water were offered to this captive before it was taken to the arbor, without its
once noticing them, Miss Brubaker was rather at a loss to know how to feed it; but
at last she conceived of placing some sugar and water in a conspicuous gladiolus
blossom, which the Humming Bird soon discovered and visited, drinking greedily the
honey that was in the blossom. After this it became quite lively, flying from its nail
to some dried flowers and grasses in another room, where it had rested during the
two days it had remained in the house without food or water.

With the aid of a petunia blossom as a decoy, this little bird was soon taught to
drink from a small phial, holding about two teaspoonfuls of sugar and water (about
one-third sugar), that was suspended by a string to the window casing. It was but
a day or so before it seemed perfectly contented, not showing the least fear, but seem-
ingly growing stronger as well as larger in its new home.

Miss Brubaker thinks the bird was not an old one, as its tail feathers grew consid-
erably after she had it. She says that at first they kept a variety of cut flowers in
the room with it, but it barely alighted upon them, flying at once to the bottle which
it had learned to appreciate. Somewhat after the manner of obtaining nectar from
a flower, it would sip a moment at the bottle and then dart away; but it was not
long in finding that the supply of sweetened water was inexhaustible, and that there
was no necessity of hastening its meal. At times it would drink so mnch that its
wings were unable to sustain the weight of the body, and a fallto the floor was the
result of its excessive fondness for this artificial nectar. When left to itself and no
check put upon its drinking, it would consume at least half the contents of the phial
daily—at least one-half as much as its own bulk,

“We are certain,” she writes, ‘‘ that for at least a month the bird had access to no
flowers whatever, thus making it certain that the sweetened water furnished it its
sole nourishment, and during this captivity it did not show the first signs of dimin-
ishing strength.”

At the approach of cold weather it was placed in a cage, in which its little history
was brought to a close by its accidentally entangling one of its claws in a loose wire
which secured a small perch into the cage, and thus suspended with its head down-
ward it was found by Miss Brubaker the next morning—another ‘‘bunch” of rumpled
feathers.

The following very interesting description of the manner of feeding
of the Long-tailed Humming Bird (Aithurus polytmus) is to be found in
that delightful little book, Gosse’s Birds of Jamaica:

Perceiving that he [the captive] had exhausted the flowers, I prepared a tube,
made of the barrel of a goose-quill, which I inserted into the cork of a bottle to
secure its steadiness and upright position, and filled with juice of sugar-cane. I
then took a large Ipomea, and, having cut off the bottom, I slipped the flower over
the tube, so that the quill took the place of the nectary of the flower. The bird
flew to itin a moment, clung to the bottle rim, and bringing his beak perpendicular,
thrust it into the tube, It was at once evident that the repast was agreeable, for he
continued pumping for several seconds, and, on his flying off, I found the quill emp-
tied. As he had torn off the flower in his eagerness for more and even followed the
fragments of the corolla as they lay on the table to search them, I refilled the quill
and put a blossom of the Marvel of Peru into it, so that the flower expanded over
the top, The little toper found it again, and, after drinking freely, withdrew his
beak, but the blossom was adhering to it as a sheath. This incumbrance he pres-
ently got rid of, and then (which was most interesting to me) he returned imme-
diately and, inserting his beak into the bare quill, finished the contents, It was

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 289

amusing to see the odd position of his head aud body as he clung to the bottle with
his beak inserted perpendicularly into the cork. Several times in the course of the
evening he had recourse to his new fountain, which was as often replenished for him,
and at length, about sunset, betook himself io a line stretched across the room for
repose.

In view of the somewhat conflicting evidence as to whether insects
or nectar constitute their principal food, it may be well to examine the
structure of the tongue of Humming Birds, and by doing so determine,
if possible, which side of the controversy is most favored thereby.
No one has described the tongue of a Humming Bird so tersely as Mr.
Gosse, whose description of the tongue of Aithurus polytmus, herewith
given, was taken from freshly killed specimens:

The tongue of this species (and doubtless others have a similar conformation) pre-
sents, when recent, the appearance of two tubes laid side by side, united for half
their length, but separate for the remainder. Their substance is transparent in the
same degree as a good quill, which they much resemble. Each tube is formed by a
lamina rolled up, yet not so as to bring the edges into actual contact, for there is a
longitudinal fissure on the outer side, running up considerably higher than the june-
tion of the tubes; into this fissure the point of a pin may be inserted and moved up
and down the length. Near the top the owter edge of each lamina ceases to be con-
voluted, but is spread out, and split at the margin into irregular fimbrice which point
backward, somewhat like the vane of a feather. These are not barbs, however, but
simply soft and flexible points, such as might be produced by snipping diagonally the
edge of astrip of paper. Iconjecture that the nectar of flowers is pumped up the
tubes, and that minute insects are caught, when in flowers, in these spoon-like tips,
their minute limbs being perhaps entangled in tbe fimbriz, when the tongue is
retracted into the beak, and the insects swallowed by the ordinary process, as doubt-
less those are which are captured with the beak in flight. Ido not thoroughly
understand the mode by which liquids are taken up by a Humming Bird’s tongue,
though I have carefully watched the process. If syrup be presented to one in a
quill, the tongue is protruded for about half an inch into the liquor, the beak resting
in the pen, as it is held horizontal; there is aslight but rapid and constant projection
and retraction of the tubes, and the liquor disappears very fast, perhaps by capillary
attraction, perhaps by a sort of pumping, certainly not by licking. *

CHARACTERS AND RELATIONSHIPS.

Art thou a bird, a bee, or butterfly ?
“Wach and all three—a bird in shape am I,
A bee collecting sweets from bloom to bloom,
¥ A butterfly in brilliancy of plume.”
—MONTGOMERY.
Humming Birds may be distinguished from all other birds by the
structure of the wing alone, which is entirely peculiar in the excessive
development of the primary and abbreviation of the secondary quills,
the latter only six in number and not extending beyond the tip of the
shortest (innermost) primary, and shorter than the longest primary
coverts. The primaries are always ten in number, of which the first is
longest, or at least equal to the longest, except in a single monotypic
- genus (Aithurus), and constitute much the greater part of the wing.
e bill and tongue are also peculiar in their structure. The former is

*See, however, what Mr. W. H. Ballou says, on p. 287,
H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——19

290 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

always slender, and when closed forms a tube by the inclosure of the
under mandible between the flexible edges of the upper, the tip of both
being acuminate. The tongue is slender and very extensile, like that of
the woodpeckers, the two branches of the hyoid curving, when the
tongue is drawn within the bill, upward around the back of the skull and
then forward over the top of the head. Instead, however, of its being,
as in the Woodpeckers, solid and tipped with a barbed horny point, it
is hollow and divided at the tip into two slender branches, each of
which is fringed on the outer margin by a thin membrane.

In all other characters, the Humming Birds possess nothing abso-
lutely peculiar, although certain features, shared by other groups of
birds, notably the Swifts (Micropodida), are developed to an extreme
degree; as, for example, the very high keel to the sternum and conse-
quent excessive development of the pectoral muscles, the short arm-
wing (humerus) and extremely long hand-wing (manus), and minute
feet with relatively large, strongly curved, and sharp claws. The Hum-
ming Birds and Swifts further agree in numerous anatomical charac-—
ters, and there can be no doubt that they are more closely related to
each other than are either to any other group of birds. In fact, except
in the shape of the bill and structure of the bones of the face, the Hum-
ming Birds and Swifts present no definite differences of osteological
structure.

As being probably more familiar with the anatomy of Humming Birds
than any other person, having made the subject one of special and
painstaking investigation, Mr. Frederic A. Lucas, of the National
Museum, has, at my request, prepared for this work a brief summary of
the osteological aud some other anatomical characters of the Troch-
ilide, which I take great pleasure in presenting herewith :

Pterylosis.—The manner in which the feathers of a bird are arranged is termed its
pterylosis; and this variesin the different groups of birds, none, save the Penguins,
having the body completely and evenly covered with feathers, the plumage ordinarily
being distributed in weil-detined patches, known as feather-tracts or pteryle, inter-
spersed with bare spots called apteria.

Comparatively little is known of the pterylosis of Humming Birds, only a few out
of the several hundred species having been thus described, but that of Plorisuga
mellivora, shown in the accompanying figures, does not differ materially from what has
been found in other species. Like other characters, the pterylosis of Humming
Birds seems to a great extent to be peculiar to the group, although both Humming
Birds and Swifts agree in having the long, narrow, bare tracts down the back, and
under the throat, as well as a similar disposition of the feathers on the under side of
the body. Some of the Swifts, too, possess the bare space on the back of the neck,,
and, while this is usually quite short, yet in the species that makes the edible nests:
(Collocalia fuciphaga), and which has a yery long neck, the nape tract is also long.

There is, however, one curious feature common to both these groups of birds, this
being the existence of a small, naked patch near the tip of the wing, above and be-
low, colored black. This is not known to occur at all among Passeres, and has not as
yet been found in any of our small North American species of Humming Birds, al-
though very conspicuous in many large southern forms, such as Campylepterus..

The pterylosis of all birds is more or less adaptive, having some direet relation to
their habits, and this adaptation is wellseen in Humming Birds. The bare tractaon

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XV,

SKELETON of Trochilus colubris.
(Enlarged 24 times.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 5 291

the nape and along the throat allow the neck to readily lie against the middle of the
back, or to bend downward over the point of the breastbone, while the bare spaces
under the wing and along the sides of the body permit the wings to be easily closed
and applied to the body, the side spaces conforming almost exactly to the curve of the
edge ofthe folded wing. The large bare space on the under side, found in nearly all

AUSSI IN
yt MANNS SN
her ybays0x% )
DOUG ANOKA
nfo! vi

Fig. 1.—The above illustration shows the dorsal and ventral aspects of the pterylosis of a Humming
Bird (Florisuga mellivora). A small triangular space on the crown of the head isnot seen. (Natural
size.)

birds save water-fowl, is mainly to allow the warmth of the body to be directly ap-
plied to the eggs during incubation, and in birds like ducks and penguins, which are
densely or completely feathered beneath, a bare spot is present during the breeding
season.

Skeleton.—The most obvious features in the skeleton of a Humming Bird are the
width of the front portion of the skull, long neck, short wing, and, above all, dispro-
portionately iarge breastbone.

The arrangement of the bones of the palate is of the kind termed schizognathous, *
and, while the skull in general shows but little to indicate relationship with other
groups of birds, the base of the cranium is very Swiftlike and the palate and frontal

_ Tegion have some slight leanings toward the Woodpeckers.

{ The length of the neck may be best appreciated by saying that in Humming Birds
the neck forms four-sevenths of the vertebral column, while among Swallows it forms
but three-sevenths, the number of vertebrae being the same—fourteen—in each case.

Following the neck vertebre are three free dorsal vertebra and these are succeeded
by a “sacrum” of twelve fused vertebre, the vertebral column being terminated by
pix caudals.

There are eight pairs of ribs, this being an unusually large number among birds,

and especially among land birds, where the ordinary number is six pairs. The first

hhree pairs of ribs join the three free dorsals, the succeeding four pairs are attached

* The description here given of the skeleton is based on Trochilus colubris, and while
this species agrees in all save very minute points with other species examined, it is

292 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

to the first four vertebrae of the “sacral” series, while the eighth and last pair is
entirely free at the upper end. The last ribs almost meet the long, slender, down-
curved pubic portion of the pelvis, securely hooping in the viscera and giving an un-
usual air of strength to the skeleton.

The bones supporting the tail are provided with long recurved processes to furnish
ample attachment for the well-developed caudal muscles, for the tail forms an im-
portant adjunct to the wings when the Humming Bird hangs poised in the air, extract-
ing the honey from some flower.

The shortness of the wing is due to the shortened humerus, radius, and ulna, the
remainder of the wing bones being rather long.

The coracoid, the bone to which the wing is hinged, las a very peculiar form among
Humming Birds. In the large majority of birds, the tendon running from the muscles
that raise the wing plays in a notch in the upper end of the coracoid, but in the
Humming Bird this notch is bridged over and the tendon plays securely through the
perforation thus formed.

Sp

Fie. 2.—The above figure of the shoulder-girdle and attached portion of the skeleton of a Humming
Bird (Selasphorus platycercus), seen from below, shows the coracoid with its perforations, and the ex-
tremely long bones of the hand, the figure being twice the natural size.

The legs seem small, but in reality are proportionately larger than in many other
birds, the sharp, curved claws in particular being decidedly well developed.

Skeletal affinities —In the number of ribs the Humming Birds are approached, but
not equaled, by some Swifts, both groups agreeing in the incomplete character of the
last pair when more than six pairs are present in any Swift.

The wing of the Humming Bird is largely unique in character and in minor points
is intermediate between the Swifts and Passeres.

The manner in which the coracoid joins the sternum—by a shallow cup-and-ball
joint—is peculiar to Swifts and Hummers.

In the character of the sternum and the manner in which the ribs are attached to
its sides the two groups are nearly alike, while the posterior limbs of both agree in
many particulars.

Generalizations.—Skeletal modifications are of two kinds, technically termed mor-
phological and physiological, the former depending on the relationships of the animal
the latter on its habits.

In order to better understand the skeleton of the Humming Bird, the form of the
feathered wing and mode of its flight should continually be borne in mind, for the
Humuiing Bird is emphatically a bird of the air, and all its parts are modified accord-
ingly.

The external wing is characterized by the great development of the primaries and
almost complete functional suppression of the secondaries, while the wing beats are
frequent and all movements of the bird sudden, Just how rapid the wing beats are
must for the present be merely a matter of conjecture, but it can be said that the

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 293

Gannet, a bird of moderately slow stroke, makes ordinarily one hundred and fifty
strokes a minute, and that judging from the appearance of a small wheel driven at
the rate of a thousand revolutions a minute the wings of a Humming Bird make not
far from five hundred vibrations in the same short space of time.

So great an exercise of muscular power as that involved in such rapid movements
necessarily causes rapid waste of tissue and calls for an ample supply of blood, and
we find that this is provided for by a remarkable large heart.*

The actual] speed of the Humming Bird is less than the ordinary observer might
suspect, for the small size of the creature adds to the seeming rapidity of its flight,
just as the little puffing tug appears to move faster than the ferryboat, although it
really does not do so.

The wing and flight of a Humming Bird are comparable to the wing and flight of
a fly, or, better still, a Hawk Moth, both possessing a rigid wing driven at a high
rate of speed, and both possessing the ability to hang suspended in the air or to
dart erratically about in a manner that defies the eye to follow.

Rapidity in the stroke of the wing is gained by shortening the upper arm bones,
the bones of the hand on the contrary being lengthened to support the shafts of the
large primaries. The inner portion of the wing is furthermore shortened, and speed
consequently gained, by flexing the forearm, and examination of a bird in the flesh
will show that it is quite impossible for a Humming Bird to extend its wings as do
other birds.

The wing of a bird is a lever of the third order, and since the power is applied at
a disadvantage, any increase of speed calls for corresponding increase in driving
power, which ina bird means larger pectoral muscles and a larger breastbone, Now
the sternum of a Humming Bird is, relatively to the size of the bird, by far the
largest in the entire class of birds, and although the proportion of length to depth
of keel is equaled in some Swifts, it must be remembered that the sternum of a Hum-
ming Bird is not only deep, but long, running nearly the entire length of the body.
The increased size of the pectoral muscles not only adds to the power of flight, but
to the stability of the bird, for the weight, like the ballast of a cutter yacht, is thus
brought low down.

All attachments to the wing muscles are large, and when the humerus is magni-
fied to the size of that of a Swift it is seen to be the more rugose of the two. At
first sight the breastbone might appear too thin to resist the strain of the muscles
it supports, but these being arranged in pairs pull as it were one against the other,
thus relieving the sternum of the strain that would otherwise be brought upon it.

In short, the Humming Bird is a piece of mechanism most admirably adapted for
flight, and wonderful as are the modifications of plumage in various members of the
group, no less remarkable is the adaptation of the skeleton for the most rapid and
remarkable aérial maneuvers.

Description of the tongue.—The tongue of the Humming Bird, like that of the
Woodpecker, is extremely long, but the two differ decidedly in their structure, and
the muscles by which the tongue is protruded and retracted are applied in a totally
different manner in the two birds.

The free portion of the tongue is divided for about half its length, and when with-
drawn lies just within the lower mandible. Toward the base it consists of a some-
what flattened tube of dense cartilage, grooved along the center above and below,
and with a slighter groove on the upper exterior surface. This single tube divides
before reaching the forked part of the tengue, and a flange is developed along the
outeredge. This flange, or border, becomes membraneous, and seems to curl up-
ward and inward, converting the forked tip into two tubes or gutters. That these

* According to Mr. G. Gulliver (in Proceedings of the Zoélogical Society of London,
1846, p. >) ie blood-corpuscles of a Humming Bird (species not stated) measure

zoe6 bY avon Of an inch, the long diameter of the nucleus being very nearly qyjyp of an

hs inch; the temperature of the blood about 105°,—R. R.

‘

Fail pga

294 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

serve for the passage of nectar from flowers seems a little doubtful, the peculiar modi-
fication of the tongue probably being for the capture of minute insects. The ante-
rior half of this nembraneous flange is more or less fringed, as noted by Gosse aud

Fic. 3. The accompanying figure of the head of a Humming Bird (Hulampis holosericeus), scen from
above, shows the termination of the hyoid, or tongue, bones h. Lhe shaded bands indicate the
muscles whica retract the tongue. (The figure is twice the natural size.)

others, but how much of this fimbriation is normal and how much is due to the
whipping out of the membrane by use is not quite evident. That some of the fim-
briation is due to wear is certain from its appearance under the microscope.

Fic. 4. The accompanying figures, showing details in the structure of the tongue of a Humming
Bird (Hulampis holosericeus), may be described as follows:

No. 1 shows the tongue, twice the natural size, with the free portions separated and the membrane
spread out.

No, 2 shows the anterior portion of the tongue, greatly enlarged, with the membraneous fringe
curled up, as in life.

Nos. 3, 4, and 5 are sections through the tongue at 3’, 4‘, and 5’, greatly enlarged.

No. 6 represents the termination of one of the free portions of the tongue very much enlarged.

VARIATIONS.

The range of variation in the details of form or external structure,
size, and coloration in the Humming Birds is very great—perhaps more
so than in any other group of codrdinate rank among birds, this varia-
tion affecting chiefly the bill, as to its proportionate length and whether
straight or curved, and if curved to what degree and in what direction ;
the tail (which, however, always consists of ten rectrices?)*, in the rela-
tive length of different feathers, one or more pairs of which are some-
times singularly or even extraordinarily developed or aborted; and the
wing, as to the shape of the outer primary and the thickness of its
shaft. These variations are so complex, however, that it will be best
to treat of them under distinct headings. Indeed ‘it is the great
diversity of form in this family of birds,” says Mr. Gould, “ which ren-
ders the study of them so very interesting. If these little objects were

* See remarks as to this on page 300.

PLATE XVI.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway.

(pinoy aeqgv) ‘(sv626 nwobppogd) GUig ONINWO} GNVID

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XVII.

VERVAIN HumMING Birp (Mellisuga minima).
Male. (Cat. No. 30274, U.S.N.M. Jamaica. Collected by W.T. March.)
Nestand eggs. (Cat. No. 3426, U.S. N. M. Jamaica. Collected by W. T. March.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 295

magnified to the size of eagles, their structural ditterences would stand
out in very bold relief, and the many marked generic distinctions they
present would ve far more clearly perceptible.”

Variations in size —The variation in size, while very considerable, is
not greater than in some other groups of birds, as, for instance, the
diurnal birds of prey and the crow family. While as a family, or group,
the Humming Birds are the smallest of birds, many kinds are consid-
erably larger than the smallest Passerine birds, as the Kinglets, Creep-
ers, and smaller Wrens; while, owing to their shorter, more scale-like
feathering, and greater compactness of body, many Humming Birds far
exceed in actual bulk and weight the above-mentioned members of the
Oscinine Sub-Order.

The giant of Humming Birds is the Patagona gigas, a plainly colored
species inhabiting the higher portions of the Andes range (from Chile
to Eeuador), which in bulk equals a good-sized Swift, being about 84
inches in length, with the wing 5 inches or more and the tail nearly 4
inches. The smallest known species is Princess Helena’s Humming
Bird (Calypte helenw, GOULD), of Cuba, the entire bulk of which is much
less than the head alone of the Giant Hummer, the total length being
only about 24 inches. The distinction of being the smallest among
birds has usually been accorded to the Vervain Humming Bird (Melli-
suga minima), of Jamaica, but that it is considerably larger than the
Cuban Calypte, the following comparative measurements will show:

| 3 pa | Exposed
| Wing. | Tail. | culmen,

|

Calypte helene, male......-. ) 1. 10-1.15 0. 65 | 0. 40

0. 82-0. 85. | 0. 38-0. 40

Mellisuga minima, male .-- .| 1. 40-1, 48

We are fortunately able to show, in the accompanying plates, full-
length, natural size drawings of the Giant and Vervain Hummers, the
latter with its nest and eggs.*

The nest of the Vervain Humming Bird measures only about three-
fourths of an inch in diameter across the cavity, and a little more than
an inch in total diameter, while the eggs are only about 0.28 of an inch
in length by 0.20 of an inch in width.

The accompanying illustration shows the male and the nest and eggs
of this species, natural size.

_ Variations of the bill.—The extremes of length in this member are
Tepresented in the genera Docimastes and Rhamphomicron, in both of
which it is straight. In the former it exceeds in length the combined
‘ length of the head, neck, body, and tail of the bird itself, being some-
: times as much as 44 (or according to Mr. Gould, sometimes more than
5) inches in extent. In the smallest species of the latter genus, R.

; -*The discovery that Calypte helene is smaller than M. minima was not made until
after the drawing of the latter was completed.

296 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

microrhynchum, it is only a quarter of an inch in length. ‘ The bill of
D. ensifer, which is more than 5 inches long, and which contains a
tongue capable of being protruded nearly as far beyond
its tip, is most admirably fitted for the exploration of
the lengthened and pendent corrollas of the Brug-
mansiw, While the short-billed Lesbie cling to the
upper portion of those flowers, pierce their bases, and
with the delicate feelers at the extremities of the
tongue, readily secure the insects which there abound.”

In the various genera there is every gradation from
a perfectly straight bill to one thatis decidedly curved
orarched; but in one genus (Hutoxeres) it is so greatly
decurved as to constitute almost one-third of a circle,
thus justifying the very appropriate name of Sickle-
billed Hummers, by which the birds of this genus are
known. This variation in the length and shape of the
bill, it may be remarked, is necessi-
tated by some peculiarity of the
flower in which, chiefly or exclu-
sively, the bird seeks its food. For
example, the excessively lengthened
beak of the “sword bearer” (Doci- *'pismiene Tints
mastes), as explained above, isneces- ©”
sary forreaching the honey-glands of very long trumpet-
shaped blossoms, while the hook-like beak of the
“sickle bill” is evidently designed for insertion into
the curved throat of certain orchids, palms, or other
flowers of unusual form.

The manner in which the Sickle-billed Humming
Bird feeds is thus described by Dr. J. King Merritt in
the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New
York, vol. 6, p. 139:

One day, while out hunting a short distance from camp, I was
startled by the swift approach of a small object through the
dense thicket, which darted like a rifle-bullet past me, with a
loud hum and buzzing of the wings. Indeed it was this great
noise that accompanied its flight that especially attracted my
attention as something uncommon.

The bird continued its flight but a short distance beyond the spot where I stood,
when it suddenly stopped in its rapid course directly in front of a flower. There for
a moment poising itself in this position it darted upon the flower in a peculiar manner;
in fact, the movements which now followed wereexceedingly curious. Instead of in-
serting its beak in the calyx by advancing in a direct line toward the flower, as cus-
tomary with this class of birds, this one performed a curvilinear movement, at first
stooping forward while it introduced its beak into the calyx, and then, when appar-
ently the point of the beak had reached the desired locality in the flower, its body
suddenly dropped downwards, so that it seemed as though it was suspended from the

flower by the beak. That this was not actually the case the continued rapid move-
ment of its wings demonstrated beyond a doubt. In this position it remained the

Fic. 5.—Head of Doci-
mastes ensiferus.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 297

ordinary length of time, and then, by performing these movements in the reverse or-
der and direction, it freed itself from the flower, and afterwards proceeded to the ad-
joining one, when the same operation was repeated as already described.

PE TNR O
eee Oe

Fic. 8—Bill of Heliotrypha Fic. 9—Billof Avocettula recurvi-
Fic. 7—Bill of Lutoxeres aquila. exortis. rostris.

The flower resembles somewhat in form the Roman helmet inverted, and is attached,
as it were, by the point of the crest to the stalk.

Regarding the recurved bill of Avocettula, the use for which itis
adapted is thus conjectured by Mr. Swainson:

The extraordinary formation in the bill of this beautiful little creature, is without
parallel in any land bird yet described, and presents in miniature a striking resem-
blance to that of the avoset. It isalmostimpossible to conjecture rightly the use of
this singular formation ; but it appears to me not improbable, that the principal sus-
tenance of the bird may be drawn from the pendent bignonacee, and other similar
plants, so common in South America, whose corollie are long, and generally bent in
their tube; the nectar being at the bottom, could not be reached either by astraight
or a curved bill, though very easily by one corresponding to the shape of the flower.

Another distinct type of bill is the wedge-shaped, seen in the genera
Heliothrix and Schistes, in which the terminal portion (almost the termi-
nal half in Heliothrix) is very much compressed, the tip, when viewed
from above, forming the finest possible point, as shown below:

se 7
— oi

Fie. 10—Billof Heliothrix auritus, showing the ex- Fic. 11—Bill of Schistes personatus.
tremely compressed tip, a being a vertical view.

Some genera which, instead of extracting their food from flowers, feed
upon spiders and other insects, while hovering in the usual manner,
which they snatch from the under surface of leaves or from the branches
of trees, have the tip of the bill hooked, and the edge of the mandible
finely toothed or fringed near the tip, the better to secure their prey.

pene

i =>.

==
es
x

Fic. 12—Bill of 4ndrodon cequatorialis.

The nostrils are situated at the base of the upper mandible, on each
side, and are overhung by a distinct scale or operculum. Sometimes
this latter is wholly uncovered, and is then very conspicuous; but
oftener it is entirely bidden by short imbricated feathers, entirely con-

298 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

cealing the nostrils or else permitting them to be seen only asa narrow
slit beneath the lower edge of the feathering.

Fic. 13.—Head of Hylocharis sapphiriny, show- Fi1G.14--. Head of Eugenia imperatriz, showing dense
ing naked nostrils, with overhanging mem- feathering over nostrils.
rane. ;

Variations in the form of the wing.—As already stated (see page 289),
the first primary is invariably the longest, except in two genera, Aithu-
rus, in which it is decidely shorter than the second, and Atthis, in
which the first and second are about the same length.

Fic. 16.—Wing of Hylonympha macrocerca.

Usually, the outer primary is not different in shape from the second ;
but occasionally it is quite different, as in the genera Lafresnaya and
Agelactis, in which it is very narrow for the entire length, the tip

Fic. 17.—Wing of Atthis elliott. Fic. 18.--Primaries of Selasphorus platycerus. (Under
side showing peculiar form of first and second
quills.)

curved inward or upward; and in certain species of Selasphorus, in
which the tip is contracted and curved outward, as shown in the ae-
companying diagrams:

Fic. 19.— Wing of Lafresnaya flavicaudata.

Fic. 20—Wing of Agleactis cupseipennis. (Under side, showing very narrow outer quill.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 209

Ordinarily, there is a regular gradation in the size and shape from
the first to the tenth primary; but sometimes this is not the case, the

Fic. 21.—Wing of Trochilus colubris, adult male.

male of the common Ruby-throated Humming Bird (Trochilus colubris)
affording a conspicuous example. In this, the six innermost quills are

Fia. 22.— Wing of Sphenoproctus pampa, to show excessively thickened shafts of three outer primaries.

not only abruptly much smaller than the others, but they are quite
differently shaped at their tips (see Fig. 21).

Fic. 23.— Wing of Hupetomena macroura.

Although the shafts of the primaries are always hard and strong, to
enable them to endure the rapid vibrations to which they are subjected
during flight, they are not often conspicuous for their unusual thick-

Fic. 24.—Wing of Aphantochroa cirrhochloris.

ness. In some genera, however, they are thus extraordinarily devel-

“oped, in Sphenoproctus and some species of Campylopterus, for example,

appearing almost like a monstrosity or abnormal swelling, as shown

Fic. 25.—Outer primary of a species of Campylopterus, showing thickened shaft.

in (Figs. 22 and 25), which is accompanied by others (Figs. 23 and 24)
to show the gradual transition through which this excessive develop-

ment is reached.

300 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Variations in the form of the tail.—The number of tail-feathers is
usually, perhaps always, ten. One species, the Marvellous Humming
Bird (Loddigesia mirabilis), is said to possess only four; but, although
I have not seen the bird in question, I can not help thinking that the
apparently absent rectrices are aborted and confounded with the
coverts.* Certainly in at least one other genus (JM/yrtis), such an abor-
tion of the middle pair of tail-feathers is very evident, these being so
much reduced in size as to be entirely concealed by the upper tail-
coverts.t On the other hand, another genus (Florisuga) seems to pos-
sess twelve tail-feathers; but a close examination will show that what
are apparently the middle pair of rectrices are in reality the two longest
upper tail-coverts.

Fic. 26.—Tail of Myrtis fanny, showing Fic, 27.—Tail of Florisuga mellivora, showing
aborted middle rectrices (x x), the specialized pair of upper coverts (@ @).
upper tail-coverts being parted to ex-
pose them to view.

The shape and development of the tail-feathers in the Humming Birds
vary to a degree that has no parallel among other birds, many of the
forms assumed being also entirely unique. Much the larger number
of species have the tail of a shape not very different from the ordinary
types among birds, that is to say, moderately rounded or forked, or
nearly even; but. besides tails of a normal shape there are deeply
forked or forficate (scissors-shaped) tails, graduated or wedge-shaped
tails, double-rounded and double-emarginated tails, tails with streamers,
tails with racket- or paddle-shaped feathers, and tails whose shape can
not be designated by any special term. Putting aside those which
depart least from the ordinary shapes, the different types, with their
variations, are illustrated by the figures composing Plates XVITI-XXIV.

Variations in development of the tail-coverts—Excepting the case of
Florisuga, referred to above, there are few notable modifications of the
tail-coverts. Two genera, however, may be mentioned which have these
feathers conspicuously developed, the one as to size, the other as to

*In Acestrura micrura, according to Mr. Gould, all the rectrices are thus aborted,
the entire tail being concealed by the coverts.

t Gould also cites as examples Thawmastura cora and Doricha enicura ; but in these
species the middle pair of rectrices while very short are not wholly hidden by the
coverts, as is the casein Myrtis fanny. (See Plate xxtv, Fig. 1, and Plate xxu, Fig. 1).

Report of National iviuseum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLaTe XVIII.

OUTLINES OF TAILS OF HUMMING BiRDs.

Fig. 1. Phlogophilus hemileucurus.

Fig. 6. Heliothrix auritus.
Fig. 2. Schistes geoffroyi. 7

Fig. 7. Lewcochloris albicollis.
Fig. 8. Selasphorus alleni.
Fig. 9. Heliactin cornuta.

3. Sphenoproctus pampa.
Fig. 4. Juliamyia julie.
). Phaéthornis superciliosus.

Chale
at
ae a

Report of National Museum, 1890,.— Ridgway. PLATE XIX.

OUTLINES OF TAILS OF HUMMING BIRDs.

Fig. 1. Docimastes ensiferus.
Fig. 2. Heliodoxa jacula.
Fig. 3. Oreonympha nobilis.

Fig. 4. Pterophanes temmincki.
Fig. 5. Helianthea typica.
Fig. 6. Oreotrochilus pichincha.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XX.

OUTLINES OF TAILS OF HUMMING BIRDS.

Fig. 1. Sporadinus elegans. Fig. 5. Tilmatura dupontt.
Fig. 2. Heliomaster furcifer. Fig. 6. Rhodopis vesper.
Fig. 3. Popelairia langsdorfi. Fig. 7. Popelairia converst.

Fig. 4. Ptochoptera ‘olema.

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Ridgway. PLATE XX].

4

OUTLINES OF TAILS OF HUMMING BIRDS.

Fig. 1. Hugenia imperatria. Fig. 3. Hylonympha macrocerea.
Fig. 2. Hupetomena macroura. Fig. 4. Sappho sparganura.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXII.

OUTLINES OF TAILS OF HUMMING BiRDs.

Fig. 1. Doricha enicura. Fig. 3. Lesbia nuna.
Fig. 2. Calliphlox amethystina. Fig. 4. Cyanolesbia forficata.

PLATE XXIII.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway.

DPNVIBUO) Dinsoasuy “ESA

‘SIPIQDALUL DISAHIPPOT Re “BET

‘SduYlg ONINWNH 3O STIVL 40 SANITLNO

7poomwapun vinUnbay [Sq

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Ridgway. PLATE XXIV;

OUTLINES OF TAILS OF HUMMING BIRDS.

Fig. 1. Thawmastura cora. _ Fig. 5. Topaza pella.
Fig. 2. Cheetocercus jourdani. Fig. 6. Acestrura mulsanti.
Fig. 3. Calothorax lucifer. Fig. 7. Myrtis fanny.

Fig. 4. Aithwrus polytnvus. Fig. 8. Trochilus colubris.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 301

form. These are Hulampis, in the species of which the upper tail-
coveris are large, broad, and rounded, covering more than half of the

Fic. 28.—Tail of Hulampis jugularis, showing Fic. 29.—Tail of Chalybura buffoni,
enlarged upper coverts. showing plume-like under coverts.

tail and very pilliantly colored, and Chalybura, in which the under tail-
coverts have very downy and decomposed webs, thus somewhat resem-
bling miniature ostrich plumes.

HEAD ORNAMENTS, ETC.

Of all birds only the Birds of Paradise can rival the Humming Birds
in the extraordinary development of portions of their feathering. Un-
usual developments of the tail have already been described (see page
300), as have also occasional modifications of the tail-coverts; but there
remains to be specially mentioned the various kinds of head ornaments
with which the males of many species are adorned. The most frequent
head ornament of the Humming Birds is a “ gorget” or patch of imbri-
cated feathers covering the throat of the male, the color of which is
usually brilliantly metallic and very different from that of other portions
of the bird’s plumage. This gorget is well shown in the male of the
common Ruby-throated Humming Bird (Trochilus colubris), in which
the feathers on the sides of the throat are only slightly elongated. In
other genera (as for example Myrtis) these feathers are of uniform
length, while in others, notably Calothorax and Acestrura and some
species of Selasphorus and Calypte, the lateral feathers of the gorget
are greatly elongated, forming a conspicuous ruff on each side of the
throat, as shown in figures 32-36. In the genus Stellula the feathers
of the ruff, instead of being rounded and scale-like, are narrow and
lengthened—almost lanceolate—the individuality of each one being
strengthened by the peculiar coloration, the tips being metallic purple
and the basal portion snow-white. (See Fig. 35.)

Of all the gorgeted Humming Birds by far the finest are the two
species of the genus Calypte which inhabit parts of Mexico and Cali-
fornia and the single one found in Cuba. In these birds not only is the
_gorget, with its elongated lateral extensions, but the whole top of the
head also, of the most brilliant imaginable metallic red or violet (accord-

Oo,

302 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ing to the species); indeed, as Mr. Gould truly says, these birds “are
unequaled for the rich metallic brilliancy of certain parts of their

Fic. 32.—Head of Calothorax lucifer, $.

Fic. 34.—Head of Myrtis fanny, 3.

plumage by any other members of the family,” the color of the head
and ruffs being “as glitteringly resplendent as if they had been dipped
in molten metal.”

Fic. 35.—Head of Stellula calliope, ¢. Fic. 36.—Head of Calypte anna, 3.

In all the gorgeted Humming Birds except the genera Atthis and
Tilmatura the males have the tail either plain purplish dusky or else
varied only with rufous (as in the species of Selasphorus), the middle
pair of feathers, however, usually shining green, like the back. The
females all have the tail not only different in form but also totally dif-
ferent in coloration; the feathers, except the middle pair (sometimes
two middle pairs), having a white tip, preceded by a subterminal band
or space of blackish, the basal portion being green or rufous. This
type of coloration, however, characterizes both sexes in the genus
Atthis, which otherwise appears closely related to the genera Trochilus,
Selasphorus, and Calypte. In Tilmatura the tail feathers are strikingly
marked with alternate patches of black, white, and rufous.

Other genera have instead of the typical humming-bird gorget a
beard-like tuft depending trom the middle of the throat, and usually
very brilliantly metallic in coloration. The extreme forms which this
beard-like tuft assume are shown by the accompanying figures.

The fantastic markings, towering crests, and lengthened beards of
the species of Oxypogon, says Mr. Gould, render these birds very con-
spicuous objects notwithstanding their plain coloration.

Crests are comparatively uncommon among the Humming Birds, only
nine of the more than one hundred genera containing species which are

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXV.

WHITE-BOOTED RACKET-TAIL (Steganuwra widerwoodi). (After Gould.)

;
J
|

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 303

crested. These are Aithurus, Heliactin, and Chrysolampis, of one spe-
cies each; Polemistria and Cephallepis, of two species each; Bellona,

Fic. 39.—Augastes lumachellus. Fie. 40.— Urosticte benjamini.

with two or three; Oxypogon, consisting of three species, and Lophornis
and Popelairia, each with several species, but only a part of them fur-
nished with crests. Altogether there are only about twenty of the flve
hundred species, or a little more than 4 per cent. of the whoie number,
that are crested, or only about one to every five species the males of
which possess a metallic gorget.*

Aithurus and Heliactin possess a double crest springing from each
side of the hinder crown or occiput. In the two genera, however, these
ornaments are quite different in form, aS may be seen by the accom-
pauying cuts (Figs. 41, 42), and still more so in their coloration, those
of Aithurus being deep, velvety black while those of Heliactin are of
the most brilliant possible metallic gold, changing to fiery scarlet or
crimson towards the bases of the feathers.

The closely related genera Chrysolampis and Bellona have intensely
brilliant crests covering the whole top of the head of very sharply out-
lined, imbricated feathers, the more posterior of which are considera-
bly elongated, forming a pointed crest in the latter and a rounded one

* Metallic throat-spots which do not cover the whole throat are not counted as
gorgets in this estimate.

304 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

in the former, which in addition possesses a brilliantly metallic gorget
of imbricated or scale-like feathers, the throat of Bellona being clothed

Fic. 41.—Double crest of Atthurus polytmus. Fic. 42.—Double crest of Heliactin cernuta.

with a blended and somber colored plumage. In Bellona the crest is
glittering green, sometimes passing into blue at the tip, or even for the
terminal half; in Chrysolampis the crest is ruby-red, the throat golden-
orange or topaz.

SILOS =.
2S

BOD
Fic. 43.— Verticaljview of crest of Chrysolampis Fic. 44.— Vertical view of crest of Bellona cris-
moschitus, ¢. tata, ¢.

The genus Cephallepis has a much lengthened, narrow, pointed, and
slightly recurved crest, closely resembling that of the Lapwing Plover
(Vanellus vanellus). That of Oxypogon (see Fig. 38, p. 303) is somewhat
similar. All of the species of the genus Lophornis, embracing the ex-

Fic. 45.—Cephailepis delalandi, ¢. Fie. 46.—Lophornis ornatus, ¢.

quisitely ornamented, bespangled, frilled, and otherwise decorated ‘‘Co-
quette” Humming Birds possess crests in addition to their other orna-
ments, which vary in their character with the species; but here the
subject becomes so intricate that to pursue it further would require far
more space than can here be afforded, besides perhaps proving tire-
some to the reader. The subject should not be dismissed, however,
without calling attention to a very elegant adornment of several genera
in the shape of ‘ muffs” or ‘‘ puffs” of the most delicate possible cot-
tony down clothing the legs and almost hiding the dainty feet. These

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 305

puffs are usually white, but sometimes brown, or more rarely black,
and are most conspicuously developed in the genera Panoplites, Hrioc-
nemis, and Steganura.

(S

es
Fic. 30.—Leg-puftfs of Panoplites Fic. 31.—Short tarsal feathers of Hieliodoxa
Slavescens. jacula.

COLORS OF THE PLUMAGE.

WihenimorninoxsdawinS ewe nl ne

The flower-fed Humming Bird his round pursues ;

Sips with inserted tube the honied blooms,

And chirps his gratitude as round he roams ;

While richest roses, though in crimson drest,

Shrink from the splendor of his gorgeous breast.

What heavenly tints in mingling radiance fly !

Kach rapid movement gives a different dye ;

Like scales of burnished gold they dazzling show—

Now sink to shade, now like a furnace glow !
—ALEXANDER WILSON.

While their diminutive size is one of the most striking peculiarities
of Humming Birds, their beautifully varied or resplendently metallic
plumage is, as a rule, not less so.

Reference has been made on previous pages to the luminous gorget
of many species, and to the shining crests or beards of others; but we
failed to mention that some kinds, instead of having luminous throats,
have the halo of radiance transferred to their crowns, as in species of
Uranomitra, in which the color is blue or violet, and Hustephanus, in
which itis brilliant red or green, acvording to the species. Frequently

there is a spot of the most brilliant emerald-green on the forehead, im-
mediately above the base of the bill, forming ‘a star brighter than
Venus, the queen of planets” (Gould). It is worthy of remark that
this glittering gem-like spot has always a setting of the most intense
velvety black, to increase, by contrast, its brilliancy. Usually, but not
always, these same Humming Birds have a similar spot on the mid-
dle of the throat, its color, however, more often violet than green; and

occasionally there are two brilliant spots on the throat, one below the
other, and of a different color, in which case it is f aenes aie to observe,
that only one of them reflects its full brilliance at once, it being neces-
sary for the bird (or the person holding it, if a stuffed specimen), to

‘shift its position slightly to bring the other into tull view—which, how-

ever, is done at the expense of the one previously seen.

In sume kinds the area of brilliant coloration lies upon some other

part of the bird than the head or throat. In some species of the genus

Hriocnemis, the amply developed upper tail-coverts are most glitter-

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2—— 20

ae hs

306 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. -

ingly brilliant, whilein another genus, Agleactis, the whole rump is me-
tallic, all the rest of the plumage being devoid of luster.

With the exception of the genus last mentioned, Humming Birds
show the full brilliancy of their metallic colors only when the plumage
is viewed toward the direction in which the feathers lie;* that is, one
having a specimen in his hand, must, in order to obtain the richest
effect, hold it with the head towards him, the bird itself on the oppo-
site side from which the light comes. Reversing its position relative
to himself (but not to the light), the metallic hues disappear or are but
faintly discernible. In Aglewactis, however, exactly the reverse is the
case, the burnished metallic hues of the rump appearing only when
viewed against the ends of the feathers.t

In more t han 99 per cent. of the species of Humming Birds, the color
of the primaries is a dull purplish dusky, with very faint metallic lus-
ter. So nearly universally, in fact, is this the case, that there appear
to be only two conspicuous exceptions, the Sapphire- wing (Pterophanes
temmincki)—next to Patagona gigas, the largest of Humming Birds—in
which all the remiges are a brilliant steel-blue, or in a strong light almost
a Prussian-blue color, and the Purple Carib (Hulampis jugularis), in
which their color is lustrous bluish green. In no species of Hum-
ming Bird are the primaries parti colored; and when, as is sometimes
the case, the secondaries are of more than one color, the additional color
is invariably rufous.

On the other hand, brilliantly colored tails are very common, and
sometimes the gorgeous coloring of this member is unapproached by
that of any other birds. The Comet Humming Birds (genus Sappho),
for example, have very long and deeply forked tails (see PI. xx1, Fig. 4),
of the most glittering brilliant metallic red, each feather tipped with
velvety black. The allied genus Cyanolesbia has a tail of similar size
and shape (PI. xx11, Fig. 4), but burnished metallic blue or green, in-
stead of red. The genera Augastes, Chrysuronia, Metallura, and Avo-
cettula have the brilliant coloration of the tail most conspicuous on the
under surface, which is of a splendid golden bronze or red bronze, ac-
cording to the species. ‘There are also other types of coloration affect-
ing the rectrices, but they are too numerous to particularize in this con-
nection.

*“ Tn such Humming Birds as I have examined,” says Gosse (Birds of Jamaica, pp.
94, 95), ‘‘the iridescence of those portions of the plumage that are changeable, is
splendid in the ratio of the acuteness of the angle formed by the incident ray and the
reflected one. Thus the plumes of the neck of the Man go appear to advantage in a
room with asingle light, only when the beholder stands with his back to the window,
and has the bird before him and facing him. Then the perpendicular band down the
throat and breast, which seems composed of the richest black velvet, is bounded on
each side by a broad band of glowing crimson, mingled with violet.”

+t The same thing, thongh to a less degree, is observable in the species of Lampropygia,
in which, however, the metallic coloring of the rump is much less brilliant,

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLaTE XXVI.

GUERIN’S .HELMET-CREST (Oxypogon guerini). (After Gould.)

a

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway.

HERRAN’S THORN-BILL (Ramphomicron herrani).

(After Gould.)

PLATE XXVII.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXVIII.

DE LALAND’s PLOVER-CREST (Cephallepis delalandi). (After Gould.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXIX.

1. POPELAIRE’s THORN-TAIL (Popelairia popelairia). (After Gould.)
2. CONVERS’ THORN-TAIL (Popelairia conversi). (After Gould.)

Fig.
Fig.

$ a0
ee

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXX.

Fig. 1. Princess HELENA’S CoQuEerre (Lophorinis helene). (After Gould.)
Fig. 2. ADORABLE Coquette (Lophornis adorabilis). (After Mulsant and Verreaux.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. ) PLATE XXXlI.

Fig. 1. SPANGLED CoQuETTE (Lophornis regine). (After Gould.)
Fig. 2. GREAT-CRESTED CoQquETIE (Lophornis regulus). (After Gould.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXXII.

Fig. 1. De Larrre’s Coquette (Lophornis delutrii). (After Gould.)
Fig. 2. Turrep Coquette (Lophornis ornatus). (After Gould.)

Report ot National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXXIII.

Fig. 1. FRILLED CoQuETtTE (Lophornis magnificus). (After Gould.)
Fig. 2. Henioporn’s Woop-star (Acestrura heliodori). (After Gould.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PEATE DOOXIV,

Fig. 1. ALINE’s Purr-LeG (Hriocnemis aline). (After Gould.)
Fig. 2. SNow-cap (Microchera albocoronata). (After Gould.)

she
Tee:
wn s.

SF ea

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 307
CAUSE OF THE CHANGEABLE HUES OF HUMMING BIRDS.

Many persons may naturally wish to know the cause or causes of this
brilliant metallic coloration of Humming birds. Thisisasubject which
has been investigated by physiologists, who have found that in most
cases it depends on the structure of the feathers, and not on the pres-
ence of coloring matter or pigment. -

A few days since [says Mr. Martiu] we were eximining a Humming Bird, the gor-
vet of which was an intense emerald-green ; but on changing the light (that is, alter-
ing its angle of incidence), the emerald was changed to velvet-black. Audebert con-
sidered this chaugeableness to be due to the organization of the feathers, and to the
inanner in which the luminous rays are reflected on falling upon them; and of this
we think there can be little doubt, for each feather, when minutely inspected, ex-
hibits myriads of little facets so disposed as to present so many angles to the incidence
of light, which will be diversely reflected according to the position of the feather, and
in some positions not reflected in any sensible degree, and thus emerald may become
a velvet-black. Lesson supposes that the brilliant hues of the plumage of the Hum-
ming Birds are derived from some elements contained in the blood, and elaborated by
the circulation—a theory we do not quite understand, inasmuch as color is the result
of the reflection of some rays and the absorption of others, caused by the arrange-
ment of the molecules of any given body. He adds, however, that the texture of the
plumes plays the principal part, in consequence of the manner in which the rays of
light traverse them or are reflected by the innumerable facets which a prodigious
quantity of barbules or fibers present. All the scaly feathers, he observes, which
simulate velvet, the emerald, or the ruby, and which we see on the head and throats
of the Hpimachi (as the Grand Promerops of New Guinea), the Paradise birds and
the Humming Birds resemble each other in the uniformity of their formation; all are
composed of cylindrical barbules, bordered with other analogous regular barbules,
which in their turn support other small ones; and all of them are hollowed in the
center with a deep furrow, so that when the light, as Audebert first remarked, glides
in a vertical direction over the scaly feathers, the result is that all the luminous rays
are absorbed in traversing them, and the perception of black is produced. But it is
no longer the same when the light is reflected from these feathers, each of which per-

forms the office of reflector; then it is that the aspect of the emerald, the ruby, etc.,

varying with the utmost diversity under the incidences of the rays which strike them,
is given out by the molecular arrangement of the barbules. It is thus that the gor-
get of many species takes all the hues of green, and then the brightest and most uni-
formly golden tints, down to intense velvet-black, or on the contrary that of ruby,
which darts ferth pencils of light, or passes from reddish orange to a crimsoned red-
black. It is thus we think that the everchanging hues of the gorgets of the Huin-
ming Birds from black to emerald, ruby, crimson, or flame-color are to be explained.

Brilliant, however, as are the hues reflected from the stuffed Hum.
ming Bird, the perfection of their changeable radiance or refulgence
ean be fully realized only in the living bird.

Bullock, when speaking of the same subject, says that ‘the pre-

served specimens were but the shadow in brilliancy to what they were

in life. Thereason is obvious; for the sides of the lamin or fibers of

each feather being of a different color from the surface will change
_ when seen ina front or oblique direction; and as each lamina or fiber

_ turns upon the axis of the quill the least motion, when living, causes
_ the feathers to change suddenly to the most opposite hues,”

308 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

BRIEF DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME OF THE MORE BRILLIANTLY COLGRED
KINDS.

Among the half-thousand species of Humming Birds, the diversity of
plumage as well as form is very great. It will not be practicable, there-
fore, to do more inthe way of describing particular kinds than to select
those which are most conspicuous in this respect. Before proceeding to
do so, it may be well to explain that in a large majority of cases orna-
mentation is confined to the inales alone, the females being as a rule de-
void of the refulgent hues and ornamental plumes, and therefore much
more like one another than those of the opposite sex. Occasionally,
however, as in the genera Petasophora, Hupetomena, Panoplites, Aglwactis,
Lampropygia, and a few others, the sexes are alike in color, or at least
not essentially different. In only one species, the Mango Humming
Bird (Lampornis mango), of Jamaica, is the female more beautiful than
the male, having, in addition to the colors possessed by the latter, a
brightly colored throat-patch. As a rather remarkable coincidence, it
may be mentioned that the largest and smallest species of the family,
Patagona gigas and Mellisuga minima, are among the most plainly colored
of all, with little difference between the sexes.

Perhaps the most remarkable of Humming Birds, though more dis-
tinguished for the extraordinary development of its tail feathers than
for brillianey of plumage, is the Marvellous Humming bird (Loddigesia
mirabilis), of Peru. An idea of the form of the tail in this elegant bird
may be obtained from the outline figures on Plate xx. Its coloration
while not conspicuous for brillianey in such a brilliant coterie, is never-
theless very pretty: Crown azure-blue, back golklen green, tail violet-
black, and lower parts pure white, with a gorget of emerald-green bor-
dered on each side by a line of coppery red.

The Topaz-throated or King Humming Birds (genus Topaza) are
among the largest of the family and are further conspicuous for their
elegant form and brilliant plumage. There are two species, the Crim-
son Topaz (7. pella), of Guiana and the Lower Amazons, and the Fiery
Topaz (7. pyra) of the northern tributaries of the great South American
river. The former is much the better known and is a truly magnifi-
cent bird, some 84 inches in total length, although some 3 inches of
this are taken up by the lengthened caliper-like tips of the second pair
of tail feathers. The general color is a brilliant metallic crimson, the
whole throat of the most glittering, burnished golden-yellow or topaz,
changing to emerald-green, encircled by velvety black, which covers
also the sides and top of the head.

The Fire-tailed or Comet Humming Birds (genus Sappho) also include
two species, belonging to Peru, Bolivia, and the Argentine Republic.
“The tails of the males blaze with the radiance of flashes of flame,
and their ruby backs, luminous green throats, and under surface pre-
senta toutensemble unparalleled in the range of ornithology,” * while Mr.

*). G, Elliot, in Standard Natural History, Birds, p. 446,

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 309

Gould says that the two species generally known under the names of
Sappho* and Phaont are par excellence the most gorgeous of birds in ex-
istence, so far as regards the coloring of their tails; and well do these
living meteors deserve the more general name of Comets.” The tail of
these birds is greatly lengthened, and, when spread is forked, as shown
in Fig. 4, Pl. xx1. The upper surface of these feathers is burnished to
a degree scarcely to be equaled by any art, and glows with a refulgence
not surpassed by any gem, the glorious color heightened by contrast
with the bold and sharply defined velvety black tip to each feather. In
the Sappho Comet (S. sparganura) the red color of the tail and rump is
of an orange-red or scarlet hue, while in the Phaon Comet (S. phaon)
the color is the loveliest crimson or purple-red.

Allied to the Comet Hummers are the Sylph Humming Birds (genus
Cyanolesbia), the tails of which are of similar form, but gloriously blue
and green, shaded with violet, in one species, splendid green in another,
and with black centers instead of tips. (See Pl. xxi, Fig. 4.) They
inhabit the mountains of northern and western South America.

So far as the coloration of the head alone is concerned, no other Hum-
ming Bird equals the Ruby and Topaz (Chrysolampis moschitus). “It is
a species,” says Mr. Gould, ‘‘ which plays no inconsiderable part as an
article of trade; for it is the one par excellence of which thousands
are annually sent to Europe for the purpose of contributing to the
decorations of the drawing-rooms of the wealthy, for the manufacture
of artificial flowers, etc.; and well suited is it for such purposes, its rich
ruby and topazlike coloring rendering it one of the most conspicaous
and beautiful objects imaginable.

One of the most beautiful of Mexican Humming Birds is De Rham/’s-
Garnet (Lamprolaimarhamt). It is a large species, some 43 inches long;
green above; throat, metallic solferino or garnet; breast, rich metallic
violet blue, the taii, which is very broad and slightly forked, being of
a violet-black hue.

Searcely less beautiful and considerably exceeding it in size is De
Lattre’s Sabre-wing (Campylopterus hemileucurus), a species which ex-
tends from northern Mexico nearly to the Isthmus of Panama. It is of
a uniform rich metallic violet-blue color; rump, green; and the tail,
white and black in nearly equal proportion. The remarkable structure
of the wing of this species, which is about the same as in the genus
Sphenoproctus, is shown in ig. 22, on page 299, which represents that
of S.pampa. A South American congener of this species is the Splen-
did Sabre-wing (C. villavicencio), which has the crown glittering golden-
green changing to coppery-red; the throat and breast, glittering blue;
and the other portions chiefly atk green.

Undoubtedly the most brilliant of Central American Humming Birds
is that curiously local species which is confined to the higher slopes

* Sappho sparganura (Shaw). t Sappho phaon (Gould).

310 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

of a few of the volcanic peaks in Costa Rica and Veragua, and is known
as the Irazi Humming Bird (Panterpe insignis). In this the crown is
rich metallic blue; the upper parts bronzy green, changing to blue on
the upper tail coverts; the breast is also blue, but the whole chest and
throat are of the most glowing hues, commencing with golden green
exteriorly and passing through golden yellow into orange and finally
culminating in scarlet in the center.

The Puff-legs (genus Hriocnemis) are beautifal Humming Birds of
medium size, which have the legs clothed with the daintiest muffs or
puffs imaginable of cottony or downy feathers, white, buff, brown, or
black, according to the species. Perhaps the finest of them is the
Glowing Puff-leg (H. vestita), whose upper tail coverts are of a dazzling
brilliancy unsurpassed and seldom, if ever, equaled by any other ob-
ject in nature. Mr. John Gould, the celebrated author of that most
magnificent of all bird books, the Monograph of the Trochilide, says:

Kveryone who, for the first time, finds himself in front of the compartment of my
collection in which this species is placed, gives utterance to some exclamation ex-
pressive of the admiration excited by its striking beauty and glowworm-like splen-
dor of its upper tail coverts. This brillianey is more apparent at certain hours of the
day; for instance, it is more beautiful in the evening after sunset than at midday,
the brilliancy being relieved by the dark hue of the tail feathers. It is unquestion-
ably one of the finest species of the genus, and one of the most resplendent of the
Trochilige; would that it were possible for me to even faintly depict it! But no, the
most finished drawing can be but a phantom of the original, and it is only by an exami-
nation of the specimen that my readers can form any adequate idea of the splendor

and beauty of this gem; and how much more gorgeous must the bird appear in its
native wilds.

These are the mountain valleys of Colombia.

Even more beautiful, in the writer’s opinion, is a gloriously-colored
Humming Bird found in eastern Ecuador, the Panoplites jardinii; tor,
while the gorgeous coloring of the Glowing Puff-leg is mainly confined
to a limited area, that of Jardine’s Humming Bird embraces its entire
body. The crown and lower parts are richest metallic violet-blue; the
sides of the breast, the back, and the rump, bluish emerald-green; and
the wing coverts goiden green. It is the excessive refulgence of the.
two shades of green, however, which gives the plumage of this bird
such a splendid brillianey, for, in certain lights, they glow with more
than metallic clearness, while the deep, velvety black of the nape and
the snowy white of the tail feathers heightens the effect by their strik-
ing contrast. ‘‘The accompanying plate,” says Mr. Gould, ‘is in-
tended to represent one of the most beautiful of the Trochilide yet dis-
covered. Isay intended, for whatever success may have attended my
attempts to convey an idea of the beauty of these living gems, I must
confess that the means at my command are utterly inadequate to do
justice to the present species, whose crown, back, shoulders, and chest
sides are clothed with hues of metallic blue and green of such resplend-
ant brilliancy that it is quite impossible to represent them on paper.”

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 311

Of the West Indian Humming Birds the most exquisite is Princess
Heiena’s Hummer ( Calypte helene), of Cuba. This is perhaps the very
smallest of birds, being even less than the Mellisuga minima, of Jamaica
and Haiti, which has hitherto enjoyed the distinction of being consid-
ered the smallest of existing birds. Princess Helena’s Humming Bird
is rich metallic blue above (a very unusual color in this family), and
white beneath, the entire head, including the gorget with its ruff-like
lateral projections, being the most beautiful metallic rose-red or crimson.

A much larger species belonging to the Lesser Antilles, the Purple
Carib (Hulampis jugularis), however, contests the claim of the little
Cuban gem to be considered the most richly colored of Antillean Hum-
mers. The Purple Carib has the upper parts velvety black, except the
wings and upper tail-coverts, which are of a burnished bluish green hue,
while the throat and breast are of a rich garnet-purple.

'The most remarkable, however, of West Indian Humming Birds is
the Long-tailel Hummer (Aithwras polytmus), which Mr. Gosse styles
“the gem of Jamaican Ornithology,” adding that ‘its slender form,
velvet crest, emerald bosom, and lengthened tail plumes render it one
of the most elegant even of this most brilliant family.”

A truly noble Humming Bird is the Mountain Nymph (Oreonympha
nobilis), of the Peruvian highlands, a bird approaching the Giant Hum-
mer (Patagona gigas) in size, but otherwise not to be compared with
that somberly clad species. The Mountain Nymph is about 7 inches
in length, of which about half is taken by the deeply forked but broad-
feathered tail. The forehead and side of the head are black, the rest
of the head dark blue; the throat is metallic emerald green, the lower
portion ornamented by a beard-like tuft of lengthened feathers of a
rich metallic reddish purple. The upper parts of the body are bronzy,
the lower parts white.

The most elaborately decorated Humming Birds belong to the group
known as Coquettes (genera Lophornis and Polemistria), on account of
their frilled, ruffled, and bespangled plumage, their ornamentations
being confined to the head or neck. There are about ten species (of
which all but three occur only south of the Isthmus of Panama), the
most beautiful of which is perhaps the Frilled Coquette (L. magnificus)
of Brazil. In this there is a fan-like ruff or frill on each side of the
neck, of snowy white, but each feather tipped with a crescent-shaped
bar of glitering green; the crest, of pointed feathers, is rich chestnut
or rufous, while the throat and forehead are emerald green.

Hardly so beautiful but more curiously adorned is Princess Helena’s
Coquette (L. helen), of Mexico and Central America. In this the
lapwing-like crest is dark green, the throat glittering green set ina
black border; from each side of the occiput spring three long hair-like
black plumes, while on each side of the neck is a tuft or ruff of black
feathers streaked with buff.

The Adorable Coquette (LZ. adorabilis) inhabits parts of Costa Rica

312 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

and Veragua. It has the forehead dull ruby red or copper color ; the
very pointed crest snow white, and a tuft of pointed feathers on each
side of the head greenish black.

The Spangled Coquette (L. stictolophus) has a very conspicuous, al-
most fan-shaped crest of a bright rufous color, dotted or spangled with
emerald green.

The Frilled Coquette (Z. ornatus) has the forehead and throat rich
metallic green; the crest of pointed feathers, chestnut ; from each side
of the neck project lengthened narrow feathers of a rufous color, each
with an expanded tip of metallic green.

The Coquette Humming Birds are all of small size, most of them
less than 3 inches long, and none of them much over that length, and,
together with the genera Popelairia and Discura, constitute a strongly
marked group or section of the family, strikingly characterized by the
presence, in both sexes, of a distinct band of white or buff across the
rump, a feature wanting in all other genera.

The Sun-gem (Heliactin cornuta), of Brazil, is one of the most curious
as well as beautiful of Humming Birds, and is furthermore unique in
both form and plumage. ‘The tail is long and wedge shaped, and the
head is ornamented by a flattened tuft of broad imbricated feathers
springing from each side of the occiput, the color of these tufts being
a glowing metallic scarlet, passing into golden yellow at the tips. The
forehead and crown are shining greenish blue, the throat velvety black,
the rest of the under parts mostly white, and the upper parts bronzy
ereen,—certainly not a very extraordinary coloration for a Humming
Bird; but, in the flattened head-tufts mentioned, there seems to be
concentrated enough splendor of color to make up for the absence of
brilliancy from the rest of the plumage, and quite justifying the name
which has been given the bird.

In the mountains of Veragua and Costa Rica dwell two little Hum-
ming Birds called **Snow-caps” (genus Microchera), which are altogether
unlike any others in their coloration. The whole top of the head is
snow white, while the rest of the plumage is rich plum purple (in M.
parvirostris) or blue-black (M. albocoronata). This coloration is remark-
able for its chaste simplicity, and the little creatures which wear it,
hardly half as big as our Ruby-throat (Trochilus colubris), are certainly
unique in their dainty loveliness.

HUMMING BIRDS OF THE UNITED STATES.

Within the borders of the United States only seventeen species of
Humming Birds have been found, and of this number only seven can
be considered as properly belonging to our country, their breeding
range being chiefly or entirely within our limits. These are the Ruby-
throated Humming Bird (Trochilus colubris), Black-chinned Humming

3ird (T. alexandri), Anna Humming Bird (Calypte anna), Broad-tailed
Humming Bird (Selasphorus platycercus), Rufous Humming Bird (8.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. aro

rufus), Allen’s Humming Bird (S. alleni), and Calliope Humming Bird
(Stellula calliope). Of the remainder six are Mexican species, barely
crossing our border, as follows: Kivoli Humming Bird (Hugenes fulgens),
Blue-throated Humming Bird (Celigena clemencie), Lucifer Humming
Bird (Calothorax lucifer), Kieffers Humming Bird (Amazilia fuscicau-
data),* Buff-bellied Humming Bird (A. cerviniventris), and Circe Hum-
ming Bird (lache latirostris). One species, Costa’s Humming Bird (Ca-
lypte coste), is common to southern California, Lower California, and
western Mexico; another, Xantus’s Humming Bird (Basilinna xantusi),
is peculiar to Lower California, and therefore not belonging to the United
States as politically bounded. The two remaining species are of uncer-
tain range, one of them, the Violet-throated Humming bird (Trochilus
violajugulum), being known from asingle specimen obtained in southern
California, and the other, Floresi’s Humming Bird (Selasphorus floresii),
having been obtained at two widely separated points, Bolanos, Mexico,
and San Francisco, California, and only one specimen at each place.
The species first mentioned above is the only one that belongs to the
extensive region east of the Rocky Mountains, even semi-tropical Flor-
ida having hitherto failed to produce a single additional species, even
as a Straggler or accidental wanderer from more southern lands. It is
true that Mr. Audubon described and figured in his great work a species
which he called the Mango Humming Bird (Trochilus mango), from a
specimen given him by Dr. Bachman, said to have been captured at Key
West, Florida; but the speciest proves to be not even a West Indian one,
but belongs to Brazil and other parts of South America, and possibly
was not found at Key West, as alleged. Another South American Hum.
mer, the Tobago Humming Bird (Agyrtria tobaci) has been recorded as
North American on the strength of the alleged capture of a specimen at
Cambridge, Massachusetts; but, while the identification is correct,
there is circumstantial evidence that the specimen was accidentally or
carelessly substituted for an example of the common Ruby-throat in the
shop of the taxdermist who mounted it.

Of the seventeen kinds of Humming Birds which occur within the
limits of the United States decidedly the finest species is that known
as the Rivoli Humming Bird (Hugenes fulgens), a bird of the Mexican
table-lands, but occurring also in southern Arizona. This fine hammer
is nearly 6 inches in length, being with one exceptiont much the largest
in our list. The male has the top of the head rich metallic violet, the
throat brilliant emerald-green, contrasted very abruptly with the deep

*This species occurs throughout Central America, from northeastern Mexico south-
ward, and also in northwestern South America as far as Ecuador.

+ The specimen in question is now in the National Museum collection, having been
given to Professor Baird by Mr. Audubon. It is not an example of the true Mango
Humming Bird (Lampornis mango), which is a Jamaican species, but belongs to the
species known as L. violicauda (Bodd.).

{The Blue-throated Humming Bird (Caligena clemenciw), inhabiting the same
region, isabout the same size.

314 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

black of the breast, while the upper parts are dark bronzy green.
These various hues are so arranged or contrasted that only one of them
can be seen at once, every change in the bird’s position bringing a
different color into view. The most brilliantly colored of our Humming
Birds are species of the genera Calypte and Selasphorus, the former
having two and the latter four species within our limits, all of them
belonging to the western portion of the country.

The males of the species of Calypte have the whole top of the head
of the same brilliantly metallic hue as the gorget, in which respect they
differ from all cther of our hummers excepting the Selasphorus floresii,
which is possibly a hybrid between Calypte anna and Selasphorus rufus
or S. allent. In Anna’s Humming Bird (C. anna) the crown and gorget
are of a richly burnished crimson, changing to purple or even bluish in
certain lights. Costa’s Humming Bird (C. coste) is a much smalier
species, and has the lateral feathers of the gorget much elongated, the
gorget and crown lheing of the richest violet, changing to purple, blue,
and even green.

The Rafous Humming Bird (Selasphorus rufus) and Allen’s Hum-
ming Bird (S. alleni) have the gorget of a surpassingly vivid fiery red
or metallic scarlet, changing to crimson, golden, and even brassy-green,
according to the direction of the light, or glowing like a live coal when
viewed from a certain direction. So faras lumage is concerned these
two species are very much alike, but S. rufus has the upper parts deep
rufous or brick-color, tinged with green on the back, whereas S. alleni
is almost entirely green above. The Broad-tailed Humming Bird (8S.
platycercus) is larger than either of the preceding species, and has the
gorget soft solferino-pink, with its lateral feathers not elongated—those
of the other two being conspicuously lengthened, as in the species
of Calypte. The remaining North American species of Selasphorus,
Fiores’s Humming Bird, has not only the gorget, with its elongated
lateral feathers, vivid metallic scarlet, but the whole top of the head
also; otherwise, it resembles most in color the S. alleni. It is one of
the rarest of humming birds, only two examples having been met with,
oue of them near Bolanos, in Mexico, the other near San Francisco,

California.
The Lucifer Humming Bird (Calothorax lucifer) has the deeply-forked

gorget of a vivid violet-purple, changing to reddish-purple or blue, ac-
cording to the light. It is the only one of our North American species
having a curved bill.

The Calliope Humming Bird (Stellula calliope) differs from all others
in having the feathers of the ruff narrowed and strongly individualized,
each being snow-white for the basal portion and metallic purple at the
tip. .

The three species of the genus Trochilus differ conspicuously from one
another in the color of the gorget. In the Ruby-throat (7. colubris) its
color is, as the name indicates, a glowing ruby-red. In the Black-

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 315

chinned Humming Bird (7. alexandri) it is velvet-black for the upper
half and metallic violet, changing to blue, on the lower. In the Violet-
throated Humming Bird (7. violajugulum), a species so rare that but a
single specimen has been obtained, it is lilac-purple.

We have now exhausted the list of North American Humming Birds,
the males of which are adorned with true gorgets, and have come to a
small group of species which are not only characterized by the absence
of this ornament (though the throat is brilliantly colored in them all)
but also by the form of the bill, which is much broader, with the nasal
valves wholly unfeathered and somewhat swollen, the color of the bill,
in life, being reddish (sometimes deep red) with a dusky tip, whereas
in all the other North American hummers the bill is entirely or mainly
black. Of this group there are three species known to cross the Mex:
ican boundary into the southern parts of Texas and Arizona, while an-
other is peculiar to Lower California. The latter is Xantus’s Humming
Bird (Basilinna wantusi), the only known congener of which is the White-
eared Humming Bird (35. leucotis) of the Mexican highlands. The male
of Xantus’s Humming Bird has the forehead dark blue, the chin and a
broad stripe beneath the eye velvety black, the throat and chest bril-
liant emerald. green, and the tail chestnut. Behind the eye is a broad

‘white streak. Its Mexican relative is very similar, but differs in the

color of the tail, which is blackish with the middle feathers greenish
bronze, and in the forehead being much brighter blue.

The Circe Humming Bird (ache latirostris) belongs to western Mex-
ico, but occurs just beyond the border in Arizona. The male is bronzy
green above, the under parts brilliant green, changing to sapphire-blue
on the throat, the under-tail coverts white.

The remaining two species occur in the lower Rio Grande Valley of
Texas and belong to the genus Amazilia. They agree in being bronzy
green above, the tail rufous or chestnut (with feathers margined at tips
with bronzy), and in being brilliant green below, changing to brownish
or buffy posteriorly. Reiffer’s Humming Bird (A. fuscicaudata) has the
belly and flanks brownish gray, under tail coverts deep cinnamon, and
upper tail coverts chestnut. The Buff-bellied Humming Bird (A. cer-
viniventris) differs in having the belly, flanks, and under tail coverts
pale cinnamon or buff, and the upper tail coverts chiefly green or
bronzy.

The following ‘‘key” is intended to facilitate the identification of
genera merely, and excludes very numerous forms not found within the
geographical limits indicated above, though those of contiguous terri-
tory are included. The “key” is essentially the same as that on pages
303 to 309 of the author’s ‘‘ Manual of North American Birds” * modi-
fied, however, to better adapt it to the present work.

*A Manual of North American Birds, by Robert Ridgway. Illustrated by 464 out-
line drawings of the generic characters. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Company,
1887. Royal octavo, pp. i-xi, 1-631, pll. i-cxxiv. Frontispiece (portrait of Prof.
Spencer F. Baird), and memorial leaf.

316 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF HUMMING BIRDS OCCURRING IN THE UNITED STATES,
MEXICO, CUBA, AND THE BAHAMAS.

a. Anterior toes united for basal half; bill much compressed (except at base), about
two-thirds as long as wing, decidedly arched; tail graduated, the middle pair of
feathers much longer than the others, all tipped with white or buff; plumage very
dull, almost devoid of metallic colors. (Subfamily Phaéthornithine) .. Phaéthornis,*

a®. Anterior toes all cleft to the base; bill never much compressed (usually broader
than deep), less than two-thirds as long as the wing (except in Calothorax and
some species of Doricha), usually nearly straight (distinctly curved only in
Campylopterus, Lampornis, Calothorax, and some species of Doricha); tail variable
in form, butif graduated the middle pair of feathers neither elongated nor white
tipped. (Subfamily Trochiline. )

b1. Inner webs of two outer tail-feathers white, except at end -..----. Eupherusa.t
b?. Inner webs of two outer tail-feathers without white, except sometimes at tip.
c!. Exposed culmen not more than 45; tail even, two-thirds as long as wing, the
latter s75=200G) feign sos es eS Sa ee ee eee ee eee Abeillia.t

c?, Exposed culmen decidedly more than .45.
d', Tail nearly as lone as wing, wedge-shaped, with feathers broad and
rounded at tips; shafts of three outer quills much (sometimes enormously)
thickened: swanesabOML)2.00 ss ese sen eee Sphenoproctus.§

d?, Tail much shorter than wing; if wedge-shaped, the feathers narrow and
pointed at ends.
el. Exposed culmen less than one-fourth as long as wing; quills and second-
aries rufous, with darker tips or terminal margins ..---. Lamprolaima.||
e?. Exposed culmen more than one-fourth as long as wing.
fi. Exposed culmen one-half as long as wing, or longer.

g'. Wing 2.20 or more; tail rounded, the feathers broad; bill long,
stout, and straight, nearly as long as tail; outer tail-feathers tipped
with whitein both sexest=.4 ..).05:.55 22520. es eee LOmCcOlanal|

g?. Wing less than 2.00 (1.30-1.70) ; tail forked in males, double-rounded

infemales; bill slender, curved (except in two or three species of
Doricha); outer tail-feathers tipped with white only in females.
i’. Tail shorter than wing or exposed culmen, the feathers pointed in

adult) maleseccaecetic cue se. ane sem ones Ser ee eee ane Calothorax.

(P. 358.)

i?. Taillonger than wing, or else longer than exposed culmen, the
feathers not pointed in either sex ........---..-..----- Doricha.*

* Phaéthornis SwAINs., Zool. Jour. 1827, 357. Type Trochilus superciliosus LINN.
(Two species from southern Mexico southward, and numerous species in South
America. ) .

t EHupherusa GOULD, Mon. Troch. pt. xiv. 1857. Type, Ornismya eximia DELATTR.
(One species in southern Mexico, another in Guatemala, a third in Costa Rica and
Veragua. )

{ Abeillia BONAP., Consp. I, 1850, 79. Type, Ornismya abeillei DELATTR. (One spe-
cies in southern Mexico and Central America. )

§ Sphenoproctus CAB. and HEIN., Mus. Hein. m1. 1860, 11. Type, Ornismya pampa
Less. (One species in southern Mexico, another in Guatemala. )

|| Lamprolaima Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. 1853, 9. Type Ornismya rhami Less. (One
species in highlands of Mexico and Guatemala. The male has the throat purplish
red, the other under parts rich purplish blue.

{| Floricola E.L10T, Class. and Synop. Troch., Sept. 1878, 82. Type, Trochilus longi-
rostris ViEILL. (Two species inhabiting pine forests of Mexican highlands, another
in Guatemala, two or three others in mountains of northern South America. )

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 317

f?. Exposed culmen less than half as long as wing.

g. Tail 2.25 or more, rounded, feathers very broad the three outermost
broadly tipped with white in both sexes; shafts of three outer quills
very strong, often enormously thickened...-........Campylopterus.t

7. Tail less than 2.25.

h'. Tail more than three-fourths as long as wing; forked for more
than one-fourth its length, the feathers broad and rounded at
tips; adult males wholly bright green beneath, the tail blue-
black or bronze-black.

i!. Middle tail-feathers blue-black, like the rest (tipped with dull
eTayish in the Mexican species); females and young males
with outer tail-feathers grayish white or pale grayish at tip

and base, blue-black in middle portion..--.-...- - Chlorostilbon.t
#2. Middle tail-feathers bronzy; females and young males without
grayish base or tip to outer tail-feathers ......---. Sporadinus.§

h?. Tail less than three-fourths as long as wing, variously shaped, but
never forked for more than one fourth its length; adult maleg
never entirely green beneath.

i, Lower parts white, the sides sometimes green or spotted with
green; sexes alike.
j}. Exposed culmen decidedly more than half as long as tail; top of

head usually metallic blue or violet....-...----- Uranomitra.||
jy. Exposed culmen not more than half as long as tail; top of head
Ewell hile: Or WO) = eso cuoeececcodaenbes qousoy sober Agyrtria.G

i. Lower parts never pure white.
j'. Tail bright bluish green or greenish blue, crossed near end by
a broad band of blue-black --------2----.--- . - Petasophora.**
jy. Tail not bright bluish green, etc.
ki. Feathering of forehead extended forward as far as anterior
end of nostrils and partly or entirely covering the scale over
the nostrils.

* Doricha RetcuH., Aufz. der Colib. 1853.12. Type, Trochilus enicurus VIEFILL. (One
Mexican, one Guatemalan, one Costa Rican, and two Babaman species. )

+t Campylopterus SWAINS., Zool. Jour. 1826, 323. Type, Trochilus largipennis Bopp.
(One Mexican species—a splendid bird —one peculiar to Guatemala, and several in
northern South America. The first, C. hemileucurus (LicuT.), is the largest humming
bird found north of the Isthmus of Panama, being nearly 6 inches in length. It is
very possibly the species to which Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U.S. A., refers in a letter dated
June 9, 1386, as having been seen by him the day before, near Fort Wingate, New
Mexico, and which he described as being ‘‘ fully large enough for Hugenes fulgens, and
whirred like an old quail.’’)

t Chlorostilbon GOULD, Mon. Troch, pt. v, 1853. Type, Trochilus pucherani BouURC.
and Mutts. (Three species in Mexico, one in Porto Rico, and about six in South
America. )

§ Sporadinus BONAP., Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1854, 255. Type, Trochilus riccordi GERV.
(One species in Haiti, one in Cuba and Bahamas, and apparently one peculiar to Ba-
~ hamas.)

|| Uranomitra Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. 1853, 10. Type, Trochilus francie Bourc. and
Muts. (four species in Mexico, one in Honduras, onein Colombia, and one in Peru.)

4 Agyrtria Ruicu., Troch. Enum. 1855, 7. Type, Trochilus brevirostris Luss. (Two
Mexican and numerous South American species; some of the latter with lower parts
mostly green; one of the former, with buffy or rufous belly and flanks. )

** Petasophora Gray, List Gen. B. 1840,13. Type, Trochilus serrirostris VIEILL.
(One species in Mexico and Guatemala, several in Central and South America. )

318 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

U. Wing more than 2.40; adult males without a brilliant
gorget, or else the latter neither red, purple, nor violet.
m'. Tail partly rich chestnut, glossed with bright purple;
bill rather distinctly curved.....-...----- Lampornis.*
m?. Tail without chestnut or bright purple; bill straight.
n'. Tail wholiy (male) or partly (female) greenish bronze:
Eugenes. (P. 319.)
n>. 'Tail wholly or chiefly black..---. Celigena. (P. 323.)
VP. Wing less than 2.25; adult males with a brilliant gorget of
metallic red, purple, or violet.
m!, Middle tail feathers narrower near end than at base.
n', Exposed culmen 0.60 or more ; outer tail feathers tip-
ped with white only in females.

o'. Outer tail feather not decidedly shorter than middle
pair, and not conspicuously narrower than the
next; adult males with six innermost quills ab-
ruptly much smaller and narrower than the rest.

Trochilus. (P. 325.)

o?, Outer tail feather decidedly shorter than the middle
pair and abruptly narrower than the next (except
in C. helenw); adult males with innermost quills
normal.

p!. Tail without any rufous; adult males with tail

forked (but feathers not pointed) and top of head

brilliantly metallic, like gorget.Calypte. (P.333.)

p>. Tail partly rufous, more or less graduated, in both

sexes; adult males with top of head greenish or

bronzy, totally unlike gorget (except in S. flo-

TROGIR eit a ty eee Selasphorus. (P. 339.)

n?. Exposed culmen not more than 0.50; outer tail feathers

tipped with white in both sexes....Atthis. (P. 379.)

n-. Middle tail feathers broader near end than toward base.

Stellula. (P. 354.)

-k?. Veathering of forehead scarcely extending beyond posterior

portion of nostrils, the scale over latter therefore naked for
the greater part at least; bill very broad at base.

l', Tail blue-black in male, deeply emarginated, the middle
feathers tipped with dull grayish ; in female shallowly
emarginate, green basally, blue-black terminally, the
outer feathers tipped with grayish white; adult males
metallic green beneath, the throat bluish.

Taches ((Ba37ie)
l?, Tail not blue-black, ete.

m'. Exposed culmen more than half as long as tail.
n'. Tailrufous or chestrut, the feathers usually with dusky
or bronzy terminal margins... ---- Amazilia. (P. 362.)
n?, Tail dull greenish, with dusky subterminal band (ex-
cept on middle feathers), the outer feathers tipped
with dull, light grayish brown; plumage in gen-
eral very dull, the lower parts dull brownish
SLAY. Re aterm ao sea cue ees Pheoptila.t
m, Exposed culmen not more than half as long as tail.
Basili na. (P.3°8.)
* Lampornis SwAIns., Zool. Jour. m1. 1827, 358. Type, Trochilus mango LINN.
(One Mexican, several West Indian, and several South American species. )
+ Pheoptila GOULD, Intr. Mon. Troch. Oct. ed., 1861, 169. Type, Cyanomyia (?) sor-
dida GouLtp. (The single known species peculiar to Mexico.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS 319

In order to render the present work more useful to those who wish
to know more about the Humming Birds of our country, the principal
synonymy, a description, and a brief account of the habits of each
species (so far as known), is given in the followiug pages.

GENUS HUGENES GouLp.

Hugenes GOULD, Mon. Troch. pt. xu, 1856; Introd. Troch. Oct. eG., 1861,57. Type,
Trochilus fulgens SwAIns.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Tail less than two-thirds as long as wing,
slightly forked or emarginated; bill straight, more than one-third as
long as the wing and about half as long as the longest tail feathers.
Size, large (total length, 4.50 inches or more; wing, 2.90-3.10).

Adult males with top of head rich metallic violet or violet-blue, the
chin and throat brilliant emerald-green or light bluish green; upper
parts dark bronzy green; lower parts (except throat and lower tail-
coverts) plain dusky greenish or dull bronzy; lower tail-coverts paler
greenish or bronzy, bordered with paler. Adult females with top of
head dull brownish gray or grayish brown, rest of upper parts bronzy
green; lower patts pale brownish gray, the sides and flanks tinged
with green; a small white postocular spot.

There are only two species known of this genus, one (H. fulgens) in-
habiting the highlands of Guatemala and Mexico, north to southern
Arizona, the other (H. spectabilis) the elevated portions of Costa Rica.
They may be distinguished by the following characters:

a'. Adult male: Breast very dark bronzy green, appearing nearly black in some lights.
Adult female: Outer tail-feathers very broadly (for about .385-.45) tipped with
pale gray or dull grayish white. Exposed culmen 1.15. Young: Similar to
adult female, but feathers of upper parts bordered terminally with pale buffy.
Hab. Highlands of Mexico and Guatemala, north to southern Arizona.

i. fulgens (SwAINnS). Rivoli Humming Bird. (P.319.)

a*, Adult male: Breast dull bronzy, or bronzy green, the feathers dull brownish gray
immediately beneath surface; lower tail-coverts green, margined with pale
buffy. Adult female: Outer tail-feathers more narrowly (for about .20-.25)
tipped with darker brownish gray; exposed culmen 1.40-1.50. Hab. High-
lands of Costa Rica. J. spectabilis (LAwR). Admirable Humming Bird.*

RivoLi HUMMING Birv. Eugenes fulgens (SWAINS).

(Plate xxxv.)

Trochilus fulgens SWAINS. Phil. Mag. 1, 1827, 441.
Eugenes fulgens GOULD, Mon. Troch. pt. xu, 1856, pl. 7; vol. 11, 1861, pl. 59.

—HeEnsHAW, Am. Nat. 1874, 241 (Camp Grant, Arizona); Zool. Wheeler’s
Surv. 1875, 379. ;

- Refulgent Humming Bird.

_L’Eugene de Rivoli (MULSANT and VERREAUX).

Chupamirto verde montero (Puebla; Prof. F. FERRARI-PEREZ).

Chupamirto real de pecho verde y cabeza azul (D’OcA).

* Heliomaster spectabilis LAwk., Ann, Lyc. N. Y. VU. 1867, 472. Eugenes spectabilis
_ Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. u1., 1876, 215.

4
7

320 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

RANGE.—Table-lands of Guatemala and Mexico; north to southern
Arizona.

Sp. CHAR.—Adult male with crown rich royal purple or hyacinth-
blue, throat glittering emerald-green, chest black glossed with bronze
or bronze-green, wing-coverts and lower back bronze-green, and tail
uniform, bronzy; female and young bronzy-green or bronzy above, dall
grayish beneath, more or less spotted with bronze on throat and sides ;
outer tail-feathers black subterminally, the exterior two to four tipped
with pale gray or grayish white: length about 4.50-5.00 inches.

Adult male (No, 100650, Puebla, Mexico, September, 1884; Prof. F.
Ferrari-Perez): Forehead dull blackish, with a faint dull green gloss;
crown rich metallic royal purple varying to hyacinth-blue, bordered
laterally and posteriorly by metallic bronze-green (appearing velvety
black when viewed from in front); hind neck, back, scapulars, wing-
coverts, rump, and upper tail-coverts metallic bronze-green or greenish
bronze; tail uniform deep greenish bronze (more decidedly greenish on
middle feathers; remiges dull brownish slate or grayish brown, with a
very faint purple gloss. Gorget (including whole throat, chin, and malar
region, and extending back much farther laterally than medially) bril-
liantly metallic yellowish emerald-green, changing to bluish (“beryl”)
greeu; chest, breast, and upper median portion of belly deen velvety
black when viewed from in front, but metallic greenish bronze when
viewed from behind ; flanks and lower belly dull grayish brown glossed
with greenish bronze; under tail-coverts paler grayish brown, indis-
tinctly margined with pale dull buff; downy femoral tufts white.
Lores deep black; a white spot at posterior angle of the eye. Bill
entirely deep black; feet dusky. Length (skin), 4.75; wing, 2.90; tail,
1.90 (middle feathers, 1.55); exposed culmen, 1.00.

Adult female (No. 105706, Jalapa, Mexico; Prof. I’. Ferrari-Perez) :
Above bright green, tinged with bronze, becoming duller on top of
head, where passing into dull dusky brownish gray on forehead ; tail-
feathers (except middle pair) bronze green basally, black subterminally,
and pale brownish gray terminally, the latter color, also the black,
most extensive on the outer feather; remiges uniform slate-brown,
very faintly glossed with purple, the tertials with very narrow and
inconspicuous terminal margins of white. Lores dusky, with an
obliquely horizontal bar of white on the lower portion; a distinct
white spot behind the eye. Malar region, chin, and throat dull white,
the feathers light brown medially, forming rather distinct stripes, con-
verging on the chin; sides of head beneath eyes (including auriculars),
sides of neck, and Jateral portions of the body beneath, light brownish
gray, the feathers indistinctly margined with whitish, and those on the
sides of the breast faintly washed with bronze; under tail-coverts pale
brownish gray bordered with white; middle of belly and median line of
breast and chest dull white; downy femoral tufts white. Bill black,
the lower mandible more brownish, except the terminal portion. Wing,

Report of National Museum, 1890.

Ridgway. PLATE XXXV.

Rivoitr Hummine Birp (Hugenes fulgens).
Male. (Cat. No. 105746, U.S. N. M. Puebla, Mexico. Collected by Prof. F. Ferrari-Perez.)
Female. (Cat. No. 105706, U.S. N. M. Puebla, Mexico. Collected by Prof. F. Ferrari-Perez.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. aoe

2.60; tail, 1.55 (middle feathers only .10 shorter); exposed culmen,
1.15.*

Immature male (No. 105704, Jalapa, Prof. F. Ferrari-Perez): Inter-
mediate in coloration between the adult male and female, as described
above, the crown only partly violet, the throat only partly green, chest
slightly mixed with black, ete., the tail exactly intermediate both in
form and color. Wing, 2.90; tail, 1.85 (middle feathers .20 shorter) ;
exposed culmen, 1.09.

Young female (No. 99367, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, July 5, 1884,
i. W. Nelson): Similar to the adult female as described above. but
all the contour feathers of the upper parts margined with pale buffy-
grayish, and under parts darker, with entire sides distinctly glossed
with bronze-green.

This fine Humming Bird was first described by Swainson, in 1827,
but only two years later was redescribed by Lesson, who give it the
specific name Rivoli, in honor of M. Massena, Prince of Hssling and
Duke of Rivoli. Mr. Gould refers to it as being celebrated ‘ for the
beauty of its coloring and the bold style of its markings;” and it is,
indeed, one of the finest of the Mexican species, both as to size and
beauty of plumage.

The habits of the Rivoli Humming Bird are this described by Mr.
Salvin, in The Ibis, 1860, pages 261, 262:

This species is rare at Coban. The place described as frequented by Amazilia
dumeriliit is where I have found this species in greatest numbers; indeed, with
two exceptions, I have never met with it elsewhere near Duenas. It is a most
pugnacious bird. Many a time have I thought to secure a fine male, which I had per-
haps been following from tree to tree, and had at last seen quietly perched on a leaf-
less twig, when my deadly intention has been anticipated by one less so in fact, but
tu all appearance equally so in will. Another Humming Bird rushes in, knocks the
one I covet off his perch, and the two go fighting and screaming away at a pace hardly
to be followed by the eye. Another time this flying fight is sustained in midair, the
belligerents, mounting higher and higher till the one worsted in battle darts away
seeking shelter, followed by the victor, who never relinquishes the pursuit till the
vanquished, by doubling and hiding, succeeds in making his escape. These fierce
raids are not waged alone between members of the same species. Hugenes fulgens
attacks with equal ferocity Amezilia dumerilii, and, animated by no high-souled gen-
erosity, scruples not to tilt with the little Trochilus colubris. I know of hardly any
species that shows itself more brilliantly than this when on the wing, yet it is not to
the midday sun that it exhibits its splendor. When the southerly winds bring clouds
and driving mists between the volcanoes of Agua and Fuego and all is as in a No-

* The dimensions of an adult female taken May 23, 1888, in Carr’s Cation, Hua-
chuca Mountains, Arizona, by Mr. Will W. Price, are as follows: Length (skin),
4,80; wing, 2.70; tail, 1.70; exposed culmen, 1.10.

+ The ‘‘ western boundary of the llano of Duenias, which, starting from tne village,
and bounded to the eastward by the river Guacalate, extends, sweeping by the base
of the Volcan de Fuego, almost to the Hacienda of Capertillo, its southern extremity.
Dispersed over this plain is found, in groves, patches, and isolated trees, a Tree-
Convolvulus, bearing a white flower and attaining an average height of about 25 or
30 feet.”

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2 21

322 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

vember fog in England, except that the yellow element is wanting, then it is that
Eugenes fulgens appears in numbers; Amazilia devillei, instead of a few scattered
birds, is to be seen in every tree, and Trochilus colubris in great abundance. Such ani-
mation awakes in Humming Bird life as would hardly be credited by one who had
passed the same spot an hour or two before; and the flying to and fro, the humming
of wings, the momentary and prolonged contests, and the incessant battle cries seem
alinost enough for a time to turn the head of a lover of these things. I have fifteen
males from Duenas to one female.

The Rivoli Humming Bird was first added to the fauna of the United
States by Mr. H. W. Henshaw, while acting in the capacity of natu-
ralist to Lieutenant Wheeler’s expedition, under the auspices of the
Engineer Department, U. S. Army. On September 24, 1873, a single
immature female was taken by him in the immediate vicinity of Camp
Grant, Arizona. It was found along a small stream issuing from the
mountains, and when first seen was being pursued by another hummer
which Mr. Henshaw is sure was the same species. The following year,
he again found it in that Territory, though not in the same locality.

Fully expecting [says he*] to find this species a summer inhabitant of the moun-
tain districts of southern Arizona, I was not surprised when, on reaching Mount Gra-
ham, I found the supposition verified. During the first three days of August I
secured two adult males and another female. In talking with the lumbermen of the
neighborhood I learned that the large Humming-Birds had been quite common ear-
lier in the summer, but at that time they had nearly disappeared, though the smaller
birds(S. platycercus) were still quite numerous. Isuppose that during the mating sea-
sonthey had madethemselves more conspicuous, and indeed had probably frequented
the little valley in which the cabins of these men were built in considerable num-
bers, but had retired, each to some secluded spot deeper in the mountains to rear
their young.

A very beautiful nest was discovered, which save its large size resembles in its
construction the best efforts of the little eastern Ruby Throat. It is composed of
mosses nicely woven into an almost circular cup, the interior possessing a lining of
the softest and downiest feathers, while the exterior is elaborately covered with lich-
ens, which are securely bound on by a network of the finest silk from spiders’ webs.
It was saddled on the horizontal limb of an alder, about twenty feet above the bed
of arunning mountain stream, ina glen which was overarched and shadowed by
several huge spruces, making it one of the most shady and retired nooks that could
be imagined. The two young which it contained had just been hatched, and the
female was returning to the nest when I caught sight of her, having probably car-
ried away the broken eggshell, fragments of which were still in the nest. The
dimensions of the nest are as follows: Depth, externally, 1.50; internally, 0.75;
greatest external diameter, 2.25: internal diameter, 1.15.

The most recent information that we have respecting the habits of
this species is by Mr. Otho C. Poling, in The Auk for October, 1890
(pages 402, 403), which is as follows:

This Humming Bird is a summer resident in the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. It
arrives in May, but is nowhere plentiful until the mescal shrubs begin to blossom,
about the middle of June. From this time on during the entire summer one may
observe on almost any hillside below the pine belt large clusters of bright red or yel-
low flowers spreading out from the stalks 10 or 15 feet high. There are many vari-

* Ornithology of Wheele1’s Exp., 1875, pp. 379, 380.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 323

eties of this plant and all are favorite feeding resorts of the Rivoli Hummer. I have
shot a8 many as a dozen in a day simply by sitting down and watching for them to
come and feed. I[t is necessary to seleet a well-matured plant, and at the proper
elevation, as well as in good surroundings of spruce pines. While feeding these birds
range from 4,500 to 8,000 fect altitude or up to the pine belt, their favorite grounds
being where the pines end on the downward slope. Their flight is exceedingly rapid
at times, but they often fly slowly so that the wings can be easily seen during the
beats. The noise made by this bird’s wings during arapid flight is not like the buz-
zing of the small Hummers’ wings, the beats being more slow and distinct, without
any buzzing noise.

Their note is a twittering sound, louder, not so shrill, and uttered more slowly than
those of the small Hummers.

From July 5 to 9 [examined nine females; one had already laid and the other con-
tained eggs that would probably have been laid within from 1 to 4 days. On
July 10 my search for the nest was at last rewarded. The country I had explored
was from 7,500 to 10,000 feet elevation, where a dense growth of tall spruce pines
covers the hillsides. These pines are all more or less covered with bunches of moss
and lichens. I was resting on a rock in the cool shade beneath one of these trees
when I was suddenly attracted by the noise of a Hummer’s wings close to my head.
Looking upI saw a female Rivoli making perpendicular dives at me. After repeating
this until I had moved offa sufficient distance, she alighted upon a small dead twig and
there sat watching me for some moments. As all remained quiet she now flew about
the tree slowly, and when about 50 feet up made a rapid dart to the crotch of a mossy
limb about 10 feet from the trunk, where the nest was buiit, nearly hidden from the
ground. Inow came up, and by throwing things at her flushed her off the nest, but
she at once returned toit. After mnch trouble the nest and the two eggs it con-
tained were secured in safety.

The nest was firmly attached to the limb just beyond a crotch, the limb at the nest
being about an inch in diameter. It is of a uniform oval shape, its diameter outside
being from 2.03 to 2.62 inches; inside from 1.20 to 1.45. The depth outside is 1.55
inches; inside it is 0.62. It is composed ontwardly of bits of fine moss and lichens,
and is indistinguishable from the limbs about it. It is well lined on the inside with
many star-shaped downy seeds of a delicate cream color, similar to those of the com-
mon thistle of the East, but smaller and softer. The two eggs are pure white, shaped
alike at both ends, and measure 0.53 by 0.37 and 0.52 by 0.37 inch.

Genus CGSLIGENA LeEsson.

Celigena Lxss., Ind. and Synop. Gen. Troch. 1832, p. xviii. Type, Ornismya clemencie
LEss.

Delattria BONAP., Consp. i, 1850, 70. Type, Ornismya henrica Luss. and DELATTRE,

Chariessa HEINE, Jour. fiir Orn., May, 1863, 178. Type, Ornismya henrica Less. and
DELATTRE.

Himelia Muts., Cat, Ois Mouch, 1875,7. Type, Ornismya henrica Luss. and DELATTRE,
( fide ELLIOT).

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Tail more than two-thirds as long as wing,
slightly rounded or double-rounded, the feathers very broad; bill nearly
straight, less than one-third as long as the wing, and less than half
as long as the longest tail-feathers. Size, large (total length 4.25 or
more; wing, 2.60 or more). Colors, above rather dull metallic green-
ish, changing to purplish-black on upper tail-coverts and tail (except
in C. hemileuca); ear-coverts dusky, or else brilliant green, always bor-
dered above by a distinct white stripe; adult males with the throat
metallic blue, pale violet or amethyst, reddish purple, or pale emerald-
green.

O24 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Five species have been referred to this genus, but it is questionable
whether all of them really belong to it. They may be distinguished as
follows:

a. Outer tail-feathers broadly tipped with white in both sexes. (Celigena Luss.)
Lower parts dull gray, glossed with green on sides; male with the throat
metallic cobalt blue. Hab.: Highlands of Mexico, north to southern Arizona ;
Guatemala. C. clemencie Less. Blue-throated Humming Bird. (Page 324.)

a*, Outer tail-feathers not tipped with white in either sex. (Delattria BONAP.)

b!. Lower parts dull grayish, glossed with green on sides.
el. Adult male with throat metallic reddish purple. Hab. : Highlands of Guate-

mala. C. henrica (LEss. and DELATT.). Henri Delattre’s Humming Bird.*
ce. Adult male with throat metallic violet. Hab.: Sierra Madre of southern
Mexico. C. margarite SALV. and GopM. Mrs. Smnith’s Humming Bird.t

b?. Lower parts white medially, metallic green laterally.

c!. Har-coverts dusky green; top of head moderately metallic (green); adult
male with throat pale emerald-green, the feathers margined with white.
Hab.: Highlands of Guatemala.

C. viridipallens (BouRc. and Muts.). Pale-green-throated Humming Bird.t

c. EHar-coverts and top of head brilliantly metallic emerald-green; adult male
with throat pale violet or amethyst. Hab.: Highland of Costa Rica.

C. hemileuca (Salv.). Amethyst-throated Humming Bird.§

BLUE-THROATED HUMMING BIRD. Caligena clemencie LESS.
(Plate xxxXvVI.)

Ornismya clemencie LEss., Ois. Mouch., 1829, 216, pl. 80.

Celigena clemencie Lxss., Ind. and Synop. Gen. Trock. 1832, lp. xvi. BREWST.,
Auk, 11, Jan., 1885, 65 (‘‘Camp Lowell,” Arizona); Apr. 1885, 199 (correction
of locality—Sta Catalina Mountains, not Camp Lowell).

Delatiria clemencie BonaP., Consp. 1, 1850, 70.—GOULD, Mon. Troch. pt. 1x, 1855,
pl. 10; vol. 11, 1861, pl. 60. j

Clemence’s Humming Bird.

Blue-throated Cazique (GOULD).

Le Celigéne de Clémence (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Oiseau-Mouche de Clémence (LEsson).

Chupamirto real de pecho azul celeste (D’OCa).

RANGE.—Highlands of Mexico, north to southern Arizona.

SP. CHAR.—Size, very large (length more than 4.50, wing 2.90—3.20) ;
lower part dull gray, glossed with green on sides; middle tail-feathers
black, and outer ones broadly tipped with white in both sexes; adult
male with throat shining blue.

Adult male (No. 76829, Mexico; Mrs. Chauncy Riley): Forehead and
crown dull bronze-green, appearing dull olive in certain lights; occiput,
hind-neck, back, scapulars, and wing-coverts much brighter green
(nearly a grass-green), lower back and rump light, rather dull, bronze-

* Ornismya henrica Less. and DELATTR.. Rey. Zool. 1839,17. Coligena henrici CAB.
and HEIN., Mus. Hein. 111. 1860, 15.

t Delattria margarite SALV. and GopM., Ibis, Apr. 1889, 239.

t Trochilus viridipallens Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. Lyons, 1846, 321. Coligena
viridipallens MuLs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. 1. 1877, 185.

§ Oreopyra hemileuca Saty., P. Z. S. 1864, 584. Celigena hemileuca ELLIOT, Class.
and Synop. Troch. 1879, 31.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXXVI,

BLUE-THROATED HumMINnG Birp (Coeligena clemencie).
Male. (Cat. No. 76829, U.S. N. M. Mexico. Collected by Mrs. Chauncy Riley.)
Female. (Cat. No. 35159, U.S. N. M. Mirador, Mexico. Collected by Dr. C. Sartorius.)

Suliheen

ite
rai
irr

me
iin Can

: i aia

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 325

green, the feathers showing narrow and indistinct paler margins ; upper
tail-coverts similar, but much darker; tail black, faintly glossed with
duil blue, the three outer feathers broadly tipped with white, this broad-
est (about .70 of an inch) on outer web of exterior feather; remiges dull
brownish slaty, very faintly glossed with purplish. A white streak
behind eye, above upper margin of ear-coverts, the latter dusky; this
color extending beneath eye to, and including, lores; beneath the latter,
a buffy, or rusty-whitish rictal streak extends as far back as beneath
middle of eye. A large patch, with convex posterior outline, covering
chin and whole throat, metallic cobalt-blue, each feather narrowly mar-
gined with pale brownish gray—these edgings very conspicuous in
certain lights and causing a scale-like appearance ; rest of under parts
dull brownish gray, the lateral portions glossed with bronze-green, and
under tail-coverts broadly margined with white; downy femoral tufts
dull white. Billentirely black. Length (skin), 5.00* ; wing, 3.15; tail,
2.20 (middle feathers 2.00); exposed culmen, .92.

Adult female (No. 35159, Mirador; Dr. C. Sartorius): Similar to the
adult male, but chin and throat dull brownish gray, similar to but a
little paler than the color of the breast, etc. Length (skin), 4.40;
wing, 2.80; tail, 1.90; exposed culmen, 1.00. ,

This large and rather dull-colored species of Humming Bird, named
in honor of Madame Clémence Lesson, was first added to the United
States fauna by Mr. F. Stephens, who on May 14, 1884, took an adult
male in the Santa Catalina Mountains, near Camp Lowell, Arizona, as
recorded by Mr. William Brewster, in The Auk, January, 1885, p. 85.
It has since been taken in various localities in the southern part of that
Territory by different collectors (among whom may be named Mr. Will.
W. Priceand Mr. Otho C. Poling), but so far as we are aware nothing
has been published by them regarding its habits.

Mr. Gould says that he believes the true and restricted habitat of
this species to.be the moderately high table-land of Mexico, and he
adds that, ‘it is a large and powerful bird . . . distinguished for
the quietness of its coloring rather than for any of those brilliant
metallic markings so prevalent among humming birds in general.”

Genus TROCHILUS LINNZUS.

Trochilus LinN., S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 119. Type, by elimination, T. colubris LINN.

Cynanthus Bo1x, Isis, 1831. Type, T. colubris Linn.

Colubris REICH., Syst. Av. Nat. 1849, pl. 40. Type, T. colubris Linn.

Archilochus RricuH., Aufz. Colib. 1854,12. Type, Trochilus alexandri Bourc. and MULS.

Ornismya MULS. and VERR., Class. Troch. 1865, 91 (nec Luss., 1829). Type, 7. alex-
andri BouRc. and MULs.

* The measurements before skinning of a male taken at Camp Lowell, Arizona, by
Mr. IF. Stephens, were as follows: Length, 5.40; extent, 7.50; wing, 3.10; tail, 1.91;
culmen from nostril, .88. A skin collected in the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, by
Mr. Wiil W. Price, measures as follows: Length, 5.00; wing, 3.10; tail, 2.00; ex-
posed culmen, .85.

tThe locality was first given as Camp Lowell, but this was subsequently corrected
(The Auk, April, 1885, p. 199).

326 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Male with the metallic gorget not elon-
gated laterally. ‘T'ail forked or deeply emarginate, the feath ers pointed,
but the exterior ones not excessively narrow. Six inner primaries
abruptly and conspicuously smaller than the rest, with their inner web
more or less notched and toothed at the tip (except in T. violajugulum).

The peculiarity above noted in the reduced size and modified form of
the six inner primaries is most marked in VT. colubris, and may be more
particularly described as follows: . The outer four prim aries are of the
usual shape, and diminish gradually in size; the remaining six, how-
ever, are abruptly much smaller, more linear, and nearly equal in width
(about that of inner web of the fourth), so that the interval between
the fifth and fourth is from two to five times as great as that between
the fifth and sixth. The inner web of these reduced primaries is also
emarginated at the end. This character is ev en sometimes seen in the
females, but to a less extent, and may ser ve to distinguish both colu-
bris and alexandri from other allied species where other marks are ob-
secured.

In 7. violajugulum the inner primaries are not ob viously abnormal
either in size or shape, there being, as is usually the case in Humming
Birds, a gradual decrease in size from the outer quill. A very close
inspection, however, will show that while the distinct emargination at
the tip of the inner web of these remiges in 7. colubris and T. alex.
andriis wanting, there is an indication of the tooth-like projection just
anterior to the end of the web. Im fact, 7. alexandri is very nearly in-
termediate in this respect between T. violajugulum and T. colubris, though
nearest the latter.

The female has the outer tail feathers somewhat lanceolate, as in the
male, though much broader. They are broad to the terminal third,
where they become rapidly pointed, the tip somewhat rounded; the
sides of this attenuated portion (one or other, or both) broadly and
concavely emarginated, which distinguishes them from the females of
Selasphorus and Calypte, in which the feathers are broadly linear to near
the end, which is much rounder and without any distinct concavity.

The genus Trochilus, as here restricted, includes three species, all
belonging strictly to North America, though like many other Nearctic
birds they winter chiefly within the tropics. One is eastern, the other
two western, in distribution, one of the latter being, so far as known,
very local in its range.

The three species agree in the following characters of coloration:
Upper parts, including top of head, metallic greenish, varying from
nearly pure green to bronzy; median lower parts whitish, the sides
metallic green; adult males with a portion of the gorget brilliantly
metallic red, rose-purple or violet, the anterior portion velvety black;
tail-feathers (except middle pair) uniforin purplish black. Adult females
and young with chin and throat dull whitish, or pale grayish (some-
times spotted centrally with the metallic color of the male), the rec-

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 327

trices (except middle pair) greenish basally, black subterminally, and

tipped with white.

They may be distinguished by the following characters:

a, Adult males with chin only and a line thence along anterior lateral edge of gorget
opaque black, the remainder of the gorget reddish.

b'. Gorget fiery metallic crimson or ruby-red, changing to golden red. Hab. eastern

North America. TZ. colubris LINN. Luby-throated Humming Bird. (Page 327.)
b®. Gorget auricula-purple. Hab. Santa Barbara, California.
T. violajugulum JEFFRIES. Violet-throated Humming Bird.(Page 329.)

a, Adult male with more than upper half of gorget opaque black. Lower part of
gorget metallic violet. Hab. western North America.

T. alecandri Bourc. and Muts. Black-chinned Humming Bird. (Page 331.)
RUBY-THROATED HUMMING Birb. Trochilus colubris LINN.
(Plate XXXVI.)

Trochilus colubris L1NN., 8S. N. ed. 10, 1, 1758, 120.—Wixs., Am. Orn. 11, 1810, 26, pl,
10, figs. 3, 4.—Nott., Man. 1, 1832, 583.—Aup., Orn. Biog. 1, 1882, 248; v, 1839,
544, pl.47; Synop. 1839, 170; B. Am. rv, 1842, 190, pl. 253.—GouLp, Mon. Troch.
11, 1861, pl. 131. —B. B. and R., Hist. N. Am. B. 1. 1874, 448, pl. 47, fig. 2,

Trochilus aurigularis LAwRK., Ann. Lyc. N. H. N. Y. vir, Feb, 1862, 458,

Northern Humming Bird (SwAINSON).

Red-throated Humming Bird.

1” Ornismya petit rubis (MULSANT and VERREAUX).

Chupamirto rubi (FERRARI-PEREZ).

Chupamirto color de fuego (D’OCA).

RANGE.—In summer, the whole of temperate eastern Nortii America,
north in the interior, to latitude 59°, west to the Great Plains. In
winter, from southern Florida (Punta Rassa, Key West, etc.), Bahamas,
Cuba, Porto Rico, and eastern Mexico through Central America as far
as Veragua; Bermudas.

Sp. CHAR.—A dult male : Chin, and a line thence backward to beneath
the eye, opaque velvety black, the rest of the gorget intense metallic crim-
son, changing to golden red; tail forked for about 0.30-0.35; length
about 3.07-3.75, wing 1.60, tail 1.25, exposed culmen 0.55-0.65. Adult
female: Taii double-rounded, the outer feathers about as long as mid-
dle pair (sometimes a little shorter), the middle pair wholly green,
the rest green basally, then black, the three outer pairs broadly tipped
with white; length about 3.50-3.90, wing 1.80, tail 1.20, cunlmen 0.70.
Young male: Similar to adult female, but throat streaked with dusky,
feathers of upper parts more or less distinctly margined with pale
buffy, and tail more forked. Young female: Similar to young male,
but throat without streaks, and tail more rounded.

Adult male (No. 2713, Washington, District of Columbia, 1843; 5S. F.
Baird): Above metallic bronze green, becoming darker and duller on
top of the head, where the metallic gloss almost disappears on the fore-
head—the green brightest on rump, upper tail-coverts, and middle
pair of tail-feathers ; remiges dull slate-blackish, with a faint purplish
gloss; tail-feathers (except middle pair) darker and with more distinct

328 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

purple gloss. A small white spot at posterior angle of eye; lores, chin,
and stripe beneath eyes, on each side of gorget, and extending nearly
to the end of the same across ear-coverts, velvety opaque black; rest
of gorget intensely bright metallic crimson or ruby-red, changing to
brassy or golden and even greenish in certain lights. Chest dull grayish
white, the median line of the breast and belly similar, but darker ;
sides and flanks deep sooty-grayish strongly glossed with bronze-green ;
under tail-coverts light grayish brown or brownish gray broadly mar-
gined with dull whitish. Bill wholly black; feet blackish. Length
(skin), 3.15*; wing, 1.60; tail, 1.20, the middle feathers 0.30 shorter;
exposed culmen, 0.60.

Adult female (No. 1101, Washington, District of Columbia, 1843; S.
Ff’. Baird): Above, similar in color to the male; tail-feathers, however,
except two middle pairs, tricolored, the basal portion bronze-green,
tips white, and intermediate portion black, the white broadest (about
0.30 of an inch along shaft) on outer feather, the black nearly the same
width (about 0.35 along shaft) on all, the fourth feather tipped with
black for about 0.25 of an inch. Chin, throat, belly, and under tail-
coverts dull white,t chest pale grayish, sides and flanks deeper grayish,
slightly tinged with brown. Bill black, feet dusky. Length (skin),
3.30; wing, 1.80; tail 1.05, middle feathers 0.10 shorter; exposed cul-
men, 0.60, :

Young male (No. 84118, Mount Carmel, Illinois, August 17, 1870; R.
Ridgway): Similar to the adult female, but upper parts less bronzy,
the feathers indistinetly margined terminally with pale grayish buffy
(observable only in certain lights); basal portion of tail-feathers much
duller green. Lower parts as in adult female, but chin and throat nar-
rowly streaked with brownish dusky, and sides and flanks more
strongly tinged with buffy brown. Length (skin), 3.05; wing, 1.65;
tail, 1.10, the middle feathers 0.95; exposed culmen, 0.65.

Young males begin to show the metallic-red feathers of the gorget
the first winter or late during the first autumn, the tail at the same
time remaining the same as described above. Some specimens have
the dusky streaks on the throat broader than in the specimen de-
scribed above, forming small oval or oblong spots instead of streaks.

In adult males there is little variation in color, except that the hue
of the green above varies, as in other species, from a decided bronze to
a clear bottle-green, the average tint being intermediate between the
two, and the color always most decided on the upper tail-coverts and
middle tail-feathers. The color of the throat is sometimes more scarlet
(much the same as in Selasphorus rufus), and there is also some differ-
ence in the color of the lower parts, some specimens being darker than
others.

In adult females there is the same variation in the color of the upper

*The length of the adult male before skinning is about 3.50-3.75.
tIn this particular specimen adventitiously stained with brown on chin and throat.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXXVII.

RUBY-THROATED HumMine Birp (Trochilus colubris).
Male. (Cat. No. 88130, U.S. N. M. Stamford, Connecticut. Collected and presented by Dr. R.
W. Shufeldt, U.S. A.)
Female. (Cat. No. 29287, U.S. N. M. Xalapa, Mexico. Collected by R. Montes de Oca.)
Nest. (Cat. No. 23286, U.S. N. M. Sing Sing, New York. Collected and presented by Dr. A.
K. Fisher.)

ua
eh she

; ane
ay | Beer
‘ 1%)

ee
Lato .

noah

a

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 329

parts as in the male, and lower parts are more decidedly white in some
specimens than in others; in others again, but chiefly (?) in autumnal
birds, the flanks are more or less strongly tinged with rusty. Very
rarely (?) is there any dusky streaking on the chin and upper throat, and
never (?) is this so decided as is often seen in females of T. alexandri.

Little need be said as to the habits of this well-known Hamming
Bird. Its distribution is general over every portion of the continent
from the Great Plains to the Atlantic coast and from Canada to the
Gulf of Mexico. Arriving among us when spring is fairly established
and departing just before the first autumnal frosts, these creatures
traverse a distance in their migrations that appears almost impossible
to creatures so minute, many individuals making their winter homes
as far south as Veragua, in the State of New Granada, immediately
north of the Isthmus of Panama. A considerable number pass the
winter as far north as southern Florida, and a few have been seen dur-
ing the same season in southern Texas.

The nest is a beautiful cup-shaped structure ornamented externally
with a mosaic of bits of lichen and warmly lined with plant-down.
The eggs average about 0.50 by 0.30 of an inch.

VIOLET-THROATED HUMMING BIRD. Trochilus violajuguluwm JEFFRIES.
(Plate xxxviml, Fig. 2.)
Trochilus violajugulum JEFFR., Auk, v, No. 2, April, 1888,168; ib., July, 1889, 223.

RANGE.—Southern California (vicinity of Santa Barbara).

Sp. CHAr.—Most like 7. alexandri, but larger, with gorget much
more extensively metallic and much more reddish purple in color; tail
much longer and more deeply forked, with outer feather relatively nar-
rower and more pointed.

Adult male (No. 1616, coll. Dr. J. Amory Jeffries, Santa Barbara,
California, May 4, 1883): Pileum dull dusky green—almost black
when viewed from in front, more metallic from behind; rest of up-
per parts, except remiges and rectrices (but including middle pair of
the latter), bronzy green; remiges and primary coverts dull purplish
dusky; tail (except middle pair of feathers) dull black, the feathers
tinged at tips with metallic green. A small white spot behind eye.
Chin and a rather indistinct stripe thence backwarks beneath eye and
along upper margin of gorget opaque dull black; gorget metallic, au-
ricula purple* (much less violaceous than in T. alexandri), the posterior

* See the author’s Nomenclature of Colors (Little, Brown & Co., Boston), pl. vu,
fig. 3.

In describing the color of the gorget in Humming Birds some allowance should be
made for individual variation. Taking a considerable number of specimens of four
of the North American species (Trochilus alexandri, Calypte costw, Atthis heloisa, and
Calothorax lucifer), the color of the gorget varies so much that it is possible to find
specimens of the four species which are so nearly alike in this respect that what lit-
tle difference may exist can scarcely be described. The average difference, however,
is very decided, and there is more difference in the degree of brilliancy of the surface

330 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

and lateral feathers not lengthened; chest dull grayish white ; rest of
under parts dull light bronzy green, nearly uniform on sides and flanks,
elsewhere broken by whitish margins to the feathers, these particularly
distinct on the lower tail-coverts and along middle line of the belly.
Bill black, feet dusky. Length (skin), 3.40; wing, 1.85; tail, 1.30; mid-
dle pair of reetrices 0.25 shorter, the lateral one only 0.15 wide in mid-
dle portion.*

Whether this bird represents a distinet species or a hybrid between
Trochilus alexandri and Calypte anna or between the former and Calo-
thorax lucifer can not now be determined; but there is very little, if
anything, in the writer’s opinion to give the hybrid theory any weight.
In hybrids between species showing very obvious differences of form or
coloration, the characters are invariably intermediate between those of
the two parents; but only in the shape and coloration of the tail and
coloration of the under parts do we see any approach to C. anna in those
respects which distinguish the present bird from T. alexandri. Mr.
Jeffries says that “the bird is roughly a 7. anna without a crown-patch
or ruff, and with violet [?] for sapphire [?|.f The tail is of the same type
as in 7. anna, but smaller, and the angle spoken off{ is less than 25°
instead of 33°, so that in the closed tail the outer pair of feathers
overlap instead of crossing as in 7. anna.”

As to the shape of the lateral rectrices, which Dr. Jeffries compares
with that of C. anna, I find on very careful comparison that there is no
essential difference in this respect between T. violajugulum and _ 7. al-
exandri, as the following diagrams (Fig. 47, page 331) will show:

The outer primary, instead of being narrow and slightly curved, as
in Calypte anna, is broader (though perhaps not relatively so) than in
Trochilus alexandri, and quite as strongly curved towards the tip.

After a very careful examination of the type, Iam able to find a really
striking or “suggestive” resemblance to C. anna only in the coloration
of the under parts, which, except the gorget, is quite the same in the

than in the color itself, while there are also characteristic differences in the yaria-
tious of color depending on different positions as to the light. Thus 4tthis has
a distinct green reflection in a certain light, whereas Calypte and Calothorax in the
same light show violet-blue. T. alexandri is much less brilliant and less changeable,
but the individual variation is probably greater, the variation being from the nor-
mal violet through blue to a decided blue-green hue in some specimens, though such
arerare. In 7. violajugulum the gorget is a redder purple than in any of the preced-
ing, nearly matching in color the gorget of some examples of Stellula calliope, though
not quite so red.

*The tip of the bill having been shot away, the length of the culmen can not be
given; the length of the bill from the base of the culmen to the tip of the lower
mandible, however, is 0.68 of an inch.

t We should as little think of calling the color of the throat in T. violajugulum “‘ vi-
olet” as we would the rich metallic purple-red of C. anna ‘‘ sapphire.”

{In Dr. Jeffries description of the outer pair of tail-feathers of C. anna these are
said to be ‘‘ abruptly narrow and linear shafts * * * forming, at the junction of
the first and second third, an abrupt angle of 25°.”

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. FLtoresi’s Hummine Birp (Selasphorus floresii)Gould. (From a specimen in the collection of

d Walter E. Bryant (No. 2620). San Francisco, California.) :

Fig. 2. VIOLET-THROATED Hummine Birp (Trochilus violajugulum) Jeffries. (From the type, in the
collection of Dr. J. Amory Jeffries, Boston, Massachusetts. ),

THE HUMMING BIRDS. ae

two birds; and it seems to me that, in the absence of structural char-
acters, as well as those of coloration (further than the slight one noted),
suggesting hybridism between C. anna or any other species, T. viola-
jugulum may properly be regarded as a distinct species until more de-
cided evidence to the contrary is obtained.

2

4a

Via. 47.—Outer tail feathers of (1) Calypte anna, (2) Trochilus colubris, (3) T. violajuglum, and
(4) 7. alexandri.

BLACK-CHINNED HUMMING Birb. Trochilus alexandri Bourc. and MULs.

Trochilus alecandri Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. d’Agric. de Lyon, 1x, i846, 330.—
CAss., Illustr. B. Cal. &c. 1, 1854, 141, pl. 22.—Gou.p, Mon. Troch. pt. x1v, 1857,
pl. 4; vol. 111, 1861, pl. 132:—Cooprr, Orn. Cal. 1, 1870, 353.—B. B. and R., Hist.
N. Am. B. 11, 1874, 450, pl. 47, fig. 1.

Alexandre’s Humming Bird.

Purple-throated Humming Bird (GouLD, Cassin).

L’Ornismye d’Alexandre (MULSANT and VERREAUX).

Chupamirto de pecho morado (D’O0CaA).

RANGE.—Western United States, between Rocky Mountains and Pa.
cific coast; east to central Texas and Uintah Mountains, Utah; north
to latitude 49°, in British Columbia, between Cascade and Rocky Moun-
tains; breeding as far south as Guaymas, Sonora; wintering in west-
ern, central, and southern Mexico.

Sp. CHAr.—Adult male: Chin and throat opaque velvety black,
bordered below by a broad band of metallic violet, changing to green
and blue; tail slightly forked or emarginated (depth of fork only about
0.10 of an inch); length about 3.30-3.75, wing 1.70-1.75, tail 1.20-1.25,
culmen 0.70-0.75. Adult female: Tail much rounded, the middle feath-
ers about the longest; plumage not essentially different from that of
female 7. colubris; length about 3.90-4.10, wing 1.90-2.00, tail 1.20-1.35,
culmen .78-.90. Young: Similar to adult female, but feathers of upper
parts margined terminally with light buffy or pale rusty, the male with
throat streaked with dusky.

Adult male (No. 117256, Pinal County, Arizona, April 9, 1885; W.
H. D. Scott): Above very dull bronze-green, the top of the head more
dusky and quite destitute of metallic gloss on forehead; remiges dusky
slate, slightly glossed with purple; rectrices (except middle pair) pur-
plish black, margined terminally with dull bronze-green, this most
extensive on lateral feathers. A small white spot behind eye. Chin,
upper half of throat (for about .45 of an inch from point of chin), sub-
orbital region, and ear-coverts, opaque velvety black; lower part of

332 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

throat. metallic violet, but slightly changeable, forming a transverse
band about .22 of an inch wide; chest dull white; median line of breast
and belly light grayish brown, the feathers margined with grayish
white; sides and flanks dull bronze-green, the feathers narrowly mar-
gined with pale grayish or grayish white; under tail-coverts dull brown-
ish bronze centrally, broadly margined with white. Bill and feet black.
Length (skin), 3.40; wing, 1.72; tail, 1.20, the middle feathers 0.20
shorter ; exposed culmen, 0.80.

Adult female (No. 117263, Pinal County, Arizona, April 14, 1885; W.
HK. D. Scott): Above dull metallic bronze-green, passing on top of head
into dull grayish brown, the feathers with paler margins; remiges dull
slate-dusky, glossed with purplish on the terminal portion. Middle
pair of tail-feathers entirely bronze-green; rest bronze-green basally,
then purplish black, the tip of the outer three white, the latter broadest
on exterior feather, as is also the black; fourth feather with a small
terminal spot of bronze-green. A small white spot behind eye; ear-
coverts dull gray; chin, malar region and upper median portion of
throat white; sides of throat, with chest and sides of neck, pale gray;
median line of breast, whole belly, anal region, and under tail-coverts,
white; sides and flanks white, tinged with pale grayish and light rufous.
Bill and feet black. Length (skin), 3.65; wing, 2.00; tail, 1.20, middle
feathers 0.08 shorter ; exposed culmen, 0.90.

Young male (No. 117266, Pinal County, Arizona, July 8, 1884; W. E.
D. Scott): Similar to streaked-throated adult females, but feathers of
the upper parts distinctly margined with dull buff, and remiges without
purplish gloss.

Young female: Not appreciably different from the young male.

In adult males there are the same general variations in color as are
noticed under 17’. colubris; but the color of the lower throat varies much
more than in that species, the variation being towards blue, some
specimens showing even a green hue on at least the exposed portion of
some of the feathers.

Adult females vary chiefly as to the chin and throat, which are usu-
ally plain white or grayish white, but frequently more or less distinctly
streaked with dusky, even in spring and breeding specimens. Others,
again, even breeding birds, have a distinct rusty tinge or suffusion on
the flanks, asin 7. colubris. Very rarely (as in No. 98440, Red Bluff,
California, May 12, 1884, C. H. Townsend), the middle tail-feathers are
blackish at their tips for a considerable distance.

While the range of this species within the United States is quite
extensive, its distribution is irregular. According to Mr. Belding
it is apparently rare or local in central California, although common
along the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers, while it winters entirely
south of that State, not having been met with by him during the win-
ter even in the Cape district of Lower California. Mr. W. E. D. Scott*

*The Auk, Oct. 1886, p. 430.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 333

found it to be a “ common summer resident in the Catalina Mountains,
where it breeds very commonly. Arrives early in March, and is abun-
dant by the last of that month. By the last of April the birds are
mated and begin breeding; and I have found nests with fresh eggs
late in July and early in August. By the 10th of October they have
all left the region in question.” He found it to be of uncommon occur-
rence above an altitude of 7,000 feet, but it was common and breeding
at Fort Lowell, “ which is north of Tucson and lies at about the same
altitude,” though about the latter place Mr. Herbert Brown regards it
as rare, and has not found it breeding.

The black-chinned Humming Bird has not yet been found as far to
the eastward in the Rocky Mountain district as Selasphorus platycercus
and S. rufus, the Uintah Mountains, Utah, being the easternmost limit
recorded. In these mountains the present writer found it rather com-
mon in July, 1869, while it was also fairly common in the Wahsatch
Mountains and in the vicinity of Salt Lake City.

It habits are essentially the same as those of the Ruby-throat.

Genus CAL YPTE Gourp.

Caiypte GOULD, Introd. Troch. Oct. ed. 1861, 87. Type, Ornismya coste BouRc.
Leucaria MULSANT, Cat. des Ois. Mouch. 1875, 29. Type, Ornismya coste Bourc.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Adult males with the top of the head bril-
liantly metallic (red, purple, or violet), like the gorget, with its elon-
gated lateral ruff-like extensions, and the tail emarginated or slightly
forked, with the outer pair of feathers abruptly narrower than the
rest (except in C. helene), and destitute of white or rufous markings;
adult females with outer tail-feathers decidedly narrower than the
next, but with broad rounded end, and without any rufous.

In this genus, or subgenus, the primaries are nearly intermediate in
form between those of Trochilus and those of Selasphorus, though much
more like the former. The males are very easily distinguished by the
characters given above from those of both the other genera mentioned ;
but the females are so much like those of the species of Trochilus in
both form and coloration that size alone is the easiest way to distin-
guish them—that of C. coste being smaller, while that of C. anna is
larger than the female of either species of Trochilus. From the females
of any species of Selasphorus, as well as from that of Atthis, those of
Calypte may be distinguished by the entire absence of any rufous on
the tail.

Of the known species, two belong to California and northwestern Mex-
ico and one to Cuba, the latter being aberrant in some parts of its
structure as well as coloration, and perhaps entitled to subgeneric if
not generic separation. It is the smallest of all Humming Birds, being
considerably less than the Vervain Humming Bird of Jamaica and Hayti
(Mellisuga minima), which hitherto has enjoyed the distinction of being

least among birds.

334 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The three species of Calypte may be distinguished by the following
characters :

a'. Wing not less than 1.70; upper tail-coverts and middle tail-feathers bronze-green ;
outer tail-feather of male much narrower than the next.

b!. Tail 1.15 or more (1.30-1.45 in the male); adult male with gorget and top of head
metallic purplish red; adult female dull light brownish gray beneath. Hab. :
California, resident, a few migrating to Arizona and northern Mexico in win-
ter. C. anna (LEss.). <Anna’s Humming Bird. (Page 334.)

b2. Tail not more than 1.10 (still shorter in female); adult male with gorget and
top of head metallic violet; adult female with under parts white. Hab.: West-
ern Mexico, Arizona, Lower California, and southern California.

C. costa (BOURC.). Costa’s Humming Bird. (Page 337.)

a?, Wing not more than 1.15; upper tail-coverts and middle tail-feathers metallic
blue or greenish-blue; outer tail-feather of male not narrower than the next.
Adult male with gorget and top of head metallic purplish red (as in C. anna);

adult female with anterior half of lower parts pale ash-gray, posterior half
white. Hab.: Cuba. C.helenew (GUNDL.). Princess Helena’s Humming Bird.”

ANNaA’S HUMMING Birb. Calypte anna (LESs.).

Ornismya anna LEss., Ois. Mouch., 1829, 205, pl. 74.
Trochilus anna JARD., Nat. Libr. Humming B., 1, 1833, 93, pl. 6.—AuD., Orn.
Biog. V, 1839, 438, pl. 425; Synop. 1839, 170; B. Am. Iv, 1842, 168, pl. 252.
Calypte anne GOULD, Mon. Trocb., pt. x1, 1856, pl. 5; vol. 111, 1861, pi. 135.—
Coop. Orn. Cal. 1, 1870, 358.—B. B.and R., Hist, N, Am, B, u, 1874, 454, pl.
Apatio weds
Red-headed Humming Bird.
Anna’s Calypte (GOULD).
Chupamirto de cabeza y cuello escarlata (D’Oca).
Le Calypte d’ Anna (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Oiseau-Mouche Anna (LESSON).

RANGE.—California, resident in warmer portions; performs a partial
migration south through Arizona to table-lands of Mexico; south in
Lower California as far as Cerros Island.

Sp. CHAR.—Adult male: Entire head (except occiput), including ruff,
brilliantly metallic purplish red; length about 3.40-3.75, wing 1.90-
2.00, tail 1.30-145, exposed culmen 0.65-0.70. Adult female: bronze-
green above, including top of head, the latter sometimes dull grayish
brown, with little if any metallic gloss; throat pale gray or grayish
white, the feathers with darker central spots, often mixed with spots of
metallic crimson; length 3.80-4.15, wing 2.00-2.05, tail 1.15-1.30,
exposed culmen 0.70-0.75.

Adult male (No. 84123, Marin County, California, February 15, 1877;
C. A. Allen): Entire head (except occiput), including gorget, with its
elongated latero-posterior feathers, forehead, crown, and post-ocular
region, rich, brilliant, metallic purplish red, or rose-red, with more
purplish, and in certain lights somewhat golden or bronzy, reflections ;
occiput, hind neck, back, scapulars, wing-coverts, rump, upper tail-
coverts, and middle pair of tail-feathers metallic bronze-green ; remiges

* Orthorhynchus helene GUNDL. LeMB., Aves de la Isla de Cuba, 1850, 70, pl. 10,
fig. 2.—Calypte helene GOULD, Mon. Troch. 111, pl. 136,

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 335

dusky, with very faint purplish gloss; tail-feathers (except middle
pair) dull purplish black, with inner webs chiefly pale brownish gray,
the pair next to the middle ones strongly tinged or washed with metal-
lic green. A minute white spot immediately behind eye. Chest pale
brownish gray, the feathers with still paler (grayish white) terminal
margins; sides and flanks rather dull metallic bronze-green, inclining
to olive in some lights, the feathers indistinctly margined with pale
brownish gray; median line of breast and belly similar, but paler on
account of greater width of the pale grayish margins; downy tufts
between rump and flanks pure white; under tail-coverts white with a
central longitudinal space of grayish olive glossed with green. Bill
and feet black. Length (skin), 3.75, wing 2.00, tail 1.40 (middle feath-
ers 0.25 shorter), exposed culmen, 0.68.

Adult female (No. 6052, San Francisco, California, winter 1853-54 ;
Dr. R. D. Cutts): Whole top of head metallic bronze-green, less bright
than the back and becoming much duller on forehead; upper parts
otherwise as in the male, except three outer tail-feathers, the first of
which is dull brownish white at tip (for about 0.25 of an inch on outer
web), then black (for about 0.30 of an inch), the basal portion light
grayish brown; second feather with whitish tip smaller and black sub-
terminal space larger, the basal portion chiefly metallic green; third
with only a very narrow terminal edging of white, but otherwise like
the second; fourth with merely a blackish spot near tip of each web,
on edge, that on outer web reaching almost to the shaft. Lower parts
as in the male, but malar region. chin, and throat pale brownish gray,
the middle of the latter spotted with metallic red, the ear-coverts
grayish brown. Bill and feet black. Length (skin), 3.80; wing, 2.05;
tail, 1.15 (the outer feathers 0.05 shorter) ; exposed culmen, 0.70.

Youngmale: Similar to the adult female, but tail different, the whitish
tips and blackish subterminal spaces of the two outer feathers being
much less distinct. Autumnal specimens show metallic red feathers,
mixed with the first plumage, on crown and throat.

Young female (No. 79671, Tejon Mountains, California, August 19,
1875; H. W. Henshaw): Similar to the adult female, but feathers of
upper parts, particularly on those of rump and the upper tail-coverts,
very narrowly margined at tips with pale grayish buffy.

Adult males vary somewhat in the color of the crown and throat,
some being more purplish red than others. One (No. 5501, Petaluma,
California, HE. Samuels), has the crown glossed with steel-blue in cer-
tain lights.

Females with metallic feathers on the throat seem to be the rule
rather than the exception in this species; at least, of the 11 specimens
now before me, 8 have the throat thus ornamented, though the extent
of the metallic red spotting varies greatly.

Perhaps the most beautiful of North American Humming Birds,
this species, named by M, Lesson after Mme, Anna, Duchesse de

es
fe
a Tar 5

336 _ REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Rivoli, is one of the most abundant of those occurring in the State of
California, where it remains throughout the year. Its distribution
within that State is pretty general, though it is said to be much less
frequent in the low valleys than in the mountains in summer, probably
on account of the comparative scarcity of flowers. At San Diego it is
said to be more numerous in winter than in summer, as is probably
the case in other parts of southern California. Mr. Belding did not
find it in Lower California farther south than Cerros Island, where he
took a single specimen in April. Those individuals which pass beyond
the United States during their winter migration appear to go to north-
ern Mexico by way of Arizona, Mr. Henshaw having found it common
in the vicinity of Camp Grant from September 24 to 27,1873. Mr.
Scott, however, found it so rare in that Territory that he met with but
a single specimen, which he took on October 1, 1883, in the Catalina
Mountains, at an altitude of 5,000 feet, and he says * that Mr. Herbert
Brown has no record of its occurrence about Tucson at any season.

At the place where Mr. Henshaw found them they were “ by no

means rare,” as he saw in the neighborhood of 20 during the four days
which he spent in collecting there. ‘ They were always seen in the
immediate vicinity of the creeks, where only at this late season there
remained a few of the bright flowers about which they were seen hover-
ing. Their large size rendered them very conspicuous among the other
species, and as if aware of this they were much the shyest of all.” +

I have referred above to the beauty of this species, a fact which
seems to have impressed Mr. Gould also, judging from the following,
from Vol. 111 of his Monograph of the Trochilide (p. 135):

When studying the diversified forms and coloring of the Trochilide, I have fre-
quently been struck with the fact that those districts or countries having a metal-
liferous character are tenanted by species of Humming Birds which are more than
ordinarily brilliant and glittering. This is especially the case with the species in-
habiting Mexico and California: in illustration of this assertion, I may cite the three
California species, Selasphorus rufus, Calypte coste, and the present bird, C. anne, all
of which are unequaled for the tich metallic briiliancy of certain parts of their
plumage, by any other members of the family. The two latter, C. costw and C. anne,
have not only the throat, but the entire head as glitteringly resplendent as if poe
had been dipped in molten metal.

For a very interesting account of the nesting habits of Calypte anna,

the reader is referred to an article, headed ‘ Notes from California,” in
the Ornithologist and Oologist, Vol. vi, p. 139.

* The Auk, October, 1886, p. 431.
+ Report on Ornithological Specimens, Wheeler’s Exp., 1873, pp. 180, 131.

eT

pee

THE HUMMING BIRDS. oot
Cosra’s HUMMING Birp. Calypte costw (BOURC.).
(Plate xxXxIx.)

Ornismya coste BouRC., Rev. Zool. 1839, 294.

Calypte coste GouLD, Mon. Troch. pt. x1, 1856, pl. 7; vol. 111, 1861, pl. 134.—Coop.,
Orn. Cal. 1, 1870, 360.—B. B. and R., Hist. N. Am. B. 11, 1874, 457, pl. 47, fig. 8.
Costa’s Calypte (GOULD).
La Leucaire de Costa (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Oiseau-Mouche de Costa (BOURCIER).
Chupamirto de gola y cabeza violada (D’OCA).

RANGE.—Southern California, Lower California, Arizona, and western
Mexico.

Sp. CHAR.—Adult male with top of head, gorget aud ruff brilliantly
burnished metallic violet, changing to royal purple, blue, and sometimes
even to green in certain lights; length about 2.75-3.20, wing 1.75-1.90,
tail about 1.10, exposed culmen, 0.65-0.68. Adult female with top of
head dull grayish brown anteriorly, changing to bronze or bronze-green
posteriorly, like color of back, ete.; chin and throat grayish white, some-
times spotted with metallic violet; basal portion of lateral tail-feather
pale grayish brown; length about 3.55-3.70, wing 1.70-1.80, tail 1.05,
exposed culmen 0.65-0.70.

Adult male (No. 99215, Tucson, Arizona, March 18, 1884; EK. W. Nel-
son): Whole top of head, chin, throat, ear-coverts and much elongated
feathers (extending nearly 1 inch from chin-angle) on side of throat
richly burnished metallic violet, changing to royal purple and blue in
different lights; rest of upper parts, except remiges, bronze-green ;
remiges dusky slate, faintly glossed with purplish; tail (except middle
pair of feathers) grayish dusky glossed with green, this more distinct
toward middle feathers, the inner web of outer feather considerably
paler, and the three outer feathers darker near tip. A small white
spot behind eye. Lower foreneck and chest white; sides and flanks
deep metallic bronze green; median line of breast and belly pale gray-
ish or dul) grayish white; silky tufts between rump and flanks, pure
white; under tail-coverts bronze-green centrally, white around margins.
Bill and feet black. Length (skin) 3.15, wing 1.75, tail 1.05, middle
feathers 0.15 shorter, exposed culmen 0.68.

Adult female (No. 99216, Tucson, Arizona, May, 1884; HK. W. Nelson):
Top of head dull light brownish gray, passing on occiput into dull me-
tallic bronze-green and this into lighter bronze-green on back, scapu-
lars, wing-coverts, rump, upper tail-coverts, and middle pair of tail-
feathers; the feathers of the back, etc., showing, in certain lights, very
indistinct terminal margins of pale buffy grayish; remiges dull brown-
ish slate, very faintly glossed with purplish; rectrices next to middle
pair metallic bronze-green, broadly tipped with black; next pair simi-
lar, but black much more extensive and the tip white (for about .05 of
an inch); next pair with white tip much wider, and the basal portion
green only next to the black band, the remaining part pale brownish
H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——22

338 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

gray; outer pair similar but with basal portion wholly pale brownish
gray, and the white tip slightly longer (extending about .20 of an inch
from tip). A small white spot behind eye; beneath this an oblique
patch of brownish gray, extending from lower eyelid across ear-coverts
and gradually fading into the white of the throat; chin, throat, breast,
belly, and under tail-coverts dull white; feathers of sides and flanks
pale bronze-green, broadly margined with pale buffy grayish or brewn-
ish white. Bill and feet black. Length (skin) 3, wing 1.80, tail 0.95
(outer feathers 0,10 shorter), exposed culmen 0.65,

Young male (No. 99369, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona; H.W. Nelson):
Much like the adult female, as described above, but top of head dull,
faintly metallic, bronze-green, like back, etc., and all the feathers of
upper surface of head and body distinctly margined terminally with
pale grayish buff, this most conspicuous on rump; rectrices with both
the white tips and black subterminal spaces less extensive, and basal
portion of outer feathers faintly glossed with green; oblique patch from
beneath eye and across ear-coverts much darker ; posterior part of sides
of throat spotted with dusky grayish brown, the more anterior portion
and chin marked with much smaller and paler spots; middle of throat
metallic violet.

Young female (No, 117281, Pinal County, Arizona, May 27, 1885; W.
EK. D. Scott): Like the young male, as described, but entire throat, with
chin, immaculate white, shading into pale brownish gray on sides of
neck; forehead and crown pale brownish gray, the feathers with small
central spots of darker; tail much as in adult female.

Adult males vary somewhat in thechangeable reflections of the crown
and ruff, which usually varies from a pure magenta or aster purple,
through violet, to light steel- blue, with occasional greenish tints, accord-
ing to the position in which the bird is held, some specimens showing
the blue and green reflections more strongly than others. In one exam-
ple, a‘‘mummied” skin from San Quentin Bay, Lower California (No.
96615, May 9, 1880, L. Belding), a portion of the crown and the tips of
some of the ruff feathers are permanently or unchangeably bright green ;
but possibly this may be the result of contact with the carbolic acid with
which the specimen was preserved. There is also a good deal of varia-
tion in the distinctness of the markings on the under tail-coverts, some
specimens having the central portions of these feathers very faint gray-
ish, others very deep bronze or bronze green.

Some adult females show metallic violet, bluish, or bluish green feath-
ers on the middle of ihe throat, bat usually these are altogether absent.

This beautiful Humming Bird, named by M. Bourcier in honor of M.
le Marquis Costa de Beauregard, is also an inhabitant of California, but
unlike C. anna is of very limited distribution in that State. According
to Dr. Cooper it has been taken as far north as San Francisco, but it is
probably only a straggler there, and it is said to be very rare in Ven-
tura County. Itis common during summer in the canons of the San

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XXXIX.

Costa’s HumMINnG Birp (Calypte coste).
Male. (Cat. No. 117272, U.S. N. M. Pinal County, Arizona. Collected by W. E. D. Scott.)
Female. (Cat. No. 117272, U.S. N. M. La Paz, Lower California, Collected and presented by
L. Belding.) :
Nest. (Cat. No. 18542, U.S.N. M. la Paz, Lower California. Collected and presented by L.
Belding.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 339

Bernardino foot-hills, and breeds also on the Colorado Desert, where
its nest was found by Mr. F. Stephens as early as March 18. It winters
abundantly in the Cape district of Lower California, but none are
said to winter so far north as San Diego. It breeds in the Cape dis- .
trict, but is much less common there in summer than in winter. In
southern Arizona it occurs abundantly during its migrations, and also
breeds in those localities, which seem specially adapted to it.

Says Mr. W. E. D. Scott*:

In 1884 I did not meet with the birds in the Catalinas till late in July, and then
only sparingly. But in 1835, in the same locality, the birds were very common by
April 5, particularly the males, in the most gorgeous plumage. The absence of
adult females for the next six weeks was very noticeable. I think I took only three,
though the males were common all the time. About the 20th of May young birds
of the year began to be abundant, and adult birds of either sex were diffiult to find-
The young birds were common all through June; I could often count twenty near
my house; but after June 1 I was unable to get any adult birds of either sex. I do
not think the birds bred in the Catalinas, but think that probably they did breed in
numbers on the San Pedro River.

Two nests of this species, collected at La Paz, by Mr. Belding, are
quite different in size and shape. Both are ordinary looking structures,
composed of dull gray lichens and small pieces of thin bark, held to-
gether with spiders’ webs, the interior containing a few soft small
feathers, in one nest apparently of the summer yellow bird (Dendroica
estiva). The larger nest measures about 14 inches in diameter by a
little more than 1 inch in depth, the cavity being about 0.1 by 0.80;
the smaller one measures about the same in diameter across the top,
but is much narrower at the bottom, is less than 1 inch high, and has
a Shallower cavity with much thinner walls. Hach contains a single
egg, one measuring 0.30 by 0.50, the other 0.32 by 0.50. The identifica-
tion is positive, the parent bird accompanying each nest. One of these
females has a very large spot or patch of metallic violet on the throat,
while the other has instead only a few dusky specks.

GENUS SHLASPHORUS SwaInNson.

Selasphorus SwAIns., Fauna Bor.-Am. II. 1831, 324, and 496. Type, Trochilus rufus
GMEL.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Adult males with the tail-feathers partly
rufous, the outer primary narrow and pointed (except in three of
the Central American species }{), and the tail more or less graduated,
with some of the feathers, at least, more or less pointed; top of head
greenish, or at least not similar in color to the gorget (except in S.
floresit).

The species of this genus, or subgenus, differ so much among them-
Selves in points of structure that I am not able to give any better diag-

*The Auk, Oct., 1856, p. 431.
tS. torridus SALy., S. ardens SALV., and S. flammula SALV., have the tip of the outer
primary rounded.

340 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

nosis than the above. The typical species are easily recognized, so
far as the males are concerned, by the narrow and pointed outer prim-
ary, all of the northern species possessing this character, while one
of the southern species (S. scintiila) does also; while as to coloration,
the males of all are characterized by a greater orless amount of rufous,
longitudinally disposed, on at least some of the tail-feathers. The tail
is more or less graduated or wedge-Shaped, except in S. platycercus, in
which six middle feathers are about equal in length, the two outer pairs,
successively, decidedly shorter. Allhave a more or less brilliant me-
tallic gorget, which in all of the species except S. platycercus has the
postero-lateral feathers elongated into a conspicuous “ruff.” Only
S. floresti has the top of the head brilliantly metallic (the same color
as the throat), thus showing an affinity to the genus orsubgenus Calypte,
which, however, has an emarginate and differently colored tail and
very differently shaped outer primary.

It is very difficult to recognize generic or subgeneric characters in
the females; but their more graduated tails, with a considerable quan-
tity of rufous on the basal -portion of at least three of the rectrices,
willdistinguish them from the females of any other North American Hum-
ming Birds, except Stellula calliope, which has the rufous much more re-
stricted as well as paler and duller, and the six middle feathers of some-
what spatulate or pandurate form; and from those of any Mexican
genera except Atthis, Doricha, and Calothorax, which, except the first,
differ in having a curved bill and short middle tail-feathers.

The female of Atthis heloi sa is essentially similar to that of some spe-
cies of Selasphorus in the coloration of the tail, but the latter is double-
rounded, and the outer primary is much broader. ~

The known species of Selasphorus may be distinguished as follows:

MALES.

a'. Top of the head brilliant metallic red, like the gorget. Hab.: Western Mexico;
San Francisco, Cal. ?
S. floresitti GOULD. Floresi’s Humming Bird. (Page 341.)
a'. Top of the head greenish, totally different from the color of the gorget.
b!, Middle tail-feathers rufous, with a median streak or stripe of black; gorget
brilliant fire-red or metallic scarlet.
c', Upper parts (except top of head) rufous, sometimes glossed with green on the
back. Hab.: Western North America south to Mexico.
S. rufus GMEL. Rufous Humming Bird. (Page 343.)
c¢. Upper parts mainly metallic green.
d'. Larger (like (S. rufus), with upper tail-coverts wholly rufous. Hab. : British
Columbia to Arizona. S. alleni HENSH. Allen’s Humming Bird. (Page 347.)
d*. Smaller (wing only 1.30, culmen less than .50), with upper tail-coverts partly
green. Hab.: Costa Rica and Veragua.
S. scintilla GOULD. Sparkling Humming Bird.*
b?, Middle tail-feathers merely edged with rufous or (in S. platycercus) with no ru-
fous whatever.

* Trochilus (Selasphorus) scintilla GOULD, P. Z.8., 1850, 162.

On Ne

THE HUMMING BIRDS. O41

cl. Middle tail-feathers edged with rufous; outer primary not attenuated at tip.

d'. Middle tail-feathers purplish black with little or no metallic green, this,

if present, on outer web only and not extending nearly to the shatt-

(Gorget metallic ‘‘ pomegranate-purple,” not very brilliant.) Has. Ve-

raguaand Costa Rica, S.ardens Salv. Blazing Humming Bird.*

@. Middle tail-feathers, metallic green, the inner web (only) sometimes partly

purplish black.

e!, Gorget dull ‘ heliotrope-purple,” or dull grayish purple, with silvery or
even greenish reflections. Has. Veragua.

S. torridus Satv. Parched Humming Bird.t

é&. Gorget dull lilac-purple or wine-purple. Has. Costa Rica and Veragua,

S. flammula SALV. Flaming Humming Bird.t

@. Middle tail-feathers metallic green, without rufous edgings ; outer primary at-

tenuated and curved outward at tip; wing, 1.85 ormore. (Gorget rose-

purple or solferino.) Has. Rocky Mountain district, south to Guatemala,

S. platycercus (SwAIns.) Broad-tailed Humming Bird. (Page 350.)

FEMALES.

a. Outer tail-feathers tipped with white.
b!. Wing not less than 1. 65.
ce. Wing more than 1.90 (2.00-2.10), middle tail feathers without any rufous, and.
next feather with merely a slight edging of this color if any.
S. platycercus.
ct, Wing less than 1.90; middle tail-feathers with more or less of rufous on basal
portion, the next feather with basal half or more rufous.
d'. Outer tail-feather about .15 wide across middle of black space; wing 1.75-

1.80. S. rufus.

d@. Outer tail-feather only .10 wide across middle of black space; wing 1.65-
1.70. S. alleni.

b?. Wing less than 1.65. S. torridus.

a’, Outer tail-feathers tipped with light cinnamon-rufous or ochraceous: buft.
b'. Middle tail-feathers margined on both webs with cinnamon-rufous; outer tail-
feathers with both webs rufous at base.

c!, All the tail-feathers except middle pair cinnamon-rufous across both webs at
base. S. scintilla.

c. Only three outer tail-feathers cinnamon-rufous across both webs at base.
S. ardens.
b?. Middle tail-feather with only the outer web margined with cinnamon-rufous ;
outer tail-feather with only the inner web rufous at base. S. flammula.,

FLORESI’S HUMMING Birp. Selasphorus rubromitratus RIDGw.
(Plate xxxviil, Fig. 1.)

Selasphorus floresti GOULD, Mon. Troch. pt. xx, Sept. 1, 1861, pl. 10; vol. 111, 1861,
pl. 139 (mec Trochilus floresiti Bourc., Rev. Zod). 1846, 316).—BrYANT, Forest
and Stream, xxvi, No. 22, July 24, 1886, 426 (San Francisco, Cal.).

Trochilus floresii GRAY, Hand., 1. 1, 1869, 144 (Subgen. Selasphorus).—RiIpDGw.-Man.
N. Am. B. 1887, 315.—A.O.U., Abridged Check List, 1889, No. 431.1.

Trochilus rubromitratus and Selasphorusrubromitratus, RipGw., Auk. v1it, Jan., 1891, 114.

Le Sélasphore de Floresi (MULSANT and VERREAUX).

Chupamirto de corona y pecho escarlata (D’OCA).

Floresi’s Flame-bearer (GOULD).

* Selasphorus ardens SALv., P. Z. 8.1870, 209.
tSelasphorus torridus SALV., P. Z.S. 1870, 208.
f Selasphorus flammula SaLv., P. Z. 8. 1864, 586.

342 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

RANGE.—Southwestern Mexico (Bolanos, State of Oaxaca); acci-
dental near San Francisco, California.

Sp. CHAR.—Adult male similar in color to Calypte anna, but red of
the head more scarlet, and tail-feathers largely rutous-chestnut; outer
primary much narrower than in C. anna, and tail of very different
shape, the lateral pair of rectrices being much shorter than the middle
pair, instead of the reverse.

Adult male (No. 2620, coll. Walter E. Bryant, San Francisco, Cali-
fornia): Whole top of head, except occiput, together with entire chin
and throat, including the elongated postero-lateral feathers of the gor-
get, intense, glowing metallic rose-red, changing to metallic scarlet,
especially on chin and upper part of throat; occiput, hind neck, back,
scapulars, wing-coverts, rump, and upper tail-coverts metallic bronze-
green; remiges dusky, or dull brownish slate, faintly glossed with
purplish; middle pair of tail-feathers metallic green (much less bronzy
than back, ete.), the outer web broadly edged with rufous-chestnut
nearly to the tip, the inner web similarly marked for basal half; next
feather chestnut-rufous with a median stripe of purplish-black, this
stripe gradually coming to a point before the base of the feather is
reached, but in the other direction widening so as to reach the edge of
each web about .25 of an inch from the tip; next feather similar, but
the black occupying whole width of outer web to a distance of half an
inch from the tip, but much restricted on inner web; next feather with
the black extending about as far along the edge of the outer web, but
not reaching further along the shaft, while on the inner web it follows
the shaft no further than .20 of an inch from the tip; outer feather
dusky, with shaft chestnut-rufous nearly to the tip and inner web a
paler tint of the same for about the basal half. Chest pale brownish
gray, paler anteriorly against the lower margin of the metallic gorget ;
middle line of breast and belly similar; sides and flanks metallic bronze-
green, the feathers margined with pale brownish gray; axillars and
adjacent smaller under wing-coverts, light chestnut or cinnamon-rufous ;
femoral downy tufts white; under tail-coverts pale cinnamon-rufous,
becoming grayish white on latero-basal portion. Bill, black. Wing,
1.70. Tail, middle feathers 1.00, longest feathers (third pair) 1.20,
shortest feather (outer pair) 0.95,* exposed culmen 0.65.

The adult male described above agrees exactly with Mr. Gould’s
description and colored figures except in some minor and unessential
points, and since Mr. Gould’s description and figures, though from the
same specimen, do not agree with one another, it is altogether likely
that neither is quite correct. Mr. Gould describes the color of the
middle pair of tail-feathers as ‘“‘green with purple reflexions,” and the
lateral ones as having the outer webs ‘‘ purple” andthe ‘inner webs
deep reddish buff,” but they are not so colored in the plate, which

* The tail being widely spread, these measurements may not be more than approx-
imately correct.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 343

represents the middle pair as green with a continuous broad border of
rufous, and the outer pair as uniform purplish dusky, the intermediate
feathers being rufous with a narrow median stripe of purplish dusky,
expanding into a wedge-shaped space near the tip. The coloration of
the tail as represented in the plate agrees very well with that of the
San Francisco specimen, except that the latter has the basal half of
the inner web of the outer tail-feathers rufous, and lacks the rufous
border around the end of the middle feathers, the rufous running out
to the edge a little past the middle of the feather, and thus confined to
a little more than the basal half.

This most beautiful Humming Bird is so rare that only two examples
have been recorded, while the female is unknown. The history of the
type-specimen is thus told by Mr. Gould:

One of the very finest birds in the Loddigesian Collection was presented to the
late Mr. George Loddiges by Mr. Floresi. The specimen is in the best state of
preservation, and the bird must have been killed immediately after its moulting
had been completed, when its plumage was in its greatest beauty. It would, indeed,
be most difficult, if not impossible, to represent the color of the head and throat by
any artistic means at our command. In brilliancy it fully equals that of the freshly
moulted males of Selasphorus rufus, but differs from that and all the other known
species of the genus in having the entire crown, as well as the gorget, of the brightest
flame color. In the form and coloring of its tail it is a true Selasphorus while the
disposition of the colors of the body allies it to Calypte.

I have been kindly permitted by Miss Loddiges to take a drawing of the bird, and
that lady has also placed in my hands the following note made by her father in
reference to this species:

“August 11, 1845. Mr. Floresi sent me a most beautiful Humming Bird, which I call
Floresii. It is from Bolanos, and is nearly allied to Anna, but is much more brightly
colored ; viewed in front, it is scarlet, the sides of the collar are ruby color or crimson,
the head is bright ruby color, and the tail is something like that of platycercus, but
has brown inner webs. Mr. Floresi says it is the only one he has ever seen.

The specimen which I have described above was discovered in a tax-
idermist’s shop in San Francisco, California, in 1885, by Mr. Walter E.
Bryant, of that city, to whom I am indebted for the pleasure of inspect-
ing it. It had been mounted as a “hat bird,” and the taxidermist
who stuffed it assured Mr. Bryant that the specimen had been killed
in the vicinity of the city. (See Forest and Stream, vol. XxvVI, p. 426.)

Rurous HUMMING Birp. Selasphorus rufus (GMEL. ).
(Plate Xt. )

Trochilus rufus GMEL., S. N. i, 1788, 497.—Aup., Orn. Biog. Iv, 1838, 555.—NuTT.,
Man. 2d ed. 1, 1840, 714.
Trochilus (Selasphorus) rufus SWAINS., F. B.-A. 11, 1831, 324.
Selasphorus rufus AUD., Synop. 1839, 171; B. Am. rv, 1842, 200, pl. 254.--GouLD,
Mon. Troch. pt. 111, 1854, pl. 5 (part) ; vol. 11, 1861, pl. 141 (part).—Coop.,
Orn. Cal. 1, 1870, 355.—B. B. and R., Hist. N. Am. B. 11, 1874, 459, pl. 47,
fig. 4.
Selasphorus henshawi ELuioT, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 1, Oct. 1877, 97, 102; Class. and
Synop. Troch. 1879, 111.

344 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Nootka Sound Humming Bird.

Rufi-necked Humming Bird (LATHAM, AUDUBON).
Rufi-necked Honey-sucker (PENNANT).

Cinnamon, or Nootka Humming Bird (Swainson).
Rufous-backed Humming Bird.

Rufous Flame-bearer (GOULD).

Le Sélasphore sasin (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Chupamirto pecho dorado (D’OCA).

RANGE.— Western North America, breeding from the higher moun-
tains of southern California northward, near the coast, to Nootka
Sound, Alaska; during migrations, east to Montana, Colorado, New
Mexico, and western Texas; wintering on table-lands of Mexico.

Sp. CHAR.—Adult male with the upper parts, except top of head and
wing-coverts, deep cinnamon-rufous or brick-color, the back sometimes
washed with green but never continuously of this color; top of head
dull bronze or bronzy green; gorget intensely brilliant metallic scarlet,
changing to golden in certain lights; chest white, the remaining under
parts light cinnamon-rufous, paler along median line. Tail-feather next
to middle pair with a notch near end of inner web, the outer web sinu-
ated near tip; outer tail-feather more than 0.10 of an inch wide;
length, about 3.25-3.70; wing, 1.50-1.60; tail, 1.30-1.35; exposed cul-
men, 0.60-0.65. Aduit female, bronze-green above; all the tail-feathers,
including middle pair, cinnamon-rufous basally, the three outer broadly
tipped with white and crossed by a broad subterminal band of black ;
terminal or subterminal portion of fourth feather also black, the white
tip, if present, very small; outer feather more than 0.10 of an inch
wide; chin, throat, chest, and median portion of breast white, other
lower parts pale cinnamon-rufous ; throat usually spotted with metallic
scarlet or golden red, often with a considerable patch of this color;
length, about 3.50-3.90;. wing, 1.75-1.80; tail, 1.12-1.30; exposed cul-
men, 0.65-0.72.

Adult male (No. 2896, Columbia River, Oregon, May, 1835; J. K.
Townsend): Forehead and crown dull bronze, without greenish tinge ;
wing-coverts greenish bronze; remiges dusky, or dull brownish slate,
very faintly glossed with purplish; rest of upper parts uniform deep
cinnamon-rufous, without a trace of green; rectrices with a broad
median streak of purplish dusky on the terminal portion (this streak
about .45 of an inch long on middle feathers), but on two outer feathers
this dusky color confined to outer webs. A small white spot immediately
behind eye. Lores, suborbital region, and ear-coverts light cinnamon-
rufous. Chin and entire throat, including the elongated postero-lateral
feathers or “ruff,” intensely brilliant metallic scarlet, more purplish, or
ruby, red in some lights, golden red in others; chest white; rest of
lower parts light cinnamon-rufous, deeper on sides and flanks; downy
tufts between rump and flanks white, tinged with rufous. Bill and feet
black. Length (skin), 3.40; wing, 1.50; tail, 1.20, lateral feathers, 0.30
shorter; exposed culmen, 0.62.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XL.

Rurous Hummine Birp (Selasphorus rufus).
Male. (Cat. No. 91741, U.S. N.M. Baird, California. Collected by Charles H. Townsend.)
Female. (Cat. No. 94678, U.S. N.M. Santa Fé Mountains, New Mexico. Collected by H. W.
Henshaw.)
Nest. (Cat. No. 3026, U.S. N.M. Port Townsend, Washington. Collected by J. G. Swan.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 345

Adult female (No. 1943, Columbia River, Oregon, May 29, 1835; J. K.
Townsend): Above bronze-green, becoming dull grayish brown, very
faintly glossed with bronze-green, on forehead and crown; upper tail
coverts and feathers of the ramp cinnamon-rufous with green tips, the
longer tail-coverts with the edges also rufous; middle tail-feathers
with the basal half (concealed by the coverts) deep cinnamon-rufous,
except along the median line, which is metallic green, like the terminal
portion; three outer tail-feathers broadly tipped with white, this pre-
ceded by a broad space of purplish black, this by a smaller space of
metallic green, the basal portion cinnamon-rufous, the outermost feather
having a mere trace of the green, and on outer web only; fourth
feather with the tip purplish black for about 0.22 of an inch, then green
for about 0.20 of an inch (measured along shaft), the remaining portion
cinnamon-rufous. Lores, orbital region, and ear-coverts light cinna-
mon; a small white spot immediately behind eye. Chin and throat
white, the latero-posterior portion of the latter spotted with greenish
bronze, and the lower median portion covered by an irregular pateh of
metallic scarlet; chest white; sides and flanks light cinnamon-rufous,
fading into white on median portion of breast and belly; under tail-
coverts pale cinnamon-rufous with whitish tips. Bill and feet black.
Length (skin), 3.60; wing, 1.78; tail, 1.12, outer feathers 0.20 shorter ;
exposed culmen, 0.72.

Young male (No. 84129, Fort Whipple, Arizona, August 22, 1864; HE.
Coues): Similar to the adult female, but more golden green above, the
top of the head nearly as bright as the back; middle tail-feathers
chiefly rufous, but with larger dusky terminal space than in adult male;
beneath as in adult female, but chin and throat conspicuously spotted,
the spots small and brownish anteriorly, large and bronze-green pos-
teriorly; center of throat showing several metallic golden red new
feathers, of the adult plumage; outer primary broader.

Young female (No. 36912, Fort Whipple, Arizona, August 22, 1864;
EK. Coues): Similar to the young male, but green above much less
golden, and with no rufous showing on rump, while that on upper tail-
feathers is confined to the margins of the feathers ; middle tail-feathers
almost wholly greea, only the lateral portions of the extreme base being
pale brownish with a rusty tinge; outer primary broader and more
curved.

Adult males vary in regard to the color of the back, which is
usually (?) without a trace of metallic green, but often has more or
less of this color, even the rump being sometimes mixed with green-
tipped feathers. When the green is present, however, it is never con-
tinuous as in S. allent nor nearly so extensive, while the peculiar form
of the tail-feathers, so different from those of S. alleni, is just the same
as in those examples which have the back and rump wholly rufous. In
the color of the ruff sr gorget there is very little variation, except that
when the plumage becomes old the color becomes “ tarnished” to a

}
4
i ‘
a en

346 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

more golden or brassy hue, particularly on the tips of the feathers, this
condition characterizing all of the three Mexican (winter ?) specimens in
the collection, besides several of those from the United States. The
color of the top of the head varies from an almost coppery bronze to a
decided green hue.

Adult females vary chiefly in respect to the throat, which may be
entirely without any metallic feathers, but usually has a more or less
extensive irregular patch of metallic golden red ; but there is also much
variation in the extent and intensity of the light cinnamon-rufous of the
sides and flanks.

Young males may be immediately distinguished from females by the
much greater amount of rufous on the tail, the four middle feathers
being chiefly of that color, though the terminal dusky spaces are much
more extensive than in adult males, the white tips and subterminal
black spaces of the other rectrices being essentially as in the females.

Although the mature plumage of the male usually first begins to
make its appearance on the throat, there is a specimen in the National
Museum collection (No. 79915, Marin County, California, April, 1880)
which although having assumed entirely the adult plumage so far as
other parts are concerned has only a single metallic feather on the
throat.

Of all our western Humming Birds, the Rufous-backed has the widest
distribution, its breeding range extending from the mountains of Ari-
zona to latitude 61° on the coast of Alaska, and from the Pacifie coast
to New Mexico and Colorado. It must not be inferred from this gen-
eral statement, however, that the species breeds everywhere within the
wide extent of territory thus defined, for, on the contrary, certain con-
ditions of climate and vegetation, dependent on altitude as well as lati-
tude, are necessary for its existence. In Colorado, for example, it is
said to breed only above an elevation of 6,500 feet, ranging thence up
to 10,500 feet,* although in the Santa Catalina Mountains of southern
Arizona, so much farther south, its breeding range is said to be between
4,000 and 6,000 feet elevation.t

In Ventura County, California, it is said to be the most abundant
species of the family during summer ;t but Mr. Belding says that in
the Sierra Nevada it is a rare summer resident above 4,000 feet. It
seems not to occur at all in Lower California, except possibly as a cas-
ual visitant or straggler, since Mr. Belding never met with it during
his several explorations of that peninsula.

For original observations on the habits of the Rufous Humming
Bird, we owe more to Mr. H. W. Henshaw than to any other writer.
Mr. Henshaw found it “‘ by far the most abundant of the family in New
Mexico and Arizona, aS shown in every locality visited by our party.

* Drew, Auk., 111, 1885, p. 17.
t Scott, Auk, 111, 1886, p. 431.
¢Evermann, Auk., 111, 1886, p. 180.

THE HUMMING BIRDS 347

Quite numerous at Inscription Rock, but at Apache during the month
of August they were seen literally by hundreds hovering over the beds
-of brightly-tinted flowers, which in the mountains especially grow in
the greatest profasion on the borders of the mountain-streams. This
bird seems to affect no particular locality, but is about equally abun-
dant on the high mountains, in the open tracts of pine woods, in the val-
leys and deep cajions, or, in fact, wherever flowers are found. The
males are very pugnacious, and wage unremitting warfare on all the
other species, as well as among themselves. Even as late as August it
was not uncommon to see these birds still in pairs, and established in
certain areas, of which they appeared to consider themselves the sole
possessors, allowing no intruders. They manifested an especial ani-
mosity against the Broad-tailed Hummer, and, on the appearance of
one, would instantly dart forth with shrill, angry notes, and attack
and drive away the intruder, while the female, sitting on some neigh-
boring tree, would watch the oft-repeated contest with evident interest
and solicitude. At Camp Grant, during the last days of September,
they were still numerous, but after leaving this point I did not again
see the species.”*

Mr. Henshaw found this species “quite common in summer through-
out California,” and breeding ‘“ apparently as common in the valleysas
in the mountains.” He also found it breeding near the headwaters of
the Pecos River in New Mexico, and regarding their nesting there
says: t

As to their nesting, it is a curious and almost unaccountable fact that notwith-
standing their great numbers we found but a single nest, and this after it was
deserted. Inquiry among the settlers showed that they had never chanced upon
their nests, and I judge that the greater part nest, as I found to be the case in Ari-
zona, in the upper limbs of the pines; occasionally they nest lower. The one I
found was on a dead aspen, not more than 10 feet from the ground. At the time
when they are building their nests may be readily found. One has only to follow
the birds straight to their nesting-sites as they bear away material in the shape of
conspicuous tufts of cottony down from the willows.

It seems as though S. rufus must breed rather less abundantly in this locality than
S. platycercus ; at all events, while the former was much less common at and for a
considerable time after the date of our arrival, by August 1, when the males of 8S.
platycercus had about disappeared, the males of the former species were more numer-
ous than ever. This fact is attributed to a migration from somewhere further north,
though this locality is, in truth, about the most northern limit of the species in the

Rocky Mountains.
A single S. rufus was seen September 15. 1t was the last bird of the season.

ALLEN’S HUMMING Birp. Selasphorus alleni HENSH.

Selasphorus allent HENSH., Bull Natt. Orn. Club, 0, July, 1877, 53.

Selasphorus rufus (part) GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. m1, 1854, pl. 5 (green-backed speci-
mens); vol. 11, 1861, pl. 141 (do.).—ELuioT, Class. and Synop. Troch., 1879, 110
(excl. synonymy).

Green-backed Humming Bird (Cougs).

* Rep. Orn. Spec. Wheeler’s Exp., 1874, p. 131.
tThe Auk, vol. 111, 1886, pp. 77,78.

348 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

RANGE.—Coast region of California and British Columbia; Arizona
(Santa Catalina Mountains, rare).

Sp. CHAR.— Adult male with top of head, hind neck, back, scapulars
and wing-coverts metallic green; rump, upper tail-coverts, tail, lores,
orbital region, ear-coverts, sides, and flanks cinnamon-rufous; gorget
intensely brilliant metallic scarlet (exactly as in S. rufus); chest white;
tail-feathers next to middle pair tapering gradually, without notch or
sinuation near tip, and outer tail-feathers much less than .10 of an inch
wide; length about 3.25-3.40, wing 1.50-1.55, tail 1.05-1.15, exposed
culmen 0.60-0.65.

Adult female metallic green above, with basal portion of tail-coverts
and of all the tail-feathers cinnamon-rufous ; four middle tail-feathers
blackish terminally, metallic green subterminally ; three outer pairs
chiefly blackish, with broad white terminal spots, the outermost with
little if any rufous at base and not more than 0.10 of an inch wide; length
about 3.30-3.40, wing 1.65-1.70, tail 1.00-1.15, exposed culmen 0.65-0.70.

Adult male (No. 84133, Nicasio, Marin County, California, March 17,
1877; C. A. Allen): Forehead, crown, hind neck, back, scapulars, and
wing-coverts metallic green; lores, orbital region, ear-coverts, sides of
neck, sides of the body, rump, upper tail-coverts, and tail, deep cinna-
mon-rufous, the feathers of the ramp tipped with metallic green and
the tail-feathers marked at tips with a median broad streak of purplish
dusky (about 0.40 long on middle feathers); remiges dusky brownish
slate, faintly glossed with purplish. Gorget intensely brilliant metal-
lic searlet, varying to golden and ruby (exactly as in S. rufus); chest
white; remaining lower parts cinnamon-rufous, paler along median
line of breast and belly, deeper on sides; downy tufts between rump
and flanks pure white. Length (skin), 3.40; wing, 1.50; tail, 1.15, the
lateral feathers 0.30 shorter; exposed culmen 0.65.

Adult female (No. 84135, Nicasio, Marin County, California, March
17, 1877, C. A. Allen): Above metallic green, becoming much duller
and more dusky on anterior part of head; feathers of ramp and upper
tail-coverts cinnamon-rufous basally, metallic green at tips; tail-feathers
extensively cinnamon-rufous at base; two middle pairs black terminally
and metallic green subterminally ; three outer pairs with broad white
tips, preceded by a much more extensive subterminal space of black,
the second and third with a litttle metallic green between the black and
the basal rufous, which is much duller than that on the middle feathers ;
remiges dusky, faintly glossed with purplish. A superciliary stripe of
dull rusty buff, extending to above the eyes; lores darker; sides of
chin, malar region, suborbital region, and ear-coverts pale dull buffy,
fading into white on the throat and middle portion of the chin, the
former spotted with metallic orange-red ; chest and belly white; sides
and flanks light cinnamon-rufous, the under tail-coverts similar, but
paler. Billand feet black. Length (skin), 3.30; wing, 1.65; tail, 1.00,
the outer feathers, 0.22 shorter; exposed culmen, 0.65.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 349

The very close resemblance in coloration between this species and
S. rufus is really remarkable, the only obvious differences in the male
consisting in the green instead of rufous back and the smaller blackish
terminal markings of the tail-feathers; but the different shape of the
tail-feathers is so decided a character that even were the coloration
absolutely identical in the two they could nevertheless be easily distin-
guished. The females are still more alike in color, the only difference
that I am able to find, with only two females of S. alleni for comparison,
consisting in the markings of the tail-feathers, the middle pair of which,
in S. allent, have much more rufous, while a considerable portion of
their tips is black, this black being either more restricted or even
whelly absent on the same feathers in S. rufus. The under tail-coverts
are also deeper cinnamon-rufous; with a large series for comparison,
however, these apparent differences may be found to disappear, so that
it would be necessary to depend entirely upon the really very great dif-
ference in the width of the exterior rectrices in order to distinguish
females of the two species.

Allen’s Humming Bird so closely resembles the Rufous-backed in
general appearance that unless specimens are actually obtained it is
not easily identified; consequently its range is not well made out.
That its range is far more restricted than that of the common species
is, however, quite certain. It is essentially confined to the coast dis-
trict of California, but reaches into British Columbia on the north.
Only one specimen has been recorded from any locality outside of Cal-
ifornia to the southward, the one in question having been taken in the
Santa Catalina Mountains, Arizona, at an altitude of 4,500 feet, July
23, 1884, by Mr. W. EK. D. Scott.* According to Mr. Belding, it has
not yet been found in central California; arrives at San Diego, from
the southward, at about the same time as S. rufus; is quite a rare sum-
mer resident at Santa Cruz, and is not common in San Bernardino
County. Itappears to be more numerous in Nicasio County than else-
where, and it was there that Mr. C. A. Allen, of Nicasio, obtained the
fine series of specimens that enabled Mr. Henshaw to define the char-
acters of the species. Mr. Henshaw was furnished by Mr. Allen with
observations on its habits, which are well worth reproducing here.

Mr. Allen remarks incidentally in a letter that the green-backs, as he
calls individuals of S. alleni, are much the livelier and more active of the
two, keeping constantly in the open and always perching on the most
prominent dead twigs they can find. Their extreme shyness, as con-
trasted with the unsuspicious nature of the rufous-backs, is quite re-
markable. They seem to possess a larger share than usual of the cour-
age and pugnacity which is constantly displayed in birds of this family.
Not only do they always come off the victors when chance encounters
take place between them and the rufous-backs, but Mr. Allen has seen
a pair attack and put to rout a Red-tailed Hawk; while, as he remarks,

*The Auk, vol. m1, 1886, p. 431.

350 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Sparrow Hawks have no chance at all with them. He has often seen
the little fellows in hot chase after these latter birds, and their only
care seemed to be to get out of the way as soon as possible of foes so
determined.

The Rufous-backed Hummer, on the contrary, frequents the thickets
and is always unsuspicious and easily approached. The different local-
ities they affect may indicate a difference in the flowers from which
they obtain their food.*

The nesting habits of Allen’s Humming Bird are thus interestingly
described by Mr. W. Otto Emerson, of Hayward’s, California :t

I will here speak of Allen’s Humming Bird (Selasphorus alleni), that commenced to
build its nest on a running rose, under the porch roof, and within 8 feet of tne floor,
in front of our bedroom window, on May 27, 1885, She commenced the nest on the
end of the stalk, by bringing a lot of willow cotton and webs. She would place her-
self on the spot chosen, then with her bill, running it here and there around the edge
of the bettom, picking out a bit here and there, to place some other in its place, then
working her wings in a fluttering manner to shape the nest around her body. On
May 31 she laid her first egg, although the nest was not all done yet. She laid some
time before 10 o’clock, as I kept watch of her, and she had been sitting all day on
account of the high winds blowing the running rose stalks. By sitting close she
kept the egg from rolling out. Once or twice she left the nest to get a bit of web or
cotton to put around the nest. On June 1 she did not lay an egg, as the wind was
blowing hard all day. So she had to keep on her nest to save heregg. The nest
swung lke ‘‘the cradle in the tree top” of nursery rhyme fame. The nest looked
about half done, a great deal of cotton from the willows and the stamens of the’
Australian blue-gum tree flowers. June 3 one of the eggs got shaken out of the nest
and got broken on the floor. Still she sat. On June 4 the wind was very violent
and switched out the other egg. The bird would come to the nest, look in, and then
dart away, hovering in the air, give two or three sharp rasping notes, and then fly
off to hunt her mate to tell him of their fate. The nest still hangs there to the win-
ter winds.

For an entertaining account of the habits of Allen’s Humming Bird
in captivity, the reader is referred to an article by Mrs. C. M. Crowell,
in the Ornithologist and Odlogist, vol. v11, 1882, pp. 126-128.

BROAD-TAILED HUMMING BiRD. Selasphorus platycercus (SWAINS.).

Trochilus platycercus SWAINS., Philos. Mag., 1, 1827, 441.

Selasphorus platycerus BONAP., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1854, 257—GouLp, Mon.
Troch. pt. m1, 1852, pl. 7; vol. 111, 1861, p!. 140.—Coop., Orn. Cal. 1, 1870,
307.—B. B. and R., Hist. N. Am. B., m1, 1874, 462, pl. 47, fig. 5.

Broad-tailed Flame-bearer (GOULD).
LeSélasphore a4 large queue (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Chupamirto de pecho color de carmin (D’OCA).

RANGE.—Rocky Mountain district of United States, north to Wyo-
ming and Utah, westto Kast Humboldt Mountains, Nevada (to eastern
slope of Sierra Nevada?); breeding as far south as mountains of Ari-
zona and New Mexico; in winter south over table-land of Mexico to
highlands of Guatemala.

* Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club, vol. 11, 1877, pp. 55, 56.
t Ornithologist and Odlogist, vol. x1, No.3, p. 37.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 351

Sp. CHAr.—Adult male: Above, metallic bronze-green ; tail, except
middle feathers, purplish black ; the fourth (sometimes third also) edged
with rufous—rarely some of the tail-feathers with small whitish ter-
minal spots; gorget, metallic wine-purple or solferino; length (before
skinning) about 4.00-4.70; wing, 1.85-2.05 ; tail, 1.35-1.60 ; exposed cul-
men, 0.60-0.70. Adult female similar above to the male, but three or
four outer tail-feathers extensively rufous at base, the three outer ones
with broad white tips; chin and throat white, more or less streaked or
dotted with brownish; sides and flanks pale rufous or cinnamon-buff;
length, about 3.60-4.70; wing, 2.00-2.10; tail, 1.35-1.50; exposed cul-
men 0.70-0.72.

Adult male (No. 10847, Ft. Bridger, Wyoming, May 30, 1858; C.
Drexler): Above, metallic bronze-green, including whole top of head
and middle pair of tail-feathers ; remiges dull brownish slate or dusky,
very faintly glossed with purplish; tail-feather next to middle pair
dark metallic green on inner web, the outer web purplish black, glossed
with green toward end, and broadly edged with rufous; next wholly
purplish black, except a very narrow rufous edgivg to both webs ; next
similar, but with rufous edging to outer web confined to basal portion;
outer feather with no rufous edging to either web; a minute white spot
immediately behind eye; gorget, metallic rose-purple; chest, median
line of breast and belly, anal region and under tail-coverts white, the
the longer feathers of the latter with a central mark of dusky; sides
and flanks metallic bronze-green, the latter tinged with rusty. Bill and
feet black. Length (skin), 3.60; wing, 2.00; tail, 1.35; exposed culmen,
0.68.

Adult female (No. 94680, Santa Fé, Mountains, New Mexico, August
1; H. W. Henshaw): Above, bronze-green, becoming dull, dusky, gray-
ish brown on forehead and crown; remiges dull brownish slate, very
faintly glossed with purplish; tail-feathers next to middle pair with
about the basal half rufous, then a triangular patch of metallic green, this
succeeded by a patch of purplish black (its transverse anterior outline
.Jo from the tip), the apex of the feather formed by a small roundish
spot of dull buff; next feather tipped with a large oval spot of white,
and the green between the subterminal black and basal rufous much
reduced (only about 0.10 of an inch wide); next similar, but with the
green Still more reduced and the white terminal spot correspondingly
larger; outer feather with the white tip 0.35 long, and a mere trace of
green between the black and the rufous. Chin and throat white, each
feather with a small central spot of dull bronze; chest, white; median
line of breast and belly and under tail-coverts white, tinged with pale
rufous or ochraceous-buff; sides and flanks deep ochraceous-buff or
cinnamon-buff; bill and feet black. Length (skin), 3.60; wing, 2.10;
tail, 1.35 (outer feathers, 0.15 shdrter); exposed culmen, 0.72.

The principal variation in adult males consists in the coloration of
the exterior tail-feathers, one or more of which frequently show more

4 os ee

352 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

or less distinct whitish spots at the tips. In fact, of the ten specimens
at this-moment under examination, as many as Six possess this char-
acter, more or less pronounced, thus showing that it is by no means
exceptional. In three of these it is confined to an indistinct edging to
the terminal portion of the inner web of the lateral feather, the second
having merely a trace of this whitish edging. In the others, however,
the white amounts to a considerable spot at the tip of both webs, and
is present on the third as well as the first and second, though much
reduced in extent. The color of the gorget varies but little, except in
a specimen from Mexico (No. 60073, A. Boucard), in which it is more of
a geranium red, caused by the tips of the feathers being “tarnished”
to a more golden hue.

An adult male from Guatemala (No. 33647, O. Salvin) differs from
more northern specimens only in smaller size, its measurement being
as follows: Length (skin), 3.45; wing, 1.85; tail, 1.40; exposed cul-
men, 0.60.

Adult females, as in Trochilus alexandri and other species, vary
chiefly in the markings of the chin and throat, some having the cen-
tral guttate spots to the feathers pale grayish brown or olive and very
small, while others have these markings much darker in color as well
as larger. In none of the specimens examined, however, are there any
metallic feathers on the throat, such as are frequently seen in females of
S. rufus and 8. allent. An example from Mexico (No. 13636, J. Gould)
differs from United States examples in having the basal portion of the
rectrices much duller rufous, this color also much more restricted. The
specimen may, however, possibiy be a young male.

The Broad-tailed Humming Bird is the most common, or at least most
conspicuous, species of the family in the Rocky Mountain district,
although it seems to be more particularly characteristic of the eastern
portions, gradually diminishing in numbers, or at least in the con-
tinuity of the areas which it inhabits, to the westward. I am unable
to find any authentic record of its occurrence west of the one hundred
and sixty-first meridian, wherein the East Humboldt Mountains, Nevada,
I found it fairly common in August, 1868.

In the Rocky Mountain district proper, as in Colorado, for example,
it breeds at an elevation of from 4,000 to 11,000 feet,* and I found it
having about the same vertical range in the Kast Humboldt Mountains.
In the San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, according to Dr. Mearns,t
it is an abundant summer resident of the spruce belt. At Fort Garland,
Colorado, Mr. Henshaw found it most numerous along the mountain
streams, at an altitude of about 7,000 feet. It breeds abundantly in
the mountains of northern New Mexico, but in those of southern Ari-
zona it is said to be comparatively rare during the breeding season.
On the Upper Pecos River, New Mexico, Mr. Henshaw found the Broad-

* Drew, The Auk, vol. 111, p. 17.
t The Auk, vol. vu, p. 255.

ps

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 353

tailed Humming Birds “extremely numerous; young birds were noticed
August 1, and by the 10th they became common. By August 1, the
males of this species began to get less numerous, and by the 10th there
were none ; in fact, Isaw very few after that date. This isan extremely
interesting fact. Wherever I have been in the West, and for that
matter in the East also, I have always been led to wonder at the appar-
ent absence of males early in fall in localities where the females and
young were very numerous. The observations I was able to make here
solved the problem to my satisfaction. The truth appears to be that
immediately upon the young leaving the nest the males abandon their
summer limits and at once set out for their winter quarters, leaving the
females and young to follow at their convenience.

In this locality at least there is an evident reason for this. Just
about this date the Scrophularia, which is the favorite food plant of
the Hummers, begins to lose its blossoms, and in a comparatively short
time the flowers give place to the seed pods. Though there are other
flowers which are resorted to by the Hummers, particularly several
species of Pentstemon, they by no means afford the luxurious living the
former plant does. It seems evident, therefore, that the moment its
progeny is on the wing, and its home ties severed, warned of the
approach of fall alike by the frosty nights and the decreasing supply
of food, off go the males to their inviting winter haunts, to be followed
not long after by the females and young. The latter—probably because
they have less strength—linger last, and may be seen even after every
adult bird has departed.”*

In the San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, Dr. Merriam found them
“very abundant in the balsam belt and the upper part of the pine belt.
A nest containing two nearly fledged young was found on the limb of
a Douglas fir, about 4 feet from the ground, July 31. The principal
food plant of this Humming Bird is the beautiful scarlet trumpet flower
of Pentstemon barbatus torreyi. During the latter part of August and
early September, after it had ceased flowering, these birds were most
often seen in the beds of the large blue larkspur (Delphiniwm scopu-
lorum); They wake up very early in the morning and go to water at
daylight no matter how cold the weather is. During the month of
August, and particularly the first half of the month, when the morn-
ings were often frosty, hundreds of them came to the spring to drink
and bathe at break of day. They were like a swarm of bees, buzzing
about one’s head and darting to and fro in every direction. The air
was full of them. They would drop down to the water, dip their feet
and bellies, and rise and shoot away as if propelled by an unseen power.
They would often dart at the face of an intruder as if bent on piercing
the eye with their needle-like bill, and then poise for a moment almost
within reach before turning, when they were again lost in the busy
throng. Whether this act was prompted by curiosity or resentment I

* The Auk, vol, m1, 1886, p, 75.
H. Mis. 129, pt. 2 23

354 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

was not able to ascertain. Several were seen at the summit of the
mountain during the latter part of August. They were found also at
the Grand Canon of the Colorado, September 12 to15. They began to
leave the mountain during the first week in September, and none were
seen after the middle of the month.*

Mr Henshaw mentions the marked hostility existing between this
Humming Bird and the Rufous-backed species, but adds that, ‘‘in the
fall, when migrating, they are brought by the similarity of tastes and
habits into the same localities, and their combined numbers are in some
favored spots in Arizona simply surprising. ‘The beds of bright flow-
ers about Willow Spring, in the White Mountains, Arizona, were alive
with them in August, and as they moved swiftly to and fro, now sur-
feiting themselves on the sweets they here found so abundant, now fight-
ing with each other for possession of some such tempting prize as a
cluster of flowers, their rapid motions, and the beauty of their colors,
intensified by the bright sunlight—the gorgets of gold and purple con-
trasting against their emerald and bright-red bodies—conspired to an
effect not soon to be forgotten.”t

Genus STELLULA GouLp.

Stellula GOULD, Introd. Troch. 1861, 90. Type, Trochilus calliope GOULD.
Stellura Mus. and VERR., Class. Troch. 1865, 88. Same type.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Six middle tail-feathers contracted in the
middle and widened for the terminal portion, being thus of somewhat
spatulate or pandurate form; adult male with feathers of chin and
throat narrow, those of the latero-posterior portion of the latter elon-
gated so as to form a conspicuous ruff, only their terminal half metal-
lic, the basal portion being pure white; middle tail feathers without
any green.

This genus appears to be most nearly related to Atthis, but is quite
distinct in the peculiar form and coloration of the feathers of the
gorget, as wellas of the rectrices. But one species is known, this being
easily distinguished, in all stages of either sex, by the peculiar form of
the tail feathers, as noted above.

CALLIOPE HUMMING Birp. Stellula calliope GOULD.
(PLATE XLI.)

Trochilus (Calothorax) calliope GOULD, P. Z. S. 1847, 11.

Stellula calliope GouLp, Introd. Troch. Oct. ed. 1861, 90.—Coor., Orn. Cal. 1,
1870, 363.—B. B. and R., Hist., N. Am. B. 11, 1874, 445, pl. 47, fig. 9.

Calothoraxz calliope GOULD, Mon. Troch. pt. Xv, 1857, pl. 2; vol. 111, 1861, pl. 142.

Mexican Satellite (GOULD).

Star-throated Humming Bird.

Satellite Humming Bird.

La Stellure calliope (MULSANT anid VERREAUX).

Chupamirto de rafaguita (D’OCA).

* North American Fauna, No. 3, p. 93.
tZodlogy of Wheeler’s Expedition, p, 378.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XLI.

CALLIOPE HumMine Brrp (Stellula calliope).
Male. (Cat. No. 67201,U.S. N. M. El Moro, New Mexico. Collected by H. W. Henshaw.)
Female. (Cat. No.77447, U.S.N. M. Honey Lake, California. Collected by H. W. Henshaw.)
Nest. (Cat. No. 18914, U.S. N. M. Baird, California. Collected by Charles H. Townsend.)

—
ae

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 355

RANGE.—Mountain districts of western United States, north to Brit-
ish Columbia, east to Montana, Utah, New Mexico, etc., and south over
table-lands of Mexico; breeding south as far as San Bernardino Moun-
tains, in California, and mountains of northern New Mexico.

Sp. CHAR.—Adult male with the narrow and very distinctly outlined
feathers of the gorget pure white basally, metallic reddish purple ter-
minally; middle tail feathers somewhat spatulate, purplish black, edged
with rufous toward base and broadly tipped with dull brownish gray ;
remaining rectrices similar but without distinct grayish tips and rufous
basal edgings less distinct or even obsolete; under parts white, the
sides and flanks metallic green mixed or washed with pale rusty;
length (before skinning) about 3.10-3.30, wing 1.50-1.60, tail 0.80-1.10,
exposed culmen 0.55-0.58. Adult female metallic bronze-green above,
including the slightly spatuiate middle tail-feathers; three outer tail-
feathers broadly tipped with white, extensively black subterminally,
the basal portion dull greenish, becoming buffy or pale rusty at extreme
base; under parts white, the sides, flanks and under tail-coverts pale
rusty or cinnamon-buff, the throat more or less spotted with brownish;
length about 3.35-3.50, wing 1.75-1.80, tail 0.85-1.15, exposed culmen
0.58-0.60.

Adult male (No. 67201, El Moro, New Mexico, July 29, 1873; H. W.
Henshaw): Above metallic bronze-green, becoming duller on forehead ;
remiges dull brownish slate, very faintly glossed with purplish; middle
pair of tail-feathers dull black, broadly edged with rusty basally, and
broadly tipped with dusky brownish gray (as if faded); rest of rectrices
similar but fading gradually at tips into dusky brownish gray, aud
rusty basaledgings less distinct—quiie obsolete on outer feather.
Gorget with the feathers pure white for basal half or more, the terminal
portion metallic solferino-purple; chest, sides of neck, and under tail-
coverts pure white; median line of breast and belly dull white; sides
and flanks bronze-green. Bill and feet brownish black.* Length (skin),
2.75t+ ; wing, 1.50; tail, 0.80; exposed culmen, 0.58.

Adult female (No. 91748, Baird, California, May 29, 1883; Chas. H.
Townsend): Above, metallic bronze-green, including middle pair of tail-
feathers, which are entirely without rufous, even at extreme base; tail-
feather next to middle pair dark metallic green, both webs edged with
rusty toward base, the \terminal portion of outer web black (for about
0.25 of an inch), the corresponding portion of inner web inclining to the
same; next feather with a considerable terminal spot of white, this pre-
ceded by a black band more than 0.25 of an inch wide, the remaining
portion metallic green, broadly edged toward base with rusty; next

* According to Dr. J. C. Merrill (The Auk, July, 1888, p. 257), the fresh colors are
as follows: ‘‘ Upper mandible dead black, the lower light flesh color darkening
towards the tip, which was black ; the feet dark flesh-color, the irides brown.”

tSpecimens in the flesh, according to Dr. Merrill, measure in length from 3.10 to
3.30 ; a young male shot by me measured 242 in length.

356 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

feather similar, but white spot larger and rusty edgings less distinct;
outer feather with the white about equal to the black in extent, the
basal portion dull brownish gray, faintly tinged with green next to the
black, the shaft being very pale brown or buffy. Chin and throat
white, faintly flecked with brown, with larger and much more distinct
spots of bronzy green on the latero-posterior portion; rest of under
parts pale cinnamon-buff, the belly nearly white. Bill and feet black-
ish. Length (skin), 3.10;* wing, 1.68; tail, 0.85, the lateral feathers
about 0.10 shorter; exposed culmen, 0.60.

Young male (No. 69135, Mt. Graham, Arizona, September 20, 1874;
H. W. Henshaw): Not essentially different from some adult females.
Middle of throat showing several metallic reddish purple (new) feathers.

Adult males vary slightly in the color of the metallic portion of the
throat-feathers, which in some are a little less reddish purple than in
the example described. Some specimens show a decided pale cinnamon
or cinnamon-buff wash on sides and flanks, others having searcely a
trace of it. There is the usual range of variation in the color of the
upper parts, which may be nearly pure green or with a decided bronzy
hue, the latter, however, exceptional in the considerable series exam-
ined.

Adult females vary chiefly in the distinctness of the small dusky
markings on the throat, which are sometimes quite obsolete except
laterally and posteriorly, and the middle pair of tail-f-athers sometimes
show a slight rusty edging near the base and a black terminal space.

This is the smallest of our North American Humming Birds, but,
notwithstanding its diminutive size, has a very extensive distribution,
ranging farther north than any other of the western species except
Selasphorus rufus, and extending from the Pacific Coast nearly, if not
quite, to the main. chain of the Rocky Mountains. Like the Rufous
Humming Bird, however, it does not inhabit every portion of the exten-
sive region indicated, but only such parts as are suited to it by topo-
graphical or climatic conditions. In California, according to Mr. Ste-
phens,t it breeds as far south as the San Bernardino Mountains, where it
inhabits the pine region, but in most parts of that State it is, accord-
ing to Mr. Beldivg, rare and chiefly a migrant, though breeding in
the Sierra Nevada above 4,000 feet. Mr. Townsend ?¢ found it breed-
ing abundantly on the McCloud River, in the northern part of the
State, as did Dr. Merrill§ at Fort Klamath, Oregon. Dr. Merriam ||
obtained a female on the 3d of July at fort Ellis, Montana, where the
species was Sua ee and Mr. John Fannin records it as a

Before diamines Piel specimen peearenl 3h or Aone 3. 33 inches in lenatnere
female measured by Dr. Merrill was 3.35 long, while two measured in the flesh by
myself were respectively 3,°; and 3.50 long. <<

t Land Birds of the Pacific District, by Lyman Belding, 1890, p. 89.
{ Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. x, p. 209.

§ The Auk, vol.v, 257,

|| Sixth An. Rep. Geol. Sury. Terr., 1873, p. 693.

ee Fie

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 357

common summer resident at Buzzard Inlet, British Columbia. It has
not yet been taken in Colorado; but it may be expected to occur 1n the
western portion of that State, since the present writer found it to be
not uncommon in the Wasatch Mountains of Utah, where in fact it was
almost aS numerous as was Selasphorus platycercus. Mr. Henshaw
found it rather numerous in Summer along the Upper Pecos River, in
New Mexico. In the Santa Catalina Mountains of southern Arizona it
appears to be merely a transient, Mr. Scott * having met with it only
during April and August, only a single example having been seen by
him on each occasion, and he observes that Mr. Herbert Brown has
not found it about Tucson, nor indeed at other points in Arizona vis-
ited by him. Hence we may infer that it is, like the Rufous Humming
Bird, essentially a northern or alpine species, so far as its breeding
range is concerned.

Regarding its probable breeding in northern New Mexico, Mr. Hen-
shaw writes as follows :}

This, the most diminutive of our Hummers, is rather numerous in summer in the
locality in question, much further north than which it does not go.{ The species has
not yet been detected in Colorado, though I doubt not but that the higher mountains
of the southern portion of that State afford a summer home for some of them. It is
a curious fact in connection with the history of this species, as well as that of the
S. rufus, that while both of them range far to the northward in the Sierra Nevada,
reaching Washington Territory, and even going beyond into Alaska, they yet decline to
visit even the middle portion of the Rocky Mountains, but confine their range to their
southern parts. The Calliope Hummer is, as compared with the other species nen-
tioned, arare bird. It is also much less obtrusive, and in the contests of its larger
neighbors it takes no part. When assailed, as it promptly is by the other kinds, it
at once darts away to another spot where it can feed without molestation. It appears
to be timid in every way, so much so that it is not an easy bird to collect. An utterly
unaccountable fact noticed in connection with this species was the apparent rarity
offemales. Up to August 10 I had seen perhaps half a dozen, though constantly on
the watch for them, while I had certainly seen not less than ten times that number
of males. Subsequent to that date I saw a few more, but nothing like the number
of males.

By September the young were numerous in certain localities, notably in a large
sunflower patch.

Some points in the breeding habits of the Calliope Humming Bird are
thus described by Dr. Merrill, in the Auk for July, 1888, p. 257, the
locality being Fort Klamath, Oregon:

First taken May 17. A few Hummers, apparently of this species, had been seen
for 10 days before this date, but they. were not abundant until the 16th, after which
the males were common about the blossoms of wild currant and gooseberry bushes.
During the breeding season they are generally distributed, and are to be found in deep
pine woods as well asin more open places, the constant sharp, shrill notes of the males
indicating their presence and abundance. When pairing soon after their arrival,
and with less frequency during the period of incubation, the males have a habit ef
poising themselves for some seconds at a height of 30 or 40 feet above the ground, and
then dashing down nearly to theearth, rising as quickly to poise again, and repeating

*See The Auk, vol. 111, 1886, pp. 431, 432.

t The Auk, vol. 111, p. 78.

tIt has, however, subsequently been recorded from localities very much farther
north.—R. R.

358 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

the maneuver often; at such times their notes are particularly loud and attract
attention from a considerable distance.

A nest brought to me about the middle of July, and which the young had just left,
was placed upon a dead flattened cone of Pinus contorta. It was composed of thin
strips of a gray bark, with a few spiders’ webs on the outside ; the lining was similar,
but with a few small tufts of a cottony blossom from some tree; the nest was just the
color of the cone and was admirably adapted to escape notice. Another nest con-
taining two nearly fledged young was found at about the same time, but was quite
unlike the one just described in construction and situation, being of the common
Humming Bird type and saddled upon adead willow twig. One of the young birds
lived for about a week, becoming very tame and feeding greedily upon sirup.

Genus CALOTHORAX Gray.

Calothorax GRAY, Gen. B., 1840, 13. Type, Cynanthus lucifer SyAINs.

Lucifer REetcH., Synop. Av. Nat., 1849, pl. 39; Aufz. Colib., 1854, 13; Troch. Enum.
1855, 10. Same type.

Cyanopogon ‘‘ RrtcH.” Bonap., Ann. Soc. Nat., 1854, 138. Same type.

Manilia MULs. and VERR., Classif. Troch., 1865,86. Type, Calothorax pulchra GOULD.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Bill much longer than the head, distinctly
curved (except in C. pulchra); tail forked, the three outer feathers
narrow, and plain purplish black, in adult males; gorget of adult
males rich metallic amethyst, or magenta, purple with violet and blue
reflections; females with tail double-rounded and deeply emarginate,
the three outer feathers rufous at base, then black, tipped with white ;
under parts light ochraceous.

This genus is most nearly related to both Doricha, REICH.,* and
Acestrura, GOULD,t+t between which it is nearly intermediate. In fact
the three should probably be merged into one genus, Calothorax, with
Doricha and Acestrura (including perhaps one or more subdivisions of
the former) as subgenera.

The two known species of Calothorax are very much alike in colora-
tion, but differ so decidedly in structural characters that little difficulty
need be experienced in identifying them. Their differential characters
are as follows :

a', Bill with exposed culmen about one and a half times as long as the head, dis-
tinctly curved; aduli male with outer primary broader, and outer pair of tail-
feathers very narrow, as well as pointed ; adult female with belly white, and
lateral pair of tail-feathers shorter than middle pair. Has.: Table-lands of
Mexico, north to southern Arizona.

C. lucifer (SwAINS.). Lucifer Humming Bird. (Page 359.)

a. Bill with exposed culmen only a little longer than the head, much more slender,

and not decidedly curved; adult male with outer primary narrower, and outer
pair of tail feathers much broader, and not pointed at ends; adult female with
belly buffy, only a little paler than breast, &c., and outer pair of tail-feathers
longer than middle pair. Has.: Southwestern Mexico (Oaxaca, &c.).

C. pulchra GOULD. Beautiful Humming Bird.t

* Doricha ReicuH., Aufz. der Colib. 1853, 12. Type, Trochilus enicurus VIEILL. *
tAcestrura GOULD, Introd. Troch., Oct. ed. 1861,91. Type, Ornismya mulsanti BOURC.
t Calothorax pulchra GOULD, Aun. Mag. N. H., 3d ser., rv, 1859, 97; Mon. Troch., 11,
pl. 144.—Manilia pulchra MULSANT and VERREAUX, Hist. Nat. Ois.-Mouch. ,1v, 1877,
30, pl. 36.

4

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 359
LucirER HUMMING BirD. Calothorax lucifer (SWAINS.).
(Plate XLII.)

Cynanthus lucifer SWAINns., Philos. Mag., 1, 1827, 442.
Calothorax lucifer Gray, Gen. B.,1, 1848, 110.—Lawr., Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 11,
1877, 108 (Camp Bowie, Ariz.).
Ornismya cyanopogon LESS., Ois.-Mouch., 1829, 50, pl. 5.
Calothorax cyanopogon GRAY, Gen. B., 1, 13.—GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. x1v, 1857,
pl. 1; vol. 111, 1861, pl. 143.
Doricha enicura (error) HENsH., Am. Sportsm., v, Feb. 20, 1875, 328 (Camp Bowie,
Ariz.) ; Zool. Wheeler’s Exp. 1875, 381.
Mexican Star (GOULD).
Le Calothorax Barbe-Bleue (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Chupamirto morado grande (D’OCaA).
Oiseau-Mouche Barbe-Bleue (PREVOST).

RANGE.—Table-lands of Mexico, north to southern Arizona.

Sp. CHAr.—Adult male with the gorget rich metallic violet, varying
to purplish blue; upper parts metallic bronze-green, the three outer
tail-feathers purplish black, the outermost one excessively narrow ;
chest buffy white, belly and under tail-coverts purer white; sides and
flanks dull greenish bronze, tinged with rusty; length, about 3.40-
3.80; wing, 1.40-1.60; tail, 1.20-1.35 (forked for nearly half its length) ;
exposed culmen, 0.75-0.90; the bill strongly curved. Adult female
bronze-green above, including middle pair of tail-feathers; three outer
tail-feathers light cinnamon-rufous for about the basal half, then black,
the tips broadly white; post-ocular stripe, sides of neck, chin, throat,
malar region, sides, and flanks pale cinnamon-buff; belly white; length
(skin), about 3.30; wing, 1.65-1.80; tail, 1.20-1.25; exposed culmen,
0.75-0.90.

Adult male (No. 97727, Tupdtaro, Mexico; Prof. A. Dugés): Above,
metallic bronze-green, duller on top of head, more decidedly bronzy on
rump and upper tail-coverts; remiges dull dusky slate, faintly glossed
with purplish; four middle tail-feathers metallic green (scarcely bronzy),
the other tail-feathers purplish dusky, some of them tinged at tips
with metallic green, others minutely tipped with white. Gorget rich
metallic magenta-purple, changing to violet in certain lights; chest
dull white, tinged laterally and posteriorly with pale rusty; middle
line of belly whitish, sides and flanks metallic bronze-green, tinged
with rusty; under tail-coverts white, some of the feathers faintly
bronzy-grayish at base; bill and feet black. Length (skin), 3.80; wing,
1.50; tail, 1.20, the middle feathers 0.50 shorter; exposed culmen, 0,85.

Adult female (No. 35170, Mirador, Mexico; Dr. C. Sartorius): Above,
metallic golden green, much duller on top of head, the middle tail-
feathers nearly pure green; remiges dull brownish slate or dusky, very
faintly glossed with purplish ; tail-feathers next to middle pair chiefly
metallic green, the terminal portion black, shaft of the green portion
pale rufous, and outer web broadly edged toward base with cinnamon-
rufous ; next feather with more than the basal half of both webs, includ-

360 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ing shaft, cinnamon-rufous, the subterminal portion (for about 0.30 of
an inch) black,* the tip (for about 0.15 of an inch) white; next feather
similar, but with white tip more extensive; outer feather similar, but
white tip still more extensive (about 0.22 long), the black correspond-
ingly reduced, and no green between the black and the rufous. Broad
post-ocular stripe (commencing above the eye), sides of neck, chin,
throat, malar region, sides, and flanks uniform light cinnamon-buff,
deepest on flanks; chest mixed white and cinnamon-buff; belly white;
under tail-coverts pale creamy buff; bill and feet black. Length (skin),
3.30; wing, 1.65; tail, 1.10 (middle feathers 0.10 shorter and outer pair
0.20 shorter); exposed culmen, 0.80.

A female (perhaps not adult) from Arizona (No. 72535, near Camp
Bowie, August 7, 1874, H. W. Henshaw) is quite similar in coloration
to that described above, except that the entire chin and sides of the
throat are dull grayish white, only the median portion of the throat
(to within about 0.30 of an inch of the chin angle) being cinnamon-buff.
Measurements are as follows: Length (skin), 3.35; wing, 1.70; tail,
1.00; exposed culmen, 0.85.

The claim of this beautiful species [says Mr. Henshaw*] to a place in our fauna
rests upon the capture of a single female near Camp Bowie, Arizona. * * * IT re-
gret that I am unable to give any information respecting either its habits or its rela-
tive abundance in Arizona. Probably it is rare, for here, as in certain other points
in southern Arizona, the attention of the party was especially directed to the hum-
ming birds, the occurrence of novelties being rendered more probable by the abun-
dance of certain other species, and at Camp Bowie notably by the great number of
Trochilus alexandri. The well-known agave plants of this region were here very
abundant, and their tall upright stems, surmounted by the short lateral stems, with
their spreading bunches of blossoms, dotted the rocky hillsides in every direction
and gave a strange, weird aspect to the landscape. Around these humming birds
congregated, showing an especial liking for the nectar of the flowers, or possibly
finding in them rich storehouses of the minute forms of insect life, which is the chief
part of their diet. By taking a station near one of these, one could easily watch the
motions of these little feathered gems as they darted to and fro, and, had any other
species been even tolerably numerous, it could scarcely have eluded our attention.

Fortunately Mr. Gould has been able to give us, in his beautiful
Monograph of the Trochilide (vol. 111, p. 143), a rather full life-history
of the Lucifer Humming Bird, which is herewith transcribed :

This beautiful species, so well known by its trivial name of ‘‘ Mexican Star,” is
a denizen of the table-lands of that rich country, Xalapa, the land of perpetual spring
and of unsurpassed climate. It was in this fine region that the bird came under the
observation of the late Mr. Bullock, to whom we are indebted for all that is known
respecting it, and which is comprised in the following extracts from his Six Months
in Mexico:

“The house I resided in at Xalapa for several weeks was ouly one story high, in-
closing, like most of the Spanish houses, a small garden in the center, the roof pro-
jecting 6 or 7 feet from the walls, covering a walk all around and Jeaving a small
space only between the tiles and the trees which grew in the center. From the

* There is a sinall space of metallic green separating the rufous from the black.
tZodlogy of Wheeler’s Survey, 1875, p. 382.

Report of National Museum, 1890.— Ridgway. PLATE XLII.

LucireR Hummine Birp (Calothorax lucifer).
Male. (Cat. No. 85862, U.S. N. M. Valley of Mexico. Collected by A. W. Butler.)
Female. (Cat. No. 115294, U.S. N. M. Arizona. Collected by O. T. Baron.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 361

edges of these tiles to the branches of the trees in the garden the spiders had spread
their innumerable webs so closely and compactly that they resembled a net. I have
frequently watched, with much amusement, the cautious peregrination of the Hum-
ming Bird, who, advancing beneath the web, entered the various labyrinths and
cells in search of entangled flies, but, as the larger spiders did not tamely surrender
their booty, the invader was often compelled to retreat; being within a few feet, I
could observe all their evolutions with great precision. The active little bird gen-
erally passed once or twice around the court, as if to reconnoiter his ground, and
commenced his attack by going carefully under the nets of the wily insect and seiz-
ing by surprise the smallest entangled flies, or those that were most feeble. In
ascending the angular traps of the spider, great care and skill were required; some-
times he had scarcely room for his little wings to perform their office, and the least
deviation would have entangled him in the complex machinery of the web and
involved himinruin. It was only the works of the smaller spider that he durst
attack, as the larger sort rose to the defense of their citadels, when the besieger
would shoot off like a sunbeam and could only be traced by the luminous glow of his
refulgent colors. The bird generally spent about 10 minutes in this predatory excur-
sion and then alighted on a branch of the Avocata to rest and refresh himself, placing
his.crimson star-like breast to the sun, which then presented all the glowing fire of
the ruby and surpassed in luster the diadem of monarchs. Europeans who have
seen only the stuffed remains of these little feathered gems in museums have been
charmed with their beautiful appearance, but those who have examined them whilst
living, displaying their moving crests, throats, and tails, like the Peacock, in the
sun, can never look with pleasure on their mutilated forms. I have carefully pre-
served about two hundred specimens in the best possible manner, yet they are still
but the shadow of what they were in real life. The reason is obvious, for the sides
of the laminz or fibers of each feather, being of a different color from the surface, will
change when seen in a front or oblique direction, and, as each lamina or fiber turns
upon the axis of the quill, the least motion, when living, causes the feathers to
change suddenly to the most opposite hues. Thus the one from Nootka Sound
changes its expanded throat from the most vivid fire color to light green; the Topaz-
throated does the same, and the Mexican Star changes from bright crimson to blue.

“The sexes vary greatly in their plumage, so much so that the male and female
could not have been known had they not been seen constantly together and proved
to be so by dissection. They breed in Mexico in June and July; and the nest is a
beautiful specimen of the architectural talent of these birds; it is neatly constructed
with cotton or the down of the thistle, to which is fastened on the outside, by some
glutinous substance, a white, flat lichen resembling ours.

“The female lays two eggs, perfectly white and large for the size of the bird; and
the Indians informed me they were hatched in 3 weeks by the male and female
sitting alternately. When attending their young they attack any bird indiscrim-
inately that approaches the nest. Their motions when under the influence of anger
or fear are very violent, and their flight rapid as an arrow; the eye can not follow
them; but the shrill, piercing shriek which they utter on the wing may be heard
when the bird isinvisible. They attack the eyes of the larger birds, and their sharp,
needlelike bill is a truly formidable weapon in this kind of warfare. Nothing can
exceed their fierceness when one of their own species invades their territory during
the breeding season. Under the influence of jealousy they become perfect furies;
their throats swell, their crests, tails, and wings expand; they fight in the air (utter-
ing a shrill noise) till one falls exhausted to the ground. I witnessed a combat of
this kind near Otumba during a heavy fall of rain, every separate drop of which I
supposed sufficient to have beaten the puny warriors to the earth.

“In sleeping they frequently suspend themselves by the feet, with their heads
downwards, in the manner of some parrots.

“These birds were great favorites of the ancient Mexicans. They used the feath-

362 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ers as ornaments for their superb mantles in the time of Montezuma, and in embroid-
ering the pictures so much extolled by Cortez. Their name signifies in the Indian
language ‘ beams or locks of the sun,’ and their feathers are still worn by the Indian
ladies as ornaments for the ears.”

I have numerous specimens of this bird in my collection, and observe that those
procured in one locality differ somewhat from those obtained in another; for in-
stance, the examples collected by my friend Floresi in the neighborhood of the Real
del Monte mines are larger and altogether more powerful birds than those brought to
this country by M. Sallé and other collectors from Cordova. Bullock speaks with
great truth when he states that the sexes differ considerably, for it is only those
persons who are conversant with this extensive group as a whole who can, with any
degree of certainty, pair many of the species.

Genus AMAZILIA REICHENBACH.

Amazilia Retcu., Syst. Av., 1849, pl. 39. Type, Orthorhynchus amazili Luss.

Amazilis GRAY, Gen. B., 1, 1840.—Amazilius BONAP., 1849.—Amazillia, SCL. and SALv.,
1859.

Pyrrhophena Cas. and HEINE, Mus. Hein., 111, 1860,35. Same type.

Hemithylaca Cas. and HEINE, Mus. Hein., 111, 1860, 37. Type, Trochilus niveoventris
GOULD.

Hemistilbon GOULD, Introd. Troch., oct. ed., 1861, 149. Type, Amazilia ocai GouLD.

Eranna HEINE, J. f. O. 1863, 187. Type, Ornismya cinnamomea LEss.

Eratina HEINE, J. f. O., 1863, 190,191. Type Trochilus iodurus SAUCEROTT.

Ariana MuLS. and VERR., Class. Troch., 1866, 36. Type, Trochilus niveoventer GOULD.

Leucodora MuLS. and VERR., Hist. Nat. Ois.-Mouch., 1, 1877, 309. Type, Trochilus ed-
wardi, BOURC. and DELATTR.

Myletes (subgenus) MuLs. and VERR., Hist. Nat. Ois.-Mouch., 1, 1877, 284. Type, Tro-
chilus yucatanensis CABOT.

Saucerottia BoNaP., Compt.-Rend., 1850, 381. Type, Trochilus saucerottii BouRc. and
DELATTR.

Eyythronota GOULD, Intr. Troch., oct. ed., 1861, 16. Ornismya erythronota LEss.

Eratopis HeIne, J. f. O., 1863, 191. Type, Trochilus cyanifrons BoOURC.

* Hrasuria HEINE, J. f. O., 1863, 191. Type, Hrythronota elegans GOULD.

Lisaria MuLs., Cat. Ois.-Mouch., 1875, 11. Type, Hemithylaca warszewiczi CaB. and
HEINE.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Bill longer than head, straight; nostrils
uncovered; wing normal; tail more than half as long as wing, emar-
ginate, the feathers broad and rather stiff; tarsi densely feathered ;
under parts plain metallic green, plain cinnamon-rufous, or green ante-
riorly, and white, buff, or cinnamon-rufous posteriorly, the chest some-
times white; tail chestnut, purplish black, or blue-black; sexes alike.

Although the two dozen or more species which Mr. D. G. Elliot* has
included in this genus have usually been distributed through a greater
or less number of so-called genera, [ am forced by a careful examination
and comparison of the types of the several generic names given in the
above synonymy to agree with the gentleman just mentioned in his
reduction of these names to the rank of synonyms. Amazilia ocat
Gould and Hrythronota elegans Gould, I-have not seen, but have little
doubt that the names Hemistilbon Gould and Hrasuria Heine, based
upon them, respectively, are also synonymsof Amazilia. In fact, some

* Classification and Synopsis of the Trochilidx, pp. 216-226.

i THE HUMMING BIRDS. 363

other groups of species* which even Mr. Elliot has allowed to stand
as genera come so very close to Amazilia in their structural and other
characters that it may prove necessary to refer them also to the last-
named genus.

The twelve species of Amazilia (as recognized by Mr. Elliot) found
between the United States and Panama may be distinguished by the
following characters:

CoMMON CHARACTERS.—Above green, bronze-green, or bronzy; the
tail rufous, chestnut, bronzy, purple, or blue-black; lower parts green
anteriorly or entirely light cinnamon; sexes alike.

a, Lower parts partly green.
b!. Belly pure white.
cl, Tail purplish black. Hab. Costa Rica to Panama.
A. niveoventer (GOULD). White-bellied Humming Bird.t
c?, Tail deep bronze. Hao. Isthmus of Panama.
A. edwardii (DE LATT. and Bourc.). Ldward’s Humming Bird.t
62. Belly not white.
c!, Tail blue-black or dark steel-blue.
d'. Secondaries entirely black or blue-black. Hab. Nicaragua and Costa Rica.
A. sophie (Bourc. and MuLS.). Sophia's Humming Bird.§
d*, Secondaries rufous-chestnut, tipped with blue-black. Hab. Guatemala and
Nicaragua (Pacific side).
A,cyanura GOULD. Blue-tailed Humming Bird.||
c?. Tail bronzy, purple, or chestnut.
d'. Tail greenish bronze. Hab. Eastern Mexico.
A.ocai GOULD. D’Oca's Humming Bird.{
ad. Tail purple or chestnut.
e!. Secondaries partly rufous.
f}. Secondaries with more than basal half rufous; tail deep chestnut glossed
with purple, the middle feathers purple. Hab. Southern Mexico.
A. beryllina (Licut.). Berylline Humming Bird.**
f?. Secondaries with not more than basal half rufous; tail rich bronze-
purple. Hab. Guatemala.
A.maria (BouRC.).tt Maria’s Humming Bird.
e?. Secondaries without any rufous.
fi. Belly and flanks dull brownish gray; lores deep rusty. Hab. South-
eastern Texas to Ecuador.
4. fuscicaudata (FRAS.). Rieffer’s Humming Bird. (Page 366.)

*For example: dAgyriria Rricu., Uranomitra REICH., Bueanonn Reicu., T imolia
MULS., Arinia MULS., and Callipharus ELLIOT.

t Trochilus (——?) niveoventer GOULD, P. Z.S8., 1850, 164. Amazilia niveiventris ELLIOT
Class. and Synop. Troch., 1879, 222.

t Trochilus edwardi DE LatT. and Bourc., Rev. Zool., 1846, 308. Amazilius edwardi
Bonap., Consp., 1, 1850, 78.

§ Trochilus sophie Bourc. and MuLs., Aun. Soe. Lyons, 1x, 1846, 318. Amazilius sophie
BonapP., Consp., 1, 1850, 78.

|| Amazilia cyanura GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. xvii, 1850, pl. 12; vol. v, pl. 315.

§] Amazilia ocai GOULD, Aun. Mag. N. 76, ser. 3, 1v, 1859, 96; Mon. Troch.,v, 1861, pl.
289.

** Trochilus beryllinus LicutT., Preis-Verz., 1830, No. 26. Amazilia beryllina GOULD,
Mon. Troch. pt. xx11, 1861 (vol. v, 1861, p]. 312).

tt Trochilus maria Bourc., Ann. Soc. Ag. Lyon, 1x, 1846, 319. Amazilia marie ELLIOT,
Class. and Synop. Troch., 1879, 222.

ms

364 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

f?. Belly and flanks cinnamon-rufous or pale cinnamon ; lores not distinctly
rusty.
g'. Belly and flanks deep cinnamon-rufous. Hab. Yucatan.
A. yucatanensis (CABOT). Cabot’s Humming Bird.*
g?. Belly and flanks pale cinnamon or cinnamon-buft. Hab. Eastern
Mexico, north to southeastern Texas.
A, cerviniventris GOULD. Buff-bellied Humming Bird. (Page 364.)
a?. Lower parts entirely cinnamon.
b!. Smaller (wing 2.15-2.25, exposed culmen 0,80-0.88). Hab. Western Mexico and
Yucatan to Nicaragua.
A. cinnamomea (LESS.) Cinnamomeus Humming Bird.t
b2. Larger (wing 2.50-2.70, exposed culmen 0.90—1.05). Hab. Tres Marias Islands,
western Mexico. A, graysoni LAWR. Graysons Humming Bird.t

BUFF-BELLIED HUMMING BIRD. <Amazilia cerviniventris GOULD.

Amazilius cerviniventris GOULD, P. Z. S., 1856, 150.
Amazilia cerviniventris GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. XIII, 1857, pl. 12; vol. v, 1861, pl.

309.—MERRILL, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Cl ,1, Jan. 1877, 26 (Ft. Brown, Texas).

Am azilea yucatanensis MERRILL and Ripew., Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus,, 1, 1878, 148 (Ft.
Brown, Texas ; not Trochilus yucatanensis CABOT).

Fawn-breasted Amazili (GOULD).

Rufous-bellied Humming Bird (COUES).

L’Amazili 4 ventre de biche (MULSANT and VERREAUX).

Chupamirto de pecho verde y vientre castano (D’0cA).

RANGE.—Eastern Mexico, north to the lower Rio Grande Valley, in
Texas.

Sp. CHAR.—Adult (both sexes): Lores greenish or dull brownish (never
rusty); belly and flanks pale dull cinnamon-buff; upper parts metallic
bronze or bronze-green, the upper tail-coverts somewhat tinged with
rusty on basal portion; tail rufous-chestnut (glossed with purple on the
under surface), the feathers broadly tipped and margined terminaliy
with metallic bronze; some specimens (immature specimens only ?)
with a considerable blackish subterminal space on one or both webs of
all but the middle pair of feathers; chin, throat, and chest brilliant
metallic Paris-green ; breast metallic bronze-green; bill reddish (light
brownish in dried skins), blackish terminally; length about 4.00-4.50 ;
wing, 2.15-2.25; tail, 1.35-1.60, slightly emarginated; exposed culmen,
0.75-0.82. Young similar to adult, but upper mandible black, upper
tail-coverts broadly margined with rusty, and tail-feathers (except mid-
dle pair) with a more or less extensive subterminal space of blackish on
one or both webs, the median portion, however, including shaft, chest-
nut.

Adult male (No. 90749, Fort Brown, Texas, Dr. J. C. Merrill, U. S.
Army ): Above metallic green, tinged with bronze, the top of the head
very much duller; upper tail coverts bronze-green, their basal portion

* Trochilus yucatanensis CABOT, Proc. Nat. His. Soc., Bost., 1845, 74. Amazilia yuca-
tanensis GOULD, Mon. Troch. pt. xx111, 1861 (vol. v, 1861, pl. 308).

t Ornism ya cinnamomea LEss., Rev. Zool., 1842, 175. Amazilia cinnamomea ELLIOT,
Class. and Synop. Troch., 1379, 219.

t. Amazilia (Pyrrhophena) graysoni LAwR., Ann. Lye. N. Y., 18/7, 404.

‘+

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 365

(partially exposed) dull cinnamon-rufous ; tail clear chestnut, the two
middle feathers broadly greenish brouze at tips (for about .28 of an inch
along shaft and for a much greater distance along edges); rest of the
tail-feathers similarly tipped with bronze, but this color gradually
decreasing in extent to the outer pair, on the inuer web of which the
bronze is reduced to a very small angular space next to the terminal
portion of the shaft; under surface of tail faintly glossed with purple;
remiges dull brownish slate or dusky, faintly glossed with purplish.
Sides of head metallic green, like hind neck, ete.; chin, throat, and
chest brilliant metallic Paris-green; breast metallic bronze-green (ex-
tending farthest back laterally), the bases of the feathers dull grayish
cinnamon; belly and flanks light, buffy cinnamon, the under tail-coverts
vinaceous-cinnamon ; downy femoral tufts white; short dense feathers
clothing thighs and upper part of tarsus dull white, tinged with pale
buffy-grayish. Upper mandible pale brown (reddish in life ?), tipped
with blackish for about 0.15 of an inch; lower mandible similar, but
paler. Length (skin), 4.00; wing, 2.25; tail, 1.50, middle feathers 0.20
shorter; exposed culmen, 0.80.

Young male (No. 74337, Fort Brown, Texas, August 23, 1877; Dr. J.C.
Merrill): Generally similar to the adult as described above, but upper
parts much more golden bronze-green, feathers of lower back and rump
margined terminally with dull light rusty and upper tail-coverts broadly
margined with light rusty; middle tail-feathers with outer webs wholly
dull metallic bronze, the terminal portion of both webs copper-bronze;
other tail-feathers marked subterminally with purplish black, this re-
duced on outer feather to an edging to outer web, but on next to-the
middle pair occupying the greater portion of both webs near the tip;
top of head dull blackish brown, passing into dull rusty brown laterally.
Throat and chest not continuously brilliant green, but this color inter-
spersed with patches of dull buffy and grayish-brown feathers. Upper
mandible black, becoming brownish at base; lowcr pale brownish,
blackish at tip.

Young female (No. 74339, same locality and collector, date not given):
Similar to the young male as described above, but back, ete., purer
(less bronzy) green, middle pair of tail-feathers wholly bronze (darker
and more coppery terminally), purplish black subterminal spaces to
other tail-feathers much more extensive and more distinct, belly and
flanks much duller and grayer buffy, and only the basal half of the
under mandible light colored.

This bird is so closely related to the A. yucatanensis (Cabot) of Yuea-
tan that there is a strong probability that it will prove to be merely a
race of the same species. Although the type of A. yucatanensis ex-
hibits some characters of plumage which I have not been able to recog-
nize in any of the examples of A. cerviniventris which I have been able
to examine,* additional specimens show these differences to be incon-

——

* See Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. Iv, pp. 25, 26.

‘ r
4
4 I ;
ont
fs

366 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

stant and therefore not diagnostic, thus reducing the differential char-
acters of the two forms to the coloration of the under pavts alone, A,
yucatanensis having the breast, belly, sides, flanks, and under tail-
coverts much deeper in color, or a clear deep cinnamon-rufous, the
absence of any distinct wash of bronze-green on the sides of the breast
rendering the contrast between the brilliant green of the throat and
chest and the cinnamon-rufous color which follows it much more abrupt
and conspicuous.

The Buff-bellied Humming Bird, the plainest species of the family
that has hitherto been added to our Pane was first obtained within our
limits by Dr. J. C. Merrill, U.S. Army, at Fort Brown, Texas, in 1876.
It was there an abundant summer visitor, being particularly numerous
on the military reservation. It seemed to be perfectly at home among
the dense tangled thickets, darting rapidly among the bushes and
creeping vines, and was so active that specimens were obtained with
difficulty. It was rather a noisy bird, its shrill cries usually first attract-
ing attention to its presence. *

Mr. George B. Sennett met with it at the same place the following
year, but only obtained one specimen, which was shot while hovering
over wild flowers near the ground, among cacti and low bushes. t

I am unable to add anything further regarding its habits.

RIEFFER’Ss HUMMING BIRD. Amazilia fuscicaudata (FRASER).

(Plate XLII. )

Trochilus fuscicaudatus Fras., P. Z.8., 1840, 17 (Ecuador).
Amazilia fuscicaudata MERRILL and Ripew., Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1, Oct., 1878, 147
(Fort Brown, Texas).
Trochilus rieffert BourRc., Annu. Sci. Phys. et Nat. Lyon, 1843, 45.
Amazilia riefferi REIcH., Av. Syst. Nat., 1849, pl. 39.—GouLpD, Mon. Troch., pt.
xIx, 1860, pl. 14; vol. v, 1861, pl. 311.
Pyrrhophena rieferi CaB. and HEINE, Mus. Hein., 111, 1860, 36.—MERRILL, Bull.
Nutt. Orn. Cl., 1, Nov., 1876, 88 (Fort Brown, Texas).
Rieffer’s Amazili (GOULD).
Dusky-tailed Humming Bird (COUES).
L’Ariane de Rieffer (MULSANT and VERREAUX).

RANGE.—The whole of Central America and eastern Mexico; north
to the lower Rio Grande Valley in Texas; south to Heuador.

Sp. CuAR.—Lores rusty; breast and belly pale brownish gray ; upper
parts metallic bronze-green, darker on top of head, more bronzy or
golden on rump; tail deep chestnut, including middle feathers, the
feathers tipped and margined more or less extensively with bronze or
purplish; throat and chest brilliant metallic yellowish green, the
feathers pale grayish beneath the surface, showing wherever the
feathers are Ciparianged ; sides and flanks bronze-green; under tail-

* Pr, U. S. Nat. Men ole I, 1879, pp. . 149, 150.
t Bull. U. 8. Geol. & eon Gree Terr., Vol. Iv, No. 1, p. 36,

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XLIII.

RIEFFER’S HumMING Birp (Amazilia fuscicaudata).
Male. (Cat. No. 50370,U.S.N.M. Guatemala City, Guatemala. Collected by Dr. Van Patten.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 367

coverts chestnut-rufous; anal and femoral downy tufts white; bill red-
dish at base for a greater or less distance (brownish in dried skins),
the terminal portion black; length (skins), about 3.80-4.35; wing, 2.00-
2.40; tail, 1.45-1.70; exposed culmen, 0.70-0.90. Adult female similar to
the male, but usually more or less duller in color. Young similar to
adults, but plumage duller, the ramp more tinged with rusty, and the
head washed with rusty.

Adult male (No. 50370, Guatemala City, Guatemala; Dr. Van Patten):
Above metallic bronze-green, more decidedly bronzy, but also darker
and duller, on top of head, the rump inclining to golden bronze; upper
tail-coverts and tail, including middle pair of feathers, chestnut, the
latter glossed with purple (especially underneath), and each feather
broadly margined terminally with deep bronze, this color also edging
the outer webs; remiges dull brownish slate or dusky, faintly glossed
with purplish. Lores deep rusty; chin, malar region, throat, and
chest brilliant metallic yellowish green, somewhat broken by the light
grayish brown basal portion of the feathers here and there exposed ;
sides and flanks metallic bronze-green; median portion of breast and
belly light grayish brown; femoral and anal tufts white; under tail-
coverts light chestnut. Upper mandible brown (reddish in life), tipped
and edged with blackish; under mandible brownish white (red or flesh-
colored in life), with tipdusky, feetdusky. Length (skin), 3.80; wing,
2.30; tail, 1.40 (middle feathers 0.05 shorter); exposed culmen, 0.78.

Adult female (No. 38987, Panama, January 7, 1865; Fred. Hicks):
Similar to the male, as described above, but tail and its coverts rather
lighter chestnut; belly much lighter brownish gray, and bill more ex-
tensively dusky. Length (skin), 3.80, wing, 2.10; tail, 1.35; exposed
culmen, 0.85.

Young female (No. 40452, San Juan, Nicaragua, June 7, 1865; H. EH.
Holland): Similar to the adult, but duller green above, with feathers
of the lower back and rump broadly margined with rusty; anterior
lower parts with green much less brilliant and much interrupted by
dull brownish gray, approaching grayish white on the chin. Upper
mandible entirely blackish.

With very numerous specimens before me, representing various local-
ities, from eastern Mexico to Bogota, I am unable to discover any
constant differences coincident with locality, even in specimens from the
most remote districts. There is a considerable range of individual varia-
tion, involving the amount of blackness of the maxilla (some specimens
havipg the upper mandible wholly blackish except the extreme base,
while in others only the endis dark-colored), length of wing and bill, ete.
These differences, however, appear to be purely individual, and not at
all, so far as I can see, local. Some Costa Rican specimens are the
largest in the collection, as well as the darkest in color, but there is
much variation in both respects in a series of 8 examples from that
country.

368 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

A specimen from Guayaquil, Ecuador, however, (No. 54961, Dr. Des-
truge) labeled by M. Lawrence “ riefferi var. jacunda,” on the other hand,
differs decidedly from all more northern examples, including those from
Colombia, in the very much lighter color of the tail-coverts, tail, aud
abdomen, the latter being very nearly white, instead of brownish gray
or grayish brown.

Like the allied Buff-bellied Humming Bird, Rieffer’s Humming Bird
was first taken within the Uniied States by Dr. J. C. Merrill, U.S.
Army, who examined a living specimen brought to him by a soldier at
Fort Brown, but which subsequently escaped. Fortunately, however,
Dr. Merrill had taken « careful description of the bird while in his pos-
session, so there can be no question as to the correct identification of
the species.

But little has been recorded of the habits of this species, the follow-
ing, from Gould’s monograph, being all that I have been able to find:

Mr. Bridges found it feeding on a Malvaceous plant near the Boqueti, at an eleva-
tion of 4,000 feet; Mr. Salvin met with it at Coban in November, and also near
Bezbal, and remarked that it was far from common at Coban, and that all the speci-
mens he procured appeared to be males; and Mr. Fraser noticed it feeding from the
bark of a large tree in the forest of Babahoyo in Ecuador, and states that when he
arrived in Esmeraldas in October it was by no means uncommon, feeding morning

and evening around the eaves of the house; in November it was very scarce, and in
December not to be seen.

GENUS BASILINNA Bolin.

Basilinna Bots, Isis, 1831, 546. Type, Trochilus leucot.s VIEILL.

Heliopedica GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. Xv, 1858. Type, Trochilus melanotis SWAINS.,

= T. leucotis VIEILL.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to Amazilia, but bill broader, and
more denuded at the base, the frontal apex being considerably posterior
to the mental apex, and sexes very different in coloration.

This genus is so closely related to Amazilia that the sexual difference
in coloration is the most obvious difference. Only two species are
known, their diagnostic characters being as follows:

ComMMON CHARACTERS.—Above metallic green, darker or duller on
top of head; tail mainly chestnut or blackish, the middle feathers,
however, with more or less green; a broad and very conspicuous white
stripe behind eye, with a black, dusky, or brownish one immediately
beneath it, across ear-coverts. Adult males with forehead and chin
black or deep blue, the throat and upper part of chest brilliant metallic
green. Adult females with top of head dull brownish (sometimes tinged
with green), and lower parts pale cinnamon (with or without green spots
on throat) or dull grayish white with sides green.

a’, Tail mainly chestnut; posterior lower parts pale cinnamon. Adult niale: Fore-
head and chin opaque black, or dull blue-black; middle tail-feathers chestnut
centrally, metallic green exteriorly, the rest without dusky subterminal bar
or spot. Adult female: Lower parts pale cinnamon, with or without green
spots on throat; middle tail-feathers entirely green, the rest marked by a

more or less distinct subterminal spot of dusky. Hab. Southern portion of
Lower California, B. xantusi (LAwR.). Xantus’s Humming Bird. (Page 369.)

2

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 369

a. Tail mainly blackish; posterior lower parts dull whitish, mixed with grayish
brown and greenish. Adult male with forehead and chin deep rich blue;
middle tail-feather entirely metallic green or bronze, the others tipped with
green or bronzy. Adult female: Lower parts dull light grayish, or grayish
white, more or less spotted with green, the sides almost continuously of this
color; middle tail-feathers entirely green or bronzy, the others black, the two
or three outer ones tipped with dull grayish. Mab. Highlands of Guatemala
and Mexico. B. leucotis (V1IEILL.). White-eared Humming Bird.*

XANTUS’S EUMMING BirD. Basilinna xantusi (LAWR.),

(Plate XLIv.)

Amazilia zantusi LAwR., Ann, Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vir, April, 1860, 109 (female).
Heliopedica xantusi GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. xx1, 1861, pl. 2; vol.m, 1861, pl.
65.—Coop., Orn. Cal., 1, 1870, 365.—B. B. and R., Hist. N. Am. B., 11, 13874, 467,
pl. 47, fig. 3.
Basilinna canthusi ELutoT, Class. and Synop. Troch., 1379, 227.
Basilinna xantusi Ripaw., Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus., 111, 1880, 6, 188.
Heliopedica castaneocauda LAwrk., Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vi, Apr., 1860, 145
(male).—EL.ioT, [llustr. B. N. Am.,1, 1869, p. XXII.
Le Coeligéne de Xanthus (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Chupamirto de pico coral y vientre castano (D’0Ca),

RANGE.—Cape district of Lower California.

Sp. CHAR.—Tail mainly chestnut; posterior under parts pale cinna-
mon-rufous. Adult male with forehead and chin opaque black or dull
blue-black, throat and chest brilliant metallic yellowish green, and a
broad, white stripe behind eye; length (skins), about 3.40-3.60;+ wing,
1.95-2.15; tail, 1.35-1.40; exposed culmen, 0.65-0.70. Adult female with-
out any black about head, the white post-ocular stripe less distinct, and
the entire under parts light cinnamon-rufous; length (skins), about
3.10-3.50;+ wing, 1.85-2.00; tail, 1.15-1.25; exposed culmen, 0.60-0.70.

Adult male (No. 117767, Miraflores, Lower California, November 29,
1859; J. Xantus):§ Forehead slightly glossy blue-black, changing grad-
ually into duller blackish on the crown; chin and a broad stripe thence
beneath eye to ear-coverts opaque, velvety black; lores dull grayish
white; behind the eye a distinct stripe of white, changing into light
cinnamon-grayish on side of neck; occiput, hind-neck, wing-coverts,
scapulars, and back, metallic bronze-green; upper tail-coverts bronze-
green mixed with rusty; tail chestnut, faintly glossed with purple on
under surface, the middle pair of feathers broadly margined with metal-
lic bronze-green; remiges dusky brownish slate, very faintly glossed
with purplish. Throat and upper part of chest brilliant metallic yel-
lowish emerald-green or Paris green; feathers of lower chest and breast

* Trochilus leucotis VIEILL., Nouv. Dict.,ed. 2, xxi, 1818, 428. Basilinna leucotis
Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., 1853, 13.
t Length of a specimen before skinning said to be 4.75.
} Length before skinning said to be 3.30-3.65.
§ Type of Heliopedica castaneocauda, LAWR,
H, Mis. 129, pt, 2——24

370 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

metallic bronze-green terminally, light cinnamon-rufous basally; rest
of under parts light cinnamon-rufous, the anal region and under tail-
coverts paler. Bill with basal half or more pale brewnish (coral-red in
life), the terminal portion blackish. Length (skin), 3.40; wing, 2 05;
tail, 1.40; the middle feathers, about 0.10 shorter; exposed culmen, 0.65.

Adult female (No. 16935, Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, October
1859; J. Xantus):* Sides of forehead dull cinnamon-rufous; median
portion of forehead, with crown, dull grayish brown; rest of upper parts,
including middle pair of tail-feathers, metallic bronze-green, the upper
tail-coverts margined and somewhat mixed with rusty; tail-feathers
(except middle pair) chestnut, becoming gradually paler on the outer-
most, the second and third (from the middle) with a large blackish lon-
gitudinal subterminal spot on each web, the fourth with a similar spot
on the inner web and a trace of such a spot on the outer; outermost
feather without any spot on the outer web, and with a mere speck of
blackish on the inner web; remiges dull brownish s late or dusky, faintly
glossed with purplish. A distinct stripe of buffy whitish behind eye,
above upper margins of the ear-coverts, the latter dusky grayish brown ;
chin, throat, and other lower parts dull cinnamon-rufous, becoming
paler and somewhat mixed with whitish posteriorly. Upper mandible
black, becoming more brownish at base; lower pale brownish (reddish
in life), with blackish tip. Length (skin), 3.10; wing, 1.85; tail, 1.20,
the lateral feathers about 0.10 shorter; exposed culmen, 0.60.

Among adult males the principal variation in color affects the green
of the throat, which may be a decidedly yellowish green or a nearly
pure emerald-green, and the extent of bronze-green on the midd!e tail-
feathers, which sometimes covers the entire outer web and the greater
part of the inner web also.

Adult females obtained during midsummer are much paler, the color
of the lower parts being a dull grayish buff, and the post-ocular stripe
quite white.

A specimen, labeled “‘ Mazatlan, Mexico” (No. 24853, J. Xantus), is
similar to Lower California specimens and is doubtless not from the
ascribed locality.

What appears to be an adult female, but may be an immature male
(No. 24855, Cape St. Lucas, April, 1860, J. Xantus), differs from the
usual plumage of the adult female in having a quite extensive patch of
metallic yellowish green covering nearly the whole of the throat, and
some blackish feathers in the region extending from the side of the
chin to the ear-coverts.

What little we know of the habits of Xantus’s Humming Bird is due
to Mr. L. Belding who observed it at several localities in the southern
part of Lower California, where he informs us it is a mountain-loving
species, and usually to be found near fresh water, while in winter he
found it only in the mountain cations. ‘It was common at the western

*Type of Amazilia zantusi, LAWR.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway. PLATE XLIV.

XANTUS’S HuMMING Brrp (Basilinna xantusi).
Male. (Cat. No. 113101, U. S. N. M. Pierce’s Ranch, Lower California. Collected by M. A.
Frazar.)
- Female. (Cat. No. 113104,U.S. N. M. Pierce’s Ranch, Lower California. Collected by M. A.
Frazar.) ,
Nest. (Cat. No. 18563, U.S. N. M. San José, Lower California. Collected and presented by L.
Belding.)

a)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 371

base of Cacachiles Mountain in February; more so, in fact, than C.
coste. It was not observed at San José until some time after my
arrival, though it occurred in cafions only 2 or 3 miles to the westward.
About the last of April it was common in orchards at San José.

“ While incubating, this species is very confiding and courageous,
sometimes remaining upon the nest until removed from it by the hand.
A nest taken April 23 was placed underneath an awning or shade of
boughs and weeds in front of a farmhouse. It was surrounded by
downy heads of composite plants and could scarcely be distinguished
from them, having as usual, been made of raw cotton.”

The two nests of this species obtained by Mr. Belding are very neat
structures, quite different in appearance from the nest, of any other
North American Hummer, though they differ much from one another.
The finer of the two (No. 18563, San José, Apri! 23,) is a compactly
felted mass composed chiefly of raw cotton, but this coated exteriorly
with spiders’ webs and light brown fine fibrous materials. It is securely
fastened to two forks of a twig and rests between them. The shape is
very irregular, owing to the manner in which it is secured to the twigs,
but on top the transverse diameter is about 1.50 inches, the cavity being
about 1 inch across and about 0.60 of an inch deep. The two eggs
measure respectively 0.32 by 0.50 and 0.34 by 0.49, being essentially
identical in size and shape with those of Calypte coste, from which it is
apparently quite impossible to distinguish them. The other nest (No.
18564, Arroyo, north of Santiago Peak, May 9) is quite different both
in shape and material. Itis very regularly but shallowly cup-shaped,
averaging a little over 1.50 inches in external diameter, but only about
0.80 of an inch in extreme height. The cavity is about 1 inch across
by a little over 9.50 of an inch in depth. The material is chiefly raw
cotton, but this much mixed, especially outwardly, with fine leaf-stems,
seed-capsules, spiders’ webs, etc., besides one or two soft white feathers.
Like the other nest, this one is supported between two twigs. The
eggs measure respectively 0.34 by 0.49 and 0.32 by 0.50.

Genus [ACHE ELLIOT.

Circe GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt.x1, May 1, 1857. Type, Cynanthus latirostris SWAINS.
(Preoccupied ; Mert., 1835, Acal.)

Tache Evuio7T, Class. and Synop. Troch,, March, 1879, 234. Type, Cynanthus latirostris
SWAINS.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to Chlorostilbon GOULD,* but bill
longer. Bill decidedly longer than head, nearly or quite straight, the
nostrils entirely uncovered by feathers, though overhung. by a conspic-
uous operculum; the length of the exposed culmen equaling or exceed-
ing the distance from the bend of the wing to the tips of the longest
secondaries; tail deeply emarginate, the longest (lateral) feathers

* Chlorostilbon GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. v, 1853; Introd, Troch., oct, ed., 1861, 175,

Type, Trochilus pucherani BovRe. and MULS,

372 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

about equal in length to the distance from the tips of the longest sec-
ondaries to that of the longest primary, the shortest (middle) feathers
less than half as long as the wing. (Female with lateral rectrices
shorter, and tail therefore less deeply emarginated.) Adult males me-
tallic grass-green above, the tail-feathers blue-black with dull gray tips
(broadest on middle feathers); downy thigh-tufts pure white; under
tail-coverts with more or less of. white; rest of lower parts metallic
green, bluish green, or blue; bill pale brownish (red in life) on basal
portion, blackish at end. Adult females metallic grass-green above,
pale grayish beneath, the two exterior tail-feathers tipped with pale
brownish gray, and all with the basal half green.

This genus comes so very close to Chlorostilbon that I am unable to
give satisfactory characters for its separation; indeed, some of the
Central American species of Chlorostilbon resemble the species of Iache
quite as much, both in coloration and form, as the type of the former
genus (C. pucherant). In fact, lam unable to see why the two so-called
genera, together with Riccordia REICH.,* of the Bahamas, Cuba, Haiti,
and Porto Rico, should not be merged into one genus.

The number of species embraced in the so-called genus Tache is very
uncertain, only two of the five which have been described possessing
very definite characters. I have at this moment before me the types of
I. magica (Muls. and Verr.) and I. doubledayi (Boure.), besides typical
specimens of J. lawrencei Berl., a good series of I. latirostris (Sw.), and
a fine adult male of what should be, from the locality, the J. nitida of
Salvin. The five names above mentioned belong to two quite distinct
groups, I. magica and I. lawrencei being closely related to I. latirostris,
while JL. nitida is allied to I. doubledayi. Of the latter group I have
‘only three specimens for comparison, all adult males, as follows: The
type of I. doubledayi, kindly lent by the American Museum of Natural
History in New York City; aspecimen from Tehuantepec, collected by
Professor Sumichrast (No. 57794, U.S. National Museum), and referred
by Mr. lawrence to I. doubledayi ; and a most perfect example collected
by Mr. O. T. Baron, at Dos Arroyos, State of Guerrero, Mexico, the
region from which Mr. Salvin’s recently described J. nitida was ob-
tained. These three specimen are so much alike, however, that I have
little hesitation in referring them to one species, especially the first and
last, the Tehuantepec specimen being much more different from the
other two than they are from one another. Iam therefore not able to
decide, without more specimens, how many forms of the doubledayi
group should be recognized, but would not be much surprised if J.

* Riccordia REIcH., Aufz. der Colib., 1853, 10. Type, Trochilus riccordi GERV.—Spor-
adinus BONAP., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1854, 255. Same type.

This so-called genus embraces four species, as follows: KR. riccordi (GERYV.), of
Cuba and two of the Bahama islands (Andros and Abaco); 2. bracet (LAWR.) from
New Providence, Bahamas; R&, elegans (VIEILL.), from Haiti, and 2, mauge@i (VIEILL. ),
from Porto Rico.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 373

nitida would eventually prove to be merely a variation of I. doubledayi,
and not a distinct species.

The males of the several forms may be distinguished as follows, the
females of all except I. latirostris and J. nitida being unknown to me:

a’, Tail foried for only one-fourth its total length ; exposed culmen more than .70.

b!, Upper parts bronze-green ; bill larger and broader at base.

e!, Under tail-coverts white, with dull grayish central spaces, entirely white in
young; whole thront metallic blue. Hab., Western and central Mexico,
north to southern Arizona.

I, latirostris (SWAINS.). Circe Humming Bird (Page 373),

e?, Under tail-coverts dusky grayish, glossed with green, matgined with grayish
white; throat metallic green, tinged with blue toward chin, Hab. Tres
Marias Islands, western Mexico.

T. lawrencei BERL. Lawrence's Humming Bird *

b2. Upper parts purplish copper-bronze; bill smaller and narrower (exposed eulmen

less than 0.75, width at base not over 0.12). Hab., Western Mexico (vicinity

of Mazatlan). I. magica (Muts. and VERR.). Magie Humming Bird.t

a. Tail forked for much more than one-fourth its total length; exposed culmen less
than 0.70.

b'. Under parts, except throat, metallic bluish green; top of head metallic emerald-
green, inclining to blue on forehead. Hab., Southwestern Mexico (Dos
Arroyos, Guerrero; ‘‘Chimantla”).

I. doubledayi (Bourc.). Doubleday’s Humming Bird.t

62, Under parts metallic blue, the throat more purplish blue; top of head metallic
blue, more greenish posteriorly. Hab., Southwestern Mexico (Sierra Madre
of Guerrero; Chihnitan, Tehuantepec).

I. nitida SAuv. Shining Humming Bird. §

Circe HuMMING BrrpD. Tache latirostris (SWAINS.).
(Plate XLV.)

Cynanthus latirostris SWAINS., Philos. Mag., 1, 1827, 441.
Circe latirostris GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. x11, 1857, pl. 7; vol. Vv, 1861, pl. 338.—
Hensu., Am. Sportsm., v, Feb. 20, 1875, 328 (Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona);
Zool. Wheeler’s Exp., 1875, 380.
Tache latirostris ELu1oT, Class. and Synop. Troch., 1879, 235.
Circe (GOULD).
Broad-billed Humming Bird.
La Circé 4 large bec (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Chupamirto matraquita (D’Oca).

RANGE.— Western and central Mexico, north into southern Arizona.
Sp. CHAR.—Adult male, metallic bronze-green above, much duller on
top of head, and on upper tail-coverts ; tail blue-black, the middle feathers
tipped with brownish gray; chin and throat bright metallic blue, rest
of under parts metallic green, the under tail-coverts white, with or with-
out grayish or greenish central spots; bill reddish basally (brownish in

* Tache lawrence BERL., RipGw., Man. N. Am. B., 1887, 320.

t Hylocharis magica MULS. and VERR., Ann. Soc. Lyon, XviltlI, 1872, 110.—lache magica
ELLIOT, Class. and Synop., Troch., 1879, 235.

t Trochilus doubledayi Bourc., P. G. S., 1874, 46.—lache doubledayi ELLIOT, Class.
and Synop. Troch., 1879, 235.

§ Lache nitida SaLv., Ibis, April, 1889, 240.

374 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, i890.

dried skins), black terminally; length, dried skins, 3.40-3.65 ; beforeskin-
ning, 3.75-4.10;* wing, 1.95-2.08; tail, 1.20-1.35 (forked for 0.25-0.40)},
exposed culmen, 0.75-0.87. Adult female, metallic green, or bronzy-
green above, becoming dull brownish gray on forehead; middle tail-
feathers metallic green or bluish green, usually shaded with blue-black
terminally orsubterminally, the other tail-feathers greenish basally, then
blue-black, their tips brownish gray (much broadest on exterior feather) ;
lower parts light brownish gray, more or less washed with metallic
green on sides of breast; a white spot or short streak behind eye; length,
dried skins, about 3.25-3.40; before skinning, about 3.951; wing, 1.90-
2.10; tail, 1.15-1.20 (forked for about 0.12-0.25); exposed culmen,
0.75-0.87.

Adult male (No. 99218, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, June 28, 1884;
K. W. Nelson): Above metallic grass-green (some of the feathers tinged
with bluish green in certain lights), the forehead much duller; remiges
dull brownish slaty, very faintly glossed with purplish; upper tail-coverts
metallic bluish green; tail glossy blue-black, the four middle feathers
tipped with dull brownish gray, this about .10 of an inch wide on middle
pair. Chin and throat rich metallic cobalt-blue, gradually changing
posteriorly to metallic bluish grass-green, which color covers uniformly
the chest, breast, belly, sides, and flanks; thigh tufts pure white; under
tail-coverts white on edges (broad), pale brownish gray medially. Bill
light brownish (red or flesh-colored in life), about the terminal third
blackish; feet dusky, Length, dried skin, 3.50; wing, 2.05; tail, 1.30
(forked for 0.25); exposed culmen, 0.87.

Adult female (No. 111646, Tucson, Arizona, April 22, 1884; H. W.
Nelson): Above metallic green, glossed with bronze, changing to dall
brownish gray on top of head, and to a more bluish green on upper tail-
coverts and two middle tail-feathers; outer tail-feathers brownish gray,
crossed by a broad subterminal band of blue-black, about .30 of an inch
wide along shaft and removed about the same distance from the tip;
the terminal gray space somewhat paier than the basal one; next feather
has the basal gray space glossed with bluish green and the terminal
gray space much reduced in size, forming a triangular spot; third
feather has the basal portion metallic bluish green, and the terminal
gray spot still smaller; fourth similar, but with merely a slight terminal
edging of grayish; remiges dusky brownish slate, very faintly glossed
with purplish. Chin, malar region, throat, chest, breast, belly, sides,
and flanks plain light brownish gray, the sides of the breast washed
with metallic green and the flanks tinged with brownish; under tail-
coverts white, the shorter feathers tinged with brownish gray. An
oblique broad postocular streak of dull white, immediately above the
ear-coverts, the latter dusky. Upper mandible black; lower brownish

*Extent of wings, 4.98-5.05.
t Extent of wings, 5,05.

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Ridgway. PLATE XLV.

Circe Hummine Brrp (Jache latirostris).
Male. (Cat. No. 99219,U.S. N. M. Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona. Collected by E. W. Nelson.)
Temale. (Cat. No. 99220, U.S.N.M. Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona. Collected by E. W. Nelson.)
Nest. (Cat. No. 17890, U.S. N. M. Guanajuato, Mexico. Collected and presented by Prof. A.
Dugés.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 375

(reddish in life), tipped with dusky. Length, skin, 3.50; wing, 2.05;
tail, 1.20 (forked for about 0.12); exposed culmen, 0.87.

Young male, transition plumage (No. 99730, Arizona; EK. W. Nelson):
Above metallic green (much duller than in the adult), the feathers of
the lower back and rump and the upper tail-coverts indistinctly mar-
gined at tips with dull pale brownish ; tail as in adult male; under parts
as in adult female, but chin, throat, and malar region inclining to light
broccoli-brown, the latter interspersed with metallic greenish blue
feathers (of the adult livery), the chest also mixed with metallic green
feathers.

Young female (No. 72536, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, Aug. 24,
1874; H. W. Henshaw): Similar to the adult female, but feathers of
the back, rump, etc., margined terminally with pale brown, these
edgings most distinct posteriorly; under parts tinged with light brown,
especially the chin, malar region, and throat.

Among adult males the principal variation is in the coloration of the
under tail-coverts, which may be white, with the anterior or shorter
feathers merely shaded with pale brownish gray, or marked with dis-
tinct median spaces of deep brownish gray, an intermediate coloration
being the rule. The color of the throat varies slightly in the shade of
the blue, which sometimes has a more decided greenish cast, and the
upper tail-coverts may be of the same color as the back or of a de-
cidedly darker and duller hue.

The specimens examined are from the valley of Mexico, the plains of
Colima, the vicinity of Mazatlan, and southern Arizona.

The Circe Humming Bird is a common species of western and central
Mexico and is a more or less common summer resident in suitable por-
tions of southern Arizona, where it was first found in the Chiricahua
Mountains, in 1874, by Mr. H. W. Henshaw, and where, both in the
original and other localities, it has subsequently been found by other
collectors.

It was next met with in the Santa Rita Mountains by Mr. F. Stephens,
as recorded by Mr. Brewster in The Auk, vol. vi, 1882, p. 211; then in
the Santa Catalina range by Mr. W. E. D. Scott, in 1884.

Of this curious rather than beautiful Humming Bird [says Mr. Henshaw*] three
Specimens were secured in the Chiricahua Mountains, at a point a few miles distant
from Camp Crittenden. As the breeding season was entirely passed, I was able to
note nothing concerning its habits which served to distinguish it from others of the
family, save what appeared to be a constant habit of frequenting the agaves; and
ali the specimens were shot as they were flying about these peculiar plants, in the
neighborhood of which I am confident I saw several others. Great numbers of this
Species are found in Mexico; and, as they there inhabit the mountains and table-
lands, the species doubtless extends in summer through northern Mexico, and finds
in the extreme southern parts of Arizona a suitable climate; while an abundance of
the agave, to which plants it resorts in its more tropical home for at least a great
portion of its subsistence, serves as a further attraction. No doubt these hummers

are quite numerous in the locality I have referred to earlier in the season, as well as
in other similar places.

: * Zodlogy of Wheeler’s Survey, 1875, p. 381.

7
in
es a

376 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Mr. F. Stephens subsequently found the Circe Humming Bird in
the Santa Rita Mountains, where five specimens were obtained and oth-
ersseen. They were always found near water, andusually along the
streams which flowed through canons, high among the mountains. They
seemed to prefer sycamores to other trees, and invariably perched on
dead twigs where they could command an open view. Their notes were
flat and differed from those of other Hummers.*

The Santa Catalina Mountains were afterward added to their range
by Mr. W. E. D. Scott, who thus records his observations:

During the spring, summer, and early fall of 1884 this was a rather common
species in the Catatina Mountains, from an altitude of 3,500 to 5,000 feet, but in the
corresponding season of 1825 the birds were apparently rare. The birds arrive at this
point early in April, the 5th of that month being my earliest record, when I took two
adult males. They remain throughout the spring and summer, leaving from the
middle to that last of September. I took an adult female on June 26, 1884,{that con-
tained an unlaid egg with shell nearly formed, so that there can be but little doub¢

that the birds breed at this point. Besides, I have the young birds in first plumage
from July 1 until late in August.t

SPECIES WHICH HAVE BEEN WRONGLY ADMITTED TO THE NORTH
AMERICAN FAUNA, OR WHICH ARE PURELY ACCIDENTAL STRAG-
GLERNS.

The following species have been given in works on North American
birds, but are properly not entitled to a place in our fauna. One of
them (Atthis heloisa), being a bird of eastern Mexico, will doubtless yet
be found in southern Texas, but the other two belong to regions far be-
yond our limits.

Genus LAMPORNIS SwalInson.

Lampornis SWAINs., Zool. Jour., 111. 1827, 358. Type, Trochilus mango LINN.

Anthracothorax Bors, Isis, 1831, 546. Type, Trochilus nigricollis, VIEILL.

Smaragdites Bork, Isis, 1831, 547. Type, Frochilus dominicus LINN.

Floresia Reicu., Aufz. Colib., 1853, 11 (subgenus). Type, Zrochilus porphyrurus
SHAW,=T. mango LINN.

Hypophania Reicu., Aufz. Colib., 1853, 11 (subgenus). Type, Trochilus dominicus
LINN.

Margarochrysis RricH., Aufz. Colib., 1853,11. Type, Trochilus aurulentus, Vieill.—=
T. dominicus LINN.

Endoza HEINe, J. f. O., 1863, 179. Type, Trockitus porphyrurus SHaw. (Substitute
for Floresia RetcH! .)

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Size large (wing, 2.5€ or more); tail large,
slightly rounded, double rounded, or emarginate, considerably more
than half as long as wing, the feathers broad, with rounded tips, their
color mainly chestnut, glossed with purple, or bright purple (blackisl:
greenin JL. viridis); wing ample, the primaries of normal shape; bill
longer than head, slightly curved, its vertical thickness least through
the middle; nasal opercula partly feathered; greater part of tarsi
naked.

*Brewster, the Auk., vol. vil, p. 211.
tThe Auk, vol. 111, 1886, p. 432.

THE HUMMING BIRDS. war

The species of Lampornis are about ten in number (ircluding sub-
species), and belong chiefly to the West Indies and the Atlantic coast
district of tropical America; four of them, L. dominicus (Linn.), L. vir-
idis (Vieill.), LZ. mango (Linn.), and JL. ellioti Cory, are restricted to the
West Indies; the same number are continental; one which is merely
an‘insular race of a continental species is confined to the Caribbean
island of Old Providence, while one (LZ. calosoma Elliot) is of unknown
habitat.

The Central American forms may be distinguished by the following
characters :

COMMON CHARACTERS.— Adult males bronze-green above; tail (except
middle feathers) bright chestnut-purple, glossed with violet-purple,
the feathers margined terminally with blue-black ; lower parts greenish,
with or without a broad black throat-stripe. Adult females with lower
parts mainly white, but with a median stripe (broadest on throat) of
black or green; tail-feathers (except middle pair) bluish or greenish
black termialiy or subterminally, their tips often white.

a'. Throat-stripe opaque velvety black.

b!. Black of throat continued backward to belly. Hab., Panama to Brazil.

L. nigricollis (V1IEILL.). Black-throated Humming Bird (Page 377.)

b?. Black of throat not extending beyond chest.

ce. Bill longer (culmen 0.90 cr more). Hab., Southern Mexico to Costa Rica.
L. prevosti (Lxrss.). Prevost’s Humming Dird.*

c?, Bill shorter (culmen, 0.78). Hab., Old Providence Island, Caribbean Sea.
L. prevosti hendersonit (Cory). Henderson's Humming Bird.t

a’. Throat-stripe (female) or whole throat (male) brilliant green. Hab., Veragua.
L. veraguensis GOULD. Veragua Humming Bird.t

The first of the above-characterized species has been included in sey-
eral works on North American birds, on the strength of a specimen
that was given to Mr. Audubon by Dr. Bachman, who received it from
their ‘‘ mutual friend, Dr. Strobel,” who claimed to have obtained it at
Key West, Florida. If the specimen was really obtained at Key West,
its occurrence there must be considered as purely accidental, since it
is not even found in the West Indies, nor along the Central American
coast, but is a South American bird, with the Isthmus of Panama as
its normal northern limit.

BLACK-THROATED MANGO HUMMING BirbD. Lampornis nigricollis (V1EILL.).

Trochilus nigricollis VIEILL., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., v1, 1817, 349.
Lampornis nigricollis VON BERLEPSCH, J. f, O., 1884, 309.
Trochilus mango AUD., Orn. Biog., 11, 1834, 480, pl. 184; B. Am., tv, 1842, 186, pl. 251
(not of LINNAEUS).
Lampornis mango GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. x11, 1856, pl. 12; vol. 11, 1861, pl. 74.-—
B. B. and R., Hist. N. Am. B., 11, 1874, 440.

*Trochilus prevosti Lxrss., Hist. Nat. Col., 1831, 87, pl. 24.—Lampornis prevosti
Gray, Gen. B., 1.,108.

tLampornis hendersoni Cory, The Auk, tv, July, 1887, 177.

{Lampornis veraguensis GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. xv, May, 1858, pl. 9; vol. 11, 1861,
pl. 76.

378 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The Mango (GOULD).

Mango Humming Bird (AUDUBON).
Black-throated Humming Bird (COUES).

Le Lamporuis mango (MULSANT and VERREAUX).

RANGE.—Northern South America, from the Isthmus of Panama to
Brazil and eastern Peru; accidental at Key West, Florida?

Sp. CHAR.—Adult male golden green above, middle tail-feathers
darker; rest of tail rich chesnut, glossed with purple, the feathers
broadly margined at ends with purplish black ; median portion of body
beneath opaque black, the lateral portions metallic blue anteriorly,
bronze-green posteriorly. Adult female with median under parts
black, bordered along each side by white; tail-feathers more extensively
black terminally, the three outermost often with whitish tips.

Adult male (No. 119368, Panama, 1862; J. McLeannan): Above bronze-
green, darker and less bronzy on top ef head; middle pair of tail-feath-
ers dull greenish black ; other rectrices deep purplish chestnut, richly
glossed with metallic violet, each feather broadly margined terminally
with'glossy blue-black, and with the shaft clear chestnut; outer feather
with outer web broadly edged with purplish black ; remiges dusky, very
faintly glossed with purplish. Chin, throat, chest, and middle line of
breast and belly opaque velvety black, that of the chin, throat, and
chest bordered laterally by a band of. metallic blue, gradually passing
into green on the sides of the neck; sides and flanks bronze-green ;
under-tail coverts dark metallic green, the basal portion of the feathers
dusky ; downy tufts between flanks and rump, pure white. Bill black,
feet dusky. Length, skin, 4.10; wing, 2.60; tail, 1.45 (middle feath-
ers, 1.35; exposed culmen, 0.85.

Adult female (No. 2702, ‘“‘South America;” J. Cassin): Top of head
dull grayish brown, glossed with bronze-green; rest of upper parts
bronze-green, mixed with golden bronze; middle tail feathers dull bot-
tle-green, with dusky tip; next feather with outer web similar, but
inner web dull blue-black for terminal half and greenish dusky basally,
with a small spot of chesnut about one-third the distance from the tip;
next with more than the basal third green on outer web, dusky on inner,
the remaining portion blackish terminally and laterally, the central
portion occupied by a broadly lanceolate patch of chestnut, about 0.50
of an inch long, the extreme tip of the feather white; next feather sim-
ilar, but chestnut patch and white terminal spot both more extensive,
the latter passing into rusty anteriorly ; outer feather chestnut, with
base, broad margin to outer web, and still broader terminal margin of
inner web (both reaching nearly to the shaft near end of the feather)
black, the tip dull whitish and the shaft nearly pure white. Sides of
head similar to top, but darker; chin, sides of throat, and malar region,
together with breast and belly (except along median line), white ; a vel-
vety black stripe extending from upper part of the throat along median
line of under surface as far as the lower belly; sides of neck bright

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 379

bronze-green, the sides of the body (from breast to flanks) similar, but
more bronzy; under tail-coverts bronze-green, margined terminally
with pale grayish; bill and feet dusky. Length, skin, 4.25; wing,
2.55; tail, 1.50 (middle feathers, 1.40), exposed culmen, 1.00.

Immature birds (both sexes?): Resemble the adult female, but have
the feathers of the upper parts tipped with pale dull buffy, and the
white bordering the black median stripe of the under parts sometimes
mixed with light brown. *

Nestlings: ‘‘At a very young age the upper surface is bronzy green ;
the under surface white, spotted down the sides of the neck and body
with chestnut-red, the spots being arranged in a double line from the
angle of the lower mandible, and leaving a line of white between them
and the eye.”

This is a very abundant species in northern South America, but does
not occur, so far as known, north of the Isthmus of Panama. It was
introduced as a North American bird, however, by Mr. Audubon, on
the strength of a specimen given him by Dr. Bachman, which was
alleged to have been taken by Dr. Strobel at Key West, Florida. Ifthe
specimen in question was really taken at Key West, its occurrence there
must of course have been purely accidental.

The circumstances attending the case are thus given by Mr. Au-
dubon:

It affords me great pleasure to introduce to the lovers of natural history this species
of Humming Bird as an inhabitant of the United States. The specimen which is
now in my possession was obtained by Dr. Strobel at Key Westin East Florida. He
informed me that he had succeeded in capturing it from a bush where he had found
it seated, apparently wearied after its long flight across the Gulf of Mexico, probably
from some of the West India Islands or the coast of South America. Whether this
species ig numerous in any part of Florida, I have no means of ascertaining. The
interior of that territory, as its name indicates, is the land of flowers, and con-
sequently well suited to the peculiar habits of this genus; and as it has seldom been

visited by ornithologists it is possible that not only this, but several other species
of Humming Birds, may yet be discovered as inhabitants of our southern country.

Genus ATTHIS REICHENBACH.

Atthis Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., 1853, 12. Type, Ornysmia heloisa Luss. and DELATTR.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Similar to Stellula, but tail-feathers not in-
clining to spatulate form, the outer two or three broadly tipped with
white in both sexes; feathers of gorget in male broader and without
white bases.

The only two known species of this genus are very much alike in
general appearance, but may be distinguished by the following char-
acters :

COMMON CHARACTERS.—Exposed culmen not more than 0.50; outer
tail-feathers broadly tipped with white in both sexes. Adult males

* According to Gould “ the young male is similar to the female, but has the white
on each side the neck suffused with chestnut.”

380 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

hronzy green or bronzy above, the middle tail-feathers broadly edged
with rufous on inner web, the other tail-feathers with basal half rufous,
then purplish black, the two or three outermost broadly tipped with
white; gorget rich metallic purplish; chest and other median Jower
parts white, the sides and flanks rufous, tinged or spotted with green-
ish or bronzy. Adult females similar to males, but throat dull white,
spotted with dull greenish or bronzy; under tail-coverts pale rufous;
four middle tail-feathers without rufous edgings.

a. Adult male: Outer primary narrow, abruptly attenuated at tip; gorget brilliantly
metallic reddish violet, with decided violet tints in certain lights. Culmen,
0.48-0.50. Hab., Eastern Mexico.

A. heloisa (LEss. and DE Latrr.). Heloise’s Humming Bird. (Page 380.)

a. Adultmale with outer primary broad, not attenuated at tip; gorget metallic reddish
purple, without violet tints; otherwise much like A. heloisa. Culmen, 0.38-0.40.
Hab., Highlands of Guatemala. A. elliolti Ripew. Elliot’s Humming Bird.*

A. heloisa has been included in works on North American birds pub-
lished since 1870, on the strength of a specimen erroneously identified
as this species, collected by Mr. J. H. Clark, of the United States and

Mexican Boundary Survey, at El Paso, Texas.{ It is a species of east-

ern Mexico, where it inhabits the tropical coast district (and perhaps

the temperate slopes also), and may be expected to occur within our
limits along the lower Rio Grande.

HELOISE’S HUMMING Birp. Atihis heloisa (Less. and Dr LATTR.).
(Plate XLVI.)

Ornismya heloisa LESS. and DE LaTTR., Rey. Zool., 1839, 15.
Selasphorus ? heloise GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. vii, 1854, pl. 2; vol. 101, 1861, pl. 141.
Atthis heloise GOULD, Introd. Troch., oct. ed., 1*61, 89.—Coop., Orn. Cal., 1, 1870,
361.—B. B. & R., Hist. N. Am. B., 11, 1874, 465, pl. 47, fig. 6.
Heloisa’s Flame-bearer (GOULD).
L’Atthis d’Héloise (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Chupamirto de peto violado purptireo (D’OcA).

RANGE.—Eastern Mexico.

Sp. CHAR.—Adult male, with gorget rich metallie magenta-purple,
with steel-blue reflections, the feathers much elongated posteriorly and
laterally ; tail feathers all extensively rufous basally, the three outer
ones tipped with white and with a subterminal black patch; length
about 2.70-2.75; wing, 1.30-1.50; tail, 0.95-1.10; exposed culmen, 0.45—
0.50. Adult female, similar to the male above, except that the middle pair
of tail-feathers are without any rufous, while that on the other rectrices
is much more restricted; chin and throat white (tinged with rusty lat-
erally), spotted with bronze; chest and middle line of breast and belly
dull white; sides and flanks cinnamon-rnfous; under tail-coverts cin-
namon-buff; length (skin), 3.25; wing, 1.40; tail, 0.80; exposed culmen,
0.48.

* Atlhis elioti RipGw., Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1, July 1, 1878, 9.
t See The Auk, Jan., 1891, p. 115.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Ridgway.

PLATE XLVI.

Hetorsa’s Hummine Birp (Atthis heloisa).
Male. (Cat. No. 24616, U.S. N. M. Xalapa, Mexico. Collected by R. Montes de Oca.)

Female. (Cat. No. 24618, U.S. N. M. Xalapa, Mexico.

Collected by R. Montes de Oca.)

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 381

Adult male (No. 24616, Jalapa, Mexico; Dr. A. L. Heermann): Above
metallic greenish bronze, strongly tinged with golden bronze on hind-
neck, back, scapulars, and rump; remiges dusky, very faintly glossed
with purplish; middle pair of tail-feathers bronze-green, the basal por-
tion cinnamon-rufous, this most distinct on edges (broadly) where con-
tinued half-way to the tip; next pair of feathers cinnamon-rufous,
tipped with a guttate spot of purplish black, this preceded by a broad,
V-shaped patch of metallic bronze-green; remaining rectrices broadly
tipped with white and crossed by a broad, subterminal patch of pur-
plish black, the basal portion of all light cinnamon-rufous. Ear-coverts
grayish brown or olive; gorget, including chin, malar region, and entire
throat, brilliant metallic magenta-purple, with steel-blue and even
greenish reflections; the more posterior, and especially the postero-
lateral, feathers much elongated (the longest extending nearly 1.00 inch
from the chin-angle), the individual feathers rather narrow but with
rounded tips; chest, breast, belly, and under tail-coverts white; sides
and flanks light rusty, glossed in places with golden bronze; bill and
feet black; length (skin), 2.75; wing, 1.50; tail, 0.95; exposed culmen,
0.50.

Adult female (No. 24618, Jalapa, Mexico; Dr. A. L. Heermann):
Above bright metallic bronze-green, tinged with golden bronze, duller
on top of head; remiges dusky, with faint purplish reflections; middle
pair of tail-feathers metallic green, passing into blackish at tips, but
without rufous at base; next pair with a terminal spot of light cinna-
mon, then purplish black for about 0.22 of an inch, the remaining por-
tion cinnamon-rufous, with a small space of green between this color
and the black, on the outer web; next feathers similar, but terminal
spot whitish instead of cinnamon, with black more extensive and only
a trace of the green space; next, similar, but terminal spot pure white
and a little larger; outer feather similar to the second, but white spot

-a little larger, and basal portion much duller, as well as paler, rusty.

Chin and throat white, tinged with pale rusty laterally, spotted with
bronzy brown; chest plain white; sides and flanks cinnamon-rufous,
the belly whitish; lower tail-coverts cinnamon-buff; bill and feet black ;
length (skin), 2.50; wing, 1.40; tail, 0.85; the outer feathers 0.10
shorter; exposed culmen, 0.48.

The specimen from El Paso, Texas, referred to in the ‘‘ Ornithology
of California,” ‘‘ History of North American Birds,” and subsequent
works as being this species, proves to be a young example of Stellula
calliope. (See The Auk, January, 1891, p. 115.)

382 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Genus AGYRTRIA REICHENBACH.

Thaumantias BONAP., Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1854, 255 (nee EScHOLTZ, 1829).

Thaumatias GOULD, Introd. Troch. oct. ed. 1861, 151 (nec BoNnapr., 1850).

Agyrtria REIcH., Troch. Enum. 1855, 7. Type, Trochilus brevirostris LxEss.

Leucodora MULS., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. i, 1873, 309. Type, Trochilus norrisii BouRc.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—In what the characters of this supposed
genus really consist, I have not been able to discover, either by a care-
ful examination of specimens or by consulting the various works which
recognize it. The various species referred to Agyrtria are essentially
identical in structure with the species referred to Amazilia, and in my
opinion should be placed in the same genus with them. Other so-called
genera, as Uranomitra, Timolia, Hucephala, Arinia, and Callipharus, are
also involved in the uncertainty. (See p. 362.)

Taking the single species which has been mentioned as a North
American bird, together with all the Central American species which
have been placed in the same so-called genus, we have four species of
Agyrtria whose differential characters are as follows:

a'. Throat and breast green.
b!, Outer tail-feather blackish, with dusky gray tip. Hab. Tobago, Trinidad, and
Venezuela to Brazil; accidental in Massachusetts?
4. tobaci (GMEL.) Tobago Humming Bird. (Page 382.)
b2. Outer tail feather bronzy green, with dark purplish bronze subterminal band
and gray tip. Hab. Honduras. 4. lucie (LAWR). Lucy’s Humming Bird.*
a*, Throat and breast white.
b!. Belly pure white, flanks green. Hab. Mexico to Nicaragua.
A. candida (BouRc. and Muts.). White-breasted Humming Bird.t
b?. Belly and flanks pale rufous. Hab. Mexico.
A norrisii (BouRC.). Norris’s Humming Bird.t

TOBAGO HUMMING BIRD. Agyrtria tobaci (GMEL.).

Trochilus tobact GMEL., S. N. 1., 1788, 498.
Agyrtria tobaci ELLIOT, Class. and Synop. Troch., 1879, 206.
Thaumatias linnwi GOULD, Mon. Troch., pt. x11, 1856, pl. 4, vol. v, 1861, pl. 302. —B. B.
and R. Hist. N. Am. B., 11, 1874, 468.§
Agyrtria linnei COUES, Key, 1872, 186.
Trochilus maculatus VIEILL.,Ois. Dor., 1. 1802, 87, pl. 44.
Agyrtria maculata CAB. and HEINE, Mus. Hein.,111, 1860, 33.—Maywn., B. E. Mass.,
1870, 128 (Cambridge, Mass.).—ALLEN, Am. Nat., 111, Feb., 1870, 645 (do.).
Linnzus’s Emerald (GOULD).
Le Thaumatias de Linne (MULSANT and VERREAUX).
Linné Humming Bird (Cougs).

* Thaumatias lucie, LAwR. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci., Phil., 1867, 233. Agyrtria lucie, ELLIOT,
Class. and Synop. Troch., 1879, 208.

t Trochilus candidus, BouRC. and MULS., Ann. Soc. Ag., Lyons, ix, 1846, 326. <Agyr-
tria candida, CAB. and HEINE, Mus. Hein., iii, 33.

t Trochilus norrisii, BouRC., P. Z. 8., 1847, 47. Agyrtria norristi, ELLIOT, Class and
Synop. Troch., 1879, 204.

§ Not Thaumantias linnwi BONAP., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1854, 255, based on Trochilus
thaymantias Linn, (S. N. ed., 12, 1, 1766, 190), which is certainly not this species,

THE HUMMING BIRDS. 383

RANGu.—Tobago, Trinidad, Venezuela, Guiana, and northern Brazil;
accidental in eastern Massachusetts (7)

Sp. CHAR.—Adult (No. 88468, U. S. National Museum, Surinam;
Count von Berlepsch): Above dark bronze-green, including two mid-
dle tail-feathers, the latter, however, much duller green than the back;
remiges dusky, very faintly glossed with purplish; outer tail-feather
dusky, inclining to blue-black subterminally, the tip dusky gray for
about .20 of an inch; next feather similar, but with the dusky grayish
tip much less distinct, and the outer web slightly glossed with dull
bronze-greenish, except for terminal third; next feather with dusky
gray tip reduced to a narrow terminal margin, and the outer web dis-
distinetly dusky bronze-greenish, except terminally; fourth feather
similar, but no trace of grayish at tip. Malar region, chin, throat, and
chest, bright metallic emerald-green, more yellowish green laterally,
the feathers of the chin and throat dusky grayish at base, with a white
bar between the dusky and the green, those of the chest dusky imme-
diately beneath the surface; breast, sides, and flanks bronze-green ;
sides of belly similar, but feathers margined with pale grayish or gray-
ish white; middle line of belly (narrowly) white; downy femoral tufts
pure white; under tail-coverts brownish gray, broadly margined with
white. Upper mandible black ; lower pale yellowish brown (pinkish in
life), becoming blackish at tip; feet dusky. Length (skin), 3.90; wing,
2.15; tail, 1.20 (outer feathers a little shorter); exposed culmen, 0.80.

A specimen of this species is in the collection of Mr. William Brew-
ster, which is said to have been taken in the vicinity of Cambridge,
Massachusetts, in August, 1865. If it were really taken there, its occu-
rence must of course be regarded as purely accidental. (See remarks
on puge 313, )

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Koehler. Plate XLVII.

DorTrTED PRINT.

(Coronation of the Virgin.)
(Close of the fifteenth or beginning of the sixteenth century.)

(From print in the National Museum).

p. 385.

WHITE-LINE ENGRAVING FOR RELIEP-PRINTING IN THE FIFTEENTH
AND SIXTEENTH CENTURIES.

(DOTTED PRINTS, GRAVURES EN MANIBRE CRIBLEE, SCHROTBLATTER.)

By 8. R. KOEHLER, Curator of Graphic Arts.

The U.S.National Museum has lately come into the possession of a
few impressions from relief-blocks of the fifteenth or early sixteenth
century which bear upon the much-discussed question as to the nature
and origin of the so-called ‘‘dotted prints” (French: “ gravures en
maniére criblée”; German: “Schrotblitter”). The acquisition of these
interesting specimens affords an opportunity for the re-publication in
amplified form of an article on this subject, written by me fora Huropean
journal.*

It is the aim of this article to show that the prints in question are
simply white-line engravings for relief-printing, and that, as such, they are
identical, in the technical principle involved, with modern wood-en-
graving, which also is white-line engraving for relief-printing, the whites
and the tints intermediate between black and white being produced in
both cases by white lines and dots ent into the block, while the black
is supplied by those parts ot the wood (or metal) left standing in relief
and carrying the ink. ‘The conclusion embodied in this statement,
which places these primitive and rude performances technically on a
level with the delicate aud refined work of men like King, Cole, Closson,
Juengling, Miller, etc., may seem strange to absurdity to those who are
not accustomed to consider processes without regard to the artistic
character of the result reached. Itis, nevertheless, unavoidable, as the
following investigation will demonstrate.

The ‘‘ dotted prints” form a group quite by themselves among the
products of the reproductive or multiplying arts at the close of the
fifteenth and the beginning of the sixteenth century. The “ Coronation
of the Virgin,” here reproduced (Pl. xLvit) from one of the specimens in

*See “ Chronik fiir vervielfiltigende Kunst,” Vienna, 1889, vol. 11, No. 9.

H. Mis, 129, pt. 225 385

386 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

the Museum, is a good, although minor, example of the whole class.*
The large white dots observable in it, as in most—although, as we shall
presently see, by no means in all—of the prints here to be considered,
gave rise to the English name ‘dotted prints,” as well as to the French
designation, ‘maniere criblée,” the latter in allusion to “le crible,”
the sieve, a utensil which, in its older forms, is made of a piece of sheet-
tin perforated by round holes. The German ‘“Schrotblatter” or “ ge-
schrotene Arbeit,” from *‘ schroten,” (to grind corn coarsely, to cut or saw
rudely) expresses another peculiarity of these prints, the rude way,
namely, in which the ground in many of them seems to have been
enawed out rather than cut. In drawing, most of the ** dotted prints ”
are quite primitive, and there is noticeable in them a very marked pre-
dilection on the part of their designers or engravers for ornamental
backgrounds and accessories.

Owing to the inartistic character just alluded to, the tendency among
the older writers on the subject was to rank these prints among the
earliest specimens of the arts of engraving and printing, and to carry
their origin back to the beginning of the fifteenth century. At present
it is thought, however, that the rudeness of most of the designs is evi-
dence of lack of skill in the artists rather than of antiquity, and that it
will be safe to assume about the middle of the fifteenth century as the
oldest probable date. If this be so, the “maniére criblée” was quite
short-lived, as there is good reason to believe that it was not practiced
much beyond the beginning of the sixteenth century. In quantity the
‘dotted prints” are also quite limited. According to Dr. Willshiret
only about three hundred were known fifteen years ago, and although
this number has been added to by new discoveries since then, they are
still decidedly rare. Finally, it may be said that most of these prints
are of small or medium size, comparatively few only measuring as much
as about 10 by 14 inches.

It would seem from all this as if the prints in question had been given
an importance in the history of the multiplying arts and in the appre-
ciation of collectors not warranted either by their artistic character
or their bulk. It must be conceded, however, that they are very inter-
esting, and no one who has met with them can have failed of having
been struck by their unique appearance as compared with all other
contemporaneous attempts at producing pictures multipliable in the
press, Their most obvious characteristic is that the design is mainly

* Measurements, through the center, 73 by 106 millimeters. Partly colored red,
yellow, and light green; the red, thick and glossy, as if it had been gummed. ‘The
obscurations in the reproduction are due to the coloring. Mr. W. L. Schreiber, of
Franzensberg, Germany, to whom I sent a photograph of this print, kindly calls my
attention to the fact that i6 is identical with Weigel’s No. 333. See Weigel und Zest-
ermann, ‘‘ Anfiinge der Druckerkunst,” Leipsic, 1866, vol. u, p. 236.

t *Jutroduction to the study and collection of ancient prints,” 2d ed., London,
1877, vol. U1, p. 67,

WHITE-LINE ENGRAVING FOR RELIEF-PRINTING. 387

brought out by white dots and lines, or sometimes by white dots
only, or by white lines only, on a black ground, which is precisely the
reverse of the ordinary wood-cuts of the time, these being to all intents
and purposes reproductions of drawings in black lines on a white
ground, or, in other words, black-line fac-simile work. The strange
appearance of the ‘dotted prints” is furthermore increased by the
admixture of ordinary work in black lines on a white ground with
the work in white lines and dots on a black ground, so that it would
seem as if two opposing principles, harshly contrasting with one
another, had been utilized in their execution. The result was that
most investigators were sorely puzzled as to the nature of these queer
productions. All sorts of speculations were indulged in as to the
material—whether wood or metal—and the modus operandi employed,
one of the suggestions offered being that they were the outcome of a
combination of intaglio-engraving and relief-engraving, and it was
naturally enough asked, what motive could possibly have prevailed
upon their originators to adopt such an “irrational” method of pro-
ceeding ?

*Criblé,” says Mr. Henri Hymans, the excellent curator of the print
department in the Royal Library of Belgium, in his essay entitled
‘‘ Gravures criblées,”* “is a sort of engraving in which the subject is
worked out by a combination of dots and of lines.crossing one another,
and relieved white against a black ground; but in which, nevertheless,
black lines on a white ground are also seen, producing a more curious
than happy combination of intaglio-engraving (gravure en creux) and
relief-engraving (gravure en relief).” Again, speaking of a still-existing
plate engraved on copper for relief-printing, of which an impression is
given in the article in question (see the reproduction, Pl. xLv111), Mr.
Hymans says that itis ‘‘executed in intaglio and in relief at one and the
same time. * * * The features, the rays which surround the heads
of the saints, the folds of the drapery, in a word, everything which
marks form, is engraved in relief, as in wood-engraving ; t+ elsewhere,
however, intaglio-engraving (la taille douce) has been used to a consid-
erable extent, and produces in the impression white lines on a black
ground. * * * If weask for the reasons which may have prevailed
upon the artist to use so tedious and difficult a process, and one, more-
over, so limited in its means of expression, * * * wecan only find
thei in the necessities forced upon him by a long edition and the de-
sire to prevent the wearing of the plate. * * * Unfortunately the
existence of the plates [plate?] * * * can throw light only upon
the technique of the curious and irrational art which forms the subject
of our article, without allowing us to draw a conclusion which would
bring us a step nearer to the discovery of its origin.”

*See ‘‘Documents iconographiques et bibliographiques de la bibliothéque royale
de Belgique.” Brussels, 1887, pp. 14, 17, and 18.
+ This is not quite correct, as the rays of the nimbi are decidedly white on a black
ground.

b.
sine

388 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Upon these remarks of Mr. Hymans an English writer has based a
most astonishing hypothesis, which is calculated to make an already
apparently very difficult matter still more difficult.

‘‘The more we look,” says Dr. Willshire (vol. 1, p. 58, of his other-
wise very useful “Introduction,” before quoted), ‘‘the more inclined are
we to believe that the ground [should be, the surface] of the original
plate [7. e., of the plate on which the engraving was executed] has re-
mained for the greater part in relief, as it were, and has been inked, and
that the white forms or the dots and lines have been ent in intaglio,
kept free of ink, and so appear white off black in the impression. But
in other parts it wouid seem that the ground [should again be, the sur-
face] has been kept clean or uninked, and the cut or intagliated lines
and scratches have been inked and appear black off white, as in ordi-
nary copper plate impressions. Where the inked or black ground ap-
pears to give the forms, the plate or block may be said to have been
engraved in relief or en taille @épargne; but where the inked intagli-
ated lines or scratches indicate them, it must have been engraved en
creux. This strange mixture of work and effects gives rise,as Mr.
Hymans observes, to acombination more singular than agreeable.”

The hypothesis involved in the preceding paragraph is so extraordi-
nary that one is inclined to think there must be some misunderstanding.
The summing up, however, of his investigations and speculations,

given by Dr. Willshire on pp. 65 and 66, leaves no room for doubt.

“That a clear and full knowledge,” he says, ‘‘ of the exact mode of exe-
cution of the maniére criblée is yet a desideratwn, we candidly admit in
the face of what we have already stated. Nevertheless we believe we
are so far right in maintaining, first, that it was generally practiced on
metal plates; secondly, that the engraving was both in relief and in-
taglio, according to circumstances; thirdly, that the larger ‘ dots’ were
punched out of the metal, and the smaller ones indented, but not to
complete perforation, or at any rate that all the punctiform technic was
in intaglio, and did not receive ink; fourthly, that narrow lined forms
or contours, indicated in the impression by black detaching itself from
a white ground, were often from relief-engraving on the metal; fifthly,
that narrow-lined engraved work and hatchings, indicating texture and
shadow rather than forms in the impression, were from work in intaglio;
sixthly, that the peculiar effects produced by the admixture of engrav-
ing en creux and en taille @épargne were added to and varied by the
remoyal of the ink in certain parts before printing.”

If the explanation attempted by Dr. Willshire were borne out by the
facts, the method of procedure adopted by the engravers of the ‘“‘ dotted
prints” might, indeed, justly be called “irrational.” It is evident, how-
ever, from the quotations given from the dissertation of Mr. Hymans,
that the conclusions drawn by the English writer find no basis what-
ever in the utterances of his Belgian colleague. Mr. Hymans does not
even hint at a combination of relief-printing with intaglo-printing in

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Koehler. PLATE XLVIII.

SSS LOR res SSE
; Ee

= a 7
as 4
~ . Ye -
ia .

RUDE WHITE-LINE (TINT) ENGRAVING.
(The Trinity between St. Crispinus and St. Crispinianus.)

(From the impression given by Hymans).

p. 391.

fab

Ke

a

tia
pA

WHITE-LINE ENGRAVING FOR RELIEF-PRINTING. 389

the production of the “ maniere criblée” prints. Dr. Willshire simply
allowed himself to be misled by the somewhat unfortunate expression
‘a more curious than happy combination of intaglio-engraving with
relief-engraving,” used by Mr. Hymans. Had he looked at the matter
more from the practical-technical than from the theoretical-literary point
of view, and had he, moreover, consulted all the historical material at
command, the problem would have been less puzzling to him. Looked
at in the light thus to be obtained, the last vestige of uncertainty be-
setting this question, and which caused even Mr. Hymans to character-
ize the criblés as the productions of a “ curious and irrational art,” will
quickly vanish.

~ Art has its material as well as its ideal side, and so far as the former
is concerned the artist is absolutely dependent upon hismeans. The two
small illustrations which accompany this article (Figs. 48 and 49) look
at first sight as if both were taken from ‘ dotted prints ” of the fifteenth
century. Nevertheless they are separated from one another, as to period,

Vig. 48. Fig. 49.
FRAGMENT FROM A “ DOTTED PRINT’ OF FRAGMENT FROM A WOOD-ENGRAVING
THE FIFTEENTH CENTURY. BY THOMAS BEWICK.

by atleast 300 years. Vig. 48 is a fragment of acriblé, ‘“‘The Stigmatisa-
tion of St. Francis,” attributed to the last third of the fifteenth century,
and published, in a reduction, in Dr. Willshire’s ‘Catalogue of Early
Prints,” vol.1, Pl.iv. Fig. 49, is a bit from a wood-engraving by Bewick,
which appeared in ‘‘ Poems by Goldsmith and Parnell,” 1795, and is
reproduced in Dobson’s “Thomas Bewick and his Pupils” (Boston,
1884), p.79. Inthe fragments here given, Fig. 48 is reduced about one-
third, while Fig. 49 is enlarged about one-half, thus eliminating from
the comparison, at least to some degree, the disturbing element of

590 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

difference in size. It is hardly necessary to point out that both, so
far as the means of expression are concerned, rest absolutely upon
the same system, although the modern artist displays not only greater
skill in the use of these means, but also more refined powers of obser-
vation. Their homogeneity is due to the fact that they are drawn with
white lines upon a black ground, and this again is explained by the
further fact that both were executed with the graver for relief-printing.
That the latter statement must be true will be easily seen when it is
considered that the white line is the natural product of the graver in
its application to relief-engraving, an that consequently tie black line
is used in this kind of engraving only where it can not be avoided;
that is to say, in those passages in which forms have to be indicated
on a light ground or in high light. This explains also why we find
in the “ dotted prints” of the fifteenth century the combination of white
lines on black and of black lines on white, which has seemed to some
investigators to be so curious, and even “irrational.” The same com-
bination is found in the wood-engravings of the nineteenth century.
But while, owing to lack of skill, it produces an unpleasant crudeness
in the works of the relief-engravers of the middle ages, no such ecrude-
ness is apparent in the productions of the wood-engravers of to-day,
because they have refined the means of expression to a degree of which
their medieval predecessors had not the remotest idea, without in the
least altering the principle involved.

It is literally true, therefore, as stated at the outset, that the so-called
“dotted prints” of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, although exe-
cuted in the great majority of cases on metal, are simply premature
precursors of modern white-line engraving. The fact that they were
premature, and that white-line engraving could not develop at the time,
but was doomed to die away again after it had hardly made a erude
beginning, finds ready explanation in the conditions of the period in
which it arose.

The aim of the reproductive arts in their infancy was simply the
rendering of drawings. It would have been quite impossible for them
to attempt the suggestion of the effects of painting as it is understood
to-day, not only because the skill was wanting, but also because such
effects were not as yet within the grasp of art. It wasreserved for the
painters of Venice and of the Netherlands to take this step at a consid-
erably later period. The goldsmith, therefore, who desired to become a
reproductive artist, took up his graver as an instrument with which he
was familiar, and with it he produced, on the copper plate and aided
by intaglio-printing, black lines and dots on a white ground, as in draw-
ing. On the other hand, the first artists who endeavored to produce
blocks for relief-printing chose a board and a knife, very likely in imi-
tation of the ‘‘form-cutters,” or makers of wooden molds and stamps:
which was an old trade. The knife they were compelled to adhere to,

Report of National Museum, 1890. -. Kochler. PLATE XLIX,

WHITE-LINE ENGRAVING.

(The Crucifixion. )
(From print in the U. S. National Museum).

p. 391,

WHITE-LINE ENGRAVING FOR RELIEF-PRINTING. aol

as wood cut across the grain was not yet in vogue, and the graver can
not be used on wood cut in the direction of the grain or fiber. It is
quite conceivable, however, that the advantages of relief-engraving,
the ease and more especially the rapidity of printing, were soon discov-
ered by the goldsmiths who wielded the burin, and if this was once the
case, it is not to be wondered at that they should have attempted to
reach the same end with the means to which they were accustomed.
As the graver, however, in its application to relief-engraving, most
readily produces white lines, they were naturally, and it may indeed be
said inevitably, led to the same result as the engravers who first essayed
to use the burin for relief work in the eighteenth century ; that is to say,
they endeavored to produce their drawings by white lines on a black
ground, and used black lines only where they could not do without them,
namely, in the high lights. They thus arrived at white-line engraving on
metal, and this again led them unconsciously to the first rude begin-
nings of tint-engraving. It may be difficult at first, with the modern
idea of tint-engraving present to the mind, to detect tints in the ‘ ma-
niere criblée” prints. But a littie reflection will show that the wiite
dots produced by punches, even without the white lines with which they
are often intermingled, served only to break up the black surface and
thus to convert it into tints. These conclusions once established, it will
be coneeded that the terms dotted prints and maniére criblée are wholly
unjustifiable and inadequate, since the dot is merely an incident. The
main point is the elaboration of the design by white lines and dots on
a black ground, and this constitutes essentially white-line engraving,
which in its development is tint-engraving. This being so, it is not to
be wondered at that we find ‘‘ dotted prints” with not a single dot in
them. The engraving bere reproduced from the impression given by Mr.
Hymans (see P]. XLvVI11) is a good illustration of this fact. It is a rude
white-line engraving (tint-engraving), withoutany dots whatever, which
clearly shows that it owes its origin to the graver, as, for instance, in the
dots in the dark space under the right arm of Christ. The identity of
the principle involved with that of modern wood-engraving is, however,
still more clearly brought out by an examination of the ‘“‘ Crucifixion ”
(Pl. xL1x)* here reproduced from the original in the U.S. National
Museum. Not only do certain parts, such as the leg of the man at the
Tight and the pieces of wood by which the eross is held in the ground,
show well defined tints, but the garments are throughout worked in
white lines crossing one another. ‘To show that precisely thesame method
is employed in modern white-line engraving, an enlargement is here

*Measurement, through the center, 42 by 57 millimetres. Colored in parts light
red, light yellow, light green, in transparent washes. The green, however, seems to
be a body color mixed with white, but laid on very thin. Mr. Schreiber points out
that this print is Weigel’s No. 356. See Weigel and Zestermann, 1, p. 270. It
passed into Coppenrath’s hands and was sold at auction in his first sale, No. 2082,

The defects of the reproduction are again due to the coloring.

392 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

given (Fig. 50), by permission of the Century Company, of part of an
engraving by Mr. Cole from Mr. St. Gaudens’s “‘ Angel of the Morgan
Tomb.” The face of the angel is engraved with the same white lines
crossing one another which we find in the little fifteenth century “ Cru-
cifixion,” with this difference only, that while the lines of the medixval
artist are rigid and coarse, those of his modern follower are flexible and
delicate. It would be more appropriate, therefore, to call these old pro-
ductions medicval white-line engravings for relief-printing, rather than
“¢ dotted prints” or ‘‘ gravures en maniere criblée” or “ Schrotblitter.”

ye

A\\

Fig. 50.
ENLARGEMENT OF PART OF A WOOD-ENGRAVING BY T. COLE.

(By permission of The Century Company.)

The use of the white line in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries is not,
however, confined to theclass of prints just spoken of. There are extant
a few white-line relief-engravings of the same period which have no-
thing in common with the so-called ‘‘ dotted prints,” and which, judging
from the absence of the characteristic love of ornamentation and from
the better quality of the draftsmanship, would seem to be, not the
work of artisan goldsmiths, but of regular designers and engravers.
One of these, ascribed to the close of the fifteenth century, is also here
reproduced (PI. L) from an impression in the U. S. National Museum.
That it isnot a negative impression, that is to say, an impression printed
from an intaglio plate inked on the surface,* is evident from the way in

*The subject of negative and positive impressions is illustrated in the U. 8. Na-
tional Museum by prints from both intaglio and relief plates. The specimens in
question will be found in the Hall of Graphic Arts, eastern side, alcove 1, in frames 1
and la.

==

poueLg mus) = ER
SIULPtO IIEQ|ICE Slut Saree

penbanmnaiuio ¢

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Koehler.

PLATE L.

‘toe ‘d

‘A

Cunasnil |PUONeEN 'S "A 84} Ul yUUd Wol4)

[(A4Q0Ipeueg 49) stoueay 4S]

YOINGD,) HINGE Y AAG tO ONIAVY

ONG ANIT

ALIA

M

‘Pome quadragehin

fratris Jelbarti ozdinis
fancti Francitci

Warte-Line E:

{s

“7 aLy7d

euonen jo vodoy,

evr

a

D
4

y

WHITE-LINE ENGRAVING FOR RELIEF-PRINTING. 393

which the lights are managed. It is questionable, however, whether
this plate was engraved in white lines in obedience to the demands of
the graver, or merely with a desire to producean odd effect.* Of another
similar print, “The Satyr’s Family,” after Urse Graf, dated 1520, a good
reproduction of which is easily accessible in Hirth and Muther’s “‘ Master
Woodcuts of Four Centuries,” | it seems almost certain that the motive
suggested prompted it. .The angularity of some of the curves in it
would, indeed, suggest that it was executed with the knife on wood.

It has been pointed out already that the use of the white line, with
all the consequences it involves, could not lead to any lasting result at
the period under consideration. The possibilities contained in it could
not, be recognized by the artists of the time, and for the fac-simile re-
production of drawings, intaglio-engraving on metal and relief-cutting
on wood were far better fitted. White-line relief-engraving therefore
remained a premature shoot, destined to an early decay, since its time
had not yet come. But black-line relief-cutting also could not maintain
its ground, so soon as it was asked to grapple with painting in the
modern sense of the word. [or this purpose the plank and the knife
were insufficient, and hence the woodcut had to succumb in the com-
petition with intaglio-engraving on metal. It was only towards the
end of the eighteenth century, when the graver—this time, however, on
wood cut across the grain—again came into use, that relief-work once
more found itself in a position to enter the lists; for the new means at
its command enabled it to develop tint engraving, which made it possible
to produce blocks printable on the type-press and yet producing effects
suggestive of painting. Modern wood-engraving is no longer content
with drawing ; it paints, or at least endeavors to suggest the effects of
painting, and therein lies its true importance.

To sum up, it nay be regarded as proven that the so-called “ dotted
prints” are white-line engravings intended for relief-printing, that they
were executed with the graver, and, in some cases, with punches, on
metal (which does not exclude the possibility that similar work may
have heen done on wood with the knife now and then, in the spirit of
imitation), and that, arguing from the means used and the love of
ornamentation displayed in them, their originators were goldsmiths.

Although the simple explanation here offered dispels the mystery
which, in the eyes of most investigators and collectors, has hitherto en-

*This cngraving, evidently intended fora title page, occursin a number of different
states as to lettering. An impression in the Royal Library of Belgium, of which Mr.
Hymans gives a reproduction, is without lettering. Passavant, ‘‘ Peintre-Graveur,” I,
p- 101, describes a second, which would seem to be lettered “‘ Pomerium de tempore,
fratris Pelbarti ordinis Sancti Francisci.” According to Willshire, ‘‘ Catalogue of
Karly Prints,” I, p. 320 a third impression, in the British Museum, has the legend
‘© Pomerium de sanctis, fratris Pelbarti ordinis sancti Francisci.” Still another im-
pression, in the collection of Mr. Henry F. Sewall, of New York, corresponds with the
one here reproduced.

t ‘‘ Meister-Holzschnitte aus vier Jahrhunderten,” Munich and Leipsic, 1890, pl.
108.

ae aa

394 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

veloped the whole of this class of prints, the latter nevertheless retain
their interest, historically as well as technically considered. And it may,
jndeed, be claimed that the recognition of the true state of the case
has given them an added interest which did not attach to them before.
This interest flows from the perception of the close connection exist-
ing between these crude productions of past centuries and the highly
developed technique of our own day, a connection which up to the
present has escaped the notice of all observers.

THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING,

By WALTER Houaen,
(Department of Ethnology, U. S. National Museum.)

The study of any art includes a knowledge of the materials, the ap-
paratus, the processes, and the finished products. In a former paper *
the apparatus of fire-making having been discussed, attention will here
be given to the handling of the apparatus, the mechanical principles,
the physics, and the chemistry of fire-making.

All mechanical methods of generating fire take advantage of the law
that motion, apparently destroyed by friction, is converted into heat.
These methods can be grouped under three classess, viz: (1) Wood
friction; (2) percussion of minerals; and (3) compression of air.

Three other methods exhaust the entire range of usages in fire-mak-
ing, and they are with one exception, perhaps, recent. These may be
arranged in the following classes: (4) chemical; (5) optical; (6) elec-
trical; but these are also the exhibition of friction in its higher mani-
festations.

I.—FRICTION ON WOOD.

There are three well-defined variations in the method of making fire
artificially by friction on wood, viz: (1) By twirling or reciprocating
motion; (2) by sawing; (3) by plowing.

1. FIRE-MAKING BY TWIRLING.

Three kinds of apparatus are used in producing fire by the recipro-
cating motion, viz: (a) Simple two-part hand drill; (6) bow and cord
four-part drills; and (ce) the pump-drill.

(a) Simple two-part hand drill.—This apparatus consists of two parts.
a vertical and a horizontal element called the spindle, and lower socket
pieces; the latter may be called the hearth, which all the machines
under this class agree in possessing. The twirled hand-drill is the
simplest form of fire-making tool, and is, without doubt, primitive.

The Eskimo of Labrador, Point Barrow, and other localities, also
bore holes with this form of drill. The Haida Indian carpenters, of

* Smithsonian Report 1888, 0, pp. 531-587.
395

‘a
4 |
a

396 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Vancouver Island, employ it. The Indians of the Rio Negro, Amazon,
and Oronoco Rivers in South America pierce the hardest stones with
a twirling stick andsand. It is found also in Japan and Madagascar,
giving it a range coextensive with the simple fire-drill.

Fig. 51 shows the working of this drill in making fire.

A shallow depression is first made near
the edge of the hearth in order to give
the spindle “ bite.” From this depression
a slot is cut-down the side of the hearth
as a duct for the wood débris which has
been ground off. The operator then takes
the spindle by its upper end between the
palms of his hands and inserts the lower
end in the shallow depression. In twirl-
ing, a strong downward pressure is given
to the spindle. The hands, which neces-
sarily move down through the combined
pressure and the back and forward mo-
tion, must be returned quickly to the top
of the spindle without allowing the air to

get under the lower end of the latter.

See anes Neale wm After continued friction, evidences of

(Cat, No. 77193, U.S.N. M. Hnp Indians, Caifr- COMbDUStioN are Seen in the ground off

ma eee ee ee) wood. neal. “In shaping (he lomenend

of the spindle, it is absolutely necessary that its point should be in con-

tact with the bottom of the shallow depression, otherwise it will “ bind ”
against the edges of the depression and defeat the object.

The usual statement that a spark is ground out, igniting the dust,

shows an error of observation. The heap of dust collected in the slot,
which is an essential feature, smoulders until enough heat has been
evolved to produce ignition by spontaneous combustion.
_ Flame is never directly secured by this apparatus; the coal must be
placed in contact with tinder, or other ignitible substance and fanned
into a blaze with great caution. Usually much smoke is generated in
the operation.

Great dexterity and quickness are often shown by the natives in
starting fire from the glowing coal. This part of the process requires
as much care and skill as the securing of the spark. The selection and
preparation of tinder must be carefelly made and everything must be
ready beforehand as in a chemical experiment.

(b) Cord and bow four-part drills—Several improvements of the
simple drill have been made by savage inventors. These improve-
ments are shown in the cord drill, the bow, or mouth-drill, and the
pump-drill. The first is used by the Eskimo, by some tribes of North
American Indians, and by Dyak tribes. It adds to the spindle of the
simple drill an upper bearing, called a hand-rest, and it revolves the

Fig. 51.

a

; THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING. 397

spindle by a cord with handles alternately pulled (Fig. 52). Two men
are required to work this drill.

Vig. 52.
USING THE ESKIMO COKD DRILL.

(Cat. No. 36325, U.S. N. M, Chalimute, Alaska. Collected by E, W. Nelson. )

An improvement on the four-part apparatus, just described, render-
ing it easy for one man to make a fire unaided, belongs exclusively to
the Eskimo. ‘The upper bearing, held in the
hand in the case of the cord drill, is shaped
for holding between the teeth (Hig.53). The :
cord is strung on a bow, so that in working OK, Ee
this apparatus one hand of the operator is
free to apply the tinder or hold the lower piece.

While the cord drill is a vertical adapta- 2”
tion of the Egyptian breast drill, for the J ne \\
purpose of fire-making, the mouth piece is “"""2gp ae
used exclusively by the Eskimo. The four- Fig. 53.

part fire drill was rarely found among the — Usine tux Eskimo Mourn Drity,
North American tribes. The Dyaks of Bore (yi) i Gata Cotleced by 6 P. Gaudet
neo also have the four-part drill.

(c) Pump or weighted drill.—The problem of a one-handed drill has
also been worked out in the invention of the pump-drill (Fig. 54).
This tool has a widespread use for piercing substances necessitating
light, even pressure, such as perforating wood, horn, shell, turquoise,

ete. The Klamath, Pueblo, and other Indian tribes manufacture shell-
beads with the pump-drill at present, and it is probable that its
use was prevalent in North America in former times. Its connection
with the weaver’s spindle is marked. In only two localities in the
world, as far as is known, has it been adapted to fire-making, viz,
among the Chukchis of Siberia, and the Iroquois Indians of New York
and Canada.

398 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

This pump-drill is said to have been used in making new fire in the
white-dog feast of 1888 by the Onondagua Iroquois of Canada. Elm
wood is employed. Some-
times a sapling with a straight
tap root was selected and
dressed down, leaving the
large portion at the junction
of the root and stem for a
fly-wheel.

Although one person can
manipulate this apparatus,
others usually assist.

Essential points im wooden
jire-making apparatus.—There
are several points about the
lower member of the wooden
fire drill that are worthy of
consideration. It will be ob-
served in Fig. 54 that the
(Cat. No. 150403, U. S. N. M. Onondagua Indians, Canada. Collected spindle is cutting on one edge

by J..N.B. Hewitt.) of the hearth and the dust
has run out through a slot down the side into a little heap.

This canal collects the particles worn off by the spindle and also
keeps the air away for a short time. This feature, or something anal-
ogous, is found, one may say, in every fire-making device that depends
ou the friction of wood. The dust must be in such mass and confined
in one place, so that the heat may be fostered until it ignites the
powder.

In Eskimo apparatus fire is usually made in the middle of a block of
wood (1) in cavities along a groove that collects the wood meal; (2)
in holes that overlap by connecting holes; or (3) in cavities that have
canals leading to a step. These devices are to prevent the dust falling
off into the snow.

It appears that some hearths do not possess this feature. The Torres
Straits Islanders and the natives of Queensland do not make the slot
in the drill-hole.* The Aino drill-hearth, the fire-making set from East
Greenland, and one set from Alaska figured in the Smithsonian Report
(1888, pt. Il, pp. 551, 558, and plate LXXxvVIII, respectively) show no
grooves or canals. The Ainos require 2 to 24 hours to make fire on
their apparatus, and the spark at last is caught by sucking a current
of air through the porous spindle. This points markedly the difficulty
of making fire without the groove. The drawing of the Eastern
Greenland outfit is rather obscure in the plate from which the illus-
tration was taken. The artist, as is often the case in ethnological
drawings, probably omitted some details. If the Eskimo, according to

Vig. 54.
TROQUOIs PUMP DRILL FOR MAKING FIRE.

* Prof. A.C. Haddon, Jour. Anthrop. Inst., Great Britain and Ireland, XIX, May 4,
1890, p. 451,

j THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING. 399

Holm, made fire in less than half a minute on this apparatus, it must
have been with the aid of grooves. In the Alaskan drill spoken of, the
holes in the hearth had been worn too deeply for drilling easily, and
the margins had all been cut down level before the collector procured
the specimen. In the original piece the holes in all probability con-
nected.

Often holes are bored on small rods of wood, allowing the spindle to
cut over one edge, forming in a few rotations a notch by which the dust
is collected. In all the specimens and drawings of fire-making appa-
ratus examined for the preparation of the paper cited * the Aino drill
is the only one with unslotted or ungrooved center holes.

This statement in regard to the essential value of the slot is not
advanced to disprove that fire can be made without the use of that
feature.

Fire can so be made, but it is a difficult process and must be accom-
plished by mechanical means, such as are found in the Eskimo drill.
The wood must be suitable, and the grinding end of the spindle must
have the outline of a flattened arch. Great care is required to avoid
dispersing the ring of dust that rolls out under the edge of the spindle.
The author believes that the slot is essential to simple hand-drills.

2. FIRE-MAKING BY SAWING.

The second method in wood friction is that of sawing, practiced by
the Burmese, Malays, some Australian tribes, and pretty generally

| FIRE-MAKING BY SAWING, AFTER THE BURMESE AND MALAY METHOD.
(From photograph in the National Museum. )

throughout the Hast Indies. It consists of a rubber and horizontal
piece, both parts of bamboo usually, but sometimes hewn out of a
branch of a tree. A notch is cut across the convex side of the lower
piece, almost penetrating it. A rubber is prepared having a sharp or
_ knife edge. This rubber is drawn across the lower piece in the groove
until the latter is pierced and the heated particles fall through. (Fig. 55.)

_ * Smithsonian Report, 1838, u, Fire-making Apparatus in the Nationa] Museum,
pp. 531-587,

400 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

In most cases the heated particles are not allowed to fall the whole
distance to the ground beneath, which would cool them rapidly, but
they drop upon tinder held up to the orifice by slivers of bamboo
started from the under side of the lower piece. In some localities the
process is reversed and the convex piece holding tinder is sawed upon
the knife placed upright. Baniboo is excellent friction material; the
siliceous coating is favorable for the development of great heat, while
the soft medullary substance on the interior is very inflammable.

Dr. R. M. Luther contributes the following description of the Bur-
mese method of making and using the fire-saw: ‘‘A Burmese found a
branch of the oil tree ( Dipterocarpus), hewed in it a v-shaped cavity with
his dah, cut a knife of iron-wood, sawed with it across the branch, and
in less than 3 minutes had a coal of fire underneath. This was taken
in some dry leaves, wrapped in a bunch of grass, and whirled around
the head, giving a flame in a ‘ jiffy.’”

The distribution of this method is of great interest. It ranges from
Siam across the Hast Indies inte Australia—in many loealities, how-
ever, in conjunction with other methods of fire-kindling.

3. FIRE-MAKING BY PLOWING.

The mechanies of the third method of fire-making on wood remains
to be considered. A short cylindrical
stick and a larger billet of wooed are
required. The smaller stick is
clasped between the hands at an angle
of about 45 degrees and projected
toward and from the body, forming a
groove on the lower piece (Fig. 56).
The slant at which the plowing stick
is held is the angle of greatest friction
consistent with command of the rub-
bing portion of the apparatus. The
action of the rubber wears off parti-

Fig. 56. i : :
VIRE-MAKING BY PLOWING. (DRAWN FROM cles of wood and pushes them along

SPECIMEN IN THB Nationa Musnum.) into a heap at the end of the groove,

(Cat. No. 130675, U.S. N. M Samoa. Deposited by Harold

M. Sewell. )

and by acceleration of the motion the
dust is brought up to ignition point.
The soft hibiscus wood, H. tiliaceus, with a rubber of harder wood is
usually employed in the Polynesian islands, although this feature is im-
material. This method, as far as known by the author, is exclusively
Polynesian, and, strangely, the only one practiced, since most peoples
possess more than one fire-making device. Representatives of all stocks
in the Oceanic area also practice the plowing method, which was, per-
haps, originally Polynesian. This apparatus has advantage of sim-
plicity of parts, but it is rather difficult to work. Flame is said to be
sometimes procured by the first operation, without the use of tinder,

\
4
‘3
a

>

THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING. 401

I..—PERCUSSION OF MINERALS.

(a) The flint and steel briquet, or strike a-light.—The employment of
the strike-a-light is familiar still, although long since antiquated.
There are few children that have not knocked stones together to see
the evanescent glimmer produced. It has been thought that the con-
cussion of two pieces of flint will cause a spark capable of igniting tin-
der. This is proven to be a mistake, and it is found that an effective
spark is due to the presence of iron in some form in the minerals struck
together.

The nature of the spark evolved from flint and iron is thought to be
chemical; that is, a particle of metallic iron is scraped off by the silica,
and, receiving the energy of the blow into its small mass, is heated to
incandescence, burning with the oxygen of the air to an oxide.
Whether silica enters into the composition of the spark is not known.
Silica is a non-conductor and does not abstract heat at the time of the
blow.

Upon the introduction of iron, probably, that element replaced the
iron pyrites (FeS,) that had been used in early times.

(b) Flint and pyrites.—The blow of the flint on the pyrites converts
enough energy into heat to fuse the latter, setting free sulphurous fumes
with a small amount of sulphureted hydrogen. These pellets are not
incandescent, but glow at a dull red heat, about 450 degrees, and ignite
only ‘“ quick ” tinder.

The pyrites method at present is limited to a few tribes among the
Eskimos and Aleuts and the Fuegians. Some Algonkian tribes bor-
dering upon the Eskimo may have adopted the method from the latter
people. The prehistoric use of pyrites for fire-making in several Euro-
pean localities seems to be proven, as far as the finding of bruised
nodules and flint-scrapers indicate the purpose for which they may
have been intended. Perhaps the limited use of the pyrites briquet at
the present means that it is a survival from ancient times on the verge
of extinction.

IIL—COMPRESSION OF AIR.

The fire syringe.—This instrument is, strangely enough, found both
im the hands of the physicist aud of the various tribes of Dyaks and
Burmese. From lack of definite proof to the contrary, it might be
classed as a native method of fire-:making. Among some tribes the ap-
paratus has 4 primitive appearance ; in others its construction depends
on complex manipulation in metallurgy. It varies thus from a cylinder
of buffalo horn with a hole bored into it for the piston, to a tube of
brass lined with lead, or an ornamented cylinder of cast lead (Fig. 57).

The principle on which the fire-syringe operates is the compression
of air which gives up heat under reduction of volume. When this is

4 done under proper conditions, in a non-conductor, the heat is communi-
_ cated to tinder setting it on fire. This is accomplished by the Dyak
_ thus: “A small piece of tinder is placed in the hollowed end of the

W. Mis, 129, pt. 2——26

402 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

piston waich is inserted in the mouth of the cylinder. Holding the
cylinder in the left hand the knob of the piston is smartly struck with
the open hand with sufficient force to drive the piston home. The

B :
Nae {i
2
Al
HL

=

Fig. 57. d
DYAK FIRE SYRINGE, OR BESIAPI.
One-half natural size.
a, PIsTON; b, CYLINDER; c, TINDER-BOX; d, CLEANING STICK.
(From plate in Jour. Anthrop. Inst., Great Britain, xrx, 1890.)
piston is instantly and quickly withdrawn and the tinder is seen to be
alight. Gently breathing on the spark it spreads, fresh tinder is ap-
plied, which catches fire immediately; more blowing increases the fire,
and first scraped wood and then small sticks catch alight and a fire is
produced.

It looks very easy but I never sueceeded * * * ,.”*

The probabilities are very much against the fire-syringe being an
invention of even barbarous peoples of the rank of the Dyaks and
Burmese.

IV.—CHEMICAL METHODS.

The modern lucifer-match is superior to all other devices for pro-
ducing fire, since it combines in one instrument the arrangements for
the creation of the spark, for catching it on tinder, and for starting a
blaze; steps requiring separate operations in the primitive machines.

The nearest prototype, of closest resemblance to the friction-mateb,
was the splint of inflammable wood tipped with sulphur which accom-
panied the tinder-box; prior to this brimstone-match were all the obso-
lete, or well-nigh obsolete, tinder and slow matches.

The invention of the flint and pyrites and flint and steel strike-a-light
necessitated some device to convertthe spark intoa flame. The Eskimo
applies a wick soaked in oil and blows it alight; the Chinese slow match,
maidzu, as Mr. W. Woodville Rockhill has noticed, only blazes at a
quick, dextrous puff of breath. There are many easily ignitible sub-

*§. B. J. Skertchly, Jour. Anthrop. Inst., Great Britain, x1x, 1890, p. 448,

THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING. 403

stances used for tinder which will support ablaze. Vegetable produets
- excellent for tinder, however, reach such a condition of oxidization and
decomposition that they will not feed a flame, and hence matches are
required to complete the operation. The brimstone-match is found in

c Japan as a broad, thin shaving tipped with sulphur (Iig. 58), and in

t - Fig. 58.
' BUNDLE OF SHAVING-MATCHES.
(Cat. No. 128136, U.S. N. M. Japan. Japanese Department of Education, Tokto.)

Mexico it is a cotton wick dipped in sulphur (Fig. 59). In other coun-
tries different forms were manufactured.

% -
See
Es
i
a
: .
ra Fig. 59. Fig. 60.
a eee
ue SULPHUR-WICKS. SULPHUR ‘“‘SpuNKs.” (Original
Bundle.)
(Cat. No. 76494, U. S.N. M. Oaxaca,
Mexico. Collected by L. H. Aymé.) (Cat. No. 130309, U. S. N. M. Philadelphia.
Pennsylvania, 1830. Presented by George
G, Fryer. )

_ The “spunk” (Fig. 60), the common name of the splints tipped with
‘sulphur, was in general use in this country prior to 1825, and lingered in

4

A404 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

out-of-the-way places long after the introduction of matches. In parts
of France it is still in use with the briquet, being much more economical
to people of simple habits than matehes (Fig. 61). The briquet has not

Vig. 61.
SULPIIUR ““SPUNKS.”
(Cat. No. 151488, U.S. N. M. France. Collected by Edward Lovett. )

been altogether superseded by matches. Hunting parties and explor-
ing parties to distant countries carry, besides matches, strike-a-lights
for use in case matches are exhausted or meet with some of the many
accidents to which they are liable. Patents are still sought, from time
to time, for pipe lighting contrivances, involvi ng the use of silex and
steel struck together by some more or less simple mechanical device.

A variation of the “ spunk” match was curled shavings tipped with
salphur (Tig. 62).

Ses ——
SS \ 7

SSS

TSN

SS
SSS
Ss

Fig, 62.
SHAVING MATCHES. (Original Bundle.)
(Cat. No. 130308, U.S. N. M. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Gift of George G. Fryer.)

It is not strange that there was a prejudice against matches at first,
because they were poorly made, hung fire, easily absorbed moisture,
emitted noxious odors, and were costly. The worst ones were, however,

- THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING. 405

more expeditious than the tinder-box, and the improvements soon made

the invention all that could be desired in point of effectiveness. Itis.

_ however, worthy of inquiry whether the alarming deterioration of the
teeth of the present generation may not be due to phosphorous matches
more than to soft food.

Attempts to supersede the clumsy briquets produced the tinder pis-
tol, the tinder wheel, and, later, the first chemical match. Dussauce
says: “ When for the first tine a match could be inflamed by dipping
it into a bottle full of phosphorous mastic mixed with oxide of phos-
phorus, the results were fine, but were far from tiose now obtained.
This primitive invention is due to Cagniard de la Tour, and is the
foundation of the actual industry of matches inflammable by friction.”*

This invention is interesting as marking the first employment of
phosphorus in the problem of easy fire-producing. The next invention
was called the ‘‘ Instantaneous light-box,” or ‘*‘ Kupyrion,” also called
“ dip-splint,” said to have been invented in Vienna in 1809. The only
United States patent of this device was in 1814, called “ mateh-light
box.” It consisted of a tin box, or wooden receptacle, containing a
glass bottle filled with asbestos soaked with sulphuric acid, and wood
splints tipped first with sulphur and then dipped into a paste made of
chlorate of potash 6 parts, powdered sugar 2 parts, and gum Arabic 1
part, the mass mixed with water and colored with some material. The
splints were lighted by dipping them into the acid. Victor Hugo de-
scribes the outfit under the name of “ Fumade’s fire-producer,” in Les
Miserables, where Gavaroche, after several trials, succeeds in eliciting
a “sputtering light” in his lodging in the interior of the Elephant, a
statue in Paris. Hugo's plot was laid in 1832, but the invention was
made public in 1825 or 1826. Owing to great cost in the first instance
and to the subsequent loss of value by the decline of strength in the
acid, as well as to the hygroscopic nature of the composition on the
splints, it had a limited popularity.

Another fire-producer on this order was the ‘“‘ Prometheans,” tubes of
glass filled with sulphurie acid surrounded with an inflammable mixture
made chiefly of alum and sugar. On being broken they gave an in-
stantaneous light. Another promethean was composed of equal parts
of chlorate of potash and sugar mixed with a solution of gum. The
sulphuric acid was ingeniously contained in a small glass bead, im-
bedded in the paste and rolled up in gummed paper. After the bead
was crushed with a pair of pliers the acid came in contact with the
chlorate and flame resulted.t

Still another invention of this period was the German ‘“ Dobereiner,”
named for the inventor, a chemical apparatus also known as the hydro-
gen lamp. A light was obtained by allowing a jet of hydrogen gas to

| *H. Dussauce: Fabrication of Matches. Phila., 1864, p. 73.
Bs, t See also “ Little Dorritt,” by Dickens, 11, p. 271.
¥ } Brande’s Encyclopedia, p. 997.

A06 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

impinge against spongy platinum, which becomes incandescent through
some obscure and little understood action, in which the power of plati-
num to cause the combination of gases plays an important part. The
débereiner consists of a glass jar filled with dilute sulphuric acid, hay-
ing a flat trap cover, from the center of which hangs down a glass bell,
in which are suspended beads of zine strung on iron wire. On the top
of the cover is a jet and stop-cock opening out of the bell, and in front
of it is a small chamber containing a bit of spongy platinum. The
acid acts on the zine, producing hydrogen gas as soon as the cock is
opened. When the cock is closed, the action ceases, as the acid is
forced out of the bell by gas pressure, and the zine is not acted upon.
The jet of gas plays on the platinum, quickly rendering it incandescent
and easily setting fire to a splint. (Compare Volta’s electric hydrogen
lamp.) The ddbereiner was rather extensively used in Germany and
in other countries. It is still found in laboratories and can be pur-
chased from instrument-makers.

The first United States patent for friction-matches was issued in 1836.
It was a chlorate match.

The splints were made by sawing or splitting blocks of wood into
slivers slightly attached at the base and dipping the whole bunch.
These were known as slab or block-
matches (Fig. 63), and, although the
first patent, they are in favor in
parts of the country to the present
day, notably in Maine. Their chief
advantages are that they are noise-
iess and will not leave a mark when
scratched on a white wall.

John Walker, of Stockton-upon-
Tees, is said to have been the inven-
tor of friction-matchesin1829. The
eighth edition of the Encyclopedia
Britannica does not give the name
of the inventor, and states that
matches were invented in 1832.
Dussauce states that they were of

Fig. 63. German invention, and perhaps
BLock MATCHES. before 1830.*
(Cat. No. 131260,U. S. N. M. Collected by Walter Hough. )

The first friction-matches, ‘ luei-
fers,” were made by dipping splints first into melted sulphur and then
into a paste of chlorate of potash and sulphide of antimony, mixed
with gum water. The paper box contained perhaps one hundred
matches and two pieces of fine sandpaper. They were lighted by fold-
ing the sandpaper over the end and giving the match a quick pull.
The Museum collection contains a specimen of these matches (Cat. No.

*H. Dussauce. Fabrication of Matches. Philadelphia, 1864; preface, p. iv.

THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING. 407

129973, U. S. National Museum), secured from the Essex Institute at
Salem, by Prof. F. W. Putnam. The date is about 1833, and they
were made in England (PI. L1.) Quite a common name for them was
‘‘Joco-tocos,” evidently of Roman derivation. At first the chlorate of
potash lucifers were called ‘‘ congreves ” on account of crackling like
a congreve rocket. The composition in many of these matches melted
and dropped while burning. These defects, however, were soon rem-
edied with the production of “noiseless lucifers.”

The next step was to employ phosphorus, rendering matches easily
ignitible with lower temperature and less exertion. A phosphorous
match will ignite at 140 degrees, while it is probable that the lucifer re-
quired at least 200 degrees. The use of phosphorus for matches dates
probably from 1832, being 172 years after the discovery of that element
by Brandt, a Hamburg chemist.

Ghan and Scheele have the credit of preparing phosphorous, com-
mercially, from bone. The manufacture of phosphorous matches was
attended with great danger to workmen from the fumes, which caused
necrosis of the jaw. Many persons were poisoned from carelessness in
handling these matches, and many conflagrations occurred on account
of the ease with which they ignited. The “parlor match” (name sig-
nificant that other matches were hardly suitable for that section of the
house) really began with the manufacture, in 1848, of Schrotter’s red or
amorphous phosphorus. This product is of a scarlet-red color, has
neither odor nor taste, is not poisonous, so far as is known, and does
not take fire at ordinary temperatures. It is said, however, to absorb
moisture from the atmosphere. There are many formulas for the com-
position of matches at present used by manufacturers that give good
results. :

The latest important invention in matches secures the separation of
the chemicals, which, in combination, are always more or less danger-
ous. The safety-match was invented by a Swede named Lundstrom, at
JOndképing, Sweden, in 1855 or 1856. The head of the safety-match
contains chlorate of potash and sulphur, while the friction-paper is
spread with a paste of amorphous phosphorus and antimony. This is
a return to first principles as shown in the splints and acid of the
“light box.”

There are many varieties of matches now in vogue. The most nota-
ble are the “ Vestas,” of which the splint is waxed cord; ‘“fusees,” for
lighting in a wind, with a thick, short splint tipped with a large mass
of chlorate of potash composition; “natural gas” matches, with a
very long splint for lighting natural-gas fires. Besides these there are
aS many brands of matches as of cigars.

PRODUCTION OF MATCHES.

What was formerly a smali industry, or the domestic duty of the
“handy” boy, has grown toa manufacture of enormous and rapidly

A08 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

increasing proportions. Electricity, however, seems destined to limit
the use of matches as it does other methods of illumination. The use
of matches and of gas increases perhaps in a greater ratio than the
spread of the electric light, so that it will be a long conflict between
them for supremacy.

The manufacture of splints in great pees began with the inven-
tion of Reuben Partridge’s splint-cutting machine. Previously matches
had been split by hand by means of a collection of blades. Block or
slab matches, common 20 years ago, were cut with a tool in such a way
as to leave the splints in a bunch, attached together at some distance
above the lower ends.* The whole buneh was dipped in sulphur-chlo-
rate composition and the matches could be separated at will. Often
the whole buneh took fire upon the separation of a single match, de-
stroying them almost instantly. Modern splints are cut and forced
through dies to give them a round shape.

At present, splint-eutting is a separate industry; the splints are
sold by the hogshead at the match factories, and one machine will cut
ten millions a day.

V.—OPTICAL METHODS.

The powers of the lens and the hollow mirror have been known for
ages by the civilized nations around the Mediterranean. In the classics
of Greece and Rome there are allusions to the employment of mirrors
and lenses for producing fire.t Wherever plane mirrors were known,
probably concave focusing mirrors had been discovered. Among the
several ways of producing ‘“‘ pure” fire the mirror and lens presented
a worthy method to those ancient culfured nations possessing instru-
ments for focusing light. It can scarcely be said that this was a wide-
spread and popular plan for producing fire, but probably was a thing
known to priests and scientific men of the day, and viewed as a mys-
tery or curiosity.

The writer has seen bunters use the “ burning glass” to light pipe
or fire, and has heard of many cases where it was brought into requi-
sition in the absence of matches, the object glass of a telescope often
furnishing the lens. However, this method was very limited, and was
pursued in defiance of “ better light.”

VI.—ELECTRICAL METHODS.

Up to 10 years ago scarcely anything had been accomplished toward
applying this new and rapidly widening feature of our era to the com-
munication of a petals for Ses a light. Strangely enough, Volta

* See 2e Fig. 13.

t M. H. Morgan. De Ignis Eliciendi Modis Apud Antiquos. Harvard Studies in
Classical Philology, Vol.1, pp. 1-64. This is a complete presentation and discussion
of what the classics preserve with regard to the methods of making fire among the
ancients.

THE METHODS OF FIRE-MAKING. 409

invented, in 1777, an apparatus for producing a light in which an elec-
tric spark was made to ignite hydrogen gas. He also invented an elec-
tric pistol on the same principle. This hydrogen lighter was an appli-
cation about 100 years in advance. It is interesting to note that the
introduction of gas illumination prevalent in this country rendered this
minor adaptation of electricity practicable in the same way that Volta
proceeded.

Lighting gas by el: ctricity has been accomplished for some years, and
is now becoming more and more common, and will perhaps be widely
used before electrical lighting shall supplant other methods, as has been
assumed by some writers.

Recently the gas jets of most of the large audience rooms, theaters,
churches, etc., of this country are lighted by electricity at the pressure
ofa button. In residences with modern improvements gascan be lighted
or extinguished in the halls and rooms on different floors from a switch-
board situated at a convenient location.

No practicable portable electrical lighter has vet been devised.

PLaTE LI.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hough.

SHOSUYOVSSBI “WaTeS ‘eyNIySuy Xessy oy] UT Xoq peuLSt

«O004 0907,, ‘YasION7 YO

”?

10 Uv JO (NN “S ‘A ‘E6681 ‘ON “9RO) YderSojoyd ve wosy
HOLVW-NOILOIY4 LSYls Slat

‘

ee eet ee ee

THE ULU, OR WOMAN'S KNIFE, OF THE ESKIMO,

By Oris T. Mason.

The apparatus described in this paper finds its modern representative
in the saddler’s knife, the shoemaker’s knife, the tailor’s shears, the
butcher’s knife, the fishmonger’s knife, and the kitchen knife. A cu-
rious survival of form with change of function is the common kitchen
“ chopping knife,” which woman may be said to have held in her pos-
session since the birth ofinvention. This little instrument that has ever
attended the march of civilization is called “ ulu,” or “ ooloo,” by the
Eskimo, or more commonly the ‘‘ woman’s knife.”

It is well to recall in this connection that in savagery the peaceful
arts, such as housemaking, furnishing, tailoring, butchering, gleaning,
milling, cooking, spinning, netting, weaving, and the like, belong to
women. Many of the stone implements and pottery vessels recovered
from the mounds and graves are found with skeletons of females. In
the study of culture, therefore, the work of women can not be over-
looked.

The motive for bringing together this series of objects, however, is to
show how, by means of avery simple form or invention, some of the
most difficult problems of anthropology may be discussed. They will be
taken up in the following order:

(1) Among the same race or stock, and in the same period, there are
varieties of form, structure, and decoration, peculiar to separate culture
areas.

(2) Upon the simplest as upon the most complicated appliance of
human activity the earth and its productions leave unmistakable im-
pressions. :

(3) The coarseness or refinement of a tribe or location is revealed in
the tools of the commonest occupation.

(4) The arts and apparatus of savagery are continued info civilization,

and with change of name or function retain some of their original form.

There are a great many examples of the Ulu in the National Museum,
and there are thousands of pieces of slate, shale, quartzite, and other

Stone which correspond exactly with the blades of the Eskimo woman’s

knife. These have been gathered from village sites, shell heaps, the

surface of the soil, from graves, mounds, and Indian camps in countless

numbers. This need surprise no one who reflects that every woman
All

412 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

and every girl among the American aborigines had one or more of these
indispensable implements. ‘To conceive of a savage without a knife is
to conceive of man before he held the simplest invention in his hand
with which to help himself.

The simplest form of knife is a flake or spall of flinty or glassy ma-
terial knocked from a stone or a core so as to preserve a cutting edge.
A few knives from Point Barrow are of this very primitive character,
but these really are not within the class here described; the ulu as if
nowadays exists is a complex affair, consisting of a blade and a handle
or gtip with or without some form of lashing. The blade is either a
thin piece of slate ground to an edge, a bit of cherty or flinty rock chipped
to an edge, a scrap of steel or iron from wrecks of whaling vessels, or
good blades made and sold to the Eskimo by traders who visit their
country (Pl. Lil to LxxIl).

The handle of this common implement varies greatly in material,
form, and finish. In form alone the specimens from each typical area
are unique. So much so that one who has handled a great many of them
finds no difficulty in relegating a stray example to its proper compan-
ionships.

In the matter of attaching the blade to the handle or grip the Eski-
mo’s mother wit has not deserted her. Many of the blades are tightly
fitted into a socket or groove of the handle. Boas, who lived among
the Cumberland Gulf. Eskimo, tells us that glue is made of a mixture
of seal’s blood, a kind of clay, and dog’s hair (Rep. Bur. Ethnol., v1,
526).

Among the western Eskimo it is quite common to cut a hole through
the blade and the handle and to fasten the two together by a sewing or
lashing of rawhide, whalebone, pine root, or sinew cord. ‘There is one
specimen with a grip of a still more primitive character. The solid han-
dle is replaced by a basketwork of spruce root woven around the thick
upper portion of the blade (P1. LXI, fig.1.) Archzeologists are especially
asked to note this device, explaining how a grip may be provided by
ingenious savages even when a mortise is impracticable.

In this chapter, as in others devoted to the Eskimo, it is found con-
venient to divide the American Hyperborean region into the following
culture areas: Labrador and Ungava (Pl. Lv, Fig. 3); Greenland (PI.
LU, LUI, Liv, Fig. 1); Baffin Land (PI. Liv, Figs. 2 and 3, Pl. Ly, Figs.
1 and 2); Mackenzie River District (PJ. Lv1 and Pl. Lvu, Fig. 1);
Point Barrow (PI. Lvu, Figs. 2 and 3, Pl. Lvut, Pl. L1x); Kotzebue
Sound (Pl. Lx and Lx, Figs.1 and 2); Sledge Island, St. Lawrence
Island, and Asiatic side (Pl. Lx1, Fig. 3, Pl. yxu, Figs. 1 and 2; Nor-
ton Sound and Yukon District (Pl. ux, Vig. 3, Pl. LXII1, LXIV, LXv,
Lxv1); Nunivak [sland and mainland, and Kuskokvim mouth (Pl. LXV
Figs. 2and 5); Bristol Bay, Peninsula of Alaska, Kadiak and vicinity
(Pl. Lxvitt to Lxx1, Figs. 1 and 2); Indians of Southeast Alaska (PI.
LxxI, Fig. 3, Pl. Lxx11.) Some of these are further divided by types
and forms of objects,

an eee

THE ULU, OR WOMAN’S KNIFE, OF THE ESKIMO. 413

IJ].—REGIONAL INFLUENCES.

It is too well known to be argued that there are certain great cul-
ture areas on the earth, where man himself and all that he creates
are fitted to natural conditions distinct enough to give form and cvlor
to everything. The Eskimo land is one of these culture areas. It may
have escaped observation, however, that in these limits there are often
subdivisions or sub-areas which impress a still more definite and distinet
mark on man and his civilization.

The woman’s knife is found throughout the Eskimo region, from Lab-
rador to Kadiak. Some portions of this hyperborean strip have long been
under the influence of the missionary, the trader, and the fisherman,
aud their part in determining the structure of the ulu will scon be made
toappear. But thealternation of slateand chert in the blade is governed
by natural conditions, the abundance of the material in the vicinity. A
possibility of traffic must always be allowed for; but in a large number
of implements of this kind, if they were classed by the material of the
blade, the localities would not be very badly mixed. But, failing in
this, the handle or grip comes to the help of the student. If this be
made of antler we are somewhere within the limits of the moose or the
reindeer. In the Hudson Bay region some of the handles are of musk-
ox horn, a thing possible in great numbers only where this creature
abounds. And, vice versa, the presence of the musk ox may be based
upon the occurrence of implements made of the horn. Walrus-ivory
haudles not only indicate the presence of the walrus at any given point,
but in a great collection like that in the National Museum, the abun-
dance and accessibility of the walrus are indicated by the diffusion of the
specimens. A great many handles of wood in the south of Alaska speak
with sufficient clearness of the fact that this material is more abundant
in some localities than in others.

Il].—DEGREES OF REFINEMENT.

The Eskimo furnish the best of all the remaining uncivilized areas
for the examination of the grade and kind of civilization possessed by
any people as indicated by their arts. Someof the ulus in the National
Museum are as coarse as savagery could make them; others are very
beautiful. Indeed the same locality furnishes both and intervening
kinds, due, without doubt, to individual ability or personality. But
some areas furnish only coarse work, while others supply the most
beautiful. The problem is a complex one, and must be studied with
caution. Whiteinfluence has crept in toembarrass the question, giving
the following classes of results :

(1) Knives made out and out by white men and sold to the Eskimo,
having blades of steel riveted into handles of antler cut by machinery.

(2) Specimens made apparently partly by the ship’s blacksmith and
partly by the native, a kind of joint production,

414 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

(3) Specimens made from iron, wood, and other materials gathered
from wrecks. The art in this case is more decidedly native than it is
in Nos. 1 and 2.

(4) Specimens made of native material, but the carving on the
handles was done with iron or steel blades set in native handles. This
form of ulus marks a very peculiar phase of contact between savagery
and civilization, worthy of careful study by all technologists and arch-
eologists. To be more explicit, when the voyageurs and explorers
entered the fur-producing sections of our continent in the sixteenth
century, they made no attempt to change a single industry or social
structure of the aborigines. They only sought to profit by their native
arts, and in order to do so simply removed the stone arrow point to
substitute one of hoop-iron, or replaced the bow by a better implement,
the rifle. If at the same time the traders brought steel-bladed pocket
knives, steel files, and a few other primitive tools, and if at this period
the natives were still building mounds and carving stone, then we
could easily account for the more refined pipes and other artefacts
which seem to point to a knowledge of steel, without recourse to the
suspicion of fraudulent manufacture. At any rate, the art of ivory
carving bloomed out among the Eskimo on the acquisition of steel
carving tools. The Russian fur traders and the Hudson Bay factors
have been always careful to preserve the native in his simplicity and
to break up his manner of living as little as possible. When this
golden mean was transcended the native art began to decay. The
most intelligent and skillful were won over to the higher arts of the
cultured races and the older arts were left to languish in the suburbs
even of barbarism.

(5) Specimens entirely native in material and workmanship. These
are the rare specimens, frequently old, mostly from out of the way
places and not of the highest finish. The limitations are those incident
to the poorer tools of savagery. They have blades of polished slate
or chipped stone; handles of wood, bone, ivory or antler; glue of
native manufacture or lashing of spruce root, rawhide, or sinew.

IV.—SURVIVALS.

The ulu is found in civilization under two well-known forms, the
saddler’s knite and the kitchen knife.

The saddler’s knife may be seen in the hands of a workman on the
Epyptian monuments (PI. Li, Fig. 1), showing that very early in the his-
tory of industry, just as soon as a sufficient number of men could be re-
lieved from the function of weapon bearing, they little by little assumed
some of the more masculine of woman’s occupations. It is just asif the
woman of an advancing people had taught the man to work in leather
and had then passed over to him the apparatus of the craft. It is
worthy of notice that the shoemaker has repudiated the ulu form and
the cutting from him and has adopted the common knife. The saddler

THE ULU, OR WOMAN’S KNIFE, OF THE ESKIMO. 415

perpetuates for cutting leather an implement designed to be used with
skins from which the hair has not been removed.

The kitchen chopper represents a very different conception, no less
than the continuation of a structure with great modification of func-
tion. It is still the woman’s knife deprived of nearly all its ancient
and primitive offices, consigned to a single one which it scarcely had at
the beginning. From this we are led to the reflection that it is easier
to change the culture of women than the culture of men. Civilization
lifts up savagery almost exclusively through women. Men go down in
the struggle, can not learn occupations diametrically opposite to those
they have been pursuing, and occupations which through generations
they have considered degrading.

LIST OF SPECIMENS ON WHICH THIS INVESTIGATION WAS BASED.

From the foundation of the National Museum many friends have
brought specimens from the Eskimo region. The obligations of every
student are due and can not be too emphatically expressed to Fenckner,
Bessels, Turner, Kumlien, Miintzer, Boas, Hall, McFarlane, Ross, Ken-
nicott, Ray, Murdoch, Herendeen, Stoney, Baker, Dall, Elliott, Nelson,
Applegate, Johnson, Fisher, McLean, Swan, and others not now re-
called. The Alaska Commercial Company has lost no opportunity to
help in the matter and has gathered on the west coast one of the best
series of Eskimo objects in the world. The accompanying list does not
include every specimen in the museum; it embraces only those on which
this investigation was based.

Beets, | Py hen cok (Mag Cae! catty. || By abe on
|
1630 | Andcrson River.. | McFarlane. 38255 | L. Yukon River---| Nelson.
ote ere: GON iaialoh emis Do. 38366 | Newlukh .-....... Do.
5813 (440) | McKenzie, Ander- Do. 43432 | St. Michaels .....- Do.
son River. 43866 | Unalakleet ....... Do.
7419 | Fort Anderson. --. Do. 43959 | Nubviakchuliak .-. Do.
10215 (21) | Repulse Bay....-. Hall. 44180 | Cape Darby .-.---- Do.
20844 | Kootznoo Indians | Swan. 44598 | Cape Nome.....-. Do.
24353 | Norton Island..-.-. Turner. 45489 | St.Michaels..-.--- Do.
SL oODe eee Ope: Saiccieccincs Do. 46256 | Plover Bay .....-- Dall.
24365 | St. Michaels ...--. L. M. Turner. 482572| Numivakeso- ese Nelson.
ASTON seen Oneee scaoce = mcs Turner. 48823 | Rasb, Yukon. .--. Do.
Cumberland Gulf (7168)
Dagan Rao: bate e os W. A. Mintzer. aggdy |----d0 ------------- Do.
33628 | St.Michaels .....- Nelson. gies) hel a pra be te eae Do.
Onaga GOy eos. asa<s 5 Do.
33745 | St. Michaels ...... Do. 55916 | Bristol Bay ....-- McKay.
33766 | NortonSound..... Do. 55916 |....do ....-.------- Do.
36316 | Kongigre... ..-... Do. 55918 |....do .......--.--. Do.
37327 | Aginkchuguluk . Do. 55918 |....do .......--.--- Do.
37744 | Kongig ........... Do. SETS) sacl) 2 sos cee asia Ut
37960 | Ifagamut..... ... Do. 56660 | Point Barrow ..... Ray.
38199 | Nulokh.......... A Do. 63765 Hotham Inlet.... | Nelson,

416

REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Mus. Cat.

By whom col-

aged Re Locality. “ey hear a No Locality. lected.
63766 | Hotham Inlet.....| Nelson. 89685 | Point Barrow..--. Ray.
63916 | Greenland .....-- Finuker. PNG eeaetkO Beeocacesb600 Do.
68919) |5--sdO ans scene Do. S9G88n eas: Omen psoas Do,
TeoOLUG | aia Keres ere Fisher. 89689) peed Ore eee eee Do.
72511 | Kadiak (?) Orlova Do. CHIN) Nssootl) asoseconesace Do.
74362 | Sitka ............- McLean. 90259 | Ungava .--.-----. Turner,
75496 | Kotzebue Island. | Stoney. 90409 | Bristol Bay ..----.| Fisher.
US Oy eet (cee eee soc Do. 90410 | Kodiak ........--. Do.
ToAOt ||| Ss2c0Ol Sb eeee eres ee Do. 904 129 Bester ere ace Do.
76676 | Cape Lisburne -- | H. D. Woolfe. 127003 | St. Lawrence isl- | Nelson.
88678 | Point Barrow ..... and.
88772 | British Columbia.| Swan. 127043 | Smith Island....-. | Dr. E. Bessels.
89594 | Point Barrow ... | Ray. 127382 | Togiak River...-. Applegate.
89645=46) tear do mee scene aa = Do. 127389 | Igushek River-.--- Do.
CHIN eeacthy sasodoesancee Do. 127725 | Fort Wrangel ...-| Fisher.
CMOT esac e555 5eonans Do. 127030 | Wirashik- = 222s. -- = Do.
89684 | Point Barrow.--. Do. 130617 | Kuskokvim River) C. Adler.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI}.
EGYPTIAN LEATHER-WORKER, AND EAST GREENLAND ULUS.

Fig. 1. An Egyptian leather-worker using the ‘‘ saddler’s knife” or saddler’s ulu.
From Wilkinson.

Figs. 2,3,and 4. East Greenland form of ulu, from Holm’s Ethnographic Sketch,
Pl. XIX, to be compared with Mackenzie River type, Pl. V of this
paper. Both show contact with European whalers and fur traders.

PLATE LIl.

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Mason.

EGYPTIAN LEATHER-WORKER, AND EAST GREENLAND ULUS.

BXiE EAN ATAIO NO) PIA TEs ii

GREENLAND ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES.

1. Ulu from East Greenland, to be compared with Pl. III and IV of this

work. From Holm’s Ethnographic Sketch, Pl. XIX.

r, 2. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron in form of the bottom of a bell, in-

serted in a groove of the walrus ivory handle. The latter is in two pieces
sewed together with sinew thread, its upper portion projecting at the ends.
Width of blade 3 inches.
Cat. No. 127043, U.S. N. M. Hskimo of Smith Sound, Greenland. Gift of Governor
Fencker. :
. 3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron in form of a vertical segment of a
bell, inserted in a groove of the decayed ivory handle. Handle, 12 inches ;
blade, 12 inches.

Cat. No. 63919,U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Upernavik, Greenland, 1882. Gift of Governor
Fencker.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLATE LIII.

IIE

Sze

GREENLAND ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES.

Fig.

Fig.

. 3. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV.

ULus, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, OF CUMBERLAND GULF.

1. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron in form of a segment of a circle,

with a slender stem inserted in a spindle-form handle of ivory. Blade,
5 inches ; stem, 22 inches.
Cat. No. 63916. U.S. N. M. Upernavik, Greenland, 1882. Gift of Governor Fencker.
2. WOMAN,S KNIFE (ULU). Blade slightly crescent-shaped, riveted to the iron
stem one side by means of three iron rivets. The grip is of oak, probably
from a whale ship. The smithing is very rude. Length of blade, 54
inches.

Cat. No. 29973, U. S. N.M. Eskimo of Cumberland Gulf,1876. Coilected by Lieut.
W. T. Mintzer.

Blade of iron, slender. the two ends resembling
This is riveted to a plate of iron serving as a stem
driven through a handle of oak. Rude smithing characteristic of this
area. Length of blade, 4} inches.

bowie-knife points.

Cat. No. 29973 (a), U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Cumberland Gulf. Coilected by Lieut.
W. T. Mintzer.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLaTE LIV.

ZN SZ
Heese y g
Ze YE
4. LG yew

ULUS, oR Woman’s KNIVES, OF CUMBERLAND GULF.

EXPEANATION OF PEATE EV:
ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTHEAST CANADA.

Fig. 1. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULJ). Blade bell-shaped, riveted into a deep groove of
the ivory base of the handie. The handle consists of three parts, the
grip of musk-ox horn, the stem of antler inserted into the grip and sewed
with sinew thread to the blade piece. Length of knife, 44 inches.

Cat. No. 10411, U.S. N. M. Pelly Bay, 1871. Collected by Capt. C. F. Hall.

Fig. 2. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, fan-shaped, riveted to the iron stem
on one side with four copper and one iron rivets. Upper end of stem
driven into a grip of musk-ox horn. A very graceful piece, the sides of
the blade were roughly cut with a cold chisel or file, perhaps by a whaling
ship’s carpenter. Length, 4 inches. -

Cat. No. 10215,U. S.N.M. Igloolik Eskimo, 1871. Collected by Capt. C. F. Hall.

Fig. 3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade crescent-shaped, fastened in the stem of the
handle of antler by an iron rivet. The grip of the handle resembles
closely the shape of the blade. Width of blade, 21 inches.

Cat. No. 90259, U.S. N.M.. Eskimo of Ungava, Canada, 1884. Collected by Lucien
M. Turner.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason.

PLATE LV.

ULUs, OR WOMAN'S KNIVES, FROM NORTHEAST CANADA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI.

(JLUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM MACKENZIE DISTRICT-

Fig. 1. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, bell-shaped, the upper margin
riveted to two stems of antler, the latter passing through mortises in the
handle or grip. The specimen copies very closely the modern chopper
knife. Width of blade, 44 inches.

Cat. No. 2272, U.S.N. M. Hskimo of Anderson River, N. W. Canada. Gift of R.
McFarlane.
Pig. 2. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, trapezoidal, fastened by means of

two copper rivets intoa handle of walrus ivory. The handle is pierced
by adouble row of holes on its upper margin for a lacing of whalebone.
Width of blade, 54 inches. :

Cat. No. 7419, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Fort Anderson. Gift of R. McFarlane.

Fig. 3. WOMAN’S KNIF# (ULU). Blade of sheet iron, inserted without rivets into a
slit in the handle of walrus ivory. The latter is excavated on both sides
to fit the hand, and ornamented with whalebone placed through perfora-
tions in the upper border with slight variations. Nos. 5815 and 7419 are
of similar style. Width of biade, 5 inches.

Cat. No. 1630, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Fort Anderson, N. W. Canada, 1864. Gift of R.
MeFarlane.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLATE LVI.

ULUs, OR WoMAN’S KNIVES, FROM MACKENZIE DISTRICT.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVII.

ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTHERN ALASKA.

Fig. 1. WomAN’s KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, trapezoidal in shape, inserted in a

groove in a handle of walrus ivory, the upper borders of which are per-

forated and adorned with lacing of whalebone. A double cone perfora-
tion serves for suspension strings. Width of blade, 3 inches.

Cat. No. 5818, U. 8. N. M.

Eskimo of the mouth of Mackenzie River. Gift of R.
McFarlane.

Fig. 2. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of drab slate, set in groove of walrus ivory
handle. There are five ornaments on each side of the latter, made each
of a dot and two concentric rings. Width of blade, 3 inches.

Cat. No. 89687, U..S.N. M. Eskimo of Point Barrow, Alaska, 1884. Collected by
Capt. P.H. Ray, U.S. A.

Fig. 3. WomAN’s KNIFE (ULU). Blade of drab slate, in a handle of antler. The
handle consists of two separate pieces lashed together and held to
the blade by the sinew passing through the hole in the upper margin.
Width of blade, 8 inches.

Cat. No. 89688. U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Point Barrow, Alaska, 1884. Collected by
Capt. P. H. Ray, U.S. A.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason.

X7
Ym)
LYK
(YX

— Ns

()
= ALA QIN es

S

7 SS S= \\

ae =

s \)) AN

S33}, mn
a

SZ FIN
RWC SS) )
AW. KES =z Oy
SS WG SA

FA
oh

j
a) ys

2
p

py (|
SS—wygv—".

“As -—"

Sp) aT
FF Ue Sos et
CSN

Wises : ZB S
KF \
\

Ya

ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTHERN ALASKA.

PLaTeE LVII,

Ca)

Mia

At

“os

Fig.

Ci)

EXPLANATION @r PLATE: ILWIlll.
ULus, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTHERN ALASKA.

. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of hornstone, leaf-shaped in outline except-
ing that upon one margin an angular projection extends upward for a
tang driven into the end of a bit of antler which serves for a grip. Con-
trary to the usual method, the tang is driven into the grain of the antler
at the end. Width of blade, 3 inches.

Cat. No. 89690, U. S. N. M. Eskimo of Point Barrow, Alaska, 1884. Collected by
Capt. P. H.Ray, U.S. A.

. WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). . Blade of drab slate, irregularly triangular, driven
into agroove of a bit of antler. The mending of the handle by means of
sinew lashing is noteworthy. Width of blade, 3 inches.

Cat. No. 89689, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Point Barrow, Alaska, 1884. Collected by
Capt. P. H. Ray, U.S. A.

. 3. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate, an irregular triangle inserted into

a cut in a handle of bone, which is carved into the shape of a fish’s tail,
heterocercal. Length, 54 inches.

Cat. No. 89677, U.S. N. M.- Eskimo cf Point Barrow, Alaska, 1884. Collected by
Capt. P. H. Ray. U.S. A.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLATE LYVIII,

iy! ri , <
Jb De 2)
GST tip a °
Zafer’ p ite
a yl

{
t

3

ULUs, OR WomaNn’s KNIVES, FROM NORTHERN ALASKA.

Bi

Whe}

Fic.

oq”

ES IPIL/AINVA TE I©IN ©OlF IPILAIIE ILiDx.

ULUS OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTHERN ALASKA.

. 1. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate, somewhat cleaver-shaped and pointed.

The tang at the end of the blade is a parallelogram inserted in a deep
rib. <A lashing of rawhide holds the blade in
place, which also has a packing of skin. Length, 9 inches.

eut in the handle of whale

Cat. No. 89594, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Point Barrow, Alaska, 1884.

Capt. P. H. Ray, U.S. A.

Collected by

2. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate, set in a groove of a handle of bone,

one side split off, to which the handle is fastened by a lashing of rawhide

passing through a perforation in each.

for suspension. Length of
Cat. No. 89684, U. S. N. M.

handle, 4% inches.

Eskimo of Point -Barrow, Alaska, 1884.

A larger hole receives a string

3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of pectolite, long and slender, showing on

the straight back the double saw-cut by which the material was separated.

Handle wanting. Length.
Cat. No. 56660, U.S. N. M.

72 inches.

Eskimo of Point Barrow, Alaska, 1884.

Capt. P. H. Ray, U.S. A.
. 4. WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of pectolite, the special form of jades in

this region. Handle wanti
Cat. No. 89675, U.S. N. M.
Capt. b. H. Ray, U.S. A.

ng. Length, 43 inches.

Eskimo of Point Barrow, Alaska, 1884.

Collected by

Collected by

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason.

PLATE LIX,

od Ph My Yy
iy A Ay TES aD, wo
i, Uy WE by roee Ly N \\8
hee LE LE, NWA
Z SM, HY fe NIN
2 isis Pa Nk
= 2 ey a, PT i AN
= Dp dl 4 SN
if y IN
Wie NY
SE | "3 \
4
b f
r A
Zi
Bi a ie

ULUS, OR WoMAN’s KNIVES, FROM NORTHERN ALASKA,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE. LX.
ULUS, OR WOMAN'S KNIVES, FROM KOTZEBUE SOUND.

Fig. 1. WoMAN’s KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, quadrant-shaped, inserted firmly
into a short handle or grip of musk-ox horn. Width of blade, 5% inches.

Cat. No. 75496, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Kotzebue Sound, 1884. Collected by Lieut.
G. M. Stoney, U.S. N.

Fig. 2. WOMAN’S KNIFE(ULU). -Bladeof hornstone, fan-shaped. Handle wanting.
Width, 34 inches.

Cat. No. 75497, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Kotzebue Sound, 1884. Collected by Lieut.
G. M. Stoney, U.S. N.

Fig. 3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of jadeite, thin and highly polished. set ina
pine handle, which is altogether modern. Length, 64 inches.

Cat. No. 76676, U.S. NM. Eskimo of Cape Lisburne, Alaska. Collected by H. D.
Woolfe.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason.

A

Yj
UEiety
Yi

Lp
ey SA)

ULus, oR WomaAN’s KNIVES, FROM KOTZEBUE SOUND.

PLATE

LX.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXlI.

ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM HOTHAM INLET AND CAPE NOME.

Fig. 1. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of hornstone, leaf-shaped, with a projec-
tion from one margin. The handle isof the most primitive character,
being formed of osier, wrapped backward and forward longitudinally
and held firmly in place by cross twining and weaving of the same
material. The interstices are filled with fish scales. Length, 32 inches.

Cat. No. 638765, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Hotham Inlet, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. G.
M. Stoney, U.S. N.

Fig. 2. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of chert or flint material, inserted in a han-
dle of wood. On the upper margin of the latter at either corner are three
cross gashes or grooves.

Cat. No. 63766, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Hotham Inlet, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. G.
M. Stoney, U.S. N.

Fig. 3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of walrus ivory abruptly wedge-shaped,
like the kernel of a Brazil nut. Ornament, groove, and herring bone on
top, lines and alternating tooth-shaped cuts on the side, with five scratches.
resembling inverted trees. Pocket groove for blade. Length, 24 inches.

Cat. No. 44598, U. S. N. M. Eskimo of Cape Nome, Alaska, 1880. Collected by E. W-
Nelson.

PLATE LXI.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason.

UL, |)

A \\
KN
i\

AN

ws

INLET AND CAPE NOME.

FROM HOTHAM

ULus, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES

ey

ha
Breas
- wich
ay
‘ a) ,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE EXII.
ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM PLOVER BAY. ST. LAWRENCE ISLAND, AND NORTON SOUND

Fig. 1. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, rectangular, inserted into a pocket
groove in the handle of antler, much weathered Almost identical with
specimen from St. Lawrence Island. Length of handle, 8 inches.

Cat. No. 46256, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Plover Bay, Eastern Siberia. Collected by W.
H. Dall.

Fig. 2. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, evidently not designed for the
handle, set in a pocket groove twice too long for it. Handle of walrus
ivory, wedge-shaped, wider in the middle. Length of handle, 44 inches.

Cat. No. 127008, U. S. N. M. Eskimo of St. Lawrence Island, 1880. Collected by E.
W. Nelson.

Fig. 3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate, very large, inserted in a small
grooved piece of ivory and held in place by a packing of rawhide. Width
of blade, 8 inches.

Cat. No. 24363, U. S. N. M. Malemut Eskimo of Norton Sound, Alaska. Collected by
Lucien M. Turner.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLATE LXII.

~

AG
Sa NW IWCS Ws WW SSN SKC
\\ SS NAS SS

WY \ \S \ NOK \«
oe . \

SKE S S
INS

At) Niy)) 1))
I)
ile vn ity Hh Aenea AN
)

fy) \\

ULUs, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM PLOVER BAY, ST. LAWRENCE ISLAND, AND NORTON SOUND.

Fig.

Fig.

LS)

Ws)

EXPLANATION @l= PILATE Ib2<iiil.
ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTON SOUND

WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, a truncated circular segment in-
serted ina grooveina handle of walrus ivory. The ornament around
the border by alternation of points gives a funiculate effect. The hatch-
ing is poorly done. Blade 83 inches.

Cat. No. 33745, U. S.N.M. Unaligmut Eskimo of St. Michaels, Alaska. Collected
by E. W. Nelson.

WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of dark slate, set in groove of wooden han-
dle, the latter perforated for suspension. This specimen has never been
used. Length of blade, 54 inches.

Cat. No. 43432, U.S. N. M. Unaligmut Eskimo, St. Michaels, Alaska. Collected by
HK. W. Nelson.

WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate, unsymmetrically bell-shaped, in-
serted in a grooved handle of soft wood. Width of blade, 34 inches.

Cat. No. 33744, U.S. N. M. Unaligmut Eskimo of St. Michaels, Alaska. Collected
by E. W. Nelson.

WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, inserted in a groove of the walrus
ivory handle. The latter is beautifully colored by use and cut out in
graceful curves, so as to combine perfectly lightness and strength. Width
of blade, 3} inches.

Cat. No. 24366, U.S. N. M. Unaligmut Eskimo of St. Michaels, Alaska, 1878. Col-
lected by Lucien M. Turner.

WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, usual form, inserted into the groove
of the handle of walrus ivory. The handle is in shape of an orange seg-
ment. A diminutive specimen. Blade 2,), inches wide.

Cat. No. 43866, U.S. N. M. Unalakleet Eskimo, Norton Sound, Alaska. Collected
by E. W. Nelson.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLATE LXIII.

\\

MU

1

a ii)

Wildy

AA

(edi
of!
il

ULus, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTON SOUND.

eo 9

yi

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIV.
ULUS;OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTON SOUND AND LOWER YUKON.

Fig. 1. WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of black slate, typical in form, curved edge
and straight back, inserted in the groove of a clumsy pine handle, and
held in place by a lashing of spruce root passing through the handle and
through a hole rubbed in the blade. Length of blade, 44 inches.

Cat. No. 38255, U.S. N. M. Ekogmut Eskimo, Lower Yukon. Collected by E. W.
Nelson.

Fig. 2. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of drab slate, long, slender, and furnished
with a lashing-hole, made not by boring but by the meeting of grooves
sunk on the two sides. This sort of perforation is quite common in ulu
blades of slate. Length, 8 inches.

Cat. No. 48831, U.S. N. M. Ekogmut Eskimo, Lower Yukon, Alaska. Collected by
E. W. Nelson. ;

Fig. 3. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of dark slate, in form of circular segment.
Its size indicates its use for cutting fish and meat rather than skins.
Length, 104 inches.

Cat. No. 38766, U.S. N. M. Malemut Eskimo of Norton Sound, Alaska. Collected
by Kk. W. Nelson.

Fig. 4. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Called a meat-knife in Mr. Turner’s catalogue.
Blade of cleaver shape, riveted into a very deep groove in a handle of
antler. The latter projects from the blade and has on its under side three
deep finger grooves. Pierced for suspension. Length of knife, 8 inches.

Cat. No. 24365, U. 8S. N. M. Unaligmut Eskimo, south of Norton Sound, Alaska.

Report of National Museum, 1890,.—Mason. . PLATE LXIV.

RRs: Sy OO Ri
SSSI

QOMIPS . “as
eens Peis,
LS
SW, oo
pity ees .
SIE

see

=

QC

NSS RNS SS KW OA SS
SSX SS a Ae Sy ES AS SSNSSS

SQ : wy
SS ee

3

SR AMNTTTMTTTT ve ae
so NN ee
ill TE

Hil ml

ANN Ny

D SSIS
CM WWWV09.
Z WZ

y

ULUs, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTON, SOUND AND LOWER YUKON.

Fig

>:

Fig.

Fig

Fig.

Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXV.
ULUS OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTON SOUND AND VICINITY.

1. WoMAN’sS KNIFE(ULU). Blade of dark slate, shaped like a worn butcher's
knife, and having a tang an inch long. Figured to show one mode of
attachment. Length, 5 inches.

Cat. No. 48528, U.S. N. M. Ekogmut Eskimo, Lower Yukon, Alaska. Collected by
KE. W. Nelson. :

2. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of antler with groove cut quite through

the outer and the spongy portion. Blade missmg. Length, 4 inches.
Cat. No. 45489, U.S. N. M. Unaligmut Eskimo, St. Michaels, Alaska. Collected by
HK. W. Nelson.

. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of walrusivory, exhibiting the finest finish
and the greatest economy of material. The lower portion is thickened
just enough to hold the iron blade. The upper margin is expanded like
the back of a razor. Doubtless the piece was made by an Eskimo, but
the form and finish are quite beyond his rude tools before Huropean con-
tact. Length, 3 inches.

Cat. No. 48257, Eskimo of Nunivak Island, Alaska, Collected by E. W. Nelson.

(sy

4, WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of walrus ivory, wedge-shaped, rcunded

above, cut out ina crescent-shaped opening, pocket groove for blade.
Length, 2: inches.

Cat. No.43959, U. S. N. M. Eskimo north of Norton Sound, 1880. Collected by E. W.
Nelson.

5. WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of walrus ivory, plane surface on the bot-

tom and sides and rounded on the back. A groove extends across the
middle, and at its middle the handle is perforated for a suspension cord.
Length, 3 inches.
Cat. No. 37744, U. S. N. M.
6. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of walrus ivory with broad stem, like
Smith’s Sound specimen, and grip with two wings notched at the ends.
Length, 2% inches.

Cat. No. 44180, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Cape Darby, Alaska, 1880. Collected by E. W.
Nelson.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLATE LXV.

WWIMLLLLLLLLLL Lillie

Gi Libis = Soe

fe YY fs Yo YpyYyYYIT i:

WU My LUO Lis LLY
Md dd an blll
\ Z

ULUs, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTON’ SOUND AND VICINITY.

Sagi
Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVI.
ULus, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM NORTON SOUND TO KUSKOKVIM RIVER.

WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of walrus ivory, with slit for insertion of
metal blade, without rivets. There is an opening to form the grip, and a
projection at one end is in imitation of aseal’s head. The ornamenta-
tion consists of scratches and a coarsely cut gutter. Blade wanting.
Length, 33 inches.

Cat. No. 38366, U.S. N. M. Nuloktologamut Eskimo, Alaska. Collected by E. W.
Nelson.

WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of walrus ivory, with sht for insertion of
metal blade, without rivets. The grip is cleverly formed by the elongated
body of marmot, the head projecting. Ornamentation, three bands
scratched on the border and five dots. Blade wanting. Length 42 inches.

Cat. No. 38129. U.S. N. M. Nuloktologamut Eskimo, Alaska. Collected by E. W.
Nelson.

WoMAN’sS KNIFE (ULU). Handle a delicate specimen of walrus ivory in
form of a sledge, the groove for the metal -blade in the curved portion.
The grip separated from the blade piece by a long open space. At the
end of the handle is the head of a seal devouring a miniature walrus.
The dot and circle ornament is used. Length, 4? inches. i

Cat. No. 37960, U.S.N. M. Magemut Eskimo of Kuskokvim Bay, Alaska. Collected
by E. W. Nelson.

Woman’s KNIFE (ULU). Small handle of walrus ivory, fairly carved, and
having a deep groove for a metal blade. On one end is the head of some
animal, on the other a human face, and all over the surface dots and
geometric patterns. Length, 1? inches.

Cat. No. 33628, Unaligmut Eskimo, St. Michaels, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson.

WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of antler, and unique inform. In addi-
tion to the usual groove for the blade, the handle is extended in one
direction to form the head of an animal. Upon the sides are shown the
igloo, or hut, of an Eskimo family, the scaffold, on which all things are
put out of the way of the dogs, and aparty of Eskimo. Length, 6 inches.

Cat. No. 24376, U.S. N. M.. Eskimo of Norton Sound. Collected by Lucien M. Tur-
ner.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLATE LXVI.

(0)

SS eeeez4

yyginnwer ue
Y,

hen toy, rie
Y 0s ESS

ULUs, OR Woman's KNIVES, FROM NoRTON SOUND To KUSKOKVIM RIVER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVII.
ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM KUSKOKVIM DISTRICT.

Fig. 1. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of walrus ivory, with slit for insertion of
metal blade, without rivets. The outer margin is enlarged to forma
secure grip. The ornamentation by concentric rings variegated with
grooved lines has a pleasing effect. Blade wanting. Length of handle,
31 inches.

Cat. No. 87327, U.S. N. M. Agaiagamute Eskimo, Alaska. Collected by E.W. Nelson.

Fig. 2. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron,set in the groove of a walrus ivory
handle. With endless variety of detail this form of handle, with a crescent-
shaped opening, is typical. Ornamentation, a groove above with cross
lines in pairs and fours and cross hatching in the lower part. Width of
blade, 3 inches.

Cat. No. 3 316, U.S. N. M. Kongiganagamute Eskimo, north shore of Kuskokvyim
Bay, 1879. Collected by E. W. Nelson.

Fig. 3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of walrus ivory, very gracefully carved
and ornamented with thickened base for blade, a crescent-shaped razor-
back on the upper margin, a very thin diaphragm between the base and
upper border, which is cut away on its upper margin. The blade is of
iron, and the whole piece is very beautiful. Length, 3; inches.

Cat. No. 130617, U. S. N. M. Eskimo of Kuskokvim River, Alaska. ~Collected by
Cyrus Adler,

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLATE LXVII.

Mn Gf

Y,,
if

ae
7

Le

ULUs, OR WomaAN's KNIVES, FROM KUSKOKVIM DISTRICT.

:
4
my

a ed

Ly 5
ae hae

“oT eh ©
me) ey uy

me

t

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVII!I.
ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM BRISTOL BAY.

Fig. 1. WoOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). It is simply a blade or celt of slate, with a handle
of wood pierced and fitted on the top so that the slate extends through
and above. It is evident that we have here gotten below the walrus area
and the region of stone with conchoidal fracture. It is also evident that
we are away from the lines of Aboriginal and European travel and traffic.
Length of handle, 22 inches.

Cat. No. 127389,U. S. N. M. Eskimo of Ugashik, Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by
I. Applegate.

Fig. 2. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Handle of wood. Blade of slate, resembling a
short jackknife, blade inserted into the end of the triangular handle and
lashed with smew. Length, 5 inches.

Cat. No. 127735, U.S: N. M. Ogulmut Eskimo of Ugashik, Alaskan Peninsula.
Collected by W. J. Fisher.

Fig. 3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of greenish slate, semicircular, pierced

twice near the upper margin for lashing or for rivets. Width, 5 inches.
Cat. No. 90409, U. S.N. M. Ogulmut Eskimo of Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by
W. J. Fisher.

Fig. 4. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Biladeof slate, leaf-shaped, inserted in the end of
the odd-shaped wooden handle at an angle of 45°. The handle is per-
forated for the thumb and fingers, and for suspension. Length of handle,
5 inches.

Cat. No. 12738 , U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Togiak River. Collected by I. Applegate.

Report of National Museum, 1890—Mason. PLATE LXVIII.

“i
ye

ji
His

Zi

—

ULus, oR WoMAN’s KNIVES, FROM BHISTOL BAY.

+

5
E

<

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

i)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIX.

ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM BRISTOL BAY.

. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, in shape of a sledge runner, inserted

in a pocket groove of the ivory handle, which has the shape of the Egyp-
tian symbol of the eye. Length, 33 inches.

Cat. No. 55918a, U. S. N. M. Eskimo of Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C. L.
McKay.

. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate, inserted in a pocket groove of the

wooden handle. The latter is shaped like the Egyptian symbol for the
eye, the opening forming a convenient cavity for thumb and middle fin-
ger. Compare 50918. Length, 54 inches.
Cat. No. 55916a, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C. L.
McKay.

. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, rounded at either end, inserted ina

pocket groove of the ivory handle, which has a notched back and un-
symmetrical opening for the thumb and fingers. Length, 44 inches.

Cat. No. 55918, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C. L.
McKay.

. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade and handle of one piece of iron, the former

in shape of a butcher’s knife, the latter is curled over the blade in a sig-
moid curve and slightly welded to the back. Evidently not of native
make. Length, 64 inches.

Cat. No. 55918b, U. S. N: M. Eskimo of Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C. L.
McKay.

Report of National Museum, 1890.-—Mason. Plate LXIX.

-- wee Fae ee
= ES SSS 5 = —
S EES ie
i ees “A
NSS WS

Gg a
Fi Z
LAE" ,

ii
\
\\

1"

SUNY RNY

RANI \
HAN
NY

ULus, oR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM BRISTOL BAY.

oe

cs
a

Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXxX.
ULUs, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM BRISTOL BAY, ALASKAN PENINSULA, AND KADIAK.

1. WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of fine black slate, set in a deep pocket groove
of the wooden handle. Space cut out on both sides of the handle for
thumb and middle finger. Length, 31 inches.

Cat. No. 55916), U. 8S. N. M. Eskimo of Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C. L.
McKay.

g. 2. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate, set in a pocket groove in a handle

of cedar wood, and held in place by a seizing of wood. A very old and
much used specimen. Length, 7? inches,

Cat. No. 90410, U. S. N. M. Eskimo of Kadiak Island, Alaska. Collected by W. J-
Fisher.

. 3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate, shaped like a sledge runner, lashed

to a handle of wood, which is much too short, by a splint of root passing
through the blade and over the handle. Width of biade, 62 inches.
Cat. No. 90412, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of Kadiak Island, Alaska. Collected by W. J.
Fisher.

4, WOMAN'S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate, set in a pocket groove of the
handle, made by splitting the latter, excavating the groove and then
lashing the two parts together and to the blade by sinew passing through
the blade and through the handle and sunk in a groove of the handle on
either side. The handle has spindle-shaped ends. Length, 94 inches.

Cat. No. 72541, U.S. N. M. Eskimo of the Alaskan Peninsula. Collected by W. J.
Fisher.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PLATE LXX.

SN
NY RORY

\ \ SS

4

ULUs, OR WOMAN’s KNIVES, FROM BRISTOL BAY, ALASKAN PENINSULA, AND KADIAK.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXxXl.
ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM KADIAK AND SOUTHWARD.

Fig. 1. WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Large blade of slate inserted in a groove of the
cylindrical handle of wood, and held in place by a lashing of braided
sinew, which for some unknown reason is stretched beneath the handle
from one lashing tothe other. Length of blade, 53 inches.

Cat. No. 72540, U.S. N. M. Eskimo, Kadiak. Collected by W. J. Fisher.

Fig. 2. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of iron, crescent-shape, and handle of wood,
the whole closely imitating those 1n use among civilized people for meat
choppers. Length of handle, 64 inches.

Cat. No. 74362, U.S. N. M. Tlingit Indians, Sitka, Alaska. Collected by T. T. McLean.

Fig. 3. WOMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade of slate. Handlewanting. Upon the upper
margin of the blade is a tang 12 inches wide to render it firm in its handle.
Width of blade, 64 inches.

Cat. No. 127726, U.S. N. M. Tlingit Indians of Fort Wrangle, Alaska. Collected by
W. J. Fisher.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Mason. PEATE VeXOxXe

==
ELLE EEE DPE

EE

LEZ

ULUS, OR WomaAN’s KNIVES, FROM KADIAK AND SOUTHWARD.

fig

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXII.

ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM HAIDA INDIANS.

g. 1. WoMAN’S KNIFE (ULU). Blade made of a thin strip of sheet iron, with a

bent strip of copper, forming a strengthening to the back. Length, 22
inches.
Cat. No. 20840. Kootznoo Indians (Koiushan stock).
. 2. WOMAN’S KNIFE(ULU). Blade of iron, inserted in a handle formed by bend-
ing a strip of sheet copper extending half an inch down on either side.
Length of blade, 5% inches.

Cat. No. 88771, U.S. N. M. Haida Indians of Queen Charlotte Archipelago. Collected
by James G. Swan.

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Mason, PLATE LXXII.

a Z AI NV)
SGES Wy \ ion
ZA Wy, We Y
ey, (te)

oN Uo J) hy

\s sh

ULUS, OR WOMAN’S KNIVES, FROM HAIDA INDIANS.

THE ANCIENT PIT-DWELLERS OF YEZO.

By RoMyN HITCHCOCK.

When the first Emperor of Japan, known by the posthumos title
Jimmu Tenno, whose traditional reign began 660 B. C., was on his im-
perial journey eastward from ancient Tsukushi, to establish the seat
of government in Yamato, he came to a great ‘ cave” or *‘ apartment”,
in which eighty tsuchi-gumo or cave-dwelling savages were awaiting
him. The word tsuchi-gumo is usually translated ‘ earth-spiders,” but
Prof. B. H. Chamberlain regards it as a corruption of tsuchi-gomori, or
“earth-hiders.”. Whatever the original meaning may have been, there
can be no doubt that it was applied to a savage people, who inhabited
Japan before the coming of the Japanese.

The ancient records of the Japanese contain many allusions to these
dwellers in caves, or dwellers under ground. In the reigu of the Em-
peror Keiko two Kumaso braves were killed in a cave by Yamato-take.
The Empress Jingo Kogo was wrecked among tsuchi-gumo. They are
said to have been numerous in Bungo and in other western provinces,
in Omi, in Yamato, and in other localities.

The character of their dwellings is not clearly defined, owing to the
ambiguous meaning of the Chinese character translated “ cave.” In
certain parts of Japan natural caves are numerous, but they are not
common throughout the country. Artificial caves are not uncommon,
but I have endeavored to show, in an article treating of ancient Japa-
nese burial customs, read before section H of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science at Toronto in 1889, that such caves
were constructed for interment of the dead and not for dwellings.
Still other structures, chambers made by piling up huge rocks and
heaping up mounds of earth to cover them, are also numerous in
southern Japan, and these have been designated as caves by von
Siebold, rather carelessly it seems to me. But these also were only
burial chambers. Granting that mere opinions concerning such a
subject are not of much value, I would only add that until some stronger
evidence than von Siebold has adduced gives color to the idea that the
early inhabitants of Japan lived in true caves, [ hold that their dwell-
ings were more probably of the character of the pit-dwellings to be
described in this article. It is true we do not find the ruins of such

A417
H, Mis. 129, pt. 2——27

A418 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

dwellings in the south, although they are numerous in Yezo. This is
doubtiess because all such ruins have been destroyed in the more popu-
lous island, where every available plot of ground has long been under
cultivation.

The fact is not to be overlooked, however, that the idea of cave life
was familiar to the ancient Japanese. The well-known myth of the
sun-goddess, who retired into a cave and closed the entrance with a
stone, is significant of the truth of this assumption. It is not unlikely
that the idea came from China and that true cave life was never prac.
ticed in Japan.

TAMGESHIR! 5
a Tora

SKETCH MAP

There are still other people mentioned in the Japanese records, dis-
tinguished as Ebisu or hairy savages, who were contemporaneous with
the earth-hiders, Itis not difficult to recognize in these the ancestors
of the Ainos, who are now confined to Yezo. Not only is the historic
evidence clear that the Ainos once lived in the main island as far south
as Sendai, but we have numerous facts in support of the further con-
clusion that, in more ancient times, they occupied the coast as far south

ig

scat Fe

THE ANCIENT PIT-DWELLERS OF YEZO. 419

as the extreme end of Kiushiu. Such evidence we find in the distribu-
tion of geographical place-names, which are obviously of Aino origin,
in the names of famous characters in Japanese mythology, which are
certainly of Aino derivation, and in the contents of kitchen-middens or
shell-heaps, which are numerous here and there along the coast.

The writer has briefly summarized the evidence of Aino occupancy of
Japan in the paper following this one. The character of the pot-
tery found in the shell-heaps is entirely different from any pottery
made by the ancient Japanese. The material is the same as that
of the Japanese sepulchral pottery, but the shapes of the vessels are
not the same and the decoration upon them is absolutely distinctive.
Strange as it may seem, the pottery of the shell-heaps is far more elab-
orately decorated than any ancient pottery of Japanese origin.

Plate LXx1IL shows a number of specimens from the large collection of
M.lAbbe Furet, of Hakodate, which I was very kindly permitted to pho-
tograph. Many of these are covered with complex designs, such as are
absolutely unknown on Japanese pottery. The small fragments repre.
senting parts of human figures are, so faras [am aware, unique. Owing
to the absence from home of the collector, | was unable to learn any-
thing about them.

The ancient Japanese pottery comes from burial mounds which are
prehistoric, or at least which date from a time before the year A. D.
400, when the authentic records of Japan begin. The pottery of the
shell-heaps, often designated as Aino pottery, although more elaborately
decorated, must be older than this, and it would seem to afford indis:.
putable evidence that the Japanese were preceded by an aboriginal
people, who were potters. We find the same kind of pottery in Yezo,
in the shell-heaps at Otaru, near Sapporo, on the small island Benten-

jima, in Nemuro harbor, about ancient pits in Kushiro, and about sim-

ilar places on the Island of Yeterof. Associated with it everywhere
are found arrow-heads and other implements, such as may be found
scattered over many parts of Yezo in the surface mold at the present
day.

The question then arises, to what people shall we attribute this spoil?
It has been supposed that the shell mounds were left by the Ainos.
This is the opinion of Prof. John Milne. But we immediately come face
to face with the fact that the Ainos of the present day do not make pot-
tery. The claim is made, upon rather insufficient ground it seems to me,
that the Ainos formerly did make pots; but if so, it is strange that in
all my journeying among them I found no indications of such handi-
work, nor of their need of such utensils. i cannot bring myself to be-
lieve tuat a people who not only possessed that useful art, but who also
acquired such a degree of artistic skill in decorating their productions,
could have absolutely lost it. Certainly it could not have disappeared
within a century, as we must supposeif we accept all the evidence we
possess of Aino pot making.

420 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

It would be a bold assumption indeed to suppose that the dwellers
jn earth houses, the tsuchi-gumo, made the pottery. We have no evi-
dence of this further than the fact that here and there fragments of
pottery, and occasionally well-preserved vessels, are found about pits in
Yezo and Yeterof, which, as I shall endeavor to show, are probably the
ruins of a kind of pit-dwellings corresponding, in the opinion of the
present writer, to those of the traditional tswchi-gumo. The pottery is
there, and it assuredly was not made by the Japanese. It may be much
older than we think, older than the Aino occupaney; older than even
the traditions of the Japanese. Whoever were the people who made

‘it, they spread over the whole country from southern Kiushiu to the
bleak shores of Yezo and the adjacent islands.

Who were the pit-dwellers of Yezo? I have supposed them to be
the tsuchi-gumo of tradition, but our only knowledge concerning these
is found in the Japanese accounts, unreliable enough, but at the
same time not without some bearing on the question. For one would
seareely expect such circumstantial and numerous accounts of meetings
and combats with dwellers in burrows or caves to be pure inventions.
The word “cave” translated means “apartment.” They were not cave-
dwellers in the ordinary sense, for in nearly all the accounts of the peo-
ple they seem to have lived in holes dug in the ground. We have the
less reason to doubt this, since it is known that the Smelenkur of Sag-
halin construct earth-covered dwellings on the sides of hills, not in any
sense caves, and houses of another form will shortly be described which
may, with still more probability, represent the dwellings of the tsuchi-
gumo.

Mr. T. W. Blakiston first brought prominently into notice certain re-
markable depressions or pits in the ground which he had observed
in various parts of Yezo, and which he believed to be the remains of
human habitations. Jn the summer of 1888 I made an extended journey
in the island, covering a distance of more than 800 miles on horseback,
visiting the Ainos and always looking for pits. The pits are numerous in
places, usually on elevated land near the coast, or overlooking the mouths
of rivers, presumably that the people might readily sight shoals of fish.
The island known as Bentenjima, which forms a breakwater to Nemuro
harbor, is covered with numerous pits. Plate Lxxtv shows the town as
seen from the residence of Mrs. H. Carpenter, a most devoted missionary,
and the only foreign resident. Theisland isseen on the left. Just back
of the three sheds or storehouses bordering on the water, where the
bank is falling away, there is a small line of white, indicating the re-
mains of a shell-mound. It was at this spot that Prof. John Milne, in
1881, found some fragments of pottery, several arrow-heads, and one
complete vase. I was only able to find a few broken shells, not having
the means with me for digging.

About 4 miles from Nemuro, in a northeasterly direction, on a bluff
overlooking the sea, near the mouth of a small stream, there are seven
pits, approximately square in shape, varying in length from 10 to 20

Report of National Museum,

1890.—Hitchcock.

PLATE LXXiIll.

ANCIENT POTTERY FROM M. L’ABBE FURET COLLECTION.

PLATE LXXIV.

Hitchcock,

1890.—

,

Report of National Museum

“VAITNSLNSG GNV OYNWSAN 4O MAlA

THE ANCIENT PIT-DWELLERS OF YEZO. 421

feet. They are not well preserved, but it was thought worth while to
dig a trench across one of them in the hope of finding some pottery or
arrow-heads. The trench was dug two feet wide down to a stratum of
clay, but nothing was found.

On the island of Yeterof there are many hundred of such pits on ele-
vated knolls some distance from the coast, but overlooking a broad
vailey, through which a stream meanders for a long distance nearly
parallel to the coast. It seemed to me quite possible that at the time
the dwellings represented by these pits were inhabited, the present river
valley was an immense arm of the sea, and arich fishing-ground. It
was about these pits that Mr. Blakiston says fragmentsof pottery were
picked up. I was therefore quite anxious to explore one of them with
a spade, and leaving my companions, Mr. Leroux and Mr. Odlum, I set
off in search for a habitation. After a long walk I found an Aino hut
occupied by an old woman, and there obtained a dilapidated old Jap-
anese instrument which was used for digging. It was the best the
country afforded, so I carried it back and we dug over the whole bottom
of the pit, and also in several places outside, without finding a single
article to rewardus. We made some measurements of the pits in the
vicinity, which were large and well preserved. Two pits gave the fol-
lowing results :

Southeast and | Northeast and Depth
northwest. southwest. je
Metres. Metres. Centimetres.
4 3.8 53
4 4.5 73

Although I have not yet found a single piece of pottery, nor a chipped
flint in any pit where I[ have dug, it does not follow that nothing of the
kind is to be found about them. Other explorers have been more for-
tunate. The most promising locality for such explorations is at Kushiro,
on the southeast coast of Yezo. Only want of the necessary time pre-
vented me from digging about the pits there. In walking over the
ground I picked up several small bits of old pottery which the rains had
washed out, and the Japanese local officers showed me a small collec-
tion of vessels, tolerably well preserved, which had been found there.
Some of the Kushiro pits are very large. I measured one, which was
32 feet across and 8 feet deep.

The Ainos have a tradition concerning a race of dwellers under
ground called koro-pok-guru, who formerly occupied the country. The
Ainos claim to have subdued and exterminated them. We have no
means of knowing whether this is a genuine tradition, or a late inven-
tion to explain the existence of the pits. Presuming it to be the for-
mer, it is not unreasonable to suppose that the Aino account of dwarfs,
who lived under ground, and the Japanese tales of earth-spiders or

A22 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

tsuchi-gumo, refers to the same people. In the light of the observations
related further on, if would also seem probable that the pits of Yezo
are the ruins of the dwellings onee occupied by them, now affording
landmarks whereby we may trace the migrations of a once numerous
people to their disappearance and oblivion.

In the year 1878 Prof. John Milne* visited Shumushu or Peroi Island,
the most northern of the Kuriles. There, at the village of Myrup, he
found a small colony of migratory people who made huts over excava-
tions. His account of them is short. He writes:

Here there were three wooden houses which had been built by the Russians, and
quite a number (perhaps a score) of half underground dwellings. On landing we
found that all these were deserted, and in many cases even difficult to find, owing to
the growth of wormwood and wild grasses.

The inhabitants of the island, who call- themselves Kurilsky, are twenty-three in
in number. They chiefly live at a place called Seleno, about 4 miles distant. I men-

tion these people, as they seem to be the only inhabitants of the Kuriles north of
Iturup (Yeterof).

It appears that the dwellers in the deserted houses were migratory.
Professor Milne has elsewhere declared that ‘these excavations have
a Striking resemblance to the pits which we find further south.”

' A Japanese author, Mr, Y. Hashiba, has published a description of
some peculiar dwellings built over pits, which he found in Shonai, on
the west coast of the northern part of the main island of Japan.
I am indebted to Mr. P. Jaisohn for a partial translation of this arti-
cle, which is written in Japanese. There are two huts, built over
circular pits about 1 foot in depth by 2 to 3 yards in diameter.
The framework of one is of reeds, that of the other of branches,
over which there is a covering of earth 2 feet thick. In the middle of
the floor is a triangular fireplace. Other pits were found in the vicin-
ity and fragments of pottery, but the pottery is said to differ from that
found in Yezo. The points of difference I have been unable to learn.

The Aleuts build also over excavations in the earth, erecting a frame-
work of wood over which they pile a covering of sods. The entrance to
such dwellings is through a low passage along which one must crawl.

When the Japanese obtained the Kurile Islands from Russia in ex-
change for Saghalin, they determined to transfer the few inhabitants
they found there to a more accessible spot. They selected the island of
Shikotan, and although the people did not wish to change their abode,
a steamer was sent to take them away, and thus a colony of about one
hundred persons was established on Shikotan. This island is situated
nearly east of the extreme eastern limit of Yezo and south of Kunashiri.
It is small, mountainous, not of much importance, and difficult to
reach.

Professor Milne was the first to tell me of these people, but he had
not seen them. At Nemuro I made inquiries about them and resolved

*Trans. Seismological Soc. of Japan, 1x, 1886, pp. 127, 128.

PLATE LXXV.

Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

ional

Report of Nat

"M3IA IWYSNA5 ‘NVLOMIHS 40

SOVTIIA

Ta ‘de
ns

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

PLATE LXXVI.

VILLAGERS (KURILE ISLANDERS), SHIKOTAN.

‘it
i
i

THE ANCIENT PIT-DWELLERS OF YEZO. 423

to visit them if possible. My Japanese servant bargained for a native
fishing-boat to carry me over, and the lowest price offered was $30 for
the trip. In such a craft the trip would not be without danger, and it
might bea voyage of eithera day ora week. Fortunately I had already
made the acquaintance of two other foreigners who were traveling for
pleasure and observation, and as we happened to be together in Nemuro,
they had become interested in my proposed visit to Shikotan. But the
fishing-boat plan did not seem to be well received by either of them. M.
Lereux, chef de musique at Tokio, one day hailed me on the street with
the news that in four days a steamer was going to Yeterof and would
stop for us atShikotan. Mr. Odlum, a botanist, joined us, and at 3:45
a. m., on August 9, the Yoshinomaru with her three foreign passengers
and a load of salt for the fisheries of Yeterof, steamed from her anchor-
age in the harbor. I was on deck before sunrise, but already we were
outon the heaving water. Toward the south the terraced shores of Yezo
could be dimly traced as far as the eye could reach. Toward the north
the volcanic range of the Menashi Peninsula was capped with snow. At
half-past eight we were abreast of Kunashiri at the point where Chia-chia
towers as a regular volcanic cone and slopes on one side in graceful, un-
broken concave to the sea. Shikotan had already been sighted and now
lay close at hand on the starboard bow, while Yeterof was visible in the
distance. But it was noon before we anchored in the harbor, entering
through a beautiful narrow passage between high, bold, gray cliffs of
sandstone, concealed here and there with patches of green. Within
lies a quiet bay witha verdant valley, inclosed on every hand by moun-
tains and brush covered hills.

The settlement (Plate LXxV) consists of eighteen houses arranged on
opposite sides of a single street which runs directly back from the sandy
beach. The number of inhabitants is at present uncertain—one in-
formant told us sixty, another sixty-five. They are in appearance a
well-formed, hardy people, but they are fast dying off. Subsisting on
the most miserable food, bulbous roots, green tops of plants, and a pit-
tance of rice from the Japanese Government; not properly clothed, and
unable to obtain the fish and other things which in their native isles were
so abundant, disease, especially consumption, has made fearful havoc
among them. In five years their number has decreased one-third. The
Japanese are now trying to better their condition, but past neglect has
done its work. The people can not subsist without aid where they
now live, and in any event they will soon disappear from the face of
the earth. The picture of the group here shown (Plate LXXxvI) is
probably the only one ever made of these people. It was taken on the
beach just below the Japanese official residence, which is conspicuous
in the picture. Inthe background may be seen many plain slabs mark-
ing the final resting-places of many poor souls who succumbed to the
privations of a few years in a home not of their own choosing. It will
be noticed that the people are clothed in European dress. This is be-

424 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

cause they have so long been under Russian influences. In winter they
are accustomed to dress in skins, but whether they are able to provide
themselves with such warm clothing from the resources of Shikotan is
very doubtful.

The character of the dwellings will be more clearly understood from
the illustrations than from any words of description. In a general way
it may be said that each dwelling is composed of two parts, a front,
thatched house, occupied in summer, and a winter earth house connected
with the former by a covered passage.

The thatched house very much resembles the houses of the Ainos.
Plate LXXvIt represents a view along the village street. There is the low
front part used for storage and as a hail or passage-way, and the main
portion which constitutes the living room. ‘This room is usually nearly
square, with a low door in front and a small door at the back opening
into the passage which leads to the winter house. A good general view
of a well-made house, and of the passage behind, is shown in Plate
LXxvill. Entering from the front we find in the main room a rude and
very dirty floor of boards, raised six inches from the ground, leaving a
small inclosed space near the entrance from which one may step up on
to the floor. There is a large, rectangular fireplace sunk in the floor
about the middle, on which pieces of wood fitfully burn and fill the house
with smoke. The rafters and crossbeams are covered with a shiny
coating of oily soot. There is a smoke-hole in the roof, but only the
excess of smoke escapes. There are usually two small windows, one on
each side, perhaps a foot. square, and on one side a raised bunk with
high side boards.

Abovethe fire hangs a Japanese iron pot containing a more or less
unsavory stew. The pot is coated with accumulated deposits within
and soot without, and is probably never washed, if it is ever quite emp-
tied.

Around the walls hang articles of clothing, such as fur-lined gloves
and shoes of fish-skin, rude baskets, skins of small animals, strips of
hide for thongs, articles of dried fruit, ete.

The winter house 1s of greater interest, because it probably represents
the early pit-dwellings of Yezo. One of my pictures (Plate LXxIx)
shows two such houses standing alone. These are at the upper end of
the village, and they are the only ones not connected with thatched
houses. As will be seen, they are dome-shaped mounds of earth, with
windows and a sort of chimney. Usually there is one such mound,
sometimes there are two, back of a thatched house, as will be under-
stood by a glance at the next plate, which represents a view of the
backs of the houses, showing the earth-dwellings attached.

The mounds are built over shallow excavations or pits in the ground
about 12 to 18 inchesdeep. A plan of one of the dwellings (Fig. 65)
shows the approximate size and proportions of the different rooms.
The room of the earth-covered house on the left measured 2 metres wide:

PLATE LXXVII

tchcoc

—H

1890

| Museum,

fona

Report of Nat

"NVLOMIHS SAN350S 1394y1S9

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Hitchcock.

PLate LXXVIII.

THATCHED HOUSE AND PASSAGE-WAY, SHIKOTAN.

PLATE LXXIX.

Hitchcock

Report of National Museum 1890.

‘NVLOMIHS ‘SSASNOH) HLYVyA

THE ANCIENT PIT-DWELLERS OF YEZO. 425

2.25 metres deep, and 1.30 metres from the floor to the highest part of
the ceiling. The beds were simply bunks, 38 centimetres from the floor
and 60 centimetres wide. The entrance is through a small, low door-

guns oF oun

Earth House

Dark Passage

Fire

Fioor

Raised

Thatched House

Fig. 68.
PLAN OF DWELLING, SHIKOTAN.

way from the covered passage. This passage may run quite across the
back of the thatched house and extend some distance beyond it, as in
the house shown in Plate Lxxx, which is the one from which the plan is
drawn. As one descends into the hut, it seems very damp and gloomy.
There is nothing to be seen but the bare floor, the sleeping bunks on the
sides, and the fireplace made by piling up rounded stones in one corner.
I have expressed the belief that these Shikotan huts are the modern
representatives of the ancient pit-dwellings of Yezo. Perhaps it will
be very difficult, or even impossible, to prove this connection; cer-
tainly the huts I saw were much smaller than many of the pits of Yezo,
but I do not know what kind of a pit would be left by the falling in of
one of these houses. I should think, after weathering a few years, it
might not be very unlike the pits. On the other hand, it may be that
the people, having learned to build better above ground, no longer
require such large and deep subterranean huts as in the past, and that
these shallow excavations are but survivals of the old plan of construc-
tion, which is no longer useful. However this may be, it would seem
that the ancient pit-dwellers were driven from Yezo, perhaps by the
Ainos, to the Kuriles, for the pits can be traced through Yeterof, and
perhaps in the smaller islands beyond. The existence of the pits in
Yeterof, the finding by Professor Milne of a small remnant of people

426 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

on the same chain of islands who build houses over pits, and the find-
ing of still others on Shikotan, may be fairly taken to indicate a con-
nection between the people who dug the ancient pits and those who
live in such dwellings at the present time.

There was very little to collect in the way of specimens to represent
the people. M. Leroux was so fortunate as to find a single musical
instrument of the form represented in Fig. 66. Not another could be

Fig. 66.
MUSICAL INSTRUMENT, SHIKOTAN.

found of the same shape, which will be recognized as of Russian design.
The people were making others of different shape, evidently in imitation
of the Japanese samisen.

Fig. 67 represents acarrying band used by women to carry their chil-

Fig. 67.
“ CARRYING BAND, SHIKOTAN.

dren on the back. The child sits in a curved wooden seat, and the band
is passed over the chest of the bearer.

We left Shikotan towards evening, bound for Yeterof. The rocky
bluffs rose clear and sharp behind us, soon to be shrouded in a veil of

PLATE LXXX.,

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Hitchcock.

"NVLOMIHS ‘SSSNOH GNIHSE MalA

a

D

THE ANCIENT PIT-DWELLERS OF YEZO. 427

mist, which in this region is constantly forming and reforming with
endless changes in the scenery of shore and mountain. Early next
morning we arrived at Shiana, a small fishing-station on the island,
where a few Ainos and Japanese were found. At noon we were on
board ready to start again, when suddenly a dense fog shut in around
and held us, damp, cold, and miserable, in the little steamer until mid-
night. At half-past five the next morning we anchored at Bettobu, where
we visited the pits already described, and then returned to Nemuro.

SER ue eee eure

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN.

By Romyn HircHcock.

The island of Yezo is situated nearly north of the main island of Japan,
stretching northeasterly, forming the end of the “silkworm,” to which,
owing to its shape, the Japanese writers have fancifully compared their
country. Itis comprised between the parallels of 41° 30’ and 45° 30/
of north latitude, and embraces about six degrees of longitude from
the extreme western limit to the longitude of Nemuro. Nemuro is a
large and important town situated near the extremity of the most east-
ern peninsula. IJt has a good harbor for small vessels, but the entrance
is not very safe in bad weather. Looking north, the island of Kunashiri
is clearly seen, its snow-capped mountains rising high and gleaming in
the August sun. Further to the north and east are Yeterof, or Iturup,
and the chain of the Kuriles stretching beyond to Kamtschatka. The
Kuriles are, or have been, partly inhabited by a few migratory people
who constructed a kind of underground dwellings which are of great
interest in connection with the early inhabitants of Yezo.

Almost directly south of the eastern end of Kunashiri, about 50 nau-
tical miles from Nemuro, is the small, almost unknown island Shikotan,
in latitude about 33° 45’ north. On this island there is a small colony
of the Kurile islanders established there by the Japanese Government.
This was visited by the writer of this paper, whose observations there
made are the subject of a separate report.

The northwest extremity of Yezo is separated by only about 20 nau-
tical miles from Saghalien. The island is very irregular in shape.
Geologically it is composed very largely of voleanic and metamorphic
rocks, with here and there limited tracts of alluvium in river valleys
and along the coast. The largest of these and by far the most favor-
ably situated for agricultural purposes is in the Ishikari Valley. The
Government agricultural college at Sapporo occupies some of the finest
and most productive land, and has the advantage of a less rigorous
climate than prevails in Yezo generally. At this place grain, vegeta-
bles and even fruits of fine quality are abundantly produced. Never-
theless, my observations do not enable me to speak favorably of Yezo
as an agricultural country. The climate is too severe, and the soil is not
generally suitable, or, where suitable, it is too limited in extent. The
total production of rice in 1886 amounted to 16,595 koku (about 85,000

; 429

430 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

bushels) and of other grains, wheat, barley, and rye, 15,369 koku (79,000
bushels). These quantities are quite insufficient to sustain the popula-
tion, which draws its principal supplies from the main island of Japan.

The island is well wooded. The spruee, chestnut, walnut, mountain
ash, beech, birch, elm, maples, and pines are the most common trees.
The maples in the north belong to the large-leaved variety, and are not
the same as those of the main island of Japan, the leaves of which are
very smal]. In many parts there is a thick, almost impenetrable under-
growth of scrub bamboo, scarcely exceeding 3 to 4 feet in height, but
very unpleasant for the traveler. In the forests, one passes through
nile after mileof this luxuriant growth, along narrow trails which can
be followed only by an almost imperceptible depression in the general
level of the green tops.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 431

The principal Japanese settlements are Sapporo, Hakodate, and
Nemuro. The population of the island is confined almost entirely to
the coast. Small villages of Japanese and Ainos are scattered along
the coast afew miles apart, wherever the locations are favorable for
fishing or collecting seaweed. On the northeast coast the principal
towns are Mombets, Abashiri, and Shari. Between Hakodate and
Nemuro are Kushiro, Horoidzumi, Tomakomai, and Horobets. On some
of the larger rivers, as the Ishikari, the Kusuri, and the Tokachi, there
are small settlements of Ainos. On routes of travel far up in the
mountains there will be found isolated stations, where one can obtain
shelter and food with changes of horses. Otherwise the interior is an
uninhabited wilderness, the abode of bears, foxes, and other animals.

The total population of the Hokkaido, which is the official designation
of that section of Japan which includes Yezo and the islands off the
northeast coast, is stated as 226,236. I am unable to state the number
of persons on the island of Yezo alone, but there are very few on Ku-
mashiri and Yeterof, and the Kuriles are practically uninhabited. Of
this number about 16,000 are said to be Ainos. The distribution of the
Aino population will be more fully considered in another place.

The principal support of this population is the fisheries, which are of
great value. The following statistics of the fisheries were kindly fur-
nished from the official reports by Mr. K. Ito, president of the Hokusui
Kyokwai, or Northern Fisheries Society :

FISHERIES OF YEZO—PRODUCTION OF 1886.

(a, |
Fish. | Production. | Where exported.

Koku.*
Spring salmon, Masu,salted .....-...--..| 5, 029, 489 | Main island.
Fall salmon, Sake, salted............----- | 110, 729, 265 | Do.
Beche de mer, Jriko.......--.-..-.-.- pies 1, 027, 589 | 197,311 catties sent to China.
NEAMmeCd MMOMD ML occ cecice vocwes seein 180, 373, 249 | 29,050,587 catties sent to China.
Oysters, dried .......... gees ReuSREe As 4,773,040 | All sent to China.
Fish guano: ;
orningeeer aa se se st ce enas ss Saeasscs 572, 374, 304 | Other islands of Japan.
Salmi oneataseeaecig- ser eok s< seceie 45, 511 Do.
Iwashi (Clupea mclanostrata).---.-.. 22, 259, 300 Do.
Othemkindsisessssee eee ce eee 14, 595, 711 Do.
Fish oil:
erin pes eeea eae esha. Say seeks 7, 096, 905 | Unknown amount exported to United States.
LEW OBLO SEG sare a See ee es ae ae ae 405, 600 Do.

* One kokn of fish is about 333 pounds. One koku of oil is about 40 gallons.
THE AINOS.

The Ainos are a peculiar race, quite distinct from the Japanese now
found ; a mere remnant of a once numerous people in Yezo and on the
islands Kumashiri and Yeterof. The application of the name Aino
requires to be more carefully restricted than it has been, In Yezo we

432 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

hear of the Yezo Ainos, the Tsuishikari Ainos, and even of the Kurile
Ainos. In this communication the name Aino is applied only to those
people who are natives of Yezo. The Tsuishikari Ainos who recently
came from Saghalien, and who are undoubtedly the same people but
with slight differences in language and custom, will be invariably dis-
tinguished by the fullname. The so-called Kurile Ainos are wrongly
named. This name is given to the pit-dwellers of Shikotan, who are
quite distinct from the Ainos. Mr. John Batchelor, of the Church
Missionary Society, who has lived among the Ainos of southern Yezo
for a number of years, and who has recently published a grammar of
the Aino language and is about to publish a dictionary also, contends
that the proper name for the people is Ainu. The best account of the
Ainos of Saghalien is to be found in the very valuable work of Dr. L.
Schrenck, ‘“‘ Reisen und Forschungen in Amurlande,” vol. 111. It has
been said that the word was derived from the Japanese imu, meaning
dog. This is what the Japanese assert, and they say that the Ainos
are such an inferior race of people that they were called dogs. But
Mr. Batchelor points out that the Japanese* more frequently derive
the word from ai-no-ko, children of the middle. According to this
author the word is not of Japanese origin, but, in the language of the
people, means ‘‘ men,” descendants of Aioina. Aioina is the name of
the first ancestor of the Ainos, who is worshiped as such by the peo-
ple, but in English and also in German writings they have long been
known as Ainos, and it seems unnecessary to make a change at this
late day.

Formerly, it is said, the Ainos were subject to a powerful and
wealthy chief, who lived at Piratori and received tribute from all the
Ainos in the land. This is related by the Ainos themselves. However
this may have been in the past, no traces of allegiance to a single ruler
now remain. Each village has its own chief and a number of officers
who assist him in preserving order and punishing wrong-doers. The
chieftainship is hereditary in the family. It has recently been shown
by the researches of Milne, Morse, Chamberlain, and others that Japan
proper was once inhabited by a race of people different from the pres-
ent Japanese, and from a comparison of the remains found in shell-
heaps and kitchen-middens in many parts of Japan, even as far south
as Kiushiu, with similar remains found in Yezo, it is thought that the
Ainos once inhabited Japan. The evidence upon this subject seems at
first sight rather conflicting, but on the whole it is tolerably conclusive.
It is convincing if we consider only the probable, indeed the almost posi-
tive, Aino origin of geographical place-names in every part of the
archipelago.t It is apparently weak if we consider only the very re-
mote relations to be observed between the languages, mythologies, and

*Transasiatic Society Japan, XVI, 18.
+ The Language, Mythology, and Geographical nomenclature of Japan viewed in the
light of Aino Studies. Prof, B. H. Chamberlain,

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 433

customs of the present Ainos and Japanese. But on the other hand,
if we seek to discover Japanese influences changing the habits and im-
proving the condition of those Ainos who have lived in close conti-
guity with Japanese in Yezo for the last hundred years, we must con-
fess that the signs of it are scarcely noticeable. The Aino in close
contact with Japanese civilization remains, intellectually and other-
wise, aS much a Savage in culture to-day as he ever could have been. It
is true that some Japanese tales have found their way into Aino folk-lore,
and a Japanese hero, Yoshistune, is reputed to have taught them use-
ful arts. They number among their household treasures old Japanese
swords and curios, which have been handed down from past genera-
tions. They now use Japanese knives instead of stone implements
and metal arrow-heads in place of flint. But it is scarcely a century
since they emerged from the stone age, and otherwise they have not
passed beyond it.

We have here a remarkable instance of the close association of two
distinct races, one superior and powerful, the other degraded and weak,
working together day by day, living in contiguous villages, intermar-
rying more or less, and yet, after a century of such intimacy, as distinct
in their character, habits of life, superstitions and beliefs as though
they had never come together. The Aino has not so much as learned
to make a reputable bow and arrow, although in the past he has had
to meet the Japanese, who are famous archers, in many battles. It is
a most remarkable example of the persistence of distinct types together,
when the conditions are apparently favorable for the absorption of one
by the other. The Ainos, being unable to affiliate more closely with
the Japanese, remain distinct and apart, and are therefore doomed to
extinction from the face of the earth.

As regards the evidence of place-names of Aino origin in Japan, a
reference to Professor Chamberlain’s valuable monograph shows that
they are very widely distributed, even so far south as Kiushiu. Only
a few examples will be quoted here to indicate the character of the
evidence, the full strength of which can be brought out only by careful
philological studies, such as the author named above has most ably
carried out. Japanese geographical names are written with Chinese
characters, which even the learned can not pronounce correctly without
the aid of a geographical dictionary. These characters have meanings
which may or may not throw light upon the origin of the name. For
example, Otaru is an Aino place-name, meaning ‘sandy road.” The
reading of the Chinese characters is *‘small cask.” Many examples of
this kind show that the meaning of the Chinese characters may be very
misleading. In the following list will be found a number of names
illustrating the very absurd meanings in Japanese, and the Aino deri-
vations proposed by Professor Chamberlain,

H. Mis. 129, pt.2——28

434 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Place-names. Japanese. Aino.
WAM acoricde ooenee (GENOME MO. = -scpacascascs5508 The promontory.
WATT ceaesone6 Tssuinerclonds!ssee eee The bay near the promontory.
NET Se 2 Seccrae Nam ebke erase sees .-- | Stream.
WEN EDA ee eoscsse- Name flatsescneten-neissice! The cliff by the stream.
Sabese. 2252504 (Phonetic) Paenssesssseeeree Dry river.
SEE se acsenoadas soot MiocsqsersoaeoesoueTnsaee The grassy plain.
Tanabe .---..-.- Rice-field name, tribe -..-.- Long river.
Mon amie see ae | MELA eS mM OWaee ae era ete ae The stream from the lake.
Tsushima...---.- Opposite horses-.....--..- -..| The distant island.
Uda. a Nise esas (Bhonetic)iee-eeceeeee eee Sand.

The distribution of names which are unquestionably of Aino origin,
can be traced through the main island, and through Shikoku and Kiu-
shiu, even into the extreme southern province of Osumi, and across the
sea in the islands of Iki and Tsushima. ‘“ The dawn of history shows
them (the Ainos) to us living far to the south and west of their present
haunts, and ever since then, century by century, we see them retreating
westwards under the pressure of the colonists from Europe.” * * *

Evidently the Japanese Government can not, with the best of inten-
tions, preserve the race much longer from extinction. If the Ainos once
inhabited southern Japan, as the evidence of geographical place-names
seems to prove, and if they have gradually been driven northward, their
presence in the north of the main island within the historic period leads
to the supposition that the early Japanese were the aggressors. If this
were so, we would expect some allusion to the fact in ancient traditions
and literature. The Japanese records of events previous to the historic
period are exceedingly unsatisfactory, but it is significant that some of
the half-mythical personages bear Aino names. Thus Tomibiko, for
example, means nothing in Japanese, but the Ainos have the word tumi,
‘“Cof war,” which, in combination with the Japanese biko or hiko, “‘ prince,”
gives us “Prince of war.” The Ukashi are evidently the elders, from
the Aino word ekashti. Instances like these might be multiplied.

According to Japanese records Japan was once inhabited by a race
of dwarfs, who lived in underground dwellings—‘‘earth-spiders,” they
were called. These were exterminated by the Japanese as the latter
spread over the country. There are also allusions to a hairy race of
savages called Yebisu, or Yemishi. This word is usually assumed to
designate the Ainos, with whom the Japanese must have come in con-
tact very early. It would appear, therefore, that the Japanese found
the country inhabited by two different races, the so-called cave-dwellers
and the Ainos, a supposition which seems not improbable in the light
of recent ethnographic studies. In the preceding paper (‘‘The Pit-dwel-
lers of Yezo”) the author has brought forward evidence to prove that
certain excavations in the ground, quite numerous in Yezo, are the
ruins of ancient dwellings, once inhabited by a people unlike the Ainos,
The Ainos have, in fact, a tradition concerning such a race of pit-dwel-

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 435

lers, or koro-pok-gune dwellers, under ground, which they claim to have
exterminated. But it is impossible to determine whether this is a
genuine tradition or an invention of the people to explain the ex-
istence of the pits. It is reasonable to suppose that they should have
heard of the Smelenkur of Saghalien, who also live in half-underground
dwellings. The Tsuishikari Ainos, who originally inhabited Saghalien,
and who have customs somewhat different from the Yezo Ainos, say
that their people* “ used to live in underground houses called toichioet.
In spring they forsook them and lived above ground until the frost and
snow again made them seek shelter in these subterranean dwellings,
which were pits roofed over, not caves.”* Possibly the Saghalin Ainos
are the more or less direct descendants of the ancient pit-dwellers, but it
seems quite as likely that they have thus merely described the dwellings
of the Smelenkur of Saghalien, with whom they must have been well
acquainted. The Smelenkur seem to be a Mongolian people.

From the relics of the Stone Age and of the kitchen middens in Japan,
Professor Milne coneludes that the Ainost once inhabited Japan as far
south as Kiushiu. The remains are of the same character throughout
the country, but they are more abundant in the north. The evidence
that they are of Aino origin may be briefly summarized as follows:

(1) The designs on the pottery are the same as those on pottery
found in Yezo, supposed to have been made by Ainos at a time when
they possessed the art of making pots.

(2) Some of the shell-heaps occur in places known to have been occu-
pied by Ainos. Historical evidence is clear that the Ainos formerly
lived as far south as the thirty-eighth parallel, which is about the lati-
tude of Sendai.

(3) The Ainos formerly used stone implements, presumably the same
as those found with the pottery. Professor Milne presumes that the
Japanese, entering the country from the south, chased the Ainos before
them, while the Ainos in turn drove the pit-dwellers back toward
Kamtschatka. There is, however, a missing link in the argument, be-
cause the present Ainos do not make pottery of any kind. It is scarcely
probable that such a useful art, when once developed to the condition
of elaborate artistic decoration shown by the vessels and fragments
from the shell-heaps, should be utterly lost by a people. The specimens
shown on Plate LXxxI will give an idea of the character of this deco-
ration, which is far superior to anything found on Japanese sepulchral
pottery. The only explanation that suggests itself which might ac-
count for the loss of this art by the Ainos is, that in gradually moving
northward they passed into a region where they could not find clay for
making their vessels. But this can scarcely be true, for fragments of
ancient pots are found in Yezo mounds.

*J.M.Dixon. The Tsuishikari Ainos. Trans. Asiatic Soc., Japan, x1, 1883, 39-50.
t Trans. Asiatic Soc., Japan, vit, 1879, 61-87.

436 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Plate LXXXI represents a portion of a large and very interesting col-
lection made up by M. VAbbé Furet, of Hakodate. The specimens were
obtained from various localities in Yezo and from Awomori, on the main
island of Japan. It is scarcely within the province of this article to dis-
cuss this part of the subject at length, particularly since to do so would
require numerous references to Japanese pottery, and many additional
illustrations to present the subject clearly. Those who are already ac-
quainted with ancient Japanese pottery will immediately recognize that
these specimens are entirely different in form and decoration from any
found in Japanese graves. Professor Milne states, as a historical fact,
that the Ainos in the neighborhood of Nemuro ‘used flint instruments
and manufactured pottery until late in the last century.” The basis of
this statement seems to be that Mr. Charles Maries saw in the houses
of Ainos, near Horoidzumi, clay vessels in appearance very like the
fragments from the shell-heaps, from which he concluded that the
Ainos at that time still made pots; and further, that a book published
in the year 1800 gives drawings and descriptions of pots at that time
manufactured by the Ainos. ;

The evidence is not quite convincing. Professor Milne thinks the
Ainos gave up making pottery because they could get it from the
Japanese. But, as far as my observation goes, they do not use much
pottery of any kind. Their implements are of wood, and if one occa-
sionally finds a Japanese tea-set in an Aino house, it will be about the
extent of their possessions of that kind of ware.

The shell-heaps furnish still further evidence of the early occupancy
of Japan by a race certainly closely related to the Ainos. It is a pecu-
liarity of the latter that the humerus and the tibia are very much
flattened or platycnemic. Such bones have been found by Professor
Morse in the shell-heaps, with indications of cannibalism among the
people.

A Japanese writer has recently published a description of two peculiar
huts still in existence in Shonai, on the west coast of Japan, which he
believes may have been erected by the people who made the pottery of
the kitchen-middens. *

If we may judge from the authority of old Japanese writings, and also
from other evidence, such, for example, as the discovery of indications
of cannibalism in the shell-heaps by Professor Morse, and the cruel
modes of punishment brought forward by H. von Siebold, the Ainos
were once a fierce and warlike people. They are now gentle and
courteous in manner, and one can scarcely believe that they are de-
scendants of cruel savages. Only once, while I was alone among them
on the northeast coast, | had the misfortune to incur the displeasure
of the chief man of the village, the largest Aino I saw in all my travels.

I had seen some of his people the day before, and had promised them

*Y. Hashiba. Dwellers in pits still found at Shonai. Bulletin of the Tokyo An:
thropological Society, m1 (1888), 152, Printed in Japanese,

PLATE LXXXI.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

NOILOS11I09 LaYNs

a99aV

od

“IN WOuS AYSLLOd LNAIONY

oo .

Ley
ye

noe
y ni mh

oe Sy
im,

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 437

some saké in the evening. On returning to my hotel I ordered the
saké to be sent to them, but the Japanese neglected to attend to it.
Consequently when I went to photograph them the next day, just as L
was about to take a picture of two old persons, the chief called out from
a distance and my subjects turned away. I induced them to pose once
more, when the burly chief came on a run, forcibly threw his offending
subjects on either side and turned to me with fire in his eye and some
very strong language, no doubt, of which I could not understand one
word. 1 thought he would smash my camera, and he might easily have
thrown me into the sea. However, by degrees he cooled down and
finally he stood for his own picture in a pose of his own, neither grace-
fui norelegant. Buthe came onmelikea type of a fierce high-tempered
savage, such as I do not care to encounter again.

There is an account of the Ainos of six or seven centuries ago, which
tallies well with the supposition that they were once a warlike people.
Itis from a report of Mr. Henry 8. Munroe, ard relates to the discovery
of gold in Yezo. According to the Japanese tradition, a party of
Japanese in the second year of Genkiu went to Yezo and remained there .
13 years washing for gold. The account goes on to say: “At this time
the Ainos were a very savage and warlike race and gave the gold-
‘washers no little trouble. Finally after a desperate battle, the Ainos
became masters of the field, killing the whole party of Japanese with
the exception of the priest. * * * The Ainos emboldened by the
victory, crossed the straits in large force and made vigorous war on
the Japanese.”

AINO POPULATION.

In an article published in the Japan “ Mail” of January 20, 1888, Mr.
John Batchelorhas given the following statistics of the Aino population
of Yezo for four successive years. His figures are as follows:

Aino population in Yezo.

Year. | Males. | Females.) Total.
: |

1882| 8,546| 8, 652 | 17, 198 |
1883. | _ 8,554! 8,596 | 17,150 |
1884 9, 051 8,776 | 17, 827
1885 7, 900 8, 063 | 15, 963

The cause of the decrease in 1885 is not explained. It amounts to
1,864 and includes 1,151 males and 713 females. I am disposed to
regard it as an error in the returns, not at ali impossible in Japanese
methods. In the course of my own travels I endeavored to obtain
definite information concerning the population, not with the view of
learning the total number of Ainos in Yezo, which could only be done
by visiting all parts of the island, but for the purpose of enabling
future travellers to know where the largest settlements are to be found.

438 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

That this is an important consideration was well illustrated in my own
experience. No doubt there are officials at Sapporo, the seat of gov-
ernment, and perhaps also in Hakodate, who can give such informa-
tion, but I was quite unable to get any knowledge whatever as to the
existence or non-existence of any considerable number of Ainos on the
northeast coast of Yezo. I went to Hakodate intending to sail directly
to Nemuro, and to go from there as far as possible to the north, but
from the information I received at Hakodate, 1 was led tochange my
plan, and concluded to come back along the southeast coast over the
well-known routes of travel. but at Nemuro I was so fortunateas to
meet a gentleman who had been farther north, and from his observa-
tions I was led to resume my original plan, much to my Satisfaction ;
for the Ainos of the south are well known to foreign travelers, while
those in the north have scarcely been seen except by Japanese.

The population of the places mentioned below was very courteously
given me by the local Japanese officials. There may be serious errors
in spelling the names of villages, but I have endeavored to convey the
sounds as well as I could catch them from the Hokaido Japanese, which
it was always difficult for me to understand.

Town or village. Houses. | Males. | Females. Total.

ea feeeel | = | eee |
NEMURO.
BUGS AI. asta ci ats Stine e Sele = aii oan Sle alsin eee Se See soe ieelo eels 14 soe eicee a cleeeeneeeee 56
HIDEESTE Ss. oo sis Seee Beaches cisesis nero erates moeips See ele yera re nvereve ell Se eit ee 20 20 40
KITAMI.
Shari:
Shilntatokaiee essen ees sae ieee daiseele tte scetinocie tone ace 11 10 12 22
Shari Gas. f2cias Sen daicece se eee Myo de cele eee Sees 45 62 64 126
Mam bets 2s seeds sccencic cae oh acm ase ee sea eee eee 7 11 9 20
Abashiri:
AID ASHIP eso ee bd wa ciclaret ie Tae eal meee ee sie etna ela 14 8 22
RGtamiMiac hints 3:2necaesocee pecs See eee Cee eee male 21 18 39
TA 0 ea eA eer Ie oo NOSE a sto icadecaoe|| oscar acd 7 4 11
IN OLO GL ica sacs Sao sibs Sasso ese eee ae aaa es ene ee ees eee anesee 3 6 9
Nikumi bak ocd 2 dccaee sero octane ao en ela eee CORE Eee ere ecomeaeee 6 6 12
Mik d 0152 armies ies cect tise etc eee eee alae eee ae See all eee REOeeE 5 7 12
ANALY. OTL aamicac as ects oc ei sla accion DENSE. SIRE Ee EE ee | DEER eee 7 6 13
PROM CUS j-)= (or sie oe ee min orciein eo ata cle vee se Se ee SL See eho Seerronceere 6 6 12
MAD OLO oe Saco tee oie ie a eis Bintej sie cae teehee eae O ae ee Eee eee eeeee 15 11 26
ASAT MN ae Wiese eas media eee ele hoa ee CN eS SEE eal erro eee 5 4 9
DAD eect ciate osio Joe aw ee ee ube Oceebe AOR ea ral Eee ea eee 9 8 17
PONKIGINS. £ eee 2 owls de ecietsAfea sb aciels eae ie haces se eee Neer eel pee ee eee 5 4 9
AGIMMIGAND ie aoe aioe tro kiereie hee ister ate cle ga eia ed ee et Eyes 9 9 18
MUTE serie stories eiciers e tele Sais als ayaaecinigee net Secs oe rae Pee 9 5 14
DOK OVO Pome eras oc ais ae nia sites maaan Men oes ou talons ae eee ee 35 50 56 106
TOKACHI
Akkeshi:
Walktakechos. pe ariecn socio ee ee coe ee aces ean cess Sees tomes 2 5 vi
Matsubacho' ae ee aes Sys ee 2 FR AeA Ne eee ae 61 55 116
Flonitomiara yoo ote se ash is ose as Ge ee eee ne Se ere | ee es 2) | eacneeeeee 2
SINT WU oe bos ors Shige Siapeitc age See rice et oe eee tore aeeee 12 14 26

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 439

Town or village. Houses. | Males. | Females.| Total.
TOKACHI—continued.
Tokachi:
MIRC gee epee arcmin ce Re ars ti ice cicpeiel =e eicie einicinin\s seus Seisitieide we 1 1 3 4
(ONBYENESIUUEECO) SES) ae = re epee 9 | 18 13 31
PARI TUS NIP ar AP arise arene iis Ue aS ee Boe cle melas 2) 2 4 6
SATIS UME eset emia. c eae caiemu masa ci cde ecciset nes ete 4 6 6 12
BIEL Ken es eee te cyoen Re S otuets ee bk begs ae be ewes 30 54 4] 95
BIG URESMMRe eee atet sa heoepee sc cmiaasaeee tek CeO OUES yoo ot 6 12 16 28
, TTA SIO OSes Sede soe te eRe ES SERB ate sae cee 4 meee aetiae 10 22 17 39
Nakagawa:
SNGGIINLO MIR rar ees ae Ne eis Se ley Bea an sn setae otal e ee 11 25 29 54
FORO en aS Mb aemea ec ne se cee Seley aed it tabs ecae sala we 4 7 7 14
PROMO GUSUM Em sae Selena ecracibente eked sac Sckiee weenie cre 2 45 47 92
(CIDOB S ce SE er PENE Si a eh a Ser Re em ye 14 14 35 49
VC eam CO EET Espen UT EE eee 20 46 41 87
LOR AAD SUED Gee as etalon eae oy eet aed ere eee tert es Ie per 13 28 42 70
CInIAGUS: ocacicededd shes -MEEE Hapa ue eMaMen, arene eee 22 | 24 27 51
ES GG GM eases ietsts Sepaisie ccs Dah secs emacs bs SSate dls Siecle Shs 6 | 9 13 22
Kasai |
MUSHUKODSLS Wee eyes cress ee lecis sas be Ceise ees wseelece sce eee 21 57 50 | 107
MiemUTObetS Gye ste ss shes se sasatdcaties ae en Bree R Pensa: 59 | 151 144 295
SS ACE LALIT oh UErpeyene parr ele cea: oak Patsusiec apc ce Cts wl Ne a 9 | 22 23 45
WIGeIOLODUi yas rer nse ee tere sie.c mtetcps siatele/meeicieteieceteiaio Sicialasrare 3 7 8 15
Katou:
Oboe Ree ewe oe ns ee Geers a icihe tis alene bine s cise s ered 31 79 81 160
Tobuti
ENCOUN Oyse eee eee ae mocamiohe a oewanneeuee a selmee eed abide 3 5 7 12
PICA ee sierra s nL area Aes IU a Maree sake oct cle 19 15 34
Biroo
POO Meeps er es tents Se se SOR Re RAYS 49 84 77 161
; HIDAKA.
PMaITre Leth yysh aerate eeie tater ore wen Su cate eae eye sila Biome aceei eile 154
FRO TEN ce eR me 67 gel fel 1, 120
STAG aaInER, aur ae ele a AS She Del a a ie a 374 ne wee 385
THTRayD ad wg See Sen) eR nA IE a en 136 as 891 1, 669
Sram ¢ 321 307 628
SRNPEU TWIT Ge dared Soba a COANE CEO TORE acne nem ta 9 34 27 61
RORVKEY, ide Geo ABE Se BS SO aS enone Ee SSR eee Ea 27 75 77 152
SMMC OTS Upsets ian crane neh a sear ata sya ayy Fae ene 28 55 68 123
Gs ee epic RE A ee 22 38 48 86
PEI ay LOT Tepes eae he ers te tes eateon 2 a ea 61 103 104 207
LS SES EO DO SOCE SOBRE SORES EEE NORE Sera te eee 3f 17 88 165
TINTON GSS 6 center ee ee Een ea 37 80 92 172
AQ) OAS NT MMA Ob ee eee eye ieme ercic a cibiaisisie eee os clacwie ace 12 28 | 27 55
Palo unarinener OMe een een re ee eal 29 69 71 140
pLCrMEG Debs Une ster riser fates rake oe eine ese Se Lace ocean ee 10 28 20 48
NIGMIDCUISLS She Gao Soe CO SS a SHIGE oe OS Ae OSES a eee paws 20 7 53 126
pee ec ee AOE Miya is (SR crane on ae ai cialaicia'e aimee ies 5 22 19 41
Giapanieeeiee niece tle site ciseeadie cuticle. hace daenee menses 25 55 68 123
HAA etsy saeeiasen saci sae ae eee Mee NS 19 43 54 97
ES SO SCS hey Sep ae ee ep es POSES aie oR aUionn alo nese @.cres 4 tl 6 13
SHOBIEAEH OR a ABS SSRIS Gees Ree em nae 62 170 158 328
LE WOPRO RIALS TS 3 en le a et A ee Nt 23 27 28 55
IBURI
. WHIMS Se ch copbeboesdece sauna AU ppeSeeseEUanecsonaeTeseen 240 499 521 1, 020
SHANA Cee ko Gee vu Ae ens Sina EAD nL els Seana oR ER rma S Per 132 296 271 567
MGSO een cimiceies nimcictis cine asiecle Sad eae timcics cs sicts bites 74 140 127 267

440 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
PERSONAL APPEARANCE.

In describing the Ainos it must be said that, unless otherwise stated,
the word Aino, as used by the present author, is restricted to the Ainos
of Yezo. The importance of this distinction may be seen by compar-
ing the group of so-called Tsuishikari Ainos (Pl. LXxx11), and the single
and very excellent type shown in Plate LXxxIII, with the group of Yezo
Ainos from A bashiri in Plate LXxx1y, and in the succeeding illustrations.
In the Abashiri group the man sitting cross-legged near the the middle
undoubtedly belongs to the Tsuishikari type. The latter came from Sag-
halin in 1875 and settled in the rich valley of the Ishikari to the num-
ber of seven or eight hundred. ‘They were visited by Mr. J. M. Dixon*
in the year 1882. At that time he found them about 12 miles from Sap-
poro, at the junction of the Ishikari and Toyohira Rivers. When I
reached Sapporo in 1888, intending to visit them, I learned that they
had all moved to Atsuta, about 26 miles from Sapporo, on the Ishikari.
Unfortunately I was unable to visit them, but through the courtesy of
Mr. H. Sato, of the Sapporo Agricultural College, I was able to secure
a valuable collection of articles from them, which are now in the Mu-
seum.

The Tsuishikari Ainos differ in several respects from the Ainos of
Yezo. The men are distinguished by a peculiar manner of shaving the
hair back from the forehead. Mr. Dixon says they also ‘‘cut their hair
at the back into the neck.” The women have bright, pleasing faces,
and tattoo the mouth, like the Yezo Ainos, with a broad band reaching
well to the ears. Their utensils differ slightly from those found among
the Yezo Ainos, and their language is similar, but not quite the same.
The two wooden dishes represented in Fig. 69 are quite different from
any which I saw among the Yezo Ainos. The one marked 150774 is
said to be used as a rice bowl. It is 12 inches in length. The other,
150777, is presumably a fish plate. The Ainos are characterized by a
strong growth of hair about the legs and body, long black hair on the
head, and heavy beards. Writers have occasionally asserted that the
Ainos are not generally more hairy than other people, but I have else-
where shown how such an error might be explained. My own obser-
vations of what I regard as a purer Aino stock than is usually seen by
travelers in Yezo, have convinced me that great hairiness of the body
is a Strong characteristic of the Aino men, and the evidence of this is
to be seen in the photographs which I have brought home.

The Ainos are smali in stature, although rather larger than the Jap-
anese. They are more strongly built, and doubtless endowed with
greater powers of endurance. In color they are rather brown than yel-
low, but scarcely darker than the Japanese. On this point, however,
it is difficult to speak with confidence, for they do not bathe or wash,
and the natural color of the skin is not often seen. The hair and beard,

* Trans. Asiatic Society Japan, x1, 33-50.

Report of National Museum, 1890.— Hitcncock.

PLATE LXXXII.

TSUISHIKARI AINOS.

ee ee a

i
}
af
+
+
:
%
i
}
;

battler 60s

cane ee Y

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock. PLATE LXXXIII

TSUISHIKARI AINO.

PLATE LXXXIV.

‘Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock

“IMIHSVaY ‘SONIY 43O dno“yy

CLL OBA Ke

ee THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 441

which are thick and bushy, are allowed to grow to full length, and they
are never combed or brushed. Consequently an Aino at home presents
avery uncouth appearance. Nevertheless, it is evident enough that
most of them would be fine-looking men if they could be induced to
bathe, comb their hair, and put on good clothes. Although ignorant
and superstitious, they do not look like savages or barbarians. Their
manners are gentle, their voices soft and pleasing,

450777

Fig. 69.
RICH-BOWL AND FISH-PLATE, [SUISHIKARI AINOS.

Good types are shown in Plates LXxxyv-1x. The hairiness of the
body is best shown in Plates Lxxxvul-rx. The old man (PI. LXXxIx)
at the door of his house is covered with long hair on the breast
and shoulders, which is much more conspicuous than appears in the
photograph. The young women are often comely and attractive. The
young girl (PJ. xc) is not devoid of the many feminine instincts of a

—coquettish society belle. But she was capable of making a good bar-
gain for the work of her hands, as I found when I purchased some of
her embroidery.

The Japanese in Yezo are quick to recognize the good qualities of
Aino women, and many of them marry Aino wives. As the women
grow older, they quickly lose the bloom of youth, becoming worn and

_wrinkled, no doubt from the exposure and hardship of their rough
lives. Two good types from the northeast coast are represented in
Plate xc.

The faces of the women are disfigured by tattooing around the
mouth, the style of which varies with the locality. Young maidens of
ix Or seven have a little spot on the upper lip. As they grow older,

al
8
K

449 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

this is gradually extended until a more or less broad band surrounds
the mouth and perhaps extends in a tapering curve on both cheeks
toward the ears. ‘The arms also are tattooed in various patterns.
The tattoo marks are made by cross-hatching the skin with knives,
which they get from the Japanese. Into the cuts thus made the soot
of burning birch (kaba) bark is rabbed, which is collected on the bot-
tom of a dish held over the fire. The color of the marks thus made is
distinetly bluish, and for this reason it does not show so conspicuously
in photographs as it appears to the eye. The width and extent of the
tattoo marks, as well as the depth of the color, is different in various
parts of Yezo. In the north it is a narrow band on both lips, not very
conspicuous, aS shown in the picture of two young women of Tokoro,
Plate xcur. At Ohotsu, on the southeast coast, the bands are wider,
but not much extended on either side of the mouth, and the color is
almost black. This pattern is seen also about Urap (Pls. xc and
xciu.) In other localities the band is very broad and well extended ~
towards the ears, as shown in Plate xcrv, but in this case the color is
in wavy lines and not deep.

On the road from Tamakomai to Sapporo I met two women with ver-
ticai tattoo marks on the forehead between the eyes. This observation
was only casual and therefore not entirely satisfactory, for 1 supposed
it would be possible to further verify it by visiting some of the villages
jn that region. This I was unable to do. But the practice of tattooing
the forehead has been noted by other observers. Mr. Batchelor has
casually mentioned that the Aino women ‘in some cases tattoo their
foreheads.” This, as well as an allusion to the fact by Dr. Scheube,
confirms my own observation. Prof. H. E. Stockbridge, with whom I
have since spoken on the subject, informs me that he has frequently
noticed this form of tattooing, and that it seems to be most common
along the west coast.

The tattoo marks on the arm are best shown in Plate xcv, which
represents an old woman of Tokoro. The patterns vary greatly in
different cases, but’ they all have the same general character of alter-
nating horizontal lines and crossed lines.

The origin and significance of tattooing among the Ainos is obscure.
It seems to be merely an inherited custom without any recognized

object.
STAGE OF CULTURE.

Probably few who read these lines have ever seen the lower stages
of human savagery and barbarism, still less have they an adequate
conception of the physical and moral condition, or of the manner of
life, which characterizes the lower types of human existence. The
American Indian is a picturesque character as we think of him roam-
ing over plains and through forests, hunting the buffalo and other wild
animals, sleeping peacefully in his wigwam, and enjoying the fruits of
a luxuriant soil. But come nearer, and we find that the hunt is for

Report of National Museum, 1890.-—Hitchcock. PLATE LXXXV.

AINO, URAP.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock. PLATE LXXXVI.

AINO, ABASHIRI.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock. ; PEATE EXX XVI

AINO, ABASHIRI.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock. PLATE LXXXVIII.

AINO, URAP.

PLATE LXXXIX,

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

TOKORO.

)

OLD AINO

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock. PLATE XC.

AINO GIRL, URAP.

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Hitchcock. PLATE XCl.

“

ee :
oe
NN

AINO WOMEN, ABASHIRI.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

AINo GIRLS, TOKORO.

PLATE XCIIl.

Hitchcock.

Report of National Museum, 1890.

URAP.

)

AINO WOMAN

Oa
Re

axe hae

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock. PLATE XCIV

AINO GIRL, URAP.

nL
a ‘4 ans

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 443

food and raiment, the wigwam is close and smoky, the fruits of the
earth are nuts, and acorns, and roots, and grubs dug out of the ground.
To know how miserably a savage lives, one must see him in his house.

A century ago the Ainos were living in the age of stone. They are
beyond it now only because they have obtained knives from the Japan-
ese. The stone arrow-heads, which one may pick up almost anywhere,
even in the plowed fields of Hakodate, have given way to heads of
bamboo or iron. At Yeterof I purchased a stone implement for cut-
ting, which could not have been very old. They have no writings, no
records of their past, no aspirations. Their language is still a puzzle,
their traditions and myths are scarcely known except to a few students.
They are incapable of advancement. After a century of contact with
the Japanese, they have learned no arts, adopted no improvements.
The hunter to day shoots the bear with poisoned arrow from a bow as
primitive as early man himself, although the Japanese are famous for
their archery and weapons.

PHYSICAL CHARACTERS OF THE AINOS.

The appearance and general characteristics of the Ainos have already
‘been described. It is, therefore, only necessary to allude particularly
to certain conspicuous features, mainly to their hairy nature. For a
good series of physical measurements the reader is referred to those of
Dr. Scheube,* and especially to a very valuable contribution by Prof.
W. Donitz.t The last-named author concludes that on the whole the
results of his observations indicate that the Ainos belong to the Mon-
golian stock. This conclusion is not sustained by all observers. Dr.
Scheube, for example, concludes from the results of measurements of
Aino skulls, and from other characters, that they do not belong to the
Mongolian type. Their great hairiness, the position of the eyes, the
conformation of the nose, the great breadth of the face, etc., are all
characters which distinguish them from Mongols.

The most conspicuous feature of the Ainos is their remarkable hairi-
ness. The testimony of travelers concerning this matter is conflicting,
but we may explain this on the supposition that the observers have
not always recognized the typical Aino. Mr. Batchelor says: ‘I have
seen one old man so completely covered with hair that his body could
hardly be seen.” This was an exceptional case, but my own observa-
tions have fully substantiated the results of those writers who have
carefully investigated the physical characters of these people. Dr.
Scheube relates that he has seen men with hair on the breast 10 centi-
metres in length, and on the back 5 centimetres and over. This subject
has been examined by Dr. Hilgendorf,{ who, in 1875, made a series of

*Scheube, B. Die Ainos. Mittheilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Natur-
und Voélkerkunde Ostasiens, 111 (1882), 220-245.
t Donitz, Prof. W. Bemerkungen ueber Ainos, loc. cit., Dec., 1874, 61-67.
¢ Mitth. Deutschen Gesellsch. fiir Natur- u. Vélkerkunde. June, 1875, pp. 11-13.
f
:

444 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

microscopical investigations. He found that the hair of the head was
coarse, Slightly curved, and of a pure black color. The hairs are not
sO humerous Over a given area of the head as on Japariese or Euro-
peans. On 1 square centimetre 214 hairs were counted. On a Japan-
ese with rather fine hair he found 286; on another with coarser hair,
252; on a fine-haired German, 280; on another with coarser hair, 272.*

Nevertheless, the volume of hair on the Ainos is not small, since this
depends both upon the number and the size of the hairs. The Aino
hair is oval in section, and the greatest diameter is from 0.1 to 0.125
millimetres. The measurements were made by securing single bairs in
a cylinder of wood and by turning this about, measuring the diameters
with a microscope. The following measurements are given:

ANA ING; I scoecac | One Jarge hair... | 0.078 | 0. 125
INS ING; Woes secs | One hair ...-....- 0.090 | 0. 106
Aino No. 3...-.--- ees doreenee Pees 0.085 | 0.127
PAIN OW NOS 4 oe eens |-22s0W ssaccesecass 0.095 | 0.127
hatin. Sratesen ites 0.093 | 0.138
L CN osepocesacdas 0. 090 | 0. 140
INA INOS Da ansaade . Eee eRe nee 0.087 | 0. 106
SSA ONnseean pao 0.079 | 0.111
[peas dover fous 0.079 | 0.111 |

The flattening is in proportion of 2 to 3. According to the same au-
thority the hair of the upper body is principally about the middle of
the breast and on the line below. The breast hairs were 6 millimetres
in length, about twenty-four on a square centimetre. They measured
0.106 by 0.069 millimetres in diameter.

In addition to these observations, Mr. John Aspinwall has examined
several specimens of hair which I obtained—not without evident mis-
givings on the part of the people—from the Ainos at Piratori. Mr.
Aspinwall’s measurements have been numerous, and his results are given
here in considerable detail.

REPORT OF MR. JOHN ASPINWALL.

In accordance with your request, I have made a microscopical examination of the
five samples of Aino hair collected by you. Two objects were kept in mind in this
examination: First. I wished to obtain a true cross-section; second. To discover
the true relation of the plane of natural curvature of the hair to the figure of the
cross-section.

To obtain the first, it seemed necessary that no more pressure should be given to
the hair than that exerted by the knife of the microtome in eutting. This was
accomplished by splitting a cork, placing the hair upon it with its plane of natural
curvature parallel to the cut, partially embedding it in a gelatine-glycerine mass,
and then laying the other half of the cork gently on the hairs without distarbing
them. The cork with the inclosed hairs was immersed in alcohol as soon as the im-
bedding mass had set, and there allowed to remain until the mass was hardened

*Tt has been found by Dr. Wilson that the number of hairs per square inch upon
the head of a fairly healthy person is 1,066, which gives for the entire head the
number 127,920. Some persons have as many as 150,000 hairs on the head,

Sr >

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 445

sufficiently for cutting. The cork here acted as a backing to the imbedding mass
while the hairs were held in place for mounting. In clamping in the microtome,
care was taken to clamp far enough below the cutting plane to avoid pressure on the
hair at the cutting point. In this manner I believe a true cross-section was obtained,
as shown in my photographs of the sections.

A different mode of treatment seemed to be necessary to obtain the true relation of
the plane of curvature to the form of the cross-section. If sections of the hair were
made by the above method, the relation of the curve to the shape of the section
would only be obtained at the point of cutting. This would be sufficient if the rela-

' tion were constant, but if the relation varied in the same hair, it would not be

shown by such a method. I therefore resorted to the examination of a single hair in
which the natural curve had evidently been preserved. The hair was cut with sharp
scissors as nearly at right angles to the axis as possible. The hair being placed in
the stage-forceps, the surface of the cut was brought into focus and measured with
an eye-piece micrometer. It was cut again, both across the long axis and then
across the short axis. Under this treatment the oval sections did not vary sensibly
in character, and the lengths of the axes were not affected to any extent by the
direction of the cuts. This was done to a number of hairs until I was convinced that
the direction of the cut would not perceptibly alter the shape of the section or the
direction of the long axis. After this all bairs were cut in one direction, and I think
the tables given prove that the mode of cutting gave true results.

It will be seen by the tables that the plane of curvature, in its relation to the longest
diameter of the section, as well as the shape of the cross-section itself, varies, in many
instances in the same hair, both with man and woman. My observatious in this
direction were limited to three of the samples of hair sent, because they were the
only ones that had been cut off sharp in a lock. The other samples were not in a
condition to show the natural curvature. Theses latter samples I carefully cut with
the scissors in three places, viz, at the butt, middle, and end. ‘These faces were care-
fully measured with the resnlts given in the tables. The scissors seemed to crack
the hairs across, leaving a clean surface capable of being accurately measured.

AINO HATR.

Specimen No. 1.

[Measurements in millimetres made from sections. J

No.of | Length of Length of | Figure of the cross-
hair. | long axis. | short axis. | section.
_| B
ae aes 113 -0756 | Oval.
Qe . 1235 . 103 Do.
anaes 1068 | 069 Do.
Aes . 1063 , 0706 Do.
Biers . 0862 .0617 | Round (irregular).
Ge oe . 0894 . 0411 | Oval.
Taso. . 079 .0706 | Round (approximately).
See . 0962 .079 | Oval.
Qe oa: . 1046 . 0723 | Oval (approximately).
LO Pee . 1068 . 0617 | Oval.
Wee . 0994 . 079 Do.
a Was - 103 . 0862 Do.
ieee - 0723 .0659 | Round (approximately).
as . 0756 . 069 Do.
1b) ayer - 0517 . 0477 Do.
164. 22% . 079 . 0583 | Oval.
‘Awerape Of ong AXES): concn can Seve encne coccee 09698
ANVElACe Oh ShOLh AXES soonsaccdectie=-asce cases. Ol4oL

Or nearly related as 1 to 12.

446

REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Specimen marked No.3. Aino hair from man named Benri.

[The measurements read downward, ?. e., the first is at butt of hair, the second near the middle, and

the third near the end. Measurementsare in millimetres. ]

No. of
tae
i
ee
{
2d
t
a
l
ye,
\
54
7
__J
f
thes
(
He
\
on
|
Woes |
\
fees!
il
os)
|
18...4
\
ce
Were |
|

Length of | Length of | Color of F ,
long axis. | short axis. hair. Figure of the section.
- 1475 > NE 1 (| Oval.
168 .09 ‘| White../| Do.
132 0955 J Mi De.
nse, oll
. 168 ail | Black... _- Not noted.
- 132 5 0655)
polis . 082 Oval.
15 08 ) (
. 132 .1 ‘%|...do....4 | Approximate triangle.
15 05 J {| Oval.
. 082 . 082 } ( Round.
1 ei doe eee ea Owale
. 082 .05 | Do.
1155 malls } f Approximate round.
.168 .082 ;| White .. Approximate oval.
!
1685 082 J | Oval.
132 oll { { Do.
- 168 oll | sedOe cee | Do.
oll 05 | | Do.
1
2 US}) oil Do.
32) 115 | eA O) eee | Triangle.
oll 0655 | | Oval.
5 5 . 082 Do.
- 198 oll l eel Do.
. 168 115 J |: Do.
oll . 082 | ( Approximate oval.
oll . 082 ¢| Black... < | Do.
( |
115 082 J } Do.
. 168 oil | f Do.
£15 SSP Whites]. Do;
'
il 05 | (| Do.
. 082 3 de (| Approximate round.
115 .065 }| Black...2| Oval.
!
. 082 “03 | ie sD:
. 082 eal Do.
oll 5 GH Si2- Cl) cone Do.
sil 05 | Do.
ail . 082 | Approximate oval.
mall . 082 ated Do.
pil -0655 Oval.
ail 082 ( Do.
115 car EGG ubaae Do.
. 0655 .038 | | Do.
oil . 082 | ( Approximately round.
pls2 082 eeedOn=eeAe| Oval
082 03 J (eas
082 . 082 } ( Approximately round.
115 0655 $|...do ....2| Oval.
082 038 | | Do.
all 09 | Approximately oval.
jl .066 }|.-.do ....< | Oval.
082 032 J Do.

:
3
4
4
i
Mi

Specimen marked No. 3. Aino hair from man named Benri—Continued.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN.

Mojo | Length of | Tevet of | Cslor of | vigare of thesection.
( il 082} Oval.
18... sil .0655 +| Black... ¢ Do.
l 082 03 | (ka so
; . 108 . 082 | ( Do.
Dae | 15 -09 +] White -., Do.
sil . 0655 J l Do.
{ 115 .09 | Do.
De < . 168 MOS2 tS ead oheeerte Do.
{ 082 08 | tl De:
( . 132 -09 )| (| Approximately oval.
Zi Soak - 183 58) len silo = at |] COhseE
| iit “0655 | | it pe;

AINO HAIR—MAN.

Specimen marked No. 4.
yi

447

[This specimen was cut from the person and no hairs were full length, nor had they a root end,
Measurements in millimetres. |

Length of
long axis.

Length of

short axis.

Figure of cross-section
and remarks.

-115
125

or
—)

=
7 5

20st 247 )
(

(

@O cseec ]

.-do ma
{

.-do a
l

(

.-do ee

a

°

5 i
— eS as er ee ee es

a
iS
:

Oval.
Do.

Egg.
Oyal (approx.).
Do.

Oval (approx.).
Do.
Oval.

Oval (approx.).
Oval.
Do.

448 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

AINO HATR.—WOMAN.
Specimen marked No. 5.

[These hairs were full length, with root attached. . Measurements in millimetres. |

No.of | Length of | Length of | Color of Figure of cross-
hair. | long axis. | short axis. hair. section.
(| 108 09 | ( Oval.
ti Do
ia 108 082 >| Black... Do
! le
( 108 . 09 J | Do.
( 108 082) | (GlsseeDos
2 108 09 etl eedoye een ee
| | b
[ 125 09 j l Do.
| f 1 09 | | f De
2 1 | | Ny H | 0.
Bses4 108 09 f]---do-...2| po
| f0Sq oa) \| Do.
( 108 | 09 ( Do.
} Do.
Nee 108 09 p)---do....4 Or
\ | ;
| 108 | 09 | ie ao:
( 108 - 09 } | ( To.
i
Be 34 (25) as 0785) Nlesdo ogee Oe
! | op
| 09 058} (ee se!
( 09 . 082 } (| Do.
} | Do.
Gare 108 OG tee | Bee CLOm ri Do
1 i | )
l 09 082 J} { Do.
( 09 | 09) ( Round (approx.).
! |
ese 108 09 Nessdompen. Oval.
{ 09 .09 J | Round (approx.).
( 125 082 ) { Oval.
8..-4 Taos OD Seite oon: Do.
|
{ 082 058 «J | Do.
| . 108 | 0735 ) fl Do.
| ' .
Or 108 0735 ‘|...do 4 Do.
{
[ 108 09 J Egg.
( 108 309 ay (| Oval.*
|
One 108 | .os2 4 es Do.
i] if
| . 108 ay Do.

~ Note that this hair is of same dimension as No. 1 in this specimen.
AINO HAIR—SPECIMEN NO 1.

Table showing relation of plane of natural curvature to the axes of the cross-section.

“3 | Ratio of length | . F
hnnie, [°Flongaxie to that] "staat enrvature, | Remarks
Tear | BELO s woiem aie astera SHON aS eestor alee eee Oval section.
Desa TWO secessncdiess Bae WOMSSaE a Sse acroe soos Do.
$I e|| CHAT T ae ae eee Bee |'5 arava OL ORs Terese eiaiets ataieeeeaiate ee Do
71, ea Cr > aR a ae ido eet ae eee eee Do
Deer | 7 to Min. Sas aceeels Long axis at outer end, | Large, stiff, well
short axis at other. curved hair, oval.
6 54 ie) aeaame CORA 2 At butt, short axis; at eae it
Bi te USO DH eee neae lee $| end, same. ; Oval section.
Tela Wot noted -.-...-.. Butt, midway; end, long Do.
| axis.
Bias | ik eel Ofna ge icteaeie ste Butt, midway; end, Do.
short axis.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 449

Br a AINO HAIR—SPECMEN NO. 1—Continued.

Table showing relation of plane of natural curvature to the axes of the cross-section—Cont’d.

| Ratio of length a a
Weof fotioneanis wnat) Piteetion of plane of | omanks, |
| x ere ahs os 2 hex Eu
Ose Notnoted...-...- | Bntt, long axis; end, | Oval section.
midway.
Ova eae MONO eestor | Butt, short axis; end, | Do.
| short axis. H
1) Gee AT OND sce Sachse Butt, long axis; end, | Do.
short axis. |
12 | Butt 34 by 23, end | Butt, short axis; end, Do.
4 by 24. long axis. |
USDA Diy) Sve eecve: el: Butt, midway; end, long | Do.
axis.
SPECIMEN NO
| ta AT a ji eer
Tey TO} Ate yale cere vere ye SHOR aa Slee eter seer Oval section. |
OM SitOVO meses crete aeiciee ne SGU Gal fete Were Greets eras | Do. |
car eo ish ned dos niae seas seen laeaeda: |
AC WGR Ord ee soe ee eie OWE bhemon scone Regose Do.
Die (Nae Ohven re taea street cles lobar es see eee Do.
GilpSitoror- she eeece et IECING RPO = sae nHeemaesan | Do.

Note.—The table readily shows that the relation of the plane of natural curvature to either one of
the axes of the cross-section, varies in different hairs, as well as at different pofhts in the same

hair.

AVERAGE OF ALL MEASUREMENTS MADE.

{Measurements in millimetres. ]

Average of measure- Average of measure- Average wis measure- ‘
‘ ments at root end. ments at middle. ments at end, No. of
INO OPEY ON gf “f : 587 a hairs |
Honea Long Short bone Sita Long Short | see |
diameter. | diameter. | diameter, | diameter. | diameter. | diameter. | UT":
)
" = al | =| =
: Beas eSee aoe 114 . 0937 . 136 . 0246 . 105 . 0571 al
: Mee Stee utes . 1198 . 0853 ale . 0853 . 11265 0777 10
Dee See esse te . 1053 0859 1104 0841 | - 1018 0828 | 10
Average. . -118 . 0883 | 1221 | chests) > | - 1064 0725 41
_ Average of all measurements of long diameter..--...--:..-----: Se Sree wie ale Seiciev=iaielaiateyasa 1138
Average of all measurements of short diameter ......----...-.-----+----+----+----------- - 0827
Nearly related as 1 to 13.
Figures of the various sections: Oval, 95 sections; approximate oval, 14; round, 1; approximate

round, 6; egg, 2; triangular, 1; approximate triangular, 1.

_ Nore.—The same hair sometimes represented different figures at the three points
“where sections were made; for instance, hair No. 5, of specimen No. 3, was approxi-
Mately round at butt, irregular oval in middle, and oval at the end. It may be noted

ations Seine but .0082 Eeilimmetres while the fener axes varied 0181 cillimemes
a same specimens.

‘AH. Mis. 129, pt. 2——29

450 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

A few specimens of Aino hairs from the head were handed to Dr.
W. M. Gray, of the Army Medical Museum, Washington, who has also
been good enough to prepare a series of cross-sections with his usual
skill. From these he made some excellent photographs, which Mr.
Chandlee has carefully traced in outline with the result shown in Fig.
70. The original photographs showed the hairs magnified 25 and 300
diameters, respectively, but the outlines have been reduced one-half in

the cut.
0 on

Se a ee
x 500 and reduicd Tm
ACS and aU
% 300 and reduced + 500 ane reece 1
Fig. 70.

OUTLINES OF CROSS-SECTIONS OF AINO HAIRS.
(From photographs. )

This conspicuous hairiness of the Ainos, in strong contrast to the
smooth bodies and faces of the Japanese, has led to the natural inquiry:
how is it possible that the Ainos should have so long occupied Japan
without having left some evidence of an admixture of this character
with the Japanese? In the first place, the Japanese are not all alike.
Not only do we clearly recognize two distinct types among them, dis-
tinguishing the upper or ruling and the lower or laboring classes, but
there is also a southern type in Kiushiu, with more or less hair on the
face, many having full beards. It is worthy of remark, in passing, that
these men have always been, and still are, among tie ablest and most
influential men in Japan. Professor Chamberlain has observed that
the Japanese in northern Japan and in Yezo, where there would natu-
rally be found the greatest admixture of blood, are no more hairy than
those farther south. The explanation of this he finds in the fact that
the half-castes die out. Such families end with the third or fourth
generation, and the progeny show a marked tendency to baldness. The
children of Japanese and Aino parents are never vigorous and healthy.

I have a photograph in my collection of a young man with a distinetly
Japanese physiognomy, whose body and face are as smooth and free
from hair as the Japanese, but whose lower limbs are black with hair.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

OLD Woman, ToKORO.

PLATE XGV.

Report of

National Museum, 1890.—-Hitchcock.

~ <

* AINO CLOTHING.

PLATE XCVI.

Ses Se ee

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

AINO SANDALS. SNOW-SHOES. AND FISH-SKIN SHOES.

PLATE XCVII.

PLATE XCVIII.

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Hitchcock.

"IYVHS

7

SSNOH-SYOLS GNV 3SnOH

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

AINO House, SHARI.

Report of

National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

PLATE C.

AINO HOUSE AND SIDE TENT, BITSKAI.

PLATE Cl.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

‘IWHSLIG ‘SSNOH-3Y¥OLS GNV 3SNOH ONIV

PLATE Cll.

Hitchcock.

Report of National Museum, 1890.

‘MWHS ‘ASNOH-3HOLS GNV

3SNOH ONIV

es

ae

Bas

in
ua)

on

——

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 451
CLOTHING.

The Ainos weave avery durable, coarse kind of cloth from the fibrous
bark of the mountain elm, Ulmus montana, known as the ohiyo. Mr.
Blackiston has pointed out that the species Ulmus campestris (Japanese
akadamo) is also used.

The principal garment is a coat made of this material. Itis patterned
after one form of the Japanese coat. The shape is well shown in Plate
XCVI, which represents the back of an embroidered coat made of the
ohiyo, with strips of blue Japanese cotton cloth sewed on, and a run-
ning design of white braid, also produced in Japan. Such elaborate dec-
oration is only applied to the best garments, those for common wear be-
ing quite plain. Japanese cotton goods are replacing the ohiyo. Already
the native cloth is far less common than it has been, and while I was in
Yezo I found it by no means abundant. The native looms will soon be
out of use, for cotton goods, although less durable than the ohiyo, are
warmer and softer. A narrow belt. is worn around the waist. The
women usually wear an under-garment of cotton, and occasionally an
apron.

Leggins are worn by both sexes. These are very simply made, but
are also often decorated with braid.

Sandals are worn in the summer (PI. xcvi1). These are said to be
made of kurumi no kawa, walnut bark. The winter clothing is made of
the skins of animals. For traveling in the snow there are shoes made
of fish skin, and wide snow-shoes consisting of wooden frames with
thongs of bear-skin, both of which are represented in this plate.

DWELLINGS.

The typical Aino house is a square or rectangular main structure,
usually entered through a low gable-roofed passage-way. The frame-
work is made ofrough beams put together in the manner shown in Fig.
71, which is adrawing made from a photograph taken at Tokoro. The
houses are thatched with reeds, usually the Imperata arundinacea
Cyrill, held down by poles. Such a house is shown in Plate xcvin, at
Shari. There is asmall opening just below the apex of the roof in front,
through which the smoke escapes, and in cold weather this is the only
outlet for the smoke. A sliding board-shutter in the middle affords
ventilation through the roof, but this is closed in the winter. Houses
of this kind are common in the north, where the winters are very
cold. Farther south there is no opening through the roof, and the
smoke passes out through a large triangular opening in front beneath
the ridge-pole. To prevent wind and rain from beating in, a rectangular
sort of chimney is built in front of the aperture. <A similar house, also
at Shari, is shown in Plate xcrx. A similar house at Bekkai or Bitskai,
near Nemuro, is shown in Plates C and C1, which are two views of the
same house. This house is thatched with straw, In Plate c11, back of

452 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

the wood pile, there is a small, tent-like structure made of poles covered
with Japanese straw mats. There are several such tents in the village,
and on venturing to peep into them, much to the evident distaste of the
natives, I found them to be inhabited. They are scarcely large enough
fora human being to crawl into, but if would appear that the aged
women of the village sleep in them and have dogs for companions.
They crawl in somehow, curl up among filthy rags and tattered cover-
ings, and smother themselves to keep warm.

EY

Xs

= [| °/)
WL)
WI

Vy yy Yj
GW
vy Wy

iy
‘

A/a AA HH
Na.
nd} / ( ; I) i H

! ve
i He

——— os

Fig. 71.

FRAME-WOKK OF FRONT PART OF AN AINO HOUSE.
(From a photograph. )

The interior of a house at. Bekkai, taken from a photograph made
with magnesium light, is shown in Plate cit. The camera was set up in
the back window of the house. The main room is well shown, and the
outside scenery is glimpsed through the long entrance passage-way.

Entering this house from the front, one must stoop to pass through
the doorway which will perhaps have only a mat of straw or reeds to
close it. The rectangular passage is used as a storeroom. It is high
enough for one to stand in erect. The floor is the damp earth. At the
back is a sliding door made of boards, inclining outward toward the
bottom, through which, by stooping low, the main room about 18 by 20
feet square is entered. The door is 3 feet in width by 34 in height.
Just inside the door is a space, 35 feet by 9 feet, where the sandals are
left on the bare ground. The floor of this house is made of boards
raised about 9 inches above the ground, but they are covered with dirt.
A visitor receives a clean mat, which is immediately spread on the

PLATE Clll.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock

‘IWHSLIG ‘SNOW JO YOIMSLN]

; \ \ a N Bee Wadi
NSAQA WE!

= : = POZE ELLE PE
WoT 7 ROLLA LE

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 453

floor for his accommodation. The fireplace, situated about in the
middle of the room, is a rectangular depression about 5 feet by 3, filled
with ashes, on which a smoky fire of green wood fitfully lights the
gloomy interior. An iron pot, of Japanese manufacture, is suspended
above the fire, in which food is almost constantly cooking. One or
more inao, or go.l-sticks, usually stand upright in the ashes. There is
usually a sort of latticed shelf suspended at some distance from the fire,
on which fish are dried and smoked and strings of roots or other vege-
table products hang in festoons preserved for winter food. A rectan-
gular window at the back of the house adimits all the light, except such
as makes its way in through the chimney. ‘The interior is therefore
always gloomy. The beams and rafters are covered with a thick coat-
ing of shiny, black soot, which slowly accumulates upon them from the
fire. Even in summer the atmosphere within these houses is often so
full of smoke as to make one’s eyes water. At night a large, flat mussel-
shell, Pecten Japonicus, supported on a three-forked stick standing up-
right in the ashes, with a wick and fish oil, gives a faint light, and it is
a weird sight indeed to see these dark-visaged, kindly savages grouped
around the smouldering embers.

At this village, Bekkai, or as the name was also pronounced, Bitskai,
about 12 miles from Nemuro, there are six houses of this character.
The Aino population is given as 56 persons, living in 14 houses,
but many of the other houses are built more like Japanese houses of
a very inferior kind. Irom my observations [ should say that there
can not be so many Ainos in the village. Many of the Japanese have
Aino wives. It is possible that there are one or two pure Aino families
there, but I doubt it.

All the houses at Bekkai front toward the east, or easterly. The back
window, therefore, faces the west. .This is a fact worthy of particular
notice, as it has been repeatedly asserted that all the Aino houses face
the south. The houses at Piratori are mostly built east and west, with-
out any door at the end. There is an entrance to the main room on
the south side, and also an entrance to the hall or entrance passage on
the south side. In the houses at Piratori there is a window on the
east side. Numerous inao are hung on strings along the wall near one

corner. One might readily suppose, from the writings of different
| authors, that there is some great significance in the fact that the houses
i in southern Yezo are built with their lengths east and west, and in the
q position of the east window. But I doubt if there is any more mean.
ing in it than that a southern exposure is desirable in a cold northern
land, and that the morning sun streams in through the east window.
It is, indeed, possible that the latter is a place of worship; but I have
‘not found that the huts are built in this direction throughout Yezo.
‘They do not always have east windows. The house shown in Plate c,
for example, has only a west window. he same may be said of the
custom of placing the treasures in the northeast corner, mentioned by

454 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Scheube, Batchelor, and others. I am inclined to regard this as purely
a matter of convenience or habit. Mr. Batchelor should be able to
tell us whether the Ainos consider the points of the compass in these
matters. I would only point out that what he and others have told us
concerning the dwellings of the Ainos in the south, does not hold for
those living on the northeast coast.

The houses represented in Plates XCV1II to CII are typical Aino
houses. This statement is made with entire confidence, as the result of
extended travel through the country. On some parts of the island the
thatch is put on with more care, as at Uragawa, for example, where the
reeds are in overlapping layers, or, as Dr. Scheube says of the houses
near Horobetsu, the only region of importance for Aino studies that I
did not visit, of reeds laid on in a terrace-like manner.

The house figured by Dr. Scheube is by no means a usual form, al-
though probably it does prevail in that part of the island where he
visited the Ainos, around Volcano Bay, for he savs: ‘+ The houses only
differ one from another in size.” Of these houses Dr. Scheube says
that their length runs east and west. With exception of the west side,
there is a window on each side, which may be closed with a reed mat.
I am not prepared to maintain that the Ainos have no regard to the
points of the compass in setting up the sacred relies, symbols, inao,
ete., in particular parts of their houses, but I doubt very much if they
do have. As already stated, Dr. Scheube and other writers tell us
that the household treasures are kept in the northeast corner. But so
far as I have been able to discover, no writer has given a reason for
these customs, although they all leave one to infer that they are gen-

eral and invariable.
STOREHOUSES.

The Aino storehouses are very much alike throughout the island.
They are shown in Plates xcvul, CI and cit and require no particular
description. They are raised on posts about 6 feet above the ground to
be secure from the attacks of wild animals. They are filled with dried
fish, vegetables, and other articles of food.

HOUSEHOLD UTENSILS AND FOOD.

Doubtless there was a time, not very long ago, when the Ainos ate
with their fingers and had no better dishes for their food than such as
they still make of bark. Fig. 72 represents a large dish made of bark,
such as are in common use. The one numbered 150673 is 14 inches in
length by 135 inches wide, and is used for fish. But precisely the same
kind of dishes are made much smaller—not more than 4 inches long.
The common water-bucket and dipper are also made of bark, as shown
in Fig. 75 [150668]. They have since learned to use Japanese knives,
however, and they make a variety of wooden plates, which they deco-
rate with characteristic carved patterns (Fig. 74). Wooden spoons

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 455

(Fig. 75) are now in universal use, of which there is a variety in the
collection, and for eating they have a flat, spatula-like instrument
(Fig. 75), which they use in addition to chopsticks. The knives, or

i

A
‘ a I

1500735
Fig. 72.
Bark DIsH USED AS A FISH-PLATE,
rather the knife-cases, in common use are represented in Fig. 76,
which shows very well the characteristic style of wood carving. The
knife-blades are of the ordinary Japanese form, but the Ainos make

150668.
Fig. 73.
Bark WATER BUCKET AND DIPPER.

the wooden handles and sheathes, which are usually decorated with
earving. The knife is carried sticking in the girdle. One specimen
in the figure, numbered 150729, has a sheath of wood and bone.

456 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

SZO7U/

(EES

SSN

WRU/iG

CARVED WOODEN PLATES.

IID. 2F
Fig. 75.
WOODEN SPOONS AND CARVED SPATULAS USED IN EATING.

iste —

ners

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 457

Rice being an articie easily obtained from the Japanese, the Ainos
make oblong rice bowls by dig-
ging out thick pieces of wood.
These differ somewhat in form in
different parts of the island.
(See Fig. 69, p. 441.)

. For preparing grain, such as
- millet, which is cultivated here
and there, they have a wooden
mortar and pestle, the former
standing perhaps 2 feet high,
and made of asolid block of wood.

In every Aino house there may
be found some treasured articles
made by the Japanese. Some-
times these articles are very old,
having been handed down from
father to son, and they are then
valued as precious relics. Of
these, Japanese swords are most
highly prized, after which come
lacquered cups (Fig. 77), which
they use for drinking. The lat-
ter, together with other small
articles, are kept in Japanese
round, lacquered cases, one or
more of which are to be seen in.

every house.

A considerable variety of ani-
mal food is to be obtained in
Yezo, for the Ainos are good
hunters with their rude bows and
arrows.

The bear ismuch sought after
for its flesh, as well as for its
skin, which is used for clothing ;
and set-bows are arranged in
the woods with poisoned arrows,
which are released when a bear
comes in contact with a cord in
his path. The fox and wolf also
abound, the former being caught
in an ingenious bow-trap. At
some seasons fresh fish abound,

and they dry and half smoke Fig. 76.
. great quantities of it for winter CARVED KNIFE-CASES.
use. In the National Museum there is a specimen of salmon cut into

450729

458 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1390.

strips 40 inches in length and dried. Dried herrings are abundant in
every house, but they are not pleasing to theeye. The roe of the salmon,
masu, is also dried and much prized by the people..

For vegetable food they depend partly upon the produce of small
patches of ground, which they cultivate in a rather careless manner,
and partly upon the natural products of the soil. A preparation
known as shikeribikina is the dried leaves of some plant unknown to
me, which they find on the mountains. Lily roots dried on strings are
found in every house. At Abashiri I found strings of small fruit,
which the Ainos called maou. These fruits belong to the genus Rosa,
and the Ainos eat them both green and dried. Flat, circular cakes of
dried lily roots, with a hole through the center, are tied together with
bark, but I was unable to get a translation of the name they bear,
which is, as I] understood the word, wnbayero. At Abashiri I found
some very good flour, but its source could not be learned. Numerous
other varieties of food are to be seen in the collection.

Cooking is carried on in an iron kettle with a wooden cover, over the
fire-place. Every imaginable edible substance that they possess goes
into the indescribable stew—fish, vegetable tops and roots, flesh and
fowl, altogether—to be either ladled out with wooden spoons or fished
out with chop-sticks from time to time, as one of the family requires
food. Fish is also spitted before the fire on sticks, which are stuck in
the ashes. All their food is either boiled in the pot or roasted on sticks
in this manner.

SAKE DRINKING.

From certain allusions in what are presumed to be native folk-lore
stories, it would seem that the Ainos have long known how to make a
kind of fermented drink from rice and millet. It is not unlikely that
they were taught by the Japanese. I am not aware that they do at
present make any such beverage, but they are inordinately fond of
Japanese saké. They will do almost anything to get saké, and they
drink it cold in great excess whenever they can obtain it.

The usual form of saké cups, which, as already stated, are among
the treasures of the household, is represented in Fig. 77. The pecul-
iar carved sticks are mustache-lifters. These are made by the Ainos,
as the carving shows, but some of them are lacquered. The Ainos at
Shari and also at Bekkai claim, as I understood the jargon, that their
ancestors were acquainted with the use of lacquer and that they made
the sticks. Iam disposed to doubt these statements, but it is a ques-
tion how they obtained the lacquered sticks. Some of these are cer-
tainly quite old, and they were highly valued by their possessors, who
probably would not have parted with them but in consideration of a
reward of saké in addition to the price demanded. When they were
obtained, the carving was quite filled with dirt, but that did not inter-
fere with their proper use by the people.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 459

Saké is taken with much ceremony. One evening I visited the Ainos
at Shari, a bottle of saké in my pocket and a paper lantern in my hand.
I wandered along the shore in the darkness and slowly made my way
to the Aino village. In spite of the howling and barking of many
dogs, the people were taken by surprise. The men were sprawling
about on the dirty board floor around the rectangular fireplace. When
they recognized their uninvited and late visitor, they got up, spread a
clean mat for me, and signified their welcome by stroking the beard.
When I handed them the saké there was more beard stroking. Then
they got some saké cups and a tray of mustache-sticks, finer than any
I had seen, and began the ceremony of drinking. A saké eup with its
stand, such as is represented in Fig. 77, is placed in front of the chief

450663

450695 50699 150698
Fig. 77.
SAK& Cur AND STAND, AND MOUSTACHE STICKS,

man, sitting on the floor before the fire, who places one of the sticks
across the top, «s shown in the same figure 77. Then, stroking the beard,
he lifts the stand and cup with both hands, and bows the head, immedi-
ately replacing them. Sakéis then poured in, and he begins to recite a
long formuia, which continues in a low voice during the succeeding op-
erations. Taking the stick in the right hand, precisely as one would
hold a spoon, the end is dipped into the saké and gracefully moved for-

460 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ward, as though throwing some saké into the fire. Dipping the stick

SSS

Fig. 78.
AINO TOBACCO PIPES.

once more, a drop is thrown over
the lett shoulder. These opera-
tions are repeated two, three, or
more times. The stick is then
replaced on the cup, the whole is
again raised, and finally the stick
is used to lift the mustache while
drinking.

No words can give a trae im-
pression of this ceremony. It
must be seen in the surroundings
of an Aino hut: the shiny, black-
ened rafters above; the begrimed,
bearded faces and unkempt hair,
lighted by the faint gleam of a
burning wick in a plate of oil,
and the fitful flame of a smoky
wood fire.

At Piratori the ceremony was
slightly different. Inoticed that
the famous old chief Benri, who
by the way, it may be remarked,
speaks of Miss Bird as the “ wo-
man to whom he told so many
lies,” took the largest share of
the saké, for he not only had a
large cup, but it was filled quite
to the brim; while his son was
served with acup but partly filled.
One of the men went to the east
window and there performed his
ceremony in silence, waving his
stick three or four times to the
east.

The women sat behind the men,
and the latter, after having them-
selves drunk, passed the cup be-
hind them to their wives, without
turning. But the women do not
get much, for the Ainos consider
that saké was only made for the
gods and met.

Mr. Batehelor tells us that in
drinking saké “ three drops must
be given to the fire goddess, three

thrown toward the east window, and three toward the northeast corner

of ot) ll eal alll

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 461

of the hut, where the Aino treasures are kept, and then three drops
must be offered to any special god, for whose benefit the libations are
offered, or to whom the Ainu are paying worship.” I have not observed
any such regularity in their proceedings. I should say they were as
likely to offer two or four drops instead of three.

The saké drinking at the great Aino bear feast, as witnessed by Dr.
Scheube, is described in the account of that festival.

SMOKING APPARATUS.

The smoking apparatus consists of very simple wooden pipes, and
tobacco boxes also of wood, attached with cord to long, carved sticks,
which may be stuck in the girdle. Several pipes are shown in Fig. 78.
The pipes may or may not kave a short mouth-piece of bamboo.

150702

Ee?

SUAS e,
Ss iy >) \ Sa \SeZ*
(805 ASS al
ON pn Za
SF
wie

Fig. 79.

ToRACCO BOXES AND STICKS.

The tobacco boxes are usually oval in shape and often very well
earved. In Fig. 79 three of these are well shown, attached to their
sticks,

462 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.

The Ainos are not a very musical people, and the only instrument
that can positively be identified as their own is
a kind of Jew’s harp made of bamboo. Fig. 80

Fig. 80.
A MoKuRI PLAYER.

shows this instrument and how it is played. The one
in the Museum collection measures 5? inches in
length.

There is a kind of five-stringed guitar, which I have
only seen figured in books. At the Sapporo Museum
there is a three-stringed instrument, but of quite a dif-
ferent shape. The former, known as the tonkari, has
been described by Dixon in the ‘‘Chrysanthemum
Magazine,” of 1882, where there is an excellent illus-
tration; but since that publication is not now accessi-
ble, Fig. $1 is copied from a Japanese makimono belong-
ing to Dr. G. Brown Goode. Mr. Blackiston, in speak-
ing of this instrument, says it was mentioned by a
Japanese traveler in Yezo long before the Ainos from
Saghalin took up their abode in Yezo, from which he
infers that it was not introduced from Saghalin. It is
not common, and in the course of my travels I was
unable to discover a single one, although the instru-
ment was known to the Ainos in different sections of

Fig. 81.
the country. TONKARI.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 463

WEAVING.

~N

As already stated, the Ainos use the bark of the Ulmus montana,
which they call ohiyo, sometimes also the bark of U. campestris, for tiie
manufacture of cloth. The fiber is not disintegrated, as for spinning,
but the bark is softened by soaking in water and working, when it is
easily separated into thin, wide ribbons, and these are readily split into
long, slender threads. These threads are tied together end to end,
without twisting, and wound into balls. Such threads are used for
both warp and woof.

The loom is simple, but well made. Fig. 82 represents an Aino

Fig. 82.
Aino WOMAN WEAVING.

woman engaged in making the ohiyo cloth. The weaver sits on the
floor, passing the rope at the lower end around the body, and stretches
the warp by leaning back against it. As the cloth is woven, it is rolled
on the stick in the well-known manner.

Mats are woven in the same manner as in Japan. Plate CIV repre-
sents an Aino woman making a mat. The long binding-threads are
weighted \ith stones at the end and thrown over the beam, alternately
backward and forward, twisting the threads each time. Such mats,
varying greatly in size, are in universal use among the Ainos. They
are made of the rush known by the Japanese as suge, Scirpus maritimus.
They are usually woven with brown and black squares, arranged in
peculiar but regular patterns. The colored parts are made with dyed
bark, probably because the rush does not take color well. The bark of
Shina-no-ki (Tilia cordata) is usually employed for the colored portions,
but I have also specimens of the ohiyo bark from Abashiri, which have

464 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

been colored black and brown for the same purpose. The brown color is
produced by soaking the bark in water along with the bark of Asculus
turbinata. The black color is similarly produced from the bark of the
han-no-ki, (Alnus Maritima.) The suge is also used for making small
bags. Similar bags are sometimes made of straw

The bark of the Linden ( Lilia cordata) is much used for twine, aud a
strong braided cord is made of this fiber. The Aino fish-nets are made
of the same material.

CARRYING BURDENS.

The usual mode of carrying burdens is by means of a band of woven
or braided ohiyo, Ulmus Montana bark, passing over the forehead and
tied behind the load on the back, as represented in Plate cy. These
bands, called tara or packai-tara, are used also for carrying babes on
the back. Sometimes a straight stick, about 15 inches in length, is
tied so as to hang horizontally in the proper position to support the
burden, as shown by one of the bands in the collection. The Aino
women make great use of these tara. They will carry very heavy
loads with them, and it is customary for them to bring large tubs of
water to their homes precisely as the man represented in Plate cy is
carrying an empty tub.

MODE OF GREETING.

The Aino ceremony of greeting is simple and pleasing. Thetwo hands
are placed together with palms upward and outward. They are then
gracefully raised to the chin and moved downward, stroking the long
beard. They may not indeed touch the beard, but the movement is the
same. It may be shortened to a mere flourish of the hands, just as a
bow may be made formal or short.

It is now quite customary for the Ainos to bow in greeting. Some-
times they squat on the floor, and then bend over until their foreheads
nearly touch it. This custom is undoubtedly borrowed from the Jap-
anese, and is not at all pleasing, as their original form of greeting cer-
tainlyis. A good description of the usual form of greeting is thus given
by Mr. Blackiston :

My Aino was a stranger to these people, so on meeting, before exchanging a word,
he went through a ceremonious form of salutation individually with each of the prin-
cipalmen. This they performed by going down on their knees, holding out the hands
with the palms together, rubbed them backward and forward twice, the saluted
party following the motions of the saluting one, then raised both hands to a level
with the chin, palms uppermost, lowered them, raised them again, stroking the beard,
lowered them and performed the last operation over again, which completed the cer-
emony.

Mr. Greey thus describes the Aino greeting represented in Plate CyI,
taken from the original Japanese drawing:

The three chiefs placed their left hands over their right and began to rub them.
This they continued to do for over five minutes, during which time they looked very

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

AB,

ie
Ae
a

PLATE CIV.

AINO WOMAN MAKING A MAT.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

PLaTe CV.

GIRL EMBROIDERING.

MAN CARRYING A TUB.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

PLATE CVI.

"ONILATVS S4S3IHO ONIV

Sets

<a

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

sod AN ES ae kre Or — ee :

ees oe), . “5 ABS eS

es

2 Aye pee

ue

PLaTe CVII.

|
1
3
i
i
q
red
|

AINOS GREETING.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 465

grave and regarded the foreigners with great reverence. They then raised their
hands and placed them on top of their heads and brought their hands down over their
faces and beards and uttered a whining noise, ending with a sharp cry like the bark
of a dog.

I have never seen this ceremony carried out in full, as described, but I
doubt not the description is correct, for I have observed both the hold-
ing of the hands together and the stroking of the beard. Another form
of the ceremony (Pl. CVII) represents the meeting of brother and sister,
also from Mr. Greey.

The man held the woman’s hand for a few seconds, then suddenly releasing his

hold, grasped her by both ears and uttered the Ainocry. Then they stroked one
another down the face and shoulders.

This form did not come under my observation, nor did I witness any

such performances as the same author describes in the meeting of father

and son.
MARRIAGE CUSTOMS.

The best account of the marriage customs is that given by Dr.
Scheube, from which the following particulars are abstracted: the
Ainos marry early, the men at about the age of 18, the women at 16;
polygamy is permitted, but not much practiced; morality between the
unmarried is not very strictly enforced, but children born through such
relations are no bar to future marriage.

The marriage customs resemble those of the Japanese. The parents
usually select wives or husbands for their children. A young man
rarely courts his wife directly, but through a go-between. As soon as
the matter is satisfactorily arranged by the latter, the young man
sends a portion of saké to the parents of his intended bride. After
some time the latter sends a gift of saké and an inao, or God-stick, to
the bridegroom. This is a sign that the marriage is to take place on
the next day. In the evening of that day the neighbors assemble at
the house of the bridegroom’s parents. The bride comes in company
with her parents and the intermediary. They depart about midnight
to re-assemble the next morning, and the feasting goes on for 2 or 3
days, according to the circumstances of the young couple, who from
henceforth live in the house of the man’s parents.

Not many children are born; usually 3 or 4, and more boys than
girls. The children are suckled until 4 or 5 years of age.

Divorces are not common. A mancan only send his wife back to her
parents by obtaining their consent. -

BURIAL CUSTOMS.

Burial usually takes place on the day of death or on the following
day. The friends and relatives assemble, bringing with them food and
saké, which are placed before the body and, after the burial, shared by
-allin common. ‘The corpse is clothed and placed in a wooden coffin,
H. Mis. 129, pt. 2 30

466 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

lying at full length, with household implements and weapons; but no
food or drink is offered, nor is either placed on the grave. The coffin is
placed in the ground, with the head to the east. Each mourner throws
earth upon it and a rude monument is erected.

It is difficult to find the burial places, which are in desolate, unfre-
quented spots, seldom visited by the people. Dr. Scheube remarks that
the Ainos give no thought to the departed and seem to have a dread of
visiting their graves. Several forms of monuments are represented in
Fig. 83, standing at the head of graves, which, however, were not

Pia
17

So
YS

Kc ie
S ogy

i

Fig. &3.
AINO GRAVES.

grouped together in the manner shown in the picture. Each grave is
marked by an upright post and a recumbent log. The one on
the left is from Urap, not far from Hokadate. Thedrawing was copied
from a photograph. The two in the middle are from Dr. Scheube’s
plate.

The straight post with a rude X and pyramidial apex represents the
form of several monuments, which I found under the guidance of a
Japanese near Tokoro. A long tramp through tangled underbrush,
soaked by the recent rain, brought us to a lonely spot behind the vil-
lage. The posts were at the west end of the graves, and the X mark
faced the west. It was not on the side overlooking the grave, as it is
shown to be in the drawing.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 467

The height of the monuments varies from 3 to 6 feet, and depends
upon the age and position of deceased. Monuments for women are
plain posts, not so high as those accorded to men.

Mourning customs vary greatly in different parts of the island. The
period of mourning may last three days, or as many years. This is a
subject concerning which little seems to be known. Formerly it was
the custom to burn the houses of the dead, but this is no longer done
in Yezo.

PUNISHMENTS.

In the museum at Sapporo there is a collection of clubs, carved in
rough relief, which the Ainos use in punishing wrong-doers., Their
punishments are severe, but they do not take life, even for the crime of
murder. The murderer is bound to across for a week, and, after his
release, receives some good advice from the judge, when he again takes
his place as an honorable citizen.

The clubs are used for punishing thefts and other crimes. The pris-
oner is stripped to the waist, and heavy blows are delivered upon the
bare back. The Ainos also have certain trials to prove the innocence
or guilt of the accused person, such as the trial by hot water, in which
a stone must be picked from the bottom of a kettle of boiling water,
and the trial by a heated iron, which is supposed not to burn the flesh
of one wrongly accused. Mr. Batchelor states that a murderer has his
nose and ears cut off, or the tendons of the feet severed. These cruel
punishments are undoubtedly old practices no longer in vogue, although
one can not speak very confidently as to the cause of their discontinu-
ance, unless it be due to Japanese control. H. von Siebold has sup-
posed, from these old customs that the Ainos were once a savage and
warlike people. They may have been so, as one might infer from Jap-
anese tradition, but it seems to me unsafe to make the assumption on
the grounds suggested by Von Siebeld. Their present character does
not sustain itin any way. Sympathy, regard for physical suffering of
others, are not early developments in human character. Lingering
traces of savage heartlessness and cruelty are still recognized in the
practices of our own children.

HUNTING AND FISHING.

Wild animals, as bears, deer, foxes, and many others, abound in the
Yezo forests, while the sea yields an abundance of fish of an excellent
quality. The Ainos are brave hunters, and they are largely dependent
on the chase for their animal food and winter clothing. Their hunting
implements. however, are of the rudest description. The bears of Yezo,
which are the same as the brown or grizzly bear of North America,
are large and dangerous. At certain seasous they do not hesitate to
attack man, even entering the dwellings in search of food. These fe-

468 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

rocious brutes are fearlessly attacked with such inferior weapons as the
bows and arrows represented
in Fig. 84. One bow in this
figure was obtained from an
old man at Shari, who, in a
most dramatic manner, illus-
trated the manner of shooting
bears. The bow is strung by
taking the free end of the string
between the teeth and drawing
up the slack while the hands
are employed in bending the
wood. The best bowsare made
of the wood of Taxus cuspidata.
The arrows are made in dif-
ferent ways. Some of them
are plain, straight shafts, with
iron heads and feathered ends.
Not long since, stone heads
were in use, but now Japanese
iron is hammered into heavy
barbed points. Since the in-
troduction of knives, bamboo
heads have been adopted. By
so cutting the bamboo that the
hard cortex of thestem forms
the point and edge, very ex-
cellent arrow-heads are made.
I have seen an arrow-head of -
this kind driven from a bow
into a board with great force
without noticeable injury to
the point. The shaftis usually
made in two sections. ‘The
notched end is usually a length
of reed (Phragmites) or of serub
bamboo, at the lower end of
which the feathers are tied
with fine bark fiber. This is
joined to a somewhat shorter
length of wood, the upper part
of which tapers, and is inserted
into the base of the bamboo or
bone head. Such jointed ar-
rows are shown in Fig. 84.
Bows, ARROWS, AND QUIVER. The heads are secured with

resin and bindings of bark, but they are easily detached.

4 TO6K0

x

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 469

The arrows are carried in quivers, one of which is shown in the fig.
ure. The quiver is slung under the left arm by means of a cord passed
over the shoulders on the same side.

The arrow release is of the simplest kind, the arrow being held be-
tween the thumb and forefinger.

Large animals, like the bear, are always hunted with poisoned arrows;
hence it is not necessary that the bows should be very powerful. If
the arrow only penetrates the skin it is sufficient to kill the animal.
Wherever bears abound, the woods are made dangerous to travelers by
the number of set-bows with poisoned arrows, so arranged that when a
bear or other animal treads upon a cord, the arrow is released and the
deadly shaft enters its body. A Japanese artist has represented such
a device in Plate CVvII.

The preparation of arrow poisons is generally held by savage people
as a secret art, which they do not readily reveal. The method of pre-
paring the arrow poisons of the Ainos has only been made known to a
single traveler, Dr. B. Scheube, who believes that his information is
correct, because the accounts obtained in different localities entirely
agree. Dr. Scheube’s account is, in brief, as follows :

The young side roots of Aconitum Japonicum are usually gathered in
summer and dried in the shade until fall. The roots which contain
active poison become softer, while the others grow harder; apparently
a process of fermentation takes place. The former, after removal of
the skin, are rubbed between two stones to a pasty mass. There is no
further preparation. This material is either spread directly upon the
arrowheads or preserved. The poison preserves its activity for five
months. Dr. Scheube adds that in every village the poison is prepared
only by a few old men, not because the process of preparation is un-
known to the others, but because these men have had experience in its
production. Prayers, magic formulas, and the like are not recited dur-
ing the preparation.

The activity of the poison is tested by placing a portion on the
tongue. ‘To insure its action, each arrow receives portions from three
different preparations. According to the Ainos, a wounded bear runs
at the farthest not more than 200 metres before falling dead.

Dr. Stuart Eldridge* has made some chemical and physiological in-
vestigations of this poison, which confirm the supposition that aconite
is the active ingredient thereof. But this writer declares that the pulp
prepared as described “is mixed with other ingredients, which I have
been unable to identify, but which are probably inert, and the resulting
mass is buried for a time in the earth. On removal from the earth, the
poison appears as a stiff, dark, reddish-brown paste, through which
fragments of woody fiber are distributed. The poison, when applied to
the arrow, is mixed with a certain proportion of animal fat.”

I was able to obtain two specimens of the poison, which are in

* Trans, Asiatic Soc. Japan, Iv, 187576, 75

AT0 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

the form of hard lumps. Specimens of the plant from which the
poison is obtained were also collected
and determined by Mr. Theo. Holm as
Aconitum .Japonicum. In some parts of
the country it grows in great abundance,
and the fine purple flowers are very pleas-
ing to the eye.

Small animals are caught in rude, but
rather ingenious bow traps. The bow is
set in a frame, asinacrossbow. Thelheavy
arrow-Shaft is notched on the side to receive
the bowstring and carriesa T-head. When
the trap is Set, the bait is placed between the
T-head and the end of the frame, in such a
mauner that any attempt to remove it
releases the string, and the T-head comes
down and securely holds the animal.

In deer-shooting they have a peculiar
instrument made of bone and bamboo with
teeth like a comb, with which they can
imitate the cry of a deer. Concealed in
ambush, the hunter thus calls the animal
within range of his bow.

Fishing, asat present conducted, is mostly
in the hands of the Japanese. This is
particularly true of the coast fisheries.
Aino settlements are occasionally to be
found along the banks of the larger rivers
and their important tributaries, where the
most primitive devices are still_in use.
Perhaps the most curious of their devices
is a kind of spear, which is shown in Fig. 85.
This is lashed to a long shaft, and is used
for spearing salmon from canoes or on the
river bank. The curved gaff is made of
iron. Itis secured toa line passing through
the spear end, and the shank rests in a
eroove in one side, as shown. When the
tish is struck, the gaff turns over, as repre-
sented by the dotted line, and hooks into
the flesh, held only by the line or strip of
hide, by which the fish is pulled in. Mr.
Blackiston has described the use of this
spear in the following words:

POIOST

6/LOG/

is

Fig. 85.

A 7 q OY “a 7
Sprins) NEEDLE ROREMAKING Richi They [the Ainos] are expert in the use of the
NETS. spear, often striking a fish in motion as much as 3
feet under water at some yards’ distance, but generally the fish is ‘‘ jabbea” with-

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock. PLATE CVIII.

HUNTING SCENE, SET-Bow.

tt he SD ey oe eee
ay , LNT ag
ihena ,

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 471

out the pole leaving the hand. They have wonderful sight for fish under water.
Yheir dexterity is induced by their using the spear almost from infaney. You can
not go on the river any day during the salmon-trout season, provided the water
is clear enough, without meeting brown urchins of all sizes prowling along under
the steep banks in small canoes, or crouching on fallen tree-trunks, peering down
through the interstices of masses of driftwood, with their spears ready for a dart
at the fish. It is very pretty to see the men chasing the fish in their canoes, in
which they stand upright and guide back and forth by using the blind end of their
spear pole, at times making sudden rushes with cries of excitement to head off a fish;
at others allowing the canoe to float down with the current, while they scan every
inch of the water to detect a passing or stationary fish, with their spears poised at
army’s length above the head ready for a strike, standing often on the gunwale of the
canoe in order to get a dowuward view into the water. Their positions often in such
cases are grand, while their features, worked up to the highest expression of expect-
ancy, make a most animated picture of savage life. ‘The Aino seems then really in
his element, even more so than when, mounted bareback on a horse with only a rope
halter, he is seen flying over plain, swinging a lasso around his head, driving a herd
of half wild ponies toward a corral.

Mr. Blackiston describes a peculiar method of catching salmon, as
follows:

On the Kaminokuni River I found the people preparing salmou weirs, which they
build of stakes, brush, and mats, funnel-shaped, near the bank in such a way that
most of the fish must pass through them, Atnight they squat alongside, having a
eaff fitted to a pole, limber at its end. ‘This they keep on the bottom or allow to drift
along the bottom inside the weir, and when they feel a fish jumping over the stick,
suddenly jerk it toward them and so gaff the salmon.

Another form of spear, double-headed, is also shown in Fig. 85. This
two-headed spear is used for spearing seals, whales, turtles, and large
fish. The two bone or iron barbs are merely pressed on the tips of the
shaft, so as to be readily disconnected and left in the body of the animal.
They are screwed to the ends of a tough strip of hide, to the middle of
which is attached the long braided rope. The shaft is 11 feet in length
and has a crotch at the end over which the line passes.

It is customary to poison the heads for seal fishing. The manner of
using this spear is shown in Plate c1x, taken from. a Japanese draw-
ing. Here and there along rapid streams the Ainos build dams of stone
and brush wood, which cause the water to flow through narrow aper-
tures with unusual force. Just below these openings large flat plat-
forms of boards are placed. The fish, swimming up the current, reach
these dams, and in attempting to pass the obstructions some of them
fail, and the force of the water throws them upon the platforms, where
the fisherman easily secures them. The native fish-nets are made of
the strong twisted linden bark. The fisheries of the coast are very im-
portant, but as conducted now they can searcely be regarded as an
Aino industry, since they are controlled by the Japanese who engayve
the Ainos in the work. Immense numbers of herring are converted
into an excellent fertilizer, which is shipped to enrich the soil of the
main island, and even tons of the beautiful and valuable salmon-trout,
or spring-salmon, as it is called on the west coast of the United States,

472 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

are each year utilized for the same purpose. The true salmon is also
abundant on the coast. The fisheries of Yezo are too valuable to be
conducted in the present careless and wasteful manner, and by proper
government control might readily become a great source of wealth to
Japan.

BOATS.

The ordinary river boats or canoes are dugouts. A common form is
shown in Plate cx, from Tokoro on the north. <A different form from
Urap is represented in Plate cxt. The dimensions of a dugout at Tesi-
kaga, a Small village far up the Kusuri River, were as follows:

WACO ed Se 222 easiness eee ae eee inches... 11
Widthrotimiddlent. 2s. Sesee ee ee eee dos aeee
Lenethaboutre accesso secs ce eee ee eieneeee feet... 26

This boat was made of a single log, with considerable sheer at the
ends.

Boats intended for rough water are often built with dugout logs for
the bottom, and a free-board of considerable height made of planks
bound on with bark lashings. Many of the large fishing boats are made
in this manner and they are exceedingly strong. They measure per-
haps 50 feet in length and 10 feet beam, with a great sheer, especially
in front.

RELIGION.

The Aino religion is a very primitive nature-worship. The gods are
invisible, formless conceptions, known as kamwi, such as the house god,
the god of fire, and the deities of mountain, forest, sea, and river.
The sun and moon occupy a subordinate position among them. There
are no priests nor temples, but within every house there is one corner
sacred to the house-god. The god of fire, who is esteemed highest of all,
is worshiped at the fire-place in the middle of the room. The others
receive their due at the nusha kamui, or sacred hedge (PJ. CxIt), which
will be described in the account of the bear feast further on. It might
naturally be supposed that this rude structure of branches and poles ~
represents what was originally a hedge or fence built around the house
for protection against the inroads of wild beasts, or possibly against
enemies. Theskulls of bears and foxes may have originally been placed
upon the hedge as charms against evil. All this, however, is purely
speculative; but there is a picture in Mr. Greey’s book, ‘“‘ The Bear Wor-
shipers of Yezo” (p. 105), representing a house of rather unusual form,
which is shown to be protected on at least three sides by a rude sort of
fence, such as may well be regarded as an early counterpart of the nusha
kamut.

In addition to the sacred hedge, upon which the bear and fox skulls
are displayed, there is a smaller hedge, before which the hulls of food-

PLATE CIX.,

Hitchcock

Report of National Museum, 1890.

Was ONINV3dS

i
i
i
}
i
|
i
i
|
i

Report of National Museum, 1899,—Hitchcock.

Pine Coxe

AINO RIVER BOATS, TOKORO.

ne

Lady

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Hitchcock.

PLATE CXI.

AINO RIVER BOAT, URAP.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock. PLATE CXIl

SACRED HEDGE, NUSHA KAMUI.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. A473

grains are thrown in heaps. This is known as the murukuta-nusha
(muru hulls, kuta to throw), and it is under the special protection of a
female deity, who would be offended if the hulls were thrown broad-
cast over the ground.

Storms are caused by the strife of the thunder-gods who dwell in the
clouds. These gods are associated with the lion, for it is related that
the people once caught a lion, which escaped on a black cloud. The
thunder is the noise of battling hosts, and the glancing, swords the
lightning. At least so says Dr. Scheube, but the idea is almost too
poetical for the Ainos.

Some of the Japanese deities have found a place among the native
gods, but these are foreign to the spirit of the Aino religion and can
scarcely receive great reverence. In one house I saw three shrines,
evidently representing the Japanese kami dana. Before one of them
were some faded artificial flowers standing in bottles clearly labeled
“Lemon Drops, J. T. Morton.”

The Japanese hero Yoshitsune is supposed to have fled to Yezo, and
is generally regarded as the famous personage known tothe Ainos as
Okikurumi. It is said that the Ainos have only a single divinity of
human origin, the ancestor of the race, Aioina. Nevertheless, there
has long been a simpie shrine to Yoshitsune on the summit of a hill
near Piratori, which Miss Bird has described. But this author* refers
to Yoshitsune as “the great god of the mountain Ainos.” It isevem
doubtful whether the Ainos did in fact worship Yoshitsune as a god;
certainly it is incredible that he should be elevated to the high place
assigned to him by Miss Bird. 1 was myself on the spot, with the
famous chief Benri as my guide, but a recent storm, which had delayed
ine by making the rivers impassable, had also blown the shrine away,
and its fragments were lying scattered down the steep hill-side.

The Ainos have but few religious symbols. The most important of
these are the inao, frequently called god-sticks, three forms of which
are represented in Fig. 86. In some way, not very clearly understood,
these represent the gods. One or more will always be found stuck in
the ashes of the fireplace, and others here and there at convenient
places on the wall of the house. They are simply ingeniously whit-
tled sticks, usually of willow, with the long eurled shavings pendant.
Some have short spirals directed upward and are covered with bark at
the lower end. Further notes upon their variety and use will be found
in the course of the description of the bear feast.

The sacred quiver is made of carved wood with various metallic
trimmings representing the San and moon. It is associated with the
house god, but during the great bear feast it is hung on the sacred
hedge. The skulls of bears and foxes are placed on the sacred hedge.
The former are by far the more common, but every house is said tocon-
tain at least one fox skull, which may be a treasure handed down

* Bird, Isabella L. Unbeaten Tracks in Japan, 01, 72.

474 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

through several generations. The skull of a fox is supposed to ward
off evilfrom the house. It is sometimes carried to the hunt and to sea
asa protection against evil spirits. It is also consulted as an oracle,

SSNS
2S

9 y
Secs => Bers
SERFS, ceca ee Ss) 2
— S ras 5 = 2 aa gs YF eet
: —— wie Z TAR fy a
Za é APS GS gre
ft J) a x ed? me

Fi
Sa.

=

Fa
Sa

Bis

—

450692: SF 0690 150692

Tig. 86.
Iwao — WILLOW STICKS WITH SHAVINGS A1TACIIED.

and questioned concerning articles lost or stolen, or when fishermen lose
their way at sea, in order to learn the direction home.

FORTUNE-TELLING.

The manner of consulting the fox-skull oracle has been described by
Dr. Scheube. After presenting a drink-offering, the skull is taken in
the two hands while a prayeris spoken. Then, piacing the underjaw
on his head, the person bows forward until it falls, and the direction
towards which it points, indicates the place where the lost or stolen
article is to be found. If the jawbone falls on its side, or so that the
teeth are down, the answer is not decisive and the question must be
repeated. A thief discovered in this manner is not. brought to trial,
but the owner of the property waits patiently until the offender brings
back the stolen goods and seeks forgiveness. The Ainos also read the
lines of the palm of the hand.

THE BEAR FEAST.

The great Aino festival is the so-called bear feast, which is celebrated
in September or October. This festival is of such an important charac-

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock. PLATE CXIlIl.

AINO BEAR CAGE, SHARI.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

PLATE CXIV.

DANCE AROUND THE BEAR CAGE.

bed

2 f poe 4
wae *

oe)

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. A475

ter as to be worthy of a full description; but, since I was unable to be
presentat a celebration myself, I can do no better than to give a rather
full account of the ceremonies as witnessed by Dr. Scheube,* who-has
published the only complete description yet given by an eye witness.
The original article is rather long, but in somewhat condensing the
deseription it is believed that no detail of importance or significance
has been omitted.

Before entering upon a description of the festival the bear-cage and
nusha kamut should be noticed. The bear-cage is represented in Plate
cxur. The cages are all of this general form, built of logs notehed at
the ends so as to hold securely together. The bear sometimes makes
most strenuous efforts to free himself by scratching and gnawing with
his teeth through the tough, heavy rails, so that it becomes necessary
to take out the old ones and replace them with others. ~This is easily
done, for, owing to the manner of putting the cage together, any raii
ean be replaced by prying up those above it.

I suw many such bear-cages in the course of my travels in ¥ezo, but
itis said that they are less numerous now than they formerly were.
The nusha kamui, or sacred hedge, already referred to, is represented in
Plate cxt1, from a photograph taken at Urap. It is also shown in some
of the succeeding plates. This rude hedge of rough poles is an impor-
tant structure in connection with the ceremony about to be described, as
well asin other religious observances. The significance of the name
is not exactly ‘‘temple,” but it is the nearest approach to “temple” in
the Aino language. Before if prayers are recited to most of the
gods, although not to all, as we shall see. Itis here designated “ sacred
hedge” for convenience.

Dr. Scheube witnessed the bear feast in 1880, and his account reads
substantially as given below. Plates Cxiv to cxvi, illustrating the
ceremonies at the bear feast, are reproductions of Japanese drawings,
from a makimono formerly belonging to Mr. Kdward Greey, now in pos-
session of the Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, Dr. G.
Brown Goode. Dr. Scheube bas given two illustrations of the cere-
mony, which are substantially the same, although in one picture the
crushed bear has his head directed toward the sacred hedge, while the
men sit with their backs against the hedge. Perhaps there is no estab-
lished custom in the matter, and such incidental changes are of no sig-
nificance. ;

THE BEAR CULTUS OF THE AINOS.
[ Condensed from Dr. B. Scheube. ]

According to the accounts of travelers concerning the Ainos, the
bear is honored by this peculiar people as a god. But it would be an

*Der Barencultus und die Biairenfeste des Ainos, mit einigen Bemerkungen iiber die
Tinze derselben. Mittheilungen der Deutschen Geselischaft fiir Natur- und Voéiker-
kunde Ostasiens, Dec., 1580.

476 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

error to suppose that the Ainos regard the bear as a god in the same
sense as they do the God of Fire, for example, or any of their other
numerous deities. The bear is called Kimui ; Kamnui-Kamuwi is an Aino
word having about the same meaning as the Japanese Kami, and per-
haps is derived from it. But the same word is used as an honorable
appellation for foreign visitors, upon whom we can not possibly believe
they would confer the attributes of a deity.

The Ainos have good reason to respect the bear. Itisa most valuable
animal, affording them food and clothing and a medicine, the bear-gall,
which is greatly prized. On the other hand, it can do them great injury,
as when it destructively enters their dwellings and kills their domestic
animals. Therefore it is natural that they should seek to propitiate
the bear, to confer upon him a title of great honor, and that they should
consider an atonement necessary for putting him to death. They place
the skull of the dead bear on the sacred hedge, the nusha kamui,
which is found on the east side of every house, where it is held sacred
and honored as a representative of the gods under the name Kamut
marapto. The nusha kamut, god’s fence, or sacred hedge, (Pl. Cx1)
is where the various gods are worshiped, except the God of Fire and
the house-god, to which offerings are made at certain places within the
house. The bear feast is named iomante. This ceremony, as well as the
preliminary feeding and rearing of a young bear, has also the motive
of an atonement to the whole bear tribe for the killing of its brothers
and sisters.

At the end of winter ayoung bear is caught, placed in a cage (PI.
CX111), and reared in the village. At first it is suckled by the wife of
the captor, afterwards fed with fish. The bear festival usually takes
place in September or October, by which time the young bear has grown
so large and strong as to threaten to break the cage. The Ainos first
endeavor to exculpate themselves before the gods for what they are
about to undertake. Having rendered the bear every favor possible,
they can no longer keep him in captivity; therefore it is necessary to
kill him.

The man who gives the feast, assumes the expense thereof and in-
vites his relatives and friends. Such a festival is, considering the pov-
erty of the Ainos, very expensive, for enormous quantities of saké are
consumed. Hence it is considered a great honor to give a bear feast.
At the present time the bear feasts are becoming more and more in-
frequent. On the east coast, so far asI traveled (from Tomakomai to
Volcano Bay), no bear feast had been held for several years. The same
remark applies to the district around Mori, on Voleano Bay. I have
generally seen caged bears only on the road from Urap to Oshamambe.
In this region I found the Ainos least affected by culture. Here, in the
small village of Kunnai, I spent the day, which will be the subject
of the following description :

On the 10th of August of this year, about noon, I arrived at Kunnai,

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. ATT

3 “ri” from Oshamambe. The host, in whose house the bear feast was to
be celebrated, met us with friendly greetings. The people all wore their
best clothes which, indeed, when the unclean habits of the Ainos are
considered, is not saying much. On festive occasions they frequently
wear fine old Japanese garments. It is a comic picture to see a worthy
old Aino in a long silk gown, richly decorated with embroidery, which
may have served years before in the wardrobe of a Japanese singing or
dancing girl, now indeed, with its faded colors and spots of dirt, show-
ing but little of its original beauty. The older men wear a peculiar
head-dress (Fig. 87) named shaba wmpe, a kind of crown, worn only on

Fig. 87.
CEREMONIAL BARK HEAD-DRESS.

great occasions. This is plaited of the bark of a wild vine and adorned
with spiral shavings, bear’s claws, vine tendrils, ete. Its dark color is
due to the smoke, which fills every Aino hut at all times of day and
year, and which, apart from the different odors and insects, makes a
sojourn within very unpleasant. The women, also, among whom there
was not a pretty face, far less a beautiful one, had pat on their best,
including necklaces and strings of beads. Some had silk dresses and
-one had a velvet head-cloth, with which the hair was bound over the
forehead. ‘The entire company, consisting of about thirty persons, was
already assembled. After looking about, meeting the principal person-
ages, and visiting the caged bear, we entered the hut, where the feast
began with a solemn offering of saké.

The house was cleaner and more orderly than any I have seen in the
vicinity. The household treasures, principally old swords, sacred ob-
jects, ornaments, and drinking cups, were displayed along the north
side. In the northeast corner, which is sacred to the house-god, new
inao were stuck upon the wall.

The inao are sticks three-quarters of a metre in length, with spiral
shavings attached (Fig. 86).

The kind of wood of which these are made differs in different locali-
ties. In the country from Mori to Oshamambe a kind of cornelian

A478 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

cherry is used (Cornus brachypoda, Jap. mzu no ki), while on the oppo-
site side of Volcano Bay, at Mombetsu, and on the east coast of Mukawa
and south, the willow* is used. These sticks or inao have the same
meaning as the goheit of the shinto temples of the Japanese.

Shavings of the same wood are attached to all sorts of objects, especi-
ally to such as are used on festive occasions. Inao were placed on the
four corners of the bear cage. In the fire-place, in the middle of the hut,
an inao was set up. Around the fire-place mats were spread, on which
the company was seated. The host first made an offering of saké to the
fire god, in which he was followed by the guests. Then another offering
was made to the house god before the corner sacred to this god.

During the ceremony the Ainos, seated on the mats, first raise the
drinking cup with the left hand to the forehead, while the right hand
is somewhat raised with the palm upward. Then the moustache-stick,
which has thus far rested across the top of the drinking cup (Fig. 77), is
dipped into the saké and a few drops thrown into the fire, the stick
being moved several times back and forth above the cup. At the same
time a prayer is murmured. This ended, the saké is drunk in large
draughts, while the moustache is held up with the stick. This ceremony
not only takes place on festive occasions, but is carried out whenever
saké is drunk. While the gods were receiving their offerings and the
drinking vessels passed from hand to hand, many greetings were ex-
changed, and I was again made welcome by a long speech from the
host.

Meanwhile the woman who had reared the bear was sitting at one
side, very sad, at times in tears. Her sorrow was certainly not pretended.
She also presented a drink offering, and two other old women did the
same. The drinking ceremony of the women is much simpler than that
of the men. hey merely raise the wine cup once before drinking and
pass the forefinger across the face, under the nose.

, After the close of the ceremony in the house, offerings were made
before the bear cage by the host and others. The bear also received sev-
eral drops of saké in a shell, which he immediately turned over. Then
began a dance of the women and young maidens before the cage (PI.
CXIV), which continued a long time, with short interruptions. With
faces turned toward the cage, and slightly bent knees, rising on the
toes and hopping up, they moved in a circle around tke cage, clapping
the hands and chanting a low, monotonous song of a few words oft re-
peated. The hostess and a couple of old women,—who may have reared
many bears,—danced, with tears, and tenderly caressed the bear; but the
young people laughed and sang. Bruin gradually became aroused by

*T found the willow in almost universal use for inao throughout the greater part
of the island.—R. H.

+The author is in error here. The gohei do not represent the gods. They are
simply offerings, originally offerings of cloth, now represented by strips of cut paper.
The inao seem to represent the god. There is no reason to suppose they are in any
way related to the Japanese symbols.—R. H.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. AT9

the noise around him, and began to jump about in the cage and set up
a mournful howl.

At the same time our attention was directed to another scene before
the sacred hedge. The hedge was decorated with five new inao, to
which leaves of bamboo were attached. The bamboo leaves signify
that the dead bear may again come to life. Perhaps the evergreen
color of the leaves, or the indestructible character of the bamboo, has
led to its use here. In addition to this, swords and sacred quivers,
known as tkayup or ikor-kamut, were suspended on the hedge. There
were also bows and arrows, the latter always three in number, with
which the bear was to be shot, and ear-rings and necklaces, to be laid
on the bear after death. The men now found another opportunity to
drink, and they made their drink-offerings before the sacred hedge.
This. time the Otena, or chief of Oshamambe, made the beginning.
Three young men, who afterwards took the bear from the cage, each
added two inao. Already there were noticeable signs of the industri-
ous application of the drinking cup, and some men, hilarious with saké,
began to dance before the hedge, with their hands raised to heaven to
make their happiness known to the gods, and this became more fre-
guent as the feast continued.

The bear was taken out of the cage by the bravest young Aino,
assisted by two others. Donning a fine garment owned by the chief,
he climbed to the top of the cage and removed the stones and top logs,
and threw a rope around the neck of the bear. With this the bear
was drawn out of the cage and led around for a time, that he might
once more enjoy a sense of freedom before his death. Then he was
made a target for the archers and shot with arrows which, instead of
the pointed heads, bore blunt wooden ends decorated with bits of red
cloth (Plate Cxyv).

Next the bear was taken before the sacred hedge, a piece of wood
placed in his mouth, and he was crushed to death in a manner shown in
the Japanese illustration (Plate cxv1). The poor animal died without
a groan. The women danced around, with lamentations, and struck the
men to manifest their indignation at such cruelty. The skin was then
cut in the middle line of the belly. The bear was laid on a mat before
the hedge, the sword and quiver from the latter hung about him, and
food and drink were offered. A female bear is also decorated with
necklaces and ear-rings. The food consisted of a plate of millet mush,
another of millet cake made in the same manner as the Japanese mochi,
with fish-oil poured over it, a can of saké with drinking cup, chop-
sticks and moustache-stick, the latter provided with spiral shavings.

The men then seated themselves before mats spread before the bear
(Pl. Cxvit), each with his drinking set before him, and began to make
libations of saké and to drink unlimited quantities. It is the custom
for the chief to begin this drink-offering, but he yielded the honor to
the oldest man present. This man made the offering berfore the bear in

480 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

the same manner as above described, using the drinking apparatus
which was set before the bear. The others followed, and soon a good
portion of the company was lying helplessly drunk upon the mats. The
older men far excelled the younger in excessive drinking.

Turning now to the women, the sorrow which they, especially the
older women, manifested when the bear was crushed, soon passed off
and gave place to general hilarity which, since they did not despise the
saké, increased at times to ecstacy. They gave themselves up to the
pleasures of the dance, in which only short breathing spells were allowed.

The older women showed themselves the more vigorous and wildest
dancers. ;

Meanwhile the feast had reached its height, and the young men who
had led the bear from the cage, mounted to the roof of a house in order
to throw millet cake from a basket among the people.

The bear is usually cut up on the following day, when the company
again assembles to continue the drinking bout. After the animal is
skinned and disemboweled, the legs and trunk are separated from the
head, which remains in the skin. One of the young Ainos acted as
butcher, while the others stood or sat around. The blood was caught
by these in cups and greedily drunk. The liver was taken out, cut in
small pieces, and eaten raw with salt. The flesh and other entrails were
preserved in the house, to be divided among the participants in the
feast on the following day. During this work the women danced around
the sacred hedge, as they did around the cage at the beginning of the
feast.

The bear’s head, within the skin, was placed before the hedge and
decorated in the same manner as the body was adorned before, one inao
being added, and a general drink-offering was made. At the end of
this the skin was drawn from the skull, leaving such as adheres to the
snout and ears. In the left side of the back skull-bone of male bears,
in the right side of females, an opening is made, through which the
brains are removed. These are divided in the cups, mixed with saké,
and drunk. The skull is then filled with shavings. The eyes were
taken out and the orbital fat was bitten off and eaten by the young
butcher. The eyes were wrapped in shavings and returned to their
sockets. The mouth was stuffed with bamboo leaves and the skull
decorated with shavings. The skull was again returned to the skin,
and both, with sword, quiver, inao, and the piece of wood which the bear
held in his mouth when he was crushed, were laid before the hedge. After
another drink-offering the skull was raised upon a pole in the hedge,
(Fig. 88,) which terminated in a forked end, and the entire company of
men and women, singing and crying, danced before it. The pole had
also an inao on either side of its upper forked end, and bamboo leaves
attached. Beneath the skull, the piece of wood from the bear’s mouth
was fixed crosswise, and from it the sword and quiver were suspended.
The two latter are usually removed in the course of an hour. A final

Report of National Museum, 1890.-—Hitchcock. PLATE CXV.

SHOOTING THE BEAR.

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Hitchcock,

Rae Oa. oes :
ARG

Bae

SO Sager

SS
: : . ee ee Lee

PLATE CXVI.

CRUSHING THE BEAR.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Hitchcock.

PLATE

CXVII.

OFFERINGS TO THE DEAD BEAR.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 481

drink offering, in which the women also took part with renewed wecp-
ing, completed the ceremony. The manner of placing the head on the
pole is shown in Fig. 88, which is copied from
Dr. Scheube’s drawing. The general appear-
ance of the hedge is best seen in Plate CX1I.

In the short account of the mythology and
folk-lore of the Ainos given further on, there
are some bear stories which are of interest in
connection with the ceremonies described, in-
dicating how the Ainos regard the animal in
its relations to themselves. As Dr. Scheube
has said, the bear is more to them than a mere
beast of the forest, to be hunted and killed for
food and raiment.

The Ainos are not the only people who wor-
ship the bear in the manner described above.
In the northern part of Saghalien there are a
people quite distinct in their physiognomy and
language from the Ainos known as the Gil-
yaken.* Mr. W. Joest observed a bear feast
among the Gilyaken, the description of which,
as quoted by Dr. Scheube in a later communi-
cation, is substantially as follows. The mother
bear is shot and the young one is caught and
reared, but not suckled in the village. When
the animal is large enough he is bound with a : epee
thong around the neck and another on one of 7" P*ARS SKUEE ON ain Sa
his hind legs, and then Jed in triumph through
the village. He must enter every house, where he receives food, while
his manner of entrance and conduct are observed as omens. The bear
is then for a time provoked, tormented, and annoyed until he is en-
raged and furious. The animal is then secured to a stake and shot
dead with arrows. The head is then cut off and decorated with shavings
corresponding to the inao of the Ainos, and placed upon the table upon
which the feast isspread. The people then beg his forgiveness and offer
prayers to him. They then eat the flesh roasted (not raw, as do the
Ainos, nor do they drink the blood) with schnapps, but without any
ceremonies. I’inally the brain is eaten and the skull is placed with the
shavings in a tree near the houses. Then follows dancing by both
sexes in imitation of bears.

DANCES AND OTHER CEREMONIES.

Allusion has been made here and there to singing and dancing. Dr.
Scheube has given an account of the dances he saw, but it has not seemed

*See Reisen und Forschungen in Amur-lande, Dr. L. Von Schrenck, vol. 1, for an
exhaustive account of these people.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 231

482 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

desirable to treat this subject at length in this place, for the reason
that there is so little known as yet concerning the significance of the
Aino dances. The dancing is not graceful. In some instances it would
seem that the dances are imitative of animals, as the bear dance and
the crane dance mentioned by Mr. Blackiston, who when unaware of
the name ‘was forcibly struck with the resemblance of the chanting
used during the performance to the sounds uttered by cranes.”

A strange ceremony was once witnessed by Mr. Louis Boehmer
among the Saru Ainos, which is thus quoted by Mr. Blackiston.

The chiefs were dressed expressly for the occasion in handsome robes embroidered
with blue, and were crowns of straw decorated with red flannel and bits of tin.
Within the lodge were Japanese gifts that had accumulated for perhaps a score of
generations, old swords, rice dishes, and lacquered ware; the oldest much the best and
very handsome, the newest nearly plain lacquer.

The Ainos in drinking raised their heavy mustache with a small stick, somewhat
like a paper cutter, made for the purpose and sometimes neatly carved. The next
morning on the shore some of the Ainos made a prayer to the sea-god to quiet the
swollen waves, and to send back two boats that had gone out each with two Ainos a
couple of days before. The same day an Aino boat that went in search of them,
brought back one boat, but the other seemed to be lost. The two rescued, but half
starved men were fed on the seashore, and towards sunset there was a singular
dance on the beach. The Aino men of the village formed one line and the women
another, and with poles like lances in their hands went through many evolutions.
Sometimes they would make asif charging with their lances against the sea. Then
there was another prayer by an old man facing the sea. After sundown all hope for
the other boat was given up, and according to custom the women in all of the neighbor-
ing five villages devoted themselves to lamentations, which they kept up the greater
part of the night. They squatted in pairs on the ground, facing and hugging each
other, and wailed and shed tears. The men did not join in the crying, and the
women did not except while squatting.

There is also a harvest festival, which occurs in’ November, wher
much saké is consumed with singing and dancing. Both sexes Be in
most of the dances.

Some of the popular songs are given by Dr. Scheube, among which
the following will bear translation:

Drinking song.—\ am chief in this village; thou art chief in another village. We
do not know which of us is the wiser. In order to decide we must begin a strife of
words together. This, however, does not go well with the drinking. Therefore we
will content ourselves with the drinking.

Song of thanksgiving.—I am very fortunate that I have received from you, most
honored sir, such good eating and drinking.

Fisher song when a new boat is first used.—The daughters of the master are beautiful,
the old as well as the young. So beautiful will this boat also be.

MYTHS AND FOLK-LORE.

The Ainos having been, as it may reasonably be supposed, more or
less subjected to Japanese influences for a thousand years, it would be
very strange if they had not borrowed something from the latter of
their mythology and folk-lore. So indeed they have, but this influence
has not been so strongly felt as might be expected, doubtless because

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 483

the two peoples are so surprisingly different in character and in their
ways of thinking.

The mythologies of the Japanese and Ainos are essentially distinct,
After eliminating from the latter numerous stories, which are obviously
imitations or adaptations of Chinese or Japanese tales, there remains a
totally distinct series of narratives, handed down verbally from an un-
known source and perhaps from a very distant age,

The mythology of the Japanese is a remarkable development of an-
cestral worship. The Mikado traces his descent to the sun, the common
ancestor of the Japanese people. The system treats of the exploits of
gods and heroes, the latter being elevated to places among the kamui to
be revered and worshiped. There is scarcely a moral teaching in it.
It is a kind of hero worship, but the hero may be a very wicked sinner.

The Aino myths, on the other hand, usually have a moral application.
The Ainos have but few great heroes. The subjects of their tales are
mostly beasts and birds. These are the gods of the Ainos, as well as |
the actors in his fairy-land. it would extend this report to an undue
length to reproduce all the stories translated by Professor Chamberlain,
Dr. Scheube and Mr. Batchelor, but some of them may well be given to
indicate their general character. Dr. Scheube has given three quite
interesting tales concerning the Japanese hero Yoshitsune, who is sup-
posed to have visited the Ainos in the twelfth century, and to have
taught them various useful things. There is also a strange story of a
Japanese girl who was disobedient. Her father put her into a box and
threw it into the sea. It was borne northward by wind and wave, and
finally landed in Yezo, where the town Ishikari now stands. A dog
came along and broke open the box with his teeth. The maiden was
still alive. As she saw the dog she said to herself, ‘‘ I have been dis-
obedient to my father at home, therefore I have fared so badly. Here
where there are only dogs I must obey them that I may not again be
punished. In my earlier stage of existence it was predestined that I
should marry adog.” Soshe married the dog and the two lived happily
together, and she brought forth a child whose body was covered with
long black hair, and other hairy children. These were the first Ainos,
It is doubtful whether this is an Aino legend. itis more probably of
Japanese origin.

The following stories are selected from the translations of Prof.
B. H. Chamberlain and Mr. J. Batchelor:

HOW IT WAS SETTLED WHO SHOULD RULE THE WORLD.
By Professor CHAMBERLAIN.

When the creator had finished creating this world of men, the good and the bad
gods were all mixed together promiscuously, and began disputing for the possession
of the world. They disputed—the bad gods wanting to be at the head of the gov-
ernment of this world and the good gods having a similar desire. So the following
arrangement was agreed to: Whoever, at the time of sunrise, should be the first to

484 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

see the luminary, should rule the world. If the bad gods should be the first to see
it rise, then they should rule; and if the good gods should be the first, then they
should rule. Therefore both the bad gods and the brilliant gods looked toward the
place whence the sun was torise. Bnt the fox-god alone stood looking toward the
west. After a little time the fox cried ont, “I see the sun rise.” On the gods, both
good and bad, turning around and gazing, they saw in truth the refulyence of the
sun in the west. This is the cause for which the brilliant gods rule the world.

WHY THE COCK CAN NOT FLY.
By Professor CHAMBERLAIN.

When the Creator had finished making the world and had returned to heaven, he
sent down the cock to see whether the world was good or not, with the injunction to
come back at once. But the world was so fair that the cock, unable to tear himself
away, kept lingering on from day to day. At last, after a long time, he was on his
way flying back up to heaven. But God, angry with him for his disobedience,
stretched fortb his hand and beat him down to earth, saying: ‘‘ You are not wanted
in heaven any more.” That is why, to this day, the cock is incapable of any high
flight.

ORIGIN OF CIVILIZATION.
By Professor CHAMBERLAIN.

Wheu the world had only recently been made, all was still unsettled and danger-
ous, for the crust of the earth was thin. It was burning beneath, and unstable, so
that the people did not dare venture outside of their huts even to obtain food, for
they would have scorched their feet. Their necessities were relieved by the god Ok1-
kurumi, who used to fish for them, and then send his wife, Turesh, round with what
he caught. She every day popped in at each window the family meal for the day.
But the conditions of this divine succor was that no questions were to be asked, and
that none should attempt to see Turesh’s face. Well, one day a certain Aino, in one
of the huts, not content with being fed for nothing, must needs disobey Okikurumi’s
commands. Curious to see who was the lovely ministering maiden, he watched for
the moment when her hand with food in it appeared at the window, seized hold
of it and forcibly pulled her in, disregarding her screams. No sooner was she inside
the hut than she turned into a wriggling, writhing sea monster. The sky darkened,
crashes of thunder were heard, the monster vanished, and the hut was consumed by
lightning. In punishment of that one man’s curiosity, Okikurumi withdrew his favor
from the whole race and vanished. Ever since then the Ainos have been poor and
miserable.

According to another tradition, which seems to be among those most widely spread,
the Japanese hero Yoshitsune arrived on the scene some time after Okikurumi had
begun teaching the Aino men how to fish and hunt, and Turesh had begun teaching
the Aino women how to sew. Being of a wily disposition, he ingratiated himself so
well with the divine pair that they bestowed on him their only daughter in marriage.
The wedding took place at Piratori, in the district of Saru. Yoshitsune was thus
enabled to penetrate the secrets of the Ainos. By a fraud, to which his wife was an
unwilling partner, he obtained possession of their treasures and of their books and
fled, carrying all with him. Okikurumi and Turesh, incensed at this insult, disap-
peared through a cavern at the summit of Mount Hayopira, near Piratori. Since
that time the Ainos have lost the art of writing and of pottery, and have taken to
buying their clothes, etc., from the Japanese. When interrogated on any point on
which they are at a loss for an answer, the almost invariable Aino reply is, ‘‘ We do
not know, for we have no books. Those that our ancestors had were all stolen by
Yoshitsune.”

ea

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 485

A VISIT TO THE UNDERWORLD.
By Professor CHAMBERLAIN.

A handsome and brave young Aino, skillful in the chase, one day pursued a large
bear into the recesses of the mountains. Onand on ran the bear, and still the young
fellow pursued it up heights and crags more and more dangerous, but without ever
being able to get near enough to shoot it with his poisoned arrow. At last on a
bleak mountain summit, the bear disappeared down a hole in the ground. The
youne Aino followed in, and found himself in an immense cavern, at the far extrem-
ity of which was a gleam of light. Toward this he groped his way, and, on emerg-
ing, found himself in another world. All was as in the world of men, but more
beautiful. There were trees, houses, villages, human beings. With them, however,
the young hunter bad no concern. What he wanted was his bear, which had totally
disappeared. The best plan seemed to be to seek it in the remoter mountain district
of this new world underground. So he followed up a valley, and, being tired and
hungry, picked the grapes and mulberries that were hanging on the trees, and ate
them while walking leisurely along.

Suddenly, happening to look down on his own body for some reason or other, what
was his horror to find himself transformed into a serpent! His very tears and cries
on the discovery of the metamorphosis were changed into snake’s hisses. What was
he todo? To go back like this to his native world, where snakes are hated, would
be certain death. No plan presented itself to his mind. But unconsciously he wan-
dered, or rather crept and glided, back to the mouth of the cavern that led home to
the world of men; and there, at the foot of a pine tree of extraordinary size and
height, he fell asleep. To him then, in a dream, there appeared the goddess of the
pine tree and said: ‘‘I am sorry to see you in this state. Why did you eat the poi-
sonous fruits of Hades? The only thing for you to do, if you wish to recover your
original shape, is to climb to the top of this pine tree and fling yourself down. Then
you may, perhaps, become a human being again.” On awaking from this dream the
young man, or rather snake, as he found himself still to be, was filled half with
hope, half with fear. But he decided to try the goddess’ remedy. So gliding up the
tall pine tree, he reached its topmost branch, and, after a little hesitation, flung him-
self down. Crash he went. When he came to his senses he found himself standing
at the foot of the tree; and close by was the body of an immense serpent, all ripped
open, so as to allow of his having crawled out of it. After offering up thanks to the
pine tree and setting up divine symbols in its honor, he hastened to retrace his steps
through the long tunnel-like cavern, through which he had originally come into
Hades.

After walking for a certain time he emerged into the world of men, to find himself
on the mountain top whither he had pursued the bear which he had never seen
again. On reaching home he dreamt a second time. It was the same goddess of the
pine tree who appeared before him and said: ‘‘I come to tell you that you can not
stay long in the world of men after once eating the grapes and mulberries of Hades.
There is a goddess in Hades who wishes to marry you. She it was who, assuming
the form of a bear, lured you into the cavern and thence to the underworld. You
must make up your mind to come away.”

And so it fell out. The young man awoke, but a grave sickness overpowered him.
A few days later he went a second time to the underworld, and returned no more to
the world of the living.

PANAUMBE PENAUMBE AND THE WEEPING FOXES.

By Professor CHAMBERLAIN.

There were Panaumbe and Penaumbe. Panaumbe went down to the bank of the
river and called out: ‘‘Oh, you fellows on the cliff behind yonder cliff; ferry me across.”
They replied: ‘‘ We must first scoop outa canoe. Waitfor us.” After a little while

486 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Panaumbe called out again. ‘‘ We have no poles,” said they ; ‘* we are going to make
some poles. Wait forus.” After a little while longer he called ont a third time.
They replied thus: ‘‘ We are coming for you. Wait for us.” Then the boat started—
a big boat, all full of foxes. So Panaumbe, Laving first seized hold of a good blud-
geon, feigned dead. Then the foxes arrived and spoke thus: ‘‘ Panaumbe, you are
to be pitied. Were you frozen to death, or were you starved to death?” With
these words all the foxes came up close to him and wept. Therenpon Panaumbe
brandished his bludgeon, struck all the foxes and killed them. Only one fox did he
let go, after breaking one of its legs. As for the rest, having killed them all, he car-
ried them home to his house and grew very rich [by selling their flesh and skins].

Then Penaumbe came down to him and spoke thus: ‘‘ Whereas you and I were both
equally poor, how did you kill such a. number of foxes and thereby become rich ? ”
Panaumbe replied, ‘‘If you will come and dine with me, I will instruct you.” But
Penaumbe at once said, ‘‘I have heard all about it before,” and went out. Descend-
ing to the bank of the river, he called, erying out as Panaumbe had done. The
reply was: ‘‘ We will make a boat at once. Wait for us.”

After a little while he called out again. ‘‘We are going to make the poles. Wait for
us,” said they, After a little longer they started a whole boat full of foxes,

So Penaumbe first feigned dead. Then the foxes arrived and said: ‘‘ Penaumbe
here is to be pitied. Did he die of cold, or did he die from want of food,” with which
words they all came close to Penaumbe and wept. But one fox among them—a fox
who limped—spoke thus: “I remember something which once happened. Weep at a
greater distance.” So all the foxes sat and wept further and further away.

Penaumbe was unable to kill any of those foxes, and as he brandished his bludgeon
they allran away. Not one did he catch, and he himself died a lamentable death.

THE HARE GOD.
By Professor CHAMBERLAIN.

Suddenly there was a large house on top of a hill, wherein were six persons beau-
tifully arrayed, but constantly quarreling. Whence they came was not known.
Thereupon Okikurumi came and said: ‘‘Oh, you bad hares. You wicked haves.
Who should not know your origin? The children in the sky were pelting each other
with snowballs, and the snowballs fell into this world of men. As it would have
been a pity to waste heaven’s snow, the snowballs were turned into hares, and those
hares are you. You who live in this world of mine, this world of human beings, must
be quiet. What isit that you are brawling about? ? With these words Okikurumi
seized a firebrand and beat each of the six with it in turn. Thereupon all the hares
ran away. ‘thisis the origin of the hare god, and for this reason the body of the
hare is white, because made of snow, while its ears, which are the part which was
charred by the fire, are black.

THE WICKED WIZARD PUNISHED.
By Professor CHAMBERLAIN.

One day a wizard told a man whom he knew that if any one were to go up a cer-
tain mountain peak and jump off to the belt of clouds below, he would be able to ride
about on them as on a horse and see the whole world. Believing this, the man did as
directed, and in very truth was enabled to ride about on the clouds. He visited the
whole world in this fashion, and brought back with him a map which he had drawn
of the whole world, both of men and gods. On arriving back at the mountain-pealk
in Aino land, he stepped off the cloud on to the land, and, descending to the valley,
told the wizard how successful and delightful the journey had been, and thanked
him for the opportunity he had given him of thus seeing so many strange sights.

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 487

- The wizard was astounded, for what he had told the Aino was a wicked lie, in-
vented with the sole intention of causing the death of the man, whom, for reasons best
known to himself, he hated. Still, as that which he had meant as an idle tale was
apparently an actual fact, he decided to see the world himself in this fashion. So,
going to the top of the mountain and seeing a belt of clonds a short way below, he
jumped on to it, but wassimply smashed to pieces in the valley beneath. That night
the god of the mountain appeared to the first (good) man ip a dream and said, ‘‘The
wizard has met with the death which his fraud and folly deserve. You I kept from hurt
because you areagood man. So when, in obedience to the wizard’s advice, you leapt
off onto the cloud, I bore you up and showed you the world in order to make you
wiser. Let all men learn from this how wickeduess leads to condign punishment.”

LEGEND OF A FAMINE.
By Mr. JOHN BATCHELOR.

There was a woman who was ever sitting by the window and doing some kind of
needlework or other.

In the window of the house there was a large cup filied to the brim with wine,
upon which floated a ceremonial moustache-lifter.

The ceremonial moustache-lifter was dancing about upon the top of the wine cup.
In explaining the subject from the beginning and setting it forth from the end, the
tale runs as follows:

Now look, do you think that the great god, do you think that the true god, was
blind? ‘

In Ainu land there was a great famine and the Ainn were dying for want of food,
yet with what little rice-malt and with what little millet they had they made (a cup
of) wine.

Now the great god had mercy, and, in order that our relatives might eat, produced
both deer and fish.

And the great god had mercy upon us, therefore he looked upon us and, in truth,
saw that in Ainu land there was a famine, and that the Ainu had nothing to eat.
Then was that cup of wine emptied into six lacquer- ware vessels.

Ina very little while the scent of the wine filled the whole house.

Therefore were all the gods led inand the gods of places were brought from every-
where, and they were all well pleased with that delicious wine.

Then the goddess of the rivers and the goddess of the mouths of rivers danced back
and forth in the house.

Upon this the gods laughed with smiles upon their faces;

And while they looked at the goddesses they saw them pluck out two hairs from a
deer ;

And, as it were, blew them over the tops of the mountains; then appeared two
herds of deer skipping upon the mountain tops, one of bucks and the other of does.

Then they plucked out two scales from a fish, and, as it were, blew them over the
rivers; and the beds of the rivers were so crowded with fish that they scraped upon
the stones, and the tops of the rivers were so full that the fish stood ont like the
porches of houses and were dried up by the sun.

So the things called fish filled all the rivers to the brim.

Then the Ainu went fishing and caused their boats to dance upon the rivers.

The young men now found fish and venison in rich abundance.

Hence it is that Ainu land is so good. Hence itis that from ancient times till now
there has been hunting. Hence it is that there are inheritors to this hunting.

LEGEND OF THE LARGE TROUT.
By Mr. JOHN BATCHELOR.

At the source of the Saru River there is a large lake.
In this lake there was a monster trout which was so big that it used to flap its (pec-
toral) fins at one end and wave its tail at the other.

488 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890

Then the honorable ancestors met and went to kill this fish, but found themselves
unable to accomplish their end, though they attempted to do so for many days.

Because then they very much desired to kill the fish, the gods, who had a special
recard for the welfare of Ainu iand, sent help from heaven.

And the gods descending, they beed the great trout with their hands (claws).

Upon this it plunged mightily and went to the bottom of the lake with great force.

Then the gods put forth all their power, and, drawing the great trout to the sur-
face of the water, brought it ashore.

Upon this all the honorable ancestors drew their swords and chopped the fish till
they quite killed it. :

The Ainu appear to have a special dread of large lakes, because they say that
every now and again one of the monster fish suddenly puts in an appearance and com-
mences its destructive work of swallowing animals and human beings. Only a few
hundred years ago, they say, one of these awful fish was found dead upon the shores
of the Shikot-to (Chitose Lake}. This monster had swallowed a large deer, horns
and all, but the horns caused a severe attack of indigestion to come on, which the
fish could not get over; nay, the horns were so long that they protruded from its
stomach and caused its death.

It is to the actions of one of these monstrous fish that all earthquakes, of which
there are many occurrences in Yezo, are to be traced. The earth, i. e.,so far as Ainu
Jand is concerned, is supposed to rest upon the back of one of these creatures; and
whenever it moves, the world, as a matter of course, must feel the effects and move
also. This earthquake-causing fish is sometimes called Tokushish, i. e., ‘‘trout,” and
sometimes Moshiri ikkewe chep, i. e., ‘‘ the backbone fish of the world.”

LEGEND OF OKIKURUMI IN LOVE.
By Mr. JOHN BATCHELOR.

The goddess felt lonely and gazed upon the inside and surveyed the outside of the
house.

She went out, and behold,

The clouds were floating and waving about in beautiful terraces upon the horizon
over Ainu land. Yes, that is what she saw.

So she returned into the house backwards and took down the needlework.

Again she looked at the point of her needle and fixed her gaze upon the eye end
thereof.

Then came a little bird, called ‘‘ water wagtail,” and sat upon the window SEES
and wagged its tail up and down and waved it fon right to left.

Then two chirps and three chirps came to her and touched the inside surface of
her ears, and what she heard was this:

The mighty Okikurumi, who is the governor of all Ainu land, went out of doors
for a little while and, seeing you, has fallen ill of love on your account.

And though two bad fish aud two good fish were placed before him for food he
refused to eat.

Now, if Okikurumi should die, the soul of Ainu land will depart.

Then the little bird called ‘‘ water wagtail,” waving its tail, spake two words to
her and said: ‘‘ Have mercy upon us, that Okikurumi may live.”

Thus then, by simply looking out upon the world, Okikurumi fell so sick of love
that, though two bad fish and two good fish were set before him, he could not eat.

Dear, dear, how badly he felt.

Therefore the form of a woman resembling the goddess was made and sent down
to Okikurumi.

The house was set iu order ; that woman who was sent down put things to rights.

Then Okikurumi looked through his sleeve and saw the beautiful woman.

a ‘

———
NZ

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 489

He got up greatly rejoicing; he ate some food ; strength came back to his body,
and—the woman was gone.

Okikurumi saw he had been deceived, but there was nothing to be done and noth-
ing to say ; so he got well.

POIYAUMBE.
By Mr. Joun BATCHELOR.

We three, my younger sister, my dear brother, and I, were always together.

One night I was quite unable to sleep; but, whether what I now relate was seen in
a dream or whether it really took place, I do not know.

Now I saw upon the tops of the mountains, which lie towards the source of our
river, 1 great herd of male deer feeding by themselves. At the head of this great
herd there was a very large speckled buck; even its horns were speckled. At the
head of the herd of female deer there was a speckled doe skipping about in front of
its fellows. So Isat up inmy bed, buckled my belt, winding it once around my body,
and tied my hat strings under my chin. I then fastened my leggings, made of grass,
to my legs, slipped on my best boots, stuck my favorite sword in my girdle, took my
qniver sling in my hand, seized my bow, which was made of yew and ornamented
with cherry bark, by the middle, and sallied forth.

The dust upon the road by the river side was flying about. I was taken up by the
wind and really seemed to go along upon the clouds. Now, my elder brother and
younger sister were coming along behind me.

And as we went along, in truth, we saw that the mighty mountains were covered
with great herds of bucks and does; the bucks had a speckled male at their head,
even its horns were speckled ; there was also a speckled female deer skipping about
at the head of the does.

On coming near them I took an arrow out of my quiver and shot into the thickest
of the herd, so that the mountains became covered with the multitude of those which
had tasted poison (t.e., which had been hit with poisoned arrows). And my older
brother, shooting into the thickest of the herd of does, killedso many that the grass
was completely covered with their bodies; within a very short time the whole herd,
both of bucks and does, wasslain. How was it that that which but a short time since
was a deer became a man? That I can not tell.

With angry words he said to me: ‘‘ Because you are a brave Poiyaumbe and your
fame has spread over many lands, you have come hither with a purpose of picking a
quarrel with me, but, however brave you may be, I think you will probably find that
you are mistaken.”

When he had spoken so much, this lordly person drew his sword with a flash and
struck at me with powerful strokes; in return I also flashed out my sword, but when
[hit at him with mighty blows there was no corresponding clashing sound. It was
extremely difficult to come upon him; it was as though the wind caught the point
of my sword. Though this was the case, though it was difficult to strike him, and
though I did not realize that I was struck, yet much blood spurted out of my body.
That abominable bad man was also bleeding profusely.

Whilst things were going on in this way, my elder brother and younger sister met
with the speckled doe and both attacked it with drawn swords. With great fear
they fought ; and when I looked I saw that my elder brother was cut in twain; as
he fell he put out his hands and raised himself from the earth. I then drew my
sword and cut him twice or thrice, so that he became a living man again. Then rid-
ing upon a sound like thunder, he quickly ascended to the skies and again engaged
in the fight. I now heard a sound as of another person being slain elsewhere; if was
my younger sister who was killed. With a great sound she rode upon the sun (#. e.,
she died with a groan). Upon thisthe bad foreign woman boasted, and said that she
had slain my younger sister and thrown her to the earth. Then the two, the woman

490 REPORT Of NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

and man, fell upon me with all their might and main, but I struck the bad woman
twice or thrice, so that she rode upon the sun; she went to the sun a living soul.
Then the bad, malignant man, being left alone, spoke thus: ‘‘ Because you are a
Poiyaumbe and the fame of your bravery has spread over many countries, and be-
cause you have done this, know ye that the place where I live is called Samatuye.
The two, my younger brother and sister, are-the defenders of ny house, and they
are exceedingly brave. Thus, then, if I am slain by you, my younger brother will
avenge my death and you will live no longer. You must be careful.”

Now I made a cut at that bad, malignant man, but he returned the blow, and I
swooned. Whether the swoon lasted for long space or a short, I know not; but
when I opened my eyes I found my right hand stretched out above me and striking
hither and thither with the sword, and with the left I was seizing the grass and
tearing it up by the roots.

So I came to myself. And I wondered where Samatuyve could be and why it was
so called. I thought that name was given to the place to frighten me, and I con-
sidered that if I did not pay it a visit I should be laughed at when I returned home,
and thus feel humiliated.

Therefore I looked up and discovered the track by which this multitude of persons
had come. I ascended to the path and passed very many towns and villages. And I
traveled along this path for three days and three nights, in all six days, till I came
down upon the seashore; here I saw many towns and villages.

Here there was a very tall mountain, whose top extended even into the skies;
upon its summit was a beautiful house, and above this circled a great cloud of fog.
I descended by the side of the house, and, stealthily walking along with noiseless steps,
peeped in between the cracks of the door and listened. Isaw something like a very
little man sitting cross-legged at the head of the fireplace staring into the fire, and
I saw something like a little woman sitting on the left-hand side of the fireplace.

Here again was a woman who in beauty excelled my younger sister. Now, the
little man spoke thus: ‘Oh, my younger sister, listen to me, for I have a word to
say. The weather is clouding over and I am filled with anticipation. You know
you have been a prophet from a child. Just prophesy to me, for I desire to hear of
the future.”

Thus spake the little man. Then the little woman gave two great yawns and said:
**My elder brother, my little elder brother, listen to me, for I have a word to say.
Wherefore is my brother thus in anticipation? I hear news from a distant land;
this is news coming from above the mountain of Tomisanpet. The brave Poiyaumbe
have been attacked by my elder brother without cause, but a single man has anni-
hilated my brother and his men. Whilst the battle proceeds a little Kesorap comes
flying across the sky from the interior; and, though I earnestly desire to prophesy
about it, some how or other it passes out of my sight. When it crosses the sea it
darts along upon the surface of the water like a little fish; coming straight towards
our town is the clashing of swords, the sword of a’ Ya un man and a Rep un man;
blood is squirting forth from two great wounds; the sword ot the Rep un man goes
in to the setting sun and is lost; the handle of the sword of the Ya un man shines upon
the sun. Although our house was in peace it is now in danger. In speaking thus
much my eyes become darkened. Pay attention to what I have said.”

As she said this, I pretended that I had but sow arrived, and knocking the dirt off
my boots upon the hard soil just outside the house I lifted the doors creen over my
shoulders and stepped inside. They both turned round and looked at me with one
accord; with fear they gazed at me from under their eyebrows. ‘Then I walked
along the left-hand side of the fireplace with hasty strides.

I swept the little man to the right-hand side of the fireplace witb my foot, and,
sitting myself cross-legged at the head thereof, spake thus: ‘‘ Look here, little Sama-
tuye man, I have a word tosay; attend well tome. Why has your elder brother, the
Samatuye man, attacked us without reason? Has he not done so? As you have

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN, 491

stirred up this war without reason, you will be punished by the gods; you will be
annihilated. Listen to what I have tosay. Besides, although I am a wounded man,
I will overthrow your town. Listen to what I say.” And when I had said so much,
I drew my sword aud flashed it about. I struck at him with such blows that the
wind whistled. We ascended to the ceiling fighting, and here I chased him from one
end of the house to the other. Whilst this was going on, a very great multitude of
men congregated upon the threshold. They were as thick as swarms of flies; so I
cut them down like men mow grass.

Whilst this was going on the little woman said: ‘ Oh, my brothers, why did ye
commit such a fault as to attack the Poiyaumbe without causc? Was it that ye
desired to slay those who had no desire to die that ye fell upon them? Henceforth
I shall cast in my lot with the Poiyaumbe. Listen to my words.”

When the little woman had thus spoken, she drew a dagger from her bosom and
cut down the men at the door like grass; we fought side by side. Fighting so, we
drove them out of the house, and when we looked at them, there were but a few left,
but behind them stood the little Samatuye man; yes, he was there. In a very short
time those few persons were all killed. After this [ went after the Samatuye man
with hasty strides, and drew my sword above him. I struck at him with heavy
blows. The Samatuye woman also stood by my side and hit at her brother with her
dagger.

In a short time he received two or three cuts and was slain. After this the little
woman wept very much, and spake, saying: ‘‘As for me, I am undone, I did not
desire to draw my dagger against a man without friends. As the little hawks flock
together where there is food, so have I au earnest desire to be with thee, oh Poiya-
umbe. Listen to what I say.”

AN AINO RIP VAN WINKLE.

In conclusion comes the story of Rip Van Winkle, told in so many
forms by so many peoples. It should be compared with the legend
of the fisher-boy Urashima and his Pandora’s box, which Professor
Chamberlain has so well rendered in verse from the Japanese. The
translation of this Aino version is also by the same pen.

A certain Aino went out ina boat to catch fish in the sea. While he was there a great
wind arose, so that he drifted about for six nights. Just as he was like to die, land
came in sight. Being borne on to the beach by the waves, he quietly stepped ashore,
where he found a pleasant rivulet. Having walked up the bank of this rivulet for
some distance, he descried a populous town, in whose neighberhood were crowds
of people, both men and women. Proceeding to the town itself, he found an old
man of divine aspect, who said tohim: ‘Stay with usa night and we will send you
home to your own country to morrow. Do you consent?”

So the Aino spent the night with the old chief, who next morning addressed him
as follows: ‘‘Some of my people, both men and women, are going to your country
for purpose of trade. So, if you will put yourself under their guidance, you
will be able to go home. When they take you with them in the boat you must lie
down and not look about you, but completely hide your head. That is the condition
of your return. If you look, my people will be angry. Mind you, do not look.”
Thus spoke the old chief. Well, there was a whole fleet of boats, inside which
crowds of people, both men and women, took passage. There were as many as five
score boats, which all started off together. The Aino lay down inside one of them
and hid his head, while the others made the boats go to the music of a pretty song,
which he much enjoyed. After a while they reached the land. When they had
done so the Aino, peeping a little, saw that there was a river, and that they were
drawing water with dippers irom the mouth of the river and sipping it. They said

A92 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

to each other, ‘‘ How good this water is.” Half the fleet went up the river. Bunt the
beat in which the Aino was, continued its voyage, and at last arrived at the sh re of
his native place, whereupon the sailors threw the Aino into the water. He thought
he had been dreaming, and then he came to himself. The boat and its sailors had
disappeared; whither he could not tell. But he went to his house, and, falling
asleep, dreamt a dream. He dreamt that the same old chief appeared to him and
said: “Iam no human being; Iam the chief of the Salmon, the divine fish, As you
seemed in danger of perishing in the waves, I drew you to me and saved your life.
You thought you only staid with me a single night. But in reality that night was
a whole year, at the conclusion of which I sent you back to your native place. Sol
shall be truly grateful if henceforth you will offer liquor to ine, set up the divine
symbols in my honor, and worship me with the words, ‘I make a libation to the
chief of the salmon, the divine fish.’ If you do not worship me, you will become
a poor man. Remember this well.” Such were the words which the divine old man
spoke to him in his dream.

LIST OF SPECIMENS FROM THE AINOS IN YEZO, COLLECTED DURING
THE SUMMER OF 1888.

By Romyn HitTcuHcock.
[The numbers refer to the entries in tie register of the U.S. National Museum. |

Mat.—Made of the rush Scirpus marilimus, the suge of the Japanese, with black or
brown colored squares of dyed bark of Tilia cordata, The elm bark is also used
for the colored parts. The brown color is obtained from the bark of Asculus

turbinata, the black from Alnus maritima. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150632.
Mat.—Same as 150632. Ainos of Yezo, 1883. 150633.
Mat.—Same as 150632, different pattern. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150634.
Mat.—Same as 150632, different pattern. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150635.
Mat.—Same as 150632, different pattern. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150636.
Shoes made of fish skin. —Worn with snow-shoes in winter. (See Pl. xcyir.) <Ainos of

Yezo, 1888. 150637.
Quiver and poisoned .arrows.—Arrows with iron heads, poisoned with a preparation

of aconite root; used to kill bears. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150638.

Quiver and poisoned arrows.—Arrows with bamboo heads, poisoned with a prepara-
tion of aconite root. The shafts made in sections of reed and wood, with

feathered ends. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150639.
Inches.

iene thiofsbamboowmead sneeeme ree sales eerste elses cise eeniceeeiee pparroaea case a6 lz to 2
Length of uppershattiof-wood 2-7-2. senescle ciewive seein scene neem e tienes ciecaeee ee eaeetoe 53 to 6
lengthoflowerlshattofreedee peace cee seejoe eee eee ee nee ae nee eee 123 to 13

Stone arrow heads were probably in use by the Ainos within the historic period. They are
found buried on the soil near the surface in many places.

Bow.—Made of the wood of Taxus cuspidata, which is preferred for the purpose. The
specimen is 49 inches in length. The string is twisted bark cord. (See Fig. 84.)
Ainos of Shari, Yezo, 1888. 150640.

Bow.—Similar to 150640, but 52 inches long. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150641.

Bow.—Small bow of wood wrapped with strips of bark to strengthen it. The string
is secured at one end to a piece of hard wood fitting over the end of the bow like
a cap, held in place by a wooden pin. Ainos of Yezo, 1883. (See Fig. 84.) 150642.

Snowshoes.—Made of wood with thongs of bear skin. These are worn with the shoes of
fish-skin [No. 150637] or with much more comfortable boots made of hide and fur,
(See Pl. xcvit.) Ainos of Bekkai, Yezo, 1883. 150643

Sandals.—Shutukeri. Very rudely made of walnut bark, secured to the foot with
cords of bark, (See Pl. xcvi1.) Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1388. 150644

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 493

Leggins.—“‘ Hos.” Made of Japanese blue cotton cloth, embroiderea with cotton
yarn. Lined with white cotton cloth, Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150645
Leggins.—‘‘ Hos.” Made of Japanese white striped cotton cloth bound with blue-
black and embroidered on the latter with light-blue yarn. Ainos of Piratori,

Yezo, 1588. 150646
Leggins.—“ Hos.” Made of ohiyo, elm-bark cloth, bound with Japanese black cot-
ton cloth. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1838. 150647
Leggins.—‘‘ Hos.” Made of ohiyo, elm-bark cloth, embroidered with cotton. Ainos
of Piratori, Yezo, 1838. 150648
Leggins.—‘‘ Hos.” Made of Japanese cotton cloth, embroidered. Ainos of Yezo,
1888. 150649

Ball of Ohiyo thread.—Made )y splitting the bark of the elm tree, Ulmus montana, and
tying the ends of the filaments together. Used for weaving cloth for coats, leg-

gins, belts, ete. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1888. 150650
Braided cord.—Made of the bark of shiua-no-ki, Tilia cordata. Ainos of Piratori,
Yezo, 1888. ; 150651
Bark.—Called tamunki-no-kawa. Apparently itis the common ohiyo bark, Ainosof
Abashiri, Yezo, 1888. 150652

Dyed bark.—Bark of Tilia cordata (Jap. shina-no-ki). Much used for the colored parts
of mats, carrying bags, etc. The brown color is produced by soaking the bark in
water with bark of Hsculus turbinata, the black in the same manner with Alnus

maritima. Ainos of Uragawa, Yezo, 1888. 150653
Linden bark.—Bark ofTilia cordata. Much used for cords, fish nets, etc., and for the
colored parts of mits. Ainos of Uragawa, Yezo, 1833. 150654
Branches of the Linden.—The wood from which the bark is stripped for making cords,
etc. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150655
Straw bag.—A small bag, about 12 inches by 9, very rudely made. Used for gather-
ing roots and other articles for food. Ainos of Uragawa, Yezo, 1858. 150656

Small bag.—Made of the rush Scirpus maritimus, the top bound with blue and white
cotton cloth, of which the handle is also made. About 6 inches square. Ainos

of Uragawa, Yezo, 1588. 150657
Ohiyo branches.—Small branches of the-ohiyo tree, Ulmus montana, the bark of which
is used for making the native cloth. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1888. 150658

Ohiyo coat.—The usual form of girment, patterned after the Japanese. Made of
ohiyo, elm-bark cloth, bound all around with blue-black Japanese cotton cloth.

Not embroidered. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150659
Ohiyo coat. —Similar to 150659. The cloth has narrow longitudinal stripes of white
cotton yarn. Not embroidered. Ainos of Yezo, 1288. 150660

Ohiyo coat.—The usual form of garment, elaborately embroidered in characteristic
patterns. The body of the garment is made of elm-bark cloth, over which
Japanese blue-black cotton is stitched in parts, and on this the pattern is em-
broidered. Such coats are only worn on special occasions. Ainos of Yezo, 1888.

150661

Fish spear.—A small spear with the shaft cut short. A curved, hook-like piece of
iron fits loosely in the side of the shaft, attached to a cord which passes through
the shaft, near the end. When a fish is struck the iron turns over, hooks into
the flesh, andhangs by the rope. Ainos of Piratori, 1888. (See Fig. 85.) 150662

Saké cup, stand, and stick.—Made of lacquered wood by the Japanese. A form in
universal use among the Ainos for drinking Japanese saké, of which they drink
great quantities whenever they can get it. The stick resting on top of the cup
(150664) is used to throw drops of the liquor as offerings to the gods, and to raise
the moustache while drinking. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. (See Fig. 77.) 150663

Moustache stick.—Used to make libations of saké to the gods, and also to raise the
moustache while drinking saké. Ainos of Yezo, 1838. (See Fig. 77.) 150664

-

494 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Ohiyo cloth. Woven of the bark of the obiyo or mountain elm, Ulmus montana, with
stripes of blue and bright colored cotton. A very strong durable cloth which
has been in universal use by the Ainos, but which is now being replaced by the
more comfortable Japanese cotton fabrics. Width, 13 inches. Ainos of Yezo,
1888. 150665

Loom.—With warp of elm bark and a small piece of cloth woven, showing the reed,
shuttle, beater, etc. Weaving is usually done by the women, who sit on the
floor and stretch the warp from the beams of the house. (See Fig. 82.) <A
similar loom arranged for use is shown in the section of textiles. Ainos of Yezo,
1882. 150666

Ohiyo belt.—Belt woven of elm bark on a small loom made for the purpose. Used
as a belt outside the coat. Length, 8 feet; width, 1inch. Ainos of Shari, Yezo,

1882. 150667
Bark water bucket and dipper.—Made of birch bark. Used for holding water. (See
Fig. 73.) Ainos of Yezo, 18:8. 150668
Bark basket.—Made of ohiyo bark with handle of the same bark twisted. Ainos of
Piratori, Yezo, 1888. ; 150669
Wooden ladle.—‘‘ Kasup.” A large ladle used for dipping food from the kettle. Ainos
of Piratori, Yezo, 1838. 150670
Ohiyo belt.—Made of the ohiyo or elm bark, with stripes of colored cotton. Ainos of
Yezo, 1888. 150671
Conical bark bag.—Made of the bark of the linden tree. <Ainos of Piratori, Yezo,
1883. 150672

Bark dish for fish.—Very rudely made by binding the bark into the form of a deep
dish and tying the ends with bark rope between short sticks to preserve the

shape. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1388. 150673
Bark dipper.—Made of birch bark, with a wooden handle. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo,
1888. 150674

Spear.—A two-pronged spear used for spearing seals or large fish, salmon, ete. The
two points of sheet iron, sharpened, are set in barb-shaped pieces of hard wood,
which fit loosely over the ends of the prongs of the shaft, and are held in place
by the tension of the bark rope, to which they are securely attached. When the

* weapon strikes the barbs enter the flesh and become detached from the shaft, but
they are securely held by the line until the animal is killed or exhausted. The
points are sometimes poisoned. (See Vig. 85.) Ainos of Abashira, Yezo, 1886.

Length of shaft 15 feet. 150675
Small bag.—Made of the rush Scirpus, with a cord to swing over the shoulder. Ainos
of Yezo, 18=8, 150676

Ohiyo bark.—The bark of the mountain elm, Ulmus montana, used principally for
making cloth for clothing. The specimens show how the bark readily splits into
numerous thin, broad bands or layers, from which long, narrow threads for weay-
ing are drawn, tied end to end, and wound into balls like 160650. Ainos of Yezo,

1888. 150677
Dried salmon.—F ish cut into long strips and dried over the smoky fire in the house.
Ainos of Shari, Yezo, 1888. 150678

Carrying band.—A braided band of ohiyo, used for carrying children and loads on the
back. The broad middle part is placed on the forehead, and the ends tied under
the burden on the back. Three specimens. (See also 150757.) Ainos of Yezo,
1888. 150679, 150680, 150683

This system of carrying children and loads is universal. The women carry large wooden tubs of
water on their backsin thismanner. (See Plate cy.)

Tobacco pipe.—A pipe 3 feet in length, the usual form, but of very unusual size.
Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150681

Hoe.—¥Fashioned from a branch of a tree, the blade being formed by sharpening the
stub of the main branch. An extremely rude instrument. Ainos of Yezo, 1888.

150682

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 495

Carrying bag.—Similar to 150676, but larger, made of the rash Scirpus, with brown

parts of dyed bark, the ends of ohiyo cloth. Ainos of Yezo, 1883. 150684
Wooden dish.—Octagonal in shape, about 12 inches wide by 24 inches deep inside, cut
out of asingle block of wood. Ainos of Yezo, 1838, 150685
Wooden bowl.—Circular, excavated from a block of wood, about 10 inches in diameter
by 3 inches deep. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150686
Cloth mitts.—Mittens made of Japanese cotton cloth. They cover the wrist and back
of the hands only. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150688

Ceremonial head dress.—A band of dyed bark, braided, about 2 inches wide, to put on
the head. Around the outside a band of white, curled shavings pass, with the
free ends behind. In front a rude wooden figure, perhaps representing the head
of a bear. Squares of purple cloth hang down all around the lower edge. Used
by the men when dancing. (See Fig. 87.) Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1883. 150687

Apron.—Made of ohiyo cloth and Japanese blue cotton cloth, embroidered with light-
blue cotton yarn. Worn by the women. Ainos of Abashiri, Yezo, 1588. 150689

Inao.—A whittled stick nade of willow wood with long, curled shavings hanging
down from near the upper end. The lowerend sharpened to stick in the ashes of
the fire-place or in the ground, Rather more than half way up a few shavings
curling upwards on one side, Length, 30 inches. Inao represents the gods, to
which prayers are offered. They are found in every house in the corner sacred
to the house god, and in the fire-place where the fire god is worshipped. (See
Vig. 86.) Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150690

TInao.—A whittled willow stick with pendant shavings, like 150690, but smaller, and
stick plain below with short, curled shavings at the top. Length, 17 inches.
Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150691

Inao.—A willow stick with pendant shavings, similar to 150690 and 150691, and used
for the same purposes. Length, 30 inches. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150692

Broiling sticks.—Stuck in the ashes of the fire-place with fish spitted upon them for
broiling. Ainos of Yezo, 1883. 150693

Tobacco box and stick.—The box has a lid held in place by the cord which passes
through holes down both sides and across the bottom, ending above ina knot at
the back of the stick. The stick is thrust in the girdle when traveling. Box
and stick carved in native designs. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150694

Moustache sticks.—Carved flat sticks of wood, plain or lacquered, used to raise the
moustache when drinking saké, and for throwing drops of saké as libations to
the gods. The lacquered sticks are undoubtedly old. They are covered with
Aino designs, but the lacquering is probably Japanese work. Length, about 13

inches. (See Fig. 77.) Ainos of Shari, Yezo, 1588. 150695-150699
Parts of an dino loom.—The essential parts of a loom used for weaving ohiyo-bark
cloth. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150700

Shell for lamp.—A shell of the Pecten used to hold oil and a small wick, to serve as a
lamp. The shell is supported on the end of a three-forked stick set up in the fire-
place. The wick is the pith ofa plant, sometimes a bit of twisted bark fiber.
Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150701

Tobacco box and stick.—Similar to 150694, but much larger. Probably quite an old
box. Wires for cleaning the pipe attached to,the cord. (See Fig. 79). Ainos of

Yezo, 1888. 150702
Tobacco box and stick.—Similar to 150694. Ainos of Yeterof, 1888. 150703
Red lacquer cup.—Used for saké. Made by the Japanese. Ainosof Yezo, 1888.

150704

Large knife and case.—The knife was obtained from the Japanese. The wooden case
is of native workmanship, made in two pieces, bound together with bark, the
outside elaborately carved. (See lig. 76.) Ainos of Yeterof, 1888. 150705

Bead necklace and copper ornament.—Worn by women. The beads are of glass, blue
and white, strung ona cord, The thin copper plate bears a stamped or ham-
mered figure of a person seated on some mythic animal, with leaves of palms

496 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

about. The beads are of Japanese manufacture, the plate of unknown origin.
Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150706

The women are unwilling to part with their beads, which they seem to value
either as heirlooms or as sacred treasures. Six dollars was once refused for
a string smaller than this, although the people are extremely poor. All
such ornaments have been obtained by trade with the Japanese, and many
of them seem to be quite old. (A similar necklace shown in Pl. xc.)

Larrings.—Made of silver, with blue glass beads. Worn by the womer. Specimens
are of medium size, 3} inches in diameter, of Japanese manufacture. (Similar

earrings shown in Plates xcil and civ.) Ainos of Yezo, 1838. 150707
Earrings.—Made of white metal. Worn by women; 2} inches in diameter. Ainos
of Yezo, 1888. 150708
Wooden plate.—A round plate with carved pattern inside. Diameter, 7 inches. Ainos
of Yeterof, 1858. 150708
Wooden plate.—A round plate with carved pattern inside. Diameter, 7 inches. (See
Fig 74.) Ainos of Yeterof, 1888. 150709
Wooden plate.—A square plate with rounded corners; inside carved ; 12 inches square.
Ainos of Yeterof, 1828. 150710
Wooden plates.—T wo square plates, with insidescarved. Respectively 94 and 8 inches
square. (See Fig. 74.) Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1888. 150711
Winders for thread.—F lat pieces of carved wood of various shapes, used for winding
thread. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150712
Teacup holders.—Patterned after similar articles used by the Japanese. Made of
wood, carved, Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150713

Cloth neck band and ornament.—A simple band of blue-black Japanese cotton three-
quarters of an inch wide, with button and button-hole to secure it around the
neck. In front a nearly square flap hangs down about 1? inches, on which a
small silver ornament is displayed. Worn mostly by children. Ainos of Yezo,
1883. 150714

Tattooing knives.—Ordinary Japanese knives with blades 3 to 34 inches in length in
plain wooden handles. One of the blades bent near the end. Ainos of Yezo,
1888. 150715
Kaba bark.—Birch bark used to make the soot used in tattooing. The bark is burned
and the soot condensed on a dish held over the flame. The soot is rubbed into
the cuts on the face and arms, giving them a permanent somewhat bluish color.

Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150716
Wooden dish.—Oblong, with rounded ends. Length, 6inches; width, 34inches. Ainos
of Yezo, 1888. 15071
Chopsticks.—Made by the Ainos, who doubtless learned to use them from the Japa-
nese. Ainosof Yezo, 1888. 150718
Needle.—Usea for making fish nets. Made of wood (See Vig.85.) Ainos of Yezo,
1888. 150719

Mokuri.—A musical instrument played like a jew’s-harp, except that the reed is made
to vibrate by jerking the string with the right hand while the instrument is
held in front of the mouth, not against the teeth, between the thumb and finger
of the left hand, the cord pressing around the little finger. (See Fig.80.) Ainos

of Yezo, 1888. 150720
Bark dishes.—Made of birch bark, the edges bound with bark fiber over strips of
wood. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150721

Wooden spoons.—Various shapes and sizes, with long handles often curiously shaped
to represent small branches sharply bent at the joints. Used for cooking and
for eating. (See Fig. 75.) Ainos of Yezo, 1858. 150722

Wooden flat spoons.—Shaped like small spatulas; upper surfaces carved. Used for
eating. Length, about 7 inches. (See Fig. 75.) Ainos of Piratori, Yezo,
1888. 150724

;

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 497

Fish skins.—Two pieces, used for making shoes. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150725
Wooden epoons.—Shaped like spatulas, carved on the upper surface. Like 150723,
but smaller. Used by women. Length, 6 inches. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo,

1888. 150726
Large wooden spatula.—Used as a spoon or ladle to dish out food. Length, 17 inches;
width of blade, 3 inches. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1888. 150727
Wooden pipe.—A short pipe withstem carved. Length,9inches. Ainos of Yezo, 1888.
(See Fig. 78. ) 150728
Knife and case.—The blade of Japanese manufacture. The carved case made by the
Ainos. (See Fig.76.) Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150729
Two knife cases.—Well carved in peculiar designs. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. (See Fig. 76.)
150731
Wooden mallet.—Formed of a branch and a portion of the main stem, which together
make a naturally shaped hammer. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150732
Wooden pipes.—Usual form. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. (See Fig. 78) 150733, 150734
Bead necklace.—Made of colored glass beads and five larger hollow metal beads in the
middle. Made by Japanese. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150736
Small loom.—Used for weaving the narrow belts of ohiyo bark. Ainos of Yezo, 1888.
150737
Bark for mats.—Elm bark, ohiyo, colored brown and black for weaving the square
patterns of mats, bags, etc. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150738
Shikeribikina.—Leaves of a plant dried and preserved for food. Botanical name un-
known. Used-in stews. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150739
Salmon roe.—Dried fish roe, as preserved for winter food. Ainos of Yezo, 1888.
150740

Dried cakes of lily root.—T wo cakes about 94 inches in diameter by # of an inch thick
with a hole through the middle, tied together with strips of bark. The lily is
probably the wha-yuri of the Japanese. Such cakes of various sizes are to beseen
hanging in every house throughout Yezo, becoming thoroughly dried and seasoned
by the smoke and hardened. (See also 150789.) Ainos of Yezo, 1388. 150741

Cakes of lily root.—Similar to 150741, but smaller. Ainos of Yezo, 1883. 150742

String of lily root.—Dried bulbs of the lily on strings. A very common article of
food to be seen suspended in the houses throughout Yezo. Ainos of Yezo, 1888.

150744
Nuts.—The fruits of Trapa bicornis. Used for food. Ainos of Shari, Yezo, 1888.
150743
String of fruits.—Not identified, bulbels of inflorescence from some monocotyledo-
nous plant. Used for food. Ainos of Abashiri, Yezo, 1888. 150746
Flour.—Prepared from some starch-bearing root. Ainos of Abashiri, Yezo, 1888.
150745

Dried herrings.—The fish are roughly cleaned and suspended from the beams of the
honses until dried and smoked. Used for winter food. Ainos of Shari, Yezo,

1583. 150748

_ Slices of pumpkin, dried.—Not a common food among the Ainos. The pumpkin is now
cultivated in the valley of Saru. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1888. 150749
Pukusa.—A kind of food; apparently the stalks of a plant, cut in small pieves,
Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1838. 150751
Pukusakina.—Vhe leaves and stems of a plant belonging to the Ranunculaceae,
Used for food. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1888. 150752
Beans.—Not commonin Yezo. Varieties grown in the Saru Valley. Ainos of Pira-
tori, Yezo, 1888. 150753
Strips of bark.—Used for making the colored parts of mats. Probably from the Tilia
cordata. (See No. 150632.) Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150754
Stalks of the rush.—Stalks of Scirpus maritimus ; used for weaving mats. (See No,
150632.) Ainos of Yezo, 1882. 150756

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——32

498 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Carrying band with stick.—The band passes over the forehead in the same manner as
150679, but the load is supported on a stick about 15 inches in length which is

held horizontally across the back. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150757
Arrow with bone head.—This form not very much used, bamboo heads being most
common. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150758

Arrow and small holder.—The arrow of the usual form with bamboo head, poisoned
for shooting bears. The holder made of leaves of scrub bamboo bound together
with bark. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150759

Stone arrowheads.—F rom various parts of Yezo, found in the ground near the surface.
Made of obsidian and chert. From three-quarters of an inch to over 2 inches in
length. Probably made by the Ainos and used by them within the historic
period. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. . 150760

Arrow poison.—Prepared from the root of the aconite plant. Used to kill bears.
The poison acts very quickiy, and a wounded animal drops dead a few yards

from where he is struck. Ainos of Yezo, 1888. 150761, 150762
Rat trap.—A kind of bow-trap in which the animal is caught between the arrow head
and the frame of the trap. Ainos of Piratori, Yezo, 1888. 150764

Hooked stick.—Used to hold the stew-pot over the fire. The stick is suspended from
the beams overhead by means of a slender rod or a bark rope. Ainos of Yezo,
1888. 150767

Baby carrier..—The band is placed around the breast instead of on the forehead, as
with the Ainos. The child 1s carried in the sling on the back. Kurile Island
natives on the Island of Shikotan, Japan, 1888. 150768

Aconite plant.—The leaves and flowers of the Aconitum Japonicum Thunb’g, from the

~ roots of which the Ainos make the arrow poison. Island of Yezo, 1888. 150769

The following articles are the gift of the Sapporo Agricultural College:

Dried fish.—Salmon dried and salted. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1888. 150770
Wooden spoon.—Rudely carved handle. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1888. 150773
Wooden dish with handle-—This form not observed among the Yezo Ainos. Length,
including handle, 15 inches; width, 9inches. (See Fig.69.) Tsuishikari Ainos,
Yezo, 1888. 150774
Bark fish tray.—A large flat tray of bark, with the sides turned up slightly, strength-
ened with bamboo strips and bound with bark filaments. Length, 18 inches;
width, 12 inches. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 188. 150775
Oblong deep dish.—Dug out of a piece of wood, with a tlat projection at one end for a
handle. Used as a rice bowl. Length, 12 inches. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo,
1888. 150776
Wooden dish.— Wooden dish of peculiar shape; one end deeply excavated, the other
end more shallow, resting on two legs. (See Fig.69.) Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo,
1888. 150777
Japanese short sword.—An old sword, regarded as a precious treasure by the people ;
doubtless a family heirloom. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1888. 150778
Man’s coat.—Made of the ohiyo or elm-bark cloth; embroidered with cotton yarn on
a blue-black cotton ground. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1888. 159779
Woman’s coat.—Made of the ohiyo or elm-bark cloth; precisely like a man’s coat but
embroidered directly on the bark cloth with blue, red, and yellow cotton yarn.

Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1888. 150780
Belt.—Made of ohiyo; rather wider than the belts of the Yezo Ainos. Length 86
inches; width2 inches. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1888. 150751
Apron.—Made of ohiyo, with cotton embroidery. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1888.
. 150782
Leggins.—Made of ohiyo cloth,embroidered with cotton. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo,
1888. 150783
Bow.—A plain bow of the form common throughout Yezo. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo,
1888, 150784

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. 499

Quiver and arrows.—Quiver made of wood bound with bark, having carved projected
pieces along the sides. The formis common to all the Ainos. Arrows with bone
or bamboo heads (see Fig. 84), Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1388, 150785, 150786
Loom.—Four pieces. constituting the essential parts of a native loom for weaving ohiyo-
bark cloth. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1888. 150787
Harpoon.—A barbed iron head, with lateral barbs on the shank, loosely fitted on the
end of a wooden shaft and secured by thongs to a line. When a fish is struck the
head leaves the shaft and the fish is pulled in with the line. Used for shallow-

river fishing. Tsuishikari Ainos, Yezo, 1888. 150788
Fish spear.—A spear identical with 150662, but smaller. Tsuishikari Ainos, 1888.
150788

Cake of dried lily root.—Similar to Nos. 150741, 150742, and 150744, but of slightly dif-
ferent form. Tsuishikari Aincs, Yezo, 1888. 150789
Wooden plates.—Square and rectangular, carved on the inside. Ainos of Yezo, 1875
Collected by Gen. H. Capron. 19416
Wooden plate.—Ainos of Yezo, 1876. Collected by Benj. Smith Lyman. 22256

LIST OF YEZO, AINO AND SHIKOTAN PHOTOGRAPHS OBTAINED BY
ROMYN HITCHCOCK.

Backs of houses, Shikotan.—Showing the mounds of earth over the pits, connected with

the main or thatched houses. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 56
Villagers, Shikotan.—The Kurile Islanders now occupying the dwellings on Shikotan.
Negative by R. Hitchcook, August, 1888. 57

View of Nemuro, Yezo.—Looking over the the town toward the harbor, showing Ben-
tenjima, on which are numerous pits and a shell-heap. Negative by R. Hitchcock,

August, 1888. 58
Poltery.—Specimens of so-called ‘‘ Aino” pottery, from the collection of M. ’Abbé
Furet, Hakodate. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1588. 59
View of Hakodate.—From back of the town, overlooking the harbor. Negative by R.
Hitchcock, August, 1888. 61
House on Shikotan.—The front or thatched house and back passage of the Kurile
Islanders. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 65
Earth houses on Shikotan.—Two detached earth or pit dwellings. Negative by R.
Hitchcock, August, 1888. 66

Aino house, Bekkai, Yezo.—F rom the southeast. Showing a small, conical tent cov-
ered with mats on the south side of the house, in which an aged woman and a
dog were found sleeping. (See page 451.) Negative by R. Hitchcock. August,
1888. 740

Aino house and storehouse, Bekkai, Yezo.—Another view of the house shown in No.
740, from the northeast, showing a storehouse in the foreground and a second
house on the left. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 7AL

Group of fiwe Ainos, Shari, Yezo.—F our women and one man standing at the entrance
to a house,a Japanese on the right. Negative by R. Hitcheock, August,

1888. 742
Aino man and woman, Shari, Yezo.—Standing before the side door of a house. Nega-
tive by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 743

Aino house and storehouse, Shari, Yezo.—A large and well-built dwelling thatched
with reeds (arundinaria). Fisb nets drying on a frame raised on poles. Nega-
tive by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 744

Aino house, Shari, Yezo.—The house has a small aperture just beneath the ridge for
the escape of smoke, and a hole in the roof, closed with a sliding shutter ; also a
lateral projection forming a side room for storage. There is a sliding front door,
outside of which a mat may be dropped down in cold weather. Negative by R.

Hitchcock, August, 1888, 745

a ele

500 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Aino house and storehouse, Shari, Yezo.—This house has a thatched chimney in front
of the smoke-hole under the ridge, but no opening in the roof. The smoke-hole
is larger in houses of this kind than in those like 745. The entrance is through
a passage way in front of the door, which affords protection from cold winds.

Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1838. 746
Two Aino men, Abashiri, Yezo.—Showing the characteristic strong growth of hair on
the legs. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1838. 749
Aino house, Tokoro, Yezo.—Showing the method of construction. Negative by R.
Hitchcock, August, 1888. 750
Two Aino girls, Tokoro, Yezo.—Showing the ordinary dress and the rough sandals.
Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 751
Aged Aino man, Tokoro, Yezo.—Leaning on his staff at the door of his hut. Negative
by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 752

Aged Aino woman, Tokoro, Yezo.—The wife of the man shown in 752. Showing the
tattoo marks on lips and arm. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 753
Aged Aino man, Tokoro, Yezo.—Nude figure, showing growth of hair on body and
limbs. The hair about the breast and shoulders is very long, but the color is not
dark enough to show distinctly in the photograph. Negative by R. Hitchcock,

August, 1888. 704
Aged Aino man, Tokoro, Yezo.—Back view of the man shown in 754, Negative by R.
Hitchcock, August, 1888. 795

Aino canoes, Tokoro. Yezo.—Boats used in river fishing, rudely dug out of a single log.
The form varies in different parts of the island. Negative by R. Hitchcock,

August, 1888. 796
Two Aino women, Abashiri, Yezo.—One holding a child. Good faces, long unkempt
hair. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 757
Two Aino men, Abashiri, Yezo.—Good types of Yezo Ainos in ordinary dress. Nega-
tive by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 758

Two Aino men, Abashiri, Yezo.—One an old, patriarchal Aino, such as may often be
found in Yezo. Dressed in good clothes, he would appear a dignified and wise old
gentleman. The hairiness of the lower limbs well shown. Negative by R.
Hitchcock, August, 1888. 759

Two Aino women, Abashiri, Yezo.—Excellent types. ‘They are both tattooed, but the
blue marking does not show distinctly in photographs. Negative by R. Hitch-

cock, August, 1888. 760
Aino man, Abashiri, Yezo.—A large and powerful man, chief_of the Aino village. A
sleeping dog on the ground. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 761

Main street, Abashiri, Yezo.—A Japanese town on the northeast coast. The low houses,
with roofs weighted down with stones, being characteristic of the whole island.

Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 763
Aino man carrying a water tub, Abashiri, Yezo.—The usual manner of carrying a load
on the back. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August, 1888. 7167

Aino Village, Yezo.—The village adjoining the Japanese town Abashiri. View along
the beach, the houses all facing the sea, only far enough back to be beyond
the reach of the waves in stormy weather. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August,
1888. 768

Beach, and fishing boats, Abashiri, Yezo.—View of the beach within the bar and boats,
from behind the houses shown in No. 763. Negative by R. Hitchcock, August,

1888. 769
House on Shikotan.—Occupied by Kurile islanders. Negative by R. Hitchcock,
August, 1888. 770
Shikotan village.--General view of village from the hill-side on the west. Negative by
R. Hitchcock, August, 1883. 771

Street scene, Shikotan.--General view of the street trom the south, Negative by R.
Hitchcock, August, 1888. 772

THE AINOS OF YEZO, JAPAN. - 51

Aino girl, Urap, Yezo.—Seated in Japanese fashion. Lips tattooed. Wearing large
silver earrings. Kmbroidered garment. Print from a Japanese negative. 782
Aino man, Hakodate, Japan.—Back view, showing embroidered pattern on coat.
Print from a Japanese negative. 788
Aino in canoe, Urap, Yezo.—Showing the form of canoe used in the locality. A bridge
ferry, common on rapid streams. Print from a Japanese negative. 789
Aino bear cage and hedge.—A view at Urap, showing the square cage built of logs and
the sacred hedge with bear skulls on the tops of the poles. Print from a Japa-
nese negative. 790
BIBLIOGRAPHY.

ANUTSCHIN. Materalien zur Anthropologie Ostasiens. Russische Revue.

Aston, W.G. Russian Descents in Saghalien and Itorup in the years 1806 and 1807.
Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan, I (1882), 78-86.

BaELZ, KE. Die Kérperlichen Eigenschaften der Japaner. Mittheil. d. Deutschen
Gesellsch. fiir Nat.- und Vélkerk. Ostasiens. Feb., 1833, 330-359.

BATCHELOR, JouN. An AinuGrammar. Memoirs of the Literature College, Imperial
University of Japan. No. 1.

BATCHELOR, JOHN. An Ainu Vocabulary. ‘Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan, x
(1882), 220-251.

BATCHELOR, JOHN. On the Ainu Term ‘“‘Kamui.” Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan,
XVI (1888), 17-32.

BATCHELOR, JOHN. Specimens of Ainu Folklore. Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan,
Xvi (1888), 111-150.

BICKMORE, ALBERT 8. The Ainos, or Hairy Men of Yesso. Amer. Journ. Science,
XLV (18638), 353-361.

BickMoRE, ALBERTS. The Ainos, or Hairy Men of Saghalien and the Kurile Islands.
Amer. Journ. Science, XLV (1868), 361-377.

Brirp, IsAaBELLA L. Unbeaten Tracks in Japan. London, 1880.

BLACKISTON, T. W. Japanin Yezo. Yokohama, 1833. Office of Japan Gazette.

BRIDGFORD, Capt. R. M. A. A Journey in Yezo. Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan,
Ir (1882), 73-100.

CacHON, MERMET DE. Les Ainos, Paris, 1863. Pamphlet.

CaPRON, HORACE, commissioner and adviser, and his foreign assistants. Reports
and official letters to the Kaitakushi. Tokyo, 1875.

CHAMBERLAIN, Bastt Hatt. A catalogue of books relating to Yezo and the Ainos,
Memoirs of the Literature College, Imperial University of Japan. No. 1.

CHAMBERLAIN, Basit Haut. An Aino Bear Hunt. Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan,
XV, (1837), 126-129.

CHAMBERLAIN, B. H. Reply to Mr. Batchelor on the words ‘‘ Kamui” and ‘‘ Aino.”
Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan, xvi (1833), 33-38.

CHAMBERLAIN, Basi Hatt. The Language, Mythology and Geographical Nomen-
clature of Japan viewed in the light of Aino studies. Memoirs of the Literature
College, Imperial University of Japan. No. 1,

Davipow (A. J. VON KRUSENSTERN). Wo6rtersammlung aus der Sprache der Ainos,
der Bewohner der Halbinsel Sachalin, der Insel Jesso und der siidlichen Kurilen.
St. Petersburg, 1813.

Davis, J. B. Description of the skeleton of an Aino woman. Anthropological Soci-
ety of London, 11 (1870).

Day, Lieut. M. §., U.S. Navy. Trigonometrical Survey Map of the Island of Hok-
kaido, 1875.

DEBROTVORSKY’S DicTIONARY. Ueber den Bau der Aino-Sprache.

DrENING, WALTER. A Vocabulary of Aino Words and Phrases. Chrysanthemum
Magazine, 1881.

Drxon, J.M.,mM. A. The Aino Language. Chrysanthemum Magazine, 1883.

502 BEPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, i890.

Dixon, J. M. The Tsuishikari Ainos. Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan, x1 (1883),
39-50.

DOENITZ, Prof. W. Bemerkungen iiber Aino. Mittheil. d. Deutschen Gesellsch.
fiir Nat.- und Vélkerk. Ostasiens. Heft. 6, 1874, 61-67. (With plate showing
skulls.) [See also Hilgendorf, Dr. ]

ELDRIDGE, STUART. On the Arrow Poison in use among the Ainos of Yezo. Trans.
Asiatic Society of Japan, rv (1876), 73-86.

FuRET. Vocabulaire Aino de Hakodate.

GREEY, EDWARD. The Bear Worshipers of Yezo and the Island of Karafuto. Bos-
ton, 187-. [Illustrated. ]

Hasuisa, Y. Dwellers in pits still found at Shonai. Bulletin, Tokyo Anthropologi-
cal Society, 111 (1888), 152.

HILGENDORE, Dr. Bemerkungen iiber die Behaarung des Ainos. Mittheil. d.
Deutschen Gesellsch. fiir Nat.- und Vélkerkunde Ostasiens. Heft 7, 1875, 11-13.

LyMAN, B.S., and Japanese assistants. Geological Sketch Maps of the Island ot
Yezo. Sapporo, 1876.

Mrix, C. 8.,c. —E. Around the Hokkaido. Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan, xvi
(1888), 151-172.

MILNE, JoHN. Notes on Stone Implements from Otaru and Hakodate, with a few
general remarks on the Prehistoric Remains of Japan. Trans. Asiatic Society of
Japan, Vil (1880), 61-37.

MILNE, J. Notes on the Koro-pok-guru or pit-dwellers of Yezo and the Kuriie Isl-
ands. Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan, x (1882), 187-198.

MILNE, JOHN. The Stone Age in Japan. Journal of the Anthropological Society,
May, 1321.

NicouLal, ELIND. Neue und Wabhrhaftige Relation von dem, was sich in Beederley
d.i.in den West- und Ostindien zugetragen, u.s. w., Munich, 1619.

PrizMaAtIER, A. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Aino-Poesie.

PFIZMAIER, AUGUST. Eroérterungen und Aufklarungen tiber Aino. Vienna, 1882.

PFIZMAIER, AUGUST. Untersuchungen tiber Aino-Gegenstiinde. Vienna, 1883.

PFIZMAIER, AUGUST. Untersuchungen tiber den Bau der Aino-Sprache. Vienna,
1851.

PFIZMAIER, A. Vocabularium der Aino-Sprache.

Rein, J. J. Japan nach Reisen and Studien. Leipzig, 1881.

Ritter, HERMAN. Ueber eine Reise im siidwestlichen Theile von Yezo. Mittheil.
d. Deutschen Gesellsch. fiir Nat.- und Volkerkunde Ostasiens, Heft 6, 1874, 1874,
55-59, Heft. 7, 13-17.

Satow, E. M. Murray’s Handbook for Japan. London, 1884.

ScHEuUBE, Dr. B. Der Barencultus und die Birenfeste der Ainos, mit einigen Bemer-
kungen iiber die Tiinze Derselben. Mittheil. d. Deutschen Gesellsch. fiir Nat.-
und Volkerk. Ostasiens. Heft 22 (1880), 44-51.

ScHEUBE, Dr. B. Die Ainos. Mittheil. d. Deutschen Gesellsch. fiir. Nat.- und V6l-
kerk. Ostasiens, 111 (1882), 220-245 (Plates 1-1x).

ScuRENK, L. von. Reisen und Forschungen im Amurlande, vol. U1.

SIEBOLD, HEINRICH, VON. Ethnologische Studien iiber die Aino auf der Insel Yesso.
Berlin, 1881. (Illustrated. )

SIEBOLD, HENRY VON. Notes on Japanese Archeology. Yokohama. [lIllustrated. ]

SIEBOLD, PH. Fr. von. Nippon, Archiv zur Beschreibung von Japan und dessen
Neben- und Schutzlindern. 1835.

Sr. Joun. The Ainos: Aborigines of Yezo. Journal of the Anthropological Insti-
tute of Great Britain and Ireland.

Summers, Rey. J. An Aino-English Vocabulary. Trans. Asiatic Society of Japan,
XIV (1886), 186-232.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY
IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PART 1I.—_GEOGNOSY.—THE MATERIALS OF THE EARTH’S CRUST.

By GEORGE P. MERRILL, Curator.

INTRODUCTORY.

The history of the Geological Department of the National Museuni
may be said to date from the appointment of Dr. George W. Hawes as
curator in 1880, after the completion of the new building. Prior to
this time, owing to the limited amount of space that could be devoted
to the department in the Smithsonian building, the collections were
necessarily small. They were also of a very miscellaneous character,
the principal material of real value from a lithologic or geologic stand-
point which they were found to contain being a collection of 300 speci-
mens of rocks from France, purchased in 1869 from Louis Saeman in
Paris, and a similar collection of 148 specimens of rocks of Saxony,
received in 1863 from the Royal Mining School of Freiberg, Saxony.
There was, it is true, much material that might have been of value had
there been any accurate data concerning it; but owing to the necessarily
limited time and space that had been devoted to the care of these coi-
lections, in many cases nothing could be learned in regard to them, or
if anything, the information was so meager as to be practically value-
less. This was especially true of much of the material received from
the various United States geological surveys and exploring expeditions.

At the time Dr. Hawes entered upon his duties as curator he also
assumed charge of that branch of the Tenth Census relating to the
quarrying industry of the United States. To this work he gave almost
his entire attention, and the present building and ornamental stone col-
lection is largely the result of his exertions in this direction. Dr.
Hawes’ connection with the Museum was, however, too short to allow
the department to become fully organized, and at the time of his death
matters were still in a state of great confusion owing to the large
amount of material that had accumulated and the extent of the work
undertaken, but necessarily uncompleted. The extensive collections
received from Philadelphia at the close of the Centennial Exhibition

503

504 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

in 1876 were still unpacked and unassorted, as were also those received
from the various United States geological surveys that existed prior to
the present organization.

To the Centennial Exhibition of 1876, the Teuth census (1880), the
United States Land Office and the various United States geological
surveys and exploring expeditions the department is largely indebted
for whatever material it possessed prior to 1882. The time since the
death of Dr. Hawes and the organization of the three departments of
mineralogy, metallurgy, and lithology and physical geology from the
one department of geology and mineralogy as it then existed, and the
very recent reconsolidation of the department of metallurgy with that
of lithology and physical geology, has been too short for more than a
beginning to be made.

The handbook herewith presented is designed to be one of a system-
atic series, dealing as will be observed with but the first of the four
divisions into which the science of geology is ordinarily divided.*

As at present arranged the collections of this division are installed in
what itis hoped may ultimately prove to be temporary cases. Entering
the hall from the east end, from the department of mammals, the visitor
finds the first case of the series, that containing the elements and rock
forming minerals, immediately upon his or her left. In this and all cases
following the exhibits are so arranged that the observer, beginning with
the extreme upper left corner, proceeds from left to right as in reading
a book, each half case representing a page and each row of specimens
a line of printed matter. The drawers in the lower portion of the cases
are utilized for storage of material designed for study rather than
exhibition. <A list of the more important collections contained in these
storage or table cases, as they are called, is given towards the close of
this paper. (See pp. 589-591.)

In preparing the exhibit the idea advanced by Dr. G. B. Goode to the
effect that a museum should consist of a series of labels illustrated by
specimens has been ever kept in mind. Otherwise expressed the Cu-
rator has striven to make the department but a profusely illustrated
text book in which the objects themselves serve as illustrations, and
the text, reduced to a minimum amount, is furnished by the labels.

In arranging the exhibits under their various heads I have followed
SUBSET the plan as laid down in Professor Geikie’s text book,t

* Two haudbooks eee to the economic exhibits of the departinent have already
appeared. The first, entitled The Collectionof Building and Ornamental Stones in
the United States National Museum, a handbook and catalogue, was prepared by the
preseut writer and was issued in Part II of the Smithsonian Report for 1885-26,
The second, entitled Preliminary Descriptive Catalogue of the Systematic Collections
in Economic Geology and Metallurgy, was prepared by Mr. F. P. Dewey, formerly
curator of metallurgy, and will be published as a Bulletin. <A ‘Preliminary Hand-
book of the Department Geology,” in the form of a pamphlet of some fifty pages has
also been prepared by the present writer and was issued as an appendix to the Museum
report for 1888-89.

+ Text Book of Geology. By A. Geikie, 2d ed., MacMillan & Co., London, 1885.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 505

and to which frequent references will be made. A copy of this work
is to be found upon the table in the exhibition hall. In the present
paper, relating only to geognosy, the purely descriptive matter has
been given in considerable detail since the arrangement adopted did
not sufficiently correspond with that of any available publication
to make references in all cases advisable. In the three sections to fol-
low itis not anticipated so large a proportion of text will be necessary,
since it is proposed to follow more closely the arrangement adopted in
the usual text books, and since moreover the objects themselves are
more striking in appearance and their individual characteristics more
readily apparent.

GEOLOGY.

Geology is the science which treats of the earth’s crust and its sys-
tem of development. Physical geology is that branch of the science
which treats of those geological pbenomena which are attributable to
physical agencies, the term physical being here introduced to distin-
guish the department from that of paleontological geology, which treats
of the plants and animals which existed in past ages of the globe, but
which now occur only as fossils or petrefactions.

The science of physical geology has been conveniently divided into
four heads: (1) Geognosy, which treats of the earth’s substance, the
crust, and its composition; (2) dynamical geology, which treats of
the agencies by which changes have been brought about in the com-
position and structure of the earth’s crust; (3) geotectonic or struc-
tural geology, which treats of the structure of this crust, its original
condition, and the structural changes which it has since undergone;
and (4) historical or stratigraphic geology, which treats of the order
of succession of the rocks without regard to their composition or
methods of formation.

I.—GEOGNOSY.—THE MATERILLS OF THE EARTH’S CRUST.

The earth’s crust is composed of mineral matter in various conditions
and stages of consolidation, all of which, whether loose like sand or.

- compact like granite, are included under the general name of rock.

In the accompanying collections it has been found most convenient to
treat this subject under four distinct heads: (1) The chemical elements
constituting rocks. (2) The minerals constituting rocks. (3) The
physical properties of rocks, as structure, color, and fracture, and (4)
The kinds of rocks.

(1) THE CHEMICAL ELEMENIS CONSTITUTING ROCKS.

Although there are sixty-four elements known, but sixteen occur in
any great abundance or form more than an extremely small proportion

a

506 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

of the earth’s crust. These sixteen, arranged according to their chem-
ical properties and the order of their abundance, are as follows:

METALLOIDS METALS.
Oxygen. Aluminum.
Silicon. Calcium.
Carbon. Magnesium.
Sulphur. Potassium.
Hydrogen. Sodium.
Chlorine. Tron.
Phosphorus. Manganese.
Fluorine. Barium.

Below is given a transcript of the labels used in this series.

Oxygen. SymbolO; atomic weight 16: This substance is a colorless,
invisible gas possessing neither taste or smell. It exists in the free
state in the atmosphere, of which it constitutes about one fifth by bulk,
whilst in combination with other elements it forms nearly half the
weight of the solid earth and eight-ninths by weight of water. it enters
into combination with all the other elements, fluorine excepted, forming
what are known as oxides. Thus hematite and magnetite, two very
common ores of iron, are formed by the combination in different pro-
portions of oxygen and iron.

Silicon. Symbol Si; atomic weight 28: Next to oxygen this is the
most abundant of the earth’s constituents. It, however, never oc-
curs in the free state, but combined with oxygen as silica it forms more
than one-half of the matter of the earth’s crust.

Carbon. Symbol C; atomic weight 12: This substance occurs in the
free state as graphite and the diamond, but is much more common in the
impure form of common coal. Uncombined with other elements, it never
exists in either a liquid or gaseous form, but in combination with oxygen
as carbonic acid or carbon dioxide (CO,) itis almost universally present
in the air, rain, sea and river waters. In this form also it constitutes
about one-fifth by weight of common limestone. It is also an abun-
dant constituent of many other minerals and rocks.

Sulphur. Symbol 8; atomic weight 32: Sulphur occurs in nature
ip both the free and combined state. In the free state itis found in~
volcanic regions such as Sicily, Iceland, and the Western United States.
Its usual form of occurrence is in combination with the metals to form
sulphides, or with oxygen and a metal to form sulphates. Sulphur and
iron combine to form iron pyrites or iron disulphide (FeS,), while sul-
phur, oxygen, and calcium combine to form sulphate of calcium or
gypsum (CaSo,).

Hydrogen. Symbol H; atomic weight 1: Hydrogen is a colorless
invisible gas, without tasteor smell. It occurs free in small proportions
in certain volcanic gases, but its most common form is in combination
with oxygen to form water (H,O), of which it forms 11.13 per cent. by
weight. It also occurs in combination with carbon to form the hydro-
carbous, such as the mineral oils (petroleum, etc.) and gases.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 507

Chlorine. Symbol Cl; atomic weight 35.5: Chlorine occurs free in
nature only in limited amounts and in voleanic vents. Its most com-
mon form is in combination with hydrogen, forming hydrochloric acid
or with the metals to form chlorides. It combines with sodium to form
sodium chloride or common salt (NaCl), which is the most important
mineral ingredient in sea water and which can usually be detected in
rain and ordinary terrestrial waters. In this form also it forms exten-
sive beds of rock salt, which are mined for commercial purposes.

Phosphorus. Symbol P; atomic weight 31: Phosphorus never occurs
in nature in a free state, but is found in great abundance in combina-
tion with oxygen or one of the metals. Combined with calcium and
oxygen it forms calcium phosphate, which is found in the bones of ani-
mals, the seeds of plants, and also the minerals phosphorite aud apatite.

Fluorine. Symbol F; atomic weight 19: Fluorine does not occur
free in nature and can be isolated by artificial chemical methods only
with great difficulty. It is the only element that does not combine
with oxygen. It occurs chiefly combined with calcium to form fluorspar,
but traces of it are found in sea water and in the bones, teeth, blood,
and milk of mammals..

Aluminum. Symbol Al; atomic weight 27.4: Aluminum is next to
oxygen and silicon, probably the most abundant element of the earth’s
crust, of which it is estimated to form about one-twelfth. It has never
been found in nature in the free state, but commonly occurs in combi-
nation with silicon and oxygen, in which form it is an abundant con-
stituent of feldspar, kaolin, clay-slate, and many other rocks and
minerals. In combination with oxygen it forms the minerals corun-
dum, ruby, and sapphire.

Calcium. Symbol Ca; atomic weight 40: Calcium is one of the com-
mounest and most important elements of the earth’s crust, of which it
has been estimated to compose about one-sixteenth. it does not occur
free in bature, but its most common form is in combination with car-
bon dioxide, forming the mineral calcite (CaCQO;), or the rock limestone.
In this form it is slighty soluble in water containing carbonic acid, and
hence has become an almost universal ingredient of all natural waters,
whence it furnishes the lime necessary for the formation of shells and
- Skeletons of the various tribes of mollusca and corals. In combination
with sulphuric acid, calcium forms the rock gypsum.

Magnesium. Symbol Mg; atomic weight 24: Magnesium does not
occur free in nature, but is most commonly found in combination with
carbonic acid as carbonate of magnesia forming thus an essential part
of the rock dolomite. The bitter taste of sea water and some mineral
waters is due to the presence of salts of magnesia. in combination
with silica it forms an essential part of such rocks as serpentine, soap-
stone and tale.

Potassium. Symbol K; atomic weight 39.1: Potassium does not
occur free in nature, but combined with silica is an important element

908 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

in many mineral silicates, as, for instance, orthoclase. Granitie rocks
contain from 4 to 5 per cent. of potassium salts, which on their decom-
position become available for plant foods. As a chloride, potassium is
always found in sea water, and as a nitrate forms the valuable natural
salt commonly called niter or saltpeter.

Sodium. Symbol Na; atomic weight 23: Sodium is never found free
in nature, but its most common form is in combination with chlorine
forming common salt, an important ingredient of sea water. Combined
with silica sodium is an important element in many mineral silicates.

Iron. Symbol Fe; atomic weight 56: Iron is the most abundant of
the heavy metals, and occurs in nature both free and combined with
other elements. In the free state it is found only to a limited extent in
basaltic rocks and meteorites, but in combination with oxygen it is one
of the most widely diffused of metals, and forms the coloring matter of
a large number of rocks and minerals. In this form, too, it forms the
valuable ores of iron known as magnetite and hematite. In combina-
tion with sulphur it forms the mineral pyrite FeS,.

Manganese. Symbol Mn; atomic weight 55: Next to iron, mangan-
ese is the most abundant of the heavy metals. It occurs in nature
only in combination with oxygen, in which form it is associated in mi-
nute quantities with iron in igneous rocks or in the forms known min-
eralogically as pyrolusite, psilomelane and wad. As the peroxide of
manganese it occurs in concretionary forms scattered abundantly over
the floor of the deep sea. :

Barium. Symbol Ba; atomic weight 137: Barium occurs in nature
combined with sulphuric acid, forming the mineral barite, or heavy
spar, or with carbonic acid forming the mineral witherite.

(2) THE MINERALS OF ROCKS.

A rock is a mineral aggregate; more than this, it is an essential por-
tion of the earth’s crust, a geological body occupying a more or less
well-defined position in the structure of the earth, either in the form of
stratified beds, eruptive masses, sheets or dykes, or as veins and other
chemical deposits of comparatively little importance as regards size
and extent. Having considered the elements which in their various
combinations go to make up the minerals, we will now consider the
minerals which go to make up the rocks. The collection, it should be
stated, is designed to show only those minerals commonly found m rock
masses, or which make up any considerable portion of the mass of a
rock of any kind. The specimens are selected, not on account of their
beauty or fine crystallographic development, but ordinary forms, both
crystalline and massive, are shown in their principal varieties.

The mineral composition of rocks, it may be stated, ‘is greatly sim-
plified by the wide range of conditions under which the commonest
minerals can oe formed, thus allowing their presence in rocks of all
classes and of whatever origin. Thus quartz, feldspar, mica, the min-

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 509

erals of the hornblende or pyroxene group can be formed in a mass
cooling from a state of fusion; they may be crystallized from solution,
or be formed from volatilized products. They are therefore the com-
monest of minerals and rarely excluded from rocks of any class, since
there is no process of rock formation which determines their absence.”
Moreover, most of the common minerals, like the feldspars, micas, horn-
blendes, pyroxenes, and the alkaline carbonates possess the capacity
of adapting themselves to a very considerable range of compositions.
In the feldspars, for example, the alkalies, lime, soda, or potash may
replace each other almost indefinitely, and it is now commonly assumed
that true species do not exist, but all are but isomorphous admixtures
passing into one another by all gradations, and the names albite, oliglo-
clase, anorthite, etc., are to be used only as indicating convenient stop-
ping and starting points in theseries. Hornblende or pyroxene, further,
may be pure silicates of lime and magnesia, or iron and manganese may
partially replace these substances. Lime carbonate may be pure, or
magnesia may replace the lime in any proportion. These illustrations
are sufficient to indicate the reason of the great simplicity of rock
masses as regards their chief constituents, and that whatever may be
the composition of a mass within nature’s limits, and whatever may be
the conditions of its origin, the probabilities are that it will be formed
essentially of one or more of a half a dozen minerals in some of their
varieties. |

But however great the adaptability of these few minerals may be they
are, nevertheless, subject to very definite laws of chemical equivalence.
There are elements which they can not take into their composition, and
there are circumstances which retard their formation while other min-
erals may be crystallizing. In amass of more or less accidental com-
position it may, therefore, be expected that other minerals will form, in
it may be, considerable numbers, but minute quantities.* It is custo-
mary to speak of those minerals which form the chief ingredients of
any rock, and which may be regarded as characteristic of any particular
variety, as the essential constituents, while those which occur in but
small quantities, and whose presence or absence does not fundamentally
affect its character, are called accessory constituents. The accessory
mineral which predominates, and which is, as a rule, present in such
quantities as to be recognizable by the unaided eye, is the characterizing
accessory. Thus a biotite granite is a stone composed of the essential
minerals quartz and potash feldspar, but in which the accessory mineral
biotite occurs in such quantities as to give a definite character to the
rock. Theminerals of rocks may also be conveniently divided into two
groups, according as they are products of the first consolidation of the
mass or of subsequent changes. This is the system here adopted.
We thus have:

(1) The original or primary constituents, those which formed upon
its first consolidation. All the essential constituents are original, but

oe

* Hawes, the Minerals of Building Stones, Rep. Tenth Census, vol. x, p. 4.

510 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

on the other hand all the original constituents are not essential. Thus,
in granite, quartz and orthoclase are both original and essential, while
beryl and zircon or apatite, though original, are not essential.

(2) The secondary constituents are those which result from changes
in a rock subsequent to its first consolidation, changes which are due in
great part to the chemical action of percolating water. Such are the
calcite, chalcedony, quartz, and zeolite deposits which form in the
druses and amygdaloidal cavities of traps and other rocks.

Below is given a list of the rock-forming minerals arranged as above
indicated; only the more important of these are exhibited. Although
these are sufficiently described as regards their chemical and erystal-
lographic properties in any of the mineralogies, it has been found neces-
sary to label them very fully in order to indicate their relations and
their comparative importance in the rocks of which they form a part.
It is not deemed essential that the matter of these labels be reproduced
here, though the following is inserted as a sample:

MAGNETITE. Macnetic [Ron Ori.

Composition: FeO+Fe.0O;=iron sesquioxide 68.97
Bem Gent. Mon protoxide 21.0B pen cent

Crystalline System: \sometric.

Occurs as an original constituent in many
schists and granites; in the latter usually in m1-
nute crystals visible only with the microscope.
It is almost invariably present in many igneous
rocks, such as diorite, diabase, and basalt, and
frequently occurs in immense beds, forming a
valuable iron ore.

Original minerals. Original minerals—Continued.

1. Quartz. 3. The Amphiboles.
2. The Feldspars. .3a. Hornblende.

2a. Orthoclase. 3b. Tremolite.

2b. Microcline. 3c. Actinolite.

2c. Albite. 3d. Arvedsonite.

2d. Oligoclase. 3e. Glaucophane.

2¢. Andesite. bf. Smaragdite.

2f. Labradorite. 4. The Monoclinic Pyroxenes,

2q. Bytownite. 4a. Malacolite,

2h. Anorthite. | 4b, Diallage,

Ss sig

a #i ae ale

30.

42.

ype

HANDBOOK Fork THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY.

Original minerals—Continued.

. The Monoclinic Pyroxenes—Cont’d.

4c, Augite.
4d. Acmite.
4e. Aegerite.

. The Rhombie Pyroxenes,

da. Enstatite (Bronzite).
5b. Hypersthene.

. The Micas.

6a. Muscovite.
6b. Biotite.
6c. Phlogopite.

. Calcite.

. Dolomite.

. Gypsum.

. Olivine.

. Beryl.

. Tourmaline,
. Garnet,

. Vesuvianite,
. Epidote.

. Zoisite,

. Allanite,

. Andalusite,

Staurolite:

. Fibrolite.

. Cyanite.

. Scapolite.

. Apatite.

. Eleolite and Nepheline.
. Leucite.

. Cancrinite.

. The Sodalite Group.

27a. Sodalite.
27b. Hauyn (nosean).

. Zircon.

. Chondrodite.

. Cordierite.

. Topaz.

. Corundum.,

. Titanite (sphene).
. Rutile.

Menaccanite.

. Magnetite.
. Hematite.

. Chromite.

. The Spinels.

39a. Pleonast.
39b. Picotite.

. Pyrolusite.
. Halite (common salt),

Fluorite.

. The Elements.

43a. Graphite,
43b. Carbon,

|

43.

44,

wo

16.

Sit
Original minerals—Continued.

The Elements—Continued.
43c. Iron.
43d. Copper.

The Metallic Sulphides,
44a. Galena.
44b. Sphalerite.
44c, Pyrrhotite.
44d. Marcasite.
44e, Pyrite,
44f. Chaleopyrite.
449, Arsenopyrite.

Secondary minerals,

. Quartz,

la, Chalcedony.
1b. Opal.
le. Tridymite,

. Albite,
. The Amphibole Group.

8a. Hornblende.
3b, Tremolite,
8c. Actinolite.,
Bd. Uralite,

. Muscovite (Sericite).
. The Chlorites,

5a. Jefferisite.
5b. Ripidolite.
5e. Penninite.
5d. Prochlorite.

. Calcite (and aragonite).
. Wollastonite.

. Seapolite.

. Garnet.

. Epidote.

. Zoisite.

. Serpentine.

. Tale.

. Kaolin.

. Pectolite.

Laumontite.

. Prehnite.

. Thomsonite.
. Natrolite.

. Analcite.

- Datolite.

. Chabazite.
. Stilbite.

24. Heulanaite.

. Harmotome.
. Magnetite.
. Hematite.

. Limonite.

. Siderite.

. Pyrite.

. Pyrrhotite.

512 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
(3) PiysICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF ROCKS,

Under this head are here grouped several small series of rocks de-
signed to show (1) the structure of rocks—the manner in which their
various constituent parts are associated or grouped together to form
rock masses; (2) the specific gravity of rocks; (3) the chemical compo-
sition ; (4) the color, and (5) the fracture and manner of breaking.

I.—THE STRUCTURE OF ROCKS.

A. Macroscopic structure.—It is the object of this exhibit to show all
the more typical forms of rock and structure. In other words, to illus-
trate by means of specimens the meanings of certain words and phrases
in common use in geologic nomenclature, but whose exact significance
or foree is poorly comprehended by the public at large. In this collec-
tion the rocks are divided into four primary groups. That is, they rep-
resent four primary types of structure, each of which in its turn exhibits
a more or less parallel series of secondary siructures. These types of
structure are (1) crystalline; (2) vitreous or glassy; (3) colloidal, and
(4) clastic or fragmental. The first of these (1), of which granite and
crystalline limestone are selected as types (Specimens Nos. 35966 and
26679), are composed wholly of crystals or crystalline granules without
trace of cementing material or glassy matter. Rocks of the second

_ group (2), of which obsidian is the type (Specimen 29631, from Mono
Lake, California), are made up wholly or in great part of amorphous
glass. This structure is confined to rocks of volcanic origin. Rocks of
this class pass by insensible gradations through microlitic, felsitic, and
micropegmatitic stages into holocrystalline forms. Rocks of the third
class (3), the collodial, are completely amorphous, and have a jelly or
glue-like structure. This structure is les: common than the others, and
is found only in rocks of chemical origin. It is illustrated by the silice-
ous sinter (Pealite, No. 28964) from the Yellowstone Park; Semi Opal
from Louisiana (No. 38612); Flint nodule (No. 38012), from the chalk
cliffs of England; and the green serpentine (No. 39038) from Mont-
ville, New Jersey.

tocks of the fourth group (4), of which sandstone is selected as the
type, are compcsed wholly of fragments of pre-existing rocks, the indi-
vidual particles being held together by (1) cohesion, or (2) by a cement
composed of silica, iron oxides, carbonate of lime or clayey matter. A
coarse Triassic rock from Deerfield, Massachusetts (No. 26144), illus-
trates this type of structure.

The exhibit is arranged as follows:

1. Types of crystalline rocks:

(1) Tourmaline granite, Minot, Maine. 35966
(11) Crystalline limestone, Danville, New Jersey. 26679
(1) Granulac structure:
Dolomite, Lee, Massachusetts. 27004
(2) Compact structure :
(a) Lithographic limestone, St. Lonis, Missouri. 26719

(b) Felsite, Marblehead Neck, Massachusetts. (35955

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Merrill. PLATE CXVIII

BN

Fic. 1. Basalt showing slaggy structure. (Cat. No. 35853, U.S. N. M.)
Fig. 2. Basalt showing vesicular structure. (Cat. No. 70592, U.S. N. M.)

WANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 513

1. Types of crystalline rocks—Continued.

(3) Massive structure: >
Diabase, Goose Creek, Loudoun County, Virginia. 28116
(4) Stratified structure :
(a) Limestone, East Conshohocken, Pennsylvania. 26983
(6) Sandstone, Summit County, Utah. 70595
(5) Foliated or schistose structure :
Gneiss, Lawrence, Massachusetts. 26547
(6) Fluidal or fluxion structure :
(a) Quartz porphyry, Milton, Massachusetts. 30946
(b) Rhyolite, High Rock Cafion, Nevada. 35441
(7) Porphyritic structure:
(a) Porphyrite, Shasta County, California. 70594
(b) Quartz porphyry, Marblehead Neck, Massachusetts. 39960
(8) Vesicular structure :
(a) Basalt, Ice Cave, Butte, Utah. 70592
(b) Andesite, Portugal. 37926
(9) Amygdaloidal structure:
(a) Melaphyr, Brighton, Massachusetts. 35940
(b) Melaphyr, Oelnitz, Saxony. 36133
(10) Slaggy structure:
Basaltic lava, Hawaiian Islands. 35853
(11) Concretionary structure:
Kugeldiorite, Corsica. 36054
(12) Dendriti¢ structure :
Limestone, England. 29113
(13) Botryoidal structure:
Hematite, Cleater Moor, Cumberland, England, 36085
(14) Fibrous structure:
(a) Asbestus, Charlottsville, Virginia. 28109
(b) Gypsum, Nova Scotia. 37624
(15) Radiated structure: ;
Wavellite, Garland County, Arkansas. 36104
(16) Columnar structure :
Columnar calcite. 36787
(17) Brecciated structure:
Felsite breccia, Marblehead Neck, Massachusetts. 30952
(1S) Cavernous structure :
Dolomite, Chicago, Illinois. 27508
2. Types of vitreous rock : :
I. Black Obsidian, Mono Lake, California. 29631
(1) Fluidal or fluxion structure:
Obsidian, Glass Buttes, Oregon. 30921
(2) Vesicular structure:
Obsidian Pumice, Mono Lake, California, 29630
(3) Porphyritic structure :
Porphyritic Obsidian, Yellowstone National Park. 28888
(4) Perlitic structure:
Perlite, Schemnitz, Hungary. 36134
_(5) Spherulitic structure:
Obsidian, Yellowstone National Park. 18969
(6) Capillary structure:
Peles Hair, Voleano of Kilanea, Hawaiian Islands. 8902

33

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2

514 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

3. Types of colloidal rock:

(1) Siliceous sinter, (Pealite),. Yellowstone National Park. 28964
(II) Opal, Rapides Parish, Louisiana. 38612
(111) Flint, England. 36012
(1V) Serpentine, Montville, New Jersey. 39038
(1) Tufaceous structure:
Cale tufa, Yellowstone National Park. 72861
(2) Botryoidal structure :
Chalcedony after coral, Florida. 39051
(3) Concretionary structure :
(a) OGlitie limestone, Cache Valley, Utah, 35305
(b) Pisolitic limestone, Pyramid Lake, Nevada. 35306
(c) Siliceous concretions, Yellowstone National Park. 12888
(4) Cellular structure :
Buhr stone, Sebastopol, Georgia. 36051
4. Types of fragmental rock :
I. Coarse sandstone, Deerfield, Massachusetts. 26144
(1) Granular structure:
Sandstone, Berkshire, Massachusetts. 72798
(2) Compact structure :
Sandstone, Hingham, Massachusetts. 30939
(3) Laminated structure :
(a) Slate, Poultney, Vermont. 27183
(b) Sandstone, Fort Collins, Colorado. 39998
(4) Banded structure:
Shale baked by trap dike, Deckertown, New Jersey. 36767
(5) Conecretionary structure:
Coquina, St. Augustine, Florida. 28662
(7) Conglomerated structure :
Conglomerate, Beltsville, Maryland. 25647
(9) Brecciated structure:
(a) Caleareous Breccia, Vituland, Italy. 36109
(b) Siliceous Breccia, Yellowstone National Park. 37924

The following show the types of labels used in these series:
Vitreous Rocks.
VESICULAR STRUCTURE.

Obsidian Pumice.
Mono Lake, California. 29,630.

Collected by G. K. GILBERT, 1883.

&. Microscopic structure.—Shown by twelve transparencies in the
windows.

The circular transparencies in the windows are designed to show the
microscopic structure and mineral composition of the more common
types of rocks. In preparing the transparencies a small chip from
each rock was ground so thin as to be transparent (from ;}>5 to goo Of
an inch), and then after being mounted between thiu slips of glass was
photographed through a microscope and between crossed nicol prisms.
From the negatives thus prepared further enlargements were made by

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Merrill. PLATE CXIX.

2

Fie. 1. Chert breccia cemented by zinc blende. (Cat. No. 72794, U.S. N. M.)
Fic. 2. Felsite breccia formed of felsitic fragments embedded in a matrix of the same composition.
(Cat. No. 25961, U. S. N.M.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. aD

means of a solar camera, the final print being on glass and 1 foot in
diameter; that is, that portion of the stone, which is in reality about
one-fourth of an inch in diameter, is here made to
appear 1 foot in diameter. These illustrations were
then painted by hand, the artist taking his colors
from an examination of the section itself under the
microscope. The colors of the various minerals, it
will be observed, are not always the true colors of
the minerals themselves, but rather the color they
assume when, after being cut at different angles
with their optic and crystallographic axes, they are
viewed by means of polarized light. Such colors
are therefore somewhat misleading at first, but are Augile. Onne.

sets pho ge ar speipieneie Plagiaclase Leldspars
rendered necessary for the purposes of identification «age
and to bring out sharply the lines of separation be-
tween one mineral and another, and thus show the Fig. 89.
structure and composition of the rock. Owing to Moustep tin’ srction
the thinness of the section (which 1s about <4, of an chica end 4
inch) it would appear in ordinary light, 7. e., light
not polarized, nearly colorless or with only dark flecks and faint tinges
of color here and there.

This process of preparing thin transparent sections from rocks and
studying them by means of a compound microscope is of compara-
tively modern origin, having come into general use only within the
past dozen years. Although the practice of grinding down thin see.
tions of fossils was followed to some extent by H. Witham as early as
1831, the importance of its application to minerals and rocks does not
appear to have been fully realized until as late as 1858, when Dr. H.C.
Sorby announced the results obtained by him in examining thin sec-
tions of simple minerals. Since this latter date the progress has been
steady and rapid, and has given a fresh impetus to geological research.

The efficiency of the method is based upon the fact that every crys-
tallized mineral has certain definite optical properties, 7. ¢e., when cut
in such way as to allow the light to pass through it, will act upon this
light in a manner sufficiently characteristic to enable one working with
an instrument combining the properties of a microscope and stauro-
scope to ascertain at least to what crystalline system it belongs, and in
most cases by studying also the crystal outlines and lines of cleavage
the mineral species as well. ‘To enter upon a detailed description of the
method by which this is done would be out of place here, since it in-
volves the subject of polarization of light and other subjects which
must be studied elsewhere. ‘The reader isreferred to any authoritative
work on the subject of light, and to Mr. J. P. Idding’s translation of
Professor Rosenbusch’s work on optical mineralogy.*

This method is of value, not merely as an aid in determining the min-

* Microscopic Physiography of Rock-making minerals, Wiley & Son, New York.

516 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

eralogical composition of a rock, but also, and what is often of more im-
portance, its structure and the various changes which have taken place
in it since its first consolidation. Rocks are not the definite and un-
changeable mineral compounds they were once considered, but are rather
ever varying aggregates of minerals, which even in themselves undergo
structural and chemical changes almost without number. It is a com-
mon matter to find rock masses which may have had originally the
mineral composition and structure of diabase, but which now are mere
aggregates of secondary products such as chlorite, epidote, iron oxides,
and kaolin, with perhaps scarcely a trace of the unaltered original con-
stituents, yet the rock mass retains its geological identity, and to the
naked eye shows little, if any, sign of the changes that have gone on.
These and other changes are in part chemical and in part structural or
molecular. A very common mineral transformation in basic rocks is
that from augite to hornblende. This takes place merely through a
molecular readjustment of the particles whereby the augite with its gray
or brown colors and rectangular cleavages passes by uralitic stages over
into a green hornblende, a mineral of the same chemical composition, but
of different chrystallographic form. This transformation in its incom-
pleted state is shown in the accompanying fig-
ure, in which the central nearly colorless portion
with rectangular cleavage represents the origi-
nal augite, while the outer dotted portion with
cleavage lines cutting at sharp and obtuse an-
gles, is the hornblende. This changeis due to
slow and gradual pressure exerted through
unknown periods of time upon the rock masses,
and the final result is the production of a rock
of entirely different type and structure from

Fig. 90. that which originally cooled from the molten
Avcite ALTERING isto Horn. Inagma. The change such as above described
apehiae is well shown in the two specimens of gabbro

fter Hawes. e . °
We and gabbro-diorite from near Mount Hope, in

Baltimore, Nos. 36754 and 36755. These are both portions of the same
rock mass, but one is a plagioclase hypersthene rock, while the other is
a plagioclase hornblende rock; in other words, one is a gabbro while
the other is now a diorite, although both are chemically identical and
were once mineralogically and structurally identical as well. Another
and very common change shown by this method is that from olivine,
pyroxene, or other magnesian silicate minerals to serpentine. This
change will be dwelt upon more fully in the collection showing the
origin of serpentinous rocks.

This science of microscopic petrography, as it is technically called,
has also been productive of equally important results in other lines.
As an instance of this may be mentioned the discovery that the struc-
tural features of a rock are dependent not upon its chemical composition

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 517

or geological age, but upon the conditions under which it cooled from
a molten magma, portions of the same rock varying all the way from
holocrystalline granular through porphyritic to glassy forms. To this
fact allusion has already been made.

The thin sections from which these transparencies were prepared are
shown in the case. The actual portions of the rock shown in each
transparency is that surrounded by the dark ring in the section.

The transparencies are as follows:

(1) Crystalline Limestone, or marble, from West Rutland, Ver-
mont. Transparency No. 39074.

The transparency shows the stone to be made up wholly of calcite
crystals. Observe that, owing to their crowded condition, none of the
erystals have perfect crystallographic ontlines, but have mutually in-
terfered with one another’s growth, giving rise to rounded and angular
granules only. The striations, cutting at various angles across the
granules, are cleavage lines and twin lammelle. (See also Fig. 93,
p. 045.)

(2) Granite, Sullivan, Maine. Transparency No. 39075. Composi-
tion, quartz, feldspars, and mica.

The clear colorless and the brilliant blue portions are quartz; the
clouded portions sometimes bounded by longitudinal parallel striations
are the feldspars, while the faintly yellowish almost opaque forms in
small shreds near the center are black mica.

Observe that in this case as in that of the limestone the rock is fully
crystalline, but that none of the minerals possess perfect crystalline
outlines, owing to a mutual interference during the process of their
formation. Such a structure is called crystalline granular, or more
technically hypidiomorphic. It is a structure characteristic of plutonic
or deep-seated rocks. (See Fig. 1, Pl. xx.)

(3) Diabase, Weehawken, New Jersey. ‘Transparency No. 39076.

This rock is composed mainly of the mineral augite and a triclinic
variety of feldspar. The clear, colorless elongated forms often showing
a parallel banding are the feldspars, and the large irregular forms of a
bronze yellow and green color are augite.

Observe here that while the rock, as in the case of the granite, is
wholly crystalline, the various minerals have interfered less in process
of growth, giving in part very perfect crystalline forms. Such a struc-
ture is technically called panidiomorphic. (See also Fig. 96, p. 562.)

(4) Serpentine, Chester, Pennsylvania. Transparency No. 39077.

Serpentine is not known in crystals, but occurs as an amorphous
product of alteration after other minerals. The section shows the
characteristic reticulated structure. The interspaces in this case were
filled with calcite and frequent grains of chrome iron. (See also Fig. 6,
Pl. Cxx.)

518 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

(5) Quartz porphyry, Fairfield, Adams County, Pennsylvania.
Transparency No. 39078. Section No. 26377.
This rock has essentially the same composition as granite, but is of
a markedly different structure owing to the different conditions under
which it cooled from a molten mass. The large crystals just below
the center and to the left of the top are of quartz, the one on the ex-
treme right feldspar, while the main body of the rock is made up of an
intimate mixture of these two minerals in the form known as felsitic.
This porphyritic structure is characteristic of a large class of what are
known as effusive rocks, and .represents two distinct stages of erystal-
lization. The large porphyritic crystals were formed during or prior
to the period of eruption, the intratellurial period, while the very fine
grained groundmass is due to a more rapid crystallization after the
flow had ceased. (See also Fig. 3, Pl. Cxx.)

(6) Rhyolite, High Rock Cation, Nevada. ‘Transparency No. 39079.
Section No. 35441.

This rock, like the last, shows porphyritic crystals of quartz in a
felsitic groundmass, the quartz being brilliant blue in the transparency.
The felsitic groundmass, it will be observed, has a spherulitic structure
and also a flow of fluxion structure, giving rise to the nearly parallel
banding extending from top to bottom and which is due to the onward
flowing of the molten lava while cooling and erystallizing.

(7) Hornblende Andesite, near Mono Lake, California. Trans-
parency No. 39080. Section No. 35491. :

This rock is composed essentiaily of the minerals hornblende and
plagioclase, the former showing in opaque red and yellow erystals with
a dark border, while the plagioclase appears colorless or faintly clouded
in large irregular and prismatic forms, often showing a banded or zonal
structure somewhat resembling the lines of growth upon the trunk of
atree. The extremely fine grained brownish portion is composed of
minute imperfectly formed crystals of both hornblende and feldspar in
the form called microlites; hence such a groundmass is called micro-
litic.

(8) Basalt, Bridgeport, California. Transparency No. 39081. See-
tion No. 25663.

This rock has essentially the same mineral composition as the diabase
already decribed, with the addition of olivine. Geologically it is differ-
ent in having been a surface lava flow and of more recent origin. Ob-
serve that the rock is porphyritic and that the groundmass is composed
of innumerable small lath-shaped crystals of plagioclase with a small
quantity of glassy matter in the interstices. This, as in the quartz por-
phyries and liparites, denotes two distinct phases of crystallization.
Structures of this kind, produced by porphyritic crystals imbedded in
a groundmass in part crystalline and in part glassy, are technically
known as hypocrystalline porphyritic.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Merrill. PLATE CXX.

Fie. 1. Microstructure of granite. Fic. 4. Microstructure of porphyritic obsidian.
Fie. 2. Microstructure of micropegmatite. Fie. 5. Microstructure of trachyte.
Fic. 3. Microstructure of quartz porphyry. Fig. 6. Microstructure of serpentine.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 519

The large cluster of blue, scarlet, and yeilowish crystals at the left is
augite, the scattering green, crimson, and brownish ones are olivine,
while the abundant smaller lath-shaped forms are of feldspar (plagio-
clase.) Observe that the olivines and augites, being among the first
minerals to solidify, have formed, as it were, little islands, around which
flowed the still molten magma bearing the lath-shaped feldspars like
logs in a millstream.

(9) Gneiss, West Andover, Massachusetts. Transparency No.
39082. Section No. 26595.

This rock has the same composition as granite, but differs in that its
constituents are arranged in more or less paraliel bands; that is, ithas
a foliated or schistose structure. This structure was formerly supposed
to be due to the fact that such rocks were metamorphic; that they
originated from the crystallization of sediments and were not forced
up in a molten state, as was the case with granite. While it is very
probable that certain of the gneisses may have been formed in this man-
ner, there is little doubt that the foliation in this particular rock is due
to dynamic agencies, rather than to original bedding. (See also Plate
CxxIv and Fig. 94, p. 547.)

(10) Mica schist, Washington, District of Columbia. Transparency
No. 39083.

This rock differs from the last only in the absence of feldspar, being
composed wholly of quartz and mica. Like the gneissitis regarded as
a metamorphic rock and possesses a banded structure, which does
not show in the transparency, owing to the extremely small part of the
rock included.

(11) Sandstone, Portland, Connecticut. Transparency No. 39084.
Section No. 26077.

The mineral composition of this stone is quite complex, but the in-
gredients are essentially those of granite or the gneisses. The colorless
portions are quartz or feldspars, the bright iridescent shreds are white
mica, the brownish and opaque, black mica, while the opaque material
in the interstices is the ferruginous cement.

Observe that instead of a mass of interlocking crystals, as in the
cases already described, we have here a confused aggregate of crystal-
line fragments cemented to form arock of secondary origin. Such are
called classic or fragmental rocks. (See also Fig. 92, p. 536.)

(12) Quartzite or quartz schist. Berks County, Pennsylvania.
Transparency No. 39085. Section No. 26478.

Quartzites result from the induration of siliceous sandstones. In
some cases the granules are elongated and arranged in nearly parallel
layers, giving rise to a schistose structure, as here shown. Composi-
tion nearly pure quartz.

520 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
II.—SPECIFIC GRAVITY.

The term specific gravity is used to designate the weight of any sub-
stance when compared with an equal volume of distilled water at a
temperature of 49 C. This property is therefore dependent upon the
specific gravity of its various constituents and their relative proportions.
The exact or true specific gravity of a rock may be obscured by its
structure. Thus an obsidian pumice will float upon water, buoyed up
by the air contained in its innumerable vesicles, while a compact obsi-
dian of precisely the same chemical composition will sink almost in-
stantly. This property of anv subject is spoken of as its apparent
Specific gravity in distinction from the actual comparative weight bulk
for bulk of its constituents parts, which could in the case of a pumice
be obtained only by finely pulverizing so as to admit the water into all
its pores. This difference between the apparent and true specific grav-
ities is illustrated in the three specimens of obsidian pumice, pulverized
obsidian pumice, and compact obsidian Nos. 39348 and 39348a. The
first, it will be cbserved, floats readily owing to the buoyancy of the air
jneluded in its vesicles; the second glass contains the same rock pul-
verized so that all the air-chambers are broken open and the air escapes.
The rock fragments consequently sink to the bottom, as does the third
of the series (No. 29631), a compact, nonvesicular mass of the same ob-
sidian. Inasmuch as the structural peculiarities of any igneous rock—
as will be noted later—are dependent upon the condition under which
it cooled, it is instructive to notice that the crystalline aggregates have
a higher specific gravity, 7. é. a greater weight, bulk for bulk, than does
a glassy, noncrystalline rock of the same chemical composition. The
property is therefore dependent upon chemical (and consequently min-
eral) composition and structure, and as a very general rule it may be
said that among the siliceous rocks those which contain the largest
amount of silica are the lightest, while those with a comparatively smal
amount, but are correspondingly rich in iron, lime, and magnesian con-
stituents, are proportionately heavy.

IlI.—THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF ROCKS.

This varies naturally with their mineral composition. Itis customary
to speak of rocks as calcareous, siliceous, ferruginous, or argillaceous,
accordingly as lime, silica, iron oxides or clayey matter are prominent
Constituents. Among eruptive rocks it is customary to speak of those
showing on analysis upwards of 60 per cent. silica as acidic and those
showing less than 50 per cent., but rich in iron, lime, and magnesian
constituents, as basic. The extremes as will be noted are represented
by the rocks of the granite and peridotite groups.

The series illustrating the above-mentioned properties are arranged
as below. With the eruptive rocks only the silica percentages are
here given. The results of the complete chemical analysis of each
variety are given further on, in the pages devoted to their description.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 521

STRATIFIED ROCKS.

Renae Specific

G Composition.
gravity. EB

Calcareous :
Compact limestone ......----:-.--.2--ss-26--5-

or
fo?)
S
bo
oo

Carbonate of lime.
Crystalline mimes tomes 222-2 aee ene ee ee

Compactidolomute aoe teen eases sos eee ie se erelee 4 om | eee ye} é
bo. & to 2.95 | Carbonate of lime and magnesia,

Crystallinerdolomitesssess22-ses-2-2 22-2 2-~ a="
Siliceous :
(MESS prea e es seein cin scisia inte Sala paisa leis ciate 2.6 to 2.7 | Same as granite.
ITCEOUSUS AN GIS TOME. eer eice nace aera aia elas ners 2.6 Mainly silica.
SSCHIS Gere ercieria ciel nero miele aiaeimletioraveiamie sie'st arciete scale 2.6 to 2.8 | 60 to 80 per cent. silica.
Argillaceous:
Claygslateancrllite)sesseeeeeeecceceentieees ss cee 2.5 Mainly silicate of alumina.
ERUPTIVE ROCKS
Acidic group : (Bente Grav-) Per cent, silica.
Gromiterer eee a eA Nan Wwe Nees con bells ome it uate ania) | 2.58 to 2.73 | 77.65 to 62.90
SISTA eee eR iene eke) a islet eet rere revere attic Si aiciay siete ate wieeimatalcie 2, 53 to 2.70 76.06 to 67. 61
(OD Siempre saetone mee eens eit a aboddoucghoncucdrSacunpacsasc 2.26 to 2.41 82.80 to 71.19
Oh sidianyp ane ose encn esses sce sees ete eete Maratea o as ciars sjels Floats on | 82.80 to 71.19
' water,
Intermediate group: |
DSC TLL Meester ate oe encicnael a aie eC MAS acer inna Ron cl eiiala aay Aerla wiclatane eveiece 2.73 to 2.86 | 72.20 to 54.65
PIS ACI LO Seton eis eielaness Sle) iahara eel rela iste ms lei aiaatarra Ae chain do et ctdiebrale anata 2.70 to 2.80 | 64.00 to 60.00
ETRY DLO CLAC IViL Oe cite te See resis clei te iste Nee iota one ciel Sjetnls w/o lesmtatel sre eters eras 2.4 to 2.5 64.00 to 60. 00
PANG eSiGel yacise) secs Ee dye ee a tte stam ate a eevtate al niainis eajepare ions sisiamresoiae 2.54 to 2.79 | 66.75 to 54. 73
Basic group:
Bia WASOR ee sees cisk See eciee eee sHoeesosaaeosa sw qoeeibd cobondanntchance 2.66 to 2.88} 50.00 to 48. 00
MSAIS Geese in veers eis Rare wanes mn e ea ate eR at ee ee 2.90 to 3.10 50.59 to 40, 74
Demidatihop Mase ese k et cnn lay a ee ab ed cris oy Bl 3.22 to 3.29 | 42.65 to 33.73
Peridotite (iron rich).......-.... OPE NU oh Ua ah ed se iy eye 3. 86 23. 00
HELI COLE (IMOLEORILE) acre) wee oiecice saath nce soewee eee ce nace gece 3. 51 37. 70

IV.—THE COLOR OF ROCKS.

The color of a rock is dependent upon a variety of circumstances, but
which may here all be generalized under the heads of mineral and chem-
ical composition and physical condition. Iron and carbon, in some of
their forms, are the common coloring substances and the only ones that
need be considered here. The yellow, brown, and red colors, common
to fragmental rocks, are due almost wholly to free oxides of iron. The
gray, green, dull brown, and even black colors of crystalline rocks are
due to the presence of free iron oxides or to the prevalence of silicate
minerals rich in iron, as augite, hornblende, or black mica. Rarely cop-
per and other metallic oxides than those of iron are present in sufficient
abundance to impart their characteristic hues. As a rule, a white or
light-gray color denotes an absence of an appreciable amount of iron in
any of its forms. The bluish and black colors of many rocks, particu-
larly the limestones and slates, is due to the prevalence of carbonaceous
matter.

522 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

In still other cases, and particularly the feldspar-bearing rocks, the
coler may be due in part to the physical condition of the feldspar. Thus,
in many rocks, like the norite, from Keeseville, New York (specimen No.
58744), the dark color is due in part to the fact that the feldspar is clear
and glassy, allowing the light rays to penetrate it and become absorbed.
When such rocks are exposed for a long period to the weather the feld-
spars frequently undergo a physical change, become soft and porous
and no longer absorb the light, but reflect it, giving the stone a white
color. These white feldspars, as has been very neatly expressed by the
late Dr. Hawes, bear the same relation to the glassy forms as does the
foam of the sea to the water itself, the difference in color being in both
cases due to the changed physical condition.

The color of rocks, as may be imagined, is not constant, but liable to
change under varying conditions, particularly those of exposure. Rocks
black with carbonaceous matter will fade to almost whiteness on pro-
longed exposure, owing to the bleaching out of the coloring materials.
Rocks rich in magnetite or free iron oxides, protoxide earbonates, or
sulphides, or in highly ferruginous silicate minerals, are likewise liable
to a change of color, becoming yellowish, red, or brown, through oxida-
tion of the ferruginous constituents.

In the series shown an endeavor has been made to arrange the rocks
in five groups, showing (L) rocks colored by carbonaceous matter ; (2)
rocks colored by free oxides of iron; (3) rocks colored by the preva-
lence of iron rich silicates; (4) rocks, the color of which is due in part
at least to structural features, and the transparency of the feldspathic
constituent; and (5) rocks, the color of which is also in part due to the
physical condition of the various constituents, but more particularly
to a lack of carbonaceous matter, iron, or other metallic oxides. To
this series is appended another, showing the changes in color due (1) to
the bleaching of the carbonaceous matter; (2) to the leaching out of
the ferruginous oxides by organic acids ; (3) to the oxidation of iron pro-
toxide carbonates or sulphides; (4) toa like change in the iron rich sili-
cates; and (5) to a change in the physical condition of the constituent
minerals, mainly the feldspars.

1. Colors due to carbonaceous matter:

(1) Black. Black marble, Glens Falls, New York. 26163
(2) Dark gray. Limestone, Schoharie County, New York. 25909
(3) Blue. Limestone, Murphy, North Carolina. O765E
(4) Dark gray. Carbonaceous shale, Isere, France. 38176
(5) Dark gray. Slate, Savoy. 38194
II. Colors due to free iron oxides:
(1) Dull brown. Sandstone, Washington County, Kansas. 56963
(2) Reddish brown. Sandstone, Rusk, Texas. 30574
(3) Red. Sandstone, Seneca Creek, Maryland. 69283
(4) Red. Quartzite, Rock County, Minnesota. 37407
(5) Light red. Voleanic Tuff, Nevada. 30381

(6) Yellow. Limestone, Wilson, Kansas. 26482

7 a eee

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 523

IIJ. Colors due to iron-rich silicate minerals :

(1) Black. Basalt, coast of Ireland. 37610
(2) Dark gray. Diabase, York, Pennsylvania. 37020
(3) Red. Granite (color due to red feldspar), Otter Creek, Mount Desert,
Maine. 35923
(4) Pink, green spotted. Granito (color due to pink feldspar and green
epidote), Dedham, Massachusetts. 2636
(5) Black. Amphibolite (color due to dark hornblende), Baltimore
County, Maryland. 26857
(6) Dark green. Serpentine, Maston, Pennsylvania. 70109
(7) Yellow. Serpentine, Montville, New Jersey. 69198
IV. Color due in part to transparency of mineral constituents, principally
feldspars :
Dark greenish black. Norite, Keeseville, New York. 38744

V. Colors due mainly to the physical condition of the various constituents and a lack
of metallic oxides or other coloring material.

(1) White. Chalk. England.

(2) White. Crystalline limestone, Loudoun County, Virginia. 38568
VI. Change in colors due to causes above enumerated.

(1) From black to dull red-brown caused by oxidation of magnetite and

iron rich silicates. Diabase. Lewiston, Maine. Twosamples. 70661
(2) From pure white to dull red, caused by oxidation of ferrous carbon-

ates. White limestone. Newbury, Massachusetts. 73037
(3) From dark gray to buff, caused by oxidation ot pyrite and iron pro-

toxide.
(4) From pink to dirty white, caused by a bleaching out and change in
the physical condition of the feldspathic constituent (commence-
ment of kaolinization). Granite. Washington County, Maine. 25873
(5) From reddish brown to gray, caused by a removal of coloring matter
(iron oxide) by decomposing organic matter. Sandstone. Mar-
quette, Michigan. 70659

Luster as a property of rocks does not, owing to their complex char-
acter, possess the same value, as a characteristic, as among minerals.
Nevertheless, as there are certain of the more compact and homoge-
neous varieties which possess characteristic lusters, these may perhaps
be well shown here. The exhibit is arranged as follows:

(1) Vitreous luster....-....- Quartzite ; Obsidian.
(2) Greasy luster-..---.---- Serpentine.

(3) Pearly luster. .---- .. .steatite.

(4) Metallic luster--....-... Hematite.

(5) Iridescent luster... ..---- Coal.

((@)) IDGUN, in© Mme soe ss Chalk.

The fracture or manner of breaking of any rock is dependent more
upon structure than chemical or mineralogical composition. Many fine,
even-grained crystalline or fragmental rocks break with a smooth, even
surface and are spoken of as having a straight or even fracture; others,
and particularly the very compact fine-grained varieties, break with
shell-like concave and convex surfaces, and are said to have a conchoi-
dalfracture. Still others have splintery, hackly, shaly, friable, or pul-
verulent fractures. These characteristics, being of value in determin-

524 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ing the working properties of the stones, are dwelt upon more fully in
the hand-book relating to the collection of building and ornamental
stones.

(4) THE KINDS OF ROCKS.

In the present transitional state of our knowledge regarding the
chemical and mineralogical composition of rocks, their structural fea-
tures, and methods of origin, no scheme of classification can be advanced
that will prove satisfactory in all its details. The older systems which
were made to answer before the introduction of the microscope into geo-
logical science are now found to be founded upon what were in part false,
and what have proven to be wholly inadequate data. This is especially
true in regard to eruptive rocks. The time that has elapsed since this
introduction has been too short for the evolution of a perfectly satis-
factory system; many have been proposed, but all have been found
lacking in some essential particular. To enter upon a discussion of the
merits and demerits of the various schemes would obviously be out of
place here, and the student is referred to the published writings of Nau-
mann, Senft, Von Cotta, Richtofen, Vogelsang, Zirkel, Rosenbusch, and
Geikie, as weil as those of the American geologists Dana* and Wads.-
worth.t Inthe scheme here presented the Curator has aimed to simplify
matters as much as possible, and has not hesitated to adopt or reject
any such portions of systems proposed by others as have seemed desir-
able.

All the rocks forming any essential part of the earth’s crust are here
grouped under four main heads, the distinctions being based upon their
origin and structure. Each of the main divisions is again divided into
groups or families, the distinctions being based mainly upon mineral
and chemical composition, structure, and mode of occurrence. We
thus have:

I. Aqueous rocks.—Rocks formed mainly through the agency of
water as (A) chemical precipitates or as (B) sedimentary beds. Having
one or many essential constituents ; in structure laminated or bedded;
crystalline, colloidal or fragmental, never glassy.

Ii. Molian rocks.—Rocks formed from wind-drifted materials. In
structure irregularly bedded; fragmental.

Ill. Metamorphic rocks.—Rocks changed from their original condi-
tion through dynamic or chemical agencies, and which may have been
in part of aqueous and in part of igneous origin. Having one or many
essential constituents. In structure bedded, schistose, or foliated.

TV. Igneous rocks. Hruptive.—Rocks which have been brought up
from below in a molten condition, and which owe their present stzruc-
tural peculiarities to variations in conditions of solidification and com-

*On some pointsin Lithology, Am. Jour. Sci., vol. xvi, 1878, pp. 335 and 431.
t On the classification of rocks. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoo). Howard College, No. 13, vol.
V.; also Lithological Studies.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 525

position. Having as a rule two or more essential constituents. In
structure massive, crystalline, felsitic or glassy, or in certain altered
forms, colloidal.

The following shows the types of labels used in this collection :

HORNBLENDE-BIOTITE GRANITE.

NEAR Satt Lake City, Utah. 39,095.
Cit on Gyk GirpertT, 1857.

PERIDOTITE: Dunite,

Near WesstTErR, Jackson County, North Caro-
lina. Boel ake

Gift of W. A. H. ScHREIBER, 1887.

QUARTZITE [Novaculite]|.

LeicgH River, Victoria, Australia. 28
AUSTRALIAN CENTENNIAL COMMISSIONERS, I

The inclosing a name in brackets, as [Novaculite] in the last form,
indicates that it has gone out of use, or is a local or popular name of
little value and not generally accepted.

J.—AQUEOUS ROCKS.
A.—ROCKS FORMED AS CHEMICAL PRECIPITATES.

This comparatively small though by no means unimportant group of
rocks comprises those substances which, having once been in acondition
of vapor or aqueous solution, have been deposited as rock masses either
by cooling, evaporation, by a diminution of pressure, or by direct chem-
ical precipitation. It also includes the simpler forms of those produced
by chemical changes in preéxisting rocks. Water, when pure or
charged with more or less acid or alkaline material, and particularly
when acting under great pressure, is an almost universal solvent. Thus
heated alkaline waters permeating the rocks of the earth’s crust at great
depths below the surface are enabled to dissolve from them various
mineral matters with which they come in contact. On coming to the
surface or flowing into crevices the pressure is diminished or evapora-
tion takes place and the water, no longer able to carry its load. deposits
it wholly or in part as vein material or asurface coating. In other cases
alkaline or acid water bearing mineral matters may in course of their
percolations be brought in contact with neutralizing solutions and these
dissolved materials be thus deposited by direct precipitation. In still
other instances a substance wholly or in part volatile may, when buried
at considerable depths below the surface, be subjected to such temper-
ature as shall cause it to assume a gaseous state and pass upwards
until a cooler stratum is reached where it is again deposited. In these
various ways were formed the rocks here shown.

526 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

This group can not, however, be separated by any sharp iines from
that which is to follow, inasinuch as many rocks are not the product of
a single agency acting alone, but are rather the result of two or more
combined processes. This is especially the case with the limestones.
It is safe to assume that few of these are due wholly to accumulations
of calcareous organic remains, but are in part, at least, chemical pre-
cipitates, as is well illustrated by the oolitic varieties.

According to their chemical nature the group is divided into (1) Ox-
ides, (2) Carbonates, (3) Silicates, (4) Sulphur, Sulphides, and Sul-
phates, (5) Phosphates, (6) Chlorides, and (7) the Hydrocarbon Com-
pounds.

(1) OxtDES.—Here are shown those rocks consisting essentially of
oxygen combined with a base, though usually otber constituents are
present as impurities.

(a) Red hematite. Specular iron ore, Iron sesquioxide Fe, O;=iron
70 per cent., oxygen 30 per cent. This is a fibrous, scaly, or massive
rock of a black, brownish, or blood-red color, and which consists essen-
tially of iron oxide, but often carries more or less clayey and siliceous
matter. It occurs in extensive beds among the older formations of the
earth’s crust and forms a valuable ore of iron. Itis represented in the
series by but a few characteristic specimens. The visitor is referred to
the ore collections for a more complete series of these and of the limon-
ites which follow.

(b) Limonite. Brown hematite. Iron sesquioxide plus water. (Fe, O,
+ aq.): An earthy or compact dark brown, black, or ocherous-yellow
rock, containing, when pure, about two-thirds its weight of pure iron.
It occurs in beds, veins, and concretiouary forms, associated with rocks
of all ages, and forms a valuabl ore of iron. (See Fig. 1, Pl. Cxxi1.)
On the bottoms of lakes, bogs, and marshes it oftens forms in exten-
sive deposits, where it is known as bog iron ore. The formation of these
deposits, as described by Dr. Hunt,* is as follows: Iron is widely dif-
fused in rocks of all ages, chiefly in the form of (1) the protoxide which
is readily soluble in waters impregnated with carbonic or other feeble
acids, or (2) the peroxide which is insoluble in the same liquids. Water
percolating through the soils becomes impregnated with these acids
from the decomposing organie matter, and then dissolves the iron pro-
toxide with which it comes in contact. On coming to the surface and
being exposed to the air as in a stagnant lake or marsh, this dissolved
oxide absorbs more oxygen, becoming converted into the insoluble ses-
guioxide and floats on the surface as an oil-like iridescent scum. Finally
it sinks to the bottom, where it gradually becomes aggregated as a
massive iron ore. This same ore may also form through the oxidation
of pyrite or beds of ferrous carbonate. At the Katahdin Iron Works
in Piscataquis County, Maine, the pyrite as it oxides is brought to the
surface by water and deposited as a coating over the leaves and twigs

*Chemical and Geological Essays.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Merrill. PLATE CXXI.

Fic. 1. Pisolitic limestone. (Cat. No. 35306, U. S. N. M.)
Fic. 2. Oolitic limestone. (Cat. No. 18708, U.S. N. M.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. arn @

scattered about, forming thus beautifully perfect casts or fossils, as
shown in specimen No, 35969.

(c) Pyrolusite, psilomelane, and wad: These are names given to the
anhydrous and more or less hydrated forms of maganese oxides, and
which, though wide in their distribution, are found in such abundance
as to constitute rock masses in comparative rarity. As with the iron
oxides, but a few forms are exhibited here, and the visitor is referred to
the economic section for a more complete display.

(d) Beauxite (so called from Beaux, near Arles, France), is the name
given to a somewhat indefinite mixture of alumina and iron oxides, and
occurring in the form of compact concretionary grains of a dull red,
brown or nearly white color. The origin of the rock is at present some-
what obscure, but it is considered by M. Auge * as a deposit from hot
springs and geysers. The following analyses given by this authority
show the variations in composition :

Per cent. Per cent.

JN ETI! {ASS Geeks ae es EE Sey ects aca tae 69. 30 76. 90
OMBO NIC OS ase treo ar erie eine wales istee eisa ia w RAD 0. 10
“Mien ObnGloaeceeecse (fie ly ote Neue 3. 40 4,00
Silica cee Se PSAs a pit ea ht At aes eects pha Se Ee 0.30 2, 20
\YAVACLICS) Bal ISS ee ea a eae fag se a a ea 14.10 15. 80

The rock is at present represented by specimens from Thoronet,
France (10739), and Floyd County, Georgia (66576 and 66578).

(e) Silica: Silica, as has already been noted under the head of rock-
forming minerals, is one of the most abundant constituents of the
earth’s crust. In its various forms, which are sufficiently extensive to
constitute rock masses, it is always of chemical origin; that is, results
by deposition from solution, by precipitation, or evaporation, as noted
above. Varietal names are given to the deposits, dependent upon their
structure, method of formation, color, and degree of purity. Siliceous
Sinter, or ‘‘ Geyserite,” is the name given to the nearly white, ofteu soft
and friable hydrated varieties formed on the evaporation of the silice-
ous waters of hot springs and geysers, or through the eliminating action
of algous vegetation, as described by W. H. Weed. The specimens
from Yellowstone National Park (Nos. 12876, 12888, 17845, 15965,
28945, 28946, 28948, 28981, 28982, 35521, 36782, 72844, 72845, and 72882).
Teeland (2548), and New Zealand (70338, 70340, and 70341), are charac-
teristic.

Opal and semi-opal are also hydrous forms of silica occurring in veins
and pockets in a variety of rocks. These varieties are shown in speci-
mens from the Yellowstone National Park (36159); Buffalo Peaks, Col-
orado (69185) ; Rapides Parish, Louisiana (38612) ; Mexico (47985), and
Hungary (6963). The variety known as wood opal, formed by the silici-
fication of wood, is shown in No. 37042 from Wyoming, and in the two
pieces from the Pliocene beds on the Madison River, Gallatin County,
Montana (38567).

* Bulletin Geological Society of France, 3d, xvi, 1888, No. 5, p. 345,

528 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Jasper is a dull or bright red or yellow variety of silica containing
alumina, and owing its color to iron oxides. Characteristic forms are
shown in specimens from Colorado and Montana (10374, 10397, and
35572).

Chalcedony is a translucent, massive variety occurring mainly in
cavities in older rocks where it has been deposited by infiltration. The
specimens from Montana (38605) and Cuba (36146) are common forms.
No. 70064 from Webster, Jackson County, North Carolina, is a cellular
variety formed in seams in dunite rocks during the decomposition of
the olivine; No. 36051 and 36140 are somewhat similar varieties from
Sebastopol, Georgia, and Jonarre, France, used for buhrstones in
erinding grain. Specimens 35599 and 36010 from Wyoming and Colo-
rado are silicified woods partaking of the character of chalcedony rather
than opal, as in the cases above mentioned.

Flint is a variety of chalcedony formed by segregation in chalky lime-
stones, and composed in part of the broken and partially dissolved
spicules of sponges and the remains of infusoria. Chert is an impure
flint containing frequently fossil nummulitic remains (26581), and with
sometimes an oolitic structure; odlitic varieties, such as that from Cen-
tre County, Pennsylvania (70606) are not common. The variety flint
is shown by a characteristic sample from the English chalk beds
(36012). The cherts are illustrated by specimens from Kansas (26581);
Missouri (17598); Texas (70429); Nevada (21762), and Pennsylvania
(70127).

The name novaculite is frequently given to very fine grained and
compact quartz rocks, such as are suitable for hones. As commonly
used the name is made to include rocks of widely different origin, some
of which are evidently chemical precipitates, while others are indurated
elastic or schistose rocks. Here are placed the well known ‘ novacu-
lites” of Arkansas, which are considered by authorities to be altered
cherts (specimens 4307, 27833, and 39109).

Quartz is a massive form of crystalline silica occurring in veins, dis-
seminated granules, and pockets in rocks of all kinds and all ages. It
is often colored pink or reddish by iron oxides. Many other varieties
of silica occur, but are not sufficiently abundant to constitute rock
masses, and are to be found in the collection of the mineral department.
It is represented here by specimens from Auburn, Maine (37613); Bed-
ford, New York (36058); Lake Superior, Michigan (4260); Sawatch
Mountains, Colorado (35896); Godhaven, Greenland (34947); Brazil
(4092), and Freiberg, Saxony (3836).

Lydian stone is an exceedingly hard impure quartz rock of a black
color and splintery fracture. It was formerly much used in testing the
purity of precious metals. (Specimen 3820 from Frankenberg, Saxony.)

(2) CARBONATES.—Water carrying small amounts of carbonic acid
readily dissolves the calcium carbonate of rocks with which it comes
in contact, taking it up in the form of bicarbonate; on evaporation this

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 529

is again deposited as carbonate. In this way are formed numerous and
at times extensive deposits, tu which are given varietal names depend-
ent upon their structure and the special conditions under which they
originated. Cale sinter or tufa is a loose friable deposit made by
springs and streams either by evaporation or through intervention of
algous vegetation.* Such are often beautifuily arborescent and of a
snow-white color, as seen in specimens 12882, 72871, and 72876, from the
Mammoth Hot Springs of the Yellowstone National Park. Somewhat
similar deposits are shown from springs in Virginia (35759); California
(29637); Mexico (37787), and New Zealand (70335). Others. like those
from Niagara Falls, New York, and Soda Springs, Idaho (56107, 39136),
were formed by the deposition of the lime on leaves and twigs, form-
ing beautifully perfect casts of these objects.

Tufa deposits of peculiar imitative shapes have been described by
Mr. I. C. Russell of the U.S. Geological Survey, as formed by the evap-
oration of the waters of Pyramid Lake, Nevada (35260), See, also, col-
lection from Lake Lahanton, Nevada, in floor upright case). Oolitic
and pisolitic limestones are so called on account of their rounded fish-
egg-like structure, the word oolite being from the Greek word woy, an
egg. (See Pl. cxxt.) These arein part chemical and in part mechanical
deposits. The water in the
lakes and seas in which they
were formed became so satu-
rated that the lime was depos-
ited in concentric coatings about
the grains of calcareous sand on
the bottom, and finally the little
granules thus formed became
cemented into firm rock by the
further deposition of lime in the
interstices. This structure will
be best understood by reference
to Fig.91. Samples are shown
such as are now forming in Pyr-
amid Lake, Nevada (No. 35378); pene
Cache Valley, Utah (35305 and Fig. 91.

and 35306) ; Great Salt Lake, MICRO-STRUCTURE OF OOLITIC LIMESIONE.
Utah (35379), and Key West, Sere ere aes

Florida (18708), and from other geological formations of America and
Kurope (Nos. 36115 and 36960). Only those which are largely chem-
ical are here shown; others are to be found in the group of stratified
rocks.

Travertine is a compact and usually crystalline deposit formed, like
the tufas, by waters of springs and streams. The travertines are often

*See Mr. Weed’s paper on the Formation of Travertine and Siliceous Sinter, Annual
Report United States Geological Survey for 1887-88,

_ H, Mis. 129, pt, 2——34

530 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

beautifully veined and colored by metallic oxides and form some of the
finest marbles (Specimen 39071 from Mexico; 38445 from Suisin City,
California; 37269, Idaho; and 38811, Tivoli, Rome, Italy. See, also, col-
lection of building and ornamental stones).

Stalactite and stalagmite are the names given to the deposits formed
from the roofs and on the floors of caves; shown by specimens from
the rock of Gibralter (36769 and 38444) and from the Luray Caves in
Virginia (35549). See also floor upright case on north side of hall.

Magnesite, a carbonate of magnesia, occurs frequently as a secondary
mineral in the form of veins in serpentinous rocks (specimens 70158
from Lancaster County, Penn sylvania; 70678, Wells Island, New York;
and 28464, Victoria, Australia).

Rhodochrosite, a carbonate of manganese, sometimes occurs in rock
masses, but is founil most commonly in the form of veins associated
with ores of silver, lead, or copper (specimen 26745 from Walkerville,
Montana). Another carbonate, less common than that of lime, but
which sometimes occurs in such quantities as to constitute true rock
masses, is siderite, or carbonate of iron. A common form of this is dull
brownish or nearly black in color, very compact and impure, containing
varying amounts of calcareous, clayey and organic matter. In this con-
dition it is found in stratified beds and in the shape of rounded and
oval nodules, or conecreticns, which are called “ clay-iron-stone” nodules,
‘“ septaria,” and “ spheerosiderite” (specimen 12840 from Wakonda, Kan-
sas; see, also, Fig. 2, Pl. cxxit). These septarian nodules are often
beautifully veined with calcite (see concretion collection). Other forms
of siderite, like those from Connecticut (36105) and Saxony (3810 and
39073), are massive, coarsely crystalline, and of a nearly white or yel-
lowish color, becoming brownish on exposure. Pure siderite yields
about 48 per cent. metallic iron, and is a valuable ore. As with the
other ores of iron, but a few characteristic specimens are here exhibited,
and the visitor is referred, as before, to the ore series for a more complete
display.

(3) SILICATES.—Silica (oxide of silicon) combined with magnesia and
water gives rise to an interesting group of serpentinous and talcose
substances, which are often sufficiently abundant to constitute rock
masses. Pure serpentine consists of about equal parts of silica and mag-
nesia, with from 12 to 13 per cent. of water. It isa compact, amorphous
or colloidal rock, soft enough to be cut with a knife, of a slight greasy
feeling and luster, and of a color varying from dull greenish and al-
most black, through ali shades of yellow, brownish, and red. It also
occurs in fibrous and silky forms, filling narrow veins in the massive
rocks, and is known as amianthus, or chrysolite. These fibers, when
sufficiently long, are used for the manufacture of fireproof material, and
the mineral is commercially confounded with asbestus, a fibrous variety
of hornblende (specimen 37645 from Canada). It is very doubtful if
serpentine is ever an original rock, but is always derived from the altera-
tion of other and less stable magnesian minerals, Here are exhibited

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Merrill. PLATE CXXII.

2

Fic. 1. Botryoidal hematite. (Cat. No. 36085, U.S. N. M.)
Fic. 2. Clay-iron stone septarian nodule. (Cat. No. 12840, U. S. N. M.)

_ HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 531

only those which have originated by a series of chemical changes known
as metasomatosis, a process of indefinite substitution and replacement,
in simple miveral aggregates occurring associated with the older meta-
morphic rocks. Such are the serpentines derived from nonaluminous
pyroxenes, like those cf Montville, New Jersey (39038), and Moriah,
New York (70084), and those from Easton, Pennsylvania, derived from
a massive tremolite rock (70109).

Several varieties of serpentine are popularly recognized. Precious
or noble serpentine is simply a very pure compact variety of a deep oil-
yellow or green color (39038). Améianthus, or chrysolite, as noted above,
is the name given to the fibrous variety(37645). Williamsite is a deep
bright green, translucent, and somewhat scaly granular variety, occur-
ing associated with the chrome iron deposits in Fulton Township, Lan-
caster County, Pennsylvania (36041). Deweylite is a hard, translucent
variety occurring in veins in altered dunite beds. Bowenite is a pale
green variety forming veins in limestone at Smithfield, Rhode Island
(36763). Picrolite, Marmolite, and Retinolite, are varieties of minor im-
portance, and may be found in the mineral collections. Serpentine
alone, or associated with calcite and dolomite, forms a beautiful marble,
to which the names verdantique, ophite, and ophiolite are given. (See
Building and Ornamental stones.) The name serpentine is from the
Latin serpentinus, a serpent, in allusion to its green color and often mot-
tled appearance. The so-called ‘‘ Hozoon Canadense,” a supposed fos-
sil rhizopod, is a mixture of serpentine and calcite or dolomite (speci-
men 70434 from Cote St. Pierre, Canada), Those serpentines which
were derived from basic eruptives or complex metamorphic rocks are
exhibited with those rocks with which, in their unaltered state, they
would naturally be g:ouped.

The mineral steatite or tale, when pure, differs from serpentine in
containing 63.5 per cent. of silica to 31.7 per cent. magnesia and 4.8 per
cent. of water. Its common form is that of white or greenish inelastic
seales, forming an essential constituent of the talcose schists. As is
the case with serpentine it sometimes results from the alteration of
eruptive magnesian rocks such as the pyroxenites.

Here are exhibited but a few forms occurring in veins or masses
indicative of an origin by chemical deposition. Specimen 39088 is
a compact variety occurring in the form of veins in the limestones
of Thomaston and Rockland, Maine. Nos. 36135 and 27654 are schis-
tose forms from New York and North Carolina. Rensselaerite is a re-
lated variety from St. Lawrence County, New York (specimen 36117).
Pyrophyllite or agalmatolite is a hydrous silicate of alumina, somewhat
harder than tale, and extensively used in making slate pencils and
small images (specimen 37812 from Mexico and 27562 from Japan).

Kaolin, also a hydrous silicate of alumina, is a chemical product in
that it is a residue left by the chemical decomposition of the feldspars.
These minerals, as explained elsewhere, consist of silicates of alumina,

532 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

lime, and magnesia with more or less of the alkalies, potash, and soda,
and iron oxides. In the process of decomposition these soluble por-
tions are leached out leaving the less soluble silicate, or kaolin, behind
in a condition of more or less purity. The mineral is of great value
for fictile purposes, and a larger number of localities are represented
in the economic series in the southwest court. Other and more im-
pure varieties in the form of clay are to be found with the fragmental
rocks. But a few samples from North and South Carolina (39028
and 70172) and the Yellowstone National Park are here shown. That
from the Yellowstone is thrown up in the form of a thick mud by
hot springs (specimen 12879).

(4) SULPHUR, SULPHIDES, AND SULPHATES.—The mineral sulphur
sometimes occurs in nature in such masses as to be fairly entitled to
consideration as a rock. Its mode of occurrence has been already de-
scribed under the head of chemical elements constituting rocks. In
combination with iron, copper, lead, zine, and other metals forming
sulphides, it is an important rock constituent, and often occurs in beds
or veins of such dimensions as to constitute a valuable ore. In combi-
nation with oxygen and the metals it forms sulphates. Gypsum, the
hydrous sulphate of calcium, is a soft, white, yellowish, or pink rock, re-
sulting mainly as a chemical deposit from the evaporation of sea water,
although, as stated by Geikie (see p. 121), it may originate through the
decomposition of sulphides and the action of the resultant sulphuric
acid upon limestone; through the mutual decomposition of the carbon-
ate of lime and sulphates of iron, copper, etc.; through the nydration
of anhydrate, or through the action of sulphurous vapors and solutions
from volcanoes acting upon the rocks with which they come in contact.
It occurs in beds belonging to various geological horizons, and is usually
associated with clay, rock salt, and anhydrate.

Alabaster is a fine white variety of gypsum used in smaller works of
art. (Specimens 36572 and 38817.)

Anhydrite is an anhydrous variety of caleium sulphate, somneailen
less common than gypsum. Barite or ‘‘ Heavy Spar,” the sulphate of
barium, also occurs in nature, but less abundantly than the caleium
sulphates.

The following localities and varieties are represented:

Sulphur:
Tehama County, California, 30118; Rabbit Hole Sulphur Mines, Humboldt
County, Nevada, 35511 and 35512; Cove Creek, Utah, 35513 (7 specimens) ;
Hell Roaring Mountain, Yellowstone National Park (72877); Murcia Prov-
ince, Spain, 4246; Volcano of Popacatepetl, Mexico, 64773.
Sulphides:
Sulphide of iron. Deer Isle, Maine, 36021.
Sulphide of zinc. Deer Isle, Maine, 36016; Madison County, New Hampshire,
70094 ; Joplin, Missouri, 65262.
Sulphides of copper and iron. Gilpin County, Colorado, 15983; Ascension Island,
72950.
Sulphide of lead, Missouri, 39072; Brittany 6825.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 533

The sulphides although of minor importance as rock masses are of
the very greatest importance as ores, in which collections the visitor
will find a very full series.

Sulphates:

Anhydrite. Isere, France, 38197; Boisset, France, (with gypsum) 38214; Vol-

pino, Bergamo, Italy, 36733; La Graz, Mt. Blanc, 36114; Nova Scotia, 36102.
Gypsum :

Grand Rapids, Michigan, 35590 ; North Ogden Canon, Colorado, 36771; Windsor,
Nova Scotia, 13690 and 37624; State of Pueblo, Mexico (Satin Spar), 37815 5
Argentine Republic, 35531; Galica, Austria, 38317.

Barite or sulphate of barium. Vangueray, France, 38198. Alunite, or sulphate of

aluminum and potasn. Hungary, 36034.

(5) PHOSPHATES.—The mineral apatite, a phosphate of lime as already
noted is a common accessory in the form of small erystals in crystalline
rocks of all ages. It also sometimes occurs in the form of crystalline
granular aggregates constituting true rock masses associated mainly
with the older rocks of the earth’s crust. It is therefore given a limited
space here. The following localities are represented: Apatite mines of
Bamle, Norway, 18873; Burgess, Ontario, Canada, 36128; France,
38143. (See also mineral fertilizers in economic series.)

(6) CHLORIDES.—Sodium chloride, or common salt is one of the most
common constituents of the earth’s crust. From an economic stand-
point it is also a most important constituent. It occurs in greater or
less abundance in all natural waters, and as a product of evapora-
tion of ancient seas and lakes it occurs in beds of varying extent and
thickness among rocks of all ages wherever suitable circumstances have
existed for their formation and preservation. Salt beds from upwards
of a few inches to 30 feet in thickness occur in New York State and
Canada, while others abound in Pennsylvania, Virginia, Ohio, Michi-
gan, and Louisiana. There are also numerous surface deposits of great
extent in the arid regions of the West. The chlorides are here illus-
trated only by specimens from Lincoln County, Nevada (15501); New
Iberia, Louisiana (38461).

(7) THE HYDROCARBON COMPOUNDS.—Here are brought together a
small series of rocks consisting as do the mineral coals of carbon in
combination with hydrogen and sometimes oxygen, and which are re-
garded as products of distillation or chemical alteration of buried
organic matter, both plant and animal. Many compounds of the series
are of a gaseous nature (natural gas, etc.,) and hence not applicable for
exhibition purposes. Severai members of this group are of great im-
portance from an economic standpoint and a more complete display is
given in the room devoted to economic geology (southwest court).

Petroleum is a mixture of natural hydrocarbons, liquid at ordinary
temperatures and with a specific gravity somewhat less than that of
water. In color it varies from nearly colorless through greenish to
black. (See color series in southwest court.) But twosamples are here

534 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

exhibited, one (59867) from Washington, Pennsylvania, and the second
(59853) from Aurelius, Ohio.*

The name paraffine is given to a wax-like hydrocarbon obtained by
a process of distillation from petroleum, and occurring sparingly na-
tive.

Ozokerite is also a wax-like hydrocarbon compound occurring spar-
ingly in seams in rocks and sometimes associated with beds of coal or
other bituminous products. It is used mainly as a substitute for bees-
wax and as an insulator. But two localities are here represented.
Utah (No. 67265) and Galicia, Austria (No. 12908). Asphaltam or bi-
tumen is an amorphous mixture of hydrocarbons, derived presumably
from decomposing organic matter, but belonging to rocks of no particu-
lar geological horizon. It has been found in gneissic rocks in Sweden.
Specimen No. 27832 is from the Niagara limestones underlying Chicago,
Illinois. No. 10678 is from the so-called Pitch Lake on the island of
Trinidad, No. 66590 from Cuba, and No. 59345 from Scotland.

Albertite and grahamite are names given to closely related, coal-
like, hydrocarbons occurring in pockets -and veins, and which are sup-
posed to have originated by the distillation of carbonaceous matter in
the underlying shales. (Specimens Nos. 56158 and 59924 from Nova
Scotia and West Virginia.)

Amber and gum copal are vegetable resins altered by fossilization.
They are used for jewelry (see gem collection southwest range) and in
the manufacture of varnishes.

B.—ROCKS FORMED AS SEDIMENTARY DEPOSITS AND FRAGMENTAL
IN STRUCTURE.

The rocks of this group differ from those just described in that they
are composed mainly of tragmental materials derived from the break-
ing down of older rocks, or are but the more or less consolidated ac-
cumulations of organic and inorganic débris from plant and animal life.
The group shows transitional forms into the last as will be illustrated
by certain of the limestones and the quartzites. They are water de-
posits, and as arule are eminently stratified or bedded, although this
structure is not always apparent in the hand specimen owing to its
small size.

This great group of nonmetamorphic sedimentary rocks is one of the
most important in geological science, since it is by means of the still
unchanged organic forms (fossils) they contain that the paleontologist
has been enabled to study the past history of the globe, to discover the
multitudinous changes which have taken place in the climate, charac-

* Under the title of ‘‘ The Trenton Limestones as a source of petroleum and nat-
ural gas in Ohio and Indiana” (Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey, 1886-87, part 11, pp.
483-662), Prof. Edward Orton gives a most instructive summary of our knowledze on
these subjects, and to this paper those desiring further information are referred.

~—

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 5385

ter of life on land and sea, and the changes in the surface of the land
itself from the earliest time down to the most recent. (See Geikie, pp.
158-176.)

As will be readily comprehended when we consider from what a multi-
tude of materials the fragmentai rocks have been derived, the amount
of assorting, admixture with other substances, solution, and transpor-
tation by streams these materials have undergone, they can not be
classified by any hard and fast lines, but one variety may grade into
another, both in texture and structure as well as chemical composition,
almost indefinitely. Indeed many of them can scarcely be considered
as more than indurated mud, and only very general names can be given
them.

Accordingly as these recks consist of mechanically formed inorganic
particles of varying composition and texture, or of the more or less
fragmental débris from plant and animal life, they are here divided into
two main groups, each of which is subdivided as below :

(A) Rocks formed by mechanical agencies and mainly of inorganic
materials.

1. The arenaceous group— Psammites.—Sand, gravel, sandstone, con-
glomerate, and breccia. .

2. The argillaceous group—Pelites.—Kaoliz, clay, wacke, shale, clayey
marl, argillite.

3. The calcareous group.—Arenaceous and brecciated limestones. The
rocks of this group are often in part organic and in part chemical de-
posits. Only those are placed here in which the fragmental nature is
the most pronounced characteristic.

4. The voleanic group.—Fragmental rocks composed mainly of ejected
voleanic material. Tuffs, lapilli, sand and ashes, pumice dust, trass,
peperino, pozzulano, ete.

5. The ferruginous group.—Fragmental iron ores, hematites, limon-
ites, ete.

(B) Rocks formed largeiy or only in part by mechanical agencies
and composed mainly of the débris from plant and animal life. Organ-
agenous.

1. The siliceous group.—Infusorial earth.

2. The calcareous group.—Fossiliferous and oolitic limestone, marl,
shell sand, shell rock.

3. The carbonaceous group.— Peat, lignite, coals, bitumen, oil shale, ete.

4. The phosphatic group.—Phosphatic sandstone, guano, coprolite
nodules.

A.—ROCKS COMPOSED MAINLY OF INORGANIC MATERIALS.

1. The arenaceous group—Psammites.—Arenaceous from the Latin
arenaceus, sandy or sand-like. Psammite from the Greek Wappitns
sandy.

These rocks are composed mainly of the siliceous materials derived
from the disintegration of older crystalline rocks and which have been

536 . REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1390.

rearranged in beds of varying thickness through the mechanical agency
of water. They are, in short, consolidated beds of sand and gravel.
In composition and texture they vary almost indefinitely. Many of
them having suffered little during the process of disintegration and
transportation, are composed of essentially the same materials as the
rocks from which they were derived. This is the case with the arkose
shown in specimens 39052 and 38135 from Rhode Island and France,
and the red Triassic sandstone shown in specimen No. 70067 from
Colorado. All of these were derived from granitic rocks and like them
consist of quartz, feldspar, and mica. Others, in which the fraymental
materials suffered more prior to their final consolidation, have had the
softer and more soluble min-
erals removed, leaving the sand
composed mainly of the hard,
almost indestructible mineral
quartz.

in structure the sandstones
also vary greatly, in some the
erains being rounded, while in
others they are sharply angular.
Fig. 92 shows the microscopic
structure of a brown Triassic
sandstone from Portland, Con-
necticut.

The material by whick the in-
dividual grains of a sandstone
are bound together is as a rule

Fig. 92.
MibkO CRUG TURE Of SANDSTONE: of a calcareous, ferruginous or
(Portland, Connecticut. ) siliceous nature 5 sometimes ar-

gillaceous. The substance has
been deposited between the granules by percolating water and forms a
natural cement. It frequently happens that the siliceous cement is
deposited about the rounded grains of quartz in the form of a new
erystalline growth converting the stone into quartzite; such are here
classed with the crystaline rocks. (See p. 549.)

The colors of sandstone are dependent upon a variety of circum-
stances. The red, brown, and yellowish colors are due to iron oxides
in the cementing constituent. In very light gray varieties the color is
that of the minerals themselves composing the stone. Some of the dark
colors are due to carbonaceous matter; others to iron protoxide car-
bonates or clayey matter. (See color series.)

Many varieties of sandstone are popularly recognized. Calcareous,
ferruginous, siliceous, or argillaceous sandstones are those in which the
cementing materials are of a calcareous, ferruginous, siliceous, or argil-
laceous nature. The name arkose is given to a coarse feldspathic sand-
stone derived frome granitic rocks. (Specimens No. 38135 from France
and 39052 from Khode Island.) .

WANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 537

Conglomerate or puddingstone is merely a coarse sandstone ; it differs
from sandstone only as gravel differs from sand. (See specimens 25647
and 38199, which are but loosely consolidated gravels; also38512, from
Nantasket, Massachusetts.) The beautiful sample No. 70645 from Dev-
onshire (?), England, is composed of rounded pebbles of jasper cemented
by siliceous matter. in No. 28744, from near Point of Rocks, Maryland,
is shown a Triassic conglomerate composed of both calcareous and
siliceous pebbles, some of which are angular and some rounded, the
rock thus presenting a form intermediate between conglomerates and
the breccias. Sample No. 72795, from the Siskiyou Mountains, is per-
haps rather a pebbly sandstone than a true conglomerate, being com-
posed of large rounded pebbles in a finer grained or sandstone matrix.

Specimens 73080 and 73081, from Gallatin County, Montana, will illus-
trate the fragmental nature and origin of these rocks. Such were
formed near the shore line of a now extinct lake, and show the irregu-
lar admixture of fine sand and rounded pebbles of quartz, feldspar,
and other minerals, such as may not infrequently be seen on the mar-
gins of lakes and rivers of the present day.

Greywacke or Grauwacke is an old German name for brecciated
fragmental rocks made up of argillaceous particles (Specimen No.
38156). The name is now little used. Other names, as flagstone, brown-
stone, and freestone, are applied to such of these rocks as are used
for economic purposes, but which need not be referred to here. Shale
is a somewhat loosely defined term, indicating structural rather than
chemical or mineralogical peculiarities. The word is perhaps best used
in its adjective sense, as a shaley sandstone or limestone. By many
authors it is used with reference more particularly to thinly stratified
or laminated clayey rocks (Specimen No. 36040). Itacolumite or flexi-
ble sandstone is a feldspathic quartzite from which the interstitial feld-
spathic portions have been removed by decomposition leaving the in-
terlocking quartz grains with a small amount of play between them.
The rock is in no sense elastic but merely loose jointed (Specimen No.
11951). (See also larger samples in special exhibit.)

Breccia is a fragmental rock differing from conglomerate in that the
individual particles, having suffered but little attrition, are sharply an-
gular instead of rounded. Specimen No. 37924, from the Yellowstone
National Park, is a good type of these rocks. (See also Fig. 1, Plate
CXIx.) No. 72794 is a chert breccia, the cementing material of which
is sphalerite.

2. The argillaceous group—Pelites.—The rocks of this group are com-
posed essentially of a hydrous silicate of alumina, which is the basis of
common clay. In nature they are almost universally more or less im-
pure through the presence of siliceous sand, calcareous or carbonaceous
matter. They have originated in situ from the decomposition of felds-
pathic rocks or as deposits of fine mud or silt on the bottom of an
ocean, or more rarely a lake or river. The older formations of argilla-

538 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ceous rocks often display a pronounced fissile structure which is due as
a rule to pressure, and in no way dependent upon the original bedding.
Such, when splitting with sufficient ease into thin smooth slabs, are
used for roofing and other purposes and known simply as slates. The
cause of this slaty cleavage will be explained more fully under the head
of dynamical geology. These cleavable rocks have been actually met-
amorphised by the pressure to which they have been subjected, and are
therefore mainly exhibited with others of the metamorphic group. A
few specimens are here placed to show the easy transitions from true
fragmental rocks to the erystalline schists.

Kaolin is a very pure form of the hydrous silicate of alumina, formed
from the decomposition of feldspathic rocks. It is, in its purest state,
as has aiready been explained, a chemically formed rock, a residu:l
product formed by the decay of feldspars and the removal of the solu-
ble portions, the alkalies and iron oxides, by percolating water. It is
used in the manufacture of porcelain ware. (Specimens 34441, 37240,
2879, 36029, etc.)

Kaolin, mixed with more or less siliceous matter, iron oxides, and
other impurities, forms the well known common clay used by poiters,
pipe makers, for tile and for brick making. (Specimens 38162, 27394,
36783, 36042, 37278, 27407, etc.) The names clayey marl and shale are
applied to indefinite admixtures of clay with calcareous and siliceous
matters. Catlinite or “Indian pipe-stone” is an indurated clay rock
formerly used by the Dakota Indians for pipe material. (Specimen
38373.) The name porcellainite has been given to a compact poreelain-
like rock consisting of clay indurated by igneous agencies. (Specimens
36101 and 3809.) The name Wacke is sometimes used to designate an
earthy or compact dark colored clayey rock resulting from the decom-
position in situ of basaltic rocks. (See specimen No. 73102, with coating
of hyalite, from Bohemia.)

3. The calcareous group.—Here are brought together a small series of
fragmental rocks composed mainly of calcareous material, but of which
the organic nature, if such it had, is not apparent. These rocks form
at times beautifully brecciated marble. (See building and ornamental
stone collection.) Their structure may be best comprehended by re-
membering that the original beds, whether crystalline or amorphous,
whether fossiliferous or originating as chemical precipitates, have by
geological agencies been crushed and shattered into a million fragments,
and then, by infiltration of lime and iron-bearing solutions been slowly
cemented once more into solid rock. The actual amount of movement
of the various particles has in many cases been but slight, as will be
noted by reference to the collections. Specimen 72868 from the Sphinx,
Montana, furnishes a good example of the coarser varieties of these
rocks.

4. The volcanic group—Tuffs.—Here are brought together a great
variety of fragmental rocks, composed of the more or less finely commi-

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 539

nuted materials ejected from volcanoes as ashes, dust, and sand. Some
of them, like the pumice dust from near Orleans, Nebraska (specimen
No. 37023), are made up of minute shreds of pumiceous glass. These
are the dust-like materials which, when blown from volcanic vents, are
carried by atmospheric currents many miles and deposited so far from
their original source that their true nature was never recognized until
they came to be examined microscopically. (See under Avolian rocks.)
Others, like the lapilli from the now extinct craters at Ice Spring
Butte (specimen 35538), are irregular fragments of basaltic lava which
when thrown into the air fell again into the immediate vicinity, forming
beds of loose gravel and the cone of the crater itself. The character of
the materials, therefore, varies almost indefinitely, and only very gen-
eral names are given them in the majority of cases. The name tuff or
tuffa is given to the entire group of volcanic materials formed in this
way, and also by some authorities to fragmental rocks resulting from
the breaking down and reconsolidation of older voleanic lavas. It
would seem advisable to designate these last, as has IF. L6winson-Les-
sing,* as pseudotuffs or tuffoids. Characteristic forms of the tuffs are
shown in the collections, and need not be especially enumerated inere.
The names volcanic ashes, sand, and dust are applied to the finer mate-
rials ejected and lJapilli or rapilli to the coarser fragments like those
from the extinct voleanoes of Ice Springs Butte, Utah (35538) ; Mono
craters, California (29633); Pompeii and Monte Vultura, Italy (36603,
38794, and 38797). Tho finer dusts and sand, such as shown from Ne-
braska (37023 and 37024), Utah (37261), Montana (38584 and 33585), are
of interest as being composed of minute shreds of voleanic glass which
were blown from the volcanic vents and carried unknown distances to
be ultimately deposited as stratified beds in comparatively shallow
water. (See collections illustrating the transporting power of atmos-
pherie currents.) The term trass is used to designate a compact or
earthy fragmental rock composed of pumice dust, in which are imbedded
fragments of trachytic and basaltic rock, carbonized wood, ete., and
which occupies some of the valleys of the Hifel (specimen 36355 from
Brohilthal, Prussia). Peperino is a tufaceous rock composed of fragments
of basalt, leucite lava, and limestone, with abundant crystals of augite,
mica, leucite, and magnetite. It occurs among the Alban Hills, near
Rome, Italy. Palagonite tuff is composed of dust and fragments of
basaltic lava with pieces of a pale yellow, green, reddish, or brownish
glass called palagonite, as shown in specimens 36504 and 34739 from
Nassau, Germany, or 36507 from Sicily. The general name of volcanic
mud is given to such materials as that from Paterno, Sicily (73024),
The tuffs are as a rule more or less distinctly stratified, of very un-
even texture, and with rarely a pisolitic structure as shown in the
specimen from Nevada (35406) and Pompeii (73025). They are found
associated with voleanic rocks of all ages and at times so highly meta-

*Min. u. Pet. Mittheilungen, vol. 9, 1889, p. 530,

540 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. .

morphosed as to render the original nature a matter of some doubt. In
the series exhibited a large share are of Tertiary or post-Tertiary origin.
Among the older and more altered forms attention may be called to
those of Needham and Nantasket, Massachusetts (59050 and 38528) ;
Scotland (70383), and Brazil (69977, 69930, and 69984).

5. Ferruginous group.—Thisisa small and comparatively unimportant
group, comprising only those fragmental rocks, the individual particles
of which are composed mainly of ferruginous oxides. Such result from
the breaking up of the iron ores, hematite and limonite, described under
the head of rocks formed by chemical agencies.

B.—ROcCKS COMPOSED MAINLY OF DEBRIS FROM PLANT AND ANIMAL LIFE.

1. Siliceous group.—Infasorial or diatomaceous earth. This is a fine
white or pulverulent rock composed mainly of the minute shells, or
tests, of diatoms, and often so soft and friable as to crumble readily
between the thumb and fingers. It occurs in beds which, when com-
pared with other rocks of the earth’s crust, are of comparatively insig-
nificant proportions, but which are nevertheiess of considerable geo-
logical importance. Though deposits of this material are still forming,*
and have been formed in times past at various periods of the earth’s
history, they appear most abundantly associated with rocks belonging
to the Tertiary formations.

The celebrated Bohemian deposit is some 14 feet in thickness, and is
estimated by Ehrenberg to contain 40,000,000 shell to every cubic inch.
The Australian specimen exhibited (No. 28473) is from a deposit 4 feet
in thickness. In the United States beds are known at Lake Umbagog,
New Hampshire (specimen No. 29322); Morris County, New Jersey; near
Richmond, Virginia (specimen No. 70689); Calvert and Charles Counties,
Maryland (specimen 70689) ; in New Mexico; Graham County, Arizona
(specimen No. 72912); Nevada (22346); California, and Oregon. The New
Jersey deposit covers about 3 acres, and varies from | to 3 feet in thick-
ness ; the Richmond bed extends from Herring Bay, on the Chesapeake,
to Petersburgh, Virginia, and is in some places 30 feet in thickness;
the New Mexico deposit is some 6 feet in thickness and has been traced
some 1,500 feet; Professor Leconte states that near Monterey, in Cali-
fornia, is a bed some 50 feet in thickness. while the geologists of the
Fortieth Parallel Survey report beds not less than 300 feet in thickness,
of a pure white, pale buff or canary-yellow color as occurring near
Huuter’s Station, west of Reno, Nevada. (See specimen No. 22346.)

The earth is used mainly as a polishing powder, and is sometimes
designated as tripolite. It has also been used to some extent to mix
with nitroglycerine in the manufacture of dynamite, Chemically the
rock is impure opal, as will be seen from the following analyses made

* I. g.,in the marshes of the Yellowstone Park. See on the Diatom Marshes and
Diatom Beds of the Yellowstone National Park, by W. H. Weed, Botanical Gazette,
vol, x1v, No.5, p. 117.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 541

on samples from (1), Lake U mbagog, (2), Morris County, New Jersey,
and (3), Paper Creek, Maryland:

Per cent. Percent. Percent.

Seg ye Se Ss SA eS ey ae a 80. 53 80. 60 81.53
OMNO XG Msp see eee yee oe PQS Ni eee 3. 33
PANINI Tigges rte ice nee a Sc kate « 5. 89 3. 84 3. 43
NEMO ere eis cA eRe eeicee coe. 0. 35 0.58 2. 61
AV CWI) OE Poe Sed ee Peete pin ae ica eae eee 19t5 5) 14. 00 6. 04
QMESIND UNIS coo cec eee teeece emeses Ele Teese. eo)

Number 3 showed also small amounts of potash and soda.

2. Calcareous group.—These rocks are made up of the more or less
fragmental remains of mollusks, corals, and other marine and fresh-
water animals. Many of them are but consolidated beds of calcareous
mud full of more or less fragmentary shells or casts of shells as in
specimen No. 70169 from near Cincinnati, Ohio, and No. 36139, from
Rochester, New York. Others are composed wholly of quite perfect
Shells as the well known “ coquina” from near St. Augustine, Florida,
(specimen No. 26023. See Pl. cxx11). From such forms as these we
have all possible gradations to compact erystalline limestone. Such
gradations may readily be traced among the specimens exhibited.

Special names are often given these calcareous rocks designating the
character of materials from which they are derived. Coral and shell
limestones, as the names denote, are composed mainly of the debris from
these organisms (specimens 70169, 36139, 35907, 70036, 38591, 25197,
and 35530). In the shell limestone (Lumachelle) from the Tyrol (No.
38783) the pearly lining of the shells still retains its original beauty.
Shell marl is a loose, pulverulent earthy rock containing remains of
shells (specimen No. 36043 from Drayton Island, Florida, and No. 70034
from Australia). Sheil sand is a loose aggregate of shell fragments
formed on sea beaches by the action of wind and waves (see specimen
Nos. 20256 from Bermuda, and 35811 from the Hawaiian Islands). Cri-
noidal limestone is composed mainly of fragmental remains of crinoids
(specimens Nos. 35791 from Onondago County, New York, and 35801
from the Isleof Gotland). Chalk is a fine white rock composed of finely
broken shells of mollusks and other marine animals associated abun-
dantly with the minute shells of foraminifera (specimen No. 36013 from
England). Nummulitic limestone carries fossil nummulites as shown
in the specimens from the pyramid of Cheops, Egypt (Nos. 39165 and
26816).

_0. Carbonaceous group.—Peat, Lignite, Coals, etc. The rocks of this
group are made up of the more or less fragmental remains of plants.
In many of them, as the peats and lignites (specimens Nos. 70097 and
6962) the traces of plant structure are still apparent. In others, as the
anthracite coals, these structures have become wholly obliterated by
metamorphisms, or, if observable at all, are to be seen only with a
microscope of high power. Such belong properly in the group of meta-
morphic rocks.

542 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Plants when decomposing upon the surface of the ground give off
their carbon to the atmosphere in the sbape of carbonic acid gas, leav-
ing only the strictly inorganic or mineral matter behind. When, how-
ever, protected from the oxidizing influence of the air by water, or other
plant growth, decomposition is greatly retarded, a large portion of the
carbonaceous and volatile matters are retained, and by this means,
together with pressure from the overlying mass, the material becomes
slowly converted into coal. According to the amount of change that
has taken place in the carbonaceous matter, the amount of gaseous
matter still contained by it, its hardness and burning qualities, several
varieties are recognized.

Peat is the matter in its least changed condition as it is found in
bogs, and in which the plant remains are still plainly visible (speci-
mens 70097 from New Hampshire, 36137 from Bavaria, and 59320 from
Bering Island). Lignite is a form in which the woody structure is
less apparent though often still recognizable as in specimen 6962 from
France, and less distinctly in No. 35743 from the District of Columbia.
Bituminous coal is a soft coal containing from 25 to 35 per cent. of vola-
tile matter, and burning readily with a yeliowish flame (specimens
36047, 36826, and 38224). Cannel coal is a variety of bituminous coal
of a fine texture and almost no luster (specimen 59376). Anthracite
is the hard, compact, highly lustrous metamorphic variety containing
only traces of gaseous hydrocarbons, but with from 85 to 95 per cent.
of carbon (specimen 36046). Graphite is pure crystallized carbon
found in the older rocks and supposed by many to be of organic origin
(specimen 36750).

4, Phosphatic group.—Phosphatic Sandstone; Bone breccia; Guano;
Coprolite nodules. This is a group of rocks limited in extent, but
nevertheless of considerable economic importance, owing to the high
values of certain varieties for fertilizing purposes.

Guano consists mainly of the excrements of sea fowls, and is to be
found in beds of any importance only in rainless regions like those of
the western coast of South America and southern Africa (specimen
69281). The most noted deposits are on small islands off the coast of
Peru. Immense flocks of sea fowls have, in the course of centuries,
covered the ground with an accumulation of their droppings to a depth
of sometimes 30 to 80 feet, or even more.

An analysis of American guano gave combustible organic matter
and acids 11.3 per cent.; ammonia (carbonate, etc.) 31.7 per cent. ; fixed
alkaline salts, sulphates, phosphates, chlorides, etc., 8.1 per cent.;
phosphates of lime and magnesia, 22.5 per cent.; oxalate of lime, 2.6 per
cent.; sand and earthy matter, 1.6 per cent.; water,:22.2 per cent.
(Geikie).

Coprolite nodules are likewise the excrements of vertebrate animals;
those among the carboniferous shales of the basin of the Firth of Forth
are regarded as accumulated excretions of ganoid fishes (specimen
36045),

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Merrill. PLATE CXXIll.

Figs. 1 and 2. Shell limestones. (Cat. Nos. 36139 and 26023, U.S. N. M.)
Fie. 3. Coral limestone. (Cat. No. 70036, U. S. N. Di.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 543

Phosphatic sandstones, as the name indicates, are arenaceous rocks.
Those from the Carolinas are dredged up in the form of rounded noduiar
masses from river bottoms, and consist of siliceous and calcareous sand
with imbedded bones, fossil teeth of sharks, and other animal remains.
These rocks are often of value as fertilizers, and a more complete dis-
play is to be found in the systematic collections of the South West
Court.

Bone breccia consists mainly of fragmentary bones of living or ex-
tinct mammals. These are often cemented compactly by stalagmatie
deposits.

II—AEOLIAN ROCKS.

This group comprises a small and comparatively insignificant class
of rocks formed from materials drifted by the winds, and more or less
compacted into rock masses. They are, asa rule, of a loose and friable
texture and of a fragmental nature. Many of the volcanic fragmental
rocks (tuffs) are grouped here, their materials having been thrown from
the volcanic vent in small fragments and drifted long distances by wind
prior to falling upon the surface of the ground or into the water for
their final consolidation.

The group will be more fully described under the head of processes of
rock formation and the transporting power of atmospheric currents. The
volcanic members of the series are represented by the fine pumiceous
dust drifted from Iceland to the coast of Norway. (Specimen No.
35800); by the beautifully fine white dust from Orleans, Nebraska,
(37023); Gallatin Valley, Montana, (38588); Lake Lahontan, California,
(37208), and other sources in Montana, Colorado and Nevada.

In specimen No. 20255 we have an example of the fine calcareous
sand formed on the beaches of Bermuda and drifted inland by the
winds, often forming high hills or dunes which overwhelm vegetation
and dwellings. Specimen No. 25197 shows the same sand consolidated
by the solvent action of percolating water. (See collection illustrating
the geology of Bermuda, and also the transporting power of atmos-
pheric currents.)

IJTJ—METAMORPHIC ROCKS.

Under this head is grouped a large series of rocks which have been
changed from their original condition through dynamic and chemical
agencies, and which may have been in part aqueous and in part of
eruptive origin. Were it possible it would have been better to classify
the rocks of this group under those of the other groups from which
they were derived by this process of change, or metamorphism as it is
called. In only too many cases, however, this change has been so com-
plete as to quite obliterate all such traces of the original character as
would lead to safe and satisfactory conclusions. In some instances
it is nevertheless possible to trace the various stages of these changes
through less and Jess altered forms to the original fragmental or

544 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

eruptive rock. This is especially true with the calcareous rocks,
and in the specimens exhibited such transitions are sometimes
apparent. In the siliceous rocks these transitional forms are less
readily traced. In specimen No. 36918, from Deer Isle, Maine, the con-
glomerate character of the rock is made apparent by the presence of
pebbles, more or less changed and distorted, if is true, but still unmis-
takable indications of the former fragmental character of the beds.
The finer grained portions, the material which formed the cementing
or binding matter to hold the larger pebbles, yielded, as a matter of
course, most readily to the metamorphosinug influences, and gave rise to
a fine aggregate of mica scales and other minerals, while the larger
pebbles of quartz and feldspars offering greater resistance, have in
some instauces retained enough of their pebbly characteristics to still
be recognizable. Accordingly as they vary in structure, we may divide
these metamorphic rocks into two general groups, as below: A, strat-
ified or bedded ; B, foliated or schistose.

A.—STRATIFIED OR BEDDED.
The Crystalline Limestones and Dolomites.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituent of the crystalline
limestones is the mineral calcite. he common accessories are minerals
of the mica, amphibole, or pyroxene group, and frequently sphene,
tourmaline, garnets, vesuvianite, apatite, pyrite, graphite, ete.

‘Chemical composition.—As may be inferred from the mineral compo-
sition these rocks, when pure, consist only of calcium carbonate. They
are, however, rarely if ever found in a state of absolute purity, but
show more or less magnesia, alumina and other constituents of the
accessory minerals.

Structure.—The limestones are eminently straified rocks, though this
peculiarity is not always sufficiently marked to be seen in the hand
specimen. The purest and fivest crystalline varieties often show a
granular texture like that of loaf sugar, and hence are spoken of as
saccharoidal limestones. Statuary marble is a good illustration of this
type. (Specimen 17545, from Rutland, Vermont.) Under the micro-
scope the stone is shown to be made up of small grains, which, having
mutually interfered in process of growth, do not possess perfect crys-
tal outlines, but are rounded and irregular in outline as shown in the
transparency in the window (No. 39074) and in Fig. 93. All grades of
texture are common, the coarser forms sometimes showing individual
crystals an inch in length.

Colors.—The color of pure limestone is snow-white as seen in statu-
ary marble. Other common colors are pink or reddish, greenish, blue,
through all shades of gray to black. The pink and red colors are due
to iron oxides, the greenish as a rule to micaceous minerals. (See color
series.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. ae

Geological age and mode of occurrence.—The limestones are metamor-
phused chemical deposits or sedimentary beds occurring associated
with rocks of all ages, from the
earliest to the most recent.
They are considered in large
part as rocks composed of the
metamorphosed débris of mol-
lusks, corals, and other lime-
secreting animals. In the pro-
cess of metamorphism these
remains may have been com-
pletely obliterated as in the
Vermont marbles (specimen
17345), or may still be in part
preserved though the entire
mass has taken on a crystalline
structure, as In numbers 35804, XG
35805, 35907, 69253, ete. To Fig. 93.

the paleontologist this group MICkO-STRUCTURE OF CRYSTALLINE LIMESTONE.
of rocks is one of very great (West Rutland, Vermont. )

importance, owing to their fossil remains. From an economic stand-
point they are also of value, furnishing quantities of material for gen-
eral building as well as beds of finest marble for ornamental work.
(See building and ornamental stone collections.)

Classification and nomenclature.—It is common to speak of this entire
group of rocks as simply limestones, though many varietal names are
often rather indefinitely applied. The name marble is applied to any
calcareous or magnesian rock sufficiently beautiful to be utilized in
decorative work. Argillaceous and siliceous limestones carry clayey
matter and sand. Hydraulic limestones contain varying proportions of
magnesia, alumina, silica andiron oxides. Such furnish, when burned,
a lime with the property of setting under water and knownas hydraulic
cement. (Specimens 39809 from Rosendale, Ulster County, New York.)
Dolomite (so named after the French geologist Dolomieu) is a rock con-
sisting of 45.50 per cent. carbonate of magnesia and 54.50 carbonate of
lime. (Specimens 37662, 35906, 38820, 36854, 36729, etc.) In its
typical form this is distinguishable from limestone by its greater hard-
ness and by being less readily soluble in acids. In many cases chemi-
cal tests are rendered necessary to distinguish between them, and all
gradations are common from limestone with a mere trace of magnesia to
those which show the full amount characteristic of dolomite. The in-
termediate varieties are spoken of as magnesian or dolomitic lime-
stones. (Specimens 37715, 70171, 26559, 26209, etc.) The snow-white
coarsely crystalline rock from Pleasantville, West Chester County, New
York (25046), and Lee, Massachusetts (37662), are good illustrations of
dolomites. A chemical analysis of the Pleasantville dolomite as quoted

H, Mis. 129, pt. 2-35

546 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

in the circular of the Snowflake Marble Company yielded results as
follows:

Per cent.

CarbonmatevOfslime.ss- nas tes cent oe Cee ee cee ee ee eee 54, 62
Carbonara maonesiteaceesessaeeeee eee eee pee eee 45, 04
Carbolaterot- iron eee eee eee Se ee ee eee 0.16
Alla niin ase ee ea el ET Pe Ae eee Se 0. 07
STC RAS ae ee ee eas cuca s eRe eee eee ee AD
99, 99

B.—FOLIATED OR SCHISTOSE.

1. THE GNEISSES

Gueiss from the German gneis, a term used by the miners of Saxony
to designate the country rock in which occur the ore deposits of the
Erzgebirge (Teall). The word is pronounced as though spelled nice not
nees.

Mineral and chemical composition.—The composition of the gneisses is
essentially the same as that of the granites from which they differ only
in structure and origin. They, however, present a greater variety and
abundance of accessory minerals, chief among which may be meutioned
(besides those of the mica, hornblende or pyroxene group) garnet, tour-
maline, beryl, sphene, apatite, zircon, cordierite, pyrite, and graphite.

Structure.—Structurally the gneisses are holo-erystalline granular
rocks as are the granites, but differ in that the various constituents are
arranged in approximately parallel bands or layers as in specimens
72862 and 72863, from Madison County, Montana, and 36180 from Bra-
zil. In width and texture these bands vary indefinitely. It iscommon
to find bands of coarsely crystalline quartz several inches in width,
alternating with others of feldspar, or feldspar, quartz and mica or
hornblende (see specimen 72362). <A lenticular structure is common,
produced by lens-shaped aggregates of quartz or feldspar, about and
around which are bent the hornblendes or mica laminee, as in specimen
26547 from Massachusetts, in the structural series. The rocks vary
from finely and evenly fissile through all grades of coarseness and be-
come at times so massive as to be indistinguisbable from granites in the
hand specimens. The causes of the foliated structure are mentioned
below.

Colors.—Like the granites they are all shades of gray, greenish, pink
or red.

Geological age and mode of occurrence.—The true gneisses are among
the oldest crystalline rocks, and are considered by many geologists as
representing ‘portions of the primeval crust of the globe, traces of the
surface that first congealed upon the molten nucleus.” By others they are
regarded as metamorphosed sedimentary deposits resulting from break-
ing down of still older rocks, and may not in themselves therefore be
confined to any one geological horizon. (See specimen conglomerate
gneiss from Maine, No. 56018). They are in large part, however, indis-

Report of National Museum, 1890.— Merrill. PLATE CXXIV.,

Pe

Iie. 1. Banded gneisses. (Cat. No. 72862, U. S. N. M.)
Fig. 2. Foliated gneisses. (Cat. No. 26547, U.S. N. M.)

ee

eS ae i

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY 547

putably the oldest known rocks, lying beneath or being cut by all rocks
of later formation or injection.

The origin of the g neisses as above suggested is in many cases some-
what obscure, the banded or foliated structure being considered by
some as representing the original bedding of the sediments, the difter-
ent bands representing layers of varying composition. In many schis-
tose rocks this structure is now, however, considered to be due to
mechanical uses, and in no way dependent upon original stratification
(see Geikie’s Textbook, pp. 123 and 298). The name as commonly used
is made to include rocks of
widely different structure,
and which are beyond doubt
in part sedimentary and in
parteruptive, butin all cases
altered from their original
conditions. Figs.land2on
Pl. cxxtv show two rather
extreme types of these
rocks. Fig.1 is that of a.
banded gneiss from Madi-
son County, Montana (speci-
men 72862), and which, so
far as we know, may be an
altered sedimentary rock.

Pai hs

uy
ae

In fig. 2 of the same plate hae ae
(made from specimen No. MICROSTRUCTURE OF GNEISS.
26547 in the building stone (West Andover, Massachusetts.)

(Drawn from section No. 26595. At a a@ are shown plagioclase cryatals broken

collection) is shown a folia-
ted rather than a banded
rock, and whatever may have been its origin it undoubtedly owes its
foliated structure to dynamic agencies. The effect of the shearing
force whereby the foliation was produced is evident in the figure, even
to the unaided eye, to the left and just above the center, where an elon-
gated feldspar is seen broken transversely into four pieces. The same
features are sShowneven more plainly in fig. 94, which shows the struc-
ture of this same gneiss as seen under the microscope.

As in the present state of our knowledge it is in most cases impossi-
ble to separate what may be true metamorphosed sedimentary rocks
from those in which the foliated or banded structure is in no way con-
nected with bedding and which may or may not be altered eruptives,
all are grouped together here.

Classification and nomenclature.—The varietal distinctions are based
upon the character of the prevailing accessory mineral as in the granites,
forming a parallel series. We thus have biotite-gneiss, muscovite-gneiss,
biotite-muscovite-gneiss, hornblende-gneiss, etc. Rarely the mineral cor-
dierite occurs in sufficient abundance to become a characterizing acces-
sory, as in Specimens 73097 and 73178 from Saxony and Connecticut.

and rounded by the compressive force producing the foliation, )

548 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The term syenite-gneiss is used to designate a rock of the composition of
syenite, but with a gneissoid structure. The name granulite is applied
to a banded quartz-feldspar rock the constituents of which occur in the
form of small grains and show under the microscope a mosaic structure.
The Saxon granulites shown (specimens numbered 36126, 36658 to 36668,
etc.) are regarded by Lelman as eruptive rocks altered by pressure.
Halleflinta is a Swedish name for a rock resembling in most respects the
eruptive felsites or quartz porphyries already described. Such, how-
ever, Show a banded structure and are as a rule regarded as meta-
morphic rocks (see specimens 35673, 36676, 36677, and 38459 from
Dannemora and Kopparberg, Sweden). Porphyroid is also a felsitic
rock with a more or less schistose structure and with porphyritie feld-
Spar or quartzes (specimens 36721, 36722, and 36723 from the Ar-
dennes, France).

2. THE CRYSTALINE SCHISTS.

Under this head are grouped a large and extremely variable class of
rocks differing from the gneisses mainly in the lack of feldspar as an
essential constituent. They consist therefore essentially of granular
quartz, with one or more minerals of the mica, chlorite, tale, amphibole,
or pyroxene group. In accessory minerals the schists are particularly
rich. The more common of these are feldspar, garnet (specimen 36112),
cyanite, staurolite (specimen 36764), tourmaline (specimen 28574), epid-
ote, rutile, magnetite, menacannite, and pyrite. Through an increase
in the proportional amount of feldspar the schists pass into the gneisses
and through a decrease in mica, hornblende, or whatever may be the
characterizing mineral, into the quartz schists in which quartz alone is
the essential constituent. Occasional forms are met with quite lacking
in quartz and other accessory minerals and consisting only of schitose
aggregates of minerals of a single species, as is the case with the pyro-
phyllite schists (or more properly schistose pyrophyllites) from North
Carolina (specimen 27665), talcose schists from Michigan (specimen
35799) and St. Lawrence County, New York (specimen 36131), and with
the more massive “soapstones” from Maryland (specimen 27331) and
Vermont (specimen 25288).

The rocks of this group are characterized as a whole by a pronounced
schistose structure, due to the parallel arrangement of the various
constituents, this structure being most pronounced in those varieties in
which mica is the predominating mineral. They are ordinarily consid-
ered as having originated from the crystallization of sediments, and in
many cases the microscope still reveals existing “ traces of the original
grains of quartz sand and other sedimentary particles of which the
rocks at first consisted.” Like the gneisses they are in part, however,
mechanically deformed massive rocks and their schistosity in no way
relates to true bedding.

The varietal names given are dependent mainly upon the character
of the prevailing ferro-magnesian silicate, We thus have mica-schists,

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 549

chlorite-schists, talc-shists, hornblende, actinolite, glaucophane schists, ete.
The term slate was originally applied to these and other types of rock
of schistose or fissile character. In the arrangement here adopted this
term is restricted to the argillaceous fragmental or semi-crystalline and
foliated rocks next to the described.

The first of the above mentioned varieties—the mica schists—are
represented by some 40 specimens from widely separated localities,
principally American and European, the mica being in some cases bio-
tite, in others muscovite, or perhaps a mixture of the two. The princi-
pal accessories sufficiently developed to be conspicuous are staurolites
(specimens 29358, 29359, 36764 and 36822); chiastolites (29361 and
36209); garnets (36122, 36881 and 36882); and tourmalines (28574). In
the sericite schists the hydrous mica sericite prevails (specimens 36715,
36716, and 36718, from Germany); Paragonite schist carries the hydrous
sodium-mica paragonite (specimen 36720, from St. Gotthard, Switzer-
land); Ottrelite schist carries the accessory mineral ottrelite (specimens
36724, from Ottrey, Belgium, and 37659, from Massachusetts).

The name phyllite is used by German petrographers to designate a

“micaceous semicrystalline rock |
standing intermediate between
the true schists and clay slates.
(Specimens 36697, 36699, 36701,
36704, and 36706, from various
European localities.) Quartzite
is a more or less schistose or
banded rock consisting essen-
tially of crystalline granules
of quartz. Such originate from
the induration of siliceous
sandstones. This indurationis
brought about through a de-
position of crystalline silica in
the form of a binding material

or cement around each of the Fig. 95.
sand particles of which the MICRO-STRUCTURE OF QUARTZITE,
stone is composed. Each of (Mauser, Nave Yanks)

these granules then forms the nucleus of a more or less perfectly out-
lined quartz crystal. This structure is shown in Fig. 95, drawn from
a thin section of a Potsdam quartzite from St. Lawrence County, New
York. Therounded more or less shaded portions represent the origi-
nal grains of quartz sand, and the clear colorless interstitial portions
the secondary silica.

The quartzites consist, as a rule, only of silica, or silica colored brown
and red by iron oxides, as shown in specimens 37680, from Sioux Falls,
Dakota, and 73078, from Madison County, Montana. At times a green-
ish tinge is imparted through the development of chloritic minerals
(specimen 73079); accessory minerals are not, as a rule, abundant, and

550 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

specimens like those from Clip, Arizona (72942), which are actually
blue from the abundance of the mineral dumortierite, are quite excep-
tional. In specimens 70612 and 70613, from Pigeon Point, Minnesota,
are shown quartzites somewhat altered by the action of intrusive rocks
forced up through them. Specimens 70674, from McDowell County,
North Carolina, carries abundant small indistinct garnets, and also
white mica, giving it a schistose structure, and affording thus a form
intermediate between the quartzites and mica schists.

Among the hornblende schists there are but few needing especial
attention. It will be noticed that these are, as a rule, less finely schis-
tose than are the mica-bearing schists, owing to the fact that the min-
eral hornblende is itself less finely fissile. The specimens from Wood-
bury, Connecticut (36121); Canaan, New Hampshire (29295); and
Bavaria (36660) may be regarded as the more typical forms. No. 29300
from Hanover, New Hampshire, carries, it will be noticed, abundant
small red garnets.

The glaucophane schists are perhaps the least abundant of the horn-
blendic varieties. ‘They are represented in the collections by samples
from the Isle of Syra in the Mediterranean (38626) ; Zermatt, Switzer-
land (70177); the Anglesey Monument, Wales, England (70421); Pegli,
Riviera, Italy (73060) and the more massive form, perhaps an altered
eruptive, from near the mouth of Sulphur Creek, Sonoma County, Cali-
fornia (39103).

Amphibolite is the name given to an extremely tough and often
massive rock of obscure origin, and consisting essentially of the min-
eral amphibole or hornblende. Specimens 37655, from Chester, Massa-
chusetts; 36692 and 38220, from Ardennes and Isere, France; 36690 and
36691, from the Erzgebirge, and 36671 and 36672, from Saxony, may be
considered as sufficiently typical, the last two as will be noticed carry-
ing many garnets. In specimen 70408, from near Bamle, Norway, and
37437, from Maryland, the allied mineral anthophyllite takes the place
of the ordinary hornblende. No. 38383, trom Brandford, Massachusetts,
and 70114, from Easton, Pennsylvania, differ from the ordinary amphi-
bolite in that the varieties of amphibole actinolite and tremolite take
the place of the common hornblende. The tremolite rock, it will be
noticed, undergoes alteration into serpentine as Shown by the adjoining
specimen (70123),

Eclogite is a tough, massive or slightly schistose rock consisting of
the grass-green variety of pyroxene omphacite and small red garnets,
with which are frequently associated bluish kyanite, green hornblende
(smaragdite), and white mica (See specimen 34670 and 35876) from
Bavaria and California. Garnet rock or garnetite is a crystalline gran-
ular aggregate of garnets with black mica, hornblende, and magnetite
(Specimen 36851, from North Carolina). Hinzigkite is a somewhat.
similar, though fine grained, and compact, rock consisting of garnets,
plagioclase, feldspar, and black mica, and which is found in Kinzig and
the Odenwald (specimen 56657).

HANDBOOK FOR T'HE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 551

3. THE ARGILLACEOUS SCHISTS. CLAY SLATES.

Clay slate, or roofing slate, differs from the argillaceous rocks already
described (p. 537), in that it has undergone acertain amount of dynamic
metamorphism which has developed in it its fissile character, and at the
same time more or less obliterated its {ragmental nature and converted
it in many cases into an extremely fine-grained mica schist. The slates
as a whole may perhaps be considered as standing intermediate between
the true fragmental rocks and the crystalline schists, though a constant
gradation is readily traced from the unaltered argillites through the
cleavable slates to the so-called argillitic mica schists. The nature and
structure of the rocks here included may be best understood by refer-
ence to Professor Geikie’s text book, pp. 125 and 228. A more instruct-
ive series than is here shown is displayed in the exhibits devoted to
dynamic geology.

IV.—ROCKS FORMED THROUGH IGNEOUS AGENCIES. ERUPTIVE.*

This group includes all those rocks which having once been ina state
of igneous fusion owe their present structural and other peculiarities to
(1) The chemical composition of their original molten magmas, and (2)
the conditions under which these magmas cooled. As a matter of gen-
eral principie it may be stated that the greater the pressure under which
a rock solidifies and the slower and more gradual the cooling the more
perfect will be the crystalline structure. Hence it follows that the
older and deep-seated rocks which were forced up in the form of dikes,
bosses, or intrustive sheets .nto the overlying masses, and which have
become exposed only through erosion, are the more highly crystalline,
while those which like the modern lavas have flowed out upon the sur-
face are more or less felsitic or glassy. (See Figs. 1, 2,3, and 4, Pl. cxx.
The rocks from which these sections were prepared are of essentially
the same composition, the variations in structure being due to condi-
tions of cooling.) Intermediate structures have been produced through |
a beginning of crystallization at certain depths below the surface, after
which and while a portion of the magma was still fluid it was pushed
upwards towards: the surface where cooling progressed more rapidly,
the result being a glassy or felsitic rock with scattering or porphyritic
erystals, as shown in the structural series. It is customary to speak of
this nonerystalline or unindividualized material as the groundmass or
base. Rocks which are crystalline throughout are said to be holocrys-
talline ; those which are without crystalline development, but consist

"Advantage has been taken of the opportunity here offered for bringing together
as large a series as the present facilities will allow of such rocks as have been the
subject of the close methods of scrutiny adopted in modern petrography. It there-
fore happens that certain groups, and perhaps the eruptive rocks as a whole, are
represented in greater profusion than their geological importance seemingly war-
rants. The system of installation is, however, by no means inelastic, and when these
other groups shall in their turn receive the attention they merit a place can readily
be made for them by substitution, or, better yet, by an expansion of the entire series,

552 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

a

of a structureless mass are amorphous. Intermediate varieties, in part
crystalline and in part amorphous, those carrying crystals imbedded
in a glassy or felsitic base, are called hypocrystalline.

According to their mode of occurrence the eruptive rocks are divided
here into two main groups. (1) The intrusive or plutonic rocks, and
(2) the effusive, or volcanic rocks.* These two groups are then sub-
divided according to their mineral and chemical composition.

A.—INTRUSIVE OR PLUTONIC ROCKS.

This group includes those rocks which, while in a molten condition,
were forced up or intruded between the older and overlying rocks in
the form of dikes, bosses, or intrusive sheets, and which never reached
the surface, but cooled and crystallized at such depths and under such
pressure as to become holocrystalline. They are found as a rule only
among the older rocks, since it is only here that the erosion has been
sufficient for their exposure. It is to be noticed that they are, as a
rule, even to the unaided eye, distinctly crystalline; that they are
never amygdaloidal or vesicular, and very rarely show flow structure ;
all of which are features common to the effusive rocks next to be de-
scribed.

According to their mineral and chemical composition the rocks of
this group are divided into nine subgroups, or families, as follows: (1)
The granites, (2) the syenites, (3) the nepheline syenites, (4) the di-
orites, (5) the gabbros, (6) the diabases, (7) the theralites, (8) the peri-
dotites, and (9) the pyroxenites.

1. THE GRANITES.

Granite, from the Latin granum, a grain in allusion to the granular
structure.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituents of granite are quartz
and a potash, feldspar (either orthoclase or microcline), and plagio-
clase. Nearly always one or more minerals of the mica, hornblende, or
pyroxene group are present, and in small, usually microscopic forms,
the accessories magnetite, apatite, and zircon; more rarely occur
sphene, beryl, topaz, tourmaline, garnet, epidote, allanite, fluorite, and
pyrite. Delesse* has made the following determination of the relative
proportion of the various constituents in two well-known granites :

Egyptian red granite. Parts. Porphyritic granite, Vosges. Parts.
Tye WSO E RS) -concdopeconconenccsssoese, 43 | White orthoclase ........--...... Panseos 28
WiRite al Dit) oe oem: n-mm)-oniniesieenm a alsin => 9) | Reddish olicoclasemesaeeccesoeseeree reer 7
Biey WRIT co -5s once nogdne coppmO oHosNaIe4 AGN Gray; QAR else emai ete ereietnn aerated itera 59
IBA Teno eeeecnatacs ENS ION IIIO 2 AY WING ip copedmsosodccpaco dae ssoncabstas soos: 6
AU Res Sone coacgerece usd IS8e=nOORe 100 Total sacs ocean aoe nee eee ce cae 100

* Nosenbusch’s group of dike rocks or gangesteine is here included with the plutonies.
+ Prestwich Chemical and Physical Geology, vol. I, p. 42.

—

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 553

Chemical composition.—The average chemical composition as given by
Geikie is as follows: Silica, 72.07; alumina, 14.81; potash, 5.11; soda,
2.79; lime, 1.63; magnesia, 0.33; iron protoxide, 2.22; loss by ignition,
1.09. Total, 100.05 per cent. Specific gravity, 2.66.

Structure.—The granites are holocrystalline granular rocks without
trace of amorphous interstitial matter. As arule none of the essential
constituents show perfect crystal outlines, though the feldspathic min-
erals are often quite perfectly formed. The quartz has always been the
last mineral to solidify, and hence occurs only as irregular granules
occupying the interspaces. It is remarkable from its carrying innumer-
able cavities filled with liquid and gaseous carbonic acid or with saline
matter. So minute are these cavities that it has been estimated by
Sorby that from one to ten thousand millions could be contained in a
single cubic inch of space. The microscopic structure of a mica granite
from Maine is shown in transparency No. 39075 and in Fig. 1, Pl. oxx.

The rocks vary in texture almost indefinitely, presenting all grada-
tions from fine evenly granular rocks to coarsely porphyritic forms in
which the feldspars, which are'the only constituents porphyritically de-
veloped, areseveral inches or feet in length. Compare specimens 36751
and 26815 from Maryland and Egypt, with 26386 and 38763 from Mas-
sachusetts and California. Concretionary forms are rare. Specimen
No. 38546 (see Fig. 2, Pl. Cxxv1) is of a granite concretion from Fonni,
Sardina, cut in halves. Specimen 70098 from Craftsburg, Vermont, is
unique on account of the numerous concretionary masses of black mica
it carries.

Colors.—The prevailing color is some shade of gray, though greenish,
yellowish, pink, to deep red, are not uncommon, as may be seen by ref-
erence to the collection. The various hues are due to the color of the
prevailing feldspar and the abundance and kind of the accessory min-
erals. Granites, in which muscovite is the prevailing mica, are nearly
always very light gray in color: (Specimen 36164 from the Vosges
Mountains). The dark gray varieties are due largely to abundant black
mica or hornblende (specimens 36186 and 38762 from Germany and
California); the greenish and pink or red colors to the prevailing green-
ish, pink or red feldspars (specimens 29527, 26386, and 37667 from
New Hampshire, Massachusetts, and New Brunswick).

Classification and nomenclature.—Several varieties are commonly rec-
ognized and designated by names dependent upon the predominating
accessory mineral. We thus have (1) muscovite granite, (2) biotite
granite or granitite, (3) biotite muscovite granite, (4) hornblende
granite, (5) hornblende biotite granite, and more rarely (6) pyroxene,
(7) tourmaline, and (8) epidote granite. The name protogine has
been given to a granite in which the mica is in part or wholly replaced
by tale (specimen No. 36127 from Mount Blane). Graphic granite or
pegmatite is a granitic rock consisting essentially of quartz and ortho-
clase so crystalized together in long parallel columns or shells that a

554 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

cross section bears a crude resemblance to Hebrew writing (see speci-

mens 10771, 3857, 69548, 4081, 35121, 39100, and 37927, and Fig. 4, Pl.

Cxxy. Aplit is a name used by the Germans for a granite very poor in

mica and consisting essentially of quartz and feldspar only (specimen

No. 56151 from Schemnitz, Hungary). The names granitell and binary

granite have also been used to designate rocks of this class (specimen

25115 from Missvuri). Greisen is a name applied to a quartz mica rock

with accessory topaz occurring associated with the tin ores of Saxony

and regarded as a granite metamorphosed by exhalations of fluorie acid

(specimens 3364, 36165, and 36166). Lu«ullianite and Trowlesworthite

are local names given to tourmaline or tourmaline-fluorite granitic

rocks occurring at Luxullian and Trowlesworth, in Cornwall, England

(specimens 36113 and 39002). The name Unakite has been given to an

epidotic granite with pink feldspars and occurring in the Unaka Moun-

tains in western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee (specimen

36784).

The name granite porphyry is made to include a class of rocks placed
by Professor Rosenbusch under the head of ‘ gangesteine,” or dike
rocks, and differing from the true granites mainly in structural features.
They consist in their typical forms of orthoclase feldspars and quartzes
porphyritically developed in a finer holocrystalline aggregate of the
minerals common to the granite group. The characteristic features of
the rocks so far as revealed by hand specimens may be best understood
by referring to the collections (specimens 3873, 36219, 36220, and 36221,
from Saxony, Germany, Silesia, and England).

The following localities and varieties are represented:

Muscovite granite: Hansdorf, Silesia, 36152; Schmenitz, Hungary, 36151; Raymond,
Maine (with garnets), 12251; Barrington, New Hampshire, 29515.

Pegmatite: Auburn, Maine (polished slab), 39100; Minot, Maine (with tourmalines),
35966; Stowe, Maine, 10771; Portland, Connecticut, 35121; New Bedford, Mas-
sachusetts, 4931; Jefferson, Clear Creek County, Colorado, 69548; Limbach, near
Penig, Saxony, 3857.

Muscovite biotite granite: Musquito Gulch, Park County, Colorado, 68813; Gi: orge-
town, Clear Creek County, Colorado, 36163; Musquito Gulch, Park County, Colo-
rado, 36832; Canton Haag, in the Vosges Mountains, Germany, 36164; Vosges
Mountains, Germany, 36156; Ochsenkopf, in the Fichtelgebirge. Germany,
36159; Gefrees, in the Fichtelbirge, Germany, 36157; The Erzgebirge, Germany,
36161; Greffenstein, Saxony, 36158; Isle of Elba, Italy, 36160; Mount Pleasant,
Camborn, Cornwall, England, 36162.

Biotite muscovite granite: Manchester, Hillsborough County, New Hampshire, 36168;
Concord, Merrimack County, New Hampshire, 27081; Salem, New Hampshire,
27895; northwest from Crawford House, New Hampshire, 27868.

Biotite granite: Near Calais, Maine (pink), 70146; Auburn, Maine, 28539; Brunswick,
Maine (with molybdenite) 28815; Millbridge, Washington County, Maine, 25966;
Craftsburg. Vermont (orbicular granite), 70098; Lyme Station, New London,
Connecticut, 26079; Baltimore, Maryland, 38355; Jones Falls, Baltimore, Mary-
land (with microline), 36751; Ilchester, Maryland (with allanite), 69550; David-
son College, Mecklenburgh County, North Carolina, 27644; Buckhorn Falls, Har-
nett County, North Carolina, 27653; Burnet, Texas, 38824; Buffalo, Jefferson
County, Colorado, 36883; Iron Mass Mountains, Gunnison County, Colorado,

PLATE CXXV.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—-Merrill.

Fe

%
ae

o

é
o> e
at i Am f5"

©

FaLs

(%.

3 oes

(Cat. No. 12888, U. S. N. M.)

. Coneretionary pebbles of siliceous sinter.

9

Fias. 1 and
Fic.

(Cat. No. 36097, U. S. N. M.)

3. Concretionary aragonite.

Fic. 4. Pegmatite. (Cat. No. 10771, U. S. N. M.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 555

28651. Gold Canon, of Red Jacket Mine, Nevada, 24066. Between Los Angeles
and Cocamonga, Los Angeles County, California, 33763; Peter-Head, Scotland,
36177; Korostyesor, South Russia (with garnets), 38816; Rhone, France, 38262;
La Bresse Vosges, France, 38203; Roken, Christiania, Norway, 36178; Ockerthal,
in the Harz Mountains, 36172; Brocken, in the Harz Mountains, 36171; Kirneck-
thal Barr,in the Vosges Mountains, Germany, 36170; Vosges Mountains, Ger-
many, 36179; near Chemnitz, Saxony, 3854; near Bantzen, Saxony, 3852; Dresden,
Saxony, 3850; Altenberg, Saxony, 3851; near Freiberg, Saxony, 3855 and 3853;
near Pirna, Saxony, 3856; Kleesberg, Schneeberg, Saxony, 36180; Zeheen, Saxony,
36174; Aue, Schneeberg, Saxony, 36181; Silesia, 36168; Triberg, in the Black
Forrest, Germany, 36169; Predazzo, Tyrol, 36167; Baveno, Lake Maggiore, Italy,
36176; Schrisheim, Baden, 36173; Japan, 11737.

Hornblende biotite granite: Meissen, Saxony, 36187; Reichenberg, Saxony, 36197;
Markirch, Alsace, Germany, 36185; Kirneckthal, Vosges Mountains, Germany,
36184; Vosges Mountains, Germany, 36182; Hehwald, Vosges Mountains, Ger-
many, 36183; Odenwald, Hesse, Germany, 36186 ; Loch Etive, Argyleshire, Scot-
land, 36191; Mount Sorrel, Leicestershire, England, 36189 ; Ilha de Pafueta Bay,
Province de Rio Janeiro, Brazil, 69840; Alexandria, Egypt, 26°15; Egypt, 70168;
Lightning Mountain, Stratford, New Hampshire, 29527; Saw Pit Cation, Los
Angeles County, California, 338762; Buffalo Creek, Platte Canon, Jefferson
County, Colorado, 36192; near Salt Lake City, Utah, 39095,

Hornblende granite: Otter Creek, Mount Desert, Maine, 35923; Bemis Station, New
Hampshire, 29524; Quincy, Massachusetts, 29556; Jimtown, Elysian Park, Colo-
rado, 29264; top of Mount Lyell, California, 37201; St. George, New Brunswick,
Canada, 37667 ; Groby, Leicestershire, England, 36196; Freiberg, Saxony, 3831 ;
Elfdalen, Sweden, 36194 ; Upsala, Sweden, 36193; Meissen, Saxony, 3858; Roman-
iche, Saone et Loire, France, 38227; Haute Saone, France, 38260, 38263, and
36198; St. Maurice, Vosges Mountains, France, 36195.

Augite granite: Lavelline, Vosges Mountains, France, 38353.

Tourmaline granite: Heidelberg, Prussia, 70176; Luxullian, St. Austell, Cornwall,
England (Luxullianite), 36113; Trowlesworth, England (Trowlesworthite), 39002;
Govaranno, Tuscany, Italy, 38334 ; Predazzo, Tyrol, 39176.

Greisen: Zinwald, near Altenberg, Saxony, 3864 and 36165; Geyer, Saxony (with
much topaz), 36166.

Epidote granite: Dedham, Norfolk County, Massachusetts, 36386; Milans Gap, Madi-
son Connty, Virginia (Unakite), 36784.

Biotite epidote granite: Grand River, Colorado, 36927.

Lithia granite: Near Perus Station, Sao Paulo Railroad, Province de Sao Paulo, Bra-
zil, 69819.

Protogine: Mount Blanc, 36127.

Binary granite : Middleboro, Missouri (without mica or hornblende), 25115.

Granite porphyry: Altenberg, Germany, 36219; near Freiberg, Saxony, 3973; Wheal
Tremayne, Cornwall, England, 36221; Erdmansdorf, Silesia, 36220.

2. THE SYENITES.

The name Syenite, from Syene, a tower of Egypt.*

Mineral composition.—The syenites differ from the granites only in
the absence of the mineral quartz, consisting essentially of orthoclase
feldspar in combination with biotite, or one or more minerals of the

*The word syenite was first used by Pliny to designate the coarse red granite
from quarries at Syene (see specimen 26185 in hornblende-biotite granite series), and
used by the Egyptians in their obelisks and pyramids. Afterwards (in 1787) Wer-
ner introduced the word into geological nomenclature to designate a class of granu:

556 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

amphibole or pyroxene group. <A soda-lime feldspar is nearly always
present and frequently microcline; other common accessories are apa-
tite, zircon, and the iron ores.

Chenacal composition.—In column I below is given the composition
of a hornblende syenite from near Dresden, Saxony, and in II that of a
mica syenite (minette) from the Odenwald.

le JOE,

Per cent. | Per cent.
STN ence soobueadaa ndooSsocos soso DD CADSED BoOHODO SED oCoaOTe ao I AOAdAIScnese8sa5500 60. 02 57.37
ANIM Ais Jae se eae ea aeiee sleelse cise =tise em ari svinlecleicisieemisae ise sone oe pe eeece ee 16. 66 13. 84
JOGRAYOTID Meo Seo opp aso enn oconads SeSnea Ee aaaces paeononesn soabasacsaaqaerossasconcas 2.44
MET NOUSUEOM ates eee Ceeaes meine (-iaeisaee Harsinenioee cer cise eins meets ee aise sina ne ates ; fea: ; 3. 44
WAYETOHD = soca Scene seen bonctosaocagns sapoKD oo Dosads OdosNS soso oO abOERIESOSoD ONS. 2.5L 6.05
NGI MO ees sae ee osc tee ener clemiciseniccie at eniemeced eee earls aeeieneee eens aaetiaaee 3,69 5. 53
ISOC Bree epee craps eiciare s ra tn sta is ale elves wie me Bini aie (eieiaiesmraiarn siciciniciaieisieiatmesiele Sie ae Sei tersier ete 2.41 ib ee
LORRI T: 235588 SS AORASAaCCOCSSH Era Ee Aaa necs Hp SSO See OCOurE CO nHoSam SSacauocsoobeoe4 6. 50 4.47
UGROOM ss2a4 concen soonas agonco ponD OS conbOn Deco su aRss sos noo amsOnOSoSsESoRosOSEReS 1.10 3.17

Structure.—The structure of the syenites is wholly analogous to that
of the granites and need not be further described here. In process of
crystallization the apatite, zircon, and iron ores were the first to sepa-
rate out from the molten magma, and hence are found in more or less
perfect forms inclosed by the feldspars and later formed minerals.
These were followed in order by the mica, hornblende, or augite, and
lastly the feldspars, the soda-lime feldspars, when such occur, form-
ing subsequent to the orthoclase.

Color.—The prevailing colors, as shown by the collection, are various
shades of gray, through pink to reddish.

Classification and nomenclature.—According as one or the other of
the accessory minerals of the bisilicate group predominates we have
(1) hornblende syenite, (2) mica syenite, or minette, and augite syenite.

Other varietal names have from time to time been given by various
authors. The name Minette, first introduced into geological nomencla-
ture by Voltz in 1828 (Teall), is applied to a fine-grained mica ortho-
clase rock, occurring only in the form of dikes and further differing
from the typical syenites in having a porphyritic rather than granitic
structure. (See specimens 36290 to 36299 inclusive, from Baden, Sax-
ony, and various parts of Germany.) Vogesite (specimen 70025 from

lar rocks consisting of feldspar and hornblende, either with or without quartz.
Later, when a more precise classification became necessary, the German geologists
reserved the name syenite to designate only the quartzless varieties of these rocks,
while the quartz-bearing varieties were referred to the hornblendic granites. This
is the classification now followed by all the leading petrologists and is therefore
adopted here. Much confusion has arisen from the fact that the French geologist
Roziere insisted upon designating the quartz-bearing rock as syenite, a practice
which has been followed to a considerable extent both in this country and England,

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY 557

Brazil) is the name applied to a similar rock in which hornblende or

augite prevails in place of mica. These rocks are placed by Prof.

Rosenbuscb in his latest work in the group of syenitic lamprophyrs.

Monzonite is a varietal name for the augite syenite of Monzoni in the

Tyrol (specimens 36300 and 73112).

The distribution of the syenites is much more limited than is that of
the granites. The following localities and varieties are now represented
in the exhibition series :

Hornblende syenite: Marblehead Neck, Massachusetts, 35962 ; Red Hill, Moultonbor-
ough, New Hampshire, 29580; Blue Hills, Custer County, Colorado, 36831; Cluro
Hills, Cortes Range, Nevada, 21283; Serra de Stinba, province of Bahia, Brazil,
69857 and 69858; Vosges Mountains, Germany, 36289; Biella, Piedmont, Italy,
36287; Osl6, Christiana, Norway, 36288 ; Ise, Japan, 11727; near Dresden, Moritz-
berg, Zischenwitz, and Meissen, Saxony, 3861, 3863, 36265 and 36286.

Augite syenite: Jackson, New Hampshire (Uralitic), 27909 and 29587 ; Monzoni, Tyrol
(Monzonite), 36300 and 73112; Ilha do Cabo Frio, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 69934
and 69936; Serra do Hilario, province of Sao Paulo, Brazil (Vogesite), 70025.

Mica syenite: Schriesheim, Odenwald, Germany (Minette), 36293; Mittershausen,
Odenwald, Germany, 36290; Nassau, Germany, 36296; Weinheim, Baden (Min-
ette), 36291; Cleurz, in the Vosges Mountains, 36292; Spessburg, near Barr in
the Vosges Mountains, 36225; Andlanthal, in the Vosges, 36294; Scharpenstein
and St. Michaels, Saxony (Minette), 36297 and 36298; Schnappenhaussuer, in the
Fitchtelgebirge (Lamprophyr of Gumbel), 36299; Gallatin and Jefferson Coun-
ties, Montana, 38600, 73168, and 73169.

Syenite porphyry : Near Altenberg, Saxony, 3871; St. Nabord, in the Vogesen, 73120.

3. THE NEPHELINE (ELHZOLITE) SYENITES. FOYAITS,

Nepheline from the Greek vege4y, a cloud, since the mineral becomes
cloudy on immersion in acid. Elolite from edaéoy, oil, in allusion to its
greasy luster. Syenite from Syene in Egypt.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituents of this group are
nepheline (elzolite) and orthoclase, with nearly always a pyroxenic
mineral and a plagioclase, feldspar. The common accessory minerals
are sphene, sodalite, cancrinite, zircon, apatite, black mica, and the iron
ores (ilmenite and magnetite) with occasional eucolite, melinophane
(specimens 36339 and 36310), and also tourmalines, perowskite, and oli-
vine. Calcite, epidote, chlorite, analcite, and sundry minerals of the
zeolite group occur as secondary products.

Chemical composition.—The composition of the eleolite syenite from
province of Algrave, Portugal, as given by A. Meriau, is as follows:
Silica 54.61, alumina 22.07, sesquioxide of iron 2.33, protoxide of iron
2.50, magnesia 0.88, lime 2.51, soda 7.58, potash 5.46, water 1.13, ti-
tanic oxide 0.09, phosphoric acid 0.15 per cent.

Color.—The colors are light to dark gray and sometimes reddish.

Structure.—These, like the syenites and granites, are massive holo-
crystalline granular rocks, and as a rule sufficiently coarse in texture
to allow a partial determination of the constituent parts by the unaided
eye. In the Litchfield (Maine) syenite the elwolite often occurs in
crystals upwards of 5 centimetres in length, and zircons 2 centimetres in

558 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

length are not rare (specimens 26418 and 72884). Neither of the es-
sential constituents occur in the form of perfect crystals, while the
apatite, zircon, black mica, and pyroxenic constituents often present
very perfect forms. The cancrinite occurs both as secondary after the
eleolite and as a primary constituent in the form of long needle-like
yellow crystals with a hexagonal outline. This last form is especially

characteristic of the Litehfield rock (see specimens Nos. 72584, 72885,

and 72886). The sodalite occurs both as crystals and in irregular mas-

sive forms, coating the walls of crevices, as shown in specimens 36342,

38845, 72884 and 72885, from Maine, and from Ditro, Transylvania.

Classification and nomenclature.—Several varietal names have been
given to the rocks of this group as described by various authors. Mi-
ascite was the name given by G. Kose to the syenite occurring at Miask
in the Urals; Ditrotte to that occurring at Ditro, in Transylvania (spec-
imens 36342, 38813, 38814, 38815 and 73110), and Foyaite by Blum to
that from Mount Foya in the province of Algrave in Portugal (speci-
mens 34817 and 34820). The name Zircon syenite has been quite appro-
priately given to the variety from Laurvig (specimen No. 36341), in
southern Norway, which is rich in this mineral. Tinguaite is the
name proposed for a varietal form from Serra de Tingta, province of

Rio Janeiro, Brazil (specimens 69953, 70234, 70235, 70236 and 70240).

Like the syenites proper, these are rocks of comparative rarity. The
following varieties and localities are represented :

Near Hot Springs, Saline County, Arkansas, 27519 and 39188; Fourche Cove, Pulaski
County, Arkansas, 4874 and 4885; Litchfield, Kennebec County, Maine, 26418
and 35935; Ibid, with much cancrinite, 72881; Ibid, showing large patches of
sodalite (blue) and cancrinite (yellow), togetber with zircons, 72885 ; Marblehead,
Massachusetts, 37664; near Libertyville, New Jersey, 36776. Serra de Tingua,
Brazil (Tinguaite), 69953, 70234, 70235, 70236, and 70240; Ilha do Cabo Frio, Rio
Janeiro, Brazil, 69944; Aroen, Langsundsfjord, Norway (with eukolit and me-
linophane), 36340; Ibid (zirkon syenite), 36341; Little Aro, Barkevig and Laven,
Aroen, Langsundsfjord, Norway, 70405, 36336, 36337, and 36338; Laurvik, Nor-
way, 70400; Ditro, Transylvania (Ditroite), 38815 (with sodalite), 38813, 38814,
36342 ; Predazzo, Tyrol, 36340, 39184; Foya, Portugal (Foyaite), 34819 and 34820;
Picota, Portugal, 34817.

Elzolite syenite porphyry (Liebnerite) near Predazzo, Tyrol, 36343; Viezena, Fassa
Thal, Tyrol, 73113.

4.—THE DIORITES (GREENSTONE IN PART).

Diorite, from the Greek word dtop:fev, to distinguish. Term first
used by the mineralogist Hany. ;

Mineral composition.—The essential constituents of diorite are plagio-
clase feldspar, either labradorite or oligoclase, and hornblende or black
mica. The common accessories are magnetite, titanic iron, orthoclase,
apatite, epidote, quartz, augite, black mica, and pyrite, more rarely gar-
nets. Calcite and chlorite occur as alteration products.

Chemical composition.—According to Zirkel, the average chemical
composition is silica, 52.66; alumina, 18.92; iron protoxide, 9.09; lime,
6.73; magnesia, 5.12; potash, 2.42; soda, 3.71; water, 1.35 per cent.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 559

Structure.—Diorites are holocrystalline granular rocks, and are, as a
rule, massive, though schistose forms occur. The individual erystals
composing the rock are sometimes grouped in globular aggregates,
thus forming the so-called Orbicular diorite, Kugel diorite, or Napoleon-
ite, shown in specimen No. 6722 from Corsica (see also Pl. cxxvij. The
texture is, as a rule, fine, compact, and homogeneous, and its true nature
discernible only with the aid of a microscope ; more rarely porphyritic
forms occur.

Colors.—The colora vary from green and dark gray to almost black.

Classification.—Accordingly as they vary in mineral composition the
diorites are classified as (1) diorite,in which hornblende alone is the
predominating accessory ; (2) mica diorite, in which black mica replaces
the hornblende, and (3) augite diorite, in which the hornblende is par-
tially replaced by augite. The presence of quartz gives rise to the
varieties, quartz, quartz augite, and quartz micadiorites. The name ton-
alite has been given by Vom Rath to a quartz diorite containing the
feldspar andesine and very rich in black mica (specimen 36361, from
Monte Tonale, in the Tyrol). Kersantite is a dioritic rock occurring,
so far as known, only in dikes, and consisting essentially of black mica
and plagioclase, with accessory apatite and augite, or more rarely horn-
blende, quartz, and orthoclase (Specimens 36356, 36357, 36360, 70206,
36358, 36359 and 39039). It differs from the true mica diorite in being,
as a Tule, of a porphyritic rather than granitic structure. Professor
Rosenbusch, in his latest work, has placed the kersantites, together
with the porphyritic diorites (Camptonites), under the head of dioritic
lamprophyrs in the class of dike rocks or “ gangesteine.” The name,
it should be stated, is from Kersanton, a small hamlet in the Brest
Roads, department of Finistere, France.

The diorites were formerly, before their exact mineralogical nature
was well understood, included with the diabases and melaphyrs under
the general name greenstone (Ger. Grunstein). They are rocks of wide
geographic distribution, but apparently less abundant in the United
States than are the diabases. The lamprophyr varieties are still less
abundant, so far as now known, and are represented in the collection,
as will be noticed, by specimens from but five localities.

The following localities and varieties are at present represented :
Diorites proper: Near Reading, Berks County, Pennsylvania, 26474; Comstock Lode,

Nevada, 24151, 24154, 24005, 24007, 24042; Agate Pass, Cortes Range, Nevada, |
21312; Virginia Range, Washoe County, Nevada, 22616; Jamestown, Boulder
County, Colorado, 26876; Howland, Lake County, Colorado, 68963; Buckskin
Gulch, Park County, Colorado, 68967; Madison County, Montana, 73171, 73172,
and 73173; Rio San Francisco, Brazil, 69870; Hesse, Germany, 36365; Redwitz,
_ in the Fitchelgebirge, Bavaria, 36366; Weinheim and Schriesheim, Baden, 36367
and 3669; Frieberg, Saxony, 36368; La Fiesse, Vosges, France, 36372; Grissel-
ham, Upland Sweden, 35655.
Orbicular diorite, kugel diorite, or napoleonite, Corsica, 67222, 36054 (polished slab).
Mica diorite: Stewartstown, New Hampshire, 27860; near Croton, New York, 72957 ;

Comstock Lode, Nevada, 24124 ; Stony Point, Rockland County, New York, 38342;
Lippinhof, near Freiberg, Black Forest, Baden, 38345,

560 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Quartz diorite: Schwarzenberg, Saxony, 36362; Monte Tonale, in the Tyrol (tonalite),
36361; Mount Blanc, 3619; Schemenitz, Hungary, 26371; Neuntestein in the
Vosges, 36363 ; Weinheim, Baden, 70207.

Augite diorite: Schemnitz, Hungary, 36373 and 36374 ; Cziclova Band, Hungary (with
quartz), 70208.

Of the dioritic, lamprophyrs, are exhibited: Camptonile, Campton Falls, New Hamp-
shire, 29424 and 29425; Livermore Falls, New Hampshire, 29452 ; North Lisbon,
New Hampshire, 38042; Dixville Notch, New Hampshire, 29422; Forest of Dean
Iron mines, Orange County, New York, 39399.

Kersantite: Kersanton, Finistere, France, 36356; Nassau, Germany, 36357 and 36360;
Micheelstein, Hartz Mountains, Germany, 70206 ; Wilischthal in the Erz-Gebirge,
Saxony, 36358 ; Markish in the Vosges Mountains, 36359; Franklin Furaace, New
Jersey, 39039.

5. THE GABBROS.

Gabbro, an old Italian name originally applied to serpentinous rocks
containing diallage.

Mineral composition.—The gabbros consist essentially of a basic soda
lime feldspar, either labradorite, bytownite or anorthite, and dillage or
a closely related monoclinic pyroxene, a rhombic pyroxene (enstatite or
hypersthene), and more rarely olivine. Apatite and the iron ores are
almost universally present and often picotite, chromite, pyrrhotite, more
rarely common pyrites, and a green spinell. Secondary brown mica and
hornblende are common. Quartz occurs but rarely.

Chemical composition.—The average of seven analyses as given by
Professor Zirkel is as follows: Silica 50.17, alumina 16.39, oxide of
iron 11.91, lime 9.49, magnesia 6.06, potash .93, soda 2.67, ignition 1.84
per cent. Specific gravity, 2.85 to 3.10.

Structure.—The gabbro structure is quite variable. Like the other
plutonic rocks mentioned they are crystalline granular, the essential
constituents rarely showing perfect crystal outlines. As a rule the
pyroxenic constituent occurs in broad and very irregularly outlined
plates, filling the interstices of the feldspars which are themselves in
short and stout forms quite at variance with the elongated lath-shaped
forms seen in diabases. This rule is, however, in some cases reversed,
and the feldspars occur in broad irregular forms surrounding the more
perfectly formed pyroxenes. (See very coarse gabbro from Monte Fer-
rato, near Prato, Italy, No. 73056.) Transitions into diabase structure
are not uncommon. In rare instances the pyroxenic constituents occur
in concretionary aggregates or kugels as in the peculiar gabbro from
‘Smaalanene in Norway (see large specimen No. 38429). Through a
molecular change of the pyroxenic constitutent the gabbros pass into
diorites as do also the diabases. A beautiful illustration of thisis given
in the gabbro about Baltimore, Maryland, described by Dr. George H.
Williams, and represented in the collections by specimens 36754 and
36755. Both are from the same rock mass, but one is a typical gabbro
while the other would be classed as a diorite if judged by its mineral
composition alone.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Merrill. PLATE CXXVI.

ny GEN pe Sag,
eee

Fie. 1. Orbicular diorite. (Cat. No. 36054, U. S. N.M
Fic. 2. Granite spheroid. (Cat. No. 38596, U. S. N. M.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 561

Colors.—The prevailing colors are gray to nearly black; sometimes
greenish through decomposition.

Classification.—The rocks of this group are divided into (1) the true
gabbros—that is. plagioclase diallage rocks—and (2) norites or plagio-
clase bronzite and hypersthene rocks. Both varieties are further subdi-
vided according to the presence or absence of olivine. We then
have:

True gabbro = Plagioclase + diallage.

Olivine gabbro = Plagioclase + diallage and olivine.
Norite = Plagioclase + hypersthene or bronzite.
Olivine norte = Plagioclase + hypersthene and olivine.

Nearly all gabbros contain more or less rhombic pyroxene, and hence
pass by gradual transitions into the norites. (Illustrated in specimens
38429, 59016 and 36754.) Through a diminution in the proportion of
feldspar they pass into the peridotites, and a like diminution in the pro-
portion of pyroxene gives rise to the so-called forellenstein. (Speci-
mens 36522 and 36523, from Volpersdorf, Silesia.) Hyperiteis the name
given by Tornebohm to a rock intermediate between normal gabbro
and norite. (Specimen 70416, from Norway.)

The following are the principal localities and varieties now repre-
sented :

Gabbro: Gilford and Waterville, New Hampshire, 37048, 37047, and 27856; Beaver
Bay, Lake County, Minnesota, 26571 and 26632; Washingtonville, Orange
County, New York, 36129; Coverack, Lizard District, England (the diallage rock
of De la Beche), 39003; Bamle, Norway, 70410; Volpersdorf, Silesia, 36510 to
36514 inclusive; Schmalenberg, Prussia, 36515 and 36516; Monte Ferrato, near
Prato, Italy, 73056; near Porretta, Province of Bologne, Italy, 36517, 36518, and
73059; Monte Cavaloro, Bologne, Italy (oligoklasit), 36519 and 73058; Kijor,
South Russia, 38,809.

Olivine gabbro: Pigeon Point, Minnesota, 70611; Pikesville, Maryland, 69556;
Gwynn’s Falls, Maryland, 36753; Volpersdorf, Silesia, 36520 to 36523, inclusive ;
Elfdalen, Sweden, 36524; Snarum, Norway, 36525; Bamle, Norway, 36526; An-
son, North Carolina, 39016; Ilchester, Maryland, 69552; near Baltimore, Mary-
land, 36754 and 36755; the last a gabbro diorite resulting from the molecular
alteration of the gabbro No. 36754, both samples being broken from the same
rock mass.

Norite: Keeseville, Essex County, New York, 38744, 38748, and 29346, the last with
garnets; Port Kent, New York (hyperite), 36125; Kragero, Norway (hyperite),
70416; Ebersdorf, Saxony (hypersthenite), 34680; Radanthal, Harz Mountains,
Germany (hypersthenite and bronzite anorthite rock), 36527 and 73045 ; Barro do
Pratorio, Rio Tubaras, Province of Sta. Catharina, Brazil (olivine norite), 69876;
Baste Harz (bastite), 36528.

Hypersthene gabbro: West side of Ramsas Mountain, about 35 kilos southeast of
Christiana, Norway. (Large mass on special pedestal, 33429). This rock isa
peculiar variety of gabbro and has been called ‘‘ Potato Rock” on account of its
fancied resemblance to a mass of potatoes imbedded in a matrix. It consists, ac-
cording to Prof. Meinich, of ‘ kugels,’ 01 concretionary nodules of greenish-brown
labradorite, greenish oligoclase, scales of brown and green mica,and abundant
magnetite. It occurs associated with the nickel ores of Smalenene,

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——36

1

562 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

6. THE DIABASHES,

Diabase, from the Greek word diafaors, a passing over; so called by
Brongniart because the rock passes by insensible gradations into diorite.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituents or diabase are pla-
gioclase feldspar and augite, with nearly always magnetite and apatite
in microscopic proportions. The common accessories are hornblende,
black mica, olivine, enstatite, hypersthene, orthoclase,quartz,and titanic
iron. Calcite, chlorite, hornblende, and serpentine are common as pro-
ducts of alteration. Through a molecuiar change known as uralitiza-
tion the augite not infrequently becomes converted into hornblende, as
already described (page 516), and the rock thus passes over into diorite.
The plagioclase may be labradorite, oligoclase, or anorthite.

Chemical composition.—The average chemical composition as given
by Zirkel is as follows: Silica, 49.54; alumina, 15.50; iron protoxide,
14.27; lime, 8.20; magnesia,
5.29; potash, 1.16; soda, 3.35;
loss by ignition 2.29 per cent.
Specific gravity, 2.8.

Structure.—In structure these
rocks are holo-erystalline gran-
ular, very rarely showing any
trace of amorphous or glassy
base.* Rarely do the constit-
uents possess perfect crystal
outlines, but are more or less
imperfect and distorted, owing
to mutual interference in proc-
ess of formation, the granular
hypidiomorphie structure of
Prof. Rosenbusch. The augite

MICRO-STRUCTURE OF DIABASE. in the typical forms oceurs in
(Weehawken, New Jersey. )
broad and sharply angular
plates inclosing the elongated or lath-shaped crystal of plagioclase,
giving rise toa structure known as ophitic (see Fig. 96). The rocks are,
as arule, compact, fine, and homogeneous, though sometimes porphyritic
and rarely amygdaloidal.

Colors.—The colors are somber, varying from greenish through dark-
gray to nearly black, the green color being due to a disseminated chilo-
ritic or serpentinous product resulting from the alteration of the augite
or olivine.

Classification.—Two principal varieties are recognized, the distinction
being based upon the presence or absence of the mineral olivine. We
thus have: (1) Olivine diabase, or diabase containing olivine, and (2)
diabase proper, or diabase without olivine.

*Iddings discovered the presence of a glass base in the diabase of Orange Mountain,
New Jersey. American Journal of Science, May, 1838.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 563

Many varietal names have been given from time to time by different
authors. Gumbel gave the name of lewcophyr to a very chloritic dia-
base-like rock consisting of pale green augite and a saussurite-like pla-
gioclase. (Specimens 36439 and 36440, from Bavaria and the Vosges.)
The same authority gave the name epidiorite to an altered diabase rock
occurring in small dikes between the Cambrian and Silurian formations
in the Fichtelgebirge, and in which the augite had become changed to
hornblende. (Specimens 36370 and 70209, from Champ St. Veron, Bel-
gium.) He also designated by the term proterobase a Silurian diabase
consisting of a green or brown somewhat fibrous hornblende, reddish
augite, two varieties of plagioclase, chlorite, ilmenite, a little magnetite,
and usually a magnesian mica. (Specimens 36435 to 36438, inclusive,
from Bavaria, Saxony, and the Vogesen.) The name ophite has been
used by Pallarson to designate an augite plagioclase eruptive rock
rich in hornblende and epidote and occurring in the Pyrenees. The
researches of M.Levy Kuhn (Untersuchungen tiber pyrendische Ophite,
Inaug. Dissertation) and others have, however, shown that both these
constituents are secondary, resulting from the augite alteration and
that the rock must be regarded as belonging to the diabases. (Speci-
mens 36477 to 36480, from Trance.)

The Swedish geologist Tornebohm gave the name sahlite diabase to a
class of diabasic rocks containing the pyroxene sahlite, and which oe-
curred in dykes cutting the granite, gneiss, and Cambrian sandstones in
the province of Smaaland and in other localities. (Specimen 36441, from
Scotiand). The name teschenite was for many years applied to a class
of rocks occurring in Moravia, and which, until the recent researches
of Rohrbach, were supposed to contain nepheline, but are now regarded
as merely varietal forms of diabase. (Specimens 36529, 36530, 36531,
and 36533.) Variolite is a compact often spherulitic variety occurring
in some instances aS marginal facies of ordinary diabase. (Specimens
73124 and 73125, from the headwaters of the Durance, on the Franco-
Italian frontier.) The name ewkrite or eucrite was first used by G. Rose
to designate a rock consisting of white anorthite and grayish green
augite occurring in the form of a dike cutting the carboniferous lime-
stone of Carlingford district, Ireland. These rocks were included by
Prof. Zirkell under the head of ‘‘anorthitgesteine.” The name is
now little used, and rocks of this type are here included with the dia-
bases. (Specimens 35736 and 34828, from Finmark, Norway.)

The diabases are among the most abundant and widespread of our
so-called trap rocks occurring in the form of dikes, intrusive sheets and
bosses. They are especially characteristic of the Triassic formations
of the Eastern United States.

The following are the principal varieties and localities now repre-
sented:

Diabase: Near Calais, Maine, 70147; Waterville, New Hampshire (mica diabase),

27879; Ossipee, New Hampshire (labradorite porphyry), 27853; Medford, Massa-
chusetts, 26423; Hingham, Massachusetts, 38377; Greenfield, Massachusetts,

564 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
\

38385; Rocky Hill, Somerset County, New Jersey, 26843; York County, Penn-
sylvania, 37020; Goose Creek, Loudoun County, Red House, Charlotte County,
and Brandy Station, Culpeper County, Virginia, 28116, 73208, and 73215; Look-
ville, North Carolina, 73210; Forder Saltash, Cornwall, England, 39007; Gove
Saltash, Cornwall, England, 39008; Craig Park, Glasgow, Scotland, 70382 and
70384; Magdesprung, Wolfshagen, Bodenthal, Blankenburg, Altenbrak, etc.,
Hartz Mountains, Germany, 36426, 36427, 36428, 36429, 36430, 36431; Nassau,
Germany, 36420, 36422. 36424,and 36425; Anhalt, Germany, 36432; Ehrenbreit-
stein, Prussia, 36419; Nahe, Prussia, 36418, and 36426; Steinbach and Berneck, in
the Fichtel Gebirge, 36433 and 36434; Boguschowitz, Moravia (teschenite),
36529 to 36531 inclusive, and 36533; Koditz, in the Fichtel Gebirge (leukophyr),
36439 ; Breitenbach, in the Voges Mountains, 36440 ; Hartz Mountains (ophite),
6723; Haute Goronne, France (ophite), 36477 and 36478; Baziers, Heranet,
France (ophite), 36479; Garraux, Pyrenees, France (ophite), 36480; Champ St.
Veron, Brabant, Belgium (Epidiorite), 36370 and 70209; Edinburgh, Scotland
(sahlitdiabase), 36441; Hof, in the Fichtel Gebirge (proterobase), 36435; Bant-
zen, Saxony (proterobase), 36436 and 36437; Sperberbach, Hohwald, in the
Vosges Mountains (proterobase), 36438. Hammerfest, Province of Finmark, Nor-
way (Eukrite), 34828 and 35736.

Olivine diabase: Addison, Washington County, Maine, 37019 and 36843; Tenant’s
Harbor, Knox County, Maine, 39043; Auburn, Maine, 28533; Lewiston, Maine
(very rich in olivine), 37618; near Mine La Motte Station, Missouri, 70129; Thet-
ford Hill, Vermont (drift), 35062 ; Rio Janeiro, Brazil, 69904.

7. THE THERALITES.

Theralite from the Greek word #ypcv, to seek eagerly.

This is the name given by Professor Rosenbusch to a class of intru-
sive rocks consisting essentially of plagioclase feldspar and nepheline,
and which are apparently the plutonic equivalents of the tephrites and
basanites. Rocks of this group are, so tar as now known, of very
limited distribution.

The group is founded by Professor Rosenbusch upon certain rocks
occurring in dikes and laccolites in the Cretaceous sandstones of the
Crazy Mountains of Montana, and described by Prof. J. KE. Wolff,* of
Harvard University.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituents as above noted are
nepheline and plagioclase with accessory augite, olivine, sodalite, bio-
tite, magnetite, apatite and secondary hornblende, and zeolitic minerals.

Chemical composition.—The chemical composition as given by Mr.
Wolff of a sample from near Martinsdale is as follows: Silica, 43,175 ;
alumina, 15,236; ferrous oxide, 7.607; ferric oxide, 2.668; lime, 10.633;
magnesia, 5.810; potash, 4.070; soda, 5.68; water, 3.971; sulphuric
anhydride, 0.94 per cent.

Structure.—The rocks are holocrystalline granular throughout.

Colors.—These are dark gray to nearly black.

The theralites so far as known have an extremely limited distribu-
tion. The group is represented in the collection only by samples from
Gordon’s Butte, and Upper Shields River basin in the Crazy Mouu-

*Notes on the Petrography of the Crazy Mountains and other localities in Mon-
tana, by J. E. Wolff. Also Neues Jahrb., 1885, 1, p. 69.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 565

tains, Montana, 70599 and 73138; and Jaguecy, Xirinca, Rio Riberia,
Province of Sao Paulo, Brazil, 70023.

8. THE PERIDOTITES.

Peridotite, so called because the mineral peridot (olivine) is the chief
constituent.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituent is olivine associated
nearly always with chromite or picotite and the iron ores. The com-
mon accessories are one or more of the ferro-magnesian silicate minerals
augite, hornblende, enstatite and black mica; feldspar is also present
in certain varieties and more rarely apatite, garnet, sillimanite, perow-
skite and pyrite.

Chemical composition.—The chemical composition varies somewhat
with the character and abundance of the prevailing accessory. The
following table shows the composition of several typical varieties :

Tela Tae ena | alivsy |e ceee aa Wos

deena | | Ps i SU)
NSTC pera Selanne aaiaisicla eveise wis temin aivele efalecerimclale a5i2 41.58 | 43. 84 | 39. 103 42. 94 38.01 | 45,68
ANINNIND SS Eceu soSHcse cnn oceeCOneer rer orecoSersoacrc 0, 14 114 | 4,94 10. 87 5voe |) 628
Magnesia aeeteioie eeyatets Be SO OoeabOr CScOt One HeEcouoote 49.28 | 44. 43 29.176 } 16.32 23. 29 34. 76
Nari e ne ys maar teleh i Gi to. hls hes, O10) 1.71 |. 3,951 | 9,07.) 4.1%] 215
LEON SEGUE esses soesoooesndar honeTCCnsocaennere Scene en | 8.76 4. 315 3.47 6. 70 9. 12
ROM PLO LOR Oma ase ete elete eee iw eiataias= iaialelai= [inte om iai= = (OtR|Foceaoee 11.441 | 10.14 GO cisreiaimets
MEG TTORA Oe eee tee toca fe hara cuneactt .cne| ie aseates PCR ae VE ee ea Ns ec 08 | 0.26
NID ATIESO eu rg ere ee iclelnciicialwin aleinfeiaiain’ctews) ciao claret |eretais ats ote 0. 12 OF2767 siraces | hese seee
PETUS Se SUA ete reer rere eNotes 2 amici Putelalaicle se ieyeletens aizia [eseiebste |e Aone Trace 0.15 ZOMilts ctelatereate
SS ea tte ser eeie relatsin = ye lsciniepae aivicieisieeicie esis eyejaicie aimaienial| Sate sere eres [ibis oreictel [hs wtareienars 0. 90 415% | a Serer
INCE om d Ghee eases eaccinccsc corona cslawse sinaeceteecic S35 bmi paeed oye een |e |b shes | eee
WiAter Ande ntl Nos. icccls es cine clsisiaias sel cs)e-iae.< 1.72 | 1.06 5. 669 6.09 | 10.60 P21
SDOCUNG SRENAIIN/ Soe cosno ld nas Son SpAeeeHonposdeudoresl sees S200 | pando 2. 88 2. 83 3, 269

(1) Dunite: Macon county, North Carolina. (II) Saxonite: St.
Paul’s Rocks, Atlantic Ocean. (IIT) Picrite: Nassau, Germany. (IV)
Hornblende Picrite: Ty Cross, Anglesia. (V) Picrite: Little Deer
Isle, Maine. (VI) Lherzolite: Monte Rossi, Piedmont.

Structure.—The structure as displayed in the different varieties is
somewhat variable. In the dunite it is as a rule even crystalline gran-
ular, none of the olivines showing perfect crystal outlines. (Specimen
36845 from North Carolina.) In the picrites the augite or hornblende
often occurs in the form of broad plates occupying the interstices of the
olivines and wholly or partially inclosing them, as in the hornblende
picrite of Stony Point, New York, No. 38339. The saxonites and lher-
zolites often show a marked porphyritic structure produced by the
development of large pyroxene crystals in the fine and evenly granular
ground mass of olivines. (Specimen 35758 from Norway. See also Fig.
97, as drawn by Dr. G. H. Williams.) The rocks belong to the class
designated as hypidiomorphic granular by Professor Rosenbusch , that
is rocks composed only in part of minerals showing crystal faces pecu-
liar to their species.

566 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Colors.—The prevailing colors are green, greenish-gray, yellowish-
green, dark green to black.

Nomenclature and classification.—Mineralogically and geologically it
will be observed the peridotites bear a close resemblance to the olivine
diabases and gabbros, from which they differ only in the absence of
feldspars. Indeed, Prof. Judd has shown that the gabbros and diabase
both in places pass by insensible gradations into peridotites through
a gradual diminution in the amount of their feldspathic constituents.
Dr. Wadsworth would extend the term peridotite to include rocks of
the same composition, but of meteoric as well as terrestrial origin,
the condition of the included iron, whether metallic or as an oxide
being considered by him as nonessential, since native iron is also found
oceasionally in terrestrial rocks, as the Greenland basalts and some
diabases.

In classifying the peridotites the varietal distinctions are based upon
the prevailing accessory mineral. We thus have:

Dunite, consisting essentially of olivine only.

Saxonite, consisting essentially of olivine and enstatite.

Picrite, consisting essentially of olivine and augite.

Hornblende picrite, consisting essentially of olivine and hornblende.

Wehrlite (or eulysite), consisting essentially of olivine and diallage.

Lherzolite, consisting essentially of olivine, enstatite, and augite.

The name Dunite was first used by Hochstetter and applied to the
olivine rock of Mount Dun, New Zealand. (Specimen 70346.) Saxonite
was given by Wadsworth, rocks of this type being prevalent in Sax-
ony. The same rock has since
been named Harzburgite by
tosenbusch. The name Lher-
zolite is from Lake Lherz in the
Pyrenees.

The peridotites are, as a rule,
highly altered rocks, the older
forms showing a more or less
complete transformation of their
original constituents into a va-
riety of secondary minerals, the
olivine going over into serpen-
tine or tale and the augite or
hornblende into chlorite. The
more common result of the alter-
ation of peridotitic rocks is
the conversion into serpentine,
which takes place through the hydration of the olivine and the liber-
ation of free iron oxides and chalcedony. (See Fig. 97.) Recent inves-
tigations have shown that a large share of the serpentinous rocks were
thus originated. Hence a part of the serpentines are here exhibited.

MICRO-STRUCTURE OF PORPHYRITIC LHERZOLITE.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 567

(See specimens 39014, 70137, and 70556, from California, England, New
York State.) Those resulting from the hydration of other magnesian
silicate minerals are. to be found grouped with the unaltered rocks of
_the same nature. (See also exhibit illustrating the origin of serpentine.)

It is, perhaps, as yet too early to state definitely that all peridotites
are eruptive. In many instances their eruptive nature is beyond dis-
pute. Others are found in connection with the crystalline schists, so sit-
uated as to suggest that they may themselves be metamorphic.* Owing
to their basic nature and low fusing points the peridotites have not, as a
rule, been productive of pronounced contact metamorphism. They have
of late excited considerable interest from their supposed connection with
the origin of the diamond. (See under head of picrite porphyrites,
p. 585.)

The peridotites are rocks of wide distribution, but covering compara-
tively limited areas. The following are the principal varieties and
localities represented :

Dunite: Near Webster, North Carolina; 39131 and 29004; Corundum Hill, Macon
County, North Carolina, 36845; Wake County, North Carolina (serpentine),
39030; Red Hill, Plumas County, California, 38361; Cumberland, Rhode Island
(Cumberlandite), 39034; Dun Mountain, New Zealand, 70346.

Saxonite: San Francisco, California, 39014; Riddle, Oregon, 70600; Lizard district,
Cornwall, England (serpentine), 39011; Cadgwith district, Cornwall, England
(serpentine), 70137 ; near Tromsoe, Norway, 35758.

Picrite: llchester, Maryland, 69551; Little Deer Isle, Maine, 39044; Clickerton,
Cornwall, England, 39010; Biedenkoff, Hesse Nassau, Prussia, 36578, (Palxopik-
rite) 36579; Tringenstein, Nassua, 36580.

Hornblende Picrite: Stony Point, New York, 38339. Madison County, Montana.

Wherlite (Hulysite): Near Red Bluff, Madison County, Montana, 70675 ; Volpersdorf,
Silesia, 34766; Schriesheim, Baden, 36581; Terra di Zanschetta, Bologna, Italy,
36584 and 36585; Monte Ferrato, near Prato, Florence, Italy, 73057.

Lherzolite: Lherz, France, 38240; Areige, France, 6731; Arguenos, Haute Garonne,
France, 36582; Fauraft, Markirch, in the Yosages Mountains, 36585.

The following are so much altered that they can be designated simply
serpentines :

Deer Isle, Maine, 39047; Lynnfield, Massachusetts, 70140 ; Hoosac, Berkshire County,
Massachusetts, 27205; Russell, Massachusetts, 38403; Blandford, Massachusetts,
38405; Bare Hills, near Baltimore, Maryland, 37435; Saliwick Lake, Alaska,
37027; Kupperberg, in the Fichteleebirge, Bavaria, 36583; Greipendorf, Saxony,
36673; Waldheim, Saxony, 36675; Ranenthal, Vosges Mountains, 36587; Grum-
berg, Silesia, 34765; Japan, 27136.

9, THE PYROXENITES.

Pyroxenite, a term applied by Dr. Hunt?t to certain rocks consist-
ing essentially of minerals of the pyroxene group, and which occurred
both as intrusive and as beds or nests intercallated with stratified
rocks. The curator here follows the nomenclature and classification
adopted by Dr. G. H. Williams,

*See Kalkowsky’s Elemente der Lithologie, p. 242.
+ Geology of Canada, 1863, p. 667.
f American Geologist, vol.1, July, 1890, pp. 35-49.

568 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituents are one or more
minerals of the pyroxene group, either orthorhombic or monoclinic.
Accessory minerals are not abundant and limited mainly to the iron
ores and minerals of the hornblende or mica groups.

Chemical composition.—The following analyses serve to show the
variations which are due mainly to the varying character of the pyr-
oxenic constituents :

I i0f Tit.

DiGa ess reels eae ee tee. Ue eee Ee BARS 50. 80 53. 98 | 55.14
AlUNING Sisscahe sc ae See eee She ein iala dio cos ese ee Sisclsieisiemeeeniae 3.40 he 0. 66
Chrome Oxide: sacs ene essece ce sos Sede ent cae se cee eae eS Seneee eases 0. 32 0.53 0. 25
HELTIG ORI Ore recom series ase ne ccs ea saree create aman ne eee meee 1.39 1.41 3. 48
IMECELOUS OIC Aer see sate eine canis cae mete nciseleeee Recess iat ogee 8.11 3. 90 4.73
VAN CAN OS Oke ase enema wile eines etnias ose eee eer sic eee eee: oer 0.17 0.21 0. 03
WET Cpa oie wie Seid wits a ee else sac sole eisai cere ae tei a eeieales Sees eee eee 12. 31 15. 47 8.39
WIGTNWERTNES Bl seacasosans ae son 0apeeDOO ne mAadeaoO Ne Dh ooanoTTamasonDe Dae 22. 17 22. 59 26. 66
SOC aes sae taseee come cee maine cine Steen seins enc aes ea eice ene ceesecreiseen oer Trace. 3.|7s2s25ees- 0. 30
OLAS HU Re eerte eh Sails mee sites Me se eee aw Savas s Abeets HEISE BE ee Peat ona ceees Traces. 2\o 5. ssc Sse eee eee
UCTS) Rae = bre se RB SES ERS SPICE SERIE SIE oe ENR EIEN IPR we AP mer ap 0. 52 0. 83 0. 38
WhlovriMeyeces secs eee eae ie ales oe ia ciseiotd mee arate stovecretemcteeioener 0), 240) |)a2b sees | 0. 23

PRO Ker atcinis shale syetetr ola cicieiave seicsin cieia's einiesinie erste ees einiecionie eis ee 100. 03 100. 24 | 100.25

(1) Hypersthene diallage rock, Johnny Cake road, Baltimore County,
Maryland ; (IL) hypersthene diallage rock, Hebbville post-office, Balti-
more County, Maryland, and
(II1) bronzite diopside rock,
from near Webster, North Car-
olina.

Structure.—The pyroxenites
are holocrystalline granular
rocks, at times evenly granular
and saccharoidal, or again por-
phlyritic, as in the websterite
from North Carolina (speci-
mens 38832 and 17927). The
microscopic structure of this
rock is Shown in Fig. 98 from
the original drawing by Dr.
Williams.

Fig. 98. Colors.—The colors are, as a
MICRO-STRUCTURE OF PYROXENITE. rule, greenish or bronze.

Classification and nomenclature.—The pyroxenites, it will be observed,
differ from the peridotites only in the lack of olivine. Following Dr.
Williams’s nomenclature, we have the varieties Dillagite, Bronzitite,
and Hypersthenite, according as the mineral dillage, bronzite, or hypers-
thene forms the essential constituent. Websterite is the name for the
enstatite-dillage variety, such as occurs near Webster, North Carolina

'

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 569

(specimens 38832, 39132, and 70060), and hornblendite that of the
hornblende augite variety. Through hydration and other chemical
changes the pyroxenites give rise to serpentinous, hornblendic, and
steatitic masses, as shown in specimens from Chester, Pennsylvania, and
Russdorf, Saxony. The rocks appear to rank in geological importance
next to the peridotites.

The following localities are represented :

Chester County, Pennsylvania (these rocks all more or less altered
into impure serpentine), 25669, 38467, 38470, 38471, 38473, 38491, 38498,
38484, 70160 (williamsite), and 70154; near Webster, Jackson County,
North Carolina, 70060, 38832, 39152; Russdorf and Kuhschnappel, Sax-
ony, 36674 and 70191, Madison County, Montana, 73175.

B.—IEFFUSIVE OR VOLCANIC ROCKS.

This group includes those igneous rocks which, like the plutonics,
have been forced up through the overlying rocks, but which in this
case came nearly or quite to the surface and flowed out as lavas. They
therefore in many cases represent merely the upper portions of plutonic
rocks, from which they differ structurally, having become less per-
fectly crystalline, owing to their more rapid cooling and solidification.
The characteristic structure of the group is porphyritic, and represents
two distinct phases of cooling and crystallization; (1) an intratellurial
period marked by the crystallization of certain constituents while the
magma, still buried in the depth of the earth, was cooling very grad-
ually, and (2) an effusive period marked by the final consolidation of
the rock on the surface. As this final cooling was much the more rapid
the ultimate product is a glassy, felsitic, or sometimes holocrystalline
groundmass inclosing the porphyritic minerals formed during the first
or intratellurial stage. (See structural series and Figs. 3 and 4, PI. cxx.)
Those portions which have cooled wholly on the surface often show not
merely a vitreous form, but are vesicular or pumiceous as well from the
expansion of the included aqueous vapor. When the groundmass is
holocrystalline the rock is said to have a holocrystatline porphyritic
structure; when glassy, a vitrophyric structure. An intermediate form
in which the groundmass is in part crystalline and in part glassy is
called hypocrystalline porphyritic. As would naturally be expected, the
rocks of this group form a series in part parallel with those of the plu-
tonic group, though as a matter of fact, as noted below, effusive forms
occur of which no plutonic equivalents have as yet been found.

According to the geologic period of their extravasation, whether pre-
Tertiary or Tertiary and post-Tertiary, many authorities have found it
convenient to divide the rocks of this group into (1) the older or paleo-
volcanic effusives, and (2) the younger or neovolcanic effusives. This
distinction is, however, not well marked and can be of little permanent
value. It is nevertheless recognized to a certain extent here, inasmuch
as it is upheld in the leading text-book on the subject, and, moreover,

570

REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

in most instances the names which have been applied to the Tertiary
and post-Tertiary effusives differ from those applied to rocks of the
Paleozoic ages, of which they may be otherwise almost exact equiva-

lents.*

The following table shows the relationship such as exists be-

tween the plutonics and the effusives so far as now known:

Effusives.
Plutonics. =
Paleovoleanic. Neovoleanic.
Granites eneccccceere seer Quartz porphyries -.........---. Liparites.
SWGINIRAS sc sgogscdasos coneosss0se5 Quartz. -free porphyries ......-. Trachytes.
Nepheline Syenites .......-..-.,| (Not known) .....-----.---.----- Nepheline Phonolites.
IDAs sacsoas doesoedsccosaoseer Pop hiysibeseeeeeree eases eereer Andesites.
Gabbros, Norites, Diabases.....-. Melaphyrs and Augite porphy- | Basalts.
rites.
UND PAR) hoonado paoooD cobouoUUbe (GSO LSTOWAN) ssoosseconadesdoacad Thephrites and Basanites (in
part).
Reridopitesasecessescecese eter Picrite porphyrites ............. Limburgites.
/PVROEGMINI@S -odescascooscess=0055 @Nobtekn own) peeeseeeeeeeereeeeee Augitites (?).
(Notiknowm)e-se 05-2 seco een saree OsSaneweccncaeeecsenee ine ser Leucite Rocks.
IDM ssoabgoooecoeceaboossacEana|locos GOtne -eetacine eerste caeaeeses Nepheline Rocks.
LU ecdeeccaccuseSaassassecre |e SSM ORE setee he ainaseecicckeise sereee Melilite Rocks.

In the collections the effusives are arranged in the order given below:
(1) Quartz porphyries, (2) Liparites, (3) Quartz-free porphyries, (4)
Trachytes, (5) Phonolites, (6) Porphyrites, (7) Andesites, (8) Melaphyrs
and Augite porphyrites, (9) Basalts, (10) Tephrites and Basanites, (11)
Picrite porphyrites, (12) Limburgites and Augitites, (13) Leucite Rocks,
(14) Nepheline Rocks, and (15) Melilite Rocks.

&

1. THE QUARTZ PORPHYRIES.

Composition.—The mineral and chemical composition of the quartz

porphyries is essentially the same as that of the granites, from which

they differ mainly in structure.

Their essential constituents are quartz

and feldspar, with accessory black mica or hornblende in very small
quantities; other accessories present, as a rule, only in microscopic
quantities, are magnetite, pyrite, hematite, and epidote.

Structure.—The prevailing structure is porphyritic.

To the unaided

eye they present a very dense and compact groundmass of uniform red-
dish, brown, black, gray, or yellowish color, through which are scattered
clear glassy crystals of quartz alone, or of quartz and feldspar together.
The quartz differs from the quartz of granites in that here it was the
first mineral to separate out on cooling, and hence has taken on a more
perfect crystalline form; the crystal outlines of the feldspar are also
well defined. Under the microscope the groundmass in the typical
porphyry is found to consist of a dense felt-like or felsitic irresolvable

*The Curator has not felt it incumbent upon himself here to substitute other

names for those now commonly accepted by the best authorities.

would only increase the confusion now existing.

Such a proceeding

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 571

substance, which chemical analysis shows to be also a mixture of quartz-
ose and feidspathic material. The porphyritic quartzes show frequently
a marked corrosive action from the molten magma, the mineral having
again been partially dissolved after its first crystallization. (Fig. 3,
Pl, cxx.) This difference in structure in rocks of the same chemical
composition is believed to be due wholly to the different circumstances
under which the two rocks have solidified from a molten magma. The
structure of the groundmass is not always felsitic, but may vary from
a glass, as in the pitchstones of Meissen, Isle of Arran, and the Lake
Lugano region, through spherulitic, micropegmatitic, and porphyritic
to perfectly microcrystalline forms as in the microgranites. This differ-
ence in structure may be best understood by reference to transparencies
Nos. 39075 and 39078 in the windows and to P]. cxx, which show the
microscopic structure of (1) granite from Sullivan, Hancock County,
Maine, (2) micropegmatite from Mount Desert, Maine (specimen 70041),
and (3) a quartz porphyry from Fairfield, Pennsylvania.

Marked fluidal structure is common as shown by the specimens in
the structural series Nos. 35946 and 35959, and also in specimens
35959 and 26570, from Massachusetts and Minnesota. (See P]. ¢xxvit.)

Colors.—The colors of the groundmass, as above noted, vary through
reddish, brownish gray to black and sometimes yellowish or green.
The porphyritic feldspars vary from red, pink, and yellow to snow-
white and often present a beautiful contrast with the groundmass, form-
ing a desirable stone for ornamental purposes. (Specimens 36244 and
36245, from Elfdalen, Sweden.)

Classification and nomenclature.—Owing to the very slight develop-
ment of the accessory minerals mica, hornblende, etc., it has been
found impossible to adopt the system of classification and nomencla-
ture used with the granites and other rocks. Vogelsang’s classifica-
tion as modified by Rosenbusch is based upon the structure of the
groundmass as revealed by the microscope. It is as follows:

Groundmass holocrystalline granular ....-...---..------------- Micro-granite.
Groundmass holocrystalline, but formed of quartz and feldspar,

aggregates rather than district crystals......--...----..... Granophyr.
Groundmiass felsitic .2-22.3222--.----. esas toyeya ae Ne me Felsophyr.
Cronmelnrasselagsyee ee ceeee ee ee Chas oo oe a cee Nee ae Vitrophyr.

Intermediate forms are designated by a combination of the names as
granofelsophyr, felsovitrophyr, etc. The name felsite is often given to
rocks of this group in which the porphyritic constituents are wholly
lacking, as in specimens No. 38031 and 69571, from Saugus and Nahant,
Massachusetts. The names felstone and petrosilex are also common,
though gradually going out of use. Hlvanite is a Cornish miners’
term and too indefinite to be of great value. (Specimen 36188, from
Cornwall, England). write, now little used, applies to felsitic forms
such as specimens 38245, 38254, and 38259, from Jura, France. The
name felsite-pitchstone or retinite has been given to a glassy form with
pitch-like luster such as occurs in dikes, cutting the old red sandstone

572 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

on the Isle of Arran. Kugel porphyry is a name given by German

writers to varieties showing spheroids with a radiating or concentric

structure. (Specimen 36235, from Baden.) Micropegmatite is the term
not infrequently applied to such as show under the microscope a peg-
matitie structure. (Specimen 70041, from Mount Desert, Maine, and

Fig. 2, Pl. cxx.) Various popular names as leopardite and toadstone are

sometimes applied to such as Nos. 27587 and 35722, from near Char-

lotte, North Carolina, and the peculiar spherlitic form, from Newbury,

Massachusetts, No. 70138.

The following localities and varieties are represented :

Microgranite: Friedrichsrode, Germany, 70234, 70744, and 70251; Muhlenthal, Pop-
penberg and Auersberg. In the Harz Mountains, Germany 36223, 36222, and
36224; Nassau, Saxony 36225; Norway 70250; Elfdahlen, Sweden 36232; Cata-
lonia, Spain, 36233; Liskeard, Wheal Busy and Penhall Moor, Cornwall, England,
*36228, 36229, and 36231.

Granophyr : Kirneckthal and Barr Alsace, in the Voges Mountains, Germany, 36234
to 36239 inclusive; Lake Lugano (Lago di Lugano) Switzerland, 36606, 36608,
36609, and 36611; Mount Desert, Maine (micropegmatite) 70038, 70041, 70042.

Felsophyr: Albany, Mount Kearsarge, Waterville, New Hampshire, 27973, 29599,
29591, 29601, 29605; Marblehead, Massachusetts, 35953, 35955, 35956, 35959, 35961;
Nahant, Massachusetts, 69671; Saugus, Massachusetts, 38031; Newbury, Massa-
chusetts, 70138; Hyde Park, Massachusetts, 35942; Hingham, Massachusetts,
35943 ; Charlotte, North Carolina, 35722 and 27587; St. Francois, Iron and Stone
Counties, Missouri, 26406, 26341, 26593 ; Lake County, Minnesota, 26570 and 26630;
Bradon, Wisconsin, 28503 ; Park County, Colorado, 68943 and 68921; Lake County,
Colorado, 68861 and 68901; Washoe District, Nevada, 24052 and 24071; St. Cath-
arine, Brazil, 69860; Cornwall, England, 36188; Isle of Arran, Scotland, 70375 and
70378 ; Freiberg, Adorf, Werdan, Grimma, Erdmansdorf, and Schoeneck, Saxony,
38351, 3867 to 3570, inclusive, 36227, 36248, and 73109; Dossenheim, Handschuh-
sheim, and Weinham, Baden, 36242, 36246, and 36255; Odenwald, Germany, 36241
and 36243; Jura, France, 38259, 35245, and 38254; Poeplitz, Bohemia, 34808;
Danemora and Elfdalen, Sweden, 36250, 36244, 36245, and 36247; Isle of Hogland,
Russia, 27550.

Vitrophyr : Meissen and vicinity, Saxony, 3631, 3642, 3872, 3876 to 3880 inclusive, 4115,
34678, 36252, 36258, 36259; Auer and Recoaro, in the Tyrol, 36253, 38879; Lake
Lugano region, Switzerland, 73121; Isle of Arran, Scotland, 36200 and 70374.

2. THE LIPARITES.

Mineral composition.—These rocks may be regarded as the younger
equivalents of the quartz porphyries, or the volcanic equivalents of the
granites, having essentially the same mineral and chemical composition.
The prevailing feldspar is the clear glassy variety. of orthoclase known
as sanidin; quartz occurs in quite perfect crystal forms often more or
less corroded by the molten magmas, as in the porphyries, and in the
minute, six-sided, thin platyforms known as tridymite. The accessory
minerals are the same as those of the granites and quartz porphyries.

Chemical composition.—Below is given the composition (I) nevadite,
from the northeastern part of Chalk Mountain, Colorado, as given by
Cross.* (IL) That of a rhyolitic form,from the Montezuma Range,

* Geology and Mining Industry of Leadville, Monograph x11, U. S. Geological Sur-
vey, p. 349.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Merrill. PLATE CXXVII.

Fie. 1. Quartz porphyry showing porphyritic structure. (Cat No. 35953, U. S. N. M.)
Fig. 2. Quartz porphyry showing flow structure. (Cat. No. 35946, U. S. N. M.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 573

Nevada, as given by King,* and (III) that of a black obsidian from the
Yellowstone National Park; Wyoming, as given by Iddings.t

af If. Til.

Per cent. Per cent. | Per cent.
DUCA eco ce oo eee cen on een cee teense erence conn ne seenen scenes: 74.45 | 74.62 | 74.70
Sth op sooce sauce Booher e a ee rey UI eat eral ev eu
WGAHG OAC accdsoccsepeeo0S0ss CooUadD Goneoeseacee ss OrOoUCoeSoonSeores esd None ... 1. 20 1.01
TRAITS ORG) Gans hoon oe ee ODODE HO BOOOOS ECONO DOSE A GeCOr CCE OUEOCer errs 0.56 0.10 | 0. 62
INGEN SMIDINGID, -caoaqoeeans Jacdaood sees codec case ocenEsoH See sopoC Cor sede scene nesee Meena soos 0. 40
WIRE PEED 6 So5hod5 bogonbon ooodneebue Sa UIOCe BS cUUdeOdseEeo SeeceeeeuEade 0828) |See ine. acer | Trace.
ANC EEE ee en eae cron secs cance oawan css seb cusesaceueesamenes 0. 83 | 0.36 0. 78
WIMBMEIE oo ccace docbddsass HumonobesscanssenooUebcbodubeceosen Secs odeciuD OnST i Seeees acer 0. 14
SS eee eiceseince root ote laratEwinGid s a)u,aletane miele eratereica/atmaiets widaicicieleteia’s tere « 3, 97 | 2. 26 3. 90
TEQWAEID 2266 onda santocesonoosacponossdocoosoennne JocedosENDa pe oocaccesede 4. 53 | . 76 4,02

LASS EH ChPC) 50556 aden conopeeepduoodEcope Dad seSsco9c oc oer (SOU NeSuemScdpalincdareonoce
Trageithaviy 12, Couey aoa ae ae MEE aa i es pee gi ee 0.66] 1.02) 0.62

100.38 | 99.28) 99.01

SDA GAN TY Goce cbooscdos qodpsosSSeOno ear enosscreo sos S53 955 oC oveeeelassooocads 2.2 | 2.3447

Colors.—These are fully as variable as in the quartz porphyries ;
white, though all shades of gray, green, brown, yellow, pink, and red
are common. Black is the more common color for the glassy varieties
of obsidian, though they are often beautifully spotted and streaked with
red or reddish-brown as shown in samples 72855 and 72856 from the
Yellowstone Park, in 35268 from Glass Buttes, Oregon, 70252 from Ma-
raratio, Mexico, 16248 from the Caucasus, and 11894 from Japan.

Structure.—The liparites present a great variety of structural fea-
tures, varying from holocrystalline, through porphyritic and felsitic to
clear, glassy forms. These varieties can be best understood by refer-
ence to the collections and Plates CXXVIII and CXxIXx, prepared from
photographs. Fig. 1, Pl. cxxvill, is that of the coarsely crystalline
variety nevadite from Chalk Mountains, Colorado; Fig. 2 is that of a
common felsitic and porphyritic type; Fig. 3 is that of the clear, glassy
form obsidian; Fig. 4 shows also an obsidian, but with a pumiceous
structure; Figs. 1 and 2 on Pl. cxxrx show the hollow spherulites or
lithophyse, which have been studied and described by Mr. J. P.
Iddings, of the U. S. Geological Survey.{ Such forms are regarded
by Mr. Iddings as resulting “from the action of absorbed vapors
upon the molten glass from which they were liberated during the
process of crystallization consequent upon cooling.” A pronounced
flow structure is quite characteristic of the rocks of this group as indi-
cated by the name rhyolite. (See large sample of obsidian No. 72853,
from Yellowstone National Park). The microscopic structure of a lip-

* Geological Exploration 40th Parallel, vol. 1, p. 652.

+ Annual Report U. 8. Geological Survey, 1885-86, p. 232.

{ Obsidian Cliff, Yellowstone National Park, Annual Report U.S, Geological Survey,
1885-86.

574 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

arite from High Rock Canon Nevada (35441), is shown in the colored
transparency in the window (59079). Transitions from compact obsidian,
into pumiceous forms, due to expansion of included moisture, are com-
mon, as Shown in the samples from the Mono Craters in California and
those from the Lipari Islands.

Classification and nomenclature.—The following varieties are now
generally recognized, the distinctions being based mainly on structural
features, as with the quartz porphyries. We thus have the granitic-
appearing variety nevadite. The less markedly granular and porphyritie
variety rhyolite, and the glassy forms hyaloliparite, hyaline rhyolite, or
obsidian as it is variously called. Hydrous varieties of the glassy rock
with a dull pitch-like luster are sometimes called rhyolite pitchstone.

The name rhyolite, from the Greek word jew, to flow, it may be stated,
was applied by Richtofen as early as 1860 to this class of rocks as oceur-
ring on the southern slopes of the Carpathians. Subsequently Roth ap-
plied the name liparite to similar rocks occurring on the Lipari Islands.
The first name, owing to its priority, is the more generally used for the
group, though Professor Rosenbusch in bis latest work has adopted
the latter. The name nevadite is from the State of Nevada and was
also proposed by Richtofen. The name obsidian as applied to the
glassy variety is stated to have been given in honor of Obsidius, its
discoverer, who brought fragments of the rock from Ethiopia to Rome.
The name pantellerite has been given by Rosenbusch to a liparite in
which the porphyritic constituent is anorthoclase.

The following localities and varieties are now represented :

Nevadite: Ten Mile District, Summit County, Coiorado, 36872 and 36392; Chalk
Mountain, Lake and Summit Counties, 73176; Apati, Hungary (Felso-Nevadite)
36269.

Rhyolite: Near Cortez, Nevada, 35361; Golanda Cation, Sonoma Range, Nevada,
35327 ; south end of High Rock Canon, Nevada, 35357; south end of Ha-wa-wa
Mountains, Utah, 35308 ; Beaver Head Cation, Montana, 36779 ; south of Cherry
Creek, west side of Madison Valley, Madison County, Montana, 72945; Mount
Sheridan, Wyoming, 38835; Yellowstone Cafion, Yellowstone Park, Wyoming,
28829; summit.of Flat Mountain, Wyoming, 28843; Pima and Cochiel Counties,
Arizona, 28578; Rattlesnake Hill and Querida, Custer County, Colorado, 36871,
36868, and 36870; Hidalgo, Santa Rosa, Zacatecas and Tezintlan, Mexico, 34995,
37734, 37689, 37730, and 37987; Bear Creek Falls, Shasta County, California,
70591; Schemnitz, Eisenbach, Hlinik, Glashutte, Nagy Tolesva, Kremnitz, Hun-
gary, 34590, 36263, 36267, 36266, 36264, 36270, 36271, 36265, 36268, and 70122;
Berkune and Kuckstein, in the Siebengebirge, Prussia, 36261, and 36262.

Hyalo-liparite; obsidian: Crater south side of Mono Lake, California, 22901 and 22899 ;
ibid.(pumiceous forms), 22904 and 22907; Mono Lake, 8 specimens showing com-
pact and pumiceous forms, 29630, 29631, 37210, 37211; same locality, showing
spherulites, 35274; Upper Pit River, California, 1675; Deer Creek Meadows
(spherulitic), 34364 ; Glass Buttes, Oregon, 35268 and 35267 ; Coyote Springs, Utah,
35265; Beaver Valley, Utah, 35269; obsidian cliffs in the Yellowstone National
Park, 10569, 18969, 72855 and 72856; the same locality (spherulitic forms), 18969,
28921, 29106, 10574, 29107, 70676, and 28979; the same locality, with lithophysz
72852; Obsidian cation, Yellowstone National Park, 28922, 28923, and 10570;
between Madison River and Shoshone Lake, Wyoming, 28914 and 28917; south

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Merrill. PLATE CXXVIII.

Fic. 1. Liparite, pumiceous form. (Cat. No, 22906 U.S. N. M.)

?

Fig. 2. Liparite, obsidian form. (Cat. No. 28922, U. S. N. M.)
Fic. 3. Liparite, rhyolite form, (Cat. No. 72870, U. S. N. M.)
Fic. 4. Liparite, nevadite form. (Cat. No. 73176, U. S. N. M.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 51D

base of Mount Washburn, Wyoming, 28975; east side of Snake River, Wyoming,
37273 ; Mararteo, Magdalena, Michoacan and Rio del Norte, Mexico, 70252, 35780,
19536, and 19,547; San Juan de los Llanos, Mexico (perlitic), 38130; Guatemala,
35587; Alaska, Beach near Nonikaket River, 6384; island of Lipari, 36184 and
36143; (8 specimens showing common types) ibid., 36284 ; Ascension Island, 36281 ;
New Zealand, 36110; Mayor Island, Bay of Plenty, New Zealand. 70345; North-
east Iceland, 72810; Mount Gokshi in the Caucasus, 16248; Tokaz, Hungary, 36280:
Japan, 11894 ; Granada, Spain (perlitic), 35720.

Hyalo-liparite, pitchstone.—North slope of Salient Mountain, Nevada, 35402; Esmer-
alda district, Nevada, 15567 and 15562; south end of Carson Lake, Nevada,
35351; Clear Creek, Colorado, 36983; Rio Grande, Colorado, 5124; Sonora,
Mexicv, 7058; Grand Canon Yellowstone River (porphyritic), 36830 ; Spring
Valley, Utah (spherulitic), 1025; Mount Rotaro, Isle of Ischia, 36282; Gallatin
Valley, Montana, 73116.

3. THE ORTHOCLASE OR QUARTZ-FREE PORPHYRIES.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituents are the same as
those of syenite. They consist therefore of a compact porphyry ground-
mass with porphyritic feldspar (orthoclase) and accessory plagioclase,
quartz, mica, hornblende, or minerals of the pyroxene group. More
rarely occur zircon, apatite, magnetite, etc., as in the syenites.

Chemical composition.—Being poor in quartz these rocks are a trifle
more basic than the quartz porphyries which they otherwise resemble.
The following is the composition of an orthoclase porphyry from Pre-
dazzo as given by Kalkowski:* Silica, 64,45; alumina, 16.31; ferrous
oxide, 6.49; magnesia, 0.30; lime, 1.10; soda, 5.00; potash, 5.45; water,
0.85 per cent.

Structure.—Excepting that orthoclase is the porphyritie constituent
they are structurally identical with the quartz porphyries, and need
not be further described here.

Colors.—These are the same as the quartz porphyries already de-
scribed.

Classification and nomenclature.—The orthoclase or quartz-free por-
phyries bear the same relation to the syenites as do the quartz por-
phyries to granite, and the rocks are frequently designated as syenite
porphyries. Like the quartz porphyries they occur in intrusive sheets,
dikes and lava flows associated with the Paleozoic formations. Owing
to the frequent absence of accessory minerals of the ferro-magnesia
group the rocks can not in all cases be classified as are the syenites,
and distinctive names based upon other teatures are often applied.
The term orthophyr is applied to the normal orthoclase porphyries,
and these are subdivided when possible into biotite, hornblende, or
augite orthophyr according as either one of these minerals is the pre-
dominating accessory. The term rhombporphyry has been used to des-
ignate an orthoclase porphyry found in Southern Norway, and in
which the porphyritic constituent appears in characteristic rhombic
outlines, and which is further distinguished by a complete absence of
quartz and rarity of hornblende. (Specimens 1660 and 34831.) The

*Elemente der lithologie, p. 86,

576 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

name keratophyr has been given by Giimbel to a quartzose or quartz-

free porphyry containing a sodium-rich alkaline feldspar. (Specimens

70609, Minnesota; 70194 and 70195, Bavaria; 70186, Hartz Mountains;

and 70564, Bomeld, Norway.)

So far as can be at present judged, these rocks are much more re-
stricted in their occurrence than are the quartz porphyries.
The following localities and varieties are represented :

Andlau, Vosges Mountains, Germany, 36304; Hohwald, Vosges Mountains, 36308 ;
Katzenellnogen, Nassau, Germany, 36302; Oldenwald Hesse, Germany, 36301 ;
Christiania Fjord, Norway, 1680; near Christiania, Norway (orthophyr), 70413;
Tyvehomen, near Christiania, Norway (rhomb-porphyry), 1660, 34381, and
36456; Pigeon Point, Minnesota (Keratophyr), 70609; Torkel in the Fichtelge-
birge, Bavaria (Keratophyr), 70194; Bavaria, 70195; Elbingerode, Hartz Moun-
tains, Germany, 70186; Bammelo, Norway (Keratophyr), 70564.

4, THE TRACHYTES.

Trachyte from the Greek word ztpayus, rough, in allusion to the char-
acteristic roughness of the rock. The term was first used by Hauy to
designate the well-known volcanic rocks of the Drachenfels on the
Rhine.

Mineral composition.— Under the name of trachyte are comprehended
by Professor Rosenbusch those massive Tertiary and post-Tertiary
eruptive rocks, consisting essentially of sanidin with hornblende augite
or black mica, and which may be regarded as the younger equivalents
of the quartz-free porphyries. The common accessory minerals are
plagioclase, tridymite, apatite, sphene, and magnetite, more rarely
olivine (specimen 72988 from the Isle of Ischia); sodalite (specimens
36320, 36321, and 72994 from the Isle of Ischia, and specimens 73013,
73014, and 73017 from near Naples, Italy) ; humite (specimen 36331 from
Monte Somma); hauyne (specimens 36315 to 36317 from the Laacher
See), and mellilite (specimen 72997 from Isle of Ischia).

Chemical composition.—The following shows the range in chemical
composition of these rocks (I) being that of the trachyte of Game Ridge,
Colorado (see specimen 70605) and (II) that of the La Guardia stone,
(See specimens 38788 and 73004).

i TT.
Per cent. | Per cent.

STIG), cr ciccaccancunatessaocans BOAO OOSO CS SEOA SOG SAAR NODA SIMO SOE ca CSS0Cr soooeseadnc 66. 03 56. 09
Mu minaze tees 8155 seed sche Jd Galcela Baie cGletd de sda Be eins See acme ements 18.49 26. 09
MOILIC Ox Oyeeineisrs peo mieeda aisle [nisiclo sess sia)= pea elese ae nee eee Ee Ee ee ere eeere 2.18 1.58
IRETLOUS OxIN Orem sabe nem aelne penis oss cnaisiei= mice alee eaniae he eee EEE EEE EER Eee eee Ooh eee see.
WESTTUEIEL) O.s11lS) Hex oepposeceepe Ose EecaEs Sélasm OoonoopoboUssosanssooescedsasnsceos Trace. | Trace.
AM) 222 5 Soe eee mene Le eae eek ou ates bel oes he a ee 0.96 | 3.41
IEICE eceinp ea acs O COG C0 ANN EE 9 BIRDS I ISON 900+ SODOCO ICSE SIRO IOOS TOSI Oe 0. 39 2.70
Potash eee eae clacennnnaee weer ces DORN SSD SCHOROADS Saosin coon Seino scoTOosNe 5. 86 | 6.49
SO Baie cwin ote aateievjnhore'sinieie aici steininla ivlaln se > vicla aie icye/aisin b nie ais eine Tee ine ioe eee oe eee 5. 22 | 3. 38
aa yt CU eee score choo ace CBAC CH ICC CEB C HO OBE OSCE MD BIOS BEICol Je cigueoucocanas one 0.85} - 1.05
Phosphoricacidi(P; Op) eaccsces + eases wad ow clseraieccicee saeoate conte sheet eee 0505.1 45. Se ERE

Total. csize cto sce aelece stapes teciee aceairewion oe crea el oe cece nee eee oe eee 100. 24 100. 74

PLATE CXXIX,

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Merrill.

Obsidian with lithophysz. (Cat. No. 72851, U. S. N. M.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. HTT

Structure.—In structure the trachytes are rarely granular, but pos.
sess a fine, scaly or microfelsitic groundmass, rendered porphyritic
through the development of scattering crystals of sanidin, hornblende,
augite of black mica. The texture is porous, and the rock possesses a
characteristic roughness to the touch; hence the derivation of the
name as given above. Perlitic structure is common in the glassy forms.
The microscopic structure of the trachyte of Monte Vetta is shown in
Fig. 5, Plate cxx, as prepared from specimen 36332.

Colors.—The prevailing colors are grayish, yellowish, or reddish.

Classification and nomenclature.—They are divided into hornblende,
augite or mica-trachytes, according as any one of these minerals pre-
dominates. The name sanidin-oligoclase trachyte is sometimes given to
trachytes in which both these feldspars appear as prominent constitu-
ents. (See specimens from the Siebengebirge, Prussia.) The presence
of quartz gives rise to the variety quartz-trachytes. (See under rhyo-
lites.) The glassy form of trachyte is commonly known under the
name of the trachyte pitchstone (specimens 36272, 36276, and 38786 and
72995 from Hungary, Isle of Ponza, and the Isle of Ischia), or if with
a perlitic structure simply as perlite. (Specimens 36277, 36278 and
36279 from Hungary.) In his most recent work Professor Rosenbusch
has included the glassy forms under the name of hyalo-trachyte.

The following localities and varieties are represented. .

Trachyte: Game Ridge, near Rosita, Silver Cliff Region, Colorado, 70605; near Car-
bonate Camp, Black Hills, Dakota, 39097; Isle of Ischia, 36320 to 36326, ineclu-
“sive, 38336, 35857, and 72,994 to 72993, inclusive; Kuganaen Hills, Italy, 36318
and 36319; near Naples, Italy, 36314, 73013, 73014, and 73017; Monte Verginio,
Rome, Italy, 36328; Astroni, Naples, Italy, 36327; Monte Bracalon, Italy, 34792;
Monte Nuovo, Naples, Italy, 36329; Monte Somma, Italy, 36330 and 36331; Laa-
cher See, Prussia, 36315, 36316, and 36317 ; Isle of Ponza, Italy, 38788 and 73004;
Isle of St. Stefano, 73007; Visegrad, Apatkuter, Hungary, 34569; Moscar, Hun-
gary (Biotite Hypersthene Trachyte), 70183; Hlinik, Hungary (pumiceous),
36312; the Siebengebirge, Prussia, 34644, 36305 to 36308, inclusive, and 36348;
Hulsberg, Nassau, Germany (Sanidin-oligoclase-trachyte), 36310; Inselberg,
Prussia (sanidin-oligoclase-trachyte), 36311.

Hyalo trachyte—trachyte pitchstone.—Hlinik, Hungary, 36272; Kozelnik, Hungary,
36376; Isle of Ponza, 38786; Pusti Hrad, Hlinik and Kremnitz, Hungary (Perlitic
varieties), 36277, 36278, and 36379,

5. THE PHONOLITES.

Phonolite, from the Greek word gwy7, sound, and é%us, stone, in allu-
sion to the elear ringing or clinking sound which slabs of the stone emit
when struck with a hammer; frequently called clinkstone for the same
reasons.

Mineral eomposition.—The phonolites consist essentially of sanidin
and nepheline or leucite, together with one or more minerals of the
augite hornblende group, and generally hauyn or nosean. The common
accessories are plagiociase, apatite, sphene, mica, and magnetite; more

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2 37

578 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

rarely occur tridymite, melanite, zircon, and olivine. The rock under-
goes ready deconiposition, and calcite, chlorite, limonite, and various
minerais of the zeolite group occur as secondary products.
Chemical composition.—The average of six analyses given by Zirkel*
is aS follows: Silica, 58.02 per cent.; alumina, 20.03; iron oxides, 6.18;
manganese oxide, 0.98; lime, 1.89; magnesia, 0.80; potash, & 18; sie.
6.33; water, 1.88; specter or agi 2.58.
Seiceire= Tne phonolites present but little variety in structure, be-
ing usually porphyritic, seldom evenly granular. The porphyritic struc-
ture is due to the development of large crystals of sanidin, nepheline,
leucite, or hauyn, and more rarely hornblende, augite, or sphene, in the
fine-grained and compact groundmass, which is usually micro-crystalline,
never glassy or amorphous.
Colors.—The prevailing colors are dark gray or greenish.
Classification and nomenclature.—Three varieties are recognized by
Professor Rosenbusch, the distinction being founded upon the varia-
tion in proportional amounts of the three minerals sanidin, nepheline,
or leucite. We thus have, Ist. Nepheline-phonolite, consisting essen-
tially of nepheline and sanidin, and which may therefore be regarded
as the voleanic equivalent of the nepheline syenite. 2d. Leucite phono-
lite, consisting essentially of leucite and sanidin, and 3d. Leucitophyr,
which consists essentially of both nepheline and leucite in connection
with sanidin, and nearly always melanite.
The following localities and varieties are represented :
Nepheline-phonolite: Black Buttes, Black Hills, Dakota, 39096 and 70608; Rio Janeiro,
Brazil, 69974; Serra dos Pocos de Caldas, Proy. do S. Paulo, Brazil 69968; Serra
de Tingua, Brazil, 69965 and 70237 ; Ilha de Fernando Poroula, Proy. de Pernam-
buco, Brazil, 69970 and 69971; Kifel, Rhenish Prussia, 36344; Ober Schefflausen
Kaiserstuhl, Switzerland, 36346; Schlofsberg, Bohemia, 36347; Kleine Priessen,
Bohemia, 36350; Kletschner Berg, Bohemia, (Nosean-sanidin phonolite), 36348 ;
Mileschauer, Mittelgebirge, Bohemia, (Nosean sanidin-phonolite), 36349; Hoben-
Mahlberg, Nassau, Germany, 36345; Hohen Krahen, Baden, 38849 and 35371;
Gemersbold, Baden, 38350.

Leucite-Phonolite: Civata Castellana, Viterbo, Rocca Monfina, and Bagnoria Cimin
Mountains, Italy, 36541, 36640, 36562, and 38790.

Leucitophyr: Englenkopf, [ifel, Prussia, 33337; Burg Olbruck Eifel, Prussia, 35753
and 36351; Dachsbusch, Laacher See, Prussia, 36352; Rieden and Perlerkopf,
Laacher See, Prussia, 36353 and 36354.

6. THE PORPHYRITES.

Mineral and chemical composition.—The essential constituents of the
porphyrites are the same as of the diorites, from which they differ mainly
in structure.

Structure.—The porphyrites, as a rule, show a felsitic or glassy ground-
ass, aS do the quartz porphyries, in which are imbedded quite per-

i omonen der ee 1p FO) 193.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 579

fectly developed porphyritic plagioclases with or without hornblende or
black mica. At times, as in the well known “ porfido rosso antico,”
or antique porphyries of Egypt, the groundmass is micro-crystalline,
forming thus connecting links between the true diorites and diorite
porphyrites. Indeed the rocks of the group may be said to bear the
same relation to the diorites in the plagioclase series as do the quartz
porphyries to the granites in the orthoclase series, or better yet, they
may be compared with the hornblende andesites, of which they are ap-
parently the Paleozoic equivalents.

Colors.—The prevailing colors are dark brown, gray, or greenish.

Classification.—According to the character of prevailing accessory
mineral we have hornblende porphyrite, or diorite porphyrite, as it is
sometimes called, and mica porphyrite. When, as is frequently the
case, neither of the above minerals are developed in recognizable quan-
tities, the rock is designated as simply porphyrite. The porphyrites are
widespread rocks, very characteristic of the later Paleozoic formations,
occurring as contemporaneous lava flows, intrusive sheets, dikes and
bosses. The more important localities and varieties exhibited are given
in the following list:

Elk Mountains, Colorado, head of Willow Creek, 39197; Mosquito Gulch, Park
County, Colorado, 68976 and 68951; north slope Bartlett Mountains, Summit
County, Colorado, 68972; Cedar Creek, Madison County, Montana, 72866 and
72880; Jefferson County, Montana, 73170; near Libertyville, New Jersey (mica por-
phyrite), 72830; Nantasket, Massachusetts, 38514; Terradel Fuego, South America,
1880; North Berwick, Law, England, 36386; Loch Fine, Argyleshire, Scotland,
70380 and 70381; Lake Lugano, 36622 and 36616, 36617 and 36618; Vallee du Lys,
Pyrenees, 36375 ; Quenast, Belgium, 36377; Falkenstein, in the Fichtelgebirge,
Bavaria, 36376 ; Hochwald and Gottesberg, Silesia, 36389 and 36390 ; Postchap-
pel, Saxony, 36387; Gienberg, Theodorshall, Munster, Wertenberg, Gonnes-
weiler, Wolfstein, and Namborn (epidiorite porphyrite), Nahe, Prussia, 56379,
36380, 36381, 38384, 36388, 70242, 70185, 70205 ; Ilfeld, Hartz Mountains, 36385.

7. THE ANDESITES.

Andesite. The name was first used by L. V. Buch in 1835, to desig-
nate a type of volcanic rocks found in the Andes Mountains, South
America,

Mineral composition.—The essential constituents are soda-lime feld-
spar, together with black mica, hornblende, augite, or a rhombic pyrox-
ene, and in smaller, usually microscopic proportions, magnetite, ilmen-
ite, hematite, and apatite. Common accessories are olivine, sphene,
garnets, quartz, tridymite, orthite, pyrite, and sanidin.

Chemical composition.—The composition of the andesites varies very
considerably, the quartz-bearing members naturally showing a much
higher percentage of silica. ‘The following table shows the composition
of a few typical forms:

580 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Si O02 | Al, 03) Fe. O;| Fe O | Mg O| CaO | Na, O| K, 0 H, O
NR eas Cu SOS De ee 66:32) | 14233 ie sbeosie 0225) 2545 | 4 G4ale 13890 1.61 1.13
Dee econ aak Wee yeep oe | MR GON5 1 aot 5 75 ueo a oe | ee ene 2. 09 steer Z:89llKe BES<alee eee:
Seas a sees seecee ET) aah) WL OMe. ae 0. 61 4.33 3.85 | 3,52 4.35
CVS ERA EL Os A 56.07 | 19.06! 5.39] 0.92] 2.12 TectO) | te Oiled. 0.99
eee Mae ene ae ee ee 56.19 | 16.12) 4.92] 4.43] 4.60 TOD « PAGE B85 1.03
(ERE Sn oo oer) ieee a eS aT PeEn nah IY p |lnsaae eee 6. 03 2. 40 6.19 | 3.20] 3.02 0.76
| | | |

1 Dacite from Kis Sibes Transylvania.

2 Dacite from Lassens Peak, California.

3 Hornblende andesite from hill north of Gold Peak, Nevada.

4 Hornblende andesite from Bogéslof Island, Alaska.

5 Hypersthene andesite, Buffalo Peaks, Colorado.

6 Augite andesite from north of American Flat, Washoe, Nevada.

Structure.—To the unaided eye the andesites present as arule a com-
pact, amorphous, often rough and porous groundmass carrying porphy-
ritic feldspars and small scales of mica, hornblende, or whatever may
be the prevailing accessory; pumiceous forms are not uncommon
(specimens 35516 and 36979). Under the microscope the groundmass
is found to vary from clear glassy through microlitic forms to almost
holocrystalline. The minerals of the groundmass are feldspars in
elongated microlites, specks of iron ore, apatite in very perfect forms, and
one or more of the accessory ferro-magnesian minerals. The porphy-
ritic constituents present well developed crystalline outlines, or having
once been fully developed have suffered from the corrosive action of
the molten magma, the feldspars being rounded, and the hornblendes
displaying a characteristic black border. A pronounced flow structure
is usually developed. The micro-structure as seen by a low power is
well shown in the colored transparency in the window number (39080).

Colors.—The prevailing colors are some shade of gray, greenish or
reddish.

Classification and nomenciature.—Specific names are given dependent
upon the character of the prevailing accessory. We thus have:

Andesites with quartz=Quartz andesites or dacites

Andesites in which hornblende prevails=Hornblende andesites.
Andesites in which augite prevails=Augite andesites.

Andesites in which hypersthene prevails=Hypersthene andesites.
Andesites in which mica prevails= Mica andesites.

The glassy varieties are often known as hyaline andesites. The name
propylite was given by Richthofen to a group of andesitic rocks preva-
lent in Hungary, Transylvania, and the western United States (speci-
mens No. 36414 and 35323 from Colorado and Nevada and 36481 from
Hungary), but these rocks have since been shown by Wadsworth and
others to be but altered andesites, and the name has fallen into disuse.

The following varieties and localities are represented:

Quartz andesite: Dacite. Lassen’s Peak, California, 70597; State of Mexico, Mexico,

37716; Nagy Ag, Transylvania, 34587 and 34575; Schemnitz, Hungary, 70180 and
70181; Kis Lebes, in the Siebengebirge, 36391.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 581

Hornblende andesite: Pelican Peak, Wyoming, 28900 and 28901; north end of Mono
Valley, Nevada, 35497; Mountain Pass, between Bodie and Mono Lake, 35469;
Mullin’s Ranch, west shore of Pyramid Lake, Nevada (propylite), 35323 ; Washoe
District, Nevada, 24001, 24020, 24026, 24121; south slope Sepulchre Mountain,
Yellowstone National Park, 72860; road from Ennis to Virginia City, Madison
County, Montana, 72867; Mount Shasta, California, 38362 and 36977; Bogosloff
Island, Alaska, 36855 and 37033; Buckskin Gulch, Colorado (propylite), 36414;
Oaxaca, Mexico, 37752; Mexico, Mexico, 37770; Ixtapalapa, Mexico, 37711; the
Siebengebirge, Prussia, 34579, 34580, 34581, 36400 to 36406 inclusive ; Sengelberg,
near Salz, Nassau, Germany, 36409; Dahlen, Nassau, Germany, 36407; Wolfer-
ding, Nassau, Germany, 36408; Gyalu, Transylvania, 36411; Com Neograd, Hun-
gary, 34585.

Hypersthene andesite: Mount Shasta, California, 36978 and 38363; ibid, (pumiceous)
36979 ; Mono Craters, California, 37216; Zacatecas, Mexico, 37707; Mexico, Mex-
ico, 37712; Volcano of Krakatoa (pumiceous), 35516.

Mica andesite : <Geisberg in the Siebengebirge, Rhenish Prussia, 36393 ; Dilln, Repis-
tye, Kremnitz, Tepla, and Schemnitz, Hungary, 36394, 36395, 36396, 36398, 36399,
70182, 70185 ; Monte di Capucini, near Viterbo, Italy (with hypersthene), 36397.

Augiie andesite : Southeast side of Mono Lake, near Mono Springs Station, California,
35439; west side Huinboldt Valley, 35465; Washoe District, Nevada, 24018; near
Fort Ellis, Gallatin County, Montana, 38577; South Boulder Creek, Montana
(with hypersthene), 73167; Kremnitz, Hungary, 34577, 36484 and 36486; Nagy
Banya, Hungary, 36485; Schemnitz, Hungary, 36116, 36482, 34576, 34578; Tokaj,
Hungary (with hypersthene), 36487; Bath, Hungary (sphernlitic, with hypers-
thene), 36488; Bagonya, Hungary (with hypersthene), 36489; Kis Kapus, tran-
sylvania, 36483; Monte St. Croce, Roccamonfina, Italy (with mica), 73021.

8. THE MELAPHYRS AND AUGITE PORPHYRIES.

The term melaphyr is used by Rosenbusch to designate a volcanic
rock occurring in the form of intrusive sheets and lava flows, and con-
sisting essentially of a plagioclase feldspar, augite and olivine, with free
iron oxides and an amorphous of porphyry base. The augite por-
phyrites differ in containing no olivine. The rocks of this group are
therefore the porphyritic forms of the olivine bearing and olivine free
diabases and gabbros, differing from these in structure, in mode of
occurrence, and in belonging in great part to the Carboniferous and
older Permian formations.

Structure.—As above noted they are porphyritic rocks with, in their
typical forms, an amorphous base, are often amygdaloidal, and with a
marked flow structure.

Colors.—In colors they vary through gray or brown to nearly black ;
often greenish through chloritic and epidotic decomposition, as shown
in specimens No. 35940, from Brighton, Massachusetts.

Classification and nomenclature.—According as olivine is present or
absent they are divided primarily into melaphyrs and augite porphy-
rites, the first bearing the same relation to the olivine diabases as do
the quartz porphyries to the granites, or the hornblende porphyrites to
the diorites, and the second a similar relation to the olivine free dia-
bases. The augite porphyrites are further divided upon structural
grounds into (1) diabase porphyrite, which include the varieties with

582 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

holocrystalline diabase granular groundmass of augite, iron ores aud
feldspars, in which are embedded porphyritic lime-soda feldspars—
mainly labradorite—idiomorphie augites, and at times accessory horn-
blende and black mica; (2) spilite, which includes the non-porphyritic
compact, sometimes amygdaloidal and decomposed forms suchas are
known to German petrographers as dichte diabase, diabase mandelstein,

(amygdaloid) kalk-diabuse, variolite, etc. ; (3) the true augite porphyrite,

including the normal porphyritic forms with the amorphous base, and

(4) the glassy variety augite vitrophyrite.

The following localities and varieties are represented :

Melaphyr: Hingham, Nantasket, and Brighton, Massachusetts, 38378, 38524, and
35940; Taylor’s Falls, Minnesota, 26591; Berkshire Cation, Virginia Range, Ne-
vada, 22405; Ilfeld, in the Harz Mountains, 36474; Heimbach, Asweiler, Sotern
and Erzweiler, Nahe, Prussia, 36472, 36469, 36471, and 36470; Berschweiler and
Niede1brombach, Nahe, Prussia (Weiselbergite types), 70220 and 70233; Heister-
berg, Reidscheid, Oberstein, and Hopstaten, Nahe, Prussia (navite types), 70219,
70221 to 70223 inclusive; Braunshausen, Nahe, Prussia (olivine tholeeit type),
70210; Gersdorf, Saxony, 36475; Neuhaus and Lahn, Silesia, 36473 and 36470.

Augite porphyrite: Barro de Oratorio, Rio Zubara, Province de Str. Catharina,
Brazil, 69915; Durham, England, 36462 ; Christiania, Norway, 70398: Upsala,
Sweden (uralite porphyrite), 70196; Bufaure and Fassathal, Tyrol, 36476, and
36461; Hof, in the Fichtelgebirge, Bavaria, 36459; Dillenburg, Baldwinstein,
and Langenaubach, Nassau, Germany, 36457, 36460, and 36454; Rubeland, Harz
Mountains, Germany, 36455; Elbingerode, Harz Mountains (diabase porphyrite,
labradorite porphyrite), 36453; Rosenberg, Nahe, Prussia, 36458; Berneck, in
the Fichtelgebirge, Bavaria (spilite type), 70174; Gebweiler, Alsace, Germany
(labrodorite porphyrite), 36449, 36450, 36451, and 36452 ; Cottonwood Creek, Gal-
latin County, Montana, 38595; Cusel, Nahn, Prussia (cuselite type), 70192 and
70193.

9. THE BASALTS.

Basalt—A very old term used by Pliny and Strabo to designate cer-
tain black rocks from Egypt, and which were employed in the arts in
early times.*

Mineral composition.—The essential minerals are augite and plagio-
clase feldspar with olivine in the normal forms; accessory iron ores
(magnetite and ilmenite), together with apatite, are always present,
and more rarely a rhombic pyroxene, hornblende, black mica, quartz,
perowskite, hauyn and nepheline, and minerals of the spinel group.
Metallic iron has been found as a constituent of certain basaltic rocks
on Disco Island, Greenland (specimen 73164).

Chemical composition.—The composition is quite variable. ‘The fol-
lowing shows the common extremes of variation: Silica, 45 % to 55% ;
alumina, 10 % to 18 %; lime, 7 % to 14 %; magnesia, 3 % to 10 %;
oxide of iron and manganese, 9 % to 16 %; potash, 0.058 %; soda,
2% to5 %; loss by ignition, 1 % to 5 %; specific gravity, 2.85 to 3.10.

Structure.—Basalts vary all the way from clear glassy to holocrys-
talline forms. The common type is a compact and, to the unaided eye,

* Teall. British Petrography, p. 186.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 583

homogeneous rock, with a splintery or conchoidal fracture, and show-
ing only porphyritic olivines in such size as to be recognizable. (See
specimens Nos. 34752, 35852, and 36500.) Under tbe microscope they
show a groundmass of small feldspar and augite microlites, with per-
haps a sprinkling of porphyritic forms of feldspar, augite, and olivine,
and a varying amount of interstitial brownish glass; the glass may be
wholly or in part replaced by devitrification products, as minute hairs,
needles, and granules. A marked flow structure is often developed,
the feldspars of the groundmass having fiowed around the olivine be-
longing to the earlier period of consolidation, giving rise to an appear-
ance that may be compared to logs in a mill stream, the olivines repre-
senting small islands. (See transparencies No. 59081.) Pumiceous
and amygdaloidal forms are common.

Colors.—The prevailing colors are dark, some shade of gray to per-
fectly black. Red and brown colors are alsocommon. Mineralogically
it will be observed the basalts resemble the olivine diabases and mela-
phyrs, of which they may be regarded as the younger equivalents.
Indeed, in very many cases it has been found impossible to ascertain
from a study of the specimen alone to which of the three groups it
should be referred, so closely at times do they resemble one another,

Classification and nomenclature.—In classifying, the variations in erys-
talline structure are the controlling factors. As, however, these char-
acteristics are such as may vary almost indefinitely in different portions
of the same flow the rule has not been rigidly adhered to here. We
thus have:

(1) Dolerite, including the coarse-grained almost holo-crystalline va:
riety ; (2) Anamesite, incinding the very compact fine-grained variety,
the various constituents of which are not distinguishable by the unaided
eye; (3) Basalt proper, which includes the compact homogeneous, often
porphyritic variety, carrying a larger proportion of interstitial glass
or devitrification products than either of the above varieties, and (4)
Tachylite, hyalomelan or hyalobasalt which includes the vitreous or
glassy varieties, the mass having cooled too rapidly to allow itto assume
a crystalline structure. These varieties therefore bear the same rela-
tion to normal basalt as do the obsidians tothe liparites. Other varie-
ties, though less common, are recognizable and characterized by the
presence or absence of some predominating accessory mineral. Wehave
thus quartz, hornblende, and hypersthene basalt, ete. An olivine free va-
riety is also recognized.

The basalts are among the most abundant and widespread of the
younger eruptive rocks. In the United States they occur mainly in the
regions west of the Mississippi River. They are eminently volcanic
rocks and occur in the form of lava streams and sheets, often of great
extent, and sometimes showing a characteristic columnar structure (see
collections under head of structural geology). According to Richtho-
fen the basalts are the latest products of volcanic activity. The quartz

584 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

basalt from Snag Lake, near Lassen’s Peak, California (No. 38604), is
regarded by Mr. J. S. Diller as a product of the latest volcanic eruption
in California, and perhaps in the United States (Alaska excepted).
This lava field covered an area of only about 3 square miles, and trunks
of trees killed at the time of the eruption are still standing.

The following localities and varieties are represented :

Olivine free basalt: Stoppelberg, near Wiensbach, Rhon Mountains, Prussia, 70254.

Olivine basalt: Beaver Head County, Montana, 36571; Valmont, Boulder County,
Colorado, 36491 ; near Golden, Jefferson County, Colorado, 36874; Canadian Hills,
New Mexico, 29173; Turkey Mountains, New Mexico, 29160; Washoe District,
Nevada, 24054; Aurora, Nevada, 35477; Antelope Spur, Mt. Washburn, Wyoming,
29094 ; Madeline Valley, California, 25322; Ten-mile Creek, Quinn River Valley,
Oregon,35350; Gardiner’s River, Yellowstone National Park,72858; South of Eight-
mile creek, west side of Madison Valley, Madison County, Montana, 72799; South
branch Bear Creek, East side Madison Valley, Madison County, Montana ‘olivine
rich variety), 72800; South of Cherry Creek, Madison County, Montana, 72944;
Agate Pass, Cortez Range, Nevada, 21302; Basalt Hills, Kawsoh Mountains,
Nevada, 21998; Unalashka, Alaska, 28076; Lehigh River, Victoria, Australia,
28193 ; Chatham Islands, Galapagos Archipelago, 70655; Finkenberg, near Bonn,
Prussia, 36496; Lowenburg, Jungfernberg, Petersberg, and Oelberg in the Sieben-
gebirge, 36490, 36492, 36493, and 36494; Unkel on the Rhein (Saulen basalt, near
Limburgite), 36495 ; Limburg, Nassau, Germany, 36497; Alsfeld, Hesse, Germany,
36498; Tannenbergsthal in the Erzgeberge, 36499; Groditzberg, Silesia, 34752 ;
Auvergne, France, 35852, San-Miguel, Azores Islands, 35522 and 35524; Zaca-
tecas, Mexico, 37782 and 37786; Serena, Mexico, 37701; Disco Island, Greenland
(with native iron), 12118; Thordarfell, Reykjavir, Iceland, 72307; Hawaiian
islands (rich in olivine) 35852.

Quartz basalt: Near Snag Lake, Lassen’s Peak, California, 36604.

Hornblende basalt: Rossdorf, Rhon Mountains, Germany, 70264.

Hyalobasalt—Tachylite: Hilo, Hawaiian Islands, 70567; Kilauea, Hawaiian Islands,
(Peles Hair), 72947; Gethurms, Vogelsberg, Prussia, 70261 and 70263; Bossdorf,
Silesia, 70677.

10. THE TEPHRITES AND BASANITES.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituent of the rocks of this
group as given by Rosenbusch are a lime-soda-feldspar and nepheline
or leucite, either alone or accompanied by augite. Olivine is essential
in basanite. Apatite, the iron ores, and rarely zircon occur in both
varieties. Common accessories are sanidin, hornblende, biotite, hauyn
(see specimen 34686 from Niedermendig), melanite, perowskite and a
mineral of the spinel group.

Chemical composition.—The following is the composition of (1) a nephe-
line tephrite from Antao Pico da Cruz, Azores, and (II) a nepheline-ba-
sanite from San Antonio, Cape Verde Islands, as given by Roth.*

*Abhandlungen der Konig. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 1884, p. LXIy.

au Il.

i |\——

Per ct. | Per ct.
SHAG) pococotdoseet Sobor Soeemo cer eC COU CSCO LOCOCO OE TO DOOE CE CROSSE nO eCrOeobc CooUr pons 47.44 43, 09
ANIMATE soon tances soe BOB EISseen oe SE Ene ane BoC SCC COC OCS EERE A MOgoECeaSde Eonor aseceras Poel 17,45
MPOVISOS QMIOKIC Ge wae sce sie nina mim nln dine eine alm nlm nim ome ww new miainlein wn a win niminle rmames 6. 83 18.99
Aico OLOM0 Obese taal = ila = sels oslo ee = =n iemele m= MAE arp cecadguOc sSonber BHP Pill seer sdes
BRU Tea EES SUPE ee at et te aia e <i elote ai einicicle(= fomiminice alee [el sSainiem im = aielen => mloleien seinem sinlayrimie = 1.95 4, 63
GETTER teeeeeeeela ls a ofan aie ysteenia\= miaininivia ln imie'e ainle eaiciciate ciseieinse'einieininim ss mn= 6.47 9,76
SOW - adh Boaceat See sated CO BeOS Ge BUE SUCHE Onn OST sa SEh ce een Seon Sones Se aeeiEe ee seee cic 6. 40 5. 02
RSET et eee ee eel ee ene tice cenit amicle ois \sinjale cniocie nal eels cine cima Sasesad= 3.3 1, 81
WW Sih 645 tice dad 4s oboee cere US ceze be De eR UCE reo Ss OO SS: Bode aos SSS eee eee eerste | Hees 0,33

Structure.—The rocks of this group are as a rule porpbyritic with a
holo-erystalline groundmass, though sometimes there is present a small
amount of amorphous interstitial matter or base; at times amygdal-
oidal.

Colors.—The colors are dark, some shade of gray or brownish.

Classification and nomenclature.—According to their varying mineral
composition Rosenbusch divides them into:

Leucite tephrite = Leucite, augite, plagioclase rocks.

Leucite basanite= Leucite, augite, plagioclase and olivine rocks.
Nepheline tephrite=Nepheline, plagioclase rocks.

Nepheline basanite = Nepheline, plagioclase and olivine rocks,

The rocks it will be observed stand intermediate between the true
basalts and the nephelinites to be noted later. The distribution of
these rocks iz, so far aS now known, quite limited.

The following localities and varieties are represented :

Leucite tephrite: Tovalato, near Rome, Italy, 35752.

Leucite basanite: Bosco Reale, Vesuvius, flow of 1751, 36542; Il Granatello, Vesuvius,
flow of 1631, 36544; La Scala, Vesuvius, flow of 1631, 36547; Uncino, Vesuvius,
flow of 1760, 36545; Cisterna, Monte Somma, 38738 and 38789; Vesuvius flow of
1855, 36546; do., flow of 1872, 36144; Vesuvius, 35724.

Nepheline tephrite: Kleine Priessen, Bohemia, 36534 and 36535; Kostal, Bohemia,
36536; Calvarienberg, Poppenhausen, Rhon Mountains, 36532, 70227, and 70228 ;
Langenscheid, Nassau, Germany, 36537; Niedermendig, Prussia (with Hauyn),
34686 ; Tavolato, Rome, Italy, 36539; Rocco Monfina, Rome, Italy, 36540; Serra
de Tingua, Brazil, 70255.

Nepheline basanite : Hundkoph, Salzungen, Germany, 70229; Stallberg, Rhon Moun-

tains, Germany, 70230; near Rossdorf, Germany, 70231 and 70238: near Weiler,
Baden, 35559; Lobau, Saxony, 73116, 73117, and 73118.

11. THE PICRITE PORPHYRITES.

Under this head is placed, by Professor Rosenbusch, a small group
ot rocks so far as now known, very limited in their distribution, and
which are regarded as the effusive forms of the plutonic picrites, as bear-
ing the same relation to these rocks as do the melaphyrs to the olivine
diabases. The essential constituents are therefore olivine and augite
with accessory apatite, iron ores and other minerals mentioned as oc-
curring in the true picrites. Structurally they differ from these rocks

586 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

in presenting an amorphous base rather than being crystalline through-
out. These rocks are supposed to have an important bearing on the
origin of the diamond, the diamond bearing rocks of South Africa hav-
ing been found to be picrite porphyrite (Kimberlite, see specimen Ne.
73190 from the De Beers mine) cutting highly carbonaceous shales.
An examination of the Kentucky peridotite locality, where the rock
occurs under quite similar conditions, failed to show that similar results
had been there produced, a fact which is supposed to be due in part to
the small amount of carbonaceous matter in the surrounding shales.

The group is very limited, and is represented in the collection only
by samples from Elliott County, Kentucky (38603 and 38360); Pike
County, Arkansas, (72792); Syracuse, Onondaga County, New York
(35721 and 70556), and the De Beers diamond mine at Kimberly, South
Africa (73190).

12. THE LIMBURGITE AND AUGITITE GROUP.

ley)

Limburgite, a name given by Rosenbusch in 1872 to designate this
type of rocks as occurring at Limburg, on the Kaiserstuhl in the Rhine.
The name Augitite given, since augite is the essential constituent.

These are small groups of eruptive rocks consisting essentially of the
mineral augite, with iron ores, and having a glassy base. Olivine is
present in the variety Limburgite. The common accessories are the
same as those of the basalts. Structurally the rocks so far as known
are never holocrystalline, but glassy and porphyritic. They are divided
into the olivine-bearing variety limburgite, and the olivine-free variety
augitite. The composition of (I), a limburgite from Rhenish Prussia,
and (LI), an augitite from the Cape Verde islands, as given by Roth,
is as follows:

il, 10h

Per cent. | Per cent.
SUC ie os Bis e aissin ots or ara Gare cic edu ora ietale sata ate CSRS eee oye Ta ea ato ave Sis STR ee ee caro a 42. 24 41. 83
PASCUA A a5 SPs Se Lim ia ats ie paras Scie a ata wie ain overeat a ee Se terete ete ere aie etna soo mittee mente mee irene 8. 66 18. 60
PLONISOSQUI OKI 2552522. qee iss Sodas caer sees tise ae eines siscieatais cele w cetoee ceases 7. 45 16. 11
EMBO OS1A) ~ ia nw ala aroln'= aie njo'e Inia ie sino e oeiweae Sere eis mis eee Wieeicinie eis Sem else bial eee miotereree 12, 27 4.98
SAM Ore aie aiararn pele rowel wat a id whan sleep see) o Se Sle © ce meie area eele ares Eee ie eiateitien eee ee eae ee ee 11. 76 11, &3
RO ee ee cn CE AODCE REET PaO Sr OE See Se ae mms rec aAsects Scone UO SALEAG eccnoB Eon Bode 4. 02 4.70
TP OLAS Tere sie ae ais ciate aie fo Sista sion o'etSe sere i 6 Sie ea ee ee RSS Seen eters 1.08 2,47
AWELIS? caacoon taped conbecnonaeenedaed J eesee SUER cite eaet obs See oer aah dateke 3. 71 0.91

These rocks are of very limited distribution and at present quite un-
known within the limits of North America. The group is represented
in the collections as follows :

Limburgites: Limburg ruin on the Kaiserstuhl, near Sasbach, Baden, 34718 and
365389; Hasenberg, Bohemia, 36588; near Xiririca, Prov. de Sao Paulo, Brazil,
69992; Nova Laraugerras, Prov. de Rio Janeiro, Brazil, 69991.

Augitite: Province de Rio Janeiro, Brazil, 69995; Paschkapole, Bohemia, 36590.

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 587
13. THE LEUCITE ROCKS.

Mineral composition.—The essential constituent is leucite and a basic
augite. A variety of accessories occur, including biotite, hornblende,

4ron ores, apatite, olivine, plagioclase, nepheline, melilite, and more

rarely garnets, hauyn, sphene, chromite, and perowskite. Feldspar as

an essential fails entirely.

Chemical composition.—The average chemical composition as given
by Blaas* is as follows: Silica, 48.9; alumina, 19.5; iron oxides, 9.2;
lime, 8.9; magnesia, 1.9; potash, 6.5; soda, 4.4 per cent.

Structure.—The rocks of this group are, as a rule, fine-grained and
often slightly vesicular, presenting to the unaided eye little to distin-
guish them from the finer grained varieties of ordinary basalt.

Colors.—The prevailing colors are some shades of gray, though some-
times yellowish or brownish.

Classification and nomenclature.-—The varietal distinctions are based
upon the presence or absence of the mineral olivine and upon strue-
tural grounds and various minor characteristics. We have the olivine
free variety Leucitite and the olivine holding variety Leucite basalt.

These rocks have also a very limited distribution, and so far as known
are found within the limits of the United States only at the Leucite
Hills, Wyoming (specimens 36877 and 72846).

The localities now represented are as follows:

Leucitite: The following localities in the province of Rome, Italy: Capo di Bove,
36560; Aqua acetosa, via Laurentia, 36561; Bagnorea, 36562; Cava di Marino,
36673 ; Fontana di Papa, Strada d’Albano, 36564; Sta Maria di Galera Bracciano,
36565; Mte. Salumone, Mte. Compatri, 36566; Villa Lancellotti, Frascati,
36567; Colle del Eremita, Mte. Compatri, 36568 ; Cima del Tuscolo, 36569; Colle
dei Cypressi, Mte. Compatri, 36570; Italy, 70232; near Conca, Roccamonfina,
Italy, 73020; Serra des Pocos di Caldos, province de la Sao Paulo, Brazil, 69985 ;
N. W. of Points of Rocks, Leucite Hills, Wyoming, 36377 and 72846.

Leucite basalt.—Laacher See, Prussia (with rubelan), 36571; Diefelderstein, Kungs-
kopf, Bausenberg, and Veitskopf, Laacher See, Prussia, 36571 to 36575, inclusive;
Pohleberg, near Annaberg in the Erz-Gebirge, Saxony, 36576.

14. THE NEPHELINE ROCKS.

Mineral composition.—These rocks consist essentially of nepheline
with a basaltic augite and accessory sanidin, plagioclase, mica, olivine,
leucite, minerals of the sodalite group, magnetite, apatite, perowskite,
and melanite.

Chemical composition.—Below is given the composition of (I) a neph-
elinite from the Cape Verde Islands, and (II) a nepheline basalt from
the Vogelsberg, Prussia.

* Katechismus der Petrographie, p. 117.
t Roth’s Gesteine Analysen, 1884.

588 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

1. eae

Per cent. | Per cent.
Srhicalee se sensei ge aoete cee eis ieve ears leteste miata et ota eercle eleia ras atere mira aie erate tee ontaere iets 46.95 42. 37
ATI Haren eetio os seteles qecsecincie wats seme seme eacles sinenie s sine abeisione isle ee teserets 21.59 8.88
BRO SSE IGE) Canoe co Sea sana oRobOO adodba caqdaSaacHanennecauoKosnDoSaEoDooead2OOs 8. 09 11. 26
FLOR Proto eid aes wis \sisiee see neice late eal e ele Sa Sealab ds aie cisioretelee sree eee ere | ee 7. 80
MIB. ON OSTAM ae <iacc odes Sie sie mje ew eieiotes De nee rig eels Se sine a sie ia oie ars) eee Bee aiere a bw eee eee 2.49 13.01
TEU © ists re win saris 2s Sew eres a Src ee Re revere etn) sre. IE Some a ate ay Sener nent 7.97 10. 93
Sodasssceicdsens Jswncs ete SER SS RO Sen sok Doe c eR Ae selec cams one semen ere ese 8. 93 451
Potashhescse secs ss rae cise ees sieges ce eceaneaemenee 2. 04 1,21
Water ene coe ccicmamatienanee mins acct os de eaemeneeicite stein cae ee ome cee Seem erp ces 2. 09 0.34
Specific oravaty ac caosscetoesseao re ceccn so. = coseaele wena em seseneis cose meter msescee| amet eeeeee 3. 103

Colors.—The prevailing colors are various shades of gray to nearly
black.

Structure.—Structurally they are porphyritic with a holocrystalline
or in part amorphous base, usually fine grained and compact, at times
amy e¢daloidal.

Classification and nomenclature.—These rocks differ from the basalts,
which they otherwise greatly resemble, in that they bear the mineral
nepheline in place of feldspar. Based upon the presence or absence
of olivine we have, first, Nephaline basalt, and second, Nephelinite.
The name Nepheline dolerite has been given in some cases to the coarser
holoerystalline olivine-bearing varieties.

Like the leucite rocks the rocks of this group are somewhat limited
in their distribution. They are at present represented in the collection
as follows:

Nephelinite: Herchenberg and Hahnenbacher Ley, Rhenish Prussia, 36550 and 36551 ;
Monte Vulture, near Melfi, Italy (Hauynophyr, so called because rich in the
mineral Hauyn), 56552, 73012, and 73010; Neudorf, Saxony (Hauynbasalt),
36548.

Nepheline basalt: Near Weiler, Baden, 35861; Katzenbuckel, in the Odenwald, Ba-
den, 36557 and 73040; Eppstein, in the Taunus Mountains, Germany, 36555 ;
Rossberg, near Rossdorf, Hesse, Germany, 36058 ; Hydrotachylite in same, 36502 ;
Spechtshausen, Saxony (transitional variety, near Limburgite), Lobau, Saxony,

36553; Salzberg, near Schlan, Bohemia (noseanite of Boricky), 36549 ; _Kletschner
Berg, Bohemia, 36554; Scheibenberg, in the Erz-Geberge, 36559.

15. THE MELILITE ROCKS.

Professor Rosenbusch places under this head a small group of rocks
heretofore known as melilite basalts, in which the mineral melilite is
the chief constituent, with accessory augite, olivine, nepheline, biotite
magnetite, perowskite, and spinell. The normal structure is holo-
erystalline porphyritic, in which the olivine, augite, mica, or occasion-
ally the melilite, appear as porphyritic constituents.

These are rocks of very limited distribution, and at present repre-
sented in the Museum collections only by specimens from Wartenberg,
Bohemia, and from near Owen, in Wurtemberg (35860 and 36577.)

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY 589

APPENDIX.

Aside from the collections described above as forming the exhibition
series, as illustrative of the mineral aggregates forming any appreciable
proportions of the earth’s crust, there are in the department, stored
away in the table cases, many collections designed primarily for study.
These are so arranged as to be accessible to the student on application
to the Director of the Museum, and on presentation of proper creden-
tials if such be deemed necessary. The collections thus stored are
classed under the head of the study series. In preparing and arrang-
ing this series it may be well to state that it is made up largely of such
materials as have somewhere and at some time been subject to investi-
gation. Each specimen, after trimming to a size approximating 3 by
4 by Linch, has a number painted on it in oil colors, and which refers to
a written catalogue in which is given whatever detailed information
regarding its source and nature may be in possession of the depart-
ment. The specimen is then placed in a pasteboard tray, accompanied
by a written label containing the same information as given in the
catalogue, and placed in the drawers of the table cases. Material which
is designed for the study series is, if of a miscellaneous nature, distribu-
ted through the collections in a systematic manner, corresponding to
that adopted for the exhibition series. Collections which like those
from Leadville and the Eureka district, to be noted later, represent
systematic work upon rocks of a definite area, or which have been
studied as a group for the elucidation of some particular problem, are
kept intact in order to best serve the purposes of the investigator.
Characteristic rocks have in some cases been selected from these col-
lections for exhibition purposes, but the individuality of the collection
is in no case allowed to become destroyed.

The more important collections in this study series are mentioned
below:

(1.) Systematic study series.—This collection comprises some 3,000 spec-
imens miscellaneous rocks from all parts of the globe classified sys-
tematically as in the exhibition series.

(2.) The Leadville collection.—This comprises some 380 eruptive, sedi-
mentary and metamorphic rocks and ores as collected and studied
by Messrs. 8S. F. Emmons and ©. Whitman Cross, of the U. 8. Geo-
logical Survey, from the vicinity of Leadville, Colorado. It is a rep-
resentative collection of the materials described by the above-named
authorities in Monograph xit of the U.S. Geological Survey, J. W.
Powell Director, and entitled ‘“* Geology and Mining Industries of Lead-
ville.” A characteristic series of the rocks and ores has been selected
out and placed upon exhibition in the section devoted to economic
geology (catalogue Nos. 68801-69540, inclusive).

(3.) The Washoe collections.—These collections represent the work done
by G. F. Becker and colleagues in the Washoe district and Comstock

“
=

590 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Lode, Nevada, the results of which were published in Monograph 111 of
the U.S. Geological Survey, entitled ‘‘The Geology of the Comstock
Lode.” They have also been the subject of investigation by Messrs.
Hague and Iddings, of the Geological Survey, whose results are em-
bodied in Bulletin No. 7, U. S. Geological Survey, 1885, entitled ‘‘ The
Development of Crystallization in the Igneous Rocks of Washoe, Ne-
vada.”

The collection is in part duplicated. There is, first, a series of 198
specimens typical rocks of the region in sizes some 4 by 5 by 1 inches
and which is in part upon exhibition. Besides this is the main study
series in sizes about 14 by 1 by $ inches and comprising 2,064 speci-
mens. (Catalogue Nos. 24001-24198 inclusive, and 70691-72754 in-
clusive).

(4) The collections of the fortieth Parallel Survey.—This comprises some
3,000 specimens eruptive and sedimentary rocks collected by members
of the Fortieth Parallel Survey, under the direction of Clarence King
in 1867-73. The eruptive rocks of the series were described by Prof.
I. Zirkel in vol. VI (microscopic petrography) of the reports of the
U. S. Geological Explorations of the Fortieth Parallel. (Catalogue
Nos. 20301 to 23388, inclusive.)

(5) New Hampshire State Survey, C. H. Hitchcock in charge.—A collec-
tion in the form of rough hand specimens, some 6 by 6 by 14 inches in
dimensions and representing the typical. rocks of New Hampshire as
described by Hitchcock and Hawes in the reports of the Geological
Survey of New Hampshire.

(6) The Haves collections.—These comprise some 350 specimens erup-
tiveand altered rocks, representing in part the work done by Dr. Hawes
in connection with the New Hampshire surveys as published in part
Iv, vol. 111, of these reports. It also includes the small fragments de-
scribed in his paper as the Albany granites and their contact phe-
nomena(Am. Jour. of Science, 1881, x x1, p. 21-32), Cat. Nos. 29628-29290.

(7) The Pacifie Slope quicksilver collections.—These comprise several
hundred small specimens (mostly 4 x 6 cm) rocks and ores from the quick-
silver regions of the locality above noted, as collected and described by
G. I. Becker and colleagues in Monograph x1, of the U.S. Geologi-
cal Survey, entitled Geology of the Quicksilver Deposits of the Pacific
Slope.

(8) U. S. Geological Survey collections, F. V. Hayden in charge.—The
various collections made by the surveys under the direction of F. V.
Hayden, mainly from Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, Montana, Wyoming,
Idaho, and the Yellowstone National Park. These comprise some 1,200
hand specimens of eruptive and sedimentary rocks. Much valuable
material is missing from these, having been lost or destroyed prior to
1880.

(9) Collections from surveys west of the one hundredth meridian.—The
collections made in 1871-79 under the direction of Lieut. G. M.

ahd

HANDBOOK FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 591

Wheeler, U. 8S. Engineer Department. These comprise some 680 speci-
meus which, though but little studied by modern methods, are, together
with those of the Hayden surveys, kept together for purpose of reference.

(10) Canadian geological survey.—A stratigraphic series comprising
some 854 hand specimens of rocks from the various geological horizons
of Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia, received from
the Canadian authorities at the close of the Centennial Exposition at
Philadelphia in 1876.

(11) Pigeon Point collection.—This comprises 400 specimens illustrat-
ing various contact phenomena, as occurring at Pigeon Point on the
north shore of Lake Superior, and as described by Prof. W.S. Bailey
in a forthcoming bulletin of the U.S. Geological Survey.

(12) Menominee Valley and Marquette River collections.—These com-
prise 254 specimens illustrative of the dynamic metamorphism of erup-
tive rocks as described by Dr. G. H. Williams in Bull. No. 62, U.S.
Geological Survey.

(13) Alaska collections.—These comprise some 250 specimens miscella-
neous rocks collected mainly by W. H. Dall in 1566-68.

(14) Missouri.—A series comprising 114 characteristic rocks from
southwestern Missouri, as collected and described by Prof. E. Haworth.
(Catalogue Nos. 33618-38741, inclusive.)

(15) Bear Paw Mountains, Montana.—A small series eruptive, meta-
morphic, and drift rocks from the Bear Paw Mountains, collected by
Dr. A.C. White and J.B. Marcouin 1883. (Catalogue Nos. 28666-28743,
inclusive.)

(16) St. Gothard Tunnel.—A series of metamorphic rocks, comprising
some 81 specimens received from the Swiss Commissioner to the Centen-
nial Exposition at Philadelphia in 1876. (Catalogue Nos. 37495-37574.)

(17) Commander Islands, coast of Kamschatka.— A. small series of the
characteristic rocks of these islands, collected by Dr. L. Stejniger in
1882-83. (Catalogue Nos. 37937-37972. )

(18) Australian collections.—A series of some 355 rocks from Victoria,
Australia, as received from the Australian centennial commissioners
in 1876. (Catalogue Nos, 28121-28475, inclusive.)

(19) Brazilian collections.—An interesting series of 266 specimens
eruptive and metamorphic rocks received from the governmental geol-
ogist, O. A. Derby. (Cat. Nos. 69759-70027.)

(20) District of Columbia collections.—This includes a series of several
hundred specimens, collected mainly by Prof. Thomas Robinson at in-
tervals of every fifty feet in the tunnel of the Washington Acqueduct
extension.

To the extent that facilities have permitted, sections for microscopic
study have been prepared from the rocks of both the exhibition and
study collections. At the date of writing, the number of these slides
amounts to some 4,000. Of these, 2,700 are of rocks in the building-
stone collections, and which were prepared in large part under the di-
rection of Dr. G. W. Hawes.

‘THE CATLIN COLLECTION OF INDIAN PAINTINGS,*

‘By WASHINGTON MattruEws, M. D., LL. D., Major and Surgeon, U. S. Army.

The majority of my audience have, no doubt, been many times in
this hall, either as attendants on the lectures which are delivered here,
or as visitors to the Museum, and many times they have gazed on the
‘array of paintings which cover its walls. To what extent have they
observer. these? What lessons have they learned from them? What
‘opinions have they formed, what criticisms have they made of them ?
What do they know of their history or of the history of the wandering
artist whose busy hand painted them? These are questions to which
I can frame only imperfect answers. I have asked such questions of
many who have visited this Museum, and [ am led to believe that not
more than one in ten bestows an inquiring glance at this monument to
a life cf laborious and enthusiastic devotion to a chosen subject; and
vastly fewer are those who inquire into the nature and scope of the
collection, or stop to discover the name and something of the person-
ality of the author.

‘Ge 2ge Catlin was, to use his own expression, a lion in his day. He
enacted in Hurope fifty years ago much the same role that ** Buffalo Bill”
has played in our time, but in a more scholarly and less lucrative way.
He was the genial showman of the American Indian and the wild West.
He carried his collection—the very collection we see around us new—
to various Huropean capitals. He exhibited live Indians, and he and
his protégés were received and entertained at the homes of English
nobility. They dined with Louis Phillippe and with the King and
@ueen of Belgium. The following brief autobiography is taken from
his work entitled ‘ INustrations of the Manners, Customs, and Condi-
ition of the North American Indians.”

“Twas born in Wyoming, in North America, some thirty or forty years since (i. ¢.,
in 1796), of parents who entered that beautitul and famed valley soon after the close
of the revolutionary war, and the disastrous event of the ‘‘ Indian massacre.”

“The early part of my life was whiled away, apparently somewhat in vain, with
books reluctantly held in one hand and a rifle or fishing pole firmly and affection.
ately grasped in the other,

“At the urgent request of my father, wao was a practicing lawyer, I was prevailed
upon to abandon these favorite themes and also my occasional dabblings with the

* Reprint of a lecture delivered in the lecture hal! of the National Museum, Satur-
day, April 18, 1889.

594 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

brush, which had secured already a corner in my affections, and I commenced reading
the law for a profession under the direction of Reeve and Gould, of Connecticut. I
attended the lectures of these learned judges for two years—was admitted to the bar—
and practiced the law asa sort of Nimrodical lawyer, in my native land, for the term of
two or three years ; when I very deliberately sold my law library and all (save my rifle
and fishing tackle), and converting their proceeds into brushes and paint pots, I com-
menced the art of painting in Philadelphia, without teacher or adviser.

‘‘T there closely applied my hand to the labors of the art for several years; during
which time my mind was continually reaching for some branch or enterprise of the
art on which to devote a whole lifetime of enthusiasm; when a delegation of some
ten or fifteen noble and dignified-looking Indians, from the wilds of the “ Far West,”
suddenly arrived in the city, arrayed and equipped in all their classic beanty,—with
shield and helmet,—with tunic and manteau,—tinted aud tasseled off, exactly for the
painter’s palette !

“In silent and stoic dignity these lords of the forest strutted about the city for a
few days, wrapped in their pictured robes, with their brows plumed with the quills of
the war eagle, aitracting the gaze and the admiration of all who beheld them. After
this, they took their leave for Washington City, and I was left to reflect and regret,
which | did long and deeply, until I came to the following deductions and conclusions:

“ Black aud blue cloth and civilization are destined, not only to veil, but to obliter-
ate the grace and beauty of Nature. Man, in the simplicity and loftiness of his nature,
unrestrained and unfettered by disguises of art, is surely the most beautiful model
for the painter,—and the country from which he hails is unquestionably the best study
or school of the artsin the world: such, I am sure, from the models I have seen, is
the wilderness of North America. Aud the history and customs of such a people,
preserved by pictorial illustrations, are themes worthy the lifetime of one man, and
nothing short of the loss of my life, shall prevent me trom visiting their country, and
of becoming their historian.

“(There was something inexpressibly delightful in the above resolve, which was to
bring me amidst living models for my brush: and at the same time to place in my
hands again, for my living and protection, the objects of my heart, above named:
which had long been laid by to rust and decay in the city, without the remotest pros-
pect of again contributing to my amusement.

“7 had fully resolved—I had opened my views to my friends and relations, but got
not one advocate or abettor. I tried fairly and faithfully, but it was in vain to
reason with those whose anxieties were ready to fabricate every difficulty and danger
that could be imagined, without being able to understand or appreciate the extent
or importance of my designs, and I broke from them all,—from my wife and my aged
parents, —myself my only adviser and protector.”

Such is Catlin’s own rather flowery account of how he formed his
resolution; but the language in which he expresses it is only an evidence
of the reality of his enthusiam,

These paintings as works of art I now often hear unfavorably ceriti-
cised; but criticism is an easy task for those who do not appreciate the
difficulties under which Catlin labored. To-day our land is filled with
artists of both sexes, of all ages, and of every degree of fitness and
unfitness. The number of amateur aspirants in art has increased an
hundred fold in the last half century.

To accommodate this growth of artistic demand, the conveniences and
appliances of art have improved and increased. The well equipped
sketcher in oil of to-day can not appreciate the difficulties of the travel-
ing artist in America fifty or sixty years ago. There were then no patent

THE CATLIN COLLECTION OF INDIAN PAINTINGS 595

sketching boxes, with their complicatiou of conveniences. The com-
pressible metallic tube had not been invented, or at least not introduced
into the armamentarium of art. Not one-fourth of the present tints of
Winsor and Newton’s catalogue were then known. Rapidly drying
vehicles were not in vogue. The artist ground his own paints—coatrse,
crude paints—and carried them around mixed in pots or dry in paper.
Ido not think that a careful analysis of Catlin’s paintings will reveal
more than a dozen pigments; I have reference to the paintings which
were taken, so to speak, on the wing. He had not accommodations for
more. While collecting a large number of these views, he was travel-
ing with two other men in a small canoe, which, in addition to his
paints and canvas, held their clothing, bedding, ammunition and pro-
visions; in fact, everything necessary for life and comfort in a land in-
habited only by savages. Ethnographic travelers of to-day, with pocket
camera and instantaneous dry-plates, have a vast advantage over Catlin
with his red lead—which he used liberally—his boiled oil and his rolled
canvas; but their resuits are not correspondingly more accurate. Many
of his sketches, too, were necessarily taken in great haste. Yet he
never failed to catch the spirit of the scene before him and to transfer
it faithfully to his canvas. But, while making all just exeuses for Cat-
lin, it must be acknowledged that he was not acquainted with all the
resources of his art as it existed even in his day. He was a self. taught
man. -

From my own experience, following, as I have done for years, in the
very trail of Gatlin, I can not speak too highly of his general truthful-
ness; yet he suffered from certain limitations of his time and surround-
ings which have impaired the usefulness of his literary work. With-
out telling any direct falsehood, he succeeds sometimes in deceiving the
reader. His books must be read critically ; they are not of equal use
to all students. In this year of our Lord there are so many workers in
all specialties, and the facilities for publication in each are so great,
that one may write on the driest and most technical subjects, in the
least interesting manner, and yet be reasonably certain of finding a
publisher and a coterie of readers. It was not thus in America fifty
years ago, and Catlin, who was a poor man, in order to make his enter-
prise pay, had to write for a general public, whom he felt obliged to in-
terest as well as instruct. He sometimes painted also with this intent,
as will be shown later. Indeed, he thus candidly criticises himself in
one of his letters:

“It would beimpossible at the same time, in a book of these dimensions, to explain
all the manners and customs of these people; but as far as they are narrated, they
have been described by my pen, upon the spot, as J have seen them transacted; and
if some few of my narrations should seem a little too highly colored, [trust the world
will be ready to extend to me that pardon which it iscustomary to yield to all artists
whose main faults exist in the vividness of their coloring rather than in the draw-
ing of their pictures; but there is nothing else in them, I think, that I should ask

pardon for, even though some of them sbould stagger credulity and incur for me the
censure of critics.”

596 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

But the question of too high coloring is often one of personal equa-
tion only. One of our greatest modern writers thus defends himself
against the charge of exaggeration:

“What is exaggeration to one class of minds and perception is plain truth to another.
That which is commonly called long-sight, perceives in a prospect innumerable fea-
tures and bearings non-existent to a short-sighted person. I sometimes ask myself
whether there may occasionally be a difference of this kind between some writers
and some readers; whether it is always the writer who colors highly or whether it is
now and then the reader whose eye for color is a little dull.”

Half a century ago the country west of the Mississippi was a verita-
ble terra incognita. No one appreciated the magnificent distances of
that region. The Rocky Mountains were supposed to be somewhat in
sight of the falls of St. Anthony. If remember once seeing in a novel
written by an author who, I believe, is still living, an account in which
the hero is represented as ascending to the roof of a one-story strue-
ture on the banks of the Illinois River, and looking admiringly over an
extensive landscape which was ‘*‘ bounded on the west by the distant
outline of the Rocky Mountains.” In other words, this gentleman of
telescopic eye was able to take in the entire states of Missouri and
Kansas and half of Colorado at a single glance. With such ideas pre-
vailing among the learned, how could Catlin, having journeyed some
three thousand miles up the Missouri, come back with his finger in his
mouth and say he had not had a glimpse of the Rocky Mountains? No
one would believe him. He must at least pretend he had seen them,
and so by an ingenious verbal fabrication,* but without the slightest
direct falsehood, he makes possible the inference that he saw their
showy summits during his journey up the Missouri River in 1832. So
well does he succeed that a recent student of Catlin, in a published map,
terminates the itinerary of 1832 some hundreds of miles west of the
mouth of the Yellowstone, which latter was really his farthest west
during the year in question.

I have not time now to explain in full my reasons for knowing at
Gatlin did uot see the Rocky Mountains in 1832, as he leads many to
suppose he has done; but if there is any one in the audience conversant
with Catlin’s works, who wishes to have the proofs on this point, lam
at his service. Not only did Catlin not see the “ Rockies” in 1832, but
I have serious doubt if he saw the main chain at any time during the
eight years or more during which he was engaged in making this Gallery,
What he may have seen and sketched after 1852, when the Gallery
passed into other hands, I do not know; but then ci California gold
fields had been discovered, the overland route was trodden as clear as a
thrashing-floor, and the visit to the Rocky Mountains had become a
common achievement. One of the reasons for my doubts is the evi-
dence of the collection itself. Hxamine all these pictures carefully by

*See uf Tileetes ations a8 fe Mareiene Gaston and Cancion of ins aes American
Indians,” by Geo. Catlin, vol. 1, London, 1866, pp. 63-65, The conversation with
“Batiste” here given is fictitious,

,THE CATLIN COLLECTION OF INDIAN PAINTINGS. HOT

daylight, and you will see that the artist well appreciated the distine-
tive beauties of different landscapes—the odd, the peculiar, the strik-
ing. There is uot a remarkable scene on the Upper Missouri from the
Platte to the Yellowstone that he has not transferred to his canvas. To
the beauties of the Upper Mississippi he has done a justice which Ban-
vard did not excel. If he has worked so faithfully on these beautiful
bat comparatively tame landscapes, how would the infinitely grander
scenes of the Rocky Mountains have inspired him ? Could he have held
his brush still in sight of them? Yet no view of that vast mountain
region is to be found in his collection, with the possible exception of
some ridges seen from the Comanche camp in 1854, which may have
been outlying spurs of the Sierra Madre. Pike’s Tent, an odd and bean-
tiful but comparatively insignificant bluff, some five hundred feet high,
on the upper Mississippi, has a canvas allotted to it in the Gallery, but
fora view of Pike’s Peak, fourteen thousand feet high and covered with
eternal snows, we seek in vain. In vain do we search for a view of a
single one of the monarchs of the Chippewyan Range.

As is well known, literature has always had its requirements, which
varied according to time, race and country. But, as is not so gener-
ally recognized, science too has had its requirements in times past,
which limited and controlled its development. Perhaps it has its arbi-
trary and illogical requirements to-day, while we are not aware of them.

The slave knows not how deeply the fetter has cut into his flesh until

it has been cast away.

There was a singular demand made on the American ethnographer
of a generation or two ago, and it has scarcely yet been silenced. He
was obliged to advance a theory of an Old World origin for the Ameri-
can aborigines, and if not for the whole race, at least for that part of it
in which he was most interested. The shelves of libraries of Ameri-
cana are crowded with volumes devoted to proving such theories. Sueh
an important place in the speculations of that time did these theories
have, that a great religious system (a system which forms to-day one
of the greatest political problems that confront us) is based upon the
theory of the descent of the Indians from the ten lost tribes of Israel.
We can understand Catlin’s environment better, when we remember
that he lived in the time the angel Moroni revealed to Joseph Smith
the hiding place of the golden tablets on which was engraved the book
of Mormon.

Catlin’s journey in 1832 on the Upper Missouri was his first impor-
tant expedition, his first journey into a really wild land, as weil as the
most fruitful journey in artistic and ethnographic material that he ever
made. His most interesting observations were taken among a seden-
tary, house-building, agricultural people named Mandans. ‘Tribes of
this class were not uncommon in America in his day, but at the time
of his visit he was not aware of the fact. In the Mandan villages he
found a hospitable and intelligent trader named Joseph Kipp, who

598 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

proved himself a guide and interpreter of unusual value, and made the
stay of his guest both pleasant and profitable. The latter arrived at
the time of a most important rite of the Mandans, the whole of which
he was permitted to witness and the like of which he never saw before
or after. This rite I shall refer to at length before the close of the lee-
ture. Mr. Kipp, too, undoubtedly spoke well of his Indian friends. I
have often observed on the frontier that white men who have lived long
with any particular tribe of Indians acquire a greater sense of loyalty
to such tribe, that they hate its enemies, love its friends, sound its
praises, and maintain its superiority to all other tribes. Had Catlin
had opportunities of witnessing the great ceremonies of other nations
under the conduct of guides as well informed as Mr. Kipp, he would
not perhaps have considered the Mandans so superior to other tribes as
he represents them in his writings. It was this people which he se-
lected as the subject of his origin theory. By a series of arguments
and conclusions which we would now eall “ jumping,” but which passed
muster in the science of half a ceutury ago, he estab isned to his own
satisfaction that the Mandans were descended from certain Welshmen
who sailed in ten ships under the direction of Prince Madoe from North
Wales in the early part of the fourteenth century. Although his
theory has little vaiue in the light shed by modern investigation, it con-
trolled all his opinions, distorted many of his statements, and has trans-
mitted its evil influence through the works of a host of compilers and
book-makers, many of them of high fame in the scientific world, down
to the present day. So much for some of the unfavorable influences of
his environment.

There are various portraits and pictures of our subject extant. One
appears in his notes on Travel in Europe. Mr. Thomas Donaldson, in
his recent work,* presents three, and in his own works the artist often
includes sketches of himself. The plate facing page 701 in Donaldson’s
work is a copy of a picture painted by the artist?’s own hand when he
was twenty-eight years old. He is represented by his contemporaries
as a person of medium height, slender, well formed, very graceful, and
of a complexion so decidedly dark that some of his friends thought
he might possibly claim for his own, a little of the blood of that race
to whose study he had devoted a life-time.

In Pl. CXxx is shown one of Catlin’s sketches of himself in the
prime of his activity and usefulness. It represents him in 1832, at the
age of thirty-six, seated at a feast in the lodge of Mah-to-toh-pa or
Four Bears, then second chief of the Mandans, dressed in his buck-
skin hunting suit. According to the etiquette of the place and time,
he eats alone out of a wooden bowl, while his host fills the calumet for
him to smoke after his meal, and the women of the household act the
part of spectators.

*«The George Catlin Indian Gallery in the U. S. National Museum (Smithsonian
Institution), with Memoir and Statistics,” in Smithsonian Report for 1885.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews. PLATE CXXX.

aya}
i
|
\

——=
\\
\ DA0\

\eae \
Hy Z \ \ Z
4 Me (= Nati aS
l I \ }
R \ res Poa ee

\Gomay
i)

\

\

a

Wess

=p
=

a

i
if | 8

CATLIN DINING WITH MAH-TO-TOH-PA (FouR BEARS), MANDAN CHleF, JULY, 1832, AT THE MANDAN VILLAGE, UPPER MissouRl.

(From Donaldson’s ‘“‘ Catlin Indian Gallery,” Plate 123.)

ae
2 ie

ints pees ee
eet sae

oar
event

THE CATLIN COLLECTION OF INDIAN PAINTINGS. 599

The plate facing page 711.in Donaldson’s “Catlin Indian Gallery” ig
from « photograph taken in 1868, when he had reached the venerable
age of seventy-two, about four years prior to his death. A scar on the
left cheek, which shows in this picture, was caused accidentally by a
hatchet stroke received in boyhood from a comrade with whom he was
‘‘ playing Indian,” an indication that the sight of the delegation in’
Philadelphia was not the first incident in his life which led to his voca-
tion, although it may have been the decisive one.

Whatever unfavorable criticism may be made of Catlin as a colorist,
little disparagement can be made of his accuracy and spirit as a deline-
ator. In landscape he seizes the genius of the locality with marvelous
quickness and insight. Any one who has traveled on the Upper Mis-
souri will recognize how perfectly, in a few strokes, in the sketch before
us (Pl. cxxx1, Vig. 1), he has fixed the features of that turbid flood, with
its monotonous walls of cottonwood trees, terraced as they rise from the
newer to the older alluvial deposits on its shores; with its caving bank,
its falling trees and snags on the convexity of the river’s curve where
the current strikes the land with greatest force, and the low, shelving
bank of the opposite side. It is not a placid stream; with a few well
placed lines he tells us that it moves at the rate of seven miles an hour,

Geology, sixty years ago, was an infant science. The geologic land-
scape artist had not become differentiated from landscape artists in
general—to this day but a limited few have obtained high proficiency
among this class, vet I doubt if some of the best draftsmen attached
to ourown Govern mt surveys could bring out more correctly the sali-
ent features of the ft Tertiary bluffs of the Dakota region than Mr,
Catlin has done in the sketch represented in Pl. ¢xxx1, Fig. 2. Such
is the country that is so appropriately designated Mauvaises Terres,
or Bad Lands.

Pl. Cxxxil, Fig. 1, copies his painting of a feature common in the bluffs
of the Upper Missouri region, where small interrupted deposits of hard
sandstone are mingled with much softer formations, not greatly exceed-
ing ordinary clay in hardness. These pieces of sandstone, protecting
the underlying soft rock from erosion by the rain, cause a series of
pillars to be formed, as shown in the painting. A seam of lignite runs
along the base of the bluff. The flood plain of the Missouri, here almost
treeless, forms the distance.

The picture shown in PI. cxxx11, Fig. 2, represents conical bills, which
are very common in the same country. From these summits, during
the rare rains of the region, streams of temporary existence flow with
great force and cut deep, narrow, fantastic gulleys in the alluvial soil,
such as that shown in the painting. These hills are striped lorizon-
tally in divers beautiful colors, being composed of strata of different
tints to which the original canvas does ample justice.

Everywhere he has seized the distinctive features of the land-
scape and apparently with an intuitive understanding of its geologic

600 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

basis. We need not marvel when we learn that in his later years,
without any extensive book study, he became a good practical geologist.
In this picture (Pl. Cxxx111, Fig. 1) he gives us a striking representa-
tion of the peculiar billowy hills which are so characteristic of the loéss
deposits of the Missouri Valley in western Iowa and eastern Nebraska.
These are the hills of loéss of 1832, with their smooth, grass-elad sides
and their scanty groves in the ravines ; such, too, they still seemed when
last I saw them, fourteen yearsago; but a change even then was com-
ing over them; prairie fires were at an end and small shrubs were ris-
ing above the grass. These are perhaps good sized saplings to-day, ©
So the forest will spread and soon the beautiful clear-cut outlines of
these billowy slopes will no more have power to inspire the artist’s
hand. :

In this, as in a hundred other cases, the pictures have, for us, a high
historic value as fixing an irrevocable past. They show us landmarks
of the West which have long ago disappeared, such as old trading
posts of the Indian country; Fort Union, which stood forty years at the
month of the Yellowstone, but the lines of whose foundation walls can
scarcely be traced to-day.

Floyd’s grave, the place of interment of the only man who died on
Lewis and Clarke’s famous expedition in 1804, is shown in P1. Cxxx1u,
Fig. 2. Is there any trace of the once lonely mound now in the busy
environs of Sioux City ?* Does the pole still stand, as Catlin shows it,
over Blackbird’s grave (Pl. CxxxIV, Fig.1), the last instance of a se-
pulehral mound built in historic times, showing that our modern Indians
were mound builders? The self-reared monument of Julien Dubuque,
the first white man who worked the Upper Mississippi lead-mines, a cen-
tury ago, stood perfect still in Catlin’s day, a stone hut with door of
lead and cross of cedar (Pl. CXxxIv, Fig. 2); but, thirty-five years ago,
I have seen if level with the ground. Such are some of the many ob-
literated Jand-marks reared by human hands that Catlin’s pencil has
perpetuated.

But works of nature, the landmarks erected by the eternal elements;
can these be obliterated 2? Have they any past which the artist can
preserve for the coming geaerations? Let this picture decide. Here
are the falls of St. Anthony (Pl. cxxxV, Fig. 1), as they roared to an unten-
anted solitude in the year 1835, when George Catlin visited and sketched
them. Who would recognize any identity between that fair wild scene
and the falls of St. Anthony of to-day (Pl. cxxxyv, Fig 2).

A very large proportion of the paintings in this colleetion is devoted
to Indian games and hunting scenes (Pl. CXxxvI, Fig. 1), and these rep-
resent from a scientific point of view the most valuable part of the whole
colleetion, with the exception of the four scenes of the great Mandan

*Since this was written I have learned that (the grave being endangered by the
gradual falling away of the edge of the blaff) the people of Sioux City have recently
removed the remains of Sergeant Floyd further back from the river on the same hill,

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews ° PLATE CXXXI

Fic. 1. SCENE ON THE UPPER Missouri.

Fic. 2. BAD LANDS ON THE UPPER Missouri.

: = oe
PARR a,

care Mee

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Matthews.

PLATE CXXXII.

nie eg Fee
ay,

meee:

Fic. 1. BLUFFS ON THE UPPER MISSOURI.

i MossEVvG Cone

Fig. 2. SCENE ON BANKS OF THE UPPER MISSOURI.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews. PLATE CXXXIII.

ae s
We
Y 2

. HILLS OF THE LOESS. UPPER MISSOURI.

MNO55S ENG: CO.MY.

FiG. 2. FLOYD’S GRAVE.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews. PLATE CXXXIV.

Fia. 1. BLACKBIRD’S GRAVE.

eee eR Secures gens
CSE Se

Fic. 2. DUBUQUE’S GRAVE.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews. PLATE CXXXV,

Fig. 1. FALLS oF ST. ANTHONY IN 1835.

Fig. 2. MODERN FALLS OF ST. ANTHONY.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews. ° PLATE CXXXVI.

Fic. 1. BUFFALO HUNT ON HORSEBACK.

ce

Ga

SS SULA

Fig. 2. MANDAN GAME OF TCHUNG-KEE.
(From Donaldson’s “‘ Catlin Indian Gallery,” Plate 74.)

eee

THE CATLIN COLLECTION OF INDIAN PAINTINGS. 601

ceremony to be hereafter described. The scene in PI. CXxxvI, Fig. 2,
is presented, not because it is the most picturesque of this class that he
has painted, but because, simple as it is, he has vaught the spirit of the
situation so well. The pose of the men who are betting on the game
and watching anxiously the fall of the hoop is excellent. I have heard
many favorable comments made on this plate by Indians. This game
of Tehung-kee was, with some modifications, practiced over the greater
part of North America at the time of the discovery and until long after.

Catlin devotes four canvasses to illustrating the exciting ball game of
the Choctaws. One of his illustrations is shown in P]. cxxxvu. He
tells us that it is impossible with pen and ink alone, or brush, or even
with their combined efforts to give more than a caricature of such a
scene. However true this remark may be it is not to be denied that
he here presents to us an unusually lively spectacle.

But the great temptation to present more illustrations of Indian
games, some of which I lave had the good fortune to witness, must be
resisted.

The majority of his bunting scenes represent an irreclaimable past,
since they are largely associated with an animal practically extinet, the
American bison or buffalo, Catlin had the true spirit of the hunter; he
was an excellent rider, a good shot, and for these reasons he delighted
in painting hunting scenes, and he infuses more life into such studies than
into any others which he executed. PJ]. CXXXvVIII, represents the de-
struction of asmall band of buffalo which he witnessed near the Mandan
villages. His pen picture of the scene is no less vivid than the work
of his brush. Of course such paintings as this must have been largely
worked up after the occasion, from hasty sketches and from memory,
rotes, and imagination ; but they are none the lvess valuable on that ae-
count. The instantaneous camera came too late for the buffalo sur-
round. But had it come in time, it might not have caught as much of
the scene as the artist’s eye has caught.

Pil. cxxxvi, Fig. 1, represents his own first chase on horseback after
the buffalo at the mouth of the Yellowstone, in 1832, in company with
Kenneth Mackenzie,—whose name was famous in the annals of the old
trading days of the Northwest,—and a French Canadian named Chad-
ron. As he puts himself into this picture (he is the rider in the back-
ground; itis Chadron who is climbing his charger’s neck), it is reasona-
ble to suppose that while he was riding his horse after the bison he was
not also standing on the ground and making a sketch of himself. This
picture is therefore a composition.

So also is the illustration presented in Pl. CXxx1x, natural and real-
istic asit seems. Mr. Catlin saw all the elements of this picture in dif-
ferent places and at different times; his artistic imagination has com-
bined them and given us a pleasing, and for all purposes of illustration
atruthful, picture. He saw walking Indians in one place, snowshoes in
another, walking buffaloes in the summer in the far West, snow in some

602 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

safe eastern situation in winter, and common cattle toiling through the
soow from which he could imagine the pose of the bison under similar
circumstances. But this winter hunt, or any like winter hunt, he never
saw. A careful perusal of his writing will be sufficient to satisfy any
one that he never visited the northern buffalo ranges in the winter, and
therefore could not have witnessed such scenes. He made his itinera-
ries in the Indian country in summer and worked up his notes and
sketches in some eastern city in winter.

But the chief wealth of this gallery is in its portraits of Indians,
many of whom are historic characters. He publishes many certificates —
of the authenticity and correctness of his portraits. To the world at
large these may be of value; but, for my own part, I desire no better
witnesses than the tears I have seen shed over some of them by the
children and the grandchildren of the subjects.

Singularly enough Catlin’s works seem not to have circulated in
early days in the lands in which the scenes of his labor were laid.
My first acquaintance with the Mandans was made in 1865. At that
time all recollection of Catlin’s visit was lost, both by the Indians anJ
the whites who lived among them. White men who had traded for
years among the Indians knew nothing of him. About 4 years after
my first arrival on the Upper Missouri I succeeded in getting a copy of his
“ Tllustrations,” etc., “ofthe North American Indians,” in two volumes.
This was before the days not only of railroads and express offices, but
of even regular post-offices and post-roads in North Dakota, and the
introduction of rare books was no easy matter. The work created the
liveliest interest amongst the Indians. I lived then at Fort Steven-
son (now an Indian school), some 16 miles distant from the village where
the remains of the three tribes, called by Catlin the Mandans, Ricear-
rees, and Minnetarees, were living together. The news soon spread.
among these Indians that I had a book containing the * faces of their
fathers,” and ere many days my quarters at Fort Stevenson were
thronged with eager visitors. The portraits, although appearing in
Catlin’s plates only as light, unshaded etchings, were generally readily
recognized by the children and the grandchildren of the departed
herees represented. The women rarely restrained their tears at the
sight of these ancestral pictures. The men seemed to have less feeling
and interest, but I soon had evidence that their indifference was af-
fected.

Those who have read Catlin’s works are aware that his most honored
indian hero was Four Bears, a chief of the Mandans, Pl. cxL. He
devoted one full-page plate to Four Bears’ portrait, another to his
hospitality, four to his buffalo robe, an entire chapter to his personality
and history, and he often refers to him elsewhere in his various works.
Among those who came to see my books was a son of this Four Bears,
named Rushing Eagle, Pl. CxLi, or (as he was more familiarly called
by the whites) Bad Gun. Rushing Eagle was the second chief of the

PLATE CXXXVII.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews.

(BL eed .,AlATTVN WRIPUT UID ,, S,WOspreuod WoIy)
“AW1d Vg MV.LOOHO

Sie ———

ween SS ee De Qa

eal
Wey

(
ee y,

S29 NS

Oa, x7 . ILE Farce
Sees RIDE
OF oe

re
Siar

PLATE CXXXVIII.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews.

(69 89¥[d ..Adol[ey WeIpuy upeD,, s,uospreuod ut0aq)
“ONNOYYENS O1VvssnNg

{Fox eee ae es SSS Sea, SSS = = = =.

-—- == SSS SOS Vai ae re ESSE ee ee
SSS ES SS Se ee Ba I BSE) We a ee RAT WSS
SS SSI = - Tt 2 Ee WS MiP TOe ITA OCEN) SS

NS Se

GLE TE

Ws

SK
bee

Ey el SEL :
x es CY sie
tee Ss —
i SP) iS OS
eee IE. (AG
: lS oa AGB OT

oe ieee ey
RAK

ae

*) Buse i

bate ae

Yeon

Bee ae

ya WAhy
ied "

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews.

PLATE CXXXIX.

HUNTING BUFFALO ON SNOW-SHOES.
(From a painting in the U. S. National Museum by George Catlin.)

THE CATLIN COLLECTION OF INDIAN PAINTINGS. 603

Mandans. He had already earned a high reputation for himself as a
warrior and counselor. He was very gentle in his manner, reticent,
dignified, and disinclined to beg favors of white men. At the time of
which I am speaking he was a middle-aged man. His father had been
dead over thirty years, and I did not suppose that his recollection of his
parent could be very vivid. At the first sight of the picture of Four
Bears he showed no emotion. although he regarded it long and intently.
While he was gazing at it 1 was ealled on business out of the room and
I left him alone with the book, telling him, correctly, as I supposed,
that { would be gone some time, and asking him not to leave until I
returned; but in a few moments I was obliged to come back for some-
thing I needed. When I reéntered the apartment I found him weeping

and addressing an eloquent monologue to the picture of his departed

father. Of course I intruded as short atime as possible on this scene
and lefthim long alone so that he could ‘ have his cry out.”* In 1872,
when an itinerant photographer made a tour of the Upper Missouri,
going as far as the mouth of the Yellowstone, I had a ferrotype of my
friend Rushing Kagle made, the pose of the head approximating as
closely as possible that of Catlin’s picture of Four Bears. I have
carried this ferrotype around with me ever since, and quite recently I
have had it copied with admirable fidelity by the Moss Engraving
Company, of New York (‘ Mosstype”). I desire here to eall atten-
tion to this picture (Pl. GxLI) in connection with Catlin’s portrait
of the elder chief taken forty years earlier, and for this reason I intro-
duced a copy of a portion (Pl. CXL) of Caitlin’s etching of Four
Bears, which latter is a full-length portrait. The old men of the tribe
told me that Rushing Eagle was the image of his father. Such a
great resemblance does not appear in the etching; there is a general
likeness, but taking featare for feature there is much dissimilarity.
Remembering that Catlin’s original pictures of the Indians were oil
paintings, and that the etchings were but copies, I determined to
examine the original which now hangs with the rest of Catlin’s col-
lection on the south wall of thishall. I have compared it with the etch-
ing and with the picture of Rushing Eagle. It is evident that the etch-
ing is not a careful copy of the oil painting and that the latter bears a
greater resemblance to the picture of Rushing Eagle than the former.
In the painting the line which marks the anterior border of the cheek
comes in a straight line down to the angle of the mouth as in the face
of Rushing Eagle. The etching shows a mouth of classic curves ; the
oil painting represents a well-formed but unconventional mouth like
that seen in the accompanying Mosstype. The jaw in the painting,
like that in the Moss type, is heavier than in the etching. In both the
etching and the painting the eye seems set unnaturally far back.

In comparing the etching, or even the original painting, with the por-

* This account has previously appeared in the ‘American Antiquarian” for Sep-
tember, 1888.

604 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

trait of Rushing Eagle, we must remember that Catlin’s pictures were
necessarily hasty sketches, in which he sought rather to ‘‘ catch a like-
ness” than to copy the face with painstaking exactness, and we must
also bear in mind the great difference to be observed between portraits
of our own historic men painted by different artists, under different
circumstances, and at different periods of life. Often in comparing such
portraits we recognize in them a common subject, only by some prominent
feature or by the accessories of dress.

In the picture of Rushing Eagle some expression of sadness or mel-
ancholy may be detected, which is not to be seen in the portraits of his
father and, closely as this engraving copies its original, the sad expres:
sion is still more pronounced in the ferrotype. Possibly the difference
results from the failure on the part of the portrait painter to transfer the
mournful glance to his canvas; but if itisinherent in the living models
we need not wonder. Four Bears, when Catlin knew him, was a leader
of a happy, well-fed, and prosperous people, while his son, when he sat
before the camera, was one of a starved and oppressed remnant, whose
horoscope grew darker from day to day.

Pl. CXLI represents the face of an old chief of the Minnetarees, a
neighbor and friend of Four Bears, whose hair swept the ground when
his tall form stood erect. This is pronounced a wonderful likeness by
allwho remember the original. As his descendants were mostly females
and quite numerous, the demonstrations of recognition and grief over
this picture were much more notable than over that of Four Bears.

P|. CXLII is a reproduction of his much-copied portrait of the famous
Iroquois chief whose name is thus mentioned by Fitz Greene Halleck :

Thy name is princely, though no poet’s magic,
Could make Ked Jacket grace an English rhyme,

Unless he had a genius for the tragic,
And introduced it into pantomime.

The artist indulged him in the wish he expressed, “that he might be
seen standing on the table rock at the falls of Niagara, about which
place he thought his spirit would linger after he was dead.”

Perhaps it was this portrait that Halleck, in the poem already quoted,
referred to when he exclaimed :

If he were with me, King of Tuscarora,
Gazing as I, upon thy portrait now,
In all its medaled, fringed, and beaded glory,
Its eyes’ dark beauty and its thoughtful brow—

Its brow half martial and half diplomatic,
Its eye upsoaring, like an eagle’s wings 5
Well might he boast that we, the democratic,

Outrival Europe—even in our kings.

“ Red Jacket” was, however, buta white man’s nickname. Had the

poet bethought him of the true Indian name he might have feund it
better suited to his verse. This name was Sagoyeqwatha, or Keeper

PLATE CXL.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews.

FOUR BEARS, 1832.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews.

PLATE CXLI.

RUSHING EAGLE, 1872.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews. PLATE CXLII.

=

Sea

fot SS
Dyer

ote

BLAcK MOCCASIN, CHIEF OF THE MINNETAREES.
(From Donaldson's ‘‘ Catlin Indian Gallery,’’ Plate 46.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews. PLATE CXLIII.

—~ eS
x

Nt oe STEN
I ey

Ae
< _—

—.—
- WA

=

DOA A Saas

RED JACKET.
(From Donaldson’s ‘“‘ Catlin Indian Gallery,” Plate 55.)

; ,
f
j
p
ye
ee
‘ ik
e
west
j }
j fre
oS al
ie : eat
‘i
a

Oe =e

THE CATLIN COLLECTION OF INDIAN PAINTINGS. 605

Awake. He was so called because within the sounds of his eloquent
voice sleep was impossible.

In Pl. Gxutv is seen the sad face of the young Seminole fighter,
Osceola, who made himself notorious in the third decade of this cen-
tury, and ended his sanguinary career a prisoner at Fort Moultrie,
when but little over thirty years of age.

The picture to the left is from Catlin’s canvas, painted while the sub-
ject was a prisoner. The picture on the right is from a bust in the
National Museum which has for its basis Osceola’s death-mask. An
interesting difference is to be observed between these two pictures,
Osceola, on his father’s side, was the grandson of a Welshman, and as
such inherited the name of Powell. In Catlin’s portrait the European
element in the features is more pronounced. In the bust from the
death-mask it is the Indian element which is the more prominent.
This is largely due no doubt to the shrinkage of the tissues of the face
during the fatal illness, which caused the eyes to sink and the bony
frame of the physiognomy to become more marked.

Among the portraits are two of Keokuk (one on foot, as shown in
Pl. cxLv and one on horseback), a celebrated Sauk chief, from whom
the present city of Keokuk, in Iowa, is named, and whose bust now
occupies a place in the Capitol; one of Black Hawk (PI. CXLVI), whose
name is given to one of the severest wars our pioneers ever experi-
enced, against whose forces Abraham Lincoln served in his youth as a
volunteer private; and many others of great historic value.

I now come to consider four pictures in the gallery which have given
rise to more controversy and comment than all the rest of the work
combined, and which were at once his glory and his misfortune. These
are his pictures of a certain religious ceremony of the Mandans called
Okeepa. They were his glory because in them he depicts one of the
most extraordinary rites that the eye of civilized man has ever wit-
nessed, and because they were the first pictorial representations ever
made of the esoteric work of an Indian medicine lodge. His descrip-
tion of these rites is no less wonderful and faithful than his pictures.
They were his misfortune because the scenes he described and painted
were so unusual that they were discredited by his jealous scientific
contemporaries, and such doubts were cast upon his work as to inter-
fere with the sale of his gallery in France, and later in the United
States. Mr. Schoolcraft was the official ethnographer in those days,
and his dictum seemed to settle all questions. In his immense Ssix-
volumed compilation entitled ‘“ Information respecting the History,
Condition, and Prospects of the Indian Tribes of the United States,”
he generally ignores the great work of Catlin, but he publishes a letter
dated June 28, 1852, by a “colonel” who was superintendent of Indian
affairs in those days. The letter of this “colonel” indicates through-
out a most superficial second-hand knowledge of the subject of which
he treats, and the only reference he makes to Catlin’s labors is in the

606 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

closing sentence, which reads as follows: *‘The scenes described by Mr.
Catlin existed almost entirely in the fertile imagination of that gentle-
man.” Thus by a pebble from the sling of a pigmy was our giant of
ethnography felied. And doubts are still cast on this work, although
witnesses abound who testify to its verity. Catlin took pains to secure
the certificates of Mr. Kipp and his assistants, and he published these
- certificates. The year following Catlin’s visit, the Prince of Wied so-
journed a whole winter among the Mandans, and, through interpreters,
obtained accounts of the ceremonies, corroborating those of Catlin.
All this was on record before Schooleraft’s day, but was not sufficient
to stay the publication of the quoted calumny. Since then (in 1860),
twenty-eight years after Catlin wrote, and twenty-two years after the
Mandans were supposed by Catlin to have been exterminated, Lieut.
H. KE. Maynadier, of our Army, wituessed a part of the Okeepa and de-
seribes it much as Catlin did. But there is still another and a later
witness and this witness has the honor of addressing you this evening.
The portion of the ceremony which I saw and am prepared to testify
to will presently be illustrated.

The picture which is now before us (Pl. CXLVIL) shows the inside of
the medicine lodge as it appeared during the first three days and part of
the fourth day of the ceremony. The young candidates for warrior-
hood are seen reclining around the edge of the apartment. Above
each man’s head are his shield and weapons and the walls are decorated
with fascicles of green willows. Ona light frame, toward the back of
the lodge, is seen a sacred object, the holy of holies of this lodge, whose
appearance and nature Catlin was unable to discover. Under the
frame are the knife and skewers to be used in the cruel manner de-
scribed later. In the center of the foreground is the circular fireplace;
on either side of the latter are the ancient turtle-shaped drums filled
with water, so say the shamans, from the four quarters of the world.
Behind the fireplace, the master of the lodge with upraised hand in-
vokes the mysterious powers. These young candidates are preparing
themselves by fasting and praying for the appalling tortures they are
about to undergo. For four days and three nights they neither eat nor
drink. There area goodly number of these candidates, the annual crop
of young men in those, the haleyon days of the tribe.

In this picture (Pl. CXLVII1) we see the plaza or central assembly place
of the old Maudan village of Metutahankush as it appeared in 1832.
This village stood near the site of the present town of Mandan,
North Dakota. To the left we see the medicine lodge, with four poles
in front surrounded by sacred effigies and, in the center of the square,
a cylindrical wooden structure, resembling a hogshead, which was
emblematic of the ark in which the Mandan counterpart of Noah was
saved from the flood. Forty years after Catlin’s time, when the rem-
nant of the Mandans had established themselves in a new village sixty
miles from the old one and resumed their tribal ceremonies, they built

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Matthews. PLATE CXLIV.

PORTRAITS OF OSCEOLA.

Report of National Museum, 1890,— Matthews. PLATE CXLV.

—=——S>
—

a =
Ot

1 —— ;
y pe T Al {
. IW |
y ee \ \ f } = if
ps Ne NUR ANTE
iy We \i., x i, /
VAS NESE SUT TNE
J y z 4 (i [rare
ae) S g

Teen
iM |
\ '
}
¢ “5

Fag te UE) ie ret ON

KEOKUK.
(From Donaldson’s ‘‘ Catlin Indian Gallery,’’ Plate 10.)

vk
Abi ates:
r rahy

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews. PLATE CXLVI.

BLACK HAWK.

(From painting in the U. S. National Museum by George Catlin.)

© Na
Bea ean

ten,

PLATE CXLVII.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Maithews

C26 e9RId . ‘AteT[ ey URIpUyT

ule) ,, S.UOsppReuod Wo.)

‘Wd3SS5NO SHL SO SAVG SSYHL LSYI4 SNIYNG 3ADGO7 ANIDIGS|A) NVGONVIA| SO YOINS LN]

i \ ih

x,
S

WC | |

“lh

Lie

! an dil Us, li

~

THE CATLIN COLLECTION OF INDIAN PAINTINGS. 607

just such another ark and erected similar poles and effigies. The
picture of the old village plaza would have done without alteration for
that of the new.

While the youths are starving within, their kindred outside are not
idle. They are performing the buffalo dance, a rite rich in Indian
symbolism, to insure the increase and preservation of the bison. A
most successful dance it was, too, in attaining its object before the in-
troduction of powder and ball. This picture represents the dance at
the moment of the advent of the evil one, who, painted in black, is
seen entering the arena on the left.

Knowing from observation that in the waxworks the chamber of
horrors is the most crowded part of the establishment, and that a fair
proportion of the crowd are ladies and children, I have little hesitancy
in exhibiting the next picture. What has gone before is but child’s
play; now we come to the earuest work of the ceremony.

With this preparation, I now place before you the scene in the med-
icine lodge on the fourth day (Pl. CxL1x). Around the wall in this
picture are seen some of the fasting candidates who are waiting for their
dread turntocome. Other young meu who have passed the ordeal have
gone outside to participate in the last dance, which will next be exhib-
ited (Pl.cL). To the right is seen a yeuth on whom the torturers have
just commenced operations. The following is Catlin’s description,
somewhat condensed, of this portion of the rites.

An inch or more of the flesh on each shoulder or each breast was taken up between
the thumb and finger, and the knife which had been ground sharp on both edves and
then hacked to make it produce as much pain as possible, was forced through the
flesh below the fingers, and being withdrawn, was followed with a skewer from the
man who held a bunch of such in his left hand and was ready to force them through
the wound. ‘There were then two cords iowered from the top of the lodge (by men
stationed outside) which were fastened to these splints or skewers, and they instantly
began to haul the victim up. He was thus raised until he was suspended from the
ground, where he rested until a knife and a skewer were passed through the flesh or
integuments in a similar manner on each side below the shoulder, below the elbow, on
the thigh, and below the knees.

He was then instantly raised with the cords until the weight of his body was sus-
pended by them, and then while the blood was streaming down his limbs the bystand-
ers hung upon the splints his shield, bow, quiver, etc., and (in many instances) the
skull of a buffalo. When these things were all adjusted he was raised higher by the
cords until those wéights ali swung clear from the ground. In this plight he at once
became appalling and frightful to look at. The flesh, to support the weight, was
raised six or eight inches by the skewers, and the head sunk forward on the breast or
thrown backward in a much more frightful condition.

The unflinching fortitude with which every one of them bore this part of the tor-
ture surpassed credulity ; each one as the knife passed through the flesh sustained an
unchangeable countenance, and several of them, seeing me making sketches, beckoned
me to look at their faces, which I watched all through this horrid operation without
being able to detect anything but the pleasantest smiles as they looked me in the eye,
while I could hear the knife rip through the flesh and feel enough of it myself to
start involunvary and uncontrollable tears over my cheeks,

608 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The next operation on each suspended candidate is thus described :

Surrounded by imps and demons as they appear, a dozen or more, who seem deyis-
jng means for his exquisite agony, gather around him when one of the number ad-
vances toward him in a sneering manner and commences turning him round with a
pole. This done gently at first is gradually increased, when the brave fellow whose
proud spirit can control its agony no longer, bursts out in the most lamentable and
heart rending cries that the human voice is capable of producing, crying forth a
prayer tothe Great Spirit to support and protect him in this great trial. In this con-
dition he is turned faster and faster until, by fainting, his voice falters and he hangs
apparently a lifeless corpse. ~ When brought to this alarming and frightful condition,
when his tongue is distended from his mouth, and his medicine bag, which he has
affectionately and superstitiously clung to with his left hand, has dropped to the
ground, the signal is given to the men on top of the lodge, when they carefully lower
him to the ground.

In this helpless condition he les lke a loathsome corpse to look at. One of the
bystanders advances and pulls out the pins from the breasts or shoulders, thereby
disengaging him from the cords by which he has been hung up, but leaving all the
others with their weights hanging to his flesh.

In this condition he lies for six or eight minutes, until he gets strength to rise, for
no one is allowed to assist him.

As soon as he is able to drag his body around the lodge he crawls, with the ar fetiiis
still hanging to his body, to where an Indian, hatchet in hand, sits behind a dried
buffalo skull, and here, in the most earnest aud humble manner, by holding up
the little finger of the left hand to the Great Spirit, he expresses te him in a brief
speech his willingness to sacrifice it; then he lays it on the buftalo skull, and the
other chops it off near the band oe a blow of the hatchet.

Sometimes more than one finger is sacrificed, and no treatment of the wound is
permitted.

As I have intimated before, [ have witaessed something of these
ceremonies. I had been some years on the upper Missouri before I

became aware of the existence of such rites, and my first knowledge of

them was secured through the perusal of Catlin’s works. When I read
of them I asked some white men who had lived many years in the
country and in the same village with the Mandans, but they declared
they knew nothing of them, and they even doubted the trustworthiness
of the pictures. Had I been one of the doubting know-alls, how easily
could [ have cast another stone at the prostrate Catlin. Such is the
value of negative evidence. But in time I found some old Mandans to
consult. These put their astonished hands over their open mouths and
groaned in wonder when they beheld the etchings. I was promised a
vision of the ceremonies on the following summer if I were still in the
country. Some time next year, the summer of 1569, I was duly notified
that the ceremonies had begun, but no one could have told in advance
when they were to begin, for none knew but the medicine men, and they
were not supposed to know when Numak-machani, the Mandan Adam,
would visit the village and open the rites. I lived then some sixteen
miles from the Mandan village, and was so hampered with my duties
when the news arrived that I was unable to set out until after midnight
on the third night of the ceremonies, and I was able to witness only a
part of the fourth day’s performance, Among other things, I saw the

ome’

PLATE CXLVIII.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews

(86 e1[d ,.“AdeyeH ueipuy upyep ,, S,uospreuog wo)
‘Vd34ayO SHL SO ANOWSYSD NVGNVI “SONVG T1Ng

Ne i eee i} MN eG i we fo

q l; in
f Y fm 7“) iN {a

= 3 = 7 === hs = | AE
5. - 6 SSX i] E Aw sn, - 4
Sih ct 2 RR i) -
=i Ny) | = Z, =
e A SSR Es =KES 2
Tee za es

iN NONI eee : :

[Aiea

eee Mia
-_) bit a

Report of National Viuseum, 1890.—Matthews.

1

i
ity y Mi

|

ye

AS aS

PLATE CXLIX.

MANDAN CEREMONY OF THE OKEEPA.

CUTTING SCENE.

(From Donaldson’s ‘* Catlin Indian Gallery,” Plate 94.)

F,)

THE CATLIN COLLECTION OF INDIAN PAINTINGS. 609

dance called the last dance (PI. CL), and to the accuracy of Catlin’s de-
scription and delineation of this I am prepared to testify.

After the youths have been tortured in the lodge, as described, they
are led out of it with the weights, buffalo skulls, ete., hanging to their
flesh. Around the big canoe (7. e., the wooden cylinder) is formed a
circle of young men, who hold wreaths of willow boughs between them,
and run around with all possible violence, yelling as loud as they can.

The young fellows who have been tortured are then led forward and
each one has assigned to him two athletic, fresh young men (their bodies
singularly painted), who step up to him, one on each side, take him by-
a leathern strap tied around the wrist, and run arcund outside the
other circle with all possible speed, forcing him forward until he faints.
Then they continue to drag him, with his face in the dirt, until the
weights are all disengaged by tearing the flesh out. The skewers are
never withdrawn lengthwise. They then drop him and fly through the
crowd away upon the prairie, as if tbey were guilty of some enormous
crime and were fleeing from summary vengeance. The victim lies to all
appearance a corpse, unaided, until his strength returns, and he walks
home to his lodge, where he is at last kindly cared for and fed, and his
sufferings are at an end.

There are many more extraordinary occurrences in the ceremonies,
for which I must refer the curious to Catlin’s works.* He tells us that
when he saw the rites some forty-five or fifty youths submitted them-
selves to the torture. When I beheld them there were but four candi-
dates, and two of these were members of other tribes who, for some rea-
son, had chosen to go through the Mandan initiation. Such was the
change wrought in less than four decades.

Mr. Catlin’s artistic labors did not end with the formation of this
gallery. After it had passed from his hands he again set out on his
journeys and traveled extensively in North and South America, making
sketches as he went. The materials collected in these later winder-
ings are, I understand, in the hands of his heirs. I trust the time may
soon come when they will be added to the more famous collection which
we now possess.

The history of this collection is as romantic and eventful as that of
its author, and the preservation of the collection to the present day
seems little less than providential.

The sketches, taken in desolate and hostile lands, were borne on
horseback over dim trails, or in frail canoes and bull-boats along the
currents of treacherous streams, before they reached places of compara-.
tive safety in the white settlements.

When, in 1837, after eight years of travel and labor, the collection was

*“ Tilustrations of the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American In-

diaus.” 10th edition, London, 1866, vol. 1, p. 155 et seq. Okeepa, a Religious Cere-
mony and other Customs of the Mandans. Philadelphia, 1567; and other works of
Catlin.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——39

610 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

nearly completed, it began its tour of the civilized world, only to en-
counter dangers more imminent than those which threatened it in the
wilderness.

in the years 1837-59 it made the tour of the then principal cities of
the Union. The present is not its first appearance in the national
eapital. It knew Washington in the days of its dingy youth, long ere
it gave promise of becoming the most beautiful capital in the world.

When in 1839 the collection made its first voyage across the Atlantic
it encountered a storm which was weathered with difficulty. During
the twelve succeeding years if was exhibited in London and many of
the smaller cities of the British Isles, in France, and in Belgium.

In France it so pleased the king, Louis Philippe, who had traveled
as a fugitive in America in earlier days and seen much of the Indians,
that he gave it a place in the palace of the Louvre, and began to con-
sider the propriety of purchasing it. Here it might be supposed it had
at last reached an asylum, but, as subsequent events showed, it never
was in greater danger than when established in these princely quar-
ters. Soon afterwards the revolution of 1848 broke out; the citizen
king, assuming the modest name of Mr. Smith, fled to England, and
Catlin was only too glad to rescue his collection and follow his royal
patron across the channel.

Landed in England, perils of another kind awaited it. Mr. Catlin
speculated unwisely and the collection was seized for debt in 1852.

Rescued from the hands of the creditors by a generous citizen of
Philadelphia, who happened to be in England at the time, Mr. Joseph
Harrison, it again crossed the ocean to what we might call its native
land; here it lay for years in different lofts and storehouses in Philadel-
phia. While in this ignoble seclusion it twice ran the risk of destrue-
tion by fire and was, with difficulty, saved. Some of the canvas still
shows the defacing marks of smoke and flame and of the waters used
to extinguish the fires.

For more than a quarter of a century it thus lay hidden until, in the
year 1879, it was presented to the nation by Mrs. Harrison and brought
for the second and, let us hope, the last time to the city of Washington,

Mr. Thomas Donaldson, through whose instrumentality largely the
collection was secured for the people, tells ns, ‘‘ Mr. Catlin first offered
his gallery to the Smithsonian Institution in 1846; thirty-five years
afterwards it found a permanent Jodgment in the same institution after
vicissitudes and misfortunes hardly equaled.”*

And here if rests at last, in an isolated fireproof building, in a city
which has no mob element to threaten, in the possession of a sovereign
people whose property can not be seized for debt, as nearly safe from
danger as anything human can well be. Let us hope that it will long
remain to instruct and entertain the multitudes who will in tuture visit
this hall, and to record a stage of human development and an era in
the history of our land which have passed totally and forever.

* Opicite, D0,

PLATE CL.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Matthews.

(eg c9RId .. ‘Ate BD URIPUT UIpYeD ., S.uospremod wor)
WddSYNO SHL SO ANOWS3Y3S9O NVGNVI) “SONVG 1SV] SHL

FA pees :

09

(i

ene are eas

Me ss —~

PLATE CLI.

Report of National Museum. 1890.—Watkins.

CSoMOYShT PU Shy JO WOISSTUIUTOD *G “ oY] JO ‘suTTIOD “AA “f -4deD Jo UOTJOeATp oY copuNn opvut ‘UOospnyt ‘A (OD Aq SULAVVApP pezoodtod WOAT)
“HVNNVAVS dIHSWVALS SHI

x
i
a
a

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH.

\

By J. ELFRETH WATKINS,
Curator of the Section of Transportation and Engineering, U.S. National Museum.

The first voyages of a steamship across the Atlantic were made in
1819, by the Savannah, an American vessel carrying the American flag
and manned by an American crew.

It seems eminently proper to preserve an authentic record of the
events connected therewith in our national archives, particularly since
the original log-book of these voyages is in the collection of the U.S.
National Museum.

So far as 1s known, no reliable drawings of the Savannah are in exist-
ence. A lithograph, faulty in many of the details of hull, sails, and
rigging, has been the basis of all previous illustrations of this historic
vessel.

In view of this fact a corrected drawing (Plate CLI) based upon early
descriptions of the vessel, together with such details of construction as
are extant, has been made by Mr. C. Bb. Hudson, under the supervision of
Capt. J. W. Collins, of the U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, and
Curator of the Section of Naval Architecture in the National Museum,
whose familiarity with the history of naval architecture and the con-
struction of sailing vessels, contemporary with the Savannah, has enabled
him to correct many errors and supply the deficiencies in the original
lithograph.

The following notes, explanatory of certain technicalities in the draw-
ing, have been furnished by Captain Collins:

The history of the Savannah shows that she was designed, originally, for a sailing
ship; that her construction was aiready well advanced when it was determined to
make a steamship of her, and that she was rigged asa sailing vessel, steam appar-
ently being considered chiefly auxiliary, to be used principally in calms or with light
or head winds. The contemporaneous lithograph and all other illustrations of this
famous vessel represent her as a full-rigged ship, with, however, no sails loftier than
topgallant sails; with her mainmast and foremast more widely separated than on
ships designed for sail alone, and having a round stern.

The sailing ships of that period were usually rigged very loftily, commonly car-

rying royals, while the almost universal type of stern was square. Nevertheless, it
is reasonable to suppose that those having charge of the rig and equipment of the

611

612 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Savannah may have felt that lofty light sails, which could be used only in moderate
winds, would not be necessary on a ship having steam as an auxiliary motive power,
and that her stern was round is by no means impossible. Therefore, not having
any authority for changing these details, they have been represented as in the orig-
inal lithograph; the relative positions of the masts, smokestack, and wheels are also
retained.

In all details of hull and rig, with the exception of those mentioned, the effort has
been to produce a ship of the period when the Savannah was built, and special atten-
tion has been given to the details of sails and rigging, points in which all illustra-
tions of this ship, previously extant, were markedly erroneous and unsatisfactory.

The ship is represented close hauled on the starboard tack, in a fresh breeze, with
her paddle-wheels in motion. She is rising on the slope of an Atlantic swell, leaning
well over to the breeze, while the yeastly wave curling away from her bow, and
sweeping in foam along her sides, indicates that she is moving at a@ good speed. The
fore-topgallant sail has just been clewed up and two seamen are seen climbing the
rigging to furl the canvas, while in the distance another ship isin sight, ranning
before the wind with square yards.

It is to be regretted that no drawings or detailed description of the
engines, machinery, or wheels are to be found.

In collecting the data* for this report I have been greatly aided by
Mrs. Delia Rogers Seely, wife of Col. F. A. Seely, examiner in the U.S.
Patent Office, who is a grand-daughter of Capt. Moses Rogers, the
commander of the Savannah.

* For this compilation, in addition to a number of clippings from newspapers of the
day, which had been carefully preserved in the last pages of the log book by the de-
scendants of Captain Rogers, the following authorities have been consulted :

Chronological History of the Origin and Development of Steam Navigation. George
Henry Preble, U. 8. Navy, Philadelphia, Hamersley & Co. 1883.

A History of Naval Architecture. John Finchman, London. Whittaker & Co.
1851.

The Mechanic’s Magazine to 1853.

London Athzeneum.

A Description and Draft of a new Invented Machine for Carrying Vessels or Ships
out of or into any Harbor, Port, or River, against Wind and Tide, or in a Calm, ete.
By Jonathan Hulls, London, printed for the author, 1737. (Reprint by Spon, 1873.)

A short Treatise on the Application of Steam whereby is clearly shown from Actual
Experiments that Steam may be Applied to Propel Boats or Vessels. By James Rum-
sey, of Berkley County, Virginia. Philadelphia. Joseph James, 1782.

The Original Steamboat Supported, or a Reply to Jaines Rumsey’s Pamphlet, show-
ing the true Priority of John Fitch and the false datings of James Rumsey. Phila-
delphia. Zachariah Poulson, jr. 1788.

The Log Book of the Savannah. H. Carrington Bolton. Harper’s Magazine, Feb-
ruary, 1877.

Early Atlantic Steam Navigation and the Cruise of the Savannah. Eustace B.
Rogers, U. 8S. Navy, Ballou’s Magazine, February, 1883.

Ocean Steamers, by Thomas Dykes, Fornightly Review, May, 1886.

The Development of the Steamship, Commander F. E. Chadwick, U. S. Navy,
Seribner’s Magazine, May, 1887.

Early Clyde Built Steainers. Paper by W. J. Millar, c. £., Transactions of In-
stitution of Engineers and Ship Builders in Scotland. 1830.

The History of Paddle Wheel Steam Navigation, Henry Sandham. Proceedings
Institution Mechanical Engineers, March, 1885,

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 613
PROJECTS AND EXPERIMENTS.

_ To navigate the ocean by a vessel propelled by steam was the dream of

-many inventors years before a successful steamboat had been put in ser-
vice.* Although Papin’s and Savery’s experiments, in the seventeenth
century, had been devoted to perfecting stationary engines for raising
water from the mines, in addition to the proposal of the former ‘“ to
apply this power to draw water or ore from mines, and to discharge
iron bullets to a great distance,” he also states that the power can be
used + “to propel ships against the wind” by an arrangement of
paddle-wheels, which he describes. It does not appear, however, that
he ever attempted to construct even an experimental steamboat.
Nor does it appear that Savery, who constructed several pumping
engines, made a commercial success of any of them. Although he in
1696 obtained a patent “ for rowing ships with greater ease and expedi-
tion than had hitherto been done by any other,” and in 1698 stated that
he still ‘believed steam might be made useful to ships,” his ideas took
notangible form.

John Barrow, under-secretary of the English admiralty, in his auto-
biography states: “There can be no doubt that Jonathan Hulls (1737)
was the real inventor of the steamboat.” Hulis, in a pamphlet pub-
lished in 737, gives detailed drawings and a full description of the
manner of applying the power of steam to drive a stern-wheel tow-
boat, with wheels similar in design to those on the boats now in use on
the Ohio River. This was the first practical proposition in the history
of steam navigation, and so thoroughly did Hulls understand the sub-
ject, that the mechanic of to-day could build the steam machinery for a
boat upon his plans that would go against the stream on most Ameri-

can rivers. He proposed to use the type of engine which Newcomen,
profiting by the experiments of Papin and Savery, had greatly im-
proved. Although Hulls’ plans were so ably drawn, it does not appear
that he constructed a boat. It was not until after Watt (who began to
improve the steam-engine where Newcomen left off), a half century
later, met with success in perfecting the stationary engine—a success
which demonstrated that he was the most prolific inventor of the age—

* Opinions eighteen years before and sixteen years after the first transatlantic
yoyage of the steamship Savannah :

“This, sir, whether I bring it to perfection or not, will be the mode of cross-
ing the Atlantic in time, for packets and armed vessels.” (Extract from letter
written in 1791, by John Fitch to David Rittenhouse, the Philadelphia astronomer,
in which he solicited a loan to complete the steamboat, with which he had been
experimenting in the Delaware River.)

“As to the project, which is announced in the newspapers, of making a voyage
direct from New York to Liverpool (by steamship), it is, I have no hesitation in
saying, perfectly chimerical, and they might as well talk of making a voyage
from New York or Liverpool to the moon.” (Dr. Dionysius Lardner, author of
Lardner’s Encyclopedia, in a lecture at Liverpool, December, 1835.)

t Dissertationum De Novis Quibusdam Machinis, by Dionysis Papin, Marburg, 1695.

614 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

that Fitch, Rumsey, Stevens, Fulton, Livingston, Millar, Symington,
and others conducted the experiments that have formed the basis of
the claims for each, that he was the original inventor of the steam-
boat. 2

The history of steamboat invention since 1785 has been so frequently
written, and the claims of the friends of these rival inventors have been
so fully discussed, that it is not necessary to enter into the details of
the controversies, which in past years were carried on with considerable
ardor.

It will be of interest to review briefly, in chronological order, the
events of importance in the history of steam navigation after,

Jonathan Hulls,

With his patent skulls,

Invented a machine,

To go against wind with steam ;
But he being an ass,

Couldn’t bring it to pass,

And so was ashamed to be seen.*

The scope of this article requires that reference shall only be made
to those inventors who, by drawings, models, or by the actual con-
struction of machines, demonstrated that they had practical ideas.

In the “Annales des Arts et Manufactures,” Paris, 1805, are several
drawingst to illustrate a machine, contrived by Daniel Bournoulli,
1753, to drive ‘‘ vanes” on each side of the vessel and in the stern “ set
at an angle of 60 degrees with the keel of the vessel.” These, he says,
“can be moved by men aboard the vessels or by steam-engines, or on
rivers by horses placed in the barges.”

In 1783 the Marquis de Jouffroy, whose labors in the latter part of
the last century furnish the ground for the claim that the invention of
the steamboat should properly be credited to the French nation, de-
signed a steamboat 400 metres long, to contain a steam-engine with a _
horizontal cylinder geared by a rack to a shaft on which were paddle
wheels.

A print of this boat, made by M. Jamont from the original drawing,
is preserved in the English patent office library. It bears the title
‘Plan et Profil du Bateau a Vapeur, Execute par Marquis de Jouffroy
a Lyon, 1783.”

In the U. 8S. National Museum is preserved a portion of the chain-
gearing of the machinery of a boat which was constructed by James
Rumsey, and exhibited by him to Gen. George Washington, at Berkeley
Springs, Virginia, in 1784. The certificate given:to him by Washing-
ton, under date September 7, 1784, contains the statement “that the

*Doggerel sung by the boys of Campden in Gloucestershire, Hulls’ native town.
See Notes and Queries, vol. III, series 1.
tSee Tome, Xx p., 329.

cas oe

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 615

discovery is of vast importance and may be of the greatest usefulness
in our inland navigation.”

Admiral Preble, in his valuable “ History of Steam Navagation,”
states that, ‘‘the boiler and machinery for Rumsey’s steamboat were
made at the Catoctin Iron Furnace, in Frederick County, Maryland,
then owned by Johnson Brothers.”

Although Joseph Bramah, of London, took out a patent in May, 1785,
for a vessel with a propeller in the stern, which he describes as “a
wheel with inclined fans or wings, similar to the fly of the smoke-jack
or the vertical sails of a windmill,” an examination of the drawings
attached to his patent shows clearly that he could not have put his in-
vention into practice by working his wheels by steam.

To John Fitch, who from 1783 to 1791 experimented with steam on
several boats in the vicinity of Philadelphia, the credit is due in con-
structing the first steamboat that carried passengers and merchandise
for pay. ;

A copy of the Federal Gazette and Philadelphia Daily Advertiser,
July 26, 1790, is preserved in the U.S, National Museum, and contains
the following advertisement:

ap 331 15)
STEAMBOAT
Sets out to-morrow morning, at ten o’clock, from Arch-street ferry, in order to take

passengers for Burlington, Bristol, Bordentown, and Trenton, and return next day.
Philad., Jaly 26, 1790.

Under date of August 26, 1791, the first patents issued by the Gov-
ernment of the United States for steamboats were issued simultane-
ously to John Fitch, Nathan Read, James Rumsey, and John Stevens.

Read had as early as 1789 exhibited to a committee of the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences a model of his steamboat with paddle
wheels, which he designed to connect with a high-pressure engine.

John Stevens’s experiments took a wider range than those of any of
his predecessors, and embraced both the paddle wheel and the screw
propeller.

His ideas were not visionary or chimerical, and he finally reduced
them to practice. Although he, in common with all other projectors, suf-
fered on account of not being able to obtain the services of competent
workmen, he succeeded in practically applying steam to the propeller.
The original engine which he designed and constructed (1804), was
the first steam engine to drive a screw propeller successfully, and is
preserved in the museum of the Stevens Institute, at Hoboken, New
Jersey.

During the last years of the eighteenth century many experimental
steamboats were constructed on both sides of the water. The more
worthy of note were those built by Elijah Ormsbee and Samuel
Morley, both citizens of Connecticut, in 1794, and by Chancellor Liv-
ingston, who, in 1797, assisted by the elder Brunell, afterwards engi-

616 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

neer of the Thames Tunnel, built a steamboat on the Hudson, which
was partially successful.

During the early years of the present century invention was very
active.

The improvements in the stationary engine had been carried forward
so rapidly as to give great hope to those whose dream it was to drive a
boat surely and safely against wind and tide.

Symington was experimenting on the Forth and Clyde Canal in Eng-
land in 1802. In 1803 Fulton launched his experimental steamboat,
built on a large scale, on the Seine below Paris. In 1804 JohnStevens
propelled his boat, driven by twin-screws geared to a steam-engine,
from the battery in New York across the Hudson River to Castle Point,
Hoboken, at a speed of six miles an hour, and in 1806 he constructed
a pirogue fifty feet long, which developed considerable speed.

But all these attempts may be regarded as experiments—more or less
suecessful—for it was not until 1807 that the snecess of Fulton with
the Clermont and John Stevens with the Phenix demonstrated to Ameri-
can capitalists that the steam-engine could be practically and economic-
ally applied to navigation.

Bell, who followed a few months later, was equally successful in En-
glish waters.

EARLY STEAM VESSELS.

The news of Fulton’s success on the Hudson soon spread to all parts
of the globe and attracted the attention of men in every department of
publie life.

Statesmen saw that the invention would revolutionize commerce,
while it foreshadowed great possibilities for national development. Sol-
diers and sailors knew that the sailing frigate must soon be replaced
by a craft driven by steam-power, and that new modes of warfare must
shortly follow the introduction of the steamboat on inland waters.

New water routes not hitherto navigable by sailing vessels were
speedily opened and capital sought investment in steamboat. property.

In 1809 the first steamboat on the St. Lawrence was launched; this
was followed by a second in 1813.

In 1811 the New Orleans the first steamboat for service on Western
waters was launched at Pittsburgh.

In 1812 the Comet, the first steamboat on the Clyde, was launched,
and, strangely enough, a steamboat was built in Batavia the same year
for use in India. :

In 1813 a steamer was launched at Manchester, and another at Bris-
tol.

In March, 1814, the Congress of the United States passed a law author
izing the President to cause to be equipped “ one or more steam float-
ing batteries for the defense of the waters of the United States,” and
on October 18 of the same year the first war steamship, designed by

idea eae

ieee:
j

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 617

Fulton and bearing his name, was launched at Brown’s ship-yard in
New York City.

In 1815 the pioneer of the fleet of steamers, soon after built to run
between Liverpool and various ports of the English, Irish, and Scotch

- coasts, was launched on the Clyde, arriving safely in the Mersey, after

ealling at the Isle of Man. This was followed by several other boats
for the same service during the next three or four years.

In 1815 there were five steamers on the Thames. By 1816 eight
steamboats had been built to ran on the Hudson and five or six on the
Delaware.

In 1817 the first steamboat ran from New York to Newport, and the
same year the first steamboat was put in service in Boston Harbor.

_In 1818 steam navigation was inaugurated on Lake Hrie, and in the
same year the first steamboat was launched in Russia and steam tug-
boats were introduced on the Mersey.

This was the condition of steam navigation when the Savannah, the
first ship equipped to be driven across the Atlantic by steam, stood
upon the stocks at New York, in August, 1818, waiting to be launched.

THE OCEAN NAVIGATED BY STEAM.

It is conceded by all writers familiar with the subject that the Pheniz,
built by Robert L. Stevens in conjunction with his father John Stevens,
of Hoboken, New Jersey, was the first steam vessel to brave the dangers
of the ocean.* This was in 1808, when the vessel went around from
New York to Philadelphia by sea, navigating the Atlantic from Sandy
Hook to Cape May. This boat did service on the Delaware River for
many years, being an important link in the route from Philadeiphia to

New York.
THE STEAMSHIP “SAVANNAH.”

The Savannah was a fall-rigged ship of 530 tons burthen and was
built at Corlear’s Hook, New York, by Francis Fickett. At first she was
intended to be used as a sailing packet between New York and Havre,
France. The keel was laid in 1818,and the vessel was launched August
22 of the same year.

While the Savannah stood upon the stocks she attracted the atten-
tion of Capt. Moses Rogers, who had been associated with Fulton and
Stevens in commanding several of the earlysteamboats. It was through
his exertions that Searborough & Isaacs, a wealthy shipping firm in
Savannah, were induced to purchase the vessel and fit her with engines
with a view of giving to that city, which was then one of the most im-

* Scott Russell thus alludes to this event: ‘‘ Robert L. Stevens is probably the man
to whom, of all others, America owes the greatest share oi its present highly improved
steam navigation. His father was associated with Livingston in his experiments
previous to the connection of the latter with Fulton, and persevered in his experi-
ments during Livingston’s absence in France. Undisputedly he is the pioneer of
steam navigation on the open seas.”

a

618 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

portant American seaports, the credit of being the first to inaugurate a
transatlantic steamship line.

The Savannah was equipped with one inclined, direct-acting, low-
pressure engine of 90 horse-power, the diameter of the cylinder being
forty inches and the stroke five feet. Her engine was built by Stephen
Vail* at Speedwell Iron Works, near Morristown, New Jersey. The
boilers were built at Elizabeth, New Jersey, by Daniel Dod. The paddle
side wheels consisted of eight radial arms, held in place by one flange,
and were arranged to close together like a fan. They were furnished
with a series of joints so that they could be detached from the shaft and
taken in on deck when storm or other circumstances required it. Her
shaft had a peculiar joint at each end arranged for the purpose. The
wheelhouse was made of canvas, stretched over an iron rim. It is
unfortunate that no detailed drawing or accurate description of the
wheel or machinery is in existence. The vessel carried seventy-five tons
of coal and twenty-five cords of wood. The total cost was about $50,000,
including engines and all rigging.

An account book containing a record of the original charges made
against the Savannah for machinery, etc., by the proprietors of the
Speedwell [ron Works, is now in the possession of Mr. John Lidger-
wood, of No. 26 Liberty street, New York City.

I had the privilege of examining this interesting relic a short time
since. The following is a transcript of the account:

Steam Ship of Savannah, Dr.

1818.
August 1} To paid Enos Bonnel 8 dollars for carting a cellender from E. Town...--...--. $8. 00
27 | To boaring a 40-inch cillender, 5 feet 5 inches into it, and it proved bad, and cast-
inoofisinkine neads:$100=00 err ecn. sea eeae een) eee eee ea ee eee 100. 00
October 28 | To paid carman three dollars for carting the air pump from E. Town...---.--- 3. 00
Nove DEMON elo wOllDsrotecantlesvabel sae Ore smmee e-em eee eet ae a -42
5 | To one peston rod, at 420 lbs. before it was turned, at 1s. 6d.,18¢ ...-... Apne oe 78. 81
One air-pump rod at 205 lbs. before it was turned ai 1s. 6d .....-..--------..--- 38. 44
11 | Lo boaring 1403-inch cellinder, 5-foot stroke at 4,200, 3 hundredat, say, 4707, at
BGe Seco isisis cialis Sisierate ae snare trees Ciara Se Cte reve cei ee wie ere icra See ee 235. 35
17 | To boaring one air pump 5-foot stroke, at 17,2, at, say, 1,974 lbs. at 5¢ -.--.._-. 98. 70
To one load of pine stuff for patrons as per bill, $14, 124 carting, $3-..--.-. aot 17. 124
To lengthening the peston rod with 98 pounds of iron after it was part
turned there being a wistake in the draft that Mr. Dod had made and sub-
mUItLed tO me: $22. 3h icwiss alana scents se pee cere eke et cee eee cere eet ereEee 22, 374
Lengthening air-pump rod as the peston rod 8 inches with 30 pounds of iron
ANC MW OL MOO Tbiss! 62h eeseceeerinsaeeeeeeiatseee tee nee eee aeaeemeeeet 8. 624
DIN RolcaLnne airy limp toe b..Uowieeesaereee ese ee leek ee eee eee eae ene eee 3. 00
To one patron the pillow block to rest on, on the outside of the ship ....-..--. 15.00
Onellarge pillow-block patron) eens. - eee ieee eee SoEn ad Seeman 10, 00
(Olive LS AISIS) [DRIVEN IO) GO apoaooma sme ecucesann ches amano SODdE aS AScO NS eiseaceSnes- 2.50
To Wm. Daglish, 2 days with patrons for the ship at 24s.._...-.---.-----.---.- 6. 00
Carhinoupabrons Ope Lowa DOMDL aetna aeene et ete eee eee eee 2. 00
To paid for carting 2 centers from Dod’s and 12 flanges for the water wheels. - 10. 00

*Afterwards distinguished for his connection with Morse in the invention of the
telegraph.

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH.

Steam Ship of Savannah, Dr.—Continued.

619

1818.
De’ber 2) To 6 peston bolts and nuts, at 38 lbs. at 1s. 6d ....--...--.-----.--+---+---+---- $7.12
MoOTONeSLCrOsSsHeaAd tab GOD StOM, solace Sweats Qlaa emcee «eee sence masa 112. 88
To one center patron for wheols with the core boxes made of your stuff (Deg-
lish, 10 days, at 20s.; Soul Greenesen, 9 days, at 16s.) ---. ........-.----.----- 43. 00
TG) (CRETE: PANTONE 10 18) GLO iN sonoeeeocenpsosocHeeed oro ece oo senee sso gsnan- 1.50
IO) GO HAI ACH OR. AION » Sonne a6 demecosnoDSreBnoeSenen secede cscaenoRen Soe ace 2. 00
RoWUCMiMeLOSsHeAG DY IPLOSHOM 2) GAYS sence ace se emis miele eee 8. 00
338.35
Capt'n Moses Rogers, Cr.
1818.

SUED IO, ROP DEOS cootedee rode detiencsaacioeanco Ce coonoscboneoEEcenueleece

Dye" oe): |) ALOT ROE Wye) ROT FoR Ne) NBS Hee bd aeseooeececo boeneeedes so Gcbmoonedo scones sede $838. 35
JRO WPAAAS HASAN Teele Lou wiley Bee eee ba ebb ee dececgueeerecedsscos cheba 25. 0u
WD OFAN) CHU ETO Cessna tse eieen = acy aretapeteie aieiete o winter ta waicio win ats Sete marae Baeoies Heer ee 15. 00
To drilling cellender head on flange......-..--..--. LSE S EST eRe ame Gs stiec ens smee 3.09
To drilling peston for the boult of the cover, 6 holes, 44 deep, 14 diameter of hard

mom, (Coma liyy Some. MON) - choose scosoooko 7c ecbasonorcedtosseen senseseccoar 6.00

MoMNOTLhiceimersocle te Okpes boluses ee seneee entreaties ee aie ree aes reenter 3. 00

Tht) TRREoM Ae Bh oelsa AHA Ines LINN, CONG ES oo sococosedo busace soeneObeece oeemo Seen cneeac 2.50

To reaming peston socket .-----..--.- We ek each aha epsde aes seeeebtete 2.50

To chipping boxes and fitting the nuts to peston and tapping them and cutting

LHe OWLbS eer ie eterna ie smite mie Ge ceils ha Sicha tahandin ors Saal ssl a el ome aise eaete 6.00

To one rist for crank turned the length of it, out 101 lbs., at 28 ...-.. ------.-...- 25. 25

@ || Wo Beka) a lenis, SO NN. COICO ee he secone che seeecsaceemeeereesce, ssedeeeceec 77, 80

16 large boults for water-wheei arms, at 331 lbs., at 20 cents ....--. ee ee ee A 66. 20

12 | To 42 water-wheel arms, at 5,934 lbs., at 20 cents, at $1,186.80.-.-... aces es sees 1, 186. 80

1GRieRonalbzotacandlegyabiliss 6 dsmewee ase eancaie ae cece acacia betaa aaa siaiavoweereate . 20

AMAA essa broiyCOMLS eyes taieys cise ise <siccinieia sale aisarelelS eaicieieniaiele ciate oye eras eeneieier 1. 50
Cartinoyand freicht ofe2—2=0)of cement abi2s-=seececen ease se ec eseeee see ee eeee . 624

26 | Zo one socket for air pump peston rod, at 65, at 2s .......----------.-------------- 16. 25

To one strap on crosshead to peston rod, at 56, at 3s_....-..----.------------------ 21.00

To aultering the boults for water wheel armes, $10-00 .......-.--..-----.--------- 10. 00

1819.

NEmBvAm LOM ap ALL Of SDUvn STON eS. ati NOR) coves Acer aete re ne cae nio mite a aie niaei= ain a sei sisal 2. 75
2 hand hammers, at 10s...-- SU as eras cre ea Tm ae ns octets Be 2. 50
dihandipunen ess ati GSi re siscisaeseresse ara -tnis os seine oes ewig eit witelnwis/oarecnesi sce msicisateree 1, 50

2, 820. 23

620

REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Steam Ship of Savannah, Dr.

1819.

Jan’y 2 Brought over.......... Sn Saab SeEsbacn Aog6an Edao SC AUOd so pobdogAbon andansDbsonecckens $2, 320. 23
Kovonevlarcebracestorienilimnioge eee eee nee ae see eet sedzeceonosesssos- 3. 00
Qnoiset-hamer. 22/552 228 ss ls02 Seles ie elie cise ee Oe see hoses seen ea a enes ae eee 1.00
EworsplethinpichisellssatiGseca-. ss ceceac ce ces ainsi cecal eee eee eee eee aaa 1. 50
Qne:tail:screw: for drilly S224. 5.28 Soe ciescealnets sae Bel See ce cnee eer ae eee see nee eee 2.50
Sil bstotlinksiand hooks a bien6d seep reece sees ee esa eee ee eae eee eee 16.19
8 large screw boults for to hold down pedestells, at 64 at 2s -..... ohare 16. 00
4 cibsiand one) knee for pistonimodsyat 6S2ae see eee =a eee ee eee eee ae 3. 00
1 chipping hamer..---- syiiamiaemien seen names host ineaels oxegie sae sees See eee 1.40
One'sledvreathT a bs.nat ls Odea sce cose acheen Oat eeeee eee e Cees ne ee eee ee 2.43
IxChalkMnefee kt samen mecemese sce aes we nist ceiesae seein ale ist arecereis at eee eee ait
Ibironus quarey4s One steelido)Sseaseee sens esate sea eee ee eee erase ere eens 1.50
ardicarmanyandetirel shit Otet00lSkeeer= seer erase ae eee nae see eee 1.00
To David Shanon, 10 days at fitting brasses, knees to connecting-rod, at 18s ...-.. 22. 50
Eilesiand chiselsfor don 40s 222.7 sssen a -el cece eee eee eee ae eee eee nee 5. 00
Noah Johnson, 7 days at cutting screws and chipping as above, at 12s..-.....--.- 10. 50
Dennis Dooley, 8 days at do., avis 22 non ean eee one sees soar 16. 00
Robert Newelly4 daysatido:,ati MGs. jaseee) sees erence see aeeee sence eae 8. 00
Wank (cutting screws) 4) dayswatelosieenseseriaaeaeeee er etee eee eee eeereeeerreee 6.00
Jabez Walsey, 7 days, cleaning castings, at 128 .............--..---.--.--+------- 10. 50
JaclkAGidaysscleaninio-dovsat MO so ss eae - eens jects lseesem eae oa Eee cee eee 7.50
John N. Egelston, 4 days, at turning and fitting stuffing box and arity at 16s... 8. 00
To 4 a chaldron of coals to work for the ship in N. ¥Y ork —$8.25 ......-..--..----- 8. 25
To 10 bushels had by Capt'n Rodgers at E. Town, LY CREB NAp mn rsa ace rn cass os 5.00
SOvONE) HUSH: MAtLLONS 45 ese ne Msc eetine tess eaweemaes eee ete oee ee eae ee ee eee eee - 50

23 To 8 screw swifells for water wheels arms at $10.00 .-.........-....-..........._-. 80. 00
One vacuum gauge....-..------ Pa as ra red Geran ened Pes aries at SM acs 12. 50 '
Qnesteam) pawce!!= 2/2 ate assteet eeawle ces Seite aes. ae se eee eae Soee ee ee ee ae 7. 50
6 screw boults and nuts for piston cover boults turned at 37 lbs., at 2s. 6d ....._-. 11. 56
12 cellender cover boults and nuts (boults turned) at 31 lbs., at 2s. 6d ......--.-..-. 9. 68
2isocketsawrenches:ati2ilbs.,abti2s., 22 secs cos oceanic cas aeie cael dncence seeeeeeeeeee 5. 25
2 slat boults for stutliing box of Hollanders turned at 15 1b., at 2s.6d..-.--....---- 4. 69
One long pair of stocks, taps, and dies complete.-..-..--.....-..-c-00------+----- 45. 00
Onellessidoswithwtapsiand (dies te-ese eee eeeeren a eeeerne ceases reer teeeee eee eee 30. 00

$2, 682. 43
Steam Ship of Savannah, Dr.
END | Lekeoy yyy Sirol en Oy ay NOSIS) ORES) oem sen gonus nocninosonedosoHnespocesScaasacosa50 6asseC $2, 682. 43
Jan. 29 | To one-half chaldron of coals of Vambusing, at $16.50.-...........-..---.--.----- 6. 25
‘Eojonekey torcarry: DOULbES | oe ce sins seein = ee aloes) ses Sites ersl= ce ae ee eee eee . 37k
Feb.4 | To Samuel Carson 10 days at drawing and other things, at $4..-..-....-...-..... 40. 00
To:8 gauge cocks, ab L285 ste cokioeten see aitonr see seals ee aa clee oeeae nee Seen eee eee 12.00
toikcotks at Q4e 6 os cea wie ee ee ie Site eis Bia en Sete OSes Bee eRe eee 6. 00
17 | To p’'d Shubal Trowbridge for sundry casting to Speedwell from El’z’thtown and
fromispeedwellite: K.bOwD cece scaae eee oeeee reeset eee Ge oe een eee eee ee 7.27
Loydotordordoydotons\4-wi-3-1 6, abieorecsen seer ceee tt eeeneeeee Eee ee Eee neneee 13.17
Romconnechimomod mywits SOS LDS ation eo-eeeeeeEeeneeres Eee eeE ere en eee Eerereere 242. 00
To40'serew boltssat4ss soe se cic ciesaec Ge cnne se coacinecse semse een ecececcnceeeses 20. 00
TorA0rclasps wathwdoublenutsyatiGse cq. o-eseea=seeeeee see eeeeee ere saaeeeeetee 30. 00
LOA MAU COL 38) ects eae sieeiaia nisin eisie cinin sim nlots siisisie eels e Siete reiieiateiece weiasinieiste nossanose -38
3, 061. 88
PNA GNCrVON) cen slan) se aeiseene ea piaseecieeesisme sone Sieele Nacciesietien see seein Seeeeeees 2, 34
3, 064.22

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 621

Steam Ship of Savannah, Dr.—Continued.

1819.
Feb. 25 | To 44 days’ work by David Shannen, blacksmithing in N. York for the ship, at
TUB 3s cee San oN a ee 8 Soka tobe cl seat Sens Vallee SOME $82. 50
To 34 days, by Ira Arnold, biacksmithing in N. York for the ship, at Ls .....- R 51.00
To 493 days, by William Daglish, on board the ship, at 18s..-. .....-. .-.. ead 111. 94
To 38 days, by Marvin Nugent, on board the ship, at lds. -.--. ----..--. ---.--. 66. 50
, To 24 chaldron coal of Van Bussing, in New York ...... ....... ..---.-...----- | 16, 50
onrerchtiof eillender p. corells|boaty.-=----.- o..----.-525 ss -je5) cose PS oeee ose = 5. 00
OVcaAnha cepa) aol Shyae mecca eters ois ccielencl ccuicects be Mencae Nagar Peer Nets . 50
To sundries from I. G. Purson & Brothers, amt. viz :
1819.
Santon 20 bsicast steely abla. 30! Sica s cece cenicesete re sess saci ctecce cn ceuue aes 5. 63
TT TG TG) Tretorn ee oie eee Soo eS HOO OSU CG Cane SO Hoa tor Eee O eos OEreEAe Mn ceeat 5. 45
TeSHST OWL or ees eo een rests Sinee ae ie Met Ye ea a 10.77
SGC seas ecocsecunonese tik anadog sScpecenGHaudcn Sehondlsunnanoodeaerarcrescde 2.27
24. 1 14 irony 40s) 52252225... secon soQgoEHaKe Ee HB Ohedaop see beeEnOUeeeEmaGOT ost 21, 88
SH DSNCASINSTOO IGN OM. semen ach cee lesen ewereme abe sinceiecncseccegucceseuge 3. 66
SHS ay gel eg | On One OMA Sha are erties = mesic ioieraase ela ee ae misielawialictaicelsetsicinicine slclaia:rjoeeinss aces cis 40.18
lp OL OND ais acc nar. os ese ca winice D aaide ae weldieis cael nee satedawecie cess 7. 31
POR eagle TOM GO: COMA De cco slots leet ee aisis etre aye wo eons ore sietaieemuis Sele Sociecrne 17. 40
-_——. 114.55
Tio OMENRE aK, ICAL MO aaa tay INGA AAO eee Rao serra eprece conSne oneeeeosrmmensecer 9. 00
| $3, 521.71
|
Dr. Steam Ship of Savannah.
LOATH WROTE NO VORs bobs ssesoenoocnccebenas tanuer sodneS esas ae sociscdcHecdoosesd $3, 521. 71
Deduct carting of sundries charge in this ace’t which is not yet done.....--..--. 20. 12
Carting $20.12 not included.
$3, 501. 59
March 28) To 26 days’ work done by D. Shonen, at 158..-........-.-.-0.------ +2 ee eee ee eee nace
Loday works done hypleArnol drat ase -eere ee tee ee eee eee ee eee seer 24. 00
ra IDaiGl Calman Tore MIGbINES SHDN, LOC. cages cece sucoaeeccocestobenesd6 ce eeeasongcenoece: 3. 124
40. donblediboultstforpaddlestatiOseesremccsa cera ose saeco ane eel 30, 00
LORE Te TKO GING! GRIEVE SO OS ba eesoud | Aad Soca sooeeen cose ogsuoran= SseeebomeeseEoluoer 1. 00
21.18 of iron at 40s., had March 4th.-.........--..--. SSS CEO eet 12. 40
SRI MOLMD ENGR SR ate CA Lee sete cere Meena Sao and a cleats cele sol scicis' scree sietecanais 5. 41
--——_ 17. 45
2 Beets} an? IDO Gl He ned Wiley tela NBs sae scoasdodencausuoseaderedocseschnooes 10. 18
Cartage of the last to ship --.....-...--..----..--0 sdeossegsocenaas esses . 63
-— - 10. 81
This iron was had of J. G. Persons & Brothers. |
To paid Benjamin Sofield for carting from white hall to the steamship, 25s .. .. ..| 3, 124
To paid Wm. Dalglish for carting one load of patrons to yards in Dublin. -.--.---. - 624
To 18 days’ work done by Wm. Dalglish on board of the steamship at Elizabeth
town, in December, 1818, and omitted in my ac. rendered in February, at 18s--- 40.50
To 4 chaldron of coals, and carting had of John Vanbusting, Is ............-...-.. 7.75
May 4) Topaid James P. Aliaire for sundries p. bill p. order of Capt. Rodgers ........--- 15. 78
202, 914
Contra, Cr.
1819.
Feb. 26 | By Pott & McKinnies note, at 60 days ..-.-. He bad Begs ag SO ACG CEB E a ADO REAroesos tor $1, 750. 80
Do. do. ab OO id ay Se Meet Soe eco emeesacicsccen weisaactesemees 1, 777. 04
Ambir cuuhwg Ons pal dessa epr sees ate cise Sane etaeie aie cicine weloasie cicmieeeseeels $3, 527. 84
Weduch tom discounmpbyese esos cee else emes Brae tates iat ia Ns ararona aitta s cists a es etn 26. 25

$3, 501. 59

622 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

In addition to the engines the vessel carried the same complement of
spars and sails as a Sailing ship of that period, with the exception of
royal-masts and royals.* The hull and rigging were constructed under
the direction of Stevens Rogers, afterwards sailing master of the vessel.

The most important difference noticeable in her rig, so far as can be
determined by engravings extant, is that her mainmast stood consid-
ably farther aft than it would have been placed on a ship intended to
be propelled only by sails. This modification of the rig was doubtless
made to obtain more space between the foremast and the mainmast, so
that the boilers, engines, and coal bunkers could be located nearly
in the middle of the ship and still be forward of the mainmast.

The cabin space was divided into three saloons, handsomely furnished
with imported carpets, curtains, and hangings, and decorated with mir-
rors.

The state rooms were large and commodious; the interior effect of
the decorations resembling those of a pleasure yacht more than a steam
packet. After the vessel was launched there was considerable delay in
completing the engines and machinery, which were of unusual size.
Several boilers were discarded before one was found that would stand
the tests made by Capt. Moses Rogers, and it was not until very late in
the winter of 1818~19 that the machinery was in working order.

TRIAL TRIP.

The New York Mercantile Advertiser, March 27, 1819, contains the
following :

By an advertisement in this day’s paper it will be seen that the new and elegant
steamship Savannahisto leave our harbor to-morrow. Who would have hadthe courage
20 years ago to hazard a prediction that in the year 1819 a ship of 300 tons burden
would be built in the port of New York to navigate the Atlantic propelled by steam ?
Such, however, is the fact. With admiring hundreds have we repeatedly viewed this
prodigy, and can also bear witness to the wonderful celerity with which she is moved
through the water. On Monday last a trial was made of her speed, and although
there was at no time more than an inch of steam upon her, and for the greater part not
a halfinch, with a strong wind and tide ahead, she went within a mile of the anchoring
ground at Staten Island and returned to Fly Market Wharf in 1 hour and 50 min-
utes. When it isconsidered that she is calculated to bear 20 inches of steam and that
her machinery is entirely new, it must be evident that she will with ease pass any of
the steamboats upon our waters,

Her cabin is finished in elegant style and is fitted up in the most tasty manner.
There are thirty-two berths, all of which are state rooms. The cabin for ladies is
entirely distinet from that intended for gentlemen, and is admirably calculated to
afford that retirement which is so rarely found on board of passenger ships.

THE OFFICERS AND CREW OF THE SAVANNAH.

Moses Rogers, the captain (Pl. cLIL), and Stevens Rogers, the first offi-
cer (or sailing-master, as he was called), although bearing the same
surname, were not related by ties of blood. They were, however,
brothers-in-law, the latter having married a sister of the former.

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Watkins. PLATE CLII.

MOSES ROGERS, CAPTAIN OF THE SAVANNAH.

(From a photograph of the miniature made in Russia in 1819, while the vessel
was in the port of St. Petersburgh.)

- : THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH 623
4

The experiment of crossing the ocean in a steam vessel was deemed
so hazardous that no crew could be shipped in New York Harbor,
where it was predicted that the vessel would be a “steam coftin;” and
sailing-master Rogers was compelled to visit New London, Connecticut,
where he was only able to obtain a crew from the fact that both the
captain and sailing-master were well known to many seafaring men of
that locality, who had confidence in their ability to command and navi-
gate the ship successfully.

MOSES ROGERS, CAPTAIN OF THE SAVANNAH.

Moses Rogers was born in New London, Connecticut, in 1779. From
his early boyhood he showed great fondness for boats and ships, and
had Jearned to manage a sailboat at a very early age. When he was
twenty-one years old he commanded a sailing packet on Long Island
Sound, and five years later he became interested in the experiments of
Fulton and Stevens, who were each then building steamboats. It has
been frequently stated that he commanded the Clermont, the first sue-
cessful steamboat on the Hudson, but the many published accounts of
the early voyages of that celebrated steamboat contain no mention of
his name. But during the eventful career of this boat she was com-
manded by several captains, and it is not improbable that Mr. Fulton
availed himself of his services, at least for a time.

In 1808 he commanded the Phenix, built by John Stevens and his
son, Robert Livingston Stevens, when it made the memorable voyage
from Sandy Hook to Cape May, on its way from New York to Philadel-
phia. This was the first time that a steam vessel ever braved the
dangers of the ocean.

In the handsome oil painting of the Phenix, which is now preserved
in the private gallery of the late Edwin A. Stevens, a brother of Rob-
ert L. Stevens, at Castle Point, Hoboken, New Jersey, the name Moses
Rogers is painted in bold letters across the paddle box. This custom
was not uncommon in the early days when the name of the captain was
as well known as that of the craft he commanded.

In 1813 Moses Rogers commanded the Hagle on her first voyage be-
tween New York and Baltimore, and he was associated with the owners
of the New Jersey in 1816, when regular biweekly voyages were inau-
gurated between those ports.

Captain Rogers was a man whose opinions were sought by steamboat
owners and constructors. He was highly respected by the traveling
public, whose entire confidence he possessed. The executive ability
which he displayed while in command of his vessels made him greatly
admired by those who trusted their lives in his hands. The tact which
he exhibited while in foreign ports made him popular with all classes.

During his cruise in foreign waters he was the recipient of many val-
uable presents, The King of Sweden gave him “a stone and muller.”

624 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

The Emperor of Russia presented him with a gold watch,* which
is referred to as ‘three times as big aS common watches and an excel-
lent timekeeper.”

While the Savannah was lying at Stockholm, Captain Rogers made
the acquaintance of Lord Lynedock,t a British nobleman, who accom-
panied him in his voyage to St. Petersburg.

During the voyage Lord Lynedock was so much pleased to find that
only fifteen minutes was required to bring the vessel from steam to
canvas that he exclaimed, ‘‘ I blame no man born in the United States
for being proud of his country ; were I a young man I’d go there myself.”

At the end of the voyage he presented Captain Rogers with a mas-
sive solid silver coffee urn (Pl. CLI), bearing the inscription :

Presented to Captain Moses Rogers
of the Steamship Savannah,
Being the first steam vessel

That had crossed the Atlantic
By
Sir Thomas Graham, Lord Lynedock,
A Passenger from Stockholm to
St. Petersburgh,
Sept. 15, 1819.

This kettle has been carefully preserved by the descendants of Cap-
tain Rogers, who have recently deposited it in the U.S. National Mu-
seum.

From the 28th of March, 1819, when the Savannah left the port of
New York, until the 16th of December of the same year, when the ves-
sel after visiting many foreign ports returned to Washington, Captain
Rogers was in constant command. It was his boast that during this
voyage of many thousand miles, ‘neither screw, bolt, nor ropeyarn
parted, although he experienced very rough weather.” Owing to cir-
cumstances related elsewhere his connection with the Savannah ceased
early in 1820, when he immediately formed a connection with the com-
pany operating the steamboat line plying between Georgetown, South
Carolina, and Cheraw. He superintended the construction of the Pee
Dee in 1820, and while in command of her died at Georgetown, South
Carolina, October 15, 1821, aged forty-two years. The Georgetown
‘“‘ Intelligencer” contained the following obituary notice:

Departed this life on Thursday, the 15th instant (October, 1321), in Georgetown,
South Carolina, Capt. Moses Rogers, a native of New London, Connecticut, aged
about 42 years. His remains were committed to the tomb in the burial ground of the
Baptist chureh, attended by a large concourse of citizens of the town and neighbor-

* Some years ago a Southern paper made the statement that this watch was in the
possession of Mr. Buhler, of West Baton Rouge, Louisiana.

+Thomas Graham, Lord Lynedock, was born in Perthshire, England, 1749, Hn-
tered the British army 1780. Rose to the rank of general. Served under Sir John
Moore. Commanded at the battle of Baropa, 1811, and at the battle of Varuna. In
1813 took San Sabastian. Raised to the peerage 1819, Died 1843,

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Watkins. PLATE CLIII.

SOLID SILVER COFFEE URN.

(Presented to Capt. Moses Rogers, September 15, 1819, by Sir Thomas Graham, Lord Lynedock, who was a
passenger on the Savannah during the voyage from Stockholm to St. Petersburgh. )

a ee
fe THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 625

hood, who were anxious to pay this last sad tribute to the memory of one whose
death they esteem a public loss.

Captain Rogers was for some time actively and usefully engaged on the North
River in the earliest experiments which were made in the application of steam to the
purposes of navigation. He afterwards commanded the steamship Savannah, the first
steam vessel, we believe, that ever navigated the ocean, and certainly the only one
which ever crossed the Atlantic. The Savannah, under the direction of this skillful
and enterprising commander, passed in perfect safety to England and from thence to
Stockholm and St. Petersburgh and back to the United States, thus fully demonstrat-
ing the benefits which might arise from the application of steam to the general purposes
of maritime navigation. In 1820 he was engaged by a respectable company to take
charge of the steamboat Pee Dee, which plies between this town and Cheraw. That
he fully and satisfactorily performed the duties incumbent on him in this station the
universal grief which pervades our community fully testifies.

Captain Rogers had lately returned from a visit to his family in Philadelphia, and
was on his first voyage from Cheraw to this place when he was attacked by that fell
disease (produced by his devotedness to his business) which has at once deprived so-
ciety of an energetic, industrious, and enterprising citizen, and his family of an affec-
tionate husband and most tender parent.

STEVENS ROGERS, SAILING-MASTER OF THE SAVANNAH.

Stevens Rogers was born at New London, Connecticut, in 1789; he
had been associated with Moses Rogers in the management of sailing
vessels and steamboats before he was called upon to superintend the con-
struction of the hull and to design the rigging of the Savannah, in 1818,

He rendered valuable assistance to Capt. Moses Rogers in the memo-
rable voyages of the Savannah—every word of the record of which, in
the log book, being in his handwriting.

He outlived almost all of his contemporaries, and during a long and
busy life, which terminated only two days before the fiftieth anniversary
of the date of the launch of the Savannah, he saw the transatlantic
steamship service, in which he was a pioneer, thoroughly established.

Born soon after the close of the Revolution, heremembered the death
and burial of Washington, and was acquainted with the sailing vessels
in our Navy during the war of 1812. He saw the first steam war ship,*
and lived to see all the navies of the world twice reconstructed : first,
when steam power revolutionized naval architecture; and again, when
iron armament was applied to battle ships.

He read the story of the conflict between the Monitor and Merrimac,
and after living through three wars he saw his country finally at peace
with itself and all the world—a peace which the ocean steamship has
done more to perpetuate than all the standing armies of the universe.

The following newspaper notices of the events that brought his life
to a close give evidence of the high estimation in which he was held
during a lifetime of nearly four score years:

[New London Star, August 26, 1868.]

The funeral services of Capt. Stevens Rogers took place on Sunday afternoon.
Union and Brainard Lodges, Free and Accepted Masons, escorted the remains from the
residence of the deceased to the First Baptist Church, where the funeral sermon was

* Fulton the first, launched at New York, 29th Oct., 1314, ‘‘to mount 30 long 32- —
eee and 2 100-pounders (Columbiads),”
H, Mis, 129, pr. 2——40

626 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 12390.

preached by Rev, Mr. Burdick, of Westerly. The church was filled to its utmost
capacity, and hundreds were unable to gain adinittance. At the close of the exer-
cises in the church the lid of the coffin was raised, and large numbers availed them-
selves of the opportunity to look for the last time upon the well-known features of
the deceased. The funeral procession included the Masons to the number of 200,
about 50 carriages, and several hundred on foot, among whom were many of our
most prominent citizens. State street from the church to the court-house was lined
with spectators. The remains were interred in Cedar Grove cemetery, and the bean-
tiful Masonic service was performed at the grave under the direction of Rey. J. C.
Waldo, chaplain of Union Lodge. An exceedingly interesting sketch of the life of
Captain Rogers will be found elsewhere, over a signature well known to our readers.

OBITUARY.*

Capt. Stevens Rogers, who died suddenly in this city August 20, 1868, deserves a
more than casual notice from his contemporaries. A large part of his life was de-
voted to sea-faring pursuits, which he had followed in the various forms of coasting
trade and ocean voyages, by sail and by steam, acquiring the reputation of a skill-
ful and experienced navigator. His connection with the early attempts of ocean
steam navigation demand for him an honorable place in the record of American sea-
manship.

He was born at New London (Great Neck), upon the border of Long Island Sound,
February 13, 1789, and began at an early age to follow the seas. Asif to seal him-
self for that business he had, when a young man, the figure of a ship stamped so in-
delibly upon his arm that even in his old age it had the distinct outline of a recent
draft. He married the sister of Capt. Moses Rogers, of Groton, and was connected
with that enterprising mariner in his various experimental steam excursions. He
was with him in the Phenix, which went from New York to Philadelphia in 1809; in
the Hagle, which went to Baltimore in 1713, and in the New Jersey to Baltimore in
1816, all propelled by steam.

The voyage of the steamship Savannah from Savannah to Liverpool was made in
1819. This was the first attempt to cross the ocean by steam. Capt. Moses Rogers
was the commander and Capt. Stevens Rogers was the sailing master.

The voyage was accomplished in 22 days, of which 14 were without the use of
canvas, sails being used a portion of the time to save the consumption of fuel. When
the vessel arrived off Cape Clear she was telegraphed to Liverpool as a vessel on fire,
and a cutter was sent from Cork to her relief. Great was the surprise and admiration
when the gallant ship entered the harbor of Liverpool under bare poles, belehing
forth smoke, yet uninjured.

From Liverpool the Savannah went to Copenhagen and through the Baltic Sea to
Stockholm and St. Petersburg. At these places she was visited and admired and her
crew feasted and praised by kings and nobles as well as the populace. The sailing
master received almost as much notice and applause as the commander.

Lord Lyndock, an English nobleman, who was then on his travels in the north of
Europe, took passage in the steamer from Stockholm to St. Petersburg, and was so
well satisfied with the intelligence of the sailing master that he kept by his side for
hours together conversing with him. Before parting he presented him with a gold
snuftbox, chased and ornamented, with the following inscription engraved on the
inside of the lid: ‘‘ Presented by Sir Thomas Graham, Lord Lyndock, to Stevens
Rogers, sailing master of the steamship Savannah, at St. Petersburg, October 10, 1818.”

The return voyage of the Savannah occupied 25 days. Capt. Stevens Rogers after-

_wards commanded the brig Park, and subsequently was in the coasting line upon Long
Island Sound. In 1850 he was appointed to office in the custom-house at New Lon-
don as inspector, and still later for several years was collector of the city taxes.

* For the Star of August 26, 1868,

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Watkins. PLATE CLIV.

spire mance spesermewe noe a

MARBLE TOMBSTONE IN THE CEMETERY AT NEW LONDON, CONNECTICUT, TO THE MEMORY
OF STEVENS ROGERS, SAILING MASTER OF THE SAVANNAH.

(The bas-relief is a representation of the vessel under steam.)

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 627

He was one of the oldest Freemasons in the town, a devoted member of the fra-
ternity, and always a conspicuous figure in the processions. The image of his
stately form, clothed in the emblematic garb of the society, with the great Bible
horne in his outspread hands, as at funerals and other Masonic exhibitions, will long
dwell in the memory of many of our citizens. His funeral took place on the 23d
instant. A long array of Masons accompanied the remains to the cemetery, with
mournful music and evergreen memorials, testifying their respect for their departed
brother.

Vig WE Oe

Over his remains in the cemetry at New London a marble tombstone
(Pl. CLIV) has been erected, containing on one side a representation in
bas-relief of the Savannah under steam; upon the other is the following
inscription:

The voyage of the steamship Savannah from Savannah to Liverpool was made in
1819.

This was the first attempt to cross the ocean by steam, Capt. Moses Rogers being
commander and Capt. Stevens Rogers, his brother-in-law, navigator, both natives
of New London.

From Liverpool the Savannah went to Copenhagen, and through the Baltic Sea to
Stockholm and St. Petersburg; at these places she was visited and admired by
kings, nobles, and the people.

Her machinery was constructed under the skillful direction of Capt. Moses Rogers,
who was familiar and identified with Fulton. He died of yellow fever at George-
town, South Carolina, November 15, 1822, aged 42 years.

The following is an extract from an account of the arrival of the
Savannah in England that was communicated by Sailing Master Stevens
Rogers to the “ New London (Connecticut) Gazette,” in 1838, after the
inauguration of regular transatlantic steamship travel by the Sirius
and Great Western:

She was seen from the telegraph station at Cape Clear, on the southern coast of
Treland, and reported as a ship on fire. The admiral, who lay in the cove of Cork,
dispatched one of the King’s cutters to her relief. But great was their wonder at
their inability, with all sail in a fast vessel, to come up with a ship under bare poles.
After several shots were fired from the cutter the engine was stopped, and the sur-
prise of her crew at the mistake they had made, as well as their curiosity to see the
singular yankee craft, can be easily imagined. They asked permission to go on board,
and were much gratitied by the inspection of this naval novelty. On approaching
Liverpool hundreds of people came off in boats to see her. She was compelled to lay
outside the bar till the tide should serve for her to go in. During this time she had
her colors all flying, when a boat from a British sloop-of-war came alongside and
hailed. The sailing master was on deck af the time aud answered. ‘The officer of
the boat asked him, ‘‘ Where is your master ?” to which he gave the laconic reply,
“‘T have no master, sir.” ‘* Where’s your captain, then?” ‘‘He’s below; do you wish
to see him?” ‘I do, sir.” The captain, who was then below, on being called, asked
what he wanted, to which he answered, ‘‘ Why do you wear that penant, sir.” ‘‘ Be-
cause my country allows me to, sir.” ‘My commander thinks it was done to insult
him, and if you don’t take it down he will send a force that will doit.” Captain
Rogers then exclaimed to the engineer, ‘‘ Get the hot-water engine ready.” Although
there was no such machine on board the vessel, it had the desired effect, and John
Bull was glad to paddle off as fast as possible. On approaching the city the shipping
piers and roofs of houses were thronged with persons cheering the adventurous craft.

628 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Several naval officers, noblemen, and merchants from London came down to visit her,
and were very curious to ascertain her speed, destination, etc. As it was soon after
Jerome Bonaparte had offered alarge reward to anyone who would succeed in taking
his brother, from St. Helena, it was suspected that that was the object of the Savan-
nah. After remaining 25 days in Liverpool, during which time she was visited by
thousands of people of all rank, and her officers were treated with marked attention,
she left for Copenhagen, at which place she arrived in safety, where she excited
similar curiosity. She proceeded thence to Stockholm, in Sweden, where she was
visited by the royal family, the foreign ministers, naval officers, the nobility. and
others, who, by invitation of Mr. Hughes, the American minister, dined on board, and
took an excursion among the neighboring islands, with which they were much de-
lighted.

Lord Lyndock, of England, who was then ona tour through the north of Europe,
by invitation of our minister took passage on board of the Savannah for St. Peters-
burg, which place she reached in due time. Here she was visited, by the invitation
of our minister at that court, by several noblemen and military and naval officers, who
also tested her superior qualities by a trip to Cronstadt. Her officers received several
valuable presents of plate, etc., and we have now before us a superb gold snuffbox,
which was presented to her sailing master, Capt. Stevens Rogers, by Lord Lyndock.
She sailed from St. Petersburg to Copenhagen, and then to Arendal, in Norway,
wheuce-she returned to Savannah, where, after a passage of about 25 days, she arrived
in safetv—being the first steam vessel that ever crossea the Atlautic—and after per-
forming a voyage highly creditable to American ingenuity and enterprise.

She used Liverpool coal for fuel, of which she took 75 tons, as well as 25 cords of wood
for kindling. She had no freight, and only used her engine wher not able to go at
the rate of 4 knots with her sails. By the great fire in Savannah her owners were
compelled to sell her, and she was purchased to run as a packet between that place
and New York, whither she was bound, under charge of Capt. Nathaniel Holdredge,
now master of the Liverpool packet ship United States, when she was lost on the
south side of Long Island.

A more detailed account of the voyages is given in the notes from
the log book, which follows:

NOTES FROM THE LOG BOOK OF THE SAVANNAH AND THE NEWS-
PAPERS OF THE DAY.

The log book of the Savannah (Pl. CLV) is composed of twenty-four
sheets of thick brown paper, eleven inches by fourteen, stitched through
and through the middle fold, and attached to a coarse cover of sail-cloth
bearing the inscription:

STEAMSHIP
SAVANNAH’S
LOG BOOK.

Only fifty-two of the ninety-six pages are written upon. A fac-simile
of two of them is shown in Pl. CLVI.

I.—VOYAGE FROM NEW YORK TO SAVANNAH, GEORGIA.

We find that the vessel “got under way for sea with the crew on
board” at 10 a. m.,* Sunday, March 28, 1819, and that the pilot left the
ship oif Sandy Hook Light three hours later, “with fresh breezes at
NW.”

*It should be remembered that sea time begins 12 hours later than calendar time,
On shipboard the log is kept by calendar time in port and by sea time at sea.

PLaTeE CLV.

Se”

\

iy | —

=

ip ag S -
ij (Zig 0 a4! \
WE ANG ey)

it)

“wy

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Watkins.

LOG Book OF THE SAVANNAH
(Drawn from the original, deposited in the U. S. National Museum.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Watkins.

aS,

ie swt Sas eg
ie te Ge Fee

L

| hey hom Ze bey 6

ote Bet Lara O

al VSS | AS

GC breezes wD f 2

on,
SS * ZZ

May Caz
i" 19

SSS

PEQan® ao Soy VITQIAansg

Serer
1

EM ENSS:

Plate CLVI.

AE Lorman es ‘\
cron, Cuass EES

25

Ee ms
at ACH & Lago Zs

SOE
Se

MS Po =

Acexes Zoe at

K bound |p [24%

2 |fr
Mbbb

Lot by ab ad

zs

!

x

ds4 BE

a

ELM AGE

Fad i foo B23 My)

FACSIMILE OF TWO PAGES OF THE LOG Book OF THE SAVANNAH, IN THE HANDWRITING OF STEVENS ROGERS, SAILING MASTER.

;
;

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 5 629

As nothing is said about getting up steam itis assumed that the sails
only were used. At 4 p.m. Sailing Master Rogers states, ‘‘ with fresh
breezes and clear” the “ Hilands of Never Sink bore N. b. W. 6 leagues
distant, from which I take my departure.” Thus, seventy-two years ago,
the sailing master of the pioneer transatlantic steamship, with a little
crew of daring seamen, made the first record in a vessel’s log book of
the day and hour when he last saw land in New York Harbor as he
took his departure for a distant port. This event is in the memory of
some men who have lived to know that in the year 1888 there left New
York Harbor for transatlantic ports 1,320 steamships, carrying 147,329
passengers and over 3,500,000 tons of freight, while there arrived at
the same port 480,451 passengers and over 3,000,000 tons of freight.

At 11 o’clock on the following morning, the master records the fact
that they “got the steam up and it came on to blow fresh; we took the
wheels in on deck in 30 minutes.” This peculiar performance of taking

_ in the wheels during a storm, through fear of having them washed

away, or damaged, was unique. In the published records of steam
navigation no allusion is made to any other vessel with the wheels
similarly constructed, either before or since the Savannah went to sea.

~ The arrangement was, without doubt, made by the direction of Moses

Rogers, who in 1808, while taking the Phenix from Sandy Hook to
Cape May (en route from New York to Philadelphia), was compelled
to run that steamboat through Barnegat Inlet into the bay and up on
the beach, in order that the wheels, which had been damaged by a
storm, could be repaired.

By examining the log book of the Savannah it will be noticed steam
was seldom used except in calm weather, or when it was desired to
show the power of the engine of the vessel.

On the 3d of April, the weather being calm and pleasant, the log
states at 3 p. m., “stowed the wheels and started the wheels, firld all
sail.”

But. the run under steam was of short duration, as the fore and aft
sails were unfurled at 5 o’clock the next morning, and the crew at “8
a.m. folded up the wheels and stowed the wheels.” During the whole
voyage, from New York to Savannah, we find that the engine was
running:

Hours

Where line Oeerals eee tiapie rs SSeS ons Sek skin TORE ny ee ere TES SE OEE nee eases 4
LO meA Ue Pons HOLA PTO. Ga. Wea Mwiae ck aoau lee ee aeeebet te) cat ces cae ciee 17
BLOMPAP LUC TOU. My tO April A Ba. Mis. ci GU sen) Cees cnomes ce oeee oselbee ccc 14
OMe p Lilo ml Onn my. tO ADT O, 42a. Mi viseee acces hemes ssc occ sce sacs ecco 10

414

The vessel came to anchor at 4 a. m. April 6, eight days fifteen hours
(207 hours), from Sandy Hook Light.
The Savannah “Georgian” of Wednesday, April 7, 1819,-states:

The elegant steamship Savannah arrived here about 5 o’clock yesterday evening.
The bank of the river was lined by a large concourse of citizens, who saluted her

630 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

with shouts during her progress before the city. She was also saluted by a discharge
from the revenue-cutter Dallas. Her appearance inspires instant confidence in her
security. It is evident that her wheels can be unshipped in a few minutes, so as to
place her precisely in the condition of any other vessel in case of a storm and rough
sea. Our city will be indebted to the enterprise of her owners for the honor of first
crossing the Atlantic Ocean in a vessel propelled by steam.

II.—IN THE HARBOR OF SAVANNAH AND A ROUND TRIP TO CHARLESTON.

After the vessel was tied to the wharf at Savannah, April 6, nothing
important seems to have transpired on board, * all hands being em-
ployed in ship’s duty,” until Wednesday, the 14th, when the wheels
were put on, and ‘‘at 10 a.m. got the steam up and started from Sa-
vannah for Charleston; at 1 p. m., blowing fresh, come to anchor off
Tybee Light.” There the vessel remained until 7 o’clock next morning,
when she weighed anchor, ‘‘ got steam on,” and came to anchor at 8 p. m.
four leagues from Charleston Light, and “let the steam off.” At 6 o’cloek
next morning, after the pilot came aboard, they “ got steam on,” and
“at 11 a.m. hold to the wharf at Charleston and made fast.” This
trip was made with the hope that the President of the United States,
who was visiting Charleston, might be persuaded to proceed to Savan- ©
nah with the ship on the return trip. Here the vessel remained until
the 30th, when, at 10 a. m., she got under way, with steam, arriving at
the wharf at Savannah, 1 o’clock the next afternoon, twenty-seven hours
out.

With the exception of *‘taking in cole” on May 7 and 8, nothing
important seems to have occurred while in port until Tuesday, the
11th, when ‘President of the United States, James Munroe and suit,
came on board of the ship at 8 a.m. to go to Tybee light-house ; at 8
a. m. got the steam up and started with the steam; at half past 10 a.
m. anchored at Tybee; at 11 a. m. got under way with steam for town
again at 8 a. m., held to the wharf and made fast.”

This must have been a gala day for Captain Rogers and his crew,
since the pleasure of the occasion was heightened by propitious weath-
er, the faithful chronicler recording in the log book that the day began
with “light breezes at N. W. and clear.” President Monroe was at
that time making a tour of the Atlantic States, inspecting arsenals,
fortifications, and public works. A writer describing this tour states:
“In every point of view the journey was auspicious. Party lines seemed
about to disappear and the country to return to its long past state of
union. The President was not backward in his assurance of strong
desire on his part that such should be the case.”

That his wishes were gratified* in this respect may be inferred from
the fact that in 1820 his reélection was practically unanimous, as he re-
ceived 231 out of the 232 electoral votes cast. His famous message of
December 2, 1823, in which he advocated the policy of not interfering

*Tn 1819 Spain ceded East and West Florida and the adjacent islands to the United
States.

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 631

with the powers of the Old World, nor permitting the Old World to
interfere with the New, was the foundation of what has gone into his-
tory as the “ Monroe Doctrine.” Toastatesman of such broad views,
the establishment of a Transatlantic steamship line between Savannah
and Liverpool, by an American company, was indeed an important mat-
ter, and the success of the trial trip to Tybee Light and return must to
him have been gratifying in the extreme.

‘The President was greatly pleased with the machinery of the Savan-
nah, and expressed the desire that when the vessel returned from foreign
ports she be brought to Washington for the inspection of Government
officials and Congressmen, with a view to her purchase for coasting
service off the coast of Florida, where Cuban pirates were giving great
annoyance to American shipping.

The President seems to have had a namesake on board, for the next
day while the crew was taking in wood, the “log” tells us that
“ Daniel Claypit cut his left thumb off, the doctor done it up, and then
bled James Monroe;” as the sailing master spelled the President’s
name Munroe, it was probably not a relative of his excellency who was
bled.

On Saturday, May 15, we find that ‘‘a heavy thunder squall rose
from the N.W. and broke the Savannah and two other ships adrift:
Broke the paddles adrift and beat the arms.”

After cutting one man’s thumb off; bleeding another, and bending
the ship’s arms, by a storm, it was to be hoped that no further record
of accidents would be found in the “log” while in port. But, alas,
such was not the case. On Thursday, May 20, we find, “ about 2 a.
m., John Weston, coming on board from the shore, fell off the plank
and was drowned; at 10a. m. caught John Weston with a boat hook
and jury was held over him; braught in axcerdental deth; took him on
board and put him in a coffin.”

Thus the first seaman of a Transatlantic steamer that was drowned
lost his life by falling from a plank while the vessel was in port.

This accident caused a delay in the date of sailing, for the ‘‘Georgian”
of Wednesday, May 19, 1819, states: ‘“‘ We are requested to state that
the steamship Savannah, Captain Rogers, will, without fail, proceed
direct to Liverpool to-morrow, 20th inst. Passengers, if any offer, can be
well accommodated.” Notwithstanding this notice the vessel remained
in port during unlucky Friday, ‘all hands employed in ship’s duty.”

III.— VOYAGE FROM SAVANNAH TO LIVERPOOL.

Under date Saturday, May 22, 1819, Sailing Master Rogers writes,
at “7 a.m. got steam up, winded ship, and hove up the anchor, and at
9a. m. started with the steam from Savannah.” Feeling satisfied with
what the ship had accomplished during a nine days’ voyage along the
shore, Capt. Moses Rogers was willing to risk his own fortunes and the

632 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

interests of his employers in making the crucial test of the vessel’s ~
ability to cross the ocean. And after remaining at Tybee light for
several hours, the log book states: “At 5 a. m. (Monday, May 24), got
under way of Tybee light, and put to sea with steam and sails. At 6
a. m. left the pilot. At 8 a.m. took off the wheels in 20 minutes.”

Captain Rogers’s care of the wheels may be explained from his desire
that the vessel should reach Liverpool without damage to them or the
machinery, which had been constructed under his supervision.

The following is an extract from the “ Georgian,” Thursday, June 24,
ESO:

Captain Livingston, of the schooner Contract, who arrived at Newburyport on the
5th instant, sighted on the 29th of May, latitude 27.30, longitude 70, a vessel ahead
to eastward, from which he saw volumes of smoke issuing. Judging it to be a ves-
sel on fire, stood for her in order to afford relief; “but” (observes Captain Living-
ston) ‘‘found she went faster with fire and smoke than we possibly could with all
sail set.” It was then discovered that what we supposed a vessel on fire was noth-
ing less than a steamboat crossing the western ocean, laying her course, as we judge,
for Europe; a proud monument of Yankee skill and enterprise. Suecess to her.

The log book of the Pluto contains the following passage:

JUNE 2,1819. Clear weather, smooth sea, latitude 42 degrees, longitude 50 degrees.*
Spoke and passed the elegant steamship 8 days ont from Savannah to Petersburg, by
way of Liverpool. She passed us at the rate of 9 or 10 knots, and the captain in-
tormed us she worked remarkably well, and the greatest compliment we could
bestow was to give her three cheers, as the happiest effort of mechanical genius that
ever appeared on the western ocean.

June 17th, at noon, the Savannah was overhauled and boarded off
the coast of Ireland by the king’s cutter, Kite, whose crew, seeing the
smoke rising from the stack of the Savannah, thought the vessel was
afire. The London “ Times” of June 30, 1819, alluding to this event,
Says:

The Savannah, a steam vessel recently arrived at Liverpool from America—the first
vessel of the kind which ever crossed the Atlantic—was chased the whole day off the
coast of Ireland by the Kite, revenue cruiser, on the Cork station, which mistook her
for a ship on fire.

Under date June 18 we find the melancholy announcement, at “¢4
p. m, Cork bore west b. S. 5 leagues distant.” At “2 a.m. calm; no
cole to git up steam.” This must have been a great disappointment to
Captain Rogers, who doubtless wished to run up the English Channel
under steam. Under the circumstances, however, we find that ‘ with
all sails set to the best advantage,” at 2 p. m. (Sunday, June 20, 1819).
the Savannah “hove too off the bar for the tide to rise.” At “5 p.m.
shiped the wheels, firld the sails, and running to the river Mercer at 6
p- m., came to anchor off Liverpool with the small bower anchor ;”
twenty-nine days eleven hours from Savannah, during which time the
vessel had run under steam eighty hours.

*About 69 miles due south from the southern point of the Grand Bank of New-
foundland.

q THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 633

A

The following table shows the number of hours the engines were at
work during the voyage from Savannah to Liverpool.

Got steam up. Shut steam off. Hours.
May 30,8 a.m-.-.-..- ah 3 ON Gna he werner 10
IME eS aeMNe ays 8 = Se dune, '2' a.) ass5 26 18
SMNGNG 181 ae Mes rare Jue; 12/2 m= 2... 16
MING ON Bi Ba Tere eral Osman Oh Ie vane Pe 4
June 1],10a.m ....... SMe we 2 ps mee. 14
dmume 6) Sipe mle ae dime 17,2 pam) ---22-- 18 |

0 |

Marwade’s * English Commercial Report,” June 22, 1819, thus records
the arrival of the Savannah at Liverpool:

Among the arrivals yesterday at this port we were particularly gratified and aston-
ished by the novel sight of a fine steamship which came around at 7:30 p.m. without
the assistance of a single sheet, in a style which displayed the power and advantage
of the application of steam to vessels of the largest size, being 350tons burden. She
is called the Savannah, Captain Rogers, and sailed from Savannah (Georgia, United
States), the 26th of May and arrived in the channel five days since. During her
passage she worked the engine 18days. Her model is beautiful and the accommoda-
tions for passengers elegant and complete. She is the first ship on this construction
that has undertaken a voyage across the Atlantic.

The following is a communication from the American minister at Lon-
don to Hon. John Quincey Adams, the Secretary of State:

{Official dispatch No. 76. From the U.S. Minister Richard Rush to the Department of State. |

LONDON, July 3, 1819.

Sir: On the 20th of last month arrived at Liverpool from the United States the
steamer Savannah, Captain Rogers, being the first vessel of this description that has
ever crossed the seas, and having excited equal admiration and astonishment as she
entered the port under the power of her steam.

She is a fine ship, of 320 tons burden, and exhibits in her construction no less than
she has done in her navigation across the Atlantic, a signal triumph of American
enterprise and skill upon the ocean.

Lloyd’s List reports the arrival of the Savannah at Liverpooi on the
20th of June, 1819, bound to St. Petersburg; and in ‘“ Gore’s Aunals
of Liverpool” this American steamer’s arrival is recorded among “ re-
markable events.” .

Nile’s New York Register, August 21, contains this paragraph:

The steamship Savannah, Capt. Moses Rogers, the first that ever crossed the Atlan-

tic, arrived at Liverpool in 25 days from Savannah, ail well, to the great astonishment
of the people at that place. She worked her engine 18 days.

A correspondent of the Charlotte City “Gazette” writes from Norfolk,
August 10, 1819:
J have received no shipping list by this arrival, but an article of great, importance

in the steam world (if I may use the expression) is contained in the Cork paper of
the 19th of June. It is no less than the arrival at Kinsale, in 21 days, of the steam-

634 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ship Savannah, from Savannah, Jaden with cotton and passengers. She put in for
supplies, would remain for a day or two, and then proceed for Liverpvol. Previous
to her putting in she was chased by a ecntter under the impression that she was a
ship on fire. No further particulars are stated.

IV.—IN THE PORT OF LIVERPOOL.

During the twenty-five days that the Savannah remained in the port
of Liverpool, she was visited by officers of the navy and army and many
persons of rank and influence. The crew was engaged in seraping and
painting the vessel; “all hands employed in sundry jobs of ship’s
duty” being the usual daily entry in the log book. On the 16th of
July a supply of coal was put aboard, and on Sunday, the 18th, the engi-
neer “ got steam up and started the wheels.” On Monday, the 19th,
Captain Rogers appears to have had some difficulty in getting his crew
on board the ship, having to send an officer ashore after ‘‘ James Bruce
and John Smith to get them on board; they would not come; the
watchman put them in the boat; John Smith tried to knock Mr. Black-
man overboard,” and was finally put in irons. On July 21 the Savannah
weighed anchor and dropped down the Mersey, bound for St. Peters-
burg.

V.—LIVERPOOL TO ST. PETERSBURG.

On the 23d of July the vessel got under way with a full head of
steam ; she appears to have had a pleasant passage, arriving at Elsi-
nore on the 9th of August. Here she remained in quarantine until!
August 14, when she sailed for Stockholin, reaching that city on the
22d. On the 28th, six days after her arrival, it is recorded in the log that
at noon ‘* His Royal Highness Prince of Sweden and Norway visited
the ship.” On the Ist of September an excursion in the adjacent wa-
ters was arranged by Captain Rogers and Mr. Hughes, the American
minister, whose wife and many foreign ministers to the Swedish court,
nobles, and prominent citizens were included in the party.

Seaman John Smith does not seem to have profited by his expe-
rience, in Spending the last two days in irons that the ship was in Liver-
pool harbor, for we find that on the 3d of September while at Stock-
holm “John Smith and Henry Wanripe took the ship’s boat and went
ashore without liberty and got drunk.” What punishment was meted
to them for this offense is not stated.

On the 5th of September the Savannah left Stockholm, arriving at
Jronstadt on the 9th and at St. Petersburg on the 13th. On three days,
September 18, 21, and 22, the Savannah was maneuvered under steam
in the harbor of St. Petersburg, having on board many of the royal
family, Russian nobles, officers, and foreign ministers.

From Liverpool to St. Petersburg steam was used more continuously
than on any former voyage, as will be seen in the table below.

+ 35e%

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 635

Hours under steam from Liverpool to St. Petersburg.

Got steam up. Shut steam off. Hours.
Aral leash Wa oyen See TER OS Wee memomenecgeos 11
July 26,8a.m .-.-.-. - only 28, Lime ece ee =— 52
duly 31,11 a.m .---.- PVE tn Sapo 22,
ANGE EUR) hh ee ose ees ANS Oa PATH eno aee 36
PGT 1S WAT eo ose8e ASH NE AOS SS os eee 9
PAO Sy Lams atte mie 2 AoE OVA pam sata 52
Anton al Lhe sets ase ANU PPA GEM caseobe= 32
SepUso) LO mee. Sept. 5,8 p.m ...... EAE 10
Sept. 8, 12m... 222-2. Sept. 8, 12p.m......... 12
Ste) N5 Gh U Bie leseossce Sept. 9,9 a.m ---..-.-- 2
Senta snl Ojasampeseeee | Sept. 15, 11a. m ...-..- 1

239

About ted days out of thirty-three.

While the ship lay at Stockholm and St. Petersburg, Captain Rogers
was in negotiation, on several occasions, for the sale of the vessel to
the Swedish and Russian governments, but as the terms offered were
not satisfactory to him, he concluded to bring the Savannah back to
America.

On the 27th and 28th of September the log book records ‘all hands
employed taking in coal” for the homeward journey.

The ship sailed on the 29th for Cronstadt harbor, where, after ex-
periencing rough weather, during which she lost a hawser and an
anchor, she finally, on the 10th of October, “ at 9 a. m. got under way
with steam past the gard ship laying off Cronstadt, then took in the
wheels and set sail (for Savannah) in company with about eighty sail
of shipping.”

VI.—VOYAGE FROM ST. PETERSBURG TO SAVANNAH.

The voyage from St. Petersburg to Savannah seems to have been
uninarked by any incident of importance. October 17 the vessel touched
at Copenhagen and the ‘‘ captain went on shore and cleared the ship.”
On the 22d the record shows that the vessel ‘took a pilot on board,
who took the ship into anchor in the harbor of Arendale on the coast of
Norway.”

The homeward passage was a stormy one; heavy winds, rough sea,
gales and storms being almost daily noted in the log.

The engines were not used during any part of the return trip until
the 50th of November (the fortieth day after leaving Arendale, Nor-
way), when Captain Rogers “took on a pilot inside the bar,” and
“At 10 a.m. anchored in the Savannah River and firld sails on the
flude tide, got under way with steam and went up and anchored off the
town.”

Thus the Savannah safely and triumphantly returned to her home

636 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

port, six months and eight days from the date she had sailed upon the
first transatlantic steamship voyage; and thus by American mercantile
enterprise, mechanical ingenuity, and courageous seamanship, the first
step was successfully completed in the undertaking which marked an
important epoch in the world’s progress, opened the way for more inti-
mate relations between distant countries, and inaugurated the revolu-
tion in methods of ocean transportation which followed within two
decades.

The ship remained at Savannah until the 3d of December, when she
sailed for Washington. At8 p. m. on the 14th of December she arrived
at the mouth of the Potomac River. The 15th and 16th were consumed
in coming up the river under steam and “ at 6 p. m. hald to the wharf
at Washington and made fast,” the voyage closing with a perfor-
mance of Frank Smith (possibly a relation of John’s), who, the log
States, ‘‘damd and swore at the captain and struck him two or three
times, and then Smith was put in irons.”

LOSS OF THE SAVANNAH.

The remainder of the history of the Savannah can be briefly told.

The great fire in Savannah in January, 1820, brought pecuniary em-
barrassment upon her owners, who, failing in their efforts to sell the
vessel to the Government, were compelled to dispose of her elsewhere.
Her engines were removed and sold to the Allaire Lron Works, of New
York City, for $1,600, and put to other uses.

In the great Crystal Palace exhibition of 1856, the 40-inch cylinder
was exhibited as an historical relic in connection with the log book.

After the vessel was divested of her engines, she ran between New
York and Savannah, as a sailing packet, for several years, under com-
mand of Capt. Nathan Holdredge. She ran ashore on Long Island and
went to pieces in 1822, a few months after the death of her commander.

Thus the first experiment (for it may be called an experiment, as the
Savannah never carried a single passenger or pound of freight for pay
while she was a steamship) in transatlantic steam navigation ended like
many other experiments before and since, in financial disaster to the
original projectors. This failure postponed, but fortunately did not pre-
vent, the final success of the project.

In justice the names of those who furnished the means for this ex-
periment, and who suffered financial loss because its success did not
lead to the immediate fulfiliment of their hopes, should not be forgotten.

Thirty-seven years afterward (1856) the files of Congress show that
Mrs. Taylor, then almost three score and ten years old, filed a petition
in which she states:

Your petitioner is the only surviving child of the late William Scarborough, of Sa-
vannah, Georgia, who, being an energetic and enterprising man of great mechanical
genius, caused to be constructed in the years 181819, with his own means and those
of every friend he could enlist in the effort, the first steamer that ever crossed the
Atlantic, the Savannah, of Savannah, Georgia, Capt. Moses Rogers, of New London,
Connecticut, commanding.

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 637

For details of this voyage she refers to the sworn statement of Capt.
Stevens Rogers, the sailing-master, “‘and prays that they will grant her
some pecuniary acknowledgment, ete.”

At New London, Connecticut, May 2, 1856, Capt. Stevens Rogers
swore that he is aged 68 years; that he was the sailing-master of the
steamship Savannah on her trial trip to Liverpool. Copenhagen, St.
Petersburg, ete., and that:

Said steamship was built in New York in the year 1818, the builders being Fickett
& Crocker. She was designed for a Havre packet, and was purchased by William
Scarborough, of Savannah, and was named at his suggestion The Savannah, he hay-
ing told me that in his opinion the ocean would be navigated by steam, and he in-
tended his own State and city should have the credit of sending the first steamer
across the Atlantic. Her castings were made in New York, and her boilers at Eliza-
bethtown, New Jersey, by Daniel Dodge. She left New York under canvas, and ar-
tived at Savannah in the early part of May,1819. President Monroe was then in
Charleston, South Carolina, and Mr. Scarborough directed us to go there and give
the President an invitation to come to Savannah on the steamship. The President
declined, because the people of Charleston did not want him to leave their State in
a Georgia conveyance, but said that he would visit us at Savannah. So we returned.
A few days after we got back the President arrived, and came on board the vessel
with his suite and several naval officers and citizens. The vessel was navigated by
steam, and we proceeded down the river on an excursion. The President dined on
board, and expressed himself greatly pleased with the vessel, and told Mr. Searbor-
ough that when she came back from her trip across the Atlantic to bring the vessel
around to Washington, for he thought there was no doubt the Government would
purchase her, and employ her as a cruiser upon the coast of Cuba.

We sailed from Savanah for Liverpool on the 26th of May, 1819. Moses Rogers,
my brother-in-law, was master and engineer. 1 was sailing master and Mr. Blackman
was third officer. We made the port of Liverpool in 22 days after leaving Savannah,
14 of the 22 under steam. The only reason why the whole voyage was not performed
by steam was the fear of the fuel giving out. Off Cape Clear the admiral at Cork
dispatched a ship to our relief, supposing we were on fire. At Liverpool we caused
a creat deal of excitement, and suspicion of having some design to release Napoleon
from St. Helena. From Liverpool we proceed to Copenhagen, and thence to Stock-
holm. At both places the Savannah excited great curiosity ; at the latter place she
was visited by the royal family, our minister, Mr. Hughes, and Lord Lynedoch.

Lord L. went with us toSt. Petersburgh. On the passage he desired us to bring
the vessel from steam to canvas. He held his watch and noted the time—15 minutes.
He was so delighted that he exclaimed, ‘‘T blame no man born in the United States
for being proud of his country ; and were I a young man I'd go there myself.” The
Emperor of Russia came on board at Cronstadt, and was much pleased with the vessel,
and presented Captain Rogers with 2 iron chairs (one of which is now in the garden
of Mr. Dunning, at Savannah). Stevens Rogers then states that he has in his posses-
sion a gold snuff-box presented to him by Lord Lynedoch—to Stevens Rogers, sailing-
master of the steamship Savannah, at St. Petersburg, October 10, 1819.

The petition of Mrs. Taylor to Congress for aid was not successful.
Neither officers nor owners received any recognition of their services,
and no attempt has ever been made by the General Government to
perpetuate the memories nor to preserve the history of the pioneer voy-
ages of the Savannah and her courageous crew.

After the Savannal’s voyages no attempt was made by a vessel to
cross the Atlantic under steam for several years,

638 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

Steam boat-owners confined themselves to voyages along the coast and
to near ports on adjacent islands.

The matter, however, was frequently broached in the public prints
and many projects were mentioned.

THE SECOND STEAM VESSEL TO CROSS THE ATLANTIC.

In 1827, 8 years after the return of the Savannah to America, a com-
pany composed of merchants from Amsterdam and Rotterdam was
formed to inaugurate steam navigation with the Dutch West Indies.
The steamship Curacoa,* 350 tons, was constructed for the company on
the Clyde, and made the initial trip successfully, sailing from Antwerp
August 12, 1828. This voyage was repeated during the year, but the
line was not a commercial success.

THE THIRD TRANSATLANTIC STEAMSHIP.

The koyal William, 360 tons, 160 feet long, 44 feet beam, schooner-
rigged, was built at Quebec in 1831 and engined at Montreal. The fol-
lowing year she crossed the Atlantic and arrived safely in London.
There she attracted the attention of the agents of the Spanish Govern-
ment, who purchased her, changing her name to Isabella II.

She was the first Spanish war vessel.

Such was the condition of affairs when, in 1833, Dr. Junius Smith,
an American who had resided for 30 years in London, entered with en-
thusiasm upon the scheme of establishing a steamship line between
England and New York. After much arduous labor the British and
American Steam Navigation Company was capitalized at £1,000,000,
the subscription books being opened in July, 1836.

The stock was rapidly subscribed, and a few months later a contract
was entered into for a steam frigate of 1,700 tons burthen, to have two
engines of 225 horse-power each, at a cost of about £60,000.

The firm who was to engine the vessel, however, failed, and a new
contract was entered into with Robert Napier, of Glasgow, which re-
sulted in the completion of the 2,400 tons steamship British Queen, in
the spring of 1839—a twelvemonth later than the first steamship
ordered was expected to be delivered.

In the meantime the City of Kingston, the fourth steamship to cross
the Atlantic, had arrived in New York from Cork, Ireland, 2d April,
1838; and the Great Western, a 1,300-ton steamship, with 200 horse-
power engine, designed by Brunell, the celebrated engineer, had been
constructed and launched by the Great Western Railway, of England,
at a cost of about £50,000.

The British and American Line being anxious to be foremost in the
field, leased the Sirius, a 700-ton ship, and had her hastily overhauled.
for a transatlantic trip. The Sirius saited from Cork at 10 o’clock on

* The same burthen as the Savannah.

THE LOG OF THE SAVANNAH. 639

the morning of April 4, 1838; and the Great Western left Bristol, the
same port from wiich the Cabots sailed years before, at 2 o’clock in
the afternoon of the 7th of the same month.

The story of the first steamship race across the Atlantic half a cen-
_ tury ago is a tame affair compared with the weekly trials of speed by
the numerous 5,000-ton ** Ocean Greyhounds” now running weekly be-
tween the two hemispheres; and upon which hundreds of tons of coal
are burned to reduce the record by a few minutes. Nevertheless, both
continents were electrified by the accounts of the preparations for this
trial of speed, and citizens of all classes eagerly watched the results.
On the 23d of April, 1838, both vessels arrived at Sandy Hook, the
Sirius preceding the Great Western by a few hours.

Commenting upon this event, the ‘* Atheneum” pays this glowing
tribute to the American people:

The generous and enthusiastic welcome with which the officers of the Sirius and
Great Western were received in New York does honor to the Americans; every pos-
sible testimony of respect and hearty good will and good wishes were shown to them;
not a whisper of regret was heard at the time that the great enterprise had been at-
tempted by British skill; they were welcomed as brothers by men who saw only in
this event the revolution which had been at once eftected in the commercial, and we
may say in the social, relations of the two countries, an event which will form an
epoch in the history of civilization itself, which tends to unite in the bonds of endur-
ing fellowship the greatest nations of the earth allied by language common, by litera-
ture, by interest, and by blood, and offers to both a guarantee a thousand times more
binding than all the treaties that were ever penned for the preservation of that hon-
orable peace which now gladdens and enriches them.*

Under these happy auspices and within twenty years of the pioneer
voyages of the steamship Savannah, the era of transatlantic steam
navigation was fully inaugurated.

*The Atheneum, May 26, 1833.

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889,

By THomas WILSON.

At the Exposition of 1867 in Paris there was little or no attempt to
represent the science of anthropology. At the Exposition of 1878,
however, an effort was made. M. Gabriel de Mortillet was director and
the preparation of the display was given into his charge. A modest
building was erected in the garden of the Trocadero Palace which was
called the building of anthropology. ‘The minister of commerce and
agriculture took up the matter and lent his aid and confidence, and a
ereditable display was made. It was small, but quite complete and
made a fair presentation of prehistoric anthropology. The societies
and amateur collectors throughout France responded nobly to his ap-
peal. I remember the elegant display made by Mr. Seidler, of the city
of Nantes, who transterred his entire Scandinavian collection to Paris
for use in this exposition.

But it was reserved for the Exposition Universelle of 1889 to make
the grand display in regard to anthropology and its kindred scienees.
Three exhibits were made. They were not the same, and one tended
largely to supplement the other, making them, when taken in connec-
tion, a most elaborate, wonderful, and complete display.

The most extensive of the three was that under the direction of the
minister of agriculture and commerce, and which formed section 1 of
the PHistoire Retrospectif du Travail. This had Drs. Topinard, Hamy,
and M. Cartailhac for its directors and managers. The adjoining dis-
play was under the supervision of the minister of public instruction,
and it had for its director the Société d’Anthropologie of Paris. The
third was section 5 of the exposition Retrospective du Travail, consisting
solely of prehistoric weapons, and was associated with the exhibit of
arms in the building of the department of war on the Champ de Mars.

The French people or Government in all former expositions had made
a principal feature of the display called The History of Retrospective
Labor (V Histoire Retrospectif du Travail). The Exposition of 1889 was
not to be an exception. The grand commission superior of organiza-
tion had Jules Simon, senateur, a member of the academy, for its presi-
dent, and twenty-five members which divided the display into five sec-
tions. (1)Anthropology and Ethnography; (2) Liberal Arts; (3) Art

; 641
H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——41

642 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

and Trade ; (4) Transportation, and, (5) Military Art. It was assigned
the principal nave of the great building devoted to liberal art, or to that
halt of it north of the rotunda and towards the Seine.

SECTION I.—ANTHROPOLOGICAL DISPLAY.

It is only with the first section that I have to deal at present—
the anthropologic sciences and ethnography. This was placed in the
hands of a committee and again divided into three portions. Dr. Top-
inard had the principal direction of that portion relating to general an-
thropology with Dr. Magitot in charge of a subsection of criminal an-
thropology. M. Cartailhac to archeology and prehistoric anthropol-
ogy. M. Hamy to ethnography. ‘This division was one of theory and
science more than of practice, for the objects themselves were not thus
divided, and these gentlemen acted more as a committee than sepa-
rately.

The following was the classification for the division of anthropology,
archeology, and ethnography.

I.—ANTHROPOLOGY, UNDER DIRECTION OF DR. TOPINARD.

Pieces and specimens of comparative anatomy and embryogeny rela-
tive toman; casts of the brain; skulls and skeletons, and in their default
casts; prehistoric skulls, trepanned skulls, and prehistoric pathologic
specimens; casts of busts and typic masks of the living; instruments
for physical and physiological observations; instruments of crani-
ometry and anthropometry ; charts showing the division and character
of races; photograpts of skulls and of ethnic types; composite pho-
tography.

II.—PREHISTORIC ARCH OLOGY, UNDER DIRECTION OF M. EMILE CARTAILHAC OF
TOULOUSE.

Material for work and specimens representing the different phases of
the fabrication of primitive instruments; chipping, polishing, perfora-
tion, etc., of objects of stone; work on bone and on the horn of rumi-
nants; pieces which bear relation to the practice of art, of design, of
drawing, etc.; primitive pottery; views and plans or models of hab-
itations, funeral monuments, antiques, etc.; casting or hammering of
metal, bronze, copper, iron; specimens of molds and objects of metal,
cast or hammered; caches of the fondeur; origin of glass, enamel,
etc.; terms of comparison borrowed from savage populations—fire
making, fabrication of objects of stone, of wood, of bone, of pottery ;
comparative metallurgy.

III.— ETHNOGRAPHY AND CLASSIC ARCH ZOOLOGY, UNDER DIRECTION OF DR. HAmy.

Dr. Hamy was assisted by several oriental travelers and scholars,
MM. Maspero, Villefosse, Perrot, Solomon Reinach, and others, Its
divisions were as follows:

4
5
‘d

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 643

Objects relative to the history of work in antiquity: Egypt, Assyria,
Phenicia, Greece, the Roman Empire, and particularly Gaul, the ex-
treme Orient, aud the New World; models, plans, etc., and character-
istic constructions; sculptures and paintings (originals and copies),
reproducing the manual art; scientific apparatus and material for
industrial art to the reign of Charlemagne; specimens representing
the different phases of fabrication and collections of characteristic

products.
I, GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY.

The display of anthropology in general, was marvelous. A résumé
of it shows that there were 115 busts or entire figures of races; 77
pieces or casts of brains; 15 of the hand; 234 human skulls or their
casts, of which 48 were prehistoric or very ancient; a considerable
number of paintings, charts, etc., these being all furnished by 71 per-
sons, of which 24 came from foreign countries, among which are named
Great Britain, the United States of America, Brazil, Germany, Aus-
tria, Norway, Denmark, Belgium, Switzerland, and Italy.

On entering the building of Liberal Arts from the side facing
the Seine the first object which struck the eye in the section of the
Histoire Retrospectif du Travail was a gigantic gilt statue of the Jap-
anese Buddha—one of the grandest and largest known, It came from
the city of Nara, which was in the eighth century the capital of Japan,
and one of the great centers of the Euddhist religion.

“ Derriére leGrand Buddha” was the place of rendezvous forall anthro-
pologists during the Exposition. This was the entrance to the pavilion
of anthropological science. To the right of the Grand Buddha were
the three skeletons, in their original soil, found by Dr. Riviere in the
Grotte of Mentone, near Nice, with whom I had formed an interesting
acquaintance during my residence as consul at that point. The earth
was cut around the sides and at the bottom so as to lift them without
disturbance and then placed on blocks, and thus transported to Paris and
are now here displayed. The larger and most important of these skele-
tons is that at the Jardin des Plantes, Paris. None of these have ever
been disturbed or taken out of their native soil as found in the caves.

To the left were casts of the two Bushmen, who had been presented
to the Société d’ Anthropologie in October of 1886, in my presence. One
of the men was afterwards cast in full life. He died one month after
the casts were taken.

On the outside of the pavilion, to the right and left, respectively, of
the Grand Buddha, were the two cases containing the objects from. the
United States transported to Paris by me. When the various con-
gresses were in session during the Exposition and the members visited
the anthropological section of the Exposition each exponent was ex-
pected to be at his respective place to show his objects, to make such
explanations as might be needed, and answer such questions as might
be put. I spent the principal or a large part of the time during the

644 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

weeks of the meeting of the Congress of Prehistoric Anthropology
engaged in this and similar duties.

Entering the pavilion we come at once to the subject of anthropol-
ogy and the anthropological sciences. Dr. Topinard attended on every
other day, at 10 o’clock in the morning, to give instructions and answer
questions. The public were invited to be present at the conferences,
and they were attractive and interesting as well as instructive.

In the entrance to this pavilion was the exhibit of Mr. Carl Lum-
holtz, the Norwegian traveler and anthropological investigator in Aus-
tralia and among the Australians. His display consisted of Indian
relics from the mounds of Ohio and Minnesota.

Possibly no better understanding could be given of the science of
anthropology, as it is taught in France, than by a description of the
charts and tables displayed by Dr. Topinard and used by him before
the Ecole d’Anthropologie. The following were displayed:

(1) Place of anthropology in science.

(2) Piace of man in the classification of mammals.

(3) Genealogical tree of the animals up to man, according to Lamarck.

(4) The distance of man from the anthropodides as determined by the
weight of the brain and capacity of the skull.

(5) Composite sterographic representation of different races.

(6) An example of the variation of character in a single human group,
taken from measurements of the cephalic index of 1,000 Parisians.

(7) The average weight of brain of man in his ordinary condition but
at different periods of his life.

(8) The same, divided the same way, of men in peculiarly good con-
dition, as of professional men, those of leisure, ete. The excess over
the former is 10 per cent.

-(9) The same of woman. The difference against woman when com-
pared with the ordinary man is 4 per cent.

(10) The curved lines representing the average variation of the weight
of the brain in man from ]5 years of age until his death.. Average
taken from 1,551 cases.

(11) Classification of the cephalic index by units and also by 5 units,
according to the quinary nomenclature.

A series of anthropologic charts, sixteen in number, forming a single
work, relative to the color of eyes and hair of persons in France, and
giving full statistics.

There were the same kind of charts prepared by other persons. Drs.
Collineau, Bertholon, and Lelarge, gave the division and classifica-
tion for France, Tunis, and Corsica, showing the index cephalic, the
nasal index, the height according to departments and given localities.
All these showed the extremes as well as the average of each charac-
teristic.

There was a chart of the same kind, showing the divisions of the
Berber race in Tunis.

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 645

There were similar charts and statistics relating to Germany, by Dr.
Schaaffhausen, of the University of Bonn; of A. B. Meyer, of Dresden.
Prof. Virchow presented his great chart on the color of the eyes, hair,
and skin of 2,000,000 of schoolchildren in Germany, taken during the
year 1875, showing the percentage of blonds, of brunettes, of brown
eyes to blue eyes, of brown hair to blond hair, and of gray eyes to light
eyes.

There were also anthropologie charts from the British Islands, show-
ing practically the same classifications, prepared by Dr. John Beddoe, of
Bristol, England.

The same for Norway, by C. Arbo; of Switzerland, by Dr. Kollman.

Also ethnographic charts of Caucasus, by Monsieur Emil Chantre; of
south oriental Europe and of Dobrusha, by M. A. Rosny; of Asia, by M.
Deniker, librarian at the Museum of Natural History, Paris, together
with his proposed classifications of the human race based on their
affinities and anthropologic characters. He groups the people of Asia
into twenty-six grand divisions, and these again, according to locality,
into two hundred peoples or tribes.

The two systems of representation were shown, that of Drs. Topinard
and Beddoe, and the other that of Professor Virchow. The first was
represented by the charts of Beddoe, Bertillon, Collineau, Arno, Arbo,
and the other by the charts of Virchow and Kollman. In the first, adults
only were reported ; in the second, children.

The prehistoric skulls or their casts on exhibition numbered forty-
eight. Among these were all the principal ones, or their duplicates,
Neanderthal, Olmo, Canstadt, Brux, Mentone, Solutré, Cro-Magnon,
Langerie Basse, Spy, etc.

Those from Spy were taken from their pedestals and exhibited by
their discoverers before the congress of anthropology, and the necessary
descriptions were given.

Monsieur Tramont exhibited a series of comparative anatomy of verte-
brate animals, consisting of thirteen skeletons. They were arranged to
show the relationship between man and these animals, and, beginning
with the higher and going downward, they were, a man, a chimpanzee,
an ourang, a monkey of the ancient continent, one of the new conti-
nent, a limure,a bat, a lion, a kangaroo, a reptile, and two fish. Along
with it was another series of five pieces showing the evolution of the
brain from the fish to the man. The same of the foot and hand, show-
ing the series from man down—five pieces. Another of the brain rep-
resented by twenty-six pieces, ten of which showed the structure of
the brain, two its exterior part, and eleven its convolutions. Dr. Capi-
tan presented an exceedingly interesting series relating to prehistoric
trepanation. There were a number of prehistoric skulls bearing evi-
dences of trepanation; one, a human, bore upon its right side a deep
circular groove, from which the circular piece was intended to be taken
out; another, a modern human skull, in which the processes of pre-

646 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

historic trepanation in its various stages were shown; the cut was
made deep, then slighter, a portion of the rondelle taken out, and,
finally, the entire piece. ‘This operation was performed by Dr. Capi-
tan to show hew it might have been done in prehistoric times. The
implements with which it was performed were all laid by the side
of the skull. They were the knives and scrapers of sharp flint, pieces
of wood and bone to support them, and by which the trepanned piece
could be lifted out.

There were also skulls of dogs, one of which had been trepanned after
death, another which had been trepanned during life, and lived three
weeks. Again another which had the same operation performed and
lived six months; another, six weeks. These dogs had all been cured
of the operation and were in a situation to live as long as they might.
They were then killed for the purpose of obtaining the information
concerning the operation. The results were such as to show that the
implements and instruments used produced a trepanation identical with
those observed upon prehistoric skulls.

This display of Dr. Capitan would have warmed the hearts of our
doctors at the Army Medical Museum if they could but have seen it.

It was supplemented and made much more interesting by nearly all
the genuine and original trepanned skulls from France.

It goes without saying that this exposition was filled with all the
necessary descriptive charts and casts, colored plates, characteristic
subjects for study of anatomy and the human form, but they can not be
mentioned here. There were extensive representations of the races and
peoples of the islands of the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

Complete series of instruments of craniometry and anthropometry
were exhibited ; those by Mathieu, Collen, Tramont, Molteni, Colas, and
Mr. Francis Galton, of Great Britain; also those by Dr. Gillet de
Grandmont by Hamy of the Ethnographic Musée of the Trocadero,
Demeny of the College de France, Dr. Luigi Anfosso, and others from
Italy, and not to be forgotten was that of Dr. Benedikt of the Univer-
sity of Vienna. He has just published a work upon the subject of
craniometry.

Tt has appeared to me fit in times past to criticise adversely the

apathy, if not to say opposition, on the part of some of the people of
the United States to the science of anthropometry. Anthropometry
and craniology may not have been able to classify the races of men in
either a perfect or approved manner, and so some of our anthropolo-
gists have been led to oppose it; but it is of such benefit and impor-
tance as that it ought not to be overlooked nor fall into disuse. I may
_ be excused if I give a list of some of the instruments used for this pur-
pose. I take the exhibit of Mr. Francis Galton. He has described his
system and his instruments in the Journal of the Anthropological In-
stitute, and [ shall not repeat it.

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 647

I. Spirometre to measure the capacity of respiration.

II. Dynamometre for the hand: ;

II. Dynamometre for the arm.

IV. A series of colored wools.to be used in testing the candidates in
color-blindness.

V. A rule to determine the individual aptitude to measure and divide
distances, to divide angles. Another to test the aptitude or capacity
for judging of weight.

IX, X and XI. To test the capacity of the ear to detect differences
in sound. ;

XIJ. An apparatus to measure an interval, and the difference in its
detection between the eyes and the ear.

There was to be added to this Jist other instruments which were not
present because of their weight and their not being necessary. The
seales, the measure of height, the measure of the length of arm, the
compass, and the models for establishing the colors of the eyes and hair.

With these instruments Mr. Galton established a laboratory of an-
thropometry at the health exposition of 1884 at London, and he used a
formula of tables on which all these things were entered, and one copy
kept and another given to the subject. I have one which I received
from his laboratory on being measured myself, personally, at the Brit-
ish Association at Newcastle.

The display of M. Mathieu, a mathematical instrument maker on the
Boulevard St. Germain, near to the Ecole de Medicine, are those made
after the system of Broca. The compass for measuring thicknesses
having small balls upon the end, and the graduating arm marking
millimetres; a sliding compass marked in the same way; divers gonio-
metres ; a craniostat, with its needles for measuring orbits ; the endo-
metre; the crochet occipital, and all the tropometre, the apparatus for
taking the cubie contents of skulls.

Let no one think that even with all this apparatus he can measure
skulls with accuracy or certainty until after he shall have had suffi-
cient practice and instruction. I served in the Laboratoire d’Anthro-
pologie, at Paris, practising upon the same skull for two weeks, the
afternoon of each day, before I obtained sufficient degree of manipula-
tion to be able to measure the same skull two times alike.

The apparatus in use in the police department by Alphonse Bertillon
was also displayed by their maker, M. Colas. They consisted of (1)
scale for measuring the height, standing; (2) scale for measuring the
height, sitting; (3) scale for measuring the outstretched arm ; (4) the
compass of M. Bertillon, (5) the sliding compass to measure the elbow,
length of the foot, palm of the hand; (6) small compass to measure the
fingers and the ears.

The display of anthropometric instruments made by Dr. Topinard
was more interesting as an illustrated history of the science than for
actual use. He exhibited various kinds, the earliest ones that were

643 — REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

used, their changes, their improvements, etc.; the different methods of
measuring skulls—that employed by MM. Ranke, Thann, Holder, Vir-
chow, and, of course, Broca.

Dr. Hamy exhibited a set of anthropometric instruments packed for
transportation. They were intended for travelers and to be used in
measuring the living person, usually the savage among whom the trav-
eler might pass. They consisted of the various compasses, the meas-
ures, etc., together with the tables that were to be used in transcribing
them.

The Government of Denmark made a special exhibit at its own ex-
pense with its own officers in charge, working, of course, under the
direction of the committee.

There was an extensive exhibit from Italy, but it pertained more to
anthropology pure and simple, and its relation to crime.

Belgium was well represented, and her museums and societies and
amateur collectors lent their objects quite freely and made an elaborate
and extensive display, comprising the great discoveries of MM. Fraipont
and Lohest in the Grotte de Spy relating to the paleolithic period.

Dr. Cunningham, from the medical college of the Dublin University,
made a presentation of twenty pieces prepared by his process of freez-
ing, similar to those now shown in the Army Medical Museum.

Probably the most important, the most unique and valuable contri-
bution in 1elation to American prehistoric anthropology, was that
made by the National Museum of Rio Janeiro, Brazil. It consisted of
9 skulls of prehistoric men, the chief among which was that of Lagoa
Santa which was discovered now 15 or more years by Lund during his
residence in that country, taken by him to Copenhagen, and lately pub-
lished by Dr. Soren Hansen. Other prehistoric skulls of the same
country and part of the same exposition were those from the shell-heaps
of Parama, St. Catharine, ete.

The prehistoric man of Caucasus was represented by the collection of
Monsieur Chantre, who has made such studies in that counutry, the re-
sults of which have been lately published in his extensive work.

The collection of M. H. H. Risley, director of the ethnographic service
of Bengal, comprised about six hundred objects and gave as complete a
representation of ethnography in India as was possible.

There were casts of fourteen skulls of Indians from North America.
They were all of prisoners in Fiorida, and the casts were sent by the
Smithsonian Institution.

PRLUHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY.
FRANCE—PALEOLITHIC PERIOD.

This division was under the special charge of M. Cartailhae. It was
arranged by him, and was intended to be as complete an exposition of

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1389, 649

their own country, France, as it was possible to make. M. Cartailhae
classified it as follows:

The first period of the paleolithic age, the alluvium; the second
period of the paleolithic age, the caverns; the neolithic period; the
age of metal, which he divided into Celtic and Gauloise periods, which
brought it to the historic period, and there his display ended. The
historical career of France was taken up in another section.

The display of prehistoric archeology was more extensive than one
would suppose from the meager description I have been able to give.
There were no less than eighty-five cases, tables, shelves, ete. All the
epochs mentioned in the description were here displayed. They were
divided among the paleolithic, neolithic, and bronze ages, though these
were not in all cases kept separate, it being found impracticable to
make the classification and divide the collection of each contributor.
Making the rudest attempt at classification, I give the following :

TERTIARY.
[Collections of the Archzxologic Society of Vendome. M, Ad. Arcelin, Macon. ]

PALEOLITHIC.
Collections of—
MM. Cunisset-Carnot, Dijon.
M. E. Cartailhac, Toulouse.
M. Marcellin Boule, Aurillac.
M. E. Collin, Chelles.
M. A. Nicaise, Chelles, Marne, Yonne, Aube, Moustier.
. Elie Massenat, Correze, Dordogne.
Vauville, Coeuvres, Roche-Bertier, Charente.
Madame Capitan, Vienne—Surface.
. Lejeune, Pas-de-Calais.
. Abbe Maillard, VErve.
. Maurice Feaux, Dordogne.
. Michel Hardy, Jean le Blanc, Bruniquel, Badegoule.
. Paignon, Movtgaudier.
M. J. St. Venant, Jussy-Champagne, Cher.
_M. Cau-Durban, Haute-Garonne, Grotto de Forges near Bruniquel.
Viscount de Lastic, Tarn-et-Garonne.
M. Paysant, Grotte de Reilhac, Rossignol.
M. Judge Piette, Mas d’Azil, Grotte Duruthy.

ze

SSSSES

Several of these collections of paleolithic implements were from the
surface, notably those of M. Cartailhac and Madame Capitan. More
than one-half of them contain objects engraved or sculptured. The

principal were those of Judge Piette, M. Massenat, Maurice Feaux,

Michel Hardy, M. Paignon, M. Cau-Durban, M. Paysant, and Viscount
de Lastie.

Ican do no better in giving a description of this section of prehistoric
archeology than to take a portion of M. Cartailhac’s carefully digested
and closely written introduction. He says:

The paleolithic period having endured for a long time, presents itself to us with
various and successive aspects. The objects of industry, the most ancient of all Eu-

.

650 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

rope, are shown in the alluvium of the great rivers, on the shores of which lived our
ancestors, having around them a magnificent fauna. Two species of elephants, two
rhinoceros, and other animals that appear to haye made their rendezvous from Asia
and Africa on the territory of France. Secondary, flora to support the life of the vari-
ous animals, which was made possible by warm and rainy climate. The man of this -
period is known to us, not by his bones, but only by hisindustry. We have his imple-
ments of chipped stone. The other matter employed in his tools and implements for
his weapons were perishable, and thus have not left any record. The stone was
chosen with care for that kind of work for which it was to be employed. They are,
more than any, the flint, but in certain regions quartz, quartzite, and sandstone.
The instruments have been made by chipping, and sometimes the first flakes were
used and sometimes the block itself. They were sharpened on their edges and points
by retouching, sometimes by shock and sometimes by pressure. It is not possible to
distinguish the arms from the tools. ‘The specimens vary much in form, size, and in
the finish. Some of them are fashioned with art and delicacy.

This extremely interesting civilization reigned in a great part of the world. Its
vestiges are*found in eastern Europe, in the north and south of Africa, in India, in
the United States. The history of the actual savage resembles it in many degrees.

The second period of the paleolithic age was that of the caverns. The climate be-
came modified, dry and cold. The animals who could not live without heat disar-
peared. But, on the other hand, we find an abundance of those who remain have
retired heretofore towards the colder regions. These are the blue fox, the arctic hare,
the reindeer, and on our elevated plateaus the mountain goat, the chamois, and also
the siaga or antelope. The plants are recognized as the species which to-day live
within the polar circle. The glaciers before and at sundry times have descended or
did descend to the plains, and covering to a large extent the valley, now extended
amongst the mountains of their actual neighborhood.

It was during this epoch that Europe became separated from the American conti-
nent on the one side and with the British islands on the other. The industry is
slowly transformed, and it was at first very like that of the period which had just
passed. Then new formsappear. The stones, which until then were chipped on both
their faces, were replaced by the flakes detached from the nuclei. One face of these
flakes remains smooth and untouched, while the other face was retouched with care,
and thus the implement is brought to an edge and point. These points could have
served for spearheads or something similar. Other productions were rather tools,
and they are called scrapers or racloirs, such as resemble the instruments of the same
kind utilized by savages of the present day, like those of the Eskimo.

Later still the working of this stone took a marvelous development. The tools are
easily distinguished from the weapons. These latter are the spears, lances, or arrow-
heads made of the flake or blades of flint, often large and long, retouched and chis-
eled with great care on both their faces. The tools, in general of small dimensions,
were already of great variety. The flakes detached from the nuclei and then re-
touched became saws, gravers, piercers or perforators, grattoirs or scrapers, and the
bones of all the animals were utilized in the same way forthe same purpose. In the
habitation or resting place of the prehistoric people of this epoch thousands of these
pieces of flint-and of these worked bones are found. The bones, which serve to make
the ornaments, pendants, harpoons, arrowheads, needles, and a mass of objects which
we can not always recognize the purpose even with all the aids of all peoples who
are now in the same level of civilization.

The shells came from the ocean or the Mediterranean. The rock and the silex or
flint were brought from distant beds, testimony of their commercial relations of long
voyages whether in pursuit or avoidance of savage tribes or in search of better ter-
ritories for game. Our ancestors frequented and inhabited the caverns or the rock
shelters on the borders of rivers which furnished abundance of fish. They do not
appear to have known any domestic animals in this epoch. The reindeer and the

=

a

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 651

horse were wild. ‘The ox tribe was represented by the auroch or bison of Europe, and
the urus. The domestic dog did not then exist.

No traces of cereals have ever been met with, nor any grinding or pounding instru-
ments, like a mortar or grinding stone, which justifies the belief that agriculture was in
progress. Nor was pottery yetin use. This civilization to which they have given the
name of the age of the reindeer was the artistic one par excellence of all prehistoric
ages. There was an efflorescence of art without precedent. For the first time man drew,
engraved, and sculptured living things with which he was surrounded, and brought
them out with an esthetic taste truly astonishing. The hunters of the reindeer had
some regard for their dead. They did not yet construct a cemetery, nor did they yet
inter the bodies. But they often placed their dead in the grotto and cavern which
they occupied, in the ashes of their hearthstone, in the middle of all the débris of
their kitchens or industries, nor did they quit their habitations in this grotto for this
reason. The dead, in some cases at least, were the objects of particular care. After
the disappearance of the flesh the skeleton was covered with red powder, and we find
it many times ornamented in what would correspond to different parts of the costume,
with marine shells, amulets, the teeth of animals.

The majority of the men of this period belong to the race which have been called
Cro-Magnon. There was another with savage aspect, called race of Canstadt or Spy,
the name of the localities where the industries have been the best characterized. The
stations in France in which these industries have been found number more than one
hundred, and there are many others in neighboring countries which show the same
civilization and have evidently belonged to the same epoch. There is as yet no
natural phenomena which has been taken for a chronometer, or which has been able
to furnish dates by which we can determine the antiquity of these two ages of store.

M. Georges Perrat, member of the Institute of Paris, says that hu-

-manity has not even the faintest idea of these two ages. All our studies

have not even pierced the darkness. We are lost in the night of our
ignorance, and all our studies have not taken us over the threshold of
that night.

I will not extend this further. I trust enough has been said to dem-
onstrate the extent and importance of the anthropologiec display at
this exposition, and to show the importance with which the science is
regarded by the savants of France and its adjoining countries. Pro-
fessor Mason was quite right when he said, as he did in his paper read
before the Anthropolical Society ot Washington, and published in the
“Anthropologist,” that the opportunities to study the natural history of
man in Paris during the exposition were unparalleled, and that at any
time the French capital affords rare advantages to the anthropologist.

POLISHED STONE AND BRONZE.

Collections of
MM. Emile Tate, dome.

Capitan.
Leon Cahinet, Seine Inferior.
Judge Piette.
Clemment Rubbens.
Valentine Smith.
Cartailhac.
Pitre de Lisle, Brittany.
Chauvet, Charente.
Dr. Berchon, Madoc.

652 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Dr. Lecocq, Normandy.

Massenat, Lot and Correze.

Lemire.

Eugene Piketty.

Earnest Chantre, Koban, Caucasus.
B. Tornier, Hautes Alpes.
Cau-Durban, Saint-Girons.

Collin, Seine-et Oise.

A magnificent collection was that of Mr. Frederic Moreau, filling
nineteen cases and comprising every archeological epoch and period of
France. They are principally his own discoveries, and he has pub-
lished each year for many years a report of his work and a description
of the objects found, the latter in the form of an album with beautiful
chromo-lithographic illustrations.

FRANCE—NEOLITHIC PERIOD.

To the cold and dryness of the climate of the epoch of the reindeer
succeeded the climate of the present time, though at first more humid
than to-day. There was no more rhinoceros, nor elephant, nor the
great cave bear, which are now extinct species, nor the reindeer, nor
the animals which had been cold-blooded, for they had all emigrated ©
toward the north. The wild animals at the commencement of the neo-
lithic period seem to have been those of the present time, though more
numerous than now. Animals became domesticated; the dog was the
first, and probably after him the horse. The cultivated plants showed
themselves at the same time, though probably in succession and not
always the same variety that we now possess. Flax was utilized, but
not hemp. The industry indicates to us with what slowness civiliza-
tion has evolved. Man lived not in the cavern, but only just outside.

The civilization of the neolithic period is characterized principally by
the polished stone hatchet. This implement has become so abundant
that many communities have counted them by the thousand. Ethnog-
raphy has taught us that the use of these implements was much
varied. Sometimes it was an arm, sometimes a sign of the chief, some-
times a cutting tool, and sometimes an instrument to dig in the earth.
We have discovered the different systems of the handling of these
hatchets and their different destinations. They were made of the
local rock and the form varied slightly according to their region. The
same observation is true of all contemporaneous objects. This differ-
ence in these tools and in the objects of their industry would tend to
show that there were distinct groups in the population of France at
this epoch. It is doubtless true that there are found a number of varia-
tions in arms, tools, ornaments, and implements, which on examination
as to material, etc., prove to be foreign to the country, and are there-
fore believed to furnish proof of foreign commercial relations. There
were quarries and workshops of flint which seem to have been made
for exportation, notably that of Grand Pressigny in the Vienne, Meu-

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 653

don, on the Marne, near Paris, also in Aveyron. In all these they had
mines of flint, with wells and long and deep galleries for exploring them.
Bone, stone, and wood were worked with talent and for various desti-
nations. The pottery became in extensive use.

The Swiss lakes have preserved pieces of textile fabrics from which
they can be easily reproduced. This civilization compares with that of
the natives of the Polynesian Islands.

The man of that period had the idea to build his habitation above
the water, and each lake has preserved at its center and in its bottom
the ruins and cumulation of débris which has furnished the most com-
plete information.

The lake dwellings constructed on piles firmly driven into the bottom,
were agglomerations of huts or cabins which did not differ very much
from those which later were the habitations of the Gaulois. The coast
was well inhabited. Each. shore bears an enormous accumulation of
shells, principally of oysters, in the midst of which we now find well-
preserved worked objects, sometimes of flint, sometimes of horn, bone
or Shell. These shell-heaps are probably the earliest human habitation
of the neolithic period.

There has never been found a picture or engraving ofa human figure
in this stage, except a possibly human representation sculptured in
relief on the sides of one of the grottoes in the Marne, and something
of the same kind on several dolmens in Normandy and Provence. The
neolithic human races were much varied and mixed. No one has been
able to determine any relation between any one of them and the mon-
uments which belonged to the same age.

The names given by M. Cartailhac to the periods in the prehistoric
history of France subsequent to the neolithic and before the historic
period, were the Celtic and Gauloise periods. They correspond with
the ages of bronze and iron.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIAL EXHIBITS.

Probably the most interesting and instructive collection displayed
under the head of prehistoric anthropology and archeology, certainly
that which attracted the most attention, was the reconstruction of the
families of men of the different prehistoric races. The figures were
life size and reproduced after the most accurate study. The greatest
care was used in the details of the anatomy, the industry, the costume,
and surroundings. They were the combined work of scientists and
artists the most capable, and all that the anthropologist, ethnologist,
anatomist, and artist sculptor could do was done to make them true
and correct representations. One group represented the chelléen epoch
or the age of the mammoth, or alluvium, and this was called the first
industry. The second represented the cavern period, or the age of the
reindeer, and was called the first artist. The third represented the
neolithic period, or the age of polished stone, It was the first con-

654 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

structor. The fourth was a bronze foundry and represented the first
metallurgist. Hach one of these occupied its respective corner in the
interior court of prehistoric anthropology.

In the center was a group representing the tent and encampment of
the Samoiedes from northern Russia with their outfit of reindeer, ete.
This was intended to represent the age of the reindeer of modern times.

Two other groups occupied places in the same court. One represented
the age of iron of primitive times and was taken from a group of Soudan
blacksmiths; the other was a group of Aztecs making paper of agave
plant. The latter was made from models furnished to the Trocadero
Museum by the Smithsonian Institution.

These were the work of M. Jules Hebert, the artist modeler of the
Trocadero Museum, done under the direction of Dr. Hamy, conserva-
teur of that nuseum. The principal groups will be described.

GRouP 1.—PALEOLITHIC PERIOD. CHELLKEN EPOCH.
(Corresponding to the alluvium or age of mammoth.)

At the foot of a tree which bent over and spread its branches to fur-
nish a protection were a man and a woman engaged in making the rude
flint implements of the epoch. (PI. CLVIL.)

The proportions and general forms of the body the cephalic indices
and the general morphology of the face are taken from the human crania
and bones found in the caverns which have served as habitations for the
man of this epoch—Spy, La Naulette, Gourdon—while the flesh and par-
ticularly the nose, lips, breasts, ete., are reproduced after atavie types,
specially observed in Belgium and the neighborhood of Paris. The
costume is imaginary, but was patterned after that of the savages of
modern times,

Croup 2.—CAVERN PERIOD.
(Corresponding to the aye of reindeer or the solutréen moustierien and madalenien epochs.)

The scene (PJ. CLVII) represents a woman and a young man engaged
in engraving the reindeer horn, as described in the chapter on prehis-
toric art. The father of the family has just returned from the chase and
carries the hind quarters of a mountain goat, which he has killed.

The natural portions of the scene are reproductions of the rock snelter
at Laugerie Basse as determined by the discoveries of M. Elie Massanet.
The three personages were reconstracted with the aid of the skeletons
which had been found almost entire in the caverns of this neighborhood,
Laugerie Basse, Cro-Magnon, etc. By their means the anthroplo-
gist was able to fix the proportions of the body and the essential
forms of the face and skull. The soft parts representing flesh, were
made after individuals of an apparently similar race, principally the
Berbers, of the type of Cro-Magnon. The arms, tools, and implements,
were patterned after original pieces obtained from the caverns of the
neighborhood. The disposition of the hair of the old map, is that of the
celebrated engraving on reindeer horn found at Laugerie Basse by M.
Massenat and known under the name of “the man chasing the auroch.”
The shells which have been pierced and strung, and worn as ornaments

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Wilson. PLATE CLVII.

" os

se WM ~ Nera 9

a és Wa Tye

<i S

yi" wA P
»\) bre

we Ss ENN wre
i as CQ ie

Wwe A
= Nt SN TEAY

REPRESENTATION OF THE NEANDERTHAL OR CANSTADT RACE OF MEN.
(The Chellean epoch of the Paleolithic age.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Wilson. PLATE CLVIII.

ie
\
\\S SV

AY

Hill

lO

NS : 4 ; "4

— ge 7M
: SR orn y
: pe (\
é Be ‘Ny OEE
Min og ha i : :
Melting
~ i,

~

we, “eel ae ‘e si s, MAS
elt ee fis ay ye

REPRESENTATION OF THE CRO-MAGNON RACE OF MEN.

(Cavern period of the Paleolithic age.)

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 655

around the head and on the arms ani limbs, are placed as they were found
by M. Cartailhac on the fossil man at Laugerie. The shells and amulets
of ivory worn by the woman and the young man are reproductions of
those of Cro-Magnon. Thus much is known or, at Jeast, can be fairly
judged to be an actual representation of these people. The costumes of
skin worn by these people are purely imaginary, for nothing is known
concerning them. ‘Therefore, it has been made up from the costumes
of various savage tribes. The bones of animals, etc., which lie in such
a mass on the ground around the mouth of the cavern are believed to be
a substantial representation of the ancient times, and give one an idea
of now these things accumulated.

GRoupP 3.—NEOLITHIC PERIOD OR AGE OF POLISHED STONE OR ROBENHAUSEN EPOCH.

The scene depicted in Plate CLIX represents three men erecting a
prehistoric funeral monument. One is making a hieroglyph, the sec-
ond polishing a hatchet by rubbing it on one of the great polishing
stones, and the third is making a pottery vase. This epoch or period
is quite a different civilization from either of the former. It was char-
acterized by the polishing of stone for weapons, tools and implements,
by the development of the ceramic industry, by the invention of archi-
tecture, and by sculpture on the face of the rock. This scene is 1n-
tended to represent the principal of these discoveries. It does not,
and, indeed, could not represent the other manifestations of civiliza-
tion, such as agriculture, sociology, etc. These men are erecting a dol-
men. Itis not of any particular one, but represents the principal parts
of severa]. The stone with a hole through it, which separates the ves-
tibule from the funeral chambers, is copied from that of la Belle-Haie,
near Gisor. The first stone to the left exhibits a feminine figure, or
one which has been so considered, though J have had doubts about it.
Yet these and similar have been found, one each in Normandy, Marne,
and Le Gard. The polishing stone of the second workman is copied
from the collection of Dr. Capitan. The vase of the third is made by
hand, and one of the common dolmen type.

The remarks heretofore made as to the faithful representation of these
personages taken so far as possible from originals, applies here. The
potter is a type of one of the races of Furfooz, Belgium, discovered
by M. Dupont, and is the oldest potter known. ‘The costumes are re-
constituted from similar objects found in the lake dwellings of Roben-
hausen. This settlementis believed to have been destroyed by fire, and
the objects have been charred, and, falling into the lake, the fire was
extinguished and they thus preserved. The pieces have been found in
such numbers, and extend to such variety, as that the anthropologists
feel justified in believing that they have a substantially correct repre-
sentation. Much of the material is the hammered or bruised bark.
Other portions of the costume were of linen cloth, dyed sometimes brown
with ochre, sometimes blue with pastel. The foot coverings are in-

656 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

spired by those of an Archaic Gallo-Roman god, he of the Hammer,
which is believed to have had a high antiquity in that country.
THE BRONZE AGE,

The scene in Pl. CLX represents a primitive foundry. Under a great
rock, protected from the wind by a hedge of dead brush and twigs, a
molder and his assistant are engaged in casting implements of bronze.
These two personages represent the introduction of bronze which is be-
lieved to have come from the Occident. The assistant is of the type of
what is called the Nutons in Belgium and comes from the Trou of that
name, being one of the caverns of the Lesse, near the town of Furfooz.
This cavern contains a great number of skeletons of men belonging to
two distinct types. The Nutons are dwarfs, and this is intended to rep-
resent the smaller and inferior of the two races. The master molder is
of the type of the most ancient Ligurians who occupied the territory on
the shores of the Mediterranean in what was ancient Liguria, say from
Toulon to Genoa. The two figures are dressed in a loose costume of
leather. The master founder pours the metal from a crucible, held by
means of a large pair of tongs made of bronze, which is a reproduction
of such an implement discovered in one of these foundries and now at
the Musée of St. Germain. The metal is represented as boiling in the
mold. The crucible and mold are copied after originals in St. Germain.
By the side of the workmen are pieces of bronze, broken ready to be
melted, while on the other side a dozen or more new hatchets are laid
out apparently ready for sale.

The amount of work bestowed upon this, as well as the other group,
in order to make them faithful representations of originals, must have
been great, and their success is a high testimony to the gentlemen who
conceived and executed it.

I may be pardoned for a few words explanatory of the extent of this
industry and the age or civilization to which it belonged, by which I
tell that there have been discovered in France alone fifty-seven such
foundries, that the implements of bronze, broken and made ready for
welting, number among the thousands, the implements found among
the ten thousands, and the new objects deposited in caches, evidently
never used and ready for sale, have been found in many places. The
great foundry at Bologna had 14,000 pieces of broken implements for
a like purpose, and weighing several thousand pounds.

THE IRON AGE.

Two men, life-size, were at work with the forge, beating and ham-
mering, working the iron. One, the assistant, helper he is called in
the trade, blew the bellows, the other was the master-workman. The
bellows consisted of two skin bags with a bit of iron pipe or tube tied
in the mouth of each laid flat upon the ground, the two nozzles coming
together. The alternate motion of these two bags like the working of
an accordeon kept a continuous stream of air flowing from the (one or
the other) nozzles which fed the fire on the ground and so heated the

Report of National Museum, 1890._Wilson PLATE CLIX,

an Nw!

2 tat
ool hm aA “We

REPRESENTATION OF A GROUP OF PREHISTORIC MEN.

(Neolithic, or polished stone age.)

ay
ath Firs -
an eke

Report of National Museum, 1890,—Wilson. PEATE GIexe

REPRESENTATION OF A GROUP OF PREHISTORIC MEN.

(Age of bronze.)

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 657

iron. The anvil was about 2 inches long and 1 inch wide, driven into
a block of wood which in its turn was driven firmly in the ground, the
whole affair being not more than 5 or 6 inches above the level of the
ground. This was the most primitive blacksmith shop-I had ever seen,
and it interested me much, but my interest was redoubled when on
going through the Esplanade des Invalides in the colony of Senegal I
came upon the same machine, same workshop, with the same furniture
and tools and implements, and all worked in the same way.

Another of these life-size groups constructed and displayed in the
court of the section of anthropology was from our own continent. It
represented the Aztecs in old Mexico in the act of preparing the agave
plant and making it into fiber to be woven into cloth (Plate CLxI). The
agave plaut is the American aloe, and there were many of them planted
around and in the neighborhood of the Mexican colony. Itserves many
purposes of livelihood for the poor people, probably not now so much as
in times of antiquity. It made their fences or hedges, the trunks of its
trees made their houses, its leaves served for ropes, it made thread
uf the long fiber, and needles of the sharp points. The interior of leaves,
the juicy part, produces alcoholic liquor, and it can be formed into the
fiber of which their textile fabrics were made. The two life-size figures,
the one engaged in beating, the other in rolling or bruising the agave
plant fiber, were believed to be correct representations of the Aztec
people at the time of the discovery of America by Columbus.

SOCIETY OF ANTHROPOLOGY OF PARIS.

This society made a separate display under the protection of the
wninister of public instruction.

The objects displayed under the direction of the Society of Anthro-
pology occupied a large space in the grand hall in the second story of
the main building in the department of the minister of public instruc-
tion. Its classification was as follows :

I.—ANATOMIC ANTHROPOLOGY.

(1) Society of Autopsy, (2) Cerebral Morphology, (3) Histology of Cerebral Con-
volutions, (4) Craniology, (5) Osteolegy, (6) Comparative Splanchology, (7) Myol-
ogy, (8) Anthropogeny.

II.—PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY.

(1) Geologic Palethnology, (2) Mineralogic Palethnology, (3) Ages of Stone.
Classification, (4) Processes of fabrication of the varions forms of implements, (5)
Age of Metal, (6) Paleoanthropology—prehistoric skulls and skeletons, (7) Trepana-
tion, (8) Agriculture of Palethnology, (9) Methods of Excavation.

III].—ETHNOGRAPHY.

(1) Algeria and Tunis, (2) Central] Asia, (3) Malacca, (4) Indo-China and Cam-
bodia, (5) Cochin China, (6) United States of America, (7) Venezuela, (8) Miscella-

neous,
IV.—HISTORY OF RELIGIONS.

(1) Amulets, (2) Divinities.
H, Mis. 129, pt. 2-42

658 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

V.—DEMOGRAPHY.
(1) Anthropometry, (2) Medical Geography.
VI.—BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) Books, (2) Maps, (3) Charts, ete.

The first section of the first division was autopsy, and with it cere-
bral morhology. Here were displayed the brains of the following
gentlemen who had belonged to the society of autopsy, and as such
their brains had been dissected in the laboratory. The peculiarities
and anatomic description were attached to each one:

Jules Assezat, died 1876, aged 45 years.

Louis Asseline, died 1878, aged 49 years. _

Dr. Coudereau, died 1882, aged 50 years.

M. Gambetta, died 1882, aged 43 years.

Dr. Adolph Bertillon, died 1883, aged 62 years.

Gillet- Vital, died at 63 years of age.

Charts were shown in which some of these brains were superposed,
notably that of Dr. Bertillon and Leon Gambetta, so that one could
compare them.

In the section of cerebral morphology was displayed a chart of the
brain of decapitated assassins, of imbeciles, and anthropoid apes.
Another was the encephalic profile of four specimens, two gorillas, an
adult and one of 2 or 3 years; two humans, an adult and an infant of
2 years. These various designs were made by the stereograph, and
were so superposed that one could see the differences between them.
Each one was represented, and yet one could see plainly the difference
between them.

In craniology not only full tables and charts were shown. but there
were practical illustrations, by means of natural specimens, of the dif-
ferences in the cephalic index in the human race, and also the differences
in the different races. This made an exceedingly interesting and valu-
able display. There were numerous tables and charts, full of informa-
tion as to the cranial form, capacity, deformity, etc., of the different
races of men, and of as many different kinds in the same race as was
possible, and these compared again with the anthropoid apes. Along
with them were displayed the anthropometric instruments by which
the measurements were to be made.

In osteology were tables and charts at great length, in great detail,
with many figures, giving full and complete information in relation to
various portions of the human skeleton: sometimes in relation to itself
and to other members of the same tamily; at other times compared
with those of the higher quadrupeds.

For example, one showed the relative development of the different
portions of the body according to sex, race, age, and height: the rela-
tion between the long bones and the height of man, the method of
measuring the long bones and thus determining the relation between

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Wilson. REATE Clxt

REPRESENTATION OF AZTECS WORKING THE AGAVE PLANT.

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 659

them and the height :—showing the relation between man and the an-
thropoid apes in relation to flattening of the tibia, the development of
the different organs and functions in the two sexes. The remarkable
thing about this chart was thatit demonstrated that the weight of the
brain is relatively greater in women than in men.

Splanchnology was represented by the internal organs of man and
gorilla compared.

Anthropogeny was illustrated by six charts taken from the atlas of
Monsieur Mathias Duval, representing his theory of the commencement
of lifein man. These charts represented the ovum of many animals,
including man, in their various stages of impregnation, so that the
differences could be easily compared and studied. He opposes fiercely
the doctrine of heredity laid down by Weisman, Turner, and their
school.

Prehistoric anthropology had an extensive display made in great de-
tail, yet with the number of specimens reduced so as to employ as small
a Space as possible. The classification was that of Monsieur D’Ault du
Mesnil, which was a variation of the classification of de Mortillet. It
began with the quaternary inferior corresponding to the Chelléen of
M. de Mortillet, the contemporaneous animals being the Hlephas an-
tiquus, Rhinoceros merkii, Hippopotamus amphibius, and so went through
the various stages or epochs until it ended in the reindeer—this for the
paleolithic period. Samples and specimens were shown of the fauna,
and of the human industry in each. To describe it satisfactorily would
be to write an entire book upon the science. It was continued through
the various epochs and periods of theage of stone down to and includ-
ing that of the Neolithic or polished stone. The mineralogy of prehis-
toric anthropology also received attention, and specimens of the vari-
ous kinds of stone or minerals employed were displayed. Processes of
the fabrication and the working of minerals of stone were also shown.

A small series of the implements characteristic of the age of bronze
were also exhibited.

Prehistoric craniology received due attention and was represented
by the casts of the skulls of the various races which were divided, first,
into the great periods of paleolithic and neolithic, and these again di-
vided and subdivided according to the best information.

Trepanation was not forgotten. Several specimens were shown, to-
gether with the means by which it might have been practiced.

Prehistoric agriculture had a fine representation in its display of cul-
tivated fruits, cereals, and vegetables with the textile plant.

Not the least interesting of the entire prehistoric display in the expo-
sition was that showing the proper methods for making excavations.
This was even more important because of its result. By means of these
investigations were determined the superposition of one civilization
upon anotherin the various caverns which had been occupied for a long
time as human habitations. Thus was determined the succession of

660 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

occupations, consequently the succession of industries, of civilizations,
and so of races. These were shown in detail and with satisfaction. I
had visited many of the places here described and was acquainted with
several localities, and it was to me an intensely interesting exhibit.
It showed the successive ages of prehistoric civilization in a most sat-
isfactory and convincing manner.

The department of ethnography was fairly well represented, but I
only mention two; one the exposition made by M. Boban from North
America, those which had been given to him by the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, and which I recognized as having been selected by myself. The
second was the display from the Koekenmmoddens of Cambodia, and
now interesting because the National Museum has just purchased a sim-
ilar series from that country which were there displayed.

The history of religion figures largely in the science of anthropology.
It was well represented in the exhibition of the school of anthropology.
It will serve for a separate paper.

Anthropometry was illustrated by several charts, showing the various
measurements, especially of France, but also of other and adjoining
countries.

Medical geography illustrated by charts the various condition of
France from different points of view.

Bibliography.—There was a library of the principal works published
in France of late years bearing upon the subject of anthnopolaes) and
prehistoric archeology.

DENMARK.

In the little corner room from the pavilion, just beyond it on the
right, entering from the Buddha, was installed the anthropologice dis-
play of Denmark. The government called to its aid three scientists,
who are at the head of important departments of the Royal Museum of
Antiquities in the Prince’s palace at Copenhagen. Dr. Sophus Miiller
was charged with that portion of the exposition relating to prehistoric
archeology; Mr. Kristian Bahnson with the second part, relating to
the ethnography of Greenland; and Mr. Soren Hansen with the third,
anthropology in general. All these sections were wonderfnlly prepared
and united admirably in forming a comprehensive display of the great
science.

Denmark was the seat of the discovery of the existence of prehis:
toric man. In 1807 the first public museum was organized for the re-
ception and display of prehistoric antiquities, at Copenhagen; and
here, and then, was announced for the first time that chronologic
division of the prehistoric times into the ages of stone, bronze, aud
iron. This was the work of Mr. Thomsen.. He commenced his work
in that country in 1816 as founder of the great prehistoric museum
of northern antiquities. He held the position of curator and did the
work belonging thereto for 50 years, and this great museum, with its

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 661

extensive and wonderful riches, the result of his life's work, is his
monument. a

The coadjutor of Thomsen was Worsaae, who during his life’s work
of 25 years did more probably than any other one man, a scientist
and not particularly a discoverer, to establish the science of prehistoric
anthropology on a firm basis.

Engelhardt, Steenstrup, and Thomsen were theearly ones. Tothem
must be given the honor of being the discoverers of prehistoric
man. But Worsaa2 used these discoveries with the rarest genius and
talent. It was not simply in prehistoric anthropology his talent was
shown, for he was an all round man, who did admirable work in other
branches of the great science, and not content with that, was called in
his later years to be a councillor in the cabinet of the king, and there
showed that rare combination, an illustrious scientist and a profound
and sensible statesman.

The names of others can not be given in this paper. It will be enough
if we can but mention their work. A systematic exploration, survey,
and map have been commenced of the prehistoric monuments of Den-
mark. The archeologists. are charged with this, and they, accompa-
nied by good artists, are traveling and working over the country in
order to make this map with all accuracy in both art and science. One-
third of the entire country has been thus surveyed and more than one-
third of this great work has been completed. All the monuments have
been discovered, designated, drawn, and the most of them are in the
hands of the engravers. One thousand five hundred of these monu-
ments are now placed under the protection of the law, either as prop-
erty of the government or under prohibition to destroy them without
giving the government the first right of purchase. Four great leaves
of this archeologic map of Denmark were displayed upon the walls,
and I confess the feeling of envy of them and the regret that my own
country has not such a map. I was only consoled by the hope that
the Bureau of Ethnology would soon have completed the linguistic map
which is in progress under its direction.

These four Danish charts of the archeological monuments represented
the Islands of Moen, a part of the Seeland, the east of Jutland, and a
part of its interior.

A library containing all or nearly all the Danish books upon the sub-

‘ject of prehistoric anthropology was displayed in the cases in this de-
partment, and the organizers thereof were very free in their commen-
dations of the private collectors and individuals who had so willingly
given of their riches to secure success at the exposition.

Dr. Sopbus Miiller thus expresses his appreciation of the patriotic
feeling of the Danish people in making contribution to the need of the
governmental display at the French Exposition:

The Danish archeological display gives a good idea of the patriotic principles of
our country, as it is composed for the greatest part of contributions from private col-

662 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

lections, They have felt it a duty that our country should be dignifiedly represented
at Paris, where is reunited this year the International Congress of Archzology and
Anthropology, and they were pleased to offer to the committee their best and most
precious objects. The number of objects oftered were even so great that it would
itself form a small museum. But the space which had been reserved for us by the
committee of the Exposition was too limited and it would have been an impossibility
that all could be accepted. For this cause the objects exposed were much too many;
but on the other side, what we lost in quantity we made up in quality. It shows
that our country possesses the best and the most interesting objects belonging to pre-
historic archeology.

The age of stone in Denmark, indeed in Scandinavia, is divided by
the scientists of those countries into two parts. The earliest was that
of the Kjoekkenmoeddings, where the implements were rough and rude,
small, and comparatively insignificant. But it was the age of polished
stone. The second epoch of the age of stone comprised those magnifi-
cent and beautiful examples of flint chipping found in that country.
The paleolithic age is not represented in Scandinavia. No objects be-
longing to that period have been found there, and it is believed by all
that it was uninhabited during that period. But in the implements of
the neolithic period that country was especially rich. There were the
polished hatchets, the large tranchets of flint, again the small ones,
the scrapers, the perforators, and the hatchets of deer horn. These
have all been tound in, and are supposed to belong to, the Kjoekken-
moeddings, and represent the first stage of polished stone in that
country. I can scarcely attempt to describe the beauty and gran-
deur of the display of the second period of the age of stone. One
must have seen the magnificent specimens of that country in order to
appreciate or even understand what is meant by their grand display.
I can only name at hazard, without attempting to describe the dis-
play. There were nucleii and the hammer stones, the long blades and
flakes of flint, the exceedingly large and long stone hatchets shown
in all the stages of their manufacture, from the first flake struck
from the rock to the finely polished and finished hatchet of extraordi-
nary length. The finely chipped poignards, with the ridges in their
handles worked herring-bone fashion, blades long, thin, sharp; spear
and lance heads of the same style. the flint flaked almost like shavings,
from the edge to the center, and done with a regularity which would
seem impossible but for the specimens now before our eyes. Arrow-
heads in profusion and of every possible form, shape, and style of
manufacture. Hach one of these particular forms, where there was
anything peculiar about it, was represented by three examples, one of
which was chipped ready for polishing; another, polished, which was
new and had never served, and a third, a specimen which was more or
less used. There were other series arranged in the same manner ;
scrapers, knives, chisels, club-heads, all the sort of implements and
weapons belonging to that same age; scrapers, and pottery of various
forms and ornamentation.

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 663

The polished-stone age in Denmark is most instructive and interest-
ing. The number of implements of this period have filled the public
and private collections and are a source of pride to all. The variety
and elegance of form, the perfection and surprising management of the
fashioning, provoke the greatest admiration. ‘The principal reason for
the excellence in Denmark lies in the superior quality of the flint of that
country, and the ease with which it could be worked. If we consider
the geographic formation of the country and the little islands which
are surrounded by the numerous fiords that have favored such things,
we may understand the circumstances which gave birth to and favored
the development of a civilization which was comparatively well ad-
vanced. This age is supposed to have endured for about 2,500 years

and to have come to an end from 1,500 to 2,000 years B. C., when it was
supplanted by the age of bronze. This age was correspondingly well
represented. It is but small wonder that Denmark should have fur-
nished those profound students who have made such wonderful prog-
ress in the science of prehistoric anthropology. Its richness in antiq-
uities is surprising and can not be understood without being seen, and
the more it is seen and studied the more surprising and bewildering it
becomes in number, extent, and beauty. Not to mention more than the
word amber, would be to give a theme which, to be exhaustive, would
require an entire book. The museum at Copenhagen possesses now
over 200 discoveries of amber wrought by the prehistoric man as his
ornaments for personal decoration. Four-fifths of these came from the
Island of Jutland, but the rest were fairly well distributed around the
various coasts. To follow out the commercial relations between the
Scandinavian and other prehistoric countries by means of its trade in
amber would require more space than could be devoted in this paper.
Wherever in Europe prehistoric man of this epoch has been found, am-
ber has been found with him, and it is believed that nearly all of it came
from the North Sea and was exchanged for the objects, implements,
and weapons of a foreign country. It is believed that the commerce in
amber can be traced back to a period commencing 1,000 years before
Christ. Numerous cases of amber were displayed in this Exposition.

Of the bronze age there were many specimens. The bars or ingots of
bronze, rough and rude, the molds for casting hatchets and saws, hateh-
ets of all kinds, knives, saws, sickles, razors, pinchers, arrowheads,
swords, poignards, trumpets, spearheads, rings, fibula, etc., were there
shown in all perfection; in all their beauty and wealtb of form and com-
pass. One case was devoted to vases, of gold, of bronze, of wood ; some
of them are ornamented with tin inlaid, having the appearance of the
ware of the Japanese. The metal work was some of it hammered, some
repoussé, some cast. The ornamentation was of the style of the bronze
age, geometric design, made by points and lines. .

Two exceedingly interesting specimens in the Danish display, that
impressed themselves with greater ease upon the understanding and

664 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

memory of those who saw them and gave them, at less expenditure of
of thought, a better understanding of the prehistoric man of that coun-
try during the bronze age, were the two figures, reproductions of a
warrior and a woman, dressed in the costume of the period, being a
reproduction of like objects possessed by the museum at Copenhagen.
The warrior wore a bonnet upon his head; it was round, and made of
double cloth; no seams were shown. His body was covered with a
square piece of cloth coming down to the knees and bound around by
different straps and thongs, tied at the back. He wore a mantle upon
his shoulders which fastened at the neck with a fibula of bronze. His
feet were covered with sandals bound across the top witl-cord ; he had
a leather belt, which was fastened with a button of bronze ornamented
with a piece of incrusted amber. On his arm was a gold ring, and he
held in his hand a sword of bronze.

The woman wore upon her head a net, which was in a sufficient state
of preservation when found to enable them to imitate the fabrication.
It was made by simple interlacing of threads. Her jacket was a single
piece of stuff which was originally too short and had been added to—
pieced as it were. Her petticoat was made without being cut and was
sewed only to bring the two ends together. Her cloak, which fastened
with a hook, was ornamented in different colors, different designs being —
used in an ingenious manner of twisting the thread. All the jewelry
which she had—the collar, the clasp to her cloak, the bronze bracelet,
and the gold ring were reproduced in the forms which have been found
to be the most frequent. She carried by her side a small poniard in a
wooden scabbard.

In the reproduction of these objects the musée had employed the veri-
table bronze; one part tin and nine parts copper. These dresses were
made by Madame K lein, director of the Academy of Art and Industries
for Women, who has studied them minutely in their original production,
and she and her scholars have produced them with minute exactness.
The color was the only thing about which there was doubt, for, be it
understood, that all these objects were found in, and came from, tombs,
and from having lain either in wooden coffins, or by contact with the
earth, have become a dark brown or possibly a black. ‘I have one of
these pieces from the same place out of one of these tombs. The near-
est description I can give of its color would be a butternut.

The age of iron was represented, a full series of the ethnography of
Greenland, together with all the books and specimens presented or
gathered by that celebrated and well-known ardent scientist and an-
thropologist, Mr. Soren Hansen. One of the most important works
done by anthropologists in later years in relation to America has
been that accomplished by this gentleman, and he had at this display
an example of his work. Many years ago Lund, who was himself an
aid, being in the plains and caverns of Samidouro, Brazil, made some
anthropologic discoveries in regard to the prehistoric man, and being

' ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 665

unable to make studies of them himself, or, may be, having com-
pleted them, sent them to Copenhagen. They were lost in transit and
did not arrive for some time after. Upon their arrival they were un-
recognized, and it was not until the last 3 or 4 years that these valu-
able relics were discovered by Mr. Hansen, brought to light, investi-
gated, compared, measured, and the result made known to the world.
He thinks from these investigations that there is evidence at least of
the possibility of man having existed in South America in the Tertiary
period, and in this, I believe M. de Quatrefages, the most conservative
of all European anthropologists, coincides, except as to the geology or
paleontology—whether the Tertiary epoch of America is not one period
behind that of Europe. This question has, I believe, received little
attention from the American paleontologists, except Professor Cope,
and he doubts the correctness of the conclusion. If he be correct, it
puts the appearance of man in South America at the greatest antiquity
probably of any other well-defined discovery of the kind.

The age of bronze came to an end in Scandinavia about the com-
mencement of the Christian era, but the age of iron or its first use
began some centuries before that. These ages necessarily lap one over
the other. The prehistoric iron age in Scandinavia was divided into
three grand epochs before the commencement of the historic period
which was about the year 1000. These were the epochs of the bar-
barian.

At the far end of the pavillion was exhibited a great runic stone,
which, as shown by its inscriptions in ancient runes, recounts the
exploits of Harald Viaatan, who lived from 935 to 986 A. D., and to his
illustrious parent, Gorm, the first historic king of Denmark and to his
* queen, Thyra.

Neither time nor space permits a description of the other two depart-
ments of the Danish display—the ethnography of Greenland and Mr.
Hansew’s display of anthropology.

Mr. Waldemar Schmidt had the immediate charge of this exposition,
and he, as many others, attended on each specified occasion to open
cases, display objects, explain them, and make the necessary speeches
and lectures for the education and edification of the public. These
gentlemen have recognized the great advantage to be derived from
anthropometry in their anthropologic studies both of prehistoric and
modern Greenland. ‘Therefore they have organized their governmental
commissions for the purpose of carrying on these studies. More than
three thousand Greenlanders have been measured, weighed, and tested
with the exactness peculiar to the science of anthropometry. The walls
were covered with charts of anthropometric measurements, showing in
great detail the difference of height, average, and extremes, the color
of the hair and eyes, and the effect in these respects of the crossing of
the races of the Danes and Greenlanders and Eskimos.

666 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.
SPAIN.

Spanish prehistoric archeology was represented in four cases, being
selections from the collection of MM. Henry and Louis Siret, No. 11
rue Joseph, Antwerp, Belgium. ‘These gentlemen (brothers) made
extensive exploration in the province of Carthagena, in the southeast
of Spain, which they published in a magnificent album. I had the
pleasure to visit their house and examine their collection at Antwerp.
Their collection represented the neolithic period, the bronze age, and
the period of transition from one to the other. There were arms, imple-
ments, and ornaments in stone and bone, immense vases of pottery,
some of which were used for burial by inhumation. The usual bronze
implements and objects were shown. There were sepultures of vari-
ous kinds, and fragments of clothing made of linen cloth were found
with the bodies. Agriculture and industries had large representation.

SWITZERLAND.

Switzerland was represented by the collection of Mr. Valentine
Schmidt. There were the usual objects belonging to the neolithic
period and found in connection with the lake dwellings of that epoch.
While the objects were choice and well selected, and consequently of
beauty and importance, there was nothing remarkable about them more
than one can find in good museums.

BELGIUM.

Belgium had a representation of fifty cases devoted to prehistoric
anthropology and archeology, though the occupation represented may
have come down somewhat into the commencement of historic times.
That portion of their display which they called ethnology was devoted
almost exclusively to the crania and skeletons of prehistoric men, but
which they carried over to ethnology because of the exhibition of the
specimens of Neanderthal, Engis, Spy, Cro-Magnon, Furfooz, Sclaiz-
neaux, Antwerp, Selzete, with some individuals from Frankish ceme-
teries.

The paleolithic period was well represented, and this in some of its
earliest manifestations, for the occupation of Belgium by prehistoric
man seems to have begun at as early a period as that of any other
country of Europe. A principal depot of this early occupation is at
Mesvin, near Mons (Hainault). There were many pieces of flint dis-
played from this depot, which is believed by some of the Belgium
prehistoric archeologists to belong to the very earliest quaternary
geologic period, and to have been earlier than the depots at either
Chelles or St. Acheul.

In objects belonging to the cavern period-—mammoth and reindeer—
southern Belgium is especially rich. The rivers Meuse, Lesse, and
Sambre have many caverns in the ravines along their banks, and they

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 667

were largely occupied by man in this early antiquity. The representa-
tion of the geography of this country and of the caverns was exceed-
ingly elaborate, and the display of objects therefrom very rich.

M. Dupont continued in 1872 the excavations of caverns in that
country which were begun by Schmerling 35 or 40 years before, and
MM. de Puydt, Fraipont and Lohest took it up in 1884 where M. Dupont
had left it. These gentlemen made many investigations and excava-
tions in the caverns of the Lesse and Meuse, but the principal one was
at the Grotte de Spy, a few miles northwest from the city of Dinant,
where were found the celebrated skulls and skeletons of prehistoric
man. Not only did these discoveries verify those of Schmerling and
Dupont, and establish with greater certainty the existence of the paleo-
lithic period and the human occupation during that period in the num-
berless caverns of that locality; but it served to emphasize our knowl-
edge concerning the race of men belonging thereto. The discoveries
at Neanderthal and Canstadt were only of human skulls, but that of
Spy included much of the skeleton, and has done more than probably
any other to give us an accurate knowledge of the anatomy and osteol-
ogy, and of the size and form of this, the mai of greatest antiquity
whose remains have yet been found.

The Belgian display was worthy of much commendation. Not only
was it quite complete, butits arrangement was excellent. ‘The student,
as he passed along, could comprehend and understand the science which
it illustrated and the sequence of the specimens displayed. Maps were
displayed upon the walls which showed the various prehistoric stations
and the different periods and epochs to which they belonged. With
lithographs, drawings, and photographs the various caverns of southern
Belgium were well illustrated. La Naulette, Pont-a-Lesse, Montaigle,
Furfooz, Chaleux, Hastiere were shown in their geographic position, by a
general view, three sections, longitudinal, and transverse. The cavern
of Spy was shown in much the same way, but, being more modern and
considered more important, it was given in greater detail. A section was
given both ways, showing the various strata in the cavern, while in the
case below were laid outa series of objects found in each stratum. This
was continued in a Similar manner in many other of the caverns. By
these means one could study the prehistoric archeology of Belgium in
great detail and with much certainty.

The neolithic period was occupied principally with the great quarry at
Spiennes. I had visited it and studied it under the guidance of M. Cor-
net, now uphappily deceased, and this display was particularly gratify-
ing tome. Many excavations have been made in this quarry, and it and
the workshop have been so studied as to be understood in all its rela-
tions to the prehistoric man. These excavations had been carefully de-
signed at the time, and the designs, together with the objects found, were
here laid out before the beholder.

These labors so conscientiously done in respect of the prehistoric sta-

668 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

tions mentioned, were extended with greater or less success over almost
the entire country, and what surprised me was that in northern Belgium,
in the neighborhood of Ghent, and between it and Antwerp, have been
lately found enough of the prehistoric objects to establish the human
occupation of that country in prehistoric times.

HISTORY OF WRITING.

The study of inscriptions has demonstrated the relationship between
the various forms of the alphabet, and has enabled the student to follow
their transformation from their origin to modern times. An attempt
was made at the French Exposition by Monsieur Philip Berger to col-
lect the principal forms of writing in antiquity, and to give arésumé of
their progress and relationship.

CLASSIFICATION.

I,—Pictographic.

North American Indian.

On dolmens and stone monuments of | Kskimo.
western Europe. | Oceanica.
Scandinavia. | Messages :
|

Sticks, feathers, knots, ete.

Il.— Hieroglyphic.

Cuneiform: ugyptian.
Sumero-Akkadian. Hittites.
Babylonian. Chinese.
Assyrian. Mayas.
Persian. Mexican.
Seythian. Easter Island.

IIJ.—Alphabetic.

Sernitie: European :
ms Etruscan.
Pheenician. aL are ;
Beis Greek Archaic.
Neopunic Latin Archaic.
: 2 Seandinavian.
- Ancient Hebrew. Runic stones, first and second
ramean : :
period.
Nabatean. Ogham stones, Ireland.
Palmyrean. Gaul.
Hebrew Carre. Saxon
Syrian. British.
Arabic. Hindoo:
Himyarite. Sanscrit.

Ethiopian. Bactrian.

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 669

PICTOGRAPHIC WRITING.

No discovery or invention had so great an effect upon the develop-
ment of human civilization as that of writing. The invention of writing
was the debut of history. Writing made history possible. Although
we have no knowledge of the actual beginning of writing, we may
suppose it to have been by picture writing. This certainly was the
earliest of which we know. It was called pictography, and gave but
little more than the rudiments of the idea intended to be recorded.
The pictographic inscriptions found on the most ancient monuments of
the stone age have a marked resemblance to those we find to-day
among savages who live in a corresponding state of civilization. It
employed usually a mixture of images borrowed from animal life, and
of figures which were after a fashion geometric.

Pictographic writing seems to have spread over almost the entire sur-
face of the globe. Pictographs are to be found in almost every coun-
try. There was no single system of pictography. Hach nation or tribe,
even each family or person, may have established a code for itself or may
have followed no code. They may have been governed in making pic-
tographs more by fantasy or caprice than anything else. Pictographs
have been found of the highest antiquity in Asia and in Europe, while
they are still employed in Africa, Oceanica, and among the North
American Indians. The works of Col. Garrick Mallery in the Bureau
of Ethnology are standards for the latter.

Fig. 1 of Pl. CLx1L represents the engraving of the covering stone of
a small dolmen at Baker Hill in Rosshire, Scotland, from Mr. Simpson.
This represents the cup marking of nearly every kind, some of which
have been found in almost every part of the globe.

Fig. 2 of Pl. cLX1, is an engraving on one of the granite supports of the
dolmen of Petit-Mont at Arzon, Morbihan. Two human feet are repre-
sented and many undulated lines. Some of those which are continuous
have been taken to be serpents, but there is no more reason for this
than is shown by the lines themselves. There are two open U’s, which
is acommon sign in that country. Another, equally common, is the
crook just below the U’s. They are sometimes with the crook turned
to the right, sometimes to the left, and are occasionally arranged in
groups, one following the other. They resemble a figure 7, sometimes
placed right and sometimes reversed.

Fig. 3 of Pl. cLxIris an engraved support of the dolmen of Gavr’Inis,
Morbihan. This dolmen was under a tumulus. It consisted of a rec-
tangular chamber with a long covered entry-way extending nearly to
the periphery of the tumulus. It is of granite slabs, which were nearly
all engraved similar to the one shown, though not intended to be copies
or exact imitations.

These are all one twenty-fifth natural size.

670 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Pl. CLXIII represents a slab of granite one-fifth natural size from the
dolmen of Gayr’Inis, Morbihan, on which is engraved in deep lines the
outline of a polished stone hatchet with its handle. This has been so
protected from weatnering by being under the tumulus as that it is not
degraded and has been cited as one of the evidences of that manner of
handling the polished stone hatchet.

The display of pictographic writing at the French Exposition was as
follows :

1. Marks on the dolmen of Men-er-Hroek, Morbihan, Frauce. (Cast.)

2. Rock carving at Skebbervall, Bohuslan, Sweden. (Cast.)

3. Modern—An Indian petition claiming the possession of certain lakes. The original
is in the Museum of Santiago, Chili. A cast given by Dr. Meyer, of Dresden.

4 and 5. Inscriptions from Easter Island, engraved on wood.

6 aud 6a. Mayas writing from Yucatan—inscription from the steps of the temple of
Palenque. From the Musee Trocadero. (Cast. )

7. Mexican writing—a mixture of pictographs and hieroglyphs. Dedication of the
grand temple by Abuitzotl.

This bas-relief represented the king laying the corner-stone. Above and
below appeared tbe date, of which a translation has been attempted,
viz: “The day 7 Roseau, 13 of the month Itzeallt Xochilluit of the
year Eight Roseaux (Feb. 19th, 1487).” Cast. The original at the Na-
tional Museum, Mexico.

HIEROGLYPHIC WRITING.

When the pictographic system had so progressed that each picture
represented an idea, and when made after a given design, it represented
the same idea continuously, the art of writing was born. This was
ideography, and was thus named because it rendered the ideas of the
writer, by signs, the meaning of which was fixed or had been agreed
upon. The ideas to be expressed were naturally of great number, and
the ideographs became complicated. It was called hieroglyphic be.
cause it was practiced principally by the priests—the hierarchy. The
term ‘ hieroglyphic” was applied first to the ancient Egyptian writing,
but afterwards to all analogous systems.

The ideographic or hieroglyphic system extended to many nations
or peoples, but the codes of hieroglyphs were different. The principal
hieroglyphic writings were the Chinese, Egyptian, Assyrian, or Cunei-
form, and Hittites in the eastern hemisphere; and the Aztecs and
Mayas in the western.

The resources of language and the needs of writers caused the intro-
duction of other signs and characters, which completed the ideographie
signs and added precision to their sense. Thus it came that some of
the ancient writing employed all three of the systems; the ancient
Egyptian writing was at the same time hieroglyphic and alphabetic.

The first growth by which written language came into being is un-
known. It is surmised that because of the needs of people for the
recording of facts, or for the transmission of messages, some system

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Wilson. PLATE CLXII.

i
‘Gules
! N\Wiiyy
Si
AVI (84

Fé: 3.

Fie. 1. Engraving on stone of dolmen. (Ross-shire, Scotland. From Archaic sculpturing.
From Simpson, Plate XIV.) ;

Fie. 2. Engraving on support of dolmen. (Petit-mont, Arzon, Morbiban, France.)

Fic. 3. Specimens of engravings on supports of dolmen. (Gavr’Inis, Morbihan, France.)

Report of National Museum, 1890.—Wilson PLATE CLXIIl.

PICTOGRAPH. POLISHED STONE HATCHET.

(Dolmen of Gavr’Inis, Morbihan, France. One-third natural size.)

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 671

should be invented, and thus, little by little, the art of writing grew to
its present perfection. In the hieroglyphic system each sign repre-
sented an idea which, being in the mind of the maker, would be recog-
nized and understood by the reader.

For the specimens of Chinese hieroglyphic writing the visitor was
requested to see the adjoining section in ethnography, where Chinese
industries, arts, etc., especially that of printing, were displayed at
length.

Cuneiform writing.—Cuneiform writing was, like that of the Chinese,
composed in its origin of figures that have become, little by little,
-unrecognizable. Their primitive form is found in the most ancient
Chaldean inscriptions. The principal varieties of Cuneiform writings
are the Chaldean, which lasted until the fall of Babylon. The Assyrian
and Persian seem to have been simplified from an Arian language.

8 and 84. Bricks from Babylon. One bearing the seal of Nebuchadnezzar stamped in
the soft brick before it was burnt. Translation—‘“‘ Nebachadnezzar, King of
Babylon, King of Nations, Grand King, Servant of the Great God, Restorer
of the Towersand the Pyramids, I.” One showing the bitumen still attached
which had served as cement.

9, Assyrian writing—Obelisk of Nimrod, built by Salmanazar II, about 850 B.C.

This celebrated monument represents the kings bringing tribute and mak-
ing submission to Salmanazar. Men are carrying bars of precious metal.
There are the elephant, horse, camel, and gigantic apes. Among the tribu-
taries shown in the second register is the King of Israel Jehu prostrate before
the feet of the King of Assyria. Underneath is the legend: Jehoua bin Omri
(Jehu Son of Omri). Cast. The original is in the British Museum,

Hittite Hieroglyphs.—These are anterior to the year 1000 B.C.

10. Lion found by his excellency Hamdg-bey at Marach, Asia Minor, Cast given
by the Musee of Ethnography of Trocadero. The original is at the Impe-
rial Museum, Constantinople.

It is scarcely 20 years since the discovery of the first inscription of these
characters. Since then the number has increased, but without being yet
deciphered. It appears to have been used before the invention of the alpha-
bet by the people on the borders of Syria. On this lion one can see the gross
hieroglyphic characters covering its body.

Egyptian writing—EKgyptian writing is the most perfect of the hiero-
glyphic system. It was the forerunner of the alphabet. It is presented
in three forms—the writing hieroglyphic, hieratic, and demotic. The
hieroglyphs have preserved with a remarkable fidelity the primitive
form of the ancient ideographs, which, on the contrary, disappear
almost entirely in the hieratic and demotic writing. The latter are the
forms most altered from the hieroglyphs. The most celebrated speci-
men of this system was the
11. Rosetta stone, with its corresponding paragraphs in hieroglyphic, demotic, and

Greek, each being a translation of the other.

This was found in 1799, during the French expedition to Egypt, by an
officer of artillery named Boussard. The name of the King—Ptolemy—was

672 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896

recognized in each, or at least in two of the writings, and thus caused the
discovery of their similarity and lead to the deciphering of the hieroglyphs
by Champollion. Cast given by the British Museum, which possesses the
original.

ALPHABETIC WRITING.

About the year 1500 B. C., that is about or before the time of Moses,
the alphabet made its appearance among the Phenician and afterwards
among the Hebrew peoples on the Syrian coast. It would seem to have
been only a simplification of Egyptian writing, adapted to the needs of
commerce. The Pheuicians borrowed from the great mass of Egyptian
hieroglyphics about twenty signs corresponding to the principal articu-
latory sounds of human speech. This was a radical transformation of
the art of writing. We can believe that it was of much greater import
than supposed by its discoverers. It changed for all the world and for
all time the power of man over his civilization by giving him the ability
to record, communicate and perpetuate his knowledge. Monsieur Re-
nan declares the discovery of alphabetic writing to be the highest
testimony of the genius of man. Capacity to utter articulate sounds
is limited, so a very few characters were sufiicient to record them, and
it was not difficalt, the discovery once made, to render all of man’s ideas
and to give every shade of his thought. These signs formed the al-
phabet of writing.

The Pheenician alphabet was modest in its commencement, but it fin-
ished by triumphing over all other systems, and has imposed itself upon
all civilized peoples. It gave birth to all the semitic alphabets, from
the Hebrew to the Syrian and Arabic, yet they employed only the con-
sonants. It gave birth to the Greek alphabet in which was created the
vowels, and was thereupon communicated to the Etruscans, the Latins,
the Slav and Germanic peoples, and so all over Europe.

The Greeks, after some hesitation and trial, finally determined for
all these languages and peoples the system of alphabetic writing from
left to right. The Phenician alphabet spread to the east and south, as
well as to the north and west. It gave birth to the Aramean, to the
ancient Hindoo, and so to the modern alphabets of India. Indeed,
with the exception of China and Japan, and their dependencies, to all
those of Asia. Whatever of ideographic or hieroglyphic writing these
peoples may have employed, they, with the exception noted, only used
an alphabet descended from the twenty-two letters of the Phenicians.

The alphabetic writing descending from the Phenician alphabet is
divided into three branches:

(1) The Semitic alphabet, which is written from right to left and has
no vowel. The principal of these are the Phcenician, from which is de-
rived the Punic and Neopunice, the ancient Hebrew, the Aramean, which
gave birth to the Nabatean, the Palmyrenian, the Hebrew Carré, to
the Syriac and the Arabian, and finally the alphabet Himyarite and
Ethiopian,

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 673

(2) The European alphabets which are all derived from the ancient
Pheenician by the intermediation of the Greek.

(3) The alphabets of India and of Pehlevi, which descended at a
comparatively recent date from the Aramean.

1. SEMITIC ALPHABET.
Hebrew alphabet.

12. Pillar Daibon; with an inscription of Mésa, king of Moab, about 875 B.C.

This is placed at the head because of its importance, for it is one of the most
ancient alphabetic inscriptions known (but see Mr. W. Flinder Petrie’s dis-
coveries of 1889 at Kahun, in which he finds many possibly alphabetic signs
of the XIIth dynasty, 2600 B.C.). One can recognize in the foregoing in-
scription the relationship of different Hebrew letters with those of the Pheeni-
cian and Archaic-Greek alphabets. Cast given by the Louvre Museum, which
possesses the original.

Phenician alphabet.

13. Bronze cup dedicated to Baal Lebanon (the god of Lebanon), by King Hiram, 800
to 1000 B.C. The original is at the Bibliotheque Nationale (Cabinet des Mé-
dailles).

14, An inscription engraved on one of the colossuses of Ipsamboul by a mercenary of
Psammetic, 650 to 600 B.C. Cast.

15. Cyprus. Inscription bilingual, Phoenician and Cyprian of Idalie of the year 4
of the King Melekjaton, 375 B.C. Cast from the original in the British
Museum.

16. Sardinia. An inscription trilingual on bronze, engraved on the base of an altar
weighing 100 pounds, given to Esculapius by Clion.

17. Carthage. Punic writing anterior to200 years B.C. Anex-voto to Tanit in form
of a tower.

18. 1. Idem. Fragment of the tariff of sacrifices of Carthage.

2. Idem. A dedication of a sacred abbatoir.
3. Malta. Dedication of a temple of Ganlos.
All casts.

19. Malta. <A bilingual inscription, Phenician and Greek, which furnished to Abbe
Barthelemy, about 1760, the key to the Phenician alphabet. 200 to 150 B.C:
Cast. Gift of the Lonvre Museum.

20, A funeral vase from the cemetery of Hatruméte (Sousse), Tunis; with inscription
painted in characters of running hand. 156 to50 B.C.

Translation: ‘ This urn contains the bones of latanmelek, son of Bomilcar,
son of Abdmelbari, the * * * .” Gift of Colonel Vincent.

21. Another funeral vase from the same cemetery, with painted inscription. Gift of
Colonel Vincent.

22. Neopunic writing of the Roman epoch. Cabinet of Corpus Inscriptionum Semili-
carum.

Aramean alphabet.

Inits origin the Aramean alphabet is confounded with the Phoenician
alphabet, which gave birth toit. But soon the tail to the letters were
made longer, then were bent to the left that they might be joined tothe
following letters. At the same time the head of the letters became

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——43

674 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

modified, and the writing took more the character of running hand, of
which we find the complete development in the Arabic writing.

23, Ancient Aramean writing in relief. Inscription of Teima, Central Arabia, dis-
covered by Mr. Ch. Huber, assassinated at Djedda in 1884. A pillar com-
memorative of the installation of the cult of the god Telem of Hagam at
Teima. On the left side of the pillar is the image of the god, and below,
the priest, which makes him an offering upon an altar with the legend
““Selemsazab, Priest.” Cast, gift of the Louvre Museum.

24. An ancient Aramean inscription found by Ch. Huber at Teima.

25. Aramean inscription of the north of Arabia by Ch. Huber.

26. Aramean alphabet from Egypt. A funeral pillar from Vatican. Persian epoch
590 to 300 B.C. Cast given by M. Fr. Lenormant to the cabinet of Corpus
Inscriptionum Semiticarum.

27. Nabatean writing, from 100 years B. C. to 300 A.D. In use by the populations
of the north of Arabia before the time of Mahomet. Original, found at
Teina, Arabia. By Ch. Huber.

28. Idem.

29. Palmyrian inscription, bilingual, from the Musée du Capitol, 236 years A. D.
This is a consecration of a silver statue to the gods Aglibol and Malaxbel.
Cast. Original the property of Marquis de Vogué.

30. Palmyrian inscription. A votive altar dedicated to the god Malakbel. Musée of
the Capitol. Cast. Original the property of Marquis de Vogué.

31. Hebrew Carré, about 150 B. C. Jewish inscription from Jaffa. Fifth or sixth

: century A. D. Cast.

32. Arabian writing. Specimens of manuscript Coufique and Neskis, from the
mosque Kairouan, Tunis.

2. EUROPEAN ALPHABET.

33. Archaic-Greek, derived from the ancient Pheenician. Treaty of the Arcadians with
the Lléens d’ Hera 600 to 500 B. C. Facsimile. The original is engraved on
a bronze plate.

34. Archaic-Greek. ‘The law of Gortyne, 500 B. C. An inscription boustrophecon,
that is to say, going alternately from right to left and from left to right.
Cast, gift of the Louvre Museum.

35. Etruscan inscription. - Cast, gift of Louvre Museum.

36. Archaic-Latin, derived from the Pheenician by the intermediation of the Greek.
Bronze placque discovered in 1866—67 near Gibraltar. Decree of Paul Emelie
according libeity to the slaves of the Hastenses who occupied the tower of
Lasceta, then the property of their town and territory. 190B.C. Cast, gift
of the Louvre Museum.

37. Trilingual inscription; Greek, Latin, and Pheenician. Engraved on the base of
a bronze altar of the weight of 100 pounds. This was an offering to the great
Doctor Esculapius (Esmoun Merre), by Clion. ‘‘ Because he heard his voice
and was cured.” 150 to 130 B.@. Heliogravure from Sardinia. A castof the
original was shown in the Pheenician section, No. 16.

38. An Equestrian incription of the time of the Republic. Cast from the Louvre
Museum.

The runic characters of Scandinavia are probably the latest manifes-
tation of the alphabetic writing in antiquity. It may be called the last
fossil alphabetie writing. They had two grand epochs or divisions both
of which, however, belonged to the iron age. The characters were es-
sentially different, so much so that a knowledge of one does not enable

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 675

one to read the other. The more ancientis the most difficult. The ear-
liest one dates from before the Christian era to about 400 A. D.; the
second begins with the fifth century and continues to the beginning of
history, and corresponds to the Viking period.

3. INDIAN ALPHABETS.

39. Sanscrit. Indian alphabet d’Acoka. Semitic origin which gave birth to the
Dévanagari, and to all the modern alphabets of India. Third century B.
C. Facsimile of inscription of Bhabra, after M. Senart, Asiatic Journal,
April—J une, 1287.

40. Alphabet Indo-Bactrien from the northwest of India, derived from the Aramean.
Facsimile of an inscription dated the second year of Kanichka. First cen-
tury A. D.

HIMYARITE ALPHABET.—IJVriling of the ancient people of South Arabia from third
century B. C. to third century A. D.

41. A votive altar. Incense burner.

42. Idem.

43. Dedication of a statue of gold to the God Talab-Ryam by a family of Raidanites
in recognition of the aid he had given to them in a war between the tribes
of Saba and Raitan against their enemies the Himyarites.

44, An inscription with bas-relief. The heads of the three personages are shown.
Their names are given in the inscription. Translation: Tomb of Yahmad
Kachfankan, Harat, and Khalkarib.

45. Votive inscription; pedestal. Cabinet Corpus inscription Semiticarum.

46. Berber writing. A funerary bilingual inscription; Latin. and Berber. Corp.
Inser. Sem.

47 and 48. Neopunic inscription with bas-reliefs. Corp. Inscr. Sem.

49. Bas-relief, fragment from Teima, Arabia. By Ch. Huber. Original.

In order to complete the chart of the ancient writing Philip Berger
made an attempt at the reconstitution of a Phoenician pillar with its
ornaments and accessories.

50. Reconstitution of the pillar of Byblos, Phoenicia.

This pillar bears an inscription commemorative of the construction of a
portion of the temple of Byblos by the Yehaumelek. Above the inscription
is a bas-relief representing the scene of the dedication. The Goddess ‘Lady
of Byblos (Baalat Gebal)” is seated ona throne. She is represented after the
character or appearance of the Egyptian goddess Hathor. Her head-dress
is of two wings of the Guinea fowl which surmount two horns supporting a
disk. In her left hand is a scepter, while her right is raised in sign of bene-
diction. Opposite the king is Yehaumelek in Persian costume standing, and
in the posture of prayer, offers to the goddess the ‘‘cup of deliverance.”
The inscription explains the scene. Itenumerates the constructions made by
the king to the goddess, because every time that he had invoked her aid, she
had heard his prayers and had answered them for his good. The inscription
terminates with a prayer of the king in which he invokes the benediction of
the goddess on him and his reign. ‘‘For he is a just king.”

The restorations were, first, the disk of.gold surrounded by serpents that
was inserted at the top of the bas-relief; second, the two horns supporting a
disk which surmounts the monument; third, the traces of color on the bas-
relief; the vase of libations with its two elegant handles.

676 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

This pillar is placed on two lions of stone, which were found at the same
time and in the same place, and which evidently had formed part of the
mouument. These lions were loaned for this purpose by their owner, M. de
Clercq, who kindly gave permission to make the casts of the pillar, and as-
sisted in the reconstruction of the monument.

It might be of interest and value to continue this history of writing
by quotations or condensations from the latest literature upon the
subject, among which might be mentioned the history of the alpha-
bet by Canon Isaac Taylor, Rosny’s Les Eeritures Figuratives des Dif-
ferents Peuples Anciens et Modernes, and Essai sur la Propagation de
VY Alphabet Phenicien dans Ancien Monde, by M. Francois Lenormant,
but the purpose of this paper being rather a report upon anthropology
at the French Exposition, would not admit thereof. I can not, how-

ever, conclude this sub-
ject without calling tothe
attention of the reader
the late discoveries made
by Mr. W. Flinders Petrie
at Kahun in the Fayum,
Egypt, of many hundred
specimens of marks or
characters upon the pot-

— > tery, and occasionally
sean upon the wooden toys,

! ornaments, or imple-

are ments found by him and

assigned to the period of

the twelfth dynasty, 2600

Fic. 99.—Possible alphabetic characters. (From Kahun, twelfth A E Are:
dynasty, Egypt. Discovered by Mr. Flinders Petrie. Probably B. C., and identified by
the earliest alphabetic characters known—2600 B. C.) the pyramids built by

Usertesen II. I have mentioned those marks in my description of these
Egyptian objects purchased by me from Mr. Petrie at London, and now
displayed in the National Museum. Tracings of some of them are
shown in Fig. 99.

AMULETS.

The polished stone hatchet is recognized almost all over Europe as
an amulet protective against lightning. It is called in many languages
“the stone of lightning,” or “thunder stone.” This belief pervades
western Europe, and it is no uncommon thing for peasants to deny any
knowledge of the polished stone hatchet, because they do not know it
by that name. Many of these batchets were drilled for suspension.
In this way they were intended to be carried sometimes about the
neck or on the person, or occasionally are hung at the bed head or
near it, with other votive offerings. When not drilled,they are put in
any ledge in the stones of the fireplace, occasionally laid upon the

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889, 677

mantel over the fireplace, or may be inserted in a crack at the outside
of the door. The general belief is that these stones come from the
heavens in the flash of lightning, and one person declared that his
polished stone hatchet had descended therefrom in a streak of light-
ning in his presence, that he had seen it strike in the neighboring field,
and upon his going to the place he found the hole and extracted there-
from this hatchet, still hot, and that he had kept it ever since. It is
needless to say that he positively refused to part with it at any price.

The flint arrowheads come within the same category, and many times
a flint chip is used to which is attributed the same virtue. The arrow-
heads were not drilled. Sometimes they were in their original condi-
tion, but many times they were mounted in silver and the mounting
arranged with a ring for suspension. Drawings of these are given in
Mr. John Evans’s “Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain,” in de
Mortillet, Cartailhae, ete.

In Brittany a common amulet, but one of great power and regarded
with great veneration, is the one called the pierre du croix, the staurolile
by the United States mineralogists, but staurotite by the French; a
mineral which crystallizes in the form of a cross, not always at right
angles, but frequently so. This is regarded as a token from God in
favor of the religion of the country, and is given to these his chosen
people as a recognition of their piety and religious fervor. There are
several quarries of these in Brittany, one near Auray. There they are
gathered and mounted by the jewelers and sold as amulets. I saw in
the jeweler’s window in one of the streets of that town a slab of min-
eral containing these staurotites embedded therein in their natural
state. It was about 12 inches wide and 16 inches long and had in it,
if [remember rightly, forty or fifty of these specimens. It was re-.
garded with great veneration, would not be sold at any price, but,
nevertheless, was exposed in the window and served as a sign by
which the owner did a good business at selling the single ones mounted.

There were others of thesame nature, which are crystallized in the
star shape, and they are re garded in the same way. We have in the
National Museum full series of both kinds, some from the United States
and others from Kurope. They are considered as a talisman against
shipwreck, drowning, and hydrophobia, and are a cure for sore eyes.
When not mounted as a pin or aring, they are placed in a small sachet
or bag and so worn occasionally around the neck or in the pocket.
They are of various sizes and lengths, from an inch down to less than a
quarter.

In Italy the coral is an amulet to guard its owner against the evil
eye.

These are the principal objects. The others dwindle in importance,
but are, of course, considerable in number and much relied on for their
efficacy and virtue.

678 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Beads, pearls, etc., are used as amulets. Common ground glass in
facets is a favorite. These are shaped as beads and are arranged on a
string and usually worn as a collar. A particular one at the exposition
came from Locmariaquer, Morbihan. It was endowed with great medi-
eal properties. It was a cure for diseases of the throat, diphtheria, that
kind of serofula called the Mal du roi, because it is believed that this dis-
ease can be cured by the roi (king) if he simply touches the patient.
There are beads of other material. This form seems to have a high
reputation in this neighborhood. They should be of different materials
in the same string or collar. Those of amber are precious and are con-
sidered of great value and virtue. I have myself three or four coming
from that country, a half an inch long and five-eighths of an inch in
diameter, which have been worn until half the substance has gone, when
the holes have been filled with lead, bushed as one might say, and a
new hole drilled. The standard number of beads on a string for the
greatest efficacy 1s seven or nine, and to make them complete one
should be of rock crystal. The belief of the peasants in the virtue of
these is widespread. They are passed from hand to hand where need-
ful throughout the country. Every midwife is provided with a string
of these beads, and all careful mothers will provide or hire a string of
them to be worn by their children as they approach the age of puberty.

Limonite concretions (Pierre de la grossesse) in the form cf a hollow
ball with detached pieces inside are of great virtue during gestation.
The patella and similar shells are deemed of great benefit to nursing
women and aiding in the secretion of the infantile food.

The common people of France, Belgium, Ireland, and other countries
in Hurope have a great veneration for their priests and a high regard
for their religion. Therefore medals and votive offerings are employed
extensively. These medals have been blessed by the mother-church and
so are worn not as any particular talisman, but as an omen of good luck,
a preventive against the powers of evil, and a constant reminder of one’s
vows to the church. They may be made in the form of a coin with a
hole or ring, or they may be oval that they can bear an image of the
Virgin. They are made of different metals, the most common being
lead or zine, then of silver and occasionally of gold.

The votive offerings given in thankfulness and remembrance of merey
and benefits received are many. Those, of course, could not be gath-
ered and represented at the exposition, because they are deposited in
the churches and other sacred places. Occasionally they may be found
in the common churches, but the more sacred the church and the more
renowned for its sanctity, the greater the number of these votive offer-
ings. I have seen them in the church and at the spring of Madonna de
la Laghetto, near La Turbie, on the mountain just above Monaco, and in
the extreme southeast of France. They are to be found almost without
number at the grotto and church of Lourdes in the extreme southwest
of France, and I have seen them by the hundred in the church of Sainte

ANTHROPOLOGY AT THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN 1889. 679

Anne d’Auray in the northwest of France. These votive offerings may
be of almost any kind, from a picture or an illuminated writing down to
the crutches and canes which have been thrown away because their
need had ceased, the invalid having been cured by the miraculous
interposition of the particular saint. The commonest votive offering is
a representation of the particular part which had been effected and on
which the cure was made. ‘Tlie foot, the arm, the head, or the leg may be
reproduced imiwax, in miniature, and suspended from the wall or framed
in and around the statue of the particular saint to which the cure is
ascribed. I have never counted the number thus exposed and do no
more than to guess at it from their appearance. I should say of those
thus exhibited at the Sainte Anne d’Auray, one thousand would be wa
moderate estimate. The collection of M. Bonuemere contained a num-
ber of these votive offerings from Belgium.

A favorite talisman in Brittany is a small key, cast or struck, and
made usually of cheap metal, as is the medals. These keys and medals
or charms represent the virtues of the different saints, and are sup-
posed to carry with them efficacy from his blessing. They are found
distributed throughout Brittany, and are for sale by the peddlers or
merchants at all the fairs and pardons in the province. The people
ascribe to each one key or medal its particular virtue. St. Eli and St.
Anthony are guardian saints of all animals; St. Cornely is the guard-
ian saint of horned cattle. On the road from Quimperlé to Pont Aven
is a spring of St. Eli, and every peasant who passes gives his cattle or
animals to drink of this spring. The church of St. Cornely is at Car-
nae, and in the harvest moon of August the cattle are driven by their
owners to the churehyard and spring. They are decked with garlands
and flowers and beautiful greens, and it is a grand holiday, or rather
holinight. Cattle of the neighborhood, whenever sick or ailing, are
driven to the well or this spring. If not able to go, the water will be
carried to them.

Of the medals and coins, of which I spoke a moment ago as being
sold throughout the country at the pardons, a particular one to be men-
tioned is that of St. Mathurin du Moncontour. It is in the form of a
cone, round at the summit, the top of which is surmounted by a head
with nimbus and terminates in a ring for suspension. It is in honor
of the saint, who is supposed to have great power and authority. His
chief virtue, however, would be regarded as that of self-denial, for it is
generally believed that he Auwrait pu etre le bon Diew sil eut voulu
mais il a craint que cela peut-etre lui causdt trop de tracas—might have
been God if he had so willed, but he feared it would cause too much of a
fracas.

There is told, in the Bulletin of the Société @ Anthropologie at Paris,
a curious story of the curé of St. Brieuc, who distributed to the children
of the parish some of the round ivory chips or disks used as counters
for games of cards. These came in time to be regarded as amulets

680 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

which the priest had blessed and, being carried by the children, were
considered as a preventive of intestinal worms in children. They are
called Olifants, and are sold at a comparatively high price. The wife
of the letter-carrier at Cornay hired hers out at vingt cing centimes—5
cents a seance or day. Among other things, they will cure broken ribs.

There were three private collections of amulets, charms, and talis-
mans displayed at the exposition, and one of divinities. The former are
the property of, and were collected by, M. Joseph Belueci of Perugia,
Adrien de Mortillet of Paris, Lionel Bonnemere of Belgium; and the
latter by Clement Rubbens.

They numbered from four hundred or five hundred pieces in a col-
lection down to one hundred. They were arranged in proper order and
with the classification and catalogue of their respective powers and
localities.

SHC rPrON: EV.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM

DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890,

ey et we

1 pa

AT aie

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8, NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

I.—PUBLICATIONS OF THE MUSEUM.

Annual Report | of the | Board of Regents | of the | Smithsonian Insti-
tution, | showing | the Operations, Expenditures,and Condition | of
the Institution | for the | Year ending June 30, 1886. | — | Part II.

| —| Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1889.
8vo. pp. vili+842. 20 plates and 22 text-figures.

Annual heport | of the | Board of Regents | of the | Smitlisonian Insti-
tution, | showing | the Operations, Expenditures, and Coudition |
of the Institution | for the | Year ending June 30, 1887. | — |
Part 11. | — | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1889.

8vo. pp. Xvili+-771. 32 plates and 125 text figures.

Smithsonian Institution. | United States National Museum. | — | Pro-
ceedings | of the | United States National Museum. | — | Vol. xt.

| 1888. | —- | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1889.
8vo. pp. xi+703. Plates I-Lx; figures 145.

Smithsonian Institution. | United States National Museum. | — | Pro-
ceedings j of the | UnitedStates National Museum. | — | Vol. x11. |
1889. | — | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1890.

8vo. pp. vili+686. Plates I-xx111; figures 14,

The following signatures of Vol. XI were received during the year:

Date of publication. No, obsig, Pages. Date of publication. Neo ees Pages.

Ab 3}, WEEE) caeconcecakeoueodos 20 1-16 || September 3, 1889 ........... 32 | 193-208
TOYO) 6 Soe caeqECuGe Res eeeEeee 21 17-32 1) OER emery Ree 33 | 209-224
1D) Gies SOReSSCoSeseaUeeI: 22 33-48 || September 20, 1889........--. 34 | 225-240
DD Op oe ais ae salar aioe teiemitlcie 23 49-64 IDO Gad SE SOR RS aie 35 241-256
Moers re ae ee sno ed 24 65-80 September 25, 1889.........-.. 36 | 257-272
DD OMe pec ein eieescise ie a: 25 81-96 ADO eye ecw ae eras Ce a eta 37 | 273-288
ID Ssdudasaasoseccenuesene 26 97-112 DOF tea eee see eee 38 | 289-304
101) Sees eomhocesebarconsEoE 27 | 113-128 DORE eee CLL ase 39 | 305-320

September 3, 1889....-........ 28 | 129-144 DOE eee aise deboe Sects 40 | 321-336
190) Gememnce ssooSpos sodas 29 145-160 HTD) ORO eAE cc wide vse ORE 41 337-352
Dope aa= ese seus sacle 30 | 161-176 || S°ptember 27, 1889 .......--- 42 | 353-368
101) cetig Sy HOBBS ESOT Om ees 31 | 177-192

683

684 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

During the year the system of issuing the proceedings by signatures -
was abolished, and commencing with Vol. x11, an edition of extras of
each paper has been issued in pamphlet form, of which the following
twenty-nine in number were published during the year:

Date of publication. eee Pages. | Date of publication. bees Pages.
| 761 1-20 | IMERRONG, NEND 2 25n-snesccos6 776-777 | 367-376
September 20, 1889 ..-.- .... 02 | 21231! ||| March 7.1890) 222-222 5--=- 22 778 377-386
763 AGB |) Ajoaill 2, 100-055 0 on eoasaso 779 | 387-451
Taare oO esos eee ; 764 47-82 || March 22, 1890..........----- 780 | 453-454
UH | GREOA | Agora 1) WEB) sete ocobe ee 781 | 455-496
November 16, 1889..........-- G6) ee 18952990 sMay. 22) 1890 enna aera 782 | 497-594
Noverber20.1880ue TY |) TOROS II} Mies TG WEB). 25. sc5scocos5ee 783 | 595-600
768 | 129-139 784 | 601-617
a Med nnesl Esp 769 | 141-147 phe tA Cae re as } 785 | 619-634
DS Ge Char eR UF ie) || IORI) Wey TE) cosccesosss5cc “i 786 | 635-640
December 3, 1889 ............ 771 | 185-216 || July 3, 1890*..:.....--.------| 787 | 641-642
December 5, 1889............. Wo || NPAs} II ahky Bi, esos eccsnsesascs 788 643-644
WENO G NEM aoossanococdens- | WISM le 2192362) |e dialiyal 7,1 C90L eee eeeeeeeee eae | 789 | 645-652
}
February 18, 1890 ...... BuGoe ; Be siete |

Smithsonian Institution. | United States National Museum. | (Serial
Number 45) | Bulletin | of the | United States National Museum. |
No. 34. | The Batrachia of North America. | By | E. D. Cope. | — |
Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1889.

8vo. pp. 525. Plates I-LxxxvI; figures 1-119.

Smithsonian Institution. | United States National Museum. | — | Bul-
letin | of the | United States National Museum. | No. 35. | Biblio-
graphical Catalogue of the Described Transformations | of North
American Lepidoptera. | By | Henry Edwards. | — | Washing-
ton: | Government Printing Office. | 1889

8vo. pp. 147.

Smithsonian Institution. | United States National Museum. | — | Bal-
letin | of the | United States National Museum. | No. 36. | Contri-
butions to the Natural History of the Cetaceans, | a Review of the
Family Delphinidz. | By | Frederick W. True. | — | Washing-
ton: | Government Printing Office. | 1889.

8vo. pp. 191. Plates I-xivit; 1 figure.

Smithsonian Institution: {| United States National Museum. | — | Bul-
letin | of the | United States National Museum, | No. 37. | A Pre-
liminary Catalogue of the Shell-Bearing Marine | Mollusks and
Brachiopods of the Southeastern Coast of the United States, with
Illus- | trations of Many of the Species. | By | William Healey
Dall, A. M., | Honorary Curator, Department of Mollusks, U.S. Na-
tional Museum. | — | Washington; | Government Printing Office. |
1889.

8vo. pp. 221. Plates I-LxxIv.

* Advance copies received before July 1.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL- MUSEUM, 1890. 685

Smithsonian Institution: | United States National Museum, | — j Bul-
letin | of the | United States National Museum. | No. 38. | Contri-
bution toward a Monograph of the Insects of | the Lepidopterous
Family Noctuids of Temper- | ate North America. Revision of the

| Species of the Genus Agrotis. | By | John B. Smith, | Professor of
Entomology, Rutgers College, New Jersey. | — | Washington:
Government Printing Office. | 1890.

B vo. pp. 237. Plates I-v.

II.—PAPERS BY OFFICERS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM AND OTHER
INVESTIGATORS WHOSE WRITINGS ARE BASED DIRECTLY OR INDI-
RECTLY ON MUSEUM MATERIAL.

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF NAMES.

Adler, Dr. Cyrus, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland; Assistant Cura-
tor, Section of Oriental Antiquities, U.S. National Museum.

Agassiz, Prof. Alexander, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College,

' Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Allen, Dr. Harrison, 1933 Chestnut street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Allen, Prof. J. A., American Museum of Natural History, New York City, New York.

Ashmead, William H., Jacksonville, Florida.

Baird, Prof. Spencer F., Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

Batchelder, Charles F., Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Baur, Dr. G., Yale University Museum, New Haven, Connecticut.

Bean, Barton A., Assistant Curator, Department of Fishes, U. 8. National Museum.

Bean, Dr. Tarleton H., U.S. Fish Commission; Honorary Curator, Department of
Fishes, U.S. National Museum.

Bendire, Capt. Charles E., U. 8. Army, Honorary Curator, Department of Birds’
Eggs, U. 8. National Museum.

Berlepsch, Hans von, Miinden, Hanover, Germany.

Beyer, Dr. Henry Gustav, U. 8. Navy, Honorary Curator, Section of Materia Medica,
U.S. National Museum.

Binney, William G., Burlington, New Jersey.

Boas, Dr. Franz, 47 Lafayette Place, New York City, New York.

Bolles, Lieut. T. Dix, U. S. Navy, Washington, District of Columbia.

Bollman, Charles Harvey, Indiana State University, Bloomington, Indiana.

Bruner, Lawrence, Lincoln, Nebraska.

Chapman, Frank M., Assistant Curator, American Museum of Natural History, New
York City, New York. :

Clarke, Prof. F. W., Honorary Curator, Department of Minerals, U. 8. National
Museum.

Collins, Capt. Joseph William, U. 8. Fish Commission; Honorary Curator, Depart-
ment of Naval Architecture, U. S. National Museum.

Cope, Prof. Edward D., 2102 Pine street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Cory, Charles B., 8 Arlington street, Boston, Massachusetts.

Coulter, John Merle, Bloomington, Indiana.

Coville, Frederick Vernon, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, District
of Columbia.

Dal), William Healey, U.S. Geological Survey; Honorary Curator, Department of
Mollusks, U. S. National Museum.

Dewey, Frederic Perkins, Washington, District of Columbia.

Dwight, Jorathan, 2 East Thirty-fourth street, New York City, New York.

G86 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Edwards, Henry, 185 Kast One Hundred and sixteenth street, New York City, New
York.

Eigenmann, Carl H., San Diego, California.

Kigenmann, Rosa §., San Diego, California.

Elliott, D. G., American Museum of Natural History, New York City, New York.

Evermann, Barton W., State Normal School, Terre Haute, Indiana.

Faxon, Walter, Museum of Comparative Zoélogy, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Fewkes, J. Walter, Museum of Comparative Zoélogy, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Gilbert, Charles H., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana.

Gill, Dr. Theodore, Smithsonian Institution.

Godman, F. DuCane, 10 Chandos street, Cavendish square, London, England.

Goode, G. Brown, Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution,in charge of U.S.
National Museum.

Gurney, J. H., Norwich Hall, Norwich, England.

Harris, Gilbert D., Assistant, Geological Survey, Russellville, Arkansas.

Haupt, Paul, Honorary Curator, Section of Oriental Antiquities, U. S. National
Museum.

Hitchcock, Prof. Romyn, Curator, Department of Textiles, U. 8. National Museum.

Holm, Theodor, U. 8. National Museum.

Holmes, William H., Bureau of Ethnology; Honorary Curator, Department of
American Prehistoric Pottery, U. 8. National Museum.

Hornaday, William T., U. S. National Museum.

Hough, Walter, Department of Ethnology, U.S. National Museum. -

Howard, L. O., Assistant Entomologist, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington,
District of Columbia.

Hudson, W. H., Zodlogical Society of London, London, England.

James, Joseph F., U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, District of Columbia.

Jordan, Prof. David Starr, President of Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana.

Kirsch, Philip H., Indiana State University, Bloomington, Indiana.

Knowlton, Frank H., Assistant Curator, Department of Fossil Plants, U. 8. National
Museum.

Koehler, 8. R., Curator, Section of Graphic Arts, U. 8S. Nationai Museum.

Kunz, George F., Tiffany & Company, New York City, New York.

Linton, Edwin, Washington and Jefterson College, Washington, Pennsylvania.

Loomis, Leverett M., Chester, South Carohna.

Lueas, Frederic A., Assistant Curator, Department of Comparative Anatomy, U.S.
National Museum.

Marx, Dr. George, Department of Agriculture, Washington, District of Columbia.

Mason, Prof. Otis T., Curator, Department of Ethnology, U.S. National Museum.

Meek, Prof. Seth E., Coe College, Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

Merriam, Dr. C. Hart, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, District of
Columbia.

Merrill, George P., Curator, Department of Geology, U. S. National Museum.

Pindar, L. Otley, Hickman, Kentucky.

Porter, Dr. J. Hampden, Washington, District of Columbia.

Prentiss, Dr. D. Webster, Washington, District of Columbia.

Rathbun, Richard, U. 8. Fish Commission; Honorary Curator, Department of Marine
Invertebrates, U. S. National Museum.

Rau, Dr. Charles, Smithsonian Institution.

Richmond, Charles W., U. 8. Geological Survey, Washington, District of Columbia.

Ridgway, Robert, Curator, Department of Birds, U. 8. National Museum.

Riker, Clarence b., 585 Washington street, New York City, New York.

Riley, Prof. Charles V., Entomologist, U. 8. Department of Agriculture; Honorary
Curator, Department of Insects, U. S. National Museum.

Robinson, Wirt, U. S. Army, Fort Adams, Rhode Island.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 687

Rose, Joseph Nelson, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, District of Co-
lumbia.

Salvin, Osbert, 10 Chandos street, Cavendish square, London, England.

Schneider, Dr. E. A., U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, District of Columbia.

Sclater, P. L., Secretary, Zodlogical Society of London, London, England.

Scott, W. E. D., 58 William street, New York City, New York.

Sennett, George B., New York City, New York.

Shufeldt, Dr. R. W., U. S. Army, Takoma Park, District of Columbia.

Simpson, Charles Torrey, U. 8. National Museum.

Smith, John B., Rutgers College, New Brunswick, New Jersey.

Smith, Sanderson, American Museum of Natural History, New York City, New York.

Stearns, Robert E. C., Adjunct Curator, Department of Mollusks, U. 8. National
Museum.

Stejneger, Dr. Leonhard, Curator, Department of Reptiles and Batrachians, U. S.
National Museum.

Tanner, Z. L., U.S. Navy, Washington, District of Columbia.

True, Frederick W., Curator, Department of Mammals, U. S. National Museum.

Turner, Lucien M., Guthrie, Oklahoma Territory.

Vasey, Dr. George, Botanist, U. 5. Department of Agriculture; Honorary Curator
Department of Botany, U.S. National Museum, Washington, District of Columbia.

Walcott, Prof. Charles D., U. 8. Geological Survey ; Honorary Curator, Department
of Paleozoic Fossils, U. S. National Museum.

Ward, Prof. Lester I’., U. 8. Geological Survey; Honorary Curator, Department of
Fossil Plants, U. S. National Museum.

Watkins, J. Elfreth, Curator, Department of Transportation and Engineering, U. S.
National Museum.

White, Charles A., U. S. Geological Survey ; Honorary Curator, Department of Meso-
zoic Fossils, U. S. National Museum.

Williams, Henry S., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

Wilson, Scott, Grosvenor Club, Bond street, London, England.

Wilson, Thomas, Curator, Department of Prehistoric Anthropology, U. 8S. National
Museum. :

Yarrow, Dr. H. C., U. 8. Army, Army Medical Museum, Washington, District of Co-
lumbia.

Yeates, W. S., Assistant Curator, Department of Minerals, U. S. National Museum.

LIST OF PAPERS.

Cyrus ADLER. Assyriology in Japan.
Proc. Amer. Orient. Soc., October, 1889, p. elxvii-f.
(Abstract, Johns Hopkins University Circulars, December, 1889, p. 28.)
Account of a Japanese scholar’s views of the influence of Assyria on Chinese and Japanese
art; discussion of the question of primitive relations between Babylon and China.
Cyrus ADLER. The Shofar; its use and origin.
Proc. Amer. Orient. Soc., October, 1889, p. clxxi-ff.
(Abstract, Johns Hopkins University Circulars, December, 1889, p. 27 f.)

Cyrus Apter. Notes on the Johns Hopkins and Abbot collections of Egyptian an-
tiquities (with the translation of the two Coptic inscriptions by Mr. W. Max
Miiller).

Proc, Amer. Orient. Soc., May, 1890.

688° REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Cyrus ADLER. Review of Renan’s History of Israel.
American, August 3 and 10, 1889.
Cyrus ADLER. Review of Jastrow’s Dictionary of the Talmud.
American, September 21, 1889.
ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. Ueber einen neuen Tiefsee-Crinoiden aus der Familie der
Apiocriniden.

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie. Geologie und Paleontologie, 1, 1890, pp. 94-95.
Relates to specimens collected by the Fish Commission steamer Albatross, off the Galapagos

Islands in 1888.
HARRISON ALLEN. Descriptions of two new species of Bats, Nyclinomus europs and
N. orthotis.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xif, No. 786, 1889, pp. 635-640.
J. A. ALLEN. To what extent isit profitable to recognize geographical forms among
North American birds ?
The Auk, vil, No.1, January, 1890, pp. 1-9.

WiiiiaM H.AsHmMuaD. Descriptions of new Ichneumonide in the collection of the

U.S. National Museum.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x11, No. 779, 1889, pp. 387-451.

WitiiamM H. ASHMEAD. Descriptions of new Braconidae in the collection of the U.S.
National Museum.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X1, September 25, 1888 (1889), pp. 611-671.

SPENCER F,. Batrp. The Sea Fisheries of Eastern North America. Prepared for the
consideration of the International Commission held at Halifax in 1877.
Annual Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, pt. xiv, 1886 (1889), pp. 3-224.
Contains many references to the marine invertebrates of economic value occurring on the
eastern coast of North America.

C. F. BATCHELDER. An undescribed subspecies of Dryobates pubescens.
The Auk, Vi, No. 3, July, 1889, pp. 253-258. Dryobates pubescens orececus.
G. Baur. The genera of the Cheloniide.
The American Naturalist, xxtv, May, 1890, pp. 486-487.
Diagnoses of the genera, and a brief discussion of the species of Lepidochelys and Chelonia,
based in part on material in the National Museum.

BARTON A. BEAN. {Ichthyological Notes in Forest and Stream. |

The Harvest Fish, xxxtt, July 4, 1889, p. 494.

A Rare Deep-sea Fish, XXxIIt, Sept. 12, 1889, p. 144.

Fish Breeding in Canada (review), XXXUI, pp. 149,150. (From the report of Fish Breeding in
the Dominion of Canada.)

Fish Culture in Illinois, xxxtu, September 12, 1889, p. 150.

Large-mouthed Black Bass in Texas, XXxtII, September 19, 1889, p. 167.

Double-headed Animals, Xxx, September 19, 1889, p. 164.

The Cutlass Fish, Xxx, September 19, 1889, p. 169.

Study of Fresh-water Food Fishes, Xxxtl, September 26, 1889, p. 181.

A Land Fish, xxx, September 26, 1889, p. 186.

Susquehanna Bass and Perch, XXXII, September 25, 1889, p. 186.

Missouri Fish Commission, Xxxttl, October 10, 1889, p. 231. (A review of the Fifth Biennial
Report of the Missouri Fish Commission for the year 1887-1888.)

Rhinoceros Hornbill, xxx, October 10, 1889, p. 224.

Salmon Fishing in Scotland (review), Xxxtu, October 17, 1889, p. 247. (From the Seventh
Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland, 1888, part ii, Salmon Fisheries. Edin-
burgh, 1889.)

Barton A. BEAN. [Ichthyological Notes in Shooting and Fishing. |
Stocking the waters of the National Park, vu, November 14, 1889, p. 6.
Large Plantings of Fish in the West, v1, December 19, 1889, p. 7.
Black Bass and Crappie for Eastern Waters, vil, December 12, 1889, p. 8.
Singularly Colored Catfish, vit, December 26, 1889, p. 7.
A Group of Land Fishes, vit, January 2, 1890, p. 7.
Perch Spawning in Confinement, vu, January 2, 1890, p. 7.
The Rock Bass, vil, March 20, 1890, p. 6.
Black Bass Prospects in the Potomac, May 22, 1890,
Delaware River Shad Hatching, May 22, 1890.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 689

TARLETON H. BEAN. Description of Coregonus pusillus, a new species of White fish
from Alaska.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x1, September 3, 1888, p. 526.

TARLETON H. BEAN. Scientific results of explorations by the U.S. Fish Commission
steamer Albatross, No. vill. Description of a new Cottoid fish from British Co-
lumbia.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x1, March 4, 1890, pp. 641, 642.
(Synchirine, new family; Synchirus gilli, new genus and species.)

TARLETON HH. BEAN. [Ichthyological Notes in Forest and Stream. |

An Eskimo Reloading Tool, xxxtv, January 23, 1890, p. 5.

The Salmon of Alaska, xxxty, April 3, 1890, pp. 210, 211.

The Salmon of Alaska (concluded), xxxiv, April 10, 1890, p. 231.

The Silver Eel, xxxu1, November 14, 1889, p. 330.

Bears, Birds, and Fishes, xxxtl, November 21, 1889, p. 348; November 28, 1889, p. 368.
Sunapee Trout from Dan's Hole Pond, xxx, December 5, 1889, p. 390.

Fish of Florida Waters, XxxII, January 9, 1890, pp. 487-4914.

National Fish Culture, xxxtIv, February 27, 1890, p. 102.

The Tautog, xxxiv, April 24, 1890, p. 271.

The Weakfish, xxxiv, May 8, 1890, p. 312.

TARLETON H. BEAN. Report on the Department of Fishes in the U. S. National
Museum, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, i, 1886 (1889), pp. 167-172.

TARLETON H. BEAN. Report on the Department of Fishes in the U. 8S. National
Museum, 13887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 105-110.

CHARLES E. BENDIRE. Picicorvus columbianus (Wils), Clarke’s Nutcracker. Its nests
and eggs, ete.

The Auk, V1, No. 3, July, 1889, pp. 226-236.

CuarRLEs EK. BENDIRE. Description of the nest and eggs of Megascops asio maxwellia,
the Rocky Mountain Screech Owl.

The Auk, vi, No. 4, October, 1889, pp. 278-302.

CHARLES E. BENDIRE. Notes on Pypilo fuscus mesoleucus and Pipilo alberti, their
habits, nests, and eggs.

The Auk, vu, No.1, January, 1890, pp. 22-29.

CHARLES E. BENDIRE. Megascops asio maxwellia.

The Auk, vil, No. 1, January, 1890, p. 91.

CHARLES EK. BENDIRE. A second nest and eggs of Picicorvus columbianus, taken in
Colorado.

The Auk, vil, No.1, January, 1890, p. 92.

CHARLES E. BENDIRE. Report on the Section of Birds’ Eggs in the U.S. National
Museum, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution i, 1856 (1889), pp. 163-164,

CHARLES E. BENDIRE. Report on the Section of Birds’ Eggs in the U.S. National
Museum, 1887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 101-102.

HANS VON BERLEPSCH. Notes on some Neotropical Birds belonging to the U. S.
National Museum. ‘

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X1, September 20, 1888 (1889), pp. 559-566.
(Relates chiefly to Trocnilide.)

H. G. Breyer. Report on the Section of Materia Medica in the U. S. National

Museum, 1886. é
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 143-145.
WILLIAM G. Binney. A third supplement to the fifth volume of the terrestrial and
air-breathing mollusks of the United States and adjacent territories.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X1x, No. 4, 1890, pp. 183-226; pl. i-xi.
This paper, bringing up the data of the subject to date, isin part based on material in the
U.S. National Museum where the types are deposited.

T. Dix BoLtEs. A preliminary catalogue of the Eskimo Collection in the U. S.
Nation Museum arranged geographically and by uses.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S, National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 335-365.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2 44

c
B

690 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

CHARLES HARVEY BOLLMAN and DAVID STARR JORDAN. List of Fishes collected
at Green Turtle Cay in the Bahamas by Charles L. Edwards, with descriptions of
three new species.

Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., X1, September 20, 1888 (1889), pp. 549-953.

Stilbiscus, genus novum; Gobiesox heres, Sparisoma niphobles, Stilbiscus edwerdsi, species
nove.

(See also under David Starr Jordan. )

LAWRENCE BRUNER. New North American Acridide found north of the Mexican
boundary.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xit, No. 764, 1889, pp. 47-82.

Frank M. CHAPMAN. On the eastern forms of Geothlypis trichas.

The Auk, V1, No.1, January, 1890, pp. 9-14.

Geothlypis trichas ignota, subspp. nov.

FrANK M. CrafMan. On the winter distribution of the Bobolink ( Dolichonyx oryzi-
vorus), with remarks on its routes of migration.

The Auk, vil, No. 1, January, 1890, pp. 39-44.

(See also under Clarence B. Riker. )

F. W. Ciarke. Administrative report as chief chemist.

Highth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1886-'87 (1889), pp. 189-193.

F. W. Cirarke. The calenlation of atomic weights.

Bull. Chem. Soc. of Washington, No. 5, 1889-’90.

F, W. Ciarke. A note on orthography and nomenclature.

Chemical News, LX1, 1890, p. 36.

~F.W.Ciarke. A report of work done in the Division of Chemistry and Physics,
mainly during the fiscal year 1886-1887.

Bull. U. S. Geological Survey, No. 55, 1889.

F.W.Criarke. A report of work done in the Division of Chemistry and Physics
mainly during the fiscal year 1887-1888.

Bull. U.S. Geological Survey, No. 60, 1889.

F.W.CiARKE, Quarterly abstracts of papers upon atomic weights,

Journal of Analytical Chemistry.

F.W.CiarkKeE. ‘ Element.”

Watts’ Dictionary of Chemistry, new edition (London), 1889, pp. 427-430.

F.W.Cuiarke. A new occurrence of Gyrolite.

Amer, Jour. Sci., November, 1889, 200 Separates.

F.W.Ciarke. A Theory of the Mica Group.

Amer. Jour. Sci., November, 1889, 200 Separates.

F.W.CLArRKE. The relative abundance of the chemical elements.

Bull. Phil. Soc. of Washington, Xi, p. 181.

F.W.CiArRKE. The meteorite collection in the U.S. National Museum; a catalogue
of meteorites represented November 1, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, Part 1, 1886 (1889), pp. 255-260.

F.W.CiArRKE. Review of Grove and Thorp’s Chemical Technology.

Public Opinion, January 4, 1890.

F.W.Ciarke. Report on the Department of Minerals in the U.S. National Museum,
1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1686 (1889), pp. 237-288.

F.W.CLARKE. Report on the Department of Minerals in the U.S. National Museum,
1887. -

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 149-150.

F. W. CiarKke and K. A. SCHNEIDER. Ueber die chemische Constitution des Talks.

Berichte der Deutsch, Chem. Gesell,, XX10, p. 1537.

J.W.Couuins. Suggestions for the employment of improved types of vessels in the
market fisheries, with notes on British fishing steamers.

Bull. U. 8. Fish Com., vi, pp. 175-192, Pl. xvi-xxvii,

Discusses the types of vessels used in the fisheries and suggests improvements in their form,
rig, ete. Also discusses steamers used in the fisheries of Great Britain, with a view tu
their introduction into this country.

The originals of some of the illustrations accompanying this paper will be incorporated with
the exhibits of the section of naval architecture in the U.S, National Museum,

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 691

J. W. Couiins. Report upon the operations of the U. S. Fish Commission schooner
Grampus from June 5, 1886, to March 15, 1887.

Annual report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Part X1v, 1886 (1889), pp. 701-
720.

’ Describes investigations off the eastern coast of the United States, during which many fishes
and marine invertebrates were taken.

E. D. Corr. Scientific results of explorations by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer
Albatross (published by permission of Col. Marshall McDonald, U. S$. Commis-
sioner of Fisheries). No.1. Report on the batrachians and reptiles collected
in 1887-1888.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X11, 1889 (1890), pp. 141-147.

Twenty-six species treated of, the following being described as new: Zacheenus roseus from
Patagonia, type U. 8S. Nat. Mus., No. 15126; Paludicola frenata from Chili, type No. 15129;
Phyllodactylus leet, {ype No. 14957, and VLropidurus lemniscatus, type No. 14945, both from
the Galapagos Islands.

E. D. Corr. The Batrachia of North America.

Bull 34, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1889, 8 vo., pp. 1-525. pl. 1-lxxxvi; figs. 1-119.

CuHarutes B. Cory. The Birds of the West Indies, including all species known to
occur in the Bahama Islands and Greater Antilles, the Caymans, and the Lesser
Antilles, excepting the Islands of Yobago and Trinidad. Published by Estes &
Lauriat, Boston, Mass., 1889.

8 vo, pp. 324, 2 maps, and numerous wood-cuts in the text.

JoHn Merye Counter. Upon a collection of plants made by G. C. Nealley in the
region of the Rio Grande, in Texas, from Brazo3 Santiago to El Paso County.

Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, 1, No. 2, pp. 29-61.

Twenty-two new species and fifteen varieties are described by Coulter, Vasey, Scribner, and
Vasey and Scribner.

Joun Mrrie CouLter and JosrrH NELSON Rose. Notes on North American Um-

bellifera. I.
The Botanical Gazette, XIV, pp. 274-284.
Described as new, Peucedanum Hassei, P. Torrewt, P. evittatum, P. Lemmoni, P. Plummere
Eryngium Lemmoni, Hulophus Parishii, var. ternata, Carum Lemmon, Teeniopleurum
(genus), and 7. Howellit.
JouHN MERLE COULTER and JosmerH NELSON Rost. Notes on North American Um-

bellifere. II.

The Botanical Gazette, XV, p. 259.

Described as new, Hydrocotyle Bonariensis var. Texana, Arracacia Donnell-Smithi (with
plate). ;

JOHN MrerRLE COULTER and JosEPH NELSON Rose. A new genus of Umbellifera.

The Botanical Gazette, XV, pp. 15-16.

Donnellsmithia Guatemalensis is described (with plate) as a new genus and species.

FREDERICK VERNON COVILLE. Revision of the United States species of the genus
Fuirena.

Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, xv, pp. 1-18.

An early described form given anew name, Fuirena squarrosa var. breviseta ; and the fruit
of all the species figured.

WinuiaAM HeaLtey Datu. A preliminary catalogue of the shell-bearing marine mol-
lusks and brachiopods of the southeastern coast of the United States, with illus-
trations of many of the species.

Bull. 37, U.S. Nat. Mus., 1889, 8vo, pp. 1-221, pl. i-lxxiv. -

This publication comprises, besides the introductory remarks, a bibliography of literature re-
lating to the mollusk fauna of the region; a sketch of the general arrangement; tables
showing the bathymetric, geographic, and geologic distribution on the southeastern coast
of the United States and adjacent region of the brachiopods, pelecypods, schaphopods,
pteropods, shell-bearing gastropods, and cephalopods, with illustrations of six hundred
and twenty species, by over a thousand figures on seventy-four plates. These are followed
by @ summary showing the standing of the various groups in relation to each other as ex-
hibited by the tables; by a full explanation in detail of each plate, and a complete alpha-
betical index. The conclusion is reached that the fauna of this part of the coast includes
about 1,635 shell-bearing mollusks, to which, if the naked gastropods, heteropods, and
cephalopods were added, the total mollusk fauna, after all allowances were made, would
probably reach at least 1,800 species. Although this volume is chiefly a catalogue and an

692 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

WiLiiam HEALEY DaLtiu—Continued.
iconography, it seems proper to call attention to the fact that the arrangement adopted
includes very extensive revision of the classification until lately in common use, and an
attempt has been made in the gastropods, as well as in the bivalves, to incorporate such
changes as the progress of recent years has shown to be necessary or advisable, the result
being something decidedly different from the obsolete classification to be found in most

«catalogues or manuals accessible to students.

WILLIAM HEuaLny Datu. Note on two Helices new to the fauna of the United States.

The Nautilus, 11, No.3, July, 1889, pp. 25, 26.

Determines the presence and distribution in Florida of Helix (Microconus) ceca Guppy and H.
(M) granum Strebel.

WILLIAM Hmatny Day. On the genus Corolla (Dall.).

The Nautilus, 1, No. 3, July, 1889, pp. 30, 31.

Shows that Cymbuliopsis Pelsencer is synonymous with Corolla Dall, and that the latter name
should be adopted

WILLIAM HeaLtty Datu. Note on Crepidula glauca Say.

The Nautilus, 1, No. 9, January, 1890, pp. 98, 99.

Shows that the shells commonly referred to @. glauca Say are either the depressed normal
form of C. convexa Say, or young specimens of C. fornicata Lam, and that the name
glauca had better be ignored in the future.

WILLIAM HEALEY Datu. Ona new species of Tylodina.

The Nautilus, 11, No. 11, March, 1890, pp. 121, 122.

Shows that the mollusk obtained by the U.S. Fish Commission on the northern border of the
Gulf of Mexico, off Florida, and a shell doubtfully referred to Tylodina or Umbraculum in
the report on the gastropoda of the Blake expedition, are identicai and form a species of
Tylodina new to science, for which the name 7. americana is proposed,

WILLIAM HEALEY DALL. The Behring Sea controversy.

New York Evening Post, July 10, 1889.

A letter calling attention to certain historical facts bearing on the question.

WILLIAM HEALEY DaLL. Deep-sea mollusks and the conditions under which they
exist.

Proc. Biol. Soc. of Washington, v, 1890, pp. 1-22.

An address delivered at the ninth anniversary meeting of the Biological Society of Washing-
ton, November 16, 1889.

WILLIAM HEALEY Datu. On the hinge of Pelecypods and its development, with an
attempt toward a better subdivision of the group.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XXXVI, December, 1889, pp. 445-462.

A paper discussing the dynamic genesis of hinge characters and proposing a new Classifica-
tion of the bivalve mollusks.

WILuiAM HuALEY Dau. Bering.

The Nation, Xurx, No. 1275, December 5, 1889, p. 454.

A review of Lauridsen’s Life of Bering, translated by J. E. Olson.

WiLiia4M HEALEY DALuL. Scientific results of explorations by the U. 8. Fish Com-
mission steamer Albatross, No. vil. Preliminary report on the collection of mol-
lusea and brachiopoda obtained in 1887-1588.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xu, No. 773, March 7, 1890, pp. 219-362, pl. v—xiv.

This report comprises a discussion of the conditions of life in the deep sea, with special refer-
ence to their bearing ou molluscan life; a discussion of the mechanics concerned in the
hinge of bivalve mollusks and its development, with an attempt toward a better classifi-
cation of the group, and lastly a report on the forms collected.

WILLIAM HEALEY Datu. On dynamic influences in evolution.

Proc. Biol. Soc. of Washington, VI, pp.1-10, issued separately May 8, 1890.

A statement of the author’s position in regard to the views, sometimes termed Neo-Lamarck-
ian, for which the term ‘‘dynamic evolution” is here proposed.

WILLIAM HraLtey Datu. A critical review of Bering’s first expedition, 1725-1730,
together with a translation of his original report upon it, with a map.

Nat. Geog. Mag., 1, No. 2, June, 1890, pp. 1-57.

A review of the expedition, its causes, the circumstances under which it was made, the lit-
erature to which it gaye rise, and an estimate of its geographical results, together with
Bering’s original report now first translated from the Russian Janguage, and a facsimile
of his first published chart.

es re e

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 693

WILLIAM Hratey Datu. Types fossiles de ’Eocene du bassin de Paris, récemment
découvertes en Amerique.

Bull de la Soe. Zobl, de France, xv, June, 1890, pp. 97, 98.

Extract from a letter to Dr. Paul Fischer, communicated to the Society by the latter, an-
nouncing the discovery in the lowest Eocene of Alabamaand Mississippi, conformably
overlying the Upper Cretaceous, of gigantic species of Cerithium like those of the Paris
basin. Also in the Lower Eocene of Texas ofa species of Terebellwm which, as well as the
Cerithiwm, is a type hitherto unknown to the American Tertiary.

WILLIAM HEALEY DALL. Description of a new species of land-shell from Cuba,
Vertigo Cubana.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x11, No. 790, June, 1890, pp. 1, 2; figs. 1, 2.

A description of a remarkable species of Vertigo from the island of Cuba, of which the nearest
is found in the Hawaiian Islands.

WILLIAM HraLEy DALL. Administrative report to the director of the U.S. Geologi-
cal Survey.
Highth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1886 (1890), pp. 181-184.
This comprises the annual report of the work of the Division of Cenozoic Paleontology of the
U.S. Geological Survey, under the charge of the writer, as Paleontologist.

WILLIAM HIEALEY Dat. Report on the Department of Mollusks (including Ceno-
zoic Fossils) in the U. S. National Museum, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886, (1889), pp. 178-179.

WILLIAM Hratey Daru. Reporton the Department of Mollusks (including Cenozoic
Fossils) in the U. S, National Museum, 1887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 111-115.

FREDrRIC P. Dewry. Report on the Department of Metallurgy and Economic
Geology in the U.S. National Museum, 1886.

Report of the Sinithsonian Institution, 1, 1886 (1889), pp. 245-252.

FREDERIC P. DrEWrEY. Report on the Department of Metallurgy and Economic
Geology inthe U. S. National Museum, 137.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 155-158,

JONATHAN Dwicut, Jr. The Horned Larks of North America.

The Auk, v1, No 2, April, 1889, pp. 188-158, 8vo., 1 map.
Otocoris alpestris adusta, O. a. merrilli, and O. a. pallida Towns. subspp. nov.

HENRY Epwarps. Bibliographical catalogue of the described transformations of
North American Lepidoptera.

Bull. 35 U.S. Nat. MWus., 1889, 8vo., pp. 1-147.

CarL H. and Rosa S. EIGENMANN. Notes on some California fishes, with descrip-
tions of two new species.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X1, Sept. 3, 1888, pp. 463-466.
Gobius townsendi sp. nov., and Lepidogobius gilberti sp. nov., are described for the first time.

Cari H. and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. On the genesis of the color celis of fishes.

West Amer. Scientist, July, 1889.

Caru H. and Rosa 8. HIGENMANN. Notes from the San Diego Biological Labora-

tory, 1. The fishes of Cortez Banks.
West Amer. Scientist, October, 1889.

CaRL H. and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. Notes from the San Diego Biological Labora-
tory, 1. 1. Additions to the fauna of Cortez Banks. 2. Additions to the fauna
of San Diego, with notes on some rare species. 3. Fishes of Aitna Springs,
Napa County, California. 4. Fishes of Allen Springs, Lake County, California.
5. The young stages of some Selachians.

West Amer. Scientist, November, 1889.
Cart H. and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. A review of the Frythrinine.
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 11, Nov. 8, 1889, (Ser. 11).

Cari H. and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. A revision of the edentulous genera of Curt-
matinee.

Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1v, November, 1889.

Cari H. and Rosa S. EIGENMANN. Notes from the San Diego Biological Labora-

tory, 1. 6. Additions to the fauna of San Diego.
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 111, March, 1889, (Ser. 11).

>

694 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Cart H. and Rosa S. EIGENMANN. Notes from the San Diego Biological Labora-
tory, Ul. 7. Description of a new species of Huprotomicrus.

Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., May 28, 1890.

Car H. and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. Notes from the San Diego Biological Labora-
tory, 1. 8. Description of a new species of Sebastodes.

Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., May 28, 1890.

Caru H. and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. Notes from the San Diego Biological Labora-
tory, 11. 9. On the genus Clevelandia.

Amer. Nat., October, 1889.

Cart H. and Rosa 8. ErGENMANN. Notes from the San Diego Biological Labora-
tory, 11. 10. The development of Micrometrus aggregatus.

Amer. Nat., October, 1889.

Car H. and Rosa §. EIGENMANN. Description of a fossil species of Sebastodes.

Zoe, 1, No.1, March, 1890, p. 16.

CarRL H. and Rosa S. EIGENMANN. Evolution of the cat-fishes.
Zoe, 1, No. 1, March, 1890, pp. 10-15.
CaRL H. and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. The Barracuda.

Zoe, 1, No. 2, April, 1890, p. 55.

Cari H. and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. The Point Loma blind fish and its relatives.

Zoe, 1, No. 3, May, 1890, pp. 65-72.

Car H. and Rosa 8. EIGENMANN. Preliminary notes on South American Nematog-
nathi.

Cal. Acad. Sci., 1, August 18, 1889.

Cart H. and Rosa S. EIGENMANN. A review of the Scienide of America and Europe.

Report U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1886, pp. 343-451, pl. 4.

D.G. E.xtiotr. A study of the genus Dendrornis and its species.
The Auk, vu, No. 2, April, 1890, pp. 160-189.
BARTON W. EVERMANN. (See under David Starr Jordan).
WALTER Faxon. Notes on North American Crayfishes, family Astacide.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xu, No. 785, 1889 (1890), pp. 619-634.

Thirty species are enumerated with notes and descriptions. Onespecies, Cambarusevermanni,
is described as new. It is from the Escambia River at Flomaton, Florida. Nearly all of
the species are represented in the collection of the National Museum.

J. WALTER r'EwKES. Report on the Medusz collected by the U.S. Fish Commission
steamer Albatross in the region of the Gulf Stream in 1885—86.
Annual Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Part X1v, 1886 (1889), pp. 513-536,
Ie il, :
eee and two species are described as new. Other forms are described without being
named, and full notes are given on some of the known species. The new genus and
species are as follows: Pleurophysa, Pleurophysa insignis, Pegantha, sp.
THEODORE GILL. The ‘‘ Hatchery” of the sun-fish.
Nature, Xu, p. 319, August 1, 1889.
THEODORE GILL. Nest building of the sun-fisk (Zepomine).
Forest and Stream, XXxilI, August 8, 1889, p. 43.
THEODORE GitLt. Nesting of the black bass.
Forest and Stream, XXxil1, September 19, 1889, pp. 163-164.
TuHEopoR”: GILL. On the classification of the mail-cheeked fishes.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xi, September 25, 1888 (1889), pp. 567-592.
THEODORE GILL. Gleanings among the Pleuronectids, and observations on the name
Pleuronectes.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1, September 25, 1888 (1889), pp. 593-606.
THEODORE GILL. Note on the genus Spheroides.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X1, September 25, 1888 (1889), pp. 607-608.

THEODORE GILL. The Halosauroid fishes typical of a special order (Lyopomi).

American Naturalist, xxi11, November, 1889, pp. 1015-1016.

THEODORE GiLtL. The Notacanthid fishes as representatives of a peculiar order
( Heteromi).
American Naturalist, Xx11I, November, 1889, pp. 1016-1017.
THEODORE GILL. The families of ribbon-fishes.
American Naturalist, xxiv, May, 1890, pp. 481-482.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 695

CHARLES H. GILBERT. Description of a new species of Bathymaster (B. jordani) from
Puget’s Sound and Alaska.

Proc. U S. Nat. Mus., x1, September 20, 1888 (1889), p. 554.

CHARLES H. GitBertT. A list of fishes from a small tributary of the Poteau River,
Scott County, Arkansas.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xi, September 25, 1888 (1889), pp. 609-610.

CHARLES H. GILBERT. Notes on the occurrence of Gillichthys y-cauda at San Fran-
cisco.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x11, August 28, 1889, p. 363.

G. Brown Goopr. The literary labors of Benjamin Franklin.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, XXvit, 1890.

8vo. pp. 1-21.

An address delivered before the American Philosophical Society on April 17, 1890, on the
occasion of the commemoration of the one hundredth anniversary of the decease of its
illustrious founder and first president.

G. Brown GoopE. The Origin of the National Scientific and Educational Institu-
tions of the United States.

8vo. 1-112 (95-202).

Reprinted from the papers of the American Historical Association.

G. BRowN Goopr. Museum History and Museums of History.
8 vo., pp. 253 (497)-275 (519).
Read before the American Historical Association in Washington, D. C , December 26-28, 1888,
and reprinted from the papers of the Association.
G. BRowNn Goopr. The color of fishes.

Science, xv, No. 374, April 4, 1890, pp. 211-213, 3 text-figures.

Also printed in the Transactions of the American Fisheries Society.

G. BRown Goopr. Report upon the condition and progress of the U. S. National
Museum, 1886.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. vill + 842.
G. BRowN Goopr. Report upon the condition and progress of the U. S. National
Museum, 1887.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. Xvill + 771.
J. H. GuRNEY. The Northern Falcons.

Tike Ibis, I, ser. 6, January, 1889, pp. 143-144.

GILBERT D. Harris. Note on the occurrence of the genus Terebellum in American
tertiary deposits.

The American Geologist, May, 1890, p. 315.

Note on the occurrence of a species of Terebellwin, a genus hitherto unknown in the American
tertiaries, in collections from the Eocene of Texas in the U.S. National Museum.

Paut Hauer. The Semitic soundy and their transliteration.
Beitrage zur Assyriologie, 1, pp. 249-267.
Defines the character of the Semitic sounds and proposes a uniform system of transliteration.
Pau Haupt. The semi-vowel wu and 7.
Beitrage zur Assyriologie, 1, pp. 293-300.
Paut Haupr. Additions and corrections.
Beitrage zur Assyriologie, 1, pp. 313-329.
Paun Haver. List of abbreviations.
Beitrage zur Assyriologie, 1, pp. 362-368.
Romyn Hircacock. The preparation of Japanese lacquer and the manufacture of
Wakasa lacquer ware.
Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1, September 3, 1888 (1889), pp. 473-479
RomMyn Hirescocn. The action of light on silver chloride.

Amer. Chem. Jour., X1, October, 1889, pp. 474-480.

Very thin fibers of finely divided silver chloride were obtained on strips of thin glass and
exposed to sunlight, some in a current of hydrogen, others in the free air. A loss of

weight amounting to about 6 per cent of the chloride was observed. The experiments
tend to prove that—

1. There is a loss of chlorine in sunlight amounting to at least 6 per cent.

2. The loss in weight is equal to the weight of chlorine set free, as shown by direct experi-
ment.

3. There is no formation of oxychloride. The research is not complete, but the resuits have
been established by subsequent work.

696 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Romyn HitcHcock. Shinto—the religion of the Japanese.

A general review of our knowledge of the original faith and mythology of the Japanese as set
forth in the ancient records.

Not yet published in full. Abstract pnblished in the Proceedings of the Am. Assn. Ady. Sci.,
August, 1889.

Read before Section H of the Amer. Assn. Adv. Sci., Toronto, August, 1889.

Read also before the Anthropological Society of Washington o1 November 4, 1889.

Romyn Hitcucock. Notes on eclipse photography.

Anthony's Photographic Bulletin, xx, November 23, 1889, pp. 680-684.

Contains suggestions regarding the photographing of the corona; also a few notes on the
appliances devised for the Eclipse Expedition to Japan in 1888.

Romyn Hircacock. Comparison of Eikonogen and Pyrogallol as photographie
developers.

Anthony's Photographic Bulletin, xx, December 14, 1889, pp. 710-715.

RoMyYN Hitcucock. A method of mounting photographic prints without cockling.

Anthony's Photographic Bulletin, Xx1, February 8, 1890, pp. 74-76.

RoMYN Hircucock. Preparation of microscopical mounts of vegetable textile fibers.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, U1, 1886 (1889), pp. 657, 658.

RomMyYN Hircucock. List of specimens of textiles and fabrics in the reference
series of the Section of Textile Industries in the U. S. National Museum.

Reportof the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 649-635.

RomMyYN Hitcucock. Report on the Section of Foods and Textiles in the U. S. Na-
tional Museum, 1886.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 113-118.
THEODOR HOLM. Notes on Hydrocotyle americana L.

Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., x1, September 3, 1888 (1889), pp. 455-462. Two plates.

WiLitam H. Hotmes. A quarry workshop of the flaked-stone implement-makers
in the District of Columbia.

The American Anthropologist, 111, No. 1, January, 1890, pp. 1-26.

This paper describes the explorations of an ancient quarry where quartzite bowlders were
obtained for the manufacture of implements. It is shown that one form only was pro-
duced, a heavy leaf-shaped blade from 1 to 5 inches in length, and that this was probably
the ‘‘blank”’ trom which knives and arrow points were to be made. The conclusion is
reached that there is no evidence pointing to the existence in the Potomac Valley of any
other people than the Indian.

WILLIAM H. Hoimes. On the evolution of ornament—an American lesson.

The American Anthropologist, 111, No. 2, April, 1890, pp. 137-146.

This is a discussiou of the elementary stages of the decorative art, and especially of the in-
fluences exerted by technique in the textile and ceramic arts upon the forms of such natu-
ral objects as happened to be utilized in embellishment.

WitiiAM H. Hotmes. A West Virginia rock-shelter.

The American Anthropologist, 111, No. 3, July, 1890, pp. 217-223.

The rock-shelter described owes its chief interest to the series of well preserved pictographs
engraved and painted upon the walls. The work is comparatively recent and is attributed
to the Algonkian peoples.

WILLIAM H. Hotmes. Report on the Section of American Aboriginal Pottery in the
U.S. National Museum, 1886.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 1886 (1889), Part 1, pp. 97-99.
WILLIAM H. Hotmes. Report on the Section of American Aboriginal Pottery in the
U.S. National Museum, 1887.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 77, 78.
WILLIAM T. HORNADAY. How to collect mammal skins for purposes of study and
for mounting.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, i, 1886 (1889), pp. 659-670.

WILLIAM T. HorNADAY. The extermination of the American Bison.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 367-548.

WALTER HouGH. Notes on the archeology of Easter Island.
The American Naturalist, xxiv, October, 1890, pp. 877-888.
Based on the collections of the U.S.S. Mohican in 1884.

De al

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 697

WALTER Houea. The preservation of museum specimens from insects and the effects
of dampness.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U. S. Natioral Museum), 1887 (1889}, pp. 549-558, 4
figures.

Description of museum insect pests and treatment of specimens by preventives. Solutions for
poisoning, and figures illustrating the apparatus used in applying poison.

LELAND O. HowarpD. A newly imported elm insect.

Insect Life, 11, August, 1889, pp. 34-4], 7 figures.

Announces the discovery in four localities in the United States of Gossyparia ulmi Geoff., a
European Coccid. Describes and figures the different stages and brings out several new
points in the life-history, from observations made by the author at Washington, and by
Mr.J.G. Jack at Cambridge.

LELAND O. Howarp. Honors to American Entomology.

Insect Life, 1, August, 1889, pp. 54, 55.

Announcement of Professor Riley’s election as Hon. Fellow of the Entomological Society of
London, with statement of other Americans previously so honored. Also announces that
Professor Riley has been created Chevalier of the Legion of Honor.

LELAND O. Howarp. The hymenopterous parasites of North American butterflies,
inclnding a section upon the Microgasters by C. V. Riley.

The butterflies of the eastern United States and Oanada with especial reference to New England,
by S. H. Seudder, Part x11, October, 1889, pp. 1869-1911, PI. 88, 89.

Comprises introduction, list of hosts and parasites, European hymenopterous parasites of
butterflies common to Europe and North America, analytical table of families, analytical
table of genera, descriptions of species. Sixty species are described, of which eighteen
are new.

LELAND O. Howarp. Annotated catalogue of the insects collected in 1887-1828.
Scientific results of explorations of the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross.

Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus., x11, December, 1880, pp. 185-216. Extra No. 771.

Contains lists of hemiptera identified by P. R. Ubler, orthoptera by L. Bruner, diptera by S. W.
Williston, lepidoptera by W.J. Holland, mallophaga by H. Osborn, other insects by M. L.
Linell, arachnida by G. Marx, myriapoda by C. H. Bollman

LELAND O. Howarp. Association of Economic Entomologists. First annual meet-
ing.
Insect Life, 11, December, 1889, pp. 177-184.

Full report of the meeting held in the rooms of the Department of Insects of the National
Museum, November 12, 13, 14, 1889.

LELAND O. HOWARD. Irrigation and injurious insects.
Insect Life, 1, January and February, 1890, pp. 215-222.
A general summary of the iufluence of irrigation upon the ravages of injurious insects origi-
nally drawn up for the information of the Senate Committee on Irrigation.

LELAND O. Howarpb. Some new parasites of the grain plant louse.
Insect Life, 1, January and February, 1890, pp. 246-248, 3 figures.
Describes the following new species parasitic on Siphonophora avene Fabr.: Pachyneuron mi-
cans, Megaspilus niger, and Eneyrtus webstert.

LELAND O. Howarp. A sketch of Professor Riley.
The Farmer's Magazine (London), tI, Nos. 4, 5, January and February, 1890, pp. 237-241. Portrait.
A biographical sketch of C. V. Riley.

LELAND O. Howarp. A waspish love-struggle.
Entomologica Americana, Vi, No. 2, February, 1890, p. 33.
Account of observations by Col. John Bowles on the curious polyandrons coition of a large ves-
pid, probably either Sphecius speciosus or Monedula carolina.

LELAND O. Howarpb. Two spider-egg parasites.

Insect Life, 11, March, 1890, pp. 269-271, 2 figures.
Describes the following: Acoloidesn. g. (Proctotrupide) saitidis n. sp. from eggs of Saitis pulex,
and Beus americanus n. sp. from undetermined eggs of an Epeirid.

LELAND O. Howarp. Note on the hairy eyes of some hymenoptera.
Proc. Entom. Soc. Washington, i, No.4, May 15, 1890, pp. 195, 196.
Enumerates the families and genera of hymenoptera in which hairy eyes have been found,
adds several to the list, and discusses the morphological significance and systematic value
of these hairs.

698 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

LELAND O. Howarp. Note on the mouth-parts of the American cockroach.

Proc. Entom. Soc. Washington, 1, No.4, May 15, 1890, pp. 216-218.

Describes in detail the mouth-parts of Periplaneta americana and particularly a sclerite in the
form of a dentate digitus at the base of the tooth of the lacinia, heretofore unnoticed and
not found in P. orientalis.

LELAND O. Howarp. Authorship of the family Wymaride.

Proc. Entom. Soc. Washington, 1, No.4, May 15, 1890, p. 221.

Puts forth proof to show that Haliday (not Ashmead) is the original proposer of Mymaride as
a family name.

LELAND O. Howarp. A few additions and corrections {0 Seudder’s Nomenclator
Zoodlogicus.

Proc. Entom, Soc. Washington, 1, No.4, May 15, 1890, pp. 258, 259.

LELAND O. Howarpb. Bibliography of American Economie Entomology.

Insect Life, u, May and June, 1890, p. 335.

Editorial notice of the publication and announcement of the scope of parts I, II, III, and index
of the Bibliography of American Economic Entomology.

LELAND O. Howarpb. Additional note on spider-egg parasites.

Insect Life, 1, May and June, 1890, p. 359.

Records the fact, communicated by Mr. W. H. Harrington, that Trichasius clavatus is a Beeus,
and gives additional localities for B. americanus and Acoloides saitidis.

LELAND O. Howarp. A North American Axima and its habits.

Insect Life, 1, May and June, 1890, pp. 365-367, 3 figures.

Discusses the relationships of Avima Walker anid the validity of the subfamily Aximine
Cameron and describes Avima zabriskie from North America, reared by Rey. J. L. Zabris-
kie from nests of Ceratina dupla. (See under Charles V. Riley.)

W. H. Hupson. (See under P. L. Selater.)

JOSEPH F. JAMES. On the Maquoketa-shales and their correlation with the Cincin-
nati group of southwestern Ohio.

Amer. Geol., V, 1890, pp. 835-356; postscript on p. 394.

This paper presents a review of the references to the shales of Lowa and the adjoining States.
It also presents the results of a visit made to the typical locality in Lowa. discusses the
extension of the Cincinnati series westward, as shown by the records of deep wells, and
notes the resemblances in paleontological features. ‘he conclusion is reached that the
Maquoketa shales are the direct continuation of the Cincinnati series of rocks.

DAVID STARR JORDAN and CHARLES HARVEY BOLLMAN. Scientific results of the
explorations by the steamer Albatross, No. 1X. Catalogue of fishes collected at
Port Castries, St. Lucia, by steamer Albatross, November, 1888.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xu, July 17, 1890, pp. 645-652.

Corvula sancte-lucice, new species.

DAVID STARR JORDAN and BARTON W. EVERMANN. Description of the yellow-finned

trout of Twin Lakes, Colorado.
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., x11, December 10, 1889, pp. 453, 454.
Salmo mykiss macdonaldi, new species. (See under Charles Harvey Bollman.)
Puitie H. KirscH. Notes on a collection of fishes obtained in the Gila river at Fort
Thomas, Arizona, by Lieut. W. L. Carpenter, U.S. Army.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x1, September 20, 1288 (1889), pp. 555-558.
F.H. KNowrron. A revision of the genus Araucarioxylon of Kraus, with compiled
descriptions and partial synonymy of the species.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x1, No. 784, 1889, pp. 601-617.
S.R. Kornier. A stroll through the Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
The Magazine of Art (London and New York), X11, pp. 393-396, 404-411; XT, pp. 47-51.
A popular account of the Peabody Museum of American archeology and ethnology, Harvard
University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Written several years ago, but only now published.
S.R. Koruier. Schrotblitter.
Chronik fiir vervielfaltigende Kunst, 1, No. 9, September, 1889, pp. 65-68.
An attempt to show that the prints known as ‘‘Schrotblitter” (dotted prints, gravures en
, maniere criblée) ave early white-line work, executed, asa rule, with the graver upon metal.
S.R. Konuier. Zu einem Holzschnitt nach Primaticcio. 7
Ohronik fiir vervielfaltigende Kunst, u, No.9, September, 1889.
Suggesting the seventeenth century and French origin for a wood cut after one of Theodor van
Thulden’s etchings, forming part of ‘‘Les travaux d’Ulysse, desseignez par le sieur de
Saint Martin,” which is attribute] to an anonymous Italian wood-cutter of the sixteenth
century, in Hirth and Muthev’s ‘‘ Meister-H >lzschuitte, ’’ Part v, pl. 157.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1390. 699

S.R. Komauer. Callot’s Grosse Miséres de la Guerre.
Chronik fiir vervielfaltigende Kunst, 11, No. 11, November, 1889, pp. 81-86.
A descriptive list of the editions and copies of the series of etchings named in the title.
S.R. Koznuter. Umrisse zu Goethe’s “Faust” von Retsch.
Ohronik fiir vervielfaltigende Kunst, 11, No.5, May, 1890, p. 38.
A short communication concerning an edition of the series named, dated 1816, and not men-
tioned in any of the handbooks.
S.R. Korner. Frederick Juengling.
Privately printed, New York, 1890, without date or place of publication.
Small 4°, 12 pp.; in paper covers.
Printed in part also as an introduction to the catalogue of the auction of Juengling’s works,
he'd in New York City, March 3, 1890.
Biographical sketch of Frederick Juengling, the wood-engraver (born, Leipsic, October 18,
; 1846; died, New York, December 31, 1889), with some consideration of the part played by
him in the development of ‘‘ the new school.”
GrorGcE F. Kunz. Gem collection of the U.S. National Museum.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 267-275.
EDWIN LINTON. Notes on Entozoa of marine fishes of New England, with descrip-

tions of several new species.

Annual Report of the U. S Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Part xiv, 1886 (J889), pp. 453-
511. 6 plates.

Studies made from the U. S, Commission of Fish and Fisheries, the material being chiefly ob-
tained in the vicinity of Wood’s Holl, Massachusetts. Sixteen species are described and
figured : Genera—Spongiobothrium, Crossobothriwm, Phoreiobothrium; species—Dibothrium
manubriforme, D.alutere, Spongiobothrium variabile, Phyllobothriun thysanocephalum:
Orygmatobothrium angustum, Crossobothrium laciniatum, Phoreiobothrium lasium, Rhyn-
chobothrium bisuleatum, Veenia dilatata, and Hehinorynchus sagittifer.

LEVERETT M. Loomis. The raven as a South Carolinian.
The Auk, v1, No.3, July, 1889, pp. 277-278.
Frepreric A. Lucas. The great auk in the U. 8. National Museum.
The Awk, vit, No.2, April, i890, pp. 203-204.
(See under Leonhard Stejneger.)
GEORGE Marx. Catalogue of the described 4drancea of temperate North America.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xu, No. 782, 1889, pp. 497-594.
Ottis IT. Mason. Cradles of the American aborigines.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 1837, 11, pp. 161-235.

This paper is an illustrated description of the methods employed by American aborigines to
hold and to transport their babes. The special motive is to enable the biological student
to examine into the causes of deformity seen in most Indian skulls.

Otis T. Mason. How to straighten a spear shaft.

The American Anthropologist, I, p. 158.

Among some South American tribes this is performed by means of weights.
Otis T. Mason. Music in Honduras.

The American Anthropologist, i, p. 158.

The music of Central America is now of a composite character, partly native, partiy African,
and partly Kuropean.

Otis T. Mason. The aborigines of the District of Columbia and the Lower Potomac.
; The American Anthropologist, 1, pp. 225-268.

The introduction is by Professor Mason, and the following contributions are also included:

The geologic antecedents of man in the Potomac Valley, by W J McGee.

The paleolithic period in the District of Columbia, by Thomas Wilson.

Ancient village sites and aboriginal workshops in the District of Columbia, by 8. V. Proudfit.

Pottery of the Potomac tidewater region, by W. H. Holmes.

Shell mounds of the Potomac and Wicomico, by Elmer R. Reynolds.

Indian tribes of the District of Columbia, by James Mooney.

Discussion, by F. W. Putnam.

(Lhis sympvusium was called forth by the requirements of the Anthropological Society of

x Washington, the constitution calling upon the vice-president to organize special work in
their several departments.)
Otis T. Mason. The archeology of the Potomac tidewater region.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xit, March 7, 1890, pp. 367-376,

In this region are old camp-sites, workshops, soapstone quarries, shell heaps, and finds of rude
forms of wrought stone, believed by some to be paleolithic, by others to be unfinished
objects.

700 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Otis T. Mason. The beginnings of the carrying industry.

The American Anthropologist, 1, pp. 21-47.

Otis T. Mason. The educational! aspect of the U. S. National Museum.

Notes supplementary to the Johns Hopkins University studies im historical and political science,
1890, No. 4.

An address to students of Johns Hopkins University to call their attention to the educational
method pursued in the work of the National Museum.

Otis T. Mason. The human beast of burden.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, i, 1887, pp. 237-295.

This paper calls attention to the beginning of the great industry which now covers the earth
with beasts of burden, canals. ships, and railroads. Attention is also drawn to the fact
that civilization has not relieved the weights from human backs but rather augmented
them.

Otis T. Mason. The mutual obligation of the ethnologist and the historian.

Papers of the American Historical Association, 1v, pp. 5-12.

The paper dwelJs on the proposition that the history of mankind is written in things as well
as in words, and that the student of things and the student of words should mutually
prove each other’s work.

Otis T. Mason. The savage’s side arms.

The American Anthropologist, 11, pp. 77,78.

A short paper connecting ancient leaf-shaped stone implements with some now in use in
California.

Otis T. Mason. Woman’s share in primitive culture.

The American Anthropologist, XI, pp. 3-13. 3

This paper shows that Mr. Spencer’s division of civilization in time into militancy and indus-
trialism is quite as much a sex division, the industrial pursuits of mankind originating
with women in savagery.

Otis T. Mason. Report on the Department of Ethnology in the U. S. National
Museum, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 87-95.

Otis T. Mason. Report on the Department of Ethnology in the U. S. National
Museum, 1887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 65-75.

SETH E. Merk. Notes on a collection of fishes from the Maumee Valley, Ohio.

Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., X1, Sept.3, 1888, pp. 435-440.

C. Hart Merriam. Preliminary revision of the North American pocket mice
(genera Perognathus et Cricetodipus auct.); with descriptions of new species and
subspecies, and a key to the known forms.

North American Fauna, No.1, Oct. 25, 1889, pp. 1-29. Pl. 1-Iv.

GEORGE P. MerrIcL. The collection of building and ornamental stones in the U.S.
National Museum.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 1886 (1889), 11, pp. 277-648. Pl.1-1x; 14 text figures.

Although designed as a hand-book for the collection, it has been made to cover a more ex-
tended field than indicated by its title. The aim has been to bring together in one
volume as much valuable matter bearing upon the subject as the space would permit,
and to put it in such form as to be available for popular use. The work as above noted
comprises some 370 pages; there are also nine full-page plates and fourteen figures in the
text.

GEORGE P. MERRILL. Notes on the serpentinous rocks of Essex County, New York;
from Aqueduct Shaft 26, New York City, and from near Easton, Pennsylvania.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X11, May 22, 1890, pp. 595-600.

GrorGE P. Merritt. The cementing material of sandstone.

Stone (Ludianapolis, Indiana), July, 1839, pp.38,39. 1 figure.

GeorGcE P. MERRILL. Distribution of building stone in the United States.

Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), August, 1889, p. 56.

GreorGE P. MereiLu Itacolumite, or flexible sandstone.
Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), September 1889, pp. 72, 73.

GroRGEP. Merrity. Cavities ia the quartz of granite.
Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), October, 1889, p. 89.

GEORGE P. Merritt. The origin of diamonds.
Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), November, 1889, p. 115.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1390. 701

GEORGE P. MERRILL, Infusorial earth, or tripolite.

Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), December, 1889, pp. 133-139.

GEORGE P. MrRRILL. Steatite, or soapstone.

Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), January, 1890, pp. 148, 149.

GEORGE P. MERRILL. Some processes of rock formation.

Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), February, 1890, pp. 187, 183.
GEORGE P. MERRILL. Some processes of rock formation.
Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), March, 1890, pp. 223, 224.
GEORGE P. MERRILL. Some processes of rock formation.
Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), April, 1890, pp. 253, 254. 1 text-figure.
GEORGE P. MERRILL. Some processes of rock formation.
Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), May, 1890, pp. 17-19.
GEORGE P. MERRILL. On grindstones and whetstones.
Stone (Indianapolis, Indiana), June, 1890, pp. 39-40.

GreorGE P. Merritt. Report on the Department of Lithology and Physical Geology
in the U.S. National Museum, 1887.

Report of the Sinithsonian Institution, i, 1886 (1889), pp. 239-244.

GrEorGE P. Merritt. Report on the Department of Lithology and Physical Geology
in the U. 8. National Museum, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 151-153.

L. Ortey Pinpar. List of the birds of Fulton County, Kentucky.

The Auk, vi, No. 4, October, 1889, pp. 310-316.

J. HAMPDEN PoRTER. Notes on the artificial deformation of children among savage
and civilized peoples.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 213-235.

D. WEBSTER PRENTISS. Case of poisoning by Japanese lacquer. Case of poisoning
by administration of homeopathic pellets labelled ‘‘Rhus.” Case of poisoning
by the cashew-nut, Anacardium Occidentale, by D. W. Prentiss, M. D., Wash-
ington,D. C., Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Medical Depart-
ment Columbian University, District of Columbia.

Pamphlet, pp. 1-17. Reprint from the ‘Therapeutic Gazette,” July 15, 1889, Detroit, Mich.

RicHarRD RATHBUN. Notice of the small surface organisms taken in the tow nets, and
of the contents of mackerel stomachs, by Richard Rathbun (pp. 259-267). In
‘‘Results of investigations by the schooner Grampus on the southern mackerel
grounds in the spring of 1887,” by D. E. Collins, T. H. Bean, and Richard Rath-
bun.

Bull. U. S. Fish Com., vii, 1887 (1889), pp. 217-267.

RicuarD RaTHBUN. Distribution of duplicate?sets of Marine Invertebrates, 1879-
1326.

Annual Report of the U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, pt. xiv, 1886 (1889), pp. 843-867,

These sets, 247 in number, were prepared from the duplicate specimens obtained during the
dredging expeditions of the Fish Commission steamers on the Atlantic coast of the
United States. The distribution was chiefly to institutions of learning in this country.
The paper quoted consists mainly of tables, giving the names and origin of the species,
and the names of the institutions supplied. The same information had previously been
published in the Proceedings and annual reports of the National Museum, by which most
of the sets were prepared and distributed.

RICHARD RATHBUN. Report on the Department of Marine Invertebrates in the U. S$.
National Museum, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, i. 1886 (1889), pp. 199-207.

RicHarRD RATHBUN. Report on the Department of Marine Invertebrates in the U.S.
National Museum, 1887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), i887 (1889), pp. 125-135.

CHARLES Rau. Report on the Department of Archeology in the U. 8. National
Museuni, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 101-112. Pl. Lv.

CHARLES Rav. Report on the Department of Archeology in the U. S. National
Museum, 1887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 83-85.

702 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

CHARLES W. RicHMOND. The yellow-throated warbler (Dendroica dominica) near
Washington, D. C.
The Auk, v1, No. 4, October, 1889, p. 339.
Rosert RipGway. Notes on Costa Rican birds, with descriptions of seven new
species and subspecies and one new genus.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xi, Sept. 20, 1888 (1889), pp. 537-546.
Beledonia, gen. noy.; Zeledonia coronata, Microcerculus orpheus, Picolaptes gracilis, Sclerurus
canigularis, Picumnus flavotinctus, Dendrornis punctigula and Dendrocolaptes variegatus,
spp. noy.; Geothlypis caninuchaic terotis and Xiphocolaptes emigrans costaricensis subspp.

4 noy.

RoBERT RipGway. Natural History Survey of Illinois, | State Laboratory of Natural
History, |S. A. Forbes, Director. | —| The | Ornithology | of Illinois. | — |
Part I, Descriptive Catalogue, | By Robert Ridgway, | Part IJ, Economic Orni-
thology, | by S. A. Forbes. | — | Volume I. | Published by authority of the State
Legislature. | — | Springfield, Illinois: | H. W. Rokker, Printer and Binder, |

1889.
Roy. 8vo., pp. VII+-520: pl. I-xxxii, with colored frontispiece.

[Rospert RrpGway, and other members of the Committee on Classification and No-
menclature of the American Ornithologists’ Union. ]

The Auk, vu, No. 1, January, 1890, pp. 60-66.
(Second supplement tothe American Ornithologists’ Union Check List of North American Birds.)

ROBERT RipGgway. Buteo brachyurus and B. fuliginosus.

The Auk, vu, No.1, January, 1890, p. 90.
Ropert Ripeway. Intergradation between Zonotrichia leucophrys and Z. intermedia,
and between the latter and Z. gambeli.
The Auk, vu, No.1, January, 1890, p. 96.
ROBERT Ripaway. Letter concerning Colymbus adamsi and C. glacialis.
- The Ibis, sixth series, 11, No.5, January, 1890, p. 129.
Ropert Ripaway. A review of the genus Xiphocolaptes of Lesson.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1, Feb. 5, 1890, pp. 1-20.
Xiphocolaptes argentinus, X. major castaneus, subspp. nov.
ROBERT RipGWay. A review of the genus Sclerurus of Swainson.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xt, Feb. 5, 1890, pp. 21-31.
Sclerurus lawrencei, sp.nov., S. fuseus (Max.), revived.

ROBERT RipGway. Scientific results of explorations of the U. 8. Fish Commission
steamer Albatross. [Published by permission of Hon. Marshall MeDonald,
U. 8. Commissioner of Fisheries.] I. Birds collected on the Galapagos Islands
in 1888.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x11, February 5, 1890, pp. 101-128 (six cuts).

Nesomimus, gen. noy., Nezomimus macdonaldi, N. personatus, Certhidea cincrascens, Geospiza
controstris, Geospiza media, Cactornis brevirostris,C. hypoleuca, Camarhynchus townsendi,
C. pauper, Pyrocephalus minimus, and Peecilonetta galapagensis, spp. DOV. -

ROBERT RipGway. Scientific results of explorations by the U. 8. Fish Commission
Steamer Albatross. [Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Com-
missioner of Fisheries.] No. I!. Birds collected on the Island of Santa Lucia,
West Indies, Abroihos Islands, Brazil, and at the Straits of Magellan in 158788.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x11, Feb. 5, 1890, pp. 129-139.
Geositta longipennis and Upucerthia propinqua, spp. Nov.

ROBERT RipGway. Harlan’s hawk, a race of the red-tail and not a distinct species.
The Auk, vu, No. 2 April, 1890, p. 205.

RoBert RipGway. Report onthe Department of Birdsin the U.S. National Museum,
1886.

Report the of Smithsonian Institution, ul, 1886 (1889), pp. 153-162.

ROBERT RipGway. Reportonthe Department of Birds in the U. 8. National Museum,
1887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 95-100.

CLARENCE B. RIKER and FRANK M. CHAPMAN. A listof birds observed at Santarem,
Brazil.

The Auk, vu, No. 2, April, 1890, pp. 131-137.
(See also under Frank M. Chapman.)

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 703

WS

CHARLES V. Ritey. Locusts in Algeria.

Insect Life, u, No.2, August, 1889, pp. 59-60.

Measures taken by the French Government to lessen locust ravages In Algeria.
CHARLES VY. RiteyY. The English Sparrow in North America.

Bull. No.1, Division of Economic Ornithology and Mammalogy, U. S. Departinent of Agricul-
ture. 8vo0., pp. 405.

The author gives first a list of the insect remains found in the stomachs of 92 specimens of
Passer domesticus submitted for examination, the insects being fully identified wherever
it was possible. Then fullows a succinct statement of the habits and life-history of the
insects thus found, arranged according to orders, with special regard to their economic
importance. A summary of the food-habits of the English sparrow as an insectivorous
bird in North America, and a brief survey of other work done in the same line both in
Europe and America, concludes the article.

CHARLES VY. Ritey. Family Graconide. Subfamily Microgasterine. Contributions
to the Parasites of North American Butterflies.

The Butterflies of the Hastern United States and Canada, by S.H. Scudder (Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts), Part x11, October, 1889, pp. 1897-1911, pl. Ixxxviii, figs. 11 and 12.

Also separate and part of: The Hymenopterous Parasites of North American Butterflies, by
L. O. Howard, including a section upon Microgasters, by C. V. Riley, Cambridge, 1889.

Describes the species of Microgasterine ot North America known to be parasitic on diurnal
lepidoptera as follows: genus Apanteles, 16 species, among them as new: A. edwardsii,
cyaniridis, argynnadis, keebelei, flavicornis, emarginatus, junonice, pholisore ; genus Micro-
gaster, 1 species.

CHARLES V. RILEY. Some insect pests of the household. Bedbugs and red ants.

Insect Life, 1, No. 4, October, 1889, pp. 104-108, figs. 16-18. (Reprinted from Good Housekeeping,
May 25, 1889.)

Treats of the life-history of the common bedbug (Acanthia lectularia) and of the best remedies
for this pest. Mentions the occurrence in North America of an allied species, Conorhinus
sanguisuga. Brief review of the life-history of the red ant (Monomoriwm pharaonis) and
the best remedies to be recommended for it. ‘

CHARLES V. RILEY. Some insect pests of the household. The carpet-beetle or so-

called ‘‘ Buffalo: moth.”
Insect Life, 1, November 5, 1889, pp. 127-130. (Reprinted from Good Housekeeping, April 13,
1889.)

Short review of the history of the species; description of the earlier stages and the imago;
remedies.
CHARLES V. Ritey. The pluin curculio. Arsenical sprays; Wier’s plum immunity
theory.

Proceedings of the Twenty-second Session of the American Pomolegical Society (Ocala, Florida),
February 20, 1889, pp. 31-36.

Summary of various experiments with spraying mixtures as a remedy for the plum curculio
and record of observations and experiments to disprove the correctness of Mr. Wier’s
theory.

CHARLES Y. Ritvy. Importation of Icerya remedies from Australia.

Pacific Rural Press, 38, December 21, 1889, p. 570.

A review of the history of the importation into California of Australian parasites and enemies
of Icerya purchasi, with acknowledgments to persons who have assisted in this work.

CHARLES V. RILEY. Sur Vimportation artificielle des parasites et enemies naturels

des insectes nuisibles aux vegeteaux.
Comptes Rendu des Seances du Congrés International de Zoologic, Paris, 1889, pp. 323-326.
Contains un account of the importation of Australian parasites and enemies of Icerya purchast
into California, the most important of them being Vedalia cardinalis.
CHARLES V. Ritey. [Report of a trip to Australia to investigate the natural enemies

of the Fluted Scale. By Albert Koebele. ]
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Entomology, Bulletin 21, Washington, 1890.
Contains the report of Albert Koebele, with letter of transmittal and introduction by C. V.
Riley; also foot-notes by C. V. Riley relating mostly to the determination of Anstralian
insects.
CHARLES V. Ritey. [Reports of observations and experiments in the practical work
of the Divison. ] ;
U.8. Depariment of Agriculture, Division of Entomology, Bulletin 22, Washington, 1890,
e Contains the reports of the field agents of the Entomological Division, with letters of trans-
mittal and introduction by C. V. Riley.

T04 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

CHARLES Y. RinuY. Insecticidesand meausof applying them to shade and forest trees.

Fifth Report of the U. S. Entomological Commission, pp. 31-47.

Author’s Extras. Fullreport not yet published. The first part gives a summary of the in-
secticides available for the protection of forest and shade trees from the attacks of leaf-
eating insects ; the arsenical poisons, kerosene emulsions, and hydrocyanic acid gas are
especially treated of. The second part enumerates and describes the apparatus for the
application of insecticides in dry or liquid form and more especially the various nozzles
and pumps for spraying, many of which are figured.

CHARLES VY. RILEY. Some insect pests of the household. The true clothes moths.

Insect Life, Nos. 7, 8, February, 1890, pp. 211-215.

Characterization of the three species of clothes moths common in the United States, and their
mode of work; description of Hyperemus tine, a parasite of Tineola pellionella; the ques-
tion of remedies discussed.

CHARLES Y. RILEY. Improved methods of using hydrocyanic acid gas.

California Fruit Grower, v1, February 18, 1890, p. 100.

Mr. D. W. Coquillett’s latest improvement in the preparation and application of hydrocyanic
acid gas as a remedy for scale insects in California.

CHARLES V. RinEy. [Opinion of the Gypsy Moth].

Boston Globe, February 17, 1890.

Publication of interview with a reporter regarding the danger resulting from the spread of
the imported gypsy moth, and the best means of exterminating it.

CHarius VY. Ritey. The six-spotted mite of the orange (Tetranychus 6-maculatus,
n. Sp.).

Insect Life, 1, Nos. 7, 8, February, 1890, pp. 225, 226; fig. 44.

Technical description, with figures, of Tetranychus 6-maculatus, a hitherto undescribed mite
injurious to the orange tree in Florida.

CHARLES VY. RILEY. Platypsyllus—egg and ultimate Larya—Dr. Horn’s reclamation.

Entomologica Americana, V1, No. 2, February, 1890, pp. 27-30. One figure.

(Reprinted in part in Insect Life, 11, Nos. 7, 8, February, 1890, pp. 244-246, fig. 50.)

The eggand pupa of Platypsyllus were not previously characterized. Describes the eggs from
the oviduct and describes and figures a singular form of larva, having a strong Mallopha-
gan appearance, giving reason for believing it to be the ultimate larva form of Platypsyl-
lus. Replies to areclamation by Dr. G. H. Horn on a question of priority.

Cuarues V. Rinny. An Australian Hymenopterous Parasite of the Fluted Scale.

Insect Life, ul, Nos. 7, 8, February, 1890, pp. 248, 249, fig. 54.

Describes Ophelosia, nov. gen. of Chalcidide, and Ophelosia crawfordi,n. sp. from Adelaide, the
new species being parasitic on Ieerya purchasi.

CHARLES Y. RineY. The Entomological Mission to Australia.

Pacific Rural Press, XXX1xX, February 8, 1890, p. 146, and March 22, 1890, p. 310.

Replies to Mr. Frank McCoppin’s articles relative to the history of the mission to Australia,
undertaken for the purpose of introducing into California parasites and enemies of Icerya
purchast.

CHARLES VY. RitEY. The Improved Gas Treatment of Scale Insects.

Pacific Rural Press, XXxX1x, March 8, 1890, p. 261.

Records the recent improvement in the preparation and application of hydrocyanic gas asa
remedy for scale insects in California.

CHARLES Y. Riney. Some Insect Pests of the Household. tv. Cockroaches.

Insect Life, u, No. 9, March, 1890, pp. 266-269, fig. 57.

(Reprinted substantially from Good Housekeeping, June 8, 1889.)

Characteristics of the three species most abundant in houses, Periplaneta americana,
P. orientalis, and Phyllodromica germanica; note on food habits and remedies.

CHARLES VY. Ritey. The Rose Chafer (Macrofactylus subspinosus Fabr.).

Insect Life, u, No. 10, April, 1890, pp. 295-302; fiz. 61.

Past history; natural history; geographical distribution; food plants and ravages; natural
checks; remedies.

CHARLES Y. Ritey. Microgasters Affecting Rhopalocera.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, I, No. 4, 1890, p. 205.

Dwells upon the difficulties in the specific distinction in the genus Microgaster and points out
certain structural characters that could be used for the purpose.

CHARLES VY. RILEY. Oviposition in Diptera.
Proceedings of the Entomological Society af Washington, 1, No. 4, 1890, p. 263.
Enumerates instances where in Diptera the ovipositor is modified and fitted for puncturing.
CHARLES V. Ritey. Note on the Genus Lestophonus. :
Proceedings of the Entomological Socicty of Washington, 1, No. 4, 1890, pp. 263, 264.
Short note on the specific distinctness of Lestophonus Icerye and L. monophlebi.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 705

CHARLES V. RILEY. On Dipterous Larve Infesting Man.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, 1, No. 4, 1890, p. 264.

Short account of two unpublished cases ef the occurrence of Hristalis larveein the human
rectum.

CHARLES VY. RitEy. Note on the Importation and Colonization of Parasites and
other Natural Enemies of Insects Injuricus to Vegetation.

Report of the 59th Meeting* of the British Association for the Advancement of Science.

September, 1889 (London, 1890), pp. 640-642.

The author after referring to the transportation to other places of the parasites of the Plum
Carculio, and to the importation into North America of the European Microgaster glomer-
atus, relates the successful importation into California and dwells on the efficacy of this
coccinellid beetle in destroying the fluted scale in California.

CuHaries V. kitty. The Insect Collection of a Large Museum.

Insect Life, 11, Nos. 11, 12, June, 1890, pp. 342-346, fig. 66.

Reprinted with slight changes from the Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1886
(1889), Part 1, pp. 182-186.

Aims and objects of the collection. The type of systematic collection; the exhibit collection ;
drawers and cases used; arrangement of biologic material; method of mounting vials.

CuHarwes V. Ritey. Report of the Entomologist.

First report of the Secretary of Agriculture, 1889, pp. 331-861, plates I-Iy.

Contains the following titles: Introduction, giving a general review of the work and publica-
tions of the division of Entomology, pp. 331-334; the Fluted Seale (Icerya purchasi
Maskell), pp. 334-840 ; the Six-spotted Mite of the Orango (Tetranychus 6-maculatus Riley),
pp. 340-345; the Horn Fly (Hematobia serrata Robineau-Desyoidy), pp. 345-348; the
Grain Aphis (Siphonophora avene Fabr.), pp. 348-355; the Work of Field Agents, pp.
355-360.

CHARLES VY. RiteY. On the International Importance of Parasites and Natural Ene-
mies of Insects Injurious to Vegetation.

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, 38th meeting,t
August, 1889 (Salem), p. 279.

Brief abstract of a paper read before the section of biology on the international importation
of Microgaster glomeratus and Vedalia cardinalis.

CHARLES VY. RILEY. Perfectionnements du Graphophone.

Comptes Rendus des Seances del Academie des Sciences, 17 Juin, 1889, pp. 1230-1232.

A brief review of the recent improvements in Edison’s phonograph and Tainter’s grapho-
phone. The shortcomings of the latter pointed out, and the modifications and improve-
ments invented by J. H. White, with some acoustic improvements by the author, are
described.

(Also separate, pp. 2-108.)

CHARLES Y. RILEY. Report on the Department of Jnsects in the U. 8S. National

Museum, 1886. 5;
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 181-197, plate 1.
CHARLES V. RiLEY. Report on the Department of Insects in-the U. S. National
Museum, 1887.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U. S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 117-123.
Cnoarues VY. RineY and L. O. Howarp. The Phylloxera Problem Abroad as it
Appears to-day. ;

Insect Life, 1, No. 10, April, 1890, pp. 310, 311.

Success of defensive measures in France, more especially rcconstruction of the vineyards
by means of American stocks; status of the phylloxera in other countries.

CHARLES Y. RILEY and L.O. Howarp. The Horn Fly (Hamatobia serrata Robineau-
Desvoidy).

Insect Life, u, No. 4, October, 1889, pp. 93-108, figs. 11-15.

After treating of the first appearance and spread in North America of Hematobia serrata,
which appears to be introduced from Europe, the authors give a full account of the life
history of this insect with descriptions of the larva and the puparium. The habits of the
fly and the nature of the damage done by it are then described. The article concludes with
a discussion of the best remedies and preventives.

CHARLES V. RiLtEY and L. O. Howarp. The Bot Fly of the Ox, or Ox Warble.

Insect Life, 1, No. 5, November, 1889, pp. 156-159, figs. 26, 27.

An account of the loss caused by the ox warble in the United States and Great Britain.

* Held at Newcastle-upon-Tyne. t Held at Toronto.
H. Mis. 129, pt. 2 45

706 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

CHARLES VY. RiLtvy and L. O. Howarp. The Weeping Tree Mystery.

Insect Life, 1, No. 5, November, 1889, pp. 160, 161.

Brief review of an article in the Dallas (Texas) Morning News, October 9, 1889. The ‘‘ weep-
ing”’ of the tree is caused by multitudes of Proconia undata ejecting drops of honey-dew.

CHARLES V. RiteEyY and L. O. Howarp. The so-called Mediterranean Flour Moth
(Ephestia Kuhniella Zeller).

Insect Life, u, No. 6, December, 1889, pp. 166-171, figs. 28-30.

After referring to the sudden outbreak of this pest in Canada the authors give a full digest
of its history in Europe, and append a characterization of the larva and comparison of the
same with allied species.

CHARLES VY. Ritry and L. O. HowarpD. The Ox Warble (Hypoderma bovis DeGeer).

Insect Life, 11, No. 6, December, 1889, pp. 172-177, figs. 31-35.

From the structure of the ovipositor and from the shape of the egg the authors conclude that
the egg is not inserted into the skin, but simply fastened to the skin and to the base of the
hairs. The value of train oil or fish oil as a means of protection is emphasized.

CHARLES Y. RILEY and L. O. Howarpb. On some gall-making insects in New Zeal-
and.

Insect Life, 1, No. 6, December, 1889, pp. 194, 195.

Correction regarding Mr. Maskell’s determination of a Hymenopter supposed to produce galls
on Olearia furfuracea.

CHARLES VY. RILEY and L. O. HowarpD. The imported gypsy moth (Ocneria dispar L.).

Insect Life, 1, Nos.7, 8, February, 1890, pp. 208-211; figs. 36-39.

The species has been imported from Europe and appears to be thoroughly acclimated near
Bedford, Massachusetts. Notes on its food habits in Europe and Japan; an enumeration
of its numerous parasites bred in the former country.

CuHaries Y. RitEy and L. O. Howarp. A grub supposed to have traveled in the
human body.

Insect Life, 1, Nos. 7, 8, February, 1890, pp. 238, 239; fig. 48.

Comments on a communication from Dr. Elizabeth R. Cane, of Pennsylvania, regarding a
Hypoderma larva which traveled under the skin of a boy from the elbow to the eye within
5 months.

CHARLES Y. RitEy and L.O.HowarpD. The dogwood saw-fly (Harpiphorus varianus
Norton).

Insect Life, u, Nos.7, 8, February, 1889, pp. 239-243.

Various notes regarding the food habits of the larva of Harpiphorus varianus published in
addition to Mr.J. G. Jack’s article, ‘‘A Destructive Cornel Saw-fly;” variations in the
venation of the wings; characteristics of the male saw-fly.

CHARLES Y. RitEyY and L.O. Howarp. Two parasites of the garden web-worm.

Insect Life, 11, No.10, April, 1890, pp. 327, 328; fig. 64.

Note on the life history and figure of Limneria,eurycreontis; a Braconid (Agathis exoratus),
also bred from Eurycreon rantalis.

CHARLES VY. Ritey and L. O. Howarp. An Icerya in Florida.

Insect Life, u, No. 10, April, 1890.

Characterization of an apparently new species of Icerya from Key West, Florida, under the
MS. name of I. rose.

CHARLES VY. RitEy and L. O. Howarp. Some of the bred parasitic Hymenoptera
in the National Collection.

Insect Life, 1, Nos. 11,12, June, 1890, pp. 348-353.

A systematic enumeration of North American parasitic Hymenoptera of the family Braconide
and their hosts, with dates and localities. The article is to be continued.

CHARLES VY. Ritey and L. O. Howarpb. Anthrax parasitic on cut worms.

Insect Life, u, Nos. 11, 12, June, 1890, pp. 353, 354; fig. 67.

Several instances of North American species of Anthrax being parasitic on cut worms are
recorded. A review of the European literature on this subject is added.

CHARLES Y. RitEY and L.O. Howarp. The Tulip tree leaf gall-fly (Diplosis lirio-
dendri O. 8.).

Insect Life, 11, Nos. 11, 12, June, 1890, pp. 362, 363.

Various notes on the life history and structural characters of Diplosis liriodendri, in additional
criticism of an article by J. G. Jack, published in ‘‘Garden and Forest.”’

CHARLES V. RILEY and L. O. Howarp. Editorials and notes.

Insect Life, 1, Nos. 1-12, July, 1889, to June, 1890.

(See table of contents of each number of ‘‘ Insect Life. ’’)

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 707

CHARLES VY. RILEY and L. O. Howarp. Correspondence of the Division of Ento-
mology, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.

Insect Life, 1, Nos. 1-12, July, 1889, to June, 1890.
Selected letters from correspondents, with the replies.
(See under L. O. Howard.)
Wirt Rosinson. Notes onsome albino birds presented to the U.S. National Museum,
with some remarks on albinism.
Proc. U. S, Nat. Mus., x1, July 5, 1889, pp. 413-416.
JOSEPH NELSON RosE. Preliminary notes on Perityle.
The Botanical Gazette, XV, pp. 112-119.
Described as new species Perityle Brandegeana, P. Rothrockii, P. Greenci, P. Gravi, P. Soc-
corroensis; and as a new variety P. Hmoryi, var. Orcuttii.

JOSEPH NELSON Rose. Notes on some western plants.

The Botanical Gazette, xv, pp. 63-66.

Described as new species Chorizanthe Vaseyi Parry and Rose, Erigeron Tweedyana Canby and
Rose, Pentstemon Tweedyi Canby and Rose. A

(See also under John Merle Coulter and George Vasey.)

OSBERT SALvIN. A list of the birds of the islands of the coast of Yucatan and of the
Bay of Honduras.

The Ibis, Ser. 1, 1, No. 3, July, 1889, pp. 359-379; 1, No. 1, January, 1890, pp. 84-95. (Com-
menced in Ser. v, VI, No. 22, April, 1888, pp. 241-265.)

OSBERT SALVIN and F. Du CaNE GopMAN. [Temporary title page] | Biologia |
Centrali-America na | — | aves | Vol. I| By | Osbert Salvin, M. A., F. R. R,,
etc., | and | Frederick Du Cane Godinan, F. R. R., ete., | = 1879-1887.

EK. A. SCHNEIDER. (See under F. W. Clarke.)

P. L. SchaTER. Notes on some recently described species of Dendrocolaptida.

The Ibis, Ser. 6, 1, No. 3, July, 1889, pp. 350-354,
Berlepschia rikeri, Ridgw. (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1X, p. 523, and x, p. 151) redescribed and
figured.

P. L. ScurateER. The generic term Calodromas.

The Ibis, Ser. 6, 11, No. 6, April, 1890, p. 265.

P. L. Scrater. Catalogue | of the | Passertformes, | or Perching Birds | in the | col-
lection | of the British Museum. | — | Oligomyode or the families | Tyrannida,
Oxyrhamphide Pipridw, Cotingide | Phytotomide, Philepittide, Pittide | Xenicida,
and Hurylemide, | By | Philip Lutley Sclater. | London: | Printed by order of the
trustees. 1890.

8 vo., pp. XX + 495, pl. xxvi.
This constitutes volume xiv of ‘‘ Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum.”

P. L, ScLater and WitLiam H. Hupson. Argentine Ornithology. | A | descriptive
catalogue | of the | birds of the Argentine Republic, | by | P. L. Sclater, M. A.,
Ph.D., F. R. R., etc., | with notes on their habits | by | W. H. Hudson, C. M.B.S.,
late of Buenos Ayres | [Vignette] Burmeisters Cariama | — | Vol. 11, | — | Lon-
don: | Rk. H. Porter, 18 Princes street, Cavendish square W. | 1889.

8 vo., XXIV + 251, pl. xi-xx, colored.
W.E.D.Scotr. Asummary of observations on the birds of the gulf coast of Florida.
The Auk, vi, No. 4, October, 1889, pp. 318-326.
GEORGE B. SENNETT. A new species of duck from Texas.
The Auk, v1, No.3, July, 1889, pp. 263-265.
Anas maculosa.

GEORGE B. SENNETT. A new wren from the Lower Rio Grande, Texas, with notes

on Berlandier’s wren of northeastern Mexico.
The Auk, vit, No. 1, January, 1890, pp. 57-60.
Thryothorus ludovicianus lomitensis, swbspp. nov.

k. W. SHUFELDT. Observations upon the development of the skull in Neotoma

Fuscipes ; a contribution to the morphology of the Rodentia.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., of Philadelphia, July, 1889, pp.14-28. Pls. i, ii, (colored). Six figures.
R. W. SHUFELDT. Osteological studies of the subfamily Ardeina, (Pt. i).
Jour. Comp. Med. and Surg., (Philadelphia). Art. xv, v, x, No.3, July, 1889, pp. 218-243. Hight
figures. ;
Fifty reprints issued, with covers. Same title. Repaged, 1-26.
Contains concise accounts of the skeletons of many of the U. S. herons, and related birds.
_ Material of the Museum extensively used.

708 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

R. W. SHUFELDT. The eared seals.

Forest and Stream, vol. XXxXitt, No. 1, July 25, 1889, pp. 3-5.
(Figure of the Californian sea lion given after Elliott.)

R. W. SHUFELDT. The eared seals.

Forest and Stream, vol. XXIII, No. 4, August 15, 1889, pp. 64, 65. (Illustrated by figure of Steller’s
sea lion).

Bh... W. SHUFELDT. Contributions to the comparative osteology of arctic and sub-
arctic water birds. Pt. iv.

Jour. Anat. (London), vy, XXU, July, 1889, pp. 537-558. Hight figures.
Based almost entirely upon material in collection of U.S. National Museum.
R: W.SHUFELDT. The eared seals.
Forest and Strewm, vol. xxx, No. 5, August 22, 1889, p. 84.
(illustrated by figure of fur seal. )

R.W.SHUFELDT. Note on the anserine affinities of the flamingoes.
Science (New York), September 27, 1889, No. 347, pp. 224, 225.

R. W.SHUFELDT. Contributions to the comparative osteology of the families of North

American passeres.
Jour. Morph. (Boston), vol. 11, No. 1, 1889, pp. 81-114. Pls. v, vi, figs. 1-26.
Rk. W.SHUFELDT. Notes on the anatomy of Speotyto cunicularia hypogea.
Jour. Morph., pp. 115-125. Pl. vii.

R.W.SHUFELDT. Osteological studies of the subfamily Ardeine.

Jour. Oomp. Med. and Surg. (Philadelphia), x, No.4, Art. xvi, October, 1889, pp. 287-317. Figs.
9-37.
Fifty reprints issued, with covers. Same title ; repaged, 1-26.

R.W.SHUFELDT. Studies of the Macrochires, morphological and otherwise, with the
view of indicating their relationships and defining their several positions in the
system. (Communicated by W. K. Parker, F. R.S8., F.L.8.)

Linnean Society’s Journal (London), Zoélogy, Xx, 1889, pp. 299-394. Pl. xvii-xxiv.
k.W.SHUFELDY. True’s ‘Contributions to the Natural History of the Cetaceans.
A review of the family Delphinide.” Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 36, 1889. (Review.)
Jour. Oomp. Med. and Surg. (Philadelphia), x, No.4, October, 1889, pp. 104-406.

R. W.SHUFELDT. Restorations of some of the more remarkable extinct mammals of
the United States. No.1. A restoration of Tinoceros ingens.

The American Field (New York and Chicago), October 26, 1889, pp. 390, 391. Four figures.

Rk. W.SHUFELDT. Restorations of some of the more remarkable extinct mammals of
the United States. No.2. The ancestry of the horse.

The American Field, No. 18, November 2, pp. 414,415. Seven figures.

R.W.SHUFELDT. Restorations of some of the more remarkable extinct mammals of
the United States. No.3. Ancient whales and coryphodons.

The American Field (New York and Chicago), No. 19, November 9, 1889, p. 439. Two figures.

R.W.SHuUFELDT. Restorations of some of the more remarkable extinct mammals of
the United States. No.4. Half apes and lemurs. 4

The American Field (New York and Chicago), xxxu, No. 20, November 16, 1889, pp. 463, 464.
Two figures.

R. W. SHUFELDT. Restorations of some of the more remarkable extinct mammals of
the United States. No.5. The sabre-toothed tigers.

The American Field (New York and Chicago), No. 21, November 23, 1889, pp. 487,488. Two
figures.

R. W. SHUFELDT. Restorations of some of the more remarkable extinct mammals of
the United States. No. 6. Hairy mammoths and the sea-cows.

The American Field (New York and Chicago), No. 22, November 30, 1889, pp. 511,512. Two
figures.

R. W. SHUFELDT. Concerning certain zodlogical considerations as referring to the
classification of man.

Pop. Sci. News (Boston), XX11I, No. 11, November, 1889, pp. 161, 162.
Assisted by studies of the ethnological material in the U. S. National Museum.

R. W. SHUFELD?. Contributions to the comparative osteology of Arctic and Sub-
arctic water birds. Pt. V.

The Journal of Anatomy (London), Art.10, XXIV, n.s., IV, pt. V, 1889, pp. 89-116; Pl. vi, vil, viil.
Based entirely upon materia! furnished by the collections of the U.S. National Museum.

—— es
—

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. 8. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 709

R. W. SHUFELDT. On aquatic habits of certain land tortoises.

Nature (London), xu, No. 1044, October 31, 1889, p. 644.

R. W. SHUFELDT. Remarks upon extinct mammals of the United States.

Reprinted from The American Field (Chicago), XxxiI, Nos. 17-22, 1889. Two hundred and
fifty copies issued, being the author's edition, in paper covers, under above title, with im-
proved figures and repagination; pp. 1-38.

Tke author was materially assisted by studies of material in the collections of the U. S.
Natioual Museum, especially in the use of Steller’s sea-cow and skulls, and other speci-
mens in the osteological department.

R. W. SHUFELDT. Progress in avian anatomy for the years 1888-1889.

Jour. Comp. Med. and Vet. Arch. (Philadelphia), x1, No.1, January, 1890, pp. 22-26.

The work done in osteology of birds by the Department of Comparative Anatomy of the U.S.
National Museum herein fully noticed.

R. W. SHUFELDT. Hints to explorers and naturalists in the field about the prepara-
tion, care, and transportation of vertebrate skeletons in the rough.

Jour. Comp. Med. and Vet. Arch. (Philadelphia), x1, No. 2, February, 1890, pp. 98-103.

R. W. SaureLpt. The use to which the claws on the pollices of certain young birds
are put. (Letter to editor.)

Ibis (London), 11, No. 5, Ser. 6, January, 1890, pp. 128, 129.

R. W.SHUFELDT. On the position of Chama in the system.

Journal of Morphology (Boston), 111, No. 3, December, 1889, pp. 475-502, 8 figures.

R.W.SHUFELDT. Contributions to the comparative osteology of Arctic and gub-
arctic water-birds. Pt. vr.

Journal of Anatomy (london), XXIv, January, 1890, pp. 169-187. Pl. x1, xu, and numerous
wood cuts in the text.

CHARLES TORREY SIMPSON. On a singular case of imitation in Ostrea Virginica.

The Nautilus, 111, No. 3, July, 1889, pp. 26, 27.

Calls attention to the reproduction on its own shell by an oyster attached to Oerithium atratum,
of the color markings as well as the sculpture of the Cerithiwm to which it adhered.

CHARLES TORREY SIMPSON. What is a species?

The Nautilus, 11, No.7, November, 1889, pp. 78-80; No. 8, December, 1859, pp. 88-90.

Discussion of the variability of molluscan forms and their systematic value.

CHARLES TORREY SIMPSON. Notes on some Indian Territory land and fresh-water
shells.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X1, September 3, 1888 (1889), pp. 449-454.

JoHN B. SmitH. Contribution toward a monograph of the insects of the Lepidop-
terous Family Noctuide of Temperate North America.—Revision of the species of
the genus Agrotis.

Bull. 88, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1889, 8vo., pp. 1-237. Pl. 1-v.

JOHN L. SmitnH. Notes on the species of Lachnosterna of Temperate North America,
with descriptions of new species.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1, September 3, 1888 (1889), pp. 481-525, Pi. XLVII-LX.

SANDERSON SmiTu. Lists of the dredging stations of the U.S. Fish Commission, the
U.S. Coast Survey, and the British steamer Challenger, in North American waters,
from 1867 to 1887, together with those of the principal European Government
expeditions in the Atlantic and Arctic Oceans.

Annual Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Pt. Xv, 1886 (1889), pp. 873-1017.
Three charts.

These lists describe the depth of water, character of the bottom, temperature, ete., at each
dredging station.

Ropvert EK. C. Stearns. A mammoth land snail.

The Nautilus, 111, No. 3, July, 1890, pp. 29, 30.

Comments on the alleged discovery of a Bulimus, 19 inches long.

RoBertT EE. C. Stearns. On the distribution of Planorbis bicarinatus.

West American Scientist, September, 1889.

Ropert E. C. StEarNS. Notes on Physa triticea Lea, its relations, ete.

The Nautilus, 11, No. 5, September, 1889, pp. 49-1.

Roperr E. C. STEarNs. Critiques and comments.

The Nautilus, 111, No. 6, October, 1889, pp. 64-66.

Notes on shells and shell literature.

- Roperr I. C. Stearns. Stenotrema hirsuta Say, on the West Coast.

The Nautilus, 111, No.7, November, 1889, pp. 81, 82.

710 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890,

ROBERT E. C. STEARNS, Obituary notice of Xenos Y, Clark.

American Naturalist, xxt, August, 1889, pp. 749, 750.

Rosert E. C. Srearns. Instances of the effects of musical sounds on animals.

American Naturalist. xxiv, January, 1890, pp. 22-29; February, 1890, pp. 123-130; March, 1890,
pp. 236-242.

RoBert E. C. STEARNS. Contribution to the Natural History of the Coelenterata.

Cal. Acad. Sci., October, 1889, 42 pages, pl. 2.

A collection of reprints of various papers and notices relative to Verrillia Blakei Stearns, and
Radicipes pleuro-cristatus Stearns, bound togetker with an historical introduction, cover,
and title page; distributed by the author.

Rosert E. C. STEARNS. Ethno-conchology; a study of primitive money.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 297-334, pl. i-ix.

An account of the use of shells or shell substance as a medium of exchange or measure of
value.

Ropert E. C. SrearNs. The Nishinam game of ‘‘ Ha” and the Boston game of
O8 JETRO OS”
The Hvening Star (Washington, D. C.), May 31, 1890.
A paper read before the Anthropological Soeie ty of Washington, May 20, 1890, and partially
printed in the newspaper above cited.

LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Review of Japanese Birds, vii, The Nutcracker (Nucifraga
caryocatactes macrorhynchos).

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X1, July 5, 1888 (1889), pp. 425-432.

LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Review of Japanese Birds, rx, The Wrens.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x1, September 20, 1887, pp. 547, 548.
(Troglodytes fumigatus kurilensis, subspp. nov.)

LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Notes on a Third Collection of Birds made in Kauai, Ha-

waiian Islands, by Valdemar Knudsen.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xt, March 8, 1890, pp. 377-386.
(Oreomyza wilsoni, sp. DOV.)
LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Description of a New Lizard from Lower California.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Xi, July, 3, 1890, pp. 643, 644.
Described as a new species, Cnemidophorus labialis, from Cerros Island, Lower California. Type
U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 15596.
LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Description of Two New Species of Snakes from California.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xu, February 5, 1890, pp. 95-99, with 5 figures in the text.
Described as new species Lizhanura orcutti and Lichanura simplex. Types, U. S. Nat. Mus.
Nos. 15503, 13810. With a synopsis of the known species of the genus Lichanura.

LEONHARD STEJNEGER. Diagnosis of a New Species of Snake (Lichanura oreutti),
from San Diego County, California.

The West American Scientist, v1, August, 1889, p. 83. Reprinted by permission of the Assistant
Secretary from advanced sheets of the foregoing article.

LEONHARD STEJNEGER and FrrepERIC A. Lucas. Contributions to the Natural
History of the Commander Islands. x. Contribution to the History ox Fallas’
Cormorant. ‘

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x11, February 5, 1890, pp. 83-94. Pi.3.
Z.L.TANNER. Report on the work of the U.S. Fish Gommission steamer Albatross
for the year ending December 31, 1886. By Lieut. Comdr. Z. L. Tanner, U.S. N.
Annual Report of the U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, pt. X1v, 1886 (1889), pp. 605-
692. Ten plates.
Describes operations on the eastern coast of the United States, with a list of the dredging
stations, temperature and density observations, and a report by Thomas Lee, naturalist.
FREDERICK W. TRUE. Report on the Department of Mammals in the U.S. National
Museum, 1886.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 147-152.
FREDERICK W. TRUE. Report on the Department of Comparative Anatomy in the
U.S. National Museum, 1886.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 209-213.

FREDERICK W. TRUE. Report on the Department of Mammals in the U.S. National
Museum, 1887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp, 87-94.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIE 0. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1390. 711

FREDERICK W. TRUE. Report on the Department of Comparative Anatomy in the
U.S. National Museum, 1887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 137-138.

FREDERICK W. TRUE. Contributions to the Natural History of the Cetaceans. A
Review of the family Delphinida.

Bull. 36, U.S. Nat. Mus., 1889, 8vo., pp.1-191. Pl. 1-x4vit.

FREDERICK W. TRUE. On the occurrence of Hehinomys semispinosus Tomes, in Nica-
ragua.

Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., x1, September 3, 1888 (1889), pp. 467, 468.

FREDERICK W. TRUE. On the mammals collected in Eastern Honduras in 1887 by
Mr. Charles H. Townsend, with a description of a new subspecies of Capromys
from Little Swan Island.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X1, September 3, 1888 (1889), pp. 469-472.

Lucimn M. TurNrrR. Thesingle-headed drum of the Naskopie (Nagnagnot) Indians,
Ungava District, Hudson Bay Territorv.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X1, September 3, 1888 (1889), pp, 423, 434.

GEORGE Vasry. List of the plants collected in Alaska in 1888, No. v1.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xi, No. 772, 1889, pp. 217-218.

GORGE VASEY. A new grass.

The Botanical Gazette, Xv, pp. 106-110.

Described as a new genus and species Rhachidospernum Mexicanum (with plate).

GEORGE VASEY. New or little known plants: Uniola Palmeri.

Garden and Forest, i, pp. 401-402.

Described as new Uniola Palmeri (with figures).

GEORGE VASEY and JOSEPH NELSON Ross. List of plants collected by Dr. Edward
Palmer in 1889 at Lagoon Head, Cedros Island, San Benito Island, Guadeloupe
Island, head of the Gulf of California.

Contributions from the U.S, National Herbarium, 1, No.1, pp. 9-28.

Described by Mr. Rose as new species: Sisymbriwm Brandegeana, Allium Oalifornicum, Ence-
lia Oedrosensis, Phacelia (EHutoca) Cedrosensis, Nicotiana Greeneana, Eschecholzia, Palmeri,
Spheralecea Palmeri, Hemizonia (Hartmannia) Palmeri, H. (H) Greeneana, and by Dr. C. I.
Millspaugh, Huphorbia Pondii.

Also published in the Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1, September 3, 1888 (1889), pp. 627-536.

CHARLES D. WatcotTr. Description of new genera and species of fossils from the
Middle Cambrian.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xt, July 5, 1888 (1889), pp. 441-446.

CHARLES D. Watcorr. A simple method of measuring the thickness of inclined
strata by means of a clinometer compass and a rod.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XI, 1888 (1889), September 8, pp. 447-448.

This is a description of a method of measuring the thickiess of inclined strata by means of a
clinometer and arod. One cut.

CHARLES D. Watcorr. A fossil Lingula preserving the cast of the Peduncle.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XI, 1888 (1889), September 3, p. 480.

This is a description and illustration of a specimen of Lingula equalis Hall, showing the
peduncle extending out from the ventral valve.

CHARLES D. WatcoTr. Descriptive notes of new genera and species from the Lower
Cambrian or Olenellus zone of North America.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xii, 1889 (1890), February 5, pp. 33-46.

There is included in this paper a description of the new genera Avalonia, Helenia, and
Coleoloides, and a number of new species with remarks upon some that have been previ-
ously described.

Cuartes D. Waxcorr. Description of a new genus and species of inarticulate
brachiopod from the Trenton limestone.

Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus., x11, 1889 (1890), December 10, pp. 365, 366.

A description of the genus Conotreta, a small inarticulate brachiopod allied to Acrotreta.

CHARLES D. Watcorr. A review of Dr. R. W. Ells’s second report on the geology
of a portion of the Province of Quebec, ith additional notes on the ‘‘ Quebec
Group.”

Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 3, XXX1X, 1890, pp. 101-115.

In the additions to the review of Dr. Ells's report are descriptions and observations made by
the writer. He concludes, in agreement with Dr. Ells, that the Quebec group should be
dropped from geologic nomenclature.

ee:

Ut2 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

CHARLES D. WALCOTT. A review of the report of the State geologist of New York
for the year 1888.

Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 3, XX XIX, 1890, pp. 155, 156.

A short review of the contents of the report with special reference to the presence of the
Hercynian fauna or its representative in America, and the classification of the Upper
Silurian and Devonian rocks as influenced by the presence of this fauna.

CHARLES D. WaLcoTr. Study of a line of displacement in the Grand Caiion of the
Colorado, in northern Arizona.

Bull. Geol. Soc. America, 1, 1889, pp. 49-64. Twelve figures.

A description of an ancient pre-Cambrian fault, upon which a movement took place in later
Tertiary times, reversing the movement of pre-Cambrian time. It is accompanied by
descriptive details and numerous illustrations. -

CHARLES D. WatcoTr. The value of the term ‘‘ Hudson River Group” in geologic
nomenclature.

Bull. Geol. Soc. America, 1, 1890, pp. 335-355.

A brief historical notice and a description of the rocks referred to the Hudsor River group
by the geologists in New York, Ohio, and tho Mississippi Valley. The conclusion reached
is that the term ‘‘ Hudson” has a definite value in geologic nomenclature, and should be
used in a generic sense as expressed in the following tabulation:

Terrane. Formations.

| | Hudson River shales and grits. Utica shale.
Frankfort shale.
| Lorraine shale and sandstone.
Hudson....... dea ee eaee < | Salmon River sandstone aud shale.
|| Cincinnati shale and limestone.
| Nashville shale.
{ Maquoketa shale.

CHARLES D. WaALcoT?T. Report on the Department of Invertebrate Fossils (Paleozoic)
in the U. S. National Museum, 1886.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 1, 1886 (1889), pp. 215-227.
CHARLES D. WatcotTr. Report onthe Department of Invertebrate Fossils (Paleozoic)
in the U.S. National Museum, 1887.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 139-141.
LESTER F. WarRD.* Why is water considered ghost-proof?

Science, V, January 2, 1885, p. 2.

The suggestion is made that the wide-spread belief among savages that ‘‘ water is impassable
to spirits’’ may be due to the obstacles it presents to dogs in pursuing their prey, tracking
their masters, etc. :

LESTER F. Warp. A glance at the history of our knowledge of fossil plants.

Science, y, January 30, 1885, pp. 93-95.

Brief review of the progress of Paleobotany from the earliest times.

LESTER F. WarRD. Fontaine’s older Mesozoic flora of Virginia.
Science, v, April 3, 1885, pp. 280, 281.
Review of that work.

LEsrer F. Warb. Lesquerenx’s Cretaceous and Tertiary flora.
Science, v, April 24, 1885, pp. 348, 349.
Review of that work.

Lester F. WarbD. Premature appearance of the periodical cicada.

Science, V, June 12, 1885. p. 476.

Letter to Science recording the hearing of the note of the periodical cicada on October 12,
1884, with an attempt to account for the phenomenon.

LESTER F. WARD. The ginkgo-tree.

Science, V, June 19, 1885, pp. 495-497.

An account of the discovery of the flowering for the first time of two ginkgo-trees in the
U.S. Botanic Garden at Washington, followed by remarks on the character and distribution
of this tree and its paleontological history. Two. of the illustrations are of specimens
collected by the writer.

* Mr. Ward’s Bibliography from January, 1885, to June, 1886, was omitted from the reports of the
National Museum. It is supplied here in connection with that for the year ending June 30, 1890.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 713

Lester F. Warp. Evolution in the vegetable kingdom.

American Naturalist, xix, July, August, 1885, pp. 537-644; 745-753.

This article discusses the progress that has been made in our knowledge of the laws of devel-
opment in the vegetable kingdom, considering the subject from the three-fold point of
view : its chronological, geological, and botanical history. The second and third parts of
the paper are the same as read at the American Association for the Advancement of Sci-
ence at Philadelphia, September 8, 1884. The first part is an expansion of the correspond-
ing portion of that paper.

Lester I. Warp. Historical view of the fossil flora of the globe. Geological view
of the fossil flora of the globe. Botanical view of the fossil fora of the globe.

Proc. Amer, Assn, Adv. Sei., XXXII, September, 1884, pp. 493-497.

Abstract of papers read before section F, September 8, 1884.

LESTER F. WarRD. A convenient system of river nomenclature.

Science, V1, October 9, 1885, pp. 321-322.

Suggests the giving of monosyllabic names to the tributaries of rivers and of combining
these to form the names of the streams which the tributaries unite to form, after the
analogy of the Mattapony in Virginia.

Lester F. WarpD. Moral and material progress contrasted.
Transactions of the Anthropological Society, 111, 1884-1885, pp. 121-130 (136).

An argument for conscious activity on the part of society in seeking its own welfare, by
showing that the moral condition of mankind has not kept pace with material progress in
which such conscious activity has been exercised by individuals.

LESTER F. WARD. An example in political science.

The Daily Telegraph (New York), November 3, 1885, p. 4.

A scientific treatment of the tariff question.

LESTER F. WARD. Mind as a social factor (Abstract).

Transactions of the Anthropological Society of Washington, 111, 1885, pp. 31-32.

The paper was published in full in Mind (London), 1x, October, 1884, pp. 563-573, and is
mentioned above under that date.

LESTER F. WarD. Remarks on Mr. H. H. Bates’s paper on “ Discontinuities in
Nature’s Methods.”

Transactions of the Anthropological Society of Washington, 111, 1885, pp. 53-54.

Welcomes the introduction of the physical term discontinuities into biology in the sense given
to it by Mr. Bates, 7. e., not implying actual breaks in the series, and offers additional
examples.

LESTER F. WARD. Remarks on Prof. J. M. Gregory’s paper on the ‘‘ Elements of

Modern Civilization.”

Transactions of the Anthropolugical Society of Washington, II, 1885, pp. 63-64.

Approves the classification of social activities proposed by Professor Gregory, and shows that it
is substantially the same as that elaborated by the speaker and published three years
before (Science, October 23, 1880, pp. 210,211), and then in press as part of Chapter vit of
his forthcoming work on dynamic sociology.

LESTER F. WARD. A National University.

Science, vi, December 18, 1885, p. 539.

Letter approving Secretary Lamar’s recommendation of the establishment of such an institu-
tion by the Government at Washington.

LESTER F. Warp. Administrative Report of the Chief of the Division of Paleobot-
any, U. S. Geological Survey, for the year ending June 30, 1884,
Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1883-1884, pp. 55-59.
LESTER F. WarD. Sketch of Paleobotany.

Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1883-1884, pp. 357-452. Pl. LVI-LVII.

Gives an historical review of paleobotanical discovery with profuse bibliographical references,
a sketch of the history of paleobotany down to the year 1850, an account of the present
state of the science, remarks on the nomenclature of fossil plants, a review of the prog-
ress toward a natural method of botanical classification, especially as indicated by pal-
eophytology, and a geognostico-botanical view of the plant life of the globe, past and
present, illustrated by a tabular exhibit and three diagrams, one of which is colored.

LESTER F. Warv. Notes on the flora of Eastern Virginia.

Botanical Gazette, x1, February, 1886, pp. 32-38.

The more striking changes that occur in the flora on traveling southward from Washington,
D.C., to Weldon, N. C., are pointed out and commented upon.

LESTER F. WarpD. Moral.and material progress.
The Capital (Washington), March 28, 1886, p. 4.
Abstract of the paper above noticed on moral and material progress contrasted.

714 REPORT -OF NATICNAL MUSEUM, 1890.

LESTER F. Warp. On the determination of fossil dicotyledonous leaves.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XX1, May, 1886, pp. 370-375.

Contains a brief review of the progress made in this line of research preparatory to the nomen-
clature proposed by Nathorst in a recent paper which analyzed and criticised. (Papers
published during 1889-1890).

Lester F. Warp. The sociological position of protection and free trade.

The American Anthropologist (Washington), 11, October, 1889, pp. 289-299.

Argues that protection can be theoretically defended as resting upon the progressive prin-
ciple of invention, free trade representing the absence of any social effort to improve the
commercial and industrial condition. :

Lester F. WARD. Fortuitous variation. Being an abstract of a paper thus en-

titled, read before the Biological Society of Washington, December 15, 1888.

Nature (London), Xt, July 25, 1889, p. 310.

The full title of the paper, as orally presented with exhibition of specimens and comments
thereon, was ‘‘Fortuitous Variation as illustrated by the Genus Hupatorium.” The
variations in the leaves of the different species of this genus were held to be such as
could not all be produced by natural selection, obviously not being specially advantageous
to the plant. It was argued that they were fortuitous in the proper scientific sense of
that word: 7. e., they were the result of the universal pressure of organic life in all diree-
tions and represented those directions in which such pressure had been successful, the
lines of least resistance.

LESTER F. WARD. Causes of belief in immortality.

The Forum (New York), vill, September, 1889, pp. 98-107.

The great prevalence of this belief is claimed to be the reswt of natural causes operating
upon primitive man, resulting in a universal notion of spirit, aud the chief of these natural
causes are enumerated.

LESTER F. WarbD. Jurassic plants from Kaga, Higa, and Echizeh (Japan). By
Matajiro Yokoyama.

American Journal of Science, XXXVIII, Ser. 3, November, 1889, p. 414.

Brief notice of a paper by the above title in the Journal of the College of Science, Imperial
University of Japan, 11, Pt. 1, Tokio, Japan, 1889.

Lester F. Warp. The Tertiary flora of Australia. By Dr. Constantin, Baron von
Ettingshausen. English translation edited by R. Etheridge, jr., Sydney, 1888.

American Journal of Science, XXXVIII, Ser. 3, December, 1889, p. 493.

Brief notice of a paper with the above title, referring to a fuller analysis of the original
memoirs to appear in the Highth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey (pp. 812-
814).

LESTER EF. WARD. Contribuzioni alla flora fossile dei terreni terziarii della liguria.
By S. Squinabol. I. Fucoidi ed Elmintoidee, Roma, 1888; II. Caracee-Felci,
Genova, 1889.

American Journal of Science, XXXIX, Ser. 3, January, 1890, pp. 72, 73.

Brief notice of papers with the above titles published by the Italian Geological Society and
University of Genoa.

LESTER F. Warp. Administrative Report to the Director of the U. S. Geological
Survey for the year ending June 30, 1887.

Highth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1886-1887, Pt. 1, 1889, pp. 184-189. Issued
February, 1890.

Lester F. Warp. The geographical distribution of plants.

Highth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1886-1887, Pt. 11, 1889, pp. 663-960, Pl. Lx,
issued February, 1890.

An extended and detailed enumeration of the localities at which fossil plants have been found,
the works mentioning them, and the age of the deposits in which they occur; arranged
primarily in a geographical order beginning with England and ending with the United
States, with a map of the United States showing the localities and formations.

Lester F. Warp. The course of biologie evolution. Annual Address of the Presi-
dent of the Biological Society of Washington, delivered January 25, 1890.

Proc. Biol. Soc. of Washington, Vv, 1830, pp. 23-55; Pamphlet, pp. 1-33.

The fundamental and distinct modes or lines of development are recognized, the normal and
the extra-normal. In both, evolution takes place chiefly through the law of the extinetion
of trunk lines of descent, coupled with that of the persistence of unspecialized types.
Normal development is illustrated in the vegetable kingdom, the principal steps being the
origin of exogeny, phenogamy, gymnospermy, angiospermy, exogenous angiospermy ; and

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U. §. NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890. 715

LzastER F. WarpD—Continued.
the development of floral envelops, apetaly, polypetaly, gamopetaly. Extra-normal develop-
ment is illustrated by fortuitous variation, in general by the origin of showy and fragrant
flowers, and of bright-colored and sweet-flavored fruits. The abnormalities of sex as pro-
duced by both female and male selection are explained. Finally itis shown that all extra-
normal development is the result of the origin and growth of the psychic element.
LEsTER F. Warp. On fossil plants collected by Mr. R. A. McConnell, on Mackenzie
River, and by Mr. T. C. Weston, on Bow River. By Sir J. W. Dawson.
Amer. Jour. Sci., XXXIX, Ser. 3, May, 1890, p. 406.
Notice of a paper with the above title.
LESTER F. WarpD. Report on the Department of Fossil Plants in the U.S. National
Museum, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), p. 231.

LeEsTER F. Warb. Keport on the Department of Recent Plantsin the U. S. National
Museum, 1886.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11 1886 (1889), pp. 2338-2385.
LESTER F. Wakb. Report on the department of Fossil Plants in the U. S. National
Museum, 1887.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 145, 146.
LEsTER F. Warb. Report on the department of Recent Plants in the U.S. National
Museum, 1587.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum, 1887 (1889), pp. 145, 146.
LeEsTER F. Warp. Remarks on Dr. Newberry’s paper on the Laramie Group, at the
Geological Society of America in New York, December 26, 1389.

Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 1, 1890, pp. 529-532.

These remarks relate chiefly to the position which Fort Union beds occupy relatively to the
original Laramie deposits of Colorado and Wyoming.

LESTER F. Warp. Remarks on Mr. David White’s paper on Cretaceous plants from
Marthas Vineyard, at the Geological Society of America in New York, December
28, 1889.

Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 1, 1890, pp. 555-556,

Pointing out especially the importance of Mr. White’s discoveries to geology in settling be-
yond further dispute the age of a certain portion at least of the Gay Head section, which
has been the sub ject of geological investigation for a century, and was still enshrouded
with doubt.

LESTER F. WarD. Genius and woman’s intuition.

The Forum (New York), 1x, June, 1890, pp. 401-408.

This article is a reply to one by Grant Allen on woman's intuition, in the preceding number
of the Forum. Itaims to give a scientific explanation of the origin and nature of the
well-known faculty by which most women are able to arrive instantaneously and correctly
at the decision of certain questions of practical life, and point out what these questions
are and their limitations, thus denying the implication in the article reviewed that the
faculty is general or occult. It refutes the claim of Mr. Allen that there is any analogy
between this power and that of true genius, and shows that the two faculties are distinctly
antagonistic, the former being essentially practical, while the latter is essentially ideal.
Mr. Allen’s theory that men of genius are the sons of women in whom the intuitive faculty
is highly developed is shown to be erroneous, the popular view being that they are the
sons of women of intellectual superiority. The conclusion is drawn that the chief desid-
eratum is the intellectual development of women.

LESTER F. Warp. The Potomac or younger mesozoic flora; by William Fontaine).

Amer. Jour. Sci., XXXIX, Ser. 3, June, 1890, p. 520.

Notice of the work of the above title being Monograph No. XV of the U.S. Geological Survey
Washington, 1889.

J. ELFRETH WATKINS. ‘The air ship (its influence ontravel should it be perfected).

The Epoch, v1, No. 132, Aug. 16, 1889, p. 447.

Containing an approximate cost of the construction and operation of a theoretical air ship.

J. ELYRETH WATKINS. Report on the Section of Steam Transportation in the U.S.
National Museum, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 1, 1886 (1889), pp. 119-141.

J. ELFRETH WATKINS. Report on the Section of Steam Transportation in the U.S.
National Museum, 13887.
Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 79-81.

716 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

CHARLES A. WHITE. The Lower Cretaceous of the Southwest and its relations to
underlying and overlying formations.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XXXviI, December, 1889, pp. 440-445,

CHarLes A. WHITE. The North American Mesozoic. Address as Vice-President of
Section E of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at Toronto,
August, 1889.

Proc. Amer. Assn. Adv. Sci., XXXVIII, pp. 1-24.

CHARLES A. WHITE. Report on the Department of Invertebrate Fossils (Mesozoic)
inthe U. S. National Museum, 1586.

Report of the Sinithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 229-230.

CHARLES A. WHITE. Report on the Department of Invertebrate Fossils (Mesozoic)
in the U.S. National Museum, 1887.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S, National Museum), 1887 (1889), p. 143.

HENRY S. WILLIAMS. The Cuboides Zone and its fauna; a discussion of methods of
correlation.

Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 1, 1890, pp. 481-500. Pl. 11-138.

A description of the Cuboides Zone of the New York section and correlation of it with the
Cuboides Zone of the Devoniansystem of Europe. The discussion of the methods of cor-
relation includes the application of paleontologic and stratigraphic evidence as a basis of
correlation.

Scott WILSON. On some of the birds of the Sandwich Islands.

The Ibis, Sixth Series, 1, No. 6, April, 1890, pp. 170-196. Pl.i (colored).

Hemignathus stejnegeri, pl. vi, fig. 2, (H. obseurus Stejn. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus_, 1887, p. 93).

THoMAS WILSON. [Anthropological Notes in the “American Naturalist.” ]

Mound Explorations by W. K. Moorehead in Ross County, Ohio, xxi, No, 273, September,
1889, pp. 834-839.

Congresses, National and International, held in Paris during the French Exposition of 1889,
XxIV, No. 278, February, 1890, pp. 197-200.

Prehistoric Occupation in Cambodia—shell-heaps in Asia—Polished stone implements in the
National Museum, xxiv, No. 279, March, 1890, pp. 286-289.

Fort Ancient, Ohio (illustrated), xxiv, No. 280, April, 1890, pp. 383, 384.

Classification of arrow and spear heads or knives in the National Muscum—Archeological
discoveries— Archeologic or Archzeological?—Human and animal remains, xXiv, No. 282,
May, 1890, pp. 589-594.

THOMAS WILSON. The paleolithic period in the District of Columbia.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x11, No.777, Mar.7, 1890, pp. 871-376. Pl. xvii-xxi.

Also printed in the ‘‘American Anthropologist,” 11, July, 1889, pp. 235-241.

THomas WILSON. The civilization of the Indians of North America.

Association Francaise pour l Avancement des Science (Paris), August, 1889.

THoMAS WILSON. The Falls of Niagara, its value as a chronometer of antiquity.

Association Francaise pour l Avancement des Sciences (Paris), August, 1889.

THOMAS WILSON. Prehistoric implements and objects in hard or semi-precious
stone in America.

Association Francaise pour Ul Avancement des Sciences (Paris), August, 1889.

THOMAS WILSON. The Smithsonian Institution and its Anthropologie Work.

Journal of Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Treland, xix, No.4, May, 1890, pp.
509-515.

H.C. Yarrow. Report on the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians in the U. S.
National Museum, 1886.

Report of the Smithsonian Institution, 11, 1886 (1889), pp. 165, 166.

H.C. Yarrow. Report on the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians in the U.S.
National Museum, 1887.

Keport of the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum), 1887 (1889), pp. 103, 104.

W.S. Yeates. Pseudomorphs of native copper after azurite from Grant County,
New Mexico.

Amer. Jour. Sci., November, 1889,

W.S. Yeates. New localities for phenakite.

Amer, Jour. Sei., April 1890.

SECTION v.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS TO THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1890.

TAT

a ere tat etal

LIST OF ACCESSIONS.

ABBOTT, W. H. Models of boats and vessels collected under the direction of the
U.S. Fish Commission tor the Department of Naval Architecture, and received
from the gentlemen below mentioned :

Hon. VY. L. Coffin. Isaac M. Grant.
J. Kennedy. Abraham Lord.
William Welch. | Moses B. Day.
G. R. Campbell & Co. Robert Doritz.
James B. Crawford. Joshua Watson.

D. A. Simpson. Dudley A. Carlton.
Hamen Cousins. Rin eyler.
C. L. Young.

A complete list of the models, with names of donors, is here given:

Campbell, G. R. & Co., Cherryfield, Maine. Builder’s skeleton model of brig Telula,
built at Cherryfield, Maine, by Asa Dyer.

Carlton, D.A., Sedgwick, Maine. Model of figure-head of brig Gurmah, built at
North Castine, Maine, in 1843. =

Coffin, Hon. V. L., Harrington, Maine. Builder’s model of half-brig Antelope, built
at Harrington, Maine, in 1866, double decks; builder’s model of brig Lva N. Johnson,
built at Harrington, Maine, in 1867, by Ramsdell, Rumble & Coffin ; builder’s model
of three-masted schooner James M. Riley, built at Harrington, Maine, in 1872, by
Ramsdell, Rumble & Coffin..-

Cousins, Hamen, Lamoine, Maine. Builder’s model of two-masted schooner Wau-
keag, built at Trenton (now Lamoine), Maine, in 1855, by Hamen Cousins; builder’s
model of two-masted schooner Mountain Laurel, built at Trenton (now Lamoine),
Maine, in 1866, by Hamen Cousins.

Crawford, J. B., Castine, Maine. Buildor’s model of ship Atticus, built at Castine,
Maine, in 1818, by James Crawford; builder’s model of ship Lucas (full rigged), built
at Castine, Maine, in 1827, by James Crawford.

Day,M.B., Sedgwick, Maine. Builder’s model of schooner J. W. Hale, built at
Brooklin, Maine, in 1855, by M. B. Day. (Single deck.)

Doritz, Robert, Sargentvilie, Maine. Builder’s model of schooner 4H. Closson, built
at Sedgwick, Maine, in 1860, by R. Doritz; builder’s model of schooner Lucy, modeled
and built by R, Doritz, at Sargentville (in Sedgwick Township), Maine, 1852.

Grant, Isaac M., Ellsworth, Maine. Builder’s model of schooner D.S. Lawrence,
built at Ellsworth, Maine, by Isaac M. Grant, in 1871; builder’s model of schooner
William H. Archer, built at Ellsworth, Maine, by Isaac M. Grant, in 1871; builder’s
model of bark Julia, built at Ellsworth, Maine, by Isaac M. Grant, in 1877.

Kennedy, J., Lubec, Maine. Builder’s model of schooner Aaron, built at Lubec,
Maine, about 1854, by J. Kennedy.

Lord, Abraham, Ellsworth, Maine. Builder’s model of hermaphrodite brig Fredo-
nia, built at Ellsworth, Maine, in 1354, by N. H. Hall. (Single deck. )

Simpson, D.A., Sullivan, Maine. Builder’s model of two-masted hermaphrodite
brig Amethyst, built at Sullivan, Maine, in 1840, by Richard Simpson ; builder’s model
of two-masted schooner North Star, built at Sullivan, Maine, by Richard Simpson.

719

720 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Tyler, F. L., Frankfort, Maine. Builder’s skeleton model of topsail schooner Ruth
Thomas, built at Frankfort, Maine, in 1845, by Thomas & Whitman.

Watson, J., Sedgwick, Maine. Builder’s model of schooner Watchman, modeled
and built by Joshua Watson at Seaville, Tinker’s Island, Maine, in 1847; builder’s
model of brig Watson, modeled and built by J. Watson at Sedgwick, Maine, in 1846;
builder’s model of brig Abby Watson, modeled and built as above in 1852.

Welch, William, West Pembroke, Maine. Builder’s model of two-masted schooner
Ada S. Allen, builtat Dennysville, Maine, in 1867, by F. W. Allen & Son.

Young, C L., Lamoine, Maine. Builder’s model of two-masted brig Icarian, built
at Trenton (now Lamoine), Maine, in 1852, by Hamen Cousins.

Axpportt, Dr. W. L. (Zanzibar, Kast Africa). A large and valuable collection, consist-
ing of skins and skulls of large and small mammals, including rhinoceros heads,
buffalo heads, wart-hog, Pigmy Antelope (Neotragus), Tree Coney (red) (Dendro-
hyva), (Ichneumons crossarchus) (new to the collection), from the vicinity of Mount
Kilima-njaro. One hundred and ten ethnological objects, consisting of swords,
daggers, knives, shields, arrows, clubs, wooden dishes, bowls, spoons, clothing,
war-cap, baskets, beaded belts, neck rings, armlets and anklets, ear ornaments,
snuff horns, medicine-girdle, etc. Collection of insects, birds’ skins, specimen of
Chromis niloticus, shells, two specimens of Achatina reticulata Peiffer from Zanzi-
bar, head of Cobra naja sp., alcoholic specimens of reptiles, skin of crocodile,
and eggs of ostrich. 23153. (For description of Pigmy Antelope and Tree Coney
see Proceedings of the National Museum, vol. x11, 1890, pp. 227-229.)

ABERT, CHARLES (Norbeck, Miryland). Original bust of Benjamin Franklin, exe-
cuted by Corrachi in Italian marble. 23089.

ApamMs, C. F. (Champaign, Illinois). Group of Nasalis larvatus from Borneo (22758) ;
collection of mammal skins and bones (22331); twenty specimens from near the
town of Sandakan; seventeen specimens from Kiniabatangan River; fourteen
specimens from Suanlamba River, and twelve specimens from Sapagaya River,
British North Borneo.

ADAMS, FRED. J. (Grand Rapids, Michigan). Ribbon badge of the Michigan Press
Association, session of 1889, held at Grand Rapids, July 9 et seq. 22217.

Apams, L. J. (Vineland, New Jersey). Arrow-points and a fragment of pottery.
22673.

ADAMS,S.and J. (Bangor, Maine). Specimen of biotite granite from near Wilson
Stream, head of Sebec Lake, Maine. 23339.

Apams, W.H. (Chase, Illinois), (through Prof. J. F. James, U.S. Geological Survey).
Specimens of Zaprentis daliit, M.and H., Polyphemopsis sp.? and Macrochilina
medialis, M. and H., from the Coal Measures of Illinois. 22570.

ApAMSs, WILLIAM W. (Mapleton, New York). Specimens of copper spear-heads from
Michigan and New York (purchase). 22229.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF:

(Through Prof. C. V. Riley, Entomologist.) Collection of insects gathered in Aus-
tralia and New Zealand, by Mr. A. Koebele, agent of the Department, 830
specimens, representing 250 species of Coleoptera; 123 specimens, representing
52 speciesof Hemiptera, and 200 specimens representing 40 specimens of Orthop-
tera (22747); collection of insects belonging to the late Dr. Asa Fitch. (23118).

(Through Dr. B. E. Fernow.) Map showing percentage of forest areas, exhibited
at the Paris Exposition. 22796.

(Through Dr. C. H. Merriam.) Collection of reptiles from Arizona (23030) ; two
living Canada Porcupines (Lrethrizon dorsatus) from northern Minnesota
(23073) ; Horned Toad (Phrynosoma brevirostre), with sample of earth upon
which it was living, from Bridger’s Pass, Wyoming (23259); two nests and
eggs of Spizella breweri, eggs of Sturnella magna neglecta and Falco richardsont
(23305); collection of batrachians from San Francisco Mountain, Arizona.
(23333).

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. CE

ALASKA COMMERCIAL COMPANY (San Francisco, California). Bidarkas and pad-
dles, from the following localities: Kusilak, moath of the Yukon River; St.
Michael’s; Unalaklik, 60 miles north of St. Michael’s; Cape Vancouver; Nun-
wak Island, 250 miles south of St. Michael’s, and Unalaska. 22485. (See also
under Capt. M. A. Healy.)

ALLEN, Dr. H. N. (Secretary of the Corean Legation, Washington, District of Co-
lumbia). Collection of 118 ethnological objects, many of which were given to Dr.
Allen by the King of Corea (deposit) (22405) ; specimen of gold ore from the
province of Pyong an do Wen San Mines (gift) (22412).

ALLEN, IrA B. (Fair Haven, Vermont). Specimen of mineral from the mica mines
at Amelia Court House, Virginia (collected by Mr. W.S. Yeates of the National
Museum) (22199) ; specimens of Amazonstone from same locality (23257).

ALLEN, J. D. (Mandan, South Dakota). Three specimens of Mazama montana. 23081.

AMERICAN Bank NOTE ComMPany (through James Macdonough, president, (New
York City). Proof from a bank note die. 23277.

AMERICAN MusEuM or Natrurat History (New York City). Skin of bull Moose
from Maine; skin of African lion; two skins of Prong-horned Antelope from
Montana, and mold of lion in flesh (exchange) (22188); specimen of Agassiz’s
Gopher (Xerobates agassizi) from Tucson, Arizona (2216) ; life-size bustin plaster
of the chimpanzee Crowley of the Central Park Menagerie (22280); 213 speci-
mens, representing 16 species of birds’ skins from Arizona (22625).

AnTuHony, A. W. (San Diego, California). Three eggs (one set) of Pelecanus californi-
cus, 2240.

APPLETON, J. W.M. (Salt Sulphur Springs, West Virginia). Specimen of Gordius
aquaticus. 23013.

APPLETON, NATHAN (Boston, Massachusetts), (through G. L. Gillespie, lieutenant-
colonel of Engineers, U.S. Army). Mahogany gun-carriage from the citadel of
Santo Domingo, probably made by the Spaniards during the early days of their
possession of the island (23201); photograph of the council of Sitting Bull and
other Indians, at Standing Rock, and photograph of the monument to General
Custer (23206).

ARIZONA SANDSTONE COMPANY (Los je galass California). Fonr-inch cube of sand-
stone from the company’s quarry, Flagstaff, Arizona. 22632.

ARMSTRONG, THOMAS (See under Pennsylvania Salt Manufacturing Company).

ASHFORD, EDWIN W.(U.S. National Museum). Arrow-head trom shore*of Chesa-
peake Bay, Kent County, Maryland (22422); nest of Red Squirrel (Sciurus hudso-
nius) from the District of Columbia (22917).

AskEw, H.G. (Tyler, Texas). Collection of land and fresh-water shells. 22299.

AUSTRALIAN MUsEuM (Sydney, New South Wales, Australia), (through the United
States Geological Survey.) Thirty-two specimens of minerals and rocks (227389).
(Through Edward P. Ramsay, director of the Australian Museum.) Collection of
Percoid fishes, representing 34 species (exchange) (23308).

AvErY,S. P. (New York City). Sixteen prints by Procédé Comte, lithographs, and
etchings (22515); etching by Henri Guécard, from the Portrait of Whistler (22951) ;
catalogue Atelier Jules Dupré, illustrated by eight dry prints (23090).

Avery, Dr. Witttam C. (Greensborough, Alabama). Collection of birds’ skins,
eges, and nests (23293); nest and egg of Guiraca carulea (23329); twelve
skins of Quiscalus quiscula and Quiscalus quiscula wneus (23815).

BAgBsiTt, Miss FRANE E. (Coldwater, Michigan). Fragments of Indian pottery, bone
spear-point, small leaf-shaped implement of white quartz, and flint arrow-points
from various localities in Morrison and Beltrami Counties, Minnesota. 22706.

BakeEr, W.S. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania), (through Mr.§, R. Koehler.) Four royal
octavo volumes: ‘‘ The engraved Portraits of Washington,’’ Philadelphia, 1890;
‘‘Medallic Portraits of Washington,” Philadelphia, 1885; ‘‘ Character Portraits
of Washington,” Philadelphia, 1887; ‘‘ Bibliotheca Washingtonia,” Philadelphia,
1889; pamphlet—‘‘ The History of a rare Washington print,” 1889. 23061.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——46

722 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Batcu, Dr. Epwarp T. (South Bend, Washington). Two specimens of stone imple-
ments, and one specimen of sandstone from Willapa River, at low tide, June
1875. 23062.

BALDWIN, I. W. (Cochranville, Pennsylvania). Arrow-points found in West Fal-
lowfield Township. 22872.

BaLrour, Henry (Oxford University Museum, Oxford, England). Six specimens of
Carib celts from the West Indies (exchange) (23266) ; saucer-shaped lamp made
of pottery from Cyprus (exchange) (22646). (See under Natural History Museum,
Oxford.)

BANCROFT, J. C. (Washington, District of Columbia). One Imari bottle, date, 1650 ;
one bowl Akahatayama, date 1800; one bow], Kakiyewon (22855); one Bizen
bottle, gourd-shaped, with handle (exchange) (22856).

Banes & Co. (New York City), (through Mr. W. Eliot Woodward.) Collection of
archeological specimens. 22813.

BARATONNI, C.A. (See under EK. Michel.)

Barnes, Judge W. H. (Tucson, Arizona). Specimen of embolite from Noon Camp,
near Nogales (collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand, of the U. 8. Geological Sur-
vey). 22601.

Barnum, Lieut. M. H., U. S. Army (Fort Pena, Colorado, Texas). Skin and eggs of
Scaled Partridge (Callipepla squamata). (22239, 22372.)

BaRRETT, F. N. (New York City). Portrait of M. Appert, the inventor of the method
of preserving food by hermetically sealing it in cans. 22501.

BaRRETT, O. D. (Washington, District of Columbia). Vive specimens of hematite
nodules from near Coyote, New Mexico. 22362.

BARTLETT, Dr. JOHN (Chicago, Illinois). Lines, sail-pin, and photograph of a
Burmese canoe. 23250.

BaYLuy, Dr. J.R. (Newport, Oregon). Kock containing living specimens of boring
mollusks, Pholas, Lithodomus, etc. 23244.

BayLey, Prof. W.8. (Colby University, Waterville, Maine). Two specimens of tin
ore (exchange). 23036. (See under Colby University. )

BEACH, HorAcE (Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin). Specimens of pearl-bearing river
mussels, pearls, and cabinet specimen (one valve polished). 22450.

BEAN, Barton A. (U.S. National Museum). Two birds (in flesh) from base of the
Washington Monument. 22406.

BEAN, Dr. T. H. (U.S. National Museum). Skin of Pacific Kittawake (Rissa tridac-
tile pollicaris), and stone lamp from Kodiak Island, Alaska (22694, 22762);
cedar bark-beater, from Skidgate, British Columbia. (22762.)

Bratu, J. W. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Thirty-six specimens of cut stones, con-
sisting of onyx, cameos, bloodstone intaglio, hematite intaglios, moss-agate, sar-
donyx cameo, carnelian, agate armlet, agate paperweight, opalescent quartz
(cut), opal in limonite (ent), ete. 22379.

Brecker, G. F. (See under Interior Department, U.S. Geological Survey.)

Becker, M. J. (Fort Scott, Kansas). Two concretions, one containing sphalerite
and one pyrite. 23326.

BeckwitH, Pau (U.S. National Museum). Bronze medal, organization of the First
Regiment Pennsylvania National Guard, 1861; brass medal, unveiling statue of
General Meade, October 8, 1887 (22312); book ‘‘The Spellbinders’ Souvenir”
(22395) ; Union Veteran Union badge (22549) ; five button-hole badges—Order of
the Mystic Shrine; Independent Order Good Templars; Knights of Pythias;
Knights of Pythias Uniform Rank; Knights of the Golden Eagle (22628); cata-
logues of coins and medals of some of the large collections in England (23306).

BELDING, L. (Stockton, California), Seven specimens, representing four species of
birds’ skins, including the recently described Turdus sequoiensis Belding (22191);
alcoholic specimens of mammals, Lagomys princeps, Spermophilus Richardsoni, var.
L. Beldingi, Merriam, Putorius longicauda, Tamias asiaticus quadrivittatus, Thomo-
mys talpoides umbrinus, Tamias lateralis (22268); three skins of Lagomys princeps,

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. Cae

BELDING, L.—Continued.
and five skins of Tamias lateralis, from Tahoe (22374); Belding’s Sparrow (Ammo-
dramus Beldingi), parent of nests and eggs in collection from San Diego (23131) ;
eggs of Cyanocitta stelleri frontalis, and Contopus borealis; nests and eggs of Am-
modramus Beldingi, Parus montanus, and Turdus aonalaschke (231382).

BEMENT, C.S. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Specimen of native silver in native
copper from Lake Superior (23334) ; specimen of pollucite from the Isle of Elba
(23225).

BENEDICT, JAMES H. (St. Paul, Minnesota). Skin of Bronzed Grackle (Qwiscalus
quiscula eneus), showing remarkable malformation of lower mandible. 22493.

BENEDICT, W. H. (Elmira, New York). Specimens of minerals from Moriah (ex-
change) 22346.

BENNETT, F. C. (Monroe, Wisconsin). Four specimens of pearl-bearing Unio, repre-
senting four species from Sugar River, Green County. 22462.

BENSON, Lieut. H.C.(U.S. Army). Three eggs (one set) of Long-crested Jay (Cyano-
citta stelleri macrolopha Baird). 22214.

BENTZ, W. H. (Georgetown, New Mexico). Two specimens of descloizite and one
specimen of descloizite and vanadinite (collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand, of the
U.S. Geological Survey). 22538.

BERGEN, Miss Hitpa H. (Brooklyn, New York). One copper and one silver coin
from Finland. 22460.

BERGER & WirRTH (New York City). Specimen of prepared zinc, for zincography.
22540.

Bretry, Dr. E. G. (Cincinnati, Ohio). Seven varieties of medals of the Ohio Valley
Centennial Exposition held at Cincinnati; collection of half dollars of 1829, 1833,
and 1839, and sixteen copper, silver, and nickel coins of various dates. 22906.

Biayus, B. H. (Marlborough, Maryland). Living specimen of Red-shouldered Hawk
(Buteo borealis). 22225.

BiLuorp, Dr. J. S. (Glenn Dale, Maryland). Virginia half penny, George III, 1883.
23150.

BINNEY, W. G. (Burlington, New Jersey). Nineteen specimens of land-shells, to com-
plete the Binney collection in the National Museum (22203); three speeimens of
Succinea obliqua Say, from Tarrytown, New York (collected by Mr. W. G. Teator)
(22478) ; ninety-two electrotypes of shells (23129). (See under T. D. mana

BIRKENBINE, JOHN (See under Witherbees, Sherman & Co.)

BLACK, ALEXANDER C. (Surgeon-General’s Office, Washington, District of Columbia).
Upper portion of a grooved ax, found on South A street, Washington, District of
Columbia. 22857.

BLANKINSHIP, J. W. (Springfield, Missouri). Collection of prehistoric implements,
sixty specimens of rude scrapers, knives, arrow-heads, perforator, and fragments
of large leaf-shaped implements from old Indian camping ground. 22302. (See
under Drury College.)

Buiss, LAwson §. (Dallas City, Illinois). Small fintimplement. 22909.

Buiunck, A. E. (Johnstown, New York). Blue Andalusian hen. 22142.

BoEHMER, GuORGE H. (Smithsonian Institution). Specimens of stilbite, heulandite,
Iceland spar, mesolite, native sulphur, chalcedony, and specimens of ores, rocks,
and fossil plants from Iceland. 22371.

Boaees, J. G. (Washington, District of Columbia). Pair of living Guinea Pigs
(Cavia aperia). 22755.

Borer, C. C. (Bethesda, Maine). Four living Red Foxes (Vulpes fulvus fulvus).
23152.

Bouton, Prof. H. CARRINGTON (New York City). (See under Francis Gay.)

Bonn, L. W. (Port Henry, New York). Slab of Potsdam sandstone with trails, and
a block of Upper Cambrian or Potsdam sandstone. 23681.

BonD, Epwarp T. (Oceanside, California). Railway guide-books collected by the
donor. 22286,

124 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

BONNET, PETER (United States Treasury Department). Thirty-five photographs of
Kskimos and of Alaskan scenery. 22911.

Boss, E. F. (Petosky, Michigan). Specimens of fossils Cyathophyllum davidsoni, E.
and H., Favosiles sp.? and coral. 22839.

Boston, WILLIAM G. (David City, Nebraska). Five ears of yellow corn. 23082.

BoswortH, Prof. FRANK (Chicago, Illinois). Specimens of limonite from near
Mazarn, Arkansas. 23239.

BOTANIC GARDEN (Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope, Africa), (through P. MacOwan,
director). Capsules of Unaria procumbens, Unaria Burchellii, and Rogena longi-
flora. 23289.

BoucaRD, A. (Paris, France). Seven specimeus, representing seven species, of Birde
of Paradise (22488); specimen of Manncodia atra from New Guinea (22489);
skin of Rifle-bird (Craspedophora magnifica) from same locality (22697).

BouCHER, WILLIAM, Jr. (Baltimore, Maryland). Three banjos of the styles made in
1845, 1846, and 1847, by Mr. Boucher (the inventor of tightening banjo-heads by
screw fixtures), showing the first method and two subsequent improvements.
22989.

BOUTELLE, Capt. F. A. (Superintendent of the Yellowstone National Park, Mammoth
Hot Springs, Wyoming). Six living specimens of Clark’s Nutcracker and two
living specimens of Steller’s Jay. 23229.

BOuTELLE, Harry M. (Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone National Park, Wyo-
ming). Horseshoe with the words ‘‘Mammoth Hot Springs, Y. N. P., 1889,”
covered with calcareous deposits. 22597.

Brapy, J. H. (Department of Public Education, South Africa), through Mr. William
Harvey Brown. Collection of coleoptera (exchange). 23288.

BRANHAM, H. P. (Department of Agriculture). Glass flute, silver-mounted, made by
Laurent, of Paris, and used for many years by Judge A. B. Longstreet, of Georgia.
22817.

BREED, Dr. DANIEI. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of stalactite
from Howe’s Cave, New York. 22794.

BREMEN, M. H. (Silver City, New Mexico). Specimen of native silver in slate (col-
lected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand, of the U. 8. Geological Survey). 22552.

BREMERMAN, FIELDE (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Gray Rabbit (Lepus sylvaticus)
from Falis Church, Virginia. 22800.

BREWSTER, WILLIAM (Cambridge, Massachusetts). Eggsof Tympanuchus cupido and
Columba fasciata viosce (new to the collection). 23133.

Briaes, C. H. (Kankakee, Illinois). Specimen of soap rock from Ventura County,
California. 22566. :

BriaGs, 8. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of Macaque Monkey
from Macassar, Celebes, brought to the United States on the U. S. steamer
Brooklyn. 22475.

BricHaM, G. L. (Boston, Massachusetts). Specimens of petalite, yttrocerite, mica,
allanite, serpentine in calcite, boltonite in calcite, scapolite in quartz, scapolite,
chiastolite (22359, 23187).

BRIMLEY, H. S. and C. 8. (Raleigh, North Carolina). Two Pine-mice (Arvicola pine-
torum). 22791.

British Museum (London, England). Fifty-seven specimens, representing 27 genera
and 34 species of Cambrian, Lower Silurian, and Upper Silurian fossils (ex-
change).

Cambrian system: Agnostus nudus Barrande, Conocephalus striatus Barrande,
Conocephulus sulzerti Barrande, Conocortphe viola, Arionellus ceticephalus,
Ellipsocephalus hoffi Barrande, Sao hirsuta Barrande.

Ordovician system: Trinucleus ornatus Sternberg, Dionide formosa Barrande,
Ogygia (Asaphus) corndensis Murchison, Asaphus tyrannus Murchison var,
Ornatus Murchison.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 725

British MusEuM—Continued.

Silurian system: Leperditia baltica Wahl., Ampyx renaulti Barrande, Calymene
blemenbachit Brogniart, Calymene ceratocephala, Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Green, Illenurus barriensis Murchison, Phacops caudatus Brunn., Phacops
downingie Murchison, Cheiturus bimucronatus Murchison, Sphwrexochis mirus
Barrande, Staurocephalus murchisoni Barrande, Amphion fischer Eichwald,
Encrinurus punctatus Wahl., Cromus bohemicus Barrande, Acidaspis mira Bar-
rande, Acidaspis brightii Murchison, Acidaspis remeri Barrande, Acidaspis sp.?
Lichas hirsuta Fletcher, Arethusina konincki Barrande, Proetus latifrons McCoy,
Harpes ungula Barrande (22580).

Skull of Lutra felina (22589) ; three meteoric casts and one specimen of orphiment
(22189); collection of bats from the British Museum collection (22680); 86
specimens of minerals (23064).

Brooks, L. F. (Boston, Massachusetts). Specimen of native tellurium in quartz
from Boulder County, Colorado. 22952.

Brown, C. A. (Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands). Three specimens of Awa (Kava) rep-
resenting the varieties Puna, Makea and Papa. 22869.

Brown, C. F. (Hot Springs, Arkansas). Specimens of #girite in microleine, quartz
crystals and pebbles and quartz crystal with inclusions of albite (22806); speci-
mens of manganese dendrite on novaculite (22837).

Brown, Herbert (Tucson, Arizona). Twenty-one egys of Harporhynchus bendiret
(22481); specimen of snake (22894) ; 67 eggs (19 sets) of Harporhynchus curviros-
tris palmeri, 10 eggs (1 set) of Callipepla squamata (22903); specimen of Gecko,
(Coleonyx variegatus) ; three specimens of Chilomeniscus ephippicus (22928); two
pairs of Gambel’s Partridge (Callipepla gambeli) (22962); specimen of lizard
(23029) ; two quail’seggs swallowed and ejected by a Gila monster (23128); eggs
of Callipepla gambeli, Columbigallina passerina pallescens, Ardea virescens, Melopelia
leucoptera, Polioptila plumbea, Cardinalis cardinalis swperbus, and Phainopepla
nitens (23296).

Brown, Miss L. H. (Boston, Massachusetts). Two platinotype prints. 22953.

Brown, Mrs. HELEN C. Living specimen of Macaw from Honduras. 22645.

Brown, Mrs. M. E. (Orange, New Jersey.) ‘Three musical instruments (exchange).
22588.

Brown, THOMASS. (Poughkeepsie, New York). First straight knife or sickle belong-
ing to the Ogle-Brown reaping machine, invented or suggested by Henry Ogle,
and built by Thomas R. Brown, assisted by his son, at Alnwick, England, about the
year 1820. 23285.

BROWN, WILLIAM HARVEY (See under John H. Brady); (see also under U.S. Eclipse
Expedition to Africa and Rev. G. H, R. Fisk).

BROWNELL, FRANK E. (U.S. Pension Office). Double-barreled shot-gun, with which
Col. E. E. Elsworth was shot at the Marshall House, Alexandria, Virginia, May
24,1861; and rifle, with bayonet attached, with which James P. Jackson (who
killed Ellsworth) was shot at the same time and place. 22306.

Brurr, Mrs. J. G. (Washington, D. C.). Collection of medals, coins, specimens of
paper money, books, plumbeotype ‘‘ Sir R. Pakenham,” lithograph ‘* Washington,”
mezzotint ‘‘The Washington Family” (22243); collection of ethnological and arch-
zxlogical objects numbering 1,487 specimens (22302).

BRYAN, CHARLES E. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of alli-
gator Alligator misssisaippiensis. 23221.

Buck, Harry H. (Orland, Maine). Bnuilder’s models of two schooners. 22319. (See

under W. H. Abbott.)

BUCKLAND, JOHN M. (Rockford, Iowa). Twelve specimens, representing four genera
and six species of Spirifera hungerfordi Hall, Sperifera disjuncta Hall, Atrypa
aspera Schlatheim, Atrypa reticulares Linnzus, of the Devonian Chemung forma-
tion. 22669.

726 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

BUEHRING, FRED. (New York City). Lithographers and photographers’ directory of
New York City, for 1829. 22319.

Buik, Dr. D. M. (Burgaw, North Carolina). Specimen of grass used as a purgative.
22929.

Burcu, R. A. (through W. B. Merrimon, U. S. National Museum). Specimen of cop-
per ore from the Yancey Mine, near Allensville, North Carolina. 22551.

Burpick, Mrs. HILDA (Pine Mountain, Georgia). Specimens of minerals from Laurel
Creek Mines, consisting of diaspore, pink margarite, phlogopite, phlogopite
crystals coated by pyruphyllite, apatite with phlogopite, corundum, margarite
with ripidolite and chlorite, corundum with ripidolite and chlorite, tourmaline
and vermiculite, apatite in phlogopite (collected by Mr. W. S. Yeates, of the
U.S. National Museum.) (22396, 23065.)

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY (through Major J. W. Powell, Director). Duplicate of a
model of Wolpi, one of the Tusayan villages (23175); model of Tewa (23193);
model of Sechomovi (23192). (Through Mr, James Mooney:) Collection of eth-
nological objects procured from the Kast Cherokee Reservation, North Carolina,
consisting of baskets, moccasins, polishing-stones, conjuring-stones, scratchers,
bullet mold, lancet, cupping-horn, etc. (21450).

BuRGER, PETER (U.S. National Museum). Iron tinder-case for the pocket, in use
many years (22385); set of cooper’s tools, bullet-molds, and cooper’s plane
(22507).

Burns, FRANK (Smithsonian Institution). Specimens of Ostrea virginica, attached
to a teapot cover, from the Lower Potomac River (22531) ; 8 specimens of Succinea
campestris Say, from 3 miles east of Chattahoochee, Florida (22875); Ivory-billed
Woodpecker (Campephilus principalis), and Pileated Woodpecker (Ceophleus pile-
atus) (22682); 21 shells from Alum Bluff, Florida (22388).

Burton, W.M. (Standard Oil Company, Cleveland, Ohio). Three specimens of dis-
tilled zinc and magnesium, used in the determination of the atomic weights of
these metals. 23241.

Buysson, Visconnt R. du (Chatean de Vernet, par Bron-Vernet (Allier), France).
Seventy-seven specimens, representing 26 species of Chrysidide (mounted)
(exchange) 23092.

Cau, Dr. 8S. J. (Paso Robles, California). Specimen of Band-tailed Pigeon (Columba
fasciata). 22769.

Camp, J. H. (Herring, Ohio). Collection of insects, crystals, minerals, and metals,
specimens of Musa and Pancratium, palm-fiber from which rope, cloth, tops, mats,
and many other objects are made; gum copal, African rubber, cocoon of Congo
silk-worm, hippopotamus tusks, piece of skin from an animal called by the Eng-
lish “Congo seal,” and elephant hair from the Congo district, Africa (22377) ;
alcoholic specimens of white ants (22439).

CAMPBELL, G, R. & Co. (Cherryfield, Maine). Builder’s skeleton model of brig. 22651.
(See under W. H. Abbott.)

CANDAGE, R. G. F. (Boston, Massachusetts). Builder’s model of vessel of 1876. 22782.

Carry, HARRIET W. (Napoleon, Ohio). Looking-glass, relic of James Mason of the
Plymouth colony. 22479.

CARLTON, DupLEY A. (Sedgwick, Maine). Model of figure-head of brig. 22661.
(See under W. H. Abbott.)

CARLISLE, HAROLD (Durango, Colorado). Twenty specimens of Gryphwa pitchert Mort.

from Great Sage Plain, valuable as showing geographical distribution. 22529.

CAROLINA Woop VENEER Works\(Clinton, North Carolina), (through 8. G. Worth, U.
S. Fish Commission), Butter-dishes, and the strips of gum and timbers used in
manufacturing them, 22808.

CARPENTER, P, HERBERT (Eton College, Windsor, England). Thirty-four microscopic
slides, sections of shells, twenty-seven microscopie slides of foraminifera, annelid
tube, and one slide of crab-shell, prepared by the late Dr. W. B. Carpentei, and
collected by H. M.S. Porcupine, Valorous, Lightning, and Challenger. 22910.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. (pare

CARPENTER, Capt. W. L., (U.S. Army) Fort Whipple, Arizona. Specimens of rep-
tiles; specimens of Salmo irideus, Gila, Squalius, and Catostomus, collected in the
Verdi River and its tributary Oak Creek; 6 specimens of insects, consisting of
spiders, scorpions, and scolopendra (22517); Rocky Mountain Lined-tailed Sper-
mophile (Spermophilus grammurus) (22525).

CartTER, Mrs. StByL (Washington, District of Columbia). Collection of ethnological
objects consisting of feather-plume, hat, wallet, fan, bowl, Tapa club, carrying-
pole, photographs, etc., from the Sandwich Islands, and specimen of ‘ Peles
hair” from the Hawaiian Islands, 23273.

Casty, Capt. T.L. (Army Building, New York City). Types of 9 new species of
North American coleoptera (exchange), 22824.

CaASsIN, JoserpH A. (Piney Point, Maryland), Living specimen of Fish-hawk.
22296.

CHAMBERLIN, T. C. (See under Interior Department, U. 8. Geological Survey,)

CHANDLER, Prof. CHarLes F. (School of Mines, Columbia College, New York City.)
Thirty specimens of photo-mechanical printing, and similar work. 22418.

CHAPMAN, J. LINTON (Brooklyn, New York), Wood engravings, pamphlet, and
specimen of medal-ruling. 22950.

Cuase, I. 8. (Hailey, Idaho). MLeaf-shaped implement of obsidian. 22328,

CuaTarD, Dr. T. M. (U.S. Geological Survey.) Two specimens of Urao, prepared
by Dr. Chatard, crystals of potassium platinic chloride, 22180.

CHENEY, 8. F. (Grand Manan, New Brunswick). Specimens of nudibranchs, pebbles,
worms, crustaceans and sponges (22408, 23294).

Cuirouse, E. C. (See under Interior Department, )

Curisty, THomMaAs & Co. (London, England.) Specimen of Ouabain, the new heart
poison. 25002.

CHURCH, JOSEPH & Co. (Tiverton, Rhode Island). Aleoholic specimen of Menhaden
(Brevoortia tryannus), 17 inches long, caught at Long Branch, New Jersey.
22562,

Cincinnati Musrtum Association (Cincinnati, Ohio). Drawings by students in
the Cincinnati Art Academy. 22192.

CISSEL, GEORGE E. (District of Columbia). Specimen of Flicker(Colaptes auratus),
in flesh. 23112.

Cxraurk, A. Howard (U.S. National Museum). Copy of J. Walker Thompson’s pub-
lieation entitled ‘‘ Advertising in America.” 22711.

CLARK, E. (Georgetown, New Mexico). Specimens of smithsonite and calcite from
Hanover Gulch. (collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand, of the U.S. Geological
Survey). 22542.

CLARK, WaLpo J. (Mullan, Idaho). Specimens of plattnerite. 22382.

CLARKE, Prof. F. W. (See under Dr. C. Winkler, Interior Department, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey.)

CoALE, Henry R. (Chicago, Illinois). Specimen of Broad-winged Hawk (Buteo la-
tissimus) with fully developed toe and claw growing from the thigh. 22969.
COCKERELL, T. D. A. (Colorado Biological Association, West Cliff, Colorado),
(through W. G. Binney). Specimen of Prophysaon pacificum cockerell, type, from
Victoria, Vancouver Island. 23227. (See under Colorado Biological Association. )

Corrin, Hon. VY. L. (Harrington, Maine). Bnuilder’s model of half-brig schooner.
22648. (See under W. H. Abbott.)

CoLBuRy, A. E. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Red-headed Wood-
pecker ( Melanerpes erythrocephalus Linn) (22350); House Sparrow (Passer domes-
ficus) with malformed bill (22749).

CoLBy UNIVERSITY (Waterville, Maine), (through Prof. W.S. Bayley). Concretions
from Princess Point (exchange). 23078.

CoLe, W. P. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of living Horned Lizard
(Phrynosoma platyrhinum). 22274.

728 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Co.Luins, J. (Provincetown, Massachusetts). Twospecimens of Thimble-eye (Scomber
pneumatophorus) trom Cape Town, Africa, caught by Capt. Josiah Chase. 22916.

COLLINGS, JOSEPH Z. (Camden, New Jersey). Bicycle constructed by the donor in
1863. 22583.

COLORADO BIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (West Cliff, Colorado), (through Mr. T. D. A.
Cockerell). Specimen of fungus Uromyces aconiti-lycoctoni D. C., on a new host
(22507) ; 3 specimens of Pupa concinnula Cockerell n. sp. from altitude 10,000 feet
near Brush Creek, Custer County, Colorado, and an immature example of Physa
cupreonitens Cockerell sp. juvenis, trom Wellsville, Tremont County, Colorado.
(22603).

COLLISTER, J. C. (Chicago, Illinois). Casts of so-called footprints, discovered in the
limestone formation near Forest City, South Dakota. 23161.

Comstock, Prof. J. H. (See under Cornell University.)

ConraD, Prof. A. H. (Western Normal College, Shenandoah, Iowa). Collection of
about 400 specimens of fossils, mostly carboniferous, representing about 50 species
(exchange). 22046.

Cook, L. P. (Wellfleet, Massachusetts). Specimen of herring. 23322.

Cook, GEORGE W. (See under Interior Department, U. 8. Geological Survey.)

Cooprr, J. G. (Hayward, California). Specimens of Pisidium abditum Hald., Pisidium
occidentata Pr., Pisidium compressum Pr., Spherium truncatum Pr., from Tuolumne
County, California. 22627.

Cooprrr, W. B. (U.S. National Museum). Specimen of Vaginulus floridanus, found
in a bunch of bananas. 23130.

CorBetT, Howarp (Arlington, Virginia). Specimen of Sereech Owl (Megascops
asio). 22798. ye

CoRNELL UNIVERSITY (Ithaca, New York), (through Prof. J. H. Comstock). Four
pairs of Cephus pygmeus, a pest recently imported into the United States (new
to the collection.) 22484.

CoRSON, JOHN (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of Gray Squir-
rel. 22476.

Cours, Dr. ELLiotrr (Smithsonian Institution), Specimen of mounted peacock
(Pavo cristatus Linn). 22360.

Cousins, HAMEN (Lamoine, Maine). Builder’s model of two-masted schooner.
22654. (See under W. H. Abbott. )

COWEN, Puiip (New York city). Megillah (Easter roll). 22327.

Cox, JOSEPH W. (Accotink, Virginia). Ax made of quartzite found about 300 yards
northwest of the Woodlawn mansion in Fairfax County. 23315.

Cox, PHiLuip (New Castle, New Brunswick). Alcoholic specimens of Semotilus cor-
poralis, Rhinichthys atronasus and Phoxinus neogeus. 22592.

Cox, Mrs. 8S. S. (New York city). Decorations of the order of ‘‘The Mjidich,” con-
ferred by the Sultan of Turkey upon Hon. 8.S. Cox, and the decoration of the
order of ‘‘ The Shefakat,”’ conferred by the Sultan on Mrs. Cox. 22714.

Cox, W. V. (Chief Clerk, U.S. National Museum). Copy of “ Zanesville Daily Signal”
of April, 1833. 22801.

CRAMER, STUART W. (U.S. Assay Office, Charlotte, North Carolina). Specimen of
neteoric iron from Rutherford County. 22942.

CRANDALL, A. E. (Lexington, Kentucky), (through Prof. Joseph F. James). Fifteen
specimens of Orthis linneyi James, from the Cincinnati formation of the Lower
Silurian formation. 22443.

CRAWFORD, JAMES B. (Castine, Maine). Builder’s model of full-rigged ship. 22652.
(See under W. H. Abbott.)

CRAWFORD, JOHN. (See under Government of Nicaragua.)

CRESSINGHAM, R. H. (New York city). ‘‘ New York Gazette or Weekly Post Boy,”
May 12, 1755; ‘‘Republic of Rio Grande,” June 6, 1846, published by General
Taylor’s troops while at Matamoras, Mexico; ‘‘ Boletin de la Division del Norte,”
Matamoras, April 14, 1846. 22975.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 729

CrESSON, Dr. H. T. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Collection of rude implements
from Pennsylvania and the District of Columbia. 23198.

Crosspy, C. H. (Bridgeport, Connecticut). Specimens of partridge Cochin hen,
chicken, and feathers. (23100, 23178, 23211, 23246).

Crospy, F. W. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimens of contorted schists
from Dutch Island in Narragansett Bay, Rhode Island, and specimen of shell
marl from Aquia Creek, Virginia. 22880.

Cumin, STEWART (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Paper money of various kinds,
burned at funeral ceremonies by the Chinese in the United States. 23292.

CULINAN, ANDREW (Washington, District of Columbia). Living Pied-billed Grebe
(Podilymbus podiceps). 23074.

CUNNINGHAM, RoGER (Kansas City, Missouri). Collection of tools, plates, and
proofs, illustrating the wax process. 23084.

CUNNINGHAM, THOMAS S. (Chicago, Illinois). Sheet-lead impression taken from a
historic inscription on Spanish Rock, Bermuda. The inscription is supposed to
have been cut in the face of the rock by Ferdinand Camelo, a Spanish navigator.
The inscription consists of a combination of letters, and an emblem, evidently a
St. George’s cross. The rock is overhung by a stunted red cedar tree, which has
protected it from the elements. From this tree were cut the implements from
which the cast was taken, and which accompany the impression sheet. 23168.

CURTIN, JEREMIAH (Covele, California). Ethnological specimens from the Hupa
Indians. 22591.

Dat, Dr. WitiiAM H. (U.S. Geological Survey). Collection of spiders and myria-
pods, collected by the donor on Gibson Island, Chichagoff Harbor, Alaska,
(22216); pair of horns of the Kamtschatka Snow-sheep (Ovis nivicola) from Palmer
Bay, East Siberia (22258); collection of Cambrian fossils from Canada; 6 fine
specimens of Dictyonema sociale Salter, from the Upper Cambrian, Matanne, Que-
bee Province (22410); land and fresh-water shells from Kast Parsonsfield, Maine
(22433); specimen of bat Vesperugo serotinus in flesh (22708).

DALL, CHARLES W. (Washington, District of Columbia). Hornet’s nest. 22586.

DANIEL, Dr. F. E. (Austin, Texas). Specimen of Strategus julianus Bur. 23328.

DAWSON, Sir J. WILLIAM. (See under Peter Redpath Musenm.)

Day, Moszs B. (Sedgwick, Maine). Builder’s model of schooner. 22658. (See under
W.H. Abbott.)

Day, Dr. D. T. (U.S. Geological Survey). Specimen of garnierite, from New Caledo-
nia. 22842. (See under Witherbees, Sherman & Co.)

DEERING, D. A. (Independence, Iowa). Forty-one specimens, representing 7 genera,
and 11 species of Devonian Brachiopoda. 22788,

Derry, THOMAS P. (Washington, District of CoJumbia). Pair of living domestic
fowls, Hondan variety. 22750.

DEGELER, F. A. (Chehalis, Washington). Concretions of clay-iron stone (carbonate
of iron), from the banks of the Salmon Creek. 22426.

DE GouiER, W. F.(Tarpon Springs, Florida). Collection of marine shells, turtle-
eggs, horseshoe crabs, sponges, sea urchins, corals and gorgonian. 22904.

De Grarr, J. T. (Amsterdam, New York). Rosecomb black African bantam hen
(22970) ; two black African Rosecomb bantam chickens (23195).

DE JoneeE, Louis & Co. (New York City). Two photo-mechanical color-prints, made
by Messrs. Meissner & Buch, Leipzig, Germany (purchase). 22438.

Der Mott, W. (Tecumseh, Michigan). Specimen of Golden-crowned Kinglet (Regulus
satrapa), in flesh. 23066.

DEwnis, Col. GzorGE E. (Rocky Mount, Virginia), (through Mr. N. T. N. Robinson,
Washington, District of Columbia). Collection of currency of the Confederate
States of America. 22278.

DrEvoEr, F. W. & Co. (New York City). Two copies of priced and illustrated cata-
logue of artists’ materials. 22556.

730 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

DEYROLLE, EMILE (Paris, France). Collection of mammal skins, consisting of
Moschus moschiferous, Phacocherus ethiopicus, Hydrocherus capybara (purchase)
(22260); Semnopithecus schistaceus, Mycetes niger, Ateles belzebuth, Cebus capucinus,
Hapalemur griseus, Antechinus unicolor, Phascogale favipes,Cuscus maculatus, Pha-
langer maculatus, Halmaturus nalabatus, Macropus nalabatus, and Ursus malayanus
(23039).

DILLER, J. S. (See under Mrs. J. H. Tourtelette.)

DoE, Mrs. WILLIAM H. (District of Columbia). Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella) in
flesh, 23069.

Dononok, Josrpu A. (Astronom‘cal Society of the Pacific, San Francisco, Califor-
nia). Comet medal of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific founded by the
donors. 23114.

Doria, MARQUIS GIACOMA. (See under Museum of Natural History, Genoa, Italy.)

Donritz, RoBERT (Sargentville, Maine). Builder’s model of schooners. 23659. (See
under W.H. Abbott. )

DoRSEY, CLEMENT (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Yellow Fan-
tail Pigeon and Ice Pigeon. 22390.

Dorsey, Rev. J. OWEN (Bureau of Ethnology, U.S.) Two models of fishhooks, and
model of retrieving harpoon from Nal-tfiinné-tunné Indians, Oregon. 22892.
DovuGat, WILLIAM I. (Districtof Columbia). Copper plate with gradations in dry-

ground aquatints. 23188.

Dow1inc, THoMaAsS (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimens of pottery
(Japanese or Chinese), cloisonné, bronzes. drums, and caryved-wood brazier.
22854.

DOWNMAN, R. H.( Warrenton, Virginia). Two young Woodchucks (Arctomys monax)
(22271); specimen of living Great Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus) (22349) ; speci-
men of Barred Owl, in flesh (22495).

DRIVER, GrorGE W. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of
Woodchuck (Arctomys monax). 22500.

Drury COLLEGE (Springfield, Missouri), (through Mr. J. W. Blankinship). Collee-
tion of plants, consisting of about 160 specimens, selected from the flora of south-
western Missouri. 22179.

DUCHESNE, LEON C. (Natchez, Mississippi). Specimens of Confederate States paper-
money. 22830.

Dupiry, Prof. W.L. (Nashville, Tennessee). Two specimens of vivianite from
Kentucky. 22981.

DurFour. Dr. F. (Riverdale, Maryland). Specimen of Meadow lark (Sturnella magna),
in flesh (22257); specimen of Marsh Hawk (Circus hudsonius), in flesh from Egg-
bornville, Virginia (22765). ;

Durour, Dr. J. T. R. (Washington, District of Columbia), Black-throated Blue
Warbler (Dendroica cvrulescens) from Riverdale, Maryland. 22411.

Dueés. Dr. Alfred (Guanajuato, Mexico). Collection of alcoholic fishes, consisting
of Goodea atripinnis, Characodon ferrugineus, Zophendum australe, Characodon vari-
atus, Algansea dugesi—new species, Algansea austiale Jordan, Notropis altus Jor-
dan, and Hudsonius altus Jordan. Alcoholic and dry insects, consisting of orthop-
tera; Stagmanantis limbata (five species). Neuroptera, Arachnida, Hemiptera,
Hymenoptera (Monomorium pharaonis), Lepidoptera, and Diptera. Alcoholic ma-
rine invertebrates, consisting of Echinus, Amphipods, Nephelis, Intestinal worms,
and Palemon. Alcoholic and dry shells, consisting of Helix cicatricosa Miiller,
from China; Limaz americanus Tate, from Mexico; Bulimulus (jv.). Orizaba, Plan-
orbis Oaxaca, Mexico, and specimens of Planarian worms (Anodonta axatina L.)
Reptiles, consisting of Spea dugesi, Amblystoma dumerito, Spea multiplicata, and Spea
hammondii. Fragments of ahuman skull. Birds’ skins, consisting of Harporhyn-
chus curvirostris juv., altificially colored; Geothlypis trichas occidentalis, Euphonia
elegantissima, and Porzana carolina. Specimen of Hesperomys melanophrys Coues.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 731

Duaés, Dr. Alfred—Continued.

Plants, consisting of Abutilon, Acacia, Ambrosia psilostacha D.C., Boussingaultia
baseloides Dict., Calamintha macrostema Benth., Carica, species ignota; Cheno-
podium album, Dalea greggii, probably Gray; Jacobinia, Lapidium lasiocarpum
Nutt., var. tenwipes Wats.; Lotelia laxiflora H. B. K., var. ungustifolia Gray ;
Macrosiphonia hypolenca Muell., Prunus, Solanum alwagnifolium Cav., Sonchus
oberacens L., Taraxacum officinale Weder, Jetramerium hispidum Nees, Vigniera
quinqueradiata Gray, Symphoricarpus microphyllus H. B. K., Eryngium alpinum L.,
and Conium maculatum L. 23254.

DUNGAN, LESLIE W. (New Orleans, Louisiana), Two living Alligators. 22620.

DURAND, JOHN (Paris, France). Three mechanical birds. 22553. (See under Gov-
ernment of Nigaracua.)

Duscnak, ADoLPH (Buffalo, New York). Two plaster casts of human skulls, the
originals of which were found on White’s Island, Niagara River. 22194.

DuTcHER, WILLIAM (New York City). Specimen of Loon (Urinator imber) in flesh
from Montauk, Suffolk County, New York. 23166.

DUVALL, GEORGE W. (Annapolis, Maryland). Portion of common viper snake.
23108.

EARLL, R. EpwarpD (U.S. National Museum). Six-kreutzer piece of the Rhennish
Palatinate, made of composition metal, dated 1808. 22361.

EARNSHAW, Isaac (Oldham, England). Carboniferous fossil plants (exchange).
22889.

EcKERT, GEORGE L. (Washington, District of Columbia). Copper coin (one-quar-
ter real) from Chihuahua, Mexico. 23009.

EDWARDS, Miss AMELIA (no address given). Egyptian figure. 22984.

Epwarps, VINAL N. (Woods Holl, Massachusetts). Living specimens of common
Brant Goose (Branta bernicla) (22224); specimen of Nomeus gronovii, taken at
Menemshe Bight (22231). (See under Fish Commission, U. S.).

EIGENMANN, Mrs. Rosa SmirH (San Diego, California). Alcoholic specimens of
fishes, crabs, shrimps, and mollusks, chiefly Chitons. 22956.

EvuioTT, C. E. (Webb City, Missouri). Specimens of sphalerite from Noble’s mine;
smithsonite on sphalerite from Garrison mine; and smithsonite from Oronogo
mine. 22427.

ERICK, W. R. (Chicago, Illinois). Specimen of rose quartz, from Dakota; specimens
of pyrite and limonite, from Ishpeming, Michigan (exchange). 22437.

EMERSON, W. C. (Haywater, California). Three eggs of Callipepla californica (22861);
nest and three eggs of Melospiza fasciata samuelis, nest and four eggs of Melospiza
fasciata heermanni, and nest and four eggs of Empidonax difficilis (22940).

Emery, Mrs. M. G. (Washington, District of Columbia). Series of illustrated news-
papers. 23267.

EmMERT, J. W. (Bristol, Tennessee). Paper-weight composed of stalagmite marble.
22365.

EMMONS, Lieut. GEORGE (U.S. Navy). Four photographs, illustrating witchcraft
in Alaska, Hydahs, and Tlingits; wallet in process of plaiting, Washington
(22759) ; Haida whistle to imitate the call of young deer from southern part of
Prince of Wales Island, Alaska (22912.)

Emmons, Prof. S. F. (See under Interior Department, U. S. Geological Survey.)

ENGLISH, GEORGE L. & Co. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Five specimensof van-
adinite from Yuma County, Arizona, and specimen of chrysocolla from the ‘‘ Cop-
per Queen ” mine (22572) ; specimen of malachite from the ‘‘ Copper Queen” mine,
and specimen of harmotome from Strontian, Argyleshire, Scotland; specimen of
lithiophilite from Branchville, Connecticut; and specimens of calcite and arago-
nite from Cumberland, Eugland (22870).

ETHNOLOGICAL MUSEUM (Berlin, Germany). Collection of ethnological objects, con-
sisting of baskets from Morocco, Africa; pipe, tobacco-pouch, lances, and basket,

732 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

ETHNOLOGICAL MUSEUM (Berlin, Germany)—Coxtinued.
made by the Wasagua negroes; comb, woman’s fringe dress, tortoise-shell dish,
from Palao, South Pacific Ocean; woman’s dress from New Caledonia; and
from Adansonia, South Pacific Ocean (exchange). 23146.

FatIson, WALTER E. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of Albino
squirrel from North Carolina. 22754.

FaRNHAM, A. B. (Bladensburgh, Maryland). Two Red Squirrels (Sciwrus hudsonius);
two White footed Mice (Hesperomys leucopus); two Pine mice (Armcola pinetorum);
Meadow Mouse (Arvicola ripar ius) (22997) ; skin of White-footed Mouse ( Hespero-
mys leucopus) (23070).

FARRER, HENRY (Brooklyn, New York). Copper plate engraved by soft-ground pro-
cess, with proofs. 22641. ‘

Frexcu, M. P. (Canyon City, Colorado). Six specimens of Mactra canonensis Meek,
22545.

Fick, G. A. (Baltimore, Maryland). Swallow-pigeon. 22612.

FIeG, JacoB (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of Great-borned
Owl (Bubo virginianus). 22226.

FIELD & GREENWOOD (Brownsville, Texas). Two birds’ skins Jacana spinosa and
Sporophila morelleti (exchange). 22235. :

FILLETTE, ST. JULIAN (Washington, District of Columbia). Photograph of U.S.
steamers Trenton, Vandalia, and Nipsic, and H. G. M. steamer Olga, showing the
harbor of Apia, Samoan Islands, taken after the hurricane of Saturday, March 16,
1889. 22218.

‘First J APANFSE MANUFACTURING AND TRADING ComMPANy (New York City). Col-
lection of porcelain, bronze, ivory, carved wood, pottery, figures, and sword
ornaments. 23303. ~°

FisH COMMISSION, UNITED STATES:

(Through Col. Marshall McDonald, U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries) :

Stuffed specimen of Sawfish (Pristis pectinatus) with 25 pairs of rostral teeth,
its extreme length being 12 feet and 2 inches (22195) ; specimen of sheepshead
(Diplodus probatocehalus), from Chesapeake Bay (collected by Mr. William
P. Seal) (22404); two specimens of Pickerel (sox reticulatus), and Weakfish
(Cynoscion regale), from the aquaria (22423); two skeletons of Cormorants
(Phalacrocorax dilophas penicillatus) (22864); specimen of Gull (Larus glav-
cescens), Short-billed Gull (Larus brachyrhynchus), Sandpiper (Heteractitis
imcanus) (22884); samples of dried hake sounds and manufactured sheet isin-
glass from the same (22607).

(Through Mr. Vinal P. Edwards, Wood’s Holl, Massachusetts) :
Specimens of eels, large-eyed anguilla, and small-eyed anguilla. 22533.
(Collected by the steamer Albatross) :

Alcoholic specimens of fishes from the Galapagos Islands and northward.
22447.

Specimens from the western coast of North America, consisting of reptiles, in-
sects, plants, human and mammal skulls, stone implements, shells, and birds’
nests. 22772.

A series of the Echini from the north Pacific Ocean. 22849.

Alcoholic specimens of fishes from Aiaska and British Columbia. 22851.*

Two hundred and twenty-six specimens of birds from the west coast of North
America. 22762.

(Collected by Dr. D.S. Jordan) :

Specimens of reptiles, batrachians, and insects from Virginia and elsewhere.

22810.

*See Proceedings of the National Museum Vol. x11, pp. 641-642, and Vol. XIII, pp.
37-45.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 733

FisH ComMIssion, UNITED STATES—Continued.

Type series of fishes, alcoholic shells, Physa (collected by Dr. D. S. Jordan in
Yellowstone Park); alcoholic specimens of mammals and reptiles from the
Yellowstone Park. 22828.

Type series of fishes from Colorado, Utah, and Kansas. 22852.

One hundred and fifteen specimens of crayfishes from Virginia, North Caro-
lina, Tennessee, Michigan, and Indiana. 22900. Dr. Jordan was assisted in
making this collection by Mr. C. H. Bollman.

See under Hon. VY. L. Coffin; J. Kennedy; William Welch; G. R. Campbell
and Company; James B. Crawford; D. A. Simpson; Hamen Cousins; C. L.
Young; Isaac M. Grant; Abraham Lord; Moses B. Day; Robert Doritz;
Joshua Watson; Dudley A. Carlton; F. L. Tyler; James G. Swan.

FisHer, Mrs. A. K. (District of Columbia). Ladies’ hat made of feathers. 22340.

Fisaer, Dr. A. K. (Department of Agriculture). Two specimens of Redpoll (4Acan-
this linaria) from Lake George, New York (22845); living specimen of Wood-mouse
(22275). (See under Gideon Mabbett. )

Fisk. Rev. GEORGE H. R. (Cape Town, Africa), (through Mr. William Harvey Brown,
of the United States Heclipse expedition). Collection of living South African tor-
toises, transferred to Zodlogical Park. Alcoholic specimens of South African
tortoises and chameleons. 23247.

PLEICHER, Prof. J. (Ottawa, Canada). Collection of rare Arctic coleoptera and lepi-
doptera. 22293.

ForD, JOHN (Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Specimens
of Crepidula fornicata Linn., Crepidula glauca Ford, from Cape May, New Jersey,
and two specimens of Modiola tulipa Linn, from Anglesea, New Jersey. 22719.

Forney, E. O. (Washington, District of Columbia). Two specimens of zircon in
magnetite from Pricetown, Pennsylvania (22375); specimen of biack tourmaline
in prochlorite from the tunnel shaft, Washington aqueduct (22424).

Fort PayNE COAL AND IRON Company (Fort Payne, Alabama), (through Mr. John
H. Mullin, superintendent.) Specimens of limonite, hematite, and impure pyrolu-
site from a mine on the property of the company. 23194.

FowkE, GERARD (Augusta, Kentucky). Small rude implement from the District of
Columbia; arrow-point from Kentucky; rude implements; leaf-shaped imple-
ments; scrapers or knives of unusual forms; perforators and arrow-points. from
Ohio (exchange). 22473.

Fox, Master EpwarD E. (Washington, District of Columbia). Two living specimens
of green Parrakeets from Central America. 22685.

FRANCIS, JOSEPH (Minneapolis, Minnesota). Gold medal presented to Mr. Francis by
the President of the United States, April 12, 1890,in accordance with act of Con-
gress of August 27,1888; gold box, diamond-mounted, presented by Napoleon
Il, Emperor of France, February 4,1856. These were presented to Mr. Francis
as testimonials of great service rendered in connection with his life-saving appli-
ances. 23240.

FRASER, FARLEY & VARNUM (Yokohama, Japan). Specimens of unfired teas, sun-
dried teas, ‘‘ Regular” machine-fired, and commercial packages. 22394.

Freeman, D. N. (Cardington, Ohio). Specimen of insect Chelifer concroides L.
23003.

FRIEDENWALD, Dr. H. (Baltimore, Maryland). Hebrew map of Paiestine, and two
charts illustrating modern Palestinian art (22757); lamp, Passover bowl and
spice box (purchase) (22844) ; Jewish horn or shofer (purchase) (22914); Hebrew.
sacrificial platter for Passover, «ade in Constantinople (purchase) (22985) ;
Mizrach (23122).

FENWICK, W. (District of Columbia). Specimen of Loon ( Urinator imber). 23154.

FRIEDRICHS BROTHERS (Erie, Pennsylvania), White-crested living white Polish
hen, 23183.

T34 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Frost, L. L. (Susanville, California). Fire drill and and fishhook of the Nokum
Indians, 185 implements of obsidian and jasper, arrow-points, knives, and flakes,
from Lassen County (22672); collection of arrow-heads, pipe, leaf-shaped imple-
ment, scraper or knife of chalcedony, nine leaf-shaped implements of obsidian,
arrow-points of obsidian, leaf-shaped implements of obsidian and jasper, and
specimens of fossil plants found on the divide between Moonlight and Light’s
Cafions (23214).

Frey, S. L. (Palatine Bridge, New York). Collection of mammal bones and stone
implements from prehistoric Mohawk villages (purchase). 23202.

Fry, F. H. G. (New Orleans, Louisiana). Ornaments and masks from Amazonian
figtires. 22732.

Fucus & LANG (New York City). Catalogues and circulars. 22555.

GaDDIs, JOHN J. (New Washington, Ohio). Perforated boat-shaped object of banded
slate. 23159.

GADDIS, T. S. (Baltimore, Maryland). Baldhead Tumbler-pigeon. 22932.

Gar, Denis (Gold Hill, Colorado). Birds’ eggs and nests. 22575.

GaLLoway, C. D., Jr. (Urbana, Maryland), Specimen of Helmet Beetle or Tortoise-
shell Beetle (Coptocycla guttata). 22289.

GAMBRILL, C. A. (See under Sandy Point Ducking Club.)

GARDINER, Rev. F., Jr. (Pomfret, Connecticut). Basket, game (Wa-wee), tam-
bourine, violin, and case from tke Barbadoes (22998); alcoholic specimens of
fishes (22957).

GARNER, R. L. (Mathews Court House, Virginia). Adze, from the Fiji Islands,
grooved 1x (prehistoric stone implement) from Gynn’s Island, Virginia, verte-
bra of whale from Pianatank River; petrified ribs of whale from Iron Point;
petrified whale and coral found in shell under a stratum of iron, barnacle, mio-
cene fossil, shells from Iron Point, and iron ore (22295) ; stone implement (22468);
upper and lower pharyngeal teeth of a drumfish Pogo chromis (22772).

GARRISON, F. L. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Sheet iron coated with (sulphide of
lead)? by anew process. 22313.

GATSCHET, Dr. ALBERT 8S. (Bureau of Ethnology). Two watch chains made by Win-
nebago Indians of Thurston County, Nebraska, from catlinite stone. 22675.
Gay, Francis (Makaweli Kanai, Hawaiian Islands), (through Prof. H. Carrington

Bolton). Specimens of fiber-yielding plants and fabrics. 23325.

GrsTRO, Prof. R. (Genoa, Italy). Fourteen species of blind Coleoptera from the
Mediterranean countries (exchange). 222%3.

GERRARD, E. (Camden Town, N. W. London, England). Skin of Felis yaguarondi
from British Guiana. 22630. H

Gibbons, Mrs. M. A. (District of Columbia). Specimen of iron ore from Michigan.

23044.

GILBERT, G. K. (See under Interior Department, U. 8. Geological Survey.)

GILMAN, Z. D. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Bald Hagle
(Haliwetus leucocephalus), in the flesh from Prince George County, Maryland.
22899.

GILLIAN, Rey. J. D. (Beaver Seminary, Beaver City, Utah). Awl made of bone
taken from a mound. — 22598.

GILLINWATER, Miss (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of alli-
gator. 22619.

GLASER, PETER (Reading, Pennsylvania). Specimens of stones from Neversink
Mountain, Berks County. 22267.

GLEASON, JAMES M. (Boston, Massachusetts). Duplicate bronze medals in com-
memoration of the visit of the Boston Commandery to the 24th Triennial Con-
clave, 1589. 22430.

GLEESON, Dr. J. A. P. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of
Crowned Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma coronatum) from California, 22206,

LIST OF ACCESSIONS, 735

GLOVER, Rey. A. K. (Grand Hayen, Michigan). Copper half-cents (United States),
1801 and 1826; seven copper cents, 1793, 1794 (two specimens), 1795, 1796, 1797,
1798, and two pattern cents of 1783 and 1784, 23149.

Gotprr, Mrs. L. C. (Chaptico, Maryland). Living specimen of Hawk (Buteo bore-
alis), 22227.

GOLDEN, R. A. (Washington, District of Columbia). Skull of Hlactate canada. 22246.

GoLpsmitn, J.S. (U.S. National Museum), Specimen of Bruner Isabel Pigmy Pouter-
pigeon, in flesh. 22688.

Goopr, Dr. G. Brown (Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution). Book in the
Fiji language, printed in 1847, at Viwa (22616); single-comibed white Legliorn
fowl, in flesh, for mounting (22636) ; collection of specimen numbers of old or
curious journals and periodicals (22640); copy of ‘‘ Western Art Journals,” pub-
lished at Cincinnati, Ohio, January, 1855, vol. 1, No. 1 (22710); description and
plates of the Ramsden Dividing Engine, published in London (23071). (See
under Wesleyan University.)

Goobs, Mrs. G. Brown (Lanier Heights, Washington, District of Columbia). Twelve
living domestic fowls as follows: Pair of single-comb White Leghorns; pair of
Black Minoreas; pair of Langshans; pair of White Minorcas, and four Black-
breasted Red Games (22291); one silver-spangled Hamburg chicken (223514).

Goopwin, Dr. F. H. (Tucson, Arizona). Specimens of ‘‘ Canaigre,” said to be the
root of Rumex hymenosepalum, a tanning material. 22595.

GrRar, THEODOR (Vienna, Austria). Thitty-four heliogravures and 95 photographs
of aucient Egyptian encanstic paintings. 22841.

GRAND COMMANDERY, KNIGHTS TEMPLAR, of State of Nebraska (through DeWitt C.
Sutphen, Omaha, Nebraska). Banner of the Grand Commandery of Knights
Templar of the State of Nebraska, carried in the grand parade of the Triennial
Conclave, held at Washington, District of Columbia, October, 1889. 22449.

GRANT, Isaac M. (Ellsworth, Maine). Builder’s model of schooners and bark. 22656.
(See under W. H. Abbott.)

GREEGOR, Isatau (Jacksonville, Florida). Fourteen species of marine shells, from

. the West Indies and Florida (22474, 22604); a series of Cassis flammea and
Oliwa literata (22604); collection of fresh-water shells ftom McCoy’s Creek, near
Jacksonville, Florida, and marine shells from Abaco (22767); 26 specimens of
marine shells, polished, and in sections (22866).

GREEN, WILLIAM J. (Washington, District of Columbia), Two binding-posts, used
on secondary coil by Professor Henry in experimental work; two dip-needles,
used by him, and one coil of No. 8 insulated copper wire, supposed to have been
imported by him from Paris, and one magnet. 23283.

GREENLEAYL, Hon. EUGENE (Bath, Maine). Twenty-three photographs of ships and
ship-building (23157); four photographs of marine engines built at Bath (23297).

GREY, Mrs. I. M. (New York). Four sets of Japanese paper stensils. 23099.

GRIFFIN, Miss MaG@in (Smithsonian Institution.) Astral lamp from Orange County,
Virginia, supposed to be a Jeffersonian relic. 23117.

GRIFFING, CuaRr.es M. (Shelter Island, New York). Light Brahma chicken and eggs
(23021) ; pair of light Brahma fowls (23011).

GriF¥ViING, Moszs Bb. (Shelter Island, New York). Sixteen eggs of Pandion haliaétus
carolinensis. 23233.

Griags, J. M. (Brooklyn, New York). Specimens of marine and land-shells from
the Gaboon River, West Africa, 22403.

GRINNELL, GEORGE Birp (New York City). Skin of Mountain Goat juv. (Mazama
montana), from St. Mary’s Lakes, Montana (22263); 4 skins of mountain goat,
from British Columbia, collected by the donor (22727).

GUILDHALL LIBRARY COMMITTEE (through Mr. Charles Welch, London, England).
Fourteen copies of bronze medals issued by the corporation of London: The open-
ing of the new Coal Exchange, 1849; Visit of Napoleon III and Eugenie, April

736 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

GUILDHALL LIBRARY COMMITTEE—Continued.

19, 1855; visit of King Victor Emanuel, December 4, 1855; welcome to Abdulaziz
Othomanorum Imperator, 1867 ; Holborn Viaduct and Riack-friars Bridge, 1869;
visit of Shah of Persia, June 20, 1873; visit of Alexander II, Emperor ef Rus-
sia, 1874; visit of George I, King of Greece, 1880; opening to the public of Ep-
ping Forest, May 1882; opening of the new council chambers of the Guildhall,
October 2, 1884; visit of Prince Albert Victor of Wales, June 29, 1885; visit of
the Colonial and Iudian representatives, June 25, 1886; jubilee of the reign of
Queen Victoria, June 21, 1887. 23093.

GUNDLACH, Dr. JUAN (Havana, Cuba). Nine species of birds’ skins. 22964.

GUTEKUNTZ, I’. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Two books of photographs, with sep-
arate plate and duplicate. 23213.

HaGeENn, Dr. I. (Tvondbjem, Norway). Three hundred and twenty species of Nor-
wegian mosses (exchange). 23323.

HALEY, WILLIAM M. (San Francisco, California). German Bible printed in Halle in
1765, and German passport issued to K. Land in May, 1837. 25151.

Haut, Mrs. CHARLOTTE (Prescott, Arizona). Obsidian arrow-point dug from a ruin.
23231.

HAL, WILLIAM (Winnepeg, Manitoba). Templar badge and card fromthe Knights
Templar Conclave held at Washington, District of Columbia, October, 1889.
22432.

HamILt, G. D. (Georgetown, New Mexico). Specimens of descloizite and vanadinite
from the ‘‘Commercial ” mine (collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand of the U, 8,
Geological Survey). 22543.

Hancock, Dr. Josreru L. (Chicago, Illinois). Living specimen of snake from Aspin-
wall, South America, taken from a bunch of bananas around which it was coiled
(23337); fourteen specimens, representing fourteen species of birds’ skins (22921).

Hancock, Mrs. W. 8. (Washington, District of Columbia). Cane presented to Gen.
Winfield Scott Hancock in 1884 by the citizens of Brooklyn, New York; sword
voted to the general at the sanitary fair held at St. Louis, Missouri, in 1&84, and
one regulation sword carried by him throughout the war of 1860-65. 22425.

Hanpy, Rev. JAMES A. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of red car-
rier-pigeon (23022) ; specimen of Blue-rock carrier pigeon in flesh (23336).

HARGRAVE, C. A. (President of the Central Normal College, Danville, Indiana),
Specimens of land and fresh-water shetls from Hendricks County. 22686.

HarkNeEss, Henry (U. S. National Musenm). Living specimen of Scorpions (Cen-
turus viltatus). 22967.

Haran, A. W. (Croton, Iowa). Tufts of a flowering plant, and package of seed.
22415.

Harpy, MANLY (Brewer, Maine). Two eggs of Buteo lattissimus (23265), nest and
6eggs of Regulus calendula (23291).

Harney, Mrs. Mary E. (District of Columbia). Mexican saddle and harness, chap-
peau, military cap, epaulettes, revolvers, and two rifles, personal relics of the
late Gen. W.S. Harney. 22920.

Harreer, G. W. F. (Lenoir, North Carolina). Specimen of curled Yellow Poplar
(Liriodendron tulipfera) from Caldwell County. 22292.

Harris, E. ALLEN (Washington, District of Columbia). Opossum from Virginia.
22939.

Harris, GWYNN (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimens of fishes Trichiurus
lepturus and Selene vomer from Piney Point, Maryland (22329); specimen of
Whistling Swan (Olor columbianus) from Maryland Point, Potomac River (23051).

Harrison, Hon. BENJAMIN (President, Executive Mansion). Specimen of Racoon
(Procyon lotor). 23059.

Harrison, E. M. (U.S. Geological Survey). Specimen of steatite from near Hun-
ter’s Mills, Virginia (22564); specimen of talc (collected by E, L. Howard) (22576),

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. (ie

Hart, J. H. (Botanic Garden, Trinidad, West Indies). Two alcoholic specimens of
Hupemphyax trinttatis. 22269,

HarvarbD UNiversiry, Library of (Cambridge, Massachusetts). <A bibliography of
William Hogarth, by Frank Weitenkampf.

HARVEY, Prof. F.L (See under Maine State College.)

HARVEY, GEORGE E. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of Spiny
Soft-shelled Turtle (Aspidonectes spinifer) from Louisiana. 22205.

Haupt, Prof, PAuL (John Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland). Clay tablet
containing an Assyrian poem composed by the donor for the Kighth International
Congress of Trientalists. 22634.

HAWKINS, WILLIS B. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of alli-
gator. 22550.

HayvpEN, Ema W. (Philadelphia, Boers ania). Crayon portrait (framed) of the
late Dr. T. V. Hayden, 22332.

Haywarb, B. M. (Weybridge, Vermont). Twelve specimens, representing 10 species
of birds’ skins from Monterey, Mexico (exchange). 22222.

HAYWARD, R. S. (Coronado, Kansas). Specimen of White-tailed Jack-rabbit Olen
campestris), Black-tailed Jack-rabbit ( Lepus callotis), and Cotton-tail rabbits (Lepus
sylvaticus). 23083.

Hazen, Henry H. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of Gray
Squirrel (Sciurus carolinensis carolinensis.) 22622.

Hea.y, Capt. M. A. (U. S. Revenue Marine steamer Bear), (through the Alaska Com-
mercial Company). LHighty-nine photographs of Alaska. 23141.

HELIOTYPE PRINTING CoMPANY (Boston, Massachusetts). Specimens of half-tone
photolithographic work executed in the establishment of the donors. 22512.
FIEMPHILL, HENRY (San Diego, California). Series of chitons, from the lower coast
of California (23023); specimens of marine shells (23034); specimens of tertiary
fossils and marine shells from Lower California, fresh-water shells from Oregon,

and specimen of Sea-urchin (Lovenia cordiformis) (23102).

HENDRICKS, Ratpa M. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of
Cooper’s Hawk (Accipiter cooperi). 23083.

Henry, W. G. (U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey steamer Blake). Specimen of Pseu-
dospinx tetrio from the Gulf of Mexico. 22834.

Hensuaw, H. W. (U.S. Geological Survey). Collection of fishes from the vicinity of
Washington, District of Columbia, representing the following species: Perca,
Amiurus, Notropis, Rhinichthys, Hybopsis, Notemigonus, Fundulus, and Enneacanthus
(22301), stone paddle (22470).

HERBERSON, JOHN W. (Colesville, Maryland). Specimen of Bob-white (Colinus v'r-
ginianus). 23075.

HERBERSON, WILLIAM A. (Colesville, Maryland). Specimen of Musk-rat (Fiber
zibethicus). 23153.

HEURICH, CHRISTOPHER (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimens of ground
malt; whole malt from Canada and the United States; patent malt frem Ger-
many; imported hops; isinglass, and beech-wood for clearing beer. 22704.

Hewitt, J.N.B. (Bureau of Ethnology). Collection ef ethnological objects, con-
sisting of [roquois pump fire-drill, stick for rubbing out fire, packs for carrying
provisions, skins, etc., from Grand River Reservation, Canada, Onaadagua In-
dians (exchange). 23028.

HiwpeN, W. E. (Newark, New Jersey). Specimens of Muscovite crystals coated
with hisingerite; dolomite and muscovite crystals coated with hisingerite and
dolomite, and dolomite, muscovite, and rutile crystals (collected by Mr. W.S
Yeates, of the U. S. National Museum). 23162.

Bit, Prof. R. T. (State University, Austin, Texas). Fragment of meteoric stone.
22341.
H. Mis.

738 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

HILLEBRAND, Dr. W. F. (U.S. Geological Survey). Thirty-eight specimens of vana-
’ dinite from Yuma County, Arizona (22483); 3 specimens of descloizite and
vanadinite from the ‘‘Commercial” mine, Georgetown, New Mexico (22539);
piece of tapa from the Hawaiian Islands, and native piaited rope (22638); 7
specimens of chemical elements, all products of original research by the donor
(23026). See also under Alexander McGregor; G. D. Hamill; John C. White;
Interior Department; Judge W. H. Barnes; J. A. Lucas; C. J. Luff & Company;

Dr. J. E. Wharton; W. H. Bentz; Ed. Clark.

HINKLEY, A. A. (Dubois, Illinois). Specimens of Unio and Pleurocera. 23109.

Histor, Dr. M. (District of Columbia). Specimens of red sandstone from north of
Puguwash, Nova Scotia. 22908.

Hircucock, Romyn (U.S. National Museum). Collection illustrating Japanese life
from Japan (purchase) (21640) ; specimens of marine shells from the east coast
of Japan; specimen of bat Vesperugo abramus ; insects from Ozaka, Japan; col-
lection of sponges, echini, barnacles, and a gorgonian (22392); collection of Aino
articles from Yezo, Japan, and specimens of sulphur collected from the active
volcano Iwo-san at Yezo; botanical specimens from the islands of Yezo, Shiko-
tan, and Yeterof (lterup) (22393); biwa,or balloon guitar from Ozaka, Japan
(purchase) (22518).

HoBGoob, JOHN H. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living Horned Owl (Bubo
virginianus). 22276.

HovGs, E. B. (Plymouth, New Hampshire). Two fresh specimens of Trout (Salve-
linus aurelis). 22571.

Hopae, H. G. (York, Illinois). Specimens of fresh-water pearls from Unios from the
Wabash River (22339) ; fragmentsof mound pottery, Unios, and other fresh-water
shells, quartz geode, and samples of gravel (22409); specimen of crawfish from
the Wabash River (23017).

Hopeus, F. W. (Bureau of Ethnology). Kicking-block, usedin Zuni game or “‘ Race
for Rain.” 23236.

HopaGk1n, Dr. J. B. (Washington, District of Columbia). Slungshot, carried by a
negro in Virginia. 23185.

HoGan, J. J.( Washington, District of Columbia). Piece of broken glass with oys-
ters attached from Chesapeake Bay. 22763.

HoLsBrook, E. L. (New York City). Jewishlamp. 22335.

Hoover, A. M. (District of Columbia). Specimen of Scolopendro heros from Fort Sill,
Indian Territory. 23007.

Hopkins, C. L. (Department of Agriculture). Specimens of fossil mollusks and fossil
Echinus from Texas. 22674.

Horan, Henry (U. 8. National Museum). Specimen of Rhagium lineatum, with hi-
bernating nest (22764) ; skin of Pangolin (Manis longicaudata) (22790).

HORNADAY, WILLIAM T. (Smithsonian Institution), Woodchuck (Arctomys monax)
from Rosslyn, Virginia (22273); Red Fox( Vulpes fulvus fulvus) from the District
of Columbia (22317); model of a Dyak house at Sadong, North Borneo (deposit)
(22676) ; mountain sheep, representing different stages in life (22728) ; three spec-
imens of selenite from Corbett, Wyoming (22858); plaster bust of Prof. T. H.
Huxley (exchange), (23310).

Houau, FRED. C. (Morgantown, West Virginia). Specimen of Robber Wasp (Stizus
speciosus). 22281.

HowaRrb, Ernest (U.S. Geological Survey). Specimens of hematite from Herndon,
Virginia. 22465,

Howarp, E. L. (U.S. Geological Survey). Specimens of azurite, malachite, and hem-
atite from Herndon, Virginia, 23256. (See under E. M. Harrison. )

Howarp, Houcu (Washington, District of Columbia). Opossum from Virginia,
22756.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 739

Howarp, L. O. (Department of Agriculture). Specimen of Tusser silkworm hatched
from cocoon sent from India to the U.S. National Museum by Mrs. Scott. 22236.

HowakpD, R. 8S. (Coronada, Kansas). Specimens of Swifts or Kit-foxes ( Vulpes velox).
22988.

Hoxie, WALTER. (See under Dr. Allen Stuart.)

Hoxton, A. R. (Episcopal High School, Alexandria, Virginia). Living specimen of
Red-tailed Hawk. 22642.

HUDDLESON, N. (Crainesville, Tennessee). Fragments of pottery, stone implement,
fossil shells, fossil bone, flint chips, and mammal teeth from near Bolivar (col-
lected by Mr. L. C. Johnson). 22184.

HuGetns, Judge (Gillsborough, Ohio), (through Mr. D. L. James). Specimen of
Cyrtoceras sp., from the Niagara group of Highland County. 23121.

Hunt, A. K. (See under Pittsburg Reduction Company. )

Hunt, Masters Dick and Harry Drum (Bethesda, Maryland). Two living specimens
of Sulphur-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua galerita.) 23106.

Hunter, W. M. (Accotink, Virginia). Spear-head found near Woodlawn, Fairfax
County. 22310.

HUNTINGTON, Prof. J. H. (Silver City, Arizona). Specimen of infusorial earth from
Gila River (22893); gold-bearing rock from Santa Fé County (23035).

_ HurtTeEr, JULIUS (St. Louis, Missouri). Specimens of Tropidonotus rhombifer, Tropi-
doclonium lineatum, Hutenia faireye, Diemyctylus miniatus viridescens, Bufo lentigi-
nosus americanus (23126, 23335).

Hutcuinson, K. M. (Oshkosh, Wisconsin), (through Prof. J. F. James). Specimen of
Pentamerus oblongus Sow., from the Niagara formation of the Upper Silurian, at
Clifton Heights, Lake Winnebago (22482); specimen of silver ore from Lake Su-
perior Silver Mine (23115).

HYVERNAT, Prof. H. (Catholic University, Washington, District of Columbia).
Kighteen oriental seals; (23332); Assyrian and Babylonian seal cylinders, gems,
and Egyptian scarbei (22717).

_ INGERSOLL, A. M. (San Diego, California). Nest and eggs of Ammodramus beldingi,
new to the collection. 22768.

INSETSU Kr1oku, The Finance Department (Tokio, Japan), (through T. Tokuno, chief
of the Insetsu- Kioku). Samples of Japanese woodcuts, printing, engraving, and
engraving tools (exchange). 22582.

INTERIOR DEPARTMENT (through Hon. John W. Noble, Secretary).

Ethnological specimens and objects of handiwork, from the Snohomish, Swi-
nomish, Lummi, Muckleshoot, and Etakmur Indians on the Tulalip Reserva-
tion, Washington (collected by Mr. E. C. Chirouse, United States agent in
charge of the reservation) (22496).

U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY (through Maj. J. W. Powell, Director).

Living snakes (collected by Mr. George W. Shutt). 22186.

Type specimen of Conocoryphe reticulata, Walcott from the Lower Cambrian,
New York. 22446.

Thirty specimens of minerals comprising miloschite, rhodochrosite, bournonite,
barite, siderite, adularia, pyrargyrite, amethyst, chabazite, sodalite, nagya-
gite, alunite. 22487.

Specimen of thinolite, from Lake Lahontan, Nevada. 22547.

Specimens of fresh-water fossils, from the post pliocene deposits from Bonneville
and Lahontan beds, and specimens of fossils from Nevada. 22564.

Miscellaneous collection of geological materials from Madison county, Mon-
tana. 22868.

Twenty-one transparencies. 22891.

Copies of two models of Mount Shasta, California. 23160.

Collections of the quicksilver investigations of the Pacific slope, made by Dr.
G. F. Becker. 22978.

740 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

INTERIOR DEPARTMENT—Continued.

Collected by Prof. F. W. Clarke:

Seven specimen of graphite in calcite, specimen of pyrite crystal, specimen
of calcite, specimen of magnetite from Port Henry and Mineyille, New York.
22344.

Collected by Mr. George W. Cook:

Specimen of selenite from Fort Washington, Maryland. 22544.

Collected by Dr. William H. Dall:

Specimens of fossil plants from Alum Bluff, Florida. 22365.

Collected by Prof. S. F. Emmons:

Specimen of alunite from the Brooklyn tunnel, Red Mountain district, San
Juan, Colorado. 22364.

Collected by Mr. G. K. Gilbert:

Six slabs of stone exhibiting glacial strive, the two from Canada collected by
Mr. Gilbert, and the others by President T. C. Chamberlin. 22528,

Collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand :

Specimens of vanadinite and wulfenite, from the Old Yuma Mine, Arizona.
(22599. )

Specimen of wulfenite from the Red Cloud Mine, Arizona. (22605.)

Specimens of vanadinite from Aqua Fria Mine, Yavapai County, Arizona.
(22826. )

Sixty-four specimens of vanadinite from the Hamburg Mine, Silver district,
Arizona, and 43 specimens of vanadinite from the Clara Mine in the same
district. (22827.)

Specimen of Iodorite from the Old Man Mine, near Silver City, New Mexico.
(22848. )

Two hundred and sixty specimens of malachite, azurite, cuprite, calcite crys-
tals and stalactite from the Copper Queen Mine, at Bisbee, Arizona. (22897. )

Collected by Mr. W. P. Jenney :

Thirteen specimens of calcite, smithsonite, greenockite, barite, chalcopyrite,
and sphalerite. 23186.

Through Mr. W. J, McGee:

Two specimens of kyanite from Delaware County, Virginia, and one speci-
men of anthophyllite, and one specimen of iridescent limenite from Cuba.
22464.

Collected by Mr. C. D. Walcott:

Specimen of wulfenite, from Eureka, Nevada. (22363).

Specimens of wulfenite and cerussite, from the Richmond Mine, Nevada. (22563).

Twenty-six specimens, representing 7 genera and 3 species of fossils of Lower
Cambrian and Ordovician System. —

Lower Cambrian: Annelid trails, Kutorgina pannula White, Hyolithes ameri-
canus Billings, Isoxys chilhoweana Walcott (Type sp)., Olenellus sp?, Olenoides
ellsi Walcott (Type sp.).

Ordovician System :* Conotreta rusti Walcott, (Type sp.) (22609).

Two hundred and eighty-seven specimens, representing 24 genera and 32 spe-
cies of fossils of Lower Cambrian, Ordovician, and Silurian (22847).

Nine specimens of Lingulepis morsensis and two specimens of Planoliles sp., from
the Trenton group, Fountain, Minnesota; specimen of Receptaculites ge
from Trenton group, Ripon, Wiswoneit (23138).

Five huudred and twenty-six specimens, representing 56 genera and 94 species,
as follows:

Lower Cambrian: Obolella crassa Hall, Obolella sp.?, Kutorgina labradorica var.
swantonensis Walcott, Orthisina transversa Walcott, Scenella sp. ?, Hyolithes

*See Enero of the Wenonel Museum, vol. XII, p. . 365, 366.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. TA1

InTERIOR DEPARTMENT—Continued.

. americanus Billings, Stenotheca rugosa Hall, Olenellus sp.?, Olenoides ellsi Wal-
cott, Olenoides marcoui Whitfield, Zacanthoides eatoni Walcott, Microdiscus
connexus Walcott, Ptychoparia sp. ?, 11 genera and 12 species.

Lorraine formation of Ordovician: Mud markings, Bilobites sp.?, Dendrograptus
simplex Walcott, Monticulipora mammillata D’Orbigny, Monticulipora discoidea
Nicholson, Monticulipora sp., undet., Heterocrinus heterodactylus Hall, Glypto-
crinus decadactylus Hall, Cornulites incurvus Shumard, Hippothoa inflata Hall(?)
Serpulites dissolutis Billings, Annelid trails, Ptylodictya sp., Palechara sp.?
Lingula equalis Hall?, Lingula quadrata Kichwald, Trematis terminalis Conrad,
Crania sp.?, Pholidops subtruncata Hall, Pholidops truncata Hall, Strophomena
tenuistriata Sowerby, Strophomena alternata Conrad, Strophomena alternata
var. nasuta Conrad, Leptena sericea Sowerby, Streptorhynchus sp.?, Orthis
testudinaria Dalman, Orthis erratica Hall, Orthis occidentalis Hall, Orthis emace-
rata Hall (?), Crthis biforata Schlotheim, Orthis sp. undet., Zygospira modesta
Say, Avicula insueta Conrad, Pterinea demissa Conrad, Ambonychia radiata
Hall, Nucula levata Hall, Cleidophorus plannulatus Conrad, Lyrodesma poststria-
tum Emmons, Lyrodesma pulchellum Hall, Lyrodesma (?) sp. ?, Modiolopsis ano-
dontoides Conrad, Modiolopsis faba Conrad, Modiolopsis modiolaris ‘‘onrad, Mo-
diolopsis cancellata Walcott, Modiolopsis curta Hall, Modiolopsis pholadiformis
Hall, Modiolopsis truncata Hall, Modiolopsis nasuta Conrad, Modiolopsis sp.
undet., Orthonota parallela Hall, Orthodesma contractum Hall, Cyrtolites ornatus
Conrad, Bellerophon bilobatus Sowerby, Bellerophon cancellatus Hall, Carima-
ropsis patelliformis Hall, Raphistoma lenticulare Emmons, Raphistoma sp. undet.,
Pleurotomaria tropidophora Meek, Plewrolomaria subconica Hall, Plewrotomariasp.
undet., Murchisonia milleri Hall, Murchisonia bcllicincta Hall, Murchisonia unian-
gilata var. abbreviata Hall, Murchisonia sp. undet., Conularia sp.?, Orthoceras
corralliferum Hall, Orthoceras sp. undet., Endoceras proteiforme Hall, Plumulites
jamesi Hall, Beyrichia sp. undet., Trinucleus concentricus Eaton, Triarthrus
becki Green, Calymene callicephala Green, Asaphus platycephalus Stokes, Asaphus
sp. undet., dcidaspis. Unidentified 45 genera and 76 species. (22730).

Specimen of sandstone with mud and ripple marks, from Grand Cafion group,
7,000 feet below the base of Cambrian, Grand Cafion of Colorado, Arizona
(22741).

OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS (through Hon. T. J. Morgan, Commissioner) Wooden
hoe from the Indians of the Chippewa Reservation.

INTERIOR DEPARTMENT OF OTTAWA, CANADA (Secretary’s Branch), (through Lynd-
woode Pereira, assistant secretary.) Map of Manitoba and the northwest
territories, showing the land districts in that part of the dominion, and a map
showing the dominion lands in the railway belt in British Columbia. 22793.

Jackson, Mrs. A. ©. (District of Columbia). Collection of ethnological objects
from the Indians of Dakota. 22913.

JACOBS, C. P. (Indianapolis, Indiana). Mementos of the funeral of President Lin-
coln. 22729.

Jacoss, F. O. (Newark, Ohio). Cast of stone with sculptured head of an animal,
taken from a mound (23047); microscopic slides of Aztec textile fabrics (23110).

JAISOHN, PHILLIP (Army Medical Museum, Washington, District of Columbia). Jap-
anese twenty sen piece (silver). 22200,

JaMES, D. L. (through Prof. Joseph L. James, of the U. 8. Geological Survey).
Two specimens of Scaphiocrinus macrodactylus M and W, from the Lower Carbon-
iferous shales, Martin County, Indiana (22442): slabs with polyzoa, crinoid, and
corals from the same region (23120).

JAMES, Prof. JOSEPH F. (U.S. Geological Survey). Fifty specimens, representing
ten genera, and sixteen species of fossils from the Cincinnati formation of the
Lower Silurian, consisting of Palewophyllum divaricans, Streptelasma corniculum
Hall, Monticulipora briarea, Monticulipora delicatula Nicholson, Monticulipora

742 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

JAMES, Prof. JosEPH F’.—Continued.
onealli James, Monticulipora mammilatak, Protarea vetusta, Strophomena alternata
Conrad, Orthis jugosa James, Orthis biforata Schlotheim, Ambonychia radiata Hall,
Ambonychia bellistriata Hall, Calymene callicephala Green, Sasphus platycephalus
Stokes. 22602. (See under D. L. James, A. R. Crandall, K. M. Hutchinson, W.
H. Adams. )

JAMES, STEPHEN (Washington, District of Columbia). Carrying-net, made by the
Mission Indians of California. 22610.

JAMMES, L. H. (Realmont Tarn, Southwest France). Collection of stone implements
from Cambodia. 23024.

JENNEY, W. P. (U.S. Geological Survey). Three specimens of marbles, from Sugar
Orchard Creek, Boone County, Arkansas. 23139. (See under Interior Department
U. 8. Geological Survey. )

Jouns, H. W. (See under H. W. Johns Manufacturing Company.)

Jouns, H. W. Manufacturing Company (New York City). Specimens of fiber of
asbestus from Wyoming and Africa (22358); samples of asbestus and specimens
mauufactured from the same material (22333).

JOHNSON, CHARLES ENEW & Co. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Specimens of the
materials used in making ink for printing woodcuts. 22521.

JOHNSON, Lewis, & Co. (Washington, District of Columbia). Hungarian paper
money, ten notes of 10 florins each, issued at Buda-Pesth, September 1, 1848. 22777.

JOHNSON, Louis B. (See under R. D. Wimsatt.)

JouNSON, L. C. (See under N. Iuddleson. )

JOHNSON, Prof. O. B. (University of Washington, Seattle, Washington). Specimens
of Terebratella transversa and other mollusks, from Puget Sound ; alcoholic speci-
mens of reptiles consisting of Hutenia cooperi, Kutenia sp., Sceloporus occidentalis,
Amblystoma, and EHumeces skiltonianus from Washington and Oregon; alcoholic
specimens of fishes, consisting of Gobiesox reticulatus, red salmon, Nauthichys,
Zaniolepis, Oxylebius pictus, Blepsias, Salvelinus malma. Xiphister chirus and Coittus
from Seattle, Washington ; specimens of crustacea, tunicata, echinodermata and
pennatula. 23321.

JONES, JAMES T. (Washington, District of Columbia). Double-crested Cormorant
(Phalacrocorax dilophus) from Mount Vernon flats, Virginia. 22873.

JOUETT, JAMES HE. (Sandy Spring, Maryland). Larva of a heterocampa parasitized
by an Ichneumonia. 22348.

Jouy, P. L. (U. S. National Museum). Ten specimens, representing 4 species of land,
fresh-water, and marineshells from Corea (22561); specimen of garnet gravel from
the Kimberly Diamond Mines, South Africa (23269).

JOYNES, R. C. (See under Life Saving Service, Treasury Department, U. 8.)

JUENGLING, FRED (New York City). Original wood-block electrotype and proof of
an intaglio engraving on wood ‘‘ The Smoker,” after Muhrman, engraved by the
donor. 22510.

KANTROWITZ, J. H. (New York). Three photographs of ancient Jewish scholars.
22338.

Kasson, JOHNA. (Washington, District of Columbia). A musical instrument known
as a ‘‘Guzlar,” made by the peasants in Montenegro and Herzegovina, and used
by them to accompany songs about their horses and fights against the Turks.
22687.

KEELER, CHARLES A. (Carson City, Nevada). Eggs and nests of Zamelodia mel-
anocephala, Columba fasciata, Oroscoptes montanus, Spizella breweri, Zonotrichia
leucophrys, Merula migratoria propinqua. 22215.

Keep, Prof. J. (Mills College P. O., California). Specimen of Periploma discus
(exchange), 23136.

Keirn, B. F. (Boston, Massachusetts). Rigged model of a ship made by an invalid
seaman. 22786.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 743

Kemp, Prof. J. F. (Cornell University, Ithaca, New York). Three specimens of erup-
tiverocks. 22486.

KENNEDY, I. M. (Alberton, Maryland). Specimen of Copperhead (Agkislrodon contor-
trix). 23262. ;
KENNEDY, J. (Lubec, Maine). Builder’s model of schooner. 22649. (See under W.

H. Abbott.)

KEPPEL, F., & Co. (New York City). Three prints by H. Eichens, pure mezzotint,
etched preparation for mezzotinting, and etching finished in mezzotint (22417) ;
picture, ‘‘ Peasant Boy,” by Henry Guieard (23279).

KeEssueR, C. W. (Statesville, North Carolina). Twohundred and forty-three speci-
mens of corundum and its alterations. 22265.

KIDWELL, Harry (Washington, District of Columbia). Black Magpie Pigeon in
flesh. 22402.

Ki~pourne, Dr. F. L. (United States Veterinary Experiment Station, Benning’s
Road, Washington, District of Columbia). Pair of living Angora Guinea pigs
(Cavia aperia). 22938.

KIMBERLEY, Rear-Admiral L.A. (See under Navy Department, U.S.)

Kimmet & Voiat (New York City). Four impressions from a dry ground aquatint
plate, each printed differently, with several duplicates. 23278.

Kinases, J. P. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Collection of 5-cent postage stamps
of the Confederate States. 22968.

Koss, Maj. Karu. (See under Government of Switzerland.)

Knapp, EpwarpD (Fabins, New York). Silver Wyandotte chicken. 22934.

KNOWLTON, F. H. (U.S. Geological Survey). Two specimens, representing 2 species
of birds’ skins from California (22594); specimens of. manganese ores from
Brandon, Vermont (23312).

KNowLtTon, W.S. (Boston, Massachusetts). Specimen of gold in quartz from Grass
Valley, California, 22343.

Knox, Mrs. Netrir M. (National Homeopathic Hospital, Washington, District of Co-
lumbia). Specimen of Gray Squirrel (Sciurus carolinensis carolinensis). 22878.

KNUDSEN, VALDEMAR (Waiawa, Hawaiian Islands). Forty-eight specimens, repre-
senting 20 species of birds’ skins from the Sandwich Islands (22237); 2 birds’
skins, and 2 specimens of Bulwer’s Petrel (Bulweria bulweri) the first specimens
obtained from the Pacific Ocean (22520). :

KoBER, Dr. GEORGE M, (Washington, District of Columbia). Nez Percé Indian cos-
tume from Idaho; specimen of Yuma pottery from Arizona; pipes and basket
from Washington, spoon and ivory box from Alaska, and various specimens from
Spokane, Ceeur d’Alene, and other Indians. 22761.

Kocu, JOHAN BUNTZEN (Bozeman, Montana). Two flint hatchets, from the Island
of Laaland, Denmark, one from a dolmen of the Island of Falster, and a polished
ax from Sweden (exchange). 23190.

KOEBELE, A. (See under Department of Agriculture.)

Korner, Miss Hepwic J. (Roxbury, Massachusetts). Two psaligraphic pictures.
22494,

KOEHLER, S. R. (Roxbury, Massachusetts). Dabber for printing intaglio plates and
a burnisher for taking hand proofs of wood engravings (22513); 37 etchings and
wood engravings; 1 small composition roller for woodcut printing (22514);
daguerreotype outfit (22954).

KOENIG, GODFREY (Sassin, Washington). Nests and eggs of Turdis aonalaschka, Geo-
thlypis trichas occidentalis, Setophaga ruticilla, Empidonax pusillus, Melospiza fasciata
montana, Dendroica westiva, and Turdus fuscescens salicicolus (22378, 23311).

Koun, GUSTAVE (New Orleans, Louisiana). Fourteen living specimens of Gnathodon
cuneatus from Lake Ponchartrain (22915); 17 specimens of Gnathodon cuneatus,
and 13 specimens of Purpura fluwvidanus from Barataria Bay, Louisiana (22960).

Kunz, Grorer F. (New York City). Three specimens of mineralography, with
one duplicate. 22647.

144 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Kurtz, W. (New York City). Picture, ‘‘The Dispensation of Promise and the
Law,” the first publication in carbon of American make, and 3 portraits in car-
bon representing ‘‘ Painter Ortel,” “‘ Carl Hecker,” and *‘ Carl Kutscher” (21547);
6 half-tone reproductions, from paintings, drawings, and etchings (23320).

Lacokg, R. D. (Pittston, Pennsylvania). Specimen of carboniferous wood. 23049.

Lacy, H. E. (Tucson, Arizona). Specimen of calcite from the Bonanza group of
mines, Quijotoa district. 22600.

LAFLAMMEF, Rey. ABBE J. C. K. (Laval University, Quebec, Canada). Slab contain-
ing Triarthrus becki Green, Leptobolus insignis Hall, Climacograptus sp., from the
Utica formation of Upper Silurian, Beaufort, Quebec Province, Canada. 22445.

Lakes, B. B. (Bryson City, North Carolina). Specimens of zoisite, rutile, and limon-
ite pseudomorph after pyrite from Swain County. 23264.

LAaMBORN, Dr. RoperT H. (New York City). Specimens of quartz with inclusion,
and banded quartz from near Fairfax Court House, Virginia; specimen of william-
site, from Wood’s Chrome Mine, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania; specimen
of obsidian from the Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming; specimen of green
quartz, containing gold from Arizona; specimens of amazonstone and sandstone
from Media, Pennsylvania, and specimen of mussel-pearl from Absecon, New
Jersey, all cut and polished (23224); specimens of turquoise, cut and uneut
from Los Serillos, New Mexico (22871).

LANGDALE, JOHN W. (Takoma, District of Columbia). Specimen of amphibole with
calcite from Georgetown, District of Columbia. 23014.

LANYON, SAMUEL (Bradford, England). Specimen of tin ore from Dolcoath Mine.
22497.

LartTeGuEr, Dr. G. B. (Blackville, South Carolina). Specimens of tertiary fessil
shells found on the banks of Turkey Creek, near Charleston. 22805.

LASPEYRES, Prof. H. (Bonn, Germany). Specimen of polydymite from near Siegen,
Rhineland. 22342.

LANDVOIGT, EDWARD (Washington, District of Columbia). Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo
borealis) from Montgomery County, Maryland. 22753.

LAUGHLIN, Miss JENNIE O. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen
of alligator from New Orleans. 22963.

LEAGUE OLIVER S. (Annapolis, Maryland). Antique cross-bow taken from under
the floor of an old house. 22221.

La Baron, L. F. (San Juan del Norte, Nicaragua). Alcoholic specimens of reptiles,
insects and mammals. 22720.

Lr BrETON, ALBERT (Washington, District of Columbia). Series of daguerreotypes
of the harbor of San Francisco in 185253 (deposit). 22955.

LECHTENBERG, GEORGE H. (Luzerne, fowa). Fragments of pottery and bone found
in Indian mounds. 23287.

Ler, GEORGE (Washington, District of Columbia). Two silver seabright Bantam
chickens and fowl (22504, 2263); specimen of booted Fantail pigeon (22504).
Len, Prof. Lestie A. and THomas (U.S. Fish Commission). Collection of spears,
spear-points, baskets, and other ethnological objects obtained from the Fuegian

Islands. 22760.

Ler, Dr. M. F. (Columbus, Ohio). Brahma hen for skeleton. 22977.

Lr Duc, J. (Englewood, Illinois). Binding-post used in binding wheat and oats
from Dorchester County, Maryland. 23260.

LEGGAT BrotTuers (New York City). Reproduction (chromo-lithograph) of the
Tabernacle of the Desert (purchase). 22480.

LeEOoN, Dr. NICOLAS (See under Museo Michoacano).

Lewis, GeorGE A. (Wickford, Rhode Island). Twospecimens of Trigger-fish ( Balistes
capriscus) (22255); Cutlass-fish ( Trichiurus lepturus) from Naragansett Bay (22383).

Lewis, Harry (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Gray Squirrel
(Sciwrus carolinensis carolinensis). 22316.

— ak

LIST OF AUCESSIONS. 745

Lewis, W. F. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of American Coot
(futica americana) from the Eastern Branch. 22982.

Licntz, M. W. (West Washington, District of Columbia). Two living specimens of
alligators. 22621.

Linpsay, H. A. (Asheville, North Carolina). Specimen of cut oligoclase from
Mitchell County, and specimen of cut amethyst from Macon County (purchase).
22378.

Linpsay & Mariy (Carbondale, Pennsylvania). Original boiler of the locomotive
Stourbridge Lion. 23316.

LINNELL, MArTIN L. (U.S. National Museum). Collection of North American Coleop-
tera, containing twenty-five hundred species, and numbering about ten thousand
specimens (purchase). 22705.

Lite, JAMES E. (Albany, Wisconsin). Specimens of pearl-bearing mussels. 22451.

LitsoGrapHic Company, THE H. BeNcKE (New York City). Ten specimens of
photolithographic work executed in the establishment of the donors. 22511.

_Lockert, 8S. H. (Jersey City, New Jersey). Skeleton of Martin (Progne chalybea(?))

>

from Carthagena, Republic of Colombia, South America. 22935.

LOFLER, JOHN (Baltimore, Maryland). Specimen of Pouter-pigeon. 22387.

Locan, Mrs. Joun A. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of living
Golden eagle, sent in 1885, from Tennessee, as a gift to General Logan. and named
by George Bancroft Old Hickory (deposit). 22643.

Loomis, Rev. H (Yokohama, Japan). Specimen of shells and echinoderms. 22945.
Shells returned.

Loomis, Lreverrerr M. (Chester, South Carolina). Seven specimens, representing 4
species of birds’ skins (22593) ; 7 specimens of Prairie Horned-lark (Otocoris alpes-
tris praticola) in tlesh:(22626); 12 specimens, representing 7 species of birds, in
flesh (22666, 22733); specimen of Bronzed Grackle (Qu iscalus quiscula cneus)
(22677) ; 3specimens, representing 3 species of birds, in flesh from Chester County.
(22718).

Lorp, ABRAnAM (Ellsworth, Maine). Builder’s model of hermaphrodite brig Fredonia.
22697. (See under W. H. Abbott.)

Lovett, EDWakbD (Croyden, England), Three photographs illustrating the gun-flint
manufacture at Brandon, England ( exchange) (22297); 29 ethnological speci-
mens from England, British India, and South Africa; 7 specimens of stone
implements, from England, Belgium, Ireland, and Wales, and 3 photographs
showing the quartering, flaking, and knapping of the flint, exchange, (22542);
a porter’s knot, carrying yoke and human-harness (exchange) (22569); ethuno-
graphical and archeological specimens from England, India, and Africa; pale-
olithic implements from Suffolk, Bedford, Dorset, and Kent, comprising frag-
ments of Roman pottery (Samian ware), and iron implements, found in making
excavations in the city of London; clay pipes, iron knives, keys, and a shoe-
buckle belonging to the 16th century (also represented in the 17th and 18th cen-
turies); a flint implement from Spiennes, Belgium (23040); 7 unfinished paleo-
lithic implements ; 5 old London relics ; 16 fragments of Roman pottery ; ethno-
logical specimens from India, and obsolete specimens illustrating English lighting
and cooking (23170). :

Lucas, Dr. H. 8. (Cullasaja, North Carolina). Specimens of chrysclite, ripidolite,
vermiculite, actinolite altering to a vermiculite, and asbestus. 22886,

Lucas, J. A. (Silver City, New Mexico). ‘Two hundred and seventeen specimens of
copper pseudomorph after azurite, from the Copper Glance and Potosi copper
mines, Grant County (collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand, of the U. 8. Geologi-
cal Survey). 22536.

Lurr, C. J., & Co. (Georgetown, New Mexico). Specimen of descloizite and calcite
from the Commercial Mine (collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand of the U. 8. Geo-
logical Survey), 22837.

746 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Luscomesg, C. R. (U.S. National Museum). Model of English Dandy Horse, 1818, from
plans prepared by the U. S. Patent Office for the New Orleans exposition (pur-
chase). 23060.

Lurue, F. H. (McGregor, Iowa). Twospecimens representing 2 genera and 2 species
of Acervularia davidsoni, and 1 specimen with Calymene (sp.) from the Ordovician
group of Wisconsin. 23119.

Lyon, Prof. D. G. (Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts). Ten Assyrian
and Babylonian seal-cylinders (lent for copying). 22352.

McA.uister, W. (See under Pennsylvania Railroad Company. )

McBrtrer, T. M. (Murfreesborough, Arkansas). Specimen of peridotite from Pike
County. 23116.

McCanpuisH, H.S. (U.S. Pension Office, Washington, Districtof Columbia). Speci-
men of EHephera quadricostata Conrad from Bellfield near Yorktown, Virginia. ~
23053.

McConneE LL, Dr. J. C. (Army Medical Museum, Washington, District of Columbia).
Pen and ink drawing of shell. 23324.

McCoun, Miss H. J. (Oyster Bay, Long Island). Jersey blue chicken andegg. 23104.

McCoy, Joun F. (Washington, District of Columbia). Three living American Chame-
leons (Anolis principalis) from New Orleans, Louisiana. 22987.

McCuttars, D. C. (Motes, Alabama). Specimen of living Golden Eagle (Aquila
chrysaétos) 23082.

McCu_ty, WILLIAM W.(Athens, Alabama), (through Mr. J. W. Westfall). Specimen
of flexible sandstone, 22775,

McDanikEL, W. L. (Mineola, Texas). Five specimens of Helix (Polygyra leporina
Gld.). 22867.

McDonaLD, Col. MARSHALL (U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries). Collection of books,
consisting of Mahon’s Permanent Works, Text and Plates, printed in Richmond,
Virginia, by West and Johnston. Instructions for heavy artillery printed in
Richmond, 1862; Light Infantry Tactics, New Orleans, 1861. Ordnance return
of Colonel McDonald for the first quarter, 1803, and abstracts of issues of ord-
nance (at post of Vicksburg) for fourth quarter, 1862. 22181. (See under Fish
Commission, United States.)

MACFARLANE, R. (Cumberland House, Hudson’s Bay Company). Marmot-skin
blanket made by the Indians at Fort St. James, Stewart’s Lake, New Caledonia
district; pair of bears’ feet moccasins; 6 mamma) skins used for trimming;
3 young beavers and 3 white weasels, birds’ skins, birds’ eggs, nests, and 4
species of Coleoptera. 22503.

McGEE, W.J. (See under Interior Department. U.S. Geological Survey.)

McGILLycuppy, Dr. V. T. (Rapid City, South Dakota). Four living Buffaloes (Bison
americanus) (deposit) 22431.

McGreGoR, Alexander (Georgetown, New Mexico). Specimens of descloizite, vana-
danite, and descloizite pseudomorph from the ‘‘Commercial” mine (collected by
Dr. W. F. Hillebrand, of the U.S. Geological Survey). 22535.

McItwaraitu, T. (Hamilton, Ontario, Canada). Four specimens, representing 4 spe-
cies of birds from British Columbia (exchange). 22210.

McKer, GrorGE W. (Major, U. 8. Army, Allegheny Arsenal, Pittsburg, Pennsyl-
vania). Specimen of living Chachalaca Pheasant from Mexico. 22587.

McKniGut, SARAH. Living specimen of Screech Owl from Virginia. 22751.

McLain, Capt. GEORGE M. (Rockport, Massachusetts). Rigged model of the cutter-
yacht John Bull. 22795.

McLain, Hon. T. J., jr. (Nassau, West Indies), (through Department of State).
Four specimens of sisal. 23182.

McLAUGHLIN, R. B. (Statesville, North Carolina). Eggs and nests of Vireo solitarius
albicola (new to the collection). 22691.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 747

McMasteErs, T. G. (Pittsburg, Pennsylvania), (through Mr. S. F. Peckham). Col-
lection of specimens of crude petroleum. 22208.

McRaxr, DONALD (Wilmington, North Carolina). Specimen of plant (name un-
known), (sent to the United States Botanic Garden to complete its growth.)
22584.

MABBETT, GIDEON (Rodney, Mississippi), (through Dr. A. K. Fisher, Department of
Agriculture). Specimen of snake Farancia abacura (22314); nest, eggs, and
parent bird of Helmitherus vermivorus (23304).

MacOwan, P. (See under Botanic Garden, Cape Town.)

MACDONOUGH, JAMES. (See under American Bank Note Company.)

MAGEE, ROBERT E. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Old-squaw
(Clangula hyemalis) in flesh, 22574,

MAHONE, Gen. WILLIAM (Petersburgh, Virginia). Two living specimens of Gray
Fox (Urocyon virginianus), 22204.

MAINE STATE COLLEGE (Orono, Maine), (through Prof. F. L. Harvey). Specimen of
limonite from Katahdin Iron Works (exchange). 22472.

MANNING, R. P. (Youngstown, Ohio). Five rude 'eaf-shaped implements, and seven
fragments of flint implements, from Ohio, New York, Pennsylvania, and Illinois
(exchange). 22324.

MaRRON, THOMAS (United States National Museum). Autograph letter of Amos
Kendall, dated October 26, 1838, while Postmaster-General during General Jack-
son’s administration. 22825.

MARSHALL, GEORGE (U.S. National Museum). Three Passenger Pigeons (Hctopistes
migratorius) in flesh (22461); specimens of birds’ skins (22635); specimens of
Purple Grackle (Quiscalus quiscula), Mallard duck (Anas boschas) in flesh (22922,
22983); specimen of Muskrat (Fiber zibethicus) Rat (Mus decumanus) with mal-
formed incisors, in flesh (22996); specimen of Hooded Merganser (Lophodytes
cucullatus) in flesh (23019).

MARTIN, JOHN L. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Alligator (Alli-
gator mississippiensis) from Florida. 22936.

Martin, R. H. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimens of cocoons of the
cecropia and promethea silk worms. 23231.

Mason & HAMLIN (New York City). Model piano stringer, designed to exhibit two
methods of adjusting or tuning wires, one a method patented by the donors July,
1883, the other an old method. 22435.

Mason, Prof. 0. T. (U.S. National Museum). Specimens of ores, from the vicinity of
Otis Creek, Upper Brazos River, Texas (22532); flint-lock musket, U.S., Spring-
field. (22890).

Mason, W. A., & SON (Cambridgeport. Massachusetts). Piece of plank from the
wreck of the Sparrowhawk, and three plates of the same, together with a pam-
phlet giving an account of the wreck. 22781.

Mason, W.C. (Washington, District of Columbia). Three Chinese one-cash pieces.
22311.

MatTrHeEws, E. O. (St. Louis, Missouri). Alcoholic specimen of Rattlesnake (Crotalus
horridus) from Indian Territory, and femora of an Indian from a mound in Mad-
ison County, Illinois. 22991.

Mayrortu, Max (Washington, District of Columbia). Fifty-nine etchings, engrav-
ings, and lithographs. 22614.

MAYNARD, C. J. (Newtonville, Massachusetts). Four specimens of Cory’s Booby
(Sula coryi, Mayn) (purchase) (22251) ; species of Strophia, from the Antilles ana
Bahamas, types of the new species described by the donor (22536, 22744).

MAYNARD, G. C. (Washington, District of Columbia). Piece of the deep-sea portion
of the first Atlantic telegraph cable. 23284.

Mepina, José F. (See under Government of Nicaragua. )

MEEKER, A. B. (District of Columbia). Specimens of hematite, chalcopyrite, and
bornite from Virginia. 22948.

748 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Meeker,S.F. (See under New Jersey Historical Society.)

Mwias, Gen. M.C. (U.S. Army) (Washington, District of Columbia). Whistle alleged
to have been found in an Indian mound near Columbus, Georgia (22336); con-
cretion composed mainly of limonite mixed with sand (22743).

MENDENHALL, Dr. T. C. (See under Treasury Department, U.S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey.)

MeEnGE, J.F. (Myers, Florida). Eggs ot Speotyto cunicularia floridana (purchase);
nest of Rostrhamus sociabilis. 23300.

Mercer, R. W. (Cincinnati, Chio). Specimens of stone implements from Law-
rence County (exchange). 23055.

Merriam, Dr.C. Hart (Department of Agriculture). Twenty specimens of Hxogyra
arietina Roem. from the Cretaceous formation at Del Rio, Texas. 22931. (See
under Department of Agriculture. )

MERRILL, GEORGE P. (U.S. National Museum). Skin of Field-mouse (Hesperomys
leucopus), and skin of Richardson’s Ground Squirrel (Spermophiluis richardsont)
(22357); 4 species of fresh-water Gasteropods from Madison County, Montana,
(22400); miscellaneous collection of geological materials (purchase) (22096); 2
specimens of alligator-lizard, from the Yellowstone National Park (22895) ; series
of rocks, showing inclosures of gneiss, limestone, etc., in eruptive granite from
quarries at Sykesville, Maryland (23216). (Also under U. S. National Museum.)

MERRILL, JAMES C. (Assistant Surgeon, U.S. Army, Fort Reno, Indian Territory).
Collection of birds’ eggs, Tympanuchus pallidicinctus, Spiza americana, Quiscalus
quiscula aneus, Cardinalis cardinalis, Molothrus ater, and Vireo bellit; collection
of birds’ skins, comprising Tynmpanuchus pallidicinctus, Colinus virginianus texanus
and Anmodramus suvannarum passerinus. 23290.

MERRILL, L. B. (Paris, Maine). Specimens of minerals from Maine (exchange).
22926.

MERRIMON, W. B. (See under R. A. Burch.)

Merritt, W. A. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Fish-crow (Cor-
vus ossifragus) from the Kastern Branch of the Potomac River. 22766.

Metz, Dr. C. F. (See under Peabody Museum.) :

MICHEL, E. (London, England), (through Mr. C. A. Baratonni). Photograph of Cug-
not’s steam road carriage, 1784, now in Conservatoire des Arts et Métiers, Paris.
22228.

Mixes, H. W. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Bob-white ( Colinus
virginianus). 22799.

MILLER, Mrs. N. V. D. (Washington, District of Columbia). Reprint of the wall-
paper edition of the Vicksburg Daily Citizen, set up for print July 2, 1863, before
the surrender to General Grant, and issued by his order July 4, 1863; reprint of
the Ulster County Gazette, published at Kingston by Samuel Frear & Sons, Sat-
urday, January 4, 1800. 22971.

Miiier, Prof. L. W. (See under Penn’s Museum and School of Industrial Art.)

Miter, Writ1am (New York City). Ink ball and folder, used for taking hand-
proots of wood cuts. 22509.

MILLIGAN, J. D. (Boston, Massachusetts). Two specimens of Cypraea arabica Linn,
from the Samoan Islands. 22560.

Mitts, Ropert A. (Chuluota, Florida). Specimens of prehistoric pottery and human
bones from shell mounds on St. John River, and a modern ax, plowed up on
Indian Field Mound, on the Brevard County side of the river. 23196.

Mitts, THHODORE A. (Washington, District of Columbia). Commission of Clark
Mills as first lieutenant of cavalry, militia of the District of Columbia, dated
July 20, 1853, signed by Franklin Pierce, President of the United States, and
Jefferson Davis, Secretary of War. 23331.

Miner, S. O. (Brattleboro, Vermont). Silver-spangled hen and eggs. 23274.

Mo Lan, JAMES (St. Augustine, Florida). Specimen of alligator. 22797.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 749

Mounar, Louis (Molna Szecsod, Epyhazos Hollés, Hungary). Highty-six specimens,
representing 68 species of birds’ skins; 6 mammal skins Cricetus frumentorius,
Myoxus glis, Spermophilus citellus, Sciurus vulgaris, and Hrmacius europeus (ex-
change). 22230.

Monroe, J. A.(Lumber Bridge, North Carolina). Specimen of Eureka game chicken.
23013.

Monrog, J. P. (Ringgold, Tennessee). Chain of copper or brass found in a mound in
Montgomery County. 22679.

Mooney, JAMES (Cherokee, North Carolina). Mortar and pestle; alcoholic speci-
mens of reptiles, insects, and a large stump of a tree with bowlders embedded.
22419. (See under Bureau of Ethnology, U.S.)

Moore, BALDWIN (District of Columbia). Specimen of opal and graphite, and apa-
tite and menaccanite from Nelson County. Virginia. 23144.

Moorr, Harry (Washington, District of Columbia). Two living specimens of Alli-
gator (Alligator mississippiensis). 22617.

-Mooreuean, W. K. (U. S. National Museum). Two arrow-points from Licking
County, Ohio (22689); stone implements from near Fort Ancient (22695) ; twenty
rude flint implements, nine spear-heads and one hammer-stone from Greene
County (23086).

Morcom, G. F. (Chicago, Mlinois). (See under Shufeldt, Dr. R. W.)

MorGAN, Hon. T. J. (Commissioner of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior.)
(See under Interior Department.) Wooden hoe from the Indians of Chippewa
Reservation, Wisconsin. 23171.

Morean, H. pr (New York City). Collection of bones, from Armenian graves at or
near Allah-Verdi, collected by the donor (22244); specimensof prehistoric an-
tiquities, also collected from Armenia (22264).

Morrison, Prof. JamMES H. (Lexington, Virginia). Specimens of shells comprising
different species of Helix hortensis L. and Helix memoralis (22253, 22261); collec-
tion of Ordovician (Trenton) fossils, comprising Strophodonta sp. ? Bellerophon
bilobatus Sowerby, Raphistoma subtilistriata Hall, Murchisonia milleri Hall (7),
Orthoceras junceum Hall, Orthoceras sp. ?, and Mnerinurus sp. ?, representing 6
genera and 7 species (22285); 32 specimens, representing 7 species and varieties
of fresh-water mussels from North River (22448); samples of iron ore from Vir-
ginia and West Tennessee (22639); 14 specimens, representing 5 species, of
fresh-water mussels (27814).

Morrow, H. W. (Wilmington, Delaware). Specimen of White-footed Field-mouse
(Herperomys leucopus) in flesh. 22709.

Morton, Dr. HENRY, (President Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken, New
Jersey). Original dividing engine of J. Ramsden, and slide-rest with which
the screws and gear-cutters were made. (23056). (See under Stevens Insti-
tute of Technology.)

MULLIN, JOHN H. (See under Fort Payne Coal and Iron Company.)

Mumiy & THomas (Baldwin, Long Island). Pair of imperial Pekin Ducks, duck-
ling and egg. 23033.

Musro Micwoacano (Morelia, Mexico), (through Dr. Nicolas Leon). Bark and fruit
of Cascara amarga. 23008.

MusEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLUGY (Cambridge, essen unetes): Alcoholic speci-
mens of South American Siluroids (22526) ; 11 specimens, representing 2 species,
of cray-fishes Cambarus sloanii Bundy from southern Indiana (22853).

MusruM or NATURAL History (Genoa, Italy), (through Marquis Giacoma Doria,
director). Skin and skull of Lophiomys inhausii, 100 bats in alcohol, 2 shrews,
and 1 Meadow-mouse (exchange). 23079.

MusEUM OF NATURAL History (Paris, France). Samples of hair representing vari-
ous races, as follows: Fuegians, South America; Grand Canary; Somalis; Bor-
neo; Sumatra; Galla and Soketo negro; Tonga tabu; Easter Island; New
Zealand; Caroline Islands; New Hebrides, and New Caledonia (exchange),

750 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

MUSEUM OF NATURAL HisTory (Paris, France)—

(22283); 2 meteorites from different localities (exchange), (22413); meteoric
stone from Aumale, Algeria (exchange), (22943).

MusEUM, THE DEMERARA (British Guiana), (through Mr. J. J. Quelch). Four skins
of adult Hoatzins (Opisthocomus cristatus), and 7 alcoholic specimens of chickens
and skeletons of the same species (exchange). 22356.

Myer, W. E. (Carthage, Tennessee). Two hundred and seven specimens of human
and animal bones, flint chips, shell beads, and fragments of cave earth. 22771.

NaTurRAL History MuskumM (Oxford, England), (through Mr. Henry Balfour),
Model of a Hindoo fire-drill, used to make sacred fire in temples (exchange),
23212.

NATIONAL MuseuM, U.S.

Collected by Mr. George P. Merrill, of the National Museum, and Dr. A. C. Peale,
of the U.S. Geological Survey. A miscellaneous collection of geological ma-
terials from Madison County, Montana. 22868.

Model of an ancient fire-engine, made from a drawing taken from a book on
“Surveying,” by Cyprian Lusar. This model was made by Mr. C. R. Lus-
combe, preparator. 23005.

Specimens of zircon, sphene, xanthitan, pseudomorph after sphene, epidote,
allanite, aud vermiculite from the Jones Zircon Mine, Green River, Hender-
son County, North Carolina (collected by William 8. Yeates). 22347.

Navy DEPARTMENT, U.S. (through Commodore J. G. Walker, Chief of the Bureau of
Navigation), Specimens of ocean-bottom, taken in the North Atlantic Ocean
during the passage of the United States steamer Dolphin, under the command
of Commander George F. F. Wilde, from the Straits of Gibraltar to New York
(22469); ethnological objects from Samoa, presented by Malietoa Mataafa and
other chiefs of high rank, to the United States Government, through Rear-
Admiral Kimberly, in token of their appreciation of the interest shown by the
Government during their troubles; some of the mats presented are of great value
as heirlooms (23197).

NeEGus, Miss B. R. (Los Angeles, California). Two reed-canes with thongs, from the
roof of the Mission Church at San Fernando. 22979.

NEKRHORN, A. (Riddagahausen, Braunschweig, Germany). Five bird-skins, repre-
senting 5 species, from Palawan (exchange). 22863.

Newson, J. P. G. (Alexandria, Virginia). Living specimen of Red-tailed Hawk.
22644.

NEw JERSEY HISTORICAL SOCIETY (Newark, New Jersey), (through Mr. S. F. Meeker).
Portion of the cylinder of the Hornblower engine, imported from England in
1753, the first steam engine erected in the Western Continent. 23163.

NEWLON, Dr. W. 8S. (Oswego, Kansas). Flint implements from Edgar County,
Illinois; a notched ax, large flint knife, and specimen of Green snake. (22498,
22836. )

New YorK, UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF (Albany, New York), (through Mr. J. S.
Smock). Section of Potsdam sandstone Clinatichnites wilsoni Logan (?), quarried
at Port Henry, a fine illustration of tracks and ripple marks. 23156.

NICARAGUA, GOVERNMENT OF (through Mr. John Crawford, Mr. José Medina, Mr.
J. Durand, and the Department of State). Collection of engraved cocoa and
chocolate cups, specimens of birds, reptiles, lava figures, specimens of scorpions,
spider, caterpillar, myriapod, and a hammock. 23200.

NicHOLson, J. B, (Brightwood, District of Columbia). Specimens of Didelphys
virginiana. 22877.

NIEHAUS, FRANZ (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of American Cross-
bill (Loxia curvirostra minor) in the flesh. 22731.

NIVEN, WILLIAM (New York City). Specimens of quartz crystals, cut jasper, agate,
native copper, native silver, and a dish made of agatized wood. 22377.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 751

Noan, JoHn M. (U. S. National Museum). Badge of Maysville Commandery of
Knights Templar (22454); original copy of the Carriers’ Address to the Patrons of
“The National Advocate,” New York City, January 1, 1817, (22559); admission

cards (press and citizen) to ceremonies in commemoration of the inauguration of.

the first President of the United States, held December 11, 1889, in the House of
Representatives (22831); special tickets and menu cards of the editorial excursion,
via Pennsylvania Railroad, Cumberland Valley Railroad, and Shenandoah Valley
Railroad, to Luray Cave, May, 1888 (23096).

NOBLE, Hon. JoHN W. (Secretary of the Department of the Interior). (See under
Interior Department. )

Norman, Rey. A. M. (Durham, England). Alcoholic specimens of crustacea and echi-

nodermata, chiefly Mediterranean (exchange). 22219.

Norris, H. D. B. (Marshall, Virginia). Living specimen of hawk. 22477.

NUTTALL, Mrs. ZELIA (Dresden, Saxony). Ancient carved Norwegian cart-harness.
22068.

NUTTER, FRANK H. (Minneapolis, Minnesota), Ninespecimens of batrachians; larva
of Tiger Salamander (Amblystoma tigrinum). 23032.

NYE, WILLARD, Jr. (New Bedford, Massachusetts). Specimen of Winter Wren (Tro-
glodytes hiemalis). 23018.

OBERLIN COLLEGE (Oberlin, Ohio). Collection of occipital plates and other portions
of Dinichthys Terretli, Cleveland shale of Lorain County (22198) ; (through Mr.
Albert A. Wright) collection of ethnological specimens from Africa (exchange),
(22262).

O’NeriL & HILuis (Mullan, Idaho). Five specimens of pyromorphite on limonite, and
one specimen of cerussite in quartz from the ‘* Little Giant” mine, Hunter min-
ing district, Shoshone County. 22391.

OrcutTT, C. R. (San Diego, California). Alcoholic specimens of Anchovy (Stelephorus
delicatissimus); alcoholic specimens of Bruchus obselotus Say, Dacre californica
Sloan, Thinopinus pictus Lec, and Hygrothechus remgis Say; collection of star-
fishes, corals, sponges, Brachyurans, Anomurans, Amphipods, Isopods, Entomos-
tracans, Annelids, Planarians, Holothurians from Todos, Santos Bay, Lower Cali-
fornia, 22456.

OSBORNE, J. W. (Washington, District of Columbia). Fourteen mounted photo-
graphs used to illustrate a paper read before the Washington Philosophical
Society, October 13, 1888 (22290); 139 specimens of photo-mechanical process
work, engravings, etc. (23155); ‘‘ Paris-Noe] ” 1888-1889, text with process illus-
trations and two extra plates (23217); pamphlet entitled ‘‘ Photography in Print-
ing Ink, Pouney’s Patent Process, by Thomas Sutton, B. a., London, 1863 (23275).

OsGoop, Prof. HowarD (Rochester, New York). Cast of a stone containing a Greek
inscription, from the Temple at Jerusalem (exchange). 22692.

OVERTON. Dr. WILLIAM S. (Stony Creek, Virginia). Soldier’s pardon for taking part
in the late rebellion, dated July 5, 1866, signed by William H. Seward, Secretary
of State. 23067.

OXFORD UNIVERSITY MusrtumM. (See under Mr. Henry Balfour.)

PALESTINE EXPLORATION FUND (London, England). Thirty-one photographs. 22944.

PALMER, JOSEPH (U.S. National Museum). Specimen of Shrew (Blarina sp.) in flesh.
22995.

PALMER,.WILLIAM (U. S. National Museum). Specimen of mink Putorius vison
(22235) ; specimen of Wood Hare (Lepus sylvaticus) in flesh, and skull of Opossum
Didelphys virginiana (22923); 3 Gray Squirrels (Sciurus carolinensis), and White-
footed Mouse ( Herperomys leucopus) (22994) ; skull and partial skeleton of Kinkajou
(Ceroleptes caudivolvulus) (22999) ; 2 living specimens of Canada Goose (Branta
canadensis) from Baltimore, Maryland (23058); specimen of lizard from San Fran-
cisco (23184).

PAYNE, Gen. WaLTER S. (Fostoria, Ohio). Badge and officers’ ribbons of the Sons of
Veterans, U.S. Army. 23004.

-

752 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

PEABODY MusrumM (Cambridge, Massachusetts), (through Prof. F. W. Putnam).
Collection of archeological objects from graves near Madisonville, Ohio; basket
from Chile; torches from Mammoth Cave, Kentucky (collected by Prof. F. W.
Putnam and Dr. C. F. Metz). 2311.

PEALE, Dr. A. C. (U. 8S. Geological Survey). (See under National Museum, United
States.)

Peckn4M, T. G. (See under T. G. McMasters.)

Penick, R. A. (South Boston, Virginia). Stone implements and stone pipe from
Halifax County. 22670.

PENN’S MUSEUM AND SCHOOL OF INDUSTRIAL ART (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania),
(through Prof. L. W. Miller, principal). Penandink drawing; water-color study ;-
designs in body colors executed by different students. 22421.

PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD COMPANY (Camden, New Jersey), (through Mr. W. McAl-
lister). Slot-stem and ring-joint fixture. 23313.

PENNSYLVANIA SALT MANUFACTURING Company. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania),
(through Mr. Thomas Armstrong, president). Specimens of cryolite from Evig-
tok, Arksut-fiord, Greenland. 22541.

PEREGRINO, F. Z.S. (Pittsburg, Pennsylvania). Photograph of donor, and a hand
basket, from Africa. 23072.

PEREIRA, Lyndwode. (See under Interior, Department of, Ottawa, Canada. )

Perry, Miss Epira (U.S. National Museum): Specimen of Polyphemus. 23248.

Perry, E. W. (Truxville, Honduras), (through Mr. H. W. Perry). Two photographs,
representing three views of a stone image. found in Honduras (22354) ; image made
of soapstone found in a subterranean chamber at Copan, Honduras (22859).

Perry, N. H. (South Paris, Maine). Specimens of cancrinite in elzolite-syenite,
lepidomelane, lepidolite, spodumene, rose quartz, massive topaz, vesuvianite,
eleolite in eleolite-syenite, pink tourmaline in lepidolite, triphyllite, and triplite.
22048.

PERRY, W.H. (See under E. W. Perry.) 3

PrTrer REDPATH Mus#tUM (McGill College, Montreal,Canada), (through Sir J. William
Dawson). Fivespecimens, representing 2 genera and 2 species of Lower Cambrian
Plychoparia metisensis sp., Walcott, and 3 specimens (2 casts) of Agraulos redpathis
n.sp., Walcott. 23137.

PrTers, Dr. John P. (Constantinople, Turkey). Shepherd’s pipe, a specimen of
those used among the Arabs of Irak, Mesopotamia, south of Bagdad, bought from
an Idl Budier Arab (a smallindependent tribe) 30 miles east of Dirvaniyh. 22232.

Pettit & Drieps (Washington, District of Columbia). Two living specimens of
Gray Rabbit (Lepus syivaticus). 22207.

PuHILLies, Barnet (Brooklyn, New York). Pair of Afghan sandals. 22384.

Pariiuirs, HALLET?T W. (Washington, District of Columbia.) Paper by George Cat-
lin on a “‘steam raft,” Manchester, 1850. 22940.
Pariuips, N. TAYLOR (New York City). Silk taleth, a garment worn by men in the

Jewish Synagogue. 22698.

PHILLIPS, OSCAR (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Woodcock (Philo-
hela minor) (22946); specimen of Screech Owl (22693).

Purnney, E. (Cooperstown, New York). Specimen of Coregonus labradoricus from
Musquaw River. 23169.

PikE MANUFACTURING COMPANY, THE (Pike Station, New Hampshire). Specimens
of fossil whetstones and sandstone froin Orange County, Indiana. 22812.

Pik, NICHOLAS (Brooklyn, New York). Twe musical instruments. 22690.

Piuspry, H. A. (Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Two
specimens of Helix hippocrepis Pfr, and 2 specimens of Conotrochus singaporensis
Pilsbry from Singapore. 22204.

PItTsBURGH REDUCTION COMPANY (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania), (through Mr, A. E,
Hunt, President). HKexhibit of articles mannfactured from aluminium. 22986.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 153

Pueas, C. KE. (Clinton, Arkansas). Specimens of land and fresh-water shells from
Little Red River and the neighboring mountains (exchange). 22818.

PoESCHE, HERMAN (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Trumpeter
pigeon (22389); specimen of black-breasted red game Bantam hen (22715).

PorscHk, VictorR(Washington, District of Columbia). Two pairs of Archangel pig-
eons. (22388, 22874) ; specimen of Archangel Pigeon for skeleton (22663) ; black-
breasted gaine Bantam cock (22503).

PorscueE, V. L. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Archangel Pigeon,
in flesh, 22505.

Poutman, Dr. Juuius (Buttalo, New York). lorty-five specimens of fossils, from
Water-line Group, Buitalo, New York. 23251.

Ponp, Lieut. CHARLES IF’. (U.S. Navy), (Navy Yard, Mare Island, California). Speci-
mens of rocks; Port Jackson Shark. (feterodonotus francisei) from Lower Cali-
fornia; shells, Helix sp. from Cerros Island; sponges, photograph of Elephant
Tree, egg of hawk from Cerros Island, Nullipore coral from San Benito Islands,
and lower jaw of porpoise Tursiops gillii from Fort San Bartolme. 22807.

POWELL, Maj. J. W. (Director of the U.S. Geological Survey). Thirty-eight objects,
offerings from shrines, from New Mexico. 23046. (See under Interior Depart-
ment, U.S. Geological Survey.) (See under Bureau of Ethnology U.S.)

Power, J. B. (Kingsville, Ohio). Specimen of Black Chipmunk Tamias striatus.
23327.

PranG, L. & Co., (Boston, Massachusetts), Four small lithographs of yachts and
sloops. 22773.

Prick, CHARLES P. (Washington, District of Columbia). Two living opossums,
Didelphys virginiana. 22618.

PRINGLE, C. G. (Charlotte, Vermont). Three hundred and sixty-five specimens of
dried Mexican plants. (23094, 23305.)

Prouprit, 8. V. (Falls Church, Virginia). Two thousand three hundred and forty-
five specimens of stone imjlements from the District of Columbia. 22641.*
Pursry, G. G. (Toronto, Canada). Fossil wood cut from log under a drift mound in
blue clay, 60 feet below the surface, during the work of straightening the river

Don at Toronto. 22332.

Pusrty & JONES (Wilmington, Delaware). Rigged model of metal steamship in glass
case. 22811.

Putnam, Prof. F. W. (See under Peabody Musenm).

QuELcH, J. J. (See under Museum, The Demerara, British Guiana. )

RaGspAaLe, G. H. (Gainesville, Texas). Alcoholic specimen of Stenostoma (pur-
chase); alcoholic specimens of reptiles, and batrachiaus collected in Cook, San
Jacinto, and Polk Counties, Texas, comprising Opheosaurus ventralis, Phrynosoma
cornutum, Anolis principalis, Oligosoma laterale, Humeces tetragrammus, Cnemidopho-
rus sextlineatus, and Sceloporus consobrinus; alcoholic specimen of a Chickadee
from East Texas. 22414.

RANDALL, WiLu1aAmM H. (Mystic Bridge, Connecticut). Piece of ‘‘ reefing-point,”
with two knots init, and fragments of the sail thrashed and twisted into the
knots, done by the action of the wind alone, during acyclone in the Pacific
Ocean. 23143.

RANDOLPH, Miss CORNELIA (Washington, District of Columbia). Figurines of
Sevres Porcelain, from the collection of Marie Antoinette, brought from France
by the Hon. Gouverneur Morris, United States minister, 1885 (deposit). 22907.

Ransom, C. L. (Norwich, Connecticut). Eggs of Buteo lineatus, and Syrnium nebu-
‘losum. 23134.

Ray, Capt. P. H. (U.S. Army), (Omaha, Nebraska). Three paleolithic implements
from the Bridger basin on the north slope of the Uintah Mountains, Utah. 23282.

*See Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, vol, x121, 1890, pp. 187-194:
H. Mis, 129, pt. 2 48

754. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

RAYMOND, Dr. R. W. (New York). Hammer, partially altered to limonite, found in
a mine in Honduras, which had not been worked for 200 years. 23041.

RAYMOND, W. J. (Oakland, California). Tenspecies of Jand and fresh-water shells
(22745) ; 8 specimens, representing 2 speeies of marine shells from San Fran-
cisco Bay. 23252.

REAmeEs, T. G. (Jacksonville, Oregon). Twenty-dollar gold piece of the United
States, dated 12358, or 1866, and a Knights Templar badge. 22457.

REDWOOD, F. I. (Baltimore, Maryland). Specimen of Dyak Sumpitan or blow-gun,
from North Borneo (exchange). 22973.

Ret, H1rramMatz (Tokio, Japan), (through Hon. John F. Swift, United States minis-
ter). Section of rope made of human hair, used as an ordinary cable in lifting
building-material in the construction of a Buddhist temple at Kyoto; photo-
graph of the entire rolls of cables still remaining at the new Buddhist temple
at Kyoto; table of the names of the provinces of the donors, showing the size
and length of each of the ropes used in the construction of the Eastern Hon-
gwan-ji Temple at Kyoto, and a lithograph of the famous Buddhist edifice. 23113,

REID, H. (Hoadley, Virginia). Five living specimens of Lepus sylvaticus, for a group
(purchase). 22233.

RY, Dr. E. (Leipzig, Germany). Collection of birds’ skins from Asia and Siberia,
all but two new to the collection (22380) ; collection of birds’ skins from Syr-
Daryaand Canary Islands (purchase). 22397.

ReyYNotps, Dr. F. S. (Juneau, Alaska), (through Mr. I. C. Russell, of the U. S.
Geological Survey). Specimen of silver ore from the ‘‘Silver Queen” mine.
22590.

RHEES, WILLIAM J. (Smithsonian Institution). Specimensof Equus caballus and Bos
taurus in the flesh from the District of Columbia. 22249.

RICE, WILLARD (Cienega, Arizona). ‘Two specimens of minerals from near Salt
Mountain, Verde Valley. 22735.

Ricuarps, J. T. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Brick from the foundation of old
Fort Du Quesne, Pittsburg, built prior to the Revolutionary War. 23054.

RIcHMOND, C. W. (U.S. Geological Survey). Eggs of Mocking-bird (Mimus poly-
glottos). 22256.

RIDDELL, JOHN (Bay Center, Washington). Internal castin lime of a small nautilus
Aturia Ziczac Sowerby, a tertiary fossil common to Europe and America, found
near Bay Center. 22927.

Ripa@way, A. W. (Laurel, Maryland), Specimen of Snowbird (Junco hyemalis)
killed by telegraph wires. 22671,

Riepway, RoBert (U. 8. National Museum). Seventy-one specimens, representing
56 species of birds’ skins, from Laurel, Maryland (22241, 22736); specimens of
Greater Snow Goose (Chen hyperborea nivalis), and a Wild Turkey, both in flesh,
from the Washington market (purchase), (22737, 22746) ; Wild Turkey (Meleagris
gallopavo) from the Washington market (purchase) (22846); 2 photographs of ob-
jects in the national museum of Costa Rica (deposit) (22303).

Ritey, Prof. C. V. (Entomologist, Department of Agriculture). Collection of 4,664
mounted insects, American and Australian, representing about 830 species of all
orders, from Mr. A. Koebele, Los Angeles, California. 233840. (See under De-
partment of Agriculture.)

Rivers, J. J. (Berke'ey, California). Two specimens of Succinea chrysis West from
Sitka, Alaska. 23191.

Rives, Dr. WitL1amM C. (Newport, Rhode Island). Two specimens of the Mountain
Vireo (Vireo solitarius), from White Top Mt., Virginia, new to the collection,
23105.

RoBIneTTH, FRANK (District of Columbia). Living specimen of American Osprey
(Pandion haliaétus carolinensis) from Milford, Delaware. 23107.

Ropiyson, N. T.N. (See under Col. G. E. Dennis.)

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 155

ROBINSON, BROTHERS (Shawneetown, Illinois). Two flint scrapers and three points.
23016.

ROCKHILL, W. W. (Washington, District of Columbia). Collection of ethnological]
objects from Thibet (22455); sample of seeds of Yachou tea from Sechuen, West-
ern China, from which all the Thibetan brick-tea is made (22459); sample of wool
from Kokonor, Thibet (22696); ethnographical collection from eastern Thibet,
western Mongolia, and China (22699); pair of silver earrings, finger ring, shirt
buckle worn by women, and shirt-button from Eastern Thibet (deposit) (22700) ;
specimens of Chinese money, including a national bank note, the only issne of
the present dynasty, and a 100 cash note of the city of Pekin (22778) ; chased iron
seal, scroll picture of the Lama Convent of Trashilhunpo, in Thibet, Chinese pipe
and tobaceo pouch; strike-a-light, set with jewels with jade toggle; brass tea-
pot; sword; knife and chopstick in case; bow, arrows and quiver, and bow case
(deposit) (22821); corean paintings (costumes); joss sticks (incense), used in
Thihet (two kinds) (22822); gold shirt buckle from Thibet, and an ivory crucifix,
from near Genoa, Italy (22976).

RockweELu, C. H. (Commander U. S. Navy). Specimen of Ostracion quadricorne.
22959:

Rockwoop PorTrERY COMPANY (Cincinnati, Ohio). Three specimens to illustrate
the manufacture of an inkstand from clay. 22190.

Rorsster, A. R. (Austin, Texas). Specimen of gadolinite from Llano County; 24
specimens of dolomite, calcite, and hematite from Burnet County, and a speci-
men of chaleocite, from Archer County (22567); 3 specimens representing two
genera and two species of Productus sp.? and Spirifera sp,? from Burnet County
(22407).

RoGAN, J. W. (Rogersville, Tennessee). Specimen of Piloceras sp. undet, from the
Calcareous formation of Ordovician from Hawkins County. 22579.

RoGeErs, WILLIAM (Bath, Maine). Builder’s model of the ship Mayflower, 22784.

RomeyN, Capt. Henry (U. 8. Army), (Fort Ringgold, Texas). Clay tunnels con-
structed by ants (purchase) (22351); 13 living specimens of White-winged Doves
(Melopelia leucoptera) (22369); 2 living Peccaries (Dicotyles tajagu) trom southern
Texas (22787).

Royat Musrnum (Stockholm, Sweden). Specimens of minerals from Sweden, Nor-
way, Finland, and Greenland (exchange). 23172.

RuSsELL, I. C.(U.S. Geological Survey). Specimen of roofing-slate, from Rockmart,
Georgia (23001) ; 22 photographs of scenery of the Great Dismal Swamp (28209),
(See under Dr. I. S. Reynolds. )

SAFFORD,W, E. (ensign U, 8. Navy), (Chillicothe, Ohio). Thirty-three ethnological
objects, collected by the donor in Samoa, 22259.

SANBORN, W. D, (Winchester, Massachusetts). Seven daguerreotypes of Sioux In-
dians, taken from life, 40 years ago, 23025.

SanpyY PornTt DuCcKING CLUB (Middle River, Maryland), (through Mr, G, A. Gam-
brill). Mounted specimen of Albino Red-head Duck. 22713.

SANFORD, Capt. E. H. (Baltimore, Maryland). Peak-crested, white-winged Turbit
Pigeon, in flesh. 22436.

SAPPORO AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE (Sapporo, Japan), (through Shosuke Sato, acting
director). Collection of Aino articles (exchange). 22633,

SATO SHOSUKE. (See under Sapporo Agricultural College. )

SayLes, Ira (U. 8. National Museum). Upper molar of Elephas americanus from
Tioga County (22284); 4 pitted stones (22323); 311 shells from ancient Kiichen
Midden’s, near Strawberry Plains, Tennessee (22819).

SAVAGE, M. F. (New York City). Pottery lamps from Tyre and Alexandria. 22428.

Scarrr, ARTHUR E. (Kalamazoo, Michigan). Pack of Spanish Monté cards (23091) ;
Siamese copper coin, and copper coin (dos centavos) of the Argentine Republie
(23148).

756 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

SCHIEFFELIN, W. H., & Co. (New York City). Ninety specimens of materia medica.
22972.

SCHMID, Epwarp S. (Washington, District of Columbia). “Pair of dove house pigeons,
in flesh, for mounting (22456); 3 common pigeons and 3 homing pigeons (22577,
22802) ; Silver-bill Finch-Warbler, living domestic fowl and white leghorn cock
(22611); White Leghorn fowl] (22624); Blue-rock pigeon (22716); two specimens
(male and female) of Strawberry Finch, in flesh (-2779); specimen of Putorius
fetidus in flesh (22882); European quail (22966); specimen of Lepus corniculus
(22993); Muskrat (iber zibethicus) for skeleton (23077); Least Bittern ( Ardetia
exilis) (23222).

ScHMIDT, Dr. F. (St. Petersburg, Russia). Specimen of Obolus apollinis Wichwald
from the Upper Cambrian of Esthnonia, Russia. 22712.

ScHMIDIT, NICHOLAS (Soldiers’ Home, Washington, District of Columbia). Cocoon of
Fork-tail Moth (Cerura cinera). 23270.

SCHOENHOF, CARL (Boston, Massachusettts). Manual of Electro-metallurgy (Shaw)
London, 1884, with two illustrations of Palmer’s Glyphography and description of
the process (purchase). 22723. ;

SCHONBORN, HENRY F., jr. (Washington, District of Columbia). Black-throated
Blue Warbler ( Dendroica cerulescens) in flesh. 22299,

SCHUERMANN, C. W. (Smithsonian Institution). Specimen of spider Argiope riparia.
22294.

ScHUTTLER & Horz (Chicago, Illinois). Mexican cart. 22668.

SCIENTIFIC PUBLISHING COMPANY (New York City). Two sets of plates of Mr.
George F. Kunz’s work on gems. 23309.

ScoLiick, J. W. (U.S. National Maseum). Plymouth Rock and light Brahma fowls.
23179.

Scott, C. T. (Upperville, Virginia). Arrow-head found on Goose Creek. 23261.

Scort, F. H. (Westfieid, Massachusetts). Twomounted Red Squirrels (Sciurus hud-
sonius), 23167.

Scort, SaMuEL (Rapid City, South Dakota). Two specimens of liebenerite.
23243.

SEAL, WILLIAM P. (See under Fish Commission, U. 8.)

SELLNER, JOHN J. (Camp Spring, Maryland). Four specimens of Lepus sylvaticus
with nest (purchase). 22234.

SELWYN, Dr. A. R.C. (Director of the Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, Can-
ada). Eleven specimens representing 4 genera and 4 species of fossils from the
calciferous formation of the Lower Silurian at Cape Rozier, consisting of Dicho-
graptus sp., Clonograptus flexilis, Hall, Callograptus salteri, Hall, and Brachiopoda,
sp. undet. 22444. ~

Semmes, JoHN H. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Crab, Gecarci-
nus ruricola Latr., brought from the tropics in a box of bananas. 23181.

SENNETT, GEORGE B. (American Museum of Natural History, New York). Speci-
men of Lomite Wren (Thryothorus ludovicianus lomitensis Senn.), new subspecies,
from Texas. 22816.

SEWALL, HaroLp M. (Bath, Maine). Samoan fire-stick. 22187.

SHANKS, P.M. & Co. (London, W.C., England). Samples of work done on Shanks’s
Engraving Machine, with a description of the machine. 22522,

Suarp, C.A.& Co. (Lockport, New York). Indian-game hens and chickens (22958,
23235, 23245), white Wyandotte fowl (23210).

SHELDON, Henry L. (Middleburgh, Vermont): Ten sets of Vermont Glass Factory
Bills, 1814 (22664); paper money issued by the Vermont Glass Company, Salis-
bury, 1814, and fractional currency issued by H. A. Sheldon, 1262 (22578).

Suick, CHaRLes S, (Sea Isle City, New Jersey). Eggs of Pandion haliaétus carolinen-
818, (23208, 23293, )

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 157

SHINDLER, A. ZENO (U.S. National Museum). Specimen of Axolotl (Sirenidon mexi-
canum). 22250. .

SHRIVER, HowarD (Wytheville, Virginia). Seven arrow-points (22471); speci-
men of lichen and fern from Will’s Mountain, Cumberland, Maryland (23298).
SHUFELDT, Percy W. (Takoma, District of Columbia). Specimen of Junco hyemalis

shufeldti from Fort Wingate, New Mexico (exchange). 22201.

SHUFELDT, Dr. R. W. (U.S. Army), (Takoma, District of Columbia) (and G Prean
Marcom). Skeleton of Trumpeter Swan (Olor buccinator) (22182); 8 specimens,
representing 3 species of Juncos, from Fort Wingate, New Mexico (22202); 150
alcoholic specimens of birds, and 5 alcoholic specimens of mammals (22974);
specimens of Merganser americanus, Lophodytes culcullatus, Anas boschas, Anas
americana, Anas carolinensis, Spatula clypeata, Dafila acuta, Aythya americana,
Aythya vallisneria, Aythya affinis, Aythya collaris, Glaucionetta clangula americana,
Charitonetta albeola, Branta canadensis, Anser albifrons gambeli, Chen hyperborea
nivalis, Aix sponsa, and Chen cerulescens in flesh (23037); 3 alcoholic specimens
of reptiles, from the same locality (23242).

SHUTT, GEORGE W. (Hillsborough, Virginia). Living specimen of Red Fox (Vulpes
fulvus fulvus). 22272. (See under Interior Department. U.S, Geological Survey.)

Sipry, J. F. (Buffalo Gap, South Dakota). Specimens of lime crystals. 23045.

Sirva, CarLos MARTINEZ (United States of Colombia, South America). Collec-
tion of butterflies, from the famous emerald mines of Muzo, Boyacd, the only
locality where these species are found, namely, Pavonia telamonias Felder, Morpho
sp., and Morpho Cypris Boisd. 23105.

Simrson, D. A. (Sullivan, Maine). bBuilder’s model of two-masted hermaphrodite
brig. 22653. (See under W. H. Abbott.)

Sompson, MarsHaLi (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Flying
Squirrel] (Sciuropterus volucella volucella). 22355.

SINCELL, CHARLES W. (Washington, District of Columbia). White and gray rat.
23223.

SINGER, Lieut. FREDERIC (U. 8S. Navy). Specimen of Termite queen from Sinou
County, Liberia. 22742.

SINGLEY, J. A. (Giddings, Texas). Fifteen species of land and fresh-water shells,
from Texas (22287, 23020) ; eggs of Buteo lineatus alleni (purchase) (22941); skin
of White-breasted Nuthatch (Sitta carolinensis) (23124).

SLocum, Capt. JosHua (Boston, Massachusetts). Specimen of Spondylus from St.
Lucia, West Indies (22785); photograph of the boat Liberdade (22783).

SMILLIE, JAMES D. (New York City). Dry-point plate, with three proofs, and tools
used in dry-pointing (purchase) (22557); 4 working proots, and one signed
remarque proof ‘‘ The Goldsmith’s Daughter,” and etching by the donor, from a
painting by D. Huntington (22558) ; 4 prints, from a mezzotinted plate, by the
donor, to show the several stages of the work (22748); 5 proofs from bank-note
dies, and proof from a medal-ruled plate (23276).

SmitH, Hon. EpmMunD W.P. (Washington, District of Columbia). Two living South
American Guans, from Carthagena, United States of Colombia, collected by Mr.
Smith, while United States Consul. 22315.

SMITH, EDWARD C. (Newport, Rhode Island). Blue Lobster, caught by the donor.
22252.

SmitH, H. G., jr. (Denver, Colorado). Collection of reptiles and batrachians (ex-

_ change). 22980.

SmityH, Dr. HuGH M. (U.S. Fish Commission). Skin of Scarlet Tanager (Piranga
erythromelas), in transition plumage, from Thoroughfare, Virginia (22838) ; 8
specimens of shells, from Cape May, New Jersey (22918); 2 specimens of Lepus
cuniculus (22992) ; 2 parasites, taken from a harbor seal (23042); 5 specimens of
mammal skins from the District of Columbia and vicinity (23219); photographs

158 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Smiru, Dr. HuauH M.—Continued.
of the steamer Penobscot, U.S. Revenue Marine Cutter Levi Woodbury, and the
wharf at Castine, Maine (22726).

Sarr, Prof. Joun B. (New Brunswick, New Jersey). Types of 16 species of Agrotis
(22780); 15 species of various insects (exchange) (23307).

Smiru, Dr. M. C. (Lynn, Massachusetts). Specimen of selenite crystals, massive
selenite, and howlite, from Windsor, Nova Scotia. 22843.

SmiTH, W. B. (U.S. Geological Survey). Highty-eight specimens of phenakite, gar-
net, topaz, amazonstone, samarskite, gadolinite, azurite, malachite, wulfenite
and pyrite, alabandite from Colorado and Arizona (purchase). 22368.

SmirH, WiLLaARD P. (Passaic, New Jersey). Pair of living Langshan chickens.
23330.

Smitn, W. Rk. (Superintendent of the U.S. Botanic Garden, Washington, District
of Columbia). ‘Three living domestic Albinos. 22440.

Smock, J. C. (See under University of the State of New York.)

SoutHwick, J. M. (Providence, Rhode Island). Nest and eggs of Piranga hepatica
(purchase). 22905.

SPAINHOUR, Dr. J. M. (Lenoir, North Carolina). Leaf-shaped implement. 23309.

Spencer, V. O. (Lake Worth, Florida). Specimen of Bat-fish (Walthe cubifrons).
22242.

SpryYEr, FELIX (Franklin, Pennsylvania). Copper coin of Portugal (twenty reis),
1866. 22608.

SPILLMAN, W. J. (Vincennes, Indiana). -Specimens of mollusks, shells, and fossils
from Sangeen River, Ontario, and Wabash River, Ohio. 23076.

SPOFFORD, Master Robert W. (Washington, District of Columbia). Collection of
shells from the West Indies. 22402.

SPRINGER, JAMES EK. (Green Garden, Pennsylvania). Specimen of Sceloporous undu-
latus. 22277.

STABLER, HAaRro_p B. (Sandy Spring, Maryland). Specimen of Buteo borealis.
22623.

STANLEY, G. W. (Washington, District of Columbia). MRed-breasted Merganser
(Merganser serrator). 23177.

STANTON, T. W. (Washington, District of Columbia). Twenty-five specimens, repre-
senting 3 species of land-shells from Chihuahua, Mexico. 22453.

STANTON, W. M. (New York City). White-crested black Polish hen. 22933.

STarE DEPARTMENT, U.S. (See under Government of Switzerland. Thomas J. Me-
Lain, jr. Government of Nicaragua.)

STEARNS, FREDERICK & Co. (Detroit, Michigan). Sample of bark, said to be the
true Cascara amarga. 23097.

Strarns, Dr. R. E. C. (U.S. National Museum). Specimen of limestone from near
Selkirk, line of the Canadian Pacific railroad. 23199. :

STEBBINS, N. L. (Boston, Massachusetts). Photographs of yacht building, yachts,
merchant steamers, pilot boats, fishing schooners, etc. 22930.

STEINERT, M. (New Haves, Connecticut). Concert grand piano of the Mozart period,
made by Madame Nanetta Streicher, Germany, 1790. Concert grand piano of the
Beethoven period, made by Joseph Hisky, Vienna, 1816 (23317); two square pianos,
from London, England, and an upright piano from Germany (23324); square
piano, 1820, made in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and one, made by Hisky, of
Baltimore (23351); harpsichord (1776) from London; clavichord of the sixteenth
century, from Germany; violin (1634) trom Germany: violin (1740) from Venice;
viola (1721) from Germany; viola (1738) from Germany; violincello (1862) from
Germany, and zither (23353).

STEJNEGER, Dr. LEONHARD. (U. S. National Museum). Ten specimens, represent-
ing 8 species of birds’ skins, from Arizona, and 2 skins of Tamias asiaticus
dorsalus and Tamias leucurus (22466); collection of mammal skulls, reptiles,

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 759

STEJNEGER, Dr. LEONHARD—Continued.
birds’ skins, roosting nest of Auriparus falviceps, 8 specimens of Heterandria
occidentalis, from Arizona (22524); 11 specimens, representing 11 species of birds’
skins, from Silver City, New Mexico; 6 specimens, representing 6 species, from
Fort Huachuca, Arizona, and a skull of mammal (22573) ; 7 specimens, represent-
ing 6 species of birds’ skins, from New Mexico and Arizona (22606); collection of
mammal skins and skulls and reptiles from Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas.
(22809, 22896).

SteRk1, Dr. V. (New Philadelphia, Ohio). Twenty-eight species of small land-shells
from various localities in the United States, illustrating papers by the donor.
23127.

STERLING, Dr. E. (Cleveland, Ohio). Mounted skeleton of a male Long-tailed Duck.
23271.

STEVENSON, Prof. J. J. (New York City). Specimens of crude and distilled petro-
leum (exchange). 23205, 23140.

STEVENS. INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY (Hoboken, New Jersey), (through Dr. Henry
Morton, President). Original drawings, made by Mr. Robert Fulton, of the
steamboats Clermont and Chancellor Livingston, and framed label describing them,
23057.

STEVENSON, Mrs. T. E. Twelve anthropological specimens from the Navajo Indians.
23123.

STEWART, Henry EK. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of
Brown Leghorn cock. 22752.

STINEMETZ, SAMUEL (Washington, District of Columbia). White Fan-tail Pigeon;
Black-barred Blue-winged Swallow Pigeon; Ice Pigeon, and Fairy Swallow Pig-
eon (22386); Red-winged Swallow Pigeon, in flesh (22491); Scotch Fan-tail
Pigeon, in flesh (22505); White-barred Red-winged Swallow Pigeon, in flesh
(22527); Blue-winged Swallow Pigeon (22804).

STONE, Mrs. ELIzABETH (Washington, District of Columbia). Lace pillow with
mahogany stand complete, with specimens of lace made by Mrs. Stone; lace
pillow without stand; specimen of bobinet lace; ornamental bead-work; bags;
necklaces; pair of Chinese shoes; two pairs of mocasins made by the Oneida
Indians; pair of mocasins and one work-bag made by the Dakotas; pair of
unmade slippers embroidered by Indians; highly polished steel paper-cutter
(Mexican) ; rule made of ironwood taken from the old Government House at St.
Augustine; box containing tusks with ornamental etchings of classical and other
figures, 23319.

SrorER, Dr. H. R. (Newport, Rhode Island). One hundred and twenty-six molds
of medals for impressions to be made (lent). 22703.

SrropeE, Dr. W.S. (Bernadotte, Illinois). Specimen of Ancistrodon contortrix, 22288,

STrronG, J.C. (Morantown, Kansas). Mounted specimen of Mephitis putorius. 22707.

Sruart, Dr. ALLEN (Beaufort, South Carolina), (through Hon. Edwin Willits and
Mr. Walter Hoxie). Living specimen of otter. 22245.

SULZBERGER, D. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Two sets of phylacteries (22325) ;
Hebrew Pentateuch manuscript (synagogue roll), cloak and pointer (deposit)
(23147); manuscript tablet for numbering the period between the Passover and
Pentecost (deposit) (23302).

SURBER, THAD. (White Sulphur Springs, West Virginia). Specimens of flint imple-
ments and bones, taken from a neighboring mound; scrapers; spear-points;
arrow-points, and fragments of bone. 22770.

SutTeHEen, DeWitt C. (See under Grand Commandery Knights Templar of the State
of Nebraska. )

Swan, JAMEs G. (Port Townsend, Washington). Tooth of Mastodon (Hlephas primi-
genius); head of Porpoise (Phocana communis); ear bones of Whale (Megaptera
versabilis) ; specimens of shells and fossils from the vicinity of Port Townsend ;

760 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Swan, JAMES G.—Continued.
model of wicker fish-trap, and specimens of iron and lignite (22792); photograph
of Mr. Swan, vice president of Pioneer Society of Washington at the inangura-
tion of the new State of Washington at Olympia, November 18, 1889 (22833).

Swirr, Hon. Jonun F., United States minister. (See under Hiramatz Rei.)

SWITZERLAND, GOVERNMENT OF (Federal Department of Industry and Agriculture,
Berne, Switzerland), (through U.S. Department of State, Maj. Karl Kloss, chargé
(affaires ad interim, legation of Switzerland). Eighty-nine alcoholic specimens,
representing 45 species of fishes. 22298.

SYPHER & Company (New York City). Jewish lamp (purchase). 22334.

TAPPAN, OGDEN H. (Potsdam, New York). Specimen of Potsdam sandstone. 22587.

Tarr, E. F. (MeCarty’s, New Mexico). Two Horned Toads ( Phrynosoma hernandezi).
2a 159:

TAWNEY, PERRY (Gettysburgh, Pennsylvania). Block of granite, from the quarries
of Tawney and Roach, near Cuip’s Hill, on the site of the battlefield of Gettys-
burgh. 225883.

TeGENER, Fritz (Austin, Texas). Two specimens of gadolinite from Llano County.
(purchase.) 22212.

THE PHOTOGRAVURE COMPANY (New York City). Twelve specimens and one
duplicate of work done by a new photo-lithographic process—the Osborne process,
modified for grain work. 23176.

THOMAS, Mr. (See under Mumley and Thomas.)

THoMAS, Rev. H. H. (Knowlesville, New York). Large slab of sandstone showing
mud cracks (exchange) (23338) ; slab of Medina sandstone with fossil wood em-
bedded init. (23249).

THomas, W. H. (Knoxville, Tennessee). Top of telegraph pole with old-fashioned
square glass insulator; old telegraph bracket with square glass insulator, and
telegraph bracket with old-style round glass insulator. 22820.

THomas, W. S. (Hewitt’s, North Carolina). Specimens of rutile from Swain
Connty. 22725. g

THOMPSON, ERNEST E. (Toronto, Canada). Mammal skins, including Lepus sylva-

ficus, Arctomys monax, Sciurus leucotes (melano), Sciurus hudsonius, Tamias lysteri,
Hesperomys leucopus, Arvicola riparius, Hrethryson dorsatus, and Blarina brevi-
cauda (exchange) (22850); 15 specimens, representing 8 species of birds’ skins,
from Ontario (22947).

THompeson, J. H., jr. (Patterson, New York). Specimen of Barred Plymouth Rock
hen. 25012.

THompson, Dr. W. (San Bernardino, California). Specimen of a limbless lizard of
the species Anietla pulchra, peculiar to California. 23263.

THOMSON, Paymaster WILLIAM J. (U.S. Navy). Easter Island tablets of wood, con-
taining the hieroglyphic writing of that island. 23098.*

TirFany & Co. (New York City). Silvered-copper electrotype of the Bryant vase.
22581.

Toxuno, T. (Chief of the Insetsu Kioku, Tokio, Japan). Thirteen specimens of
pigments used by the Japanese printers of chromoxylographs. 23218. (See
under Insetsu Kioku.)

Toms, Capt. M. C. (Hendersonville, North Carolina). Specimen of polyerase (22347);
specimens of zircon crystals, from Green River Zircon mines (purchase) (22585).

Tonner, ALONZO (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Mockingbird
(Mimus polyglottos), in flesh. 22248,

TomBers, T. G. (La Grange, Tennessee). Spear-point. 22183.

* These tablets are among the rarest and most precious of all relics from the
Polynesian area. Only five other specimens are known in the world. All attempts
to decipher them up to this time have failed.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 761

TOURTELFTTE, Mrs. J. H. (Minersville, California), (through J.S. Diller, U. 8. Geo-
logical Survey). Two specimens of native gold, associated with calcite from a
mine on Digger Creek. 22693.

TOWNSEND, CHARLES H. (U. 8. Fish Commission steamer Albatross). Two hundred

and sixty-six specimens of birds, collected by the naturalists of the Albatross on
the west coast of North America (22862); 15 skins and skulls of North American

mammals (purchase). (22924.)

TozzETtI, Prof. TARGIONI (Firenze, Italy). Thirty-one specimens, representing 8
species, of European microlepidoptera, and 29 specimens, representing 8 species of
European orthoptera (exchange). 22823.

TREASURY DEPARTMENT, U. S.:

COAST AND GEODETIC SuRVEY, U.S. (Through Prof. T. C. Mendenhall, Superin-
tendent). Specimens of Indian bones and pottery, from Peru Landing (for-
merly Hatches Point), New River, North Carolina (collected by Mr. W. C.
Hodgkins, assistant superintendent). 23255. (See under W. G. Henry.)

LIFE-SAVING SERVICE, U. S. (Hog Island, Virginia). Specimen of Harbor Seal
(Phoca vitulinw), in flesh, collected by Mr. R. O. Joynes, surfman. 23088,

Myers, A. H. (life-saving station, Quoddy Head, Maine). Two photographs of
Balenopter arostrata. 22420.

REVENUE MARINE SERVICE, U.S. (See under Capt. M. A. Healy, U.S. Revenue
Marine steamer Bear.)

Trur, F. W. (U. S. National Museum). Specimen of female Ermine (Putorius
erminea) and 3 new-born specimens of the same species. 23050.

TRUMBLE, ALFRED (New York City). Impression from an intaglio engraving on
wood, 22519.

TUCKER, CLARENCE (Syracuse, New York). Specimens of specular iron ore and
micaceous specular iron ore from New York. (22721, 22829.)

Tyrie, F. L. (Frankfort, Maine). Builder’s skeleton model of top-sail schooner.
22662.

ULKE, HENRY (District of Columbia). HKighteen specimens, representing 4 species,
of Mexican coleoptera, and 44 specimens, representing 18 species, of North
American coleoptera, all mounted. 23031.

Utman, Mrs. B. F. (Baltimore, Maryland). Set of fringes for Jewish ceremonial
garment, from Jerusalem. 23228.

_UnitTep Sratres Eciiese Exprpirion TO ArFrRica (through Mr. William Harvey
Brown). Alcoholic and dry.shells, from Africa and Cape Verde Islands; alco-
holic and dry birds; alcoholic birds for skeletons; alcoholic crustacea, echino-

-derms, and worms from Azores and Cape Verde Islands; alcoholic specimens of
tortoises, snakes, and lizards; mammal skins and alcoholic specimens ot mam-
mals from Cape Town, Elmina, Cunga, and Cape Horn; alcoholic specimens of
seaweed; alcoholic and dry insects; plants; ethnological objects; birds’ eggs;
specimen of chalcopyrite from Ascension Island; specimen of limestone, from

Barbados, and pieces of lava from Porto Grande and Horta, Fayal, Azores

Islands; fish trap and spear; specimens of fishes from Horta, St. Vincent,

(Azores Islands), Freetown, Elmina, Cape Town, Cunga, St. Paul Loanda

(Africa), and Ascension Island. 23272.* (See under Rey. G. H. R. Fisk.)

UNIVERSITY OF ABERDEEN. (Aberdeen, Scotland), (through Mr. Robert Walker,
Librarian of the University). Two casts of fire-making implements. 22502.

UNIVERSITY OF THE STaTE OF NEW YORK. (See under New York, University of the
State of.)

Urpnam, E. P. (U.S. National Museum). Four quartzite implements found on Blag-
den’s Hill, Piney Branch, District of Columbia. 22320.

* The Curators of the departments to which the collections relate are preparing
reports. These will be published in the ‘“‘ Proceedings of the National Museum.” A
preliminary report will be found in section 1 of the report under the head of Explora-
tions.

162 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

VaIL, Mrs. AMANDA (New Britain, Connecticut). Two specimens of wire used in
experiment of laying wires in pipes in the ground, and a specimen of wire used
in the first practical experiment of telegraph at Speedwell, New Jersey, which
afterwards transmitted the message ‘‘ What hath God wrought.” 23286.

Van Norven, R. T. (San Francisco, California). Photograph of an inscribed stone
found at Yarmouth, Nova Scotia. 22629.

VARLEY, THOMAS (Woodwardville, Maryland). Specimens of arrow-points and
fragments of pottery from Anne Arundel County. 22678.

VATHELET, Rey. A. (Maisiéres par Laferteé, Haute Morne, France). Eighty-eight
specimens, representing 30 species, of shells from Japan, Tonkin, and other locali-
ties. 22506.

VANDERHOEF, LORENZO (District of Columbia). Pierced tablet of striped slate
found in Medina County, Ohio. 22732.

VAN RENSSELAER, Mrs. J. Kine (New York City). Pack of Japanese playing cards
(23174) ; pack of Italian playing cards, and a set of Chinese dominoes (23006).

Vaux, GeorRGE, Jr. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Specimens of fluorite, orpi-
ment, limonite, phenakite, amarantite, malachite, pseudomorph after azurite,
spessartite in rhyolite, jarosite, chalcopyrite crystals, siderontrite, polished slab
of blue smithsonite, and a pyrite octahedron from various localities. 23237.

VESTERLUND, OTto (Killarney, Florida). Specimens of dried plants and insects,
mostly Coleoptera and Lepidoptera. 22304.

Wanvbey, B. F., (Alexandria, Virginia). Specimen of Ancistrodon contortrix. 23165.

WAGNER FREE INSTITUTE OF SCIENCES (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Specimens
of selenite from St. Mary’s County, Maryland. 23238.

WatLcoit, CHarLes D. (U. 8S. Geological Survey). Forty-eight specimens, repre-
senting 9 genera and 11 species of Paleozoic fossils as follows: Middle Cambrian:
Ptychoparia king, Walcott. Upper Cambrian: Acrothele subsidua White, Agnos-
tus interstriclus White, Asaphiscus wheeleri Meek. Upper Silurian: Halysites cate-
nulatus Linn, Lingula sp.? and one unidentified specimen. Devonian: Stropho-
donta calvinit Miller, S. canace, H. & W., S. variabilis, Calvin, and Rhynchonella
alta. 22776. (See under Interior Department, U.S. Geological Survey. )

WALKER, BRYANT (Detroit, Michigan). Four species and varieties of physas from
Michigan. 22247.

WALKER, Commodore J. G. (U. 8. Navy).- (See under Navy Department. )

WaLkrr, LAwson, & FORNEY (Allisonia, Virginia). Specimens of zine ores from
Pulaski County. 23215. ;

WaLkkrk, ROBERT. (See under University of Aberdeen).

WALTER, Rev. Father (Washington, District of Columbia). Model of house, speci-
men of pottery from Cochite, Santa Domingo, and Santa Clara, birch-bark
flower vases, birch-bark boxes, old Spanish cross inlaid with straw, pair of child’s
moccasins (Pueblos), and beaded stole (22209); specimen of hair work made by
the Winnebago Indians at the Catholic school (deposit). (22467.)

Wark DEPARTMENT, U.S. Two swords presented to the late Gen. James Shields, by
the States of South Carolina and Illinois, for gallant services in the Mexican
war (deposit). 22876.

Warp & HOWELL (Rochester, New York). Three specimens, representing 3 genera
and 3 species of Silurian trilobites, Ogygia quettardi Brongniart, Asaphus expansus
Dolman, and Illenus giganiteus Brongniart (exchange) (22740); 2 specimens of
meteoric iron, from Paquios, Chile, aud Erath County, Texas (23268).

Warp, Miss ANNa L. (Waterbury, Connecticut). Model of seal-skin Igloo of the
Eskimo, seal-skin coat, seal-skin tobacco pouch, pair of seal-skin kumings (in-
fant’s shoes), a bag of feathers from Hopedale, Labrador, and 2 mounted seals.
23204.

Wanpb, Prof. H. A. (Rochester, New York). Skull of Bornean Crocodile Tomistoma
schlegeli (exchange) (22835); skeletons of Little Penguin (Hudyptilia minor)
and Gratsueker (Podargus); specimens of Ceratodus and King Penguin (Apteno-

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 163

Warp, Prof. H. A.—Continued. :
dytes Pennanti) (22901); 20 glass models of invertebrates (purchase) (22902) ;
2 specimens of West Indian seals, in exchange (purchase) (23608).

WakD, JOHN T. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of Strix pra-
tincola, 23220.

Warp, Dr. Witiiam H. (New York City). Twelve Assyrian and Babylonian seals.
(lent) 22326.

WARREN, Dr. B. H. (West Chester, Pennsylvania). Specimens of mammal skins,
comprising Wood Hare (Lepus sylvaticus), Varying Hare (Lepus americanus), Red
Squirrels (Sciurus hudsonius), and Ermine (Putorius erminea) 22789.

WarREN, C. W. (New York City). Two specimens of brucite with serpentine from
Hoboken, New Jersey. 22353.

WATKINS, J. Q. (Zincite, Missouri). Photograph of a large mass of galena from the
zine and lead mines of De Graff & Watkins. 23282.

WatTsONn, JOSHUA (Sedgwick, Maine). Builder’s model of schooner and brig. 22660.
(See under W. H. Abbott.)

Wayne, Artuur T. (Charleston, South Carolina). Three specimens, representing 3
species of birds’ skins from New Mexico and South Carolina. 22701.

WEBB, JOHNS. (Disputanta, Virginia). Specimen of insect Danais plexippus (22197);
specimen of Great Blue Heron (Ardea herodias), in flesh (23095).

Weep, F. & Co. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania). Two copies of illustrative catalogues
and a price list of artists’ materials. 22554.

WEBSTER, GEORGE W. (Lake Helen, Florida). Thirty-three species of marine, land
and fresh-water shells from southeastern Ilorida. (22434, 23043.)

Wesstrr, Prof. H. BH. (See under Wesleyan University.)

WEIDENBACH, H. (Gales Woods, Northeast Washington, District of Columbia). Spec-
imen of quartz pebble from Cologne on the Rhine, Germany. 22366.

WELCH, CHARLES. (See under Guildhall Library Committee. )

WeELcH, WILLIAM (West Pembroke, Maine). Builder's model of two-masted
schooner. 22650. (See under W. H. Abbott.)

WELKER, W. W. (Liverpool, Pennsylvania). Small vollection of archeological
objects, consisting of pestles; small celt; notched sinkers; arrow-heads, and
perforated stone (natural formation) from Perry County (exchange). 23085.

WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY (Middletown, Connecticut). A collection of annelids, from
Bermuda, gathered by Dr. G. Brown Goode, and identified by Prof. H. E. Web-
ster, formerly of the University of Rochester and now president of Union Col-
lege, Schenectady, New York.*

WeESTERMAN, B. & Co. (New York City). Relief map of Palestine. 22351.

WESTERN NORMAL COLLEGE. (See under Prof. A. H. Conrad.)

WESTFALL, J. W. (See under William W. McCully and Captain Z. Wood.)

WHARTON, Dr. J. E. (Phoenix, Arizona). Specimens of azurite; azurite altering to
malichite, from the ‘‘ Copper Queen” niine, Bisbee, and a specimen of wolfram-
ite, from Cave Creek, Maricopa County (collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand, of
the U. 8. Geological Survey). 22534.

Wuirtr, Dr. C. A. (U.S. National Museum). Engraved portrait of Prof. Dr. Gerr-
hard yon Rath. 22615.

WuiteE, Dr. C. H. (Medical Inspector, U. 8. Navy). Specimens of butterflies, from
Apia, Samoa (22337). (Through Dr. G. W. Woods, medical inspector, U. 8. Navy,
Mare Island, California). Skin of a bat (Pteropus sp.) and 9 birds’ skins, from
Samoa; alcoholic specimens of reptiles; alcoholic specimens of fishes from |
Samoa, comprising Balistes, Chetodon, Caranx, Acanthurus, Pomaventrus, Gerres,
Pempheris, Periophthalmus, Lutjanus, and several species of Labroids; alcoholic,
specimens of insects, mostly orthoptera, spiders, and myriapods ; alcoholic spec-
imens of marine invertebrates, crabs, hermit crab, and shrimp (22499).

* For a full description of this collection, see Bulletin 25 of the National Museum,

764 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Waits, Mrs. HARRIET A. R. (Buffalo, New York). Specimen of Carolina Parrakeet
(Conurus carolinensis). 22266.

Wurrr, JouN C. (Bisbee, Arizona). Specimens of cuprite, calcite, and azurite alter-
ing to malachite froin the ‘‘ Copper Queen” mine (collected by Dr. W. F. Hille-
brand, of the U. S. Geological Survey.) 22598.

WHITE, J. J. (Palm Beach, Florida). Six species of fresh-water shells, from Crystal
Lake, Benzie County, Michigan, and specimen of Planorbis from Lake Worth,
Florida. 22665.

WHITE, ROBINSON (Washington, District of Columbia). Two specimens of Urocyon
virginianus, from Virginia. 22318.

WHITMAN, Dr. J. S. (Lyndon, Kansas). Specimen of Blarina cinerea. 23087.

Wipman, O. (Old Orchard, Maine). Eggs of Progne subis and Passer montanus.
22860.

WILcox, GLOVER P. (Fort Niobrara, Nebraska), (through Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U.
S. Army). Vetebra of mastodon, alcoholic specimens of mammals, specimen of
petrified wood, alcoholic specimen of snake, and pieces of bone and quartz.
23299.

Witcox, Dr. Timotny E. (U. S. Army) (Fort Niobrara, Nebraska). (See under
Glover P. Wilcox.)

WILDE, Commander GrorGE F. F. (U. S. Navy). (See under Navy Department. )

WILLCOXx, JOSEPH (Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania).
Fresh-water sponge from the Lverglades, Florida. 22734.

WILLIAMS, Dr. GEORGE H. (Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland). Col-
lection of rocks representing Pigeon Point contacts and Menominee River and
Marquette greenstones from Michigan. 23145.

WILLIAMSON, Mrs. M. BuRTON (University, California). Specimen of Periploma dis-
cus from Monterey Bay, California (exchange) (23135); specimens of shells, from
the coast of California (23266).

WILLIS, MERRITT (West Farms, New York). Prehistoric stone implements from
Illinois and Westchester, New York. 22232.

WILLITS, Hon. EDWIN (Assistant Secretary of Agriculture). (See under Dr. Allen
Stuart.)
WILLIAMS, Mr.

Bonap. 22213.

WILSON, GEORGE M. (Mullan, Idaho). Specimen of pyromorphite on limonite from
the ‘‘ Little Giant” mine, Shoshone County. 22463.

WILSON, Miss NELLIE E. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimens of flint
implements, etc., from France and England; obsidian cores from the Island
of Milo, Greece, and a bronze hatchet and fragment of a copper implement from
Peru. 22523.

WILSON, Mrs. THOMAS (Washington, District of Columbia). Five specimens of paleo-
lithic implements, from Piney Branch. 22279.

WILtson, J. M. (Kissimmee, Florida). Specimen of Katydid (Phylloptera oblongi-
folia) remarkable for its red color. 22270.

WIMESCHKE, R. (Elkin, North Carolina). Specimen of Lizard. 22322.

Wimsatt, R. D. and Louis B. JoHNSOoN (Washington, District of Columbia). Speci-
mens of Fish Crow (Corvus ossifragus) from Virginia (22879, 22965).

WINDsOR, F. R. (Alexandria, Virginia). Specimen of Great Horned Owl (Bubo vir-
ginianus) from Fairfax County. 23048.

WINKLER, Dr. C. (Germany), (through Prof. F. W. Clarke, of the U. 8S. National
Museum). A specimen of germanium, a new metal discovered by Dr. Winkler in
1886, near Frieberg.* 22990.

(Great Falls, Montana). Eggs and nest of Sayornis saya

*This specimen was prepared by Dr. Winkler. It is of a grayish-white, lustrous.
crystalline, brittle metal, easily pulverized, unchanged in air, and soluble in aqua
regia regia; it also fuses readily.

LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 765

WINELEY, Rev. H. W. (Saco, Maine). Specimen of Odostomia seminuda, and other
species from Summerfield, Prince Edward Island, Alaska. 23003.

WINTER, W. J. (Denver, Colorado). Ribbon badge of the ‘* Cowboy Club.” 22307,

WINTON, Rev. GEORGE B. (San Luis Potosi, Mexico). Specimen of Phainopepla nitens
(22881); 3 specimens, representing 3 species of birds in flesh (22926).

WITHERBEES, SHERMAN & Co, (Port Henry, New York). Thirty-nine specimens of
crystals from Mineville (22435); (through Mr. John Birkenbine, and Dr. David
T. Day, U. 8. Geological Survey) a large specimen of magnetite (23000).

Wo tr, Dr. J. L. (Washington, District of Columbia). Living specimen of Screech
Owl. 22684.

Wo.Lre8, M. (Dayton, Ohio). Seven specimens of half-tone relief-work made with
the donor’s fine line plates. 23080.

Woutz, GrorGE W. (U. S. National Museum). Specimen of stalactite from Fort
Washington, Maryland. 22702. :

Woop, NELSON R. (U.S. National Museum). Specimens of birds in flesh, killed by
flying against the Washington Monument (22370, 22398, 22401); Sumatra Game-
cock and Game-chickens (23101, 23180).

Woop, Capt. Z. (through Mr. J. W. Westfall, U.S. National Museum). Specimens of
Ostrea virginica and Mytilus hamatus attached to a clay pipe, found in the Poto-
mac River. 22381.

Woops, Dr.G. W. (U.S. Navy). (See under Dr. C. H. White, U.S. Navy.)

Wooster, A. F. (Norfolk, Connecticut). Two specimens of insects, Lucanus dama
Fabr. and Orthosoma brunneuwm Fabr. (22458); specimens of land-shells (22613) ;
picture painted on mica by a native of India (22667); copper coin (cinco centi-
mos) of the Republic of Spain, 1870 (23015).

WorLEY, Dr. 8. G. (Kissimmee, Florida.) Larva of a Geometrid moth (4plodes ruhi-
voraria, Pack). 22240.

WorrH, 8. G. (See under Carolina Wood Veneer Works.)

WORTHEN, CHARLES K. (Warsaw, Illinois). Nineteen specimens of skins and skulls
of Arvicola, Hesperomys, Putorius brasiliensis, Froenatus, Spermophilus, and Neotoma
(purchase). 22300.

Wricut, ALBERT A. (See under Oberlin College. ).

Wericut, D. W. M. (Holly Brook, Virginia). Specimen of limonite. 22961.

WUNDERLICH, H., & Co. (New York City). Pure line-engraving, by H. Goltzius, ‘‘ The
Massacre of the Innocents” (22416); engraving (imitation crayon) of ‘‘The
Peasant Girl,” by Demarteau (23280).

YARROW, Dr. H.C. (Washington, District of Columbia). Specimen of Uranidew rich-
ardsoni from Virginia. 22211.

YEATES, WILLIAM 8. (U.S. National Museum). Fifteen specimens of rutile, speci-
men of rutile in quartz, and 2 crystals of smoky quartz from Hiddenite, North
Carolina (22185); 620 specimens of kyanite from Black Mountain, Buncombe
County, North Carolina (22220). (See under Ira B. Allen, Mrs. Hiida Burdick,
W. E. Hidden, U. S. National Museum. )

YovsER, J. E. (Lynchburgh, Virginia). Specimens of loose rutile crystals and loose
erystals of limonite pseudomorph after pyrite. 22724.

YounG, C. L. (Lamoine, Maine). Builder’s model of two-masted brig. 22655. (See
under W. H. Abbott.)

YOUNG, JOSEPH (Bellevue, Iowa). Arrow-head from lowa. 22774.

YOUNT, FRED (District of Columbia). Specimen of Racoon (Procyon lotor). 23164.

ae dees le
wiv a)
er

INDEXES TO ACCESSION LIST.

InpDEx A.—By locality.
Inprx B.—By departments in the National Museum,

INDEX A.*

By locality.

FO 2) COVA
Accession
number.
Abbott, Dr. W.1L....... Baca weed alerce orn Oe eed'usacjcoce se 23158

American Museum of Natural History,
New York City . Santee . 22188
Botanie Garden, Cape Town unccteutrseretoe 23289

EST UGS AP Mine ecs ac sales «\caseaseeuins cavdece S28 Sil

2237 6

Camp, J. H..

Collins, J.. Be AARC Mane tiaitldecsn cineca cee oO LO!
Doe, Mrs. William H We nclerer ceeee ned ng ee ee ad 23069
Ethnological Museum, Berlin, Germany.., 25146
Hisk, Rev. George RB .......-..-2-2+2.0++ NESS 23247 |
Griggs, J. M ....... Si Peecceseee ones Saks escaventeressmce 22403
Johns, H. W., Manufacturing Company,

New York City
AIOIINNG 125 Dj asonse Ralecaeisccseces elt

ovehtes hws sees esence tes seeneeeeeren 22a, 20 32040
Museum d Histoire Naturelle, Paris,
MiLANIG Girt eanccestesse 2 Bee ooh ooh ihc Gok sss See O OAS
Oberlin College, Ohio.. Ses ecinetsieits earceree eee Oe
RTA UO Zito reteeesens cece eacssccacienensslescszons 23072
ESV BID TAM Ene terete sehen teeeccest sears Geaesaicasewesvensseel LOO t
SFL ENCE oe VIE ea aceon aes ee cic crac sclaunts tstetdes even sents 22428
Singer, Lieut. Frederic, U.S. Navy............. 22742
United States Eclipse Expedition ........ ..... 23272
AMERICA.

NORTH AMERICA.
BRITISH AMERICA,

Agriculture, Departinent Of ...........0......c000 25118
ES CEUIN PML Toy agedl ean eaeins caioaceicle/seiaia<Glalssenieita'eseoana vets? 22762
(Glavemnesys Si 18" Reeccostcesceoceccesceocseede sodnecaas 22408, 23294
(Cioss,, PUTIN O6 Giceco obnoounedeecenenadcoacsdootead ee aoc ocusds 22592
TORI. Tre, WAV Meet 18 fnoan ceccoenea! ousog eepdaoescoes 247% 01(0)
Department of Interior, Ottawa, Canada... 22793
Fish Commission, U.S...... 22772, 22849, 22851, 22862
Fletcher, Prof. James............... seree tae asinceaea est eeo0e
Grinnell, George Bird .... ecco PABA
TeV PON WAU AINAY CNG iictaeci ash caleanencisecsenccesstcalessces 22432
Mente ne Clie acces cessaseceisieess Arepoaoeceas eae 22704
FRIAR PAUL, Og UN 1 83 eobaet Ia Be ee ROnEEEe OR sae oc Gerbe8 23028
BLS OMA VM ot vain nev cchsct cou Sae destistestaveac vase . 22908
Interior Department. (U. S. Geological
RE Wa) Meetesecttecnai iseasiaceccatssstaueseadsceten 22528, 22978
Qaflamme, Rev. Abbé J.C. K .............02..6--- 22445
MMMM host Glas ly resiesVeceseseoscesseutstkvuseeenscseestee eed O
MacFarlane, RD, 22503

Peter Redpath Niuiseum, Monten Canada 23137
Pursey, G. G . 22332

SHEIArio, 1Dies ANS Tien OF paseogpocnsdboo iecobedeee aces oeIpES 22444
‘Shonibiorool A iG0 | ecosncne sere eateapereasess PEE CCEEDOCCHOEET 23076
SSEUNIL Ee) PVE Oeaanete ose Mc sccys, ees ae scateiveduseedies, 220403
SUSeUN) SMD MRI | Onncenc saccashiccheswdievasseess sense 23199
Mito mp SOmMy MIGMeStiEi: 222+. .ccccem-senscsee-<e 22850, 22947

Accession

number.

| Townsend, Charles Hu ............:00000-0+-.22862, 22924
Wilke, Henry «..ccccc...ccecesscven oe nBECoS-CaccooncoceotS 2303L
Wralter, Rev. Mather... .c.cs.ccctncacseee=s-cseoneecnes 22209
Wrard, Miss Arima) Dies cwscaccoess cess ods eeemeeee 23204
Walaa ewauhie walkin Waieecesecsescesesneeecere mnoecnyd rece 28008

DANISH AMERICA,

Boehmer, George H. 4 SRR
Pennsylvania Salt Nanuractnnne Cone

pany, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania......... 22541
MEXIC@,

DuUsese Dry Allifredices-neseese cesses RoOcoAotecnwen 23254
Mclkexb Ge onreie Wait. ascscscese eeesacesestmennecioere 23009
OHS, COLO ww MPC AVIEEMOT CLO IS) onan cassie. ploscemonnopsebo not 207T2
| IBID AeA WADA IMMEN NY, Biren coocca coonecceesc-ounsoossco, CPAs PA)
1 RENAE A 1B, Thi Feed ae cecccodecocao-entogonscesadacene Geeore 22222
Ee np hill EVeM ysesacrscecesseneteescee 23032, 238034, 23102
EDS ayy WW Grae scent acrsesciecucccssecoveconcescslocaswesons 22834
JACODS ME Oise ces dic ae us sass siecares talsnocecedeceueases 23110
Muse€o Michoacan.....-.....ssersssesscseeceesnecseers 2OU0S
Oreutt, C. R....... Roem atesntencerel onal araticie eae eats 22456
Pond, Lieut. Charles F., U.S. Navy............ 22807
Prin ples Ck Gye eaccsaneessvesnssocseneneesheeer: 23084, 23305
SchuttleniSc Motz i ceccncsees cccco--o--eeecumemeeveseee 22668
SCANIGOM Ml NVA se ctesinseenee wioaiseuencaissceasiscecealesserets 22453
Sore IV IESE TB dl eal addAsocnesonocdcoodeccaeces accadoscossasn BSI)
WWI. Va NTN 5006 cccose eoacoocep acs aunoasosaouaIIO cageco0NC 23031

Winton, Rev. George B..............0...-. «. 22881, 22925

UNITED STATES.
ALABAMA:
Avery, Dr.

William ©...........22815, 23293, 23329

Fort Payne Coal and ron Company ... 23194

Mc @ulllarsslO nS ipcessceseserceseeeresctest eee ee sen

Mic CunliltyenVViMa Wits weccessecloeeerercenes SenaaossG 22775

ALASKA:

Alaska Commercial Company, San
Francisco, California.......0...-ceeeecceee 22485

Beales Dae rear meeesnsriciscencites 2, 22694

Bonnett Pet eng -ccssccccwteseosecemecere-oseerees 22911

Dall, Dr. William H oe
Emmons, Lieut. Geo., U.S. Nate 2
Fisk Commission, U.S..22772, 22851,22864, 22884

Healy, Capt. M.A ....... dela seaugee ies Ponerecrect 23141
Kober, Dr. George M ............. dineaveseuceee 22761
Reynolds, Dr. F.S....... noeoboseorceossbesercoan, ane)
TROL dad! bosoncn oes utcsa mane seOeae saee RAO NC SRC 23191

ARIZONA:
Agriculture, Department of .........28030, 23333
American Museum of Natural History,
New York City..............:ccs006--. 22196, 22625

* Accessions are indexed, wherever practicable, under the locality whence obtained rather than

under the residence of the sender.

H. Mis. 129, pt. 2——49

769

770 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession Accession
number. number,
ARIzonA—Continued. COLORADO:
Arizona Sandstone Company, Los An- Biooks Anse ee
EES, (CRUMP ATA r conoceoacibsecooozcase oocconen Beas, Carlisle, Harold....... ..
IBALNIES SiC oe miei hi leeeee anes ecestensssteentcemer 22601 @Gockecre Nai D a Actes eee
Brown, Herbert.........22481, 22894, 22903, 22928, Colorado Biological Association...
22962, 23029, 23128, 23296 relict Vier asessaiueeesersieeen ase
Bureau of [Sthnology, U.S...23175, 23192, 23195 Wish Commission; U.S...

Carpenter, Capt. W.L.,U.S. Army
English, George L., & Co..............22
TRYIN (ClermmaMISS KON. Wl. S)-csconsscenseneanancoon00
Goodwin, Dr. F. H.... an
TUL AYES CUNAUOUNCrocencscocenancetA eAoosacose:
TBBUIeVop baal, IDNR, MWS JE a soeeoascnecinsonco scnaocena
Interior Department. j. S. Geologi-
GAN SMUPVHEN)), ccseronromnonococmne RBG), SEKI, 2e7/2 81 ,
22826, 22827, 22897 Crosby, C. H...........---..23100, 23178, 23211; 23246

Gale, Denis.. :
Interior Depactntente (U. ‘s. ‘Geolomen

SJONE\ on A) ednBerese tbe monCADRoCEaeoasaoro aacocco, eeele:!
Smith: Wis Gay a seceessepce eee areecneesssete ee ee Oa
Syoottiaig MiG | Besccostes ssescccco bg siete castiae eres 22368
AWSOME T RS Mie cll) Goeacodscancsedcnmocaccosocsecadaas asa LERIU/

CONNECTICUT:

a

Tecoloverr, IDI, CORES Wilosccsecncncaeancn dococens ZTE English, George La & Cover.
TL VOiig Ela LD saoeteah coceeh eo tes 2800) Bevan eal) AW Vpiil arn eT eee osama
Lamborn, Dr. R obeet: i. Geese tees een tcde 23224 Raycom ie Auacsasaniednesseapaneoree Sareeese mere
TERE NUM ERG Penge oer ineceet theo soneeete Bench 22735 Vian Vins Annan dl aivecse-sesetcese esters ss eee OOO)
Smith Wis ou ee WiooStersAlchw. 3 asscscewres ee ee ea Oa oles
Stejneger, Dr. Leonhard............-...e0e 22466, | DELAWARE:

22524, 22575, 22606, 22809, 22896 Cresson Drs yi eccccecscccesen eos testt eee LOS

22

TV ena IT 18) ceocecrps eeanecnecocinecs core BOE Morrow, a Wisscecesses se eesrccee seas eee eee)
NHVSS, TON, (hyo cesneceoaabacsooososasean9vc0nc00s pen 220) Puseyand Jones sn eee 22811
ARKANSAS: ioloine ites eicaln iaeseeaesene se ene eee eee 23107

Bosworth, Prof. Frank...................- --- 23239 | pispricr om COLUMBIA:
IBvonwAn, (ClORVAISS 1505056055 -aonodsnoeooses 22806, 22837
USININT, Wie IP ccoonccce soosssncossn soos ceonosiesuonoéc 231239

IN I@TBSTeEN, AE WMO Soc co naanocce: ondane uncsv8e0e000c00 cer ee Bec tenn in 5, 29549, 22628
TEASER Oh Bie recs eno od aocnec cuseeo cxacbonesatenooseer Cee its) Shee a Oo eee a 99857
CALIFORNIA : iBKayerenst AHN NUS) (O) escanronrosnsoey cacosecosacwans BUTS
ATH MOMS/) Bho WWeanosoce neaces noncdaso5nob=no.c00550 2 prey Breed, Di. Wamielieccec.csrc.se-c--ceeeee eaeee
Belding, L ........ 22191, 22268, 22374, 23131, 231 IBF OAV AGKSM LE IME oe TE peg pacececcoe cooacecwo ns PERIOD
Bond, T. Edward Doe ISSR BEE GHEE Ue (Ch pmcecaqnoconeacons 2+ 22243, 22368
Teipagersy, (Ch TEC sconcoenscoosnsocnosccos2otooscna soutien .. 22566 Bureer: Peteni.-ssss:cee-sss se eeareee ee LOB Oe ON
(Grill DIRS} losunsedacoudecs eoccacauauae scticaioadedonce 22759 TSI CLID sto Satu.
Cloopeit; Vo (Crensaes soscovascenS onopaconaD6 SSoRCCOUECEO RS 22627, C@hattalyc Pa re selys Nee eee rece ceec eae ee eee
(Chimie AT, eM ewAvIAIN, s.oseo cancoode soac6 cooUbT nfNSeC 22591 Cissel George (i vin--te.cteteoessanecesseseceeees
Donahoe, Joseph A ....... .... . 23114 Clark, A. Howard .
Picenmann, Mis. R.S................-. 2956 Sco) oyenr LAS ANG IB) coosceocniconssoeemnsceconceens
TBraersKOn, Vio OlutH@,soasceccoacscocne8e-ages “29861, 2940 Golo} Wi PX oacstscascentsvetsvecctesteseeeeee
IDneln Chommrmaneem@in, We SksGascccssascosa onccsens P72 Corson, John........
DOS te tlise Wise Aer esl eeetias sconce oteasesee 22672, 2321 : Coues, Dr. Elliott
Gleeson, Dr. J.A.P .... £ Cresson, Dr. H. T.
Vaplesy aia Wiener scts envensseeaceraeies 23151 IDEM OME AES) WY sccecenssancoacercpecoconcco -cacc
18 (ONSTOE an)e leew seco es cece tac hecmacoacscinosereeee 22470 Dall, Dr. William ir. Pre ee es}
Thovexevrstolllle Vans IMU S20) So cesdnecsosaupaaconsnodie Genas Sectits! TDYSKIPA, IN CVO) OBYEIS 12 cecenoncocnecnceoe iooesamnecd . 22750
Interior Department. (U. 5. Geologi- Dorsey, Clement ........ Peer ey Peers 22390 |

INGaGoyeols IBS ET \WY ecooacecococnssasicocsosesaccecs 22917
Beam BSartome ec ro-tec. ssa peeeches eel eee aeeeem OED

CALFSUTMON) eee oon ear tenceen ees ae BIC) Dougal, William H ..-. 23188
IG (oF0), IETTONG Veaco ays pnseecserocaooemeancdacsa ceosee alls) Driver, George Wis. .cors:sscse-n seeetecrerceere SL O00
TecfayonwAlt@y, JLB pe sccdsnocasdocosnscetoogssene Caco 22594 IDPVEM I Ri TOO MATS bs eer eeeeo su sccceneec EEL
EKO ICON Wat bacteewe eae lcen-scesesresece ONS Bimlerya Mirsh iM Gue-ccsesnssere-constececsne- Eee OT)

9

IDS ABiEtoio, AMO Bt oscancasboacoonadosdesoas. hadcod 22955 Bile or acobpeecscessteccecensecaaees wha clgcreenee tee
Negus, Miss B. R.... ... 22979
(OFHOWE HES (Oh Tiere: cemcen vaccines ono NOI COESER EOL CONE 22455
IPDInNVvEx = WVAlliarmabeeeees eeecee ster eeseetion teesoee 23184 IS ena) tev eee eeeeeciene
Pond, Lieut. Charles F., U.S. Navy...... 22807 MOENe YH: 'O! siiiscssssscvesnec' oss secercteesercessene eae

L

bo
io)
cer)

Raymond, WED) .-.c0cs----dercorosseess = «221405 20202 BonwikkenG ena Givccvsccocnsasearcecersa cece neeees 22473
Rileyalero ta © apes eee eee eee ee 193941) He mwilyiW si o::..605, csassovee eer IE
Stephen. Vamiesienecn-ssssnesceceeene cess 22610 GaliimsyaterMOSsiecenneeccsestsceeaeceeneesars 22819
Tourtellette, Mrs. J.H .. s-- 22698 Golden, R.A... wees 22246
VaniivordenttRSWns awcec a aoe 22629 ‘Goldsmith neescessseeem teneeeeeeenenewens . 22688

Williamson, Mrs, M, Burton ........ 23135, 23226 | Goode, Dr, G. Brown.. ,22616, 22636, 22640, 22710

[INDEX TO LIST OF ACCESSIONS.

Accession
number,
District om CoLumMBIA—Continued.

Goode, Mrs. G. Brown........... --..:+..22291, 23
(Cireern., Vai Ube Wiad estecnssnan, opdeentoenescestaniceec 23283
Islewowoxorelke., IMIR EY \NW OTS) eee pacssnearceerciesabecanaces: 224
REMeoru yuan eA aaciecocucks as iuisza sons 23022, 23336
Harkness, Henry
Harrison, Hon. Benjamin (President).. 23059
Hawkins, Willis B
Leta eaein-, TAGS TOT oa ecnooeeseneccinescooeEecponeeea

Menduiclesekvalp in Wie cn tsielestecce-cccvescerere 22900
Elle musvaN SSP Viee Aunt eeccemusnevdseadecssencs---) 22009
TR TemShMa TST, WAY secs esc bes oeescocesb03s600 GGAC PED 22301
UC TIVO MM OL. e sere cdssansteeccccstacser- crea 1. 22104
JIHAN elope MG lS 1D MVS lileg ee cecanrconees ooo seceon elle)
Jalojoysrovorel, A@)ahah 18 Cees n nconcerecceoasccee GONNA 22276
JalOysi We), dad isceenanesocuepeconben Rae tocate caoneecedoan 22763
TBIO IRR, SIT ITH73 sepecneetonsene eecoekeo eGM0d ledbbo 22764

23310

Mornaday, William T.. 99317, 22676,
Interior Department. (U.S. Geological

SIOISVANT) Gavapreconvonroscosenetisccuacevsecene UM), PAs
James, Prof. Joseph
AKO MASON, IDEM BIE, 4 (Clo) esqascsoncccon coccoaene 2

JEHGI SOM 3 SEVEN cesceoneeeenoocoutne

1eGilljoyoyuireaKey, TOPs IE, Wipoeecoses cdessteeceesunccsece
STOVES ING WViee ceeraseonacesseveeurcccesstecs es

TSS IMUIGSE SS \s US soamncensesiecena laccoesodeceoacucnocdsee 22e
Wane Gaile Soli Wieese.s.ssc2 sean cee ASasielea ake,
MECC GCOS Ch eeess wececomencresssceececrerne 22004, 22007,
JEASARNEL 1B OMIT tno nme aanienenne poe oo bee ecmrcceon 22316
IBGNIAISY WAY cB) csatocabona neeoudneaeradodiapscoccaduencss 22982
ILO, INGA AO VBUA VAN Ceo coctanocreencocuocoaceoncG 22643
Tali oils INI ERRIAY ies ongo Seeeeecoo. ceed. pucbocoudondocc 22705
Mehta Me Wi. .sccs. 7 22621
MieOCtomenenll, OR Vc Ore codes pseancoosecnce Beier ZOe
MeDonaldy Col; Marshal ic. ss.cse.s.sse0 22181
INAS CSOD ELLME ace ntesccsesssvierescseouter scans 2257
IMigsyerxona« 4 Malone Kye cctactinnocenuss bose sa.ccdeecend 22825
Marshall, George. 22461, 22996
INR TPIIT., 1s TBC oe seeeciconnmtossesandooosacccoqo0cteo 23231
WWifanyeton: bles Wiaisseeesescc sete scscucesnitecste Braet s 22614
WileinAMeWrel, CiGOIEte Oy. seerc-cemoradscobenoe6 odie 23284
IMeiasnGen- Mi C©.. Wes Arimiy scsaccscdcssse 22743
Merrit, W.A....... , cong AGB
Te tayprensyoiols, Wi WY GUESS yeeros eoecsonsecosseddoocso00 22799
INTIS AM DEoXA GYRO AN cooouctnors ceaddensocuon, Banoeodo eae)
IMG Kore, Tale WHEY? Gene legaeee ee aesdndn saoeencqndseencacs 22627
Wena nant MVAmSKOnod > (le Sijescecosoncoceasedendben 23005
Nayy Department (Bureau of Naviga-

AONE Peer eM eer cb ae suceseiieericciovaeau seer cetettis weesaste 22469
INAKOTMONEKores UE ABTRENDI EN acon Goodeadnedsassene PatSITE
INT@INAIS, IMREY Nrzceeeeccodso poveboocdac cadena Hoses 22731
Noah, John M..........,..22454, 22559, 22831, 23096
Osborne, J. W 22290, 23155, 23217
IPAM ia OSE pla) hs sleiysccsesces I Santee aeee sae 2O OO:
lefmilav vere MW Vou leh oat sapeerpoeearspEacoraacae 22235, 22994
PEE VAP MUISS HG tM sce zececacesccceeeshoesccensee 23248
PPSDEILOC ED lS iavassscoctaccsseacsncrescseaueeenssss 22207
MUMS MVE L ASE ti ccoveseseseccceesccact escessenseees 22940
MLS VOSCHMIM ee lnctesecsecesseets cave 22683, 22964
HOE SCHC WEL TIM AM esc .cece se eeenccesnerces 22389, 22715
Poesche, Victor..........22388, 22663, 22803, 2287
IAC CACHE Manne entices tstnos tree usetsonsues ces 22508

Price, Charles P... woe 22018)
Proudfit, S. Vice. ceccecccseeeenceenese ner tee
Pusey and Jones.,.,.......00 nenorteseseoadha on) CASTE

T71

Accession
number.
Disrricr of CoLumMBIA—Continued,
ladoversoee WANG hamled lea ceere ea yctesenen -eoceEcononeeee 22249
Rac iyo i Ga Cs Wiese emeaeg see oe cicen one eae ees 22256
Ridgway, Robert... ........s0.22731, 22746, 22846

Schmidt, Edward S...22546, 22577, 22611, 22624,
22716, 22779, 22802; 22882

Sehmalaitiy Nich Olaswo-swaeesesenecen erect OOO
Schonbornelentnys Bt cece see eee TS
Schwermanny © GWe-cssssyesse eee eee Oe
be (eto) Hie) Sei) Jena Vine ue oesioeoananccrincccteccca SAalTS)

RSH UH AG Me AN PASI XO occ cen ase peo aacdeccosacocec
Shufeldt, Dr.R. W., U.S. Army
Simpson, Marshall

SImMee le Cha eleshWirecseecceeareee ee
Noni IDES Shore oy WO A ccrorenveceos ec

Sian. Wisc. ceases sess cece ee perean ene eemeenee
Lenn, Cre Wa coccenace cducc co2eco 1G 23177
MEN elie US IG VAV RNA Be cop ancecronccemoe cocunokodosccre 22752

Stinemetz, Samuel ........0)....00:04-+-22856, 22491,

22804, 22505, 22527

Stones MES divescsasans eateries crocs ee ee 23319
Pome tee Ml OnZorecssase-sstene see eceeeeee ree 22248
URS) i \yaalp d Dad eacceerteoecocsecerebadocetereeescaccessacs CeO)
\WaleottGharlesyDhe. cecum seraiccccseiee 2207

Wisin GC O hiner oe caacrwaces vareaeees eeee eee 1. 28220
WihitewD rs Ca Are: 20s coset eset aee es 22615
WalsonyVlissHNe lier ysmcures cee eee 22441
Wallis o rate [iis cn to nae Sheet escent OG
MAGNE ID yes Big Wicecces 22684
Wood Nauki see 22370, 22398, 22401, 23101, 23180
Wood, Capt. Z....... pRoricecoo se ocodoceconhoaonacnco! PBISNL
WOU, JERE ohecccodcecean waoocns Po cdcean ConEonCmeson 23164

IS LORIDA :

IBUPHOIEL INAS cecoodanarenertcecrenc 22682, 22875, 22888
Dall, Dr. William H........ elaielncts seiseleet ite ste nena 22855
DeGolier, W.F : .-- 22904
Greegor, I...,................82474, 22604, 22767, 22866
THE Weta) Ko} 9) Cipasee peeoscece ococcepcoccocoocondsco 22936
WGI EROS clo] seccdenontescceocey poccacre nencrecnecerote » 23300
WiillisMRobentiArc ccs csceocae mere eee 23196
Molan, James............. 22797
SPen Gers VetO sai cy cecseee ee ee 22242
SiG raK ey AY OS 1 Bsc coctigcunmosaa ceed qooosamecsocceu cae 23319
Westerliamds Ottornesscccssteectrstecse eens 22304
Webster, George Wo ccse-cccc.cccssccence 22434, 23043

NAVGCG., Uli dl rerseciscte cecoce beocnoreoscposcoseccoecs na: BIGGS

WAI Gomi JiOs ep laiaaccscdicteerecetcorecrsd eee oreeme ead.

NAVA ISo bys Jr lA Deere snepsoneecreanoceondcnnecd ides 22270

Worley, Dr. S.G........ fi008300 BD CECE ose nececo cs . 22240
GEORGIA:

Burdick, Mrs. H.......... Soodeare sssvassees2z590s 25065)

Meigs, Gen. M.C., U.S. Army....... 22336

TRWSTSIL, Me ©) possdecsncapeconocececocnoraccoonaccenecn PSD
IpAHO:

Chase, E.S.......... "

Clark Waldo dh scasccncstesssareceasta ere Soo

Kober; OrsGeoree) Mens onesesst eee coll

OUNewW & AIMS. s.sicovacesecensverte eee eee ON

Wilson, George M........... aah san oats oak MogeRe 22463

ILLINOIS:
Adams, C. F
Adams, W. H )
Bartlett, Dr. John..,...... potteeeeetessepenty ceeers 23200

2 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession
number.
InLiIno1s—Continued.

IBIiSS lca WiSONMs Or esssccosmesesosessiseces sesee 22909

Coale, Henry K sesteccieceneese seo lOO",
Tg bialkleny, A\s iN cetoscoccecaseonasosnasoncacnon . 23109
TB tore lreyey 186 (Che cssneocnocnnesbcncooscen 2233, 22409, 23017
IN ER TTANT NES, LB 12 specacoodcosoosaoncbosoccocnopAoooKAen 22324
Marcom,G.F. ............. renonosono-coccnonoas 2AaORIZ/
WAH HENS IDI O-edaco onconccomnesoceoado: acctateoob0 22991
Newlon, Dr. W.S 22836
Poling, O.C.. Maxcesasjescscstvescenetesertoces 722409.
Robinson Beteres 200 spaspooocsa 2 BAUNG
Shufeldt, Dr. R. W., U. S. ees oceerisstee 23037
Vi ROXG IE, ID IRS, WAV GIS) cacoasnc ccdanondbocasasaananesocon 22288
Willis, Merritt.................. Sedebgesanceredestess 22232

INDIANA:
Fish Commission, U.S............0006.s0e0c0008 22900

IS lreesryS, Oo AX scccs sesaccononbecacgascod0 npadosaco 22686
JAAR) 1D)5 Ui socoscen0 Scoseactoonanccao6o Boo 22% Cd OBS PA)
TACOWSN OH Bicecee seco! hase siecicccseescseesees ieee 22729

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts...............0. -.. +. 22858
Pike Manufacturing Company, Pike
Station, New Hampshire .................. 22812
INDIAN TERRITORY:
TRI@ ONE, AN IML G5. ssonodacodneneooscnoodoon650 0008600 23007
Matthews, E.O.. on6 2299)
Merrill, Rene iSiiteeon: ih C. cn ‘Ss.
JNTIET SY copcancoansoconcamncoDuda coqoacccoecocaonacccaa EPO)

Iowa:
Buckland, John M.............0006seseesseccceene 22669
Conrad, Professor A.H. ............ . 22046
Deering, D. A . 22788
Harlan, A. W 22415

Lechtenberg, George H.............scsccese000 23287
WOUWITS, UOSID Nccscassosospcocecannes conconcceco PPE!

KANSAS:
TBSOKGIP, WG dT cagsocncodooopacnonopunsap cononapadecsogn 23326
JaTighh (CroamonnSEMOiM, Wi tS! sossosnsscocsonanonbood 22852
IS ENTRV@VRE], Lio 5) poonc0a6 aconnoonosoococpDSoaceaceo00 23083
VO WAG RE Sasnecescssasenceettesseeeetecestateere CONS
INGO nN, 1D, \AYo Shogaconsoansoeeuscoouaoocao 22498, 22836
PSHROIA NES, Uo (Ch nonnonnn: coocsooocpecococononoencennoseaco PATO
\VAnvieMEH DIDI s Vals). Goosacacesococansdaqnocedead0060 23087

KENTUCKY :
@randall Ar Riees-cesccee0s 22443
Dudley, Prof. W. L 22981
HonylcemGerand Gec.cnsccssesertesteoccrcstesedeos 22473
Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Massa-

CHUSECUISI ce ccrecocctorensneteeciorecz issu noctersesnee 23111
LOUISIANA:

Dungan, Leslie W 22620
TATA, 1, 18 (Ce cecencnca iconda.Te 22738
18 Ey AYEA EXOT) VIE eanoracadiadot sanonacdodaecoaLe 22205

Kohn, Gustave......... sewn + 22915, 22960
Laughlin, Miss Jennie O.............0....s0006 22963

McCoy, John Bi ovi. ce. cccscce-es soadesaneo ZEST
MAINE:

Abbott; WisEiiicssyeccsretertersesecs Beanatsen se (see p. 719)

Adams,S.and J .. SACRE + 23309

American TAmESn of matne i rete y;

New York’ Citvinpssssestsc.ceccsenesctoere eel SS
BayleyeProvawiss)scecscceccoceetecrse 23036
Buck Marry sles spe eee SL

Accession
number.
MAINnNeE—Continued.
Campbell, G. R. & Co
Carlton, Dndley A op Le
CoftinQilon’ Viilueeccstssccs arecteene eee 2
Colby University, Waterville............... 23078

CousinsyHameniteeeeerceen ee eee
Crawford, James B.........

Dall, Dr. William H
Day, Moses B ............
Doritz, Robert.......

Greenleaf, Hon. Eugene ...............23167, 23297
1a Gyre iz, WTI pe oosnaspanecrasnccs

Wenn diy ies teee ee ee
Lord, Abraham

Maine State College, Orono .... .......... 22472
Merrill le) Bisvccs lessees ere eee 22926
Myers, A.H...
Perry,N.H.

Rogers, Walliams
Simpson, D. eae BcOBrIO onpeeE aeoDoctonqcOeececc

Syrawin, (Dye, POU EY Mrscneca Goscoosssco ens cccsos 22726
A Wh (a) el BP pace ese on Se LEaSO cease cobaericsceon, 22662
Watsons JosWUalece..ccs oso nascent eno BEO
VVGLOD, WADI ET Sooosmodescoonosacsnoss sosensacene 22650
NYOUN Ss Cole ecse cccecseacesaresecateen ee eee OO
MARYLAND:
AN OE, CLOG TASS 3 cooocoononcdncccgsonoscaqnpscnaesns 23089
ANS WTPAC, BCR WAVT \Wesonoaeccoseneeed cos-poco-cons: 22422
BiawussB oH. Wisccccsssvectessoeostreste oe ee oD
Billoppy Drs JeSis. es ceeccscussessene eee 23150
Bolrets Ox © ci. esveanesesosssnecsesseseos oe EIDE
BOUCHE Vall alah seereeea ne eeeee nee ne eee 22989
Cassink JOSephyAreccccccseseeseseseaseseseeeceess 22296
IDNDYKOHOHES DIPS 1 seca cosnosasonacocceo Seeneanene 22257, 22411
Duvall iGeorgenwe.n-cchescccecessscssessconeres 23108
TRING HOT, ZAG) BS oo cosasdococosdedaranco noted 22997, 23070
Fick, G.A.. dOOGeROSEASBOS6 poedeaasaa 27Aa
Friedenw aie, DE Ns ceneceseasces 20844. 22914, 23122
Gad Gissays eres cesnasecaresseesiorneciseeeomcececena 22932

Galloway CAD ye ytieccs: secs ceceseesanseseesee ee eee SO
(Gaon wal, 7A, 1D) iscesnccoconcoreasetecscaroonasssoncacn Persie)
Golden: Mrs: Ty. G:cc5 ic .ccesvceccsecacstiessanence 22227
EVarvishGrwayMMics-cccscdecscecsecereceninceeee 22329, 23051
Haupteerormjb ae Ulitcccccncecsecdcsssce eee Oo
Herberson,) Ohmi Wire--...ceveccceeecesseset eee es eS OTD!
Herberson, William A ........0..:..s0+seecesers LOLDO
Hunt, Masters Dick and Harry Drum.. 23106
Interior Department. (U.S. Geolog-

Ical| SUEVEY))ecesseccesestesececeeseee ce eee 22544
DOUCKt A JRINES HE ye -cteresccecosce coe triecerecreeere 22348
KienmnedyAdnMirccscucscecseenceses greet Sees 23362
Landvoigt, Pd ward.............cescscessecsreecnes 22700
Teague, Oliver, S.......0...0:0cenesessceeenaccnene 22221
TES DLS d) Gecens cooecenn Uacuve Hotes icaveneetewe fevers 23260
IDX aKERRS AON cosccocbocsaneconattecceaconedson 22387, 22922
Marshall, George ...........,.--..-22635, 22983, 23019
Merrill, George P. ............-+ecesesessecsesernes 20216
Palmers Walia materesce-seiseecee 22923, 22999, 23058
Ridgway, Audobon W.......:.0. se - 22671

RG Fe ENS PEO) OLE HH concenonenduss conchae 22941, 2736
Sellers ohiinesecesecessctceeretaeeestcaneeenenrs 22234
Sandy Point Ducking Club.................. 22713

Sanford, Capt, Ey Fe. yeryseuesreeceeerenessrers 22436

INDEX TO LIST OF ACCESSIONS. le

Accession Accession
number. number.
MARYLAND—Continued. MissouriI—Continued.
Shriver, Howard........... Gratanecooeetcneretds 23298 Drury College, Springfield................... 22179
bao letapElatOldiEseeccesschestscesecacce ts cassecs 22623 TEN aL (OLY Dis soceososooonosas . 22427
SHemmentie Vile eo mn ccts eae etee cries teesdneterssse 2300 L Interior Dopunent (U. Ss. Gecleniont
BViar ley Au OMUA Sacer ccnssestece cree s-seaeeceecee 22578 SUBVGY) Fee esc eee ech ee eee 23186
Wagner Free Institute of Science, Phil- JS EONAR PIOUNIIS) Soccomieacosa aacencceosnocscene 23126, 23335
delphia, Pennsylvania ...............0000. 2323 Wratleins de @Q vena com crete ae eee 23332
WOGZ Ge OT OWiccreccccrdccsectocceiscceenirosnee 22702 | Wildman Oe cee he pene ee a one 22860
MASSACHUSETTS: | MonrANA:

Appleton, Nathan.... American Museum of Natural His-

Brewster, William... PMB oiled 3 tony) Newe orks @ibtyaesd. nena 22188
Teenie niin, Gre WiesecodosonssoapncacocsoouoerdeceZE 3187 | Grinnell, George Bird.............c0c00sees+ee00 22263
Brown, Miss Louise H.................20.....55 22953 Interior Department. (U.S. Geological
(Cyn leexe, 18) (Gr 1) anos cosnproncconseseqpoooss ‘osck 22782 SULVEY:) sciocetenccec ds iaceen ee eee ee 2
Cool RIES ey eR ene aire nny Merrill, G. P
Wdwards, Vinal N ........-.--..222..----- 22224, 22231 National Museum, U-S .........:..0000-----. 22868
Fish Commission, U.S.........0.....sc000- « 22080 Williams, Mr, ——...... ccc sesccenescneree 22213
Gleason, James M . ong PERO | Sota
Heliotype Printing ‘Company, Boston.. 22512 Boston, William G......c.cesssseseeerseesesse 23052
Keith, B. F.. cesteeneereeeterotssctstseceseees 22786 | GatschethDry AUG oe ene 22675
Koehler, Miss Tedare Ce ee 22494 Grand Commandery Knights Templar
TGS) NIIP. (Sie Ui isneo osoccacconoucou cobeHonoedcS 22513, 22514 of the State of Nebraska..............e.... 22449
Library of Harvard University........... 23173 | Ray, Capt. P.H., U.S. Army.........-s0+..-. 23282
Tryon, Prof. D. Ges cseeee cosecss sess essceeeee 22892 | Wilcox, Glover Po vececsessessscssssesecsecnseee 23299
MelLain, Capt, George M................000002 2 PETC) |
Mason, W. A. & Son... ssnenenenne 22781 | NEWaDO:
Tsfeoceuy NURS aU te ais eee ee eo 23018 | ‘Interior Department. (U.S. Geological
Bee OG ee ee Ge, eee 207738 SUTVEY)...--esysseesss-., 21363, 22547, 22563, 22564
BRO ono Rh Gurl ke a ent on728 | Iseellery@hanlespAgeecscstesien sere tesneeee stoner lial
Scott, F. H.. spokenobenvoceepsoasccennceoonsces Sey |) Nia IRUAMuR Sinisa
Slocum, Gane Senne aR ie Coke pa ee Ua a 22785 | Hodge, E.B........ Sineeeeee beseaddlssneeccnece: enrere 22571
Stebbins, ING) Diane neepenionaeinencoaa Rocce srneicies 22930 | New JERSEY:
War Department, U.S...........ccecec20 22876 | So NGEN STD Dd lap unre omcrenn tleuetecer My pnnaws PHISTS
MICHIGAN: TESWoWaKER 75) NAYS (ET: ‘Goscc osnasneduogosnétouascand , 23129
Andlevane, Tatsanl Doser rreccorasee oy IBIONN AGL, AV ITeSb M13) cegcscecs 6 eodcooonconabosnoncs 2PAtete)
Maamoowalliann Wo) Collings, Joseph Z............++- 22583
Bement, ©.S 29 | Church, Joseph & Co ..... ... 22562
Toca: Ba ae eee Elie len sWes Es eat 23162
Me MfowaW, etry ine Cena ens Die) Feta Teen aoe
BilriCka WAR lene. 2 Ree Or CUE ca 2123030
Fish Commission, U.S.. i New Jersey Histosical Satie Newate 23163
Gibbons, Mrs. M. A.....c2esceceeeeee es Pennsylvania Railroad Company........ 23318
Glover, Rev. A. K..sessan ses Shicks @harlesiSpeccrecsntocnscctescee cs 23253
Hutchinson, K. M........ saedd Smith, Dr. Hugh M.. sails
Stearns, Frederick & Co Smith, Prof, J. B.S ... 23307
Walker By aliiti.cc-sccccescca0s-cssecsoanaceececes Smith, Willard P...... 23330
WS ee 22665 Stevens Institute of Technology, Ho-
Williams, Dr. George H 93145 OKO nesses esics case ses cceaee tsecebnc ase con saeees 23057

Wriannems © Wivosncccccccces ssccocicaneel Bacrcbeseen ae ZOOS)

NEw MEXxIco:
Barrette Ome necsedeccstesccscstecusetececaeeecemc COOe

MINNESOTA :
Agriculture, Department of......... ........ 23073

ee ate HD eesccsecteas aa? ane Bent, We Hic. unc eis aoe eepoaae
Benedict, James E........0....ccesececceeeeecees 22493 ae
is Bremrents MH oii. csteacsesescesseucees ssoomcet 22552
Francis, JoSeph..........ccccee cecce cseaeeceeseeees 23240
: i lakes dwar denccccccccsasetenciccesncenanee teeters 22542
Interior Department. (U.S. Geological see fs
Shere 03138 Hamil, G. D oo... cscseeeee dos 2Q0000s00000 pecce0 22543
PROS oes we me ae anna Hillebrand, Dr. W.F.....1...-...cssccsrserereeens 22089
SIO aaa ea Bae Hedeés, Wei eee 23236
MIssIssIPPi: Huntington, Prof. J. ............ 22898, 23035
Duchesne, Leon C ........cecee eeeereesee ceeaee 22830 Interior Department. (U.S. Geological
Mabbett, Gideon .......---2.. secre 22314, 23304 Sunviey) esi Ws eae PG aes 22848
IVIGIKe rein SN RVG sce. ice secacttseccsciccisactes 2297 1 Lamborn, Dr. Robert H.........0:0c000.-0000+ 29871
MIssouRI: TCAs yD Al recicaccessoadeuccstesuenwasesncstecneerss 22536
PB lamisinshiipe da Wieesseesseestsesccee ees 22S02 Butt C23 7&) Coniccnneere ee 22537

Cunningham, Roger ............100ssscceeeseeees 23084 MeGregor, AleXander ....0.510 covscsvoccseses 22536

174 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession | Accession
number. number.
New Mextco—Continued. New YorkK—Continued.
Matthews, Dr. W., U.S. Arnty .............. 23123 PilceyNGCO las eer-conete-caeson eee ewae ah eee 22690
Powell MlayidieW), sesc. cei cecesnaucasss eseeuees 23046 PohilinaaneD ry steesee sess eeserearee eee 23251
ShufeldteeereyawWiracws cece ce renee 22201 Schiefflin, W.H. & Co... AE oe ee
Shufeldt, Dr. R. W., U.S. ee 22974, 23242 Scientifie Publishing Gornarise eee serene 23309
Stejneger, Dr. Leonhard...... 22573, 22606, 22809 Sharp, C. A. & Co. ... ..22958, 23210, 23235, 23245
UG Rep eh td Soe) Shas eee et a ree An see 23159 Smillie, James D.........22557, 22538, 22748, 23276
Walters Rev. Hather.--. cs: sressesesseesas 22209 Stanbons Wels Sivccccsscsnpssaesesseaeeremeee 22933
Viiv we seam ln eeeincmeeeeress ee astahee , 22701 Stevenson, Prof. J: J ..........00000.-2.-- 20140, 23205
New Yor: Sypher-& Colne a Seeeearee ee 22334
American Bank Note Company, New The Photogravure Company........sceee 23176
BVO Vs Ciba nea inc or occ emo ce ceeete ce nceaetioneet 23297 4 Wavonoovrey Levene JE(5 19 Las ae cenccn-o cn 23249, 23338
American Museum of Natural His- Phomipson\, jes, Vices sen escces seeeaceoeeeee me
touyeeNe wn Volks Cityencsescsetsssstreseeeee ACO. | Mitfaniys SiC Oncecceco<setroscsapsaaeenssenrenceeaats 22581
JAG VANS) NUON CC NY snccssc. csaesasososbacosesebag Pee) ivi e eAgiin eClietaesss se eeeees -.» 22519
INSTI TS IS IE Seesccneceaod Cease rts 2 22515, 22951, 23090 Muelzery Clavemcescr.cs.sce sss eee ere eee , 22829

. 22813 University of the State of New York... 23156

Bangs & Co ... on
. 22501 Ward, Dr. Wallliam taivesis..sss<--seeee eee 28

Barrett, F. N

Benedict, W. H ad ... 22346 NVamcledc Elowwiellleseest ches se ent aan see 22040
TRYST YEHERP O's, NAVAIR OV peceeeconcondn nnghadaanodaeeagasI0- ees Westerman, Bi Go COmg.--e-e-esereasnes eee CoO
Bini ey cis Giisstede ne cacneec aaecacccswsescoreones 22478 Wihites Wins Elam 6 tAs Rie -cssteen areas 22266
JEploHqKe) ke. 5\5 1 8h: connsossogsseDObAAeA SVL ees pee woo? | Wallis Welithsscosesesceseess ieee eee eens 22232
SOI Gy ieceso caes sees inecace tick oseh eee LOO || Witherbees, Sherman & Co..........,22345, 23000
Brown, Thomas S......... -.-...-.:eseeeeeeeeeree 23285 | Wunderlich, Hl. & Co 22. icici. .cscccnee 22416, 23230
TBS VowiATTayeP, TEVREXE aeons masodsnosoabeos podaedoaccdcosa 22319 | NorTH CAROLINA:

(CHIsIeN, CY OS NS Ey cons snconcn Acces jasesucsdosebessc0 22824 Jeyminlenie ISG Mey EOL) ences eno pesconn SEL
Chandlers ProfaCnarles yess seer iecees 22418 BIE: LS DM coe. coe ce reassachsssesne-osceeeeaees 22929
Chapman, J. Linton........... 22950 IBUl Gly AR eA setaceasacecnesoe tenses ey 7713)
Cornell University, Ithaea.... 22484 Bureanlofsbthnolosy, Wissssesvesssessteets 21450
Cowen gehillilp ose o sone eee 22327, Cramer, Stuart W...-.......... .-. 22942
Cox, Mrs.8.S tuishs gansioumer art cetanent oneaes metal Maison Walter sia. saces.cocusesessenacee nese sesame
Cressingham, R. a. Ace eet tanec DOO ish Gonimissions Wes eecsscssssenceseseeess 22900
De Graft, qrgdie a eee eee ..».. 22970, 23195 ans ers Gavin Beereeestcneceeecanssnaee Jsceseetse 22292
DEVO ME AVI Oi CO picmanreccoecneeacse Toeete race 22556. | Keesle ns @W: siescensss cesses csessiececasvoosese error e2OO)
Misch ake vA oll ig eees-tecstececeeeresetee eee 22194 aMksen BeBe sacivekc teccoteaadvsebieeeeeee eee 23264
ID mnivelavere, \W/WNTE WTA jo senonsccooedinasencosacsgenaso” 23166 Bind sary; Te Avs) oiicc.scn aeceesabceeeeeee eee 2237.

Farrer, Henry....... 22641 Lueas, Dr. H.S
Fisher, Dr. A. & 22845 McLaughlin, R.B..... ...

Fuchs & Lang.......... 22555 MeRae, Donald .. =
Crimes Chay lesp leer ae 23011, 23021 INV ONIT OCs, Jeunes sasesacces aless ecco ee ee
(Grrr eniio yen, WHOS SSI 183 oocsasdacoccsocdscsoameopoec00 23233 Mooney, Sames i. . ccseccees seen ee eee
FEV OU DLO Oks, EN i eecace marco ces ee ear ase eee ceeeae 22335 National Museunmal Wes ice. ceoseess eaecen coed
Interior Department. (U. S. Geolog- Spain ou Drs ce eee eee
ical Survey).....22344, 22446, 22730, 22847, 23230 Hh OM 'AS SWisS we <eeecseeec save teas cece a seeeeeee 22725
SMe slimon He deasesescesseeserss tee asses tetera eres 22510 Toms, Capt. M.C.. debe etseessccssisss 22OETG2OOD
SAM ChOnvalt Zee ble een eeroce ne occ casccececceeere 29338 Treasury Depurtneat ‘U. S. eee
Kemp, Prof. J. F 22.486 ‘Geodetic Suiwvey) pec cescecttole seers eeeees 2

Keppel meas COmnsrcrsal east: 23279 Wimesechke, R
Kimmel & Voigt........ Siuaousestivleasasassseses 23278 Weabes), W'S sic csescsenesenconsseesen setae p
Knapp, Edward.... . 22934 | NortH DAKkora:

Kunz, George F 22647 INNUGTIYS dE! Os cacepeeca-cancasacereiesoccuscoeaarcdioqness ait L
Kurtz, William , 28820 | OHIO:

ecoatiBropmers poser epee .. 22480 Benson, Lieut. H.C., U.S, Army.. wee DO2TE
Lithographic Company, The H. reneoe 22511 Bethy. Wrist Gr ke rcr a econ rs hence setae eres 22906
MeCouns Miss) SHES) 2-1 scss-sseeesier ence tes 23104 BGO NV etl c-tees stezsassuesasenssecaseasteseeeeece aren
Mann tive Rs Re ienses oo acteoeseoes secoeeiese cetee 22324 Gams i Elivcicz2.soceves sreccschesnesensee ceveceemeecs 22439
Mason & Hamlin @arreyElaAVrTe ti Wa scce-c-ercsrecne seen see eases 22479

Ma Ter Walliamales-seseeesees es waver ioceeueerincera 22

Cincinnati Museum Association, Cin-
Mumiley & Thomas.... Dare ISCCECO CINMAbejeresestsse ese . 22192
INTE, NAVAN hott eect aececnono rood 22: Coxwaw! ek etensioseetetaces sueemeanee eee UL
Ogdenrde Rap pan terreqeseedess sr ceacenaenece Hireemany SIN ceccostecesssieteeetee state eee BOOS
Osborne, J. W .......... Worblsideck sosesns, eewoneers 23275 Gaddis: John Wintec. cs, soasseecese coors eee 23189
Oseood: Prof, HOWard toncccsnsstteness ea D092 Gerard, Fowke . Pusha Set aine eee eee EO
Phillips Ne Maylorccc: tees ceveve tee eeeeeeeee 22698 Hennig, Dr. E. Walden! oo He. Se OaD RB

PRIN NEY, Eis ..s0cceseccnendtveni ssecterve sesstse bere OL OO. Huggins, Judge........... aoateaviescesesearesineeen 5 CRRA

INDEX

Accession
number.
Oxnt1o—Continued,
RCO SHO tre inca inenccccos bc ccascccissaccecsesae 23047
NOS eH ywavessseisece<torivaa= RasasSaaatwinde Serene 22977
OVI SOEs elsccacselcacsspisserssjessavvarn tcesre, 2UG24
MTeneet vis Wialacssdecesess Steno tthneser ee UD! ||
Moorehead, W. FE. ..... .....-... 22689, 22695, 23086

Oberlin College... . 22198
Payne, Gen. Walter 8...

Peabody Museum, Cairo floss

TO LIST OF ACCESSIONS,

. 23004 |

23111
TENS IRs CUS Bay Bodenopt eecHoEee cre raceeea Rise cususdese! -e 23327
Rockwood Pottery Company, Cincin-

ENE I RRR NORE toe hire soe Ninlenixaanes tenet ilies "22190"
Spillman, William 4j PA ERD See 23076
SSG TIRAEMD) oa Varsecn cnc tivs sch cisvclesiawapsbelsqcnisiesals'weaes 23127
Sie irilihayen, TDS Ta) poseendanouneeresneeancopecccenascen ey acs ie!
Wamnderheoh MuOLEMZOissccseavssvdescrescderes 221 Ox
NRCG NV eeaeaca tae tee ccmaveasesctaseaubsesaierseses a 2OUSU.

OREGON:
DSc yea Die dialktiessneasecccrense eset aneurcscate 25244
IDOUSEYAORE Ve SOW EN) cceresscccesssccescseuerere 99892
le lehoayo) sbD NS 18 WAY ce Soeesecodennnoerpeeee oacece 22030)
OMMSOM Onbsieecescnoracescesen 23321
Reames, Thomas G 22457

PENNSYLVANIA:
RARE MN VIS eee nace cece mace en ceseneased anesesree ce 23061
Bal vANaalepVVisceacewesecsecettees sade cousectesces ete 22872
IS SaU eA iecrcsantese vce sete encsscesesssinncesienecae 22379) |
Beckwith, Paul nppoaGpEcED LODsIG eos) Ie
Cresson. Dr. T. Hilborn 23198
Ginn S leNvam bine. o a. ceeccscssnesercoeceesetees es 93292
NOG tnesenloes Ome nenmnenanccmddceredteentseiroresmenacse 22375
HMedriclhi sero umes: ssscccsseccesceesriseceoress 23183
(a SOM Uap ee ess ae cease cles ce aces seasneseciesues 22313
(CSIP. JECTS odonas ccodabocceeoaednos coboan Gos soadc 22267
(Gre) ESTES Ee eneeoaccosseceaadboncuceee IeccomeHeen 23213
TRIS HCISIN, TEOMONE), Wi proconsoncoseooeeoadcocossnecece 22832

Johnson, Charles Enew &Co ...........

IRM EES, do IE so opnectecedscooncood reecdudoncocuosp bse, 22k\afe). |
Ibpsvereyes U8ty) Dy aoanqenndrs 23049
Amal Orne re kuOMet Elva. cessseseee-teeeces 23224
Wine Saiysan Gl Marly. cscos-c-cecerse-ceees .. 23316
MeKee, Maj. George W., U.S. Army..... 22587
WemMastberstl Gris scsstcssa wccterecsste iaticwene 2ac08
IN (eae OE, Ripa Eeoasoeeeison poacconnseceiceensogaecbcons arsed:
Penn’s Museum and School of Indus-

trial Art, Plhiladelphia..... ........-........ 22421
PRASSETAZ, “IDRUNMIE Nase ctonsoeab aninocoonn saosceceoadsdopncn eaetetsisx, |
TORI eT onesres TAG cn ra Re REN pt Ri Re esta 29954 |
Pittsburgh Reduction Company.......... 22986
Richards: Je /22....- Fe CESSES EERE ERODE 23054
IS Ayal Geman Vara evesas once Sacosrerceremencsse 22284, 22323
Springer, James E........... Lecehatn tastinan rece edit
SHEUIME Uap leneceactarcesiesencsdssscleceses (oseceneseiece=s 233851
Sulzberger, D....... 22325, 23147, 23302
WV fain GEOL MOM Mec rccstccsatseecenerecciurencciccdss BOLOU
AVVEEU MMA Aly L ee ee oe eee iasinwee 22789
WE DET ALOU! © Ole tnvantaacasesacesececsoceesedenst: 22554
VE NIE L AWE WVinctesesccrscr veccctececedestentzercases 23035

RHODE ISLAND:

OOS Vem La Watetersececcvsessecsieerassceeeseesnseees 22880
Lewis, George A.............20r00000000 +2. 22200, 22380
PUEUB IEC ATG: csovtorevasscs snes-nccecencns 22252
AOU LNA Lente Mi scecest ive se astssanascssreses covanns 22905
SLONeT MOI REL GER asscossssytarceces sateeee 22702

» 22021 |

T715

Accession
number,
| SouTH CAROLINA
Carolina Wood Veneer Works, Clin-
ton, North Carolina ....... eeasmnoreCaceneees 22808

Lartegue, Dr.G. B
Loomis, Leverett M.. 22593, 22636, 22666, 22677,

22718, 22733

Sib UH otha, AD VG, VAI KES Mn ccceeerbem duces Saceeuneuacier 22245

\UENNTS GV SE SU eH ob Oe NE ee ee ct riecing CADET,
Sourn DaKkora:

Collister th Co cce eecmuenteanneeinen za Ol

LBADTNO Es Ain Rte oceatucnhoce ced dadcoreosntae

Jaekson, Mrs. A.C
Me Gallliicud dys Dis iVi ces eer cas ni
SUM DOL MVD sacevasanwavevacsteerineccsuementtcee
Seott, Samuel . A Boba
Sid ery AUB soca St cccucesu nea sessesumeneer
TENNESSEE:
Hinmert, J. W eerie aero ae eeeate eS OD)
IVE Nou (ronmmenaiseMorol, WialSh> cesceesooddnnona eencacce 22900
NIM AVESO NN sesessecccoesseceu cee secae eee ee 22184
WO TINO Gee cccsseconk secccuetees coucscwoemeetdeeeee 22679
see ae Eline y tices Me raus ease snaate ee OOO
IMG pei iesecineneees PisBoDaCKOdREGAde Seteb bE BPC
Rogan, ae IWissstc este Usa ster ae eae 22579
DAVIES MEAs sac eases ce wee ceens eae 22919
Thomas, W. H 22820
Moombes LAG. asivsssseecomsscee cee 22183
TEXAS:
TMS RKe Ny idl & EK C icone nce ere dasatonodoseenreEaoocKGG eee)
Barnum, Lieut. M. H., U.S. Army..22289, 22372
ID ero DIGS) eel Last Ncece ca wenaHodt adda raaescone 23528
Mieldieé Green wooden cents 22288
Hill, Prof. R.'T
Lop kins @ flier eseee ante sk atecace crcsgaodsco

asd ale dG areas wenn ate ee eee Deeeaaeatae 99414
LO eSSe re AM Ey ai k tao peertaeey 22367, 22407
Romeyn,Capt. Henry, U Arm y..22321, 22369,
22787
PSviayeaenye, ds 4\ jegnssnonecccss 22287, 22941, 28020, 28124
SHIMLA ity CIES 133 cosantoonpesde Sooo ssoneannbons 22816
Stejneger, Dr. L .-..- 22809; 22896
Mesenens Uni bza sss esos echoes eoneceersene 22212
Ward & Howell 23268
| Upaw :

LiSyo1 Choa OSV, Whe iS) iAconscoseencs qosmanancoce 22852
Gillran Rew TD isto. soe et ece eee .. 22898

Interior Department. (U.S. Geological
SuUyvie yay oe sce etnarar eee cae ieee eae 22564

VERMONT

TRG aKoNWiltWore I RN 8 0 ey tedercaeecceeeaccucdouu.cco coacad 23312
Winer RS 3 OM cic cas ectoeiteaeencees noocecx maces JOLT

Museum of Comparative Zoélogy,Cam-

bridge, Massachusetts..............:.c0-. 22808

IMENT (Ryo 12 TB OSS AU MOONY caicecnancs acorn CoB

Sheldon, Henry L.............. pedo . 22578, 22664
VIRGINIA :

AMM ere Mirai cccectecccsss:sokcsstacneeoneenses 22199, 23257

Bremermam, Pielde ....,.....0s:02 cc-sseesssesee 22000

Burns) Hinsim ic seneseseesresecs sdanles Gateservdstares MEZOoL

776 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession | Accession
number. number.
Virars1A—Continned. | WAsHINGTON—Continued.
Corbett Howard cress sccs sree eee 29798 | Johnson, -Lrofs:Ouw: ocean Oe
Cox JOSeDOGWerare sence lean eeaaae 23315 | Koher, Dr: George M.......-.-2.- -sescsress-cose 2IIOL
(CROs) O75 LW ach canagaranossacoododoconsangses 42003 22880 Koenig, Godfrey .............02+- 000 s-0-2- 22310, LOOUL
@ullartame And ve syecesscsseeeseestesseenesee ene 23074 | Ssvan dames Giawcccstestotereescee ieee 22792, 22833
Dennis, Col. George E .........:..sccccceeeeees 22278 | \Wusr VIRGINIA:
Bow amaey feH ieee cease eo aaapletone.]- WNL ee a ae 23013
IDS ID IP 18) pe ros eaosnooncaomass0qnoaeNGd0EC 22760 :

é ue if im HMourch, Hired AG sc, .sssse-sner-eseeneecenaeereeneee 22281
Fish Commission, U.S..........-..-----22910; 22900 Goes oP had ap
Tatars) AIG) bia) aecssocdecosatecsceonecescrcoaccedsteansanss LEZ ils) eS sete i amrsnc ae Sri F
Garner, Re Lo cesssseseseseere 1-01 22295, 22468, 22722 | WISCONSIN:

Griffin, Miss Maggie ................ ees Sion CRU Beach, Horace vsseciesccetssceveeee see eee 22450

Harris, E. Allen
TRIES, Bi IW scacco caatoaconcesnonnonsaaseZ

Tita chelisin, IDI di, 1B ces consecossnoconoceno weonoonn 7
Hornaday, William. -.... i.e .2es---, 22270

TIGA e be BANS ieseas nnniceeraessosascesce Gancedcoces 22% Lela)
EVO WANG HE eeseccertce scsess conc-sorevesinos easter LOLOD
Howard, Hough SSS I Soot ace sTeE CE TOU
PVOR POM AWC ercceeconcasinerenslecee= 2642
TB fpnaten ey Wat beecancsoacesccto o 2310

Interior Department. (U. S. (Ga lose
Survey) 22186, 224164, 23209

IBemire tii Crece-s-sasesesesaseeeanee
Hutchinson, K,M
Interior Department. (U.S. Geological

ULL .G Yaree sean enleene some ncen et con eae aeaeeemeemeeel 23138
Witel; James Hc, .0:.s.02 cs sseaeseetics esse eee LO
Aa the SHEE eee ese tisce tt aa ctas Sop estone eees 23119
Morgan, Hon ilies seer ese 23171

Walter, Reverend Father...............2:0:.. 22467

WYOMING :

Agriculture, Department of
Boutelles Capt: BvAccme.csssscesscs eee

Johnson, Louis B

Soutelle sitartys Miss eee ase

2 | Fish Commission, U.S 52
Jones, James To. eee 2 a eel Hornaday, William T...................- 99798, 22858
Ean ber yy IDralwObeLtebin eee eee a Johns, i. W., Manutactinwe Com-
tueCamalisi EDR Sci. sesvscectsccesen nese ee | pany, New York City.... 99358
McKnight, SEER Dene saa | Lamborn, Dr. Robert H. .... 23224
AUEIROINE, Eres \WAVINETED 0: 2204 |“ Merriam, Dr. C. Hart..... vevve 23805
MERE, B51 Became case: 7948 | Merrill, George P....ssseessss sess ++-22596, 22895
Moore, Baldwin ............... 3144
Morrison, Prof. Toner. __99953, 2961, 22285,
22448, 22639, 22814 | WEST INDIES.
TAPS Gores stca ven ete cooneass bts touccenseceers 296
elon ts |WAtppletons Nathamiecsseccssssss sees sees 23201
INO pme Sil BIBS Ba asada a eodthaeosmaduaridacacnnneaceas 22477 |
ENN (Ball fou pele miyeeneransesneseesenee-aselereeeesneeeeemans 23266
Overton sD rails esate eee eee 2007 a :
s Cunningham, Thomas S............--0...csssss=: 23168
LECES ed oo S75 Gai acceaneerencas 5 PAK || 2 ariee Es z
: ; | Bish Commission. WS acces seseeseseseseeeeeee 22547
TBe(eb (0 [eat 8 See ae i reo en ere Re ee eee 22233 ; :
ae 29516 | Gardiner (Rev. Weg jiicsc- cs cce-cnteesae seer eseaeeee 22998
POM recs cheney a SORA Ee ity STORIE aul \G@ireceor le me _..22474, 22604, 22767
Rines, Dr. William C.... 23103 |
Gundlach, Dr. wane baccoundecssesucmeneneem oe Oe
Seah Chie ens 23961
2 18 Ey eee als Coons acseteoaeeor ecaaane ear eese sactsosso 22269
Shriver, Howard......... 22471 ‘ = is
y s. | Interior Department. (U. S. Geological
Shits Georp enw cdecs-coscceccosressseeneeeee 22272 S ) 29464
Rie IDE MET It au __.22838, 23049 urvey csstneesetsseansene-ozees nscencetaes scbareowezczees 2
ecaniny De cartmennn(U Soliesee MeWain ih onias[Jin|e-ssscssseese sacs eeeares 23182
in eens aa a 23038 Maynards. ©5).-s:mcscncoaeettesces 22251, 22530, 22744
& Paes at ed ici as Cia EES Si abee i Rockwell, Commander C. H., U.S. Navy... 22959
EDEL OE OWN eee sete ntes nin sooee-teaeascevee Saveeeecaeess 23050 eee
Waddev BoE 23165 Spofford, Master Robert Wiltsie........ ....... « 22402
e RSIS aaah, AP ESE ache kM En oF | Stone, MirsiBi Dice see oe oacsecnstacoesc ce eeacetee=ee 1086
Walker, Lawson & Forney........ ......... 23215 a " Be
Uniied States Eclipse Expedition .............. 23272
Wiebbs Jolin? S sstectt eee ret aces 22197, 23095 Ward Prot Hoan 23068
White, Robingomtss.:)csssse ccsaanccen BOSTS kone | hee cen ane gue aaa z
Wiirmsatticbes Deeeetce ser tse icy Smt nee 22965
Wandsorr Hers ots eek oS oll lai 23048 CIB SEP SUAIL VINE BOs
WAI it DD Wier oeeeeane- sense ene seaeeeecees 22
peta! Dr - C aa | Browne, Mrs. Helen C...... ..scsessessosesresee0s . 22645
‘ DEI EIN eer cece er Z Chae WED. pe 93130
Modern Jniseesessaer 22724
Fox, Master aera B.. <acninsdseosedaatetee tesa eeECe OSes
WASHINGTON: Government of Nicaragua vvereee LOZOO
Balch aD rb divy acd less. ee ncenee ene ee 93062) |p se Barony Dak) c.tisc:scscseccspnescarecceem eee eee 22720
Biddell, John..... Perry, E. W.......-... 2354, 22856
Degeler, F. A Raymond, Dr. R. W 23041
Emmons, Lieut. George, U.S. Navy ... 22759 | Ridgway, Robett......... --. 22303
Interior Department. (Office of Te | Wesleyan Universite. “Middletown! Gane
AianCATAIKs))secccssosacarsiesees cesssnee nee ee 6 MLECHICUERaacassscceccesasecstattaseentsanansee ates areas 22885

INDEX TO LIST

SOUTH AMERICA.
Accession

number.

Gerrard, E.. . 22630

Tlancoclk, Dr. nesepl ites peg ondcoocesenaenrinoccomennees 23337
Horan, Henry... SOCOCeCH Honen oooconeeneees CAMEO)
Lee, Prof. eae i see Tschteehs . 22760
Lockett, S. H.. esoHOeeRELOG a 22935
Museum of Comparative Pabloee: Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts........0.. .c-cecseereeseeees 22526

Museum, The, Demarara,...........::.ce pees. oe 22006
Peabody Museum, Gaueidce: SeenON

setts.. BoC OCREEROCOCE CERO DBCET OCC EET REDS CPEE ac CROIEEOnY oa a a
Searff, ino ie hacbonoaHoT Bateenne aces eeiiewisentsnae LOLES
Silva, Carlos MartineZ.............sseseseee sere LOLOD
Smith, Hdmund W. P................... Mae nt ads 22315

Va ees Of ElevAC car cssdencesocessesaccosnrceees wees+ 2290
Ward & Howell..
Wilson,Thomas.............-

22523

5 S005 oredcenean BABBAGE}: ||

ASIA.
Allen, Dr. H.N..... NuPESULD heme raisteicsise suiges roel 22405, 22412 |
Balfour, Henry......... Ren eas nee aie ae 22646, 23212
IBM ORO, da Olsoccoaucanes cuckoo enesedad pacooncensee esata) ete a1 Od

Briggs, S....... ..0. 22475
Dowling, imhoinass . 22854
First Japanese AMatactaving taal Gerae

ing Company, New York City ............... 233038
Fraser, Farley & Varnum.............. .........:-- 22394
Gree yap LTS MES Mice. cs Sioccsadehuatiesstscnsecouceeses 2.099
Even COCMAD i OSE PIL rcarsssccecdsdencecssseserens 22921
Entec ocks Rivse:.ccc-0cs-s-+ 21640, 22518, 22392, 22393
NEVO NV ATMO) ice castesscccussesstotsleGoseetecaieacsteen evens’ 22236 |
Insetsu Kioku, The Finance Department,

Goilteroy, ds BF Ol ponandeassooeoueTo 200000 nobacodurd scoane 22582) |
Jaisohn, Philip... .. 22200
Jammes, L. H...... 23024
ACUUINS 125 1 Ussosectee 22561
ME OOMUS HELE Va Elisce ccsvessssccccseserece 22945
Lovett, Edward .......... ... sOSERG 99459, 23040, 23170
Mason, W.C......... accioobean iMacessnientmencensseseea ests 22311
IMiorreming 38 G ClecoassaeercoolccneoorcoceodD Orie eas 22244, 22264
INGOT RINT, 26. haceodgee co Bou COcEDOO See SEO ODOC HOECOELOO 22863
Osgood, Prof. Howard................ Aap EosEcaHOCED 22692
Phillips, Barnet ........... ...

Retersy DraJONM Pee... se.

HVE CW OOGs Eri vcscccnscsace cssaceetes 7

ere elnra mde tZpe ens ncssse-070 wivduawa teases eusvaserees 23113

TRG, TDR; TD che ee ee ee OPE MOREY

Rockhill, W. W.....22455, 22459, 22666, 22699, 22700,
22778, 22821, 22822, 22976

Sapporo Agricultural College, Sapporo

d20) CF cenoeeeeneeeeoee Beoo SAoEAQODENeCUNBTOOEOCHoDIHEcEROS 22633
year Gault iecirectacisicdhccuccovsistivesscies tetewesncenseitecese 22428
MICH mAterAC HINT HM ses,ctaccsscesosescesee ... 28148
Stone, Mrs. E. J . 23319
Tokuno, T., Chief of Insetsu Kioku......... 23218
UII VES IS CL sev secesieovensosseeacnescscoccssecticets 23328
Van Rensselaer, Mrs. J. King...... ...... 23006, 23174
WTB le tMIte er Avsc.ccssss tite c iS sesdcumeoeseceeesieseas 22506
Veil ew y Oe ELe TY AU cscs jecsvonenteenssnseccsceees 22885
WY oroytliore., ANG 1 Bis: sca OReEC AC CRUE ES RCICE Eee ieee Cee 22667 |

HUROPE.
Agriculture, Department of......... .........0.. 22796
Die apy stp Nees oa ecco mca gcc lonoes secaccteevedsecstens 2OSUG
SIEM GUSUEMICE) S| yiseatsscscescssecs sciscse-+ -sac2 2OLI2

BOL Cee VES MIA A ED. .cccvesce-seccesescsecssseess. 22460

OF ACCESSIONS. T77

Accession

number.
BOUCHE OMAS tsa ccesccovsteseteeseet ee ties ence ees 22488
Bam mia ra vel Ps, .c.ctrctvanceceestee cea eeterssteeec ese 22817

British Museum, London, England...22189, 22580,

22589, 22680, 23064
Carpenter We Es ccasisaceaesesrerseteneensne eee eee OLG
Christy, Thomas & Co... . 23002

Clarke, Prot. F. W....... . 22990
Dall, Dr. William H ,.. veo 22208
IDE Oye, TOR AKC TI cc opogsnosooac 22842
DejongewWoulssaC opens t aecercee ee 22438
Deyrollese miles. eee eee 22260, 23039
JEXUAVSSKOLN Clb, WAKO SALIEY Th) caacecbrncageaacanbectsoseseee 23092
IO SOD WEN AKE rel (0) 80.01 aeocecoaceaoedoecUhoaececec sosaen sceece cco 22593
Knglish, George L., & Co......000..06 acuseauewesnes 22870
Braneis; JOSE ph) ec sse<csseeseseeereessteeeeeee eee eo
nie deni ald release eee Gooenaccootcd 22985
Gestro rota, ccccsssc ssc nei cee eee 22293
GoodelDiiGaBbrow nese eee ee 23071
Government of Switzeriangd....................... 22298
Grate lie od ore: nce eee cet eee Seqckeonasagcean peetey Ul
Guildhall Library oomenien Denaes
1 dpe yA FAO |eoerecconeadeoece use sveearinrszecmolseeaeseces fencers 23093
| PELao ee please Jost avetawsccseeceaesstucsctieoeauacesraeee 23323
peterrr Ch Clitevcscserceaecvarecssctcescecncoatertorete aoe 22704
Iaterior Department. (U. S. Geological
SUBV EY) in. Oy cremtuccocesdecasssetansaresetenestaneocventes 22487
TKalssonhSOMM AG vores pocsse css caecsoasesce se ete 22687
FRO Ch Ji Bess aetiwacveocteassenceocnccsascwetcnrowetsnes 23190
Wanyony SamUelijecscepescssctsmesiesscteorse eters 22497
Mas per Tresmerohyliineces csc enencteceneccss . 22342
Lovett, Edward....... 222 , 23170

WUSeComMbeu© Mieke. chasccacas catecenceeciee:

Mii Chie lehipresstecnecosee secs

Molnar, Louis........ Soak tense daucasteonraneaoastu es Se 22:

Museum of Natural History, Paris .....22283, 22413

Museum of Natural History, Italy .............. 23079

INOTM ANWR WeeAr iirc .cc cess cncceseesesreeenasecoceenee 22219

Nitta inst Zeliiaieccscsccsncsece ncesees aecconesnecroee 22568
| Palestine Exploration Fund, London,

NEY VS ian ws cececerccccacaccuesienaae teasteal neuen aeeens 22944
Bhualliips \Warklalletticcees.csscsssscscsl ees escetees ese 22940
Randolph, Miss Cornelia.............0000.cesesseeee 22907
Roc lsat Wis Wieeoscesccsss eceeecencccce acescosseresecisectes 22976
Royal Museum), Russia................... Veacunuterwers 23172
ScashieAas Vue eneerecscseeaseeseecseie . 28091

Schmidt, Dr. F............ , 22712

Shanks, P. M., & Co.... 222522)
Speyer, Felix....... sielas oe clianience nner scene nctecseeei-ererates 22618
Steinert sie sccccsscccs eo seseeescoatesses 23317, 23324, 23853
Tozzetti, Prof. Targioni. ye eee OLS
University of Aber Ween er deca Gao:

Vem Gl ds cchecccshesess ses ceseabe: G5: cavegatocestpectnenenence 22502
United States Eclipse Expedition............... 23272
Van Rensselaer, Mrs. J. King ........ 2.2... -csseoes 23006
Ward, Prof. H. A
Weide mba lis Ebene ccctcccccesascessnonesensste ee eeree
Wilson, Thomas
Wooster A. iE ...........

OCHANICA.
AUSTRALASIA,
AUSTRALIA.
Agriculture, Department of........... renee) DAU,
Australian Museum, Sydney....... --. 22739, 23308
\Wareel, Jer Rov IB, ance) egeaidesnoaacenoeogo0Da%G Santee eed 22901

778 REPORT

MALAYSIA,

Accession |

fektal leben Ge saVV isis tease seam scene eco

number.

PS OUCHEO WAU 5. cos vesndocecclecacce Riese tmeeaeece eee ao Og eebON

POLYNESIA,
EBL O WHO SAU ae concen eectsetiee beth ouueceee eee meen 22869
Carter, Mrs. Sibyl 23973
JEANETTE peti CITI Woe onescooeeeonucuceon, Cocos sancco nseeca 22218

(GraneehiranClSisssaseseteee cnet eee EEC OD LOM

(Ge yeaa 845) W Saradeeccnadienven serincagaads oAdbocaraece GAe00 22295

| Navy Department, U.S.....

OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession
number,
SeastarereWeCOSS
37, 22520
Ade seach ete hia ete ee ie anaaneeeeee 22560
«.. 23197
Safford, W.E., U.S. Navy . wes. 22209
Sexvallarol dies) peeceet spe ener eee 22187
Thomson, William J., paymaster U. S.
INA ce cit do Sonor seasons tee eee 23058
Wihite, Dy Cline US TNA Noles. eco Me eA Ie

Knudsen, Valdemar
Milligan, J.D

INDEX B.

By departments in the National Museum,

DEPARTMENT I.—Arts and industries.

Accession

number.

/Nisl@nist., \aY JBL Socecesasotcstouobepcuannee0e) ooaenbeon (See p.719
/Merert iis COME WAKESE seasoned seep ee nano eco pe yHooCocs Riaaacecte 23089
ENGINES WRILG Curd sence esc) tecsaceen fidesessert=nieraasese, oe 22217
Agriculture, Department of ........-.......08, 22796

Alaska Commercial Company, San Fran-

TS POMC UM TO MMM Anes teece anes avisecce ecto s)oesepiccses 22485
American Bank Note Compan New

Wore ke (CHU cocas esacsebeeeceore SRE ea EEO cent 23277,
SAND LE TO MS INAUUINAIN ses wel asccesseoe ccereseeene 23201, 23206
ANSEOTYY SSIs IP sohads cpesbapanscsenudanccoeepces 22515, 22951, 23090
SEMICON els O see enieea als teewe nc dssiaal vessel svees 22855, 22856
IBYTIPTHELth, Te dN ae besos sondpsooee beans fopcod boone BasosEce 22501
Beckwith, Paul.. a 12, 22395, 22549, 22628, 23306
Bergen, Miss Hilda E Bc nacthod age cone, nos Oop AOD)
ETC Iam NGL Ulltese waren bechasaiciascrmnesloltsenecupinsrnene 22540
Betty, Dr. E.G ..... HR ao cectanowinecsaseiihennctess 6 22906
1BaII@yoy,. JDP. el) eaceSeccacedkte cogenee SaRpCADOBBDenOeDaaAaEe 23150
Bond, Edward T ws 22286 |
Botanie Garden, Cape Town, Africa.......... 23289
IBOUGAGIE, WY Tena G Te csoncesnososapsocedoeseson. Condesa . 22989
PS PUNO NEVIM aleee ere! camace cesta esecccenccastceaces ouceeas 22317
TEHCO NT, MITSS) TOONS) 18 cascensoosonon osctenmoeesncoesn 22953
TERING INUTEST IN Esa Dy esente snenee oeCcoooe ne scosceE yeuneeD 22588
Brownell, Frank TB hack- Ge Aen aaa 22306
PES Taso Ut See) ol Creatine ser aes ss celsncesjuesle se seaccevsncisern 22243
NSC selena leencctectosisccsscencsessens setnsssceercsners LOOLG
RIMM OM Set ane accstssjsccnaners ocaisac ress siiceeries 22319

Teiei@; JO: 1D) INIT Saeececady sooosnU Reece bosno reeBC See ORCErOEEO
(Chayaipor dig 18. cosdsonadeasosdcoupEase acs nagaco ebersa poccC eb aes
Campbell, G. R., & Co
Gaal ee eR Gra MON pee casisdesieno oisise se
Warey, ary Wiest...
Carlton, Dudley A . a
Carolina Wood Veneer Tous,

Gunton

North Carolina.. sacadonnnoscog sosaeccoadencoans PALO}
Chandler, Prof. Gihanaies P. disbacleeena gassaestacggancs 22418
(Clavayorbieyns dis IEMA aredesnpcsesacseeodeeneconeaeare . 22950
OLA Ge rae Mean eiteaces ccnce-aveceesveceaivecsnecesse, 22LGO
ROTTS type NO INAS Oo Obese ices ceceeneiceceeancenence 23002
Cincinnati Museum Association, Ohio ...... 22192
OTD aee NEL ONG ANG cacccsssesstccssss!eesoecncevelsccascese
Coftin, Hon: Vi. ....-...

Collings, Joseph Z

(WOMSMAS LATION .ccescses cecesesvss secessesceqscrersse

CO nveaee lean poeecee scores. ccsvccsacsscsesces svcsseiesecencs
WORN SOUS nceersc ss catesveislecsaeciutenavagsotenascess ese 27
NOSE Viet octciesislecctcscscotessaniecase A eeeee 22301
Gra TOuG IES sires: ssesaacesesecessccsosnter casssee 22652
ROME eI OUU IND EL EL casesiscovsuaseesceeccesscseeasssecs 22975
MOS DY Ce IEL secseccentz-cascesees 23100, 23178, 23211, 23246
Cunningham, Roger........... earticcaececrituestes 23084
SY Ay LOSES IE cc eouite see siesescess “panded seosBa pec SOBER 22658

Accession

‘ number.
De Graff, J. To. ....ee ee Abd coco ooo codond aaAoe 22970, 23195
Wejon se WiOMisnds COM -cereaseesaterecteseeeeeees 22458
DennisyColaG corer keh csncsscsseccscancesobeenets 22278
De VOWS Wao! C Oxnis.ssessinasseness aebast er CCeER 22556
Donohoe, Joseph A...........66 a suiseiianecareomeecs 23114
Doritz, Robert........ dvcalscec uae wieatc ss seve esata coe 22659
Dorsey, Clement..............:. seedctcedeusdcasewrcnees 22390
Doug alerts Elec oosecaswaeeesee eeeiccnen een etaes 23188
ID Yo K AN bayer MM CVer NETS) cogogcooccencorecbeo noe cocesorannececd 22854
DirchesnevWeeons sre. s see ccactesseeearaeeeeereeccs 2830
JOD ENGL ON ccsorcoeseneocodonsn.doeqcendar Mecandchieacee 22553
ave ivi Gliseeeeecet a aeasees Daeecad fea Cae eye 22361
HelkertyGeoroe inves scevcccatesersss sseoee, 23009
Edwards, Miss Amelia, ............sccesceenseeeee eee 22984
| TBjanverny Whee, WC, Che tee e dec artnon andes anes 23267
Ieee, LEUCINE pepccecccon cocedcoou euones casanb00 22641
AEE Cres Grea on wacepeson cae anaes nreiseesncel saseeniee 22612
Fish Gonissiont U.S Peers ZOO 226: 48, 22649,
22650, 22651, 29652, 29653, 22654, 22695, 22656,
22657, 22658, 22659, 22660, 22661, 29662, 22772
LEMONS, Sli, MEH ccogdcoda nenep oncenonnonccos cenanccon 22218
PEN AGNES, AISI) Ol Weqoncn scdcod coceuncsecad opposes ceacco mented 23240
Fraser, Farley & Varnum...... ...cccscscesccsesn 22394
Freiderich Brothers........ REE eo eoccbed sehoctce 23183

Friedenwald, Dr. I1..22757, 22844, 22914, 22985, 23122
Buchs ye Wan gerresciesscectosessocscacessaecerareesssissess 22555
GalddisWENSiacsssseeeeess PCROREEACO ceeey Doceeecou ac. 22932
Gardiner, Rev. F.,jr........ pasicesSasteicese@eceue arene 22998
Gay, Francis....... co 23325
Gleason, James M 22430
Glover, Rev. A. K......... 23149

Goldsmith, J.S....... ... 22688
Goodwin, Dr. F. H.... .. 22595
Goode, Dr. G. Brown. 22616, "2626, 22640, 92710, 23071

Goode; MrsiGs Browns cccc.cn.ss)-ceccen-resceencees 23314
Graf, Theodore.. A . 22841
Grand Gunners: Tonights Tomelae ‘of

the State of Nebraska ..............102. ccessceeeee 2449
Gran talsasictMiestctc.cecsuscaseor ees vaties stone eseesss 22000
Greens Mir Jisis.cecess-csccesscoss BeCOBECOOOLD audeajoersee 23283
Greenleaf, Hon. Eugene...............0006 23157, 23297
Greey, Mrs. E.M........ aia weldecsiswa ae seeaeiroaceuecowee 23099
Grifting, Charles M ..238011, 23021
Guildhall Library Commies: Tose.

TBR EAI AVG ls pogodqsooconccenes souaadouDnodcouROBocnsebodconD .. 23093
Gutelsuinstubysccsecccteces csc scievceescacreeeee aw. 20213
Haley, William M.............. ... 23151
TSUN Nyy I 30s oe obsoepaneconacacccocenacoussdocasbudeocaD 22432
famcocksyMirss We Sicsccscscssccovsocscvsceerenesescem a 24a0
Handy, Rev. James A...............0000.+--2220022, 238336
lian ampAmaWieevessaccsrcsccssssiosansecse’eseccsecescenci te oeelo
Harney, Mrs. Mary E..............s00 5 eee Pee)
Haupt, Prof. Paul........ Seta teenareckaneenes Bee 22634
Hayden), Hie, Wi..c.cccse-cccesssecsesssescnssceneres QOSOR

780

Accession
number.
Heliotype Printing Company, Boston,

NT ASSACIUSCULS Hnc..s.ccseecsecetsesactaceseclsucetonerss 22512
TB IGT Yeu OEE EIG FOE ce ecreaanacdoagananspeonacceccoccaass PAU)
THIGITORIOLD,, CLINE» Goeniasscco eoocunponooaccobabosancopbscncasd 22704
lahMi@lorenGl, IDE, WANG Psnoccan cacsonescopedeno. c08eo000 23026
En tehecock; sROMMyNe-sss-o-csesesers 21640, 22393, 22518
EVO bro O12 GE sisescsascsseccece neste nevetsiecssoeaees 22535
TS open ky, \NUGUN Meera FO ceocecocodnonesssenqcocece gaocance 23310
LEON EN REL be Opcoococcoe caceccccdnadeon -acden GocencT0 000050 22236

Eky.vernaty Pr ofes Eircscsccsacsiscerercsteseeeses » 28082
Insetsu Kioku, ‘The, Finance Department,
Tokio, Japan..........0.. Be Oe aes ceeeeeiees aac 22582
UBWOO) DEL, Co] onsccccoaccosedess .acga20000005 nceonogeooocdK0
Jacobs, F. O.. soseenee eat salacsacsisecestecccuseee ee COLO
Jaisohn, Phillip. ese aanveneese ca) sluts trleceseee de ce oeesenes 22200
Johnson, Charles Enew & Co
diaihinsom, Iemrisy 6% CO cccccccosessosececon osvescenom
Amie nealbinyers LWECl, sostosocascnsoocoeccosasacsuocsaensccse APaIND)
Kain GRO WAUZ welapLleeae sate seniesckeccnnosececeieeeseoatts 2
IVa SSOn OWN GA aoc caceseseneec ew eee ctiseserccowsoesee 22687

TESGH) Ns B31 oeatas odcced sacace onbad Aodeo0 HacADO000 eas oo PASE)
IRSe ne dian dinveccercececcceseone eres nenencevetccies . 22649
Keep pelihy she CO esc cccesteeracertiesneeens 92417, : 23279
TCG ee ee Nostesoeheaeta race ee AO 2g
Tear OS WOE bo cagnscdd) Gocco ocedde oosaTaLOsaEG ose 23278

Klinges, J. P..
Knapp, TBE Boe
Koehler, Miss Risa.

.. 22968
wees DOB4
conocansooecceao BRE
29513, 22514,

KoehlersS Rites ce cstencsrece 22954
IRONY, (CLSOIFES) LD Gocncocne eoocopsnpecocdsode0aAGe sacra LALO YT
SGU UZ Wine setae vaiowse voseeactsas lessee comesocaaneeees 21547
We ATMEHONVE LIS rcccecccsecs seccasscasss sere cteoe scone
WeBretonsAlbertacak.ccccsccscocrce dee eee 2295%
Wee. (G Ong Gere nes 5 nese arte aniceseeuee street 22504. 2637
Leggatt Brothers ....... eos cco ZPHEKO)
Library of Teevaral “tiny Sea “Gbviee
bridge, Massachusetts WU eecats sgecaeceases
OIE ISN oa DENTE ISA eissan coco: eacads eeoosneeueacabarenaen 2
Lithographic Company, the H. Bencke,

New York City ............... nasognedonagensceasacoom SeaLIL
WotleryJonMesss.-c--re a 22887)
Lord, Abraham .... doen PAY /
Luscombe, C.R.... aeeccets ie sebte croc teeeeeo OO.
ILAVOIN, | Prove ID), C tossceaccosabosdoosdocod Bacal scence nce sre) 235
McConnell, Dr. J. C
McCoun, Miss H. J......... ...

MeLain, Capt. George M..................

MeLain, Thomas yeas seesene decrees LOLS,
Marron, Thomas... 22825
Mason,W.A.& Stan, DOOOREENO scecRB SaBdeLIcodaoo BUEN acd 2278L
IMIASOM) Wie © edesacsauiecsieccossseterercoccenesssnec nee oO
Mason calianalimi senses cscsstoustese see nares SOO.
Wai for thins asxaueseecmecesassenscacesentetcencieretensce=s 22614
WEA NAG COLS CLC mere pancscs coe nesteneeneertte 23284
Michel, E.. SERCO REEHOOA COSC OSATOMOEEDOCCOS, PELs)
Miller, Mrs. N. v. Dy, Voce Male cateisn dat de eave sticreeamcee 22971
NEM er saw 1 liaivaiee semester es siaeeeasconseccensesis= a 22009
WN SSP eodOrevAtecocececcseseccccesslorsensececanecs 23331
Mane nS: Oyecrea ai orc stan ecceas st cossaeeh tec een saveensies 23274
MPO nT OC cd ivAG i sea eereseeoet cca ee eee ETE ILO OLS:
Morton Drele ni yess ceeceee one nseeaseseentienesecea™s 23056
Mima y acu lo mas eee eee eres eee eee OSS
Muséo Michoacanolcs..peccceteae ee BOUS
National Museum, U.S.........00ccscsssee soe ece one 23005

| RockhilJ, W. W..

REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession
number.
New Jersey Historical Society, Newark,
IN@ Wi OLSON. Giiu.cc-eecs ses seat ncnee sea Pee ono Ee nee 23163
Noah Jobmuttessc.espeseeee= 22454, 22558, 22051, 23096

Osborne, J. W...........c0004---22290, 23155, 23217, 23275

Osgood, Prof. Howard ..... , 22692
Overton, Dr. William S... . 23067

Palestine Exploration cae quandone
PON G1AN Oh sssccdeccescocsncovsosns avecsunatetoy Weer eee ee

Payne, Gen. Walter S.. See . 23004

Penn’s Museum and Sonal of Tiduateal

Art, Philadelphia, Pennsylvyania............. 22421
Pennsylvania Railroad Companvy.............. 23318
Peters, Dr Jol Pece-cersess+ sso eae eee cece een
Pips Neways Olzeerssseneeseaer stsersstteneeeneare OS
Pike: (NICOIAS! ..cscchex vantsssecntessatco oe eee CO

| Boesche;y Herman ticcccscsos-scaean oseasesses 22389, 22715
NPoeschesVactorse eee 22388, 22803, 22874
IPOeSChHe AW le) socevesstoeosscecoreee ER ER enor 22508
Prange Tis ke Con ieee seaisep censors hen eee 22773
Pursey, \G.Gicsccccose sac caaeescessscocpaceceseeeaaere _ 22811
IPuseyzand Jon eS ssreesciscececencee renee nea eee 22631
Randall, William H...:.2..2.2.2s<c.ce-seesessseeeeee Ae
Randolph, Miss Cornelia ... ............--..-.-.-.. 22907
Reames: Dhomas: Guan st.-eesces escent eee eee 22457
Richards: JV visccscctaeeespeeste newt noe eee 23054

22696, 22778

| Rockwood Eaiieny Company, Cincinnati)

| Sanford, Capt. E. el. ononeouecost
Sapporo Neniomitirnenl Tenens ‘Sapporo

| Sharp, C. A. & Co........

TORE aisesdecanstessnusonsessececk teste aeer eee 22190
Rogers, William . . 22784
.. 22436

PAPAM:». o:jacsvcis sua wicsseeeteeeseven See eee eaee eee cee tee 22633

Schmid, Edward S...
Schoenhof, Carl...
Schuttler & ava,
Scientifie Pabliehias Corea New ¥ oe
City
Scolli@k:}sWi ee scesese eee
Shanks, P. M. & Go.. ........ ..

Sheldon, Henry L..........

Simpson, D.A..... ...
Smillie, James D........
Smith, Dr. Hugh M... 22726
Smith | Wallardv eeepc cecessseenaceecseeee 23330
Speyer, Melix .......... 22608
Stum'itomee Ver Vise eneceereesecenes 22933
Stearns; Prederick & Co--...:...spseccsceeseeseonees 23097
Stebbins; (Nec cieies ovens ccvases eestor 22930
Stinemetz, Samuel...22386, 22491, 22505, 22527, 22804
Sbelment Vl es eeecceeeeeee ee 23317, 23824, 23351, 233853
Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken

ING@w: JOrS@y: cic cdecesiecs caxsdeseccssio neces aeeeeeneeeeee 23057

Storer, Dr. H. R...
Sullzberoe nD eeesceserseee ee eeoeee eae 22325, 23147, 23302
Swan, JamesG. severee B2E92, 2L288D
Sia) verr e's (Ch cononctonnacaseconsoocens . 22334
The Phobosragare Company, oe Stas

CU EY. oeocnccosendusncRaeeaccncoea et eee renee ce eeen eee

Miaromiass Wallis sccctoscoccneeseossetene
Thompson, J. H., jr
AMIR NO C31 OLD) ecoccossocoonconeS
Tokuno, T

seme ee teen e tHe e ee cone ee eS ORE teres EE EBE EE EEE ees

INDEX TO LIST

Accession
number.
Trumble, Alfred..............0.05 22519

Corte re eeer errr

Tyler, F.L.. : «--. 22662
Ulman, Mrs. B. iF. nese Nt nat Socusadieasdcssuideevee 23228
United States Eclipse Expedition.............., 23272
Vail, Mrs. Amanda ........ Mes ccstncrsietaresacadaiaeves 23286
Wr DepaAinieMmty WS iiccccssessccesercceree-ce=ses 22GVO
NV arcleeD I mVVUL mA ET AYCS!..cccccccrsececcncserccas 22326
SVVAUSO MET OSDUIE cers scecensvsescecacscacis corsscrssees-- 22000
Weber, F. & Co ..............- Pabieceveetieliesteenesasess . 22584
RV fe Le M Ba VV INSU IA secs cawcccns+eecessisccess eosteeceedee vevies 22650
VESPA BACCO. s.ccccces vescevecerescsaccncnovss 22351
\inidownies 1 Dyes (OK: Vcrepecoonecneeccs nies ES ap tsweedorey 22615
Winter, W. J........ Decade ar coskoaws ooeea dices eescwss 22307
AVVO he seein ee edo eswaeusvseecealssiesesse moeceers 23080

Wood, Nelson.. Meare neasei techs
for SHEN Ate Har aceecaivrelicercersscessesieucesesnteassacrs
Wunderlich, H: & Co
W@RIIEY (O88 Deraceronnnsernes

, 23180
23015
, 23280
22655

DEPARTMENT IT.—(A) Ethnology.
/Nibfeaxith, Tye Vive: Titocnaobeeereoreserccere pices) ecient ate
2

PCAN VV ol saa WV; "so cieseceouceresssessssoccccnasessens 22229
ANTi@rns TDS TEE INS, coseseascoseanananccnasPeonnacosesDaaacd . 22405
EEO UN EMGTUIAneerecersrsecesssccsccceddesesesss92e 646, 23213
Bartlett, Dr. John.............. anne sean Subiae segues 23250
FS GAIN UE Seeetecacccee son catccen onc ccescecieee sess wacedes 22762
BS OMINethabete rhc -cwc.sscelsseassensecctscseecssecesecvecs 22911
Brown, Thomas S.. [SDOUERE TS OCCRLeo DSR EE TS crd 23285
Bruff, Mrs. J. G ........ REBOONcEcOn eooArcnncon noocno cco Ped Oks}
Bureau of Ethnology, U.S ............00200 seeee 21450
SUN eres SUSI chs ek bes coeeslenciev deesnonde tebe se 22385, 22567
(CRATE, digal 8 cdsco pee ooeHaC ana Saco HCE REE InO HERE CAC er ececas 22376
Carter. Mrs. Sibyl............. eeu upae aec neh eareer 22273
KOMI MePSLC WALD sceccencceseccccsceecsececscccesers , 23292
Gm bin ee ene mi Ve si ssciencenasis teasseccieeveniacsices 22591
Dorsey, Rev. J. Owen.. aieceniesoeetieteioeeeIe OO!
Edwards, Miss oe! seelt svawssccnebovsneneee eeu ee

-22709, 22912
23146

Emmons, Lieut. Cen U. Ss. aves
Ethnological Museum, Berlin, Germany...
First Japanese Manufacturing and Trad-

ing Company, New York City ............... 28303

IO Step lenm tase estacclecstcaessiselecsieccieceissshcunscecsivselerets 22672
JAVA YS lth & fi Cpaaaeerion ben PAT Sts)
Gardiner, Bet if, sdlPae daasdiasastacgsibisste ere eg O8
Ganon euaiere ter cassiccc ccstetos sccceawssacctiecssinnss este 22295
Capschet wOTwAN Snr cccesasccecestetesccssseraesseceseen i 2OOU0)
Government of Nicaragua....... PSpaensoe anos0u0000 23200

23117
23141
23028
22638
23236
23185
22676

GirrittimeVinss Miao Pl 2.....+c.-0cconsessc-necesneeseees
eave @alp tape ACen acecsnresjvcacsccseraccsiocsccecesens
EME WAL M ING WEsicrcssicaccudrewocsrscsecsssesseccscesectes
Hillebrand, Dr. W. F
TRIGGER 1 \AY qacorcacocedsaceedaco sued aeacODOcCeBAGORCrOCD
Hodgkin, Dr. J. B...............+ ppon0o eiactecerediestene
Hornaday, William T
Interior Department,

(U. S. Geological

BUEVEY iecisccescess eeitees ted
MAckSonyoMirssvA. Ci ...1scssccsseeesccsssscoscescessces 2L9LD
James, Stephen .......... Beseetesenses Raetonstutondets 22610
Kober, Dr. George M.......... SRRECO TO eameane erp . 22761
hee, Profi. A.and Thomas ..........--.-.-:--.-+ 22760
IDG IDO a [eaeneeseeeenoees 23260
Lovett, Edward....... “29997, 29450, 29569, “23040, 2 3170
PVR Hedi) ANTE ius asccx nels cao.s0seesusssouscassessisacessvsep 22000
Mason, Prof. O. T...... Maeancccusssidrnescsinedcessavonnae 22890

Mooney, James......

OF ACCESSIONS: 781

Accession

number.
MOT eats Ge nee d)cssessenee ae Boiek stance Ws puawesade 2317)
Museum of Natural History, Paris, France. 22283
INENAT IDE ORD LS WSIS) Sconocos padeds nbeenonbndocees 23197
INeouSmViSs Belleiktencscccses eens ceteeee eT
Nitta Mss Zieliaicessccssdcccoecteei ee eee tees 22568
Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio................... 22262
Oss o0dte Prof lo wandssnesene eee eeeeeeeeee 22692

Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Massachu-
23111

TELE HELE) OO XO) Bh ZA fs) concconte nooseceentonooersa acsous . 23072
Be rny HagWiinaceccesnnesteceter eee 22354
FEV NVOS), LEWES MEN cancco conoceone anecntiee . 22384
Powell, Maj. J. W ae 23046
Redwood Be Tso a vcccnnctnece sss cee teem 22973
FRE Lina na ait z/ seach as cueaee sseon ce eeeec tee ee 23113
ENOCH ATES Wi Wikncconcetee st ateseseetere ..22455, 22699,

22700, 92821, 22822, 22976

Senior, Vive ID, Wiel INAV esoscncooncooasessccemoncn CLAM)
Sea bonny Wii Deck acces slen cece cee one eo. 23025
Saviae en Me ie sk caer cet, ees ae OP ste kt aes 22428
SCAB TS OAUIMLTD J Dic onncaibenncbocdosasonad dudeaasssceccdosus LO MIL
Senvalll SH aroldyVMite epee eee Peesmaaporcan ee el uele/
Stevenson Mrs yb esseccctccsearsesseectreteseneeeee 23123

Stone, Mrs. E. J.. . 23319
Thomson, William n a pay Tnefent U, Ss.

University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen, Scot-

MEVT Gls wce8 a ewcnwesouaesacceetetnens oaeecniecets stec careestemen 22502
United States Bichinse Expedition.............. 23272
Mani Norden Ren Geri csoceaecsesem ee eae 22629
Van Rensselaer, Mrs. J. King.............23006, 23174
Walter, Rev. Father ................0. ssscesee22209, 22467
Ward) MigssyAunima ili. 2 c.cissnssssonoseuecceeoseeees 23204
Wooster, A.F.. co80000 prononocHeoscss COAT TP

(B) Dies een Miche Pottery.
Griffing, Moses B ‘ :
Hod ge: FUAG er cect eee eeccstu cnet oc stkeese Sreeasreteee
ISO) oS 1D rhe, (COONS) J Co sconndocoscsosAecae coosodboceds

DEPARTMENT III.—Prehistoric anthropol-

O>gYy.-
7NG Eelya ac} Died J neerpecnpoce no -COLODBEE aoeeboasataciorcodecsey 2)

673

Ashford, Edwin W 22422
Babbitt, Miss Frane E. .......,..ccscssecscccorsceesere 22706
LENO, DT OOH VENA MO oes ccoocooceancontconspnocne woses PROS)
Bal iwi TeOWees occ keccessconecsovesere cee net eee 22872
Balfowrselenniyicneccs tesco catess tere LOL OO!
TBP AVE) 6's (OW snoodeonconanneacooenanondaeaasosocnoe Goo eqocsoLe 22813
Blaek Alex .@u eet ie. civ iiistaausenostaecsaenoasecees 22857
Blaniksyashulydemvicaccaccctseeesre cede aestacccececees . 22302
BISS HWA SONS ee die aehacooececcr estes seme 22909
Broth eMast Je. Gieiscceccss: swsecsstsescestorees ,.. 223808
Bureau of Ethnology, U.S......... 23178, 23192, 23193
JEDI [OTHE Ee coe cocannecosancscun! db6 22888
Chase, E.S........ 22328
Collister, J.C.... wabaeaial ca cy PMGIL
Cox*Josephuwireecden ence Artesasaea atest 233815
@ressony WO WME Dr se ecsestes<eu cceeecenasetonstecees 23198
Cunningham, Thomas S.............0.c++sss00r0e 20168
Dues wOrvAVired i... cecal loeecsadeceeseeeeeeeeeees 23954.
DusehralsvAdolipliesssceeeeriecneecoesaeeeeaecerisee 2219-%
Mishi Coma ssion Wl Sheheeeeesesees eset. 22772
Bonvises GErnand ose ccsssusrsccusedencstesdcue sce tence 22473
LDF Coys] Lal Dy en oe en ns ae ve eeeee22672, 23214

Gaddis, John J...

182

Accession

number,
Gira eVen ey 18a] Goo sanoocnboadocbececonctouo sressersese 22290, 22468
GillilanwRevAJyD accdccccsccsstekercsesb sce ceresaee OS OS
Government of Nicaragua............00-.+-6.+. 23200
Hale Mirss Charlottes c-rs-csssccesnersosescesnansne 23281
enshaiwavbewyrscsouccstsescnesk . 22470
Huddleson, N........ Weadacslneemeece 0000 22184
18 hobenKer on WS AIO Sogeoscooo nay AUBIO)
ALEKS) DISH, 181 (0) soceoccncos A . 23047
James, L. H : 23924
JECGYAN, DOIN 1B cacancscandecds soon ucted 206c0 seaeeee saree 2319

Lechtenberg, George H........ Kr eeAG Ere esters COLO
IDO GUE, IBC ADIRClosccascdosadcasocsdndocescoocasoonbobonacn AEH a)
TW Garay Tay 23) 9 Bey) 22 cance onaorceconoponocbrnnoundsacodeanedasaa ee eee

22991)

Matthews, E. O...... ico 000HN0eROG00A0H00000005 obqepn6D00
Mercer, R. W
Meigs, Gen. M. C., U.S. Army.............0..-52 22
IMIS BRO Der teAbeerercinceccasssuneasereneeestetesa-- nr SOlOO
Monroe, J. P...... coc ATG)

Morgan, H.de............ desesven cesereeed 4 22264
Moorehead, W. K....... .-22689, 22695, 23086
INTIS hyo 181) Goscbsosence 90966 000800 nAonad adeboodO beaabucres 22771

Newlon, Dr. W. S........ widuavamebteentelrouesereneaenee 22498
Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Massachu-

BOUbSEc ress coesatcstadscscoousececstsedesilaostncerns eo tem eo leL
TEXOV TNO) Feel Bea cana oR gH BNA rae shana ne rasan ne area OYA)
TEARS ID \Ihifeospocecd eso usecer nacang oocennnaaecoad oad eae 22859

U.S. Army ......

Proudfit, 5S. V
Ray, Capt. P. H.,

Lideteenehhe eee LOL Oe
Ridgway, Robert ...... ieaaseecvecwenye sscuewesttte satees 22303
TRO OuIMEKS IN TEP AOLH AVSIAS soocigs coooa coocciooeacosodcancsh. cases 23016

Sayles, Ira # 22919
Scott ny ee eee ae eee eee 326
Shriver, Hoar poecooocouaoooEaeae codaccoaaseaen LAE ITAL
Spainhour, Dr. J. ve ROCOREHO LOEB nSH AoEcoTcio tc coaEtE eee)
Sur benrsaulia dupes iesccses-eoteceesescneseees Beoasoean
ROOTES SHG ee ear aeecaaoueee tenuate: eee eee ea

Treasury Department, U.S. (Coast and

Geodetic Survey) ox. scc.cccsee-csscssssecesne weeks 23255
(Wola, TBs IP oscaccosa soocaosoooaoscdagcecmécoang osscasso ZSPAN)
Vanderheof, LOrenZo0...............secceveeneeecsenee IID
\WEnrnlleny7, NIN@IIMENS) cos caso enscdncenose opocagonccacoscccsa MALT
NAVIES ee tere coccacodcudseadascagoudneposobasosun dadaa: oe

WAITS aIViericiithineeeeceecneees SesbneuBaddémcdcopornssobsbaa6 2223,
Wilson, Thomas 2252
Wilson, Mrs. Thomas. ..............5:.0:csseessees a5 PTS)
WOW, CRED! A casocnos.so090 azs000000G p2es0a0 noood0ese000 2277:

DEPARTMENT ILV.—Wammals.

Abbott, Dr. W.L........ We edtes Dpae URS EODOIASCOEEE DA 23
JAGEONE}, (Ob 13) cosacnaccoseo Nae eae Ree ne OreE eer e 9 2)
Allen, J. D..
American Museu of Neca) insta

New: Work:-City iri. ceccieeeeeesereeerce LOS, 22250
IND apioyeol, WEN Ai VAY siconecen enoarecdonuoodeNcacnaccec
Belding, L........ 5
Brimley, ¥.S. anal C. Ss. Meee atsee cares Sungeews Gnodene ECL

British Museum, London, England...2‘
Camp, J... nae nates soe ac sevapabeeeese
Carpenter, Ofini. Ww. TD iu Si Aman Seba eee

22376
22525

IDENT JO Veen 1S les ccchescenacoscavtoconondennen PADS)
DeyrolleyHnvilerirnraccsseceasssssiamessiersercsss 22260, 28039
Doe, Mrs. William H............ nosonscccoontiaatcoascen aU SS)

Dugés, Dr. Alfred ........ Waxcesolaueets ndeaaeeessyetnnes 23254
Farnham, A.B 22997, 23070
Fish Commission, U.S vsersersesssrysey sree: 22772; 22828

elo cesses

el Ward,

REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession
number.
GarneriR sliie.rsseeecesaees janvasadsccoeseees Atemeeee

GeVTrard WE beccsgccsc-seccsnctses seotesaecessearsee eee rteRmcniEs
Grinnell, George Bird .. islabswsaediic'ss Oras Sat Soe eene 22727
Henning) DroE. Waldo rss. --pesese eee ee
Hitchcock, R « 22%

Horan, tlenry
Hornaday, W.T
Le Baron, J. F.
WHS ES CC eXO =e) paecocespacoency sy noacecmoaocosA nce:
Merrill, Gis Bisiscsidasieccc seodssadcessovassvente a eee 2B ON
Molnar, Louis..
Morrow, H. W .

Museum AeSaine anctoee y, Seas iano 23979
Myer, Wr Ei enc aciecciec cesses euctoneetacened eee eee mae
IMs 63S Asc EI so: esa cenusens shaves eteies se aoe eee ee . 22420
Palmer, Joseph «- 22995
Palmer, Wiliiam ...22235, 22923, 99994. 23058, 23999
Pond, Lieut. Charles, U.5. Navy .-. 22807
JEXONG AS) By 518) eenerenebenancaotSsanGeencosesocacocecsonsec SBT
Reid. We pea seet oo ah eceed oe eee eee 22233
Schmid) Waar Se ose c-en0| cereal tee eee ses

oO
> ©
(OC)

Scott lt THEN sen iencccieeeesameeees sadndeaeucueesese 23167
Sellers Polwne 25 ose skes et cebeseselo ene eee 22234

Shufeldt, Dr.
Sinith, Dr. Hugh M_ ........
Stejneger, Dr. ee cos) 225

Pea Wi) Un Sp Ai yee eee 22974
23219

3, 22809

Strom eed) s C2 vs icccessrse eke ee EO
Shells VAMINES Crosccocsoccssandonsocssoss00 22792
Thompson, Ernest I... 22850
Rony nsen Ge. hares elennsceess-eeeesaces eee aes 22924
Treasury Department. (U.S. Life Saying
SERVICE) hires Sieccren te ceeewsroune sarees ee eachs 23038

= Heaths EL ODO
United Stones Helipse Expedition! Fostcneaeeee 23272
WY Othe oleh Masereeppseepeceacdecccossaoodnowes edt
Ward, Profil Aw cuk cscs coaster eee OOS
Warren, Dr. B.H
White, Dr. C. H.,

UsSsNaiviyi eae eee

\WAbnttiea is IDES dots): csesqoscoescoassosdyescocoss sscocecs 23087
Wileox, Glover il. cessssscecctas encontrar eee eo
Wiortliene.C lane Siiser sea. peeseseheeeeeeeeteeeeeiee 22300

DEPARTMENT V.—(A) Birds.
UN OIBrOL MIR DY Aa Noell Daessercescecehtn Huotccsnosoasesnoso cose 23158

American Museum of einen History,
New York City ..

Avery, Dr. WV ‘lian eh. x

Barnum, Lieut. M.H., U.S. Army......... 22239

IBYSEUM. IBA 46 docooe ance moaraocpeocconsesose oasaneacs 22406
| tBXeeal | Dy baM 0G 1s lepcoeqeeceocucucabasecadaaeccroticco;eo caqsocen Ze isl!
PSY eN abn ose) Deas eae ena Soe TOL PAIS

Bene diet. Janes tipess-pe. sence sseseaecessheee eee 22493

Boucard, A......... Saree paaA Noe Te sos 22488, 22489, 22697

IBSITAE HS MNP oN Se sah Sessa codsanoassocas ans sccosssco. Secseoc

| Gall Dr Sudty. :Gt.5 5S 2 seen ‘

Wissel Gicorse es qaccndesasceteacbeeee renee eee anes $
Coale, Henry K..... ....

Colburn, A. E ....... menos 27
Coues, Dr. Eliiott...........e eee 23
Demarvara VOUS Wa evecsscescesceeeeseinneee Peet Roscoe 223556
Deu Mott; Ws sc--ciiccecevsacscenisadusetcsseunseess eee een OO
Down ain MR AG sacs eave score ionchecueccsl daccienwaasene 22495
TDirnmoyowe, WDE UP scan. deacoseeswenn sivoueaskae cee 22257, 22765
IDATH Kae ese! Dye all he) Riisssoceerocooececcombecocanccoco LIL

Dugeés, Dr, Alfred... sesersenee GOLO4

Co ees

INDEX TO LIST

Accession
number.
Dutcher, William ............... SipoobeconTcéeubn 23166
Mield and Greenwood ........0i.ccscccees esceeescces 22238
Hush CommiisSion), WiS.sccccr..cccesccese eee 22862
Iniieteyere, Wye) ING TES on no coe q pnp ncoceO AAC URECESREEeEo SEecEs
Government of Nicaragua ..............02.. 000006
hutch ene hee Wier eMUVINe ese eck soseassses.ceoncees
AT COC ID POSE PM Winezcscssicacensevescccnss veces
PMU yay Tle ESM cece cess concecs
Jones, James T.....

Knowlton, F. H
Knudsen, Valdemar .. ....
Loomis, Leverett M..22593

22626, 22666,

Lapses, SWI 29)
IM Mratelilamaliaile why cisnsisslssncscvcsvceuesessdeat cchiiewsdsecave, 2OOOr
WINS eI GOD CTU MU, riccnaveseedssce| ercesececoliss-cencesnes 29574
Marsliall; George-....:........ 22635, 22922, 22983, 23019
“IME ane (Cid nesAccnepeee RECBee eSB RES ECO REeceD cadooecnn Za
Mellwraith, T........ uiietesceviieciaesacieccns Aaneecy sanees 22210
Merrill, Dr. James C., U. S. ENTER eeeseeron sososeed CASEI)
Metre DOPINV VAs ct cas salecic sccccecsnce ce cttdvjassevanibecevese 22766
NVI MUN ONL Suneees cclesci cl ves azslensocceracceessesonace cs 92930
Museum, fhe, Demerara, South America. 22356
INEM ORMMAGe sce sericosucssssseciessanausenevesices assners 53

Niehaus, Franz .... jbeea did tices eS
INAV CMAN PUM GUR Issacs ceccweltcoseeresuectousaneere Lae

EVENS: S CUaulll OM Crap bles mseee iets) cuc cnet sttcvelisie-cesaeoecese ee

Rey. Dr: Bh ec... Pesce aN at ate ease alse 29380, 22397
Ridgway, Audubon! W.........--.2.056 aaweseasee ae 29671
Rideway, hobert.....222 (1, 22736, 22737, 22746, 22846
Lerineist, June: WS D Me in (Olas: Gacoshecoeonoencobmeenoeooecncen 233) lols)
Sandy Point Dens (OpIM er sccerscausoees 22718
PSCMMMMIM EME) LIWACL Shea nieiesices sp acicecectines casts 29611, 22779
SW nGrernleroypan., WW (CraWAY 18h G5 i]t Bcoco 6 scconeood son eanbocon 22399
Seraunaitls GO@RIS 1 Bsopesoseo, cascosd eoseadonepobasxonsoes oe SHS)
Shufeldt, Percy W ..... 22201
Shufeldt, Dr. R. W., U.S. Army .. 22202
INP ONO eACr con Lamivesssnesececcstscars . 23124
Smith, Dr. Hugh M .......,. PR thevesapiets 22838
Stejneger, Dr. L...............--- 22466, 29594, 22573, 22606
ENN OMAOSOMMEMGMECS HUE cc sas-sccuecssesneerelcreosccces 22947
BNO MME TPAMOMNZ Ol ccc seee ccascsslesscssnsceestenesssese 22245)
Mowmnsend!s hanes Eicer:. ...c.ccseccsvsccses wastes 22862
United States Eclipse Expedition .............. 232/72
Neary mes Au: bhi) Dye veee sel. ocexe Ne Seve tceaaseaune 22701
Waiter: CHE WLS) INaivy ctecceaces PCr DON ECE 22499
Winton, Rev. George B 22081, 22925
Wood, N.R..... Ech onan sag nieas 22370, 223898, 22401

(B) Birds’ eggs.

PANO LES DD Wie La) ssi cecceniescecees Mesbsnensecetewee wgerees 23158
Agriculture, Department of ..................0008 23305
PAMATTT OMY ATAU icc vaisccesceseevsedevescess Sousca 22840
Avery, Dr. William .. sive “23298, 23329
Baraum, Lieut. vielen Hill, We S. nae. 22372
ESL NOUR cian ctnrecetasacsceeabscssvewacesucdesssss 23132
Bensonuie mtsil©l Ui. SAMY ccccscccncesces 22214
SKEW SUI MV VMNIAIN ysvcccsiccsyelsccssestsceeces benes 25133
Brown, Herbert..........0....ccceceteees 22481, 22903, 23296
Department of Interior, Ottawa, Canada ... 22793
EAMETS OMEDVVA OUCOrscascsseetoscososereccnacsee 22861, 22940
PRS OMAN SSL OM, WS hic. seicecte, cocceen looesesrcesree 22772
MEAL OMUV OTN S eas ory vauiewevasiecevsevssceeeeses secu ~ 22575
Hardy, Manly........... .»2/23265, 23291

Met OMS AINE coca sisysc ceouyqvapseeseesnprzavern-seagn SOCOS

OF ACCESSIONS.

783

Accession
number.

Keeler, Charles A
Koenig, Godfrey
Lovett, Edward......
Mabbett, Gideon
MacFarlane, 1B) olen oe aaa

Mclaughlin, R.B........ aeacisere car ater Ererecan tac 22691
Men eee Ji i scceiboeoettenase sc cceveo an ee 23300
Merrill, Dr. James C.,U. S. Army..... ...... . 23290
Poli HOR Caw ke sssnesssec cee acces eee ee eee 22429
| Pond, Lieut. Charles I’., U.S. Navy............ 22807
SEUEUNY,S ODE Cbs eet Beenah ens esta nee Ren 23134
Tasrelivoaorn@l. (OL WW. cognecceonsonroncscen: Sisoaeete cecemeaees 22256
davies, COlTENAIEENSS) sronassesuocoocen a teoeelaaae ,23208, 23253
Sincerely Aa ee ann cabal 22941
SOU OES AIG IN choco nadacanoouabeonneoooe . 22905
Stejneger, Dr. L . 22524

United States nelinee Bevediccne elnvacecrusaspeeGe (icy
WAGin ain Oerieaecicvieoossne eee eee j
Williams, Mr

DEPARTMENT VI.—Reptiles.

IND Dott AD pW Dinstnniseccenteiea con nooee rasa 23158
Agriculture, Department of ..... 23030, 23259, 23333
American Museum of Natural History,

INGOY SOWA E (Chin aaeasceceocacb ceeoceaossceneennceece:, LIGA
Brown, Herbert... : 2989 4, 22928, 23029, 23128
Carpenter, Capt. W. Th, ur SS SeASs Iai yzgeseeeeeeanes 22517
1D Yes (ENON KEIR. WAYS 1 oee.cie coqeceuagonapaduan ve. 22904
Dugés, Dr. Alfred......... teeters: nossososnoecctis 23254
Duvall, George W.... rae +e» 20108
Wish Commission, U.S.............. 2979, 810, 22828
ENS )sakveva GeEOre enkiyky nee ree aniedeee eee SAT
Government of Nicaragua,......,0-..--csycsaseee12 25200
Hancock, Dr. Joseph U,,....... tascarotincscennvereeee , 23337
TBTEN Ms dia] 0 pocedennnnancoodaqnonnoa ndoasoaccooeqnceco 2

EGU tex fis eereseeece by)
Johnson, Prof. O. B 2%

Kennedy, IL. M......--..0..0cess
Newlon, Dr. W.S Racasnansate
INuititer Hiram Kae, esse sees

Le Baron, J.F..

Mabbett, Gideon ....... coteocoss boeing

Matthews, E.0O........ nesacnn COU GED ECECALEDAt Te Sopretocnc 22991
Merrill, George P ........ BSCCOOOE BEnnoOOSHCOsSHOA aatanc 22895
INTO LAKERS VEN OaES) coscooccoeperrncageccceppcoaccroncenoen pad Pee Mle)
Orcutity CHR eee co ele Seas Ne a ea eee 22456
Palmer, William .........,,. pe 23184
RaosdalenGablvenn sersicessstescuseacssrcdest races . 22414
Shindler, A. Zeno . poepccoaosenn Aa 8)
Shufeldt, Dr. R. W.. U. Ss. eee ode, eas ey: By
Shaantelo, 1805 Cros Tie caroconcs PERE boSnerecacoEeG .. 22980
Spore yersie, Uevaa eG) 4 Dirsroncas coduseaccroctonoonscobaesncan, LPPWA
Stejneger, Dr. L......., Pan noeEMoapeeoNAD oNcGccNd POP PtSke a}
Strodes Disk Weisiinccscedsenscccssbececssaeeten ee noeee eee ESS
Ue Desh BY Dal Staten one sana Rarer Acree pane poc eso basescratc 23159
“{OVavonmmyoysionat, IDs \WW/ coecceeco vacceccs aveshcdosen cere steawias 23263
United States Eclipse Expedition. .... Nemes 23272
Wilates Drei SEs We)S -eANs nay eee sciee meets 22499
Wilcox GlOvien Ex-mcese-sshtcsssescsereste case eee SZ OO
Wimeschke, Deere ate ea hevesccceccetcadilee hesasaeee eee DOME!

DEPARTMENT VII. ese

Abbott, Dr. W.L.. ShECREDROnDACAE HoGctedoO! as0d 23158
Australian Musou Sydney a Meoseee Soacchocca 4sia(015}
Carpenter, Capt. WwW. L., U, Ss, ALD Yerrecreevneey: 22917

184

Accession

number.

C@hurchy Josepha Cowcssr-ciecssestsseesssceanses 22562
GOWNS oe eres soe cieaoee cones aves aneoaey Suara aieeeeee 22916
Cooks Bie Pivciicccciicesessassece ters sscess stv osscaetaaseaces 23322
(Chose TEVANINTDY occas osbcaccesoonosceacen Hasonohosancorosnas6 22592
Dw eso Dr Allie direc<. ese -esesecessere=soecscesaeree 23254
Blois, We Sn scestacsecceoancsnsonoonccconas sd000 Zeal
Eigenmann, Mrs. R.S...........006 SRE COLeAUISIIOI 22956

Fish Commission,U.S...... 0022195, 22404
22423, 22447, 2953 33, 22828, 22851, 22852

Gardiner, Rev. F.,jr-..-.....-0----» shitewe aeoeea atone 22998
(GEENA S, [Rts | Wi. cosssssnnoconn ppacbrncouzaacacoacoocononsacencn 2PATIey
(CKO KO eras St AY Son cennsnnnachieseacus Coax senaandosacansedan 22246
Government of Switzerland.......... ........--.- 22298
Harris, Gwynne............. mes entcanaceel csipiewosesuns 22329
Ee ns hanweyEeaWa onereeetesseceecess is facie seankelicicesar=s 22301 |
1B (XC VSS D3: coscemacoe osseous SHUCOCOERD ceLIesa nen OSOCEICLOI 22571
TONE ON, BAO, CO), 18s necoodecdespooncacos poco ceees"ice> 23321 |
TE AIEE (CISORERD A ea eackoo neces aeenconnnade Hocdcs 22255, 223383
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts...........0..ccceseeeeeereees 22526
CONROE (Cla 1c nsoono cooenahoondcosd noneoatnonnscachooudodedoon 22456
Phinney, E.........---- 23169
Pond, Lieut. Chases F.. U. Ss. Nae acl uesetes 22807
Rockwell, Commander C. H., U.S. Navy ... 22959
Syoe never, WW Oxsccecoscacenococedase asacon pascancnoseaceoocs 22242
United States Eclipse Expedition.............. 23272
White, Dr. CH, U.S: Navy. .-..0...--.---s0005--=- 22499
Wao Dip, 186 O} -conasaccoononecc nbocoencpacoagesngana5od 22211

DEPARTMENT I X.—WMollusks.

INS NOY Hh, VRS \WYo 1 Meoocnoacs Genco cawaocconsenauceenaboce09c0 23158
ING ROW 5 1B Es (Crap scccrco caaccoso0aga0cn00 <ononsennyodooIIED acy
TBA, IDR. dlo 183 coonsnsonanoncocossaenpGsoneaNodsocoodGs Patt
TEXSEWEI, 18 OEE acerca cosone cascancoasoo sodcen connocononcasna 2PM ED

Bennetts Gree scsec saaeseotoisesecctssetencuscesesses 22462
BITNNIE Vani Gesee es ses onsecneesen we oeeers 22208, 22478, 23129
TBADPROEL MEE NI tS ce coonsstocononsoceaconeoasnecoconooN esas L, Bete ha)
Carpenter Mle serrate ees ochorncensce ste oeneceetaes 22910
COINS Sb pcasecdsaccocaconnososcond0 oscdenenabonds5600500 22408
Cockerel AD BAU ten siecceescacer senses saeE eee 23227
Colorado Biological Association, West Cliff 22603
(Clay avert da (Ch doconccepcoabbacedsocncaeoseceecdexccas pso6aceo0 22627
GOOPED IW) Biccaessscnsacsoasocceasoctevenuecesvasteesceenes 23130
IDFA Dyes ATW aay 18 Coe conmeicenrconcascdessess Haase 22433
Wet G OUer wwii ecsescecccctccsesecccicentenacesces 22904
Dees PAU ine Cieenenweseenssens\nceseeeeres eee OL OL
Bip ena Mirsab OS csscsstessescs-s-eeeseoneceeee ee OO
Horde jolie Eheutaneces estrada desteseetecececseeatee 22719
Garner wR A wercaresescle tie Seecreticenectcesseal ee ceeae 22299
Greegor, Isaiah ................. 22474, 22604, 22767, 22866
COTO TEPEEY Un Ni eoreaccosotoncnson coohoboeoso6sd%65000050.000000 22403
1S By ded ah fen CEN com asrecncoods asonuEdeDechaen, Garcecroben PEARL
temiphill sienny iiee-ceccntecreeecee 23023, 23034, 23102
PTTL ey, PAV VA eo sclseecctecendetesn sees: cee slectose see
VIG CH COCK ets ccecten ee eer ereee eet eca rece ressnoo debe 92
Hodge, H. G.....

HORAN Ie Sleseescss-e non eense

Hopkins Ciircpescssnrssseesecs Nes
JOUNSOM eto fel Omi ecssratesace ate ated ser eee
SOU, Belay Ae teveuc tas cesencolcaaeonc derive aeons
Keep; Profi se.
Wohin Gusta saconscet os eet eee 22915
Larter tie, DriGibnceseicccii hee
Litel, James E.........

22805
. 22451

REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession

number.
Loomis, Rev. H... - 22945
McDaniel, W.L 22867
Mia yard Cid isece)-Se cnc ceseeetectee scares 122530, 22744
Merrill) GBs. cee sewtzese: veccces hae ae eee ee AOS
VEU ofan I ID kesces ct eeece neues eee ee 22560
Morrison, Prof. James H...22253, 22261, 22448, 22814

Pilsbry, H. eee 22954
Pleas CE oss25 aaas oe ezeeece eee ae
Pond, Lieut. Charles F.,U.S
Raymond Wis) ss1.ccsceseeeeesecs eee TAS 93958

RAVES Sa) lscansccceedeesscecsecs aeeche see a ee 23191
Sineile yi Ji UAtcn savas. ossseaceesseeaeee eae ee OS
Slocum’) Capp tyOs bi aeeeesea epee ee eee ae
SHV I Daye linyed WO ee ee nBaccanecetoccercerwnn, PORE
Spillman, Wo) sct.ccc:c ee 23076
Spofford, Master Robert Wiltsie.............-... 22402
Stanton, T. W ......... sowadnies ess cea seuete sen eete ee eee COA Dee
i eberki (Dri Vi.50:.2.s ee eee 93127
Swan, Jamies Gs. ccscccsass.ceees eee 22792
United States Eclipse Expedition ............. 23272
Nathelet. Rey. Avrxcecc2 eee 22506
Walker, Bryant 2:,..c0-0 sss ee ee 22247
Webster, George W ...... ....:<s0 se0-.0++--22434, 23043
Wii tes di Sica. sieteecigucteccstas asset oe 22665
Witliamson, Mrs. M. Burton ..............- 23135, 23326
Winkley, Rev. H. W.......... vas .- 23003
Wood, Capts Zann ss. pcccceasscecl eee. aero oe Oa
Wioosters (A. By ss scjsscesoosavecuosseces sete eS
DEPARTMENT X.—/Jnseci/s.
Abbott, Drwc iy sete eee eee 23158
Agriculture, Department of ......... .....22747, 23118
BTA AY, Jes. csmss cnccacevenoerssncseeeeeass osteo 23288
Buysson du, Vicomte B.........1.....ccss-2.----0---., 2092
Carma p y Jiu cosas sss oasis cnc o)ieerecteee eee 22376, 22439
Carpenter, Capt. W.L., U.S. Army ............ 22517

Casey, Capt. T. L...

as -. 22824
Cornell Tee Titec, To one

.. 22484
Dally Charles Wiss-s:-s.02-c-sessn os ees eee SG
IOP WN IDES ANG 1B creer on ayeenosserccncscche 22216
Daniel MD rhs Wits.c: sesscesseneccc ones see DOS
Dugeés}, Dr: Alfred <.:..cssccenceeee eee ee
Fletcher, Prof, James ............2..cccessecereeeeeee 22293
Mreeman,D: Nests. nies i eee 23063
Fish Commission, U.S.........cssse:sse10e1-22772, 22810
Galloway | CDE yicee-ccsessoeesccesl aces eeeeee eee 22289
Gestro Prot ie iikecc ace cncas deeee eats eee eS
Harkness: BMentiyy: 2 5.cscccsnoetceeoee ee ee 22967
1a yap ie hal C Adsceoccong eoceacncea soc cao asrosoaneccsoa BEEBE!
1B Al 0) BELO) fe) om aeoco nema cn coo cSt codon cho ecco nescence 22392

Oana Eve Wi yareeenee
Hoover, A.M
IS (yuyeM. HEN REIG (Chonanceacnsiscos
Jouett, James E.........
We Wanony die) Hascssscere
Linell, Martin L ....

MacFarlane, R..
Mastin RE taz.csscciicecckewscsneohecosecrs
Mooney, James...... .......
Orcutty@Ritecesccce testes tse

Romeyn, Capt. Henry, #
SChniiG theNaclvolas eee .s eesesascesetteseeiaseeeneeeeeetne 32

INDEX TO LIST

Accession

number.
SSC IMMER IID SINC WW) carcvcse cess fos.cccssacecseccors-0c 22294
SMMC e Ot) OMIM Ess rece cscs ceveacosvenesesa- 22780, 23307
Salwar Carlosi Martinez 22.22 2. <-c.--.--0-scceseacscees 23105
Singer, Lieut. Frederick, U.S. Navy.. ........ 22742
MGA Ze bt Me RO lew Desc. sc cc ccvevecit-sesvvseesacctascacsccsss 22803
(UTES, TIGRIS SB sseece Ip eb ec oe cCSCe Ear eae ees cre ae ae
United States Eclipse Expedition...
Mee Sher ING OGL area eo scceac sec ececcescaiinsvesces woonee 2
Webb, JohnS............... Rtg eh ciscose ane oe ieee SEI
White, Dr. C.H.,U.S. Navy ................. 22337, 22499

UWP TL Ns (I Daa
RYN CEENy AD Net Gr ececcivccoiccelssecs eceeseacunsdceceeeeee
Wooster, A. F .............5.

22270

DEPARTMENT XI.—Marine invertebrates.

DEPARTMENT XII.—Comparative anatomy.

ID Flite TOTS AAAI TE oils Oo a ere eee eee ee aera
Fish Commission, U.S....
Fisk, Rev George H.R. ..

Ie eae IVS treo taiaSees (sere) ces Be cecerenseee
TU GR GT S51 8 IER ee aoe Ee aS een gee
Iierregal., (Cre 0 eS ancosd Gpbc Ba ae aa coE ats eR SRE RERaCeC EER TEEE
WieMG irae Gre On Meme ae teaioecees esescusdsshedsessee
ROES CULE MVR CHO haceeai dah osteclonccsuten- gecuareeis 22663
Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio ................... 22198
FUILEC SPO VVAULIT Ale). toneescicesliscseccestccaneccinsestecszose 22249
Sayles, Ira.. Bebcasalehusssesctvass sscccsedeciasesee eeeOd
Sehmid, Hdebard S. Bye sacaeen ns ote eoecche oo eee et ete 23077
Shufeldt, Dr. R. W., U.S. Army.......... 22182, 22974,
23037
RA PMLE CAA CU INVA cisssanivecseces! wesceseniessts seteosneezes 23177
Sterling, Dr. E , 23271
United States Eclipse Expedition ........ ..... 23272
Ward, Prof. Henry A.......... .22835, 22901, 22902
\AY Glide JILIN TY Roya at eent aa see eee ee aan asi eee ee "93095
WVALCORAG LOVER Piec.czacccece, savsessescostsacesseeaae - 23299

H. Mis.

PALE HOM MII ivssccs.-us2s..ciceccsccsesessesees vee 2OULD
WHT DEMte Mees cee. ccissedacscece. cesedaccesesesoes 22910
(Cln@inGrye Si LN Aa Ae en eee 29408, 23294
IDye Giller, Wis.) Geena shapecoqnebecoa cocooL AO DSReRH Cpeee 22904
DSSS MD WAGE G.v2.5-.0 ks coresacstccssacccevessesccsese 23254 |
Ve MMMM MENS! EUS eos Se-ccseeceocercue snnecenee 22956
Fish Commission U.S ............:........... 28849, 22900
Gem e MMM pene tees) eae act dosed coc evccclesee:deivevereteey DULOO
PETEST TION PMEN GME ier so. Geet. keccecucten’ <dceseu eeeseed 23102
TB Mice ayer rel he. 182) celle eh ese abana praia Fa ee 22392
MET OG SG SATION Grae atiieciies = sosce seeacacss sckceevuccssesseceese 23017
ahnsomeyeretiON Bc cscteccccssetecyscecetescer-e eeeee) LOOSL
NOONAN S PIVEN MEL fase sa cues cvsascawcesvee se eces c-tece sneer 22945
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts...........-........002 220s 22553
SNavyMepantmient, U.S. el. cccee score rereeeee 22469
Norman, Rey. A. M........ 22219
ORC ITE TOE eh ee cd cauicabaaeneesies £2456
Pond, Lieut. Charles F., U.S. Navy.............. 22807
Smith, Edward C.................... Be Verse eee 22252
SMEG MD) PMD TR Ms sess ceccaeccescessiccsteciterses ... 23042
Semmes y Olio Se 2. -c cokcs (esevacesesececcee ccsies 23181
United States Eclipse Expedition.............. 23272
Wesleyan University, Middletown, Con-
necticut .. .. 22885
White, Dr. C. H. U. Ss. Nae ivasal le ooiiepucasee Svaees 22491
SiVaCE ees SSE eae Toe

OF ACCESSIONS (isi
DEPARTMENT XIII.—(A) Invertebrate fos-

sils ( Paleozoic).

Accession
number.
CAVE DIETS WV SG oe coca iee teenth ence oestlte seats tatalcs seaeert 22570
IB On a Ty We este ch enone SE AN NS 22681
LEO Sd D5 Das cr eens anlaece ceo nace Cemubissaeccrcacceoosconseantme: sist
British Museum, London, England........... 22580
Belcan Gero Vibe sesesrs cee sce nceeescecsscseeeos 2000
Conrad weroteAw Elects ace cesta eterechereeuneee eee DULG
CONEY a6 FEU Bi eo nnohersacsueoeee eeeccancioowa os PES:
DST re Warland e arcs. seca sek seecesnsneece unseen zeeO
Deerine DMA wos Bolen ve asseacteauesecesces .- 22788
Huggins, Judge. ........... . 23121
Tdi behinSom he Min! esse ee cove socteoccwaeer earns es 22482,
Interior Department. (U. S. Geological
Survey).................22446, 22609, 22730, 22847, 23188
James. D. L...... can ceewetatsececeacseonesnaecceans 22442, 23120
James Profs JOSEP br .-cs-seeneeece eeeeeeeee eee OU
Wai flamime Rey Abele Ca Ko) secs nessisereccre 22445

Luthe, F.H.

aoe . 23119
Morrison, Prof. apne is.

. 22285

Peter Redpath Museum, Montreat (Seer 23137
leon ene Wey JOY AEM SoscenocOcssnccoccossedsecenneecas Zen!
TROESSIO TR Ate Rico lcccecicacos cacvecltcesanwwotavcdeathecene 22107
RO SAME RADIA SS Weiztocccssigeecccacetcacsckontteeeaeeers 22579
Schmidt, Dr. F .. sees 2QULD
Selwyn, Dr. A.R won sess 22444
University of ee State at Now York caieesee 23156
\veniltoroyielti, (CUMING 1D). scrionoon coseeneceneceaccnace noone 22776
Wrardtan dietowre lilaseress wstscecveeesnteeereretterees 22740
(B) Invertebrate fossils (Mesozoic).
Carlisle mH aroldies sien; ecccsesdcceu seoseemiceeceeer eee 22529
MeL MiP ctessmarcest: eras ser cemecer stent nees 22545
Merriam Drs@Sblantes ce ccccustest rocco svasieen 22931
(C) Invertebrate fossils (Cenozoic).
Bill eller Volts sees ee eae oes ae e207

Fish Commission, U.S.. : . 22828
Interior Department. (. Ss. iGeoionionl

PSNI AZEN) ranccososocedeocbnoernqad saserorococee: Beonaperrcsn PYAR!
Tei@raayo love 1S Wrens eee oeeeacecber base neecoAeeercceecesobe 23102
MeCandlish, H.S..... . 23053

DEPARTMENT XIV.—Fossil plants.
Boehmer, | George vee eo in ccceteecsencerocieaceon ee 22371
COND, dn, LeU coecoctboaroaa:ternnposspapenco caead cuore dreocoaad 22376
Dall, Dr. William H... wocecenss, 22860
iar p extra Grom Wiribeesssueensccisoeraceeasewacernean anaes 22292
itichecoc kee iereccsee esse tenes 22393
TEA COC ME MD Meee ex eater stsniecciete te esasecudesoss senate tales 23049
OTC Mth O WR ees ee was wecerelcs coupe ccen saree ee eOO

Siva ames) Greeti eat sincevecvece atenceacetenecer ema omom
Westerlimm ds ObtOrerkess coc. ceeenheoaece2-cenescetanars 22304
WalecoxaiGlowernsk Geseccssssccsncececerroes ecen Pees 23299

DEPARTMENT XV.—Tvecent plants.

Colorado Biological Association, West

Boston, William G

Drury College, Springfield, Missouri........ . 22179
IDATERS, TD es ZAMIR) ssa sosecoscco goccice congas ooposeonasce 23254
Hishi@ommissiom, We Shes eress vs reece eeeeees 22772,
TVEO Eis Gis Cig Oach eeated econo eg eee sraccenooeca-en casonbetCIs 23214
TRIB YOTSh ald Osa lenonseeccacrion abu aceon nce ecerasesseeo cecaacasa ee Tey8)

786 REPORT OF
Accession
number.

MeRae sD onal diitccasntcssessseecsnssraucecevan . 22584

Pond, Lieut. Charles F., U.S. No Vice .. 22807

Prin oles Cok Gy ee sasks eseesaieeneee sone seeee ence ee 23094, 23303

Rockhill, W. W .. weee 22459

Shriver, Howard. ree PP . 23298

United States Henne ie peaitinn seatevteteceee 23272

DEPARTMENT X VI.—JWJinerals.

Allen, IraR . pannacdeGod ..- 22199, 23257

Australian Museu, Gedney. SacnGotened

Barnes, Judge W. H

Barreth.. OD eascesieessesaecesen

Beate Ji2W sscccocen-doececsene ses

IENGMT, Ob Sonc- csosdacesonensdoe
Benedict, W. H

Bentz ialiccsccoscenscscocesscsievenseeaeees
Boehmer, George H
Bremeniy Moje rn. -cccsceciectsesseres
Bri pha mi Gyliieeersscnseessesspeecsesseseeec= es 22359, 23187
British Museum, London, England....22189, 23064
1sIRO AA OMENS LM pececs coobssEd eacaoddoneuescdod 22806, 22837
IBY OOS he lin Hee crccse sar ec ee aes coer eoma cee ease eee 2D
Burdick, Mrs. H..... 22396, 23065
@amipy Elie nesces 22376
Clark, Ed............ deka liersssilodaaieesieasscnessensoe EOS
Clarke gProfe haw oascs.coserteae asowceseieeecpectes 22990
Cramer |S huang eee eee teen eee O4
IDFR 75 1 Byes 1D boon eseoneccoosencesaa sacs 22842
Dudley, Prof. W. L .. 22981
TEV NOY Ob 1 ByaceasopscccnascoonecHco0ey 65 22427
lricks WeRees-e- 22437
Emmert, J. W 22365
English, George L. & Co.................... 22572, 22870
1 NoHo erie) hal Os GaasanoconecissoscoL asses edcoascdsBdo Bee 22375, 22424
Fort Payne Coal and ion Company, Ala-
DUNN Se: eee a Ae cnpedter nace eeaek seensven| a cctpeeen ee OL OA.
Hamill, G. D 22543
Harrison, E. M pncssedeanaeas CEB
ER Glenn Wik bie aie. cases neem oe eres ees eee 23162
18 OU ea 24 oy Bd Bard Wile eases aces sh eomenon eben .. 22341
Hillebrand, Dr. W.F... aes 22539
Hod pe TH) Gis. fives ccseves cose ceca .. 22409

Hornad ayaa bisa eeeereee ere ws... 22808
Howard hrnstiveccee cess sess oe te erneee
TS Waits ie Be) Dp (piesa, Sar eee eee Pe ae ah ae eee 23256

Interior Department. (U. S. Geologieal

Survey ........ 22344, 22363, 22364, 22464, 22487, 22544,
22547, 225635, 22599, 22605, 22826, 22827, 22848, 22897
23230

OU isles eas near aeak aoe n omen eres ese eacae carer a eee eee O LOU.

Kieslerii ©: Wa fockieiiovcias seu nect cho snevacieaseat setae

Knowlton, W.J 22343
TERY hs 18 (50 Memes aseerocn 22600
Wake: BiB ioc cseewescesancesnsievanessessexeuesctedgsones coe 23264
Lamborn, Dr. Robert H.......... ...... .....22872, 23224
Mane dale yO ieee beeen ee eee ae eer O14.
Paspey res Pro le selyiis) ce: sc er ecer eee seen ine 22342
ind says EAR. poke mhe. ecuenee eee ee nee ee OTS
Wnecas sD rel reseeecen ce seeesee Seren at sted inet sees 22886
WsWeas, Jie Ax. Scwcsasdccessuecset aia devaneen cos sears setts one 22536

22465 |

NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession
number.
Luff, C. J. & Co ain
Mie elcen At IB. iste speucscsacese Sees 22948
Merrill 5B. cscs cssecsztscesssesceetistoss i ee ee 22926
McGreg-ar, Alexander rc, sqeseccseseee es IE
Moore yBal dwt. epee een .. 23144
Morrison, Prof. James Ff ... wee 22289
Museum of Natural Histo eae Setar 22413
22943
INfivems Williaa tees sce-cces een seseeneses eee 22377
OFNeiland veil see enb ee ee 22391
Pennsylvania Salt Manufacturing Com-
pany) Llioilad ely Wiayesnessss. see AM
IRewry iN: Eiiie cco: fesse ae ee ee 22548
Pond, Lieut. Charles F.,U.S. Navy ... ...... 22807
Rices Willard: 252. en ee auyes 22735
Roessle rican. c.scnces tose scene eee ee 22367
Royal Museum, Stocenoin Sweden ......... 23172
Scientific Publishing Company, New Y ne
CGY sso ecadl Beeshonsativs soeser ccc a Ore 23309
SideyaJ Be 2k; casos d. se ee 23045
Smith rs IME Coa. .coss cot contac cesest coe eee 22843
Smitthy, Wi. Big. ssestessaseesscoscasvasleese eee eee 22368
Me Sener pH nitZ a. sncecseecesves-tensees seco eee
Moms,(Cap tol. ©. .sesccscseees ass ee OSE
THOM aS MWe Sse ase cee ae eee aivagecomeeascoceene 22725
Mourtelletterylss.) pea asa ee 22693
United States Eclipse Expedition........ ..... 23272
Vaux: (George ats! cent eee 232387
Wagner Free Institute of Science, Phila-
delphia, Pennsylvania 23238
Ward and Howell ...............- 23268
Warren, ©..W) ic: s.seriess sis coss ceo
Wieideimbaclyy Eee. nce eae ea
Wharton Dri Bie. oa ee 22534
Wilite Kolin eese-c se ceeee sone a OS
Wilsons Georg enliinces ee ee 22463
Witherbees, Sherman & Co................. 22345, 23000
Wie ates sWi1S se cee osc). ss pees eR SOOO)
Moder J). Bj ierecssceeese Ses pane ee 22724
DEPARTMENT X VII.—Geology.*
Adams | Stand cde occ cesescece eee eee 23339
Agriculture, Department of ....................... 23073
Allen), Dri. Nii iiccccccceveseceseosuncesoesesecoieeees 22412

Arizona Sandstone Company, Los Angeles,
California .. scodeconees see 22082
Australian Museum ‘Soain NEYcseee Bieter

22739
Bayley. Prof. WiS i icscseccoecss eee ee
Becker, MJ pcei- ioe ieee oacess oes eee 23326
Bement, Clarence S............ -..-.-.. Beesieecceceen 23225
Blu ck, AB iiss ccs saccecscatoscencceteenteea tenons
BoehmersGeore eye eset eee tee ene eee 22371
Bohrer, ©: Cy)... cocssesssscrecce enacees secede eeeate 23152
Bond), Gy Wiacsesic saceten cons nese eoee cose ee eee 22681
Bosworth, Prof, Wramke-c-...cce-cceceeeeeeeel eee LOLOO
Boutelle; Capt, WAL Sis ib-ceccoscst ones toee ee OO
Boutelles Rarrya Veeco ceee eee ene cedla te nee
Breed) Dri-Damiel sccscsteoeccntese tec sseee ete ee
Pepa eres} (Ob IE loocesscnacsento cogs peccanaconndonsecoess cece LTE
LEAVE TL Ys aU pon soooacastod adanecuanodésoccanabasoscocdseocuK 22551
IBA KOR Ny VAG IN Lacoodancoeccesgoocteoosenonrectostees Sanssss 23241

* Under this headin are included accessions which in previous years have been entered under
the Departments of Lithology and Physical Geology, and Metallurgy aud Economic Geology,

INDEX TO LIST

Accession
number.
PES TeVisU TNC Oregano scuetae al vesaniestediosis Sansseesscanencaes 23221
WANE TENS A OUDY usnese i casescecdevenseccnsececearseu esse 2OLTO
ROME ONE coetecs cn iecasieincntesareescicseweddoers 22408, 23294
(Cllewelte \\Vea ie \ehidl Ico peceseedoceeceereneaaeessaa Cer aacre ner 22382
Colby University, Waterville, Maine........ . 23078
Crosby, F. W...... sadoa 2G) SURG ROSE EERE RRoeE OnE RE EEE EEeE 22880
rman AN rE Wo. oc .ccecisneccczsccss acces scaceelceceve 23074
Degeler, F.A........... Dect eaNaee Scleasts) LOA ZO
IEMA OKOR NV fren sost en csctvc Sh tascacwcsec owes esscte scenes 23154
Garner, R. L ae wee 22290
NG UES OMI Hee scace ean cccussacscqvacssizeuseceeteceuausseaee 22313
Galomo ns ois. MEAG ow o/c. ccsceccceveslsceccecvecsesces 23044
NOTA NM CLO Meeayaiscenvcccessss.0ccceocivevcusveesvzcasieceus 22267
TB ENSATPIG), (GAVIA poden boceecnne sen ee Ho Bac EEC Ee DDEeC COCCI ree 23051
Harrison, Hon. Benjamin (President)......... 23059
Harrison, E. tt Bee AS a eee cee ca dcuseenedoccsal eeseassess 22000:
FE Meahwavria Gee eet eer caesence stor ncaice-iee teicacsaemeueys secevaus 23083
PET IETS OM: (dep Was sce cotanc coc te-teaeceescoecvosecesesisccave 23075
IBierlaemsronn, \NIGIINE Vial jsyess peagHoseecceedecoecdoseceaec 23153
FAG SUCH epee eae se caeecescceccsscevceanccecstesitvones 22908
Hitcheoeck, Romyn.......... 2. 22398
EM oh Orgies Gonos nce ves caesi cise neeeies onceccetecseccecess 22409
Hunt, Masters Dick and Harry ..... ............ 23106
tumntine- tons Profs Je Elec. 2-1e---c.sc-ccrse 22893, 23035
NIG CHIMS OMG Mi secon cocee-nceeeeroccte cesses. -tesese-s LOLLO
Interior Department. (U. 5S. Geological
SOUR YEAT)) <cpodoonnch be HacSeC CECE aee eee 22528, 22741, 22891
22978, 23160, 23186, 23209
PVEMME Ya Wiske eso scceecse sconces BR ctenar Socnecauion muse Os ences 23139

Jobns, H. W., Manufacturing Company,

New York City 22358
Kemp, Prof. J. F....... BOLE OE HEEDOD 22486
MREINO WAGON PH ya PA ee es a coks dal Succ cbecoawsleuaeasienewe. 23312
Lanyon, Samuel... 22497
NICHE TN eT So. Oks ccnececeue ce soncstee. stclecceesmesees OLLO
MIC COA OMNI ese ccmores el cosccneccseveseesueuweeneaees 22987
VECO MSM SS ete ates csnsesieoccccjasessscansesisheve 2OUSZ
Me Crone Wall aiyra Wie ten ccccisc-2s=+scieesccemccoeiecee ae 22775
MeMasters, T.G.. BSN ECROCC SEO CO COREE ROC eis)
Maine State Colicee: ‘Orono. Blocoeeesueceeeucceceeneree 22472
IU storm, JE+OE O)s 4 Wee seeeesopeecsouneesee aidesonaeceusices 22532
Meigs, Gen. M.C., U.S. Army ...............00 00 22743
Merrill, George P 22596, 23216
IVFOONEYAUADIES-csccc5 cos sesnte-cescwisescas Upata aenes 22419
Morrison, Prof. James H........... .... 22639
National Museum, U.S............... ...22347, 22868
Palmer, William... cosaecpoes PAShUES}
PANS E UWI Oyen sccninn steals coseess-Sineesecsceneucecwsleses 22339
Pike Manufacturing Company, Pike Sta-

tion, New Hampshire ...............0. 0.0006 e00 00 22812

* Pittsburgh Reduction Company................. 22986
Pond, Lieut. Charles F., U.S. Navy ............ 22807
RRA SOT ONPG NV a. <c.cec ccc sdcceseseessdasecosssscotts 23041
RENO LS ID eels Serene iac canes ccosusleeccesscseessseren, 22090
ROME Mure aeem oie UA ymucoshicaveteresencesetanesancd 22516
SEMI SS CEM ee cece cney eleteeescocsstasacevccen //secccsaveucs 23001
SIC MMM MMV ANGUS a. rccssiesasdecteiscaneeracssssaseees LOLoe
Scott, Samuel......... Sk eat 23943
Sincell, Charles W.... 23223
SSSA) Mey Opt ce enrcas coca dev se ceecsccssaceosueredes 2OLOO.
Stevenson, Prof. J. Ji... ceeesyeeeeeeeee eee 28140, 23205
SNVPATUP AN ANIA CS! Gti meee ccne se satsccvessesassivecacessteiwese, 2OT9D

RAND AMMO CMe NYU woes sees ns yeiccedearnosseetcohasces« 22887
AT EATON: LEST ON ee Ai er ee . 22883
Thomas, Rev. H, H......... vailncewEsaepieseseres 99049, 23388

OF ACCESSIONS. 787

Accession

number.
MNourtellette; Mrs: J. Hi......--ccccccsccecvaussccesse 50 22693
Tucker, Clarence.. sdcncaavscesecesDatoly 22oc9
United States Bence, epedinon ik sgdansesses 23272
Wiad eyiB eB iic son re.ce teas necctecaeameeeoeate 23165
Walker, Lawson and Forney............0.0000-+0 23215
IWVeenrecls: Ji Lara: 0 vs Sy eee ce aye eM een ac eee 23220
Wiatheinsey iQue .2 5.2 es tek, Wink.) oe cham cea Ws 23232
Wilcox, Glover P ................- te 23299
Williams, Dr. Georee Hl. PARR SGACORDOSanaceorOroNeEC 23145
Wind Sons HYG eee Breas teh neh en ea 23048
Woltz, George W...... ... a dcweisdseateerthnwacenscatees . 22702
WV Ea Oe Wd ne ee 22961
Vout bred eer ae eee ee Moonee 23164

DEPARTMENT XIX.—Living animals.

Bisyusy Boy wanccesccutensstascssesecaseceeenraeeoeee 22225
Boggs, Julius O ........ Ustinleneisis Pas oyeiessrecesieeieese sectors 22755
Bremermane Held eryerecceseueseneceerseceeeeeeeees 22800
Bri POSES ie scstiewaeoavoanc ave suc enteterveiiocomeseaeirentenes 22675
Brown, Mrs. Helen C 22645
BROWN), Ver ber btes..cc.-sgrvescincstersaon es ccieteeeee 22962
Cassin, Joseph A . Meu sana) suonlesetvasecarsen te scnee ee OOOO:
WOT SW Pee s aco se ees ceieeea esse e ee cere ELTA
Corbett iow ardl scans escreccesescescet sce ereenceeie 22798
COLTS UIC A cencccocacccodtacscomaceooes encnnaradecneceun SPA IZ(G
DeenyaR ho mials) bee epee sarc esse teen ee TOL
Dow nin ane heel eee een eee DO 22849
DniveriGeorce nie ss eer a eee 22500
Dungan WW Wesliey Wiiicssccescs<sses ese cee 22620
Hdwards Vin ales coset case naan ena 22224
Maison NWVaillterdhitcstcesss cee eee 22704
Be ge Vaeo bose ecs iseccrsseecestoe ce eee ... 22226
Fisher, Dr. A. K 22275
ox, Master Edward B 22685
Gallinsvater Muss cele. sas: seals asaeataceereeees 22619
Gleeson yD re Ae ee orate tee eae 22606
Goldeny Mas Rilis Cresewcs te aeeees ee ece eer Seceel) LRP PAS
Grinnell RGeorme usin dye eh ecee eee 22263
Marris Allen) cite ioe So oasen soe aseeneactine 22939
THIEN TEN Cio EE: WAV gaemonooonoadosede doncnbeceocceKe 22205
Haw kins 'sWalllissB)scissut-cctnectssethseereereteeeeee 22550
Miazenk Ele mn voblecessssenceeccctsiasor se roned seeasceee 22622
JES TOC TOO ES. TREWFOIM WE cence: pcsocsnonveasanontcnosooree 2293
Hobgood, John H...........-.......- 22276
Hornaday, William T 22317
Howard, Hough.. conn CbQcEONSceDNSAcEN DUACIICIN PANO 0S
TRO WAR RES ceseccce so eons to seaswe eeea vce mee seeseeeeee 22988
JBIOD-<L WG LT EN, J h¥eseceee GRU OSE Huns soRoEGLEEI-EaSbO Baa Saenaaooe 22642
Interior Department. (U. S. Geological

fs (UIA CSN) chars cnsengsenceoson ijeweesense wanes ... 22186
Johnson, Louis B ............ soca/ssasOatrcidessesleoncesmeoOO,
LEI oxo} Hye S yA Bes: 12¥59 iiccorcocns cosnes eanbno seioaneoca scbese 22938
[GIG MID EEE INGLIS) 1 Goacenscondcccsscocadonec ooscaccss a Asiieh
Wanndyoi'e tase dian: dane eee ee eee eeee tea 22798)
Laughlin, Miss Jennie ©... ...........ccccsc+--+cees0 22963

IGG NWS HEAR VALS ceieccenactsavosesee aeoseeoeseen CLO.

AT CIC Z AVE scene eee cates ce coco scne nae eee cee aa 22621
Wo ganby Mis IOnimlrAtcccssccossaresrnce see seeaeereeees 22643
MicGilltieaddiya yD Videceeosee-eel eres ease 22431
McKee, Maj. George W., U.S. Army ........... 22587
IMfedseniip hits Sarallaeseues sect aenscnessccnseereseeseeeeneeee 22751
Mahone, General William ..............0...sc0000 22204
Matin lo Wines sa: sectecsscestsccnen sonaecesoucacsemeates 22936
Mules HanrisOng Ww) scpresstssssrrsrccuspssssemeacressee eeTiOO

788

Accession
number,
TWIG ES LEW SII )Asanosnoceccjaseor eon a caceoucaasboaagecosno
VEO OTC MELATTY?) ccs .cicncsescscntesceneeosestteneeste aoe
ING RCTNS CRIES CC retocrenosentena caccooconeuseanoocmaoced:

Nicholson, J. Brauner
INGERIS SED) Bie ne rencceoescitecorsanceealttenene
Pettit ho Dripps e-..c:ecesssecceeleversceseese”

Pip Ss OS Canty mercensscccscnestcsssnceesastere sa

PricetCharlesvbrccccoocosscs-secsececsesssecreescereees 22618

Romeyn, Capt. Henry, U.S. Army ...... 22369, 22787

Schad VO dwandiSicccsssesesencsseseseeeresss 22611, 22996

Shutt, George W....... , 22272
*

REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1890.

Accession
number.
ssesnsce LLGOD
... 22315
--. 22440
sae 22623

Simpsonw Marshall. .cesessasessiessoeeee
Smith, Edmund W.P...
Seow KA Ny MAO Re eeannaaen
Stabler, Harold B....
Stewart, Henry E........:...
Stuart DroAllen 2 ose eesseses ee ee
White, Mrs. Harriet A. R.........
White, Robinson

Wilson, Miss Nellie E... dosoen
Wanisatt, RD cectscecasersocsosettereee ene 22879, 22965
Wolter Ji Wisescssesesossesee Perrocerecrine Aten $

INDEX.

Page

Aaron, HK. M., announces intentian to collect insects in Jamaica_______-_ 114
DBO DCm Vines (presemts mammals. ! ss Joc l loa ees ee 189
Semdls speeminemes irom Asyence, 22-25-2222 Lessee ee ih

AVGCESSICM, Ins, mace lony Clejoewemaaernisy Loe toe Ee ee 767
TUG CFG Alco eed AE se OR a 2 ery al aE ee 779

ACCEMCME, GEOGIca OCs TEM, Olas ee ee a ee 7
list of, during the year ending June 30, 1890____ -__________- aly

number of, for the year ending June 30, 1890______________- 76
AN GlETD Sy LOUGH S Uo 12
PNG TIM Civsla Sime eee NEL eal el ole oe ee sy NE oe 19
TDXOTIICS. OIG FOR HO SIASH One en ee eee eee ee ee ee ee 687

report on section of oriental antiquities by_-_____________- 137

SOHNE, TOG FS) Ea Ce ALY SS NS on ea gan EN AM Ng ee Oana ee De 524, 543
PAMIIENIC AACE SSTOMS: (ROM evan iaiky ce MCto ue la RS gu CeO Tee al Ua le ik 7
Sd ale <anGer, NOCE Of PAapeLs: Dy 94. Fo sa tee ee as 688
AOC MMIC AROS PAL LMeIL Oli s2 oie MeO ee a ee 99
Specimens! deposited joy 29222955525 222" 85, 92, 99) 1911

MORO MM AIOM Of WEZO.. ls 2 wun es Wea U ey Dae eee nl 437
PMTIO SHC MIE ASD Olt ies Uo as LN Oe ee ee a 474
[SCARS WIStOMG oniia OVS eRe seg Ri NS alas 8 Se ae pee ea Os ele 472

EI NCuUStOmaes OL) thet hol els I ie AR Nia oc Sal 465
fellonistntir cago tim Ge a RI a Oy la ikses Seed ei las Ba) ea oa pl eee ge 451
CCUG UR Ol TINS a wile Nis uy MORES aoe Sse as eae tesa ele Ce ek 442
dancing and other ceremonies of the__________________----------- 481

COL gr SUAS: OTE Saal ee sO ee srs ee ent 451
OTE UWS we Tntraas OSE a aNSy ee Soe ee see ee ee 474
GRESUMIMG? CSIRerTaVOrINy ON Ms aves eee eee ee ace a 464
TEAS inca sig ab pha) SUSI Qa Uh FS a pel le eae 444
hiomscwoldemtensicsand: [00d Of ie! Use bees sae a ee 454

IMMA Eines VO! TSlauia ey aN gS MIS) Oi WME see Be eee ee 467
hictoispecimens collected um 1888222) 22a see ie eee ee 492
Ign vCUS LOM ShOLibhve meee ule Buu le CCN b CS Gl oe ia Ge laps Lae ee 465
method of carrying burdens adopted by the _----_----___________-- 464
Mans CAMS ire eMITS Oli ae esi. yams Gs a i a a ee 462

of Yezo, Japan, paper on the, by Romyn Hitchcock _-_.-_______- 429
Magne Ol lOnReiOL pie ao. = 522 oe Ae es hee ea Lies 482
BeLsoMaleWCALANCe Obie) yee ues Soak ae ence tee eee 440
PeaMpMe nena aC bers! Olathe Nets aie Se isa ee 443
Punisimentsvmilicted byi the 2224422 eat. 26 yoo ek ee 467

Hee ORONO MUNG ps ees eae ne ey Mapes Ld! NE) CMS a ats Dep 472

Sail Soest bre Feros | CRS AVS Soe ote an nor a OND een ge 458

790 INDEX.

Page.
Mos Smokinovapparatus Of wiles = eee ae = Meme see ee nee= pyeie rene ea 461
storehouses, OL thes sas 2 7 = se me eee ee eee ee ee 454
Wana ps MOY, bliG Sy) 25 pee es ea sere ae ee one 463
Nlabamanmoain eral sce Ce live Gi: @ tna aaa eee ae 80
ANIC OSHS) fo ee eye ee ae rey epee tel epee Sf che eye Ue ee 532
Alaska Commercial Company, bidarkas collected by the -__--__-_------ 80
Maske svasit.of Dir i ERB eamihOes So. 2 een ile, cue ce ee 205
zoblogical specimens from_-_----- pene Re a 80
Albatross, coliectionsmade by steamer--= —2_=_-2=__2_ = == = 80, 81
AlbeGbitezsa2./3> <1. Bene at Ae lie Sean ee eS ee 534
mMlexandrian Woy pt, POuLeEYy-lam proms a= 99 = = a= Sees see ee 77
Allen, Dr. Harrison, ethnological collection from Corea deposited by__- 88, 128
NOtICe OL Papers Dy. S- e oe ee ee ee 688
specimens lent fO2s 5222-2: Se eon se eee 61
Alen. Dr vjawAs material-lenttos sb eh eens ewe eee 61
notice of papers y ess anes. = as an eee ee af 688
AN] how aT Wha), yh ca yea ieee epee aS Lee ea ata an is neoe tere eee save een MES eS SL 507
SANTQTT OS eae hee eet eae eee tenes a ete Nea ea a I A Wy Ren AB Soe 534
ANITETCNCA, AOCSISMOVAS) iAGiaN Chhivereern, [RURIS Oi - 22-5 == 2-5 == == 78
Armermionin lehiswoai@all AgsoeleinoMn .. 2.2.2.2 522222. 25---2S222225222252--- 16
list of papers read at annual meeting of 145

American Oriental Society appoint committee to prepare catalogue of
orlentalmanwseripts 22. oe soo eee Me ee 1s Ne IS Sia fees oe ee 138
American prehistoric pottery, accessions to the department of _-________ 135
report on the department of _-_____-____ 135
review of work in the department of ____ 29
AMSIEICAIN Sooneiiy Oi Civil Binertivecias; .~_ = 5 4 ee eee L aa =22- 20
Amsterdam, anthropological collections in museums of-_-----_-__-_____- 127
PNNICESITOS Ss Se S82 Qo Het SN Fake ee Ge Se ore Se ee ee a eee aie ye 579
ANmihnvidrite 2228s 58 Sess od OSs ee es en a ON ee Sd 532
Am phony yAs Wier LESEN GS) SIC CUI C115 pepe emcee ee ee ee $1
Anthropological Congress at the Paris Exposition __-----..-----_----_- 121
display at the Paris Exposition, 1889_---_---.-_-+__+-= 642
Anthropology at the Paris Exposition in 1889, paper by Thomas Wilson 641
GSMereil, Ae Whe Ieeenss WMoqoyoysmnOM -. 9.2544 222s ease ese 643
prehistoric an the ParisehrxpoOsiiONe == see =a ssa 648
study Of, in-Paris!- 525 25 secon es fee ae ae eee 120
Apabite, OCCuLrencenOls 2 o is sees et ee ee _ 5383
Appendix to handbook for the department of geology ------------------ 589
Appleton, Capt. Nathan, presents a gun-carriage --_---_------_---_-_-- 86
ApPpPLOpLriaLions Lorssupporb Of bie Ahi se wiry see eee 62
PAQIMCOUS TOCKS oa 24 Beene AIR Ee Se ae eee ee a 524
Arenaceous croup: ol ROCKS: : 2.2225) 2-2 ee sae Sees eee 535
/NPEMNMEYCS OWS, Gio wys Or OCS 22.54.2222 222222. See Ue NS Zee ee a 537
SchisiSme aaa Samra enn A Ne gh ete, Blk Veh lye Lah Ne pt Si os dol
Arizona. Z00losicalyspecimens collec te dirs sea eee 80
Ashmead, Walliampilyspaperst py so-so een ee 688
Asta, accesslonstirOm +2 hese 282 Se a ee eee a a ee 87
Asia, Minor-accessions frome 25252 5 2 oe ese eee na ee 89
Asiatic Russia, accessions trom a= aes a a a 89
Aspinwall, accessions from 22-- 2222824232525 Se Oe oe a ee 87
Australian Museum sent in exchange a collection of fishes__------_-___- 92

AVIStLO-ELUN eS arys ACCESSIOMS sit Olea sere ee ee eee 89

INDEX. ow

x Page.
Eendresemce a noOtee OF paper by... 222-222-2222. 2-2 blll 688
SUA UMC O lone sae eee Mata ehai an ope eet Sn es SR mew mn ante OS 18
Balamap is landseaccessions from. 5 220 76 See a Os ee 86
Baker, Dr. Frank, appointed honorary curator of department of com-
Peeling mA A UMN ee NS De ee nD ee es ae Oe 26
aiOuMemlemrvemire-cictllereceivied, [1rOMls sss.) 99) 58 205 = -e a oats 90
SSM Gy le vaM|O) Wil CHAO V ORS ye oe ee Ws pe ee ee 89
sent in exchange six specimens of Carib stone celts___. 87
Bangs & Co., anthropological objects purchased from __.-_-__._._____-- 182
Eamvadocsethomolocicalropjectsirom) 2--- 2229227222222 ee ee 87
Barnum, Lieut. Malvern Hill (U.S. A.), presents specimens _________-- 96
oe ee re Sera se, Se SE eh SNS Uk 582
eri one ei Serene SS es DU ee EE oe: eterna ee 584
Bani@laeleleie, Cp Woe TOuKGS Ort joe ere \Ohy ea ee Ne 688
EAMome EMO Ce Ol NapeliOVe lo oa22ea. 5285 252) eee Sleek ees 688
Bean, Ennion Ne OtCEROMM DADS SMa Vem ae sas on 2 SS Ree ea sa eee 688
Bean, Dr. Tar Bion H., honorary curator of fishes, services as_________- 101
Pacinc Kiititawalxe presented py 222222223225 22 22 80
TMOMMOS, OK TORIES) ON) Ate ee eee ee ee 689
THETWOM Gin Cleposveinnaerah Ol MEIMES 2222.2 22 eae 205
TERMS) eos Se ee Ss ee eg ee rn ee A 527
Belin, picds) Skins received trom 2222422222520 5 2" ol a eee tread 81
Belding, Frank L., nests and eggs presented by___--______-__________-- 81
Hye OGM REN CE SSO TUS 2 O Mis ea es een ae ele 9 Rey Dp yu poe sat Ae Neng a 90
Bement, Clarence E., pollucite received from ___-__-___-___-_--=_2__ 91
meudime, Capt. CharlesE,, notice of papers by 2222222222252 22 5 689
report on department of birds’ eggs________- 199
. SEreWlGes) Lis) InvomoieswaAy Cuno. = | 97
Benedict, James H., appointed assistant curator...____________--------___ 27, 223
ROMO! Giracllle joresemiecl loyy -.-.22.--22s25+--2=26 83
IBSMSOM, IMUOUND [Ble Oy Semis Ware Caio ok eee ee 96
Berlepsch, Hans ity Paper Dy eke 2 © Si creases ae pats ROE BE A 689
LENS APL) TRANS VS NOT OSIET i eee pe ere epee cee (oe Men ra ee ea vr saa 5) 28 124
IBGiMOUCA, MOWIGS Ol ACCEIMOMS ROM. = 2 o-oo 2 2 Ss - 86
ereiom eC eNOtice Ol PADercDVle a: =. Saee aus aie ee ee eee 689
Bipiosraphy of the National Museum for 1890222222222 _ 2222522 681
lsammeryy, Die, We Cros MOUS Ole FOROS NY ek oe a ee 689
shelilsereceivedeiroms 0a: se ee me pele sence © oils ae 83, 213
Birds, arrangement and classification of the collection of_---__-_---___- 196
received from Solar Eclipse Expedition _-_-_______- Spee EM SS 111
PEVOU Oia WHS ChejoeyewaneNy Oi oe asen eee soe ae eee ae ee eee Se ee 195
ROWE Ot WOE tn ChejoewPiMMNeIN) Oi oe 2 ee oe 36
Speers eresearchess pve vMelcunaOr Of spam een nes ee 196
WORK Oi UemaKclerrrmansiiss ina) CkejoRweuinaermy Ot ~2- 222 2 ee 197
bicdSseces meshsrecelvedin department ofl2 25-22 5155 5 ines 200
Pe POCO LU pi enCLe PALME Mt Ol seis =p ans Se ee es eee 199
ENEMY Ol VOLE thal Glejoenemenerahy Ol oo See see eee eee see 36
Blankinship, J. W., stone implements received from __----------------- 83
Boehmer, George H., presents minerals, ores, rocks and fossil plants —_- 90
Bolles, Mieut. T. Dix (U.S. A.), assistance rendered by---------.=---=-=- 128
MOWMMCS Cii jORYOSIP ly . 222555 2-ne-22 22 689
Bouman eharles Harvey, notice of paper by..252--- 222242 2225. 222 2055 690

Bond, George W., collection of wools contributed by------------------- 168

192 INDEX.

Page.
Bonnett, Hon. Peter, sends photographs of a whale ____- RET peers eee gir 95
ES OUAM ACCESS OMS tO Cl po ete Tne TNT Oe ea ee 238
collections received from Solar Kelipse Expedition ___________- iil
RAOOM Oia WINS CheppewenMNEIN Of 25-2 ee eee eee = 22 2-2-2 237
TROVE Ol WOKE iin Tae CleyyPuINeING Of ... 2222-2 .2-5222222---=2- 40
IBowcail, A, loliccls) Slxhas joumrelneisecl tom {2 -2.--2522522552-25--222542- 91
presented a specimen of Manucodia atra _-__--_----------- 92
Boyaca, United States of Colombia, accessions from---_----------------- 87
Bradley, Hon. Joseph P., letter written to David M. Meeker by -------- 160
BEACH, dD. lel, SSGUMNSIals wewaiyedl WROWN ..-_ 2-2 22-2552 es oSsa-onse2---- 78, 111, 220
1 BY SYCr Ci yf ee nena RO ON At ee eS ri a ReImS CPIM OAR ape gi AYE Sa 537
BAA WISWEE, WV albiewan, joresemis lOlCIs? GAs) L.. 2.5 25--22-225 2-522-554-2522 83
Briggs, S., presents a Macaque monkey ___-_- Peep crates Mes SE 92
IBJAHSIay CKolluwaniarie), KOCSIMO Ns reins Le ee eo 78
British Museum, London, presents a seriesiof bats__-__-_-_-_____=__==22 90
sends in exchange meteoric casts______-_-_---- 90
IBiRO WA, Oy Ac, SSIS) ShorvercnnneSins Ot kewl 2 Pe os Se eee 93
IBVAOW Masia Om pe RCMT nea IAS OO Oat wee ie eee uy Up NE oe 43
IBTOWwid, AMM Sho, SHON) ireethyel ween 22 ee 84
Brown, William Harvey, accompanies Eclipse Expedition --_-------_--- 26, 102
Collectionsimladeyp yaaa a ee 78, 220
supplied with outfit.__.___- Peeper Sia RE lc 115
Bruff, Mrs. J. G., collection of paleolithic implements presented by---- 182
BIPUMNEL, ILANRGACS, MOMCS Oi Ayoewr iy -.2..-2--222-22se2--2-25- 22-2222 690
IBullllivaves teeoiulieedl sire INfennlornell Nulinisetam _.. -5 2-2-2. 2-2-1 2 5-- 2 9,18
Bulletins of the National Museum, published during the year__--___--- 56, 684
Bureaulot Ethnolosy, accessions tromithes 2.2 ses =e een eee 101, 135
BME eT Neda. PED OMb OR i eas ae cicero ls ae engl), ees Ee pee eee Wie 76
Burns, Frank, supplied with outfit.________ ayaa) Soi al SI ae Po Behr age 115
Buysson, Vicomte R. du, Chrysidide sent in exchange _________________- 220
CEICEREOMS GirOMyD Or HOGS 22.2 o2 Loc cose) 2 eke ee eee ee eg ee eee 538
Geena as sen Si Rie ee eS elec = ws pa a al ae 507
(Opi hinitoveraule rier eroreysivovalshaircovai't Aue ee ON ee ee oe eo 81
Camp, J. H., ethnographical objects collected by__________---_--------- 127
material) Sent iby teeises ee ete ieee: et aN ee ae a eae 77
@anar yislslandis 5 s.25 0 INU le Aol ee alee ieee poe URL ae pe : ia
Cape Bown, sbotaniesoard ei O lye a= = aan een eae ae eee Su. eat eit : 77
CapronmGentsHorace icolle ction ol = uses yallmeee liad cetera neue ene eyes 19
OVE oro y aes SEL ete ae FSi ee Pe teep ee ee Lat ey ff ES Mra pe gt ET 8 AEs eS 506
(CEyASOMAGEOUS GROW OF ROCKS 22-8 ee nee eens =- 541
Carbonates as chemical precipitates of rocks--_-_--_..___---.---_-----2 528
Carpenter, Capt. W. L., presents fishes, insects and reptiles .--_-_____- 96
Carpenter, Dr. P. Herbert, sends marine invertebrates _._._...--_____- 224
microscopie slides and a crab shell ___ 91, 213
Carter, Mrs. Sybil, contributes photographs and specimens ___________- 92, 128
Casey, Capt: Ute Titan ey 0 ui is) lee Se 2 i eee abel Saat an SAG (has a oe 61
Sendsispecimens of coleepterass 2) 4 = sae 84
Catalogue entries of Museum specimens during fiscal year 1889-90 _____ 24.
Catholic University of America, oriental museum established by______- 137
Catlin collection of Indian paintings, paper by Washington Matthews
onthe. 22.02 2c 3 bee Bi abet reps OLE Rael aden oni ae 593
Central America,,accessions from. =e sm te enans eee oe ane 79

Chalcedony 29. = 2-920 322 ce Sets BMA eae 1 olan angi) eae 528

INDEX. 793

Page
eeemiiony emliname mOlt Of 222525 IN iy eh! Soe a So aloe Be acts 76
Sirians hcdnie NC, notice of papers by 52._.-2-_-.2_--22 222-2222... 690
@hearciamestelie collection donatediiby.--22-.5.2-5 2 i522 0 ete a 128
Chenmealiconmositiomot rocks. 2: 2222222222522 22 See eee 520
Clements CONStILUtINO LOCKS = — Sas.) 42-8 2 eee 505
Oli lanes latiotiomee nay") oyayalve aS Saal ara eo eee Ee a 169
PEERS: OME, POOLS a 2 ef ea eM anes EE EIEN eb 526
Cheney, S. F., sends specimens of marine invertebrates ___---._-------- 79
Gimiuamwiawiand-shells trom... ...2. =... 22222-22242 Janes see eeek 73
LINE, BOOSESLGMSHITE CTA SS See aeaet ses ee nea ge ye nen OEP Pere ev 87
MePRINIcIne eee SSONSUROMaree eyes lS. ie IS ee ee 87
@ilonrideslas chemical precipiltaves\ot rocks_-_-5_ 5422 2 2 533
anonciinc meee eee ees re ae et Bae 507
Cincinnati Museum Association, collection of drawings presented by---- 149
contributes fifty drawings _____________ 84
Giomeengsion, steamship, initial voyage of.-..... 2 .-2-242-.---- 2242. 638
Clark, A. Howard, editor of Proceedings and Bulletins_______________- 28
report on the historical collections by --_---__- ae 141
Wlarkemi Wey NOLICe OF papers:bys 2.2... 2202+ 28 22 690
report on the department of minerals ____________ ee 241
Cockerell, T. D. A., sends specimen of Prophysaon pacificum_---_-_-__- 79
Colby iWimversity, Maine, concretions received from 22--2-.--5---_=-___- 82
© errr AU ripeness tee tae ee Se EE a ee en ay a sett 4
(CrOM@, SSARP. LEST Ss cP is a Sa ey en ee a em arene 4
@olleehions-icensis Of thes. o2.4 22) ok se ee eS es ee 21
LOTAGLIRINKOvaLM ONES MANE RrR ROS A Neen lis a ti || rine Una Pe pitas a 21
lim We MMs, GOW OH WME... 2. Lo ee 20
TORE Mra CUDA OVAL COS fa bil aye a eae ep seal ea See 17
Collectors’ outfits, sent out during the fiscal year 1889— 90 Le opel eae a 114
Collins, Capt. J. W., honorary curator of naval architecture, services of - 101
modelsiotuvesselsicolllecred save sss s= aes eee 101
MOUS Oi RYOSIS IW LL L222 2228s 2p le 690
(CMO TGATOMACCESSTONS his OM Ko a2 ae Mae eee ae We tle ae 81
Colorado Biological Association sent botanical specimens _______-______ 8i
iS IDRPROC Coe ee oe cnc eee See aE a Sa eee aloe eee 521
CHONG ELS ig: TRE DEH (een cee aN Ee reser ee ROE Ne eave essa et 7A
Comparative anatomy, accessions to department of______-_____-________ Ze
EDOM OVA Chejoeyeinaneray Oli —2 2 4.2-2-52225----2--5-- 231

specimens received from Solar Eclipse Expedi-
WOM OP WHE) CleyoweWMANEeION Ol -.-- 2-2 5 eee eee li
Me pnISEIel Collections from. 222225) 25S Meo ea Re ee 17
Comme chletitraCCeSSLOmMsuir Onmy oss aes is Na iy ete hie acl Se 82
Conservatoire de Musique, scope of _______ Be 15 Ble SOLA ta ESA SESS ay 121
HleSPAuESKet Vic Hleies wSEG@De: O lates tem sey al) ule ae ae 121
Coéperation of the departments and bureaus of the Government -____ _- 93
Cope mie emotice Ol-papers by: 242s. See eM es oe me 691
Copenhagen, Nordisk Museum, anthropological collections in _______- ~~ 125
Cea CCOSSTOM GMI OMe ean nme snt NE 1S EE yay 8 oad Mike leas a 88
Correspondence and reports, report of division of___-_-_____- igo e Re 68
WON AEO MARES EEy sp APC Wiese oe oak) ee le oe 691
ComteneouneVierle: papers: Dye = 22255 6s aoe Hu 691
Coyillenwirederick \Viernon,. Notice Of paper bys. 22-522 52222222 eee 691

Siramivieovenciniel clerk <0. ==... --2+22.-- 2-4 pi SA ea Cu here hae taage 28

794 INDEX.

Page
Cox.W... Vi; chief. clerk, report of 2 #25. (= ie eee as eee ee 62
Qige uu oieeal e Loy oleh Vile Renee eee RA meen ere SAMS eK ot tel kh ie 19
Cresson, Dr. H. T., paleolithic implements deposited by_----_________- 183
Crystalline limestones and dolomite________ Se eee Oe Dee Ue eee ee 544
G3 TAS OS ae as se se oie eR ee eee ee ee 548
Cunningham, Thomas, sent a sheet-lead impression from an inscription
ony Spanish) Oc k abe rnin Gases = = ee ee eee oun ne pe mee 86
Curacoa, steamship, frst vOyace Ole = = see ee ee 638
@orators Ais tObs 22 os 2 28a he Med Ree 2 ee 27
PEPOrts: Ole: ska 5-5 eee eh 2 Rae ae Soto en 2 ee 118
Curtin Jeremiah. collections mad em by aes ae ae ee eee eee 128
Daish, John B., received instruction in photography ---___--________-- 62
DallWalliam ke notice ot paper bye. 2 25s =e ee 691
presents zodlogical specimens from Alaska_-_-_-___-_- 80
POPOV TOE SD). A ale a een AS EES ee eee a 211
SendSispecimensiromeE@ ue Oe Cea een 79
Dean Bashtordis secs: 254 2c ks an Eee ee ae eh eee See ene ee eee 61
De Golier, W. F., casts of Florida shells presented by ---------------==- 213
Demerara Museum sends in exchange four skins of adult hoatzins — ___-_ 87
skeletonsiseniu, Dyer ==) == seen ee ee tas 231
Denmark <accessions romp! yess see a VE ee eee eee 89
Department of State, accessions from __--_____.___- eee 2a ee 89
Dewey, rede ric. snOp1Ce: Olga pe Sy oy eee eee 693
resignation! 2545352 SS ee ee eee 26
WT AW ASC Pst ts 5 a es Se SC Oe ee oe ny ra 562
DMIOKICS Sees soe Oe ah a a ee ee Oe ea Oe ge ee ee ne ae 558
Distribution olduplicates. 22-52-99 2-5 =) ae a eee eee eee 44
Distributions, geographical statement of ________________________-__---- 44
Dis; OH Coline, CCOSTSIOME 1AOWN 52-22-5222 2225+ - 2 sn2esas--- 82
Dolley lr Ol C Sse cee eee te es NE ee eee eee eter a ee a 61
Womlestic animal Sere Olle Ciro TO fees ee 74
Dorsey. eve Owen, pmodelsirecelyedmi One =e ee ee 101
Dratismenvini the Nationals Miniseries ee ee ee ee 76
Drury College, Springfield, Ill., plants received from --_-__--_--------- 83
wuses. DirpAlired sends; collections jase 5) ale ee eee epee 79
Duplicate specimens, geographical distribution of-_--___-----_-------_- 44
ID Wns, JOMeVINANM, Te, MOUKOS Oi RYDE |W... 222525 22-2222 sle22-=2: 693
| Ey Pg el Se ape eee ee ae ae ae ote eee Ns a er Ta CU 2 28
Masters lands aAceeSSi Ons wir Mas he ee ee eae ea eee ee ee 93
Eclipse Expedition, collections received from______- -____--.---- 127, 202, 206, 224
IGhyauAGlsy, Taleievy,, MOINES Ort [EWN Oy 22 2 2 2 Se es se =55- 693
Howards: vanal Ne. celsicollected ya == essa ae =e ae ee 101
HifUSiveOr-VOlCaniCrOckss 422 a= a ee ete ee ee ee 569
Eigenmann, Carl H. and Rosa S., collections of fishes received from_--- 206
NO LICCLO Ms PAeLS I Ve 693
Hittott D> G7 nobiceorpaper: Wye a eae eee 694
Hihoett, Henry, We mbended wiSit tO Alas ctr e ese Sele meee eee eer 95, 114
Slipped: wALa Outi sos — see eee eee eae tees 116
Hmerson, W. Otto, nests and eggs received from_------2- = 2222 22-222 -- 81
Emmons, Lieut. Geo. T., whistle, wallet, and photographs presented by - 97
Bneinecr Corps) Wa Se wc nye COLTTES YO tea eee a eee 86
BNeINeering, Geparjimi1eniy. Ole sae ee eee ee 20

histor y,olvAm erica ss === eee ee ee 20

INDEX. T95

Page.
hint lantcaecessions irom 821! [2 cise Po wo ee 90
LL TPO MILURS: OIG] LOS) ia ae ce ga el go i en 521, 551
Ethnological Museum, Berlin, sends ethnological specimens_______- Se 92
SPeCime nsere Ce lve drt: 0 Ligaen ee 77
Ethnclogy, Bureau of, models of Pueblo villages deposited by ________- 81
CeparimMentel, .addnions tothe 2229.9 ees eee 129
material received from Solar Eclipse Expe-
dabion for. thie) =<) Sue aie Oe eee eae leas 102
KE POLdiOm they Helse Ss aes A as 119
GEVASWOl WOO bhie 7522s ae ene eee 29
PpOMe mace ssi OMsnhn One sce. ts 8. 2 Ua) ey eaten Lea 89
Hvermannhharcon We rtotice of paper by 2224.2 2.5 4) See a ea eee 694
chance cmtOrelonna re NOM Ole ass = a= ss 5 —- 2-552 lee ee eee 50
HiiMpiiionisecues developmentor the: S520.) 55 25s ees Sa es 24
Explorations in behalf of the National Museum ___-__________- BUF 4 eae 101
Farewell address of George Washington, reference to the -____________ 12
TePynerail ea JAN oP By es SS ie eRe ete eek UP eee eeu etree aay 62
WWEDROM, WAVEUURETO, TOA) Oi TOY OEP ly 2 soe eo eee 694
Federal department of industry and agriculture, Switzerland, sends
ISIN Speen eee we sat ee ae eS WR es Se 92
Fernow, Dr. B. E., honorary curator of the forestry collection __-_-_____- 100
ima CoiniellownECl ly. .--2-=2-+-22-- ea es eee bare yes a8 100
PCO OM SAGMOM Of HOROMIA, soo 5222 oeeee ee tenes ase 163
PeePUGIMOMS CROWD Ol ROOK ooo ssees eee neces ee ates ule ie ire at 540
Hemaxesnak, Walter, notice, of paperibyns 222s sees sens 2) See 694
Finance, property, supplies and accounts, report on____.--._.-._--.__-- 62
ineonakano iby. (ri ction: On WOOd ss sae Sa Ek Le eee hee whee iy a ae Soe 395
LOW OCG Ga aoa Ae Pace Aenea ap eee ue ten, See te eee Seth Sree 400
DAS AWWA eae AI SUA a ALL Ea a a came EN Sa eae ae 399
byabwar limo, 2 Sao soe ate ey pe eh ec 218 Ee eae 395
ehiemmicalliane thiod's i Se cles asses eee eerie men ape a ele eee 402
electrical method sole eas Smet a mae ope nelben: 0k) pee te aero ee 409
[DIACOMUGUNOM, Ort TNENKEIVES fr 2-2 = 5 ee ee Bese 407
ie HLOOMmOUN Ging NEeMlOl = SUES s Slee an Heese ys aie eee 18
PEcMeonmrssion (Ui. S.), accessions fromuss) see ua ease 100
botanical specimens transmitted by —--_-------- 80
colllectionsrotisiesimades bya e >= === aa== 205
colllecionstotrepilesimacd ey basse 201
Colllechionsime ceived hic nne === =e eran 79, 80
cray-fishes received from ___-___-__-------___- 85
fishes collected by steamer Albatross _---_-_--- 87
model sion Shapsipresenveds by === === eee 82
reptiles, batrachians and insects, receivedfrom_ 81, 85
sent fishes, shells and reptiles-_--.2---+22--222 86
Wishes, department of, list of accessions im ___.-____.--_._-_---------.-- 206
specimens received from Solar Kelipse Expedi-
tion: by the eae ee Eee oe ee ee 105
report Ou phe department Of =. 0 se Se snse) soe sys 2 eee 205
review of work in the department of -_22-=22-2--22_ 2222222222 BU
special researches by honorary curator of _--__----------------- 208
Fish Hawk, survey made by Fish Commission steamer -_-___-----_____- 229
tick ev. George H.R., presents specimens: 2-041. 2.-22__224_ 1b 8 78

Fletcher, Prof. James, sends lepidoptera and coleoptera ---------------- 79

796 | INDEX.

Flint, Dr. J. M.(U.S.N. ), honorary curator of section of materia medica_
report on the section of materia medica_-_____

HUOrida; ACCESSIONS fr Omi sse yh ees aes Oe ae eli ea indy cy Sere Ee
USE AUXO) cub ai syle enetsesesn ey ete BUR eget Seah a Aree Core opan|cet ert eee ge eed
Hood anditextilessreporton thelsection wore s=6= == ep aa ee ene
review OL work in the section ofes.) 92-2292 =s5ass=ns

INORG CONGO, IRSOOING Oss 5-2 5. 2a55ss552555 2 ooo Se ease ana see
INOS ISCO CH WN SSO MOWL ON seb. oes. sees oe oe besa oe eee ease
THEN Ohi WON ial hives SSOUNOIN OF 22 2 ee

Horney vA nw Ele work cOf 2a 8 eee 40) oid rah es yee le yal hips eel es Se
Fort Payne Coal and Iron Company sends mineral specimens___________
Fossil plants, review of work in the department of_---_________________
pirance vaccesslonsitrOm Shs 5 kee Se SEs 2 a yee ies oie a eae
Francis, Joseph, gold medal received from____________________________.
presents a diamond-mounted gold box _-______________-

Fraser, Farley and Varnum send specimens of teas_____________________
Friedenwald, Dr., sacrificial platter purchased from___________________
Prost, L. L., ethnological objects received from_=)___--_ == __- ===
Furniture and fixtures, appropriations for____________________________-
(Giz one ae em ee eS eS ec es alee re Sie Pee eee aero ieee NL ty De ieee ne Ek
Gaddis, John T., presents ethnological objects________________________.
Galejoeos IISIEHHGls, EOCSSSIOMNS ine@iil. = 2555232255 22 = == === == =e
Gardiner, Rev. F., jr., sends ethnological objects from Barbadoes _____-
Sul oolbiecl waldo. CWNdih fo 2 2 Soe sees be.

Gay, Francis, collection of fibers contributed by----_.----__________-___
presents a collection of fiber-yielding plants _____________

Geare, R. I., chief of correspondence and reports______________________-
TES) OLD ACO Lhe Selene opener md Nene tse tee a ere SY Pt oe

‘““Geognosy: The materials of-the earth’s crust,” by G. P. Merrill ___-
Geographical review of important accessions____--______-----_____-___-
Geological Survey of Canada sends specimens __-_--______-_-_-__________-
Geological: Survey, (US) accessions roman esse eee
deposits fossil and mineral specimens ________

fresh-water fossils from Bonneville Lake, re-

Ceivedtromeus: J 325 os eeehe eo 1 epee

MAUMNTSANIS WOVEN HNO — 22.52 aoe se toe seen =

sends photographs of scenery-_------- caren tire

specimens of quicksilver deposited by _-------

Geolosy, accessions tomhe departmenttois === == es == en anes ee ees
specimens received from Solar Eclipse Expedition for the de-
PAvbtmMentiOlssse® 5 we Hae Pe Ma Lae eee Sx ee See
iHandbookctorithe Departmenii0lee pas a= == =a ee

ACO CIN Woe GK ORVANINGING Ol oo. oop e eee seoe eee a= Sen Sess

review of work in the department of_.----.-_._-____-----_----

Gerrard, E., skin of the Yaguarundi cat purchased from_ -_-_------------
Gestro, Prof. R., coleoptera received in exchange from ___-_-_-------_--
Sembunex chiang cyto) seer es as eee

Gilbert Charles He motice ol papersi yess. === a= ee
ile nine odore;noObicexotapapers snips es ee ee ee eee ee ea
Gillespie, Lieut. Col. G. L., transmits a gun-carriage from the citadel of
San Dom in Ge pk Sas As ses ea ee eee os pene
Gillman, Henry, assistance rendered sbyess 3245-262 ee
GiCi8S 2.) cays xe Sees Se Ee oe ee IG Ss TE aes ap ane Ree eeeee

Page.

175

507
165

163

560

115
167
92

5038

Horan, Henry
Superintendent.of purdines, report Of = 2-- S252. 22" eee

INDEX.

Coode, G Brown, notice of papers by 22.2 2-2 22.2222 zee a gets
Graf, Theodore, presents photographs and heliogravures ______________
Grampus, survey made by Fish Commission schooner ___._____________-
examie qchemicalcomposition: of 220202 yy te Sah ry
Glassiicavion and nomenclature/ots -.- 22 2) 5 ee
MinerolecompOsihion Obs: (20 ue EN yh Naa Tae ee

SSB TPUN HEDLEY OMNES a age CME IN INE

Graphic arts, classification of exhibit in the section of ______.___. _____-
listror accessions in the section of 9222 222520 ie eo

PEOOFG Ohl Whe Sx Oi 2555 Le ee
LeMicvnOlworkin the section of 922i 570) Seer ee

| Gitelorars., Se) Milas sSCeuaualisicts) ae sy ee le eeticy eae, Aenea ies i hee ee efie s N
Grinnell, George Bird, presents skins of mountain-goat ________________
(Cuan vatO us peciimensairOm 25s 0 Peso ee ee
cana COU MOM tuOTmamui twat a yl s ANd) ee
Guildhall Library Committee, London, sends a collection of medals ___
Gurley, R. R., assistant in department of paleozoic fossils __-______ ___-
Gmpney, do Isle, OUuNes: Or JOR OS lyse ab eeeee ene ee eee ee
Guiekkumei:, 10. OMOLKOMNA OES mewemyeCl Wom —222 52 2 ee
isl@@reia, IDE. Wa, Seimih INGAWweeniahn TmaOKstes| 4-2-2225 8
Eaonesanincopolocicalcollechions inte. seas sae ose es ee es
Hancock, Dr. Joseph L., presented a living snake_____________________-

Sein lowliecls? Shams neon Wiaghieh 62 2

Harvey, Mary ©., deposited historical objeets_-------_--_--___--___
IB sueiens,. (Calllosirtelalon wlouikee Oli jesholene [\iseen a ee eee A ee eee
Efart, J. C.,sent specimens of Hupemphia trinitatis_..___..___._____-____-
TElavuoth, URenbul rave mete) Onn ory OYey RL ONy Tusa een M ok eee eee eee ee Eo
Healy, Capt. M. A., sent photographs of Alaska_..__-......__----._----
Heating, lighting, electric and telephonic service, appropriations for _-
em piilietienny. molusixs presented | yes ss ses= anaes esac

shells and fossils received from ______________.______
SVSCMIMEMS SGSIVSE) WweOMN -_ L222 epee ee se =e eee

Ee edngion Mun esent DUS) iSkol nS) peo me Se eee eee eee
Hillebrand, Dr. W. F., minerals collected by ---___-_----_-.__---______
Historical collections, report on section of ____.--_-_----_--_-_-_______-
Pee lN COC ewe lu@ Tiinall ss See ie, muse ea ee yk ah anne ara Nim i fe ely ae

ballooneowuntanrsp ug clilalse cistire ony esses eee ane ae ene
collected insects, mollusks, Aino articles, and botani-

Call specimens wh Jaye. 2 see ee tee eee
ethnographical objects collected in Japan by -_-----
NOMCE OL PA pensive sae es ee Swe LS ie es ee
objects illustrating Japanese life purchased from __-
paper by, on the Ancient Pit Dwellers of Yezo___-__-
paper by, on the Ainos of Yezo, Japan___------.----
report on the sections of foods and textiles by_------

Hiodokins Ween sent bones and) potteryesss= 42525552 eee see eee
Pian aneodor, aOulce of paper) by {24 25s 8 so eee eee
Holmes, W. H., honorary curator of department of American prehistoric

TOO) LE SIS pt tN ea Pe TA eel ope reac Ag pean ne Ree PEGS wl
TAKONUN ETS) (OM) GOLH OVENS! ON ies Ne el eee ee

_report on department of American prehistoric pottery -

798

INDEX.

Hornaday, William T.,donated four skins of mountain-sheep-_-----_----

MOUIKES Oe FORYOSIP lOve Se AMS an:
presented four big-horn sheep-_-___--_-__----_____

PESionatioMVOhs 22 5a. See wey pele eae Sy eee
Senta livin omwood Chiic kaye === aaa eee

TOUS ay Valter, NOUCe Ot pape te Wyj ee eee eae

paper on the Methods of Fire-Making, by ----------_--

Howard, L. O., acting curator of department of insects___-_--____-____-

NOtCE OL PAPELSEDY Asa -e2e ae Sew ee aaa eee ee
Sent'a silk-moth 2.2200 | SU eee eee a ee eee

ibudson, W- H:, paper Dy 22-522 oes oo ae ee ae ey ee ee
Eummino-bird), -Allents <2 22020 2 eee ee ait ee eae

WACINTOS) Si ee ses ee oh ee 2S i ee

black-throated ene a pega ea
broad- tailed Ce ae ee a ee em A mere A Se Ue

PUR OWS oe ae eS he rec cs

aM tuS)S=2% = sae es Se a

Humming-birds, abundance of individuals. _------___-_-_--___:__----=-

characters and relationships tots =e eee
distribution. Of 3282. 322 ee le a ee ops a eee
early wiStony, Oboe se eo eene sete rare Nes ee a
fOOGE Olin 226 em 2 Ses ee ee ae = (0el e e e eee e
PEoMeaplnicaldisixlo mts ON Oly ee eee eee
UaNes Hf OF ASYM OY cee gtaee etek ery ape ie eR ee LES Ure ah cies RE eS se ao
head OrnamentssOls s= ss a5. teen alee een eae te aes

WIE SOE = oo ee a ht eee ened 2 BE Le lel ey ct ai ee dA

intelli Mem CO sO fe 1s 4 ee Wee oe Ue ay ores
key to genera of, in the United States, Mexico, Cuba

andthe Babamas: <= 58a 2. 2 Meee ee ee
MANMEROh Hic hit OLS se ys eee ee eee
miorations Of: ee 557k ee pe ee a a eee ee ee
namesand Orion OP 322 ee se ee ae ae eee
nests andieses Of 2.32) 5235.20. e sae eee ee
of the Wmited States 2222 52 sae ae oe ee eee
ornamentation Of S22). 33 oes See ee ee eee
paper on, by Robert ae ieee Sete eS 2
plumagesof sn. aos oe eee a Bee ee ee eee
\EbGhlOts OF oJ ee ee Soe see eee eee Sef a ssee=
VOIC@OE eee oe. ook ee he eG 2 a ee ee eee

Hydrocarbon compounds as chemical constituents of rocks

EMV Ose = a2 cas USE ek ee ees
Hyvernat, Prof. H., seals presented by --------------------

INDEX. 799

Page.
liddinss, J. 2°, offers to collect seolosical material 92 22__ 2222 22 2 2) 113
SEES TOC 5 eee ea eee Berg ee ee eta ie = ue a aD 524
INMMGHS, ACCSISLOMS, INO ee as eo See ee ey aa eee ee ee 2
nclieAC CESS LOU SmICOMe ets ia aie 2 IMac: Sates ete el eee eee 00S ul 88
india Vinseumyarcancemenit of material im. 9.225). 2 eee ee eee 120
Midi NeCitOrnraccessiOns: TrOM.. .420 252208 22o 2) ee ee 82
HnSeciomancna na em emia Olea =. 2s Teil) sees ee aN Le ee eee ee 220
department of, collections received from Solar Eciipse Expedition
WOME NG soem cas eee ee ee Al ee eae ee a SAE OAAT SS TH se eye 108
ATMS! HOP COMED WOM SE os Casati ae yaa ok ena te Neat So ew ee 220
LeVOCmOUENehLepArMienit OL s* 5 oasis ee Cees ee oe 219
revmiewnOL woken pheidepartmentt Ofeess. 5222.22 seas 38
Se Mpls Me ClAalISts OR SLUCLY sarees oo) 8 Sues sic SEED ie 220
Insetsu-Kioku, Tokio, Japan, sent in exchange a collection illustrating
Hapanweseameniodsiotenoravingos 2.2) 220) Pye ee 88
TaSwhiIn CAMARO DOMORIS, SCONE Ol. nas ee eee eee gee a eee eee an oe BL
Interior, Department of, accessions from_-_-------_------_-___-- ger eet A 98
ethnographical specimens suigeemied Dye ies 7s 85, 128
Intrusive or plutonic rocks----_---- BAGO et as SI ecred a fe 8 Pe i a 5o2
Invertebrate fossils, mesozoic, report on ihe deparimentlolaas === asses 235
-paleozoic, report on the department of_____________ 233
VUTECOUI ae Se ee er sel ey ree eg t aaa 508
EAI ACCESSTO TES pits Olea yes (0k yk) ay eo aye Oe NY icy pede ie al ces 91
James, Prof. Joseph F., ase Smacs rendered tony ean 52 SNA eA 24, 233
IMOWNGS Ol PRYDE NW aeee eke ees sk eee accsleone ee 698
Jammes, L. H., collection of stone implements purchased from______- ee 88
prehistoric implements presented by ------_________ a 184
AP ANMRACCESSTON Stir Onin Jame Leis iS eke es eal id peer pee dee) ee 88
Panne ese lanes. SCOPe Olea saa a. tana eet = Seek a te ee 12]
ViEISTO SIP i a a ee eee cae con ee eg Mn Se scp ee 528
JerusHlenn, mmscrhpualom imo WerMjOlS Che... 22. +- 222-222-555 2522 5555548 138
Johnson, Prof. O. B., presents marine invertebrates ._____-_- seers te oS! 225
Jordam, IDENAlGl Sewer, MOMES Ot RYDES 7. 2-2 = 5 2 ee ee eee 698
zoological specimens collected by --._-..__________ 100
Jouy, P. L., aid in department of mammals --_---__-__-_-_- ts ey sO 192
jomeseinueal Slaelllls iiaoin Comes) 2.252222 eco e eee cscs 88
presented specimen of garnet gravel _____-____- ay We I Cae 78
Howes aC apt ©. presented a harbor-sealla: ses Sawin eee ees 190
Kadiak, Alaska, botanical Specimens from —--=2-----2------2 === 80
VRGVOMMTO co & ese ER en ap ERO A be pepe eee RU en gee EU ENTE oe 7 531
Keeler, Charles A., eggs and nests received from _--_-__-._-_---_-_----- © 83
Mendale Wren taciitiesrextendeds to) 2225 stake De 8 ee 297
Weniiucks 7 acCesslOnS irOMm-oe 2 S85. 2202 oe il es ee ee ee 82
Moss Vay. Karl, sent fishes from Switzerland 2*_-)_----_-2 2-2-2. ee 94
TmOWrMiOia., 1M, Lele VaKOUIKCS Oli ORY SIP ONS ee Be serine eae ase 698
Knudsen, Valdemar, sent a collection of birds’ skins ___-_---_---______- 93
Kober, Dr. George N. (U.S. A.), specimens from Idaho and Washing-
LOMMOO MALCOM Vai ars senna Oe een ciee ee ie lee oy fee 28 Aa 128
iMéochre oun isentitworumt hatchets saes2= 525.088 ote eee ee 90
Seay 2 jorollilslaverol Ble anixowam Syrexeleul- -2 2 2 91
Koebele, Aes insectsrcollected bys. 9-8 we See ee eee eee = 219

Koehler, S. R., paper on white-line engraving for relief-printing in the
fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, by-'---.------------ 385

800 | INDEX.

Page
IN@SIMIGIP, So Lito. MOVES, ON RYOSIES Oy 2 42 seeSosaas Soeses sence ee ee aes se 698
LepoOLRnonetWeIsce Onno oc iC aA bs =a ae 147
Keun7, Georges s,. NOLICe Ol ae TNs ae a ee 699
Leos joriia rel churenimysr tae iiseeHl jesye ....2.-.-- 22-222 ee ee eee eee eee 7
mabrad ors accGessions fro miss ee Sees cele eter pe aes eae ele pean 79
Laflamme, Rev. Abbé J. C. K., contributes invertebrate fossils__________ 79
iLewanlooicm, Ike, 181, 18l,, riReein Clabes jornesemmiureol ony... -.-.-.=------=---_-- 81
mamissell jreawAl imeeeiiyeol tieomn.—.. ..--.---=--=---=-=- 83
presents minerals and rocks_____________________- 84
SEM ray Se Cime MNO {10 0S IC Tie ee ee eee 86
SEMILES PC CIM ETA SION CU Te Ze 85
IDeA Oia, SE MMNDIEN, ORES ONS! iO) OMS = ee ene 90
iepBaron, Jn urancis ssupplicdewiGhoutinih= === === ae seine 116
Lectures and meetings of scientific societies ____________-______________ 59-61
Lectures, Saturday course _____________ J coil eared hep, ata ee ey)
Lee, Leslie A. and Thomas, ethnological objects presented by_________- 101
Lehigh University, copies of seals sent to___----__-__-- dine ners be (Sue ae 139
RC LO ZIS. WAI SC UM Sy MMA spose 21 eer en ech y tans get ee yee eae 124
Leyden, anthropological collections in museums of__-_---______________ 127
hiberia, specimen of termite queen from____________-____-______________ 77
ILMORATAOS,, SSCHMIOM!, TAO ON OWL . .- -. 2 2 22 Se ee Se ee ee ee Sst 49
HILO AP yA TO ON LH OT es sa a fee Se eee ek a Be So ee 48
SHamitosoroneya IavenhuhaOil 22. 2h ee SES ee oe a5 -- 13
imibuneate 20 205. ole eee Se ERE ae a ae sais 2 en ieee eee 586
Jer saVova Nie Meee ee ean pean ae eee epee ey ete eee en eels ee eo area eT 526
Lindsay and Early deposit original boiler of locomotive ‘‘ Stourbridge
MOM 2 os Se SR A AE as ia ae oe ee ee ae ae ee ee 161
Ima yor, UDIW Ali, TKONAOS. OE AINE lye = = es ee ee === 699
NALS is 25" eat eee ee ee age OS rye ee 572
ILGOMNIS., ILEVeRenG IMI, MOWNGS Oi FOROS |W .-2-- 2222222. -2 422-222 =5-=-=-- 699
Lovett, Edward, ethnological objects purchased from ___.______________ 90
Him plemenitshp wc ehase a ett0 10 sea ee eee 90
sent in exchange ethnological objects from India_____- 88
Lower California, collections from ____________ Bets ASI Le) | ofa a 80
ID (UGE; IDG Yale, OSE OIO RIS Ry TRE OO Ol oa. a= = en ce ee eee Se se k= = 73
NOLICE IOLA DEV: Wire oa Sees te ee eee el ges el Baie ae 699
iLgyOumi, Weve, 1D), Er, CONES Oi Seals joresemUeGl ly. 2 2 2 set =- = 2 139
copies of seals semtitow is ees ee ee ee 139
Mac Farlane, R., presents ethnological objects___-_____________________ 78
McGillicuddy, Dr. V. T., deposited four American bison ___-_-________- 85
McKee, Maj. George W. (U.S. A.), sent a living pheasant _____________ 96
McLain, Hon. Thomas J.(U.S. consul, Nassau, W. I.), sisal received from - 94
MICO ein, 155 Iwlllos jomeseimweGl l\~so foo 25 242-52 ees ese eee ete (fa, Waa
IWASNESIIC 2 Seer anes 2 Dea a Me Aah ae cee he ee eo ee 530
Mao nesta = aes ppm Me rcormie te Scag! hs ars Mees bene 2 nese We Ee 507
Maine. accessions irom) 22222 =e ote sheen eae Pane onan LE ner areas 82
Malietoa, sends valuable collection of ethnological objects from the Sa-
moan Jislands) 2hve. Seer c ce yee ERAS See SS eee eee ee Soret 93
Mammals, department of, material received from Solar Eclipse Expedi-
tion for thes soe see ee ie ee ee ee 102
THEO Osa) Wave GlEoAbMANEIONy ON 52-222 sse c+ sassecs seas Se eSce 189
review of work in the department of _---____________________ 35

Manganese.) = 20520222 sae See ea ee ee ee ee 508

INDEX.

Miami dae CessOMserrOm: ===. Le bt tet Nee PLL ee
PSUR LEDs ATU SVESIE LI TT St a leg a a a ha Ee
Marcom, G. f., zoological specimens received from_________-___________-
Marine invertebrates, collections of, sent to individuals _._-____________
collection received from Rev. A. M. Norman__--
collections received from the U. S. Fish Com-
USS OMS ae entree Le Sec ch Same: mk ee yea
duplicate collections of, supplied to institutions.
received from Dr. P. Herbert Carpenter
received frem Wesleyan College
EVO Om Wane Clejoryeweneimy Of wo
review of work in the department of____________
Specialsers or disurtputed. «22>. 24. less eyeuan ie
specimens of, received from Solar Kclipse Expedi-
[BECO a ce Neg eR ce tigate

Miia G COM mMOTlCeOlipaperiOVeeeee a aes a2 22-5552) ei ee Pees
Pia AMAcCesSlOMs mr OM 2 eames en See Se We ee
Mason, Otis T., paper by, on the Ulu, or Woman’s Knife, of the Eskimo-
MOL CELOMPAPeoIOVeaE es Heese see Se Un Te. ee eee Se
report on the department of ethnology

.

IMDSEAOCINUSOMIBE BOOCOSSMOMEM Nona ok ee
Mataafa sends valuable collection of ethnological objects from the Sa-
TAD ea Ttaa I Lara lee av ee ee rene Si nna IM POSS Bee SE lapis Serta NE tree

WiterenalalliMe mite tOrsbulcle nts. Mess Seta 2s 2) 9 A ee he ees
Mi temlanmmedicay reporh On bie Sectlonl oles 424422525225. 5. eae
IHS AMERY (Ohi vyOiels wal wae Seeiniorn Oi Looe U kes eee ek

Matthews, Dr. Washington (U.S. A.), ethnological objects received from _
The Catlin Collection of Indian

IPRUUMGlMeRs|, (pAyere yy - 2-225 225e

Maynard, J. C:, sent eiehteen specimens of Sirophtaq--_._._---_-___-_ ==
specimens of Sula coryi purchased from

Meirsw Drews. material lent tos) 222552 ere os te ee ee
Medina, Hon. José F., sends specimens from Nicaragua
Necker Set hnubMOtiCer Of paper Dy Go2s- 2 -- 52M 2) san Lae ee eee
MeiosGen vie (Ur Ss. AX) wihistlereceived from 22525 2 222 aun ees
TMLee aay NTS) ye aoe a ret es aU URN aL
Merriam, Dr. C. Hart, collection of reptiles made by
MMNeTOMENNS Meith WO) Sas- saa 5 oS aseS ees eos lose.

MO LICE OR PAPC TeH OVE Mette senescent oe one eae

presents reptiles, porcupines, and a toad_______-
iNest ete ll eerie wi
Handbook for the Department of Geology, by- ------

MOL CERO MPA PCESMO VE toe ee areaN ene raat Lea pe ae see

Feporh On uneWdeparttiment Of seolog yy 2s. ss ss nse eee

TLOCKSHDLESEMGeG svg eet nia weue mais St I LN 2 naka ee

Micrcillipa Dred uC (Win SLA) coos) presented: by:-s22-- 2-9-2225 -e5 soo oe
Mesozoic fossils, report on department of_________-___-___-__-__-____-_
review Ol work im the department Of-=5 252-5222 2525 227
MMerammorpiicrocks. 200. 22c0 260k SU cet a eee
MemicommlanlonalemuUuseumsiOf 5) 2. 825655 Uys Pe ee
Meyer, W.E., anthropological objects presented by ------------------.-
MeversCapt A. El, sends photographs of whale -__2---222--222222-22-

H. Mis. 129, pt. 251

243

82

82, 96
235

40

524, 5438
10

802 INDEX.

Page
Wicroscopleistructure: Of OC ase = se aise See meee ee era ee ee nee 512, 514
Miller, A. J., desires codperation in exploring a buried city in Honduras_ Ji4
Milligan, J. D., specimens of Cyprea arabica presented by -------------- 93
Minerals, accessions to the department of__------------_-__--.-________ 241
OL TOCKS Ze W222 £5 5. UE Sm Ahh hy atu Oe arse en ee eee 508
report CIN TONS GepoAneBTNSIMNy Ol nn 2 pee eas se === 241
rewmews Ot woLsin bed eparshine mt, 0 temas aan ee ee eens 42
Nunnesotas accessions strom s2—25 =. 2425 a een ee A ek eee eee 83
INH SSOUrL ACCESSIONS frome a Case es aoe oe tents Ae Le eee 83
Modelers, wrk: OF 22 fh 2. ees i see eee eee a ate oe eee 73
Mollusks, collection of, made by steamer Albatross -_---_- be hd oe 212
general operations in the department of __-_--________-________ 212
IS] OAH Oial, Have) GlSy RNP WMMLSINNS Ol = 2 es oe Se eee 211
review of work in the department of__.--------2.------______ 37
special researches by the honorary curator of__--_--_--______ 215
received from the Solar Eclipse Expedition_________________- 105
Molnar, Louis, presented a collection of mammals _____--_--__-________ 189
sent in exchange mammal and birds’ skins _____________ 89
IMOMIEOS, JJ. IPs, IORAES Clin jomesemues! ly 22-52-2252 25-222 222------ 181
INOMTer even Caius MOU CS Sl cei 6 ffir O10) oe ee a ee ee 80
Mooney, James, contributes insects, reptiles and ethnological speci-
MOCMIS Seco sees is eect ae Se lene 84
ethnological objects collected by ____________-_-_--_-_= 101
Morgan, Gen. T. J. (Commissioner of Indian Affairs), transmits a wooden
NO 6 = els eeceseng tein Sha fie ne NEE Se Se Bae Sas ee er 98
Morcan, Hi.'de, presents prehistoric) antiquities: —=- 2225) 2222. e ee 89
MID ROC), SoS Cihaaeials) ixscenn esl wow ee Tg
Morrill oma sus bin (Soe Soe Oe See ae ate he ee Ses een ee ee 18
Morrison, Prof. James H., sent fossils and minerals___________________ 85
Morton. Dia Henry, presented. al dividing enaine= sss a. ss as = enenn eeeee 162
Mies, MiAS, Ais “Ns, DOU ReXeeiyeol terol .2 2-22 22 222s 135
Muller. Win Max, assistance rendered! byes ss see ee 140
WhwmalO@i, JOM. - sso2sssss2ssasse pS ee ey Ale A, pe 28
iibraniantine portiOh 382 Sees lc 28 ee ne eee eee eee 48
Musée Carnavaletwscope:0f ss. 222) 3 se ee A ee ee iA
Musee-@lunyescopertOle: === 22 toes see asa s asks eae ae cee ee iz
Musée a2 Awtilleriesiscope of 225s eas ee see ee ai oy Saal ie ol pe eels 121
Museexc louvre sscOpelOh=4 22 Sues et Ls ia a ee 121
Maiséerdu; Trocadero scope Ohsra-ta sees SoS. 2 eee ee eee 121
MuséeiGuimet: SCOMeOL a S2 Saas) oe ee ee 12]
MuséeiStGermain scope Ole = ae ee ee eee 121
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, collections received from 205
sent in exchange speci-
mens of siluroids______-_ 87
Museum of Natural History, Genoa, zodlogical specimens received from - 91
Museum of Natural History, Paris, sent in exchange specimens of hair
Of different races) pieces yn vio the ON cee a a oe ee tt preys) |
Museums expendibures MOL —— 5-2-2 es 8
of-inglandy « ®!¢ 22.53 see Cet ee ee el eee eee 8
Museums: Of MexiCO ici) 2S aaa ee eS per 10
National Cabinetie. ite s4 7 ase See ae) Oe eee 4
National Herbarium, number of specimens in the _____________________- 238

National: Institate ce ea ee a a a cee CO 4

INDEX.

National Museum, administrative staff of the __________________________
appropriations for the fiscal year 1889-’90

bibliography of, for the year ending June 30, 1890___ 681-716

building, necessity for new

SOUS GINS Of Ene nee eee 0) Oe a a eva

collections, growth of

collections, sources of

Carlivalistorynor ther aac 2 esi. we SRC arate aia

eduicanonaliwork ofthes i! (Oke aos ae ere

TUGURS OOssiloiliines OW wae) O28 eee

IMcCheAse OlMmaterial ini the sso. - es | eae

list of accessions during the fiscal year 1889-90 to the

TNE OSSISTUAY MOVE Teh ac 2 ES St Pa Ee eae SA Rete A 2

opening of, during extra hours

organization and scope of the

papers by officers of the

E-vOCee cine suo ieblver tae ed cine sh SO Naa cls tne ak a aN

[OOS iia y@Ielke OH WMS —o2 ee

relations of, to Smithsonian Institution.._...___.____

SPC CUME NS ALM tia ays spent ete Nk Eh ceg hale th

Sica tips Oly tila awe peg es tk a il ae SN ah AY Ee eR as ie

VASTEORS ELON Une meses Me sigh a ee Ue eae

National Museum, Oxford, England, sent in exchange a Hindoo fire-drill-
Nea avepantiment, accessions from 22) ee ee
marine invertebrates received from

Nebraska, accessions from
WeNjailaaccessiONs TrOMl, 1722 BU a Cie Se ak ho i eo ee ie
New Brunswick, accessions from
NEMEC LSC ac CeSSlONS: (roma Nu LA aes a a Uke
New Jersey Historical Society, cylinder of first steam-engine erected on
western continent, presented by------

Hornblower engine deposited by -------

New Mexico, accessions from
ING WENdOD er ACCESSIONS Lr Orme A ule ee eae a AO ie a ee ee ls
Niblack, Ensign A. P. (U.S. N.), assistance rendered by
ne AAA ACCESSIONS TOM se sees lak ea a he ee
Noble, Hon. John W. (Secretary of the Interior), ethnological specimens
CIS [OOSIS CL LON aes os ate Ree Eire ee ae eee et ae ee iis heme ener eee. 21
Nordisk Museum, Copenhagen, anthropological collections in_--------_-
Norman, Rev. A. M., marine invertebrates received from______________
presents crustaceans and echinoderms -_-_-_----_---
Norn Carolinawaccessionsiirom. 22 2a ee ee a ee a
Moreira orc: John, suppliedwwith outtit 22548200 222232 ee
Norway, accessions from__------- ARIE GU ign MRS pi os NT Te A Oe
Nuttall, Zelia, sent a setof Norwegian cart harness. _-_--_-- ad aN ae
Oberlin College presents specimens from South Africa______-_-______--
specimens) donated), by 45 5522 (ees) Uk Sa ale ee
WeeimCcamaccessiOns rome s wees es Ne ae ee Le eh ear ee
WhnomaAccessronsuimonmia ve. Ue ee ee ee ee
SreniieOrrru. supplied with outit 2.2.2.2... 02 oe ee eee
WOO MMC COSSTOMS apr Onn ee eet SSI eT eae a
Oriental antiquities, accessions to the section of ______.----------------
KEpoLruons the SeChON OL 2222545552 554 s0 2 eae

9
684
20
17

225

159

128

125
224

115

127 |

115

138
137

804 INDEX.

Oriental antiquities, review of work in the section of._________-_____-_-
Orientalists, international congress of, reproductions of Assyrian seals
OEESCIDS A Boyes ape ela atm ei ee lt rae eae ne a
Oriuboclaserse ied ee Se eee e 2t AN ae re Mies pe Eien ee) re od a
Oscood Erol Eloward Gasts|OtSe alls Se mii iO aes ee mee ae
GOwmussy CHwSaGlSol Oy Lo 2222-222 222225 -Sce2eees-

Osteolomist, report oles css Saisie Uae eS Sete ane ee a eee
Outawar Canad ayy acceSsio ms tir, o ri Pape os ee ee ee
OxdordeVinseumny topically anereaimo; ele rity ee a a
(Ope ake ek year epee an ge Pere eM AN Rares OM oes Cohen Se eR ee Oe at
(Oreos (eh ah ieee Urn seme sae, 4a enn eee area Te en as Sela tel oi See, sels ate aes

Pace, William E., wine of bird! presented by 2222222 2s ees ee
Paleozoic fossils, important accessions to the department of ___________-
MEOH OI Was CleBIrKMNeINNG Ot ....--n-222oe2n52--=-+-=-

review of work in the department of__--_-_--________=

iRalimern sD rsHdiwardnilivar despre se mibe clio yaaa eesti anes eee ee eee
Balmer, Joseph, wor lego bers esis oie ys eters mea ree aie New eS ee ee
d CW Ingo Veh eee VIL a lesly oc yates Tin OY Gry Ser ace eg ed a Seale ay ap Nate se laeesh pA es
IPEWDeTES lay? OmakKGeraS Ot wie. Wenmomell WihwisewarM. ._ -.._2- 22222 -~ 222-22 2225--
published by officers of the Museum and other investigators de-
scribing collections in the Museum, list of _222-2 22 5- ==) 242

Paris Exposition, anthropological display of Denmark at --_---_-_____-
Gxclanilonis oF Ieelleriiumm sys. 2-5 - =

Spalneahase kes se eee ee

Switzerland af_-_-.-_--_--

Gxdaulloiny Ori HOM aenae ywirMiniagey Bhi 2. =~. -------

Epo oy Ot neo elhyjolane wyrieiibas gy 2-3. ------

SKA ony OH JOUCKOSAA OMG Wraeiinlingr Bij... 22 =

exhibit showing history of writing at__-.-__._---_---

special exhibits of anthropology at -__----.-__--.----

Peabody Museum, Cambridge, anthropological objects sent in exchange-
basket received in exchange from-.-_-----

sent in exchange a collection of archaeo-

Nowi@zll OXCus\ a2 22 fe 8

torches received! fisome so 5222 =e

Rennsylvania, accessions nirOlle 9h oes aap ae, a She Se ee ae ne
Pennsylvania Salt Manufacturing Company presents cryolite-_________-
J YES EI ONO) ELK Sage mues ae eae tated ey Ee rege oe APS NN SEA GR ee ee Oe ey

Perley, sel7Ac (SeMGis! as@ Oth si tins Hy tine 2) Reel oped» opie CE ee ae
eters, Dir Johns shepnerd’sspupe) joresemite dey nye es = eens
TPCen HONK) 01 10 Rp meee Seeeele gue oper e opener me eet meee oye re ae OE eye ees ea eS
Philadelphia exhibition _--------- wil Pee ere WAP a Bed. Ge yea Sg alg ae
Pv OmOlitie = aps sts Se ae Sa Ae ae meant oe se ap tel ee
Phosphatic, oroupiol mocks: 291-555 eve Bers prs apm Rs = eye eee
TEU ays) 0) Oy el Ulster ae ear nee aera Meee aoe ne ey eee a bil thasusl eo a aeaiolee napa tle eed

Photosrapher me pOrtiOl Sete ee oe ase a eee ey le lee a eee ye
IPimysriceil eyaGl Claciniczyl jorroyaerenelss Oh trols 2 1
Pindar, i. Otley, notice of paper by -22222 22-22-22 les ck Sn) ie ae eee
Pitt-Rivers, General
Pittsburg Reduction Company, aluminum presented by
Playfair, Sir lyons: 3c! Je... = Wee ee ee ee
iRoinsett,; EHon,-Jioel: Roberts 255255 8 see ee ae

685

251

* 660

666
666
666
672
670
669
668
653
183

fi INDEX. 805

Page
Pond, Lieut. Charles F., collections recaived from _..-----__-.._______- 80
presented rocks, minerals, shells and photo-
UCAS eB ce OE SS LC eae cs eG ENC eR 97
> SAD ADISSEL TOS: oo hk Be eg arg SVE ages Meese tei 578
IPoriam, die llennayaelera,, moles Ohi oh eeie Joy wanes Oe ee ae 701
Peeciraliicor public men, collection of --..2.) fs: 25S eee ee 144
Fase eM SCO EChOM Oh 4 hike scant ee eS oe eee 141
Pegaso ed reaper ts eae rapes AE ee A Se es ee ee Oe 507
Prehistoric anthropology, report on the department of...______.______- 179
review of work in the department of ________ 34
JP eS TAU SAS TD IB NAY he kee va eee cg ag aac heb 61
TORUS) CHE TORN OYSNe ON ea a eee nak Du ete en ac 701
LP PEIOBNERIUOIAS SAMO cc (ONE 1elai( aie jean ye, ae ees 3
Preservation of collections, appropriations for the ____________________. 62
EMaMAy CONStIbUENTS Of rockS.22 5205. (8b) ee Ub ahalllus che gee 509
mimeo.) sent a collection of Mexican plants. 22-2229) 65 20 4. 80
Proceedings of the National Museum, papers published during the year 54
statement concerning the-_-__-___- : 683
Proctor, Hon. Redfield (Secretary of War), transmits two swords _____- 96
Meg SCUO MU PO CII LCREM peetet ey ts mesh eu eee EL te eS eee ee ae 79
Proudfit, S. V., anthropological objects deposited by --_.--_--__________ 183
JP WOU R@B MOMS TRS TOON ROS a emer Ne aya ae ts a ely ee ce eae ea pee gen Ae a 52,
TP UALS RSHO NONE) 2 a eae ea ee yo oe eee eee Oe) Se 5387
Pureell, N. J., collection made by______-_____ EE SRSA an SS eta 9d LN AVR 12
TP SPTAOULUAS WS) ae es a eS oat em ree ete ACT eee 527
TE SPO SS TIL GS aa tS gp ogo MeN © 567
Quartermaster-General, courtesies extended by-_-------__- Gite ASH gn la 97
Ore N st Zp ee aI LE ESE RS SSG ae a ABE Se Nee sola Ag ot a rh a a a 528
DONE] DA eer Se eae a ee eta cee ie Ue Le eee ye 570
@uebec, Canada, accessions received from 22-2952 4552 ta 79
TR Rezo omen yD RAPT ee WG ey ey eae ee De) 0S ae CS ae ogee ees eal en Se 27
PhOnOrary CULALORSISe VICES iaS\aae eae ae ee ieei 101
MOMCE OM PAPSLS MOV 2k wea s SRL Ue a ae 701
report on the department of marine invertebrates by - 223
HAC hanes noObice Of pPaApeLs) Wyss oe eaeaes eee a eee eae 701
Ray, Capt. P. H., U.S. A., paleolithic implements received from. ----- 85, 96
TERE GL. Venema WSN AER foe eee ag gS ee ae 526
JR@@G),, LExet ar aw A ars shes ty eee ey ae ee ey etal Eee Oey) Peiuiets suns 62
Hever Sell tnreeN tarps OMS Ol gees Mia ea ee CE Oh al eS oe 43
Rei, Hiramatz, presented rope made of human hair----_-----/__--__---- 89
Relresor eminent statesmen and soldiers = 2222225225 -2 28 2st eee 141
SodeMncOMmparative. DiStOny OL Bw. oso ke 2 well be hs eee 19
Reptiles and batrachians, report on the department of_________________- 201
review of work in the department of-__-_-___- 36
received from the Solar Kclipse Expedition ___ 103
Review of the administrative work of the Museum_-_-__----_---_-_- Pee 43
work in the scientific departments of the Museum_-_---_--_-- 29
Loic bids skins purchased from, = 22-4) 49. ee ree eee 77, 89
Eel ee potuery collected: bys. t/Luo aie teat eget ee 135
BESO OTRO SUC eens nay ca SN eee tea See a ie Se Pe Pb heat 530
mond aeharlesuVWV.., nobice of paper by =: __.-2..2- 25... seas 702
Encdewayeiobert,.birds’ skins presented by.-....---------+-2+-244- 220. 82

NMOLICELOL PApeLS\ Dy eee ees eee Napa eS yee ee 702

806 INDEX.
Page.
Ridgway, Robert, report on department of birds by_------------------- 195
“OA bioxes Jelwuadnoayaver IBMACIS,” jaRnoYee loy/7. =. Lana e oe 253
iniker:) Clarence: B., NObice:of papery === ae eae ee ee 702
Riley, Prof. C. V., deposits a large collection of insects _-___-____-__--- 99
NhONGVALyACULALOTISe avi Ce Sia Sara ae 99
TOWKOS Olt JOHHOSIES ON ae oe Saat eee tee e ae 703
report on the-department of insects by_------------- 219
Rives, Dr. William C., sent two specimens of the Mountain Vireo ____- 85
IROOM OM, WAV/iieI, TONGS OM FORYOSI lOyy 2 8 ee = === 707
Rockhill, W. W., Corean paintings received from -_-_____ 2-2 ==) 88
ethnolosiealob ecismeceive det oni == === =a anes 7, 128
ROCKS ee OTA <= Sees eS Se ee es Be ee Spe nae ea Ne 024, 543
AGMEOUS ee Sees OS Sea eee ee ee ee ear oe 524
ALENACCOUSTE OUP IOLA ayes Bese Rares ee ea ee 530
are llaceous; SrouprOls 23 = 4es cee e eee a ee Sie 537
Auistralianreolleetlon Otis apse eee ee = eine eye ears ye Sages oe eee 591
Brazilianyeollechioniohs 27s sees epee ae eS 2 ee ae ee 591
calcareous iSOUpiOl2 ss Sess eee Lee ee ine oer ee ene
Canadian Geological Survey, collection of _____________________- 591
CAaLDONACEOUS OV O UNO Heke == ee ee b41
EhemuicalkcomposyrlOnko leas sae ys epee ean neni 505, 520
colleciiontor trompbeares Paw Wiowniatn ss = =e eee 591
collection of, from Commander Islands 825-5 22) ae FQ]
collection of New Hlampshire| State Survey=2=9 555255 25a 590
collectionsor thes tortietheearallel- Survey. === s==== "= =— === 590
COLOR OL 2a oe Se ee oot es I ne a) Br 521
composed mainly of débris from plant and animal life ____ _____- 540
composed mainly of inorganic material____________-__________=- 535
IDisMAKe, Or Collumnores Colllieounoms Os 2.---2-- 5-22-22 2-22- Pin eePoa 591
efiusivie oriyoleanmicus 207. «eps iket em ame en anaes 569
6ruplive | ees 8 Re Sie eee eee ee ee ee dol
LELVULINOUS SLOUPLOL <= a5 Fae Sw ee Ss ae eae 540
foliatedsor,SehistOse = 2 18 Sele Se ae ce eee ee 546
formedsasiehemucale pre clip iia kes === a ene 525
formed as sedimentary deposits and fragmental in structure ---- 534
forme dathro medal one OM Salo eC 1 sume aes ees ry ee 5d1
fam HAAS kedaiieste es oe ye pal i a een ee 591
Elawes Colle chi@ nsio pee See ee ie ene ae aia eee 590
(ONCOUS 2222 esse ke eae BS Es ee ee ee 524
Weadwillercollechionkois= sas aas= sees eee es Ri 2t as yk a eae 589
IME LAMOG PII, hse Wee Se ee sie XS ee eS peg ane et eee 524, 543
MMULCLOSCOPLE SEW C HUE CTO Les ae eee ee ee ee a 514
minerals!) OL Sau = 233 jae See ee Es ee le eee ee 508
Pacific slope, quicksilver collections of_____- hia orice NS eee a 590
phosphatiersroupiol 2 Sete Sak es ees ae ee 542
physical andichemical propectiesiot === =a a= ee 512
Pigeon Poiniticolleetion Of aaa ee oe ee 591
primary, constituents of ==) Sasa ee 2a ht ee 509
SECONMALYECONSLUUC TI SEO las = eee ee 511
Sil CEOUS: SOUP Olea Sek aha. Ste eA Ss ei eee ee 540
specilicienavity Of. 55/255 ee stiles Spas Ee ae ee eee 520
siructuireoiee== 325.2) es ey wed A Det ta ie La Pe 512

sulphur as a chemical precipitate Of es sea eee eee 532

INDEX. 807

Page
cas Oo Geolosical Survey collection of -.-.22.. 22.0. 22 590
WESC UIE SHA O DNHE ONG a Ld a aa eee en Uarra yh ce Ee oe Mani 514
oem er OUR Oln as = se sla 2S ahd ee as re Se 538
Washoe collection of _-_---.- Bg Ue SSI at heh Loh pee Gens ea 589
Rockwell, Commander C. H. (U. S. N.), sends specimen of Ostracion
FUNDING PURO IPSS as alk aA Deeg en ge ne 97
Rogers, Moses, captain of the Savannah, events in life of -_..___________ 623
‘Rogers, Stevens, sailing master of the Savannah___________._._________ 625
inomeyn, Capt. Elenry (UW. S. A.), presented doves__-...-_-.--.__._-__ 96
Ose Ose plmNelSonnnmoticeron papers by2- 92-2552) 25 ie ee 707
Royal Botanical Gardens, drugs presented by__._..-_____.._2__________ (5)
Royal Museum, Stockholm, Sweden, minerals received from ___________ 90, 91
mooi idm, sheamship, tirst voyage Of 22.8) 028). 2 22 638
Rush, Dr. W. H. (U.S. N.), consents to collect mollusks, ete__.________ 113
SWOOMacSC) \wraholat Ooh, Soe ee ae 116
Russia, accessions from____-_-____- se eles Ele Suey a DUMB lee eV sR pel ROY 91
Safford, Ensign W. EK. (U.S. N.), contributes ethnographical objects___93, 97, 128
Silage seit, NOLLCe Ol papersOye. {2-0 =. 8 ee ee es 707
SamGaim IISIeIMGls, A@OSssilOms meron. oo 93
SOME DOMINIO UN - CarMate 1OMe ye aG ut Leas lo es _ 86
SHENG ISS HO IOUSISY ap aN a Se eet ng ee Co RE a e 536
Sapporo Agricultural College, Japan, sent in exchange a collection of
AITO) O]ST SCS LS Pe aS a ae eer en rea ee gl eae sae iene sth ee 88
SVUIRO ny mle CMUReS Ea as Ac eee Oat ee oa ae eye Se 20, 60
Savdse VE Hy teauner Nead-dress received tromes-9_- 9-292) 50sen 93
lamps presented Ly eaeleenest sured sehr y LAG apa ee oe ne MLE tS Ee 77, 89
SMO Oescrip tion Of Steamer. t ee) js es ea 617
Lio er Olt wns), evo: lO Vo IN). WWENMM Soe oo 611
GMMGSits Bel wey Cu Susehaaslanyo) 2252 Lee 622
voyage of steamship, from Liverpool to St. Petersburg ______ 634
St. Petersburg to Savannah _____ 635
Semon Vie, wo. drucs presented: byt === ooh se oe 175
SLA SH" CLP AS ELS eI a Es Ne eee, eee 548
SeMmnmMlemeclotz donated a) Mexican cart, so 2's a) 3 i a eee 80, 159
slater, IP. Wing MOGs Olt paOEMS OW 2... 325 = ee ee ee ee 707
Scott, W. E. D., facilities afforded to, for visiting Plorida_____________- 95
TONAL SOF OE NORM OMe Meee AN OY CN ace et Po 707
Seal, William P., presents sheepshead from Chesapeake Bay __________ 101
SECOMOUMRVeCOUSTMLUCM IS OL ROCKS: 2 as 2 vay. ve aoe se ee as eas 511
SSCim@malll, IM GwEVAS IS TKS) Noha ON a ee OR ee BO Cee 49
Slider accesslOnsyrecelvedirOmtes) 5! Se ee ee ee 79
Selwyn, Dr. A. R. C., sends invertebrate fossils_______________________- 79
SEMMASHib, COOMA 1B),5 WO wIGE Oil AHOEIE ly 42442 =22 E Ee ee 707
Sewall collection of engravings, recommendation to purchase _________- 152
Sewall, Harold M., Samoan fire-stick presented by .-------------------- 93
Sliticorlawisit of Fomyn, Eiteheock to j222 2425-522 222-5 5.25022. 27s s 423
Smee NACHO COlOKSt report Of 2.522245 8148 8 ous ers ae ie
Sake ne wri, MOtLLCe Of papers by .2.2- 52-22-5425 445 ee Pee se eee 707
sent reptiles from FortWingate, N. Mex. -_--____- 83
Zoological specimens “received. from 2 === 222s a222 82, 96
SMO) 2 eC Ses a a et ce ee eegree eore /) 527
pulicatesjas chemical precipitates of rocks_.-..._..----------2-2e--5-48 530

ene MRO NO MONO OCMS soa ja sk Ee re ne So a ek 540

808 INDEX.

Page.
SULTON eh are FS URE GD em ly HD Nes Des NOC 506
Silva, Carlos Martinez, case of butterflies received from________________ 87
SumaKorals}, JAN. 1E}.5 OUNSIEY, RECSINVEC! IRON = 22 = oe ee eee ee 135
Simpson, Charles Morrey,, notice of paper bys ss ees =e ee 708
Singer, Lieut. Frederic(U.S. N.), termite queen from Liberia presented
by: 2525-6222 25 328s e soee ees Se ee ee ee ee Se ee eee Bee er 97
SramilllS, “AVS Wi'fon OIKOUO STN OEIP. TRE OOMI ON - -5--2-= 2-2 = 22 ee a5
Smith, (Prof; John, Bis S326 Saat ee ape IR ee Ne es Pea ee 26
NOLICE OL Papersiby As sao ae) 2 en ee Ee 709
Smith, Sanderson, notice of paper by ------_--_____- prac Mc eradairyea eta age S05: 709
Sramliijasombigna Innsumnpnnoim, InloreEieyy Qin... 222525 ae se ee soe 13
openine of durins, extra, HOURS. 2== see aan 19
PublicationsxoOhe So Sakis sks be hats tee a hese 14
SCOPO TOE Like SULNa NE Eke: Sere eh a ek Re ee dil
OGM = SoS ee ie eee ee Ue eee ee eee ee ee 508
Solar Eclipse Expedition, material received from William Harvey Brown- 102
Souda, ANTICS, AGGOSSHMOMNS EON 2. note oe ee ee es ee ne 87
Slonim IDA Oe, ACOSSEMOINS TRON 5. t fo eee bs nee 84
South Kensington Museum, arrangement of material in_______________-_ 119
installation of specimens im _-__-2________ = 119
porchase!or specimens forse) sno 8
TUT Sy SS Ta Ms sehen Agee 119
Specificoravity. Of rocks ss Sets et ee ee ee ee eee 520
Specimens: they Muse ums sity Ofte = meses eee eee ee ee 22
Sialachites: {52222 ee Shee oe ere eee Se ee eh ae 530
SS fred eM NAD LNT Se Sar Ie ne we he Fis Ses SG ahem 530
Standard Oil Company, zine and magnesium received from____________- 84
SIUPZBAU ON eg A DONA Sie a eet ten Ia eS Sete ae RE es J Pall
sendsiland=shelll see i oo. a ee es een epee 79
State, Wepartmentor. acceSsloms) Ue Orie sme ees ee a tye ewe 94
Stearns, Dr. R. E. C., adjunct curator of the department of mollusks ____ 215
MOWMMGD Olt PEVOSTS I? -- aoe 52 Shee a ete 709
presents specimens of limestone______.____-_-___- 79
Steinert, M., musical instruments deposited by _-__---__-------_---___- 82
Steyuever, Dr. 17,, birds skinsypresembedtby=4 55sec sess es AE eA A STONE 83
INOUWIKCS) Olt: |OLYOOES. OVE oes ae aoa tee aa cocossoeseswos sees 710
report on the department of reptiles and batrachians 201
zoological specimens collected by_------__---__- eee 80
Sterki, Dr., collection of small land-shells presented by ----_----------- 213
Steuart: @harlessAcs sto <2 ke ke 2 ieee ae ese ao ae | hea ee eee epee 28
Stevens Institute of Technology deposited drawings of steamboats----_- 160
Stockholm) snatrona lem Se wile pees es ae en ee eee ee en a 125
Stone, Mrs. E. J., ethnological objects presented by-------=------------ 82
Stratified or-beddedroc kes. 2 Re eee ee ea eel 521, 544
Strauss, tons Oscarss,,courtesy extended (oye = === ane 138
SpLrode Drain Siac a RESE MILE Cle ye ee ae 82
Structure Ol=rOckege so Sa es es ae eas Seale ata ce ere ap 512
Students)materialilentitossee so ok ey AO See eye ee ELV e nae i alee ae ee 61
Sulphates as chemical precipitates of rocks_------------------=22-22--- 532
sulphides ‘as chemical precipitates of rocks_222_2- 22202322522 2a 5382
SS ea pata sw a ae ah A ey ee pid el 506, 532
Superintendent of buildings, report Ol 2242 ss0 ee ee eee 71

survey, U.S. Geological, accessions received from------.--=---=_===--- 98

INDEX.

Survey, U.S. Geological, contributions from officers of the______-_____-
SMMC UeMeEeC ess OMG iO nse apenas sree tw Meo Ta au Ce La
Swift, Hon. John T. (U.S. consul, Tokio, Japan), transmits rope made of

MAAN OO SrLaApNS sss. soos 2 ee ee
SMUZenlanGdeaccessionsHinOmes soe. 22 ol ee
SF SUES. OLE Se ee Se ee a CA
Teininveie, (C2yoins An Igy wtornkee) (Oly op yoysie! yy) eee ee ee eee
aa CermiStswORke Ol the see. Wo ee ok eal ee es
Telfair Academy of Arts and Sciences deposits oriental manuscripts ___
Lee MPLS co ee ae pe ST a eS EE
PRE SCAC ACCESSIONS hin OMseessc une eene ee ee SN es Se So
The Ainos of Yezo, Japan, paper by Romyn Hitchcock_____________._--
The Ancient Pit-Dwellers of Yezo, paper by Romyn Hitchcock _______-

The Catlin Collection of Indian Paintings, paper by Dr. Washington
etme Seeme eerer ese 952 Meee Soe le Se oe ee ee oes

The Humming Birds, paper by Robert Ridgway --_-----_----.-_---___-
The Log of the Savannah, paper by J. Elfreth Watkins _____._________-
The Methods of Fire-making, paper by Walter Hough ________________-
PRS iPSHUMTES). SoS SS a ia eae ape ho ca
The Ulu, or Woman’s Knife, of the Eskimo, paper by Otis T. Mason ~_-
‘hompson, Dr presented-a limibless lizard 2222-2222 22222) = 222 eee
Thompson, Hy. H;,mammals presented bby -2--2-25---- 2-82) 2

lei SRE ait shoe aes eRe Se eee a Ae ta vent Ree ae
Thomson, Paymaster William J. (U. S. N.), reference to paper on the

Sruoimolowvmoiswaster Islands task ogee ed eee ee ek ea eee nee
Tiftany & Co., presented electrotype copy of vase ____-_____-__________-
Tokuno, T., donates collection of tools, materials, prints, etc., illustrat-

IHS? HAS [ORCUOS Cx Clareorinop-eloyenmyolouy 2.222008 ee eb ese s le eHe
olimank Ohm Csi olie diwaltinyounthitee ee oe see se ee ae
Toner, Dr. J. M., portraits of men of the world deposited by -----------
Tourtelette, Mrs. J. H., native gold presented by ____--___-____-_.-----
Tower of London, colleetion of armor in the ____________________.____-.
Townsend, Charles H. (U.S. Fish Commission), collection of zodlogical

Sj DS GUTS TAS THANG Sy eee eee ee ae ree ate, ie ee ae
Tozzetti, Prof. T., sent in exchange specimens of orthoptera __________-
pibreteinyheme sass Ne eet 2 Se Sule ee Ean ee US MSE anh Soe
Transportation and engineering, report on the section of__.____.____-_--

review of work in the section of ___-_-_-

MIVA Ze Tau TINO eto ert aes ey ee Se Nes ae I Nee 2 Se a eas
Treasury Department, accessions from ------------------------ ers alae
Mibremmnicl ad macceSsslOnS from) 22) je Se one bees See
irve mE LederickaVy. nO tleeOl papers byj-2s2 2552255555 eee eee
report on the department of comparative anatomy -

report on the department of mammals__------_---

PMceNPRACCOSSONS, LOM ra <2 62 4 eee So. J eee ee es Se
eke aR NST, acCESSIONS (POM. 2 = oe eS oe Se ee
cnc omeucionm Vie novice Ol papery Dyas. 2-22 sss 22 5222 sa 55255 ee ee
Ulke, Henry, arrests COUC OW LSTA es AE a a Ne AI eye aoa
Wilman-sVinrss 3s He presemts a setiof fringes_-.-.- 22222-2222 22-2 eases
WnitedsStatess accessions from —-..--....5-._.2..---2- 2222-222 ese seen aee
nied Statesof Colombia, accessions irom... .2--.---_---2 == 2 ee
University of the City of New York sent in exchange specimens of pe-
troleum ----- eo EAE CRIS eat PNA aS as a ee Dee ee ere yen See

810 INDEX.

Witah;, accessions Trome +2 ae coe eke Se eee ee ee ee eee eee
Vail, Mrs. Amanda, piece of telegraph wire presented by_--------------
Weragomiverr lisievacl, eeosssioims liom 2.5 2-2 eee se ee eee
Vasey, Dr: George, honorary curator, Services| aSie2 9 a= 8 ee
MOUICEYOL SOA PSTS! yp sete Be ae ee ae ea nee

report on the department of botany by -------------

Vathelet, Rev. A., donated shells from Tonquin, Indo-China ~--_---___-_-
Vertebrate fossils, review of work in the department of __--__----------
Wesicularstructurcotrockshset sss 524s eine ese ee
Vessels, propelled by steam, early forms of -__-----_-__-___-- eres a
prLrojectstors =. 4354522 2h eee eee

Wareinia, accessions frome. 08 222. oe ee ee ere
Walsitors tothe MUse uit ecie 2 Sook ae wero ae Ra ee eer be ae ee ebay Meh ao
Smithsonian and Museum buildings --------------_-_---
Wolcanicweroupiotrocksia 2522-2. ae ee ee ee ee
Woorhees SETOne DE Vit Seka ssa Be Bearer Skee eee ae i nes ae ee
Wieil@ornin, (Co 1D), wosisillss joraesreinneral lo? 22 2 2s 2 5S ee ee eee
NOLICE Ola APEESM Dyers eee ne ee

report on the department of paleozoic invertebrate

HOSS Selo Fe Se cee aera a seen el oy aa ee ne ae

specimen of Receptaculites oweni received from_-__-

Walker, Commodore J.G.(U.S. N.), specimens of ocean-bottom sent by -
Walker, W. W., sent in exchange a collection of archzeological objects
Ward & Howell, meteoric iron received from _________-_____--__-_-____-
presented specimen of meteoric ore from Puquois,

Wyainel, LONI 1k, MOOS Oi PORPOSS \ifs--22<--- sesso ee a sss sees see5s=2==-
Ward, Miss Anna L., sends ethnological material_-___---_________---_--
WWashine ton tacCesslOns [COM ss 22s sae ters a seeg a see eon eae eee
Washington relics transferred to the National Museum _-_-_---_-__- OEeE
Watkins, J. Elfreth, paper on the Log of the Savannah, by ------------
NO LICE sOL Ap eres byes ae ee ee eae ten apa ee

report on the section of transportation and engi-

FOLEY E NENT 01 AR NaN Bera eR RNC yA ya ete re Pe EL up N Meare AN Teg 2

Wendel aDicgh) On Ee assishalce scence ie da yea aera ae
Wesleyan College, marine invertebrates received from __----_--__-----
Wesleyan University, collection of annelids received from_---------_---
Wrestimdiresaccessionsmromm sash 8 see es ee ee ee re
IWahibe re. C.. Avaees Seen fee ee ae YN oe ee OR ee a eae
aI NOLICE Ol Papen iy aes aes ae ae a eae oe

report on the department of mesozoic invertebrate fos-

HU ISY Mo) eee ee ee eer nae Mes Bee et eae ee

White, Dr. C. H. (U.S. N.), insects collécted by---- ---- Be et pee ed
reptiles, insects, fishes and marine inverte-

brates spresenibed) Dyas ee

White-line engraving for relief-printing in the fifteenth and sixteenth
CENTUIES; PAaPeriOme. Lose 5 Ne ee oy UB Lele en eee
Walcox Glovers colle chionkpresenite class= =e ee
Milliams, Henry S. notice ot paper bye. sea es ee ee ae eee
Walliams, Lalcott, collection made iby=>9 se meen === =) 5 sams meee eons
extracts tromplethersiOf esas ses ee eee ee

Williamson, Burton M., shells presented by

712

141
611

159
140
224

86
86
27
716

235
111

93, 97

385
83
716
138
112
gl

INDEX.

Willitts, Hon. Edwin (Assistant Secretary of Agriculture), transmits
SEIN OMG SITE Se IS a eg ore a RE ene ge

NalsouminVieicatydid presented by-2---.2-.---9.22 2250 282 2a
SMiSMieeSeObuenOticeiOl Paper DY. <L2se- = 2h 55 et ee ee e
Wilson, Thomas, Anthropology at the Paris Exposition in 1889, paper by -

MOWMOS Ohegjarey OSagste| Oh — eee ape ol Eee ae ee ee EE te

report on the department of prehistoric anthropology -

WAY TUG ON TETAS AY 0 as sa an gE ne a val Bee ee ren <5
WaSconsimmaccessions from) =... - = s25 52. 522s feeb ooo eos ee ee lene et eee
SVecdem Nel Sonwiven work Ole 2222252225026 2 ee oo ee
Woolfe, Islemiay ID.5 Sus Olea! Tahdo Owl, Qo Se Eee ee Le
NVaOUMMMC ACCESSIONS ROMs. 2. 222 USS ee eee eee oe
Wayeeony, Iie. Tals (Cop Suibichy Ohi raavoranuehey, Cuisines), lO) ee yee 2 ee oe
WOLICC Ol PAPE Dye. Sees OSs Mee we wh LN Sale oe

\VORHOS., Wo Shay WOKS Ol FORNOSS [ieee eel ee oe ee eee Ee
WEaO, ADOS Oi, FAROE lony Iexoraanaal lelhnelovcoyelic. 222
Ancient Pit-Dwellers of, paper by Romyn Hitchcock___-__----_---
NiOl<Olnania waACCeSSIONS NOM. = eee ma bee eee ewe) eee
LAOAMORVC,, SOS Cima aS aS Con yerol ionom= ee
Zehnpfund, Dr. R., presents an imitation of an Assyrian clay tablet -_---

2)

811

Page.

99
82
716
641
716
179
26
85
74
116
85
129
716
716
429
417
89
17
139

Va | a oP ~~
;
2 &

WLIO A

3 9088 00966 5258